From 0cb149a52ff67dff303c78dd3ca06ed509f483e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Noy-Zini <noy.zini@intel.com>
Date: Thu, 22 Aug 2024 22:19:08 +0300
Subject: [PATCH 1/4] imgui_files_update

---
 common/calibration-model.cpp                  |     2 +-
 common/device-model.cpp                       |    35 +-
 common/measurement.cpp                        |     8 +-
 common/model-views.cpp                        |     1 +
 common/option-model.cpp                       |     1 +
 common/output-model.cpp                       |    20 +-
 common/stream-model.cpp                       |     1 +
 common/updates-model.cpp                      |     6 +-
 common/ux-alignment.cpp                       |     6 +-
 common/ux-window.cpp                          |    26 +-
 common/viewer.cpp                             |    21 +-
 third-party/imgui/{LICENSE => LICENSE.txt}    |     2 +-
 third-party/imgui/imconfig.h                  |   126 +-
 third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp                   | 21228 ++++++++++------
 third-party/imgui/imgui.h                     |  4003 ++-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp              |  4394 +++-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp         |   985 +-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h           |    77 +-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp      |   960 +
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h        |    66 +
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h |   910 +
 third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h            |  3955 ++-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp            |  4448 ++++
 third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp           |  9055 +++++++
 .../{stb_rect_pack.h => imstb_rectpack.h}     |   162 +-
 .../{stb_textedit.h => imstb_textedit.h}      |   510 +-
 .../{stb_truetype.h => imstb_truetype.h}      |  2194 +-
 third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp         |   469 +
 third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h           |    43 +
 tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt         |     5 +
 tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp   |     8 +-
 31 files changed, 42878 insertions(+), 10849 deletions(-)
 rename third-party/imgui/{LICENSE => LICENSE.txt} (94%)
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
 rename third-party/imgui/{stb_rect_pack.h => imstb_rectpack.h} (75%)
 rename third-party/imgui/{stb_textedit.h => imstb_textedit.h} (70%)
 rename third-party/imgui/{stb_truetype.h => imstb_truetype.h} (59%)
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h

diff --git a/common/calibration-model.cpp b/common/calibration-model.cpp
index 170f168041..95a20dff3a 100644
--- a/common/calibration-model.cpp
+++ b/common/calibration-model.cpp
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ void calibration_model::update(ux_window& window, std::string& error_message)
             ImGui::PopStyleColor(2);
         }
 
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg, dark_sensor_bg);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, dark_sensor_bg);
 
         ImGui::BeginChild("##CalibData",ImVec2(w - 15, h - 110), true);
 
diff --git a/common/device-model.cpp b/common/device-model.cpp
index d8467d7c30..483a4dd2fa 100644
--- a/common/device-model.cpp
+++ b/common/device-model.cpp
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 #include "imgui-fonts-karla.hpp"
 #include "imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp"
 #include "imgui-fonts-monofont.hpp"
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
 
 #include <rsutils/os/special-folder.h>
 #include "os.h"
@@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ namespace rs2
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = scrollbar_grab;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = scrollbar_grab + 0.1f;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = scrollbar_grab + (-0.1f);
-        style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ComboBg] = dark_window_background;
+        style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = dark_window_background;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = regular_blue;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = regular_blue;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = regular_blue;
@@ -561,7 +562,7 @@ namespace rs2
         //////////////////// Step Backwards Button ////////////////////
         ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + space_width);
         std::string label = rsutils::string::from() << textual_icons::step_backward << "##Step Backward " << id;
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_dim, supports_playback_step ? 0 : ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_dim, supports_playback_step ? 0 : ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled))
         {
             int fps = 0;
             for (auto&& s : viewer.streams)
@@ -664,7 +665,7 @@ namespace rs2
         //////////////////// Step Forward Button ////////////////////
         ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + space_width);
         label = rsutils::string::from() << textual_icons::step_forward << "##Step Forward " << id;
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_dim, supports_playback_step ? 0 : ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_dim, supports_playback_step ? 0 : ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled))
         {
             int fps = 0;
             for (auto&& s : viewer.streams)
@@ -1221,7 +1222,7 @@ namespace rs2
         auto record_button_color = is_recording ? light_blue : light_grey;
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, record_button_color);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, record_button_color);
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(record_button_name.c_str(), device_panel_icons_size, (disable_record_button_logic(is_streaming, is_playback_device)) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled : 0))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(record_button_name.c_str(), device_panel_icons_size, (disable_record_button_logic(is_streaming, is_playback_device)) ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : 0))
         {
             if (is_recording) //is_recording is changed inside stop/start_recording
             {
@@ -1268,7 +1269,7 @@ namespace rs2
         auto sync_button_color = is_sync_enabled ? light_blue : light_grey;
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, sync_button_color);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, sync_button_color);
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(sync_button_name.c_str(), device_panel_icons_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(sync_button_name.c_str(), device_panel_icons_size, ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled))
         {
             is_sync_enabled = !is_sync_enabled;
         }
@@ -1437,18 +1438,18 @@ namespace rs2
         //Move to next line, and we want to keep the horizontal alignment
         ImGui::SetCursorPos({ panel_pos.x, ImGui::GetCursorPosY() });
         //Using transparent-non-actionable buttons to have the same locations
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4&)ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4&)ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4&)ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
         const ImVec2 device_panel_icons_text_size = { icons_width, 5 };
 
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, record_button_color);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, record_button_color);
-        ImGui::ButtonEx(is_recording ? "Stop" : "Record", device_panel_icons_size, (!is_streaming ? ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled : 0));
+        ImGui::ButtonEx(is_recording ? "Stop" : "Record", device_panel_icons_size, (!is_streaming ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : 0));
         if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && is_streaming) window.link_hovered();
         ImGui::PopStyleColor(2);
 
-        ImGui::SameLine();  ImGui::ButtonEx("Sync", device_panel_icons_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled);
+        ImGui::SameLine();  ImGui::ButtonEx("Sync", device_panel_icons_size, ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
 
         auto info_button_color = show_device_info ? light_blue : light_grey;
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, info_button_color);
@@ -2035,7 +2036,7 @@ namespace rs2
         const ImVec2 icons_size{ 20, 20 };
         //TODO: Change this once we have support for loading jsons with more data than only advanced controls
         bool is_streaming = std::any_of(subdevices.begin(), subdevices.end(), [](const std::shared_ptr<subdevice_model>& sm) { return sm->streaming; });
-        const int buttons_flags = serializable ? 0 : ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
+        const int buttons_flags = serializable ? 0 : ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
         static bool require_advanced_mode_enable_prompt = false;
         auto advanced_dev = dev.as<advanced_mode>();
         auto is_advanced_device = false;
@@ -2060,7 +2061,7 @@ namespace rs2
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, light_grey);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, light_grey);
 
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(upload_button_name.c_str(), icons_size, (is_streaming && !load_json_if_streaming) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled : buttons_flags))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(upload_button_name.c_str(), icons_size, (is_streaming && !load_json_if_streaming) ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : buttons_flags))
         {
             if (serializable && (!is_advanced_device || is_advanced_mode_enabled))
             {
@@ -2182,8 +2183,8 @@ namespace rs2
 
         auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorPos();
         ImGui::PushFont(window.get_large_font());
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, device_header_background_color);
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, device_header_background_color);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4&)device_header_background_color);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4&)device_header_background_color);
 
         ////////////////////////////////////////
         // Draw device name
@@ -2396,7 +2397,7 @@ namespace rs2
         ImGui::PopStyleColor(2);
 
         auto sensor_top_y = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
-        ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(windows_width - 36);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() - 36, ImGui::GetWindowHeight()));
 
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered, sensor_bg);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, light_grey);
@@ -2800,7 +2801,7 @@ namespace rs2
 
                                             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, redish);
                                             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, redish + 0.1f);
-                                            ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled);
+                                            ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_size, ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
                                         }
                                         else
                                         {
@@ -2810,7 +2811,7 @@ namespace rs2
                                                              << pb->get_name();
                                             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, light_blue);
                                             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, light_blue + 0.1f);
-                                            ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled);
+                                            ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_size, ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
                                         }
                                     }
                                     else
diff --git a/common/measurement.cpp b/common/measurement.cpp
index dcc8ea3bd0..0d480e5a56 100644
--- a/common/measurement.cpp
+++ b/common/measurement.cpp
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ std::vector<int> measurement_state::find_path(int from, int to)
 
 void measurement::add_point(interest_point p)
 {
-    auto shift = ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT);
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    auto shift = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT];
 
     if (is_enabled())
     {
@@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ void measurement::update_input(ux_window& win, const rs2::rect& viewer_rect)
 {
     id = 0;
 
-    if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('Z') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('z'))
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Z))
         restore_state();
 
     input_ctrl.prev_mouse_down = input_ctrl.mouse_down;
@@ -430,7 +431,8 @@ void measurement::restore_state()
 
 void measurement::draw(ux_window& win)
 {
-    auto shift = ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT);
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    auto shift = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT];
 
     auto p_idx = point_hovered(win);
     if (p_idx >= 0 && !win.get_mouse().mouse_down[0])
diff --git a/common/model-views.cpp b/common/model-views.cpp
index 909f3bc9f8..d3b4aefb73 100644
--- a/common/model-views.cpp
+++ b/common/model-views.cpp
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 
 #include <librealsense2/rs.hpp>
 
+#include "realsense_imgui.h""
 #include "model-views.h"
 #include "subdevice-model.h"
 #include "stream-model.h"
diff --git a/common/option-model.cpp b/common/option-model.cpp
index 1ccac91525..59a4c762e5 100644
--- a/common/option-model.cpp
+++ b/common/option-model.cpp
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 // Copyright(c) 2022 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
 
 #include "option-model.h"
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
 #include <librealsense2/rs_advanced_mode.hpp>
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include <imgui_internal.h>
diff --git a/common/output-model.cpp b/common/output-model.cpp
index 937478a8b3..61e5586898 100644
--- a/common/output-model.cpp
+++ b/common/output-model.cpp
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ bool output_model::round_indicator(ux_window& win, std::string icon,
 
     auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
     ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled({ pos.x, pos.y + 3 },
-                { pos.x + size.x + 15, pos.y + 27 }, ImColor(color), 12, 15);
+                { pos.x + size.x + 15, pos.y + 27 }, ImColor(color), 12, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone);
 
     auto res = ImGui::Button(ss.str().c_str(), ImVec2(size.x + 15, 28));
     if (count > 0 && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
 
 
         ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0,0));
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg, dark_sensor_bg);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, dark_sensor_bg);
 
         const float log_area_width = w - get_dashboard_width() - 2;
 
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
             ImGui::SetCursorPosY(ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - 4);
 
             std::string label = rsutils::string::from() << "##log_entry" << i++;
-            ImGui::InputTextEx(label.c_str(),
+            ImGui::InputTextEx(label.c_str(),NULL,
                         (char*)line.data(),
                         static_cast<int>(line.size() + 1),
                         ImVec2(-1, size.y + margin),
@@ -592,19 +592,19 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
         ImGui::PushItemWidth( w - get_dashboard_width() - 30 );
 
         bool force_refresh = false;
-        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_UP) || ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_DOWN)))
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_UpArrow] || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_DownArrow]))
         {
             if (commands_histroy.size())
             {
-                if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_UP)) history_offset = (history_offset + 1) % commands_histroy.size();
-                if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_DOWN)) history_offset = (history_offset - 1 + (int)commands_histroy.size()) % commands_histroy.size();
+                if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_UpArrow]) history_offset = (history_offset + 1) % commands_histroy.size();
+                if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_DownArrow]) history_offset = (history_offset - 1 + (int)commands_histroy.size()) % commands_histroy.size();
                 command_line = commands_histroy[history_offset];
 
                 force_refresh = true;
             }
         }
 
-        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_TAB))
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_TAB])
         {
             if (!autocomplete.size() || !starts_with(to_lower(autocomplete.front()), to_lower(command_line)))
             {
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
         ImGui::PopFont();
         ImGui::PopStyleColor();
 
-        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_ENTER) || ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER)))
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_ENTER] || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER]))
         {
             if (commands_histroy.size() > 100) commands_histroy.pop_back();
             commands_histroy.push_front(command_line);
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
         }
         else command_focus = false;
 
-        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE))
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE])
         {
             command_line = "";
         }
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ void output_model::foreach_log(std::function<void(log_entry& line)> action)
 
     if (new_log)
     {
-        ImGui::SetScrollPosHere();
+        ImGui::SetScrollHereY();
         new_log = false;
     }
 }
diff --git a/common/stream-model.cpp b/common/stream-model.cpp
index 6bb105c8c0..09e31f8573 100644
--- a/common/stream-model.cpp
+++ b/common/stream-model.cpp
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 #include "viewer.h"
 #include "os.h"
 #include <imgui_internal.h>
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
 
 
 namespace rs2
diff --git a/common/updates-model.cpp b/common/updates-model.cpp
index 977a844156..340bfcb41b 100644
--- a/common/updates-model.cpp
+++ b/common/updates-model.cpp
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ void updates_model::draw(std::shared_ptr<notifications_model> not_model, ux_wind
     ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ positions.w, positions.h });
 
     auto flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar |
-        ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
+        ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings ;
 
     ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_PopupBg, sensor_bg);
     ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, white);
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ bool updates_model::draw_software_section(const char * window_name, update_profi
             sw_text_pos.y += 15;
             ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(sw_text_pos);
             ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##Software Update Description", const_cast<char*>(msg),
-                strlen(msg) + 1, ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() - 150, pos.mid_y - (pos.orig_pos.y + 160) - 40),
+                strlen(msg) + 1, ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 150, pos.mid_y - (pos.orig_pos.y + 160) - 40),
                 ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
             ImGui::PopStyleColor(7);
             ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ bool updates_model::draw_firmware_section(std::shared_ptr<notifications_model> n
         fw_text_pos.y += 15;
         ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(fw_text_pos);
         ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##Firmware Update Description", const_cast<char*>(msg),
-            strlen(msg) + 1, ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() - 150, 75),
+            strlen(msg) + 1, ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 150, 75),
             ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
         ImGui::PopStyleColor(7);
         ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
diff --git a/common/ux-alignment.cpp b/common/ux-alignment.cpp
index f0b6c559f5..6b7a443ba0 100644
--- a/common/ux-alignment.cpp
+++ b/common/ux-alignment.cpp
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 #include "ux-alignment.h"
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include <imgui_impl_glfw.h>
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
 #include <vector>
 #include <memory>
 
@@ -46,10 +47,13 @@ bool is_gui_aligned(GLFWwindow *win)
         ImGui::PopStyleVar();
 
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 
         glfwSwapBuffers(win);
 
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1.f);
+        //ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        //ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
 
         SetFocus(hwn);
 
diff --git a/common/ux-window.cpp b/common/ux-window.cpp
index dc5767f077..e33d986006 100644
--- a/common/ux-window.cpp
+++ b/common/ux-window.cpp
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include <imgui_impl_glfw.h>
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
 
 #include "device-model.h"
 
@@ -215,6 +216,12 @@ namespace rs2
    
     void ux_window::open_window()
     {
+        IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+        ImGui::CreateContext();
+        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+        io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard;     // Enable Keyboard Controls
+        io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange;
+
         if (_win)
         {
             rs2::gl::shutdown_rendering();
@@ -222,6 +229,7 @@ namespace rs2
 
             ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->ClearFonts();  // To be refactored into Viewer theme object
             ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+            ImGui::DestroyContext();
             glfwDestroyWindow(_win);
             glfwDestroyCursor(_hand_cursor);
             glfwDestroyCursor(_cross_cursor);
@@ -371,7 +379,8 @@ namespace rs2
 
         setup_icon();
 
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(_win, true);
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(_win, false);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
         if (_use_glsl_render)
             _2d_vis = std::make_shared<visualizer_2d>(std::make_shared<splash_screen_shader>());
@@ -391,6 +400,7 @@ namespace rs2
         });
         glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(_win, [](GLFWwindow* w, int button, int action, int mods)
         {
+            ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(w, button, action, mods);
             auto data = reinterpret_cast<ux_window*>(glfwGetWindowUserPointer(w));
             data->_mouse.mouse_down[0] = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_1) && (action != GLFW_RELEASE);
             data->_mouse.mouse_down[1] = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_2) && (action != GLFW_RELEASE);
@@ -582,7 +592,7 @@ namespace rs2
         while (res && (!_app_ready || _splash_timer.get_elapsed_ms() < 2000.f))
         {
             res = !glfwWindowShouldClose(_win);
-            glfwPollEvents();
+           // glfwPollEvents();
 
             begin_frame();
 
@@ -623,13 +633,14 @@ namespace rs2
 
         // reset graphic pipe
         begin_frame();
-
+        
         if (_link_hovered)
             glfwSetCursor(_win, _hand_cursor);
         else if (_cross_hovered)
             glfwSetCursor(_win, _cross_cursor);
         else
             glfwSetCursor(_win, nullptr);
+         
         _cross_hovered = false;
         _link_hovered = false;
         _hovers_any_input_window = false;
@@ -742,9 +753,10 @@ namespace rs2
 
         ImGui::GetIO().MouseWheel = _mouse.ui_wheel;
         _mouse.ui_wheel = 0.f;
-
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(_scale_factor);
-        //ImGui::NewFrame();
+        
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
     }
 
     void ux_window::begin_viewport()
@@ -766,7 +778,7 @@ namespace rs2
         if (!_first_frame)
         {
             ImGui::Render();
-
+            ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
             glfwSwapBuffers(_win);
             _mouse.mouse_wheel = 0;
         }
diff --git a/common/viewer.cpp b/common/viewer.cpp
index 380078de89..16528b10e3 100644
--- a/common/viewer.cpp
+++ b/common/viewer.cpp
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #include <opengl3.h>
 
 #include <imgui_internal.h>
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
 
 #define ARCBALL_CAMERA_IMPLEMENTATION
 #include <third-party/arcball_camera.h>
@@ -1372,8 +1373,8 @@ namespace rs2
 
         ImGui::SetNextWindowPos({ viewer_rect.x, viewer_rect.y });
         ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ viewer_rect.w, viewer_rect.h });
-
-        ImGui::Begin("Viewport", nullptr, { viewer_rect.w, viewer_rect.h }, 0.f, flags);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.f);
+        ImGui::Begin("Viewport", nullptr,flags);
 
         try
         {
@@ -1827,7 +1828,7 @@ namespace rs2
 
                     // Don't draw text in boxes that are too small...
                     auto h = bbox.h;
-                    ImGui::PushStyleColor( ImGuiCol_Text, ImColor( 1.f, 1.f, 1.f, a ) );
+                    ImGui::PushStyleColor( ImGuiCol_Text, (ImVec4&)ImColor( 1.f, 1.f, 1.f, a ) );
                     ImColor bg( dark_sensor_bg.x, dark_sensor_bg.y, dark_sensor_bg.z, dark_sensor_bg.w * a );
 
                     if( fabs(object.mean_depth) > 0.f )
@@ -2238,7 +2239,7 @@ namespace rs2
 
         glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
 
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('R') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('r'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_R])
         {
             reset_camera();
         }
@@ -3064,22 +3065,22 @@ namespace rs2
         auto x_axis = cross(dir, up);
         auto step = sec_since_update * 0.3f;
 
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('w') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('W'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_W])
         {
             pos = pos + dir * step;
             target = target + dir * step;
         }
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('s') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('S'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_S])
         {
             pos = pos - dir * step;
             target = target - dir * step;
         }
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('d') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('D'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_D])
         {
             pos = pos + x_axis * step;
             target = target + x_axis * step;
         }
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('a') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('A'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_A])
         {
             pos = pos - x_axis * step;
             target = target - x_axis * step;
@@ -3096,7 +3097,7 @@ namespace rs2
             auto cy = mouse.cursor.y + overflow.y;
             auto py = mouse.prev_cursor.y + overflow.y;
 
-            auto dragging = ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL);
+            auto dragging = ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL];
 
             // Limit how much user mouse can jump between frames
             // This can work poorly when the app FPS is really terrible (< 10)
@@ -3345,7 +3346,7 @@ namespace rs2
                 _measurements.show_tooltip(window);
         }
 
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(' '))
+        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space))
         {
             if (paused)
             {
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/LICENSE b/third-party/imgui/LICENSE.txt
similarity index 94%
rename from third-party/imgui/LICENSE
rename to third-party/imgui/LICENSE.txt
index b28ef22539..3282f5b5b1 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/LICENSE
+++ b/third-party/imgui/LICENSE.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 The MIT License (MIT)
 
-Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Omar Cornut and ImGui contributors
+Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
 of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imconfig.h b/third-party/imgui/imconfig.h
index 33cbadd17e..d556cbaf1b 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imconfig.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imconfig.h
@@ -1,51 +1,131 @@
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// USER IMPLEMENTATION
-// This file contains compile-time options for ImGui.
-// Other options (memory allocation overrides, callbacks, etc.) can be set at runtime via the ImGuiIO structure - ImGui::GetIO().
+// DEAR IMGUI COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS
+// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure.
+// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/rebased branch with your modifications to it)
+// B) or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_imgui_config.h"' in your project and then add directives in your own file without touching this template.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp
+// files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures.
+// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts.
+// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp file to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #pragma once
 
 //---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert().
+// If your macro uses multiple statements, make sure is enclosed in a 'do { .. } while (0)' block so it can be used as a single statement.
 //#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)  MyAssert(_EXPR)
+//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)  ((void)(_EXPR))     // Disable asserts
 
-//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows.
+//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows
+// Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
+// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
+// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
 //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport )
 //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport )
 
-//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
+//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO                      // 1.87+ disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This is automatically done by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS.
+
+//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools.
+// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE                                     // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS                        // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS                         // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowIDStackToolWindow() will be empty.
+
+//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS   // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a)
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS          // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS         // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS                     // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME).
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS      // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default).
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS            // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS              // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS                      // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS              // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS                  // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions().
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE                                 // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available
+
+//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience
+// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included.
 //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
+//#define IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME         "my_folder/my_imgui_user.h"
 
-//---- Don't implement default handlers for Windows (so as not to link with OpenClipboard() and others Win32 functions)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS
+//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another)
+//#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
 
-//---- Don't implement help and test window functionality (ShowUserGuide()/ShowStyleEditor()/ShowTestWindow() methods will be empty)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS
+//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support Unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...)
+//#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
 
-//---- Don't define obsolete functions names
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version
+// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files.
+//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME   "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
+//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME  "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
+//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME    "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h"    // only used if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION                   // only disabled if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined.
+
+//---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined)
+// Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h.
+//#define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
 
-//---- Implement STB libraries in a namespace to avoid conflicts
-//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE     ImGuiStb
+//---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui)
+// Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided).
+// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'.
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
 
-//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
+//---- Use FreeType+lunasvg library to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT)
+// Requires lunasvg headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the lunasvg library (not provided).
+// Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE.
+// (implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement)
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG
+
+//---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default)
+// The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend.
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+
+//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
+// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations.
 /*
-#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA                                                 \
-        ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; }                       \
+#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA                                                     \
+        constexpr ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y) {}                   \
         operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); }
 
-#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA                                                 \
-        ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; }     \
+#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA                                                     \
+        constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {}   \
         operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); }
 */
+//---- ...Or use Dear ImGui's own very basic math operators.
+//#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+
+//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices.
+// Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices).
+// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer.
+// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details.
+//#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int
+
+//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer backends accordingly)
+//struct ImDrawList;
+//struct ImDrawCmd;
+//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data);
+//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback
 
-//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files.
-//---- e.g. create variants of the ImGui::Value() helper for your low-level math types, or your own widgets/helpers.
+//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger (we provide a default implementation of this in the codebase)
+// (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.)
+//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK  IM_ASSERT(0)
+//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK  __debugbreak()
+
+//---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts
+//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+
+//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace from anywhere (e.g. your own sources/header files)
 /*
 namespace ImGui
 {
-    void    Value(const char* prefix, const MyMatrix44& v, const char* float_format = NULL);
+    void MyFunction(const char* name, MyMatrix44* mtx);
 }
 */
-
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
index 279cac6b63..31220bdf28 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
@@ -1,173 +1,824 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.49
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
 // (main code and documentation)
 
-// See ImGui::ShowTestWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
-// Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase.
-// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
-// Releases change-log at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// Help:
+// - See links below.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments.
+
+// Resources:
+// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md)
+// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
+//   - Getting Started            https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code)
+//   - Third-party Extensions     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more)
+//   - Bindings/Backends          https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines)
+//   - Glossary                   https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
+//   - Debug Tools                https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools
+//   - Software using Dear ImGui  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui
+// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
+// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps)
+
+// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:
+// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
+// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there.
+
+// Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut
 // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.
-// This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance.
-// If you work for a company, please consider financial support, e.g: https://www.patreon.com/imgui
+// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License).
+// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance.
+// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts.
+// PLEASE reach out at omar AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding
+// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.
+
+// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.
+// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without
+// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't
+// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you
+// to a better solution or official support for them.
 
 /*
 
- Index
- - MISSION STATEMENT
- - END-USER GUIDE
- - PROGRAMMER GUIDE (read me!)
- - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
- - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
-   - How can I help?
-   - How do I update to a newer version of ImGui?
-   - What is ImTextureID and how do I display an image?
-   - I integrated ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
-   - I integrated ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
-   - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes). A primer on the purpose of labels/IDs.
-   - How can I tell when ImGui wants my mouse/keyboard inputs and when I can pass them to my application?
-   - How can I load a different font than the default?
-   - How can I load multiple fonts?
-   - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
-   - How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
- - ISSUES & TODO-LIST
- - CODE
+Index of this file:
+
+DOCUMENTATION
+
+- MISSION STATEMENT
+- CONTROLS GUIDE
+- PROGRAMMER GUIDE
+  - READ FIRST
+  - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
+  - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
+  - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
+  - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
+- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
+- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
+  - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.com/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)
+
+CODE
+(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)
+
+// [SECTION] INCLUDES
+// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
+// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
+// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex
+// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
+// [SECTION] STYLING
+// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
+// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN
+// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
+// [SECTION] ID STACK
+// [SECTION] INPUTS
+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
+// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION
+// [SECTION] LAYOUT
+// [SECTION] SCROLLING
+// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
+// [SECTION] POPUPS
+// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
+// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
+// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
+// [SECTION] SETTINGS
+// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION
+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
+// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
+// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
+// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
+// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL)
 
+*/
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DOCUMENTATION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
 
  MISSION STATEMENT
  =================
 
- - easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools
- - easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools
- - easy to hack and improve
- - minimize screen real-estate usage
- - minimize setup and maintenance
- - minimize state storage on user side
- - portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.)
- - efficient runtime (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content - creating a window / opening a tree node for the first time, etc. - but a typical frame won't allocate anything)
- - read about immediate-mode gui principles @ http://mollyrocket.com/861, http://mollyrocket.com/forums/index.html
+ - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools.
+ - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools.
+ - Easy to hack and improve.
+ - Minimize setup and maintenance.
+ - Minimize state storage on user side.
+ - Minimize state synchronization.
+ - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.).
+ - Efficient runtime and memory consumption.
 
- Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes:
- - doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate
- - limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code
- - occasionally uses statically sized buffers for string manipulations - won't crash, but some very long pieces of text may be clipped. functions like ImGui::TextUnformatted() don't have such restriction.
+ Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user!
+ Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes:
 
+ - Doesn't look fancy.
+ - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code.
 
- END-USER GUIDE
+
+ CONTROLS GUIDE
  ==============
 
- - double-click title bar to collapse window
- - click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin()
- - click and drag on lower right corner to resize window
- - click and drag on any empty space to move window
- - double-click/double-tap on lower right corner grip to auto-fit to content
- - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields
- - use mouse wheel to scroll
- - use CTRL+mouse wheel to zoom window contents (if IO.FontAllowScaling is true)
- - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text
- - text editor:
-   - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.
-   - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump
-   - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words
-   - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all
-   - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard
-   - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo
-   - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value
-   - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!)
+ - MOUSE CONTROLS
+   - Mouse wheel:                   Scroll vertically.
+   - SHIFT+Mouse wheel:             Scroll horizontally.
+   - Click [X]:                     Close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin().
+   - Click ^, Double-Click title:   Collapse window.
+   - Drag on corner/border:         Resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents).
+   - Drag on any empty space:       Move window (unless io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = true).
+   - Left-click outside popup:      Close popup stack (right-click over underlying popup: Partially close popup stack).
+
+ - TEXT EDITOR
+   - Hold SHIFT or Drag Mouse:      Select text.
+   - CTRL+Left/Right:               Word jump.
+   - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right:         Select words.
+   - CTRL+A or Double-Click:        Select All.
+   - CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V:        Use OS clipboard.
+   - CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y:                Undo, Redo.
+   - ESCAPE:                        Revert text to its original value.
+   - On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing 2ts and behaviors.
+
+ - KEYBOARD CONTROLS
+   - Basic:
+     - Tab, SHIFT+Tab               Cycle through text editable fields.
+     - CTRL+Tab, CTRL+Shift+Tab     Cycle through windows.
+     - CTRL+Click                   Input text into a Slider or Drag widget.
+   - Extended features with `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard`:
+     - Tab, SHIFT+Tab:              Cycle through every items.
+     - Arrow keys                   Move through items using directional navigation. Tweak value.
+     - Arrow keys + Alt, Shift      Tweak slower, tweak faster (when using arrow keys).
+     - Enter                        Activate item (prefer text input when possible).
+     - Space                        Activate item (prefer tweaking with arrows when possible).
+     - Escape                       Deactivate item, leave child window, close popup.
+     - Page Up, Page Down           Previous page, next page.
+     - Home, End                    Scroll to top, scroll to bottom.
+     - Alt                          Toggle between scrolling layer and menu layer.
+     - CTRL+Tab then Ctrl+Arrows    Move window. Hold SHIFT to resize instead of moving.
+   - Output when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard set,
+     - io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag is set when keyboard is claimed.
+     - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.
+     - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (usually goes to back false when mouse is used).
+
+ - GAMEPAD CONTROLS
+   - Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+   - Particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse!
+   - Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets
+   - Backend support: backend needs to:
+      - Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad' + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys.
+      - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly.
+        Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).
+      - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead!
+   - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing,
+     with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
+
+ - REMOTE INPUTS SHARING & MOUSE EMULATION
+   - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.
+   - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + run examples/libs/synergy/uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app)
+     in order to share your PC mouse/keyboard.
+   - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions#remoting for other remoting solutions.
+   - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag.
+     Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs Dear ImGui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements.
+     When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved.
+     When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that.
+     (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, Dear ImGui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back & forth!)
+     (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want
+     to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.)
 
 
  PROGRAMMER GUIDE
  ================
 
- - read the FAQ below this section!
- - your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! == very dynamic UI, no construction/destructions steps, less data retention on your side, no state duplication, less sync, less bugs.
- - call and read ImGui::ShowTestWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
- - see examples/ folder for standalone sample applications. Prefer reading examples/opengl_example/ first as it is the simplest.
-   you may be able to grab and copy a ready made imgui_impl_*** file from the examples/.
- - customization: PushStyleColor()/PushStyleVar() or the style editor to tweak the look of the interface (e.g. if you want a more compact UI or a different color scheme).
-
- - getting started:
-   - init: call ImGui::GetIO() to retrieve the ImGuiIO structure and fill the fields marked 'Settings'.
-   - init: call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(...) and load the font texture pixels into graphics memory.
-   - every frame:
-      1/ in your mainloop or right after you got your keyboard/mouse info, call ImGui::GetIO() and fill the fields marked 'Input'
-      2/ call ImGui::NewFrame() as early as you can!
-      3/ use any ImGui function you want between NewFrame() and Render()
-      4/ call ImGui::Render() as late as you can to end the frame and finalize render data. it will call your RenderDrawListFn handler that you set in the IO structure.
-         (if you don't need to render, you still need to call Render() and ignore the callback, or call EndFrame() instead. if you call neither some aspects of windows focusing/moving will appear broken.)
-   - all rendering information are stored into command-lists until ImGui::Render() is called.
-   - ImGui never touches or know about your GPU state. the only function that knows about GPU is the RenderDrawListFn handler that you provide.
-   - effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" phases of your own application.
-   - refer to the examples applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
-   - a typical application skeleton may be:
-
-        // Application init
-        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-        io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f;
-        io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f;
-        io.IniFilename = "imgui.ini";
-        io.RenderDrawListsFn = my_render_function;  // Setup a render function, or set to NULL and call GetDrawData() after Render() to access the render data.
-        // TODO: Fill others settings of the io structure
-
-        // Load texture atlas
-        // There is a default font so you don't need to care about choosing a font yet
-        unsigned char* pixels;
-        int width, height;
-        io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(pixels, &width, &height);
-        // TODO: At this points you've got a texture pointed to by 'pixels' and you need to upload that your your graphic system
-        // TODO: Store your texture pointer/identifier (whatever your engine uses) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'
-
-        // Application main loop
-        while (true)
-        {
-            // 1) get low-level inputs (e.g. on Win32, GetKeyboardState(), or poll your events, etc.)
-            // TODO: fill all fields of IO structure and call NewFrame
-            ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-            io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;
-            io.MousePos = mouse_pos;
-            io.MouseDown[0] = mouse_button_0;
-            io.MouseDown[1] = mouse_button_1;
-            io.KeysDown[i] = ...
-
-            // 2) call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
-            ImGui::NewFrame();
-
-            // 3) most of your application code here
-            ImGui::Begin("My window");
-            ImGui::Text("Hello, world.");
-            ImGui::End();
-            MyGameUpdate(); // may use ImGui functions
-            MyGameRender(); // may use ImGui functions
-
-            // 4) render & swap video buffers
-            ImGui::Render();
-            SwapBuffers();
-        }
-
-   - You can read back 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeybord' etc. flags from the IO structure to tell how ImGui intends to use your
-     inputs and to know if you should share them or hide them from the rest of your application. Read the FAQ below for more information.
+ READ FIRST
+ ----------
+ - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki)
+ - Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone!
+   The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous
+   data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs.
+ - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
+   Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version.
+ - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build.
+ - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori).
+   You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki.
+ - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances.
+   For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI,
+   where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches.
+ - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right.
+ - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected).
+   If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert.
+ - This codebase aims to be highly optimized:
+   - A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free.
+   - We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible.
+   - We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well.
+     Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all.
+ - This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible:
+   - This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve.
+   - C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers,
+     and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now).
+     This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages.
+   - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types.
+     See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that.
+     We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally.
+   - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction
+     (so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!).
+   - Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library.
+     This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup.
+     This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value.
+     The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends.
+
+
+ HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
+ ----------------------------------------------
+ - Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file.
+ - About imconfig.h:
+   - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it.
+   - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest.
+   - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to
+     specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one.
+
+ - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h)
+ - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master".
+ - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file.
+ - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.
+   If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed
+   from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will
+   likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
+ - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file.
+ - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date!
+
+
+ GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------
+ - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started.
+ - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.
+ - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder.
+ - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.
+   It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL).
+ - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.
+ - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.
+ - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.
+   Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"
+   phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().
+ - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
+ - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder.
+
+
+ HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
+ --------------------------------------
+ EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder).
+ The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure.
+
+     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
+     ImGui::CreateContext();
+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
+     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
+     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
+
+     // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
+     ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);
+     ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);
+
+     // Application main loop
+     while (true)
+     {
+         // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame
+         ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame();
+         ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();
+         ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+         // Any application code here
+         ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
+
+         // Render dear imgui into screen
+         ImGui::Render();
+         ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
+         g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);
+     }
+
+     // Shutdown
+     ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();
+     ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
+     ImGui::DestroyContext();
+
+ EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE
+
+     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
+     ImGui::CreateContext();
+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
+     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
+     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
+
+     // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture
+     // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer)
+     int width, height;
+     unsigned char* pixels = nullptr;
+     io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
+
+     // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system:
+     // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.
+     // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID.
+     MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)
+     io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture);
+
+     // Application main loop
+     while (true)
+     {
+        // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc.
+        // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends)
+        io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;              // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds)
+        io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f;             // set the current display width
+        io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f;             // set the current display height here
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y);  // update mouse position
+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]);  // update mouse button states
+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]);  // update mouse button states
+
+        // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
+        // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere)
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+        // Most of your application code here
+        ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
+        MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();
+        MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well!
+
+        // Render dear imgui, swap buffers
+        // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code)
+        ImGui::EndFrame();
+        ImGui::Render();
+        ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();
+        MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data);
+        SwapBuffers();
+     }
+
+     // Shutdown
+     ImGui::DestroyContext();
+
+ To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application,
+ you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
+ Please read the FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" about this.
+
+
+ HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
+ ---------------------------------------------
+ The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function.
+
+    void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+    {
+       // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled
+       // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering.
+       // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
+       // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
+       // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.
+       ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;
+       for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+       {
+          const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
+          const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;  // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui
+          const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;   // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui
+          for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+          {
+             const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+             if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+             {
+                 pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
+             }
+             else
+             {
+                 // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+                 ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y);
+                 ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y);
+                 if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
+                     continue;
+
+                 // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it.
+                 // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches
+                 //   (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!
+                 // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space:
+                 //   - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size
+                 //   - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values.
+                 //   - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github),
+                 //     always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.
+                 // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)
+                 MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y);
+
+                 // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID().
+                 // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.
+                 MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID());
+
+                 // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.
+                 // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices.
+                 MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset);
+             }
+          }
+       }
+    }
 
 
  API BREAKING CHANGES
  ====================
 
- Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. The breakage are generally minor and easy to fix.
- Here is a change-log of API breaking changes, if you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
- Also read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
-
- - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore. 
-                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you. 
-                       However if your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
-                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color.
-                           ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col)
-                           {
-                               float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a;
-                               return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a);
-                           }
+ Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix.
+ Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
+ When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.
+ You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
+
+ - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - BeginChild: added ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened as a replacement for the window flag ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow.
+                            - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
+                            - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, 0);
+ - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - io: ClearInputKeys() (first exposed in 1.89.8) doesn't clear mouse data, newly added ClearInputMouse() does.
+ - 2024/06/20 (1.90.9) - renamed ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload to ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire.
+ - 2024/06/18 (1.90.9) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_TabActive -> ImGuiCol_TabSelected, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused -> ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive -> ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected.
+ - 2024/06/10 (1.90.9) - removed old nested structure: renaming ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair type to ImGuiStoragePair (simpler for many languages).
+ - 2024/06/06 (1.90.8) - reordered ImGuiInputTextFlags values. This should not be breaking unless you are using generated headers that have values not matching the main library.
+ - 2024/06/06 (1.90.8) - removed 'ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft', was mostly unused and misleading.
+ - 2024/05/27 (1.90.7) - commented out obsolete symbols marked obsolete in 1.88 (May 2022):
+                            - old: CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool)
+                            - new: SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool)
+                            - old: CaptureMouseFromApp(bool)
+                            - new: SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool)
+ - 2024/05/22 (1.90.7) - inputs (internals): renamed ImGuiKeyOwner_None to ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner, to make use more explicit and reduce confusion with the default it is a non-zero value and cannot be the default value (never made public, but disclosing as I expect a few users caught on owner-aware inputs).
+                       - inputs (internals): renamed ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalOverFocused, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHighest.
+                       - inputs (internals): Shortcut(), SetShortcutRouting(): swapped last two parameters order in function signatures:
+                            - old: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+                            - new: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+                       - inputs (internals): owner-aware versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(): swapped last two parameters order in function signatures.
+                            - old: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+                            - new: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+                            - old: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+                            - new: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+                         for various reasons those changes makes sense. They are being made because making some of those API public.
+                         only past users of imgui_internal.h with the extra parameters will be affected. Added asserts for valid flags in various functions to detect _some_ misuses, BUT NOT ALL.
+ - 2024/05/16 (1.90.7) - inputs: on macOS X, Cmd and Ctrl keys are now automatically swapped by io.AddKeyEvent() as this naturally align with how macOS X uses those keys.
+                           - it shouldn't really affect you unless you had custom shortcut swapping in place for macOS X apps.
+                           - removed ImGuiMod_Shortcut which was previously dynamically remapping to Ctrl or Cmd/Super. It is now unnecessary to specific cross-platform idiomatic shortcuts. (#2343, #4084, #5923, #456)
+ - 2024/05/14 (1.90.7) - backends: SDL_Renderer2 and SDL_Renderer3 backend now take a SDL_Renderer* in their RenderDrawData() functions.
+ - 2024/04/18 (1.90.6) - TreeNode: Fixed a layout inconsistency when using an empty/hidden label followed by a SameLine() call. (#7505, #282)
+                           - old: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(); Text("Hello");     // <-- This was actually incorrect! BUT appeared to look ok with the default style where ItemSpacing.x == FramePadding.x * 2 (it didn't look aligned otherwise).
+                           - new: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(0, 0); Text("Hello"); // <-- This is correct for all styles values.
+                         with the fix, IF you were successfully using TreeNode("")+SameLine(); you will now have extra spacing between your TreeNode and the following item.
+                         You'll need to change the SameLine() call to SameLine(0,0) to remove this extraneous spacing. This seemed like the more sensible fix that's not making things less consistent.
+                         (Note: when using this idiom you are likely to also use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth).
+ - 2024/03/18 (1.90.5) - merged the radius_x/radius_y parameters in ImDrawList::AddEllipse(), AddEllipseFilled() and PathEllipticalArcTo() into a single ImVec2 parameter. Exceptionally, because those functions were added in 1.90, we are not adding inline redirection functions. The transition is easy and should affect few users. (#2743, #7417)
+ - 2024/03/08 (1.90.5) - inputs: more formally obsoleted GetKeyIndex() when IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is set. It has been unnecessary and a no-op since 1.87 (it returns the same value as passed when used with a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent() function). (#4921)
+                           - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+ - 2024/01/15 (1.90.2) - commented out obsolete ImGuiIO::ImeWindowHandle marked obsolete in 1.87, favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
+ - 2023/12/19 (1.90.1) - commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter.
+ - 2023/11/06 (1.90.1) - removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges.
+ - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - imgui_freetype: commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. prefer using #define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE or see commented code for manual calls.
+ - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - internals,columns: commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted from imgui_internal.h in 1.80.
+ - 2023/11/09 (1.90.0) - removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define (will obsolete).
+ - 2023/11/07 (1.90.0) - removed BeginChildFrame()/EndChildFrame() in favor of using BeginChild() with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                         those functions were merely PushStyle/PopStyle helpers, the removal isn't so much motivated by needing to add the feature in BeginChild(), but by the necessity to avoid BeginChildFrame() signature mismatching BeginChild() signature and features.
+ - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: upgraded 'bool border = true' parameter to 'ImGuiChildFlags flags' type, added ImGuiChildFlags_Border equivalent. As with our prior "bool-to-flags" API updates, the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value is guaranteed to be == true forever to ensure a smoother transition, meaning all existing calls will still work.
+                           - old: BeginChild("Name", size, true)
+                           - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border)
+                           - old: BeginChild("Name", size, false)
+                           - new: BeginChild("Name", size) or BeginChild("Name", 0) or BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None)
+ - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: added child-flag ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding as a replacement for the window-flag ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow.
+                           - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding);
+                           - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, 0);
+ - 2023/09/27 (1.90.0) - io: removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63. Same as 'g.DebugMemAllocCount - g.DebugMemFreeCount' (still displayed in Metrics, unlikely to be accessed by end-user).
+ - 2023/09/26 (1.90.0) - debug tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIDStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"), as earlier name was misleading. Kept inline redirection function. (#4631)
+ - 2023/09/15 (1.90.0) - ListBox, Combo: changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                           - old: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...)
+                           - new: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...);
+                           - old: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getting)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...);
+                           - new: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...);
+ - 2023/09/08 (1.90.0) - commented out obsolete redirecting functions:
+                           - GetWindowContentRegionWidth()  -> use GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x. Consider that generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
+                           - ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX          -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + grep commented names in sources.
+                       - commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded() -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details
+ - 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry!
+ - 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector<ImDrawList*>. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878)
+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15).
+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior.
+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610)
+ - 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage.
+ - 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
+ - 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago:
+                           - ListBoxHeader()  -> use BeginListBox() (note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for reference)
+                           - ListBoxFooter()  -> use EndListBox()
+ - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: commented out obsolete redirection constructor 'ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f)' that was marked obsolete in 1.79. Use default constructor + clipper.Begin().
+ - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: renamed ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices().
+ - 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago:
+                           - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput        -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp
+                           - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite
+                           - ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve()         -> use ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic()
+                           - ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo()      -> use ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo()
+ - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - renamed PushAllowKeyboardFocus()/PopAllowKeyboardFocus() to PushTabStop()/PopTabStop(). Kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete).
+ - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - tooltips: Added 'bool' return value to BeginTooltip() for API consistency. Please only submit contents and call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true. In reality the function will _currently_ always return true, but further changes down the line may change this, best to clarify API sooner.
+ - 2023/02/15 (1.89.4) - moved the optional "courtesy maths operators" implementation from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h.
+                         Even though we encourage using your own maths types and operators by setting up IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA,
+                         it has been frequently requested by people to use our own. We had an opt-in define which was
+                         previously fulfilled in imgui_internal.h. It is now fulfilled in imgui.h. (#6164)
+                           - OK:     #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui.h" / #include "imgui_internal.h"
+                           - Error:  #include "imgui.h" / #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui_internal.h"
+ - 2023/02/07 (1.89.3) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdl.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdl.h" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.h". (#6146) This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
+ - 2022/10/26 (1.89)   - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79.
+ - 2022/10/12 (1.89)   - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details.
+ - 2022/09/26 (1.89)   - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete).
+                           - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl  and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl  -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl
+                           - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift
+                           - ImGuiKey_ModAlt   and ImGuiModFlags_Alt   -> ImGuiMod_Alt
+                           - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super
+                         the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends.
+                         the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions.
+                         exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway.
+ - 2022/09/20 (1.89)   - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers.
+                         this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g.
+                            - with imgui_impl_glfw:  IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A);
+                            - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A')        -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A')
+                            - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now!
+ - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr);
+ - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020):
+                         - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.
+                         - SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.
+                         - BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags)
+ - 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries.
+                       this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item.
+                         - previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
+                              Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();
+                         - instead, please submit an item:
+                              Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End();
+                         - alternative:
+                              Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End();
+                         - content size is now only extended when submitting an item!
+                         - with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert.
+                         - without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it.
+ - 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+                        - added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter.
+                        - old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
+                          - used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values.
+                          - had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer.
+                        - new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
+                          - requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier.
+                          - always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this.
+ - 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes).
+                        - Official backends from 1.87+                  -> no issue.
+                        - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86           -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating!
+                        - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue.
+                        - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[]     -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing!
+                        - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[].
+ - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete).
+ - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary.
+ - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO.
+ - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO.
+                        - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[]            -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values.
+ - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used).
+ - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO.
+                        - Backend writing to io.MousePos               -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[]            -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel             -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport   -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only]
+                       note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current.
+                       read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details.
+ - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unnecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details.
+                        - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX)              -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+                        - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX))      -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+                        - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes).
+                        - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values.*
+                     - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert.
+                     - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper.
+ - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum.
+ - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
+ - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019)
+                        - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen()        -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen()
+                        - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x
+                        - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()      -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+                        - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect             -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect
+                        - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX     -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex
+ - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings
+ - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function.
+ - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
+ - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019):
+                        - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
+                        - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder  -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+ - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID().
+                        - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do.
+                        - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID().
+ - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags.
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft  -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_None     -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc.
+                       flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API.
+                       breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners":
+                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (common use)
+                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding     --> unchanged (common use)
+                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (unlikely use)
+                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f.
+                       this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok.
+                       the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts.
+                       legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise).
+ - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018):
+                        - ImGui::SetScrollHere()              -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY()
+ - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing.
+ - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future.
+ - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file  with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.
+ - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed.
+ - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags.
+                     - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags.
+                     - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API.
+ - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018):
+                        - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
+                        - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening       -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallback              -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback
+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData          -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
+ - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added!
+ - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API.
+ - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures
+ - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/.
+ - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018):
+                        - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer        -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend
+                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
+                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
+                        - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_                -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
+                        - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_             -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
+                      - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018):
+                        - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision.
+                        - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter.
+ - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed).
+ - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently).
+ - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton.
+ - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory.
+ - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result.
+ - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now!
+ - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar().
+                       replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags).
+                       worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions:
+                       - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected.
+                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct.
+                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f.
+                       see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details.
+                       kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used.
+                       for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.
+                     - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime.
+ - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems.
+ - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79]
+ - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017.
+ - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular().
+ - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more.
+ - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead.
+ - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value.
+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017):
+                       - ShowTestWindow()                    -> use ShowDemoWindow()
+                       - IsRootWindowFocused()               -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow)
+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()     -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
+                       - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w)        -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)
+                       - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()     -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+                       - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg              -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg
+                       - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding   -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+                       - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
+                       - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS          -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API.
+ - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it).
+ - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert.
+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017):
+                       - Begin() [old 5 args version]        -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed
+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()     -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
+                       - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()     -> use AlignTextToFramePadding()
+                       - SetNextWindowPosCenter()            -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f)
+                       - ImFont::Glyph                       -> use ImFontGlyph
+ - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function.
+                       if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix.
+                       The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay).
+                       If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you.
+ - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71.
+ - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have
+                       overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering.
+                       This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows.
+                       Please reach out if you are affected.
+ - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c).
+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now.
+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value!
+ - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).
+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!
+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.
+ - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.
+ - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.
+ - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.
+                       If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.
+ - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)
+ - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.
+                       NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED.
+                       Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions.
+ - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent).
+ - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly).
+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature.
+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency.
+ - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.
+ - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan,  etc.).
+                       old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports.
+                       when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.
+                       in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function.
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.
+ - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.
+                       If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.
+                       To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.
+                       If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them.
+ - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format",
+                       consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value.
+ - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch).
+ - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now.
+ - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically.
+ - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums.
+ - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment.
+ - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display.
+ - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit,
+                       - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END.
+                       - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose.
+                       - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance.
+                       - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts.
+                       - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts.
+ - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths.
+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData.
+ - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side.
+ - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags
+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame.
+ - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set.
+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up.
+                       Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding.
+ - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows);
+ - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.
+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.
+                       removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.
+                         IsItemHoveredRect()        --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)
+                         IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
+                         IsMouseHoveringWindow()    --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior]
+ - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!
+ - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".
+ - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!
+                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.
+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.
+ - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().
+ - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.
+                     - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.
+                     - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))'
+ - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse
+ - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset.
+ - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity.
+ - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild().
+ - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it.
+ - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.
+ - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal.
+ - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.
+                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
+                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color:
+                       ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); }
                        If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.
  - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().
  - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.
  - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen).
- - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDraw::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.
- - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref github issue #337).
+ - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.
+ - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337).
  - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337)
  - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert.
@@ -184,20 +835,13 @@
                        you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.
  - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.
                        this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(
-                     - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
+                     - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
                      - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!
-                            ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
-                       became:
-                            ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
-                              argument   'cmd_lists'        -> 'draw_data->CmdLists'
-                              argument   'cmd_lists_count'  -> 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
-                              ImDrawList 'commands'         -> 'CmdBuffer'
-                              ImDrawList 'vtx_buffer'       -> 'VtxBuffer'
-                              ImDrawList  n/a               -> 'IdxBuffer' (new)
-                              ImDrawCmd  'vtx_count'        -> 'ElemCount'
-                              ImDrawCmd  'clip_rect'        -> 'ClipRect'
-                              ImDrawCmd  'user_callback'    -> 'UserCallback'
-                              ImDrawCmd  'texture_id'       -> 'TextureId'
+                       old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
+                       new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
+                         parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
+                         ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.
+                         ImDrawCmd:  'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.
                      - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.
                      - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!
                      - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!
@@ -205,21 +849,21 @@
  - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.
  - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence
- - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely be used. Sorry!
+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry!
  - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.
  - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.
  - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).
- - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
  - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API
  - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.
  - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.
- - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
  - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
- - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
  - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)
- - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
  - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.
  - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.
  - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior
@@ -227,23 +871,13 @@
  - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)
  - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.
  - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.
-              (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
-                       this sequence:
-                           const void* png_data;
-                           unsigned int png_size;
-                           ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size);
-                           // <Copy to GPU>
-                       became:
-                           unsigned char* pixels;
-                           int width, height;
-                           io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
-                           // <Copy to GPU>
-                           io.Fonts->TexID = (your_texture_identifier);
-                       you now have much more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs.
-                       it is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
-              (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID.
-              (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
-              (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
+                       - old:  const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..];
+                       - new:  unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier);
+                       you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID()
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
  - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)
  - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)
  - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility
@@ -257,826 +891,1411 @@
  - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes
 
 
- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
- ======================================
-
- Q: How can I help?
- A: - If you are experienced enough with ImGui and with C/C++, look at the todo list and see how you want/can help!
-    - Become a Patron/donate. Convince your company to become a Patron or provide serious funding for development time.
-
- Q: How do I update to a newer version of ImGui?
- A: Overwrite the following files:
-      imgui.cpp
-      imgui.h
-      imgui_demo.cpp
-      imgui_draw.cpp
-      imgui_internal.h
-      stb_rect_pack.h
-      stb_textedit.h
-      stb_truetype.h
-    Don't overwrite imconfig.h if you have made modification to your copy.
-    Check the "API BREAKING CHANGES" sections for a list of occasional API breaking changes. If you have a problem with a function, search for its name
-    in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
-
-
- Q: What is ImTextureID and how do I display an image?
- A: ImTextureID is a void* used to pass renderer-agnostic texture references around until it hits your render function.
-    ImGui knows nothing about what those bits represent, it just passes them around. It is up to you to decide what you want the void* to carry!
-    It could be an identifier to your OpenGL texture (cast GLuint to void*), a pointer to your custom engine material (cast MyMaterial* to void*), etc.
-    At the end of the chain, your renderer takes this void* to cast it back into whatever it needs to select a current texture to render.
-    Refer to examples applications, where each renderer (in a imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp file) is treating ImTextureID as a different thing.
-    (c++ tip: OpenGL uses integers to identify textures. You can safely store an integer into a void*, just cast it to void*, don't take it's address!)
-    To display a custom image/texture within an ImGui window, you may use ImGui::Image(), ImGui::ImageButton(), ImDrawList::AddImage() functions.
-    ImGui will generate the geometry and draw calls using the ImTextureID that you passed and which your renderer can use.
-    It is your responsibility to get textures uploaded to your GPU.
-
- Q: I integrated ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
- A: In your Render function, try translating your projection matrix by (0.5f,0.5f) or (0.375f,0.375f).
-    Also make sure your orthographic projection matrix and io.DisplaySize matches your actual framebuffer dimension.
-
- Q: I integrated ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
- A: Most likely you are mishandling the clipping rectangles in your render function. Rectangles provided by ImGui are defined as (x1,y1,x2,y2) and NOT as (x1,y1,width,height).
-
- Q: Can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes)
- A: Yes. A primer on the use of labels/IDs in ImGui..
-
-   - Elements that are not clickable, such as Text() items don't need an ID.
-
-   - Interactive widgets require state to be carried over multiple frames (most typically ImGui often needs to remember what is the "active" widget).
-     to do so they need an unique ID. unique ID are typically derived from a string label, an integer index or a pointer.
-
-       Button("OK");        // Label = "OK",     ID = hash of "OK"
-       Button("Cancel");    // Label = "Cancel", ID = hash of "Cancel"
-
-   - ID are uniquely scoped within windows, tree nodes, etc. so no conflict can happen if you have two buttons called "OK" in two different windows
-     or in two different locations of a tree.
-
-   - If you have a same ID twice in the same location, you'll have a conflict:
-
-       Button("OK");
-       Button("OK");           // ID collision! Both buttons will be treated as the same.
-
-     Fear not! this is easy to solve and there are many ways to solve it!
-
-   - When passing a label you can optionally specify extra unique ID information within string itself. This helps solving the simpler collision cases.
-     use "##" to pass a complement to the ID that won't be visible to the end-user:
-
-       Button("Play");         // Label = "Play",   ID = hash of "Play"
-       Button("Play##foo1");   // Label = "Play",   ID = hash of "Play##foo1" (different from above)
-       Button("Play##foo2");   // Label = "Play",   ID = hash of "Play##foo2" (different from above)
-
-   - If you want to completely hide the label, but still need an ID:
-
-       Checkbox("##On", &b);   // Label = "",       ID = hash of "##On" (no label!)
-
-   - Occasionally/rarely you might want change a label while preserving a constant ID. This allows you to animate labels.
-     For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar (and windows are uniquely identified by their ID.. obviously)
-     Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID:
-
-       Button("Hello###ID";   // Label = "Hello",  ID = hash of "ID"
-       Button("World###ID";   // Label = "World",  ID = hash of "ID" (same as above)
-
-       sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame");
-       Begin(buf);            // Variable label,   ID = hash of "MyGame"
-
-   - Use PushID() / PopID() to create scopes and avoid ID conflicts within the same Window.
-     This is the most convenient way of distinguishing ID if you are iterating and creating many UI elements.
-     You can push a pointer, a string or an integer value. Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of everything in the ID stack!
-
-       for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
-       {
-         PushID(i);
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of integer + "label" (unique)
-         PopID();
-       }
-
-       for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
-       {
-         MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
-         PushID(obj);
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of pointer + "label" (unique)
-         PopID();
-       }
-
-       for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
-       {
-         MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
-         PushID(obj->Name);
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of string + "label" (unique)
-         PopID();
-       }
-
-   - More example showing that you can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack:
-
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "Click"
-       PushID("node");
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "node" + "Click"
-         PushID(my_ptr);
-           Button("Click"); // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "node" + ptr + "Click"
-         PopID();
-       PopID();
-
-   - Tree nodes implicitly creates a scope for you by calling PushID().
+ FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
+ ================================
+
+ Read all answers online:
+   https://www.dearimgui.com/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url)
+ Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer):
+   docs/FAQ.md
+ Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code.
+
+ Q&A: Basics
+ ===========
+
+ Q: Where is the documentation?
+ A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++.
+    - Run the examples/ applications and explore them.
+    - Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide.
+    - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function.
+    - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output.
+    - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.
+    - 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the
+      examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application.
+    - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links.
+    - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful.
+    - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments
+      associated with it.
+
+ Q: What is this library called?
+ Q: Which version should I get?
+ >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :)
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for details.
+
+ Q&A: Integration
+ ================
 
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "Click"
-       if (TreeNode("node"))
-       {
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "node" + "Click"
-         TreePop();
-       }
+ Q: How to get started?
+ A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt.
+
+ Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?
+ A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this.
+
+ Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls?
+ Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display)
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text...
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around...
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries...
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
+
+ Q&A: Usage
+ ----------
+
+ Q: About the ID Stack system..
+   - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?
+   - How can I have widgets with an empty label?
+   - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?
+   - How can I have multiple windows with the same label?
+ Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work?
+ Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2?
+ Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?
+ Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API)
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
+
+ Q&A: Fonts, Text
+ ================
 
-   - When working with trees, ID are used to preserve the open/close state of each tree node.
-     Depending on your use cases you may want to use strings, indices or pointers as ID.
-      e.g. when displaying a single object that may change over time (1-1 relationship), using a static string as ID will preserve your node open/closed state when the targeted object change.
-      e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the node open/closed state differently. experiment and see what makes more sense!
+ Q: How should I handle DPI in my application?
+ Q: How can I load a different font than the default?
+ Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
+ Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
+ Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md
 
- Q: How can I tell when ImGui wants my mouse/keyboard inputs and when I can pass them to my application?
- A: You can read the 'io.WantCaptureXXX' flags in the ImGuiIO structure. Preferably read them after calling ImGui::NewFrame() to avoid those flags lagging by one frame.
-    When 'io.WantCaptureMouse' or 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' flags are set you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application.
-    When 'io.WantInputsCharacters' is set to may want to notify your OS to popup an on-screen keyboard, if available.
-    ImGui is tracking dragging and widget activity that may occur outside the boundary of a window, so 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is a more accurate and complete than testing for ImGui::IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow().
+ Q&A: Concerns
+ =============
 
- Q: How can I load a different font than the default? (default is an embedded version of ProggyClean.ttf, rendered at size 13)
- A: Use the font atlas to load the TTF file you want:
+ Q: Who uses Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
 
-      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
+ Q&A: Community
+ ==============
 
- Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
- A: Use the font atlas to pack them into a single texture:
-    (Read extra_fonts/README.txt and the code in ImFontAtlas for more details.)
-
-      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-      ImFont* font0 = io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
-      ImFont* font1 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      ImFont* font2 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile2.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
-      // the first loaded font gets used by default
-      // use ImGui::PushFont()/ImGui::PopFont() to change the font at runtime
-
-      // Options
-      ImFontConfig config;
-      config.OversampleH = 3;
-      config.OversampleV = 1;
-      config.GlyphExtraSpacing.x = 1.0f;
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, &config);
-
-      // Combine multiple fonts into one
-      ImWchar ranges[] = { 0xf000, 0xf3ff, 0 };
-      ImFontConfig config;
-      config.MergeMode = true;
-      io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("fontawesome-webfont.ttf", 16.0f, &config, ranges);
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, NULL, &config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese());
+ Q: How can I help?
+ A: - Businesses: please reach out to "omar AT dearimgui DOT com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui!
+      We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts.
+      This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project.
+      >>> See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding
+    - Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.
+    - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help!
+    - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.
+      You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.
+      But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
+    - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately).
 
- Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
- A: When loading a font, pass custom Unicode ranges to specify the glyphs to load. 
-    All your strings needs to use UTF-8 encoding. Specifying literal in your source code using a local code page (such as CP-923 for Japanese or CP-1251 for Cyrillic) will not work.
-    In C++11 you can encode a string literal in UTF-8 by using the u8"hello" syntax. Otherwise you can convert yourself to UTF-8 or load text data from file already saved as UTF-8.
-    You can also try to remap your local codepage characters to their Unicode codepoint using font->AddRemapChar(), but international users may have problems reading/editing your source code.
-
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese());  // Load Japanese characters
-      io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
-      io.ImeWindowHandle = MY_HWND;      // To input using Microsoft IME, give ImGui the hwnd of your application
-
-    As for text input, depends on you passing the right character code to io.AddInputCharacter(). The example applications do that.
-
- Q: How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
- A: The easiest way is to create a dummy window. Call Begin() with NoTitleBar|NoResize|NoMove|NoScrollbar|NoSavedSettings|NoInputs flag, zero background alpha, 
-    then retrieve the ImDrawList* via GetWindowDrawList() and draw to it in any way you like.
-
- - tip: the construct 'IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME { ... }' will run the block of code only once a frame. You can use it to quickly add custom UI in the middle of a deep nested inner loop in your code.
- - tip: you can create widgets without a Begin()/End() block, they will go in an implicit window called "Debug"
- - tip: you can call Begin() multiple times with the same name during the same frame, it will keep appending to the same window. this is also useful to set yourself in the context of another window (to get/set other settings)
- - tip: you can call Render() multiple times (e.g for VR renders).
- - tip: call and read the ShowTestWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp for more example of how to use ImGui!
-
-
- ISSUES & TODO-LIST
- ==================
- Issue numbers (#) refer to github issues listed at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
- The list below consist mostly of notes of things to do before they are requested/discussed by users (at that point it usually happens on the github)
-
- - doc: add a proper documentation+regression testing system (#435)
- - window: add a way for very transient windows (non-saved, temporary overlay over hundreds of objects) to "clean" up from the global window list. perhaps a lightweight explicit cleanup pass.
- - window: calling SetNextWindowSize() every frame with <= 0 doesn't do anything, may be useful to allow (particularly when used for a single axis).
- - window: auto-fit feedback loop when user relies on any dynamic layout (window width multiplier, column) appears weird to end-user. clarify.
- - window: allow resizing of child windows (possibly given min/max for each axis?)
- - window: background options for child windows, border option (disable rounding)
- - window: add a way to clear an existing window instead of appending (e.g. for tooltip override using a consistent api rather than the deferred tooltip)
- - window: resizing from any sides? + mouse cursor directives for app.
-!- window: begin with *p_open == false should return false.
- - window: get size/pos helpers given names (see discussion in #249)
- - window: a collapsed window can be stuck behind the main menu bar?
- - window: when window is small, prioritize resize button over close button.
- - window: detect extra End() call that pop the "Debug" window out and assert at call site instead of later.
- - window/tooltip: allow to set the width of a tooltip to allow TextWrapped() etc. while keeping the height automatic.
- - window: increase minimum size of a window with menus or fix the menu rendering so that it doesn't look odd.
- - draw-list: maintaining bounding box per command would allow to merge draw command when clipping isn't relied on (typical non-scrolling window or non-overflowing column would merge with previous command).
-!- scrolling: allow immediately effective change of scroll if we haven't appended items yet
- - splitter/separator: formalize the splitter idiom into an official api (we want to handle n-way split) (#319)
- - widgets: display mode: widget-label, label-widget (aligned on column or using fixed size), label-newline-tab-widget etc.
- - widgets: clean up widgets internal toward exposing everything.
- - widgets: add disabled and read-only modes (#211)
- - main: considering adding an Init() function? some constructs are awkward in the implementation because of the lack of them.
-!- main: make it so that a frame with no window registered won't refocus every window on subsequent frames (~bump LastFrameActive of all windows).
- - main: IsItemHovered() make it more consistent for various type of widgets, widgets with multiple components, etc. also effectively IsHovered() region sometimes differs from hot region, e.g tree nodes
- - main: IsItemHovered() info stored in a stack? so that 'if TreeNode() { Text; TreePop; } if IsHovered' return the hover state of the TreeNode?
- - input text: clean up the mess caused by converting UTF-8 <> wchar. the code is rather inefficient right now.
- - input text: reorganize event handling, allow CharFilter to modify buffers, allow multiple events? (#541)
- - input text: flag to disable live update of the user buffer (also applies to float/int text input) 
- - input text: resize behavior - field could stretch when being edited? hover tooltip shows more text?
- - input text: add ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterToApply? (off #218)
- - input text multi-line: don't directly call AddText() which does an unnecessary vertex reserve for character count prior to clipping. and/or more line-based clipping to AddText(). and/or reorganize TextUnformatted/RenderText for more efficiency for large text (e.g TextUnformatted could clip and log separately, etc).
- - input text multi-line: way to dynamically grow the buffer without forcing the user to initially allocate for worse case (follow up on #200)
- - input text multi-line: line numbers? status bar? (follow up on #200)
- - input text: allow centering/positioning text so that ctrl+clicking Drag or Slider keeps the textual value at the same pixel position.
- - input number: optional range min/max for Input*() functions
- - input number: holding [-]/[+] buttons could increase the step speed non-linearly (or user-controlled)
- - input number: use mouse wheel to step up/down
- - input number: applying arithmetics ops (+,-,*,/) messes up with text edit undo stack.
- - button: provide a button that looks framed.
- - text: proper alignment options
- - image/image button: misalignment on padded/bordered button?
- - image/image button: parameters are confusing, image() has tint_col,border_col whereas imagebutton() has bg_col/tint_col. Even thou they are different parameters ordering could be more consistent. can we fix that?
- - layout: horizontal layout helper (#97)
- - layout: horizontal flow until no space left (#404)
- - layout: more generic alignment state (left/right/centered) for single items?
- - layout: clean up the InputFloatN/SliderFloatN/ColorEdit4 layout code. item width should include frame padding.
- - layout: BeginGroup() needs a border option.
- - columns: declare column set (each column: fixed size, %, fill, distribute default size among fills) (#513, #125)
- - columns: add a conditional parameter to SetColumnOffset() (#513, #125)
- - columns: separator function or parameter that works within the column (currently Separator() bypass all columns) (#125)
- - columns: columns header to act as button (~sort op) and allow resize/reorder (#513, #125)
- - columns: user specify columns size (#513, #125)
- - columns: flag to add horizontal separator above/below?
- - columns/layout: setup minimum line height (equivalent of automatically calling AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets)
- - combo: sparse combo boxes (via function call?) / iterators
- - combo: contents should extends to fit label if combo widget is small
- - combo/listbox: keyboard control. need InputText-like non-active focus + key handling. considering keyboard for custom listbox (pr #203)
- - listbox: multiple selection
- - listbox: user may want to initial scroll to focus on the one selected value?
- - listbox: keyboard navigation.
- - listbox: scrolling should track modified selection.
-!- popups/menus: clarify usage of popups id, how MenuItem/Selectable closing parent popups affects the ID, etc. this is quite fishy needs improvement! (#331, #402)
- - popups: add variant using global identifier similar to Begin/End (#402)
- - popups: border options. richer api like BeginChild() perhaps? (#197)
- - tooltip: tooltip that doesn't fit in entire screen seems to lose their "last prefered button" and may teleport when moving mouse
- - menus: local shortcuts, global shortcuts (#456, #126)
- - menus: icons
- - menus: menubars: some sort of priority / effect of main menu-bar on desktop size?
- - menus: calling BeginMenu() twice with a same name doesn't seem to append nicely
- - statusbar: add a per-window status bar helper similar to what menubar does.
- - tabs (#261, #351)
- - separator: separator on the initial position of a window is not visible (cursorpos.y <= clippos.y)
-!- color: the color helpers/typing is a mess and needs sorting out.
- - color: add a better color picker (#346)
- - node/graph editor (#306)
- - pie menus patterns (#434)
- - drag'n drop, dragging helpers (carry dragging info, visualize drag source before clicking, drop target, etc.) (#143, #479)
- - plot: PlotLines() should use the polygon-stroke facilities (currently issues with averaging normals)
- - plot: make it easier for user to draw extra stuff into the graph (e.g: draw basis, highlight certain points, 2d plots, multiple plots)
- - plot: "smooth" automatic scale over time, user give an input 0.0(full user scale) 1.0(full derived from value)
- - plot: add a helper e.g. Plot(char* label, float value, float time_span=2.0f) that stores values and Plot them for you - probably another function name. and/or automatically allow to plot ANY displayed value (more reliance on stable ID)
- - slider: allow using the [-]/[+] buttons used by InputFloat()/InputInt()
- - slider: initial absolute click is imprecise. change to relative movement slider (same as scrollbar).
- - slider: add dragging-based widgets to edit values with mouse (on 2 axises), saving screen real-estate.
- - slider: tint background based on value (e.g. v_min -> v_max, or use 0.0f either side of the sign)
- - slider & drag: int data passing through a float
- - drag float: up/down axis
- - drag float: added leeway on edge (e.g. a few invisible steps past the clamp limits)
- - tree node / optimization: avoid formatting when clipped.
- - tree node: tree-node/header right-most side doesn't take account of horizontal scrolling.
- - tree node: add treenode/treepush int variants? not there because (void*) cast from int warns on some platforms/settings?
- - tree node: try to apply scrolling at time of TreePop() if node was just opened and end of node is past scrolling limits?
- - tree node / selectable render mismatch which is visible if you use them both next to each other (e.g. cf. property viewer)
- - tree node: tweak color scheme to distinguish headers from selected tree node (#581)
- - textwrapped: figure out better way to use TextWrapped() in an always auto-resize context (tooltip, etc.) (#249)
- - settings: write more decent code to allow saving/loading new fields
- - settings: api for per-tool simple persistent data (bool,int,float,columns sizes,etc.) in .ini file
- - style: add window shadows.
- - style/optimization: store rounded corners in texture to use 1 quad per corner (filled and wireframe) to lower the cost of rounding.
- - style: color-box not always square?
- - style: a concept of "compact style" that the end-user can easily rely on (e.g. PushStyleCompact()?) that maps to other settings? avoid implementing duplicate helpers such as SmallCheckbox(), etc.
- - style: try to make PushStyleVar() more robust to incorrect parameters (to be more friendly to edit & continues situation).
- - style/opt: PopStyleVar could be optimized by having GetStyleVar returns the type, using a table mapping stylevar enum to data type.
- - style: global scale setting.
- - style: WindowPadding needs to be EVEN needs the 0.5 multiplier probably have a subtle effect on clip rectangle
- - text: simple markup language for color change?
- - font: dynamic font atlas to avoid baking huge ranges into bitmap and make scaling easier.
- - font: small opt: for monospace font (like the defalt one) we can trim IndexXAdvance as long as trailing value is == FallbackXAdvance
- - font: add support for kerning, probably optional. perhaps default to (32..128)^2 matrix ~ 36KB then hash fallback.
- - font: add a simpler CalcTextSizeA() api? current one ok but not welcome if user needs to call it directly (without going through ImGui::CalcTextSize)
- - font: fix AddRemapChar() to work before font has been built.
- - log: LogButtons() options for specifying depth and/or hiding depth slider
- - log: have more control over the log scope (e.g. stop logging when leaving current tree node scope)
- - log: be able to log anything (e.g. right-click on a window/tree-node, shows context menu? log into tty/file/clipboard)
- - log: let user copy any window content to clipboard easily (CTRL+C on windows? while moving it? context menu?). code is commented because it fails with multiple Begin/End pairs.
- - filters: set a current filter that tree node can automatically query to hide themselves
- - filters: handle wildcards (with implicit leading/trailing *), regexps
- - shortcuts: add a shortcut api, e.g. parse "&Save" and/or "Save (CTRL+S)", pass in to widgets or provide simple ways to use (button=activate, input=focus)
-!- keyboard: tooltip & combo boxes are messing up / not honoring keyboard tabbing
- - keyboard: full keyboard navigation and focus. (#323)
- - focus: preserve ActiveId/focus stack state, e.g. when opening a menu and close it, previously selected InputText() focus gets restored (#622)
- - focus: SetKeyboardFocusHere() on with >= 0 offset could be done on same frame (else latch and modulate on beginning of next frame)
- - input: rework IO system to be able to pass actual ordered/timestamped events. (~#335, #71)
- - input: allow to decide and pass explicit double-clicks (e.g. for windows by the CS_DBLCLKS style).
- - input: support track pad style scrolling & slider edit.
- - misc: provide a way to compile out the entire implementation while providing a dummy API (e.g. #define IMGUI_DUMMY_IMPL)
- - misc: double-clicking on title bar to minimize isn't consistent, perhaps move to single-click on left-most collapse icon?
- - misc: provide HoveredTime and ActivatedTime to ease the creation of animations.
- - style editor: have a more global HSV setter (e.g. alter hue on all elements). consider replacing active/hovered by offset in HSV space? (#438)
- - style editor: color child window height expressed in multiple of line height.
- - remote: make a system like RemoteImGui first-class citizen/project (#75)
- - drawlist: move Font, FontSize, FontTexUvWhitePixel inside ImDrawList and make it self-contained (apart from drawing settings?)
- - drawlist: end-user probably can't call Clear() directly because we expect a texture to be pushed in the stack.
- - examples: directx9: save/restore device state more thoroughly.
- - examples: window minimize, maximize (#583)
- - optimization: add a flag to disable most of rendering, for the case where the user expect to skip it (#335)
- - optimization: use another hash function than crc32, e.g. FNV1a
- - optimization/render: merge command-lists with same clip-rect into one even if they aren't sequential? (as long as in-between clip rectangle don't overlap)?
- - optimization: turn some the various stack vectors into statically-sized arrays
- - optimization: better clipping for multi-component widgets
 */
 
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] INCLUDES
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
 #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif
 
-#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
 
-#include <ctype.h>      // toupper, isprint
-#include <math.h>       // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf
-#include <stdlib.h>     // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi
+// System includes
 #include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
-#include <limits.h>     // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
-#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
-#else
 #include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+
+// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
+// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+#ifndef NOMINMAX
+#define NOMINMAX
+#endif
+#ifndef __MINGW32__
+#include <Windows.h>        // _wfopen, OpenClipboard
+#else
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP || WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_GAMES)
+// The UWP and GDK Win32 API subsets don't support clipboard nor IME functions
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// [Apple] OS specific includes
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
 #endif
 
+// Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
-#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)             // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)             // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922   // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)             // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)            // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26495)            // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)            // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
 #endif
 
-// Clang warnings with -Weverything
-#ifdef __clang__
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"      // warning : format string is not a string literal              // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"  // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor       // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' //
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"          // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor     // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic"                // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"       // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
+// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"      // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"                   // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"        // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow"          // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Forward Declarations
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Debug options
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0   // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0   // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window
 
-static void             LogRenderedText(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.
+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY            = 0.20f;    // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in
+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY          = 0.15f;    // Time before the window list starts to appear
 
-static void             PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full = 0.0f);
-static float            GetDraggedColumnOffset(int column_index);
+static const float NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER             = 0.10f;    // Time to highlight an item activated by a shortcut.
 
-static bool             IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true);
+// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend)
+static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING                    = 4.0f;     // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow().
+static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f;    // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.
+static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER    = 0.70f;    // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved.
 
-static void             SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
-static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void             SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y);
-static void             SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond);
-static void             SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond);
-static void             SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond);
-static ImGuiWindow*     FindHoveredWindow(ImVec2 pos, bool excluding_childs);
-static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
-static inline bool      IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void             ClearSetNextWindowData();
-static void             CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write);
-static void             Scrollbar(ImGuiWindow* window, bool horizontal);
-
-static void             AddDrawListToRenderList(ImVector<ImDrawList*>& out_render_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
-static void             AddWindowToRenderList(ImVector<ImDrawList*>& out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void             AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
-
-static ImGuiIniData*    FindWindowSettings(const char* name);
-static ImGuiIniData*    AddWindowSettings(const char* name);
-static void             LoadSettings();
-static void             SaveSettings();
-static void             MarkSettingsDirty();
-
-static void             PushColumnClipRect(int column_index = -1);
-static ImRect           GetVisibleRect();
-
-static bool             BeginPopupEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags);
-static void             CloseInactivePopups();
-static void             ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining);
-static void             ClosePopup(ImGuiID id);
-static bool             IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id);
-static ImGuiWindow*     GetFrontMostModalRootWindow();
-static ImVec2           FindBestPopupWindowPos(const ImVec2& base_pos, const ImVec2& size, int* last_dir, const ImRect& rect_to_avoid);
-
-static bool             InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data);
-static int              InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
-static ImVec2           InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
-
-static inline void      DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* display_format, char* buf, int buf_size);
-static inline void      DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, int decimal_precision, char* buf, int buf_size);
-static void             DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* value1, const void* value2);
-static bool             DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* scalar_format);
+// Tooltip offset
+static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET = ImVec2(16, 10);            // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Platform dependent default implementations
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static const char*      GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl();
-static void             SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text);
-static void             ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y);
+static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
+static ImVec2           CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+static void             AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+// Settings
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
+static void*            WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
+
+// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions
+static const char*      GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx);
+static void             SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text);
+static void             SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+// Item
+static void             ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id);
+
+// Navigation
+static void             NavUpdate();
+static void             NavUpdateWindowing();
+static void             NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
+static void             NavUpdateCancelRequest();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
+static float            NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
+static inline void      NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
+static void             NavEndFrame();
+static bool             NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
+static void             NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
+static void             NavProcessItem();
+static void             NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
+static ImVec2           NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+static void             NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);
+static ImGuiWindow*     NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer);
+static int              FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+// Error Checking and Debug Tools
+static void             ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
+static void             ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
+static void             UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
+static void             UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
+static void             UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor();
+
+// Inputs
+static void             UpdateKeyboardInputs();
+static void             UpdateMouseInputs();
+static void             UpdateMouseWheel();
+static void             UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt);
+
+// Misc
+static void             UpdateSettings();
+static int              UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect);
+static void             RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size);
+static void             RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open);
+static void             RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col);
+static void             RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
+static void             SetLastItemDataForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect);
+
+// Viewports
+const ImGuiID           IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter.
+static void             UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
+
+}
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Context
+// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Default context, default font atlas.
-// New contexts always point by default to this font atlas. It can be changed by reassigning the GetIO().Fonts variable.
-static ImGuiContext     GImDefaultContext;
-static ImFontAtlas      GImDefaultFontAtlas;
+// DLL users:
+// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries!
+// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from.
+// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL).
+// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
+// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in).
+
+// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.
+// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL.
+//   Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
+// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.
+//   If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts:
+//   - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h:
+//         struct ImGuiContext;
+//         extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;
+//         #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS
+//     And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.
+//   - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
+//   - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace.
+// - DLL users: read comments above.
+#ifndef GImGui
+ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;
+#endif
 
-// Current context pointer. Implicitely used by all ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext()
-// ImGui is currently not thread-safe because of this variable. If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you might work around it by (A) having two instances of the ImGui code under different namespaces or (B) change this variable to be TLS. Further development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
-ImGuiContext*           GImGui = &GImDefaultContext;
+// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them.
+// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.
+// - DLL users: read comments above.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); }
+#else
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }
+#endif
+static ImGuiMemAllocFunc    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper;
+static ImGuiMemFreeFunc     GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper;
+static void*                GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// User facing structures
+// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
 {
-    Alpha                   = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
-    WindowPadding           = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window
-    WindowMinSize           = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size
-    WindowRounding          = 9.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
-    WindowTitleAlign        = ImGuiAlign_Left;  // Alignment for title bar text
-    ChildWindowRounding     = 0.0f;             // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
-    FramePadding            = ImVec2(4,3);      // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
-    FrameRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
-    ItemSpacing             = ImVec2(8,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
-    ItemInnerSpacing        = ImVec2(4,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
-    TouchExtraPadding       = ImVec2(0,0);      // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
-    IndentSpacing           = 21.0f;            // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
-    ColumnsMinSpacing       = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns
-    ScrollbarSize           = 16.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
-    ScrollbarRounding       = 9.0f;             // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
-    GrabMinSize             = 10.0f;            // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
-    GrabRounding            = 0.0f;             // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
-    DisplayWindowPadding    = ImVec2(22,22);    // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows.
-    DisplaySafeAreaPadding  = ImVec2(4,4);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
-    AntiAliasedLines        = true;             // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU.
-    AntiAliasedShapes       = true;             // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
-    CurveTessellationTol    = 1.25f;            // Tessellation tolerance. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
-
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.70f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg]          = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.05f, 0.05f, 0.10f, 0.90f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.65f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.30f);   // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.65f, 0.65f, 0.45f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.54f, 0.83f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.32f, 0.32f, 0.63f, 0.87f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.55f, 0.80f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.30f, 0.60f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.30f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.40f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ComboBg]                = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.99f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.67f, 0.40f, 0.40f, 0.60f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.67f, 0.40f, 0.40f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Column]                 = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered]          = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ColumnActive]           = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButton]            = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered]     = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 0.60f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive]      = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening]   = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+    Alpha                       = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
+    DisabledAlpha               = 0.60f;            // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
+    WindowPadding               = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window
+    WindowRounding              = 0.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+    WindowBorderSize            = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    WindowMinSize               = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size
+    WindowTitleAlign            = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text
+    WindowMenuButtonPosition    = ImGuiDir_Left;    // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
+    ChildRounding               = 0.0f;             // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
+    ChildBorderSize             = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    PopupRounding               = 0.0f;             // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
+    PopupBorderSize             = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    FramePadding                = ImVec2(4,3);      // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
+    FrameRounding               = 0.0f;             // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
+    FrameBorderSize             = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    ItemSpacing                 = ImVec2(8,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
+    ItemInnerSpacing            = ImVec2(4,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
+    CellPadding                 = ImVec2(4,2);      // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
+    TouchExtraPadding           = ImVec2(0,0);      // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
+    IndentSpacing               = 21.0f;            // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
+    ColumnsMinSpacing           = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
+    ScrollbarSize               = 14.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
+    ScrollbarRounding           = 9.0f;             // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
+    GrabMinSize                 = 12.0f;            // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
+    GrabRounding                = 0.0f;             // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
+    LogSliderDeadzone           = 4.0f;             // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
+    TabRounding                 = 4.0f;             // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
+    TabBorderSize               = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around tabs.
+    TabMinWidthForCloseButton   = 0.0f;             // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
+    TabBarBorderSize            = 1.0f;             // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
+    TableAngledHeadersAngle     = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees).
+    TableAngledHeadersTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f);// Alignment of angled headers within the cell
+    ColorButtonPosition         = ImGuiDir_Right;   // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
+    ButtonTextAlign             = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
+    SelectableTextAlign         = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
+    SeparatorTextBorderSize     = 3.0f;             // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
+    SeparatorTextAlign          = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
+    SeparatorTextPadding        = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
+    DisplayWindowPadding        = ImVec2(19,19);    // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
+    DisplaySafeAreaPadding      = ImVec2(3,3);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
+    MouseCursorScale            = 1.0f;             // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
+    AntiAliasedLines            = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
+    AntiAliasedLinesUseTex      = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
+    AntiAliasedFill             = true;             // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.).
+    CurveTessellationTol        = 1.25f;            // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    CircleTessellationMaxError  = 0.30f;            // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
+
+    // Behaviors
+    HoverStationaryDelay        = 0.15f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary.
+    HoverDelayShort             = 0.15f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay.
+    HoverDelayNormal            = 0.40f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). "
+    HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse   = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled;    // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse.
+    HoverFlagsForTooltipNav     = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled;  // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad.
+
+    // Default theme
+    ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this);
+}
+
+// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you.
+// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.
+void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
+{
+    WindowPadding = ImTrunc(WindowPadding * scale_factor);
+    WindowRounding = ImTrunc(WindowRounding * scale_factor);
+    WindowMinSize = ImTrunc(WindowMinSize * scale_factor);
+    ChildRounding = ImTrunc(ChildRounding * scale_factor);
+    PopupRounding = ImTrunc(PopupRounding * scale_factor);
+    FramePadding = ImTrunc(FramePadding * scale_factor);
+    FrameRounding = ImTrunc(FrameRounding * scale_factor);
+    ItemSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ItemInnerSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);
+    CellPadding = ImTrunc(CellPadding * scale_factor);
+    TouchExtraPadding = ImTrunc(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);
+    IndentSpacing = ImTrunc(IndentSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ColumnsMinSpacing = ImTrunc(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ScrollbarSize = ImTrunc(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor);
+    ScrollbarRounding = ImTrunc(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);
+    GrabMinSize = ImTrunc(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);
+    GrabRounding = ImTrunc(GrabRounding * scale_factor);
+    LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor);
+    TabRounding = ImTrunc(TabRounding * scale_factor);
+    TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX;
+    SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor);
+    DisplayWindowPadding = ImTrunc(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);
+    DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImTrunc(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);
+    MouseCursorScale = ImTrunc(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);
 }
 
 ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
 {
     // Most fields are initialized with zero
     memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
 
+    // Settings
+    ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;
+    BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None;
     DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
-    DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;
+    DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f;
     IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
-    IniFilename = "imgui.ini";
+    IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
     LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";
-    Fonts = &GImDefaultFontAtlas;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
+        KeyMap[i] = -1;
+#endif
+    UserData = NULL;
+
+    Fonts = NULL;
     FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;
+    FontDefault = NULL;
+    FontAllowUserScaling = false;
     DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
-    MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1);
-    MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-1,-1);
+
     MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;
     MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
     MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++)
-        MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++)
-        KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
-    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
-        KeyMap[i] = -1;
-    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f;
     KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;
-    UserData = NULL;
-
-    // User functions
-    RenderDrawListsFn = NULL;
-    MemAllocFn = malloc;
-    MemFreeFn = free;
-    GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;   // Platform dependent default implementations
-    SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
-    ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl;
 
-    // Set OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
+    // Miscellaneous options
+    MouseDrawCursor = false;
 #ifdef __APPLE__
-    WordMovementUsesAltKey = true;      // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
-    ShortcutsUseSuperKey = true;        // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl
-    DoubleClickSelectsWord = true;      // OS X style: Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text
-    MultiSelectUsesSuperKey = true;     // OS X style: Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl 
+    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true;  // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
+#else
+    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false;
 #endif
+    ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true;
+    ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true;
+    ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false;
+    ConfigDragClickToInputText = false;
+    ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true;
+    ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false;
+    ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f;
+    ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false;
+    ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false;
+
+    // Platform Functions
+    // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers.
+    BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL;
+    BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL;
+    PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.';
+
+    // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!)
+    MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; }
+    AppAcceptingEvents = true;
+    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1;
+    BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong
 }
 
 // Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.
 // - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()
 // - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message
-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c)
+// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.Text.Char = c;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so
+// we should save the high surrogate.
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c)
 {
-    const int n = ImStrlenW(InputCharacters);
-    if (n + 1 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputCharacters))
+    if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save
+    {
+        if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
+            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+        InputQueueSurrogate = c;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImWchar cp = c;
+    if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
     {
-        InputCharacters[n] = c;
-        InputCharacters[n+1] = '\0';
+        if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate
+        {
+            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF
+            cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar
+#else
+            cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000);
+#endif
+        }
+
+        InputQueueSurrogate = 0;
     }
+    AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp);
 }
 
 void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
 {
-    // We can't pass more wchars than ImGuiIO::InputCharacters[] can hold so don't convert more
-    const int wchars_buf_len = sizeof(ImGuiIO::InputCharacters) / sizeof(ImWchar);
-    ImWchar wchars[wchars_buf_len];
-    ImTextStrFromUtf8(wchars, wchars_buf_len, utf8_chars, NULL);
-    for (int i = 0; i < wchars_buf_len && wchars[i] != 0; i++)
-        AddInputCharacter(wchars[i]);
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    while (*utf8_chars != 0)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = 0;
+        utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL);
+        AddInputCharacter(c);
+    }
 }
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// HELPERS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Clear all incoming events.
+void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.clear();
+}
 
-#define IM_F32_TO_INT8(_VAL)  ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f))
+// Clear current keyboard/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons.
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys()
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown));
+#endif
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++)
+    {
+        if (ImGui::IsMouseKey((ImGuiKey)(n + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET)))
+            continue;
+        KeysData[n].Down             = false;
+        KeysData[n].DownDuration     = -1.0f;
+        KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;
+    }
+    KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false;
+    KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
+    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters().
+}
 
-// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2015 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n.
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n"
-#else
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputMouse()
+{
+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+    {
+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
+        key_data->Down = false;
+        key_data->DownDuration = -1.0f;
+        key_data->DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;
+    }
+    MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++)
+    {
+        MouseDown[n] = false;
+        MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f;
+    }
+    MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
+}
+
+// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue.
+// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys().
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()
+{
+    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+}
 #endif
 
-bool ImIsPointInTriangle(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)
+static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1)
 {
-    bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
-    bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
-    bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
-    return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+    {
+        ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n];
+        if (e->Type != type)
+            continue;
+        if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && e->Key.Key != arg)
+            continue;
+        if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton && e->MouseButton.Button != arg)
+            continue;
+        return e;
+    }
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
+// Queue a new key down/up event.
+// - ImGuiKey key:       Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
+// - bool down:          Is the key down? use false to signify a key release.
+// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f
+// IMPORTANT: THIS FUNCTION AND OTHER "ADD" GRABS THE CONTEXT FROM OUR INSTANCE.
+// WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT ALL FUNCTION CALLS ARE FULFILLING THIS, WHICH IS WHY GetKeyData() HAS AN EXPLICIT CONTEXT.
+void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value)
 {
-    int d;
-    while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
-    return d;
+    //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); }
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrMod(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API.
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key) == false); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events.
+
+    // MacOS: swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl
+    if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors)
+    {
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Super)          { key = ImGuiMod_Ctrl; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl)      { key = ImGuiMod_Super; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) { key = ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper){ key = ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl)  { key = ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl) { key = ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
+    }
+
+    // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
+    if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1)
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
+            IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
+    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0;
+#endif
+    if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key))
+        BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false;
+
+    // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed)
+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key);
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(&g, key);
+    const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down;
+    const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue;
+    if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value)
+        return;
+
+    // Add event
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key;
+    e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.Key.Key = key;
+    e.Key.Down = down;
+    e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
-int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int count)
+void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down)
 {
-    int d = 0;
-    while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
-    return d;
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
 }
 
-char* ImStrdup(const char *str)
+// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent().
+// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices.
+// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this.
+void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index)
 {
-    size_t len = strlen(str) + 1;
-    void* buff = ImGui::MemAlloc(len);
-    return (char*)memcpy(buff, (const void*)str, len);
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512
+    IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511
+    IM_UNUSED(native_keycode);  // Yet unused
+    IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused
+
+    // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode;
+    if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)legacy_key))
+        return;
+    KeyMap[legacy_key] = key;
+    KeyMap[key] = legacy_key;
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(key);
+    IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index);
+#endif
 }
 
-int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
+// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
+void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events)
 {
-    int n = 0;
-    while (*str++) n++;
-    return n;
+    AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events;
 }
 
-const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
+// Queue a mouse move event
+void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y)
 {
-    while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
-        buf_mid_line--;
-    return buf_mid_line;
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs()
+    ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(y) : y);
+
+    // Filter duplicate
+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos);
+    const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos;
+    if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x;
+    e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y;
+    e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
-const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down)
 {
-    if (!needle_end)
-        needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
 
-    const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle);
-    while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
+    // On MacOS X: Convert Ctrl(Super)+Left click into Right-click: handle held button.
+    if (ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && mouse_button == 0 && MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick)
+    {
+        // Order of both statements matterns: this event will still release mouse button 1
+        mouse_button = 1;
+        if (!down)
+            MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick = false;
+    }
+
+    // Filter duplicate
+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button);
+    const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button];
+    if (latest_button_down == down)
+        return;
+
+    // On MacOS X: Convert Ctrl(Super)+Left click into Right-click.
+    // - Note that this is actual physical Ctrl which is ImGuiMod_Super for us.
+    // - At this point we want from !down to down, so this is handling the initial press.
+    if (ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && mouse_button == 0 && down)
     {
-        if (toupper(*haystack) == un0)
+        const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_super_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)ImGuiMod_Super);
+        if (latest_super_event ? latest_super_event->Key.Down : g.IO.KeySuper)
         {
-            const char* b = needle + 1;
-            for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
-                if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b))
-                    break;
-            if (b == needle_end)
-                return haystack;
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Super+Left Click aliased into Right Click\n");
+            MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick = true;
+            AddMouseButtonEvent(1, true); // This is just quicker to write that passing through, as we need to filter duplicate again.
+            return;
         }
-        haystack++;
     }
-    return NULL;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button;
+    e.MouseButton.Down = down;
+    e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
-int ImFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
+// Queue a mouse wheel event (some mouse/API may only have a Y component)
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y)
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    buf[buf_size-1] = 0;
-    return (w == -1) ? buf_size : w;
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+
+    // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter)
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f))
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x;
+    e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y;
+    e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
-int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+// This is not a real event, the data is latched in order to be stored in actual Mouse events.
+// This is so that duplicate events (e.g. Windows sending extraneous WM_MOUSEMOVE) gets filtered and are not leading to actual source changes.
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source)
 {
-    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
-    buf[buf_size-1] = 0;
-    return (w == -1) ? buf_size : w;
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    g.InputEventsNextMouseSource = source;
 }
 
-// Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
-// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
-ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed)
+void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused)
 {
-    static ImU32 crc32_lut[256] = { 0 };
-    if (!crc32_lut[1])
-    {
-        const ImU32 polynomial = 0xEDB88320;
-        for (ImU32 i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-        {
-            ImU32 crc = i;
-            for (ImU32 j = 0; j < 8; j++)
-                crc = (crc >> 1) ^ (ImU32(-int(crc & 1)) & polynomial);
-            crc32_lut[i] = crc;
-        }
-    }
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
 
-    seed = ~seed;
-    ImU32 crc = seed;
-    const unsigned char* current = (const unsigned char*)data;
-
-    if (data_size > 0)
-    {
-        // Known size
-        while (data_size--)
-            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *current++];
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Zero-terminated string
-        while (unsigned char c = *current++)
-        {
-            // We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
-            // Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
-            // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
-            // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller.
-            if (c == '#' && current[0] == '#' && current[1] == '#')
-                crc = seed;
+    // Filter duplicate
+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus);
+    const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost;
+    if (latest_focused == focused || (ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss && !focused))
+        return;
 
-            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
-        }
-    }
-    return ~crc;
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.AppFocused.Focused = focused;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImText* helpers
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bits character, process single character input.
-// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
-// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
-int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)
 {
-    unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1;
-    const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text;
-    if (!(*str & 0x80))
+    IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau()
+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;
+    ImVec2 p_closest;
+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
+    float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+    for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
     {
-        c = (unsigned int)(*str++);
-        *out_char = c;
-        return 1;
+        ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);
+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
+        {
+            p_closest = p_line;
+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
+        }
+        p_last = p_current;
     }
-    if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
+    return p_closest;
+}
+
+// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp
+static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x4 - x1;
+    float dy = y4 - y1;
+    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
+    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
+    d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
+    d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
+    if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
     {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
-        if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1;
-        if (*str < 0xc2) return 2;
-        c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2;
-        c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
-        *out_char = c;
-        return 2;
-    }
-    if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0)
-    {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
-        if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1;
-        if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3;
-        if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
-        c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3;
-        c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3;
-        c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
-        *out_char = c;
-        return 3;
+        ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4);
+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
+        {
+            p_closest = p_line;
+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
+        }
+        p_last = p_current;
     }
-    if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0)
-    {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
-        if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1;
-        if (*str > 0xf4) return 4;
-        if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4;
-        if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
-        c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
-        c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
-        c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
-        c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
-        // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid
-        if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4;
-        *out_char = c;
-        return 4;
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f;
+        float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;
+        float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;
+        float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;
+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
     }
-    *out_char = 0;
-    return 0;
 }
 
-int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
+// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol
+// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)
 {
-    ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
-    ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
-    while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
-    {
-        unsigned int c;
-        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
-        if (c == 0)
-            break;
-        if (c < 0x10000)    // FIXME: Losing characters that don't fit in 2 bytes
-            *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
+    IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;
+    ImVec2 p_closest;
+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
+    ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);
+    return p_closest;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    ImVec2 ap = p - a;
+    ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a;
+    float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y;
+    if (dot < 0.0f)
+        return a;
+    float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y;
+    if (dot > ab_len_sqr)
+        return b;
+    return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr;
+}
+
+bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
+    bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
+    bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
+    return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
+}
+
+void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w)
+{
+    ImVec2 v0 = b - a;
+    ImVec2 v1 = c - a;
+    ImVec2 v2 = p - a;
+    const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y;
+    out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom;
+    out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom;
+    out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p);
+    ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p);
+    ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p);
+    float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab);
+    float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc);
+    float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca);
+    float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca));
+    if (m == dist2_ab)
+        return proj_ab;
+    if (m == dist2_bc)
+        return proj_bc;
+    return proj_ca;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.
+int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
+{
+    int d;
+    while ((d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
+    return d;
+}
+
+int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)
+{
+    int d = 0;
+    while (count > 0 && (d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
+    return d;
+}
+
+void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)
+{
+    if (count < 1)
+        return;
+    if (count > 1)
+        strncpy(dst, src, count - 1);
+    dst[count - 1] = 0;
+}
+
+char* ImStrdup(const char* str)
+{
+    size_t len = strlen(str);
+    void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1);
+    return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1);
+}
+
+char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src)
+{
+    size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1;
+    size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1;
+    if (dst_buf_size < src_size)
+    {
+        IM_FREE(dst);
+        dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size);
+        if (p_dst_size)
+            *p_dst_size = src_size;
+    }
+    return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size);
+}
+
+const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)
+{
+    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str);
+    return p;
+}
+
+int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
+{
+    //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+    int n = 0;
+    while (*str++) n++;
+    return n;
+}
+
+// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end.
+const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str);
+    return p ? p : str_end;
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
+{
+    while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
+        buf_mid_line--;
+    return buf_mid_line;
+}
+
+const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
+{
+    if (!needle_end)
+        needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);
+
+    const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(*needle);
+    while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
+    {
+        if (ImToUpper(*haystack) == un0)
+        {
+            const char* b = needle + 1;
+            for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
+                if (ImToUpper(*a) != ImToUpper(*b))
+                    break;
+            if (b == needle_end)
+                return haystack;
+        }
+        haystack++;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible.
+void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)
+{
+    char* p = buf;
+    while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t')     // Leading blanks
+        p++;
+    char* p_start = p;
+    while (*p != 0)                         // Find end of string
+        p++;
+    while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t'))  // Trailing blanks
+        p--;
+    if (p_start != buf)                     // Copy memory if we had leading blanks
+        memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start);
+    buf[p - p_start] = 0;                   // Zero terminate
+}
+
+const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str)
+{
+    while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t')
+        str++;
+    return str;
+}
+
+// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).
+// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.
+// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+
+// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h)
+// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are
+// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.)
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
+#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "stb_sprintf.h"
+#endif
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
+#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
+#endif
+
+int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
+#else
+    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+#endif
+    va_end(args);
+    if (buf == NULL)
+        return w;
+    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
+        w = (int)buf_size - 1;
+    buf[w] = 0;
+    return w;
+}
+
+int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
+#else
+    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+#endif
+    if (buf == NULL)
+        return w;
+    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
+        w = (int)buf_size - 1;
+    buf[w] = 0;
+    return w;
+}
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+
+void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(out_buf, out_buf_end, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
+    {
+        const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s"
+        if (buf == NULL)
+            buf = "(null)";
+        *out_buf = buf;
+        if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); }
+    }
+    else if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '*' && fmt[3] == 's' && fmt[4] == 0)
+    {
+        int buf_len = va_arg(args, int); // Skip formatting when using "%.*s"
+        const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*);
+        if (buf == NULL)
+        {
+            buf = "(null)";
+            buf_len = ImMin(buf_len, 6);
+        }
+        *out_buf = buf;
+        *out_buf_end = buf + buf_len; // Disallow not passing 'out_buf_end' here. User is expected to use it.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);
+        *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;
+        if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }
+    }
+}
+
+// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)
+// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:
+// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.
+static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =
+{
+    0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,
+    0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,
+    0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,
+    0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,
+    0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,
+    0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,
+    0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,
+    0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,
+    0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,
+    0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,
+    0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,
+    0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,
+    0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,
+    0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,
+    0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,
+    0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,
+};
+
+// Known size hash
+// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    ImU32 crc = ~seed;
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    while (data_size-- != 0)
+        crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];
+    return ~crc;
+}
+
+// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value
+// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
+// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
+// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
+// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    seed = ~seed;
+    ImU32 crc = seed;
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    if (data_size != 0)
+    {
+        while (data_size-- != 0)
+        {
+            unsigned char c = *data++;
+            if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
+                crc = seed;
+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        while (unsigned char c = *data++)
+        {
+            if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
+                crc = seed;
+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+        }
+    }
+    return ~crc;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Default file functions
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+
+ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
+{
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+    // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames.
+    // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32!
+    const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0);
+    const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0);
+
+    // Use stack buffer if possible, otherwise heap buffer. Sizes include zero terminator.
+    // We don't rely on current ImGuiContext as this is implied to be a helper function which doesn't depend on it (see #7314).
+    wchar_t local_temp_stack[FILENAME_MAX];
+    ImVector<wchar_t> local_temp_heap;
+    if (filename_wsize + mode_wsize > IM_ARRAYSIZE(local_temp_stack))
+        local_temp_heap.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize);
+    wchar_t* filename_wbuf = local_temp_heap.Data ? local_temp_heap.Data : local_temp_stack;
+    wchar_t* mode_wbuf = filename_wbuf + filename_wsize;
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, filename_wbuf, filename_wsize);
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, mode_wbuf, mode_wsize);
+    return ::_wfopen(filename_wbuf, mode_wbuf);
+#else
+    return fopen(filename, mode);
+#endif
+}
+
+// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way.
+bool    ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f)     { return fclose(f) == 0; }
+ImU64   ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f)   { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; }
+ImU64   ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)           { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
+ImU64   ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)    { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+
+// Helper: Load file content into memory
+// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
+// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size.
+void*   ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(filename && mode);
+    if (out_file_size)
+        *out_file_size = 0;
+
+    ImFileHandle f;
+    if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+
+    size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f);
+    if (file_size == (size_t)-1)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes);
+    if (file_data == NULL)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        IM_FREE(file_data);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (padding_bytes > 0)
+        memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes);
+
+    ImFileClose(f);
+    if (out_file_size)
+        *out_file_size = file_size;
+
+    return file_data;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+
+// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input.
+// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8).
+// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
+int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 };
+    static const int masks[]  = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 };
+    static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 };
+    static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 };
+    static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 };
+    int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3];
+    int wanted = len + (len ? 0 : 1);
+
+    if (in_text_end == NULL)
+        in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account.
+
+    // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here,
+    // so it is fast even with excessive branching.
+    unsigned char s[4];
+    s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0;
+    s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0;
+    s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0;
+    s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0;
+
+    // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out.
+    *out_char  = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) <<  6;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) <<  0;
+    *out_char >>= shiftc[len];
+
+    // Accumulate the various error conditions.
+    int e = 0;
+    e  = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding
+    e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7;  // surrogate half?
+    e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8;  // out of range?
+    e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2;
+    e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4;
+    e |= (s[3]       ) >> 6;
+    e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct?
+    e >>= shifte[len];
+
+    if (e)
+    {
+        // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end.
+        // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text.
+        // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes.
+        // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s.
+        wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]);
+        *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID;
+    }
+
+    return wanted;
+}
+
+int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
+{
+    ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
+    ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
+    while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c;
+        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
+        *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
     }
     *buf_out = 0;
     if (in_text_remaining)
@@ -1091,16 +2310,13 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
     {
         unsigned int c;
         in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
-        if (c == 0)
-            break;
-        if (c < 0x10000)
-            char_count++;
+        char_count++;
     }
     return char_count;
 }
 
 // Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
-static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
+static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
 {
     if (c < 0x80)
     {
@@ -1114,11 +2330,15 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
         buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));
         return 2;
     }
-    if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000)
+    if (c < 0x10000)
     {
-        return 0;
+        if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
+        buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
+        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
+        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
+        return 3;
     }
-    if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00)
+    if (c <= 0x10FFFF)
     {
         if (buf_size < 4) return 0;
         buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));
@@ -1127,39 +2347,47 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
         buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
         return 4;
     }
-    //else if (c < 0x10000)
-    {
-        if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
-        buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
-        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c>> 6) & 0x3f));
-        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
-        return 3;
-    }
+    // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF
+    return 0;
+}
+
+const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c)
+{
+    int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c);
+    out_buf[count] = 0;
+    return out_buf;
+}
+
+// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function.
+int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    unsigned int unused = 0;
+    return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end);
 }
 
 static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)
 {
     if (c < 0x80) return 1;
     if (c < 0x800) return 2;
-    if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000) return 0;
-    if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00) return 4;
+    if (c < 0x10000) return 3;
+    if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4;
     return 3;
 }
 
-int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
 {
-    char* buf_out = buf;
-    const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
-    while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    char* buf_p = out_buf;
+    const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size;
+    while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
     {
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
         if (c < 0x80)
-            *buf_out++ = (char)c;
+            *buf_p++ = (char)c;
         else
-            buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end-buf_out-1), c);
+            buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c);
     }
-    *buf_out = 0;
-    return (int)(buf_out - buf);
+    *buf_p = 0;
+    return (int)(buf_p - out_buf);
 }
 
 int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
@@ -1176,19 +2404,64 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e
     return bytes_count;
 }
 
+const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr)
+{
+    while (in_text_curr > in_text_start)
+    {
+        in_text_curr--;
+        if ((*in_text_curr & 0xC0) != 0x80)
+            return in_text_curr;
+    }
+    return in_text_start;
+}
+
+int ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    if (in_text_end == NULL)
+        in_text_end = in_text + strlen(in_text); // FIXME-OPT: Not optimal approach, discourage use for now.
+    int count = 0;
+    while (in_text < in_text_end)
+    {
+        const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(in_text, '\n', in_text_end - in_text);
+        in_text = line_end ? line_end + 1 : in_text_end;
+        count++;
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
+// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b)
+{
+    float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f;
+    int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF);
+}
+
 ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)
 {
-    float s = 1.0f/255.0f;
-    return ImVec4((in & 0xFF) * s, ((in >> 8) & 0xFF) * s, ((in >> 16) & 0xFF) * s, (in >> 24) * s);
+    float s = 1.0f / 255.0f;
+    return ImVec4(
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s);
 }
 
 ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)
 {
     ImU32 out;
-    out  = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.x)));
-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.y))) << 8;
-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.z))) << 16;
-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.w))) << 24;
+    out  = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
     return out;
 }
 
@@ -1199,17 +2472,17 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float&
     float K = 0.f;
     if (g < b)
     {
-        const float tmp = g; g = b; b = tmp;
+        ImSwap(g, b);
         K = -1.f;
     }
     if (r < g)
     {
-        const float tmp = r; r = g; g = tmp;
+        ImSwap(r, g);
         K = -2.f / 6.f - K;
     }
 
     const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);
-    out_h = fabsf(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
+    out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
     out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);
     out_v = r;
 }
@@ -1225,7 +2498,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float&
         return;
     }
 
-    h = fmodf(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f/360.0f);
+    h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f);
     int   i = (int)h;
     float f = h - (float)i;
     float p = v * (1.0f - s);
@@ -1243,71 +2516,22 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float&
     }
 }
 
-// Load file content into memory
-// Memory allocated with ImGui::MemAlloc(), must be freed by user using ImGui::MemFree()
-void* ImLoadFileToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, int* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(filename && file_open_mode);
-    if (out_file_size)
-        *out_file_size = 0;
-
-    FILE* f;
-    if ((f = fopen(filename, file_open_mode)) == NULL)
-        return NULL;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
+// Helper: Key->value storage
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    long file_size_signed;
-    if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) || (file_size_signed = ftell(f)) == -1 || fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET))
+// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
+ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key)
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* in_p = in_begin;
+    for (size_t count = (size_t)(in_end - in_p); count > 0; )
     {
-        fclose(f);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-
-    int file_size = (int)file_size_signed;
-    void* file_data = ImGui::MemAlloc(file_size + padding_bytes);
-    if (file_data == NULL)
-    {
-        fclose(f);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    if (fread(file_data, 1, (size_t)file_size, f) != (size_t)file_size)
-    {
-        fclose(f);
-        ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    if (padding_bytes > 0)
-        memset((void *)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, padding_bytes);
-
-    fclose(f);
-    if (out_file_size)
-        *out_file_size = file_size;
-
-    return file_data;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiStorage
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helper: Key->value storage
-void ImGuiStorage::Clear()
-{
-    Data.clear();
-}
-
-// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
-static ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>& data, ImU32 key)
-{
-    ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator first = data.begin();
-    ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator last = data.end();
-    int count = (int)(last - first);
-    while (count > 0)
-    {
-        int count2 = count / 2;
-        ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator mid = first + count2;
+        size_t count2 = count >> 1;
+        ImGuiStoragePair* mid = in_p + count2;
         if (mid->key < key)
         {
-            first = ++mid;
+            in_p = ++mid;
             count -= count2 + 1;
         }
         else
@@ -1315,25 +2539,39 @@ static ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::
             count = count2;
         }
     }
-    return first;
+    return in_p;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.
+    ImGuiID lhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key;
+    ImGuiID rhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key;
+    return (lhs_v > rhs_v ? +1 : lhs_v < rhs_v ? -1 : 0);
+}
+
+// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
+void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()
+{
+    ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), PairComparerByID);
 }
 
-int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImU32 key, int default_val) const
+int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data), const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data + Data.Size), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return default_val;
     return it->val_i;
 }
 
-bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImU32 key, bool default_val) const
+bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const
 {
     return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0;
 }
 
-float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImU32 key, float default_val) const
+float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data), const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data + Data.Size), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return default_val;
     return it->val_f;
@@ -1341,7 +2579,7 @@ float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImU32 key, float default_val) const
 
 void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data), const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data + Data.Size), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return NULL;
     return it->val_p;
@@ -1350,9 +2588,9 @@ void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
 // References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
 int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_i;
 }
 
@@ -1363,57 +2601,51 @@ bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)
 
 float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_f;
 }
 
 void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_p;
 }
 
 // FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)
-void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImU32 key, int val)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-    {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
-        return;
-    }
-    it->val_i = val;
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+    else
+        it->val_i = val;
 }
 
-void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImU32 key, bool val)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)
 {
     SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0);
 }
 
-void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImU32 key, float val)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-    {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
-        return;
-    }
-    it->val_f = val;
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+    else
+        it->val_f = val;
 }
 
-void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImU32 key, void* val)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-    {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
-        return;
-    }
-    it->val_p = val;
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+    else
+        it->val_p = val;
 }
 
 void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
@@ -1423,67 +2655,65 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiTextFilter
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
-ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter)
+ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077
 {
+    InputBuf[0] = 0;
+    CountGrep = 0;
     if (default_filter)
     {
-        ImFormatString(InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), "%s", default_filter);
+        ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
         Build();
     }
-    else
-    {
-        InputBuf[0] = 0;
-        CountGrep = 0;
-    }
 }
 
 bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)
 {
     if (width != 0.0f)
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(width);
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width);
     bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
-    if (width != 0.0f)
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
     if (value_changed)
         Build();
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>& out)
+void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const
 {
-    out.resize(0);
+    out->resize(0);
     const char* wb = b;
     const char* we = wb;
     while (we < e)
     {
         if (*we == separator)
         {
-            out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+            out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
             wb = we + 1;
         }
         we++;
     }
     if (wb != we)
-        out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+        out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
 }
 
 void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()
 {
     Filters.resize(0);
-    TextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf));
-    input_range.split(',', Filters);
+    ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(InputBuf));
+    input_range.split(',', &Filters);
 
     CountGrep = 0;
-    for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+    for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)
     {
-        Filters[i].trim_blanks();
-        if (Filters[i].empty())
+        while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0]))
+            f.b++;
+        while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1]))
+            f.e--;
+        if (f.empty())
             continue;
-        if (Filters[i].front() != '-')
+        if (f.b[0] != '-')
             CountGrep += 1;
     }
 }
@@ -1496,21 +2726,20 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
     if (text == NULL)
         text = "";
 
-    for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+    for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)
     {
-        const TextRange& f = Filters[i];
         if (f.empty())
             continue;
-        if (f.front() == '-')
+        if (f.b[0] == '-')
         {
             // Subtract
-            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin()+1, f.end()) != NULL)
+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL)
                 return false;
         }
         else
         {
             // Grep
-            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin(), f.end()) != NULL)
+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL)
                 return true;
         }
     }
@@ -1523,3552 +2752,7620 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiTextBuffer
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.
 // va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.
 #ifndef va_copy
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src)
+#else
 #define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)
 #endif
+#endif
+
+char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str);
+
+    // Add zero-terminator the first time
+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
+    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
+    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
+    {
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
+    }
+
+    Buf.resize(needed_sz);
+    memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len);
+    Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    appendfv(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
 
 // Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
     va_list args_copy;
     va_copy(args_copy, args);
 
-    int len = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args);         // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
+    int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args);         // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
     if (len <= 0)
+    {
+        va_end(args_copy);
         return;
+    }
 
-    const int write_off = Buf.Size;
+    // Add zero-terminator the first time
+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
     const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
     if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
     {
-        int double_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
-        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > double_capacity ? needed_sz : double_capacity);
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
     }
 
     Buf.resize(needed_sz);
-    ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off] - 1, len+1, fmt, args_copy);
+    ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy);
+    va_end(args_copy);
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* fmt, ...)
+void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size)
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    appendv(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    IM_ASSERT(old_size >= 0 && new_size >= old_size && new_size >= EndOffset);
+    if (old_size == new_size)
+        return;
+    if (EndOffset == 0 || base[EndOffset - 1] == '\n')
+        LineOffsets.push_back(EndOffset);
+    const char* base_end = base + new_size;
+    for (const char* p = base + old_size; (p = (const char*)memchr(p, '\n', base_end - p)) != 0; )
+        if (++p < base_end) // Don't push a trailing offset on last \n
+            LineOffsets.push_back((int)(intptr_t)(p - base));
+    EndOffset = ImMax(EndOffset, new_size);
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiSimpleColumns
+// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-ImGuiSimpleColumns::ImGuiSimpleColumns()
+// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell.
+// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous.
+static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping()
 {
-    Count = 0;
-    Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
-    memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos));
-    memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems);
 }
 
-void ImGuiSimpleColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear)
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange>& ranges, int offset = 0)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(Count <= IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos));
-    Count = count;
-    Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
-    Spacing = spacing;
-    if (clear) memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
-    for (int i = 0; i < Count; i++)
+    if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries)
+    for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end)
+        for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i)
+            if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min)
+                ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]);
+
+    // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible.
+    for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++)
     {
-        if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f)
-            Width += Spacing;
-        Pos[i] = (float)(int)Width;
-        Width += NextWidths[i];
-        NextWidths[i] = 0.0f;
+        IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert);
+        if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min)
+            continue;
+        ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min);
+        ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max);
+        ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i);
+        i--;
     }
 }
 
-float ImGuiSimpleColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
 {
-    NextWidth = 0.0f;
-    NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0);
-    NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1);
-    NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2);
-    for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
-        NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f);
-    return ImMax(Width, NextWidth);
+    // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.
+    // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.
+    // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek?
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;  // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);      // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
+    if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;                         // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
+    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+    {
+        if (table->IsInsideRow)
+            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+        table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);
+        //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow()
+        table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase;
+    }
 }
 
-float ImGuiSimpleColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w)
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n)
 {
-    return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width);
+    // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction
+    // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
+    float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight);
+    ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight);
 }
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiListClipper
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+}
 
-static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
+ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper()
 {
-    // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHere() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
-    // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
-    ImGui::SetCursorPosY(pos_y);
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;
-    window->DC.PrevLineHeight = (line_height - GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    End();
 }
 
-// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1
-// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0
-// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style.
-void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height)
+void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height)
 {
-    StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
+    if (Ctx == NULL)
+        Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext();
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name);
+
+    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+        if (table->IsInsideRow)
+            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+
+    StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
     ItemsHeight = items_height;
-    ItemsCount = count;
-    StepNo = 0;
-    DisplayEnd = DisplayStart = -1;
-    if (ItemsHeight > 0.0f)
-    {
-        ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display
-        if (DisplayStart > 0)
-            SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor
-        StepNo = 2;
-    }
+    ItemsCount = items_count;
+    DisplayStart = -1;
+    DisplayEnd = 0;
+
+    // Acquire temporary buffer
+    if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size)
+        g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData());
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
+    data->Reset(this);
+    data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y;
+    TempData = data;
 }
 
 void ImGuiListClipper::End()
 {
-    if (ItemsCount < 0)
-        return;
-    // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.
-    if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX)
-        SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + ItemsCount * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor
+    if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData)
+    {
+        // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.
+        ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name);
+        if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0)
+            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount);
+
+        // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting
+        IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this);
+        data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size;
+        if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0)
+        {
+            data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
+            data->ListClipper->TempData = data;
+        }
+        TempData = NULL;
+    }
     ItemsCount = -1;
-    StepNo = 3;
 }
 
-bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
+void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end)
 {
-    if (ItemsCount == 0 || ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead()->SkipItems)
-    {
-        ItemsCount = -1; 
-        return false; 
-    }
-    if (StepNo == 0) // Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height.
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet.
+    IM_ASSERT(item_begin <= item_end);
+    if (item_begin < item_end)
+        data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_begin, item_end));
+}
+
+static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?");
+
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (table && table->IsInsideRow)
+        ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+
+    // No items
+    if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping())
+        return false;
+
+    // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped
+    // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state.
+    if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows)
     {
-        DisplayStart = 0;
-        DisplayEnd = 1;
-        StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
-        StepNo = 1;
+        clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen;
+        clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->ItemsFrozen + 1, clipper->ItemsCount);
+        if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd)
+            data->ItemsFrozen++;
         return true;
     }
-    if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
+
+    // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height)
+    bool calc_clipping = false;
+    if (data->StepNo == 0)
     {
-        if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; }
-        float items_height = ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - StartPosY;
-        IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f);   // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically
-        ImGui::SetCursorPosY(StartPosY);  // Rewind cursor so we can Begin() again, this time with a known height.
-        Begin(ItemsCount, items_height);
-        StepNo = 3;
-        return true;
+        clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1)
+            data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1));
+            clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen);
+            clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, clipper->ItemsCount);
+            data->StepNo = 1;
+            return true;
+        }
+        calc_clipping = true;   // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping.
     }
-    if (StepNo == 2) // Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user still call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.
+
+    // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range
+    if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart >= 0 && DisplayEnd >= 0);
-        StepNo = 3;
-        return true;
-    }
-    if (StepNo == 3) // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
-        End();
-    return false;
-}
+        IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1);
+        if (table)
+            IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiWindow
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+        clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart);
+        bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+        if (affected_by_floating_point_precision)
+            clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries.
 
-ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(const char* name)
-{
-    Name = ImStrdup(name);
-    ID = ImHash(name, 0);
-    IDStack.push_back(ID);
-    MoveID = GetID("#MOVE");
-
-    Flags = 0;
-    IndexWithinParent = 0;
-    PosFloat = Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    SizeContents = SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
-    ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
-    ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false;
-    ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    BorderSize = 0.0f;
-    Active = WasActive = false;
-    Accessed = false;
-    Collapsed = false;
-    SkipItems = false;
-    BeginCount = 0;
-    PopupID = 0;
-    AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
-    AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
-    AutoPosLastDirection = -1;
-    HiddenFrames = 0;
-    SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiSetCond_Always | ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
-    SetWindowPosCenterWanted = false;
+        IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!");
+        calc_clipping = true;   // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards.
+    }
 
-    LastFrameActive = -1;
-    ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f;
-    FontWindowScale = 1.0f;
+    // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements.
+    const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd;
+    if (calc_clipping)
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+        {
+            // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
+            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, clipper->ItemsCount));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Add range selected to be included for navigation
+            const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
+            if (is_nav_request)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0));
+            if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount));
+
+            // Add focused/active item
+            ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]);
+            if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0));
+
+            // Add visible range
+            const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0;
+            const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0;
+            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max));
+        }
 
-    DrawList = (ImDrawList*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImDrawList));
-    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(DrawList) ImDrawList();
-    DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
-    RootWindow = NULL;
-    RootNonPopupWindow = NULL;
-    ParentWindow = NULL;
+        // Convert position ranges to item index ranges
+        // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping.
+        // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list,
+        //   which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted.
+        for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges)
+            if (range.PosToIndexConvert)
+            {
+                int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight);
+                int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f);
+                range.Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1);
+                range.Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, range.Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount);
+                range.PosToIndexConvert = false;
+            }
+        ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo);
+    }
 
-    FocusIdxAllCounter = FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
-    FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = INT_MAX;
-    FocusIdxAllRequestNext = FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
-}
+    // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line.
+    while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
+    {
+        clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted);
+        clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount);
+        if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051
+            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart);
+        data->StepNo++;
+        if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
+            continue;
+        return true;
+    }
 
-ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
-{
-    DrawList->~ImDrawList();
-    ImGui::MemFree(DrawList);
-    DrawList = NULL;
-    ImGui::MemFree(Name);
-    Name = NULL;
-}
+    // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd),
+    // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
+    if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX)
+        ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount);
 
-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
-{
-    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
-    ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
-    return id;
+    return false;
 }
 
-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
+bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
 {
-    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
-    ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
-    return id;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f);
+    bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this);
+    if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd))
+        ret = false;
+    if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n");
+    if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight);
+    if (ret)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n");
+        End();
+    }
+    return ret;
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Internal API exposed in imgui_internal.h
+// [SECTION] STYLING
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.CurrentWindow = window;
-    if (window)
-        g.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
+    return GImGui->Style;
 }
 
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetParentWindow()
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size >= 2);
-    return g.CurrentWindowStack[(unsigned int)g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2];
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];
+    c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window = NULL)
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.ActiveId = id;
-    g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
-    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = true;
-    g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    ImVec4 c = col;
+    c.w *= style.Alpha;
+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
+const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.HoveredId = id;
-    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    return style.Colors[idx];
 }
 
-void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
-        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = true;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    alpha_mul *= style.Alpha;
+    if (alpha_mul >= 1.0f)
+        return col;
+    ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
+    a = (ImU32)(a * alpha_mul); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because alpha is in 0..1 range.
+    return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
 }
 
-// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
-void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y)
+// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-
-    // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, size.y);
-    const float text_base_offset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, text_offset_y);
-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2((float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX), (float)(int)(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y));
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-
-    //window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, 0xFF0000FF, 4); // Debug
-
-    window->DC.PrevLineHeight = line_height;
-    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = text_base_offset;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    ImGuiColorMod backup;
+    backup.Col = idx;
+    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);
+    if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx)
+        g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col);
 }
 
-void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y)
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
 {
-    ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_offset_y);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiColorMod backup;
+    backup.Col = idx;
+    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);
+    if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx)
+        g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
 }
 
-// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
-// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
-// declares their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd().
-bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id)
+void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.LastItemID = id ? *id : 0;
-    window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
-    window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable = window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect = false;
-    if (IsClippedEx(bb, id, false))
-        return false;
-
-    // This is a sensible default, but widgets are free to override it after calling ItemAdd()
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+    if (g.ColorStack.Size < count)
     {
-        // Matching the behavior of IsHovered() but allow if ActiveId==window->MoveID (we clicked on the window background)
-        // So that clicking on items with no active id such as Text() still returns true with IsItemHovered()
-        window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect = true;
-        if (g.HoveredRootWindow == window->RootWindow)
-            if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (id && g.ActiveId == *id) || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap || (g.ActiveId == window->MoveID))
-                if (IsWindowContentHoverable(window))
-                    window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable = true;
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times!");
+        count = g.ColorStack.Size;
+    }
+    while (count > 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back();
+        g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue;
+        g.ColorStack.pop_back();
+        count--;
     }
-
-    return true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id, bool clip_even_when_logged)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
+{
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },                     // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },            // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },          // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },          // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },              // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },          // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },              // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBorderSize) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) },          // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersAngle)},    // ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersTextAlign)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize)},    // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding
+};
 
-    if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))
-        if (!id || *id != GImGui->ActiveId)
-            if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled)
-                return true;
-    return false;
+const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
+    return &GStyleVarInfo[idx];
 }
 
-// NB: This is an internal helper. The user-facing IsItemHovered() is using data emitted from ItemAdd(), with a slightly different logic.
-bool ImGui::IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs)
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == id || g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+    const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
+    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-        if (g.HoveredWindow == window || (flatten_childs && g.HoveredRootWindow == window->RootWindow))
-            if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
-                if (IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow))
-                    return true;
+        float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
+        *pvar = val;
+        return;
     }
-    return false;
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");
 }
 
-bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, bool is_active, bool tab_stop)
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
-    const bool allow_keyboard_focus = window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus;
-    window->FocusIdxAllCounter++;
-    if (allow_keyboard_focus)
-        window->FocusIdxTabCounter++;
-
-    // Process keyboard input at this point: TAB, Shift-TAB switch focus
-    // We can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in.
-    if (tab_stop && window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX && window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX && is_active && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
+    const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
+    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2)
     {
-        // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items.
-        window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (allow_keyboard_focus ? -1 : 0) : +1);
+        ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
+        *pvar = val;
+        return;
     }
-
-    if (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent)
-        return true;
-
-    if (allow_keyboard_focus)
-        if (window->FocusIdxTabCounter == window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent)
-            return true;
-
-    return false;
-}
-
-void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
-    window->FocusIdxAllCounter--;
-    window->FocusIdxTabCounter--;
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y)
+void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2 content_max;
-    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
-        content_max = g.CurrentWindow->Pos + GetContentRegionMax();
-    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
-        size.x = (size.x == 0.0f) ? default_x : ImMax(content_max.x - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x, 4.0f) + size.x;
-    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
-        size.y = (size.y == 0.0f) ? default_y : ImMax(content_max.y - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.y, 4.0f) + size.y;
-    return size;
+    if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times!");
+        count = g.StyleVarStack.Size;
+    }
+    while (count > 0)
+    {
+        // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it.
+        ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back();
+        const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx);
+        void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1)      { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; }
+        else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; }
+        g.StyleVarStack.pop_back();
+        count--;
+    }
 }
 
-float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
+const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
 {
-    if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
-        return 0.0f;
-
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
-        wrap_pos_x = GetContentRegionMax().x + window->Pos.x;
-    else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
-        wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
-
-    const float wrap_width = wrap_pos_x > 0.0f ? ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 0.00001f) : 0.0f;
-    return wrap_width;
+    // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
+    switch (idx)
+    {
+    case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
+    case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
+    case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
+    case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
+    case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
+    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
+    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
+    case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
+    case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator";
+    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabSelected: return "TabSelected";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline: return "TabSelectedOverline";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabDimmed: return "TabDimmed";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected: return "TabDimmedSelected";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline: return "TabDimmedSelectedOverline";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt";
+    case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg";
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return "Unknown";
 }
 
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
+// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change,
+// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context.
+// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t sz)
+const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
-    GImGui->IO.MetricsAllocs++;
-    return GImGui->IO.MemAllocFn(sz);
-}
+    const char* text_display_end = text;
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = (const char*)-1;
 
-void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
-{
-    if (ptr) GImGui->IO.MetricsAllocs--;
-    return GImGui->IO.MemFreeFn(ptr);
+    while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
+        text_display_end++;
+    return text_display_end;
 }
 
-const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
+// Internal ImGui functions to render text
+// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
+void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
 {
-    return GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn() : "";
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
-{
-    if (GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
-        GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(text);
-}
+    // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    const char* text_display_end;
+    if (hide_text_after_hash)
+    {
+        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (!text_end)
+            text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+        text_display_end = text_end;
+    }
 
-const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
-{
-    return IMGUI_VERSION;
+    if (text != text_display_end)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);
+    }
 }
 
-// Internal state access - if you want to share ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
-// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
-ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
+void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
 {
-    return GImGui;
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
-{
-    GImGui = ctx;
-}
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
 
-ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(void* (*malloc_fn)(size_t), void (*free_fn)(void*))
-{
-    if (!malloc_fn) malloc_fn = malloc;
-    ImGuiContext* ctx = (ImGuiContext*)malloc_fn(sizeof(ImGuiContext));
-    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(ctx) ImGuiContext();
-    ctx->IO.MemAllocFn = malloc_fn;
-    ctx->IO.MemFreeFn = free_fn ? free_fn : free;
-    return ctx;
+    if (text != text_end)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)
+// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
+// FIXME-OPT: Since we have or calculate text_size we could coarse clip whole block immediately, especally for text above draw_list->DrawList.
+// Effectively as this is called from widget doing their own coarse clipping it's not very valuable presently. Next time function will take
+// better advantage of the render function taking size into account for coarse clipping.
+void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
 {
-    void (*free_fn)(void*) = ctx->IO.MemFreeFn;
-    ctx->~ImGuiContext();
-    free_fn(ctx);
-    if (GImGui == ctx)
-        GImGui = NULL;
-}
+    // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
+    ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
 
-ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
-{
-    return GImGui->IO;
-}
+    const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min;
+    const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max;
+    bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
+    if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min
+        need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
 
-ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
-{
-    return GImGui->Style;
-}
+    // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment.
+    if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x);
+    if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y);
 
-// Same value as passed to your RenderDrawListsFn() function. valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
-ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
-{
-    return GImGui->RenderDrawData.Valid ? &GImGui->RenderDrawData : NULL;
+    // Render
+    if (need_clipping)
+    {
+        ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+    }
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetTime()
+void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
 {
-    return GImGui->Time;
-}
+    // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
+    if (text_len == 0)
+        return;
 
-int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
-{
-    return GImGui->FrameCount;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end);
 }
 
-void ImGui::NewFrame()
+// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper.
+// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display.
+// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move.
+void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (text_end_full == NULL)
+        text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);
+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f);
 
-    if (g.IO.DeltaTime < 0.0f) g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.0f;
-
-    // Check user data
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f);               // Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f);
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0);           // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded());     // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f);  // Invalid style setting
-
-    if (!g.Initialized)
-    {
-        // Initialize on first frame
-        g.LogClipboard = (ImGuiTextBuffer*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImGuiTextBuffer));
-        IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(g.LogClipboard) ImGuiTextBuffer();
-
-        IM_ASSERT(g.Settings.empty());
-        LoadSettings();
-        g.Initialized = true;
-    }
-
-    SetCurrentFont(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]);
-
-    g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
-    g.FrameCount += 1;
-    g.Tooltip[0] = '\0';
-    g.OverlayDrawList.Clear();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
-    g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.AddDrawCmd();
-
-    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it
-    g.RenderDrawData.Valid = false;
-    g.RenderDrawData.CmdLists = NULL;
-    g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount = g.RenderDrawData.TotalVtxCount = g.RenderDrawData.TotalIdxCount = 0;
-
-    // Update inputs state
-    if (g.IO.MousePos.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePos.y < 0)
-        g.IO.MousePos = ImVec2(-9999.0f, -9999.0f);
-    if ((g.IO.MousePos.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePos.y < 0) || (g.IO.MousePosPrev.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePosPrev.y < 0))   // if mouse just appeared or disappeared (negative coordinate) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
-        g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    else
-        g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev;
-    g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos;
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++)
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.
+    if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)
     {
-        g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
-        g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
-        g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i];
-        g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
-        g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false;
-        if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i])
-        {
-            if (g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime)
-            {
-                if (ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
-                    g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true;
-                g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -FLT_MAX;    // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
-            }
-            g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos;
-            g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
-        }
-        else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i])
-        {
-            g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]));
-        }
-    }
-    memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration));
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++)
-        g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
-
-    // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
-    g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
-    g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
-    g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
-    g.IO.Framerate = 1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));
+        // Hello wo...
+        // |       |   |
+        // min   max   ellipsis_max
+        //          <-> this is generally some padding value
 
-    // Clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore
-    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
-    g.HoveredId = 0;
-    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
-    if (!g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0)
-        SetActiveID(0);
-    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
-    g.ActiveIdIsAlive = false;
-    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
+        const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;
+        const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize;
+        const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
+        const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL;
+        const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale;
 
-    // Handle user moving window (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering). Only valid for root windows.
-    if (g.MovedWindowMoveId && g.MovedWindowMoveId == g.ActiveId)
-    {
-        KeepAliveID(g.MovedWindowMoveId);
-        IM_ASSERT(g.MovedWindow && g.MovedWindow->RootWindow);
-        IM_ASSERT(g.MovedWindow->RootWindow->MoveID == g.MovedWindowMoveId);
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+        // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x
+        const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f);
+        float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x;
+        if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full)
         {
-            if (!(g.MovedWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
-            {
-                g.MovedWindow->PosFloat += g.IO.MouseDelta;
-                if (!(g.MovedWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                    MarkSettingsDirty();
-            }
-            FocusWindow(g.MovedWindow);
+            // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis
+            text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full);
+            text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x;
         }
-        else
+        while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1]))
         {
-            SetActiveID(0);
-            g.MovedWindow = NULL;
-            g.MovedWindowMoveId = 0;
+            // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text)
+            text_end_ellipsis--;
+            text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte
         }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        g.MovedWindow = NULL;
-        g.MovedWindowMoveId = 0;
-    }
-
-    // Delay saving settings so we don't spam disk too much
-    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
-    {
-        g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
-        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
-            SaveSettings();
-    }
-
-    // Find the window we are hovering. Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow
-    g.HoveredWindow = g.MovedWindow ? g.MovedWindow : FindHoveredWindow(g.IO.MousePos, false);
-    if (g.HoveredWindow && (g.HoveredWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
-        g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow;
-    else
-        g.HoveredRootWindow = g.MovedWindow ? g.MovedWindow->RootWindow : FindHoveredWindow(g.IO.MousePos, true);
 
-    if (ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostModalRootWindow())
-    {
-        g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = ImMin(g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredRootWindow;
-        while (window && window != modal_window)
-            window = window->ParentWindow;
-        if (!window)
-            g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
+        // Render text, render ellipsis
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y));
+        if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x)
+            for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale)
+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ellipsis_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), font->EllipsisChar);
     }
     else
     {
-        g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f;
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
     }
 
-    // Are we using inputs? Tell user so they can capture/discard the inputs away from the rest of their application.
-    // When clicking outside of a window we assume the click is owned by the application and won't request capture. We need to track click ownership.
-    int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1;
-    bool mouse_any_down = false;
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++)
-    {
-        if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i])
-            g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty());
-        mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i];
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[i])
-            if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down] > g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i])
-                mouse_earliest_button_down = i;
-    }
-    bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down];
-    if (g.CaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
-        g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.CaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
-    else
-        g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (g.ActiveId != 0) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty());
-    g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.CaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) ? (g.CaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0) : (g.ActiveId != 0);
-    g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.InputTextState.Id == g.ActiveId);
-    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
-    g.CaptureMouseNextFrame = g.CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = -1;
-    g.OsImePosRequest = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default
-
-    // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
-    if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui)
-        g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full);
+}
 
-    // Scale & Scrolling
-    if (g.HoveredWindow && g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && !g.HoveredWindow->Collapsed)
+// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
+void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);
+    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
+    if (border && border_size > 0.0f)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredWindow;
-        if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
-        {
-            if (g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
-            {
-                // Zoom / Scale window
-                float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
-                float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
-                window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
-
-                const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
-                window->Pos += offset;
-                window->PosFloat += offset;
-                window->Size *= scale;
-                window->SizeFull *= scale;
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Scroll
-            if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse))
-            {
-                const int scroll_lines = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) ? 3 : 5;
-                SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - g.IO.MouseWheel * window->CalcFontSize() * scroll_lines);
-            }
-        }
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
     }
+}
 
-    // Pressing TAB activate widget focus
-    // NB: Don't discard FocusedWindow if it isn't active, so that a window that go on/off programatically won't lose its keyboard focus.
-    if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.FocusedWindow != NULL && g.FocusedWindow->Active && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, false))
-        g.FocusedWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = 0;
-
-    // Mark all windows as not visible
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
+    if (border_size > 0.0f)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-        window->WasActive = window->Active;
-        window->Active = false;
-        window->Accessed = false;
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
     }
-
-    // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
-    // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
-    g.CurrentPopupStack.resize(0);
-    CloseInactivePopups();
-
-    // Create implicit window - we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
-    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
-    ImGui::Begin("Debug");
 }
 
-// NB: behavior of ImGui after Shutdown() is not tested/guaranteed at the moment. This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
-void ImGui::Shutdown()
+void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
-    // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
-    if (g.IO.Fonts) // Testing for NULL to allow user to NULLify in case of running Shutdown() on multiple contexts. Bit hacky.
-        g.IO.Fonts->Clear();
-
-    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having used ImGui.
-    if (!g.Initialized)
+    if (id != g.NavId)
+        return;
+    if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))
+        return;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)
         return;
 
-    SaveSettings();
-
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
-    {
-        g.Windows[i]->~ImGuiWindow();
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.Windows[i]);
-    }
-    g.Windows.clear();
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear();
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
-    g.FocusedWindow = NULL;
-    g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
-    g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Settings.Size; i++)
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.Settings[i].Name);
-    g.Settings.clear();
-    g.ColorModifiers.clear();
-    g.StyleModifiers.clear();
-    g.FontStack.clear();
-    g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
-    g.CurrentPopupStack.clear();
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
-        g.RenderDrawLists[i].clear();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.ClearFreeMemory();
-    g.ColorEditModeStorage.Clear();
-    if (g.PrivateClipboard)
-    {
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.PrivateClipboard);
-        g.PrivateClipboard = NULL;
-    }
-    g.InputTextState.Text.clear();
-    g.InputTextState.InitialText.clear();
-    g.InputTextState.TempTextBuffer.clear();
-
-    if (g.LogFile && g.LogFile != stdout)
+    float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding;
+    ImRect display_rect = bb;
+    display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
+    const float thickness = 2.0f;
+    if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact)
     {
-        fclose(g.LogFile);
-        g.LogFile = NULL;
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness);
     }
-    if (g.LogClipboard)
+    else
     {
-        g.LogClipboard->~ImGuiTextBuffer();
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.LogClipboard);
+        const float distance = 3.0f + thickness * 0.5f;
+        display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(distance, distance));
+        bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect);
+        if (!fully_visible)
+            window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness);
+        if (!fully_visible)
+            window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
     }
-
-    g.Initialized = false;
 }
 
-static ImGuiIniData* FindWindowSettings(const char* name)
+void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Settings.Size; i++)
+    IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
+    ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
     {
-        ImGuiIniData* ini = &g.Settings[i];
-        if (ini->ID == id)
-            return ini;
+        // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor.
+        ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];
+        if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))
+            continue;
+        const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset;
+        const float scale = base_scale;
+        if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale)))
+            continue;
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);
+        ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;
+        draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[2], uv[3], col_border);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[0], uv[1], col_fill);
+        draw_list->PopTextureID();
     }
-    return NULL;
 }
 
-static ImGuiIniData* AddWindowSettings(const char* name)
-{
-    GImGui->Settings.resize(GImGui->Settings.Size + 1);
-    ImGuiIniData* ini = &GImGui->Settings.back();
-    ini->Name = ImStrdup(name);
-    ini->ID = ImHash(name, 0);
-    ini->Collapsed = false;
-    ini->Pos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX);
-    ini->Size = ImVec2(0,0);
-    return ini;
-}
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Zero-tolerance, poor-man .ini parsing
-// FIXME: Write something less rubbish
-static void LoadSettings()
+// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
+// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
+ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* filename = g.IO.IniFilename;
-    if (!filename)
-        return;
+    return GImGui;
+}
 
-    int file_size;
-    char* file_data = (char*)ImLoadFileToMemory(filename, "rb", &file_size, 1);
-    if (!file_data)
-        return;
+void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC
+    IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this.
+#else
+    GImGui = ctx;
+#endif
+}
 
-    ImGuiIniData* settings = NULL;
-    const char* buf_end = file_data + file_size;
-    for (const char* line_start = file_data; line_start < buf_end; )
-    {
-        const char* line_end = line_start;
-        while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
-            line_end++;
+void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data)
+{
+    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;
+    GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;
+    GImAllocatorUserData = user_data;
+}
 
-        if (line_start[0] == '[' && line_end > line_start && line_end[-1] == ']')
-        {
-            char name[64];
-            ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%.*s", (int)(line_end-line_start-2), line_start+1);
-            settings = FindWindowSettings(name);
-            if (!settings)
-                settings = AddWindowSettings(name);
-        }
-        else if (settings)
-        {
-            float x, y;
-            int i;
-            if (sscanf(line_start, "Pos=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2)
-                settings->Pos = ImVec2(x, y);
-            else if (sscanf(line_start, "Size=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2)
-                settings->Size = ImMax(ImVec2(x, y), g.Style.WindowMinSize);
-            else if (sscanf(line_start, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)
-                settings->Collapsed = (i != 0);
-        }
+// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space)
+void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data)
+{
+    *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc;
+    *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc;
+    *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData;
+}
+
+ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas);
+    SetCurrentContext(ctx);
+    Initialize();
+    if (prev_ctx != NULL)
+        SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one.
+    return ctx;
+}
 
-        line_start = line_end+1;
+void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
+    if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051
+        ctx = prev_ctx;
+    SetCurrentContext(ctx);
+    Shutdown();
+    SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL);
+    IM_DELETE(ctx);
+}
+
+// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages
+static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] =
+{
+    { ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr,           "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne,         "Size column to fit###SizeOne"          },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit,      "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll"     },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault,  "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder,      "Reset order###ResetOrder"              },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)"                       },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup,       "(Popup)"                               },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled,    "(Untitled)"                            },
+};
+
+void ImGui::Initialize()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);
+
+    // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow and ImGuiTable types
+    {
+        ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+        ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
+        ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window");
+        ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
+        ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+        ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+        ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
+        ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+        AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);
     }
+    TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();
 
-    ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
+    // Setup default localization table
+    LocalizeRegisterEntries(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS));
+
+    // Setup default platform clipboard/IME handlers.
+    g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;    // Platform dependent default implementations
+    g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
+    g.IO.ClipboardUserData = (void*)&g;                          // Default implementation use the ImGuiContext as user data (ideally those would be arguments to the function)
+    g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl;
+
+    // Create default viewport
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();
+    viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
+    g.Viewports.push_back(viewport);
+    g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0);
+
+    // Build KeysMayBeCharInput[] lookup table (1 bool per named key)
+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+        if ((key >= ImGuiKey_0 && key <= ImGuiKey_9) || (key >= ImGuiKey_A && key <= ImGuiKey_Z) || (key >= ImGuiKey_Keypad0 && key <= ImGuiKey_Keypad9)
+            || key == ImGuiKey_Tab || key == ImGuiKey_Space || key == ImGuiKey_Apostrophe || key == ImGuiKey_Comma || key == ImGuiKey_Minus || key == ImGuiKey_Period
+            || key == ImGuiKey_Slash || key == ImGuiKey_Semicolon || key == ImGuiKey_Equal || key == ImGuiKey_LeftBracket || key == ImGuiKey_RightBracket || key == ImGuiKey_GraveAccent
+            || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual)
+            g.KeysMayBeCharInput.SetBit(key);
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+#endif
+
+    g.Initialized = true;
 }
 
-static void SaveSettings()
+// This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
+void ImGui::Shutdown()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* filename = g.IO.IniFilename;
-    if (!filename)
-        return;
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Platform backend?");
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendRendererUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Renderer backend?");
 
-    // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+    // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
+    if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
-            continue;
-        ImGuiIniData* settings = FindWindowSettings(window->Name);
-        settings->Pos = window->Pos;
-        settings->Size = window->SizeFull;
-        settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
+        g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
+        IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts);
     }
+    g.IO.Fonts = NULL;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.TempBuffer.clear();
 
-    // Write .ini file
-    // If a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings
-    FILE* f = fopen(filename, "wt");
-    if (!f)
+    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui.
+    if (!g.Initialized)
         return;
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Settings.Size; i++)
+
+    // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file)
+    if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
+        SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown);
+
+    // Clear everything else
+    g.Windows.clear_delete();
+    g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();
+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
+    g.WindowsById.Clear();
+    g.NavWindow = NULL;
+    g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
+    g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
+    g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+
+    g.KeysRoutingTable.Clear();
+
+    g.ColorStack.clear();
+    g.StyleVarStack.clear();
+    g.FontStack.clear();
+    g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
+    g.BeginPopupStack.clear();
+    g.NavTreeNodeStack.clear();
+
+    g.Viewports.clear_delete();
+
+    g.TabBars.Clear();
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();
+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();
+
+    g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct();
+
+    g.Tables.Clear();
+    g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct();
+    g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear();
+
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear();
+    g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory();
+    g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ClearFreeMemory();
+
+    g.SettingsWindows.clear();
+    g.SettingsHandlers.clear();
+
+    if (g.LogFile)
     {
-        const ImGuiIniData* settings = &g.Settings[i];
-        if (settings->Pos.x == FLT_MAX)
-            continue;
-        const char* name = settings->Name;
-        if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))  // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
-            name = p;
-        fprintf(f, "[%s]\n", name);
-        fprintf(f, "Pos=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Pos.x, (int)settings->Pos.y);
-        fprintf(f, "Size=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Size.x, (int)settings->Size.y);
-        fprintf(f, "Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);
-        fprintf(f, "\n");
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+        if (g.LogFile != stdout)
+#endif
+            ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
+        g.LogFile = NULL;
     }
+    g.LogBuffer.clear();
+    g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
+    g.DebugLogIndex.clear();
 
-    fclose(f);
+    g.Initialized = false;
 }
 
-static void MarkSettingsDirty()
+// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed
+ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
-        g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_);
+    g.Hooks.push_back(*hook);
+    g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext;
+    return g.HookIdNext;
 }
 
-// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
-static int ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it
+void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id)
 {
-    const ImGuiWindow* a = *(const ImGuiWindow**)lhs;
-    const ImGuiWindow* b = *(const ImGuiWindow**)rhs;
-    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-        return d;
-    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
-        return d;
-    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox))
-        return d;
-    return (a->IndexWithinParent - b->IndexWithinParent);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0);
+    for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)
+        if (hook.HookId == hook_id)
+            hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_;
 }
 
-static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
+// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine)
+// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array
+void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type)
 {
-    out_sorted_windows.push_back(window);
-    if (window->Active)
-    {
-        int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
-        if (count > 1)
-            qsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.begin(), (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
-        for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
-        {
-            ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
-            if (child->Active)
-                AddWindowToSortedBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);
-        }
-    }
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)
+        if (hook.Type == hook_type)
+            hook.Callback(&g, &hook);
 }
 
-static void AddDrawListToRenderList(ImVector<ImDrawList*>& out_render_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)
-{
-    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty())
-        return;
 
-    // Remove trailing command if unused
-    ImDrawCmd& last_cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();
-    if (last_cmd.ElemCount == 0 && last_cmd.UserCallback == NULL)
-    {
-        draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty())
-            return;
-    }
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc.
-    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
-    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
-    IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);                   
+// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods
+ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL)
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    Ctx = ctx;
+    Name = ImStrdup(name);
+    NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1;
+    ID = ImHashStr(name);
+    IDStack.push_back(ID);
+    MoveId = GetID("#MOVE");
+    ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+    AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
+    AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
+    SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = 0;
+    SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    LastFrameActive = -1;
+    LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
+    FontWindowScale = 1.0f;
+    SettingsOffset = -1;
+    DrawList = &DrawListInst;
+    DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData;
+    DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
+    NavPreferredScoringPosRel[0] = NavPreferredScoringPosRel[1] = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+}
 
-    // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = 2 bytes = 64K vertices)
-    // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually, A) workaround by calling BeginChild()/EndChild() to put your draw commands in multiple draw lists, B) #define ImDrawIdx to a 'unsigned int' in imconfig.h and render accordingly.
-    IM_ASSERT((int64_t)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx <= ((int64_t)1L << (sizeof(ImDrawIdx)*8)));  // Too many vertices in same ImDrawList. See comment above.
-    
-    out_render_list.push_back(draw_list);
-    GImGui->IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
-    GImGui->IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
+    IM_DELETE(Name);
+    ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct();
 }
 
-static void AddWindowToRenderList(ImVector<ImDrawList*>& out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window)
+static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    AddDrawListToRenderList(out_render_list, window->DrawList);
-    for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.CurrentWindow = window;
+    g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL;
+    g.CurrentDpiScale = 1.0f; // FIXME-DPI: WIP this is modified in docking
+    if (window)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
-        if (!child->Active) // clipped children may have been marked not active
-            continue;
-        if ((child->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && child->HiddenFrames > 0)
-            continue;
-        AddWindowToRenderList(out_render_list, child);
+        g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+        ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
     }
 }
 
-// When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, to that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.
-void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
+void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
-    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.clear();
+    g.GroupStack.clear();
+    TableGcCompactSettings();
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopClipRect()
+// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused.
+// Not freed:
+// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data)
+// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost.
+void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
-    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+    window->MemoryCompacted = true;
+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity;
+    window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity;
+    window->IDStack.clear();
+    window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory();
+    window->DC.ChildWindows.clear();
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear();
 }
 
-// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
-void ImGui::EndFrame()
+void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening.
+    // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster.
+    window->MemoryCompacted = false;
+    window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity);
+    window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity);
+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);                       // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
-    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // ImGui::EndFrame() called multiple times, or forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() again
 
-    // Render tooltip
-    if (g.Tooltip[0])
+    // Clear previous active id
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0)
     {
-        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
-        ImGui::TextUnformatted(g.Tooltip);
-        ImGui::EndTooltip();
-    }
+        // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations,
+        // we at least need to be resilient to it. Canceling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch
+        // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that.
+        if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId)
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n");
+            g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+        }
 
-    // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
-    if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.OsImePosRequest - g.OsImePosSet) > 0.0001f)
-    {
-        g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.OsImePosRequest.x, (int)g.OsImePosRequest.y);
-        g.OsImePosSet = g.OsImePosRequest;
+        // This could be written in a more general way (e.g associate a hook to ActiveId),
+        // but since this is currently quite an exception we'll leave it as is.
+        // One common scenario leading to this is: pressing Key ->NavMoveRequestApplyResult() -> ClearActiveId()
+        if (g.InputTextState.ID == g.ActiveId)
+            InputTextDeactivateHook(g.ActiveId);
     }
 
-    // Hide implicit "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1);    // Mismatched Begin()/End() calls
-    if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->Accessed)
-        g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
-    ImGui::End();
-
-    // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets)
-    if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    // Set active id
+    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);
+    if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
     {
-        if (!(g.FocusedWindow && !g.FocusedWindow->WasActive && g.FocusedWindow->Active)) // Unless we just made a popup appear
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : "");
+        g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
+        if (id != 0)
         {
-            if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL)
-            {
-                FocusWindow(g.HoveredWindow);
-                if (!(g.HoveredWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
-                {
-                    g.MovedWindow = g.HoveredWindow;
-                    g.MovedWindowMoveId = g.HoveredRootWindow->MoveID;
-                    SetActiveID(g.MovedWindowMoveId, g.HoveredRootWindow);
-                }
-            }
-            else if (g.FocusedWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostModalRootWindow() == NULL)
-            {
-                // Clicking on void disable focus
-                FocusWindow(NULL);
-            }
+            g.LastActiveId = id;
+            g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
         }
     }
-
-    // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
-    // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0);
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+    g.ActiveId = id;
+    g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;
+    g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+    g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = false;
+    if (id)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-        if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))       // if a child is active its parent will add it
-            continue;
-        AddWindowToSortedBuffer(g.WindowsSortBuffer, window);
+        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
+        g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveIdSource != ImGuiInputSource_None);
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size);  // we done something wrong
-    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer);
 
-    // Clear Input data for next frame
-    g.IO.MouseWheel = 0.0f;
-    memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
+    // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget
+    // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+#endif
+}
 
-    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
+void ImGui::ClearActiveID()
+{
+    SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0;
 }
 
-void ImGui::Render()
+void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);   // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+    g.HoveredId = id;
+    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
-        ImGui::EndFrame();
-    g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+}
 
-    // Skip render altogether if alpha is 0.0
-    // Note that vertex buffers have been created and are wasted, so it is best practice that you don't create windows in the first place, or consistently respond to Begin() returning false.
-    if (g.Style.Alpha > 0.0f)
+void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
+    // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0)
+        return;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0)
     {
-        // Gather windows to render
-        g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = 0;
-        for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
-            g.RenderDrawLists[i].resize(0);
-        for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
-        {
-            ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-            if (window->Active && window->HiddenFrames <= 0 && (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) == 0)
-            {
-                // FIXME: Generalize this with a proper layering system so e.g. user can draw in specific layers, below text, ..
-                g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows++;
-                if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
-                    AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[1], window);
-                else if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
-                    AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[2], window);
-                else
-                    AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[0], window);
-            }
-        }
-
-        // Flatten layers
-        int n = g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size;
-        int flattened_size = n;
-        for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
-            flattened_size += g.RenderDrawLists[i].Size;
-        g.RenderDrawLists[0].resize(flattened_size);
-        for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
-        {
-            ImVector<ImDrawList*>& layer = g.RenderDrawLists[i];
-            if (layer.empty())
-                continue;
-            memcpy(&g.RenderDrawLists[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
-            n += layer.Size;
-        }
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;
+    }
 
-        // Draw software mouse cursor if requested
-        if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor)
-        {
-            const ImGuiMouseCursorData& cursor_data = g.MouseCursorData[g.MouseCursor];
-            const ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - cursor_data.HotOffset;
-            const ImVec2 size = cursor_data.Size;
-            const ImTextureID tex_id = g.IO.Fonts->TexID;
-            g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(tex_id);
-            g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos+ImVec2(1,0), pos+ImVec2(1,0) + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0x30000000); // Shadow
-            g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos+ImVec2(2,0), pos+ImVec2(2,0) + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0x30000000); // Shadow
-            g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos,             pos + size,             cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0xFF000000); // Black border
-            g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos,             pos + size,             cursor_data.TexUvMin[0], cursor_data.TexUvMax[0], 0xFFFFFFFF); // White fill
-            g.OverlayDrawList.PopTextureID();
-        }
-        if (!g.OverlayDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty())
-            AddDrawListToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[0], &g.OverlayDrawList);
+    // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343)
+    // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id);
 
-        // Setup draw data
-        g.RenderDrawData.Valid = true;
-        g.RenderDrawData.CmdLists = (g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size > 0) ? &g.RenderDrawLists[0][0] : NULL;
-        g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount = g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size;
-        g.RenderDrawData.TotalVtxCount = g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices;
-        g.RenderDrawData.TotalIdxCount = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices;
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
+}
 
-        // Render. If user hasn't set a callback then they may retrieve the draw data via GetDrawData()
-        if (g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL)
-            g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.RenderDrawData);
-    }
+bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+    // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
+    // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavWindow)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow)
+            if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)
+            {
+                // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup"
+                // NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups.
+                bool want_inhibit = false;
+                if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+                    want_inhibit = true;
+                else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+                    want_inhibit = true;
+
+                // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup
+                if (want_inhibit)
+                    if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window))
+                        return false;
+            }
+    return true;
 }
 
-const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
 {
-    const char* text_display_end = text;
-    if (!text_end)
-        text_end = (const char*)-1;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)
+        return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal;
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)
+        return g.Style.HoverDelayShort;
+    return 0.0f;
+}
 
-    while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
-        text_display_end++;
-    return text_display_end;
+static ImGuiHoveredFlags ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(ImGuiHoveredFlags user_flags, ImGuiHoveredFlags shared_flags)
+{
+    // Allow instance flags to override shared flags
+    if (user_flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal))
+        shared_flags &= ~(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal);
+    return user_flags | shared_flags;
 }
 
-// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
-void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
+// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable()
+// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered()
+// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId
+bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (!g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsItemHovered()!");
 
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    if (g.LogFile)
+    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride))
     {
-        vfprintf(g.LogFile, fmt, args);
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+            return false;
+        if (!IsItemFocused())
+            return false;
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
+            flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav);
     }
     else
     {
-        g.LogClipboard->appendv(fmt, args);
-    }
-    va_end(args);
-}
+        // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()
+        ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
+        if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+            return false;
 
-// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
-// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
-static void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead();
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
+            flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse);
 
-    if (!text_end)
-        text_end = ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+        IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function
 
-    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos.y > window->DC.LogLinePosY+1;
-    window->DC.LogLinePosY = ref_pos.y;
+        // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now
+        // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window)
+        // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851)
+        // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable
+        // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was
+        // the test that has been running for a long while.
+        if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0)
+            if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) == 0)
+                return false;
 
-    const char* text_remaining = text;
-    if (g.LogStartDepth > window->DC.TreeDepth)  // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
-        g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogStartDepth);
-    for (;;)
+        // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)
+        const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0)
+            if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)
+                return false;
+
+        // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.
+        // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here.
+        if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck))
+            return false;
+
+        // Test if the item is disabled
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+            return false;
+
+        // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
+        // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
+        if (id == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)
+            return false;
+
+        // Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0)
+            if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0)
+                if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
+                    return false;
+    }
+
+    // Handle hover delay
+    // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content)
+    const float delay = CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(flags);
+    if (delay > 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary))
     {
-        // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
-        const char* line_end = text_remaining;
-        while (line_end < text_end)
-            if (*line_end == '\n')
-                break;
-            else
-                line_end++;
-        if (line_end >= text_end)
-            line_end = NULL;
+        ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id))
+            g.HoverItemDelayTimer = 0.0f;
+        g.HoverItemDelayId = hover_delay_id;
 
-        const bool is_first_line = (text == text_remaining);
-        bool is_last_line = false;
-        if (line_end == NULL)
-        {
-            is_last_line = true;
-            line_end = text_end;
-        }
-        if (line_end != NULL && !(is_last_line && (line_end - text_remaining)==0))
-        {
-            const int char_count = (int)(line_end - text_remaining);
-            if (log_new_line || !is_first_line)
-                ImGui::LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth*4, "", char_count, text_remaining);
-            else
-                ImGui::LogText(" %.*s", char_count, text_remaining);
-        }
+        // When changing hovered item we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer,
+        // but once unlocked on a given item we also moving.
+        //if (g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay && (g.HoverDelayTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < delay || g.MouseStationaryTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("HoverDelayTimer = %f/%f, MouseStationaryTimer = %f\n", g.HoverDelayTimer, delay, g.MouseStationaryTimer); }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId != hover_delay_id)
+            return false;
 
-        if (is_last_line)
-            break;
-        text_remaining = line_end + 1;
+        if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer < delay)
+            return false;
     }
+
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Internal ImGui functions to render text
-// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
-void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
+// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered().
+// (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call)
+// FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28.
+// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code:
+// - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'.
+// - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable.
+bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.HoveredWindow != window)
+        return false;
+    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+        return false;
 
-    // Hide anything after a '##' string
-    const char* text_display_end;
-    if (hide_text_after_hash)
-    {
-        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if (!text_end)
-            text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
-        text_display_end = text_end;
-    }
+    if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+        return false;
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+        if (!g.ActiveIdFromShortcut)
+            return false;
 
-    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
-    if (text_len > 0)
+    // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now.
+    if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);
-        if (g.LogEnabled)
-            LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_display_end);
+        g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = true;
+        return false;
     }
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    if (!text_end)
-        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
 
-    const int text_len = (int)(text_end - text);
-    if (text_len > 0)
+    // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level
+    // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two.
+    if (id != 0)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);
-        if (g.LogEnabled)
-            LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_end);
-    }
-}
-
-// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
-void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, ImGuiAlign align, const ImVec2* clip_min, const ImVec2* clip_max)
-{
-    // Hide anything after a '##' string
-    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
-    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
-    if (text_len == 0)
-        return;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+        // Drag source doesn't report as hovered
+        if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover))
+            return false;
 
-    // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
-    ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
-    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
+        SetHoveredID(id);
 
-    if (!clip_max) clip_max = &pos_max;
-    bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
-    if (!clip_min) clip_min = &pos_min; else need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
+        // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match.
+        // This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test.
+        if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)
+        {
+            g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
+            if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
+                return false;
+        }
 
-    // Align
-    if (align & ImGuiAlign_Center) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, (pos.x + pos_max.x - text_size.x) * 0.5f);
-    else if (align & ImGuiAlign_Right) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos_max.x - text_size.x);
-    if (align & ImGuiAlign_VCenter) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, (pos.y + pos_max.y - text_size.y) * 0.5f);
+        // Display shortcut (only works with mouse)
+        // (ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut in LastItemData denotes we want a tooltip)
+        if (id == g.LastItemData.ID && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut))
+            if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal))
+                SetTooltip("%s", GetKeyChordName(g.LastItemData.Shortcut));
+    }
 
-    // Render
-    if (need_clipping)
+    // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId
+    if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
     {
-        ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+        // Release active id if turning disabled
+        if (g.ActiveId == id && id != 0)
+            ClearActiveID();
+        g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = true;
+        return false;
     }
-    else
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (id != 0)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+        // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!
+        // We perform the check here because reaching is path is rare (1~ time a frame),
+        // making the cost of this tool near-zero! We could get better call-stack and support picking non-hovered
+        // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a bigger runtime cost.
+        if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id)
+            IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
     }
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_display_end);
+#endif
+
+    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
-void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
+// FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd()
+// FIXME: The id != 0 path is not used by our codebase, may get rid of it?
+bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);
-    if (border && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding);
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding);
-    }
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))
+        if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId))
+            if (!g.ItemUnclipByLog)
+                return true;
+    return false;
 }
 
-// Render a triangle to denote expanded/collapsed state
-void ImGui::RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, bool is_open, float scale, bool shadow)
+// This is also inlined in ItemAdd()
+// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set g.LastItemData.DisplayRect.
+void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    g.LastItemData.ID = item_id;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect = item_rect;
+}
 
-    const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f;
-    const float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
-    ImVec2 center = p_min + ImVec2(h*0.50f, h*0.50f*scale);
+float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+    if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
+        return 0.0f;
 
-    ImVec2 a, b, c;
-    if (is_open)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
     {
-        center.y -= r*0.25f;
-        a = center + ImVec2(0,1)*r;
-        b = center + ImVec2(-0.866f,-0.5f)*r;
-        c = center + ImVec2(0.866f,-0.5f)*r;
+        // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows,
+        // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function?
+        //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+        //    wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x);
+        //else
+        wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
     }
-    else
+    else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
     {
-        a = center + ImVec2(1,0)*r;
-        b = center + ImVec2(-0.500f,0.866f)*r;
-        c = center + ImVec2(-0.500f,-0.866f)*r;
+        wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
     }
 
-    if (shadow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) != 0)
-        window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(a+ImVec2(2,2), b+ImVec2(2,2), c+ImVec2(2,2), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow));
-    window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(a, b, c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(pos, GImGui->FontSize*0.20f, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), 8);
+    return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f);
 }
 
-void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col)
+// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc()
+void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    ImVec2 a, b, c;
-    float start_x = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 0.307f + 0.5f);
-    float rem_third = (float)(int)((g.FontSize - start_x) / 3.0f);
-    a.x = pos.x + 0.5f + start_x;
-    b.x = a.x + rem_third;
-    c.x = a.x + rem_third * 3.0f;
-    b.y = pos.y - 1.0f + (float)(int)(g.Font->Ascent * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize) + 0.5f) + (float)(int)(g.Font->DisplayOffset.y);
-    a.y = b.y - rem_third;
-    c.y = b.y - rem_third * 2.0f;
-
-    window->DrawList->PathLineTo(a);
-    window->DrawList->PathLineTo(b);
-    window->DrawList->PathLineTo(c);
-    window->DrawList->PathStroke(col, false);
+    void* ptr = (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
+        DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, size);
+#endif
+    return ptr;
 }
 
-// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
-// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize)
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
+// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
+void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
-    const char* text_display_end;
-    if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
-        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);      // Hide anything after a '##' string
-    else
-        text_display_end = text_end;
-
-    ImFont* font = g.Font;
-    const float font_size = g.FontSize;
-    if (text == text_display_end)
-        return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
-    ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
-
-    // Cancel out character spacing for the last character of a line (it is baked into glyph->XAdvance field)
-    const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
-    const float character_spacing_x = 1.0f * font_scale;
-    if (text_size.x > 0.0f)
-        text_size.x -= character_spacing_x;
-    text_size.x = (float)(int)(text_size.x + 0.95f);
-
-    return text_size;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (ptr != NULL)
+        if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
+            DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, (size_t)-1);
+#endif
+    return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);
 }
 
-// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.
-// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern.
-// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX
-void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)
+// We record the number of allocation in recent frames, as a way to audit/sanitize our guiding principles of "no allocations on idle/repeating frames"
+void ImGui::DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
+    ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx];
+    IM_UNUSED(ptr);
+    if (entry->FrameCount != frame_count)
     {
-        // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
-        *out_items_display_start = 0;
-        *out_items_display_end = items_count;
-        return;
+        info->LastEntriesIdx = (info->LastEntriesIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf);
+        entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx];
+        entry->FrameCount = frame_count;
+        entry->AllocCount = entry->FreeCount = 0;
     }
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    if (size != (size_t)-1)
     {
-        *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0;
-        return;
+        entry->AllocCount++;
+        info->TotalAllocCount++;
+        //printf("[%05d] MemAlloc(%d) -> 0x%p\n", frame_count, size, ptr);
     }
-
-    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    int start = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);
-    int end = (int)((window->ClipRect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);
-    start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);
-    end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);
-    *out_items_display_start = start;
-    *out_items_display_end = end;
-}
-
-// Find window given position, search front-to-back
-// FIXME: Note that we have a lag here because WindowRectClipped is updated in Begin() so windows moved by user via SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window thankfully isn't affected.
-static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow(ImVec2 pos, bool excluding_childs)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    for (int i = g.Windows.Size-1; i >= 0; i--)
+    else
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-        if (!window->Active)
-            continue;
-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
-            continue;
-        if (excluding_childs && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0)
-            continue;
-
-        // Using the clipped AABB so a child window will typically be clipped by its parent.
-        ImRect bb(window->WindowRectClipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, window->WindowRectClipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
-        if (bb.Contains(pos))
-            return window;
+        entry->FreeCount++;
+        info->TotalFreeCount++;
+        //printf("[%05d] MemFree(0x%p)\n", frame_count, ptr);
     }
-    return NULL;
 }
 
-// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
-// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
-// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
-bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)
+const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-
-    // Clip
-    ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);
-    if (clip)
-        rect_clipped.Clip(window->ClipRect);
-
-    // Expand for touch input
-    const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
-    return rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos);
+    return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringWindow()
+void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.HoveredWindow == g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
+        g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow()
+const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.HoveredWindow != NULL;
+    return IMGUI_VERSION;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2& pos)
+ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
 {
-    return FindHoveredWindow(pos, false) != NULL;
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
+    return GImGui->IO;
 }
 
-static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
+// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
+ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
 {
-    const int key_index = GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key];
-    return ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];
+    return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL;
 }
 
-int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)
+double ImGui::GetTime()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(key >= 0 && key < ImGuiKey_COUNT);
-    return GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key];
+    return GImGui->Time;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int key_index)
+int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
 {
-    if (key_index < 0) return false;
-    IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(GImGui->IO.KeysDown));
-    return GImGui->IO.KeysDown[key_index];
+    return GImGui->FrameCount;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int key_index, bool repeat)
+static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name)
 {
+    // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (key_index < 0) return false;
-    IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
-    const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index];
-    if (t == 0.0f)
-        return true;
+    IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists));
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no];
+    if (draw_list == NULL)
+    {
+        draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData);
+        draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name;
+        viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list;
+    }
 
-    if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
+    // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command
+    if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount)
     {
-        float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
-        if ((fmodf(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (fmodf(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f))
-            return true;
+        draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame();
+        draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false);
+        viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount;
     }
-    return false;
+    return draw_list;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int key_index)
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (key_index < 0) return false;
-    IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
-    if (g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[key_index])
-        return true;
-    return false;
+    return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background");
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(int button)
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    return g.IO.MouseDown[button];
+    return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat)
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
-    if (t == 0.0f)
-        return true;
-
-    if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
-    {
-        float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
-        if ((fmodf(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (fmodf(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f))
-            return true;
-    }
-
-    return false;
+    return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground");
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(int button)
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button];
+    return GetForegroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button)
+ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button];
+    return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(int button, float lock_threshold)
+void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
+    // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.
+    // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.
+    // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
-        return false;
-    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
-        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
-    return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
-}
+    FocusWindow(window);
+    SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);
+    g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindow->Pos;
+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+    SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
-{
-    return GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    bool can_move_window = true;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+        can_move_window = false;
+    if (can_move_window)
+        g.MovingWindow = window;
 }
 
-// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
+// Handle mouse moving window
+// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()
+// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId.
+// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs,
+// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other.
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0)
-        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size-1].MousePosOnOpen;
-    return g.IO.MousePos;
+    if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window).
+        // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency.
+        KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
+        IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow);
+        ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow;
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos))
+        {
+            ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset;
+            SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always);
+            FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+            ClearActiveID();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others.
+        if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId)
+        {
+            KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
+            if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+                ClearActiveID();
+        }
+    }
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(int button, float lock_threshold)
+// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar.
+// Handle left-click and right-click focus.
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
-        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
-    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button])
-        if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
-            return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];     // Assume we can only get active with left-mouse button (at the moment).
-    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-}
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0)
+        return;
 
-void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(int button)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
-    g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
-}
+    // Unless we just made a window/popup appear
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing)
+        return;
 
-ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
-{
-    return GImGui->MouseCursor;
-}
+    // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving
+    // (after we're done with all our widgets)
+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    {
+        // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space.
+        // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more.
+        ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL;
+        const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);
 
-void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
-{
-    GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type;
-}
+        if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)
+        {
+            StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595
 
-void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture)
-{
-    GImGui->CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0;
-}
+            // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar
+            if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+                if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0]))
+                    g.MovingWindow = NULL;
 
-void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture)
-{
-    GImGui->CaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0;
-}
+            // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already)
+            if (g.HoveredIdIsDisabled)
+                g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+        }
+        else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL)
+        {
+            // Clicking on void disable focus
+            FocusWindow(NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
+        }
+    }
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemHovered()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable;
+    // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed
+    // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.
+    // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])
+    {
+        // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.
+        // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
+        ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+        bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal));
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true);
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemHoveredRect()
+static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect;
+    return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
+// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app)
+void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.ActiveId)
-    {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-        return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemID;
-    }
-    return false;
-}
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(int mouse_button)
-{
-    return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered();
-}
+    // FIXME-DPI: This storage was added on 2021/03/31 for test engine, but if we want to multiply WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING
+    // by DpiScale, we need to make this window-agnostic anyhow, maybe need storing inside ImGuiWindow.
+    g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING));
 
-bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
-{
-    return GImGui->HoveredId != 0 || GImGui->HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
-}
+    // Find the window hovered by mouse:
+    // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow.
+    // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame.
+    // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms.
+    bool clear_hovered_windows = false;
+    FindHoveredWindowEx(g.IO.MousePos, false, &g.HoveredWindow, &g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow);
+    g.HoveredWindowBeforeClear = g.HoveredWindow;
 
-bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
-{
-    return GImGui->ActiveId != 0;
-}
+    // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them.
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+    if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window))
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImRect r(window->ClipRect);
-    return r.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect);
-}
+    // Disabled mouse hovering (we don't currently clear MousePos, we could)
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
 
-// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
-void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemID)
-        g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
-    if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemID)
-        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
-}
+    // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and
+    // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward.
+    const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0);
+    const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
+    int mouse_earliest_down = -1;
+    bool mouse_any_down = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
+    {
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+        {
+            io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup;
+            io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal;
+        }
+        mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i];
+        if (io.MouseDown[i] || io.MouseReleased[i]) // Increase release frame for our evaluation of earliest button (#1392)
+            if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down])
+                mouse_earliest_down = i;
+    }
+    const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down];
+    const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down];
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min;
-}
+    // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
+    // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02)
+    const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0;
+    if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max;
-}
+    if (clear_hovered_windows)
+        g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize();
-}
+    // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
+    // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag
+    if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
+    {
+        io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup;
+        io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal;
+    }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge, float outward)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImRect rect = window->DC.LastItemRect;
-    rect.Expand(outward);
-    return rect.GetClosestPoint(pos, on_edge);
-}
+    // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
+    io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL);
+    if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard))
+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true;
+    if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) // Manual override
+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);
 
-// Tooltip is stored and turned into a BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() sequence at the end of the frame. Each call override previous value.
-void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImFormatStringV(g.Tooltip, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.Tooltip), fmt, args);
+    // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible
+    io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+// Calling SetupDrawListSharedData() is followed by SetCurrentFont() which sets up the remaining data.
+static void SetupDrawListSharedData()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+        virtual_space.Add(viewport->GetMainRect());
+    g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4();
+    g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError);
+    g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.IO.Fonts->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;
+    if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset;
 }
 
-static ImRect GetVisibleRect()
+void ImGui::NewFrame()
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.x != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.x && g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.y != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.y)
-        return ImRect(g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin, g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax);
-    return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y);
-}
 
-void ImGui::BeginTooltip()
-{
-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
-    ImGui::Begin("##Tooltip", NULL, flags);
-}
+    // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start.
+    // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector
+    for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_)
+            g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]);
 
-void ImGui::EndTooltip()
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip);   // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
-    ImGui::End();
-}
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre);
 
-static bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const bool is_open = g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupID == id;
-    return is_open;
-}
+    // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes
+    ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
 
-// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
-// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
-// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
-// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
-void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(const char* str_id, bool reopen_existing)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
-    int current_stack_size = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size;
-    ImGuiPopupRef popup_ref = ImGuiPopupRef(id, window, window->GetID("##menus"), g.IO.MousePos); // Tagged as new ref because constructor sets Window to NULL (we are passing the ParentWindow info here)
-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
-        g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
-    else if (reopen_existing || g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupID != id)
-    {
-        g.OpenPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size+1);
-        g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref;
-    }
-}
+    // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay)
+    UpdateSettings();
 
-void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id)
-{
-    ImGui::OpenPopupEx(str_id, false);
-}
+    g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.WithinFrameScope = true;
+    g.FrameCount += 1;
+    g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+    g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0);
 
-static void CloseInactivePopups()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty())
-        return;
+    // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));
+    g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX;
+
+    // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible), turn events into writes to IO structure
+    g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0);
+    UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);
+
+    // Update viewports (after processing input queue, so io.MouseHoveredViewport is set)
+    UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
+
+    // Setup current font and draw list shared data
+    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;
+    SetupDrawListSharedData();
+    SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());
+
+    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+        viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false;
+
+    // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent
+    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
+        KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
+
+    // Update HoveredId data
+    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId))
+        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (g.HoveredId)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId)
+        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
+    g.HoveredId = 0;
+    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = false;
 
-    // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
-    // Don't close our own child popup windows
-    int n = 0;
-    if (g.FocusedWindow)
+    // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore.
+    // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd().
+    // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves.
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId)
     {
-        for (n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
-        {
-            ImGuiPopupRef& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[n];
-            if (!popup.Window)
-                continue;
-            IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
-            if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
-                continue;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n");
+        ClearActiveID();
+    }
 
-            bool has_focus = false;
-            for (int m = n; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !has_focus; m++)
-                has_focus = (g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window && g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window->RootWindow == g.FocusedWindow->RootWindow);
-            if (!has_focus)
-                break;
-        }
+    // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore)
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;
+    g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
+    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
+    if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId)
+        g.TempInputId = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == 0)
+    {
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+        g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+#endif
     }
-    if (n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size)   // This test is not required but it allows to set a useful breakpoint on the line below
-        g.OpenPopupStack.resize(n);
-}
 
-static ImGuiWindow* GetFrontMostModalRootWindow()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--)
-        if (ImGuiWindow* front_most_popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
-            if (front_most_popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
-                return front_most_popup;
-    return NULL;
-}
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    if (g.ActiveId == 0)
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0;
+    else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0)
+    {
+        // If your custom widget code used:                 { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); }
+        // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be:   { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); }
+        if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId);
+        if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
+            IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported
+    }
+#endif
 
-static void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (remaining > 0)
-        ImGui::FocusWindow(g.OpenPopupStack[remaining-1].Window);
+    // Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item.
+    // FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values.
+    // To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function.
+    if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0 && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)
+        g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoverItemDelayId;
+    else if (g.HoverItemDelayId == 0)
+        g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
+    if (g.HoveredWindow != NULL && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)
+        g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoveredWindow->ID;
+    else if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL)
+        g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
+
+    // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips
+    g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverItemDelayId;
+    if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0)
+    {
+        g.HoverItemDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f;
+        g.HoverItemDelayId = 0;
+    }
+    else if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer > 0.0f)
+    {
+        // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps
+        // We could expose 0.25f as style.HoverClearDelay but I am not sure of the logic yet, this is particularly subtle.
+        g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.25f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~7 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate
+            g.HoverItemDelayTimer = g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer.
+    }
+
+    // Drag and drop
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
+    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
+    g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
+
+    // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in)
+    //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
+    //    ClosePopupsExceptModals();
+
+    // Update keyboard input state
+    UpdateKeyboardInputs();
+
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper));
+
+    // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation
+    NavUpdate();
+
+    // Update mouse input state
+    UpdateMouseInputs();
+
+    // Find hovered window
+    // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)
+    UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
+
+    // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)
+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
+
+    // Background darkening/whitening
+    if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))
+        g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
     else
-        ImGui::FocusWindow(g.OpenPopupStack[0].ParentWindow);
-    g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);
-}
+        g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
 
-static void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id)
-{
-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
-        return;
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1);
-}
+    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
+    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
 
-// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
-void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    int popup_idx = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size - 1;
-    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx > g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.CurrentPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupID != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupID)
-        return;
-    while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
-        popup_idx--;
-    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx);
-}
+    // Platform IME data: reset for the frame
+    g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData;
+    g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false;
 
-static inline void ClearSetNextWindowData()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowPosCond = g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = g.SetNextWindowFocus = false;
-}
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale
+    UpdateMouseWheel();
 
-static bool BeginPopupEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+    // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size);
+    const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
     {
-        ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
-        return false;
-    }
+        window->WasActive = window->Active;
+        window->Active = false;
+        window->WriteAccessed = false;
+        window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount;
+        window->BeginCount = 0;
 
-    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = extra_flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+        // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows
+        if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
+            GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window);
+    }
 
-    char name[32];
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
-        ImFormatString(name, 20, "##menu_%d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size);    // Recycle windows based on depth
-    else
-        ImFormatString(name, 20, "##popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
+    // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++)
+        if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time)
+            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i));
+    for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData)
+        if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
+            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&table_temp_data);
+    if (g.GcCompactAll)
+        GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
+    g.GcCompactAll = false;
 
-    bool is_open = ImGui::Begin(name, NULL, flags);
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
-        g.CurrentWindow->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
-    if (!is_open) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
-        ImGui::EndPopup();
+    // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order
+    if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)
+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
 
-    return is_open;
-}
+    // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
+    // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
+    g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0);
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None);
+    g.GroupStack.resize(0);
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id)
-{
-    if (GImGui->OpenPopupStack.Size <= GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size)	// Early out for performance
+    // [DEBUG] Update debug features
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
+    UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
+    UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor();
+    if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0)
     {
-        ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
-        return false;
+        g.DebugLocateId = 0;
+        g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
     }
-    return BeginPopupEx(str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+    if (g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames == 0)
     {
-        ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
-        return false;
+        DebugLog("(Debug Log: Auto-disabled some ImGuiDebugLogFlags after 2 frames)\n");
+        g.DebugLogFlags &= ~g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags;
+        g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None;
     }
+#endif
 
-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = extra_flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
-    bool is_open = ImGui::Begin(name, p_open, flags);
-    if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
-    {
-        ImGui::EndPopup();
-        if (is_open)
-            ClosePopup(id);
-        return false;
-    }
+    // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
+    // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.
+    // This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing.
+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true;
+    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    Begin("Debug##Default");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true);
+
+    // [DEBUG] When io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue is set, we make Begin()/BeginChild() return false at different level of the window-stack,
+    // allowing to validate correct Begin/End behavior in user code.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop)
+        g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = (g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == -1) ? 0 : ((g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth + ((g.FrameCount % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0)) % 10);
+    else
+        g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1;
+#endif
 
-    return is_open;
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost);
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndPopup()
+// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0);
-    ImGui::End();
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
-        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+    const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs;
+    const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs;
+    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        return d;
+    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+        return d;
+    return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent);
 }
 
-// This is a helper to handle the most simple case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
-// 1. If you have many possible popups (for different "instances" of a same widget, or for wholly different widgets), you may be better off handling
-//    this yourself so you can store data relative to the widget that opened the popup instead of choosing different popup identifiers.
-// 2. If you want right-clicking on the same item to reopen the popup at new location, use the same code replacing IsItemHovered() with IsItemHoveredRect()
-//    and passing true to the OpenPopupEx().
-//    Because: hovering an item in a window below the popup won't normally trigger is hovering behavior/coloring. The pattern of ignoring the fact that
-//    the item isn't interactable (because it is blocked by the active popup) may useful in some situation when e.g. large canvas as one item, content of menu
-//    driven by click position.
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
-        OpenPopupEx(str_id, false);
-    return BeginPopup(str_id);
+    out_sorted_windows->push_back(window);
+    if (window->Active)
+    {
+        int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+        ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
+        for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
+            if (child->Active)
+                AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);
+        }
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(bool also_over_items, const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer)
 {
-    if (!str_id) str_id = "window_context_menu";
-    if (IsMouseHoveringWindow() && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
-        if (also_over_items || !IsAnyItemHovered())
-            OpenPopupEx(str_id, true);
-    return BeginPopup(str_id);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++;
+    if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1)
+        window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows.
+    ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList);
+    for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows)
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active
+            AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (!str_id) str_id = "void_context_menu";
-    if (!IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
-        OpenPopupEx(str_id, true);
-    return BeginPopup(str_id);
+    return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu)
+static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+    AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window));
+}
 
-    const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
-    ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg);
-    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
-    {
-        if (size.x == 0.0f)
-            flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX;
-        size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x, 4.0f) - fabsf(size.x); // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f (0.0f causing too much issues)
-    }
-    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder)
+{
+    int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size;
+    int full_size = n;
+    for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++)
+        full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size;
+    builder->Layers[0]->resize(full_size);
+    for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++)
     {
-        if (size.y == 0.0f)
-            flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY;
-        size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y, 4.0f) - fabsf(size.y);
+        ImVector<ImDrawList*>* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n];
+        if (layer->empty())
+            continue;
+        memcpy(builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, layer->Data, layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
+        n += layer->Size;
+        layer->resize(0);
     }
-    if (border)
-        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
-    flags |= extra_flags;
-
-    char title[256];
-    ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s.%s", window->Name, str_id);
+}
 
-    bool ret = ImGui::Begin(title, NULL, size, -1.0f, flags);
+static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
 
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
-        GetCurrentWindow()->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists;
+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1;
+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(0);
+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(0);
 
-    return ret;
+    draw_data->Valid = true;
+    draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0;
+    draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;
+    draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos;
+    draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size;
+    draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale;
+    draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering.
+// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values,
+//   so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.
+// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect():
+//   some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the
+//   more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds.
+void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
 {
-    char str_id[32];
-    ImFormatString(str_id, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str_id), "child_%08x", id);
-    bool ret = ImGui::BeginChild(str_id, size, border, extra_flags);
-    return ret;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
+    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndChild()
+void ImGui::PopClipRect()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() callss
-    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) || window->BeginCount > 1)
-    {
-        ImGui::End();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // When using auto-filling child window, we don't provide full width/height to ItemSize so that it doesn't feed back into automatic size-fitting.
-        ImVec2 sz = GetWindowSize();
-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f
-            sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x);
-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY)
-            sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y);
-
-        ImGui::End();
-
-        window = GetCurrentWindow();
-        ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + sz);
-        ItemSize(sz);
-        ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
-    }
+    window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
 }
 
-// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame.
-bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
-    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding, style.FrameRounding);
-    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
-    return ImGui::BeginChild(id, size, (g.CurrentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? true : false, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags);
-}
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
 
-void ImGui::EndChildFrame()
-{
-    ImGui::EndChild();
-    ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
-    ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport();
+    ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect();
+
+    // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list
+    {
+        // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows,
+        // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing.
+        // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order.
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindow->DrawList;
+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+            draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that)
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col);
+        ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();
+        IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6);
+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd);
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command.
+        draw_list->PopClipRect();
+    }
 }
 
-// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors
-static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write)
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
 {
-    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    int* p_backup = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0];
-    { int current = window->IDStack.Size;       if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushID/PopID Mismatch!");                   p_backup++; }    // User forgot PopID()
-    { int current = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");            p_backup++; }    // User forgot EndGroup()
-    { int current = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size;   if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch"); p_backup++; }// User forgot EndPopup()/EndMenu()
-    { int current = g.ColorModifiers.Size;      if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");   p_backup++; }    // User forgot PopStyleColor()
-    { int current = g.StyleModifiers.Size;      if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");       p_backup++; }    // User forgot PopStyleVar()
-    { int current = g.FontStack.Size;           if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");               p_backup++; }    // User forgot PopFont()
-    IM_ASSERT(p_backup == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup));
+    ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window;
+    for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+            continue;
+        if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window))
+            break;
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window))
+            bottom_most_visible_window = window;
+    }
+    return bottom_most_visible_window;
 }
 
-static ImVec2 FindBestPopupWindowPos(const ImVec2& base_pos, const ImVec2& size, int* last_dir, const ImRect& r_inner)
+static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds()
 {
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
-
-    // Clamp into visible area while not overlapping the cursor. Safety padding is optional if our popup size won't fit without it.
-    ImVec2 safe_padding = style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
-    ImRect r_outer(GetVisibleRect());
-    r_outer.Reduce(ImVec2((size.x - r_outer.GetWidth() > safe_padding.x*2) ? safe_padding.x : 0.0f, (size.y - r_outer.GetHeight() > safe_padding.y*2) ? safe_padding.y : 0.0f));
-    ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(base_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
+    if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
+        return;
+    const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
+    const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active);
+    if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list)
+        return;
 
-    for (int n = (*last_dir != -1) ? -1 : 0; n < 4; n++)   // Last, Right, down, up, left. (Favor last used direction).
+    if (dim_bg_for_modal)
     {
-        const int dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : n;
-        ImRect rect(dir == 0 ? r_inner.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x, dir == 1 ? r_inner.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y, dir == 3 ? r_inner.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x, dir == 2 ? r_inner.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y);
-        if (rect.GetWidth() < size.x || rect.GetHeight() < size.y)
-            continue;
-        *last_dir = dir;
-        return ImVec2(dir == 0 ? r_inner.Max.x : dir == 3 ? r_inner.Min.x - size.x : base_pos_clamped.x, dir == 1 ? r_inner.Max.y : dir == 2 ? r_inner.Min.y - size.y : base_pos_clamped.y);
+        // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order.
+        ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window);
+        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(modal_window->DC.ModalDimBgColor, g.DimBgRatio));
     }
+    else if (dim_bg_for_window_list)
+    {
+        // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window
+        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));
 
-    // Fallback, try to keep within display
-    *last_dir = -1;
-    ImVec2 pos = base_pos;
-    pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);
-    pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);
-    return pos;
+        // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim;
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+        float distance = g.FontSize;
+        ImRect bb = window->Rect();
+        bb.Expand(distance);
+        if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y)
+            bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward
+        if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+            window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd();
+        window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f);
+        window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    }
 }
 
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
+void ImGui::EndFrame()
 {
-    // FIXME-OPT: Store sorted hashes -> pointers so we can do a bissection in a contiguous block
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
-        if (g.Windows[i]->ID == id)
-            return g.Windows[i];
-    return NULL;
-}
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
 
-static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.
+    if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");
 
-    // Create window the first time
-    ImGuiWindow* window = (ImGuiWindow*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImGuiWindow));
-    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(window) ImGuiWindow(name);
-    window->Flags = flags;
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre);
+
+    ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+    // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
+    ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData;
+    if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0)
     {
-        // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings.
-        window->Size = window->SizeFull = size;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y);
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+        g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data);
     }
-    else
-    {
-        // Retrieve settings from .ini file
-        // Use SetWindowPos() or SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
-        window->PosFloat = ImVec2(60, 60);
-        window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
 
-        ImGuiIniData* settings = FindWindowSettings(name);
-        if (!settings)
-        {
-            settings = AddWindowSettings(name);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
-            window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
-            window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
-        }
+    // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)
+        g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
+    End();
 
-        if (settings->Pos.x != FLT_MAX)
-        {
-            window->PosFloat = settings->Pos;
-            window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
-            window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
-        }
+    // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests
+    NavEndFrame();
 
-        if (ImLengthSqr(settings->Size) > 0.00001f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
-            size = settings->Size;
-        window->Size = window->SizeFull = size;
+    // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted)
+    if (g.DragDropActive)
+    {
+        bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery;
+        bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropSourceFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire) || g.DragDropMouseButton == -1 || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton));
+        if (is_delivered || is_elapsed)
+            ClearDragDrop();
     }
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+    // Drag and Drop: Fallback for missing source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing.
+    // If you want to handle source item disappearing: instead of submitting your description tooltip
+    // in the BeginDragDropSource() block of the dragged item, you can submit them from a safe single spot
+    // (e.g. end of your item loop, or before EndFrame) by reading payload data.
+    // In the typical case, the contents of drag tooltip should be possible to infer solely from payload data.
+    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
     {
-        window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+        g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
+        SetTooltip("...");
+        g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
     }
-    else
+
+    // End frame
+    g.WithinFrameScope = false;
+    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus
+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
+
+    // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
+    // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0);
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
     {
-        if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
-            window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
-        if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
-            window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
+        if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))       // if a child is active its parent will add it
+            continue;
+        AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window);
     }
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
-        g.Windows.insert(g.Windows.begin(), window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
-    else
-        g.Windows.push_back(window);
-    return window;
+    // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size);
+    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer);
+    g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;
+
+    // Unlock font atlas
+    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
+
+    // Clear Input data for next frame
+    g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos;
+    g.IO.AppFocusLost = false;
+    g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
+    g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost);
 }
 
-static void ApplySizeFullWithConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size)
+// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData()
+// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all:
+// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend)
+void ImGui::Render()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+
+    if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
+        EndFrame();
+    if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount)
+        return;
+    g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
+
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre);
+
+    // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds
+    RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
+
+    // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
     {
-        // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size.
-        ImRect cr = g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect;
-        new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;
-        new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;
-        if (g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback)
-        {
-            ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData data;
-            data.UserData = g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData;
-            data.Pos = window->Pos;
-            data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;
-            data.DesiredSize = new_size;
-            g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback(&data);
-            new_size = data.DesiredSize;
-        }
+        InitViewportDrawData(viewport);
+        if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL)
+            AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport));
     }
-    if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)))
-        new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize);
-    window->SizeFull = new_size;
-}
 
-// Push a new ImGui window to add widgets to.
-// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
-// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
-// - 'size_on_first_use' for a regular window denote the initial size for first-time creation (no saved data) and isn't that useful. Use SetNextWindowSize() prior to calling Begin() for more flexible window manipulation.
-// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
-//   You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
-// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
-// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
-// - Passing non-zero 'size' is roughly equivalent to calling SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver) prior to calling Begin().
-bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
-    return ImGui::Begin(name, p_open, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), -1.0f, flags);
+    // Add ImDrawList to render
+    ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2];
+    windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL;
+    windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL);
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
+    {
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1])
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);
+    }
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++)
+        if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]);
+
+    // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag
+    if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
+        RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48));
+
+    // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0;
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+    {
+        FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder);
+
+        // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
+        if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL)
+            AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport));
+
+        // We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch).
+        ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
+        IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount);
+        for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists)
+            draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+
+        g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount;
+        g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount;
+    }
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
+// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL);                        // Window name required
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);                       // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
-    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
-        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+    const char* text_display_end;
+    if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
+        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);      // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    else
+        text_display_end = text_end;
 
-    // Find or create
-    bool window_is_new = false;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-    if (!window)
-    {
-        window = CreateNewWindow(name, size_on_first_use, flags);
-        window_is_new = true;
-    }
+    ImFont* font = g.Font;
+    const float font_size = g.FontSize;
+    if (text == text_display_end)
+        return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
+    ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
 
-    const int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount();
-    const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
-    else
-        flags = window->Flags;
+    // Round
+    // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out.
+    // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g.
+    // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c
+    // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html
+    text_size.x = IM_TRUNC(text_size.x + 0.99999f);
 
-    // Add to stack
-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = !g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? g.CurrentWindowStack.back() : NULL;
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window);
-    SetCurrentWindow(window);
-    CheckStacksSize(window, true);
-    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
+    return text_size;
+}
 
-    bool window_was_active = (window->LastFrameActive == current_frame - 1);   // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
-    {
-        ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size];
-        window_was_active &= (window->PopupID == popup_ref.PopupID);
-        window_was_active &= (window == popup_ref.Window);
-        popup_ref.Window = window;
-        g.CurrentPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
-        window->PopupID = popup_ref.PopupID;
-    }
+// Find window given position, search front-to-back
+// - Typically write output back to g.HoveredWindow and g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow.
+// - FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically
+//   with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is
+//   called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.
+// - The 'find_first_and_in_any_viewport = true' mode is only used by TestEngine. It is simpler to maintain here.
+void ImGui::FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_under_moving_window = NULL;
 
-    const bool window_appearing_after_being_hidden = (window->HiddenFrames == 1);
+    if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport == false && g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
+        hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;
 
-    // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
-    bool window_pos_set_by_api = false, window_size_set_by_api = false;
-    if (g.SetNextWindowPosCond)
+    ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding;
+    ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular;
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
     {
-        const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;                  // FIXME: not sure of the exact reason of this saving/restore anymore :( need to look into that.
-        if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
-        window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowPosCond) != 0;
-        if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.SetNextWindowPosVal - ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)) < 0.001f)
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
+        if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)
+            continue;
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)
+            continue;
+
+        // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)
+        ImVec2 hit_padding = (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? padding_regular : padding_for_resize;
+        if (!window->OuterRectClipped.ContainsWithPad(pos, hit_padding))
+            continue;
+
+        // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window
+        // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512)
+        if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0)
+        {
+            ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y);
+            ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y);
+            if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(pos))
+                continue;
+        }
+
+        if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport)
         {
-            window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted = true;                            // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
-            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+            hovered_window = window;
+            break;
         }
         else
         {
-            SetWindowPos(window, g.SetNextWindowPosVal, g.SetNextWindowPosCond);
+            if (hovered_window == NULL)
+                hovered_window = window;
+            IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
+            if (hovered_window_under_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow))
+                hovered_window_under_moving_window = window;
+            if (hovered_window && hovered_window_under_moving_window)
+                break;
         }
-        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
-        g.SetNextWindowPosCond = 0;
-    }
-    if (g.SetNextWindowSizeCond)
-    {
-        if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
-        window_size_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowSizeCond) != 0;
-        SetWindowSize(window, g.SetNextWindowSizeVal, g.SetNextWindowSizeCond);
-        g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = 0;
-    }
-    if (g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond)
-    {
-        window->SizeContentsExplicit = g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal;
-        g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = 0;
-    }
-    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-    {
-        window->SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    }
-    if (g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond)
-    {
-        if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
-        SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.SetNextWindowCollapsedVal, g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond);
-        g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0;
-    }
-    if (g.SetNextWindowFocus)
-    {
-        ImGui::SetWindowFocus();
-        g.SetNextWindowFocus = false;
     }
 
-    // Update known root window (if we are a child window, otherwise window == window->RootWindow)
-    int root_idx, root_non_popup_idx;
-    for (root_idx = g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 1; root_idx > 0; root_idx--)
-        if (!(g.CurrentWindowStack[root_idx]->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
-            break;
-    for (root_non_popup_idx = root_idx; root_non_popup_idx > 0; root_non_popup_idx--)
-        if (!(g.CurrentWindowStack[root_non_popup_idx]->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
-            break;
-    window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
-    window->RootWindow = g.CurrentWindowStack[root_idx];
-    window->RootNonPopupWindow = g.CurrentWindowStack[root_non_popup_idx];      // This is merely for displaying the TitleBgActive color.
+    *out_hovered_window = hovered_window;
+    if (out_hovered_window_under_moving_window != NULL)
+        *out_hovered_window_under_moving_window = hovered_window_under_moving_window;
+}
 
-    // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-    {
-        window->Active = true;
-        window->IndexWithinParent = 0;
-        window->BeginCount = 0;
-        window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX);
-        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
-        window->IDStack.resize(1);
+bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;
+    return false;
+}
 
-        // Clear draw list, setup texture, outer clipping rectangle
-        window->DrawList->Clear();
-        window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
-        ImRect fullscreen_rect(GetVisibleRect());
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
-            PushClipRect(parent_window->ClipRect.Min, parent_window->ClipRect.Max, true);
-        else
-            PushClipRect(fullscreen_rect.Min, fullscreen_rect.Max, true);
+bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
+            return true;
+    return false;
+}
 
-        // New windows appears in front
-        if (!window_was_active)
-        {
-            window->AutoPosLastDirection = -1;
+bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)
+        return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;
+    return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID);
+}
 
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
-                if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow|ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-                    FocusWindow(window);
+bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore));
+}
 
-            // Popup first latch mouse position, will position itself when it appears next frame
-            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api)
-                window->PosFloat = g.IO.MousePos;
-        }
+// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID()
+bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0)
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
 
-        // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
-        // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
-        {
-            ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-            if (g.HoveredWindow == window && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
-            {
-                window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
-                if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                    MarkSettingsDirty();
-                FocusWindow(window);
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            window->Collapsed = false;
-        }
+// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()!
+// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc.
+bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
+{
+    return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);
+}
 
-        // SIZE
+bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
+}
 
-        // Save contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (unless explicitly specified)
-        window->SizeContents.x = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : ((window_is_new ? 0.0f : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Pos.x) + window->Scroll.x));
-        window->SizeContents.y = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : ((window_is_new ? 0.0f : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->Pos.y) + window->Scroll.y));
+bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;
+}
 
-        // Hide popup/tooltip window when first appearing while we measure size (because we recycle them)
-        if (window->HiddenFrames > 0)
-            window->HiddenFrames--;
-        if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0 && !window_was_active)
-        {
-            window->HiddenFrames = 1;
-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
-            {
-                if (!window_size_set_by_api)
-                    window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
-                window->SizeContents = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
-            }
-        }
+// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app,
+// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that!
+// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.ActiveId != 0;
+}
 
-        // Lock window padding so that altering the ShowBorders flag for children doesn't have side-effects.
-        window->WindowPadding = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders | ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) ? ImVec2(0,0) : style.WindowPadding;
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight;
+}
 
-        // Calculate auto-fit size
-        ImVec2 size_auto_fit;
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0)
-        {
-            // Tooltip always resize. We keep the spacing symmetric on both axises for aesthetic purpose.
-            size_auto_fit = window->SizeContents + window->WindowPadding - ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            size_auto_fit = ImClamp(window->SizeContents + window->WindowPadding, style.WindowMinSize, ImMax(style.WindowMinSize, g.IO.DisplaySize - g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding));
+bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) != 0;
+}
 
-            // Handling case of auto fit window not fitting in screen on one axis, we are growing auto fit size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than DisplaySize-WindowPadding.
-            if (size_auto_fit.x < window->SizeContents.x && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
-                size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
-            if (size_auto_fit.y < window->SizeContents.y && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
-                size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
-            size_auto_fit.y = ImMax(size_auto_fit.y - style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f);
-        }
+bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;
+}
 
-        // Handle automatic resize
-        if (window->Collapsed)
-        {
-            // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width,
-            // But otherwise we don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
-            if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
-                window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
-            if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
-                window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window_size_set_by_api)
-            {
-                window->SizeFull = size_auto_fit;
-            }
-            else if ((window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) && !window_size_set_by_api)
-            {
-                // Auto-fit only grows during the first few frames
-                if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
-                    window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
-                if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
-                    window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
-                if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                    MarkSettingsDirty();
-            }
-        }
+// Allow next item to be overlapped by subsequent items.
+// This works by requiring HoveredId to match for two subsequent frames,
+// so if a following items overwrite it our interactions will naturally be disabled.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap;
+}
 
-        // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
-        ApplySizeFullWithConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
-        window->Size = window->Collapsed ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
-        
-        // POSITION
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
+// FIXME-LEGACY: Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() *before* your item instead.
+void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (g.HoveredId == id)
+        g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id) // Before we made this obsolete, most calls to SetItemAllowOverlap() used to avoid this path by testing g.ActiveId != id.
+        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
+}
+#endif
 
-        // Position child window
-        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
-        {
-            window->IndexWithinParent = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
-            parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
-        }
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-        {
-            window->Pos = window->PosFloat = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
-            window->Size = window->SizeFull = size_on_first_use; // NB: argument name 'size_on_first_use' misleading here, it's really just 'size' as provided by user passed via BeginChild()->Begin().
-        }
+// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function.
+void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0);
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_COUNT) - 1;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = true;
+    NavMoveRequestCancel();
+}
 
-        bool window_pos_center = false;
-        window_pos_center |= (window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted && window->HiddenFrames == 0);
-        window_pos_center |= ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_appearing_after_being_hidden);
-        if (window_pos_center)
-        {
-            // Center (any sort of window)
-            SetWindowPos(ImMax(style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, fullscreen_rect.GetCenter() - window->SizeFull * 0.5f));
-        }
-        else if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
-        {
-            IM_ASSERT(window_pos_set_by_api);
-            ImRect rect_to_avoid;
-            if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
-                rect_to_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight());
-            else
-                rect_to_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - style.ItemSpacing.x - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each popup (here hard-coded to 4)
-            window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(window->PosFloat, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
-        }
-        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_appearing_after_being_hidden)
-        {
-            ImRect rect_to_avoid(window->PosFloat.x - 1, window->PosFloat.y - 1, window->PosFloat.x + 1, window->PosFloat.y + 1);
-            window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(window->PosFloat, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
-        }
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetItemID()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.ID;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize();
+}
+
+// Prior to v1.90 2023/10/16, the BeginChild() function took a 'bool border = false' parameter instead of 'ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0'.
+// ImGuiChildFlags_Border is defined as always == 1 in order to allow old code passing 'true'. Read comments in imgui.h for details!
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = GetCurrentWindow()->GetID(str_id);
+    return BeginChildEx(str_id, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+
+    // Sanity check as it is likely that some user will accidentally pass ImGuiWindowFlags into the ImGuiChildFlags argument.
+    const ImGuiChildFlags ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_ = ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened;
+    IM_UNUSED(ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_);
+    IM_ASSERT((child_flags & ~ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_) == 0 && "Illegal ImGuiChildFlags value. Did you pass ImGuiWindowFlags values instead of ImGuiChildFlags?");
+    IM_ASSERT((window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0 && "Cannot specify ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize for BeginChild(). Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0 && "Cannot use ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
+        IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) != 0 && "Must use ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
+    }
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding)
+        child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
+    if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
+        child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened;
+#endif
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX)
+        child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX;
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)
+        child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY;
+
+    // Set window flags
+    window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+    window_flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag
+    if (child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+    if ((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0)
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    // Special framed style
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
+    {
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.FramePadding);
+        child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    }
+
+    // Forward child flags
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags;
+    g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = child_flags;
+
+    // Forward size
+    // Important: Begin() has special processing to switch condition to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver for a given axis when ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeXXX is set.
+    // (the alternative would to store conditional flags per axis, which is possible but more code)
+    const ImVec2 size_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
+    const ImVec2 size_default((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) ? 0.0f : size_avail.x, (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) ? 0.0f : size_avail.y);
+    const ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, size_default.x, size_default.y);
+    SetNextWindowSize(size);
+
+    // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value.
+    // FIXME: 2023/11/14: commented out shorted version. We had an issue with multiple ### in child window path names, which the trailing hash helped workaround.
+    // e.g. "ParentName###ParentIdentifier/ChildName###ChildIdentifier" would get hashed incorrectly by ImHashStr(), trailing _%08X somehow fixes it.
+    const char* temp_window_name;
+    /*if (name && parent_window->IDStack.back() == parent_window->ID)
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name); // May omit ID if in root of ID stack
+    else*/
+    if (name)
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);
+    else
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);
+
+    // Set style
+    const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;
+    if ((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_Border) == 0)
+        g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;
+
+    // Begin into window
+    const bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, window_flags);
+
+    // Restore style
+    g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
+    {
+        PopStyleVar(3);
+        PopStyleColor();
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    child_window->ChildId = id;
+
+    // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually.
+    // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do.
+    if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
+        parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos;
+
+    // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame
+    // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigable items or (B) it can be scrolled.
+    const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr("##Child", 0, id);
+    if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation)
+        ClearActiveID();
+    if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY))
+    {
+        FocusWindow(child_window);
+        NavInitWindow(child_window, false);
+        SetActiveID(temp_id_for_activation, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item
+        g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource;
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndChild()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls
+
+    g.WithinEndChild = true;
+    ImVec2 child_size = child_window->Size;
+    End();
+    if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + child_size);
+        ItemSize(child_size);
+        const bool nav_flattened = (child_window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) != 0;
+        if ((child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !nav_flattened)
+        {
+            ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId);
+            RenderNavHighlight(bb, child_window->ChildId);
+
+            // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying)
+            if (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && child_window == g.NavWindow)
+                RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Not navigable into
+            // - This is a bit of a fringe use case, mostly useful for undecorated, non-scrolling contents childs, or empty childs.
+            // - We could later decide to not apply this path if ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle or ImGuiChildFlags_Borders is set.
+            ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+
+            // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly
+            if (nav_flattened)
+                parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
+        }
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == child_window)
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+    }
+    g.WithinEndChild = false;
+    g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
+}
+
+static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)
+{
+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       & ~flags);
+    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      & ~flags);
+    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);
+    return FindWindowByID(id);
+}
+
+static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
+{
+    window->Pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y));
+    if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0)
+        window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y));
+    window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
+}
+
+static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0);
+    const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild;
+    if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window));
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window);
+        window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1);
+    }
+    else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window);
+        for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++)
+            g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder);
+        window->FocusOrder = -1;
+    }
+    window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child;
+}
+
+static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
+{
+    // Initial window state with e.g. default/arbitrary window position
+    // Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
+    const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60);
+    window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0, 0);
+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;
+
+    if (settings != NULL)
+    {
+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false);
+        ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
+    }
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values
+
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+    {
+        window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
+            window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
+        if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
+            window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
+    }
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    // Create window the first time
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);
+    window->Flags = flags;
+    g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window);
+
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = NULL;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        if ((settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window)) != 0)
+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+
+    InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, settings);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
+        g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
+    else
+        g.Windows.push_back(window);
+
+    return window;
+}
+
+static inline ImVec2 CalcWindowMinSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    // We give windows non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)
+    // FIXME: Essentially we want to restrict manual resizing to WindowMinSize+Decoration, and allow api resizing to be smaller.
+    // Perhaps should tend further a neater test for this.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 size_min;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+    {
+        size_min.x = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f;
+        size_min.y = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size_min.x = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f;
+        size_min.y = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f;
+    }
+
+    // Reduce artifacts with very small windows
+    ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window;
+    size_min.y = ImMax(size_min.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f));
+    return size_min;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 new_size = size_desired;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
+    {
+        // See comments in SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() for details about setting size_min an size_max.
+        ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;
+        new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;
+        new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;
+        if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback)
+        {
+            ImGuiSizeCallbackData data;
+            data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData;
+            data.Pos = window->Pos;
+            data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;
+            data.DesiredSize = new_size;
+            g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);
+            new_size = data.DesiredSize;
+        }
+        new_size.x = IM_TRUNC(new_size.x);
+        new_size.y = IM_TRUNC(new_size.y);
+    }
+
+    // Minimum size
+    ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window);
+    return ImMax(new_size, size_min);
+}
+
+static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal)
+{
+    bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false;
+    if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
+    else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
+    if (preserve_old_content_sizes)
+    {
+        *content_size_current = window->ContentSize;
+        *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+    content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float decoration_w_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+    const float decoration_h_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+    ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
+    ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(decoration_w_without_scrollbars, decoration_h_without_scrollbars);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+    {
+        // Tooltip always resize
+        return size_desired;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size
+        ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window);
+        ImVec2 size_max = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) : ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f;
+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, size_max);
+
+        // FIXME: CalcWindowAutoFitSize() doesn't take into account that only one axis may be auto-fit when calculating scrollbars,
+        // we may need to compute/store three variants of size_auto_fit, for x/y/xy.
+        // Here we implement a workaround for child windows only, but a full solution would apply to normal windows as well:
+        if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY))
+            size_auto_fit.y = window->SizeFull.y;
+        else if (!(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY))
+            size_auto_fit.x = window->SizeFull.x;
+
+        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),
+        // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.
+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
+        if (will_have_scrollbar_x)
+            size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
+        if (will_have_scrollbar_y)
+            size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
+        return size_auto_fit;
+    }
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImVec2 size_contents_current;
+    ImVec2 size_contents_ideal;
+    CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal);
+    ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal);
+    ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+    return size_final;
+}
+
+static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        return ImGuiCol_PopupBg;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        return ImGuiCol_ChildBg;
+    return ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
+}
+
+static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size)
+{
+    ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm);                // Expected window upper-left
+    ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right
+    ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;
+    ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);
+    *out_pos = pos_min;
+    if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)
+        out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);
+    if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f)
+        out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y);
+    *out_size = size_constrained;
+}
+
+// Data for resizing from resize grip / corner
+struct ImGuiResizeGripDef
+{
+    ImVec2  CornerPosN;
+    ImVec2  InnerDir;
+    int     AngleMin12, AngleMax12;
+};
+static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
+{
+    { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 },  // Lower-right
+    { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 },  // Lower-left
+    { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 },  // Upper-left (Unused)
+    { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 }  // Upper-right (Unused)
+};
+
+// Data for resizing from borders
+struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef
+{
+    ImVec2  InnerDir;               // Normal toward inside
+    ImVec2  SegmentN1, SegmentN2;   // End positions, normalized (0,0: upper left)
+    float   OuterAngle;             // Angle toward outside
+};
+static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =
+{
+    { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left
+    { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right
+    { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up
+    { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f }  // Down
+};
+
+static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)
+{
+    ImRect rect = window->Rect();
+    if (thickness == 0.0f)
+        rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1);
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up)    { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);    }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return ImRect();
+}
+
+// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4);
+    ImGuiID id = window->ID;
+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
+    return id;
+}
+
+// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4);
+    int n = (int)dir + 4;
+    ImGuiID id = window->ID;
+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
+    return id;
+}
+
+// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
+// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip)
+static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+        return false;
+    if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window.
+        return false;
+
+    int ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x00;
+    const float grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
+    const float grip_hover_inner_size = (resize_grip_count > 0) ? IM_TRUNC(grip_draw_size * 0.75f) : 0.0f;
+    const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f;
+
+    ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect;
+    const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar);
+    if (window_move_from_title_bar)
+        clamp_rect.Min.y -= window->TitleBarHeight;
+
+    ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+    // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+
+    // Manual resize grips
+    PushID("#RESIZE");
+    for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN);
+
+        // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window
+        bool hovered, held;
+        ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);
+        if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x);
+        if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y);
+        ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID()
+        ItemAdd(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if (hovered || held)
+            g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
+
+        if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+        {
+            // Auto-fit when double-clicking
+            size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+            ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axises
+            ClearActiveID();
+        }
+        else if (held)
+        {
+            // Resize from any of the four corners
+            // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
+            ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, (def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f || (def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f && window_move_from_title_bar)) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
+            corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);
+            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target);
+        }
+
+        // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating
+        if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)
+            resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
+    }
+
+    int resize_border_mask = 0x00;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        resize_border_mask |= ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? 0x02 : 0) | ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? 0x08 : 0);
+    else
+        resize_border_mask = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 0x0F : 0x00;
+    for (int border_n = 0; border_n < 4; border_n++)
+    {
+        if ((resize_border_mask & (1 << border_n)) == 0)
+            continue;
+        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
+        const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
+
+        bool hovered, held;
+        ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
+        ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID()
+        ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer <= WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER)
+            hovered = false;
+        if (hovered || held)
+            g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;
+        if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+        {
+            // Double-clicking bottom or right border auto-fit on this axis
+            // FIXME: CalcWindowAutoFitSize() doesn't take into account that only one side may be auto-fit when calculating scrollbars.
+            // FIXME: Support top and right borders: rework CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner() to be reusable in both cases.
+            if (border_n == 1 || border_n == 3) // Right and bottom border
+            {
+                size_target[axis] = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit)[axis];
+                ret_auto_fit_mask |= (1 << axis);
+                hovered = held = false; // So border doesn't show highlighted at new position
+            }
+            ClearActiveID();
+        }
+        else if (held)
+        {
+            // Switch to relative resizing mode when border geometry moved (e.g. resizing a child altering parent scroll), in order to avoid resizing feedback loop.
+            // Currently only using relative mode on resizable child windows, as the problem to solve is more likely noticeable for them, but could apply for all windows eventually.
+            // FIXME: May want to generalize this idiom at lower-level, so more widgets can use it!
+            const bool just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing = (g.WheelingWindow != NULL && g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame == g.FrameCount && IsWindowChildOf(window, g.WheelingWindow, false));
+            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated || just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing)
+            {
+                g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = border_rect;
+                g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = false;
+            }
+            if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && memcmp(&g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect, &border_rect, sizeof(ImRect)) != 0)
+                g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = true;
+
+            const ImVec2 border_curr = (window->Pos + ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2) * window->Size);
+            const float border_target_rel_mode_for_axis = border_curr[axis] + g.IO.MouseDelta[axis];
+            const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above.
+
+            // Use absolute mode position
+            ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;
+            border_target[axis] = border_target_abs_mode_for_axis;
+
+            // Use relative mode target for child window, ignore resize when moving back toward the ideal absolute position.
+            bool ignore_resize = false;
+            if (g.WindowResizeRelativeMode)
+            {
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(GetMainViewport()->WorkPos, IM_COL32_WHITE, "Relative Mode");
+                border_target[axis] = border_target_rel_mode_for_axis;
+                if (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] == 0.0f || (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] > 0.0f) == (border_target_rel_mode_for_axis > border_target_abs_mode_for_axis))
+                    ignore_resize = true;
+            }
+
+            // Clamp, apply
+            ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
+            border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) // Clamp resizing of childs within parent
+            {
+                ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow;
+                ImGuiWindowFlags parent_flags = parent_window->Flags;
+                ImRect border_limit_rect = parent_window->InnerRect;
+                border_limit_rect.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMax(parent_window->WindowPadding.x, parent_window->WindowBorderSize), -ImMax(parent_window->WindowPadding.y, parent_window->WindowBorderSize)));
+                if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) && ((parent_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar)) == 0 || (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)))
+                    border_target.x = ImClamp(border_target.x, border_limit_rect.Min.x, border_limit_rect.Max.x);
+                if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
+                    border_target.y = ImClamp(border_target.y, border_limit_rect.Min.y, border_limit_rect.Max.y);
+            }
+            if (!ignore_resize)
+                CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target);
+        }
+        if (hovered)
+            *border_hovered = border_n;
+        if (held)
+            *border_held = border_n;
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    // Restore nav layer
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+
+    // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)
+    // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user.
+    // Not even sure the callback works here.
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window)
+    {
+        ImVec2 nav_resize_dir;
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift)
+            nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+            nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown);
+        if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f;
+            const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step;
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, clamp_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= clmap_rect.Min, so Size >= clmap_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= clmap_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+            resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);
+            ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize);
+            if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
+            {
+                // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.
+                size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored);
+                g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Apply back modified position/size to window
+    const ImVec2 curr_pos = window->Pos;
+    const ImVec2 curr_size = window->SizeFull;
+    if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.x != size_target.x || window->SizeFull.x != size_target.x))
+        window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = size_target.x;
+    if (size_target.y != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.y != size_target.y || window->SizeFull.y != size_target.y))
+        window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = size_target.y;
+    if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.x != ImTrunc(pos_target.x))
+        window->Pos.x = ImTrunc(pos_target.x);
+    if (pos_target.y != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.y != ImTrunc(pos_target.y))
+        window->Pos.y = ImTrunc(pos_target.y);
+    if (curr_pos.x != window->Pos.x || curr_pos.y != window->Pos.y || curr_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || curr_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+
+    // Recalculate next expected border expected coordinates
+    if (*border_held != -1)
+        g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, *border_held, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
+
+    return ret_auto_fit_mask;
+}
+
+static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size;
+    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+        size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight;
+    window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max);
+}
+
+static void RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, ImU32 border_col, float border_size)
+{
+    const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
+    const float rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    const ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, rounding, 0.0f);
+    window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle);
+    window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f);
+    window->DrawList->PathStroke(border_col, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    const ImU32 border_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border);
+    if (border_size > 0.0f && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground) == 0)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, border_col, window->WindowRounding, 0, window->WindowBorderSize);
+    else if (border_size > 0.0f)
+    {
+        if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) // Similar code as 'resize_border_mask' computation in UpdateWindowManualResize() but we specifically only always draw explicit child resize border.
+            RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 1, border_col, border_size);
+        if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)
+            RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 3, border_col, border_size);
+    }
+    if (window->ResizeBorderHovered != -1 || window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1)
+    {
+        const int border_n = (window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? window->ResizeBorderHeld : window->ResizeBorderHovered;
+        const ImU32 border_col_resizing = GetColorU32((window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered);
+        RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n, border_col_resizing, ImMax(2.0f, window->WindowBorderSize)); // Thicker than usual
+    }
+    if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+    {
+        float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight - 1;
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), border_col, g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
+// Draw background and borders
+// Draw and handle scrollbars
+void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems
+    IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0);
+    window->SkipItems = false;
+
+    // Draw window + handle manual resize
+    // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.
+    const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    if (window->Collapsed)
+    {
+        // Title bar only
+        const float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;
+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;
+        ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);
+        RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);
+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Window background
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        {
+            ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window));
+            bool override_alpha = false;
+            float alpha = 1.0f;
+            if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha)
+            {
+                alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;
+                override_alpha = true;
+            }
+            if (override_alpha)
+                bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom);
+        }
+
+        // Title bar
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+        {
+            ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
+        }
+
+        // Menu bar
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
+        {
+            ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+            menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect());  // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
+            if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+        }
+
+        // Scrollbars
+        if (window->ScrollbarX)
+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X);
+        if (window->ScrollbarY)
+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y);
+
+        // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+        {
+            for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+            {
+                const ImU32 col = resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n];
+                if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+                    continue;
+                const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+                const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);
+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size)));
+                window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);
+                window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(col);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Borders
+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips)
+            RenderWindowOuterBorders(window);
+    }
+}
+
+// Render title text, collapse button, close button
+void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL);
+    const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
+
+    // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref?
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+
+    // Layout buttons
+    // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code.
+    float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x;
+    float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x;
+    float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+    ImVec2 close_button_pos;
+    ImVec2 collapse_button_pos;
+    if (has_close_button)
+    {
+        close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)
+    {
+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
+    {
+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+
+    // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback)
+    if (has_collapse_button)
+        if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos))
+            window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function
+
+    // Close button
+    if (has_close_button)
+        if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))
+            *p_open = false;
+
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
+
+    // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)
+    // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..
+    const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);
+
+    // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,
+    // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly.
+    if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x)
+        pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x)
+        pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f)
+    {
+        float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center
+        float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x);
+        pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness);
+        pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness);
+    }
+
+    ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);
+    ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y);
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
+    {
+        ImVec2 marker_pos;
+        marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x);
+        marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f;
+        if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x)
+        {
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+            clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f));
+        }
+    }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);
+}
+
+void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
+{
+    window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
+    window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window;
+    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+        window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow;
+    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree;
+    if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
+        window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;
+    while (window->RootWindowForNav->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);
+        window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;
+    }
+}
+
+// [EXPERIMENTAL] Called by Begin(). NextWindowData is valid at this point.
+// This is designed as a toy/test-bed for
+void ImGui::UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    window->SkipRefresh = false;
+    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy) == 0)
+        return;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh)
+    {
+        // FIXME-IDLE: Tests for e.g. mouse clicks or keyboard while focused.
+        if (window->Appearing) // If currently appearing
+            return;
+        if (window->Hidden) // If was hidden (previous frame)
+            return;
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover) && g.HoveredWindow && window->RootWindow == g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow)
+            return;
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus) && g.NavWindow && window->RootWindow == g.NavWindow->RootWindow)
+            return;
+        window->DrawList = NULL;
+        window->SkipRefresh = true;
+    }
+}
+
+// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)
+// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack.
+// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent.
+// - WindowA            // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1
+//   - WindowB          //                  .. returns Modal1
+//   - Modal1           //                  .. returns Modal2
+//      - WindowC       //                  .. returns Modal2
+//          - WindowD   //                  .. returns Modal2
+//          - Modal2    //                  .. returns Modal2
+//            - WindowE //                  .. returns NULL
+// Notes:
+// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL.
+//   Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unnecessary.
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0)
+        return NULL;
+
+    // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal.
+    for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window;
+        if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+            continue;
+        if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive)      // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows.
+            continue;
+        if (window == NULL)                                         // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click.
+            return popup_window;
+        if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window))       // Window may be over modal
+            continue;
+        return popup_window;                                        // Place window right below first block modal
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to.
+// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
+// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
+// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
+//   You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
+// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
+// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
+bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0');     // Window name required
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope);                  // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
+
+    // Find or create
+    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+    const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);
+    if (window_just_created)
+        window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags);
+
+    // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
+    if (g.DebugBreakInWindow == window->ID)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
+
+    // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set
+    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
+        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+
+    const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;
+    const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
+    window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);
+
+    // Update the Appearing flag
+    bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1);   // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed
+        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);
+    }
+    window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;
+    if (window->Appearing)
+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
+
+    // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags);
+        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
+        window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0;
+        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
+        window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
+        window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;
+        window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        flags = window->Flags;
+    }
+
+    // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
+
+    // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed.
+    if (window->IDStack.Size == 0)
+        window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID);
+
+    // Add to stack
+    g.CurrentWindow = window;
+    ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data;
+    window_stack_data.Window = window;
+    window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData;
+    window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToContextState(&g);
+    window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data);
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        g.BeginMenuDepth++;
+
+    // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow)
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);
+        window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack;
+
+        // There's little point to expose a flag to set this: because the interesting cases won't be using parent_window_in_stack,
+        // e.g. linking a tool window in a standalone viewport to a document window, regardless of their Begin() stack parenting. (#6798)
+        window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Add to focus scope stack
+    PushFocusScope((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) ? g.CurrentFocusScopeId : window->ID);
+    window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+
+    // Add to popup stacks: update OpenPopupStack[] data, push to BeginPopupStack[]
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+        popup_ref.Window = window;
+        popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+        g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+        window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;
+    }
+
+    // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
+    // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components
+    bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;
+    bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos)
+    {
+        window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;
+        if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)
+        {
+            // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
+            // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency.
+            window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal;
+            window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal;
+            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond);
+        }
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)
+    {
+        window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);
+        window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);
+        if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) // Axis-specific conditions for BeginChild()
+            g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x = window->SizeFull.x;
+        if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0)
+            g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y = window->SizeFull.y;
+        SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll)
+    {
+        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f)
+        {
+            window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x;
+            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+        }
+        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f)
+        {
+            window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y;
+            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+        }
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize)
+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;
+    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed)
+        SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus)
+        FocusWindow(window);
+    if (window->Appearing)
+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false);
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Skip Refresh mode
+    UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(window);
+
+    // Nested root windows (typically tooltips) override disabled state
+    if (window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable && window->RootWindow == window)
+        BeginDisabledOverrideReenable();
+
+    // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()
+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
+
+    // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame && !window->SkipRefresh)
+    {
+        // Initialize
+        const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)
+        const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
+        window->Active = true;
+        window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);
+        window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX);
+        window->IDStack.resize(1);
+        window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame();
+        window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1;
+
+        // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid
+        if (window->MemoryCompacted)
+            GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window);
+
+        // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged).
+        // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere.
+        bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false;
+        if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0)   // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB
+            window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;
+        if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0)
+        {
+            size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen;
+            window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name);
+            window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len;
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS
+
+        // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)
+        CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal);
+        if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;
+        if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;
+        if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--;
+
+        // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size
+        if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+
+        // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)
+        // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)
+        {
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+            {
+                if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
+                    window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;
+                if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
+                    window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;
+                window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // SELECT VIEWPORT
+        // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style)
+
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();
+        SetWindowViewport(window, viewport);
+        SetCurrentWindow(window);
+
+        // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+            window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize;
+        else
+            window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;
+        window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)
+            window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);
+
+        // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size.
+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);
+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;
+        window->TitleBarHeight = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
+        window->MenuBarHeight = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f;
+
+        // Depending on condition we use previous or current window size to compare against contents size to decide if a scrollbar should be visible.
+        // Those flags will be altered further down in the function depending on more conditions.
+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;
+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;
+        if (window_size_x_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f)
+            use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+        if (window_size_y_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) // #7252
+            use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+
+        // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
+        // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
+        {
+            // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar.
+            ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+            if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max))
+                if (g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+                    window->WantCollapseToggle = true;
+            if (window->WantCollapseToggle)
+            {
+                window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
+                if (!window->Collapsed)
+                    use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            window->Collapsed = false;
+        }
+        window->WantCollapseToggle = false;
+
+        // SIZE
+
+        // Outer Decoration Sizes
+        // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediately as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations).
+        const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes;
+        window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f;
+        window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f;
+        window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight + window->MenuBarHeight;
+        window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f;
+        window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+        // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize
+        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)
+        {
+            // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.
+            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+            }
+            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+        {
+            // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames
+            // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
+            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+            }
+            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
+            if (!window->Collapsed)
+                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+        }
+
+        // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
+        window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
+        window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
+
+        // POSITION
+
+        // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user)
+        {
+            window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos()
+                window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;
+        }
+
+        // Position child window
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);
+            window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+            parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+                window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
+        }
+
+        const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0);
+        if (window_pos_with_pivot)
+            SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+
+        // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding)
+        // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect.
+        ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect());
+        ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect());
+        ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
+        ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding);
+
+        // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor
+        // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+        if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+            if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f)
+                ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect);
+        window->Pos = ImTrunc(window->Pos);
+
+        // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+        // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+        window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;
+
+        // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts.
+        //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+        //    window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+        // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)
+        bool want_focus = false;
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+                want_focus = true;
+            else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)
+                want_focus = true;
+        }
+
+        // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations)
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+        if (g.TestEngineHookItems)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1);
+            window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself.
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->ID, window->Rect(), NULL);
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0);
+            window->IDStack.Size = 1;
+        }
+#endif
+
+        // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
+        int border_hovered = -1, border_held = -1;
+        ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};
+        const int resize_grip_count = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? 0 : g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.
+        const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
+        if (!window->Collapsed)
+            if (int auto_fit_mask = UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_hovered, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect))
+            {
+                if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X))
+                    use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+                if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y))
+                    use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
+        window->ResizeBorderHovered = (signed char)border_hovered;
+        window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;
+
+        // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY
+
+        // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).
+        if (!window->Collapsed)
+        {
+            // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied.
+            // Intentionally use previous frame values for InnerRect and ScrollbarSizes.
+            // And when we use window->DecorationUp here it doesn't have ScrollbarSizes.y applied yet.
+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2));
+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame;
+            ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
+            float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;
+            float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;
+            //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?
+            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
+            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
+            if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
+                window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
+
+            // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values.
+            window->DecoOuterSizeX2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+            window->DecoOuterSizeY2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
+        // Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function.
+        // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame.
+
+        // Outer rectangle
+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
+        // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled)
+        // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders.
+        // - Begin() clipping whole child
+        const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect;
+        const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
+        const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+        window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect;
+        window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect);
+
+        // Inner rectangle
+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
+        // - InnerClipRect
+        // - ScrollToRectEx()
+        // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
+        // - Scrollbar()
+        window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;
+        window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
+        window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->DecoOuterSizeX2;
+        window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2;
+
+        // Inner clipping rectangle.
+        // - Extend a outside of normal work region up to borders.
+        // - This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space.
+        // - It also makes clipped items be more noticeable.
+        // - And is consistent on both axis (prior to 2024/05/03 ClipRect used WindowPadding.x * 0.5f on left and right edge), see #3312
+        // - Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
+        // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
+        // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by:
+        // - Begin() initial clip rect
+        float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect);
+
+        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
+        if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
+        else
+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+
+        // SCROLLING
+
+        // Lock down maximum scrolling
+        // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate
+        // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar.
+        window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth());
+        window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+
+        // Apply scrolling
+        window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+        window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        window->DecoInnerSizeX1 = window->DecoInnerSizeY1 = 0.0f;
+
+        // DRAWING
+
+        // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0);
+        window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+        PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false);
+
+        // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71)
+        // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order.
+        // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493)
+        {
+            bool render_decorations_in_parent = false;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+            {
+                // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here)
+                // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs
+                ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL;
+                bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false;
+                bool parent_is_empty = (parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size == 0);
+                if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && !parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping)
+                    render_decorations_in_parent = true;
+            }
+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)
+                window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList;
+
+            // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders
+            const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
+            const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
+            const bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips = true; // This exists to facilitate merge with 'docking' branch.
+            RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, handle_borders_and_resize_grips, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size);
+
+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)
+                window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
+
+        // Work rectangle.
+        // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by:
+        // - Columns() for right-most edge
+        // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge
+        // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge
+        const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+        const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+        const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));
+        const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));
+        window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x;
+        window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y;
+        window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
+
+        // [LEGACY] Content Region
+        // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.
+        // Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling.
+        // Used by:
+        // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));
+
+        // Setup drawing context
+        // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)
+        window->DC.Indent.x = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
+        window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
+
+        // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount.
+        // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64.
+        double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+        double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
+        window->DC.CursorStartPos  = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y);
+        window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y));
+        window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
+
+        window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
+        window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true;
+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
+        window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);
+
+        window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+        window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
+        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
+        window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;
+        window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
+        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
+        window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
+        window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+        window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+
+        window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
+        window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
+        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
+        window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+            window->DC.ModalDimBgColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg));
+
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+            window->AutoFitFramesX--;
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+            window->AutoFitFramesY--;
+
+        // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there)
+        // We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to:
+        // - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed.
+        // - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window.
+        if (want_focus)
+            FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
+        if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow)
+            NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls
+
+        // Title bar
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+            RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open);
+
+        // Clear hit test shape every frame
+        window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0;
+
+        // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
+        // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
+        // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
+        /*
+        //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0)
+        if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)
+            if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
+                LogToClipboard();
+        */
+
+        // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().
+        // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.
+        SetLastItemDataForWindow(window, title_bar_rect);
+
+        // [DEBUG]
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+        if (g.DebugLocateId != 0 && (window->ID == g.DebugLocateId || window->MoveId == g.DebugLocateId))
+            DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
+#endif
+
+        // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab with MoveId.
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.ID, g.LastItemData.Rect, &g.LastItemData);
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Skip refresh always mark active
+        if (window->SkipRefresh)
+            window->Active = true;
+
+        // Append
+        SetCurrentWindow(window);
+        SetLastItemDataForWindow(window, window->TitleBarRect());
+    }
+
+    if (!window->SkipRefresh)
+        PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);
+
+    // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused)
+    window->WriteAccessed = false;
+    window->BeginCount++;
+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
+
+    // Update visibility
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame && !window->SkipRefresh)
+    {
+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+        {
+            // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
+            // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
+            IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
+            const bool nav_request = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
+            if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request)
+                if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
+                {
+                    if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+                        window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+                    else
+                        window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+                }
+
+            // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
+            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))
+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0))
+                window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+        }
+
+        // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)
+        if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+
+        // Update the Hidden flag
+        bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
+        window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0);
+
+        // Disable inputs for requested number of frames
+        if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0)
+        {
+            window->DisableInputsFrames--;
+            window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs;
+        }
+
+        // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)
+        bool skip_items = false;
+        if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular)
+            if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)
+                skip_items = true;
+        window->SkipItems = skip_items;
+    }
+    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        // Skip refresh mode
+        window->SkipItems = true;
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG] io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue override return value to test Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.
+    // (The implicit fallback window is NOT automatically ended allowing it to always be able to receive commands without crashing)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (!window->IsFallbackWindow)
+        if ((g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce && window_just_created) || (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop && g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == g.CurrentWindowStack.Size))
+        {
+            if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX++; }
+            if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesY++; }
+            return false;
+        }
+#endif
+
+    return !window->SkipItems;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::SetLastItemDataForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(rect.Min, rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, rect);
+}
+
+void ImGui::End()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times!
+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+    ImGuiWindowStackData& window_stack_data = g.CurrentWindowStack.back();
+
+    // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");
+
+    // Close anything that is open
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        EndColumns();
+    if (!window->SkipRefresh)
+        PopClipRect();   // Inner window clip rectangle
+    PopFocusScope();
+    if (window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable && window->RootWindow == window)
+        EndDisabledOverrideReenable();
+
+    if (window->SkipRefresh)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList == NULL);
+        window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;
+    }
+
+    // Stop logging
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))    // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
+        LogFinish();
+
+    if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
+        ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
+
+    // Pop from window stack
+    g.LastItemData = window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        g.BeginMenuDepth--;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+        g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();
+    window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithContextState(&g);
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
+    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);
+
+    const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window);
+    if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window)
+        return;
+
+    const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
+    for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++)
+    {
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1];
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
+        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n);
+    }
+    g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window;
+    window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();
+    if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) // Cheap early out (could be better)
+        return;
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window
+        if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+        {
+            memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
+            g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window;
+            break;
+        }
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.Windows[0] == window)
+        return;
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+        if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+        {
+            memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
+            g.Windows[0] = window;
+            break;
+        }
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    window = window->RootWindow;
+    behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow;
+    int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window);
+    int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window);
+    if (pos_wnd < pos_beh)
+    {
+        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
+        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes);
+        g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
+        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes);
+        g.Windows[pos_beh] = window;
+    }
+}
+
+int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window));
+}
+
+// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
+void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Modal check?
+    if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case.
+        if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window))
+        {
+            // This block would typically be reached in two situations:
+            // - API call to FocusWindow() with a window under a modal and ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal flag.
+            // - User clicking on void or anything behind a modal while a modal is open (window == NULL)
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", blocking_modal->Name);
+            if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
+                BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); // Still bring right under modal. (FIXME: Could move in focus list too?)
+            ClosePopupsOverWindow(GetTopMostPopupModal(), false); // Note how we need to use GetTopMostPopupModal() aad NOT blocking_modal, to handle nested modals
+            return;
+        }
+
+    // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL)
+        window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);
+
+    // Apply focus
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
+    {
+        SetNavWindow(window);
+        if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+            g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+        g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId
+        g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        SetNavFocusScope(window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0);
+        g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+
+        // Close popups if any
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false);
+    }
+
+    // Move the root window to the top of the pile
+    IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL);
+    ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop
+    ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL;
+
+    // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes:
+    // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run.
+    // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId)
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window)
+        if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss)
+            ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
+    if (!window)
+        return;
+
+    // Bring to front
+    BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window);
+    if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
+        BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(filter_viewport); // Unused in master branch.
+    int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
+    if (under_this_window != NULL)
+    {
+        // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640)
+        int offset = -1;
+        while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow;
+            offset = 0;
+        }
+        start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset;
+    }
+    for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user.
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
+        if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive)
+            continue;
+        if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        {
+            FocusWindow(window, flags);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    FocusWindow(NULL, flags);
+}
+
+// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only.
+void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
+    IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
+    g.Font = font;
+    g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);
+    g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
+
+    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!font)
+        font = GetDefaultFont();
+    SetCurrentFont(font);
+    g.FontStack.push_back(font);
+    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+}
+
+void  ImGui::PopFont()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
+    g.FontStack.pop_back();
+    SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back());
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back());
+    if (enabled)
+        item_flags |= option;
+    else
+        item_flags &= ~option;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopItemFlag()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack.
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+}
+
+// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled()
+// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
+// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently.
+// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
+// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag()
+void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    if (!was_disabled && disabled)
+    {
+        g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha;
+        g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha);
+    }
+    if (was_disabled || disabled)
+        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); // FIXME-OPT: can we simply skip this and use DisabledStackSize?
+    g.DisabledStackSize++;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndDisabled()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);
+    g.DisabledStackSize--;
+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    //PopItemFlag();
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+    if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
+        g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar();
+}
+
+// Could have been called BeginDisabledDisable() but it didn't want to be award nominated for most awkward function name.
+// Ideally we would use a shared e.g. BeginDisabled()->BeginDisabledEx() but earlier needs to be optimal.
+// The whole code for this is awkward, will reevaluate if we find a way to implement SetNextItemDisabled().
+void ImGui::BeginDisabledOverrideReenable()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
+    g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags &= ~ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    g.DisabledStackSize++;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndDisabledOverrideReenable()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DisabledStackSize--;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+    g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup * g.Style.DisabledAlpha;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushTabStop(bool tab_stop)
+{
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopTabStop()
+{
+    PopItemFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
+{
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
+{
+    PopItemFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos);
+    window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL;
+    while (last_window != window)
+    {
+        last_window = window;
+        window = window->RootWindow;
+        if (popup_hierarchy)
+            window = window->RootWindowPopupTree;
+    }
+    return window;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy);
+    if (window_root == potential_parent)
+        return true;
+    while (window != NULL)
+    {
+        if (window == potential_parent)
+            return true;
+        if (window == window_root) // end of chain
+            return false;
+        window = window->ParentWindow;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)
+{
+    if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent)
+        return true;
+    while (window != NULL)
+    {
+        if (window == potential_parent)
+            return true;
+        window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array
+    const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below);
+    if (display_layer_delta != 0)
+        return display_layer_delta > 0;
+
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (candidate_window == potential_above)
+            return true;
+        if (candidate_window == potential_below)
+            return false;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options.
+// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app,
+// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that!
+// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
+bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!");
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (ref_window == NULL)
+        return false;
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
+        const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
+            cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
+
+        bool result;
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
+            result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
+        else
+            result = (ref_window == cur_window);
+        if (!result)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags))
+        return false;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId)
+            return false;
+
+    // When changing hovered window we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer.
+    // FIXME: We don't support delay other than stationary one for now, other delay would need a way
+    // to fulfill the possibility that multiple IsWindowHovered() with varying flag could return true
+    // for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache.
+    // We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow.
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
+        flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (ref_window == NULL)
+        return false;
+    if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
+        return true;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
+    const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
+        cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
+        return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
+    else
+        return (ref_window == cur_window);
+}
+
+// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)
+// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically.
+// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.
+bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Size.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Size.y;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Pos;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+    window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+    // Set
+    const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
+    window->Pos = ImTrunc(pos);
+    ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos;
+    if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f)
+        return;
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    window->DC.CursorPos += offset;         // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset;      // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected.
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset;
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Size;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+    // Enable auto-fit (not done in BeginChild() path unless appearing or combined with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+        window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+        window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
+
+    // Set
+    ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull;
+    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    else
+        window->SizeFull.x = IM_TRUNC(size.x);
+    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    else
+        window->SizeFull.y = IM_TRUNC(size.y);
+    if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+    // Set
+    window->Collapsed = collapsed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0);     // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters
+    window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size);
+    window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true;
+    window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Collapsed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Appearing;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
+{
+    FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
+{
+    if (name)
+    {
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+            FocusWindow(window);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        FocusWindow(NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+// For each axis:
+// - Use 0.0f as min or FLT_MAX as max if you don't want limits, e.g. size_min = (500.0f, 0.0f), size_max = (FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) sets a minimum width.
+// - Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size which itself is a constraint.
+// - See "Demo->Examples->Constrained-resizing window" for examples.
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
+}
+
+// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding.
+// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item.
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;
+    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImTrunc(size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll;
+    g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed;
+    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;
+    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha;
+    g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;
+}
+
+// This is experimental and meant to be a toy for exploring a future/wider range of features.
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy;
+    g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal = flags;
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    return window->DrawList;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()
+{
+    return GImGui->Font;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetFontSize()
+{
+    return GImGui->FontSize;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
+{
+    return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->FontWindowScale = scale;
+    g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiFocusScopeData data;
+    data.ID = id;
+    data.WindowID = g.CurrentWindow->ID;
+    g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(data);
+    g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopFocusScope()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.FocusScopeStack.Size == 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0, "Calling PopFocusScope() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+    g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back().ID : 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id;
+    g.NavFocusRoute.resize(0); // Invalidate
+    if (focus_scope_id == 0)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
+
+    // Store current path (in reverse order)
+    if (focus_scope_id == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
+    {
+        // Top of focus stack contains local focus scopes inside current window
+        for (int n = g.FocusScopeStack.Size - 1; n >= 0 && g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n].WindowID == g.CurrentWindow->ID; n--)
+            g.NavFocusRoute.push_back(g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n]);
+    }
+    else if (focus_scope_id == g.NavWindow->NavRootFocusScopeId)
+        g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ focus_scope_id, g.NavWindow->ID });
+    else
+        return;
+
+    // Then follow on manually set ParentWindowForFocusRoute field (#6798)
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindowForFocusRoute; window != NULL; window = window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute)
+        g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ window->NavRootFocusScopeId, window->ID });
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavFocusRoute.Size < 100); // Maximum depth is technically 251 as per CalcRoutingScore(): 254 - 3
+}
+
+// Focus = move navigation cursor, set scrolling, set focus window.
+void ImGui::FocusItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem(0x%08x) in window \"%s\"\n", g.LastItemData.ID, window->Name);
+    if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) // FIXME: Opt-in flags for this?
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+    SetNavWindow(window);
+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags);
+    NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavNextActivateId = id;
+    g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+}
+
+// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system!
+// But ActivateItem() should function without altering scroll/focus?
+void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1);    // -1 is allowed but not below
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name);
+
+    // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop.
+    // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option.
+    // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but
+    // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen.
+    if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SetNavWindow(window);
+
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
+    if (offset == -1)
+    {
+        NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavTabbingDir = 1;
+        g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!window->Appearing)
+        return;
+    if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        return;
+
+    g.NavInitRequest = false;
+    NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult);
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+
+    // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll)
+    if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(g.LastItemData.Rect))
+        ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
+}
+
+ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->DC.StateStorage;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ID STACK
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is one of the very rare legacy case where we use ImGuiWindow methods,
+// it should ideally be flattened at some point but it's been used a lots by widgets.
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed.
+void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL);
+#endif
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call
+// (note that when using this pattern, ID Stack Tool will tend to not display the intermediate stack level.
+//  for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopID()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window?
+    window->IDStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(ptr_id);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] INPUTS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetModForModKey() [Internal]
+// - FixupKeyChord() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyData() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyIndex() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyName()
+// - GetKeyChordName() [Internal]
+// - CalcTypematicRepeatAmount() [Internal]
+// - GetTypematicRepeatRate() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyPressedAmount() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyMagnitude2d() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - UpdateKeyRoutingTable() [Internal]
+// - GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId() [Internal]
+// - GetShortcutRoutingData() [Internal]
+// - CalcRoutingScore() [Internal]
+// - SetShortcutRouting() [Internal]
+// - TestShortcutRouting() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - IsKeyDown()
+// - IsKeyPressed()
+// - IsKeyReleased()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - IsMouseDown()
+// - IsMouseClicked()
+// - IsMouseReleased()
+// - IsMouseDoubleClicked()
+// - GetMouseClickedCount()
+// - IsMouseHoveringRect() [Internal]
+// - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal]
+// - IsMouseDragging()
+// - GetMousePos()
+// - SetMousePos() [Internal]
+// - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
+// - IsMousePosValid()
+// - IsAnyMouseDown()
+// - GetMouseDragDelta()
+// - ResetMouseDragDelta()
+// - GetMouseCursor()
+// - SetMouseCursor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - UpdateAliasKey()
+// - GetMergedModsFromKeys()
+// - UpdateKeyboardInputs()
+// - UpdateMouseInputs()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - LockWheelingWindow [Internal]
+// - FindBestWheelingWindow [Internal]
+// - UpdateMouseWheel() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()
+// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetInputSourceName() [Internal]
+// - DebugPrintInputEvent() [Internal]
+// - UpdateInputEvents() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetKeyOwner() [Internal]
+// - TestKeyOwner() [Internal]
+// - SetKeyOwner() [Internal]
+// - SetItemKeyOwner() [Internal]
+// - Shortcut() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static ImGuiKeyChord GetModForModKey(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl)
+        return ImGuiMod_Ctrl;
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftShift || key == ImGuiKey_RightShift)
+        return ImGuiMod_Shift;
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftAlt || key == ImGuiKey_RightAlt)
+        return ImGuiMod_Alt;
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper || key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper)
+        return ImGuiMod_Super;
+    return ImGuiMod_None;
+}
+
+ImGuiKeyChord ImGui::FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
+{
+    // Add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified.
+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (IsModKey(key))
+        key_chord |= GetModForModKey(key);
+    return key_chord;
+}
+
+ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+
+    // Special storage location for mods
+    if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)
+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key);
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END);
+    if (IsLegacyKey(key) && g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1)
+        key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key];  // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native
+#else
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code.");
+#endif
+    return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+// Formally moved to obsolete section in 1.90.5 in spite of documented as obsolete since 1.87
+ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    return (ImGuiKey)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
+}
+#endif
+
+// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
+static const char* const GKeyNames[] =
+{
+    "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown",
+    "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape",
+    "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu",
+    "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H",
+    "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",
+    "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12",
+    "F13", "F14", "F15", "F16", "F17", "F18", "F19", "F20", "F21", "F22", "F23", "F24",
+    "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket",
+    "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen",
+    "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6",
+    "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply",
+    "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual",
+    "AppBack", "AppForward",
+    "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack",
+    "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown",
+    "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown",
+    "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3",
+    "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown",
+    "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown",
+    "MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY",
+    "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", // ReservedForModXXX are showing the ModXXX names.
+};
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames));
+
+const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        return "None";
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrMod(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code.");
+#else
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (IsLegacyKey(key))
+    {
+        if (g.IO.KeyMap[key] == -1)
+            return "N/A";
+        IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]));
+        key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key];
+    }
+#endif
+    if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)
+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key);
+    if (!IsNamedKey(key))
+        return "Unknown";
+
+    return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
+}
+
+// Return untranslated names: on macOS, Cmd key will show as Ctrl, Ctrl key will show as super.
+// Lifetime of return value: valid until next call to same function.
+const char* ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (IsModKey(key))
+        key_chord &= ~GetModForModKey(key); // Return "Ctrl+LeftShift" instead of "Ctrl+Shift+LeftShift"
+    ImFormatString(g.TempKeychordName, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempKeychordName), "%s%s%s%s%s",
+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "",
+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "",
+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "",
+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? "Super+" : "",
+        (key != ImGuiKey_None || key_chord == ImGuiKey_None) ? GetKeyName(key) : "");
+    size_t len;
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None && key_chord != 0)
+        if ((len = strlen(g.TempKeychordName)) != 0) // Remove trailing '+'
+            g.TempKeychordName[len - 1] = 0;
+    return g.TempKeychordName;
+}
+
+// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime)
+// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time)
+// An event is triggered at:
+//  t = 0.0f     t = repeat_delay,    t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N
+int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+{
+    if (t1 == 0.0f)
+        return 1;
+    if (t0 >= t1)
+        return 0;
+    if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f)
+        return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay);
+    const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+    const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+    const int count = count_t1 - count_t0;
+    return count;
+}
+
+void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)
+    {
+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove:             *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return;
+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak:            *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return;
+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default:    *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return;
+    }
+}
+
+// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate
+// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate)
+int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
+        return 0;
+    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
+    return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
+}
 
-        // Position tooltip (always follows mouse)
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api)
-        {
-            ImRect rect_to_avoid(g.IO.MousePos.x - 16, g.IO.MousePos.y - 8, g.IO.MousePos.x + 24, g.IO.MousePos.y + 24); // FIXME: Completely hard-coded. Perhaps center on cursor hit-point instead?
-            window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(g.IO.MousePos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
-            if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == -1)
-                window->PosFloat = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(2,2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
-        }
+// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values).
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down)
+{
+    return ImVec2(
+        GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue,
+        GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue);
+}
 
-        // Clamp position so it stays visible
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+// Rewrite routing data buffers to strip old entries + sort by key to make queries not touch scattered data.
+//   Entries   D,A,B,B,A,C,B     --> A,A,B,B,B,C,D
+//   Index     A:1 B:2 C:5 D:0   --> A:0 B:2 C:5 D:6
+// See 'Metrics->Key Owners & Shortcut Routing' to visualize the result of that operation.
+static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    rt->EntriesNext.resize(0);
+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+    {
+        const int new_routing_start_idx = rt->EntriesNext.Size;
+        ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_entry;
+        for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex)
         {
-            if (!window_pos_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+            routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx];
+            routing_entry->RoutingCurrScore = routing_entry->RoutingNextScore;
+            routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry
+            routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner;
+            routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255;
+            if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+                continue;
+            rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer
+
+            // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point)
+            // This is the result of previous frame's SetShortcutRouting() call.
+            if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods)
             {
-                ImVec2 padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
-                window->PosFloat = ImMax(window->PosFloat + window->Size, padding) - window->Size;
-                window->PosFloat = ImMin(window->PosFloat, g.IO.DisplaySize - padding);
+                ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+                if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+                {
+                    owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr;
+                    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X) via Routing\n", GetKeyName(key), routing_entry->RoutingCurr);
+                }
             }
         }
-        window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
 
-        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
-        if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
-            window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
-        else
-            window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+        // Rewrite linked-list
+        rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)(new_routing_start_idx < rt->EntriesNext.Size ? new_routing_start_idx : -1);
+        for (int n = new_routing_start_idx; n < rt->EntriesNext.Size; n++)
+            rt->EntriesNext[n].NextEntryIndex = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)((n + 1 < rt->EntriesNext.Size) ? n + 1 : -1);
+    }
+    rt->Entries.swap(rt->EntriesNext); // Swap new and old indexes
+}
 
-        // Prepare for focus requests
-        window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxAllCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1);
-        window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxTabCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1);
-        window->FocusIdxAllCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
-        window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+// owner_id may be None/Any, but routing_id needs to be always be set, so we default to GetCurrentFocusScope().
+static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+}
 
-        // Apply scrolling
-        if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX)
-        {
-            window->Scroll.x = window->ScrollTarget.x;
-            window->ScrollTarget.x = FLT_MAX;
-        }
-        if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX)
-        {
-            float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y;
-            window->Scroll.y = window->ScrollTarget.y - ((1.0f - center_ratio) * window->TitleBarHeight()) - (center_ratio * window->SizeFull.y);
-            window->ScrollTarget.y = FLT_MAX;
-        }
-        window->Scroll = ImMax(window->Scroll, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
-        if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
-            window->Scroll = ImMin(window->Scroll, ImMax(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), window->SizeContents - window->SizeFull + window->ScrollbarSizes));
+ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
+{
+    // Majority of shortcuts will be Key + any number of Mods
+    // We accept _Single_ mod with ImGuiKey_None.
+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl);                    // Legal
+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);   // Legal
+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl);                                 // Legal
+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);                // Not legal
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data;
+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods);
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));
 
-        // Modal window darkens what is behind them
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0 && window == GetFrontMostModalRootWindow())
-            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(fullscreen_rect.Min, fullscreen_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening, g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio));
+    // Get (in the majority of case, the linked list will have one element so this should be 2 reads.
+    // Subsequent elements will be contiguous in memory as list is sorted/rebuilt in NewFrame).
+    for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex)
+    {
+        routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];
+        if (routing_data->Mods == mods)
+            return routing_data;
+    }
 
-        // Draw window + handle manual resize
-        ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-        const float window_rounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildWindowRounding : style.WindowRounding;
-        if (window->Collapsed)
-        {
-            // Draw title bar only
-            RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.GetTL(), title_bar_rect.GetBR(),  GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed), true, window_rounding);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            ImU32 resize_col = 0;
-            const float resize_corner_size = ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window_rounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f);
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
-            {
-                // Manual resize
-                const ImVec2 br = window->Rect().GetBR();
-                const ImRect resize_rect(br - ImVec2(resize_corner_size * 0.75f, resize_corner_size * 0.75f), br);
-                const ImGuiID resize_id = window->GetID("#RESIZE");
-                bool hovered, held;
-                ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds);
-                resize_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
-
-                if (hovered || held)
-                    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
-
-                if (g.HoveredWindow == window && held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
-                {
-                    // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking
-                    ApplySizeFullWithConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
-                    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                        MarkSettingsDirty();
-                    SetActiveID(0);
-                }
-                else if (held)
-                {
-                    // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
-                    ApplySizeFullWithConstraint(window, (g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + resize_rect.GetSize()) - window->Pos);
-                    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                        MarkSettingsDirty();
-                }
+    // Add to linked-list
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex routing_data_idx = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)rt->Entries.Size;
+    rt->Entries.push_back(ImGuiKeyRoutingData());
+    routing_data = &rt->Entries[routing_data_idx];
+    routing_data->Mods = (ImU16)mods;
+    routing_data->NextEntryIndex = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; // Setup linked list
+    rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = routing_data_idx;
+    return routing_data;
+}
 
-                window->Size = window->SizeFull;
-                title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-            }
+// Current score encoding (lower is highest priority):
+//  -   0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive
+//  -   1: ImGuiInputFlags_ActiveItem or ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active)
+//  -   2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused
+//  -  3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack)
+//  - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal
+//  - 255: never route
+// 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy
+static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiID focus_scope_id, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused)
+    {
+        // ActiveID gets top priority
+        // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it)
+        if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id)
+            return 1;
 
-            // Scrollbars
-            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.y > window->Size.y + style.ItemSpacing.y) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
-            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.x > window->Size.x - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f) - window->WindowPadding.x) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
-            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
-            window->BorderSize = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
-
-            // Window background
-            // Default alpha
-            ImGuiCol bg_color_idx = ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
-            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) != 0)
-                bg_color_idx = ImGuiCol_ComboBg;
-            else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0)
-                bg_color_idx = ImGuiCol_PopupBg;
-            else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0)
-                bg_color_idx = ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg;
-            ImVec4 bg_color = style.Colors[bg_color_idx];
-            if (bg_alpha >= 0.0f)
-                bg_color.w = bg_alpha;
-            bg_color.w *= style.Alpha;
-            if (bg_color.w > 0.0f)
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos+ImVec2(0,window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos+window->Size, ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(bg_color), window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 15 : 4|8);
-
-            // Title bar
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.GetTL(), title_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32((g.FocusedWindow && window->RootNonPopupWindow == g.FocusedWindow->RootNonPopupWindow) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg), window_rounding, 1|2);
-
-            // Menu bar
-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
-            {
-                ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.GetTL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, 1|2);
-                if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders)
-                    window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL()-ImVec2(0,0), menu_bar_rect.GetBR()-ImVec2(0,0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
-            }
+        // Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better)
+        // Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request,
+        // - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match)
+        // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4,        Window/ChildB scores 3 (best)
+        // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request,
+        // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score.
+        // This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
+        if (focus_scope_id == 0)
+            return 255;
+        for (int index_in_focus_path = 0; index_in_focus_path < g.NavFocusRoute.Size; index_in_focus_path++)
+            if (g.NavFocusRoute.Data[index_in_focus_path].ID == focus_scope_id)
+                return 3 + index_in_focus_path;
+        return 255;
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive)
+    {
+        if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id)
+            return 1;
+        return 255;
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive)
+            return 0;
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused)
+            return 2;
+        return 254;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// We need this to filter some Shortcut() routes when an item e.g. an InputText() is active
+// e.g. ImGuiKey_G won't be considered a shortcut when item is active, but ImGuiMod|ImGuiKey_G can be.
+static bool IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
+{
+    // Mimic 'ignore_char_inputs' logic in InputText()
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-            // Scrollbars
-            if (window->ScrollbarX)
-                Scrollbar(window, true);
-            if (window->ScrollbarY)
-                Scrollbar(window, false);
+    // When the right mods are pressed it cannot be a char input so we won't filter the shortcut out.
+    ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    const bool ignore_char_inputs = ((mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && !(mods & ImGuiMod_Alt)) || (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && (mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl));
+    if (ignore_char_inputs)
+        return false;
 
-            // Render resize grip
-            // (after the input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
-            {
-                const ImVec2 br = window->Rect().GetBR();
-                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(br + ImVec2(-resize_corner_size, -window->BorderSize));
-                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(br + ImVec2(-window->BorderSize, -resize_corner_size));
-                window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(br.x - window_rounding - window->BorderSize, br.y - window_rounding - window->BorderSize), window_rounding, 0, 3);
-                window->DrawList->PathFill(resize_col);
-            }
+    // Return true for A-Z, 0-9 and other keys associated to char inputs. Other keys such as F1-F12 won't be filtered.
+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    return g.KeysMayBeCharInput.TestBit(key);
+}
 
-            // Borders
-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders)
-            {
-                window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos+ImVec2(1,1), window->Pos+window->Size+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), window_rounding);
-                window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos+window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), window_rounding);
-                if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-                    window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL()+ImVec2(1,0), title_bar_rect.GetBR()-ImVec2(1,0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
-            }
-        }
+// Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods).
+// Return true if the route is available this frame.
+// - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state.
+//   (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame".
+//   As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.)
+bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut()
+    else
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used
+    IM_ASSERT(owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused))
+        IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal);
 
-        // Update ContentsRegionMax. All the variable it depends on are set above in this function.
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x = -window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x = -window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x - window->WindowPadding.x + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); 
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y - window->WindowPadding.y + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); 
+    // Add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified.
+    key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord);
 
-        // Setup drawing context
-        window->DC.IndentX = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
-        window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y);
-        window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
-        window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
-        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
-        window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x);
-        window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
-        window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
-        window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-        window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
-        window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
-        window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = true;
-        window->DC.ButtonRepeat = false;
-        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.ColorEditMode = ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect;
-        window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
-        window->DC.ColumnsCount = 1;
-        window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-        window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY;
-        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
-        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
-        window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0);
-        window->MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, !window_was_active);
+    // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
+    if (g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting == key_chord)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
 
-        if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
-            window->AutoFitFramesX--;
-        if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
-            window->AutoFitFramesY--;
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused)
+        if (g.NavWindow == NULL)
+            return false;
 
-        // Title bar
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-        {
-            if (p_open != NULL)
-            {
-                const float pad = 2.0f;
-                const float rad = (window->TitleBarHeight() - pad*2.0f) * 0.5f;
-                if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), window->Rect().GetTR() + ImVec2(-pad - rad, pad + rad), rad))
-                    *p_open = false;
-            }
+    // Note how ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways won't set routing and thus won't set owner. May want to rework this?
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> always, no register\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id);
+        return true;
+    }
 
-            const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true);
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
-                RenderCollapseTriangle(window->Pos + style.FramePadding, !window->Collapsed, 1.0f, true);
+    // Specific culling when there's an active item.
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != owner_id)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive)
+            return false;
 
-            ImVec2 text_min = window->Pos + style.FramePadding;
-            ImVec2 text_max = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->Size.x - style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y*2 + text_size.y);
-            ImVec2 clip_max = ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - (p_open ? title_bar_rect.GetHeight() - 3 : style.FramePadding.x), text_max.y); // Match the size of CloseWindowButton()
-            bool pad_left = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) == 0;
-            bool pad_right = (p_open != NULL);
-            if (style.WindowTitleAlign & ImGuiAlign_Center) pad_right = pad_left;
-            if (pad_left) text_min.x += g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
-            if (pad_right) text_max.x -= g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
-            RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, NULL, &clip_max);
+        // Cull shortcuts with no modifiers when it could generate a character.
+        // e.g. Shortcut(ImGuiKey_G) also generates 'g' character, should not trigger when InputText() is active.
+        // but  Shortcut(Ctrl+G) should generally trigger when InputText() is active.
+        // TL;DR: lettered shortcut with no mods or with only Alt mod will not trigger while an item reading text input is active.
+        // (We cannot filter based on io.InputQueueCharacters[] contents because of trickling and key<>chars submission order are undefined)
+        if (g.IO.WantTextInput && IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(key_chord))
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> filtered as potential char input\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id);
+            return false;
         }
 
-        // Save clipped aabb so we can access it in constant-time in FindHoveredWindow()
-        window->WindowRectClipped = window->Rect();
-        window->WindowRectClipped.Clip(window->ClipRect);
-
-        // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
-        // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
-        // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
-        /*
-        if (g.ActiveId == move_id)
-            if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C))
-                ImGui::LogToClipboard();
-        */
+        // ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys trumps all for ActiveId
+        if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive) == 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys)
+        {
+            ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+            if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+                key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_));
+            if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
+                return false;
+        }
     }
 
-    // Inner clipping rectangle
-    // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our clip rectangle doesn't lag by a frame
-    // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with a null clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
-    const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-    const float border_size = window->BorderSize;
-    ImRect clip_rect; // Force round to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
-    clip_rect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + title_bar_rect.Min.x + ImMax(border_size, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f)));
-    clip_rect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + title_bar_rect.Max.y + window->MenuBarHeight() + border_size);
-    clip_rect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x - ImMax(border_size, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f)));
-    clip_rect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - border_size);
-    PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, true);
+    // Where do we evaluate route for?
+    ImGuiID focus_scope_id = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow)
+        focus_scope_id = g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow->ID; // See PushFocusScope() call in Begin()
 
-    // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing
-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-        window->Accessed = false;
-    window->BeginCount++;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = false;
+    const int score = CalcRoutingScore(focus_scope_id, owner_id, flags);
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> score %d\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id, score);
+    if (score == 255)
+        return false;
 
-    // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
-    // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse because they have no title bar).
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+    // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient)
+    // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <).
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord);
+    //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore);
+    if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
-        window->Collapsed = parent_window && parent_window->Collapsed;
-
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
-            window->Collapsed |= (window->WindowRectClipped.Min.x >= window->WindowRectClipped.Max.x || window->WindowRectClipped.Min.y >= window->WindowRectClipped.Max.y);
-
-        // We also hide the window from rendering because we've already added its border to the command list.
-        // (we could perform the check earlier in the function but it is simpler at this point)
-        if (window->Collapsed)
-            window->Active = false;
+        routing_data->RoutingNext = owner_id;
+        routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score;
     }
-    if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
-        window->Active = false;
 
-    // Return false if we don't intend to display anything to allow user to perform an early out optimization
-    window->SkipItems = (window->Collapsed || !window->Active) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0;
-    return !window->SkipItems;
+    // Return routing state for CURRENT frame
+    if (routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("--> granting current route\n");
+    return routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id;
 }
 
-void ImGui::End()
+// Currently unused by core (but used by tests)
+// Note: this cannot be turned into GetShortcutRouting() because we do the owner_id->routing_id translation, name would be more misleading.
+bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
-    Columns(1, "#CloseColumns");
-    PopClipRect();   // inner window clip rectangle
-
-    // Stop logging
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))    // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
-        LogFinish();
+    const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);
+    key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord);
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry.
+    return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id;
+}
 
-    // Pop
-    // NB: we don't clear 'window->RootWindow'. The pointer is allowed to live until the next call to Begin().
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
-        g.CurrentPopupStack.pop_back();
-    CheckStacksSize(window, false);
-    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back());
+// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes.
+// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87)
+bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    return IsKeyDown(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
 }
 
-// Vertical scrollbar
-// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
-// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
-// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
-// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
-static void Scrollbar(ImGuiWindow* window, bool horizontal)
+bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
-
-    // Render background
-    bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX);
-    float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f;
-    const ImRect window_rect = window->Rect();
-    const float border_size = window->BorderSize;
-    ImRect bb = horizontal
-        ? ImRect(window->Pos.x + border_size, window_rect.Max.y - style.ScrollbarSize, window_rect.Max.x - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - border_size)
-        : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size);
-    if (!horizontal)
-        bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() : 0.0f);
-
-    float window_rounding = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildWindowRounding : style.WindowRounding;
-    int window_rounding_corners;
-    if (horizontal)
-        window_rounding_corners = 8 | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : 4);
-    else
-        window_rounding_corners = (((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? 2 : 0) | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : 4);
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window_rounding, window_rounding_corners);
-    bb.Reduce(ImVec2(ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
-
-    // V denote the main axis of the scrollbar
-    float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
-    float scroll_v = horizontal ? window->Scroll.x : window->Scroll.y;
-    float win_size_avail_v = (horizontal ? window->Size.x : window->Size.y) - other_scrollbar_size_w;
-    float win_size_contents_v = horizontal ? window->SizeContents.x : window->SizeContents.y;
-
-    // The grabable box size generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
-    // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
-    const float grab_h_pixels = ImMin(ImMax(scrollbar_size_v * ImSaturate(win_size_avail_v / ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v)), style.GrabMinSize), scrollbar_size_v);
-    const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
-
-    // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
-    bool held = false;
-    bool hovered = false;
-    const bool previously_held = (g.ActiveId == id);
-    ImGui::ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-
-    float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v);
-    float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
-    float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
-    if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
-    {
-        float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y;
-        float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
-        float* click_delta_to_grab_center_v = horizontal ? &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.x : &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.y;
-
-        // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
-        const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
-        ImGui::SetHoveredID(id);
-
-        bool seek_absolute = false;
-        if (!previously_held)
-        {
-            // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
-            if (clicked_v_norm >= grab_v_norm && clicked_v_norm <= grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm)
-            {
-                *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                seek_absolute = true;
-                *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = 0.0f;
-            }
-        }
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (!key_data->Down)
+        return false;
+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
 
-        // Apply scroll
-        // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of SizeContents and before setting up our starting position
-        const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v - grab_h_norm*0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
-        scroll_v = (float)(int)(0.5f + scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v));
-        if (horizontal)
-            window->Scroll.x = scroll_v;
-        else
-            window->Scroll.y = scroll_v;
+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
+{
+    return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
+}
 
-        // Update values for rendering
-        scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
-        grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat.
+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
+        return false;
+    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
+    if (t < 0.0f)
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+    if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) // Setting any _RepeatXXX option enables _Repeat
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
 
-        // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated
-        if (seek_absolute)
-            *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
+    bool pressed = (t == 0.0f);
+    if (!pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)
+    {
+        float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
+        GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);
+        pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0;
+        if (pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_))
+        {
+            // Slightly bias 'key_pressed_time' as DownDuration is an accumulation of DeltaTime which we compare to an absolute time value.
+            // Ideally we'd replace DownDuration with KeyPressedTime but it would break user's code.
+            ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+            double key_pressed_time = g.Time - t + 0.00001f;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeTime > key_pressed_time))
+                pressed = false;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime > key_pressed_time))
+                pressed = false;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress) && (g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime > key_pressed_time))
+                pressed = false;
+        }
     }
+    if (!pressed)
+        return false;
+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
 
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 grab_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab);
-    if (horizontal)
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y), ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y), grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
-    else
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm)), ImVec2(bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels), grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    return IsKeyReleased(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down)
+        return false;
+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
+        return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Moving window to front of display (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
-void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.
+}
 
-    // Always mark the window we passed as focused. This is used for keyboard interactions such as tabbing.
-    g.FocusedWindow = window;
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.
+}
 
-    // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
-    if (!window)
-        return;
+bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat)
+{
+    return IsMouseClicked(button, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
+}
 
-    // And move its root window to the top of the pile
-    if (window->RootWindow)
-        window = window->RootWindow;
+bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
+        return false;
+    const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
+    if (t < 0.0f)
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! // FIXME: Could support RepeatRate and RepeatUntil flags here.
 
-    // Steal focus on active widgets
-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement should be unnecessary. Need further testing before removing it..
-        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != window)
-            SetActiveID(0);
+    const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0;
+    const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0);
+    if (!pressed)
+        return false;
 
-    // Bring to front
-    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) || g.Windows.back() == window)
-        return;
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
-        if (g.Windows[i] == window)
-        {
-            g.Windows.erase(g.Windows.begin() + i);
-            break;
-        }
-    g.Windows.push_back(window);
-}
+    if (!TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id))
+        return false;
 
-void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth);
+    return true;
 }
 
-static void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
-    if (w_full <= 0.0f)
-        w_full = ImGui::CalcItemWidth();
-    const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
-    const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++)
-        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one);
-    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
+bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
-    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id)
 }
 
-float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    float w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
-    if (w < 0.0f)
-    {
-        // Align to a right-side limit. We include 1 frame padding in the calculation because this is how the width is always used (we add 2 frame padding to it), but we could move that responsibility to the widget as well.
-        float width_to_right_edge = GetContentRegionAvail().x;
-        w = ImMax(1.0f, width_to_right_edge + w);
-    }
-    w = (float)(int)w;
-    return w;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
 }
 
-static void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
-    IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
-    g.Font = font;
-    g.FontBaseSize = g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale;
-    g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
-    g.FontTexUvWhitePixel = g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
+int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (!font)
-        font = g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0];
-    SetCurrentFont(font);
-    g.FontStack.push_back(font);
-    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button];
 }
 
-void  ImGui::PopFont()
+// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
+// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
+// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
-    g.FontStack.pop_back();
-    SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0] : g.FontStack.back());
+
+    // Clip
+    ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);
+    if (clip)
+        rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect);
+
+    // Hit testing, expanded for touch input
+    if (!rect_clipped.ContainsWithPad(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.TouchExtraPadding))
+        return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus)
+// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame.
+// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = allow_keyboard_focus;
-    window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.push_back(allow_keyboard_focus);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+    return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus()
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.pop_back();
-    window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.empty() ? true : window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+        return false;
+    return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ButtonRepeat = repeat;
-    window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.push_back(repeat);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
+// This is called TeleportMousePos() and not SetMousePos() to emphasis that setting MousePosPrev will effectively clear mouse delta as well.
+// It is expected you only call this if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) is set and supported by backend.
+void ImGui::TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.pop_back();
-    window->DC.ButtonRepeat = window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.empty() ? false : window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = pos;
+    g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("TeleportMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
+// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
-    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0)
+        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos;
+    return g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
+// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.
+bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
-    window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
+    // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.
+    // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);
+    const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;
+    ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
+// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
+bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiColMod backup;
-    backup.Col = idx;
-    backup.PreviousValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
-    g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup);
-    g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])
+            return true;
+    return false;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
+// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released.
+// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once.
+// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    while (count > 0)
-    {
-        ImGuiColMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back();
-        g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.PreviousValue;
-        g.ColorModifiers.pop_back();
-        count--;
-    }
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button])
+        if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
+            if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]))
+                return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];
+    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
 }
 
-static float* GetStyleVarFloatAddr(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    switch (idx)
-    {
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha: return &g.Style.Alpha;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding: return &g.Style.WindowRounding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding: return &g.Style.ChildWindowRounding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding: return &g.Style.FrameRounding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing: return &g.Style.IndentSpacing;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize: return &g.Style.GrabMinSize;
-    }
-    return NULL;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
+    g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
-static ImVec2* GetStyleVarVec2Addr(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+// Get desired mouse cursor shape.
+// Important: this is meant to be used by a platform backend, it is reset in ImGui::NewFrame(),
+// updated during the frame, and locked in EndFrame()/Render().
+// If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor then Dear ImGui will render those for you
+ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    switch (idx)
-    {
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding: return &g.Style.WindowPadding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize: return &g.Style.WindowMinSize;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding: return &g.Style.FramePadding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing: return &g.Style.ItemSpacing;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing: return &g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing;
-    }
-    return NULL;
+    return g.MouseCursor;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
+void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    float* pvar = GetStyleVarFloatAddr(idx);
-    IM_ASSERT(pvar != NULL); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a float.
-    ImGuiStyleMod backup;
-    backup.Var = idx;
-    backup.PreviousValue = ImVec2(*pvar, 0.0f);
-    g.StyleModifiers.push_back(backup);
-    *pvar = val;
+    g.MouseCursor = cursor_type;
 }
 
+static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key));
+    ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key);
+    key_data->Down = v;
+    key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value;
+}
 
-void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
+// [Internal] Do not use directly
+static ImGuiKeyChord GetMergedModsFromKeys()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2* pvar = GetStyleVarVec2Addr(idx);
-    IM_ASSERT(pvar != NULL); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a ImVec2.
-    ImGuiStyleMod backup;
-    backup.Var = idx;
-    backup.PreviousValue = *pvar;
-    g.StyleModifiers.push_back(backup);
-    *pvar = val;
+    ImGuiKeyChord mods = 0;
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl))     { mods |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl; }
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Shift))    { mods |= ImGuiMod_Shift; }
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt))      { mods |= ImGuiMod_Alt; }
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Super))    { mods |= ImGuiMod_Super; }
+    return mods;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
+static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    while (count > 0)
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard)
+        io.ClearInputKeys();
+
+    // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0)
     {
-        ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back();
-        if (float* pvar_f = GetStyleVarFloatAddr(backup.Var))
-            *pvar_f = backup.PreviousValue.x;
-        else if (ImVec2* pvar_v = GetStyleVarVec2Addr(backup.Var))
-            *pvar_v = backup.PreviousValue;
-        g.StyleModifiers.pop_back();
-        count--;
+        // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally.
+        for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+            IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown((ImGuiKey)n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
     }
-}
+    else
+    {
+        if (g.FrameCount == 0)
+            for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+                IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!");
 
-const char* ImGui::GetStyleColName(ImGuiCol idx)
-{
-    // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
-    switch (idx)
+        // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy)
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
+            if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1)
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n]));
+                io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n;
+            }
+
+        // Import legacy keys into new ones
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+            if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+            {
+                const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n);
+                IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key));
+                io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n];
+                if (key != n)
+                    io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends
+                io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1;
+            }
+        if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+        {
+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)->Down = io.KeyCtrl;
+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Shift)->Down = io.KeyShift;
+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Alt)->Down = io.KeyAlt;
+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Import legacy ImGuiNavInput_ io inputs and convert to gamepad keys
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active)
+    {
+        #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1)           do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0)
+        #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2)    do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0)
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown);
+        #undef NAV_MAP_KEY
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Update aliases
+    for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++)
+        UpdateAliasKey(MouseButtonToKey(n), io.MouseDown[n], io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
+    UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH);
+    UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel);
+
+    // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/etc. values.
+    // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) ->                                      -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.
+    // - Legacy backends:      set io.KeyXXX bools               -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.
+    // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing.
+    const ImGuiKeyChord prev_key_mods = io.KeyMods;
+    io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();
+    io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0;
+    io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0;
+    io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0;
+    io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0;
+    if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods)
+        g.LastKeyModsChangeTime = g.Time;
+    if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods && prev_key_mods == 0)
+        g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = g.Time;
+
+    // Clear gamepad data if disabled
+    if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0)
+        for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++)
+        {
+            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false;
+            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f;
+        }
+
+    // Update keys
+    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE; i++)
     {
-    case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
-    case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
-    case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg: return "ChildWindowBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
-    case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_ComboBg: return "ComboBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
-    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
-    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
-    case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
-    case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_Column: return "Column";
-    case ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered: return "ColumnHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_ColumnActive: return "ColumnActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_CloseButton: return "CloseButton";
-    case ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered: return "CloseButtonHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive: return "CloseButtonActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
-    case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
-    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening: return "ModalWindowDarkening";
+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i];
+        key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration;
+        key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+        if (key_data->DownDuration == 0.0f)
+        {
+            ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET + i);
+            if (IsKeyboardKey(key))
+                g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time;
+            else if (key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper)
+                g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time;
+        }
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(0);
-    return "Unknown";
-}
 
-bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.HoveredWindow == g.CurrentWindow && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow);
+    // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key
+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+    {
+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
+        ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
+        owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext;
+        if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp.
+            owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner;
+        owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down;  // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore
+    }
+
+    // Update key routing (for e.g. shortcuts)
+    UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
+static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FocusedWindow == g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    // Mouse Wheel swapping flag
+    // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead
+    // - We avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already.
+    // - FIXME: However this means when running on OSX over Emscripten, Shift+WheelY will incur two swapping (1 in OS, 1 here), canceling the feature.
+    // - FIXME: When we can distinguish e.g. touchpad scroll events from mouse ones, we'll set this accordingly based on input source.
+    io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap = io.KeyShift && !io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
+
+    // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well)
+    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos))
+        io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloor(io.MousePos);
+
+    // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
+    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
+        io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev;
+    else
+        io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // Update stationary timer.
+    // FIXME: May need to rework again to have some tolerance for occasional small movement, while being functional on high-framerates.
+    const float mouse_stationary_threshold = (io.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse) ? 2.0f : 3.0f; // Slightly higher threshold for ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, may need rework.
+    const bool mouse_stationary = (ImLengthSqr(io.MouseDelta) <= mouse_stationary_threshold * mouse_stationary_threshold);
+    g.MouseStationaryTimer = mouse_stationary ? (g.MouseStationaryTimer + io.DeltaTime) : 0.0f;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("%.4f\n", g.MouseStationaryTimer);
+
+    // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true.
+    if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
+    {
+        io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
+        io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below
+        io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
+        io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i];
+        io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+        {
+            bool is_repeated_click = false;
+            if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime)
+            {
+                ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+                if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
+                    is_repeated_click = true;
+            }
+            if (is_repeated_click)
+                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++;
+            else
+                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1;
+            io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
+            io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos;
+            io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i];
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseDown[i])
+        {
+            // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold
+            float delta_sqr_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? ImLengthSqr(io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : 0.0f;
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], delta_sqr_click_pos);
+        }
+
+        // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service
+        io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2);
+
+        // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsRootWindowFocused()
+static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FocusedWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow;
+    if (window)
+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = ImMin(g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer + ImAbs(wheel_amount) * WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER, WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER);
+    else
+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (g.WheelingWindow == window)
+        return;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL");
+    g.WheelingWindow = window;
+    g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;
+    if (window == NULL)
+    {
+        g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1;
+        g.WheelingAxisAvg = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()
+static ImGuiWindow* FindBestWheelingWindow(const ImVec2& wheel)
 {
+    // For each axis, find window in the hierarchy that may want to use scrolling
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FocusedWindow && g.FocusedWindow->RootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* windows[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+    for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)
+        if (wheel[axis] != 0.0f)
+            for (ImGuiWindow* window = windows[axis] = g.HoveredWindow; window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; window = windows[axis] = window->ParentWindow)
+            {
+                // Bubble up into parent window if:
+                // - a child window doesn't allow any scrolling.
+                // - a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag.
+                //// - a child window doesn't need scrolling because it is already at the edge for the direction we are going in (FIXME-WIP)
+                const bool has_scrolling = (window->ScrollMax[axis] != 0.0f);
+                const bool inputs_disabled = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs);
+                //const bool scrolling_past_limits = (wheel_v < 0.0f) ? (window->Scroll[axis] <= 0.0f) : (window->Scroll[axis] >= window->ScrollMax[axis]);
+                if (has_scrolling && !inputs_disabled) // && !scrolling_past_limits)
+                    break; // select this window
+            }
+    if (windows[0] == NULL && windows[1] == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+
+    // If there's only one window or only one axis then there's no ambiguity
+    if (windows[0] == windows[1] || windows[0] == NULL || windows[1] == NULL)
+        return windows[1] ? windows[1] : windows[0];
+
+    // If candidate are different windows we need to decide which one to prioritize
+    // - First frame: only find a winner if one axis is zero.
+    // - Subsequent frames: only find a winner when one is more than the other.
+    if (g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == -1)
+        g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = g.FrameCount;
+    if ((g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == g.FrameCount && wheel.x != 0.0f && wheel.y != 0.0f) || (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x == g.WheelingAxisAvg.y))
+    {
+        g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = wheel;
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    return (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? windows[0] : windows[1];
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()
+// Called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
 {
+    // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses.
+    // FIXME: Ideally we could refactor to have one timer for "changing window w/ same axis" and a shorter timer for "changing window or axis w/ other axis" (#3795)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.HoveredRootWindow && (g.HoveredRootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow);
-}
+    if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold)
+            g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
+        if (g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer <= 0.0f)
+            LockWheelingWindow(NULL, 0.0f);
+    }
 
-float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
-    return window->Size.x;
-}
+    ImVec2 wheel;
+    wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f;
+    wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;
 
-float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
-    return window->Size.y;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y);
+    ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;
+    if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed)
+        return;
+
+    // Zoom / Scale window
+    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.
+    if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
+    {
+        LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.y);
+        ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window;
+        const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
+        const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
+        window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
+        if (window == window->RootWindow)
+        {
+            const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
+            SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0);
+            window->Size = ImTrunc(window->Size * scale);
+            window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(window->SizeFull * scale);
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+        return;
+
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling
+    // Read about io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap and its issue on Mac+Emscripten in UpdateMouseInputs()
+    if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap)
+        wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f);
+
+    // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises
+    // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter
+    g.WheelingAxisAvg.x = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, ImAbs(wheel.x), 30);
+    g.WheelingAxisAvg.y = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, ImAbs(wheel.y), 30);
+
+    // In the rare situation where FindBestWheelingWindow() had to defer first frame of wheeling due to ambiguous main axis, reinject it now.
+    wheel += g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;
+    g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (wheel.x == 0.0f && wheel.y == 0.0f)
+        return;
+
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling: find target and apply
+    // - don't renew lock if axis doesn't apply on the window.
+    // - select a main axis when both axises are being moved.
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = (g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : FindBestWheelingWindow(wheel)))
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
+        {
+            bool do_scroll[2] = { wheel.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.x != 0.0f, wheel.y != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.y != 0.0f };
+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X] && do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])
+                do_scroll[(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X] = false;
+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X])
+            {
+                LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x);
+                float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f;
+                float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
+                SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step);
+                g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount;
+            }
+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])
+            {
+                LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y);
+                float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f;
+                float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
+                SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step);
+                g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount;
+            }
+        }
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
+void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    return window->Pos;
+    g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y)
+void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse)
 {
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y += window->Scroll.y;
-    window->Scroll.y = new_scroll_y;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y -= window->Scroll.y;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source)
 {
-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
-        return;
-    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
-    window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted = false;
-
-    // Set
-    const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
-    window->PosFloat = pos;
-    window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
-    window->DC.CursorPos += (window->Pos - old_pos);    // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // And more importantly we need to adjust this so size calculation doesn't get affected.
+    const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad" };
+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);
+    return input_source_names[source];
 }
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+    const char* mouse_source_names[] = { "Mouse", "TouchScreen", "Pen" };
+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_source_names) == ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT);
+    return mouse_source_names[source];
 }
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-    if (window)
-        SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)    { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)  { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)         { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)        { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)       { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; }
 }
+#endif
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
+// Process input queue
+// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'.
+// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost)
+// - trickle_fast_inputs = true  : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87)
+void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->Size;
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
 
-static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
-{
-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
-        return;
-    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+    // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText()
+    // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail?
+    // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters)
+    const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1);
 
-    // Set
-    if (size.x > 0.0f)
-    {
-        window->AutoFitFramesX = 0;
-        window->SizeFull.x = size.x;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
-    }
-    if (size.y > 0.0f)
+    bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false;
+    int  mouse_button_changed = 0x00;
+    ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE> key_changed_mask;
+
+    int event_n = 0;
+    for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++)
     {
-        window->AutoFitFramesY = 0;
-        window->SizeFull.y = size.y;
+        ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n];
+        if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)
+        {
+            if (g.IO.WantSetMousePos)
+                continue;
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change
+            ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY);
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted))
+                break;
+            io.MousePos = event_pos;
+            io.MouseSource = e->MousePos.MouseSource;
+            mouse_moved = true;
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton)
+        {
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
+            const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button;
+            IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled))
+                break;
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && e->MouseButton.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen && mouse_moved) // #2702: TouchScreen have no initial hover.
+                break;
+            io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down;
+            io.MouseSource = e->MouseButton.MouseSource;
+            mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button);
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)
+        {
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0))
+                break;
+            io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX;
+            io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY;
+            io.MouseSource = e->MouseWheel.MouseSource;
+            mouse_wheeled = true;
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)
+        {
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard)
+                continue;
+            ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key;
+            IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None);
+            ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+            const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0))
+                break;
+            key_data->Down = e->Key.Down;
+            key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue;
+            key_changed = true;
+            key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index);
+
+            // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+            io.KeysDown[key_data_index] = key_data->Down;
+            if (io.KeyMap[key_data_index] != -1)
+                io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key_data_index]] = key_data->Down;
+#endif
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)
+        {
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard)
+                continue;
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled))
+                break;
+            unsigned int c = e->Text.Char;
+            io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+            if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text)
+                text_inputted = true;
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)
+        {
+            // We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance
+            // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame.
+            const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused;
+            io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!");
+        }
     }
+
+    // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail)
+    //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n);
+    for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++)
+        g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
+
+    // [DEBUG]
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO))
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++)
+            DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
+#endif
+
+    // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame
+    if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size)
+        g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0);
     else
+        g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n);
+
+    // Clear buttons state when focus is lost
+    // - this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle.
+    // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag
+    //   (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event).
+    if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
     {
-        window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+        g.IO.ClearInputKeys();
+        g.IO.ClearInputMouse();
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key)
 {
-    SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
-}
+    if (!IsNamedKeyOrMod(key))
+        return ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner;
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-    if (window)
-        SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+    ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr;
+
+    if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
+        if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
+            return ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner;
+
+    return owner_id;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+// TestKeyOwner(..., ID)   : (owner == None || owner == ID)
+// TestKeyOwner(..., None) : (owner == None)
+// TestKeyOwner(..., Any)  : no owner test
+// All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags.
+bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
-        return;
-    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+    if (!IsNamedKeyOrMod(key))
+        return true;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
+        if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
+            return false;
+
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+    if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
+        return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false);
+
+    // Note: SetKeyOwner() sets OwnerCurr. It is not strictly required for most mouse routing overlap (because of ActiveId/HoveredId
+    // are acting as filter before this has a chance to filter), but sane as soon as user tries to look into things.
+    // Setting OwnerCurr in SetKeyOwner() is more consistent than testing OwnerNext here: would be inconsistent with getter and other functions.
+    if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != owner_id)
+    {
+        if (owner_data->LockThisFrame)
+            return false;
+        if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+            return false;
+    }
 
-    // Set
-    window->Collapsed = collapsed;
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+// _LockXXX flags are useful to lock keys away from code which is not input-owner aware.
+// When using _LockXXX flags, you can use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any to lock keys from everyone.
+// - SetKeyOwner(..., None)              : clears owner
+// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock)        : illegal (assert)
+// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock
+void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
-    SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrMod(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it)
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%08X)\n", GetKeyName(key), owner_id, flags);
 
-bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
-{
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Collapsed;
-}
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+    owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id;
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-    if (window)
-        SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
+    // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code.
+    // In the case of using LockUntilRelease while key is not down we still lock during the frame (no key_data->Down test)
+    owner_data->LockUntilRelease = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease) != 0;
+    owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
+// Rarely used helper
+void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
-    FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl)      { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, owner_id, flags); }
+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift)     { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shift, owner_id, flags); }
+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt)       { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, owner_id, flags); }
+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super)     { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Super, owner_id, flags); }
+    if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_)    { SetKeyOwner((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); }
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
+// This is more or less equivalent to:
+//   if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive())
+//       SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());
+// Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times.
+// More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition.
+// Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority.
+void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
-    if (name)
-    {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-        if (window)
-            FocusWindow(window);
-    }
-    else
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id))
+        return;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_;
+    if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive)))
     {
-        FocusWindow(NULL);
+        IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+        SetKeyOwner(key, id, flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_);
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+// This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements.
+bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowPosVal = pos;
-    g.SetNextWindowPosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    return IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiSetCond cond)
+// This is equivalent to comparing KeyMods + doing a IsKeyPressed()
+bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowPosVal = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
-    g.SetNextWindowPosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord);
+    ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods)
+        return false;
+
+    // Special storage location for mods
+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods);
+    if (!IsKeyPressed(key, (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_), owner_id))
+        return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+void ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeVal = size;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut;
+    g.NextItemData.Shortcut = key_chord;
+    g.NextItemData.ShortcutFlags = flags;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
+// Called from within ItemAdd: at this point we can read from NextItemData and write to LastItemData
+void ImGui::ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = true;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback = custom_callback;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
+    ImGuiInputFlags flags = g.NextItemData.ShortcutFlags;
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by SetNextItemShortcut()!
+
+    if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+        return;
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip)
+    {
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut;
+        g.LastItemData.Shortcut = g.NextItemData.Shortcut;
+    }
+    if (!Shortcut(g.NextItemData.Shortcut, flags & ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut, id) || g.NavActivateId != 0)
+        return;
+
+    // FIXME: Generalize Activation queue?
+    g.NavActivateId = id; // Will effectively disable clipping.
+    g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut;
+    //if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id)
+    g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = id;
+    NavHighlightActivated(id);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
+bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal = size;
-    g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    return Shortcut(key_chord, flags, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentWidth(float width)
+bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal = ImVec2(width, g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond ? g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal.y : 0.0f);
-    g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("Shortcut(%s, flags=%X, owner_id=0x%08X)\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size), flags, owner_id);
+
+    // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused;
+
+    // Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default)
+    // Effectively makes Shortcut() always input-owner aware.
+    if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+        owner_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);
+
+    if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+        return false;
+
+    // Submit route
+    if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, flags, owner_id))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default repeat behavior for Shortcut()
+    // So e.g. pressing Ctrl+W and releasing Ctrl while holding W will not trigger the W shortcut.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange;
+
+    if (!IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, flags, owner_id))
+        return false;
+
+    // Claim mods during the press
+    SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id);
+
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues.
+// Called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION().
+// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit
+// If this triggers you have mismatched headers and compiled code versions.
+// - It could be because of a build issue (using new headers with old compiled code)
+// - It could be because of mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc.
+//   THE CONFIGURATION SETTINGS MENTIONED IN imconfig.h MUST BE SET FOR ALL COMPILATION UNITS INVOLVED WITH DEAR IMGUI.
+//   Which is why it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and NOT only before including imgui.h).
+//   Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout.
+//   If you don't want to modify imconfig.h you can use the IMGUI_USER_CONFIG define to change filename.
+bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx)
+{
+    bool error = false;
+    if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); }
+    if (sz_io    != sizeof(ImGuiIO))    { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vec2  != sizeof(ImVec2))     { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vec4  != sizeof(ImVec4))     { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vert  != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_idx   != sizeof(ImDrawIdx))  { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    return !error;
+}
+
+// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell)
+// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that.
+// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details.
+// [Scenario 1]
+//  Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
+//    Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();  // NOT OK
+//  Instead, please submit an item:
+//    Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK
+//  Alternative:
+//    Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK
+// [Scenario 2]
+//  For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change:
+//    BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup()
+//  The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller!
+//  While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue.
+void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowCollapsedVal = collapsed;
-    g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y)
+        return;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent.");
+#else
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+#endif
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
+static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowFocus = true;
-}
 
-// In window space (not screen space!)
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentsRegionRect.Max;
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
-        mx.x = GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent + 1) - window->WindowPadding.x;
-    return mx;
-}
+    // Check user IM_ASSERT macro
+    // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined!
+    //  If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block.
+    //  This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.)
+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode();                    // Wrong!
+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0)   // Correct!
+    if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0);
 
-void ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(float x)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x = x;
-    window->Size.x = x;
+    // Emscripten backends are often imprecise in their submission of DeltaTime. (#6114, #3644)
+    // Ideally the Emscripten app/backend should aim to fix or smooth this value and avoid feeding zero, but we tolerate it.
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    if (g.IO.DeltaTime <= 0.0f && g.FrameCount > 0)
+        g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.00001f;
+#endif
+
+    // Check user data
+    // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+    IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
+    IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt()                                     && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f                 && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)");
+
+    // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP)
+    if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");
+#endif
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
+static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return GetContentRegionMax() - (window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame()
+    // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame().
+    // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will
+    // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs.
+    // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0),
+    // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events.
+    const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();
+    IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods");
+    IM_UNUSED(key_mods);
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame().
+    //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover();
+
+    // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you
+    // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).
+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)
+    {
+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; // <-- This window was not Ended!
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?");
+            IM_UNUSED(window);
+            while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
+                End();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?");
+        }
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!");
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth()
+// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls.
+// Must be called during or before EndFrame().
+// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order.
+// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet.
+// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin
+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
 {
-    return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+    // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations"
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044
+    {
+        ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data);
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow);
+            break;
+        }
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name);
+            EndChild();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name);
+            End();
+        }
+    }
 }
 
-// In window space (not screen space!)
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
+// Must be called before End()/EndChild()
+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.Min;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow))
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name);
+        EndTable();
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin;
+    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL);
+    while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        EndTabBar();
+    }
+    while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+    while (window->IDStack.Size > 1)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopID();
+    }
+    while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+            EndDisabled();
+        else
+        {
+            EndDisabledOverrideReenable();
+            g.CurrentWindowStack.back().DisabledOverrideReenable = false;
+        }
+    }
+    while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col));
+        PopStyleColor();
+    }
+    while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopItemFlag();
+    }
+    while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    while (g.FontStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFontStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFont() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopFont();
+    }
+    while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopFocusScope();
+    }
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
+// Save current stack sizes for later compare
+void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.Max;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size;
+    SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size;
+    SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size;
+    SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size;
+    SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size;
+    SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size;
+    SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size;
+    SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
+    SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize;
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth()
+// Compare to detect usage errors
+void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x - window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+
+    // Window stacks
+    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack         == window->IDStack.Size     && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");
+
+    // Global stacks
+    // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack      == g.GroupStack.Size        && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size   && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack   == g.DisabledStackSize      && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack  >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size    && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack      >= g.ColorStack.Size        && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack   >= g.StyleVarStack.Size     && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack       >= g.FontStack.Size         && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size   && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!");
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - KeepAliveID()
+// - ItemAdd()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID().
+void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FontSize;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
+    if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id)
+        g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true;
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
+// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
+// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction.
+// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH (UNTIL THE CLIPPING TEST AND EARLY-RETURN)
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Set item data
+    // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)
+    g.LastItemData.ID = id;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = bb;
+    g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
+    // Note: we don't copy 'g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData' to an hypothetical g.LastItemData.SelectionUserData: since the former is not cleared.
+
+    if (id != 0)
+    {
+        KeepAliveID(id);
+
+        // Directional navigation processing
+        // Runs prior to clipping early-out
+        //  (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget
+        //  (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests
+        //      unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of
+        //      thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.
+        //      We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able
+        //      to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick).
+        // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null.
+        // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere.
+        if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
+        {
+            // FIMXE-NAV: investigate changing the window tests into a simple 'if (g.NavFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)' test.
+            window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);
+            if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)
+                if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)
+                    if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->ChildFlags | g.NavWindow->ChildFlags) & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened))
+                        NavProcessItem();
+        }
+
+        if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut)
+            ItemHandleShortcut(id);
+    }
+
+    // Lightweight clear of SetNextItemXXX data.
+    g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;
+    g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (id != 0)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, g.LastItemData.NavRect, &g.LastItemData);
+#endif
+
+    // Clipping test
+    // (this is an inline copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value, otherwise we'd do 'if (IsClippedEx(bb, id)) return false')
+    // g.NavActivateId is not necessarily == g.NavId, in the case of remote activation (e.g. shortcuts)
+    const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect);
+    if (!is_rect_visible)
+        if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId))
+            if (!g.ItemUnclipByLog)
+                return false;
+
+    // [DEBUG]
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (id != 0)
+    {
+        if (id == g.DebugLocateId)
+            DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
+
+        // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something".
+        // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something".
+        // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq
+        IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!");
+    }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG]
+    //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0)
+    //    window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
+#endif
+
+    // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)
+    if (is_rect_visible)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible;
+    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
+    return true;
 }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] LAYOUT
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ItemSize()
+// - SameLine()
+// - GetCursorScreenPos()
+// - SetCursorScreenPos()
+// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY()
+// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY()
+// - GetCursorStartPos()
+// - Indent()
+// - Unindent()
+// - SetNextItemWidth()
+// - PushItemWidth()
+// - PushMultiItemsWidths()
+// - PopItemWidth()
+// - CalcItemWidth()
+// - CalcItemSize()
+// - GetTextLineHeight()
+// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+// - GetFrameHeight()
+// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+// - GetContentRegionMax()
+// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal]
+// - GetContentRegionAvail(),
+// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax()
+// - BeginGroup()
+// - EndGroup()
+// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-float ImGui::GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()
+// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
+// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation.
+// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different.
+// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH.
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
-}
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
 
-ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    return window->DrawList;
-}
+    // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset.
+    // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor,
+    // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect.
+    const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f;
 
-ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()
-{
-    return GImGui->Font;
+    const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y);
+
+    // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x;
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);    // Next line
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_TRUNC(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);                       // Next line
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]
+
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
+
+    // Horizontal layout mode
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+        SameLine();
 }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
 
-float ImGui::GetFontSize()
+// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
+//      offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item
+//      offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)
+//      spacing_w < 0            : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0
+//      spacing_w >= 0           : enforce spacing amount
+void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w)
 {
-    return GImGui->FontSize;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f)
+    {
+        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
+            spacing_w = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
+            spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+    }
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = true;
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
 {
-    return GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CursorPos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
+void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->FontWindowScale = scale;
-    g.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = pos;
+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
 }
 
 // User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.
@@ -5081,13 +10378,13 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()
 
 float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
     return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;
 }
 
 float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
     return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;
 }
 
@@ -5095,4737 +10392,5722 @@ void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
 }
 
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.CursorPos;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& screen_pos)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.CursorPos = screen_pos;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollX()
-{
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollY()
-{
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.y;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->SizeContents.x - window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->SizeContents.y - window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+    return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
+void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
 {
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
+void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
 {
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y + window->TitleBarHeight(); // title bar height canceled out when using ScrollTargetRelY
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio)
+// Affect large frame+labels widgets only.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)
 {
-    // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
-    window->ScrollTarget.y = (float)(int)(pos_y + window->Scroll.y);
-    if (center_y_ratio <= 0.0f && window->ScrollTarget.y <= window->WindowPadding.y)    // Minor hack to make "scroll to top" take account of WindowPadding, else it would scroll to (WindowPadding.y - ItemSpacing.y)
-        window->ScrollTarget.y = 0.0f;
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
+    g.NextItemData.Width = item_width;
 }
 
-// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
-void ImGui::SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio)
+// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior?
+void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + (window->DC.PrevLineHeight * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line.
-    SetScrollFromPosY(target_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
+void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxAllCounter + 1 + offset;
-    window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(components > 0);
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
+    float w_items = w_full - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1);
+    float prev_split = w_items;
+    for (int i = components - 1; i > 0; i--)
+    {
+        float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * i / components);
+        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(ImMax(prev_split - next_split, 1.0f));
+        prev_split = next_split;
+    }
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = ImMax(prev_split, 1.0f);
+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
+void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
 }
 
-ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
+// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth().
+// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags()
+float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.StateStorage;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float w;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
+        w = g.NextItemData.Width;
+    else
+        w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+    if (w < 0.0f)
+    {
+        float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x;
+        w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w);
+    }
+    w = IM_TRUNC(w);
+    return w;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth().
+// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical.
+// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed.
+// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer, text_end);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    ImVec2 region_max;
+    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
+        region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
+
+    if (size.x == 0.0f)
+        size.x = default_w;
+    else if (size.x < 0.0f)
+        size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x);
+
+    if (size.y == 0.0f)
+        size.y = default_h;
+    else if (size.y < 0.0f)
+        size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y);
+
+    return size;
 }
 
-void ImGui::Icon(const char* icon)
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
 {
-    ImGui::Text("%s", icon);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize;
 }
 
-void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...)
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    TextV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+float ImGui::GetFrameHeight()
 {
-    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
-    TextV(fmt, args);
-    PopStyleColor();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
+float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    TextColoredV(col, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience!
+
+// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!).
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
 {
-    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-    TextV(fmt, args);
-    PopStyleColor();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
+    return mx - window->Pos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)
+// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    TextDisabledV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
+    return mx;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
 {
-    PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
-    TextV(fmt, args);
-    PopTextWrapPos();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
+// In window space (not screen space!)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    TextWrappedV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
+}
 
+// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
+// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated.
+// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems?
+void ImGui::BeginGroup()
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(text != NULL);
-    const char* text_begin = text;
-    if (text_end == NULL)
-        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
-
-    const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos;
-    const bool wrap_enabled = wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f;
-    if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled)
-    {
-        // Long text!
-        // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text
-        // From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled.
-        // We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line.
-        const char* line = text;
-        const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight();
-        const ImVec2 text_pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
-        const ImRect clip_rect = window->ClipRect;
-        ImVec2 text_size(0,0);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-        if (text_pos.y <= clip_rect.Max.y)
-        {
-            ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
+    g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1);
+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
+    group_data.WindowID = window->ID;
+    group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine;
+    group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent;
+    group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset;
+    group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize;
+    group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;
+    group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0;
+    group_data.BackupIsSameLine = window->DC.IsSameLine;
+    group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    group_data.EmitItem = true;
+
+    window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+    window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
+}
 
-            // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
-            if (!g.LogEnabled)
-            {
-                int lines_skippable = (int)((clip_rect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
-                if (lines_skippable > 0)
-                {
-                    int lines_skipped = 0;
-                    while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
-                    {
-                        const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
-                        if (!line_end)
-                            line_end = text_end;
-                        line = line_end + 1;
-                        lines_skipped++;
-                    }
-                    pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
-                }
-            }
+void ImGui::EndGroup()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
 
-            // Lines to render
-            if (line < text_end)
-            {
-                ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(GetWindowWidth(), line_height));
-                while (line < text_end)
-                {
-                    const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
-                    if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, NULL, false))
-                        break;
+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
+    IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window?
 
-                    const ImVec2 line_size = CalcTextSize(line, line_end, false);
-                    text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_size.x);
-                    RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
-                    if (!line_end)
-                        line_end = text_end;
-                    line = line_end + 1;
-                    line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
-                    line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
-                    pos.y += line_height;
-                }
+    if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
+        ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
 
-                // Count remaining lines
-                int lines_skipped = 0;
-                while (line < text_end)
-                {
-                    const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
-                    if (!line_end)
-                        line_end = text_end;
-                    line = line_end + 1;
-                    lines_skipped++;
-                }
-                pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
-            }
+    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos));
 
-            text_size.y += (pos - text_pos).y;
-        }
+    window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
+    window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent;
+    window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = group_data.BackupIsSameLine;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
 
-        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
-        ItemSize(bb);
-        ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
-    }
-    else
+    if (!group_data.EmitItem)
     {
-        const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f;
-        const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width);
+        g.GroupStack.pop_back();
+        return;
+    }
 
-        // Account of baseline offset
-        ImVec2 text_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-        text_pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
+    ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize());
+    ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop);
 
-        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
-        ItemSize(text_size);
-        if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
-            return;
+    // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.
+    // It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets.
+    // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.
+    // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.)
+    const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;
+    const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true);
+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
+    else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb;
 
-        // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function)
-        RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width);
-    }
-}
+    // Forward Hovered flag
+    const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0;
+    if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
 
-void ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    // Forward Edited flag
+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
 
-    // Declare a dummy item size to that upcoming items that are smaller will center-align on the newly expanded line height.
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(0, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.Style.FramePadding.y);
-    SameLine(0, 0);
-}
+    // Forward Deactivated flag
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;
+    if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;
 
-// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets
-void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    g.GroupStack.pop_back();
+    if (g.DebugShowGroupRects)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));   // [Debug]
+}
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2));
-    const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size);
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, NULL))
-        return;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] SCROLLING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    // Render
-    const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0];
-    const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge,
+// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling.
+// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag?
+// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default.
+static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio)
+{
+    if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold)
+        return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio);
+    if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold)
+        return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio);
+    return target;
 }
 
-void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)
+static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    LabelTextV(label, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;
+    ImVec2 decoration_size(window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2, window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2);
+    for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)
+    {
+        if (window->ScrollTarget[axis] < FLT_MAX)
+        {
+            float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio[axis];
+            float scroll_target = window->ScrollTarget[axis];
+            if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis] > 0.0f)
+            {
+                float snap_min = 0.0f;
+                float snap_max = window->ScrollMax[axis] + window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis];
+                scroll_target = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target, snap_min, snap_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis], center_ratio);
+            }
+            scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]);
+        }
+        scroll[axis] = IM_ROUND(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f));
+        if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
+            scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]);
+    }
+    return scroll;
 }
 
-static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window)
+void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
 {
-    // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (ImGuiWindow* focused_window = g.FocusedWindow)
-        if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = focused_window->RootWindow)
-            if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)
-                return false;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags);
+}
 
-    return true;
+void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
+{
+    ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view
+ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImRect scroll_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
+    scroll_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.x + window->DecoInnerSizeX1, scroll_rect.Max.x);
+    scroll_rect.Min.y = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.y + window->DecoInnerSizeY1, scroll_rect.Max.y);
+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(item_rect.Min, item_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 0.0f, 0, 5.0f); // [DEBUG]
+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(scroll_rect.Min, scroll_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled)
-    {
-        if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false;
-        if (out_held) *out_held = false;
-        if (g.ActiveId == id) SetActiveID(0);
-        return false;
-    }
+    // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_));
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_));
 
-    if ((flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick)) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease;
+    // Defaults
+    ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX)
+        flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0)
+        flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
 
-    bool pressed = false;
-    bool hovered = IsHovered(bb, id, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds) != 0);
-    if (hovered)
-    {
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt))
-        {
-            //                        | CLICKING        | HOLDING with ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat
-            // PressedOnClickRelease  |  <on release>*  |  <on repeat> <on repeat> .. (NOT on release)  <-- MOST COMMON! (*) only if both click/release were over bounds
-            // PressedOnClick         |  <on click>     |  <on click> <on repeat> <on repeat> ..
-            // PressedOnRelease       |  <on release>   |  <on repeat> <on repeat> .. (NOT on release)
-            // PressedOnDoubleClick   |  <on dclick>    |  <on dclick> <on repeat> <on repeat> ..
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
-            {
-                SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID
-                FocusWindow(window);
-                g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min;
-            }
-            if (((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
-            {
-                pressed = true;
-                SetActiveID(0);
-                FocusWindow(window);
-            }
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0])
-            {
-                if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay))  // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
-                    pressed = true;
-                SetActiveID(0);
-            }
+    const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= scroll_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= scroll_rect.Max.x;
+    const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= scroll_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= scroll_rect.Max.y;
+    const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetWidth() || (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;
+    const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetHeight() || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;
 
-            // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). 
-            // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[0] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(0, true))
-                pressed = true;
-        }
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x)
+    {
+        if (item_rect.Min.x < scroll_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);
+        else if (item_rect.Max.x >= scroll_rect.Max.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f);
+    }
+    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX))
+    {
+        if (can_be_fully_visible_x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f);
+        else
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);
     }
 
-    bool held = false;
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y)
     {
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
-        {
-            held = true;
-        }
+        if (item_rect.Min.y < scroll_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);
+        else if (item_rect.Max.y >= scroll_rect.Max.y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f);
+    }
+    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY))
+    {
+        if (can_be_fully_visible_y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f);
         else
-        {
-            if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease))
-                if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay))  // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
-                    pressed = true;
-            SetActiveID(0);
-        }
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);
     }
 
-    // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one.
-    if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0))
-        hovered = pressed = held = false;
+    ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+    ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll;
 
-    if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered;
-    if (out_held) *out_held = held;
+    // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+    {
+        // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option?
+        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0)
+            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
+        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0)
+            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+        delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags);
+    }
 
-    return pressed;
+    return delta_scroll;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+float ImGui::GetScrollX()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-
-    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset)
-        pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
-
-    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    if (window->DC.ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
-    bool button_disabled = flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
-
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
-    
-    if(button_disabled)
-        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImColor(GetColorU32({ 0.5f,0.5f,0.5f,1.f })));
-    
-    if (hovered || held)
-        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImColor(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg)));
-
-    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImGuiAlign_Center | ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
-    if (hovered || held)
-        PopStyleColor();
-
-    if (button_disabled)
-        PopStyleColor();
-
-    // Automatically close popups
-    //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-    //    CloseCurrentPopup();
-
-    return pressed;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Scroll.x;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+float ImGui::GetScrollY()
 {
-    return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Scroll.y;
 }
 
-// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing.
-bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label)
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y;
-    g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f;
-    bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine);
-    g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y;
-    return pressed;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ScrollMax.x;
 }
 
-// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack.
-// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id)
-bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f);
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-
-    return pressed;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ScrollMax.y;
 }
 
-// Upper-right button to close a window.
-bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius)
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    const ImRect bb(pos - ImVec2(radius,radius), pos + ImVec2(radius,radius));
-
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_CloseButton);
-    const ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
-    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), col, 12);
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y)
+{
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    const float cross_extent = (radius * 0.7071f) - 1.0f;
-  //  if (hovered)
-  //  {
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
-//    }
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x);
+}
 
-    return pressed;
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y);
 }
 
-void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col)
+// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value,
+// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us:
+//  - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos)
+//  - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window,
+//    and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area.
+//  - They mostly exist because of legacy API.
+// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that:
+//  - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect!
+//  - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense
+// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f);
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_TRUNC(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
-        bb.Max += ImVec2(2,2);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
-        return;
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_TRUNC(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f);
-        window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min+ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max-ImVec2(1,1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
-    }
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio);
 }
 
-// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default)
-// frame_padding = 0: no framing
-// frame_padding > 0: set framing size
-// The color used are the button colors.
-bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio);
+}
 
+// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x);
+    float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio);
+    SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
 
-    // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes.
-    // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV.
-    PushID((void *)user_texture_id);
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image");
-    PopID();
+    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x);
+}
 
-    const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding;
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding*2);
-    const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
-        return false;
+// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio);
+    SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
 
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y);
+}
 
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding));
-    if (bg_col.w > 0.0f)
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col));
-    window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    return pressed;
+bool ImGui::BeginTooltip()
+{
+    return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to TTY
-void ImGui::LogToTTY(int max_depth)
+bool ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-
-    g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogFile = stdout;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+    if (!IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
+        return false;
+    return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to given file
-void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename)
+bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
 
-    if (!filename)
+    if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget)
     {
-        filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
-        if (!filename)
-            return;
+        // Drag and Drop tooltips are positioning differently than other tooltips:
+        // - offset visibility to increase visibility around mouse.
+        // - never clamp within outer viewport boundary.
+        // We call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce position and disable clamping.
+        // See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones).
+        //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding;
+        ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
+        SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos);
+        SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);
+        //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(
+        tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious;
     }
 
-    g.LogFile = fopen(filename, "ab");
-    if (!g.LogFile)
-    {
-        IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error
-        return;
-    }
-    g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+    char window_name[16];
+    ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);
+    if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name))
+            if (window->Active)
+            {
+                // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.
+                SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(window);
+                ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);
+            }
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+    Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags);
+    // 2023-03-09: Added bool return value to the API, but currently always returning true.
+    // If this ever returns false we need to update BeginDragDropSource() accordingly.
+    //if (!ret)
+    //    End();
+    //return ret;
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to clipboard
-void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int max_depth)
+void ImGui::EndTooltip()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip);   // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
+    End();
+}
 
-    g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogFile = NULL;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
 }
 
-void ImGui::LogFinish()
+void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+    if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None))
         return;
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    EndTooltip();
+}
 
-    LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
-    g.LogEnabled = false;
-    if (g.LogFile != NULL)
-    {
-        if (g.LogFile == stdout)
-            fflush(g.LogFile);
-        else
-            fclose(g.LogFile);
-        g.LogFile = NULL;
-    }
-    if (g.LogClipboard->size() > 1)
-    {
-        if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
-            g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.LogClipboard->begin());
-        g.LogClipboard->clear();
-    }
+// Shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav'.
+// Defaults to == ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort when using the mouse.
+void ImGui::SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
+        SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
 }
 
-// Helper to display logging buttons
-void ImGui::LogButtons()
+void ImGui::SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
+        SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+}
 
-    PushID("LogButtons");
-    const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();
-    const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();
-    const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
-    PushItemWidth(80.0f);
-    PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
-    SliderInt("Depth", &g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, 0, 9, NULL);
-    PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
-    PopItemWidth();
-    PopID();
 
-    // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
-    if (log_to_tty)
-        LogToTTY(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
-    if (log_to_file)
-        LogToFile(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, g.IO.LogFilename);
-    if (log_to_clipboard)
-        LogToClipboard(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
-}
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] POPUPS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel
+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)
-        return true;
-
-    // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitely use SetNextTreeNode*** functions)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage;
-
-    bool is_open;
-    if (g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond != 0)
+    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)
     {
-        if (g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond & ImGuiSetCond_Always)
+        // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack
+        // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level.
+        IM_ASSERT(id == 0);
+        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0;
+        else
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
         {
-            is_open = g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal;
-            storage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+            // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack
+            for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
+                if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id)
+                    return true;
+            return false;
         }
         else
         {
-            // We treat ImGuiSetCondition_Once and ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently.
-            const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1);
-            if (stored_value == -1)
-            {
-                is_open = g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal;
-                storage->SetInt(id, is_open);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                is_open = stored_value != 0;
-            }
+            // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query)
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;
         }
-        g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0;
     }
+}
 
-    // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior).
-    // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged.
-    if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && window->DC.TreeDepth < g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth)
-        is_open = true;
+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally
+    return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags);
+}
 
-    return is_open;
+// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL)
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
+            if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+                return popup;
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end)
+// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for.
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
+            if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup))
+                return popup;
+    return NULL;
+}
 
+void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0;
-    const ImVec2 padding = display_frame ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y);
+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X)\n", str_id, id);
+    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+}
 
-    if (!label_end)
-        label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+}
 
-    // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
-    const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - padding.y); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
-    const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2);
-    ImRect bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, ImVec2(window->Pos.x + GetContentRegionMax().x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height));
-    if (display_frame)
-    {
-        // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding
-        bb.Min.x -= (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
-        bb.Max.x += (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
-    }
+// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
+// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
+// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
+// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
+void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
 
-    const float text_offset_x = (g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2));   // Collapser arrow width + Spacing
-    const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f);   // Include collapser
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), text_base_offset_y);
+    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup)
+        if (IsPopupOpen((ImGuiID)0, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId))
+            return;
 
-    // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
-    // (Ideally we'd want to add a flag for the user to specify we want want the hit test to be done up to the right side of the content or not)
-    const ImRect interact_bb = display_frame ? bb : ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x*2, bb.Max.y);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags);
-    if (!ItemAdd(interact_bb, &id))
-    {
-        if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
-            TreePushRawID(id);
-        return is_open;
-    }
+    ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.
+    popup_ref.PopupId = id;
+    popup_ref.Window = NULL;
+    popup_ref.RestoreNavWindow = g.NavWindow;           // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type).
+    popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+    popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();
+    popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+    popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos;
 
-    // Flags that affects opening behavior:
-    // - 0(default) ..................... single-click anywhere to open
-    // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open
-    // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open
-    // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open
-    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode : 0);
-    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
-        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0);
-    bool hovered, held, pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
-    if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id);
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
     {
-        bool toggled = !(flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick));
-        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)
-            toggled |= IsMouseHoveringRect(interact_bb.Min, ImVec2(interact_bb.Min.x + text_offset_x, interact_bb.Max.y));
-        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
-            toggled |= g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0];
-        if (toggled)
-        {
-            is_open = !is_open;
-            window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open);
-        }
+        g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
     }
-    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode)
-        SetItemAllowOverlap();
-
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
-    const ImVec2 text_pos = bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x, padding.y + text_base_offset_y);
-    if (display_frame)
+    else
     {
-        // Framed type
-        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
-        RenderCollapseTriangle(bb.Min + padding + ImVec2(0.0f, text_base_offset_y), is_open, 1.0f, true);
-        if (g.LogEnabled)
+        // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frames: it is likely a programming mistake!
+        // However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui would become completely unusable because the popup will always be
+        // in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which is extremely confusing situation for the programmer.
+        // Instead, for successive frames calls to OpenPopup(), we silently avoid reopening even if ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen is not specified.
+        bool keep_existing = false;
+        if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
+            if ((g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) || (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen))
+                keep_existing = true;
+        if (keep_existing)
         {
-            // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here.
-            const char log_prefix[] = "\n##";
-            const char log_suffix[] = "##";
-            LogRenderedText(text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3);
-            RenderTextClipped(text_pos, bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
-            LogRenderedText(text_pos, log_suffix+1, log_suffix+3);
+            // No reopen
+            g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount;
         }
         else
         {
-            RenderTextClipped(text_pos, bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+            // Reopen: close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen (set position, focus, init navigation)
+            ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, true);
+            g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
         }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Unframed typed for tree nodes
-        if (hovered || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected))
-            RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false);
 
-        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
-            RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x * 0.5f, g.FontSize*0.50f + text_base_offset_y));
-        else if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
-            RenderCollapseTriangle(bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, padding.y + g.FontSize*0.15f + text_base_offset_y), is_open, 0.70f, false);
-        if (g.LogEnabled)
-            LogRenderedText(text_pos, ">");
-        RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
+        // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow().
+        // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does.
+        //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
+        //    FocusWindow(parent_window);
     }
-
-    if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
-        TreePushRawID(id);
-    return is_open;
-}
-
-// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
-// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode().
-bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen, label);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
+// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'.
+void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0)
+        return;
 
-    if (p_open && !*p_open)
-        return false;
+    // Don't close our own child popup windows.
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") restore_under=%d\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>", restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    int popup_count_to_keep = 0;
+    if (ref_window)
+    {
+        // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow)
+        for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++)
+        {
+            ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep];
+            if (!popup.Window)
+                continue;
+            IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
 
-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode : 0), label);
-    if (p_open)
+            // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow)
+            // - Clicking/Focusing Window2 won't close Popup1:
+            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Window2(Ref)
+            // - Clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3:
+            //     Window -> Popup1(Ref) -> Popup2 -> Popup3
+            // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindow!
+            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child
+            // We step through every popup from bottom to top to validate their position relative to reference window.
+            bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false;
+            for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
+                if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window)
+                    if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window))
+                    {
+                        ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true;
+                        break;
+                    }
+            if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup)
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
     {
-        // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
-        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-        float button_sz = g.FontSize * 0.5f;
-        if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id+1)), ImVec2(ImMin(window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x) - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_sz, window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y + button_sz), button_sz))
-            *p_open = false;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>");
+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
     }
-
-    return is_open;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
-}
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    return is_open;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    return is_open;
+    int popup_count_to_keep;
+    for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window;
+        if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+            break;
+    }
+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    return is_open;
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_under=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size);
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    return is_open;
-}
+    // Trim open popup stack
+    ImGuiPopupData prev_popup = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining];
+    g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL);
+    // Restore focus (unless popup window was not yet submitted, and didn't have a chance to take focus anyhow. See #7325 for an edge case)
+    if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup && prev_popup.Window)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = prev_popup.Window;
+        ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : prev_popup.RestoreNavWindow;
+        if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive)
+            FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback
+        else
+            FocusWindow(focus_window, (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()
+// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
+void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x += GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();
+    int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;
+    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
+        return;
+
+    // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)
+    while (popup_idx > 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;
+        bool close_parent = false;
+        if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+                close_parent = true;
+        if (!close_parent)
+            break;
+        popup_idx--;
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);
+    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true);
+
+    // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.
+    // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window.
+    // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic.
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow)
+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;
 }
 
-// Horizontal distance preceeding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet()
-float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags when calling BeginPopupEx()!
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    char name[20];
+    if (extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth
+    else
+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
+
+    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_window_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);
+    if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        EndPopup();
+
+    //g.CurrentWindow->FocusRouteParentWindow = g.CurrentWindow->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
+
+    return is_open;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal = is_open;
-    g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, flags);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
+// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup.
+// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup).
+// - *p_open set back to false in BeginPopupModal() when popup is not open.
+// - if you set *p_open to false before calling BeginPopupModal(), it will close the popup.
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id));
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        if (p_open && *p_open)
+            *p_open = false;
+        return false;
+    }
 
-void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end));
-}
+    // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility
+    // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves)
+    // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.
+    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0)
+    {
+        const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+        SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    }
 
-void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id));
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
+    const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags);
+    if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+    {
+        EndPopup();
+        if (is_open)
+            ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
+        return false;
+    }
+    return is_open;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
+void ImGui::EndPopup()
 {
-    const void* ptr_id = (void*)(intptr_t)int_id;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id));
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
+    IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);
 
-void ImGui::PopID()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.pop_back();
+    // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests)
+    if (g.NavWindow == window)
+        NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
+
+    // Child-popups don't need to be laid out
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        g.WithinEndChild = true;
+    End();
+    g.WithinEndChild = false;
 }
 
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
+// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item
+// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup()
+void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+    {
+        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    }
+}
+
+// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
+// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id.
+// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id.
+//    - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call.
+//    - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id.
+// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).
+//   This is essentially the same as:
+//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
+//       OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+//       return BeginPopup(id);
+//   Which is essentially the same as:
+//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
+//       if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
+//           OpenPopup(id);
+//       return BeginPopup(id);
+//   The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice.
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!str_id)
+        str_id = "window_context";
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+        if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered())
+            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(ptr_id);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!str_id)
+        str_id = "void_context";
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow))
+        if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)
+            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-void ImGui::Bullet()
+// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)
+// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.
+// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor
+//  information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport.
+//  this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.)
+ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height));
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+    // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)
     {
-        SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
-        return;
+        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up };
+        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
+            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
+                continue;
+            ImVec2 pos;
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y);          // Below, Toward Right (default)
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up)    pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left
+            if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
+                continue;
+            *last_dir = dir;
+            return pos;
+        }
     }
 
-    // Render and stay on same line
-    RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f));
-    SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
-}
+    // Tooltip and Default popup policy
+    // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any)
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default)
+    {
+        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left };
+        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
+            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
+                continue;
 
-// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node.
-void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+            const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x);
+            const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y);
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+            // If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width)
+            if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right))
+                continue;
+            if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down))
+                continue;
 
-    const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer;
-    const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, true);
-    const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
-    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2) : 0.0f), ImMax(line_height, label_size.y)));  // Empty text doesn't add padding
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
-        return;
+            ImVec2 pos;
+            pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x;
+            pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y;
 
-    // Render
-    RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f));
-    RenderText(bb.Min+ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2, text_base_offset_y), text_begin, text_end);
-}
+            // Clamp top-left corner of popup
+            pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x);
+            pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y);
 
-void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    BulletTextV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+            *last_dir = dir;
+            return pos;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Fallback when not enough room:
+    *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None;
+
+    // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip)
+        return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2);
+
+    // Otherwise try to keep within display
+    ImVec2 pos = ref_pos;
+    pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);
+    pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);
+    return pos;
 }
 
-static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* display_format, char* buf, int buf_size)
+// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports.
+ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
-        ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, display_format, *(int*)data_ptr);
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
-        ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, display_format, *(float*)data_ptr);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+    ImRect r_screen = ((ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport())->GetMainRect();
+    ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
+    r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));
+    return r_screen;
 }
 
-static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, int decimal_precision, char* buf, int buf_size)
+ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
     {
-        if (decimal_precision < 0)
-            ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%d", *(int*)data_ptr);
+        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
+        // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.
+        IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2].Window;
+        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
+        ImRect r_avoid;
+        if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
+            r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field
         else
-            ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%.*d", decimal_precision, *(int*)data_ptr);
+            r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX);
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default);
+    }
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here
     }
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
     {
-        if (decimal_precision < 0)
-            ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%f", *(float*)data_ptr);     // Ideally we'd have a minimum decimal precision of 1 to visually denote that it is a float, while hiding non-significant digits?
+        // Position tooltip (always follows mouse + clamp within outer boundaries)
+        // Note that drag and drop tooltips are NOT using this path: BeginTooltipEx() manually sets their position.
+        // In theory we could handle both cases in same location, but requires a bit of shuffling as drag and drop tooltips are calling SetWindowPos() leading to 'window_pos_set_by_api' being set in Begin()
+        IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
+        const float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
+        const ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+        const ImVec2 tooltip_pos = ref_pos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * scale;
+        ImRect r_avoid;
+        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos))
+            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8);
         else
-            ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%.*f", decimal_precision, *(float*)data_ptr);
+            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * scale, ref_pos.y + 24 * scale); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important.
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(tooltip_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip);
     }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return window->Pos;
 }
 
-static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* value1, const void* value2)// Store into value1
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked.
+// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing.
+// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified.
+
+void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
-    {
-        if (op == '+')
-            *(int*)value1 = *(int*)value1 + *(const int*)value2;
-        else if (op == '-')
-            *(int*)value1 = *(int*)value1 - *(const int*)value2;
-    }
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
     {
-        if (op == '+')
-            *(float*)value1 = *(float*)value1 + *(const float*)value2;
-        else if (op == '-')
-            *(float*)value1 = *(float*)value1 - *(const float*)value2;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>");
+        g.NavWindow = window;
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
     }
+    g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
-static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* scalar_format)
+void ImGui::NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id)
 {
-    while (ImCharIsSpace(*buf))
-        buf++;
-
-    // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value.
-    // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value
-    char op = buf[0];
-    if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/')
-    {
-        buf++;
-        while (ImCharIsSpace(*buf))
-            buf++;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        op = 0;
-    }
-    if (!buf[0])
-        return false;
-
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
-    {
-        if (!scalar_format)
-            scalar_format = "%d";
-        int* v = (int*)data_ptr;
-        const int old_v = *v;
-        int arg0 = *v;
-        if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, scalar_format, &arg0) < 1)
-            return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavHighlightActivatedId = id;
+    g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER;
+}
 
-        // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision
-        float arg1 = 0.0f;
-        if (op == '+')      { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1) == 1) *v = (int)(arg0 + arg1); }                // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
-        else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1) == 1) *v = (int)(arg0 * arg1); }                // Multiply
-        else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1) == 1 && arg1 != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0 / arg1); }// Divide
-        else                { if (sscanf(buf, scalar_format, &arg0) == 1) *v = arg0; }                     // Assign constant
-        return (old_v != *v);
-    }
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
-    {
-        // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in
-        scalar_format = "%f";
-        float* v = (float*)data_ptr;
-        const float old_v = *v;
-        float arg0 = *v;
-        if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, scalar_format, &arg0) < 1)
-            return false;
+void ImGui::NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer][axis] = FLT_MAX;
+}
 
-        float arg1 = 0.0f;
-        if (sscanf(buf, scalar_format, &arg1) < 1)
-            return false;
-        if (op == '+')      { *v = arg0 + arg1; }                    // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
-        else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0 * arg1; }                    // Multiply
-        else if (op == '/') { if (arg1 != 0.0f) *v = arg0 / arg1; }  // Divide
-        else                { *v = arg1; }                           // Assign constant
-        return (old_v != *v);
-    }
+void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
+    g.NavId = id;
+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
+    SetNavFocusScope(focus_scope_id);
+    g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+    g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;
 
-    return false;
+    // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
 }
 
-// Create text input in place of a slider (when CTRL+Clicking on slider)
-bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& aabb, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, ImGuiID id, int decimal_precision)
+void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
 
-    // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen)
-    SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window);
-    SetHoveredID(0);
-    FocusableItemUnregister(window);
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
+       SetNavWindow(window);
 
-    char buf[32];
-    DataTypeFormatString(data_type, data_ptr, decimal_precision, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
-    bool text_value_changed = InputTextEx(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), aabb.GetSize(), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll);
-    if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0)
-    {
-        // First frame
-        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);    // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID (else we'd need to store them both, which is also possible)
-        g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId;
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-    }
-    else if (g.ActiveId != g.ScalarAsInputTextId)
-    {
-        // Release
-        g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
-    }
-    if (text_value_changed)
-        return DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, GImGui->InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, NULL);
-    return false;
+    // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and g.CurrentFocusScopeId are valid.
+    // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text)
+    const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+    g.NavId = id;
+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
+    SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId);
+    window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID == id)
+        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);
+
+    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+    else
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+
+    // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
 }
 
-// Parse display precision back from the display format string
-int ImGui::ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+static ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy)
 {
-    int precision = default_precision;
-    while ((fmt = strchr(fmt, '%')) != NULL)
-    {
-        fmt++;
-        if (fmt[0] == '%') { fmt++; continue; } // Ignore "%%"
-        while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
-            fmt++;
-        if (*fmt == '.')
-        {
-            precision = atoi(fmt + 1);
-            if (precision < 0 || precision > 10)
-                precision = default_precision;
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-    return precision;
+    if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))
+        return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left;
+    return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up;
 }
 
-float ImGui::RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision)
+static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max)
 {
-    // Round past decimal precision
-    // So when our value is 1.99999 with a precision of 0.001 we'll end up rounding to 2.0
-    // FIXME: Investigate better rounding methods
-    static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
-    float min_step = (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : powf(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
-    bool negative = value < 0.0f;
-    value = fabsf(value);
-    float remainder = fmodf(value, min_step);
-    if (remainder <= min_step*0.5f)
-        value -= remainder;
-    else
-        value += (min_step - remainder);
-    return negative ? -value : value;
+    if (cand_max < curr_min)
+        return cand_max - curr_min;
+    if (curr_max < cand_min)
+        return cand_min - curr_max;
+    return 0.0f;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, bool render_bg)
+// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057
+static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-
-    const bool is_non_linear = fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.0001f;
-    const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        return false;
 
+    // FIXME: Those are not good variables names
+    ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect;   // Current item nav rectangle
+    const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect;   // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width)
+    g.NavScoringDebugCount++;
 
-    if (!render_bg)
+    // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring
+    if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
     {
-        // Draw frame
-        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+        IM_ASSERT((window->ChildFlags | g.NavWindow->ChildFlags) & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened);
+        if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand))
+            return false;
+        cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window
     }
 
+    // Compute distance between boxes
+    // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed.
+    float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x);
+    float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items
+    if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f)
+        dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f);
+    float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby);
 
-    const float grab_padding = 2.0f;
-    const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (frame_bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (frame_bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f);
-    float grab_sz;
-    if (decimal_precision > 0)
-        grab_sz = ImMin(style.GrabMinSize, slider_sz);
-    else
-        grab_sz = ImMin(ImMax(1.0f * (slider_sz / (v_max-v_min+1.0f)), style.GrabMinSize), slider_sz);  // Integer sliders, if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
-    const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
-    const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Min.x : frame_bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz*0.5f;
-    const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Max.x : frame_bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz*0.5f;
+    // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter)
+    float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x);
+    float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y);
+    float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee)
 
-    // For logarithmic sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the exponential increase to be symmetric around 0.0f
-    float linear_zero_pos = 0.0f;   // 0.0->1.0f
-    if (v_min * v_max < 0.0f)
+    // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance
+    ImGuiDir quadrant;
+    float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f;
+    if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f)
+    {
+        // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes
+        dax = dbx;
+        day = dby;
+        dist_axial = dist_box;
+        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby);
+    }
+    else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f)
     {
-        // Different sign
-        const float linear_dist_min_to_0 = powf(fabsf(0.0f - v_min), 1.0f/power);
-        const float linear_dist_max_to_0 = powf(fabsf(v_max - 0.0f), 1.0f/power);
-        linear_zero_pos = linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0+linear_dist_max_to_0);
+        // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers
+        dax = dcx;
+        day = dcy;
+        dist_axial = dist_center;
+        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy);
     }
     else
     {
-        // Same sign
-        linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+        // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)
+        quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;
     }
 
-    // Process clicking on the slider
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    char buf[200];
+    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate.
     {
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+        if (quadrant == move_dir)
         {
-            const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
-            float normalized_pos = ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f);
-            if (!is_horizontal)
-                normalized_pos = 1.0f - normalized_pos;
-
-            float new_value;
-            if (is_non_linear)
-            {
-                // Account for logarithmic scale on both sides of the zero
-                if (normalized_pos < linear_zero_pos)
-                {
-                    // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering
-                    float a = 1.0f - (normalized_pos / linear_zero_pos);
-                    a = powf(a, power);
-                    new_value = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max,0.0f), v_min, a);
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering
-                    float a;
-                    if (fabsf(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f)
-                        a = (normalized_pos - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
-                    else
-                        a = normalized_pos;
-                    a = powf(a, power);
-                    new_value = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min,0.0f), v_max, a);
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                // Linear slider
-                new_value = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, normalized_pos);
-            }
-
-            // Round past decimal precision, verify that it remains within min/max range
-            new_value = RoundScalar(new_value, decimal_precision);
-            if (new_value > v_max)  new_value = v_max;
-            if (new_value < v_min)  new_value = v_min;
-
-            if (*v != new_value)
-            {
-                *v = new_value;
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80));
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));
+            draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
         }
-        else
+    }
+    const bool debug_hovering = IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max);
+    const bool debug_tty = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space));
+    if (debug_hovering || debug_tty)
+    {
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf),
+            "d-box    (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial  (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c",
+            dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "-WENS"[move_dir+1], "-WENS"[quadrant+1]);
+        if (debug_hovering)
         {
-            SetActiveID(0);
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 100));
+            draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200));
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40, 0, 0, 200));
+            draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf);
         }
+        if (debug_tty) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("id 0x%08X\n%s\n", g.LastItemData.ID, buf); }
     }
+#endif
 
-    // Calculate slider grab positioning
-    float grab_t;
-    if (is_non_linear)
+    // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to?
+    bool new_best = false;
+    if (quadrant == move_dir)
     {
-        float v_clamped = ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max);
-        if (v_clamped < 0.0f)
+        // Does it beat the current best candidate?
+        if (dist_box < result->DistBox)
         {
-            const float f = 1.0f - (v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin(0.0f,v_max) - v_min);
-            grab_t = (1.0f - powf(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos;
+            result->DistBox = dist_box;
+            result->DistCenter = dist_center;
+            return true;
         }
-        else
+        if (dist_box == result->DistBox)
         {
-            const float f = (v_clamped - ImMax(0.0f,v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax(0.0f,v_min));
-            grab_t = linear_zero_pos + powf(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Linear slider
-        grab_t = (ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max) - v_min) / (v_max - v_min);
-    }
-
-    // Draw
-    if (!is_horizontal)
-        grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
-    const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
-    ImRect grab_bb;
-    if (is_horizontal)
-        grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, frame_bb.Min.y + grab_padding), ImVec2(grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f, frame_bb.Max.y - grab_padding));
-    else
-        grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f));
-
-    if(render_bg)
-    {
-        auto bb = frame_bb;
-        ImRect fill_br = frame_bb;
-        auto slider_height = bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y;
-        auto slider_width = bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x;
-        ImVec2 graber_size = {};
-        float width = (grab_bb.Max.x - grab_bb.Min.x);
-        float height = (grab_bb.Max.y - grab_bb.Min.y);
-        float radius = 1.0;
-        if (is_horizontal)
-        {
-            bb.Min.y = bb.Min.y + (slider_height / 3);
-            bb.Max.y = bb.Max.y - (slider_height / 3);
-            if (bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y < 1.0f)
+            // Try using distance between center points to break ties
+            if (dist_center < result->DistCenter)
             {
-                bb.Min.y -= 0.5;
-                bb.Max.y += 0.5;
+                result->DistCenter = dist_center;
+                new_best = true;
             }
-            float grab_paddingl = 2.0f;
-            //Horizontal fills from left to right
-            fill_br.Min = bb.Min;
-            fill_br.Max = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - grab_paddingl, *v / 100), bb.Max.y);
-            graber_size = { grab_bb.Max.x - (width / 2.0f) , grab_bb.Max.y - (height / 2.0f) };
-            radius = height / 2.5f;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            bb.Min.x = bb.Min.x + (slider_width / 3);
-            bb.Max.x = bb.Max.x - (slider_width / 3);
-            if (bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x < 1.0f)
+            else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter)
             {
-                bb.Min.x -= 0.5;
-                bb.Max.x += 0.5;
+                // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items
+                // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index),
+                // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis.
+                if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance
+                    new_best = true;
             }
-            //Vertical fills from down upwards
-            fill_br.Min = bb.Min;
-            fill_br.Min.y = grab_bb.Min.y;
-            fill_br.Max = bb.Max;
-            graber_size = { grab_bb.Max.x - (width / 2.0f) , grab_bb.Max.y - (height / 2.0f) };
-            radius = width;// / 2.5;
-        }
-        // Draw frame
-        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), false, 10.0f);
-        RenderFrame(fill_br.Min, fill_br.Max, ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32({ 0, 112.f / 255, 197.f / 255, 1 }), false, 10.0f);
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(graber_size, radius, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), 16);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+        }
     }
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches
+    // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness)
+    // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too.
+    // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward.
+    // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option?
+    if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial)  // Check axial match
+        if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f))
+            {
+                result->DistAxial = dist_axial;
+                new_best = true;
+            }
+
+    return new_best;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SeekSlider(const char* label, int* v, const char* display_format)
+static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
 {
-    return SliderInt(label, v, 0, 100, display_format,true);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    result->Window = window;
+    result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+    result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
+    result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);
+    if (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid);
+        result->SelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData.
+    }
 }
 
-// Use power!=1.0 for logarithmic sliders.
-// Adjust display_format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix.
-//   "%.3f"         1.234
-//   "%5.2f secs"   01.23 secs
-//   "Gold: %.0f"   Gold: 1
-//bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
-bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power, bool render_bg)
+// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right.
+// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent.
+void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);
+}
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above)
+// This is called after LastItemData is set, but NextItemData is also still valid.
+static void ImGui::NavProcessItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
 
-    // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+    // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221)
+    if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false)
     {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-        return false;
+        g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x);
+        g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x);
     }
+    const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
 
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    if (hovered)
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.3f";
-    int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
-
-    // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
-    bool start_text_input = false;
-    const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id);
-    if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]))
+    // Process Init Request
+    if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
     {
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
-
-        if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+        // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback
+        const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0;
+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResult.ID == 0)
+        {
+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult);
+        }
+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus)
         {
-            start_text_input = true;
-            g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+            g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request
+            NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
         }
     }
-    if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
-        return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, id, decimal_precision);
 
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-
-    // Actual slider behavior + render grab
-    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_min, v_max, power, decimal_precision, 0, render_bg);
-
-    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
-    char value_buf[64];
-    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
-    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center|ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
-
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+    // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)
+    if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
+    {
+        if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) == 0)
+        {
+            const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0;
+            if (is_tabbing)
+            {
+                NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags);
+            }
+            else if (g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId))
+            {
+                ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+                if (NavScoreItem(result))
+                    NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+
+                // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items.
+                const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;
+                if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb))
+                    if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)
+                        if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible))
+                            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible);
+            }
+        }
+    }
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // Update information for currently focused/navigated item
+    if (g.NavId == id)
+    {
+        if (g.NavWindow != window)
+            SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window.
+        g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+        SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId); // Will set g.NavFocusScopeId AND store g.NavFocusScopePath
+        g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+        g.NavIdIsAlive = true;
+        if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid);
+            g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData.
+        }
+        window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power, bool render_bg)
+// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest().
+// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests!
+// - Case 1: no nav/active id:    set result to first eligible item, stop storing.
+// - Case 2: tab forward:         on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result
+// - Case 3: tab forward wrap:    set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request
+// - Case 4: tab backward:        store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing
+// - Case 5: tab backward wrap:   store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested
+void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    if (hovered)
-        SetHoveredID(id);
+    if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0)
+    {
+        if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+            return;
+        if (g.NavFocusScopeId != g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
+            return;
+    }
 
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.3f";
-    int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
+    // - Can always land on an item when using API call.
+    // - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item.
+    // - Tabbing without _NavEnableKeyboard: goes through inputable items only.
+    bool can_stop;
+    if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)
+        can_stop = true;
+    else
+        can_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop) == 0 && ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) || (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable));
 
-    if (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows)
+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal;
+    if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1)
     {
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
+        // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0
+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)
+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingCounter > 0 && --g.NavTabbingCounter == 0)
+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
+        else if (g.NavId == id)
+            g.NavTabbingCounter = 1;
+    }
+    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
+    {
+        // Tab Backward
+        if (g.NavId == id)
+        {
+            if (result->ID)
+            {
+                g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+                NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+            }
+        }
+        else if (can_stop)
+        {
+            // Keep applying until reaching NavId
+            NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+        }
+    }
+    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0)
+    {
+        if (can_stop && g.NavId == id)
+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) // Tab init
+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
     }
+}
+
+bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0;
+}
 
-    // Actual slider behavior + render grab
-    bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_min, v_max, power, decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, render_bg);
+// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
 
-    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
-    // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding
-    char value_buf[64];
-    char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
-    RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center);
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+    if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
+        move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId;
 
-    return value_changed;
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true;
+    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
+    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags;
+    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
+    g.NavMoveKeyMods = (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) ? 0 : g.IO.KeyMods;
+    g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear();
+    g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear();
+    g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear();
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
+    g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear();
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max)
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
 {
-    float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI);
-    bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, "%.0f deg", 1.0f);
-    *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f;
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing
+    NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format, bool render_bg)
+// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data)
 {
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.0f";
-    float v_f = (float)*v;
-    bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_f, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format, 1.0f, render_bg);
-    *v = (int)v_f;
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+    g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags & ~ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; // Losing SelectionUserData, recovered next-frame (cheaper).
+    g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect;
+    NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult()
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel()
 {
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.0f";
-    float v_f = (float)*v;
-    bool value_changed = VSliderFloat(label, size, &v_f, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format, 1.0f);
-    *v = (int)v_f;
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components
-bool ImGui::SliderFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it)
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
-    {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= SliderFloat("##v", &v[i], v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
-    }
-    PopID();
-
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-
-    return value_changed;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false);
+    NavMoveRequestCancel();
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true;
+    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
+    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded;
+    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire
+// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final.
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags)
 {
-    return SliderFloatN(label, v, 2, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY
+
+    // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it:
+    // as NavEndFrame() will do the same test. It will end up calling NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest().
+    if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0).
+// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way?
+static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)
 {
-    return SliderFloatN(label, v, 3, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+    ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window;
+    while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+        parent = parent->ParentWindow;
+    if (parent && parent != nav_window)
+        parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// Restore the last focused child.
+// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow()
+static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    return SliderFloatN(label, v, 4, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+    if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive)
+        return window->NavLastChildNavWindow;
+    return window;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= SliderInt("##v", &v[i], v_min, v_max, display_format);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+        g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);    // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests?
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+        if (prev_nav_window)
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    }
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0)
+    {
+        SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavLayer = layer;
+        NavInitWindow(window, true);
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-
-    return value_changed;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    return SliderIntN(label, v, 2, v_min, v_max, display_format);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove()
 {
-    return SliderIntN(label, v, 3, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+    g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()
 {
-    return SliderIntN(label, v, 4, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL);
+    if (g.NavAnyRequest)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
 }
 
-/* Provide GUI slider with values according to interval steps */
-bool ImGui::SliderIntWithSteps(const char* label, int * v, int v_min, int v_max, int v_step, const char* display_format)
+// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin)
+void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)
 {
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%d";
-
-    int tmp_val = *v;
-    bool value_changed = ImGui::SliderInt(label, &tmp_val, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow);
 
-    // Round the actual slider value to the cloasest bound interval
-    if (v_step > 1)
-        tmp_val -= (tmp_val - v_min) % v_step;
-    *v = tmp_val;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)
+    {
+        g.NavId = 0;
+        SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId);
+        return;
+    }
 
-    return value_changed;
+    bool init_for_nav = false;
+    if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)
+        init_for_nav = true;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer);
+    if (init_for_nav)
+    {
+        SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect());
+        g.NavInitRequest = true;
+        g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+        g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
+        NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];
+        SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId);
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, int decimal_precision, float power)
+static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-
-    // Draw frame
-    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
-    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
-
-    bool value_changed = false;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    const bool activated_shortcut = g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdFromShortcut && g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;
 
-    // Process clicking on the drag
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    // Testing for !activated_shortcut here could in theory be removed if we decided that activating a remote shortcut altered one of the g.NavDisableXXX flag.
+    if ((g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) && !activated_shortcut)
     {
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
-        {
-            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
-            {
-                // Lock current value on click
-                g.DragCurrentValue = *v;
-                g.DragLastMouseDelta = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
-            }
-
-            float v_cur = g.DragCurrentValue;
-            const ImVec2 mouse_drag_delta = GetMouseDragDelta(0, 1.0f);
-            if (fabsf(mouse_drag_delta.x - g.DragLastMouseDelta.x) > 0.0f)
-            {
-                float speed = v_speed;
-                if (speed == 0.0f && (v_max - v_min) != 0.0f && (v_max - v_min) < FLT_MAX)
-                    speed = (v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio;
-                if (g.IO.KeyShift && g.DragSpeedScaleFast >= 0.0f)
-                    speed = speed * g.DragSpeedScaleFast;
-                if (g.IO.KeyAlt && g.DragSpeedScaleSlow >= 0.0f)
-                    speed = speed * g.DragSpeedScaleSlow;
-
-                float delta = (mouse_drag_delta.x - g.DragLastMouseDelta.x) * speed;
-                if (fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.001f)
-                {
-                    // Logarithmic curve on both side of 0.0
-                    float v0_abs = v_cur >= 0.0f ? v_cur : -v_cur;
-                    float v0_sign = v_cur >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : -1.0f;
-                    float v1 = powf(v0_abs, 1.0f / power) + (delta * v0_sign);
-                    float v1_abs = v1 >= 0.0f ? v1 : -v1;
-                    float v1_sign = v1 >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : -1.0f;          // Crossed sign line
-                    v_cur = powf(v1_abs, power) * v0_sign * v1_sign;    // Reapply sign
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    v_cur += delta;
-                }
-                g.DragLastMouseDelta.x = mouse_drag_delta.x;
-
-                // Clamp
-                if (v_min < v_max)
-                    v_cur = ImClamp(v_cur, v_min, v_max);
-                g.DragCurrentValue = v_cur;
-            }
-
-            // Round to user desired precision, then apply
-            v_cur = RoundScalar(v_cur, decimal_precision);
-            if (*v != v_cur)
-            {
-                *v = v_cur;
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
-        }
+        // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used)
+        // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard.
+        // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx()
+        ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos;
+        return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item
+        ImRect ref_rect;
+        if (activated_shortcut)
+            ref_rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
         else
+            ref_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]);
+
+        // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?)
+        if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX))
         {
-            SetActiveID(0);
+            ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+            ref_rect.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll);
         }
+        ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(ref_rect.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, ref_rect.GetWidth()), ref_rect.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, ref_rect.GetHeight()));
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+        return ImTrunc(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImTrunc() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.
     }
-
-    return value_changed;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+    float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
+    GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
-
-    // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+    ImGuiKey key_less, key_more;
+    if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
     {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-        return false;
+        key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp;
+        key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown;
     }
-
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    if (hovered)
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.3f";
-    int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
-
-    // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box
-    bool start_text_input = false;
-    const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id);
-    if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && (g.IO.MouseClicked[0] | g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])))
+    else
     {
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
-
-        if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+        key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+        key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+    }
+    float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
+    if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase
+        amount = 0.0f;
+    return amount;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    io.WantSetMousePos = false;
+    //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);
+
+    // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource?
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown };
+    if (nav_gamepad_active)
+        for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source)
+            if (IsKeyDown(key))
+                g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow };
+    if (nav_keyboard_active)
+        for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source)
+            if (IsKeyDown(key))
+                g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+
+    // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)
+    g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;
+    if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0)
+        NavInitRequestApplyResult();
+    g.NavInitRequest = false;
+    g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+    g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
+
+    // Process navigation move request
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
+        NavMoveRequestApplyResult();
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+
+    // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling)
+    bool set_mouse_pos = false;
+    if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive)
+        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow)
+            set_mouse_pos = true;
+    g.NavMousePosDirty = false;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
+
+    // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0
+    if (g.NavWindow)
+        NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow);
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
+
+    // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.)
+    NavUpdateWindowing();
+
+    // Set output flags for user application
+    io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);
+    io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
+
+    // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
+    NavUpdateCancelRequest();
+
+    // Process manual activation request
+    g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = 0;
+    g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+    if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+    {
+        const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner));
+        const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)));
+        const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner));
+        const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)));
+        if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)
+        {
+            g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
+            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak;
+        }
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed)
         {
-            start_text_input = true;
-            g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+            g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
+            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
+        }
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_down || input_down))
+            g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_pressed || input_pressed))
+        {
+            g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;
+            NavHighlightActivated(g.NavId);
         }
     }
-    if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
-        return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, id, decimal_precision);
+    if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    if (g.NavActivateId != 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId);
+
+    // Highlight
+    if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer > 0.0f)
+        g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = ImMax(0.0f, g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer - io.DeltaTime);
+    if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer == 0.0f)
+        g.NavHighlightActivatedId = 0;
+
+    // Process programmatic activation request
+    // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others)
+    if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0)
+    {
+        g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId;
+        g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags;
+    }
+    g.NavNextActivateId = 0;
+
+    // Process move requests
+    NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
+        NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+    g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+
+    // Scrolling
+    if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget)
+    {
+        // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+        const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.
+        const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+        if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
+        {
+            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+                SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+                SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+        }
 
-    // Actual drag behavior
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, decimal_precision, power);
+        // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick
+        // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds.
+        if (nav_gamepad_active)
+        {
+            const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
+            const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
+            if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)
+                SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
+            if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)
+                SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
+        }
+    }
 
-    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
-    char value_buf[64];
-    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
-    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center|ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
+    // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled
+    if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active)
+    {
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false;
+    }
 
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+    // Update mouse position if requested
+    // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied)
+    if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos))
+        TeleportMousePos(NavCalcPreferredRefPos());
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // [DEBUG]
+    g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS
+    if (ImGuiWindow* debug_window = g.NavWindow)
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(debug_window);
+        int layer = g.NavLayer; /* for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++)*/ { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(debug_window, debug_window->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); }
+        //if (1) { ImU32 col = (!debug_window->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }
+    }
+#endif
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
+    // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    if (!g.NavWindow)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult;
+    if (g.NavId != result->ID)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= DragFloat("##v", &v[i], v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
+        g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0;
+        g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false;
+        g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) != 0;
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)
+    // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently.
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);
+    g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result
+    if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData;
+    if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// Bias scoring rect ahead of scoring + update preferred pos (if missing) using source position
+static void NavBiasScoringRect(ImRect& r, ImVec2& preferred_pos_rel, ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
 {
-    return DragFloatN(label, v, 2, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
-}
+    // Bias initial rect
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImVec2 rel_to_abs_offset = g.NavWindow->DC.CursorStartPos;
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
-{
-    return DragFloatN(label, v, 3, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
-}
+    // Initialize bias on departure if we don't have any. So mouse-click + arrow will record bias.
+    // - We default to L/U bias, so moving down from a large source item into several columns will land on left-most column.
+    // - But each successful move sets new bias on one axis, only cleared when using mouse.
+    if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
+    {
+        if (preferred_pos_rel.x == FLT_MAX)
+            preferred_pos_rel.x = ImMin(r.Min.x + 1.0f, r.Max.x) - rel_to_abs_offset.x;
+        if (preferred_pos_rel.y == FLT_MAX)
+            preferred_pos_rel.y = r.GetCenter().y - rel_to_abs_offset.y;
+    }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
-{
-    return DragFloatN(label, v, 4, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+    // Apply general bias on the other axis
+    if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) && preferred_pos_rel.x != FLT_MAX)
+        r.Min.x = r.Max.x = preferred_pos_rel.x + rel_to_abs_offset.x;
+    else if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) && preferred_pos_rel.y != FLT_MAX)
+        r.Min.y = r.Max.y = preferred_pos_rel.y + rel_to_abs_offset.y;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, const char* display_format_max, float power)
+void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    PushID(label);
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
 
-    bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), display_format, power);
-    PopItemWidth();
-    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, display_format_max ? display_format_max : display_format, power);
-    PopItemWidth();
-    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-    PopID();
+    if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL)
+    {
+        // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window)
+        // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None);
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded);
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Initiate directional inputs request
+        g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;
+        g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
+        g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;
+        if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        {
+            const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove;
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left)  && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,  repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,  repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up)    && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,    repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow,    repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down)  && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,  repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow,  repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; }
+        }
+        g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    }
 
-    return value_changed;
-}
+    // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll
+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag?
+    float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
+    if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active)
+        scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
+    if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f)
+    {
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect;
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);
+    }
 
-// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision
-bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.0f";
-    float v_f = (float)*v;
-    bool value_changed = DragFloat(label, &v_f, v_speed, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format);
-    *v = (int)v_f;
-    return value_changed;
-}
+    // [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction.
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    //if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
+    //    g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3);
+    if (io.KeyCtrl)
+    {
+        if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
+            g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug;
+        g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
+        g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult;
+    }
+#endif
 
-bool ImGui::DragIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    // Submit
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
+    if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)
+        NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    // Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match)
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= DragInt("##v", &v[i], v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", g.NavLayer);
+        g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;
+        g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
     }
-    PopID();
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-
-    return value_changed;
-}
+    // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area.
+    // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling,
+    // since with gamepad all movements are relative (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse).
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded))
+    {
+        bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0;
+        bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0;
+        ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)));
 
-bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    return DragIntN(label, v, 2, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
-}
+        // Take account of changing scroll to handle triggering a new move request on a scrolling frame. (#6171)
+        // Otherwise 'inner_rect_rel' would be off on the move result frame.
+        inner_rect_rel.Translate(CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window) - window->Scroll);
 
-bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    return DragIntN(label, v, 3, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
-}
+        if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n");
+            float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f);
+            float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item
+            inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX;
+            window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel);
+            g.NavId = 0;
+        }
+    }
 
-bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    return DragIntN(label, v, 4, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+    // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items)
+    ImRect scoring_rect;
+    if (window != NULL)
+    {
+        ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
+        scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel);
+        scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);
+        if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
+            NavBiasScoringRect(scoring_rect, window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveFlags);
+        IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
+        //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG]
+    }
+    g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect;
+    g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format, const char* display_format_max)
+void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    PushID(label);
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
-
-    bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), display_format);
-    PopItemWidth();
-    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, display_format_max ? display_format_max : display_format);
-    PopItemWidth();
-    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None);
+    if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        return;
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-    PopID();
+    const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt;
+    if (!tab_pressed)
+        return;
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // Initiate tabbing request
+    // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!)
+    // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping.
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    if (nav_keyboard_active)
+        g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
+    else
+        g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+    ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down;
+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = -1;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate()
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times
         return;
+#endif
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    // Select which result to use
+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL;
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    if (graph_size.x == 0.0f)
-        graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
-    if (graph_size.y == 0.0f)
-        graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
-
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y));
-    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, NULL))
+    // Tabbing forward wrap
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL)
+        if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID)
+            result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst;
+
+    // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result)
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    if (result == NULL)
+    {
+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
+            g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;
+        if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)
+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis); // On a failed move, clear preferred pos for this axis.
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n");
         return;
+    }
+
+    // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet)
+        if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId)
+            result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible;
+
+    // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules.
+    if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
+        if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter))
+            result = &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window);
 
-    // Determine scale from values if not specified
-    if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+    // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.
+    if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
     {
-        float v_min = FLT_MAX;
-        float v_max = -FLT_MAX;
-        for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++)
+        ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel);
+        ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
+
+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY)
         {
-            const float v = values_getter(data, i);
-            v_min = ImMin(v_min, v);
-            v_max = ImMax(v_max, v);
+            // FIXME: Should remove this? Or make more precise: use ScrollToRectEx() with edge?
+            float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f;
+            SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target);
         }
-        if (scale_min == FLT_MAX)
-            scale_min = v_min;
-        if (scale_max == FLT_MAX)
-            scale_max = v_max;
     }
 
-    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    if (g.NavWindow != result->Window)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name);
+        g.NavWindow = result->Window;
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+    }
+
+    // Clear active id unless requested not to
+    // FIXME: ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId is currently unused as we don't have a clear strategy to preserve active id after interaction,
+    // so this is mostly provided as a gateway for further experiments (see #1418, #2890)
+    if (g.ActiveId != result->ID && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId) == 0)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)
+    // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior.
+    if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0)
+    {
+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
+        g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods;
+        g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0;
+        g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) != 0;
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = 0x%08X, NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0x%08X\n", g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId, g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId);
+    }
+
+    // Apply new NavID/Focus
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer];
+    SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);
+    if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData;
 
-    int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
-    int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+    // Restore last preferred position for current axis
+    // (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..)
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0)
+    {
+        preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis];
+        g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel;
+    }
 
-    // Tooltip on hover
-    int v_hovered = -1;
-    if (IsHovered(inner_bb, 0))
+    // Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0)
+        g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;
+
+    // Activate
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate)
     {
-        const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
-        const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
-        IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count);
+        g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;
+        g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
+            g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing;
+    }
+
+    // Enable nav highlight
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+}
+
+// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
+// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need:
+// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it.
+// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))
+        return;
 
-        const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count);
-        const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count);
-        if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
-            SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1);
-        else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
-            SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0);
-        v_hovered = v_idx;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n");
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0)
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+    }
+    else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+    {
+        // Leave the "menu" layer
+        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    }
+    else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow)
+    {
+        // Exit child window
+        ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav;
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = child_window->ParentWindow;
+        IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);
+        FocusWindow(parent_window);
+        SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_window->Rect()));
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    }
+    else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+    {
+        // Close open popup/menu
+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were
+        if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))
+            g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
+        g.NavId = 0;
     }
+}
 
-    const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w;
+// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys
+// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request
+// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference
+// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid?
+static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
+        return 0.0f;
 
-    float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count);
-    float t0 = 0.0f;
-    ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) / (scale_max - scale_min)) );    // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle
+    const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out
+        return 0.0f;
 
-    const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram);
-    const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered);
+    if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
 
-    for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++)
+    if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)
     {
-        const float t1 = t0 + t_step;
-        const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f);
-        IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count);
-        const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count);
-        const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) / (scale_max - scale_min)) );
-
-        // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU.
-        ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0);
-        ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, 1.0f));
-        if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+        // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))
+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))
+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+        else if (home_pressed)
+            SetScrollY(window, 0.0f);
+        else if (end_pressed)
+            SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+        const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());
+        float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true))
         {
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;
         }
-        else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true))
         {
-            if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f)
-                pos1.x -= 1.0f;
-            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;
         }
-
-        t0 = t1;
-        tp0 = tp1;
+        else if (home_pressed)
+        {
+            // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y
+            // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result.
+            // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any.
+            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f;
+            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
+                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
+            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
+        }
+        else if (end_pressed)
+        {
+            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y;
+            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
+                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
+            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
+        }
+        return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;
     }
-
-    // Text overlay
-    if (overlay_text)
-        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center);
-
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+    return 0.0f;
 }
 
-struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData
+static void ImGui::NavEndFrame()
 {
-    const float* Values;
-    int Stride;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; }
-};
+    // Show CTRL+TAB list window
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
+        NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
 
-static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
-{
-    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data;
-    const float v = *(float*)(void*)((unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride);
-    return v;
+    // Perform wrap-around in menus
+    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly.
+    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame.
+    if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
+        NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
 }
 
-void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest()
 {
-    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
-    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
 
-void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
-{
-    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+    bool do_forward = false;
+    ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+    ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+
+    const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags;
+    //const ImGuiAxis move_axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (!do_forward)
+        return;
+    window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel;
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
-    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(g);
+    int order = window->FocusOrder;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window);
+    return order;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
 {
-    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir)
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]))
+            return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size
-void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay)
+static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-
-    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    ImRect bb(pos, pos + CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
         return;
 
-    // Render
-    fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
-    bb.Reduce(ImVec2(window->BorderSize, window->BorderSize));
-    const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, fill_br, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), false, style.FrameRounding);
-
-    // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
-    char overlay_buf[32];
-    if (!overlay)
+    const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+    ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir);
+    if (!window_target)
+        window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir);
+    if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list
     {
-        ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f);
-        overlay = overlay_buf;
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target;
+        g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     }
-
-    ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
-    if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImGuiAlign_Left|ImGuiAlign_VCenter, &bb.Min, &bb.Max);
+    g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
+// Windowing management mode
+// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer)
+// Gamepad:  Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer)
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
 
-    const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2));
-    ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;
+    bool apply_toggle_layer = false;
 
-    ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
-        total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max));
-    }
-
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
-        return false;
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+    bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal.
+    if (!allow_windowing)
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
 
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-    if (pressed)
-        *v = !(*v);
-
-    RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
-    if (*v)
+    // Fade out
+    if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)
     {
-        const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
-        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min+ImVec2(pad,pad), check_bb.Max-ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), style.FrameRounding);
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
+        if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
+            g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;
     }
 
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(text_bb.GetTL(), *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(text_bb.GetTL(), label);
-
-    return pressed;
-}
+    // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection
+    // (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext/g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev defaults are ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiKey_Tab and ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiMod_Shift|ImGuiKey_Tab)
+    const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr("###NavUpdateWindowing");
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, owner_id);
+    const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, owner_id);
+    const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, ImGuiInputFlags_None);
+    const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard!
+    if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))
+        {
+            g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow;
+            g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer
+            g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
+
+            // Manually register ownership of our mods. Using a global route in the Shortcut() calls instead would probably be correct but may have more side-effects.
+            if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)
+                SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext | g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev) & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id);
+        }
 
-bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value)
-{
-    bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value);
-    bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v);
-    if (pressed)
+    // Gamepad update
+    g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime;
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
     {
-        if (v)
-            *flags |= flags_value;
-        else
-            *flags &= ~flags_value;
-    }
-
-    return pressed;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+        // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));
 
-    const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1));
-    ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+        // Select window to focus
+        const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1);
+        if (focus_change_dir != 0)
+        {
+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);
+            g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;
+        }
 
-    ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
-        total_bb.Add(text_bb);
+        // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most)
+        if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu))
+        {
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.
+            if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow)
+                apply_toggle_layer = true;
+            else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
+                apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
+            g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+        }
     }
 
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
-    center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f;
-    center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f;
-    const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f;
-
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-
-    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16);
-    if (active)
+    // Keyboard: Focus
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
     {
-        const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
-        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
+        // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise
+        ImGuiKeyChord shared_mods = ((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext : ImGuiMod_Mask_) & (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev : ImGuiMod_Mask_)) & ImGuiMod_Mask_;
+        IM_ASSERT(shared_mods != 0); // Next/Prev shortcut currently needs a shared modifier to "hold", otherwise Prev actions would keep cycling between two windows.
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f
+        if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)
+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(keyboard_next_window ? -1 : +1);
+        else if ((io.KeyMods & shared_mods) != shared_mods)
+            apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
     }
 
-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders)
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16);
-        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16);
+    // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer
+    const ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_keys[] = { ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_RightAlt };
+    for (ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_key : windowing_toggle_keys)
+        if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(windowing_toggle_key, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))
+        {
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;
+            g.NavWindowingToggleKey = windowing_toggle_key;
+            g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+            break;
+        }
+    if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
+    {
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370)
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439)
+        // - AltGR is Alt+Ctrl on some layout but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl).
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key.
+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper)
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+        if (TestKeyOwner(g.NavWindowingToggleKey, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) == false || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) == false)
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+
+        // Apply layer toggle on Alt release
+        // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss.
+        if (IsKeyReleased(g.NavWindowingToggleKey) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
+            if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+                if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
+                    apply_toggle_layer = true;
+        if (!IsKeyDown(g.NavWindowingToggleKey))
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+    }
+
+    // Move window
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+    {
+        ImVec2 nav_move_dir;
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift)
+            nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+            nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
+        if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;
+            const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step;
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+            ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos);
+            if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
+            {
+                ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow;
+                SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always);
+                g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored;
+            }
+        }
     }
 
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(text_bb.GetTL(), active ? "(x)" : "( )");
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(text_bb.GetTL(), label);
-
-    return pressed;
-}
+    // Apply final focus
+    if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
+        FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
+        apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow;
+        if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)
+            NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
+
+        // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly
+        // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame,
+        // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since
+        // the target window as already been previewed once.
+        // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases,
+        // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask*
+        // won't be valid.
+        if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu))
+            g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    }
+    if (apply_focus_window)
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+
+    // Apply menu/layer toggle
+    if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow)
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+        // Move to parent menu if necessary
+        ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+        while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow
+            && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0
+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0
+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+            new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;
+        if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+            FocusWindow(new_nav_window);
+            new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window;
+        }
 
-bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button)
-{
-    const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button);
-    if (pressed)
-    {
-        *v = v_button;
+        // Toggle layer
+        const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer)
+        {
+            // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?)
+            if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)
+                g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0;
+            NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer);
+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        }
     }
-    return pressed;
 }
 
-static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end)
+// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable()
+static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    int line_count = 0;
-    const char* s = text_begin;
-    while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding
-        if (c == '\n')
-            line_count++;
-    s--;
-    if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r')
-        line_count++;
-    *out_text_end = s;
-    return line_count;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+        return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup);
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0)
+        return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar);
+    return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled);
 }
 
-static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
+// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().
+void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay()
 {
-    ImFont* font = GImGui->Font;
-    const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize;
-    const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
 
-    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
-    float line_width = 0.0f;
+    if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY)
+        return;
 
-    const ImWchar* s = text_begin;
-    while (s < text_end)
-    {
-        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++);
-        if (c == '\n')
-        {
-            text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
-            text_size.y += line_height;
-            line_width = 0.0f;
-            if (stop_on_new_line)
-                break;
-            continue;
-        }
-        if (c == '\r')
+    if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL)
+        g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList");
+    const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+    SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));
+    SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f);
+    Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+    if (g.ContextName[0] != 0)
+        SeparatorText(g.ContextName);
+    for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n];
+        IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers
+        if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window))
             continue;
-
-        const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)c) * scale;
-        line_width += char_width;
+        const char* label = window->Name;
+        if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label))
+            label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window);
+        Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window);
     }
+    End();
+    PopStyleVar();
+}
 
-    if (text_size.x < line_width)
-        text_size.x = line_width;
 
-    if (out_offset)
-        *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height);  // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f)                        // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n
-        text_size.y += line_height;
+bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.DragDropActive;
+}
 
-    if (remaining)
-        *remaining = s;
+void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DragDropActive)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] ClearDragDrop()\n");
+    g.DragDropActive = false;
+    g.DragDropPayload.Clear();
+    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
+    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
 
-    return text_size;
+    g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear();
+    memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
 }
 
-// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar)
-namespace ImGuiStb
+bool ImGui::BeginTooltipHidden()
 {
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool ret = Begin("##Tooltip_Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
+    SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow);
+    return ret;
+}
 
-static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj)                             { return obj->CurLenW; }
-static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)                      { return obj->Text[idx]; }
-static float   STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx)  { ImWchar c = obj->Text[line_start_idx+char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; return GImGui->Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (GImGui->FontSize / GImGui->Font->FontSize); }
-static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key)                                                    { return key >= 0x10000 ? 0 : key; }
-static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n';
-static void    STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx)
+// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource()
+// If the item has an identifier:
+// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior).
+// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button.
+// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag.
+// If the item has no identifier:
+// - Currently always assume left mouse button.
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
 {
-    const ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data;
-    const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL;
-    const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true);
-    r->x0 = 0.0f;
-    r->x1 = size.x;
-    r->baseline_y_delta = size.y;
-    r->ymin = 0.0f;
-    r->ymax = size.y;
-    r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx));
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-static bool is_separator(unsigned int c)                                        { return ImCharIsSpace(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; }
-static int  is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)      { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; }
-static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)   { while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; }
-#ifdef __APPLE__    // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure
-static int  is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)       { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; }
-static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)  { int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
-#else
-static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)  { int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
-#endif
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT   STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL    // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL
+    // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button,
+    // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic).
+    ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
 
-static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n)
-{
-    ImWchar* dst = obj->Text.Data + pos;
+    bool source_drag_active = false;
+    ImGuiID source_id = 0;
+    ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) == 0)
+    {
+        source_id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+        if (source_id != 0)
+        {
+            // Common path: items with ID
+            if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
+                return false;
+            if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1)
+                mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
+                return false;
+            g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Uncommon path: items without ID
+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
+                return false;
+            if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
+                return false;
 
-    // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats
-    obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n);
-    obj->CurLenW -= n;
+            // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to:
+            // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag.
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID))
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(0);
+                return false;
+            }
 
-    // Offset remaining text
-    const ImWchar* src = obj->Text.Data + pos + n;
-    while (ImWchar c = *src++)
-        *dst++ = c;
-    *dst = '\0';
-}
+            // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()
+            // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.
+            // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.
+            // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.
+            // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact.
+            source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);
+            KeepAliveID(source_id);
+            bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+            if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])
+            {
+                SetActiveID(source_id, window);
+                FocusWindow(window);
+            }
+            if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker.
+                g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered;
+        }
+        if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
+            return false;
+        source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();
+        source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button);
 
-static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len)
-{
-    const int text_len = obj->CurLenW;
-    if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->Text.Size)
-        return false;
+        // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any
+        SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern is set:
+        window = NULL;
+        source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern");
+        source_drag_active = true;
+        mouse_button = g.IO.MouseDown[0] ? 0 : -1;
+        KeepAliveID(source_id);
+        SetActiveID(source_id, NULL);
+    }
 
-    const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len);
-    if (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufSizeA)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget()
+    if (!source_drag_active)
         return false;
 
-    ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data;
-    if (pos != text_len)
-        memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar));
-    memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar));
+    // Activate drag and drop
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0);
+        ClearDragDrop();
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] BeginDragDropSource() DragDropActive = true, source_id = 0x%08X%s\n",
+            source_id, (flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) ? " (EXTERN)" : "");
+        ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+        payload.SourceId = source_id;
+        payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id;
+        g.DragDropActive = true;
+        g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags;
+        g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button;
+        if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
+            g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+    }
+    g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+    g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+    {
+        // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)
+        // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.
+        bool ret;
+        if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
+            ret = BeginTooltipHidden();
+        else
+            ret = BeginTooltip();
+        IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame().
+        IM_UNUSED(ret);
+    }
 
-    obj->CurLenW += new_text_len;
-    obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8;
-    obj->Text[obj->CurLenW] = '\0';
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
 
     return true;
 }
 
-// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols)
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT         0x10000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT        0x10001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP           0x10002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN         0x10003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART    0x10004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND      0x10005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART    0x10006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND      0x10007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE       0x10008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE    0x10009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO         0x1000A // keyboard input to perform undo
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO         0x1000B // keyboard input to perform redo
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT     0x1000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT    0x1000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT        0x20000
+void ImGui::EndDragDropSource()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?");
 
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
-#include "stb_textedit.h"
+    if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+        EndTooltip();
 
+    // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload()
+    if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1)
+        ClearDragDrop();
+    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextEditState::OnKeyPressed(int key)
+// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame
+bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
-    stb_textedit_key(this, &StbState, key);
-    CursorFollow = true;
-    CursorAnimReset();
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+    if (cond == 0)
+        cond = ImGuiCond_Always;
 
-// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text
-// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar)
-// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance.
-void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count)
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen);
-    char* dst = Buf + pos;
-    const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count;
-    while (char c = *src++)
-        *dst++ = c;
-    *dst = '\0';
+    IM_ASSERT(type != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long");
+    IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0));
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once);
+    IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource()
+
+    if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1)
+    {
+        // Copy payload
+        ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType));
+        g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0);
+        if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal))
+        {
+            // Store in heap
+            g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size);
+            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data;
+            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
+        }
+        else if (data_size > 0)
+        {
+            // Store locally
+            memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
+            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal;
+            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            payload.Data = NULL;
+        }
+        payload.DataSize = (int)data_size;
+    }
+    payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
 
-    if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos)
-        CursorPos -= bytes_count;
-    else if (CursorPos >= pos)
-        CursorPos = pos;
-    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
-    BufDirty = true;
-    BufTextLen -= bytes_count;
+    // Return whether the payload has been accepted
+    return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1);
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end)
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
 {
-    const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text);
-    if (new_text_len + BufTextLen + 1 >= BufSize)
-        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
+        return false;
 
-    if (BufTextLen != pos)
-        memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos));
-    memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char));
-    Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0';
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
+    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow)
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId))
+        return false;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
 
-    if (CursorPos >= pos)
-        CursorPos += new_text_len;
-    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
-    BufDirty = true;
-    BufTextLen += new_text_len;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget()
+    g.DragDropTargetRect = bb;
+    g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overriden by user depending on use case?
+    g.DragDropTargetId = id;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Return false to discard a character.
-static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because:
+// 1) we use LastItemData's ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them.
+// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can.
+// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case)
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()
 {
-    unsigned int c = *p_char;
-
-    if (c < 128 && c != ' ' && !isprint((int)(c & 0xFF)))
-    {
-        bool pass = false;
-        pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline));
-        pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput));
-        if (!pass)
-            return false;
-    }
-
-    if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) // Filter private Unicode range. I don't imagine anybody would want to input them. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
         return false;
 
-    if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank))
-    {
-        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal)
-            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/'))
-                return false;
-
-        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)
-            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'))
-                return false;
-
-        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)
-            if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
-                *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a'));
-
-        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank)
-            if (ImCharIsSpace(c))
-                return false;
-    }
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+        return false;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
+    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow || window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+    const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (id == 0)
     {
-        ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data;
-        memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData));
-        callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
-        callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
-        callback_data.Flags = flags;
-        callback_data.UserData = user_data;
-        if (callback(&callback_data) != 0)
-            return false;
-        *p_char = callback_data.EventChar;
-        if (!callback_data.EventChar)
-            return false;
+        id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect);
+        KeepAliveID(id);
     }
+    if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)
+        return false;
 
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget()
+    g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect;
+    g.DragDropTargetClipRect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect : window->ClipRect;
+    g.DragDropTargetId = id;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
     return true;
 }
 
-// Edit a string of text
-// NB: when active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while active has no effect.
-// FIXME: Rather messy function partly because we are doing UTF8 > u16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to more easily handle stb_textedit calls. Ideally we should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188
-bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys)
-    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0;
+}
 
+const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);                        // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ?
+    IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1);            // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ?
+    if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type))
+        return NULL;
 
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0;
-    const bool is_editable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0;
-    const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0;
+    // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints.
+    // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function!
+    const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId);
+    ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect;
+    float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight();
+    if (r_surface > g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface)
+        return NULL;
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? GetTextLineHeight() * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x) : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: accept\n", g.DragDropTargetId);
 
-    ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
-    if (is_multiline)
-    {
-        BeginGroup();
-        if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()))
-        {
-            EndChildFrame();
-            EndGroup();
-            return false;
-        }
-        draw_window = GetCurrentWindow();
-        size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
-    }
+    // Render default drop visuals
+    payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;
+    flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame)
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)
+        RenderDragDropTargetRect(r, g.DragDropTargetClipRect);
+
+    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+    if ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) && g.DragDropMouseButton == -1)
+        payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && (g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount);
     else
-    {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
-            return false;
-    }
+        payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()
+    if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery))
+        return NULL;
 
-    // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
-    if (is_password)
-    {
-        const ImFont::Glyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
-        ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
-        password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
-        password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
-        password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset;
-        password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
-        password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
-        password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
-        password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
-        password_font->FallbackXAdvance = glyph->XAdvance;
-        IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexXAdvance.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
-        PushFont(password_font);
-    }
+    if (payload.Delivery)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] AcceptDragDropPayload(): 0x%08X: payload delivery\n", g.DragDropTargetId);
+    return &payload;
+}
+
+// FIXME-STYLE FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.
+void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImRect bb_display = bb;
+    bb_display.ClipWith(item_clip_rect); // Clip THEN expand so we have a way to visualize that target is not entirely visible.
+    bb_display.Expand(3.5f);
+    bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(bb_display);
+    if (push_clip_rect)
+        window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen();
+    window->DrawList->AddRect(bb_display.Min, bb_display.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+    if (push_clip_rect)
+        window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+}
+
+const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL;
+}
 
-    // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget.
-    ImGuiTextEditState& edit_state = g.InputTextState;
+void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget);
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
 
-    const bool is_ctrl_down = io.KeyCtrl;
-    const bool is_shift_down = io.KeyShift;
-    const bool is_alt_down = io.KeyAlt;
-    const bool is_super_down = io.KeySuper;
-    const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id, (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) == 0);    // Using completion callback disable keyboard tabbing
-    const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent);
-    const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code;
+    // Clear drag and drop state payload right after delivery
+    if (g.DragDropPayload.Delivery)
+        ClearDragDrop();
+}
 
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    if (hovered)
-    {
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-        g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput;
-    }
-    const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
-    const bool user_scrolled = is_multiline && g.ActiveId == 0 && edit_state.Id == id && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == draw_window->GetID("#SCROLLY");
-
-    bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0;
-    if (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scrolled)
-    {
-        if (g.ActiveId != id)
-        {
-            // Start edition
-            // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar)
-            // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
-            const int prev_len_w = edit_state.CurLenW;
-            edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1);        // wchar count <= utf-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
-            edit_state.InitialText.resize(buf_size+1); // utf-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
-            ImFormatString(edit_state.InitialText.Data, edit_state.InitialText.Size, "%s", buf);
-            const char* buf_end = NULL;
-            edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
-            edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImFormatString() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
-            edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-
-            // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
-            // FIXME: We should probably compare the whole buffer to be on the safety side. Comparing buf (utf8) and edit_state.Text (wchar).
-            const bool recycle_state = (edit_state.Id == id) && (prev_len_w == edit_state.CurLenW);
-            if (recycle_state)
-            {
-                // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
-                // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
-                edit_state.CursorClamp();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                edit_state.Id = id;
-                edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
-                stb_textedit_initialize_state(&edit_state.StbState, !is_multiline);
-                if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code)
-                    select_all = true;
-            }
-            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode)
-                edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true;
-            if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && is_ctrl_down)))
-                select_all = true;
-        }
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard.
+// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    if (g.LogFile)
+    {
+        g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0);
+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
+        ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile);
     }
-    else if (io.MouseClicked[0])
+    else
     {
-        // Release focus when we click outside
-        if (g.ActiveId == id)
-            SetActiveID(0);
+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
     }
+}
 
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    bool enter_pressed = false;
-
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
-    {
-        if (!is_editable && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
-        {
-            // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
-            edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1);
-            const char* buf_end = NULL;
-            edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
-            edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
-            edit_state.CursorClamp();
-        }
+void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
 
-        edit_state.BufSizeA = buf_size;
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
 
-        // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
-        // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active.
-        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0];
+void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
 
-        // Edit in progress
-        const float mouse_x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + edit_state.ScrollX;
-        const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (g.IO.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f));
+    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
+}
 
-        if (select_all || (hovered && !io.DoubleClickSelectsWord && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
-        {
-            edit_state.SelectAll();
-            edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
-        }
-        else if (hovered && io.DoubleClickSelectsWord && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
-        {
-            // Select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes)
-            edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT);
-            edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
-        }
-        else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock)
-        {
-            stb_textedit_click(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
-            edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-        }
-        else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
-        {
-            stb_textedit_drag(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
-            edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-            edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
-        }
-        if (edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
-            edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
+// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
+// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system.
+void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-        if (g.IO.InputCharacters[0])
-        {
-            // Process text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
-            // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow CTRL+ALT as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR - which is Alt+Ctrl - to input certain characters.
-            if (!(is_ctrl_down && !is_alt_down) && is_editable)
-            {
-                for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.InputCharacters) && g.IO.InputCharacters[n]; n++)
-                    if (unsigned int c = (unsigned int)g.IO.InputCharacters[n])
-                    {
-                        // Insert character if they pass filtering
-                        if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
-                            continue;
-                        edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
-                    }
-            }
+    const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix;
+    const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
 
-            // Consume characters
-            memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
-        }
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
 
-        // Handle various key-presses
-        bool cancel_edit = false;
-        const int k_mask = (is_shift_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
-        const bool is_shortcutkey_only = (io.ShortcutsUseSuperKey ? (is_super_down && !is_alt_down && !is_shift_down && !is_ctrl_down) : (is_ctrl_down && !is_alt_down && !is_shift_down && !is_super_down));
-        const bool is_wordmove_key_down = (io.WordMovementUsesAltKey ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl);
+    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1);
+    if (ref_pos)
+        g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;
+    if (log_new_line)
+    {
+        LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+        g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
+    }
 
-        if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow))                        { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow))                  { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | k_mask  : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | k_mask); }
-        else if (is_multiline && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))     { if (is_ctrl_down) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | k_mask); }
-        else if (is_multiline && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))   { if (is_ctrl_down) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN| k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home))                        { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_ctrl_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End))                         { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_ctrl_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && is_editable)       { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && is_editable)    { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter))
-        {
-            bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0;
-            if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !is_ctrl_down) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && is_ctrl_down))
-            {
-                SetActiveID(0);
-                enter_pressed = true;
-            }
-            else if (is_editable)
-            {
-                unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
-                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
-                    edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
-            }
-        }
-        else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !is_ctrl_down && !is_shift_down && !is_alt_down && is_editable)
-        {
-            unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
-            if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
-                edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
-        }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape))                                     { SetActiveID(0); cancel_edit = true; }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z) && is_editable)    { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO); edit_state.ClearSelection(); }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y) && is_editable)    { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); edit_state.ClearSelection(); }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A))                   { edit_state.SelectAll(); edit_state.CursorFollow = true; }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && !is_password && ((IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X) && is_editable) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection()))
-        {
-            // Cut, Copy
-            const bool cut = IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X);
-            if (cut && !edit_state.HasSelection())
-                edit_state.SelectAll();
+    if (prefix)
+        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here.
 
-            if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
-            {
-                const int ib = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : 0;
-                const int ie = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : edit_state.CurLenW;
-                edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize((ie-ib) * 4 + 1);
-                ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data+ib, edit_state.Text.Data+ie);
-                g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);
-            }
+    // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
+    if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth)
+        g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef);
 
-            if (cut)
-            {
-                edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
-                stb_textedit_cut(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState);
-            }
-        }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V) && is_editable)
+    const char* text_remaining = text;
+    for (;;)
+    {
+        // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
+        // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured.
+        const char* line_start = text_remaining;
+        const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end);
+        const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end);
+        if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line)
         {
-            // Paste
-            if (g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn)
+            const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start);
+            const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1;
+            LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start);
+            g.LogLineFirstItem = false;
+            if (*line_end == '\n')
             {
-                if (const char* clipboard = g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn())
-                {
-                    // Remove new-line from pasted buffer
-                    const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
-                    ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
-                    int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
-                    for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; )
-                    {
-                        unsigned int c;
-                        s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
-                        if (c == 0)
-                            break;
-                        if (c >= 0x10000 || !InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
-                            continue;
-                        clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
-                    }
-                    clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0;
-                    if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation
-                    {
-                        stb_textedit_paste(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
-                        edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
-                    }
-                    ImGui::MemFree(clipboard_filtered);
-                }
+                LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+                g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
             }
         }
+        if (is_last_line)
+            break;
+        text_remaining = line_end + 1;
+    }
 
-        if (cancel_edit)
-        {
-            // Restore initial value
-            if (is_editable)
-            {
-                ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%s", edit_state.InitialText.Data);
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back
-            // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer
-            // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect.
-            // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks.
-            if (is_editable)
-            {
-                edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize(edit_state.Text.Size * 4);
-                ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data, NULL);
-            }
+    if (suffix)
+        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix));
+}
 
-            // User callback
-            if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0)
-            {
-                IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
+// Start logging/capturing text output
+void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty());
+    g.LogEnabled = g.ItemUnclipByLog = true;
+    g.LogType = type;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
+    g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+    g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault);
+    g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+    g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
+}
 
-                // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
-                ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
-                ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT;
-                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
-                {
-                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
-                    event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
-                }
-                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))
-                {
-                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
-                    event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
-                }
-                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))
-                {
-                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
-                    event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
-                }
-                else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)
-                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways;
+// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText)
+void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = prefix;
+    g.LogNextSuffix = suffix;
+}
 
-                if (event_flag)
-                {
-                    ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data;
-                    memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData));
-                    callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag;
-                    callback_data.Flags = flags;
-                    callback_data.UserData = user_data;
-                    callback_data.ReadOnly = !is_editable;
-
-                    callback_data.EventKey = event_key;
-                    callback_data.Buf = edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data;
-                    callback_data.BufTextLen = edit_state.CurLenA;
-                    callback_data.BufSize = edit_state.BufSizeA;
-                    callback_data.BufDirty = false;
-
-                    // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
-                    ImWchar* text = edit_state.Text.Data;
-                    const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.cursor);
-                    const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_start);
-                    const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_end);
-
-                    // Call user code
-                    callback(&callback_data);
-
-                    // Read back what user may have modified
-                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);  // Invalid to modify those fields
-                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == edit_state.BufSizeA);
-                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags);
-                    if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos)            edit_state.StbState.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos);
-                    if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start)  edit_state.StbState.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart);
-                    if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end)      edit_state.StbState.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd);
-                    if (callback_data.BufDirty)
-                    {
-                        IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text!
-                        edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL);
-                        edit_state.CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen;  // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen()
-                        edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-                    }
-                }
-            }
+void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth);
+    g.LogFile = stdout;
+#endif
+}
 
-            // Copy back to user buffer
-            if (is_editable && strcmp(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf) != 0)
-            {
-                ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%s", edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
-        }
+// Start logging/capturing text output to given file
+void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still
+    // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE.
+    // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere.
+    if (!filename)
+        filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
+    if (!filename || !filename[0])
+        return;
+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");
+    if (!f)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        return;
     }
 
-    if (!is_multiline)
-        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth);
+    g.LogFile = f;
+}
 
-    // Render
-    const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size
-    ImVec2 render_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
-    ImVec2 text_size(0.f, 0.f);
-    if (g.ActiveId == id || (edit_state.Id == id && is_multiline && g.ActiveId == draw_window->GetID("#SCROLLY")))
-    {
-        edit_state.CursorAnim += g.IO.DeltaTime;
-
-        // We need to:
-        // - Display the text (this can be more easily clipped)
-        // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation)
-        // - Measure text height (for scrollbar)
-        // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort)
-        const ImWchar* text_begin = edit_state.Text.Data;
-        ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset;
-
-        {
-            // Count lines + find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' and 'select_start' position.
-            const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2];
-            searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + edit_state.StbState.cursor;
-            searches_input_ptr[1] = NULL;
-            int searches_remaining = 1;
-            int searches_result_line_number[2] = { -1, -999 };
-            if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
-            {
-                searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
-                searches_result_line_number[1] = -1;
-                searches_remaining++;
-            }
+// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard
+void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth);
+}
 
-            // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers
-            // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter.
-            searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0;
-            int line_count = 0;
-            for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++)
-                if (*s == '\n')
-                {
-                    line_count++;
-                    if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
-                    if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
-                }
-            line_count++;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1) searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1) searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count;
-
-            // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance
-            cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x;
-            cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[0] * g.FontSize;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[1] >= 0)
-            {
-                select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x;
-                select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[1] * g.FontSize;
-            }
+void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth);
+}
 
-            // Calculate text height
-            if (is_multiline)
-                text_size = ImVec2(size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
-        }
+void ImGui::LogFinish()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
 
-        // Scroll
-        if (edit_state.CursorFollow)
-        {
-            // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll))
-            {
-                const float scroll_increment_x = size.x * 0.25f;
-                if (cursor_offset.x < edit_state.ScrollX)
-                    edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x);
-                else if (cursor_offset.x - size.x >= edit_state.ScrollX)
-                    edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)(cursor_offset.x - size.x + scroll_increment_x);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
-            }
+    LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+    switch (g.LogType)
+    {
+    case ImGuiLogType_TTY:
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+        fflush(g.LogFile);
+#endif
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_File:
+        ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_Buffer:
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard:
+        if (!g.LogBuffer.empty())
+            SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin());
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_None:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        break;
+    }
 
-            // Vertical scroll
-            if (is_multiline)
-            {
-                float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y;
-                if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y)
-                    scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize);
-                else if (cursor_offset.y - size.y >= scroll_y)
-                    scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - size.y;
-                draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y);   // To avoid a frame of lag
-                draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y;
-                render_pos.y = draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-            }
-        }
-        edit_state.CursorFollow = false;
-        const ImVec2 render_scroll = ImVec2(edit_state.ScrollX, 0.0f);
+    g.LogEnabled = g.ItemUnclipByLog = false;
+    g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
+    g.LogFile = NULL;
+    g.LogBuffer.clear();
+}
 
-        // Draw selection
-        if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
-        {
-            const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
-            const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+// Helper to display logging buttons
+// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!)
+void ImGui::LogButtons()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-            float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f;    // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection.
-            float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f;
-            ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg);
-            ImVec2 rect_pos = render_pos + select_start_offset - render_scroll;
-            for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; )
-            {
-                if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize)
-                    break;
-                if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y)
-                {
-                    while (p < text_selected_end)
-                        if (*p++ == '\n')
-                            break;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true);
-                    if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = (float)(int)(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
-                    ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn));
-                    rect.Clip(clip_rect);
-                    if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
-                        draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color);
-                }
-                rect_pos.x = render_pos.x - render_scroll.x;
-                rect_pos.y += g.FontSize;
-            }
-        }
+    PushID("LogButtons");
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+    const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();
+#else
+    const bool log_to_tty = false;
+#endif
+    const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();
+    const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
+    PushTabStop(false);
+    SetNextItemWidth(80.0f);
+    SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL);
+    PopTabStop();
+    PopID();
 
-        draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos - render_scroll, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf, buf+edit_state.CurLenA, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+    // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
+    if (log_to_tty)
+        LogToTTY();
+    if (log_to_file)
+        LogToFile();
+    if (log_to_clipboard)
+        LogToClipboard();
+}
 
-        // Draw blinking cursor
-        bool cursor_is_visible = (g.InputTextState.CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || fmodf(g.InputTextState.CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
-        ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = render_pos + cursor_offset - render_scroll;
-        ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y-g.FontSize+0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x+1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y-1.5f);
-        if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
-            draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
 
-        // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
-        if (is_editable)
-            g.OsImePosRequest = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
-    }
-    else
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] SETTINGS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - UpdateSettings() [Internal]
+// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal]
+// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal]
+// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal]
+// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk()
+// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory()
+// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk()
+// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - FindWindowSettingsByID() [Internal]
+// - FindWindowSettingsByWindow() [Internal]
+// - ClearWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::UpdateSettings()
+{
+    // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.SettingsLoaded)
     {
-        // Render text only
-        const char* buf_end = NULL;
-        if (is_multiline)
-            text_size = ImVec2(size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf, &buf_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
-        draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf, buf_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty());
+        if (g.IO.IniFilename)
+            LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+        g.SettingsLoaded = true;
     }
 
-    if (is_multiline)
+    // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much)
+    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
     {
-        Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line
-        EndChildFrame();
-        EndGroup();
+        g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
+                SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+            else
+                g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true;  // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves.
+            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+        }
     }
-
-    if (is_password)
-        PopFont();
-
-    // Log as text
-    if (g.LogEnabled && !is_password)
-        LogRenderedText(render_pos, buf, NULL);
-
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
-
-    if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
-        return enter_pressed;
-    else
-        return value_changed;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
-    bool ret = InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data);
-    return ret;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+        g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    bool ret = InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
-    return ret;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
 }
 
-// NB: scalar_format here must be a simple "%xx" format string with no prefix/suffix (unlike the Drag/Slider functions "display_format" argument)
-bool ImGui::InputScalarEx(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, void* step_ptr, void* step_fast_ptr, const char* scalar_format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL);
+    g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler);
+}
 
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    const ImVec2 button_sz = ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + style.FramePadding*2.0f;
-    if (step_ptr)
-        PushItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_sz.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)*2));
+void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name))
+        g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler);
+}
 
-    char buf[64];
-    DataTypeFormatString(data_type, data_ptr, scalar_format, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name);
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash)
+            return &handler;
+    return NULL;
+}
 
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    if (!(extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal))
-        extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal;
-    extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll;
-    if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags))
-        value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, GImGui->InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, scalar_format);
+// Clear all settings (windows, tables, docking etc.)
+void ImGui::ClearIniSettings()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsIniData.clear();
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL)
+            handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler);
+}
 
-    // Step buttons
-    if (step_ptr)
-    {
-        PopItemWidth();
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        if (ButtonEx("-", button_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
+{
+    size_t file_data_size = 0;
+    char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size);
+    if (!file_data)
+        return;
+    if (file_data_size > 0)
+        LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size);
+    IM_FREE(file_data);
+}
+
+// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing
+// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty!
+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+    //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()");
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0);
+
+    // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter).
+    // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..
+    if (ini_size == 0)
+        ini_size = strlen(ini_data);
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1);
+    char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data;
+    char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size;
+    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
+    buf_end[0] = 0;
+
+    // Call pre-read handlers
+    // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window)
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL)
+            handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler);
+
+    void* entry_data = NULL;
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL;
+
+    char* line_end = NULL;
+    for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1)
+    {
+        // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line
+        while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r')
+            line++;
+        line_end = line;
+        while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
+            line_end++;
+        line_end[0] = 0;
+        if (line[0] == ';')
+            continue;
+        if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']')
         {
-            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast_ptr ? step_fast_ptr : step_ptr);
-            value_changed = true;
+            // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code.
+            line_end[-1] = 0;
+            const char* name_end = line_end - 1;
+            const char* type_start = line + 1;
+            char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');
+            const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL;
+            if (!type_end || !name_start)
+                continue;
+            *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'
+            name_start++;  // Skip second '['
+            entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start);
+            entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;
         }
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        if (ButtonEx("+", button_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+        else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL)
         {
-            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast_ptr ? step_fast_ptr : step_ptr);
-            value_changed = true;
+            // Let type handler parse the line
+            entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);
         }
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        RenderText(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
-        ItemSize(label_size, style.FramePadding.y);
-    }
-    EndGroup();
+    g.SettingsLoaded = true;
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary)
+    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
+
+    // Call post-read handlers
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL)
+            handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)
 {
-    char display_format[16];
-    if (decimal_precision < 0)
-        strcpy(display_format, "%f");      // Ideally we'd have a minimum decimal precision of 1 to visually denote that this is a float, while hiding non-significant digits? %f doesn't have a minimum of 1
-    else
-        ImFormatString(display_format, 16, "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
-    return InputScalarEx(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), display_format, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (!ini_filename)
+        return;
+
+    size_t ini_data_size = 0;
+    const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size);
+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");
+    if (!f)
+        return;
+    ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);
+    ImFileClose(f);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer
+const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)
 {
-    // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes.
-    const char* scalar_format = (extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
-    return InputScalarEx(label, ImGuiDataType_Int, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), scalar_format, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0);
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0);
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData);
+    if (out_size)
+        *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size();
+    return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings == false)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= InputFloat("##v", &v[i], 0, 0, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
+        // Preserve the full string when ConfigDebugVerboseIniSettings is set to make .ini inspection easier.
+        if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))
+            name = p;
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
+    const size_t name_len = strlen(name);
 
-    return value_changed;
-}
+    // Allocate chunk
+    const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1;
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size);
+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings();
+    settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len);
+    memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1);   // Store with zero terminator
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
-{
-    return InputFloatN(label, v, 2, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+    return settings;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// We don't provide a FindWindowSettingsByName() because Docking system doesn't always hold on names.
+// This is called once per window .ini entry + once per newly instantiated window.
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id)
 {
-    return InputFloatN(label, v, 3, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID == id && !settings->WantDelete)
+            return settings;
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// This is faster if you are holding on a Window already as we don't need to perform a search.
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    return InputFloatN(label, v, 4, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (window->SettingsOffset != -1)
+        return g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset);
+    return FindWindowSettingsByID(window->ID);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// This will revert window to its initial state, including enabling the ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver/ImGuiCond_Once conditions once more.
+void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClearWindowSettings('%s')\n", name);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+    if (window != NULL)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= InputInt("##v", &v[i], 0, 0, extra_flags);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+        InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, NULL);
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-
-    return value_changed;
+    if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = window ? FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window) : FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(name)))
+        settings->WantDelete = true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
 {
-    return InputIntN(label, v, 2, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
+        window->SettingsOffset = -1;
+    g.SettingsWindows.clear();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
 {
-    return InputIntN(label, v, 3, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(id);
+    if (settings)
+        *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry
+    else
+        settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
+    settings->ID = id;
+    settings->WantApply = true;
+    return (void*)settings;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
 {
-    return InputIntN(label, v, 4, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;
+    int x, y;
+    int i;
+    if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)         { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)   { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)     { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "IsChild=%d", &i) == 1)       { settings->IsChild = (i != 0); }
 }
 
-static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+// Apply to existing windows (if any)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
 {
-    const char** items = (const char**)data;
-    if (out_text)
-        *out_text = items[idx];
-    return true;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->WantApply)
+        {
+            if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID))
+                ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
+            settings->WantApply = false;
+        }
 }
 
-static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
 {
-    // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited.
-    const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
-    int items_count = 0;
-    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
-    while (*p)
+    // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
+    // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
     {
-        if (idx == items_count)
-            break;
-        p += strlen(p) + 1;
-        items_count++;
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window);
+        if (!settings)
+        {
+            settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name);
+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+        }
+        IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);
+        settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos);
+        settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull);
+        settings->IsChild = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0;
+        settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
+        settings->WantDelete = false;
+    }
+
+    // Write to text buffer
+    buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+    {
+        if (settings->WantDelete)
+            continue;
+        const char* settings_name = settings->GetName();
+        buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name);
+        if (settings->IsChild)
+        {
+            buf->appendf("IsChild=1\n");
+            buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
+            buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
+            if (settings->Collapsed)
+                buf->appendf("Collapsed=1\n");
+        }
+        buf->append("\n");
     }
-    if (!*p)
-        return false;
-    if (out_text)
-        *out_text = p;
-    return true;
 }
 
-// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
-bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count)
 {
-    const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items);
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
+        g.LocalizationTable[entries[n].Key] = entries[n].Text;
 }
 
-// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string.
-bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetMainViewport()
+// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal]
+// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal]
+// (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()
 {
-    int items_count = 0;
-    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;       // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
-    while (*p)
-    {
-        p += strlen(p) + 1;
-        items_count++;
-    }
-    bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items, show_arrow_down);
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Viewports[0];
 }
 
-// Combo box function.
-bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    window->Viewport = viewport;
+}
 
+// Update viewports and monitor infos
+static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
-
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    const float arrow_size = show_arrow_down ? (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : 0;
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id);
-    bool popup_opened_now = false;
-
-    const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max - ImVec2(arrow_size, 0.0f));
-    if (show_arrow_down)
-    {
-        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
-        RenderFrame(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(popup_open || hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), true, style.FrameRounding); // FIXME-ROUNDING
-        RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y) + style.FramePadding, true);
-    }
-    if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
-    {
-        const char* item_text;
-        if (items_getter(data, *current_item, &item_text))
-            RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, item_text, NULL, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center);
-    }
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports.Size == 1);
 
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+    // Update main viewport with current platform position.
+    // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent.
+    ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0];
+    main_viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow | ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp;
+    main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize;
 
-    if (hovered)
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
     {
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-        if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
-        {
-            SetActiveID(0);
-            if (IsPopupOpen(id))
-            {
-                ClosePopup(id);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                FocusWindow(window);
-                OpenPopup(label);
-                popup_open = popup_opened_now = true;
-            }
-        }
+        // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again.
+        viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin;
+        viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax;
+        viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
     }
+}
 
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    if (IsPopupOpen(id))
-    {
-        // Size default to hold ~7 items
-        if (height_in_items < 0)
-            height_in_items = 7;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DOCKING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-        float popup_height = (label_size.y + style.ItemSpacing.y) * ImMin(items_count, height_in_items) + (style.FramePadding.y * 3);
-        float popup_y1 = frame_bb.Max.y;
-        float popup_y2 = ImClamp(popup_y1 + popup_height, popup_y1, g.IO.DisplaySize.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y);
-        if ((popup_y2 - popup_y1) < ImMin(popup_height, frame_bb.Min.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y))
-        {
-            // Position our combo ABOVE because there's more space to fit! (FIXME: Handle in Begin() or use a shared helper. We have similar code in Begin() for popup placement)
-            popup_y1 = ImClamp(frame_bb.Min.y - popup_height, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y);
-            popup_y2 = frame_bb.Min.y;
-        }
-        ImRect popup_rect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, popup_y1), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x, popup_y2));
-        SetNextWindowPos(popup_rect.Min);
-        SetNextWindowSize(popup_rect.GetSize());
-        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
+// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch)
 
-        const ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox | ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders : 0);
-        if (BeginPopupEx(label, flags))
-        {
-            // Display items
-            Spacing();
-            for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
-            {
-                PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
-                const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
-                const char* item_text;
-                if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
-                    item_text = "*Unknown item*";
-                if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
-                {
-                    SetActiveID(0);
-                    value_changed = true;
-                    *current_item = i;
-                }
-                if (item_selected && popup_opened_now)
-                    SetScrollHere();
-                PopID();
-            }
-            EndPopup();
-        }
-        PopStyleVar();
-    }
-    return value_changed;
-}
 
-// Tip: pass an empty label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
-// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID.
-bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-        PopClipRect();
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
+#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32")
+#endif
 
-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
-    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-
-    // Fill horizontal space.
-    ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding;
-    float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x;
-    float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x);
-    ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y);
-    ImRect bb_with_spacing(pos, pos + size_draw);
-    if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth))
-        bb_with_spacing.Max.x += window_padding.x;
-
-    // Selectables are tightly packed together, we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable.
-    float spacing_L = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
-    float spacing_U = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f);
-    float spacing_R = style.ItemSpacing.x - spacing_L;
-    float spacing_D = style.ItemSpacing.y - spacing_U;
-    bb_with_spacing.Min.x -= spacing_L;
-    bb_with_spacing.Min.y -= spacing_U;
-    bb_with_spacing.Max.x += spacing_R;
-    bb_with_spacing.Max.y += spacing_D;
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb_with_spacing, &id))
-    {
-        if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-            PushColumnClipRect();
-        return false;
+// Win32 clipboard implementation
+// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown()
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
+        return NULL;
+    HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
+    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+    {
+        ::CloseClipboard();
+        return NULL;
     }
-
-    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick|ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick;
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_with_spacing, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
-        selected = false;
-
-    // Render
-    if (hovered || selected)
+    if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
     {
-        const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
-        RenderFrame(bb_with_spacing.Min, bb_with_spacing.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+        int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+        g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len);
+        ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL);
     }
+    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::CloseClipboard();
+    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
+}
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
+{
+    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
+        return;
+    const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0);
+    HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
     {
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        bb_with_spacing.Max.x -= (GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x);
+        ::CloseClipboard();
+        return;
     }
+    WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length);
+    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::EmptyClipboard();
+    if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL)
+        ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle);
+    ::CloseClipboard();
+}
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-    if (hovered || selected) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]);
-    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb_with_spacing.Max, label, NULL, &label_size);
-    if (hovered || selected) PopStyleColor();
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor();
+#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
 
-    // Automatically close popups
-    if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-        CloseCurrentPopup();
-    return pressed;
-}
+#include <Carbon/Carbon.h>  // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file
+static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0;
 
-bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+// OSX clipboard implementation
+// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line!
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
 {
-    if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg))
+    if (!main_clipboard)
+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
+    PasteboardClear(main_clipboard);
+    CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text));
+    if (cf_data)
     {
-        *p_selected = !*p_selected;
-        return true;
+        PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0);
+        CFRelease(cf_data);
     }
-    return false;
 }
 
-// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right.
-// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an empty label "##empty"
-bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
-    const ImGuiID id = GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
+    if (!main_clipboard)
+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
+    PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard);
 
-    // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y);
-    ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y));
-    ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
-    ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
-    window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
+    ItemCount item_count = 0;
+    PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count);
+    for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++)
+    {
+        PasteboardItemID item_id = 0;
+        PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id);
+        CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0;
+        PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array);
+        for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++)
+        {
+            CFDataRef cf_data;
+            if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr)
+            {
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+                int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data);
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1);
+                CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data);
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0;
+                CFRelease(cf_data);
+                return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
 
-    BeginGroup();
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+#else
 
-    BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize());
-    return true;
+// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers.
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
+    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text)
 {
-    // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
-    // However we don't add +0.40f if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size.
-    // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution.
-    if (height_in_items < 0)
-        height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7);
-    float height_in_items_f = height_in_items < items_count ? (height_in_items + 0.40f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f);
-
-    // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild().
-    ImVec2 size;
-    size.x = 0.0f;
-    size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
-    return ListBoxHeader(label, size);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1);
+    memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text));
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
 }
 
-void ImGui::ListBoxFooter()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetParentWindow();
-    const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
+#endif
 
-    EndChildFrame();
+// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
 
-    // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect)
-    // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data
-    SameLine();
-    parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min;
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    EndGroup();
-}
+#include <imm.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
+#endif
 
-bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_items)
+static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)
 {
-    const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items);
-    return value_changed;
+    // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw;
+    if (hwnd == 0)
+        return;
+
+    //::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0);
+    if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))
+    {
+        COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {};
+        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;
+        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;
+        composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
+        ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form);
+        CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {};
+        candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS;
+        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;
+        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;
+        ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form);
+        ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc);
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
-{
-    if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items))
-        return false;
+#else
 
-    // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper.
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing());
-    while (clipper.Step())
-        for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
-        {
-            const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
-            const char* item_text;
-            if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
-                item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {}
 
-            PushID(i);
-            if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
-            {
-                *current_item = i;
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
-            PopID();
-        }
-    ListBoxFooter();
-    return value_changed;
-}
+#endif
 
-bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DebugRenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal]
+// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal]
+// - DebugTextEncoding()
+// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal]
+// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal]
+// - ShowMetricsWindow()
+// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
 
+void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame
-    float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-    bool pressed = Selectable(label, false, ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
-    if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f)
+    ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size;
+    ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale;
+    float alpha_mul = 1.0f;
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f));
+    for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows)
     {
-        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-        RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
-        PopStyleColor();
-    }
-
-    if (selected)
-        RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.20f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled));
+        if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+            continue;
 
-    return pressed;
+        ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect();
+        ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect();
+        thumb_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off +  thumb_r.Max * scale));
+        title_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off +  ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y + title_r.GetHeight() * 3.0f) * scale)); // Exaggerate title bar height
+        thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb);
+        title_r.ClipWithFull(bb);
+        const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name));
+    }
+    draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
+    if (viewport->ID == g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
 }
 
-bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled)
+static void RenderViewportsThumbnails()
 {
-    if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f;
+    ImRect bb_full(g.Viewports[0]->Pos, g.Viewports[0]->Pos + g.Viewports[0]->Size);
+    ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE;
+
+    // Draw viewports
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
     {
-        if (p_selected)
-            *p_selected = !*p_selected;
-        return true;
+        ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE);
+        ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb);
     }
-    return false;
+    ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
+// Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys
+void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
-    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0,0));
-    if (!Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
-        || !BeginMenuBar())
+    const float scale = ImGui::GetFontSize() / 13.0f;
+    const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f) * scale;
+    const float  key_rounding = 3.0f * scale;
+    const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f) * scale;
+    const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f) * scale;
+    const float  key_face_rounding = 2.0f * scale;
+    const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f) * scale;
+    const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f);
+    const float  key_row_offset = 9.0f * scale;
+
+    ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos();
+    ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f);
+    ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y);
+
+    struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; };
+    const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] =
     {
-        End();
-        PopStyleVar(2);
-        return false;
+        { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab },      { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R },
+        { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F },
+        { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V }
+    };
+
+    // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically.
+    // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view.
+    Dummy(board_max - board_min);
+    if (!IsItemVisible())
+        return;
+    draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true);
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++)
+    {
+        const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n];
+        ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y);
+        ImVec2 key_max = key_min + key_size;
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding);
+        draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding);
+        ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y);
+        ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y);
+        draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f);
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding);
+        ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y);
+        draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label);
+        if (IsKeyDown(key_data->Key))
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding);
+    }
+    draw_list->PopClipRect();
+}
+
+// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct.
+void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str)
+{
+    Text("Text: \"%s\"", str);
+    if (!BeginTable("##DebugTextEncoding", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))
+        return;
+    TableSetupColumn("Offset");
+    TableSetupColumn("UTF-8");
+    TableSetupColumn("Glyph");
+    TableSetupColumn("Codepoint");
+    TableHeadersRow();
+    for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; )
+    {
+        unsigned int c;
+        const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL);
+        TableNextColumn();
+        Text("%d", (int)(p - str));
+        TableNextColumn();
+        for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++)
+        {
+            if (byte_index > 0)
+                SameLine();
+            Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]);
+        }
+        TableNextColumn();
+        if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c))
+            TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len);
+        else
+            TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]");
+        TableNextColumn();
+        Text("U+%04X", (int)c);
+        p += c_utf8_len;
     }
-    g.CurrentWindow->DC.MenuBarOffsetX += g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x;
-    return true;
+    EndTable();
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
+static void DebugFlashStyleColorStop()
 {
-    EndMenuBar();
-    End();
-    PopStyleVar(2);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != ImGuiCol_COUNT)
+        g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx] = g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup;
+    g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
+// Flash a given style color for some + inhibit modifications of this color via PushStyleColor() calls.
+void ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
-        return false;
-
-    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
-    BeginGroup(); // Save position
-    PushID("##menubar");
-    ImRect rect = window->MenuBarRect();
-    PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImFloor(rect.Min.x+0.5f), ImFloor(rect.Min.y + window->BorderSize + 0.5f)), ImVec2(ImFloor(rect.Max.x+0.5f), ImFloor(rect.Max.y+0.5f)), false);
-    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX, rect.Min.y);// + g.Style.FramePadding.y);
-    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
-    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true;
-    AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();
-    return true;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    DebugFlashStyleColorStop();
+    g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.5f;
+    g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = idx;
+    g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup = g.Style.Colors[idx];
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime <= 0.0f)
         return;
+    ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(cosf(g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime * 6.0f) * 0.5f + 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].x, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].y, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].z);
+    g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].w = 1.0f;
+    if ((g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime -= g.IO.DeltaTime) <= 0.0f)
+        DebugFlashStyleColorStop();
+}
 
-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
-    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
-    PopClipRect();
-    PopID();
-    window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x;
-    window->DC.GroupStack.back().AdvanceCursor = false;
-    EndGroup();
-    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds.
+static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
+    if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
+    {
+        ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
+        ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+    }
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture
+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts)
+    {
+        PushID(font);
+        DebugNodeFont(font);
+        PopID();
+    }
+    if (TreeNode("Font Atlas", "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
+        Checkbox("Tint with Text Color", &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons
+        ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border);
+        Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
+    if (cfg->ShowDebugLog)
+        ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog);
+    if (cfg->ShowIDStackTool)
+        ShowIDStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowIDStackTool);
 
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImGuiWindow* backed_focused_window = g.FocusedWindow;
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
+    {
+        End();
+        return;
+    }
 
-    bool pressed;
-    bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id);
-    bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentMenuSet == window->GetID("##menus"));
-    if (menuset_is_open)
-        g.FocusedWindow = window;
+    // [DEBUG] Clear debug breaks hooks after exactly one cycle.
+    DebugBreakClearData();
 
-    ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+    // Basic info
+    Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion());
+    if (g.ContextName[0] != 0)
     {
-        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - window->WindowPadding.x, pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
-        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f);
-        float w = label_size.x;
-        pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
-        PopStyleVar();
         SameLine();
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        Text("(Context Name: \"%s\")", g.ContextName);
     }
-    else
+    Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate);
+    Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
+    Text("%d visible windows, %d current allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalAllocCount - g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalFreeCount);
+    //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
+
+    Separator();
+
+    // Debugging enums
+    enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type
+    const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" };
+    enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type
+    const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };
+    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0)
+        cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect;
+    if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0)
+        cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect;
+
+    struct Funcs
     {
-        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
-        float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame
-        float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
-        pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
-        if (!enabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-        RenderCollapseTriangle(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.20f, 0.0f), false);
-        if (!enabled) PopStyleColor();
-    }
+        static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance
+            if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect)                     { return table->OuterRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect)                { return table->InnerRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect)                 { return table->WorkRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect)             { return table->HostClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect)            { return table->InnerClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect)       { return table->BgClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect)              { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen)     { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen)   { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); }
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+            return ImRect();
+        }
 
-    bool hovered = enabled && IsHovered(window->DC.LastItemRect, id);
-    if (menuset_is_open)
-        g.FocusedWindow = backed_focused_window;
+        static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type)
+        {
+            if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect)                 { return window->Rect(); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped)     { return window->OuterRectClipped; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect)            { return window->InnerRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect)        { return window->InnerClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect)             { return window->WorkRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_Content)              { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal)         { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect)    { return window->ContentRegionRect; }
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+            return ImRect();
+        }
+    };
 
-    bool want_open = false, want_close = false;
-    if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    // Tools
+    if (TreeNode("Tools"))
     {
-        // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive.
-        bool moving_within_opened_triangle = false;
-        if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentWindow == window)
+        // Debug Break features
+        // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted.
+        SeparatorTextEx(0, "Debug breaks", NULL, CalcTextSize("(?)").x + g.Style.SeparatorTextPadding.x);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash.");
+        if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive)
+            DebugStartItemPicker();
+        Checkbox("Show \"Debug Break\" buttons in other sections (io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)", &g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent);
+
+        SeparatorText("Visualize");
+
+        Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code.");
+
+        Checkbox("Show ID Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowIDStackTool);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow() from your code.");
+
+        Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder);
+        Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects);
+        SameLine();
+        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
+        cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count);
+        if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
+        {
+            BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name);
+            Indent();
+            for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++)
+            {
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n);
+                Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+            }
+            Unindent();
+        }
+
+        Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects);
+        SameLine();
+        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
+        cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count);
+        if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
         {
-            if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].Window)
+            for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
             {
-                ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect();
-                ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta;
-                ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
-                ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
-                float extra = ImClamp(fabsf(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack.
-                ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f;   // to avoid numerical issues
-                tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f);            // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale?
-                tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f);
-                moving_within_opened_triangle = ImIsPointInTriangle(g.IO.MousePos, ta, tb, tc);
-                //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? 0x80008000 : 0x80000080); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug
+                ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
+                if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))
+                    continue;
+
+                BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);
+                if (IsItemHovered())
+                    GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                Indent();
+                char buf[128];
+                for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++)
+                {
+                    if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
+                    {
+                        if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect)
+                            continue;
+                        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                        {
+                            ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n);
+                            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+                            Selectable(buf);
+                            if (IsItemHovered())
+                                GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1);
+                        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+                        Selectable(buf);
+                        if (IsItemHovered())
+                            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                    }
+                }
+                Unindent();
             }
         }
+        Checkbox("Show groups rectangles", &g.DebugShowGroupRects); // Storing in context as this is used by group code and prefers to be in hot-data
+
+        SeparatorText("Validate");
+
+        Checkbox("Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running.");
+
+        Checkbox("UTF-8 Encoding viewer", &cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct.");
+        if (cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer)
+        {
+            static char buf[64] = "";
+            SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
+            InputText("##DebugTextEncodingBuf", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            if (buf[0] != 0)
+                DebugTextEncoding(buf);
+        }
+
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Windows
+    if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size))
+    {
+        //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order");
+        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)");
+        if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)"))
+        {
+            // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship!
+            ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer;
+            temp_buffer.resize(0);
+            for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
+                if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount)
+                    temp_buffer.push_back(window);
+            struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } };
+            ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder);
+            DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL);
+            TreePop();
+        }
 
-        want_close = (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_within_opened_triangle);
-        want_open = (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_within_opened_triangle) || (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed);
+        TreePop();
     }
-    else if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // menu-bar: click open menu to close
+
+    // DrawLists
+    int drawlist_count = 0;
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+        drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size;
+    if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count))
     {
-        want_close = true;
-        want_open = menu_is_open = false;
+        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh);
+        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
+        for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+            for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)
+                DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList");
+        TreePop();
     }
-    else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // menu-bar: first click to open, then hover to open others
-        want_open = true;
-    if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }'
-        want_close = true;
-    if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id))
-        ClosePopupToLevel(GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size);
 
-    if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size)
+    // Viewports
+    if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size))
     {
-        // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
-        OpenPopup(label);
-        return false;
+        SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        if (TreeNode("Windows Minimap"))
+        {
+            RenderViewportsThumbnails();
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        cfg->HighlightViewportID = 0;
+
+        for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+            DebugNodeViewport(viewport);
+        TreePop();
     }
 
-    menu_is_open |= want_open;
-    if (want_open)
-        OpenPopup(label);
+    // Details for Popups
+    if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
+    {
+        for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
+        {
+            // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline.
+            ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window;
+            BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), RestoreNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'",
+                popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "",
+                popup_data.RestoreNavWindow ? popup_data.RestoreNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    if (menu_is_open)
+    // Details for TabBars
+    if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount()))
     {
-        SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiSetCond_Always);
-        ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders | ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow : ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu);
-        menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(label, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++)
+            if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n))
+            {
+                PushID(tab_bar);
+                DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar");
+                PopID();
+            }
+        TreePop();
     }
 
-    return menu_is_open;
-}
+    // Details for Tables
+    if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount()))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++)
+            if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n))
+                DebugNodeTable(table);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-void ImGui::EndMenu()
-{
-    EndPopup();
-}
+    // Details for Fonts
+    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts;
+    if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size))
+    {
+        ShowFontAtlas(atlas);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-// A little colored square. Return true when clicked.
-// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip.
-bool ImGui::ColorButton(const ImVec4& col, bool small_height, bool outline_border)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    // Details for InputText
+    if (TreeNode("InputText"))
+    {
+        DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#colorbutton");
-    const float square_size = g.FontSize;
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(square_size + style.FramePadding.y*2, square_size + (small_height ? 0 : style.FramePadding.y*2)));
-    ItemSize(bb, small_height ? 0.0f : style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
-        return false;
+    // Details for TypingSelect
+    if (TreeNode("TypingSelect", "TypingSelect (%d)", g.TypingSelectState.SearchBuffer[0] != 0 ? 1 : 0))
+    {
+        DebugNodeTypingSelectState(&g.TypingSelectState);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col), outline_border, style.FrameRounding);
+    // Details for Docking
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    if (TreeNode("Docking"))
+    {
+        TreePop();
+    }
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
 
-    if (hovered)
-        SetTooltip("Color:\n(%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)\n#%02X%02X%02X%02X", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w, IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.x), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.y), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.z), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.z));
+    // Settings
+    if (TreeNode("Settings"))
+    {
+        if (SmallButton("Clear"))
+            ClearIniSettings();
+        SameLine();
+        if (SmallButton("Save to memory"))
+            SaveIniSettingsToMemory();
+        SameLine();
+        if (SmallButton("Save to disk"))
+            SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+        SameLine();
+        if (g.IO.IniFilename)
+            Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename);
+        else
+            TextUnformatted("<NULL>");
+        Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings);
+        Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer);
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size))
+        {
+            for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+                BulletText("\"%s\"", handler.TypeName);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size()))
+        {
+            for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+                DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings);
+            TreePop();
+        }
 
-    return pressed;
-}
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size()))
+        {
+            for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+                DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);
+            TreePop();
+        }
 
-bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3])
-{
-    float col4[4];
-    col4[0] = col[0];
-    col4[1] = col[1];
-    col4[2] = col[2];
-    col4[3] = 1.0f;
-    const bool value_changed = ColorEdit4(label, col4, false);
-    col[0] = col4[0];
-    col[1] = col4[1];
-    col[2] = col4[2];
-    return value_changed;
-}
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
 
-// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range
-// Use CTRL-Click to input value and TAB to go to next item.
-bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool alpha)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size()))
+        {
+            InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const float w_full = CalcItemWidth();
-    const float square_sz = (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    // Settings
+    if (TreeNode("Memory allocations"))
+    {
+        ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info = &g.DebugAllocInfo;
+        Text("%d current allocations", info->TotalAllocCount - info->TotalFreeCount);
+        if (SmallButton("GC now")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
+        Text("Recent frames with allocations:");
+        int buf_size = IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf);
+        for (int n = buf_size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        {
+            ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[(info->LastEntriesIdx - n + buf_size) % buf_size];
+            BulletText("Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d malloc, %2d free )%s", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount, (n == 0) ? " (most recent)" : "");
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    ImGuiColorEditMode edit_mode = window->DC.ColorEditMode;
-    if (edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect || edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton)
-        edit_mode = g.ColorEditModeStorage.GetInt(id, 0) % 3;
+    if (TreeNode("Inputs"))
+    {
+        Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS");
+        {
+            // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends.
+            // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
+            Indent();
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+            struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } };
+#else
+            struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array
+            //Text("Legacy raw:");      for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } }
+#endif
+            Text("Keys down:");         for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue;     SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); }
+            Text("Keys pressed:");      for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyPressed(key)) continue;  SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }
+            Text("Keys released:");     for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyReleased(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }
+            Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
+            Text("Chars queue:");       for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; SameLine(); Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
+            DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(GetWindowDrawList());
+            Unindent();
+        }
 
-    float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3] };
-    if (edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV)
-        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+        Text("MOUSE STATE");
+        {
+            Indent();
+            if (IsMousePosValid())
+                Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
+            else
+                Text("Mouse pos: <INVALID>");
+            Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y);
+            int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown);
+            Text("Mouse down:");     for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseDown(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
+            Text("Mouse clicked:");  for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); }
+            Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); }
+            Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
+            Text("MouseStationaryTimer: %.2f", g.MouseStationaryTimer);
+            Text("Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(io.MouseSource));
+            Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused
+            Unindent();
+        }
 
-    int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[3]) };
+        Text("MOUSE WHEELING");
+        {
+            Indent();
+            Text("WheelingWindow: '%s'", g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+            Text("WheelingWindowReleaseTimer: %.2f", g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer);
+            Text("WheelingAxisAvg[] = { %.3f, %.3f }, Main Axis: %s", g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "X" : (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x < g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "Y" : "<none>");
+            Unindent();
+        }
 
-    int components = alpha ? 4 : 3;
-    bool value_changed = false;
+        Text("KEY OWNERS");
+        {
+            Indent();
+            if (BeginChild("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+                for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+                {
+                    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+                    if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+                        continue;
+                    Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr,
+                        owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : "");
+                    DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr);
+                }
+            EndChild();
+            Unindent();
+        }
+        Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING");
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Declared shortcut routes automatically set key owner when mods matches.");
+        {
+            Indent();
+            if (BeginChild("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+                for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+                {
+                    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;
+                    for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; )
+                    {
+                        ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];
+                        ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = key | routing_data->Mods;
+                        Text("%s: 0x%08X (scored %d)", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), routing_data->RoutingCurr, routing_data->RoutingCurrScore);
+                        DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr);
+                        if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)
+                        {
+                            SameLine();
+                            if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in SetShortcutRouting() for this KeyChord"))
+                                g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = key_chord;
+                        }
+                        idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex;
+                    }
+                }
+            EndChild();
+            Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);
+            Unindent();
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (TreeNode("Internal state"))
+    {
+        Text("WINDOWING");
+        Indent();
+        Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Unindent();
+
+        Text("ITEMS");
+        Indent();
+        Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource));
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.ActiveId);
+        Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);
+        Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame
+        Text("HoverItemDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverItemDelayId, g.HoverItemDelayTimer, g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer);
+        Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
+        Unindent();
+
+        Text("NAV,FOCUS");
+        Indent();
+        Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer);
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId);
+        Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource));
+        Text("NavLastValidSelectionUserData = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 ")", g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData, g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData);
+        Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible);
+        Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId);
+        Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags);
+        Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover);
+        Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId);
+        Text("NavFocusRoute[] = ");
+        for (int path_n = g.NavFocusRoute.Size - 1; path_n >= 0; path_n--)
+        {
+            const ImGuiFocusScopeData& focus_scope = g.NavFocusRoute[path_n];
+            SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            Text("0x%08X/", focus_scope.ID);
+            SetItemTooltip("In window \"%s\"", FindWindowByID(focus_scope.WindowID)->Name);
+        }
+        Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL");
+        Unindent();
 
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    const bool hsv = (edit_mode == 1);
-    switch (edit_mode)
+    // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order
+    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder)
     {
-    case ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB:
-    case ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV:
+        for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
         {
-            // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders
-            const float w_items_all = w_full - (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_items_all - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
-            const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_items_all - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
-
-            const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize("M:999").x);
-            const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
-            const char* fmt_table[3][4] =
+            if (!window->WasActive)
+                continue;
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects)
             {
-                {   "%3.0f",   "%3.0f",   "%3.0f",   "%3.0f" },
-                { "R:%3.0f", "G:%3.0f", "B:%3.0f", "A:%3.0f" },
-                { "H:%3.0f", "S:%3.0f", "V:%3.0f", "A:%3.0f" }
-            };
-            const char** fmt = hide_prefix ? fmt_table[0] : hsv ? fmt_table[2] : fmt_table[1];
-
-            PushItemWidth(w_item_one);
-            for (int n = 0; n < components; n++)
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType);
+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
+            }
+            if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
             {
-                if (n > 0)
-                    SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-                if (n + 1 == components)
-                    PushItemWidth(w_item_last);
-                value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, 255, fmt[n]);
+                char buf[32];
+                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+                float font_size = GetFontSize();
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
+                draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
             }
-            PopItemWidth();
-            PopItemWidth();
         }
-        break;
-    case ImGuiColorEditMode_HEX:
+    }
+
+    // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles
+    if (cfg->ShowTablesRects)
+    {
+        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
         {
-            // RGB Hexadecimal Input
-            const float w_slider_all = w_full - square_sz;
-            char buf[64];
-            if (alpha)
-                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", i[0], i[1], i[2], i[3]);
+            ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
+            if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
+                continue;
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow);
+            if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
+            {
+                for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                {
+                    ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n);
+                    ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255);
+                    float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f;
+                    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness);
+                }
+            }
             else
-                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", i[0], i[1], i[2]);
-            PushItemWidth(w_slider_all - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase))
             {
-                value_changed |= true;
-                char* p = buf;
-                while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsSpace(*p))
-                    p++;
-                i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0;
-                if (alpha)
-                    sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned)
-                else
-                    sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]);
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1);
+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
             }
-            PopItemWidth();
         }
-        break;
-    }
-
-    SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-
-    const ImVec4 col_display(col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f);
-    if (ColorButton(col_display))
-        g.ColorEditModeStorage.SetInt(id, (edit_mode + 1) % 3); // Don't set local copy of 'edit_mode' right away!
-
-    // Recreate our own tooltip over's ColorButton() one because we want to display correct alpha here
-    if (IsItemHovered())
-        SetTooltip("Color:\n(%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)\n#%02X%02X%02X%02X", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3], IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[3]));
-
-    if (window->DC.ColorEditMode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton)
-    {
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        const char* button_titles[3] = { "RGB", "HSV", "HEX" };
-        if (ButtonEx(button_titles[edit_mode], ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
-            g.ColorEditModeStorage.SetInt(id, (edit_mode + 1) % 3); // Don't set local copy of 'edit_mode' right away!
     }
 
-    const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
-    if (label != label_display_end)
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    // Overlay: Display Docking info
+    if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl)
     {
-        SameLine(0, (window->DC.ColorEditMode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton) ? -1.0f : style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end);
     }
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
 
-    // Convert back
-    for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
-        f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
-    if (edit_mode == 1)
-        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
-
-    if (value_changed)
-    {
-        col[0] = f[0];
-        col[1] = f[1];
-        col[2] = f[2];
-        if (alpha)
-            col[3] = f[3];
-    }
-
-    PopID();
-    EndGroup();
+    End();
+}
 
-    return value_changed;
+void ImGui::DebugBreakClearData()
+{
+    // Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugBreakInWindow = 0;
+    g.DebugBreakInTable = 0;
+    g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None;
 }
 
-void ImGui::ColorEditMode(ImGuiColorEditMode mode)
+void ImGui::DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ColorEditMode = mode;
+    if (!BeginItemTooltip())
+        return;
+    Text("To call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() %s:", description_of_location);
+    Separator();
+    TextUnformatted(keyboard_only ? "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard." : "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard.\n- or Click (may alter focus/active id).\n- or navigate using keyboard and press space.");
+    Separator();
+    TextUnformatted("Choose one way that doesn't interfere with what you are trying to debug!\nYou need a debugger attached or this will crash!");
+    EndTooltip();
 }
 
-// Horizontal separating line.
-void ImGui::Separator()
+// Special button that doesn't take focus, doesn't take input owner, and can be activated without a click etc.
+// In order to reduce interferences with the contents we are trying to debug into.
+bool ImGui::DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+        return false;
 
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-        PopClipRect();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+    ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y);
 
-    float x1 = window->Pos.x;
-    float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
-    if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty())
-        x1 += window->DC.IndentX;
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, 0.0f);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
 
-    const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y));
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // NB: we don't provide our width so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit   // FIXME: Height should be 1.0f not 0.0f ?
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
-    {
-        if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-            PushColumnClipRect();
-        return;
-    }
+    // WE DO NOT USE ButtonEx() or ButtonBehavior() in order to reduce our side-effects.
+    bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    bool pressed = hovered && (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord) || IsMouseClicked(0) || g.NavActivateId == id);
+    DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, description_of_location);
 
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
+    ImVec4 col4f = GetStyleColorVec4(hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    ImVec4 hsv;
+    ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z, hsv.x, hsv.y, hsv.z);
+    ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(hsv.x + 0.20f, hsv.y, hsv.z, col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z);
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogText(IM_NEWLINE "--------------------------------");
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col4f), true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, g.Style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
 
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-    {
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    }
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
 }
 
-void ImGui::Spacing()
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns
+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
         return;
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));
+    BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX);
+    for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns)
+        BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(&column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, column.OffsetNorm));
+    TreePop();
 }
 
-void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size)
+static void FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(char* buf, int buf_size, ImTextureID tex_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
+    union { void* ptr; int integer; } tex_id_opaque;
+    memcpy(&tex_id_opaque, &tex_id, ImMin(sizeof(void*), sizeof(tex_id)));
+    if (sizeof(tex_id) >= sizeof(void*))
+        ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%p", tex_id_opaque.ptr);
+    else
+        ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%04X", tex_id_opaque.integer);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(viewport); // Used in docking branch
+    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
+    int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
+    if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL)
+        cmd_count--;
+    bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count);
+    if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList())
+    {
+        SameLine();
+        TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
+        if (node_open)
+            TreePop();
+        return;
+    }
 
-// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
-void ImGui::BeginGroup()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
+    if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
+        fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!node_open)
+        return;
 
-    window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1);
-    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
-    group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
-    group_data.BackupIndentX = window->DC.IndentX;
-    group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineHeight;
-    group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    group_data.BackupLogLinePosY = window->DC.LogLinePosY;
-    group_data.AdvanceCursor = true;
+    if (window && !window->WasActive)
+        TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!");
 
-    window->DC.IndentX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f;
-    window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+    for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++)
+    {
+        if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+        {
+            BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        char texid_desc[20];
+        FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(texid_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(texid_desc), pcmd->TextureId);
+        char buf[300];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex %s, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)",
+            pcmd->ElemCount / 3, texid_desc, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
+        bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list)
+            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
+        if (!pcmd_node_open)
+            continue;
+
+        // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count)
+        // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output.
+        const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
+        const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset;
+        float total_area = 0.0f;
+        for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; )
+        {
+            ImVec2 triangle[3];
+            for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
+                triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos;
+            total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]);
+        }
+
+        // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area);
+        Selectable(buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
+            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false);
+
+        // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.
+        ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+        clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
+        while (clipper.Step())
+            for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
+            {
+                char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+                ImVec2 triangle[3];
+                for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)
+                {
+                    const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i];
+                    triangle[n] = v.pos;
+                    buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",
+                        (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : "     ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
+                }
+
+                Selectable(buf, false);
+                if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered())
+                {
+                    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;
+                    fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+                    fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f);
+                    fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+                }
+            }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    TreePop();
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndGroup()
+// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
+    IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb);
 
-    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty());	// Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
+    // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles
+    ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect;
+    ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags;
+    out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+    for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; )
+    {
+        ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list
+        ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;
+
+        ImVec2 triangle[3];
+        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
+            vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));
+        if (show_mesh)
+            out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles
+    }
+    // Draw bounding boxes
+    if (show_aabb)
+    {
+        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(clip_rect.Min), ImTrunc(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU
+        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Min), ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles
+    }
+    out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+}
 
-    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
+// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",
+        font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
+    SameLine();
+    if (SmallButton("Set as default"))
+        GetIO().FontDefault = font;
+    if (!opened)
+        return;
 
-    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
-    group_bb.Max.y -= style.ItemSpacing.y;      // Cancel out last vertical spacing because we are adding one ourselves.
-    group_bb.Max = ImMax(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max);
+    // Display preview text
+    PushFont(font);
+    Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
+    PopFont();
+
+    // Display details
+    SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8);
+    DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");
+    SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker(
+        "Note that the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"
+        "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "
+        "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "
+        "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"
+        "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");
+    Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
+    char c_str[5];
+    Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar);
+    Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar);
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
+    Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);
+    for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
+        if (font->ConfigData)
+            if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
+                BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",
+                    config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);
+
+    // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
+    if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList();
+        const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+        const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
+        const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
+        for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
+        {
+            // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)
+            // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT
+            // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)
+            if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095))
+            {
+                base += 4096 - 256;
+                continue;
+            }
 
-    window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
-    window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    window->DC.IndentX = group_data.BackupIndentX;
-    window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+            int count = 0;
+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+                if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)))
+                    count++;
+            if (count <= 0)
+                continue;
+            if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
+                continue;
 
-    if (group_data.AdvanceCursor)
-    {
-        window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
-        ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize(), group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
-        ItemAdd(group_bb, NULL);
+            // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs
+            ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+            {
+                // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions
+                // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.
+                ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
+                ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
+                const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));
+                draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));
+                if (!glyph)
+                    continue;
+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n));
+                if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2) && BeginTooltip())
+                {
+                    DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph);
+                    EndTooltip();
+                }
+            }
+            Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        TreePop();
     }
+    TreePop();
+}
 
-    window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back();
-
-    //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, 0xFFFF00FF);   // Debug
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph)
+{
+    Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint);
+    Separator();
+    Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);
+    Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
+    Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
+    Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
 }
 
-// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
-//      pos_x == 0      : follow on previous item
-//      pos_x != 0      : align to specified column
-//      spacing_w < 0   : use default spacing if column_x==0, no spacing if column_x!=0
-//      spacing_w >= 0  : enforce spacing
-void ImGui::SameLine(float pos_x, float spacing_w)
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage
+void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes()))
         return;
+    for (const ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data)
+    {
+        BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer.
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(p.key);
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (pos_x != 0.0f)
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)
+{
+    // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.
+    char buf[256];
+    char* p = buf;
+    const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+    const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2);
+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s  {", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++)
     {
-        if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + pos_x + spacing_w;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab));
     }
-    else
+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } ");
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf);
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (is_active && IsItemHovered())
     {
-        if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList();
+        draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    }
+    if (open)
+    {
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            PushID(tab);
+            if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2);
+            if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine();
+            Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f",
+                tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth);
+            PopID();
+        }
+        TreePop();
     }
-    window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
 }
 
-void ImGui::NewLine()
+void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-    if (window->DC.CurrentLineHeight > 0.0f)     // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height.
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));
-    else
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize));
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+    bool open = TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0);
+    if (IsItemHovered())
+        g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID = viewport->ID;
+    if (open)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags;
+        BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f",
+            viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y,
+            viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y);
+        BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags,
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow)  ? " IsPlatformWindow"  : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp)        ? " OwnedByApp"        : "");
+        for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)
+            DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList");
+        TreePop();
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::NextColumn()
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    if (window == NULL)
+    {
+        BulletText("%s: NULL", label);
         return;
+    }
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-    {
-        PopItemWidth();
-        PopClipRect();
+    const bool is_active = window->WasActive;
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (IsItemHovered() && is_active)
+        GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!open)
+        return;
 
-        window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = ImMax(window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-        if (++window->DC.ColumnsCurrent < window->DC.ColumnsCount)
-        {
-            // Columns 1+ cancel out IndentX
-            window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent) - window->DC.IndentX + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
-            window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent);
-        }
+    if (window->MemoryCompacted)
+        TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed.");
+
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in Begin()"))
+        g.DebugBreakInWindow = window->ID;
+
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+    DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList");
+    BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y);
+    BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)  ? "Child " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)     ? "Tooltip "   : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)        ? "Modal " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)   ? "ChildMenu " : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");
+    BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : "");
+    BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);
+    BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems);
+    for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
+    {
+        ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer];
+        if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y)
+            BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]);
         else
-        {
-            window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
-            window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
-            window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY;
-            window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
-        }
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f);  // FIXME: Move on columns setup
+            BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y);
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]);
     }
+    const ImVec2* pr = window->NavPreferredScoringPosRel;
+    for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
+        BulletText("NavPreferredScoringPosRel[%d] = {%.1f,%.1f)", layer, (pr[layer].x == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].x), (pr[layer].y == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].y)); // Display as 99999.0f so it looks neater.
+    BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");
+    if (window->RootWindow != window)               { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); }
+    if (window->ParentWindow != NULL)               { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); }
+    if (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute != NULL)  { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute, "ParentWindowForFocusRoute"); }
+    if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0)           { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); }
+    if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))
+    {
+        for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage)
+            DebugNodeColumns(&columns);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage");
+    TreePop();
 }
 
-int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-}
-
-int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.ColumnsCount;
+    if (settings->WantDelete)
+        BeginDisabled();
+    Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d",
+        settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed);
+    if (settings->WantDelete)
+        EndDisabled();
 }
 
-static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(int column_index)
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label)
 {
-    // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
-    // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We cannot drag column 0. If you get this assert you may have a conflict between the ID of your columns and another widgets.
-    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index));
-
-    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x - window->Pos.x;
-    x = ImClamp(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index-1)+g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index+1)-g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
-
-    return (float)(int)x;
+    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size))
+        return;
+    for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back
+    {
+        PushID((*windows)[i]);
+        DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window");
+        PopID();
+    }
+    TreePop();
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
+// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way.
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-
-    if (g.ActiveId)
+    for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++)
     {
-        const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
-        if (g.ActiveId == column_id)
-            return GetDraggedColumnOffset(column_index);
+        ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i];
+        if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack)
+            continue;
+        char buf[20];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+        //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name);
+        DebugNodeWindow(window, buf);
+        Indent();
+        DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window);
+        Unindent();
     }
-
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index < window->DC.ColumnsData.Size);
-    const float t = window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm;
-    const float x_offset = window->DC.ColumnsMinX + t * (window->DC.ColumnsMaxX - window->DC.ColumnsMinX);
-    return (float)(int)x_offset;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index < window->DC.ColumnsData.Size);
-    const float t = (offset - window->DC.ColumnsMinX) / (window->DC.ColumnsMaxX - window->DC.ColumnsMinX);
-    window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm = t;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
-    window->DC.StateStorage->SetFloat(column_id, t);
+void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    DebugLogV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
+void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-
-    float w = GetColumnOffset(column_index+1) - GetColumnOffset(column_index);
-    return w;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();
+    if (g.ContextName[0] != 0)
+        g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%s] [%05d] ", g.ContextName, g.FrameCount);
+    else
+        g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount);
+    g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args);
+    g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size());
+    if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    // IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG() adds a trailing \n automatically
+    const int new_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();
+    const bool trailing_carriage_return = (g.DebugLogBuf[new_size - 1] == '\n');
+    if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG("%.*s", new_size - old_size - (trailing_carriage_return ? 1 : 0), g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
+#endif
 }
 
-static void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
+// FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically via layout mode once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout.
+static void SameLineOrWrap(const ImVec2& size)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-
-    float x1 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index) - 1.0f);
-    float x2 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index+1) - 1.0f);
-    ImGui::PushClipRect(ImVec2(x1,-FLT_MAX), ImVec2(x2,+FLT_MAX), true);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y);
+    if (window->ClipRect.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
+        ImGui::SameLine();
 }
 
-void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
+static void ShowDebugLogFlag(const char* name, ImGuiDebugLogFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
-
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
+    ImVec2 size(ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + ImGui::CalcTextSize(name).x, ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
+    SameLineOrWrap(size); // FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout.
+    if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags(name, &g.DebugLogFlags, flags) && g.IO.KeyShift && (g.DebugLogFlags & flags) != 0)
     {
-        if (window->DC.ColumnsCurrent != 0)
-            ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));   // Advance to column 0
-        PopItemWidth();
-        PopClipRect();
-        window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge();
-
-        window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = ImMax(window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY;
+        g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 2;
+        g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags |= flags;
     }
+    ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Hold SHIFT when clicking to enable for 2 frames only (useful for spammy log entries)");
+}
 
-    // Draw columns borders and handle resize at the time of "closing" a columns set
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != columns_count && window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1 && window->DC.ColumnsShowBorders && !window->SkipItems)
+void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
+        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
     {
-        const float y1 = window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY;
-        const float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-        for (int i = 1; i < window->DC.ColumnsCount; i++)
-        {
-            float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(i);
-            const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(i);
-            const ImRect column_rect(ImVec2(x-4,y1),ImVec2(x+4,y2));
-            if (IsClippedEx(column_rect, &column_id, false))
-                continue;
+        End();
+        return;
+    }
 
-            bool hovered, held;
-            ButtonBehavior(column_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held);
-            if (hovered || held)
-                g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags all_enable_flags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ & ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting;
+    CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, all_enable_flags);
+    SetItemTooltip("(except InputRouting which is spammy)");
 
-            // Draw before resize so our items positioning are in sync with the line being drawn
-            const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ColumnActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered : ImGuiCol_Column);
-            const float xi = (float)(int)x;
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1+1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("ActiveId", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("Clipper", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("Focus", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("IO", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("Nav", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("Popup", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup);
+    //ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("InputRouting", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting);
 
-            if (held)
-            {
-                if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
-                    g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x -= 4;   // Store from center of column line
-                x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(i);
-                SetColumnOffset(i, x);
-            }
-        }
+    if (SmallButton("Clear"))
+    {
+        g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
+        g.DebugLogIndex.clear();
     }
+    SameLine();
+    if (SmallButton("Copy"))
+        SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str());
+    BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
 
-    // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
-    // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
-    PushID(0x11223347 + (id ? 0 : columns_count));
-    window->DC.ColumnsSetID = window->GetID(id ? id : "columns");
-    PopID();
+    const ImGuiDebugLogFlags backup_log_flags = g.DebugLogFlags;
+    g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper;
 
-    // Set state for first column
-    window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
-    window->DC.ColumnsCount = columns_count;
-    window->DC.ColumnsShowBorders = border;
+    ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+    clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size());
+    while (clipper.Step())
+        for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++)
+            DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no), g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no));
+    g.DebugLogFlags = backup_log_flags;
+    if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY())
+        SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
+    EndChild();
 
-    const float content_region_width = (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : window->Size.x;
-    window->DC.ColumnsMinX = window->DC.IndentX; // Lock our horizontal range
-    window->DC.ColumnsMaxX = content_region_width - window->Scroll.x /*- ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) ? 0 : g.Style.ScrollbarSize)*/;// - window->WindowPadding().x;
-    window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
+    End();
+}
 
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
-    {
-        // Cache column offsets
-        window->DC.ColumnsData.resize(columns_count + 1);
-        for (int column_index = 0; column_index < columns_count + 1; column_index++)
-        {
-            const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
-            KeepAliveID(column_id);
-            const float default_t = column_index / (float)window->DC.ColumnsCount;
-            const float t = window->DC.StateStorage->GetFloat(column_id, default_t);      // Cheaply store our floating point value inside the integer (could store an union into the map?)
-            window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm = t;
-        }
-        window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(window->DC.ColumnsCount);
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f);
-    }
-    else
+// Display line, search for 0xXXXXXXXX identifiers and call DebugLocateItemOnHover() when hovered.
+void ImGui::DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end)
+{
+    TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end);
+    if (!IsItemHovered())
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect;
+    for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++)
     {
-        window->DC.ColumnsData.resize(0);
+        ImGuiID id = 0;
+        if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1)
+            continue;
+        ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p);
+        ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10);
+        g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y));
+        if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true))
+            DebugLocateItemOnHover(id);
+        p += 10;
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList
+void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.IndentX += (indent_w > 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f);
 }
 
-void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
+// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList
+void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.IndentX -= (indent_w > 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id)
+// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible)
+void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    Indent();
-    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
-    PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush");
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col);
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    Indent();
-    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
-    PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush");
-}
+// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID.
+static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255);  // Green
 
-void ImGui::TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id)
+void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    Indent();
-    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
-    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugLocateId = target_id;
+    g.DebugLocateFrames = 2;
+    g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreePop()
+// FIXME: Doesn't work over through a modal window, because they clear HoveredWindow.
+void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    Unindent();
-    window->DC.TreeDepth--;
-    PopID();
-}
+    if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    DebugLocateItem(target_id);
+    GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
 
-void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b)
-{
-    Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false"));
+    // Can't easily use a context menu here because it will mess with focus, active id etc.
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && g.MouseStationaryTimer > 1.0f)
+    {
+        DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, "in ItemAdd()");
+        if (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord))
+            g.DebugBreakInLocateId = true;
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v)
+void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem()
 {
-    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
-{
-    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
-}
+    // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
+    if (g.DebugBreakInLocateId)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
 
-void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
-{
-    if (float_format)
-    {
-        char fmt[64];
-        ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format);
-        Text(fmt, prefix, v);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v);
-    }
+    ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData;
+    g.DebugLocateId = 0;
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow);
+    ImRect r = item_data.Rect;
+    r.Expand(3.0f);
+    ImVec2 p1 = g.IO.MousePos;
+    ImVec2 p2 = ImVec2((p1.x < r.Min.x) ? r.Min.x : (p1.x > r.Max.x) ? r.Max.x : p1.x, (p1.y < r.Min.y) ? r.Min.y : (p1.y > r.Max.y) ? r.Max.y : p1.y);
+    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
+    draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
 }
 
-// FIXME: May want to remove those helpers?
-void ImGui::ValueColor(const char* prefix, const ImVec4& v)
+void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker()
 {
-    Text("%s: (%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)", prefix, v.x, v.y, v.z, v.w);
-    SameLine();
-    ColorButton(v, true);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugItemPickerActive = true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::ValueColor(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
+// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker()
 {
-    Text("%s: %08X", prefix, v);
-    SameLine();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
+    if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive)
+        return;
 
-    ImVec4 col;
-    col.x = (float)((v >> 0) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
-    col.y = (float)((v >> 8) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
-    col.z = (float)((v >> 16) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
-    col.w = (float)((v >> 24) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
-    ColorButton(col, true);
+    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+    SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand);
+    if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape))
+        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+    const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);
+    if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id)
+    {
+        g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id;
+        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+    }
+    for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++)
+        if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
+            g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button;
+    SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f);
+    if (!BeginTooltip())
+        return;
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id);
+    Text("Press ESC to abort picking.");
+    const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" };
+    if (change_mapping)
+        Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button.");
+    else
+        TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]);
+    EndTooltip();
 }
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// PLATFORM DEPENDANT HELPERS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS))
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-// Win32 API clipboard implementation
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS)
+// [DEBUG] ID Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
 
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
-#endif
+    // Clear hook when id stack tool is not visible
+    g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0;
+    if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1)
+        return;
 
-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl()
-{
-    static char* buf_local = NULL;
-    if (buf_local)
+    // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item
+    // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time
+    const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId;
+    if (tool->QueryId != query_id)
     {
-        ImGui::MemFree(buf_local);
-        buf_local = NULL;
+        tool->QueryId = query_id;
+        tool->StackLevel = -1;
+        tool->Results.resize(0);
     }
-    if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
-        return NULL;
-    HANDLE wbuf_handle = GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
-    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-    if (ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
+    if (query_id == 0)
+        return;
+
+    // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result)
+    int stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
+    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
+        if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2)
+            tool->StackLevel++;
+
+    // Update hook
+    stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
+    if (stack_level == -1)
+        g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id;
+    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
     {
-        int buf_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(wbuf_global, NULL) + 1;
-        buf_local = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(buf_len * sizeof(char));
-        ImTextStrToUtf8(buf_local, buf_len, wbuf_global, NULL);
+        g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID;
+        tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++;
     }
-    GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
-    CloseClipboard();
-    return buf_local;
 }
 
-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text)
+// [DEBUG] ID Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions
+void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end)
 {
-    if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
-        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
 
-    const int wbuf_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(text, NULL) + 1;
-    HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(ImWchar));
-    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+    // Step 0: stack query
+    // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget.
+    if (tool->StackLevel == -1)
+    {
+        tool->StackLevel++;
+        tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo());
+        for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++)
+            tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id;
         return;
-    ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
-    ImTextStrFromUtf8(wbuf_global, wbuf_length, text, NULL);
-    GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
-    EmptyClipboard();
-    SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle);
-    CloseClipboard();
-}
+    }
 
-#else
+    // Step 1+: query for individual level
+    IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0);
+    if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size)
+        return;
+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel];
+    IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0);
 
-// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl()
-{
-    return GImGui->PrivateClipboard;
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_String:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_Pointer:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_ID:
+        if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one.
+            return;
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id);
+        break;
+    default:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+    info->QuerySuccess = true;
+    info->DataType = data_type;
+}
+
+static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiIDStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
+{
+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL;
+    if (window)                                                                 // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name);
+    if (info->QuerySuccess)                                                     // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc);
+    if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size)                                  // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers.
+        return (*buf = 0);
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID))   // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo()
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label);
+#endif
+    return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???");
 }
 
-// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text)
+// ID Stack Tool: Display UI
+void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.PrivateClipboard)
+    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
+        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui ID Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
     {
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.PrivateClipboard);
-        g.PrivateClipboard = NULL;
+        End();
+        return;
     }
-    const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);
-    g.PrivateClipboard = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(text_end - text) + 1);
-    memcpy(g.PrivateClipboard, text, (size_t)(text_end - text));
-    g.PrivateClipboard[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS)
-
-#include <imm.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
-#endif
-
-static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y)
-{
-    // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
-    if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)GImGui->IO.ImeWindowHandle)
-        if (HIMC himc = ImmGetContext(hwnd))
-        {
-            COMPOSITIONFORM cf;
-            cf.ptCurrentPos.x = x;
-            cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y;
-            cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
-            ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf);
-        }
-}
 
+    // Display hovered/active status
+    ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
+    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+    const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId;
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId:  0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : "");
 #else
-
-static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {}
-
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId:  0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id);
 #endif
+    SameLine();
+    MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details.");
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// HELP
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
-{
-    if (ImGui::Begin("ImGui Metrics", p_open))
+    // CTRL+C to copy path
+    const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime;
+    Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC);
+    SameLine();
+    TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*");
+    if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused))
     {
-        ImGui::Text("ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
-        ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / ImGui::GetIO().Framerate, ImGui::GetIO().Framerate);
-        ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderVertices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
-        ImGui::Text("%d allocations", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsAllocs);
-        static bool show_clip_rects = true;
-        ImGui::Checkbox("Show clipping rectangles when hovering a ImDrawCmd", &show_clip_rects);
-        ImGui::Separator();
-
-        struct Funcs
-        {
-            static void NodeDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
-            {
-                bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size);
-                if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList())
-                {
-                    ImGui::SameLine();
-                    ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
-                    if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop();
-                    return;
-                }
-                if (!node_open)
-                    return;
-
-                ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = &GImGui->OverlayDrawList;   // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
-                overlay_draw_list->PushClipRectFullScreen();
-                int elem_offset = 0;
-                for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++)
-                {
-                    if (pcmd->UserCallback)
-                    {
-                        ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
-                        continue;
-                    }
-                    ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
-                    bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "Draw %-4d %s vtx, tex = %p, clip_rect = (%.0f,%.0f)..(%.0f,%.0f)", pcmd->ElemCount, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0 ? "indexed" : "non-indexed", pcmd->TextureId, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
-                    if (show_clip_rects && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
-                    {
-                        ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect;
-                        ImRect vtxs_rect;
-                        for (int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++)
-                            vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos);
-                        clip_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255));
-                        vtxs_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(vtxs_rect.Min, vtxs_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
-                    }
-                    if (!pcmd_node_open)
-                        continue;
-                    ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
-                    while (clipper.Step())
-                        for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, vtx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
-                        {
-                            char buf[300], *buf_p = buf;
-                            ImVec2 triangles_pos[3];
-                            for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, vtx_i++)
-                            {
-                                ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[vtx_i] : vtx_i];
-                                triangles_pos[n] = v.pos;
-                                buf_p += sprintf(buf_p, "%s %04d { pos = (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv = (%.6f,%.6f), col = %08X }\n", (n == 0) ? "vtx" : "   ", vtx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
-                            }
-                            ImGui::Selectable(buf, false);
-                            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
-                                overlay_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangles_pos, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f, false);  // Add triangle without AA, more readable for large-thin triangle
-                        }
-                    ImGui::TreePop();
-                }
-                overlay_draw_list->PopClipRect();
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-
-            static void NodeWindows(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& windows, const char* label)
-            {
-                if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size))
-                    return;
-                for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++)
-                    Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window");
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-
-            static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
-            {
-                if (!ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, window->Active || window->WasActive, window))
-                    return;
-                NodeDrawList(window->DrawList, "DrawList");
-                if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow");
-                if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows");
-                ImGui::BulletText("Storage: %d bytes", window->StateStorage.Data.Size * (int)sizeof(ImGuiStorage::Pair));
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-        };
-
-        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;                // Access private state
-        Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows");
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawList", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size))
-        {
-            for (int i = 0; i < g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size; i++)
-                Funcs::NodeDrawList(g.RenderDrawLists[0][i], "DrawList");
-            ImGui::TreePop();
-        }
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Open Popups Stack (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
+        tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time;
+        char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data;
+        char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size;
+        for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++)
         {
-            for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++)
+            *p++ = '/';
+            char level_desc[256];
+            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc));
+            for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++)
             {
-                ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window;
-                ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupID, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : "");
+                if (level_desc[n] == '/')
+                    *p++ = '\\';
+                *p++ = level_desc[n];
             }
-            ImGui::TreePop();
         }
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic state"))
+        *p = '\0';
+        SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data);
+    }
+
+    // Display decorated stack
+    tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount;
+    if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
+    {
+        const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x;
+        TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);
+        TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
+        TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);
+        TableHeadersRow();
+        for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++)
         {
-            ImGui::Text("FocusedWindow: '%s'", g.FocusedWindow ? g.FocusedWindow->Name : "NULL");
-            ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
-            ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL");
-            ImGui::Text("HoveredID: 0x%08X/0x%08X", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not
-            ImGui::Text("ActiveID: 0x%08X/0x%08X", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame);
-            ImGui::TreePop();
+            ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
+            TableNextColumn();
+            Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0);
+            TableNextColumn();
+            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size);
+            TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data);
+            TableNextColumn();
+            Text("0x%08X", info->ID);
+            if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1)
+                TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header));
         }
+        EndTable();
     }
-    ImGui::End();
+    End();
 }
 
+#else
+
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {}
+
+void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {}
+void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {}
+void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() {}
+void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {}
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed.
@@ -9835,3 +16117,5 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui.h
index 962cde6eaa..a22e7ae9ce 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui.h
@@ -1,639 +1,1560 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.49
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
 // (headers)
 
-// See imgui.cpp file for documentation.
-// See ImGui::ShowTestWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
-// Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase.
-// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// Help:
+// - See links below.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments.
+
+// Resources:
+// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md)
+// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
+//   - Getting Started            https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code)
+//   - Third-party Extensions     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more)
+//   - Bindings/Backends          https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines)
+//   - Glossary                   https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
+//   - Debug Tools                https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools
+//   - Software using Dear ImGui  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui
+// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
+// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps)
+
+// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:
+// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
+// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there.
+
+// Library Version
+// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345')
+#define IMGUI_VERSION       "1.90.9"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM   19090
+#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
+// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
+// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
+// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
+// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
+// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
+// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload)
+// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)
+// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
+// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
+// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport)
+// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformImeData)
+// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
+
+*/
 
 #pragma once
 
-#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H)
-#include "imconfig.h"       // User-editable configuration file
+// Configuration file with compile-time options
+// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system)
+#ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
+#include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
 #endif
-#include <float.h>          // FLT_MAX
-#include <stdarg.h>         // va_list
-#include <stddef.h>         // ptrdiff_t, NULL
-#include <string.h>         // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
+#include "imconfig.h"
 
-#define IMGUI_VERSION       "1.49"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 
-// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Includes
+#include <float.h>                  // FLT_MIN, FLT_MAX
+#include <stdarg.h>                 // va_list, va_start, va_end
+#include <stddef.h>                 // ptrdiff_t, NULL
+#include <string.h>                 // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
+
+// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
+// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h)
+// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended: we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility + this is a call-heavy library and function call overhead adds up.
 #ifndef IMGUI_API
 #define IMGUI_API
 #endif
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_API              IMGUI_API
+#endif
 
-// Define assertion handler.
+// Helper Macros
 #ifndef IM_ASSERT
 #include <assert.h>
-#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)    assert(_EXPR)
+#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)            assert(_EXPR)                               // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h
+#endif
+#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)          ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR))))     // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
+#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR)             ((void)(_VAR))                              // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
+
+// Check that version and structures layouts are matching between compiled imgui code and caller. Read comments above DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout() for details.
+#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
+
+// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
+// (MSVC provides an equivalent mechanism via SAL Annotations but it would require the macros in a different
+//  location. e.g. #include <sal.h> + void myprintf(_Printf_format_string_ const char* format, ...))
+#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0)))
+#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__))
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
+#else
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
 #endif
 
-// Some compilers support applying printf-style warnings to user functions.
-#if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)
-#define IM_PRINTFARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, (FMT+1))))
+// Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions)
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)  && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID)
+#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF      __pragma(runtime_checks("",off))     __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off))
+#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE  __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack())    __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop))
 #else
-#define IM_PRINTFARGS(FMT)
+#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
 #endif
 
+// Warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (push)
+#pragma warning (disable: 26495)    // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
+#endif
 #if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier"            // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Scalar data types
+typedef unsigned int        ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string)
+typedef signed char         ImS8;   // 8-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned char       ImU8;   // 8-bit unsigned integer
+typedef signed short        ImS16;  // 16-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned short      ImU16;  // 16-bit unsigned integer
+typedef signed int          ImS32;  // 32-bit signed integer == int
+typedef unsigned int        ImU32;  // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
+typedef signed   long long  ImS64;  // 64-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned long long  ImU64;  // 64-bit unsigned integer
+
 // Forward declarations
-struct ImDrawChannel;               // Temporary storage for outputting drawing commands out of order, used by ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
-struct ImDrawCmd;                   // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call)
-struct ImDrawData;                  // All draw command lists required to render the frame
-struct ImDrawList;                  // A single draw command list (generally one per window)
-struct ImDrawVert;                  // A single vertex (20 bytes by default, override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
+struct ImDrawChannel;               // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
+struct ImDrawCmd;                   // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback)
+struct ImDrawData;                  // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix.
+struct ImDrawList;                  // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder)
+struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself)
+struct ImDrawListSplitter;          // Helper to split a draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order, then flattened back.
+struct ImDrawVert;                  // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
 struct ImFont;                      // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas
-struct ImFontAtlas;                 // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF font loader
+struct ImFontAtlas;                 // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader
+struct ImFontBuilderIO;             // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType).
 struct ImFontConfig;                // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts
-struct ImColor;                     // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4
+struct ImFontGlyph;                 // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset)
+struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder;    // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data
+struct ImColor;                     // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using)
+struct ImGuiContext;                // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h)
 struct ImGuiIO;                     // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui
-struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame;         // Simple helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro
-struct ImGuiStorage;                // Simple custom key value storage
-struct ImGuiStyle;                  // Runtime data for styling/colors
-struct ImGuiTextFilter;             // Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
-struct ImGuiTextBuffer;             // Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
-struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData;   // Shared state of ImGui::InputText() when using custom ImGuiTextEditCallback (rare/advanced use)
-struct ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData;// Structure used to constraint window size in custom ways when using custom ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback (rare/advanced use)
+struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData;  // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use)
+struct ImGuiKeyData;                // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
 struct ImGuiListClipper;            // Helper to manually clip large list of items
-struct ImGuiContext;                // ImGui context (opaque)
-
-// Enumerations (declared as int for compatibility and to not pollute the top of this file)
-typedef unsigned int ImU32;
-typedef unsigned short ImWchar;     // character for keyboard input/display
-typedef void* ImTextureID;          // user data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp)
-typedef ImU32 ImGuiID;              // unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string)
-typedef int ImGuiCol;               // a color identifier for styling       // enum ImGuiCol_
-typedef int ImGuiStyleVar;          // a variable identifier for styling    // enum ImGuiStyleVar_
-typedef int ImGuiKey;               // a key identifier (ImGui-side enum)   // enum ImGuiKey_
-typedef int ImGuiAlign;             // alignment                            // enum ImGuiAlign_
-typedef int ImGuiColorEditMode;     // color edit mode for ColorEdit*()     // enum ImGuiColorEditMode_
-typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor;       // a mouse cursor identifier            // enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
-typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags;       // window flags for Begin*()            // enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiSetCond;           // condition flags for Set*()           // enum ImGuiSetCond_
-typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags;    // flags for InputText*()               // enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags;   // flags for Selectable()               // enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;     // flags for TreeNode*(), Collapsing*() // enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
-typedef int (*ImGuiTextEditCallback)(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData *data);
-typedef void (*ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback)(ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData* data);
-
-// Others helpers at bottom of the file:
-// class ImVector<>                 // Lightweight std::vector like class.
-// IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME          // Execute a block of code once per frame only (convenient for creating UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times)
+struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame;         // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame
+struct ImGuiPayload;                // User data payload for drag and drop operations
+struct ImGuiPlatformImeData;        // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.
+struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData;       // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use)
+struct ImGuiStorage;                // Helper for key->value storage (container sorted by key)
+struct ImGuiStoragePair;            // Helper for key->value storage (pair)
+struct ImGuiStyle;                  // Runtime data for styling/colors
+struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs;         // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
+struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs;   // Sorting specification for one column of a table
+struct ImGuiTextBuffer;             // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder)
+struct ImGuiTextFilter;             // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]")
+struct ImGuiViewport;               // A Platform Window (always only one in 'master' branch), in the future may represent Platform Monitor
+
+// Enumerations
+// - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration)
+// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+enum ImGuiDir : int;                // -> enum ImGuiDir              // Enum: A cardinal direction (Left, Right, Up, Down)
+enum ImGuiKey : int;                // -> enum ImGuiKey              // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value)
+enum ImGuiMouseSource : int;        // -> enum ImGuiMouseSource      // Enum; A mouse input source identifier (Mouse, TouchScreen, Pen)
+enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8;     // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection    // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
+typedef int ImGuiCol;               // -> enum ImGuiCol_             // Enum: A color identifier for styling
+typedef int ImGuiCond;              // -> enum ImGuiCond_            // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions
+typedef int ImGuiDataType;          // -> enum ImGuiDataType_        // Enum: A primary data type
+typedef int ImGuiMouseButton;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_     // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
+typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_     // Enum: A mouse cursor shape
+typedef int ImGuiStyleVar;          // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_        // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
+typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget;     // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_   // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor()
+
+// Flags (declared as int to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file)
+// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+typedef int ImDrawFlags;            // -> enum ImDrawFlags_          // Flags: for ImDrawList functions
+typedef int ImDrawListFlags;        // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_      // Flags: for ImDrawList instance
+typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags;       // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_     // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build
+typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_    // Flags: for io.BackendFlags
+typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_     // Flags: for InvisibleButton()
+typedef int ImGuiChildFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiChildFlags_      // Flags: for BeginChild()
+typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_  // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc.
+typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_     // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags
+typedef int ImGuiComboFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_      // Flags: for BeginCombo()
+typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_   // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload()
+typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_    // Flags: for IsWindowFocused()
+typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_    // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc.
+typedef int ImGuiInputFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_      // Flags: for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut()
+typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_  // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline()
+typedef int ImGuiKeyChord;          // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX    // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values.
+typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_      // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen()
+typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable()
+typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_     // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
+typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_     // Flags: for BeginTabBar()
+typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_    // Flags: for BeginTabItem()
+typedef int ImGuiTableFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_      // Flags: For BeginTable()
+typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags;  // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn()
+typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_   // Flags: For TableNextRow()
+typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_   // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader()
+typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_   // Flags: for ImGuiViewport
+typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_     // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild()
+
+// ImTexture: user data for renderer backend to identify a texture [Compile-time configurable type]
+// - To use something else than an opaque void* pointer: override with e.g. '#define ImTextureID MyTextureType*' in your imconfig.h file.
+// - This can be whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details.
+#ifndef ImTextureID
+typedef void* ImTextureID;          // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that)
+#endif
+
+// ImDrawIdx: vertex index. [Compile-time configurable type]
+// - To use 16-bit indices + allow large meshes: backend need to set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset (recommended).
+// - To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in your imconfig.h file.
+#ifndef ImDrawIdx
+typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;   // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends)
+#endif
+
+// Character types
+// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display)
+typedef unsigned int ImWchar32;     // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
+typedef unsigned short ImWchar16;   // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32            // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16]
+typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar;
+#else
+typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar;
+#endif
+
+// Callback and functions types
+typedef int     (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data);    // Callback function for ImGui::InputText()
+typedef void    (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data);              // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
+typedef void*   (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data);               // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
+typedef void    (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data);                // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
 
+// ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type]
+// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type.
+// Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' in your imconfig.h file to benefit from courtesy maths operators for those types.
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
 struct ImVec2
 {
-    float x, y;
-    ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; }
-    ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; }
-#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA          // Define constructor and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2.
-    IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
+    float                                   x, y;
+    constexpr ImVec2()                      : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { }
+    constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y)    : x(_x), y(_y) { }
+    float& operator[] (size_t idx)          { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((float*)(void*)(char*)this)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, so the assert overhead is fine.
+    float  operator[] (size_t idx) const    { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((const float*)(const void*)(const char*)this)[idx]; }
+#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
+    IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2.
 #endif
 };
 
+// ImVec4: 4D vector used to store clipping rectangles, colors etc. [Compile-time configurable type]
 struct ImVec4
 {
-    float x, y, z, w;
-    ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; }
-    ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; }
-#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA          // Define constructor and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec4.
-    IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
+    float                                                     x, y, z, w;
+    constexpr ImVec4()                                        : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f), w(0.0f) { }
+    constexpr ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w)  : x(_x), y(_y), z(_z), w(_w) { }
+#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
+    IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4.
 #endif
 };
-typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;     // enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
+// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
-{
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat                 = 1 << 0,   // hold to repeat
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 1,   // (default) return pressed on click+release on same item (default if no PressedOn** flag is set)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 2,   // return pressed on click (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 3,   // return pressed on release (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 4,   // return pressed on double-click (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds          = 1 << 5,   // allow interaction even if a child window is overlapping
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 6,   // disable automatically closing parent popup on press
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled               = 1 << 7,   // disable interaction
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 8,   // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 9,   // disable interaction if a key modifier is held
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode       = 1 << 10   // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable
-};
-#define CONCAT_(x,y) x##y
-#define CONCAT(x,y) CONCAT_(x,y)
-#define ImGui_ScopePushFont(f) ImGui::ScopePushFont CONCAT(scope_push_font, __LINE__) (f)
-#define ImGui_ScopePushStyleColor(idx, col) ImGui::ScopePushStyleColor CONCAT(scope_push_style_color, __LINE__) (idx, col)
-#define ImGui_ScopePushStyleVar(idx, val) ImGui::ScopePushStyleVar CONCAT(scope_push_style_var, __LINE__) (idx, val)
-
-// ImGui end-user API
-// In a namespace so that user can add extra functions in a separate file (e.g. Value() helpers for your vector or common types)
 namespace ImGui
 {
+    // Context creation and access
+    // - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts.
+    // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
+    //   for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL);   // NULL = destroy current context
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+
     // Main
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiIO&      GetIO();
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle&   GetStyle();
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawData*   GetDrawData();                              // same value as passed to your io.RenderDrawListsFn() function. valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
-    IMGUI_API void          NewFrame();                                 // start a new ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until NewFrame()/Render().
-    IMGUI_API void          Render();                                   // ends the ImGui frame, finalize rendering data, then call your io.RenderDrawListsFn() function if set.
-    IMGUI_API void          Shutdown();
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowUserGuide();                            // help block
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL);    // style editor block. you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowTestWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // test window demonstrating ImGui features
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);     // metrics window for debugging ImGui
-
-    // Window
-    IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);                                                   // push window to the stack and start appending to it. see .cpp for details. return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. 'bool* p_open' creates a widget on the upper-right to close the window (which sets your bool to false).
-    IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // OBSOLETE. this is the older/longer API. the extra parameters aren't very relevant. call SetNextWindowSize() instead if you want to set a window size. For regular windows, 'size_on_first_use' only applies to the first time EVER the window is created and probably not what you want! might obsolete this API eventually.
-    IMGUI_API void          End();                                                                                                                      // finish appending to current window, pop it off the window stack.
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0);    // begin a scrolling region. size==0.0f: use remaining window size, size<0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size). size>0.0f: fixed size. each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400).
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0);            // "
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiIO&      GetIO();                                    // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle&   GetStyle();                                 // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleColor(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame!
+    IMGUI_API void          NewFrame();                                 // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame().
+    IMGUI_API void          EndFrame();                                 // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all!
+    IMGUI_API void          Render();                                   // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData().
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawData*   GetDrawData();                              // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render.
+
+    // Demo, Debug, Information
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);     // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);    // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);       // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL);    // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
+    IMGUI_API bool          ShowStyleSelector(const char* label);       // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowFontSelector(const char* label);        // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowUserGuide();                            // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as an end-user (mouse/keyboard controls).
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();                               // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp)
+
+    // Styles
+    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);    // new, recommended style (default)
+    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);   // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font
+    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style
+
+    // Windows
+    // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack.
+    // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window,
+    //   which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked.
+    // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame by calling Begin()/End() pairs multiple times.
+    //   Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin().
+    // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
+    //   anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value!
+    //   [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions
+    //    such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding
+    //    BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
+    // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug".
+    IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          End();
+
+    // Child Windows
+    // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child.
+    // - Before 1.90 (November 2023), the "ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0" parameter was "bool border = false".
+    //   This API is backward compatible with old code, as we guarantee that ImGuiChildFlags_Border == true.
+    //   Consider updating your old code:
+    //      BeginChild("Name", size, false)   -> Begin("Name", size, 0); or Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None);
+    //      BeginChild("Name", size, true)    -> Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border);
+    // - Manual sizing (each axis can use a different setting e.g. ImVec2(0.0f, 400.0f)):
+    //     == 0.0f: use remaining parent window size for this axis.
+    //      > 0.0f: use specified size for this axis.
+    //      < 0.0f: right/bottom-align to specified distance from available content boundaries.
+    // - Specifying ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY makes the sizing automatic based on child contents.
+    //   Combining both ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX _and_ ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY defeats purpose of a scrolling region and is NOT recommended.
+    // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
+    //   anything to the window. Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value.
+    //   [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions
+    //    such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding
+    //    BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          EndChild();
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                                              // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
-    IMGUI_API void          SetContentRegionWidth(float y);
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionAvail();                                            // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
-    IMGUI_API float         GetContentRegionAvailWidth();                                       //
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMin();                                        // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMax();                                        // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowContentRegionWidth();                                      //
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                                                // get rendering command-list if you want to append your own draw primitives
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowPos();                                                     // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList api)
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowSize();                                                    // get current window size
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowWidth();
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowHeight();
+
+    // Windows Utilities
+    // - 'current window' = the window we are appending into while inside a Begin()/End() block. 'next window' = next window we will Begin() into.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAppearing();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowCollapsed();
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                    // per-window font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows
-
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);         // set next window position. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);                      // set next window position to be centered on screen. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);       // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size);                       // set next window content size (enforce the range of scrollbars). set axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentWidth(float width);                             // set next window content width (enforce the range of horizontal scrollbar). call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);      // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowFocus();                                               // set next window to be focused / front-most. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);             // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);           // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.    
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);          // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus();                                                   // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / front-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);      // set named window position.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);    // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);   // set named window collapsed state
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus(const char* name);                                              // set named window to be focused / front-most. use NULL to remove focus.
-
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollX();                                                       // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollY();                                                       // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxX();                                                    // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxY();                                                    // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(float scroll_x);                                         // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(float scroll_y);                                         // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);                         // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);        // adjust scrolling amount to make given position valid. use GetCursorPos() or GetCursorStartPos()+offset to get valid positions.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0);                               // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use negative 'offset' to access previous widgets.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree);                                // replace tree state storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                        // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowPos();                             // get current window position in screen space (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using current layout pos instead, GetCursorScreenPos())
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowSize();                            // get current window size (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using GetCursorScreenPos() and e.g. GetContentRegionAvail() instead)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowWidth();                           // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowHeight();                          // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y)
+
+    // Window manipulation
+    // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use 0.0f or FLT_MAX if you don't want limits. Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size (which itself is a constraint). Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size);                               // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                 // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowFocus();                                                       // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll);                                  // set next window scrolling value (use < 0.0f to not affect a given axis).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha);                                          // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                        // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                      // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                     // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus();                                                           // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                            // [OBSOLETE] set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);      // set named window position.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);    // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);   // set named window collapsed state
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus(const char* name);                                           // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus.
+
+    // Content region
+    // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful.
+    // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionAvail();                                        // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                                          // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMin();                                    // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMax();                                    // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
+
+    // Windows Scrolling
+    // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin().
+    // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY().
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollX();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollY();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(float scroll_x);                                     // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(float scroll_y);                                     // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxX();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxY();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
 
     // Parameters stacks (shared)
-    IMGUI_API void          PushFont(ImFont* font);                                             // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
+    IMGUI_API void          PushFont(ImFont* font);                                         // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
     IMGUI_API void          PopFont();
-    class ScopePushFont
-    {
-    public:
-        ScopePushFont(ImFont* font) { PushFont(font); }
-        ~ScopePushFont() { PopFont(); }
-    };
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col);                        // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
     IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
     IMGUI_API void          PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
-    class ScopePushStyleColor
-    {
-    public:
-        ScopePushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) { PushStyleColor(idx, col); }
-        ~ScopePushStyleColor() { PopStyleColor(); }
-    };
-    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);                     // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);             // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
     IMGUI_API void          PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
-    class ScopePushStyleVar
-    {
-    public:
-        ScopePushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { PushStyleVar(idx, val); }
-        ScopePushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { PushStyleVar(idx, val); }
-        ~ScopePushStyleVar() { PopStyleVar(); }
-    };
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetFont();                                                          // get current font
-    IMGUI_API float         GetFontSize();                                                      // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                           // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
-    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);                  // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier
-    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col);                                     // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
+    IMGUI_API void          PushTabStop(bool tab_stop);                                     // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
+    IMGUI_API void          PopTabStop();
+    IMGUI_API void          PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat);                                  // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
+    IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();
 
     // Parameters stacks (current window)
-    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                    // width of items for the common item+label case, pixels. 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side)
+    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side).
     IMGUI_API void          PopItemWidth();
-    IMGUI_API float         CalcItemWidth();                                                    // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position
-    IMGUI_API void          PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x = 0.0f);                           // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemWidth(float item_width);                             // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side)
+    IMGUI_API float         CalcItemWidth();                                                // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f);                 // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
     IMGUI_API void          PopTextWrapPos();
-    IMGUI_API void          PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool v);                                     // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
-    IMGUI_API void          PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
-    IMGUI_API void          PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat);                                      // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (uses io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate for now). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
-    IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();
 
-    // Cursor / Layout
-    IMGUI_API void          Separator();                                                        // horizontal line
-    IMGUI_API void          SameLine(float pos_x = 0.0f, float spacing_w = -1.0f);              // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally
-    IMGUI_API void          NewLine();                                                          // undo a SameLine()
-    IMGUI_API void          Spacing();                                                          // add vertical spacing
-    IMGUI_API void          Dummy(const ImVec2& size);                                          // add a dummy item of given size
-    IMGUI_API void          Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                      // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if >0
-    IMGUI_API void          Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                    // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if >0
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginGroup();                                                       // lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
-    IMGUI_API void          EndGroup();
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorPos();                                                     // cursor position is relative to window position
-    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosX();                                                    // "
-    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosY();                                                    // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos);                              // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosX(float x);                                             // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float y);                                             // "
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorStartPos();                                                // initial cursor position
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorScreenPos();                                               // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API)
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos);                              // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
-    IMGUI_API void          AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();                                    // call once if the first item on the line is a Text() item and you want to vertically lower it to match subsequent (bigger) widgets
-    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeight();                                                // height of font == GetWindowFontSize()
-    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();                                     // distance (in pixels) between 2 consecutive lines of text == GetWindowFontSize() + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y
-    IMGUI_API float         GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing();                                    // distance (in pixels) between 2 consecutive lines of standard height widgets == GetWindowFontSize() + GetStyle().FramePadding.y*2 + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y
-
-    // Columns
-    // You can also use SameLine(pos_x) for simplified columning. The columns API is still work-in-progress and rather lacking.
-    IMGUI_API void          Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);  // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with Columns(1).
-    IMGUI_API void          NextColumn();                                                       // next column
-    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnIndex();                                                   // get current column index
-    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1);                             // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetcolumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is usually 0.0f and not resizable unless you call this
-    IMGUI_API void          SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x);                  // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
-    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1);                              // column width (== GetColumnOffset(GetColumnIndex()+1) - GetColumnOffset(GetColumnOffset())
-    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnsCount();                                                  // number of columns (what was passed to Columns())
-
-    // ID scopes
-    // If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely want to push a unique identifier so ImGui can differentiate them.
-    // You can also use the "##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. Read "A primer on the use of labels/IDs" in the FAQ for more details.
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                         // push identifier into the ID stack. IDs are hash of the *entire* stack!
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);
-    IMGUI_API void          PopID();
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id);                                          // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). useful if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself. otherwise rarely needed
+    // Style read access
+    // - Use the ShowStyleEditor() function to interactively see/edit the colors.
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetFont();                                                      // get current font
+    IMGUI_API float         GetFontSize();                                                  // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                       // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);              // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col);                                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx);                                // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.
+
+    // Layout cursor positioning
+    // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position.
+    // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down.
+    // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget.
+    // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API:
+    //    - Absolute coordinate:        GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. -> this is the preferred way forward.
+    //    - Window-local coordinates:   SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos()
+    // - GetCursorScreenPos() = GetCursorPos() + GetWindowPos(). GetWindowPos() is almost only ever useful to convert from window-local to absolute coordinates.
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorScreenPos();                                           // cursor position in absolute coordinates (prefer using this, also more useful to work with ImDrawList API).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos);                          // cursor position in absolute coordinates
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorPos();                                                 // [window-local] cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosX();                                                // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosY();                                                // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos);                          // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosX(float local_x);                                   // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float local_y);                                   // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorStartPos();                                            // [window-local] initial cursor position, in window coordinates
+
+    // Other layout functions
+    IMGUI_API void          Separator();                                                    // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator.
+    IMGUI_API void          SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f);  // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates.
+    IMGUI_API void          NewLine();                                                      // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context.
+    IMGUI_API void          Spacing();                                                      // add vertical spacing.
+    IMGUI_API void          Dummy(const ImVec2& size);                                      // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into.
+    IMGUI_API void          Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                  // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0
+    IMGUI_API void          Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginGroup();                                                   // lock horizontal starting position
+    IMGUI_API void          EndGroup();                                                     // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
+    IMGUI_API void          AlignTextToFramePadding();                                      // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeight();                                            // ~ FontSize
+    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();                                 // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetFrameHeight();                                               // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2
+    IMGUI_API float         GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();                                    // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets)
+
+    // ID stack/scopes
+    // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.com/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui.
+    // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system:
+    //   - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?"
+    //   - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?"
+    //   - "Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?"
+    // - Short version: ID are hashes of the entire ID stack. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely
+    //   want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
+    // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
+    // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed + used as an ID,
+    //   whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                     // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);       // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);                                     // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);                                             // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer).
+    IMGUI_API void          PopID();                                                        // pop from the ID stack.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id);                                      // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const void* ptr_id);
 
-    // Widgets
-    IMGUI_API void          Icon(const char* icon);                                                 // Librealsense addition to allow type safe calling like: ImGui::Icon(textual_icon(u8"\uf118"))
-    IMGUI_API void          Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);  // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
-    IMGUI_API void          TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                    // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
-    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                     // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
-    IMGUI_API void          TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);         // doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified. no copy done to any bounded stack buffer, recommended for long chunks of text
-    IMGUI_API void          LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);    // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
-    IMGUI_API void          LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          Bullet();                                                               // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
-    IMGUI_API void          BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                      // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
-    IMGUI_API void          BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API bool          Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));            // button
-    IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SmallButton(const char* label);                                         // button with FramePadding=(0,0)
-    IMGUI_API bool          InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size);
-    IMGUI_API void          Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0));
-    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0),  const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));    // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding
+    // Widgets: Text
+    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
+    IMGUI_API void          Text(const char* fmt, ...)                                      IM_FMTARGS(1); // formatted text
+    IMGUI_API void          TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                            IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)            IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
+    IMGUI_API void          TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)  IM_FMTLIST(2);
+    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)                              IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
+    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                    IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)                               IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
+    IMGUI_API void          TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                     IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)              IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
+    IMGUI_API void          LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)    IM_FMTLIST(2);
+    IMGUI_API void          BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)                                IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
+    IMGUI_API void          BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                      IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorText(const char* label);                               // currently: formatted text with an horizontal line
+
+    // Widgets: Main
+    // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
+    // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0));   // button
+    IMGUI_API bool          SmallButton(const char* label);                                 // button with (FramePadding.y == 0) to easily embed within text
+    IMGUI_API bool          InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.)
+    IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir);                  // square button with an arrow shape
     IMGUI_API bool          Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value);
     IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value);
-    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, bool active);
-    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button);
-    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);
-    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);      // separate items with \0, end item-list with \0\0
-    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ColorButton(const ImVec4& col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3]);                            // Hint: 'float col[3]' function argument is same as 'float* col'. You can pass address of first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
-    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true);    // "
-    IMGUI_API void          ColorEditMode(ImGuiColorEditMode mode);                                 // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is inconsistent with most of the API and will be obsoleted/replaced.
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float));
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0));
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float));
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0));
-    IMGUI_API void          ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL);
-
-    // Widgets: Drags (tip: ctrl+click on a drag box to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds)
-    // For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, remember than a 'float v[3]' function argument is the same as 'float* v'. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);     // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", const char* display_format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");                                       // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f", const char* display_format_max = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, bool active);                    // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; }
+    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button);           // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer
+    IMGUI_API void          ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          Bullet();                                                       // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
+
+    // Widgets: Images
+    // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
+    // - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above.
+    // - Note that Image() may add +2.0f to provided size if a border is visible, ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size.
+    IMGUI_API void          Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1));
+
+    // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown)
+    // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
+    // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);      // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0"
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
+
+    // Widgets: Drag Sliders
+    // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp.
+    // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every function, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v',
+    //   the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
+    // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
+    // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d").
+    // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision).
+    // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits if ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is not used.
+    // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum.
+    // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them.
+    // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument.
+    //   If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);     // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);  // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+
+    // Widgets: Regular Sliders
+    // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp.
+    // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
+    // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d").
+    // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument.
+    //   If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);     // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display.
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
 
     // Widgets: Input with Keyboard
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-
-    // Widgets: Sliders (tip: ctrl+click on a slider to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds)
-    IMGUI_API bool          SeekSlider(const char* label, int* v, const char* display_format = "%.0f%%");
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f, bool render_bg = false);     // adjust display_format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix. Use power!=1.0 for logarithmic sliders
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f", bool render_bg = false);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f, bool render_bg = false);
-    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-
-    /* Implement slider with increments other than 1. The implementation is a variation on
-    https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1183 */
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderIntWithSteps(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, int v_step=1, const char* display_format = "%.3f");
+    // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
+    // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc.
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0, double step_fast = 0.0, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+
+    // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little color square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.)
+    // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible.
+    // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);                     // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls.
 
     // Widgets: Trees
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* label);                                            // if returning 'true' the node is open and the tree id is pushed into the id stack. user is responsible for calling TreePop().
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);    // read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);    // "
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args);           // "
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args);           // "
+    // - TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // helper variation to easily decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // "
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
     IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(3);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(3);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const char* str_id = NULL);                                    // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call Push/Pop yourself for layout purpose
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL);                                    // "
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePop();                                                              // ~ Unindent()+PopId()
-    IMGUI_API void          TreeAdvanceToLabelPos();                                                // advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
-    IMGUI_API float         GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();                                            // horizontal distance preceeding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);               // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
-    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);      // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
-    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header
-
-    // Widgets: Selectable / Lists
-    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));  // size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
-    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));
-    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. make sure to call ListBoxFooter() afterwards.
-    IMGUI_API bool          ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // "
-    IMGUI_API void          ListBoxFooter();                                                    // terminate the scrolling region
-
-    // Widgets: Value() Helpers. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const char* str_id);                                       // ~ Indent()+PushID(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired.
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const void* ptr_id);                                       // "
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePop();                                                          // ~ Unindent()+PopID()
+    IMGUI_API float         GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();                                        // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
+    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);  // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
+    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
+
+    // Widgets: Selectables
+    // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected.
+    // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
+    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0));      // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.
+
+    // Widgets: List Boxes
+    // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label.
+    // - You can submit contents and manage your selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any other items.
+    // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created.
+    // - Choose frame width:   size.x > 0.0f: custom  /  size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align   /  size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth
+    // - Choose frame height:  size.y > 0.0f: custom  /  size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align  /  size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region
+    IMGUI_API void          EndListBox();                                                       // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+
+    // Widgets: Data Plotting
+    // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better!
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
+
+    // Widgets: Value() Helpers.
+    // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, int v);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void          ValueColor(const char* prefix, const ImVec4& v);
-    IMGUI_API void          ValueColor(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
 
-    // Tooltips
-    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                  // set tooltip under mouse-cursor, typically use with ImGui::IsHovered(). last call wins
-    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltip();                                                     // use to create full-featured tooltip windows that aren't just text
-    IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();
-
-    // Menus
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMainMenuBar();                                                 // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. only call EndMainMenuBar() if this returns true!
-    IMGUI_API void          EndMainMenuBar();
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuBar();                                                     // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set). only call EndMenuBar() if this returns true!
-    IMGUI_API void          EndMenuBar();
+    // Widgets: Menus
+    // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar.
+    // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it.
+    // - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it.
+    // - Not that MenuItem() keyboardshortcuts are displayed as a convenience but _not processed_ by Dear ImGui at the moment.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuBar();                                                     // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window).
+    IMGUI_API void          EndMenuBar();                                                       // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMainMenuBar();                                                 // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndMainMenuBar();                                                   // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true);                  // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
-    IMGUI_API void          EndMenu();
-    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);  // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment
+    IMGUI_API void          EndMenu();                                                          // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);  // return true when activated.
     IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true);              // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
 
-    // Popups
-    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(const char* str_id);                                      // mark popup as open. popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopup(const char* str_id);                                     // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returned true!
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0);               // modal dialog (can't close them by clicking outside)
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button = 1);                                        // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. read comments in .cpp!
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextWindow(bool also_over_items = true, const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1);  // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window.
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1);                                 // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (no window).
-    IMGUI_API void          EndPopup();
-    IMGUI_API void          CloseCurrentPopup();                                                // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup.
-
-    // Logging: all text output from interface is redirected to tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToTTY(int max_depth = -1);                                       // start logging to tty
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToFile(int max_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL);         // start logging to file
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToClipboard(int max_depth = -1);                                 // start logging to OS clipboard
+    // Tooltips
+    // - Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
+    // - A tooltip window can contain items of any types.
+    // - SetTooltip() is more or less a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom (with a subtlety that it discard any previously submitted tooltip)
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltip();                                                     // begin/append a tooltip window.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();                                                       // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip()/BeginItemTooltip() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                     // set a text-only tooltip. Often used after a ImGui::IsItemHovered() check. Override any previous call to SetTooltip().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+
+    // Tooltips: helpers for showing a tooltip when hovering an item
+    // - BeginItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) && BeginTooltip())' idiom.
+    // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom.
+    // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginItemTooltip();                                                 // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                 // set a text-only tooltip if preceding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+
+    // Popups, Modals
+    //  - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them.
+    //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
+    //  - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls.
+    //  - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time.
+    //  - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered().
+    //  - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack.
+    //    This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future.
+    //  - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards if returned true. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window.
+    //  - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);                         // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndPopup();                                                                         // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true!
+
+    // Popups: open/close functions
+    //  - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options.
+    //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
+    //  - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually.
+    //  - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options).
+    //  - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup().
+    //  - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened.
+    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that for OpenPopupOnItemClick() we exceptionally default flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter
+    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0);                     // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!).
+    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0);                             // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks
+    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);   // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors)
+    IMGUI_API void          CloseCurrentPopup();                                                                // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into.
+
+    // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers
+    //  - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking.
+    //  - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name.
+    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future.
+    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);  // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);  // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows).
+
+    // Popups: query functions
+    //  - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
+    //  - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
+    //  - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0);                         // return true if the popup is open.
+
+    // Tables
+    // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API.
+    // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary.
+    // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags.
+    // The typical call flow is:
+    // - 1. Call BeginTable(), early out if returning false.
+    // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults.
+    // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows.
+    // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data.
+    // - 5. Populate contents:
+    //    - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column.
+    //    - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every column is holding the same type of contents,
+    //      you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex().
+    //      TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed.
+    //    - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column!
+    //    - Summary of possible call flow:
+    //        - TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
+    //        - TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
+    //        -                   TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row!
+    //        - TableNextRow()                           -> Text("Hello 0")                                               // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear!
+    // - 5. Call EndTable()
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTable();                                         // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API void          TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TableNextColumn();                                  // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n);                  // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible.
+
+    // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration
+    // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc.
+    // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column.
+    //   Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu.
+    //   The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody.
+    // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in
+    //   some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row).
+    // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows);         // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
+    IMGUI_API void          TableHeader(const char* label);                     // submit one header cell manually (rarely used)
+    IMGUI_API void          TableHeadersRow();                                  // submit a row with headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu
+    IMGUI_API void          TableAngledHeadersRow();                            // submit a row with angled headers for every column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. MUST BE FIRST ROW.
+
+    // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions
+    // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting.
+    //   When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have
+    //   changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting,
+    //   else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
+    // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs*  TableGetSortSpecs();                        // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting).  Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable().
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnCount();                      // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable)
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnIndex();                      // return current column index.
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetRowIndex();                         // return current row index.
+    IMGUI_API const char*           TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1);      // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1);     // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column.
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetHoveredColumn();                    // return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. Can also use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead.
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1);  // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details.
+
+    // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!)
+    // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns.
+    IMGUI_API void          Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);
+    IMGUI_API void          NextColumn();                                                       // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished
+    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnIndex();                                                   // get current column index
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1);                              // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
+    IMGUI_API void          SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width);                      // set column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1);                             // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetColumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is typically 0.0f
+    IMGUI_API void          SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x);                  // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
+    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnsCount();
+
+    // Tab Bars, Tabs
+    // - Note: Tabs are automatically created by the docking system (when in 'docking' branch). Use this to create tab bars/tabs yourself.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0);        // create and append into a TabBar
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTabBar();                                                        // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTabItem();                                                       // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);      // create a Tab behaving like a button. return true when clicked. cannot be selected in the tab bar.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label);           // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name.
+
+    // Logging/Capture
+    // - All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth = -1);                                 // start logging to tty (stdout)
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToFile(int auto_open_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL);   // start logging to file
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth = -1);                           // start logging to OS clipboard
     IMGUI_API void          LogFinish();                                                        // stop logging (close file, etc.)
     IMGUI_API void          LogButtons();                                                       // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
-    IMGUI_API void          LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                     // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+    IMGUI_API void          LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                        // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+    IMGUI_API void          LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+
+    // Drag and Drop
+    // - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource().
+    // - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget().
+    // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725)
+    // - An item can be both drag source and drop target.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);                                      // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
+    IMGUI_API bool          SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0);  // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. Return true when payload has been accepted.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndDragDropSource();                                                                    // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool                  BeginDragDropTarget();                                                          // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget()
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);          // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released.
+    IMGUI_API void                  EndDragDropTarget();                                                            // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   GetDragDropPayload();                                                           // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. returns NULL when drag and drop is finished or inactive. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.
+
+    // Disabling [BETA API]
+    // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors)
+    // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
+    // - Tooltips windows by exception are opted out of disabling.
+    // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true);
+    IMGUI_API void          EndDisabled();
 
     // Clipping
+    // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only.
     IMGUI_API void          PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
     IMGUI_API void          PopClipRect();
 
-    // Utilities
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemHovered();                                                    // was the last item hovered by mouse?
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemHoveredRect();                                                // was the last item hovered by mouse? even if another item is active or window is blocked by popup while we are hovering this
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActive();                                                     // was the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited- items that don't interact will always return false)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0);                                // was the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemVisible();                                                    // was the last item visible? (aka not out of sight due to clipping/scrolling.)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemHovered();
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemActive();
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMin();                                                   // get bounding rect of last item in screen space
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMax();                                                   // "
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectSize();                                                  // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetItemAllowOverlap();                                              // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowHovered();                                                  // is current window hovered and hoverable (not blocked by a popup) (differentiate child windows from each others)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowFocused();                                                  // is current window focused
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsRootWindowFocused();                                              // is current root window focused (root = top-most parent of a child, otherwise self)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused();                                    // is current root window or any of its child (including current window) focused
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered();                                    // is current root window or any of its child (including current window) hovered and hoverable (not blocked by a popup)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size);                                  // test if rectangle of given size starting from cursor pos is visible (not clipped). to perform coarse clipping on user's side (as an optimization)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2& pos);                          // is given position hovering any active imgui window
-    IMGUI_API float         GetTime();
-    IMGUI_API int           GetFrameCount();
-    IMGUI_API const char*   GetStyleColName(ImGuiCol idx);
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = +0.0f);   // utility to find the closest point the last item bounding rectangle edge. useful to visually link items
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end);    // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can.
+    // Focus, Activation
+    // - Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item"
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemDefaultFocus();                                              // make last item the default focused item of a window.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0);                               // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget.
+
+    // Overlapping mode
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemAllowOverlap();                                          // allow next item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Useful with invisible buttons, selectable, treenode covering an area where subsequent items may need to be added. Note that both Selectable() and TreeNode() have dedicated flags doing this.
+
+    // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions
+    // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted.
+    // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0);                         // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActive();                                                     // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemFocused();                                                    // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0);                   // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**)  == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemVisible();                                                    // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemEdited();                                                     // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActivated();                                                  // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive).
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivated();                                                // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit();                                       // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item).
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemToggledOpen();                                                // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode().
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemHovered();                                                 // is any item hovered?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemActive();                                                  // is any item active?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemFocused();                                                 // is any item focused?
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetItemID();                                                        // get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMin();                                                   // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMax();                                                   // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectSize();                                                  // get size of last item
+
+    // Viewports
+    // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
+    // - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
+    // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport();                                                 // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL.
+
+    // Background/Foreground Draw Lists
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetBackgroundDrawList();                                            // this draw list will be the first rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetForegroundDrawList();                                            // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
+
+    // Miscellaneous Utilities
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size);                                  // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max);      // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side.
+    IMGUI_API double        GetTime();                                                          // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame.
+    IMGUI_API int           GetFrameCount();                                                    // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData();                                    // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances.
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx);                                    // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage);                             // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0);	// helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame
-    IMGUI_API void          EndChildFrame();
+    // Text Utilities
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
 
+    // Color Utilities
     IMGUI_API ImVec4        ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in);
     IMGUI_API ImU32         ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in);
     IMGUI_API void          ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v);
     IMGUI_API void          ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b);
 
-    // Inputs
-    IMGUI_API int           GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key);                                          // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(int key_index);                                           // key_index into the keys_down[] array, imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry, uses your own indices!
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(int key_index, bool repeat = true);                    // uses user's key indices as stored in the keys_down[] array. if repeat=true. uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(int key_index);                                       // "
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(int button);                                            // is mouse button held
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false);                    // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button);                                   // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(int button);                                        // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringWindow();                                            // is mouse hovering current window ("window" in API names always refer to current window). disregarding of any consideration of being blocked by a popup. (unlike IsWindowHovered() this will return true even if the window is blocked because of a popup)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow();                                         // is mouse hovering any visible window
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);  // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings. disregarding of consideration of focus/window ordering/blocked by a popup.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);      // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
+    // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard/Mouse/Gamepad
+    // - the ImGuiKey enum contains all possible keyboard, mouse and gamepad inputs (e.g. ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp...).
+    // - before v1.87, we used ImGuiKey to carry native/user indices as defined by each backends. About use of those legacy ImGuiKey values:
+    //  - without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (legacy support): you can still use your legacy native/user indices (< 512) according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[], but need to cast them to ImGuiKey.
+    //  - with    IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (this is the way forward): any use of ImGuiKey will assert with key < 512. GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined).
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key);                                            // is key being held.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true);                     // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key);                                        // was key released (went from Down to !Down)?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);                         // was key chord (mods + key) pressed, e.g. you can pass 'ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S' as a key-chord. This doesn't do any routing or focus check, please consider using Shortcut() function instead.
+    IMGUI_API int           GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate);  // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key);                                           // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard);        // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call.
+
+    // Inputs Utilities: Shortcut Testing & Routing [BETA]
+    // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey + optional ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super.
+    //       ImGuiKey_C                          // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord arguments)
+    //       ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C          // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord arguments)
+    //   only ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to combine with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT combine two ImGuiKey values.
+    // - The general idea is that several callers may register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it.
+    //      Parent   -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
+    //        Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts)
+    //        Child2 -> no call                  // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
+    //   The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 makes its calls before Parent, results will be identical.
+    //   This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase.
+    // - To understand the difference:
+    //   - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods and call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect.
+    //   - Shortcut() submits a route, routes are resolved, if it currently can be routed it calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects as it can prevents another call from getting the route.
+    // - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+
+    // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific
+    // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right.
+    // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle.
+    // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold')
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button);                               // is mouse button held?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false);       // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down). Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 1.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button);                           // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button);                      // did mouse button double-clicked? Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 2. (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true)
+    IMGUI_API int           GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button);                      // return the number of successive mouse-clicks at the time where a click happen (otherwise 0).
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL);                    // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyMouseDown();                                                   // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePos();                                                      // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup();                                 // retrieve backup of mouse positioning at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);    // dragging amount since clicking. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
-    IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0);                                //
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor();                                                // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
-    IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type);                              // set desired cursor type
-    IMGUI_API void          CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture = true);                        // manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered.
-    IMGUI_API void          CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture = true);                           // manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application handle).
-
-    // Helpers functions to access functions pointers in ImGui::GetIO()
-    IMGUI_API void*         MemAlloc(size_t sz);
-    IMGUI_API void          MemFree(void* ptr);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup();                                 // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);         // is mouse dragging? (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);   // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+    IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0);                   //
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor();                                                // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
+    IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type);                       // set desired mouse cursor shape
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse);              // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call.
+
+    // Clipboard Utilities
+    // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard.
     IMGUI_API const char*   GetClipboardText();
     IMGUI_API void          SetClipboardText(const char* text);
 
-    // Internal context access - if you want to use multiple context, share context between modules (e.g. DLL). There is a default context created and active by default.
-    // All contexts share a same ImFontAtlas by default. If you want different font atlas, you can new() them and overwrite the GetIO().Fonts variable of an ImGui context.
-    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(void* (*malloc_fn)(size_t) = NULL, void (*free_fn)(void*) = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void          DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-
-    // Obsolete (will be removed)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    static inline bool      CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { (void)str_id; (void)framed; ImGuiTreeNodeFlags default_open_flags = 1<<5; return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? default_open_flags : 0)); } // OBSOLETE 1.49+
-    static inline ImFont*   GetWindowFont() { return GetFont(); }                              // OBSOLETE 1.48+
-    static inline float     GetWindowFontSize() { return GetFontSize(); }                      // OBSOLETE 1.48+
-    static inline void      OpenNextNode(bool open) { ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(open, 0); }   // OBSOLETE 1.34+
-    static inline bool      GetWindowIsFocused() { return ImGui::IsWindowFocused(); }          // OBSOLETE 1.36+
-    static inline bool      GetWindowCollapsed() { return ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed(); }        // OBSOLETE 1.39+
-    static inline ImVec2    GetItemBoxMin() { return GetItemRectMin(); }                       // OBSOLETE 1.36+
-    static inline ImVec2    GetItemBoxMax() { return GetItemRectMax(); }                       // OBSOLETE 1.36+
-    static inline bool      IsClipped(const ImVec2& size) { return !IsRectVisible(size); }     // OBSOLETE 1.38+
-    static inline bool      IsRectClipped(const ImVec2& size) { return !IsRectVisible(size); } // OBSOLETE 1.39+
-    static inline bool      IsMouseHoveringBox(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) { return IsMouseHoveringRect(rect_min, rect_max); }  // OBSOLETE 1.36+
-    static inline void      SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); }                            // OBSOLETE 1.42+
-#endif
+    // Settings/.Ini Utilities
+    // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
+    // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
+    // - Important: default value "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir! Most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
+    IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename);                  // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename).
+    IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source.
+    IMGUI_API void          SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename);                    // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext).
+    IMGUI_API const char*   SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL);               // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings.
+
+    // Debug Utilities
+    // - Your main debugging friend is the ShowMetricsWindow() function, which is also accessible from Demo->Tools->Metrics Debugger
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugTextEncoding(const char* text);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugStartItemPicker();
+    IMGUI_API bool          DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro.
+
+    // Memory Allocators
+    // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context.
+    // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
+    //   for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data);
+    IMGUI_API void*         MemAlloc(size_t size);
+    IMGUI_API void          MemFree(void* ptr);
 
 } // namespace ImGui
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 // Flags for ImGui::Begin()
+// (Those are per-window flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges and io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly)
 enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
 {
-    // Default: 0
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_None                   = 0,
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar             = 1 << 0,   // Disable title-bar
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize               = 1 << 1,   // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove                 = 1 << 2,   // Disable user moving the window
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar            = 1 << 3,   // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programatically)
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse      = 1 << 4,   // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse             = 1 << 5,   // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar            = 1 << 3,   // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse      = 1 << 4,   // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse             = 1 << 5,   // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it. Also referred to as Window Menu Button (e.g. within a docking node).
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize       = 1 << 6,   // Resize every window to its content every frame
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders            = 1 << 7,   // Show borders around windows and items
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground           = 1 << 7,   // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f).
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings        = 1 << 8,   // Never load/save settings in .ini file
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs               = 1 << 9,   // Disable catching mouse or keyboard inputs
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs          = 1 << 9,   // Disable catching mouse, hovering test with pass through.
     ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar                = 1 << 10,  // Has a menu-bar
     ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar    = 1 << 11,  // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section.
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing     = 1 << 12,  // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus  = 1 << 13,  // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programatically giving it focus)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus  = 1 << 13,  // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14,  // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15,  // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x)
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16,  // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs            = 1 << 16,  // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 17,  // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument        = 1 << 18,  // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav                  = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration           = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse,
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs               = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
+
     // [Internal]
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow            = 1 << 20,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX    = 1 << 21,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY    = 1 << 22,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox               = 1 << 23,  // Don't use! For internal use by ComboBox()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip                = 1 << 24,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup                  = 1 << 25,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal                  = 1 << 26,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu              = 1 << 27   // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow            = 1 << 24,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip                = 1 << 25,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup                  = 1 << 26,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal                  = 1 << 27,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu              = 1 << 28,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
+
+    // Obsolete names
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 30,  // Obsoleted in 1.90: Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding in BeginChild() call.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened           = 1 << 31,  // Obsoleted in 1.90.9: Use ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened in BeginChild() call.
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginChild()
+// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImGuiChildFlags_Border to be backward compatible with old API using 'bool border = false'.
+// About using AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY flags:
+// - May be combined with SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() to set a min/max size for each axis (see "Demo->Child->Auto-resize with Constraints").
+// - Size measurement for a given axis is only performed when the child window is within visible boundaries, or is just appearing.
+//   - This allows BeginChild() to return false when not within boundaries (e.g. when scrolling), which is more optimal. BUT it won't update its auto-size while clipped.
+//     While not perfect, it is a better default behavior as the always-on performance gain is more valuable than the occasional "resizing after becoming visible again" glitch.
+//   - You may also use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize to force an update even when child window is not in view.
+//     HOWEVER PLEASE UNDERSTAND THAT DOING SO WILL PREVENT BeginChild() FROM EVER RETURNING FALSE, disabling benefits of coarse clipping.
+enum ImGuiChildFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiChildFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiChildFlags_Border                  = 1 << 0,   // Show an outer border and enable WindowPadding. (IMPORTANT: this is always == 1 == true for legacy reason)
+    ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding  = 1 << 1,   // Pad with style.WindowPadding even if no border are drawn (no padding by default for non-bordered child windows because it makes more sense)
+    ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX                 = 1 << 2,   // Allow resize from right border (layout direction). Enable .ini saving (unless ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings passed to window flags)
+    ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY                 = 1 << 3,   // Allow resize from bottom border (layout direction). "
+    ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX             = 1 << 4,   // Enable auto-resizing width. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above.
+    ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY             = 1 << 5,   // Enable auto-resizing height. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above.
+    ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize        = 1 << 6,   // Combined with AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY. Always measure size even when child is hidden, always return true, always disable clipping optimization! NOT RECOMMENDED.
+    ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle              = 1 << 7,   // Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding.
+    ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened            = 1 << 8,   // Share focus scope, allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows.
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::InputText()
+// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive)
 enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
 {
-    // Default: 0
+    // Basic filters (also see ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_None                = 0,
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal        = 1 << 0,   // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal    = 1 << 1,   // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase      = 1 << 2,   // Turn a..z into A..Z
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank        = 1 << 3,   // Filter out spaces, tabs
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll       = 1 << 4,   // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 5,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to when the value was modified)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion  = 1 << 6,   // Call user function on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory     = 1 << 7,   // Call user function on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways      = 1 << 8,   // Call user function every time. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter  = 1 << 9,   // Call user function to filter character. Modify data->EventChar to replace/filter input, or return 1 to discard character.
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput       = 1 << 10,  // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11,  // In multi-line mode, allow exiting edition by pressing Enter. Ctrl+Enter to add new line (by default adds new lines with Enter).
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll  = 1 << 12,  // Disable following the cursor horizontally
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode    = 1 << 13,  // Insert mode
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly            = 1 << 14,  // Read-only mode
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password            = 1 << 15,  // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
-    // [Internal]
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline           = 1 << 20   // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific     = 1 << 2,   // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase      = 1 << 3,   // Turn a..z into A..Z
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank        = 1 << 4,   // Filter out spaces, tabs
+
+    // Inputs
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput       = 1 << 5,   // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 6,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll     = 1 << 7,   // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 8,   // In multi-line mode, validate with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: validate with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
+
+    // Other options
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly            = 1 << 9,   // Read-only mode
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password            = 1 << 10,  // Password mode, display all characters as '*', disable copy
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite     = 1 << 11,  // Overwrite mode
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll       = 1 << 12,  // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal    = 1 << 13,  // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: parse empty string as zero value.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal  = 1 << 14,  // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: when value is zero, do not display it. Generally used with ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll  = 1 << 15,  // Disable following the cursor horizontally
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo          = 1 << 16,  // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
+
+    // Callback features
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion  = 1 << 17,  // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory     = 1 << 18,  // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways      = 1 << 19,  // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter  = 1 << 20,  // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize      = 1 << 21,  // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit        = 1 << 22,  // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
+
+    // Obsolete names
+    //ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode  = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite   // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
 enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
 {
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None                 = 0,
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected             = 1 << 0,   // Draw as selected
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed               = 1 << 1,   // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode     = 1 << 2,   // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed               = 1 << 1,   // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap         = 1 << 2,   // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen     = 1 << 3,   // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog      = 1 << 4,   // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes)
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen          = 1 << 5,   // Default node to be open
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick    = 1 << 6,   // Need double-click to open node
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow          = 1 << 7,   // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open.
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf                 = 1 << 8,   // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). 
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet               = 1 << 9,   // Display a bullet instead of arrow
-    //ImGuITreeNodeFlags_SpanAllAvailWidth  = 1 << 10,  // FIXME: TODO: Extend hit box horizontally even if not framed
-    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 11,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf                 = 1 << 8,   // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet               = 1 << 9,   // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag!
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding         = 1 << 10,  // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding() before the node.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth       = 1 << 11,  // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line without using AllowOverlap mode.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth        = 1 << 12,  // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (cover the indent area).
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth        = 1 << 13,  // Narrow hit box + narrow hovering highlight, will only cover the label text.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns       = 1 << 14,  // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column)
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 15,  // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
+    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 16,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog,
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap,  // Renamed in 1.89.7
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions.
+// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument instead of 'ImGuiPopupFlags flags',
+//   we need to treat small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags.
+//   It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags.
+// - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0.
+//   IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter
+//   and want to use another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag explicitly.
+// - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later).
+enum ImGuiPopupFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft         = 0,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left)
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight        = 1,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right)
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle       = 2,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle)
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_        = 0x1F,
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_     = 1,
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen                = 1 << 5,   // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't reopen same popup if already open (won't reposition, won't reinitialize navigation)
+    //ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit = 1 << 6,   // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): focus and initialize navigation even when not reopening.
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 7,   // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems         = 1 << 8,   // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId              = 1 << 10,  // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup.
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel           = 1 << 11,  // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level)
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup                = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel,
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::Selectable()
 enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
 {
-    // Default: 0
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups    = 1 << 0,   // Clicking this don't close parent popup window
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns     = 1 << 1,   // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column)
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick   = 1 << 2    // Generate press events on double clicks too
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups    = 1 << 0,   // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns     = 1 << 1,   // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick   = 1 << 2,   // Generate press events on double clicks too
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled           = 1 << 3,   // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap       = 1 << 4,   // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap   = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap,  // Renamed in 1.89.7
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo()
+enum ImGuiComboFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiComboFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft          = 1 << 0,   // Align the popup toward the left by default
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall             = 1 << 1,   // Max ~4 items visible. Tip: If you want your combo popup to be a specific size you can use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() prior to calling BeginCombo()
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular           = 1 << 2,   // Max ~8 items visible (default)
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge             = 1 << 3,   // Max ~20 items visible
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest           = 1 << 4,   // As many fitting items as possible
+    ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton           = 1 << 5,   // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button
+    ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview               = 1 << 6,   // Display only a square arrow button
+    ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview         = 1 << 7,   // Width dynamically calculated from preview contents
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_             = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar()
+enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_None                           = 0,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable                    = 1 << 0,   // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs              = 1 << 1,   // Automatically select new tabs when they appear
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton             = 1 << 2,   // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton   = 1 << 3,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons      = 1 << 4,   // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip                      = 1 << 5,   // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline           = 1 << 6,   // Draw selected overline markers over selected tab
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown        = 1 << 7,   // Resize tabs when they don't fit
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll            = 1 << 8,   // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_             = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_          = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem()
+enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_None                          = 0,
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument               = 1 << 0,   // Display a dot next to the title + set ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure.
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected                   = 1 << 1,   // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem()
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton  = 1 << 2,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId                      = 1 << 3,   // Don't call PushID()/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip                     = 1 << 4,   // Disable tooltip for the given tab
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder                     = 1 << 5,   // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading                       = 1 << 6,   // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button)
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing                      = 1 << 7,   // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons)
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure              = 1 << 8,   // Tab is selected when trying to close + closure is not immediately assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
+enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_None                          = 0,
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows                  = 1 << 0,   // Return true if any children of the window is focused
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow                    = 1 << 1,   // Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow                     = 1 << 2,   // Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ!
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy              = 1 << 3,   // Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
+    //ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy               = 1 << 4,   // Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows           = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
+// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your app, you should use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ!
+// Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls.
+enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_None                          = 0,        // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows                  = 1 << 0,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow                    = 1 << 1,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow                     = 1 << 2,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy              = 1 << 3,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
+    //ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy               = 1 << 4,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup       = 1 << 5,   // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window
+    //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal     = 1 << 6,   // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem  = 1 << 7,   // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem     = 1 << 8,   // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item uses AllowOverlap mode and is overlapped by another hoverable item.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow   = 1 << 9,   // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled             = 1 << 10,  // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride                 = 1 << 11,  // IsItemHovered() only: Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped           = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow,
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly                      = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped,
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows           = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows,
+
+    // Tooltips mode
+    // - typically used in IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.
+    // - this is a shortcut to pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' where you can reconfigure desired behavior.
+    //   e.g. 'TooltipHoveredFlagsForMouse' defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'.
+    // - for frequently actioned or hovered items providing a tooltip, you want may to use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip (stationary + delay) so the tooltip doesn't show too often.
+    // - for items which main purpose is to be hovered, or items with low affordance, or in less consistent apps, prefer no delay or shorter delay.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip                    = 1 << 12,  // Shortcut for standard flags when using IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.
+
+    // (Advanced) Mouse Hovering delays.
+    // - generally you can use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to use application-standardized flags.
+    // - use those if you need specific overrides.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary                    = 1 << 13,  // Require mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (~0.15 sec) _at least one time_. After this, can move on same item/window. Using the stationary test tends to reduces the need for a long delay.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone                     = 1 << 14,  // IsItemHovered() only: Return true immediately (default). As this is the default you generally ignore this.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort                    = 1 << 15,  // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.15 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item).
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal                   = 1 << 16,  // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.40 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item).
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay                 = 1 << 17,  // IsItemHovered() only: Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays)
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload()
+enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_None                         = 0,
+    // BeginDragDropSource() flags
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip       = 1 << 0,   // Disable preview tooltip. By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disables this behavior.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover         = 1 << 1,   // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disables this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers     = 1 << 2,   // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID            = 1 << 3,   // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern                 = 1 << 4,   // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire            = 1 << 5,   // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged)
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossContext        = 1 << 6,   // Hint to specify that the payload may not be copied outside current dear imgui context.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossProcess        = 1 << 7,   // Hint to specify that the payload may not be copied outside current process.
+    // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery         = 1 << 10,  // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect      = 1 << 11,  // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip       = 1 << 12,  // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly               = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery.
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire, // Renamed in 1.90.9
+#endif
+};
+
+// Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui.
+#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F     "_COL3F"    // float[3]: Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type.
+#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F     "_COL4F"    // float[4]: Standard type for colors. User code may use this type.
+
+// A primary data type
+enum ImGuiDataType_
+{
+    ImGuiDataType_S8,       // signed char / char (with sensible compilers)
+    ImGuiDataType_U8,       // unsigned char
+    ImGuiDataType_S16,      // short
+    ImGuiDataType_U16,      // unsigned short
+    ImGuiDataType_S32,      // int
+    ImGuiDataType_U32,      // unsigned int
+    ImGuiDataType_S64,      // long long / __int64
+    ImGuiDataType_U64,      // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64
+    ImGuiDataType_Float,    // float
+    ImGuiDataType_Double,   // double
+    ImGuiDataType_COUNT
+};
+
+// A cardinal direction
+enum ImGuiDir : int
+{
+    ImGuiDir_None    = -1,
+    ImGuiDir_Left    = 0,
+    ImGuiDir_Right   = 1,
+    ImGuiDir_Up      = 2,
+    ImGuiDir_Down    = 3,
+    ImGuiDir_COUNT
+};
+
+// A sorting direction
+enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8
+{
+    ImGuiSortDirection_None         = 0,
+    ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending    = 1,    // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc.
+    ImGuiSortDirection_Descending   = 2     // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc.
 };
 
-// User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array
-enum ImGuiKey_
+// Since 1.90, defining IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS automatically defines IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO as well.
+#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+#endif
+
+// A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value): can represent Keyboard, Mouse and Gamepad values.
+// All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87).
+// Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey.
+// Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921
+// Note that "Keys" related to physical keys and are not the same concept as input "Characters", the later are submitted via io.AddInputCharacter().
+// The keyboard key enum values are named after the keys on a standard US keyboard, and on other keyboard types the keys reported may not match the keycaps.
+enum ImGuiKey : int
 {
-    ImGuiKey_Tab,       // for tabbing through fields
-    ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_RightArrow,// for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_UpArrow,   // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_DownArrow, // for text edit
+    // Keyboard
+    ImGuiKey_None = 0,
+    ImGuiKey_Tab = 512,             // == ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN
+    ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,
+    ImGuiKey_RightArrow,
+    ImGuiKey_UpArrow,
+    ImGuiKey_DownArrow,
     ImGuiKey_PageUp,
     ImGuiKey_PageDown,
-    ImGuiKey_Home,      // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_End,       // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_Delete,    // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_Backspace, // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_Enter,     // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_Escape,    // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_A,         // for text edit CTRL+A: select all
-    ImGuiKey_C,         // for text edit CTRL+C: copy
-    ImGuiKey_V,         // for text edit CTRL+V: paste
-    ImGuiKey_X,         // for text edit CTRL+X: cut
-    ImGuiKey_Y,         // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo
-    ImGuiKey_Z,         // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo
-    ImGuiKey_COUNT
+    ImGuiKey_Home,
+    ImGuiKey_End,
+    ImGuiKey_Insert,
+    ImGuiKey_Delete,
+    ImGuiKey_Backspace,
+    ImGuiKey_Space,
+    ImGuiKey_Enter,
+    ImGuiKey_Escape,
+    ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_LeftShift, ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_LeftSuper,
+    ImGuiKey_RightCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightShift, ImGuiKey_RightAlt, ImGuiKey_RightSuper,
+    ImGuiKey_Menu,
+    ImGuiKey_0, ImGuiKey_1, ImGuiKey_2, ImGuiKey_3, ImGuiKey_4, ImGuiKey_5, ImGuiKey_6, ImGuiKey_7, ImGuiKey_8, ImGuiKey_9,
+    ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_B, ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiKey_D, ImGuiKey_E, ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiKey_G, ImGuiKey_H, ImGuiKey_I, ImGuiKey_J,
+    ImGuiKey_K, ImGuiKey_L, ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiKey_N, ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiKey_P, ImGuiKey_Q, ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiKey_T,
+    ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z,
+    ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6,
+    ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12,
+    ImGuiKey_F13, ImGuiKey_F14, ImGuiKey_F15, ImGuiKey_F16, ImGuiKey_F17, ImGuiKey_F18,
+    ImGuiKey_F19, ImGuiKey_F20, ImGuiKey_F21, ImGuiKey_F22, ImGuiKey_F23, ImGuiKey_F24,
+    ImGuiKey_Apostrophe,        // '
+    ImGuiKey_Comma,             // ,
+    ImGuiKey_Minus,             // -
+    ImGuiKey_Period,            // .
+    ImGuiKey_Slash,             // /
+    ImGuiKey_Semicolon,         // ;
+    ImGuiKey_Equal,             // =
+    ImGuiKey_LeftBracket,       // [
+    ImGuiKey_Backslash,         // \ (this text inhibit multiline comment caused by backslash)
+    ImGuiKey_RightBracket,      // ]
+    ImGuiKey_GraveAccent,       // `
+    ImGuiKey_CapsLock,
+    ImGuiKey_ScrollLock,
+    ImGuiKey_NumLock,
+    ImGuiKey_PrintScreen,
+    ImGuiKey_Pause,
+    ImGuiKey_Keypad0, ImGuiKey_Keypad1, ImGuiKey_Keypad2, ImGuiKey_Keypad3, ImGuiKey_Keypad4,
+    ImGuiKey_Keypad5, ImGuiKey_Keypad6, ImGuiKey_Keypad7, ImGuiKey_Keypad8, ImGuiKey_Keypad9,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual,
+    ImGuiKey_AppBack,               // Available on some keyboard/mouses. Often referred as "Browser Back"
+    ImGuiKey_AppForward,
+
+    // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f)                          // NAVIGATION ACTION
+    // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,          // Menu (Xbox)      + (Switch)   Start/Options (PS)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,           // View (Xbox)      - (Switch)   Share (PS)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,       // X (Xbox)         Y (Switch)   Square (PS)        // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,      // B (Xbox)         A (Switch)   Circle (PS)        // Cancel / Close / Exit
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,         // Y (Xbox)         X (Switch)   Triangle (PS)      // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,       // A (Xbox)         B (Switch)   Cross (PS)         // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,       // D-pad Left                                       // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,      // D-pad Right                                      // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,         // D-pad Up                                         // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,       // D-pad Down                                       // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,             // L Bumper (Xbox)  L (Switch)   L1 (PS)            // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,             // R Bumper (Xbox)  R (Switch)   R1 (PS)            // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,             // L Trig. (Xbox)   ZL (Switch)  L2 (PS) [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,             // R Trig. (Xbox)   ZR (Switch)  R2 (PS) [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,             // L Stick (Xbox)   L3 (Switch)  L3 (PS)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,             // R Stick (Xbox)   R3 (Switch)  R3 (PS)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,     // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight,    // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,       // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,     // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,     // [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight,    // [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,       // [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,     // [Analog]
+
+    // Aliases: Mouse Buttons (auto-submitted from AddMouseButtonEvent() calls)
+    // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.MouseDown[], io.MouseWheel, in a format allowing them to be accessed via standard key API.
+    ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_MouseRight, ImGuiKey_MouseMiddle, ImGuiKey_MouseX1, ImGuiKey_MouseX2, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY,
+
+    // [Internal] Reserved for mod storage
+    ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper,
+    ImGuiKey_COUNT,
+
+    // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls)
+    // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing
+    //   them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc.
+    // - Code polling every key (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those
+    //   and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiMod_Ctrl).
+    // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys.
+    //   In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and
+    //   backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user...
+    // - On macOS, we swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl keys at the time of the io.AddKeyEvent() call.
+    ImGuiMod_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiMod_Ctrl                   = 1 << 12, // Ctrl (non-macOS), Cmd (macOS)
+    ImGuiMod_Shift                  = 1 << 13, // Shift
+    ImGuiMod_Alt                    = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu
+    ImGuiMod_Super                  = 1 << 15, // Windows/Super (non-macOS), Ctrl (macOS)
+    ImGuiMod_Mask_                  = 0xF000,  // 4-bits
+
+    // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array.
+    // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE)
+    // If you need to iterate all keys (for e.g. an input mapper) you may use ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN..ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
+    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN         = 512,
+    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END           = ImGuiKey_COUNT,
+    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT         = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT,  // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,  // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index.
+#else
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_COUNT,           // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = 0,                        // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiMod_Shortcut               = ImGuiMod_Ctrl,            // Removed in 1.90.7, you can now simply use ImGuiMod_Ctrl
+    ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89
+    //ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter,              // Renamed in 1.87
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut(),
+// (and for upcoming extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() that are still in imgui_internal.h)
+// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
+enum ImGuiInputFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiInputFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat                  = 1 << 0,   // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1.
+
+    // Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut()
+    // - Routing policies: RouteGlobal+OverActive >> RouteActive or RouteFocused (if owner is active item) >> RouteGlobal+OverFocused >> RouteFocused (if in focused window stack) >> RouteGlobal.
+    // - Default policy is RouteFocused. Can select only 1 policy among all available.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive             = 1 << 10,  // Route to active item only.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused            = 1 << 11,  // Route to windows in the focus stack (DEFAULT). Deep-most focused window takes inputs. Active item takes inputs over deep-most focused window.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal             = 1 << 12,  // Global route (unless a focused window or active item registered the route).
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways             = 1 << 13,  // Do not register route, poll keys directly.
+    // - Routing options
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused        = 1 << 14,  // Option: global route: higher priority than focused route (unless active item in focused route).
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive         = 1 << 15,  // Option: global route: higher priority than active item. Unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overridden by this. May not be fully honored as user/internal code is likely to always assume they can access keys when active.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused    = 1 << 16,  // Option: global route: will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow     = 1 << 17,  // Option: route evaluated from the point of view of root window rather than current window.
+
+    // Flags for SetNextItemShortcut()
+    ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip                 = 1 << 18,  // Automatically display a tooltip when hovering item [BETA] Unsure of right api (opt-in/opt-out)
+};
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[].
+// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set.
+// Custom backends: feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
+enum ImGuiNavInput
+{
+    ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown,
+    ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast,
+    ImGuiNavInput_COUNT,
+};
+#endif
+
+// Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application.
+enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard      = 1 << 0,   // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. Enable full Tabbing + directional arrows + space/enter to activate.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad       = 1 << 1,   // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos   = 1 << 2,   // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard   = 1 << 3,   // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse                = 1 << 4,   // Instruct dear imgui to disable mouse inputs and interactions.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange    = 1 << 5,   // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard             = 1 << 6,   // Instruct dear imgui to disable keyboard inputs and interactions. This is done by ignoring keyboard events and clearing existing states.
+
+    // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui)
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB                 = 1 << 20,  // Application is SRGB-aware.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen          = 1 << 21,  // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse.
+};
+
+// Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend.
+enum ImGuiBackendFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_None                  = 0,
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad            = 1 << 0,   // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors       = 1 << 1,   // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos        = 1 << 2,   // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set).
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset  = 1 << 3,   // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices.
 };
 
 // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
@@ -642,319 +1563,871 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
     ImGuiCol_Text,
     ImGuiCol_TextDisabled,
     ImGuiCol_WindowBg,              // Background of normal windows
-    ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg,         // Background of child windows
+    ImGuiCol_ChildBg,               // Background of child windows
     ImGuiCol_PopupBg,               // Background of popups, menus, tooltips windows
     ImGuiCol_Border,
     ImGuiCol_BorderShadow,
     ImGuiCol_FrameBg,               // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
     ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered,
     ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive,
-    ImGuiCol_TitleBg,
-    ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed,
-    ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive,
+    ImGuiCol_TitleBg,               // Title bar
+    ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive,         // Title bar when focused
+    ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed,      // Title bar when collapsed
     ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive,
-    ImGuiCol_ComboBg,
-    ImGuiCol_CheckMark,
+    ImGuiCol_CheckMark,             // Checkbox tick and RadioButton circle
     ImGuiCol_SliderGrab,
     ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive,
     ImGuiCol_Button,
     ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ButtonActive,
-    ImGuiCol_Header,
+    ImGuiCol_Header,                // Header* colors are used for CollapsingHeader, TreeNode, Selectable, MenuItem
     ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered,
     ImGuiCol_HeaderActive,
-    ImGuiCol_Column,
-    ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered,
-    ImGuiCol_ColumnActive,
-    ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip,
+    ImGuiCol_Separator,
+    ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered,
+    ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive,
+    ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip,            // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows.
     ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive,
-    ImGuiCol_CloseButton,
-    ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered,
-    ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive,
+    ImGuiCol_TabHovered,            // Tab background, when hovered
+    ImGuiCol_Tab,                   // Tab background, when tab-bar is focused & tab is unselected
+    ImGuiCol_TabSelected,           // Tab background, when tab-bar is focused & tab is selected
+    ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline,   // Tab horizontal overline, when tab-bar is focused & tab is selected
+    ImGuiCol_TabDimmed,             // Tab background, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is unselected
+    ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected,     // Tab background, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is selected
+    ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline,//..horizontal overline, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is selected
     ImGuiCol_PlotLines,
     ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered,
     ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram,
     ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered,
+    ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg,         // Table header background
+    ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong,     // Table outer and header borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here)
+    ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight,      // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here)
+    ImGuiCol_TableRowBg,            // Table row background (even rows)
+    ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt,         // Table row background (odd rows)
     ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg,
-    ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening,  // darken entire screen when a modal window is active
-    ImGuiCol_COUNT
+    ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget,        // Rectangle highlighting a drop target
+    ImGuiCol_NavHighlight,          // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item
+    ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB
+    ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg,     // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active
+    ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg,      // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active
+    ImGuiCol_COUNT,
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiCol_TabActive = ImGuiCol_TabSelected,                  // [renamed in 1.90.9]
+    ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused = ImGuiCol_TabDimmed,                 // [renamed in 1.90.9]
+    ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive = ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected,   // [renamed in 1.90.9]
+#endif
 };
 
-// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar()
-// NB: the enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle() which makes sense to be pushed/poped in UI code. Feel free to add others.
+// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure.
+// - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code.
+//   During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly.
+// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description.
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+// - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type.
 enum ImGuiStyleVar_
 {
-    ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,               // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,       // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,      // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize,       // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding, // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding,        // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding,       // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing,         // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing,    // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing,       // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize          // float
+    // Enum name -------------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
+    ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,                    // float     Alpha
+    ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha,            // float     DisabledAlpha
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,            // ImVec2    WindowPadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,           // float     WindowRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize,         // float     WindowBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize,            // ImVec2    WindowMinSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign,         // ImVec2    WindowTitleAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding,            // float     ChildRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize,          // float     ChildBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding,            // float     PopupRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize,          // float     PopupBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding,             // ImVec2    FramePadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding,            // float     FrameRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize,          // float     FrameBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing,              // ImVec2    ItemSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing,         // ImVec2    ItemInnerSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing,            // float     IndentSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,              // ImVec2    CellPadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize,            // float     ScrollbarSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding,        // float     ScrollbarRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize,              // float     GrabMinSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding,             // float     GrabRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding,              // float     TabRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize,            // float     TabBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize,         // float     TabBarBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle,  // float  TableAngledHeadersAngle
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign,// ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,          // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign,      // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,  // float  SeparatorTextBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign,       // ImVec2    SeparatorTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding,     // ImVec2    SeparatorTextPadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
+};
+
+// Flags for InvisibleButton() [extended in imgui_internal.h]
+enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft        = 1 << 0,   // React on left mouse button (default)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight       = 1 << 1,   // React on right mouse button
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle      = 1 << 2,   // React on center mouse button
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_       = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, // [Internal]
+    //ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_  = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
+};
+
+// Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
+enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_None            = 0,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha         = 1 << 1,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker        = 1 << 2,   //              // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on color square.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions       = 1 << 3,   //              // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview  = 1 << 4,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable color square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs)
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs        = 1 << 5,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview color square).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip       = 1 << 6,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel         = 1 << 7,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview   = 1 << 8,   //              // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small color square preview instead.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop      = 1 << 9,   //              // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder        = 1 << 10,  //              // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default)
+
+    // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar        = 1 << 16,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview    = 1 << 17,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR             = 1 << 19,  //              // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB      = 1 << 20,  // [Display]    // ColorEdit: override _display_ type among RGB/HSV/Hex. ColorPicker: select any combination using one or more of RGB/HSV/Hex.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV      = 1 << 21,  // [Display]    // "
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex      = 1 << 22,  // [Display]    // "
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8           = 1 << 23,  // [DataType]   // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float           = 1 << 24,  // [DataType]   // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar    = 1 << 25,  // [Picker]     // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel  = 1 << 26,  // [Picker]     // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB        = 1 << 27,  // [Input]      // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in RGB format.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV        = 1 << 28,  // [Input]      // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in HSV format.
+
+    // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to
+    // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
+
+    // [Internal] Masks
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_    = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_   = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_     = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_      = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV,
+
+    // Obsolete names
+    //ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex  // [renamed in 1.69]
 };
 
-enum ImGuiAlign_
+// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
+// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them.
+// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText)
+enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
 {
-    ImGuiAlign_Left     = 1 << 0,
-    ImGuiAlign_Center   = 1 << 1,
-    ImGuiAlign_Right    = 1 << 2,
-    ImGuiAlign_Top      = 1 << 3,
-    ImGuiAlign_VCenter  = 1 << 4,
-    ImGuiAlign_Default  = ImGuiAlign_Left | ImGuiAlign_Top
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp            = 1 << 4,       // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds.
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic            = 1 << 5,       // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits.
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat        = 1 << 6,       // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits).
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput                = 1 << 7,       // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget.
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround             = 1 << 8,       // Enable wrapping around from max to min and from min to max (only supported by DragXXX() functions for now.
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_           = 0x7000000F,   // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed.
+
+    // Obsolete names
+    //ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79]
 };
 
-// Enumeration for ColorEditMode()
-// FIXME-OBSOLETE: Will be replaced by future color/picker api
-enum ImGuiColorEditMode_
+// Identify a mouse button.
+// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience.
+enum ImGuiMouseButton_
 {
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect = -2,
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton = -1,
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB = 0,
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV = 1,
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_HEX = 2
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5
 };
 
 // Enumeration for GetMouseCursor()
+// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here
 enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
 {
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1,
     ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0,
     ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput,         // When hovering over InputText, etc.
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_Move,              // Unused
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS,          // Unused
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW,          // When hovering over a column
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW,        // Unused
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll,         // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions)
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS,          // When hovering over a horizontal border
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW,          // When hovering over a vertical border or a column
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW,        // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window
     ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE,        // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand,              // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks)
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed,        // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle.
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
 };
 
-// Condition flags for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextTreeNode***() functions
-// All those functions treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiSetCond_Always
-enum ImGuiSetCond_
+// Enumeration for AddMouseSourceEvent() actual source of Mouse Input data.
+// Historically we use "Mouse" terminology everywhere to indicate pointer data, e.g. MousePos, IsMousePressed(), io.AddMousePosEvent()
+// But that "Mouse" data can come from different source which occasionally may be useful for application to know about.
+// You can submit a change of pointer type using io.AddMouseSourceEvent().
+enum ImGuiMouseSource : int
 {
-    ImGuiSetCond_Always        = 1 << 0, // Set the variable
-    ImGuiSetCond_Once          = 1 << 1, // Only set the variable on the first call per runtime session
-    ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver  = 1 << 2, // Only set the variable if the window doesn't exist in the .ini file
-    ImGuiSetCond_Appearing     = 1 << 3  // Only set the variable if the window is appearing after being inactive (or the first time)
+    ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse = 0,         // Input is coming from an actual mouse.
+    ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen,       // Input is coming from a touch screen (no hovering prior to initial press, less precise initial press aiming, dual-axis wheeling possible).
+    ImGuiMouseSource_Pen,               // Input is coming from a pressure/magnetic pen (often used in conjunction with high-sampling rates).
+    ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT
+};
+
+// Enumeration for ImGui::SetNextWindow***(), SetWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions
+// Represent a condition.
+// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always.
+enum ImGuiCond_
+{
+    ImGuiCond_None          = 0,        // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always
+    ImGuiCond_Always        = 1 << 0,   // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None
+    ImGuiCond_Once          = 1 << 1,   // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed)
+    ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver  = 1 << 2,   // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file)
+    ImGuiCond_Appearing     = 1 << 3,   // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time)
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable()
+// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect.
+//   Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them.
+// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are:
+//    - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit    if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.
+//    - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off.
+// - When ScrollX is off:
+//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight.
+//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto.
+//    - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all).
+//    - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight.
+//    - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors.
+//      The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
+//      (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing).
+// - When ScrollX is on:
+//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed
+//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly.
+//    - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed.
+//    - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop.
+//    - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable().
+//      If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again.
+// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details.
+enum ImGuiTableFlags_
+{
+    // Features
+    ImGuiTableFlags_None                       = 0,
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable                  = 1 << 0,   // Enable resizing columns.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable                = 1 << 1,   // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable                   = 1 << 2,   // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable                   = 1 << 3,   // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings            = 1 << 4,   // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody          = 1 << 5,   // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow().
+    // Decorations
+    ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg                      = 1 << 6,   // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH              = 1 << 7,   // Draw horizontal borders between rows.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH              = 1 << 8,   // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV              = 1 << 9,   // Draw vertical borders between columns.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV              = 1 << 10,  // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH                   = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV                   = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner               = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter               = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Borders                    = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter,   // Draw all borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody            = 1 << 11,  // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12,  // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style
+    // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit             = 1 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame            = 2 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp          = 3 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame          = 4 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn().
+    // Sizing Extra Options
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX              = 1 << 16,  // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY              = 1 << 17,  // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible       = 1 << 18,  // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths              = 1 << 19,  // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.
+    // Clipping
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip                     = 1 << 20,  // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze().
+    // Padding
+    ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX                  = 1 << 21,  // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX                = 1 << 22,  // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX                = 1 << 23,  // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off).
+    // Scrolling
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX                    = 1 << 24,  // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY                    = 1 << 25,  // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size.
+    // Sorting
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti                  = 1 << 26,  // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate               = 1 << 27,  // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).
+    // Miscellaneous
+    ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn     = 1 << 28,  // Highlight column headers when hovered (may evolve into a fuller highlight)
+
+    // [Internal] Combinations and masks
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_                = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn()
+enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
+{
+    // Input configuration flags
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None                  = 0,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled              = 1 << 0,   // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state)
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide           = 1 << 1,   // Default as a hidden/disabled column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort           = 1 << 2,   // Default as a sorting column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch          = 1 << 3,   // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed            = 1 << 4,   // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize              = 1 << 5,   // Disable manual resizing.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder             = 1 << 6,   // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide                = 1 << 7,   // Disable ability to hide/disable this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip                = 1 << 8,   // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort                = 1 << 9,   // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending       = 1 << 10,  // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending      = 1 << 11,  // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel         = 1 << 12,  // TableHeadersRow() will not submit horizontal label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu or in angled headers.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth         = 1 << 13,  // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending   = 1 << 14,  // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending  = 1 << 15,  // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable          = 1 << 16,  // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable         = 1 << 17,  // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader          = 1 << 18,  // TableHeadersRow() will submit an angled header row for this column. Note this will add an extra row.
+
+    // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags()
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled             = 1 << 24,  // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible             = 1 << 25,  // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted              = 1 << 26,  // Status: is currently part of the sort specs
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered             = 1 << 27,  // Status: is hovered by mouse
+
+    // [Internal] Combinations and masks
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_            = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_       = 1 << 30,  // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge)
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow()
+enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTableRowFlags_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers                  = 1 << 0,   // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width)
+};
+
+// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor()
+// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers:
+//  - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set.
+//  - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set.
+//  - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set.
+// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color.
+// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows.
+// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color.
+// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color.
+enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_
+{
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0                   = 1,        // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used)
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1                   = 2,        // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking)
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg                   = 3,        // Set cell background color (top-most color)
+};
+
+// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
+// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs().
+// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time.
+// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
+struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs
+{
+    const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs;     // Pointer to sort spec array.
+    int                         SpecsCount;     // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled.
+    bool                        SpecsDirty;     // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag.
+
+    ImGuiTableSortSpecs()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes)
+struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs
+{
+    ImGuiID                     ColumnUserID;       // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call)
+    ImS16                       ColumnIndex;        // Index of the column
+    ImS16                       SortOrder;          // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here)
+    ImGuiSortDirection          SortDirection;      // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
+
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE()
+// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
+// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImNewWrapper {};
+inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
+inline void  operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*)   {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new()
+#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE)                     ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE)
+#define IM_FREE(_PTR)                       ImGui::MemFree(_PTR)
+#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR)              new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR)
+#define IM_NEW(_TYPE)                       new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE
+template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p)   { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImVector<>
+// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it.
+// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase.
+// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs.
+// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that,
+//   Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+template<typename T>
+struct ImVector
+{
+    int                 Size;
+    int                 Capacity;
+    T*                  Data;
+
+    // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves.
+    typedef T                   value_type;
+    typedef value_type*         iterator;
+    typedef const value_type*   const_iterator;
+
+    // Constructors, destructor
+    inline ImVector()                                       { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
+    inline ImVector(const ImVector<T>& src)                 { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
+    inline ImVector<T>& operator=(const ImVector<T>& src)   { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; }
+    inline ~ImVector()                                      { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything
+
+    inline void         clear()                             { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } }  // Important: does not destruct anything
+    inline void         clear_delete()                      { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); }     // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
+    inline void         clear_destruct()                    { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); }           // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
+
+    inline bool         empty() const                       { return Size == 0; }
+    inline int          size() const                        { return Size; }
+    inline int          size_in_bytes() const               { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); }
+    inline int          max_size() const                    { return 0x7FFFFFFF / (int)sizeof(T); }
+    inline int          capacity() const                    { return Capacity; }
+    inline T&           operator[](int i)                   { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+    inline const T&     operator[](int i) const             { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+
+    inline T*           begin()                             { return Data; }
+    inline const T*     begin() const                       { return Data; }
+    inline T*           end()                               { return Data + Size; }
+    inline const T*     end() const                         { return Data + Size; }
+    inline T&           front()                             { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+    inline const T&     front() const                       { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+    inline T&           back()                              { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
+    inline const T&     back() const                        { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
+    inline void         swap(ImVector<T>& rhs)              { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
+
+    inline int          _grow_capacity(int sz) const        { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity / 2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; }
+    inline void         resize(int new_size)                { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
+    inline void         resize(int new_size, const T& v)    { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; }
+    inline void         shrink(int new_size)                { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation
+    inline void         reserve(int new_capacity)           { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; }
+    inline void         reserve_discard(int new_capacity)   { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); Data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); Capacity = new_capacity; }
+
+    // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden.
+    inline void         push_back(const T& v)               { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; }
+    inline void         pop_back()                          { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
+    inline void         push_front(const T& v)              { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); }
+    inline T*           erase(const T* it)                  { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last >= it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           erase_unsorted(const T* it)         { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size);  const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           insert(const T* it, const T& v)     { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; }
+    inline bool         contains(const T& v) const          { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; }
+    inline T*           find(const T& v)                    { T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
+    inline const T*     find(const T& v) const              { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
+    inline int          find_index(const T& v) const        { const T* data_end = Data + Size; const T* it = find(v); if (it == data_end) return -1; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
+    inline bool         find_erase(const T& v)              { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; }
+    inline bool         find_erase_unsorted(const T& v)     { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; }
+    inline int          index_from_ptr(const T* it) const   { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
 };
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
+// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values,
+// and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 struct ImGuiStyle
 {
-    float       Alpha;                      // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
-    ImVec2      WindowPadding;              // Padding within a window
-    ImVec2      WindowMinSize;              // Minimum window size
-    float       WindowRounding;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
-    ImGuiAlign  WindowTitleAlign;           // Alignment for title bar text
-    float       ChildWindowRounding;        // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
-    ImVec2      FramePadding;               // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
+    float       Alpha;                      // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
+    float       DisabledAlpha;              // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
+    ImVec2      WindowPadding;              // Padding within a window.
+    float       WindowRounding;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+    float       WindowBorderSize;           // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+    ImVec2      WindowMinSize;              // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constrain individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints().
+    ImVec2      WindowTitleAlign;           // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered.
+    ImGuiDir    WindowMenuButtonPosition;   // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
+    float       ChildRounding;              // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
+    float       ChildBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+    float       PopupRounding;              // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding)
+    float       PopupBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around popup/tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+    ImVec2      FramePadding;               // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets).
     float       FrameRounding;              // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets).
-    ImVec2      ItemSpacing;                // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
-    ImVec2      ItemInnerSpacing;           // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
+    float       FrameBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+    ImVec2      ItemSpacing;                // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines.
+    ImVec2      ItemInnerSpacing;           // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label).
+    ImVec2      CellPadding;                // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
     ImVec2      TouchExtraPadding;          // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
     float       IndentSpacing;              // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
-    float       ColumnsMinSpacing;          // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns
-    float       ScrollbarSize;              // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
-    float       ScrollbarRounding;          // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar
-    float       GrabMinSize;                // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
+    float       ColumnsMinSpacing;          // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
+    float       ScrollbarSize;              // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar.
+    float       ScrollbarRounding;          // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar.
+    float       GrabMinSize;                // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar.
     float       GrabRounding;               // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
-    ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows.
-    ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
-    bool        AntiAliasedLines;           // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
-    bool        AntiAliasedShapes;          // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
-    float       CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    float       LogSliderDeadzone;          // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
+    float       TabRounding;                // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
+    float       TabBorderSize;              // Thickness of border around tabs.
+    float       TabMinWidthForCloseButton;  // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
+    float       TabBarBorderSize;           // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
+    float       TableAngledHeadersAngle;    // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees).
+    ImVec2      TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;// Alignment of angled headers within the cell
+    ImGuiDir    ColorButtonPosition;        // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
+    ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
+    ImVec2      SelectableTextAlign;        // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
+    float       SeparatorTextBorderSize;    // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
+    ImVec2      SeparatorTextAlign;         // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
+    ImVec2      SeparatorTextPadding;       // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
+    ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen.
+    ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).
+    float       MouseCursorScale;           // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later.
+    bool        AntiAliasedLines;           // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
+    bool        AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;     // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
+    bool        AntiAliasedFill;            // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
+    float       CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    float       CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
     ImVec4      Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT];
 
+    // Behaviors
+    // (It is possible to modify those fields mid-frame if specific behavior need it, unlike e.g. configuration fields in ImGuiIO)
+    float             HoverStationaryDelay;     // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary.
+    float             HoverDelayShort;          // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay.
+    float             HoverDelayNormal;         // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). "
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse;// Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipNav;  // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad.
+
     IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle();
+    IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor);
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
+// Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
+// It is generally expected that:
+// - initialization: backends and user code writes to ImGuiIO.
+// - main loop: backends writes to ImGuiIO, user code and imgui code reads from ImGuiIO.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
+// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and *NOT* io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration.
+struct ImGuiKeyData
+{
+    bool        Down;               // True for if key is down
+    float       DownDuration;       // Duration the key has been down (<0.0f: not pressed, 0.0f: just pressed, >0.0f: time held)
+    float       DownDurationPrev;   // Last frame duration the key has been down
+    float       AnalogValue;        // 0.0f..1.0f for gamepad values
 };
 
-// This is where your app communicate with ImGui. Access via ImGui::GetIO().
-// Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
 struct ImGuiIO
 {
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Settings (fill once)                 // Default value:
+    // Configuration                            // Default value
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImVec2        DisplaySize;              // <unset>              // Display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions.
-    float         DeltaTime;                // = 1.0f/60.0f         // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
-    float         IniSavingRate;            // = 5.0f               // Maximum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
-    const char*   IniFilename;              // = "imgui.ini"        // Path to .ini file. NULL to disable .ini saving.
-    const char*   LogFilename;              // = "imgui_log.txt"    // Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
-    float         MouseDoubleClickTime;     // = 0.30f              // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
-    float         MouseDoubleClickMaxDist;  // = 6.0f               // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
-    float         MouseDragThreshold;       // = 6.0f               // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging
-    int           KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];   // <unset>              // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array
-    float         KeyRepeatDelay;           // = 0.250f             // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
-    float         KeyRepeatRate;            // = 0.020f             // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
-    void*         UserData;                 // = NULL               // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks.
-
-    ImFontAtlas*  Fonts;                    // <auto>               // Load and assemble one or more fonts into a single tightly packed texture. Output to Fonts array.
-    float         FontGlobalScale;          // = 1.0f               // Global scale all fonts
-    bool          FontAllowUserScaling;     // = false              // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
-    ImVec2        DisplayFramebufferScale;  // = (1.0f,1.0f)        // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. User storage only, presently not used by ImGui.
-    ImVec2        DisplayVisibleMin;        // <unset> (0.0f,0.0f)  // If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area.
-    ImVec2        DisplayVisibleMax;        // <unset> (0.0f,0.0f)  // If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize
-
-    // Advanced/subtle behaviors
-    bool          WordMovementUsesAltKey;   // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
-    bool          ShortcutsUseSuperKey;     // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl
-    bool          DoubleClickSelectsWord;   // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text
-    bool          MultiSelectUsesSuperKey;  // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl [unused yet]
+    ImGuiConfigFlags   ConfigFlags;             // = 0              // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags  BackendFlags;            // = 0              // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend.
+    ImVec2      DisplaySize;                    // <unset>          // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size). May change every frame.
+    float       DeltaTime;                      // = 1.0f/60.0f     // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. May change every frame.
+    float       IniSavingRate;                  // = 5.0f           // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
+    const char* IniFilename;                    // = "imgui.ini"    // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions.
+    const char* LogFilename;                    // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
+    void*       UserData;                       // = NULL           // Store your own data.
+
+    ImFontAtlas*Fonts;                          // <auto>           // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture.
+    float       FontGlobalScale;                // = 1.0f           // Global scale all fonts
+    bool        FontAllowUserScaling;           // = false          // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
+    ImFont*     FontDefault;                    // = NULL           // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
+    ImVec2      DisplayFramebufferScale;        // = (1, 1)         // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale.
+
+    // Miscellaneous options
+    bool        MouseDrawCursor;                // = false          // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations.
+    bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys + OS X style text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
+    bool        ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue;   // = true           // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.
+    bool        ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;     // = true           // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).
+    bool        ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false          // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only).
+    bool        ConfigDragClickToInputText;     // = false          // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard.
+    bool        ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges;   // = true           // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
+    bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false       // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar.
+    float       ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;       // = 60.0f          // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable.
+
+    // Inputs Behaviors
+    // (other variables, ones which are expected to be tweaked within UI code, are exposed in ImGuiStyle)
+    float       MouseDoubleClickTime;           // = 0.30f          // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
+    float       MouseDoubleClickMaxDist;        // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
+    float       MouseDragThreshold;             // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging.
+    float       KeyRepeatDelay;                 // = 0.275f         // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
+    float       KeyRepeatRate;                  // = 0.050f         // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // User Functions
+    // Debug options
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    // Rendering function, will be called in Render().
-    // Alternatively you can keep this to NULL and call GetDrawData() after Render() to get the same pointer.
-    // See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this.
-    void        (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data);
+    // Option to enable various debug tools showing buttons that will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro.
+    // - The Item Picker tool will be available regardless of this being enabled, in order to maximize its discoverability.
+    // - Requires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application.
+    //   e.g. io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = ::IsDebuggerPresent() on Win32, or refer to ImOsIsDebuggerPresent() imgui_test_engine/imgui_te_utils.cpp for a Unix compatible version).
+    bool        ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent;   // = false          // Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK().
 
-    // Optional: access OS clipboard
-    // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
-    const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)();
-    void        (*SetClipboardTextFn)(const char* text);
+    // Tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.
+    // - Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX()
+    // - This is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users.
+    // - We expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provide tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior.
+    bool        ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce;// = false          // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows.
+    bool        ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop;// = false          // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running.
 
-    // Optional: override memory allocations. MemFreeFn() may be called with a NULL pointer.
-    // (default to posix malloc/free)
-    void*       (*MemAllocFn)(size_t sz);
-    void        (*MemFreeFn)(void* ptr);
+    // Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling.
+    // - May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data.
+    // - Backends may have other side-effects on focus loss, so this will reduce side-effects but not necessary remove all of them.
+    bool        ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss;     // = false          // Ignore io.AddFocusEvent(false), consequently not calling io.ClearInputKeys()/io.ClearInputMouse() in input processing.
 
-    // Optional: notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME in Windows)
-    // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
-    void        (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y);
-    void*       ImeWindowHandle;            // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
+    // Option to audit .ini data
+    bool        ConfigDebugIniSettings;         // = false          // Save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower)
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame()
+    // Platform Functions
+    // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you)
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImVec2      MousePos;                   // Mouse position, in pixels (set to -1,-1 if no mouse / on another screen, etc.)
-    bool        MouseDown[5];               // Mouse buttons: left, right, middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
-    float       MouseWheel;                 // Mouse wheel: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text.
-    bool        MouseDrawCursor;            // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor).
-    bool        KeyCtrl;                    // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control
-    bool        KeyShift;                   // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift
-    bool        KeyAlt;                     // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt
-    bool        KeySuper;                   // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows
-    bool        KeysDown[512];              // Keyboard keys that are pressed (in whatever storage order you naturally have access to keyboard data)
-    ImWchar     InputCharacters[16+1];      // List of characters input (translated by user from keypress+keyboard state). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
+    // Optional: Platform/Renderer backend name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for backend/wrappers to store their own stuff.
+    const char* BackendPlatformName;            // = NULL
+    const char* BackendRendererName;            // = NULL
+    void*       BackendPlatformUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for platform backend
+    void*       BackendRendererUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for renderer backend
+    void*       BackendLanguageUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for non C++ programming language backend
 
-    // Functions
-    IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c);                        // Helper to add a new character into InputCharacters[]
-    IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars);      // Helper to add new characters into InputCharacters[] from an UTF-8 string
-    inline void    ClearInputCharacters() { InputCharacters[0] = 0; }   // Helper to clear the text input buffer
+    // Optional: Access OS clipboard
+    // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
+    const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data);
+    void        (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text);
+    void*       ClipboardUserData;
+
+    // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows)
+    // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
+    void        (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
+
+    // Optional: Platform locale
+    ImWchar     PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint;     // '.'              // [Experimental] Configure decimal point e.g. '.' or ',' useful for some languages (e.g. German), generally pulled from *localeconv()->decimal_point
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Output - Retrieve after calling NewFrame(), you can use them to discard inputs or hide them from the rest of your application
+    // Input - Call before calling NewFrame()
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    bool        WantCaptureMouse;           // Mouse is hovering a window or widget is active (= ImGui will use your mouse input)
-    bool        WantCaptureKeyboard;        // Widget is active (= ImGui will use your keyboard input)
-    bool        WantTextInput;              // Some text input widget is active, which will read input characters from the InputCharacters array.
-    float       Framerate;                  // Framerate estimation, in frame per second. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames
-    int         MetricsAllocs;              // Number of active memory allocations
-    int         MetricsRenderVertices;      // Vertices output during last call to Render()
-    int         MetricsRenderIndices;       // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
-    int         MetricsActiveWindows;       // Number of visible windows (exclude child windows)
+    // Input Functions
+    IMGUI_API void  AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down);                   // Queue a new key down/up event. Key should be "translated" (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v);    // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y);                     // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down);             // Queue a mouse button change
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y);       // Queue a mouse wheel update. wheel_y<0: scroll down, wheel_y>0: scroll up, wheel_x<0: scroll right, wheel_x>0: scroll left.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source);           // Queue a mouse source change (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddFocusEvent(bool focused);                            // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c);                      // Queue a new character input
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c);                    // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str);                // Queue a new characters input from a UTF-8 string
+
+    IMGUI_API void  SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode.
+    IMGUI_API void  SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events);           // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearEventsQueue();                                     // Clear all incoming events.
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputKeys();                                       // Clear current keyboard/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons.
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputMouse();                                      // Clear current mouse state.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputCharacters();                                 // [Obsoleted in 1.89.8] Clear the current frame text input buffer. Now included within ClearInputKeys().
+#endif
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // [Internal] ImGui will maintain those fields for you
+    // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render()
+    // (when reading from the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to dispatch your inputs, it is
+    //  generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!)
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImVec2      MousePosPrev;               // Previous mouse position
-    ImVec2      MouseDelta;                 // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are negative to allow mouse enabling/disabling.
-    bool        MouseClicked[5];            // Mouse button went from !Down to Down
-    ImVec2      MouseClickedPos[5];         // Position at time of clicking
-    float       MouseClickedTime[5];        // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
-    bool        MouseDoubleClicked[5];      // Has mouse button been double-clicked?
-    bool        MouseReleased[5];           // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
-    bool        MouseDownOwned[5];          // Track if button was clicked inside a window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
-    float       MouseDownDuration[5];       // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
-    float       MouseDownDurationPrev[5];   // Previous time the mouse button has been down
-    float       MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the click point
-    float       KeysDownDuration[512];      // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed)
-    float       KeysDownDurationPrev[512];  // Previous duration the key has been down
+    bool        WantCaptureMouse;                   // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.).
+    bool        WantCaptureKeyboard;                // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.).
+    bool        WantTextInput;                      // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active).
+    bool        WantSetMousePos;                    // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled.
+    bool        WantSaveIniSettings;                // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving!
+    bool        NavActive;                          // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
+    bool        NavVisible;                         // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
+    float       Framerate;                          // Estimate of application framerate (rolling average over 60 frames, based on io.DeltaTime), in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Slow applications may not want to use a moving average or may want to reset underlying buffers occasionally.
+    int         MetricsRenderVertices;              // Vertices output during last call to Render()
+    int         MetricsRenderIndices;               // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
+    int         MetricsRenderWindows;               // Number of visible windows
+    int         MetricsActiveWindows;               // Number of active windows
+    ImVec2      MouseDelta;                         // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.
+
+    //------------------------------------------------------------------
+    // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
+    //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    ImGuiContext* Ctx;                              // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
+
+    // Main Input State
+    // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead)
+    // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere)
+    ImVec2      MousePos;                           // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.)
+    bool        MouseDown[5];                       // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
+    float       MouseWheel;                         // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. >0 scrolls Up, <0 scrolls Down. Hold SHIFT to turn vertical scroll into horizontal scroll.
+    float       MouseWheelH;                        // Mouse wheel Horizontal. >0 scrolls Left, <0 scrolls Right. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends.
+    ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource;                   // Mouse actual input peripheral (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen).
+    bool        KeyCtrl;                            // Keyboard modifier down: Control
+    bool        KeyShift;                           // Keyboard modifier down: Shift
+    bool        KeyAlt;                             // Keyboard modifier down: Alt
+    bool        KeySuper;                           // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows
+
+    // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls
+    ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods;                          // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. Read-only, updated by NewFrame()
+    ImGuiKeyData  KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this.
+    bool        WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose;   // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup.
+    ImVec2      MousePosPrev;                       // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
+    ImVec2      MouseClickedPos[5];                 // Position at time of clicking
+    double      MouseClickedTime[5];                // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
+    bool        MouseClicked[5];                    // Mouse button went from !Down to Down (same as MouseClickedCount[x] != 0)
+    bool        MouseDoubleClicked[5];              // Has mouse button been double-clicked? (same as MouseClickedCount[x] == 2)
+    ImU16       MouseClickedCount[5];               // == 0 (not clicked), == 1 (same as MouseClicked[]), == 2 (double-clicked), == 3 (triple-clicked) etc. when going from !Down to Down
+    ImU16       MouseClickedLastCount[5];           // Count successive number of clicks. Stays valid after mouse release. Reset after another click is done.
+    bool        MouseReleased[5];                   // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
+    bool        MouseDownOwned[5];                  // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
+    bool        MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5];  // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window.
+    bool        MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap;          // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system.
+    bool        MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick;          // (OSX) Set to true when the current click was a ctrl-click that spawned a simulated right click
+    float       MouseDownDuration[5];               // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
+    float       MouseDownDurationPrev[5];           // Previous time the mouse button has been down
+    float       MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5];         // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds)
+    float       PenPressure;                        // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui.
+    bool        AppFocusLost;                       // Only modify via AddFocusEvent()
+    bool        AppAcceptingEvents;                 // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents()
+    ImS8        BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays;        // -1: unknown, 0: using AddKeyEvent(), 1: using legacy io.KeysDown[]
+    bool        BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray;    // 0: using AddKeyAnalogEvent(), 1: writing to legacy io.NavInputs[] directly
+    ImWchar16   InputQueueSurrogate;                // For AddInputCharacterUTF16()
+    ImVector<ImWchar> InputQueueCharacters;         // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
+
+    // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame.
+    // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent().
+    //   Old (<1.87):  ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    int         KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];             // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512.
+    bool        KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT];           // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow.
+    float       NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];     // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
+    //void*     ImeWindowHandle;                    // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
+#endif
 
     IMGUI_API   ImGuiIO();
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helpers
+// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Lightweight std::vector<> like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also: windows implementation of STL with debug enabled is absurdly slow, so let's bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
-// Our implementation does NOT call c++ constructors because we don't use them in ImGui. Don't use this class as a straight std::vector replacement in your code!
-template<typename T>
-class ImVector
+// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
+// The callback function should return 0 by default.
+// Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details)
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit:        Callback on buffer edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways:      Callback on each iteration
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion:  Callback on pressing TAB
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:     Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter:  Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize:      Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow.
+struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
 {
-public:
-    int                         Size;
-    int                         Capacity;
-    T*                          Data;
-
-    typedef T                   value_type;
-    typedef value_type*         iterator;
-    typedef const value_type*   const_iterator;
-
-    ImVector()                  { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
-    ~ImVector()                 { if (Data) ImGui::MemFree(Data); }
-
-    inline bool                 empty() const                   { return Size == 0; }
-    inline int                  size() const                    { return Size; }
-    inline int                  capacity() const                { return Capacity; }
+    ImGuiContext*       Ctx;            // Parent UI context
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback*    // Read-only
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
+    void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
 
-    inline value_type&          operator[](int i)               { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
-    inline const value_type&    operator[](int i) const         { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+    // Arguments for the different callback events
+    // - During Resize callback, Buf will be same as your input buffer.
+    // - However, during Completion/History/Always callback, Buf always points to our own internal data (it is not the same as your buffer)! Changes to it will be reflected into your own buffer shortly after the callback.
+    // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary.
+    // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state.
+    ImWchar             EventChar;      // Character input                      // Read-write   // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0;
+    ImGuiKey            EventKey;       // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB)            // Read-only    // [Completion,History]
+    char*               Buf;            // Text buffer                          // Read-write   // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer!
+    int                 BufTextLen;     // Text length (in bytes)               // Read-write   // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length()
+    int                 BufSize;        // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1  // Read-only    // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1
+    bool                BufDirty;       // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!    // Write        // [Completion,History,Always]
+    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
+    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection)
+    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
+
+    // Helper functions for text manipulation.
+    // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData();
+    IMGUI_API void      DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
+    IMGUI_API void      InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+    void                SelectAll()             { SelectionStart = 0; SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; }
+    void                ClearSelection()        { SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; }
+    bool                HasSelection() const    { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
+};
 
-    inline void                 clear()                         { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; ImGui::MemFree(Data); Data = NULL; } }
-    inline iterator             begin()                         { return Data; }
-    inline const_iterator       begin() const                   { return Data; }
-    inline iterator             end()                           { return Data + Size; }
-    inline const_iterator       end() const                     { return Data + Size; }
-    inline value_type&          front()                         { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
-    inline const value_type&    front() const                   { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
-    inline value_type&          back()                          { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size-1]; }
-    inline const value_type&    back() const                    { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size-1]; }
-    inline void                 swap(ImVector<T>& rhs)          { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; value_type* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
+// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
+// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
+struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData
+{
+    void*   UserData;       // Read-only.   What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Generally store an integer or float in here (need reinterpret_cast<>).
+    ImVec2  Pos;            // Read-only.   Window position, for reference.
+    ImVec2  CurrentSize;    // Read-only.   Current window size.
+    ImVec2  DesiredSize;    // Read-write.  Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
+};
 
-    inline int                  _grow_capacity(int new_size)    { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > new_size ? new_capacity : new_size; }
+// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload()
+struct ImGuiPayload
+{
+    // Members
+    void*           Data;               // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui)
+    int             DataSize;           // Data size
 
-    inline void                 resize(int new_size)            { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
-    inline void                 reserve(int new_capacity)
-    {
-        if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return;
-        T* new_data = (value_type*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(value_type));
-        memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(value_type));
-        ImGui::MemFree(Data);
-        Data = new_data;
-        Capacity = new_capacity;
-    }
+    // [Internal]
+    ImGuiID         SourceId;           // Source item id
+    ImGuiID         SourceParentId;     // Source parent id (if available)
+    int             DataFrameCount;     // Data timestamp
+    char            DataType[32 + 1];   // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max)
+    bool            Preview;            // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets)
+    bool            Delivery;           // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item.
+
+    ImGuiPayload()  { Clear(); }
+    void Clear()    { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; }
+    bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; }
+    bool IsPreview() const                  { return Preview; }
+    bool IsDelivery() const                 { return Delivery; }
+};
 
-    inline void                 push_back(const value_type& v)  { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size+1)); Data[Size++] = v; }
-    inline void                 pop_back()                      { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    inline iterator             erase(const_iterator it)        { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; }
-    inline iterator             insert(const_iterator it, const value_type& v)  { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(Capacity ? Capacity * 2 : 4); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(value_type)); Data[off] = v; Size++; return Data + off; }
-};
+// Helper: Unicode defines
+#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD     // Invalid Unicode code point (standard value).
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
+#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX     0x10FFFF   // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build.
+#else
+#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX     0xFFFF     // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build.
+#endif
 
-// Helper: execute a block of code at maximum once a frame
-// Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
-// Usage:
-//   IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME
-//   {
-//      // code block will be executed one per frame
-//   }
-// Attention! the macro expands into 2 statement so make sure you don't use it within e.g. an if() statement without curly braces.
-#define IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME    static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame imgui_oaf##__LINE__; if (imgui_oaf##__LINE__)
+// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create a UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
+// Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame");
 struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
 {
     ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; }
@@ -965,77 +2438,77 @@ struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
 // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
 struct ImGuiTextFilter
 {
-    struct TextRange
-    {
-        const char* b;
-        const char* e;
-
-        TextRange() { b = e = NULL; }
-        TextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; }
-        const char* begin() const { return b; }
-        const char* end() const { return e; }
-        bool empty() const { return b == e; }
-        char front() const { return *b; }
-        static bool is_blank(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
-        void trim_blanks() { while (b < e && is_blank(*b)) b++; while (e > b && is_blank(*(e-1))) e--; }
-        IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>& out);
-    };
+    IMGUI_API           ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
+    IMGUI_API bool      Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f);  // Helper calling InputText+Build
+    IMGUI_API bool      PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
+    IMGUI_API void      Build();
+    void                Clear()          { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
+    bool                IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
 
-    char                InputBuf[256];
-    ImVector<TextRange> Filters;
-    int                 CountGrep;
+    // [Internal]
+    struct ImGuiTextRange
+    {
+        const char*     b;
+        const char*     e;
 
-    ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
-    ~ImGuiTextFilter() {}
-    void                Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
-    bool                Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f);    // Helper calling InputText+Build
-    bool                PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
-    bool                IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
-    IMGUI_API void      Build();
+        ImGuiTextRange()                                { b = e = NULL; }
+        ImGuiTextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e)  { b = _b; e = _e; }
+        bool            empty() const                   { return b == e; }
+        IMGUI_API void  split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const;
+    };
+    char                    InputBuf[256];
+    ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>Filters;
+    int                     CountGrep;
 };
 
-// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+// Helper: Growable text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+// (this could be called 'ImGuiTextBuilder' / 'ImGuiStringBuilder')
 struct ImGuiTextBuffer
 {
     ImVector<char>      Buf;
+    IMGUI_API static char EmptyString[1];
+
+    ImGuiTextBuffer()   { }
+    inline char         operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; }
+    const char*         begin() const           { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; }
+    const char*         end() const             { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; }   // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
+    int                 size() const            { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
+    bool                empty() const           { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
+    void                clear()                 { Buf.clear(); }
+    void                reserve(int capacity)   { Buf.reserve(capacity); }
+    const char*         c_str() const           { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; }
+    IMGUI_API void      append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void      appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);
+    IMGUI_API void      appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+};
+
+// [Internal] Key+Value for ImGuiStorage
+struct ImGuiStoragePair
+{
+    ImGuiID     key;
+    union       { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
+    ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val)    { key = _key; val_i = _val; }
+    ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val)  { key = _key; val_f = _val; }
+    ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val)  { key = _key; val_p = _val; }
+};
 
-    ImGuiTextBuffer()   { Buf.push_back(0); }
-    inline char         operator[](int i) { return Buf.Data[i]; }
-    const char*         begin() const { return &Buf.front(); }
-    const char*         end() const { return &Buf.back(); }      // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
-    int                 size() const { return Buf.Size - 1; }
-    bool                empty() { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
-    void                clear() { Buf.clear(); Buf.push_back(0); }
-    const char*         c_str() const { return Buf.Data; }
-    IMGUI_API void      append(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);
-    IMGUI_API void      appendv(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-};
-
-// Helper: Simple Key->value storage
-// - Store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
-// - Store color edit options (Int using values in ImGuiColorEditMode enum).
-// - Custom user storage for temporary values.
+// Helper: Key->Value storage
 // Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window.
-// Declare your own storage if:
+// We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
+// This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame)
+// You can use it as custom user storage for temporary values. Declare your own storage if, for example:
 // - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state).
-// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code.
+// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code (probably not efficient, but convenient)
 // Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types.
 struct ImGuiStorage
 {
-    struct Pair
-    {
-        ImGuiID key;
-        union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; }
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; }
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; }
-    };
-    ImVector<Pair>      Data;
+    // [Internal]
+    ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>      Data;
 
     // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N)
     // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing.
     // - Sorted insertion is costly, paid once. A typical frame shouldn't need to insert any new pair.
-    IMGUI_API void      Clear();
+    void                Clear() { Data.clear(); }
     IMGUI_API int       GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0) const;
     IMGUI_API void      SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val);
     IMGUI_API bool      GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false) const;
@@ -1047,141 +2520,194 @@ struct ImGuiStorage
 
     // - Get***Ref() functions finds pair, insert on demand if missing, return pointer. Useful if you intend to do Get+Set.
     // - References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
-    // - A typical use case where this is convenient:
+    // - A typical use case where this is convenient for quick hacking (e.g. add storage during a live Edit&Continue session if you can't modify existing struct)
     //      float* pvar = ImGui::GetFloatRef(key); ImGui::SliderFloat("var", pvar, 0, 100.0f); some_var += *pvar;
-    // - You can also use this to quickly create temporary editable values during a session of using Edit&Continue, without restarting your application.
     IMGUI_API int*      GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0);
     IMGUI_API bool*     GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false);
     IMGUI_API float*    GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f);
     IMGUI_API void**    GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL);
 
-    // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
+    // Advanced: for quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
+    IMGUI_API void      BuildSortByKey();
+    // Obsolete: use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
     IMGUI_API void      SetAllInt(int val);
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    //typedef ::ImGuiStoragePair ImGuiStoragePair;  // 1.90.8: moved type outside struct
+#endif
 };
 
-// Shared state of InputText(), passed to callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used and the corresponding callback is triggered.
-struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
+// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
+// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have random access to the list, you can perform coarse
+// clipping based on visibility to only submit items that are in view.
+// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped.
+// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but: it needs to first layout the item to do so, and generally
+//  fetching/submitting your own data incurs additional cost. Coarse clipping using ImGuiListClipper allows you to easily
+//  scale using lists with tens of thousands of items without a problem)
+// Usage:
+//   ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+//   clipper.Begin(1000);         // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
+//   while (clipper.Step())
+//       for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+//           ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
+// Generally what happens is:
+// - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not.
+// - User code submit that one element.
+// - Clipper can measure the height of the first element
+// - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element.
+// - User code submit visible elements.
+// - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc.
+struct ImGuiListClipper
 {
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One of ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
-    void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
-    bool                ReadOnly;       // Read-only mode                       // Read-only
-
-    // CharFilter event:
-    ImWchar             EventChar;      // Character input                      // Read-write (replace character or set to zero)
+    ImGuiContext*   Ctx;                // Parent UI context
+    int             DisplayStart;       // First item to display, updated by each call to Step()
+    int             DisplayEnd;         // End of items to display (exclusive)
+    int             ItemsCount;         // [Internal] Number of items
+    float           ItemsHeight;        // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it
+    float           StartPosY;          // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed
+    void*           TempData;           // [Internal] Internal data
+
+    // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step)
+    // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing().
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper();
+    IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper();
+    IMGUI_API void  Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  End();             // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
+    IMGUI_API bool  Step();            // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
+
+    // Call IncludeItemByIndex() or IncludeItemsByIndex() *BEFORE* first call to Step() if you need a range of items to not be clipped, regardless of their visibility.
+    // (Due to alignment / padding of certain items it is possible that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range).
+    inline void     IncludeItemByIndex(int item_index)                  { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_index, item_index + 1); }
+    IMGUI_API void  IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end);  // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped.
 
-    // Completion,History,Always events:
-    // If you modify the buffer contents make sure you update 'BufTextLen' and set 'BufDirty' to true.
-    ImGuiKey            EventKey;       // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB)            // Read-only
-    char*               Buf;            // Current text buffer                  // Read-write (pointed data only, can't replace the actual pointer)
-    int                 BufTextLen;     // Current text length in bytes         // Read-write
-    int                 BufSize;        // Maximum text length in bytes         // Read-only
-    bool                BufDirty;       // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!!   // Write
-    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write
-    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write (== to SelectionEnd when no selection)
-    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write
-
-    // NB: Helper functions for text manipulation. Calling those function loses selection.
-    void    DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
-    void    InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
-    bool    HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    inline void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end)      { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.9]
+    inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6]
+    //inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79]
+#endif
 };
 
-// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
-// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
-struct ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData
-{
-    void*   UserData;       // Read-only.   What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
-    ImVec2  Pos;            // Read-only.	Window position, for reference.
-    ImVec2  CurrentSize;    // Read-only.	Current window size.
-    ImVec2  DesiredSize;    // Read-write.  Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
-};
+// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
+// - It is important that we are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space.
+// - This is in order to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2/ImVec4 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h)
+// - You can use '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' to import our operators, provided as a courtesy.
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+static inline ImVec2  operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)     { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)     { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator-(const ImVec2& lhs)                      { return ImVec2(-lhs.x, -lhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)          { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)          { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline bool    operator==(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)  { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y; }
+static inline bool    operator!=(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)  { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y; }
+static inline ImVec4  operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); }
+static inline ImVec4  operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); }
+static inline ImVec4  operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); }
+static inline bool    operator==(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)  { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y && lhs.z == rhs.z && lhs.w == rhs.w; }
+static inline bool    operator!=(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)  { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y || lhs.z != rhs.z || lhs.w != rhs.w; }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+#endif
 
-// ImColor() helper to implicity converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
+// Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors
+// User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file.
+#ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
+#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT    16
+#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT    8
+#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT    0
+#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT    24
+#define IM_COL32_A_MASK     0xFF000000
+#else
+#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT    0
+#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT    8
+#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT    16
+#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT    24
+#define IM_COL32_A_MASK     0xFF000000
+#endif
+#endif
+#define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A)    (((ImU32)(A)<<IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(B)<<IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(G)<<IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(R)<<IM_COL32_R_SHIFT))
+#define IM_COL32_WHITE       IM_COL32(255,255,255,255)  // Opaque white = 0xFFFFFFFF
+#define IM_COL32_BLACK       IM_COL32(0,0,0,255)        // Opaque black
+#define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS IM_COL32(0,0,0,0)          // Transparent black = 0x00000000
+
+// Helper: ImColor() implicitly converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
 // Prefer using IM_COL32() macros if you want a guaranteed compile-time ImU32 for usage with ImDrawList API.
-// Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class.
-// None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats.
+// **Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class. MAY OBSOLETE.
+// **None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats. Explicitly cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 if needed.
 struct ImColor
 {
-    ImVec4              Value;
+    ImVec4          Value;
 
-    ImColor()                                                       { Value.x = Value.y = Value.z = Value.w = 0.0f; }
-    ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255)                       { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; }
-    ImColor(ImU32 rgba)                                             { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)(rgba&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>8)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>16)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)(rgba >> 24) * sc; }
-    ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f)              { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; }
-    ImColor(const ImVec4& col)                                      { Value = col; }
+    constexpr ImColor()                                             { }
+    constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f)    : Value(r, g, b, a) { }
+    constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col)                            : Value(col) {}
+    constexpr ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255)             : Value((float)r * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)g * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)b * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)a* (1.0f / 255.0f)) {}
+    constexpr ImColor(ImU32 rgba)                                   : Value((float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f)) {}
     inline operator ImU32() const                                   { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); }
     inline operator ImVec4() const                                  { return Value; }
 
+    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers.
     inline void    SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; }
-
-    static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f)   { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); }
-};
-
-// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
-// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all.
-// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. 
-// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null.
-// Usage:
-//     ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000);  // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
-//     while (clipper.Step())
-//         for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
-//             ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
-// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor).
-// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
-// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.)
-// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
-struct ImGuiListClipper
-{
-    float   StartPosY;
-    float   ItemsHeight;
-    int     ItemsCount, StepNo, DisplayStart, DisplayEnd;
-
-    // items_count:  Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step).
-    // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing().
-    // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step().
-    ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f)  { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want).
-    ~ImGuiListClipper()                                                 { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); }      // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false.
-
-    IMGUI_API bool Step();                                              // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
-    IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f);  // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1.
-    IMGUI_API void End();                                               // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
+    static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f)   { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Draw List
+// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
 // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Helpers macros to generate 32-bits encoded colors
-#define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A)    (((ImU32)(A)<<24) | ((ImU32)(B)<<16) | ((ImU32)(G)<<8) | ((ImU32)(R)))
-#define IM_COL32_WHITE       (0xFFFFFFFF)
-#define IM_COL32_BLACK       (0xFF000000)
-#define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS (0x00000000)    // Transparent black
+// The maximum line width to bake anti-aliased textures for. Build atlas with ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines to disable baking.
+#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX     (63)
+#endif
 
-// Draw callbacks for advanced uses.
-// NB- You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering (you can poke into the draw list for that)
-// Draw callback may be useful for example, A) Change your GPU render state, B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element (without an intermediate texture/render target), etc.
-// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); else RenderTriangles()'
+// ImDrawCallback: Draw callbacks for advanced uses [configurable type: override in imconfig.h]
+// NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering,
+// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to:
+//  A) Change your GPU render state,
+//  B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc.
+// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }'
+// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering backend accordingly.
+#ifndef ImDrawCallback
 typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
+#endif
 
-// Typically, 1 command = 1 gpu draw call (unless command is a callback)
+// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state.
+// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address.
+// This is useful, for example, if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored.
+// Render state is not reset by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call).
+#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState     (ImDrawCallback)(-8)
+
+// Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback)
+// - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled,
+//   this fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices.
+//   Backends made for <1.71. will typically ignore the VtxOffset fields.
+// - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for).
 struct ImDrawCmd
 {
-    unsigned int    ElemCount;              // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
-    ImVec4          ClipRect;               // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2)
-    ImTextureID     TextureId;              // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
-    ImDrawCallback  UserCallback;           // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
-    void*           UserCallbackData;       // The draw callback code can access this.
-
-    ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; ClipRect.x = ClipRect.y = -8192.0f; ClipRect.z = ClipRect.w = +8192.0f; TextureId = NULL; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; }
+    ImVec4          ClipRect;           // 4*4  // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates
+    ImTextureID     TextureId;          // 4-8  // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
+    unsigned int    VtxOffset;          // 4    // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices.
+    unsigned int    IdxOffset;          // 4    // Start offset in index buffer.
+    unsigned int    ElemCount;          // 4    // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
+    ImDrawCallback  UserCallback;       // 4-8  // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
+    void*           UserCallbackData;   // 4-8  // The draw callback code can access this.
+
+    ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed
+
+    // Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature)
+    inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; }
 };
 
-// Vertex index (override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' inside in imconfig.h)
-#ifndef ImDrawIdx
-typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;
-#endif
-
 // Vertex layout
 #ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT
 struct ImDrawVert
@@ -1193,151 +2719,343 @@ struct ImDrawVert
 #else
 // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h
 // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine.
-// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef)
+// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared at the time you'd want to set your type up.
+// NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM.
 IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT;
 #endif
 
-// Draw channels are used by the Columns API to "split" the render list into different channels while building, so items of each column can be batched together.
-// You can also use them to simulate drawing layers and submit primitives in a different order than how they will be rendered.
+// [Internal] For use by ImDrawList
+struct ImDrawCmdHeader
+{
+    ImVec4          ClipRect;
+    ImTextureID     TextureId;
+    unsigned int    VtxOffset;
+};
+
+// [Internal] For use by ImDrawListSplitter
 struct ImDrawChannel
 {
-    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>     CmdBuffer;
-    ImVector<ImDrawIdx>     IdxBuffer;
+    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>         _CmdBuffer;
+    ImVector<ImDrawIdx>         _IdxBuffer;
+};
+
+
+// Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order.
+// This is used by the Columns/Tables API, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call.
+struct ImDrawListSplitter
+{
+    int                         _Current;    // Current channel number (0)
+    int                         _Count;      // Number of active channels (1+)
+    ImVector<ImDrawChannel>     _Channels;   // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size)
+
+    inline ImDrawListSplitter()  { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
+    inline void                 Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearFreeMemory();
+    IMGUI_API void              Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int count);
+    IMGUI_API void              Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list);
+    IMGUI_API void              SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx);
+};
+
+// Flags for ImDrawList functions
+// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused)
+enum ImDrawFlags_
+{
+    ImDrawFlags_None                        = 0,
+    ImDrawFlags_Closed                      = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason)
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft         = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight        = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft      = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight     = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone            = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag!
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom          = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft            = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight           = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_        = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_           = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly.
+// It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions.
+enum ImDrawListFlags_
+{
+    ImDrawListFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines        = 1 << 0,  // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles)
+    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex  = 1 << 1,  // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
+    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill         = 1 << 2,  // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles).
+    ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset          = 1 << 3,  // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled.
 };
 
 // Draw command list
-// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui functions are filling. At the end of the frame, all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
-// At the moment, each ImGui window contains its own ImDrawList but they could potentially be merged in the future.
-// If you want to add custom rendering within a window, you can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to access the current draw list and add your own primitives.
+// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui:: functions are filling. At the end of the frame,
+// all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
+// Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to
+// access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
 // You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
-// All positions are in screen coordinates (0,0=top-left, 1 pixel per unit). Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at render time and at a higher-level by ImGui:: functions).
+// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize).
+// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!)
+// Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects.
 struct ImDrawList
 {
     // This is what you have to render
-    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>     CmdBuffer;          // Commands. Typically 1 command = 1 gpu draw call.
+    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>     CmdBuffer;          // Draw commands. Typically 1 command = 1 GPU draw call, unless the command is a callback.
     ImVector<ImDrawIdx>     IdxBuffer;          // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those
     ImVector<ImDrawVert>    VtxBuffer;          // Vertex buffer.
+    ImDrawListFlags         Flags;              // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive.
 
     // [Internal, used while building lists]
-    const char*             _OwnerName;         // Pointer to owner window's name (if any) for debugging
-    unsigned int            _VtxCurrentIdx;     // [Internal] == VtxBuffer.Size
+    unsigned int            _VtxCurrentIdx;     // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0.
+    ImDrawListSharedData*   _Data;              // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context)
     ImDrawVert*             _VtxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
     ImDrawIdx*              _IdxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
+    ImVector<ImVec2>        _Path;              // [Internal] current path building
+    ImDrawCmdHeader         _CmdHeader;         // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back().
+    ImDrawListSplitter      _Splitter;          // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!)
     ImVector<ImVec4>        _ClipRectStack;     // [Internal]
     ImVector<ImTextureID>   _TextureIdStack;    // [Internal]
-    ImVector<ImVec2>        _Path;              // [Internal] current path building
-    int                     _ChannelsCurrent;   // [Internal] current channel number (0)
-    int                     _ChannelsCount;     // [Internal] number of active channels (1+)
-    ImVector<ImDrawChannel> _Channels;          // [Internal] draw channels for columns API (not resized down so _ChannelsCount may be smaller than _Channels.Size)
+    float                   _FringeScale;       // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content
+    const char*             _OwnerName;         // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
+
+    // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
+    ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; }
 
-    ImDrawList() { _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); }
-    ~ImDrawList() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
-    IMGUI_API void  PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false);  // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
+    ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); }
+    IMGUI_API void  PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false);  // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
     IMGUI_API void  PushClipRectFullScreen();
     IMGUI_API void  PopClipRect();
-    IMGUI_API void  PushTextureID(const ImTextureID& texture_id);
+    IMGUI_API void  PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id);
     IMGUI_API void  PopTextureID();
+    inline ImVec2   GetClipRectMin() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.x, cr.y); }
+    inline ImVec2   GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); }
 
     // Primitives
-    IMGUI_API void  AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F, float thickness = 1.0f);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F);                     // a: upper-left, b: lower-right
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12);
+    // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+    // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners.
+    // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred).
+    //   In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12.
+    //   In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles.
+    //   Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guarantee a specific number of sides.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);                     // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0);
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness, bool anti_aliased);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool anti_aliased);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);
-
-    // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFill() or PathStroke()
-    inline    void  PathClear()                                                 { _Path.resize(0); }
+    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
+
+    // General polygon
+    // - Only simple polygons are supported by filling functions (no self-intersections, no holes).
+    // - Concave polygon fill is more expensive than convex one: it has O(N^2) complexity. Provided as a convenience fo user but not used by main library.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
+
+    // Image primitives
+    // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is.
+    // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle.
+    // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
+
+    // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
+    // - Important: filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order! The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+    //   so e.g. 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI * -0.5f, PI)' is ok, whereas 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI, PI * -0.5f)' won't have correct anti-aliasing when followed by PathFillConvex().
+    inline    void  PathClear()                                                 { _Path.Size = 0; }
     inline    void  PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos)                               { _Path.push_back(pos); }
-    inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
-    inline    void  PathFill(ImU32 col)                                         { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, true); PathClear(); }
-    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f)  { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness, true); PathClear(); }
-    IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
-    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                 // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
-    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);
-    IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F);
-
-    // Channels
-    // - Use to simulate layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit foreground primitives before background primitives)
-    // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple non-overlapping clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsSplit(int channels_count);
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsMerge();
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsSetCurrent(int channel_index);
+    inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
+    inline    void  PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)                                   { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    inline    void  PathFillConcave(ImU32 col)                                  { AddConcavePolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
+    IMGUI_API void  PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse
+    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
+    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
+    IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
 
     // Advanced
     IMGUI_API void  AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data);  // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
     IMGUI_API void  AddDrawCmd();                                               // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
-
-    // Internal helpers
-    // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand!
-    IMGUI_API void  Clear();
-    IMGUI_API void  ClearFreeMemory();
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const;                                  // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer.
+
+    // Advanced: Channels
+    // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives)
+    // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
+    // - This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place!
+    //   Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them.
+    //   Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another.
+    inline void     ChannelsSplit(int count)    { _Splitter.Split(this, count); }
+    inline void     ChannelsMerge()             { _Splitter.Merge(this); }
+    inline void     ChannelsSetCurrent(int n)   { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); }
+
+    // Advanced: Primitives allocations
+    // - We render triangles (three vertices)
+    // - All primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand.
     IMGUI_API void  PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
+    IMGUI_API void  PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
     IMGUI_API void  PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col);      // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles)
     IMGUI_API void  PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col);
     IMGUI_API void  PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col);
-    inline    void  PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col){ _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
-    inline    void  PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx)                                 { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
-    inline    void  PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)     { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); }
-    IMGUI_API void  UpdateClipRect();
-    IMGUI_API void  UpdateTextureID();
+    inline    void  PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)    { _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
+    inline    void  PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx)                                     { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
+    inline    void  PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)         { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index
+
+    // Obsolete names
+    //inline  void  AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddEllipse(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments, thickness); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
+    //inline  void  AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0) { AddEllipseFilled(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments); }                        // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
+    //inline  void  PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0) { PathEllipticalArcTo(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), rot, a_min, a_max, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
+    //inline  void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
+    //inline  void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
+
+    // [Internal helpers]
+    IMGUI_API void  _ResetForNewFrame();
+    IMGUI_API void  _ClearFreeMemory();
+    IMGUI_API void  _PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+    IMGUI_API void  _TryMergeDrawCmds();
+    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedClipRect();
+    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedTextureID();
+    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedVtxOffset();
+    IMGUI_API int   _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const;
+    IMGUI_API void  _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step);
+    IMGUI_API void  _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments);
 };
 
-// All draw data to render an ImGui frame
+// All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame
+// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent, we currently preserve them for backward compatibility purpose,
+// as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList)
 struct ImDrawData
 {
-    bool            Valid;                  // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
-    ImDrawList**    CmdLists;
-    int             CmdListsCount;
-    int             TotalVtxCount;          // For convenience, sum of all cmd_lists vtx_buffer.Size
-    int             TotalIdxCount;          // For convenience, sum of all cmd_lists idx_buffer.Size
+    bool                Valid;              // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
+    int                 CmdListsCount;      // Number of ImDrawList* to render (should always be == CmdLists.size)
+    int                 TotalIdxCount;      // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size
+    int                 TotalVtxCount;      // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
+    ImVector<ImDrawList*> CmdLists;         // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawLists are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here.
+    ImVec2              DisplayPos;         // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications)
+    ImVec2              DisplaySize;        // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications)
+    ImVec2              FramebufferScale;   // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display.
+    ImGuiViewport*      OwnerViewport;      // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not).
 
     // Functions
-    ImDrawData() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; }
-    IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers();               // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
-    IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& sc);  // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+    ImDrawData()    { Clear(); }
+    IMGUI_API void  Clear();
+    IMGUI_API void  AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list);     // Helper to add an external draw list into an existing ImDrawData.
+    IMGUI_API void  DeIndexAllBuffers();                    // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
+    IMGUI_API void  ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImFontConfig
 {
-    void*           FontData;                   //          // TTF data
-    int             FontDataSize;               //          // TTF data size
-    bool            FontDataOwnedByAtlas;       // true     // TTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). Set to true
-    int             FontNo;                     // 0        // Index of font within TTF file
-    float           SizePixels;                 //          // Size in pixels for rasterizer
-    int             OversampleH, OversampleV;   // 3, 1     // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
-    bool            PixelSnapH;                 // false    // Align every character to pixel boundary (if enabled, set OversampleH/V to 1)
-    ImVec2          GlyphExtraSpacing;          // 0, 0     // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs
-    const ImWchar*  GlyphRanges;                //          // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE.
-    bool            MergeMode;                  // false    // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs).
-    bool            MergeGlyphCenterV;          // false    // When merging (multiple ImFontInput for one ImFont), vertically center new glyphs instead of aligning their baseline
+    void*           FontData;               //          // TTF/OTF data
+    int             FontDataSize;           //          // TTF/OTF data size
+    bool            FontDataOwnedByAtlas;   // true     // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
+    int             FontNo;                 // 0        // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
+    float           SizePixels;             //          // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
+    int             OversampleH;            // 2        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal. You can reduce this to 1 for large glyphs save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
+    int             OversampleV;            // 1        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
+    bool            PixelSnapH;             // false    // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
+    ImVec2          GlyphExtraSpacing;      // 0, 0     // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
+    ImVec2          GlyphOffset;            // 0, 0     // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
+    const ImWchar*  GlyphRanges;            // NULL     // THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list).
+    float           GlyphMinAdvanceX;       // 0        // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font
+    float           GlyphMaxAdvanceX;       // FLT_MAX  // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs
+    bool            MergeMode;              // false    // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
+    unsigned int    FontBuilderFlags;       // 0        // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure.
+    float           RasterizerMultiply;     // 1.0f     // Linearly brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. This is a silly thing we may remove in the future.
+    float           RasterizerDensity;      // 1.0f     // DPI scale for rasterization, not altering other font metrics: make it easy to swap between e.g. a 100% and a 400% fonts for a zooming display. IMPORTANT: If you increase this it is expected that you increase font scale accordingly, otherwise quality may look lowered.
+    ImWchar         EllipsisChar;           // -1       // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used.
 
     // [Internal]
-    char            Name[32];                               // Name (strictly for debugging)
+    char            Name[40];               // Name (strictly to ease debugging)
     ImFont*         DstFont;
 
     IMGUI_API ImFontConfig();
 };
 
-// Load and rasterize multiple TTF fonts into a same texture.
-// Sharing a texture for multiple fonts allows us to reduce the number of draw calls during rendering.
-// We also add custom graphic data into the texture that serves for ImGui.
-//  1. (Optional) Call AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font will be loaded for you.
-//  2. Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
-//  3. Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system.
-//  4. Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture. This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture.
-//  5. Call ClearTexData() to free textures memory on the heap.
-// NB: If you use a 'glyph_ranges' array you need to make sure that your array persist up until the ImFont is cleared. We only copy the pointer, not the data.
+// Hold rendering data for one glyph.
+// (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this)
+struct ImFontGlyph
+{
+    unsigned int    Colored : 1;        // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops)
+    unsigned int    Visible : 1;        // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering.
+    unsigned int    Codepoint : 30;     // 0x0000..0x10FFFF
+    float           AdvanceX;           // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in)
+    float           X0, Y0, X1, Y1;     // Glyph corners
+    float           U0, V0, U1, V1;     // Texture coordinates
+};
+
+// Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges().
+// This is essentially a tightly packed of vector of 64k booleans = 8KB storage.
+struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+{
+    ImVector<ImU32> UsedChars;            // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)
+
+    ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder()              { Clear(); }
+    inline void     Clear()                 { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX + 1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); }
+    inline bool     GetBit(size_t n) const  { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; }  // Get bit n in the array
+    inline void     SetBit(size_t n)        { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; }               // Set bit n in the array
+    inline void     AddChar(ImWchar c)      { SetBit(c); }                      // Add character
+    IMGUI_API void  AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);     // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges);                           // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
+    IMGUI_API void  BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges);                 // Output new ranges
+};
+
+// See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions.
+struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect
+{
+    unsigned short  Width, Height;  // Input    // Desired rectangle dimension
+    unsigned short  X, Y;           // Output   // Packed position in Atlas
+    unsigned int    GlyphID;        // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000)
+    float           GlyphAdvanceX;  // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: glyph xadvance
+    ImVec2          GlyphOffset;    // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: glyph display offset
+    ImFont*         Font;           // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: target font
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect()         { Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphID = 0; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0, 0); Font = NULL; }
+    bool IsPacked() const           { return X != 0xFFFF; }
+};
+
+// Flags for ImFontAtlas build
+enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
+{
+    ImFontAtlasFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0,   // Don't round the height to next power of two
+    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors     = 1 << 1,   // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory)
+    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines       = 1 << 2,   // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU).
+};
+
+// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding:
+//  - One or more fonts.
+//  - Custom graphics data needed to render the shapes needed by Dear ImGui.
+//  - Mouse cursor shapes for software cursor rendering (unless setting 'Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors' in the font atlas).
+// It is the user-code responsibility to setup/build the atlas, then upload the pixel data into a texture accessible by your graphics api.
+//  - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you.
+//  - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
+//  - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples)
+//  - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API.
+//    This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details.
+// Common pitfalls:
+// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the
+//   atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data.
+// - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction.
+//   You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed,
+// - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well.
+// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and various other reasons! We will address them in the future!
 struct ImFontAtlas
 {
     IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas();
@@ -1345,106 +3063,351 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg);
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL);
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);                                        // Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, will be deleted after Build()
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);  // 'compressed_ttf_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);              // 'compressed_ttf_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 paramaeter
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearTexData();             // Clear the CPU-side texture data. Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearInputData();           // Clear the input TTF data (inc sizes, glyph ranges)
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearFonts();               // Clear the ImGui-side font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates)
-    IMGUI_API void              Clear();                    // Clear all
-
-    // Retrieve texture data
-    // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory, then call SetTextureUserID()
-    // After loading the texture into your graphic system, store your texture handle in 'TexID' (ignore if you aren't using multiple fonts nor images)
-    // RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and high compatibility, but note that all RGB pixels are white, so 75% of the memory is wasted.
-    // Pitch = Width * BytesPerPixels
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed.
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp.
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);              // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter.
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearInputData();           // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts.
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearTexData();             // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearFonts();               // Clear output font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates).
+    IMGUI_API void              Clear();                    // Clear all input and output.
+
+    // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data.
+    // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID().
+    // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4)
+    // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into
+    // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste.
+    IMGUI_API bool              Build();                    // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 1 byte per-pixel
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 4 bytes-per-pixel
-    void                        SetTexID(void* id)  { TexID = id; }
+    bool                        IsBuilt() const             { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't build texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent...
+    void                        SetTexID(ImTextureID id)    { TexID = id; }
+
+    //-------------------------------------------
+    // Glyph Ranges
+    //-------------------------------------------
 
     // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
-    // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. See FAQ for details.
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesDefault();    // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesKorean();     // Default + Korean characters
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesJapanese();   // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChinese();    // Japanese + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesCyrillic();   // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
+    // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page.
+    // Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md/#about-utf-8-encoding for details.
+    // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesDefault();                // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesGreek();                  // Default + Greek and Coptic
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesKorean();                 // Default + Korean characters
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesJapanese();               // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseFull();            // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesCyrillic();               // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesThai();                   // Default + Thai characters
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesVietnamese();             // Default + Vietnamese characters
+
+    //-------------------------------------------
+    // [BETA] Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API
+    //-------------------------------------------
+
+    // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
+    // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
+    // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of preferred texture format.
+    // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
+    //   so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
+    // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons.
+    // - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings.
+    IMGUI_API int               AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height);
+    IMGUI_API int               AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0));
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect*      GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; }
 
+    // [Internal]
+    IMGUI_API void              CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const;
+    IMGUI_API bool              GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);
+
+    //-------------------------------------------
     // Members
-    // (Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls which will setup a default font for you.)
-    void*                       TexID;              // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It ia passed back to you during rendering.
+    //-------------------------------------------
+
+    ImFontAtlasFlags            Flags;              // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_)
+    ImTextureID                 TexID;              // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure.
+    int                         TexDesiredWidth;    // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
+    int                         TexGlyphPadding;    // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false).
+    bool                        Locked;             // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert.
+    void*                       UserData;           // Store your own atlas related user-data (if e.g. you have multiple font atlas).
+
+    // [Internal]
+    // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
+    bool                        TexReady;           // Set when texture was built matching current font input
+    bool                        TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format.
     unsigned char*              TexPixelsAlpha8;    // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
     unsigned int*               TexPixelsRGBA32;    // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
     int                         TexWidth;           // Texture width calculated during Build().
     int                         TexHeight;          // Texture height calculated during Build().
-    int                         TexDesiredWidth;    // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
+    ImVec2                      TexUvScale;         // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight)
     ImVec2                      TexUvWhitePixel;    // Texture coordinates to a white pixel
     ImVector<ImFont*>           Fonts;              // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font.
+    ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect> CustomRects;    // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas.
+    ImVector<ImFontConfig>      ConfigData;         // Configuration data
+    ImVec4                      TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1];  // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines
+
+    // [Internal] Font builder
+    const ImFontBuilderIO*      FontBuilderIO;      // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE).
+    unsigned int                FontBuilderFlags;   // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig.
+
+    // [Internal] Packing data
+    int                         PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors
+    int                         PackIdLines;        // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines
 
-    // Private
-    ImVector<ImFontConfig>      ConfigData;         // Internal data
-    IMGUI_API bool              Build();            // Build pixels data. This is automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
-    IMGUI_API void              RenderCustomTexData(int pass, void* rects);
+    // [Obsolete]
+    //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect    CustomRect;         // OBSOLETED in 1.72+
+    //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+
 };
 
 // Font runtime data and rendering
 // ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
 struct ImFont
 {
-    struct Glyph
-    {
-        ImWchar                 Codepoint;
-        float                   XAdvance;
-        float                   X0, Y0, X1, Y1;
-        float                   U0, V0, U1, V1;     // Texture coordinates
-    };
-
-    // Members: Hot ~62/78 bytes
-    float                       FontSize;           // <user set>   // Height of characters, set during loading (don't change after loading)
-    float                       Scale;              // = 1.f        // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetFontScale()
-    ImVec2                      DisplayOffset;      // = (0.f,1.f)  // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
-    ImVector<Glyph>             Glyphs;             //              // All glyphs.
-    ImVector<float>             IndexXAdvance;      //              // Sparse. Glyphs->XAdvance in a directly indexable way (more cache-friendly, for CalcTextSize functions which are often bottleneck in large UI).
-    ImVector<short>             IndexLookup;        //              // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
-    const Glyph*                FallbackGlyph;      // == FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
-    float                       FallbackXAdvance;   // == FallbackGlyph->XAdvance
-    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // = '?'        // Replacement glyph if one isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
-
-    // Members: Cold ~18/26 bytes
-    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // ~ 1          // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
-    ImFontConfig*               ConfigData;         //              // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
-    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     //              // What we has been loaded into
-    float                       Ascent, Descent;    //              // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
+    // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize)
+    ImVector<float>             IndexAdvanceX;      // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI).
+    float                       FallbackAdvanceX;   // 4     // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
+    float                       FontSize;           // 4     // in  //            // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading)
+
+    // Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop)
+    ImVector<ImWchar>           IndexLookup;        // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
+    ImVector<ImFontGlyph>       Glyphs;             // 12-16 // out //            // All glyphs.
+    const ImFontGlyph*          FallbackGlyph;      // 4-8   // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
+
+    // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes
+    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     // 4-8   // out //            // What we has been loaded into
+    const ImFontConfig*         ConfigData;         // 4-8   // in  //            // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
+    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // 2     // in  // ~ 1        // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
+    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // 2     // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found.
+    ImWchar                     EllipsisChar;       // 2     // out // = '...'/'.'// Character used for ellipsis rendering.
+    short                       EllipsisCharCount;  // 1     // out // 1 or 3
+    float                       EllipsisWidth;      // 4     // out               // Width
+    float                       EllipsisCharStep;   // 4     // out               // Step between characters when EllipsisCount > 0
+    bool                        DirtyLookupTables;  // 1     // out //
+    float                       Scale;              // 4     // in  // = 1.f      // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
+    float                       Ascent, Descent;    // 4+4   // out //            // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
+    int                         MetricsTotalSurface;// 4     // out //            // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
+    ImU8                        Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints.
 
     // Methods
     IMGUI_API ImFont();
     IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
-    IMGUI_API void              Clear();
-    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
-    IMGUI_API const Glyph*      FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
-    IMGUI_API void              SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
-    float                       GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const     { return ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size) ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] : FallbackXAdvance; }
+    IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
+    IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const;
+    float                       GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const     { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; }
     bool                        IsLoaded() const                    { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
+    const char*                 GetDebugName() const                { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : "<unknown>"; }
 
     // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable.
     // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable.
     IMGUI_API ImVec2            CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8
     IMGUI_API const char*       CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const;
-    IMGUI_API void              RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, unsigned short c) const;
-    IMGUI_API void              RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
+    IMGUI_API void              RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const;
+    IMGUI_API void              RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
 
-    // Private
+    // [Internal] Don't use!
+    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearOutputData();
     IMGUI_API void              GrowIndex(int new_size);
+    IMGUI_API void              AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
     IMGUI_API void              AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
+    IMGUI_API void              SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible);
+    IMGUI_API bool              IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last);
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Viewports
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags, giving indications to the platform backends.
+enum ImGuiViewportFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiViewportFlags_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow         = 1 << 0,   // Represent a Platform Window
+    ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor        = 1 << 1,   // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet)
+    ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp               = 1 << 2,   // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend)
+};
+
+// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
+// - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
+// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
+// - About Main Area vs Work Area:
+//   - Main Area = entire viewport.
+//   - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor).
+//   - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport.
+struct ImGuiViewport
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;                     // Unique identifier for the viewport
+    ImGuiViewportFlags  Flags;                  // See ImGuiViewportFlags_
+    ImVec2              Pos;                    // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates)
+    ImVec2              Size;                   // Main Area: Size of the viewport.
+    ImVec2              WorkPos;                // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos)
+    ImVec2              WorkSize;               // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size)
+
+    // Platform/Backend Dependent Data
+    void*               PlatformHandle;         // void* to hold higher-level, platform window handle (e.g. HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*)
+    void*               PlatformHandleRaw;      // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms)
+
+    ImGuiViewport()     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+
+    // Helpers
+    ImVec2              GetCenter() const       { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); }
+    ImVec2              GetWorkCenter() const   { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); }
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.
+struct ImGuiPlatformImeData
+{
+    bool    WantVisible;        // A widget wants the IME to be visible
+    ImVec2  InputPos;           // Position of the input cursor
+    float   InputLineHeight;    // Line height
+
+    ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
+// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
+// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.90.0 (from September 2023)
+    static inline bool  BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0)                 { return BeginChild(id, size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle, window_flags); }
+    static inline void  EndChildFrame()                                                                                    { EndChild(); }
+    //static inline bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags){ return BeginChild(str_id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border
+    //static inline bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)        { return BeginChild(id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags);     } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border
+    static inline void  ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL)                            { ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open); }
+    IMGUI_API bool      ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+    IMGUI_API bool      Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.89.7 (from June 2023)
+    IMGUI_API void      SetItemAllowOverlap();                                              // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item.
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023)
+    static inline void  PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop)                               { PushTabStop(tab_stop); }
+    static inline void  PopAllowKeyboardFocus()                                             { PopTabStop(); }
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022)
+    IMGUI_API bool      ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding)
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.87 (from February 2022 but more formally obsoleted April 2024)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiKey  GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key);                                          // Map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]. When using a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent(), calling GetKeyIndex() with ANY ImGuiKey_XXXX values will return the same value!
+    //static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)                                      { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); return key; }
+
+    // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)
+    //static inline void  CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true)         { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
+    //static inline void  CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true)               { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); }       // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021)
+    //IMGUI_API void      CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper.
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021)
+    //static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth()                                               { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; }
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021)
+    //static inline bool  ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0))         { return BeginListBox(label, size); }
+    //static inline bool  ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) { float height = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * ((height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f) + GetStyle().FramePadding.y * 2.0f; return BeginListBox(label, ImVec2(0.0f, height)); } // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items
+    //static inline void  ListBoxFooter()                                                             { EndListBox(); }
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020)
+    //static inline void  OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1)    { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry!
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details.
+    //IMGUI_API bool      DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)                                                            // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //IMGUI_API bool      DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f);                                          // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //IMGUI_API bool      SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f);                                                                        // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //IMGUI_API bool      SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f);                                                       // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)    { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }     // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)                 { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }        // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }        // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }        // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.77 and before
+    //static inline bool  BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline void  TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()               { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); }   // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019)
+    //static inline void  SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); }                       // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019)
+    //static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth()          { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; }                               // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
+    //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList()            { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }                                 // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
+    //static inline void  SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f)     { SetScrollHereY(ratio); }                                          // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018)
+    //static inline bool  IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange()        { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); }                            // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.60 and before
+    //static inline bool  IsAnyWindowFocused()                  { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018)
+    //static inline bool  IsAnyWindowHovered()                  { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018)
+    //static inline void  ShowTestWindow()                      { return ShowDemoWindow(); }                                        // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowFocused()                 { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); }           // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()       { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }  // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline void  SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w)    { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); }                      // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()       { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); }                             // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //IMGUI_API bool      Begin(char* name, bool* p_open, ImVec2 size_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0); // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017): Equivalent of using SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) and SetNextWindowBgAlpha().
+    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()       { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }  // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
+    //static inline void  AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()       { AlignTextToFramePadding(); }                                      // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
+    //static inline void  SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), c, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsItemHoveredRect()                   { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); }               // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; }                                     // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017): This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the io.WantCaptureMouse flag instead.
+    //static inline bool  IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow()            { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsMouseHoveringWindow()               { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); }       // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.50 and before
+    //static inline bool  CollapsingHeader(char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? (1 << 5) : 0)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.49
+    //static inline ImFont*GetWindowFont()                      { return GetFont(); }                                               // OBSOLETED in 1.48
+    //static inline float GetWindowFontSize()                   { return GetFontSize(); }                                           // OBSOLETED in 1.48
+    //static inline void  SetScrollPosHere()                    { SetScrollHere(); }                                                // OBSOLETED in 1.42
+}
+
+//-- OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect()
+//typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags;
+//enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
+//{
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_None      = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone,         // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft   = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,      // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally).
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight  = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,     // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82.
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft   = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft,   // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82.
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight  = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,  // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82.
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_All       = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll,          // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_Top       = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight,
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot       = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_Left      = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft,
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_Right     = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
+//};
+
+// RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022)
+// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place.
+typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags;      // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there.
+enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super };
+//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int
+//enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super };
+
+#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER)    // OBSOLETED IN 1.90 (now using C++11 standard version)
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+// RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022)
+#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+#endif
+#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS)
+#error IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW was renamed to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS, please use new name.
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 #if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
-//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
-//---- So you can include code that extends ImGui using any of the types declared above.
-//---- (also convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h)
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (pop)
+#endif
+
+// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
+// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included.
 #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
+#ifdef IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME
+#else
 #include "imgui_user.h"
 #endif
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
index 63cf882a93..51974604b5 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
@@ -1,56 +1,90 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.49
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
 // (drawing and font code)
 
-// Contains implementation for
-// - ImDrawList
-// - ImDrawData
-// - ImFontAtlas
-// - ImFont
-// - Default font data
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation
+// [SECTION] Style functions
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList
+// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill
+// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
+// [SECTION] ImDrawData
+// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
+// [SECTION] ImFontConfig
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
+// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+// [SECTION] ImFont
+// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers
+// [SECTION] Decompression code
+// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf)
+
+*/
 
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
 #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif
 
-#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
+#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h"
+#endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
-#if !defined(alloca) && !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__DragonFly__)
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#include <malloc.h>     // alloca
-#else
-#include <alloca.h>     // alloca
-#endif
-#endif
 
+// Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
-#define snprintf _snprintf
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4505)     // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"      // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier                //
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma"                          // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"              // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier"            // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstack-protector"          // warning: stack protector not protecting local variables: variable length buffer
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// STB libraries implementation
+// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation (for stb_truetype and stb_rect_pack)
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE     ImGuiStb
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+// Compile time options:
+//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE           ImStb
+//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME   "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
+//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME  "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
 namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
@@ -60,177 +94,495 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (push)
 #pragma warning (disable: 4456)                             // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration
+#pragma warning (disable: 6011)                             // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer 'cur->next'.
+#pragma warning (disable: 6385)                             // (stb_truetype) Reading invalid data from 'buffer':  the readable size is '_Old_3`kernel_width' bytes, but '3' bytes may be read.
+#pragma warning (disable: 28182)                            // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer. 'cur' contains the same NULL value as 'cur->next' did.
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"              // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __GNUC__
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"              // warning: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits]
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"                // warning: cast from type 'const xxxx *' to type 'xxxx *' casts away qualifiers
 #endif
 
-#define STBRP_ASSERT(x)    IM_ASSERT(x)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION                        // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION          // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
 #define STBRP_STATIC
+#define STBRP_ASSERT(x)     do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0)
+#define STBRP_SORT          ImQsort
 #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
 #endif
-#include "stb_rect_pack.h"
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "imstb_rectpack.h"
+#endif
+#endif
 
-#define STBTT_malloc(x,u)  ((void)(u), ImGui::MemAlloc(x))
-#define STBTT_free(x,u)    ((void)(u), ImGui::MemFree(x))
-#define STBTT_assert(x)    IM_ASSERT(x)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+#ifdef  IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+#ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION                         // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION           // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
+#define STBTT_malloc(x,u)   ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x))
+#define STBTT_free(x,u)     ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x))
+#define STBTT_assert(x)     do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0)
+#define STBTT_fmod(x,y)     ImFmod(x,y)
+#define STBTT_sqrt(x)       ImSqrt(x)
+#define STBTT_pow(x,y)      ImPow(x,y)
+#define STBTT_fabs(x)       ImFabs(x)
+#define STBTT_ifloor(x)     ((int)ImFloor(x))
+#define STBTT_iceil(x)      ((int)ImCeil(x))
 #define STBTT_STATIC
 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 #else
 #define STBTT_DEF extern
 #endif
-#include "stb_truetype.h"
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "imstb_truetype.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
 
-#ifdef __GNUC__
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
 #pragma warning (pop)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
-} // namespace ImGuiStb
+} // namespace ImStb
 using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE;
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImDrawList
+// [SECTION] Style functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.06f, 0.06f, 0.94f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 0.54f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.04f, 0.04f, 0.04f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.51f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.14f, 0.14f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.02f, 0.02f, 0.02f, 0.53f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.31f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.51f, 0.51f, 0.51f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.24f, 0.52f, 0.88f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = colors[ImGuiCol_Border];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected]            = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline]    = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected]      = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected],  colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.19f, 0.19f, 0.20f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.43f, 0.39f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.47f, 0.47f, 0.69f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.42f, 0.41f, 0.64f, 0.69f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.54f, 0.83f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.32f, 0.32f, 0.63f, 0.87f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.55f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.30f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.40f, 0.61f, 0.62f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.48f, 0.71f, 0.79f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected]            = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline]    = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected]      = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected],  colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.38f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.45f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+// Those light colors are better suited with a thicker font than the default one + FrameBorder
+void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.94f, 0.94f, 0.94f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.98f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.96f, 0.96f, 0.96f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.82f, 0.82f, 0.82f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.51f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.86f, 0.86f, 0.86f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.98f, 0.98f, 0.53f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.69f, 0.69f, 0.69f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected]            = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline]    = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected]      = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected],  colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.87f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static const ImVec4 GNullClipRect(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f); // Large values that are easy to encode in a few bits+shift
+ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++)
+    {
+        const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx);
+        ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a));
+    }
+    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error)
+{
+    if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f);
+    CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++)
+    {
+        const float radius = (float)i;
+        CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX);
+    }
+    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
 
-void ImDrawList::Clear()
+// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer.
+// In the majority of cases, you would want to call PushClipRect() and PushTextureID() after this.
+void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame()
 {
+    // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory.
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0);
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4));
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID));
+    if (_Splitter._Count > 1)
+        _Splitter.Merge(this);
+
     CmdBuffer.resize(0);
     IdxBuffer.resize(0);
     VtxBuffer.resize(0);
+    Flags = _Data->InitialFlags;
+    memset(&_CmdHeader, 0, sizeof(_CmdHeader));
     _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
     _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
     _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
     _ClipRectStack.resize(0);
     _TextureIdStack.resize(0);
     _Path.resize(0);
-    _ChannelsCurrent = 0;
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-    // NB: Do not clear channels so our allocations are re-used after the first frame.
+    _Splitter.Clear();
+    CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd());
+    _FringeScale = 1.0f;
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::ClearFreeMemory()
+void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory()
 {
     CmdBuffer.clear();
     IdxBuffer.clear();
     VtxBuffer.clear();
+    Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
     _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
     _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
     _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
     _ClipRectStack.clear();
     _TextureIdStack.clear();
     _Path.clear();
-    _ChannelsCurrent = 0;
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-    for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
-    {
-        if (i == 0) memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(_Channels[0]));  // channel 0 is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
-        _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.clear();
-        _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.clear();
-    }
-    _Channels.clear();
+    _Splitter.ClearFreeMemory();
 }
 
-// Use macros because C++ is a terrible language, we want guaranteed inline, no code in header, and no overhead in Debug mode
-#define GetCurrentClipRect()    (_ClipRectStack.Size ? _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1]  : GNullClipRect)
-#define GetCurrentTextureId()   (_TextureIdStack.Size ? _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size-1] : NULL)
+ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const
+{
+    ImDrawList* dst = IM_NEW(ImDrawList(_Data));
+    dst->CmdBuffer = CmdBuffer;
+    dst->IdxBuffer = IdxBuffer;
+    dst->VtxBuffer = VtxBuffer;
+    dst->Flags = Flags;
+    return dst;
+}
 
 void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd()
 {
     ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
-    draw_cmd.ClipRect = GetCurrentClipRect();
-    draw_cmd.TextureId = GetCurrentTextureId();
+    draw_cmd.ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;    // Same as calling ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy()
+    draw_cmd.TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
+    draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size;
 
     IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w);
     CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
 }
 
+// Pop trailing draw command (used before merging or presenting to user)
+// Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL
+void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+{
+    while (CmdBuffer.Size > 0)
+    {
+        ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+        if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+            return;// break;
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+    }
+}
+
 void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data)
 {
-    ImDrawCmd* current_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
-    if (!current_cmd || current_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || current_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
     {
         AddDrawCmd();
-        current_cmd = &CmdBuffer.back();
+        curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
     }
-    current_cmd->UserCallback = callback;
-    current_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data;
+    curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback;
+    curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data;
 
     AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below)
 }
 
+// Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp()
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize                            (offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int))
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS)       (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize))    // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC)          (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize))    // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+#define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1)  (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset)
+
+// Try to merge two last draw commands
+void ImDrawList::_TryMergeDrawCmds()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
+        prev_cmd->ElemCount += curr_cmd->ElemCount;
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+    }
+}
+
 // Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack.
 // The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only.
-void ImDrawList::UpdateClipRect()
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect()
 {
     // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
-    const ImVec4 curr_clip_rect = GetCurrentClipRect();
-    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 0 ? &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1] : NULL;
-    if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
     {
         AddDrawCmd();
         return;
     }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
 
     // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
-    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL;
-    if (prev_cmd && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->TextureId == GetCurrentTextureId() && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
         CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-    else
-        curr_cmd->ClipRect = curr_clip_rect;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::UpdateTextureID()
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID()
 {
     // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
-    const ImTextureID curr_texture_id = GetCurrentTextureId();
-    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
-    if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != curr_texture_id) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId)
     {
         AddDrawCmd();
         return;
     }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
 
     // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
-    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL;
-    if (prev_cmd && prev_cmd->TextureId == curr_texture_id && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &GetCurrentClipRect(), sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
         CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-    else
-        curr_cmd->TextureId = curr_texture_id;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset()
+{
+    // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this.
+    _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    //IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); // See #3349
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
+    {
+        AddDrawCmd();
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
+    curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
 }
 
-#undef GetCurrentClipRect
-#undef GetCurrentTextureId
+int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const
+{
+    // Automatic segment count
+    const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy
+    if (radius_idx >= 0 && radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
+        return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
+    else
+        return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
 
 // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
-void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
+void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
 {
     ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y);
-    if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect && _ClipRectStack.Size)
+    if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
     {
-        ImVec4 current = _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1];
+        ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
         if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x;
         if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y;
         if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z;
@@ -240,133 +592,79 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_
     cr.w = ImMax(cr.y, cr.w);
 
     _ClipRectStack.push_back(cr);
-    UpdateClipRect();
+    _CmdHeader.ClipRect = cr;
+    _OnChangedClipRect();
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen()
 {
-    PushClipRect(ImVec2(GNullClipRect.x, GNullClipRect.y), ImVec2(GNullClipRect.z, GNullClipRect.w));
-    //PushClipRect(GetVisibleRect());   // FIXME-OPT: This would be more correct but we're not supposed to access ImGuiContext from here?
+    PushClipRect(ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.x, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.y), ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.z, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.w));
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::PopClipRect()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(_ClipRectStack.Size > 0);
     _ClipRectStack.pop_back();
-    UpdateClipRect();
+    _CmdHeader.ClipRect = (_ClipRectStack.Size == 0) ? _Data->ClipRectFullscreen : _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size - 1];
+    _OnChangedClipRect();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(const ImTextureID& texture_id)
+void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id)
 {
     _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id);
-    UpdateTextureID();
+    _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id;
+    _OnChangedTextureID();
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::PopTextureID()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(_TextureIdStack.Size > 0);
     _TextureIdStack.pop_back();
-    UpdateTextureID();
+    _CmdHeader.TextureId = (_TextureIdStack.Size == 0) ? (ImTextureID)NULL : _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size - 1];
+    _OnChangedTextureID();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit(int channels_count)
+// Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices.
+// You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or
+// submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations.
+void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(_ChannelsCurrent == 0 && _ChannelsCount == 1);
-    int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
-    if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
-        _Channels.resize(channels_count);
-    _ChannelsCount = channels_count;
-
-    // _Channels[] (24 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with this->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
-    // The content of _Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
-    // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into _Channels[0] and then _Channels[1] into _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
-    memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
-    for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
+    // Large mesh support (when enabled)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
+    if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
     {
-        if (i >= old_channels_count)
-        {
-            IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.resize(0);
-            _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.resize(0);
-        }
-        if (_Channels[i].CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
-        {
-            ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
-            draw_cmd.ClipRect = _ClipRectStack.back();
-            draw_cmd.TextureId = _TextureIdStack.back();
-            _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
-        }
+        // FIXME: In theory we should be testing that vtx_count <64k here.
+        // In practice, RenderText() relies on reserving ahead for a worst case scenario so it is currently useful for us
+        // to not make that check until we rework the text functions to handle clipping and large horizontal lines better.
+        _CmdHeader.VtxOffset = VtxBuffer.Size;
+        _OnChangedVtxOffset();
     }
-}
 
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsMerge()
-{
-    // Note that we never use or rely on channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
-    if (_ChannelsCount <= 1)
-        return;
-
-    ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
-    if (CmdBuffer.Size && CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
-        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-
-    int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0, new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
-    for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++)
-    {
-        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
-        if (ch.CmdBuffer.Size && ch.CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
-            ch.CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-        new_cmd_buffer_count += ch.CmdBuffer.Size;
-        new_idx_buffer_count += ch.IdxBuffer.Size;
-    }
-    CmdBuffer.resize(CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
-    IdxBuffer.resize(IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
+    ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    draw_cmd->ElemCount += idx_count;
 
-    ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = CmdBuffer.Data + CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
-    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
-    for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++)
-    {
-        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
-        if (int sz = ch.CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch.CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
-        if (int sz = ch.IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(_IdxWritePtr, ch.IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); _IdxWritePtr += sz; }
-    }
-    AddDrawCmd();
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-}
+    int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_old_size + vtx_count);
+    _VtxWritePtr = VtxBuffer.Data + vtx_buffer_old_size;
 
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsSetCurrent(int idx)
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(idx < _ChannelsCount);
-    if (_ChannelsCurrent == idx) return;
-    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, &CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer)); // copy 12 bytes, four times
-    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, &IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer));
-    _ChannelsCurrent = idx;
-    memcpy(&CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer));
-    memcpy(&IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer));
-    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size;
+    int idx_buffer_old_size = IdxBuffer.Size;
+    IdxBuffer.resize(idx_buffer_old_size + idx_count);
+    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size;
 }
 
-// NB: this can be called with negative count for removing primitives (as long as the result does not underflow)
-void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
+// Release the number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve().
+void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
 {
-    ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1];
-    draw_cmd.ElemCount += idx_count;
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
 
-    int vtx_buffer_size = VtxBuffer.Size;
-    VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_size + vtx_count);
-    _VtxWritePtr = VtxBuffer.Data + vtx_buffer_size;
-
-    int idx_buffer_size = IdxBuffer.Size;
-    IdxBuffer.resize(idx_buffer_size + idx_count);
-    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_size;
+    ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    draw_cmd->ElemCount -= idx_count;
+    VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count);
+    IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count);
 }
 
 // Fully unrolled with inline call to keep our debug builds decently fast.
 void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv(GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel);
+    ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv(_Data->TexUvWhitePixel);
     ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx;
     _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2);
     _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3);
@@ -408,152 +706,233 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c
     _IdxWritePtr += 6;
 }
 
+// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds.
+// - Those macros expects l-values and need to be used as their own statement.
+// - Those macros are intentionally not surrounded by the 'do {} while (0)' idiom because even that translates to runtime with debug compilers.
+#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY)     { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } (void)0
+#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2          100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366)
+#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY)               { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } (void)0
+
 // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
-void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness, bool anti_aliased)
+// We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
+void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
 {
-    if (points_count < 2)
+    if (points_count < 2 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
-    anti_aliased &= GImGui->Style.AntiAliasedLines;
-    //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) anti_aliased = false; // Debug
+    const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw
+    const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale);
 
-    int count = points_count;
-    if (!closed)
-        count = points_count-1;
-
-    const bool thick_line = thickness > 1.0f;
-    if (anti_aliased)
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
     {
         // Anti-aliased stroke
-        const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f;
-        const ImU32 col_trans = col & 0x00ffffff;
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+
+        // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0
+        thickness = ImMax(thickness, 1.0f);
+        const int integer_thickness = (int)thickness;
+        const float fractional_thickness = thickness - integer_thickness;
+
+        // Do we want to draw this line using a texture?
+        // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved.
+        // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path.
+        const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f);
+
+        // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off
+        IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines));
 
-        const int idx_count = thick_line ? count*18 : count*12;
-        const int vtx_count = thick_line ? points_count*4 : points_count*3;
+        const int idx_count = use_texture ? (count * 6) : (thick_line ? count * 18 : count * 12);
+        const int vtx_count = use_texture ? (points_count * 2) : (thick_line ? points_count * 4 : points_count * 3);
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
 
         // Temporary buffer
-        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2));
+        // The first <points_count> items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5));
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
         ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count;
 
+        // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment
         for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
         {
-            const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
-            ImVec2 diff = points[i2] - points[i1];
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
-            temp_normals[i1].x = diff.y;
-            temp_normals[i1].y = -diff.x;
+            const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1;
+            float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x;
+            float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i1].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i1].y = -dx;
         }
         if (!closed)
-            temp_normals[points_count-1] = temp_normals[points_count-2];
+            temp_normals[points_count - 1] = temp_normals[points_count - 2];
 
-        if (!thick_line)
+        // If we are drawing a one-pixel-wide line without a texture, or a textured line of any width, we only need 2 or 3 vertices per point
+        if (use_texture || !thick_line)
         {
+            // [PATH 1] Texture-based lines (thick or non-thick)
+            // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (non-thick)
+
+            // The width of the geometry we need to draw - this is essentially <thickness> pixels for the line itself, plus "one pixel" for AA.
+            // - In the texture-based path, we don't use AA_SIZE here because the +1 is tied to the generated texture
+            //   (see ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData() function), and so alternate values won't work without changes to that code.
+            // - In the non texture-based paths, we would allow AA_SIZE to potentially be != 1.0f with a patch (e.g. fringe_scale patch to
+            //   allow scaling geometry while preserving one-screen-pixel AA fringe).
+            const float half_draw_size = use_texture ? ((thickness * 0.5f) + 1) : AA_SIZE;
+
+            // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend
             if (!closed)
             {
-                temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE;
+                temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size;
             }
 
+            // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges
+            // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps)
             // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
-            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx;
-            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment
+            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment
             {
-                const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
-                unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+3;
+                const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; // i2 is the second point of the line segment
+                const unsigned int idx2 = ((i1 + 1) == points_count) ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + (use_texture ? 2 : 3)); // Vertex index for end of segment
 
                 // Average normals
-                ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f;
-                float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-                if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
+                float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
+                float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
+                IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+                dm_x *= half_draw_size; // dm_x, dm_y are offset to the outer edge of the AA area
+                dm_y *= half_draw_size;
+
+                // Add temporary vertexes for the outer edges
+                ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 2];
+                out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x;
+                out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y;
+                out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x;
+                out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y;
+
+                if (use_texture)
                 {
-                    float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                    if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                    dm *= scale;
+                    // Add indices for two triangles
+                    _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); // Right tri
+                    _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Left tri
+                    _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Add indexes for four triangles
+                    _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); // Right tri 1
+                    _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Right tri 2
+                    _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); // Left tri 1
+                    _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); // Left tri 2
+                    _IdxWritePtr += 12;
                 }
-                dm *= AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[i2*2+0] = points[i2] + dm;
-                temp_points[i2*2+1] = points[i2] - dm;
-
-                // Add indexes
-                _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2);
-                _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0);
-                _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0);
-                _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
-                _IdxWritePtr += 12;
 
                 idx1 = idx2;
             }
 
-            // Add vertexes
-            for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+            // Add vertexes for each point on the line
+            if (use_texture)
+            {
+                // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices
+                ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness];
+                /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false!
+                {
+                    const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1];
+                    tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp()
+                    tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness;
+                    tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness;
+                    tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness;
+                }*/
+                ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y);
+                ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w);
+                for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+                {
+                    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = tex_uv0; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Left-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = tex_uv1; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; // Right-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr += 2;
+                }
+            }
+            else
             {
-                _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i];          _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
-                _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*2+0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;
-                _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*2+1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans;
-                _VtxWritePtr += 3;
+                // If we're not using a texture, we need the center vertex as well
+                for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+                {
+                    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i];              _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;       // Center of line
+                    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Left-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; // Right-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr += 3;
+                }
             }
         }
         else
         {
+            // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (thick): we need to draw the solid line core and thus require four vertices per point
             const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f;
+
+            // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend
             if (!closed)
             {
+                const int points_last = points_count - 1;
                 temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
                 temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
                 temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
                 temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+1] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness);
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+2] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness);
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+3] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 0] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 1] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 2] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 3] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
             }
 
+            // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges
+            // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps)
             // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
-            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx;
-            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment
+            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment
             {
-                const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
-                unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+4;
+                const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : (i1 + 1); // i2 is the second point of the line segment
+                const unsigned int idx2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + 4); // Vertex index for end of segment
 
                 // Average normals
-                ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f;
-                float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-                if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
-                {
-                    float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                    if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                    dm *= scale;
-                }
-                ImVec2 dm_out = dm * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
-                ImVec2 dm_in = dm * half_inner_thickness;
-                temp_points[i2*4+0] = points[i2] + dm_out;
-                temp_points[i2*4+1] = points[i2] + dm_in;
-                temp_points[i2*4+2] = points[i2] - dm_in;
-                temp_points[i2*4+3] = points[i2] - dm_out;
+                float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
+                float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
+                IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+                float dm_out_x = dm_x * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                float dm_out_y = dm_y * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness;
+                float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness;
+
+                // Add temporary vertices
+                ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 4];
+                out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x;
+                out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y;
+                out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x;
+                out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y + dm_in_y;
+                out_vtx[2].x = points[i2].x - dm_in_x;
+                out_vtx[2].y = points[i2].y - dm_in_y;
+                out_vtx[3].x = points[i2].x - dm_out_x;
+                out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y;
 
                 // Add indexes
-                _IdxWritePtr[0]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[1]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[2]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2);
-                _IdxWritePtr[3]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
-                _IdxWritePtr[6]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0);
-                _IdxWritePtr[9]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
-                _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3);
-                _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2);
+                _IdxWritePtr[0]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[1]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2);
+                _IdxWritePtr[3]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1);
+                _IdxWritePtr[6]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0);
+                _IdxWritePtr[9]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1);
+                _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3);
+                _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2);
                 _IdxWritePtr += 18;
 
                 idx1 = idx2;
             }
 
-            // Add vertexes
+            // Add vertices
             for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
             {
-                _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i*4+0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans;
-                _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*4+1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
-                _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*4+2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
-                _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i*4+3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans;
+                _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans;
+                _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+                _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+                _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans;
                 _VtxWritePtr += 4;
             }
         }
@@ -561,94 +940,97 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
     }
     else
     {
-        // Non Anti-aliased Stroke
-        const int idx_count = count*6;
-        const int vtx_count = count*4;      // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges
+        // [PATH 4] Non texture-based, Non anti-aliased lines
+        const int idx_count = count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = count * 4;    // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
 
         for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
         {
-            const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
+            const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1;
             const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
             const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2];
-            ImVec2 diff = p2 - p1;
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
-
-            const float dx = diff.x * (thickness * 0.5f);
-            const float dy = diff.y * (thickness * 0.5f);
-            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
-            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
-            _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
-            _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+
+            float dx = p2.x - p1.x;
+            float dy = p2.y - p1.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            dx *= (thickness * 0.5f);
+            dy *= (thickness * 0.5f);
+
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
             _VtxWritePtr += 4;
 
-            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2);
-            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2);
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3);
             _IdxWritePtr += 6;
             _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
         }
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool anti_aliased)
+// - We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
+// - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
 {
-    const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
-    anti_aliased &= GImGui->Style.AntiAliasedShapes;
-    //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) anti_aliased = false; // Debug
+    if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
 
-    if (anti_aliased)
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill)
     {
         // Anti-aliased Fill
-        const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f;
-        const ImU32 col_trans = col & 0x00ffffff;
-        const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3 + points_count*6;
-        const int vtx_count = (points_count*2);
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2);
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
 
         // Add indexes for fill
         unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx;
-        unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx+1;
+        unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1;
         for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
         {
-            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+((i-1)<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i<<1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + ((i - 1) << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i << 1));
             _IdxWritePtr += 3;
         }
 
         // Compute normals
-        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2));
-        for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count);
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
         {
             const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
             const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
-            ImVec2 diff = p1 - p0;
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
-            temp_normals[i0].x = diff.y;
-            temp_normals[i0].y = -diff.x;
+            float dx = p1.x - p0.x;
+            float dy = p1.y - p0.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i0].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i0].y = -dx;
         }
 
-        for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
         {
             // Average normals
             const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
             const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
-            ImVec2 dm = (n0 + n1) * 0.5f;
-            float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-            if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
-            {
-                float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                dm *= scale;
-            }
-            dm *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f;
+            float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f;
+            IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+            dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
 
             // Add vertices
-            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = (points[i1] - dm); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
-            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = (points[i1] + dm); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
             _VtxWritePtr += 2;
 
             // Add indexes for fringes
-            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1));
-            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1));
             _IdxWritePtr += 6;
         }
         _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
@@ -656,7 +1038,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
     else
     {
         // Non Anti-aliased Fill
-        const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3;
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3;
         const int vtx_count = points_count;
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
         for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++)
@@ -666,278 +1048,594 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
         }
         for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
         {
-            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i-1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i - 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i);
             _IdxWritePtr += 3;
         }
         _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int amin, int amax)
+void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step)
 {
-    static ImVec2 circle_vtx[12];
-    static bool circle_vtx_builds = false;
-    const int circle_vtx_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(circle_vtx);
-    if (!circle_vtx_builds)
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Calculate arc auto segment step size
+    if (a_step <= 0)
+        a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+
+    // Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle
+    a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4);
+
+    const int sample_range = ImAbs(a_max_sample - a_min_sample);
+    const int a_next_step = a_step;
+
+    int samples = sample_range + 1;
+    bool extra_max_sample = false;
+    if (a_step > 1)
     {
-        for (int i = 0; i < circle_vtx_count; i++)
+        samples            = sample_range / a_step + 1;
+        const int overstep = sample_range % a_step;
+
+        if (overstep > 0)
         {
-            const float a = ((float)i / (float)circle_vtx_count) * 2*IM_PI;
-            circle_vtx[i].x = cosf(a);
-            circle_vtx[i].y = sinf(a);
+            extra_max_sample = true;
+            samples++;
+
+            // When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end,
+            // distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size.
+            if (sample_range > 0)
+                a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2;
         }
-        circle_vtx_builds = true;
     }
 
-    if (amin > amax) return;
-    if (radius == 0.0f)
+    _Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples);
+    ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples);
+
+    int sample_index = a_min_sample;
+    if (sample_index < 0 || sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
+    {
+        sample_index = sample_index % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        if (sample_index < 0)
+            sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+    }
+
+    if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample)
     {
-        _Path.push_back(centre);
+        for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
+        {
+            // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
+            if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
+                sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+            const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
+            out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+            out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+            out_ptr++;
+        }
     }
     else
     {
-        _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (amax - amin + 1));
-        for (int a = amin; a <= amax; a++)
+        for (int a = a_min_sample; a >= a_max_sample; a -= a_step, sample_index -= a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
         {
-            const ImVec2& c = circle_vtx[a % circle_vtx_count];
-            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + c.x * radius, centre.y + c.y * radius));
+            // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
+            if (sample_index < 0)
+                sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+            const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
+            out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+            out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+            out_ptr++;
         }
     }
+
+    if (extra_max_sample)
+    {
+        int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        if (normalized_max_sample < 0)
+            normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+        const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample];
+        out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+        out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+        out_ptr++;
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max.
+    // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points!
+    _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
+    for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
+    {
+        const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
+        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a) * radius));
+    }
+}
+
+// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East
+void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+    _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (num_segments > 0)
+    {
+        _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Automatic segment count
+    if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff)
+    {
+        const bool a_is_reverse = a_max < a_min;
+
+        // We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples.
+        // Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc.
+        const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
+        const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
+
+        const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloor(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f);
+        const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloor(a_max_sample_f);
+        const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0);
+
+        const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        const bool a_emit_start = ImAbs(a_min_segment_angle - a_min) >= 1e-5f;
+        const bool a_emit_end = ImAbs(a_max - a_max_segment_angle) >= 1e-5f;
+
+        _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0)));
+        if (a_emit_start)
+            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius));
+        if (a_mid_samples > 0)
+            _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0);
+        if (a_emit_end)
+            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const float arc_length = ImAbs(a_max - a_min);
+        const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+        const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length));
+        _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float amin, float amax, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
 {
-    if (radius == 0.0f)
-        _Path.push_back(centre);
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+
     _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
+
+    const float cos_rot = ImCos(rot);
+    const float sin_rot = ImSin(rot);
     for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
     {
-        const float a = amin + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (amax - amin);
-        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + cosf(a) * radius, centre.y + sinf(a) * radius));
+        const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
+        ImVec2 point(ImCos(a) * radius.x, ImSin(a) * radius.y);
+        const ImVec2 rel((point.x * cos_rot) - (point.y * sin_rot), (point.x * sin_rot) + (point.y * cos_rot));
+        point.x = rel.x + center.x;
+        point.y = rel.y + center.y;
+        _Path.push_back(point);
     }
 }
 
-static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t)
+{
+    float u = 1.0f - t;
+    float w1 = u * u * u;
+    float w2 = 3 * u * u * t;
+    float w3 = 3 * u * t * t;
+    float w4 = t * t * t;
+    return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t)
+{
+    float u = 1.0f - t;
+    float w1 = u * u;
+    float w2 = 2 * u * t;
+    float w3 = t * t;
+    return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y);
+}
+
+// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp
+static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
 {
     float dx = x4 - x1;
     float dy = y4 - y1;
-    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
-    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
+    float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx;
+    float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx;
     d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
     d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
-    if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy))
+    if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
     {
         path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4));
     }
     else if (level < 10)
     {
-        float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f;
-        float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f;
-        float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f;
-        float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f;
-        float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f;
-        float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f;
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
+        float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
+        float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f;
+        float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f;
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
+    }
+}
 
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1,y1,        x12,y12,    x123,y123,  x1234,y1234, tess_tol, level+1);
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234,y1234,  x234,y234,  x34,y34,    x4,y4,       tess_tol, level+1);
+static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1;
+    float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx;
+    if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
+    {
+        path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3));
+    }
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1);
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
 {
     ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
     if (num_segments == 0)
     {
-        // Auto-tessellated
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, GImGui->Style.CurveTessellationTol, 0);
+        IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f);
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated
     }
     else
     {
         float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
         for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
-        {
-            float t = t_step * i_step;
-            float u = 1.0f - t;
-            float w1 = u*u*u;
-            float w2 = 3*u*u*t;
-            float w3 = 3*u*t*t;
-            float w4 = t*t*t;
-            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y));
-        }
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step));
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments)
+{
+    ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
+    if (num_segments == 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f);
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+        for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step));
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags)
 {
-    float r = rounding;
-    r = ImMin(r, fabsf(b.x-a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners&(1|2))==(1|2)) || ((rounding_corners&(4|8))==(4|8)) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
-    r = ImMin(r, fabsf(b.y-a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners&(1|8))==(1|8)) || ((rounding_corners&(2|4))==(2|4)) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
+    /*
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4));
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021). This code was stripped/simplified and mostly commented in 1.90 (from September 2023)
+    // - Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All)
+    if (flags == ~0)                    { return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; }
+    // - Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations). Read details in older version of this code.
+    if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) { return (flags << 4); }
+    // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f'
+#endif
+    */
+    // If this assert triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values.
+    // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc. anyway.
+    // See details in 1.82 Changelog as well as 2021/03/12 and 2023/09/08 entries in "API BREAKING CHANGES" section.
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!");
+
+    if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
+
+    return flags;
+}
 
-    if (r <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0)
+void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if (rounding >= 0.5f)
+    {
+        flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
+        rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f);
+        rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f);
+    }
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
     {
         PathLineTo(a);
-        PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x,a.y));
+        PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y));
         PathLineTo(b);
-        PathLineTo(ImVec2(a.x,b.y));
+        PathLineTo(ImVec2(a.x, b.y));
     }
     else
     {
-        const float r0 = (rounding_corners & 1) ? r : 0.0f;
-        const float r1 = (rounding_corners & 2) ? r : 0.0f;
-        const float r2 = (rounding_corners & 4) ? r : 0.0f;
-        const float r3 = (rounding_corners & 8) ? r : 0.0f;
-        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x+r0,a.y+r0), r0, 6, 9);
-        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x-r1,a.y+r1), r1, 9, 12);
-        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x-r2,b.y-r2), r2, 0, 3);
-        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x+r3,b.y-r3), r3, 3, 6);
+        const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)     ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)    ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)  ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_bl, b.y - rounding_bl), rounding_bl, 3, 6);
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
-    PathLineTo(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
-    PathLineTo(b + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
-    PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
+    PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
 }
 
-// a: upper-left, b: lower-right. we don't render 1 px sized rectangles properly.
-void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners, float thickness)
+// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
+// Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly.
+void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
-    PathRect(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), b - ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), rounding, rounding_corners);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
+        PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags);
+    else
+        PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
-    if (rounding > 0.0f)
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
     {
-        PathRect(a, b, rounding, rounding_corners);
-        PathFill(col);
+        PrimReserve(6, 4);
+        PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col);
     }
     else
     {
-        PrimReserve(6, 4);
-        PrimRect(a, b, col);
+        PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
+        PathFillConvex(col);
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
+// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
 {
-    if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) >> 24) == 0)
+    if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
     PrimReserve(6, 4);
-    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2));
-    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3));
-    PrimWriteVtx(a, uv, col_upr_left);
-    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(c.x, a.y), uv, col_upr_right);
-    PrimWriteVtx(c, uv, col_bot_right);
-    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(a.x, c.y), uv, col_bot_left);
+    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2));
+    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3));
+    PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left);
+    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right);
+    PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right);
+    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_min.x, p_max.y), uv, col_bot_left);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathLineTo(d);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathLineTo(p4);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathLineTo(d);
-    PathFill(col);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathLineTo(p4);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathFill(col);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f)
         return;
 
-    const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathArcTo(centre, radius-0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
-}
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+    {
+        // Use arc with automatic segment count
+        _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
+        _Path.Size--;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
+        num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
 
-void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
-{
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
-        return;
+        // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+        const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+        PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    }
 
-    const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathArcTo(centre, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
-    PathFill(col);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(pos0);
-    PathBezierCurveTo(cp0, cp1, pos1, num_segments);
-    PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
-}
-
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+    {
+        // Use arc with automatic segment count
+        _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
+        _Path.Size--;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
+        num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
+
+        // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+        const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+        PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    }
+
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
+void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
+        return;
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+}
+
+// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
+void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
+        return;
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Ellipse
+void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
+// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments);
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
 void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
+    // Accept null ranges
+    if (text_begin == text_end || text_begin[0] == 0)
+        return;
     if (text_end == NULL)
         text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
-    if (text_begin == text_end)
-        return;
 
-    // Note: This is one of the few instance of breaking the encapsulation of ImDrawList, as we pull this from ImGui state, but it is just SO useful.
-    // Might just move Font/FontSize to ImDrawList?
+    // Pull default font/size from the shared ImDrawListSharedData instance
     if (font == NULL)
-        font = GImGui->Font;
+        font = _Data->Font;
     if (font_size == 0.0f)
-        font_size = GImGui->FontSize;
+        font_size = _Data->FontSize;
 
-    IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _TextureIdStack.back());  // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font.
+    IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _CmdHeader.TextureId);  // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font.
 
-    ImVec4 clip_rect = _ClipRectStack.back();
+    ImVec4 clip_rect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
     if (cpu_fine_clip_rect)
     {
         clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x);
@@ -950,30 +1648,584 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos,
 
 void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end)
 {
-    AddText(GImGui->Font, GImGui->FontSize, pos, col, text_begin, text_end);
+    AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, col, text_begin, text_end);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
+
+    PrimReserve(6, 4);
+    PrimRectUV(p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
+
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PopTextureID();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& uv2, const ImVec2& uv3, const ImVec2& uv4, ImU32 col)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    // FIXME-OPT: This is wasting draw calls.
-    const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back();
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
     if (push_texture_id)
         PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
 
     PrimReserve(6, 4);
-    PrimRectUV(a, b, uv0, uv1, col);
+    PrimQuadUV(p1, p2, p3, p4, uv1, uv2, uv3, uv4, col);
 
     if (push_texture_id)
         PopTextureID();
 }
 
+void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
+    {
+        AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
+
+    int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+    int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true);
+
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PopTextureID();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Triangulate concave polygons. Based on "Triangulation by Ear Clipping" paper, O(N^2) complexity.
+// Reference: https://www.geometrictools.com/Documentation/TriangulationByEarClipping.pdf
+// Provided as a convenience for user but not used by main library.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImTriangulator [Internal]
+// - AddConcavePolyFilled()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImTriangulatorNodeType
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex,
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear,
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulatorNode
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType  Type;
+    int                     Index;
+    ImVec2                  Pos;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     Next;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     Prev;
+
+    void    Unlink()        { Next->Prev = Prev; Prev->Next = Next; }
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulatorNodeSpan
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode**    Data = NULL;
+    int                     Size = 0;
+
+    void    push_back(ImTriangulatorNode* node) { Data[Size++] = node; }
+    void    find_erase_unsorted(int idx)        { for (int i = Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Data[i]->Index == idx) { Data[i] = Data[Size - 1]; Size--; return; } }
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulator
+{
+    static int EstimateTriangleCount(int points_count)      { return (points_count < 3) ? 0 : points_count - 2; }
+    static int EstimateScratchBufferSize(int points_count)  { return sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode) * points_count + sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode*) * points_count * 2; }
+
+    void    Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer);
+    void    GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3]);     // Return relative indexes for next triangle
+
+    // Internal functions
+    void    BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count);
+    void    BuildReflexes();
+    void    BuildEars();
+    void    FlipNodeList();
+    bool    IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const;
+    void    ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* node);
+
+    // Internal members
+    int                     _TrianglesLeft = 0;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     _Nodes = NULL;
+    ImTriangulatorNodeSpan  _Ears;
+    ImTriangulatorNodeSpan  _Reflexes;
+};
+
+// Distribute storage for nodes, ears and reflexes.
+// FIXME-OPT: if everything is convex, we could report it to caller and let it switch to an convex renderer
+// (this would require first building reflexes to bail to convex if empty, without even building nodes)
+void ImTriangulator::Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(scratch_buffer != NULL && points_count >= 3);
+    _TrianglesLeft = EstimateTriangleCount(points_count);
+    _Nodes         = (ImTriangulatorNode*)scratch_buffer;                          // points_count x Node
+    _Ears.Data     = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count);                // points_count x Node*
+    _Reflexes.Data = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count) + points_count; // points_count x Node*
+    BuildNodes(points, points_count);
+    BuildReflexes();
+    BuildEars();
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+    {
+        _Nodes[i].Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+        _Nodes[i].Index = i;
+        _Nodes[i].Pos = points[i];
+        _Nodes[i].Next = _Nodes + i + 1;
+        _Nodes[i].Prev = _Nodes + i - 1;
+    }
+    _Nodes[0].Prev = _Nodes + points_count - 1;
+    _Nodes[points_count - 1].Next = _Nodes;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildReflexes()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes;
+    for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next)
+    {
+        if (ImTriangleIsClockwise(n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos))
+            continue;
+        n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex;
+        _Reflexes.push_back(n1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildEars()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes;
+    for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next)
+    {
+        if (n1->Type != ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex)
+            continue;
+        if (!IsEar(n1->Prev->Index, n1->Index, n1->Next->Index, n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos))
+            continue;
+        n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear;
+        _Ears.push_back(n1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3])
+{
+    if (_Ears.Size == 0)
+    {
+        FlipNodeList();
+
+        ImTriangulatorNode* node = _Nodes;
+        for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, node = node->Next)
+            node->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+        _Reflexes.Size = 0;
+        BuildReflexes();
+        BuildEars();
+
+        // If we still don't have ears, it means geometry is degenerated.
+        if (_Ears.Size == 0)
+        {
+            // Return first triangle available, mimicking the behavior of convex fill.
+            IM_ASSERT(_TrianglesLeft > 0); // Geometry is degenerated
+            _Ears.Data[0] = _Nodes;
+            _Ears.Size    = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    ImTriangulatorNode* ear = _Ears.Data[--_Ears.Size];
+    out_triangle[0] = ear->Prev->Index;
+    out_triangle[1] = ear->Index;
+    out_triangle[2] = ear->Next->Index;
+
+    ear->Unlink();
+    if (ear == _Nodes)
+        _Nodes = ear->Next;
+
+    ReclassifyNode(ear->Prev);
+    ReclassifyNode(ear->Next);
+    _TrianglesLeft--;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::FlipNodeList()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* prev = _Nodes;
+    ImTriangulatorNode* temp = _Nodes;
+    ImTriangulatorNode* current = _Nodes->Next;
+    prev->Next = prev;
+    prev->Prev = prev;
+    while (current != _Nodes)
+    {
+        temp = current->Next;
+
+        current->Next = prev;
+        prev->Prev = current;
+        _Nodes->Next = current;
+        current->Prev = _Nodes;
+
+        prev = current;
+        current = temp;
+    }
+    _Nodes = prev;
+}
+
+// A triangle is an ear is no other vertex is inside it. We can test reflexes vertices only (see reference algorithm)
+bool ImTriangulator::IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode** p_end = _Reflexes.Data + _Reflexes.Size;
+    for (ImTriangulatorNode** p = _Reflexes.Data; p < p_end; p++)
+    {
+        ImTriangulatorNode* reflex = *p;
+        if (reflex->Index != i0 && reflex->Index != i1 && reflex->Index != i2)
+            if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(v0, v1, v2, reflex->Pos))
+                return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* n1)
+{
+    // Classify node
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType type;
+    const ImTriangulatorNode* n0 = n1->Prev;
+    const ImTriangulatorNode* n2 = n1->Next;
+    if (!ImTriangleIsClockwise(n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos))
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex;
+    else if (IsEar(n0->Index, n1->Index, n2->Index, n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos))
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear;
+    else
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+
+    // Update lists when a type changes
+    if (type == n1->Type)
+        return;
+    if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex)
+        _Reflexes.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index);
+    else if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear)
+        _Ears.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index);
+    if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex)
+        _Reflexes.push_back(n1);
+    else if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear)
+        _Ears.push_back(n1);
+    n1->Type = type;
+}
+
+// Use ear-clipping algorithm to triangulate a simple polygon (no self-interaction, no holes).
+// (Reminder: we don't perform any coarse clipping/culling in ImDrawList layer!
+// It is up to caller to ensure not making costly calls that will be outside of visible area.
+// As concave fill is noticeably more expensive than other primitives, be mindful of this...
+// Caller can build AABB of points, and avoid filling if 'draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect.Overlays(points_bb) == false')
+void ImDrawList::AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    ImTriangulator triangulator;
+    unsigned int triangle[3];
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill)
+    {
+        // Anti-aliased Fill
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3 + points_count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2);
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+        // Add indexes for fill
+        unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx;
+        unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1;
+
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2));
+        triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data);
+        while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0)
+        {
+            triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[0] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[1] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[2] << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+        }
+
+        // Compute normals
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count);
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        {
+            const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
+            const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
+            float dx = p1.x - p0.x;
+            float dy = p1.y - p0.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i0].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i0].y = -dx;
+        }
+
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        {
+            // Average normals
+            const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
+            const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
+            float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f;
+            float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f;
+            IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+            dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+
+            // Add vertices
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
+            _VtxWritePtr += 2;
+
+            // Add indexes for fringes
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Non Anti-aliased Fill
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3;
+        const int vtx_count = points_count;
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+        for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++)
+        {
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr++;
+        }
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2));
+        triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data);
+        while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0)
+        {
+            triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[0]); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[1]); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[2]);
+            _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImDrawData
+// FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap..
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
+    {
+        if (i == _Current)
+            memset(&_Channels[i], 0, sizeof(_Channels[i]));  // Current channel is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
+        _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.clear();
+        _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.clear();
+    }
+    _Current = 0;
+    _Count = 1;
+    _Channels.clear();
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(draw_list);
+    IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter.");
+    int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
+    if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
+    {
+        _Channels.reserve(channels_count); // Avoid over reserving since this is likely to stay stable
+        _Channels.resize(channels_count);
+    }
+    _Count = channels_count;
+
+    // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+    // The content of Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
+    // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into Channels[0] and then Channels[1] into draw_list->CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+    memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+    for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
+    {
+        if (i >= old_channels_count)
+        {
+            IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+            _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    // Note that we never use or rely on _Channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
+    if (_Count <= 1)
+        return;
+
+    SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0);
+    draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+
+    // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command.
+    int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0;
+    int new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
+    ImDrawCmd* last_cmd = (_Count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 0) ? &draw_list->CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
+    int idx_offset = last_cmd ? last_cmd->IdxOffset + last_cmd->ElemCount : 0;
+    for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+            ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL)
+        {
+            // Do not include ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset() in the compare as we rebuild IdxOffset values ourselves.
+            // Manipulating IdxOffset (e.g. by reordering draw commands like done by RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow()) is not supported within a splitter.
+            ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0];
+            if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+            {
+                // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching.
+                last_cmd->ElemCount += next_cmd->ElemCount;
+                idx_offset += next_cmd->ElemCount;
+                ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges.
+            }
+        }
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0)
+            last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back();
+        new_cmd_buffer_count += ch._CmdBuffer.Size;
+        new_idx_buffer_count += ch._IdxBuffer.Size;
+        for (int cmd_n = 0; cmd_n < ch._CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_n++)
+        {
+            ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].IdxOffset = idx_offset;
+            idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].ElemCount;
+        }
+    }
+    draw_list->CmdBuffer.resize(draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
+    draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
+
+    // Write commands and indices in order (they are fairly small structures, we don't copy vertices only indices)
+    ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
+    ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
+    for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+        if (int sz = ch._CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch._CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
+        if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; }
+    }
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
+
+    // Ensure there's always a non-callback draw command trailing the command-buffer
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+
+    // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0)
+        ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+    else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+
+    _Count = 1;
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count);
+    if (_Current == idx)
+        return;
+
+    // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap()
+    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
+    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
+    _Current = idx;
+    memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
+    memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+
+    // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) ? NULL : &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd == NULL)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+    else if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0)
+        ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+    else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawData
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImDrawData::Clear()
+{
+    Valid = false;
+    CmdListsCount = TotalIdxCount = TotalVtxCount = 0;
+    CmdLists.resize(0); // The ImDrawList are NOT owned by ImDrawData but e.g. by ImGuiContext, so we don't clear them.
+    DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    OwnerViewport = NULL;
+}
+
+// Important: 'out_list' is generally going to be draw_data->CmdLists, but may be another temporary list
+// as long at it is expected that the result will be later merged into draw_data->CmdLists[].
+void ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+        return;
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc.
+    // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly.
+    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+    if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
+        IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+
+    // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window)
+    // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually:
+    // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds.
+    //   Be mindful that the lower-level ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents.
+    // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either:
+    //   (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'.
+    //       Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't.
+    //       Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them.
+    //   (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h.
+    //       Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time:
+    //         glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset);
+    //       Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes.
+    //       2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API.
+    // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching
+    //   the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists.
+    if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2)
+        IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above");
+
+    // Add to output list + records state in ImDrawData
+    out_list->push_back(draw_list);
+    draw_data->CmdListsCount++;
+    draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+    draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+}
+
+void ImDrawData::AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(CmdLists.Size == CmdListsCount);
+    draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+    ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(this, &CmdLists, draw_list);
+}
+
 // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
 void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
 {
@@ -993,93 +2245,201 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
     }
 }
 
-// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
-void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale)
+// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd.
+// Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than draw_data->DisplaySize,
+// or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale)
 {
-    for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
+    for (ImDrawList* draw_list : CmdLists)
+        for (ImDrawCmd& cmd : draw_list->CmdBuffer)
+            cmd.ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd.ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd.ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Generic linear color gradient, write to RGB fields, leave A untouched.
+void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1)
+{
+    ImVec2 gradient_extent = gradient_p1 - gradient_p0;
+    float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent);
+    ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
+    ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
+    const int col0_r = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col0_g = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col0_b = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col_delta_r = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_r;
+    const int col_delta_g = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_g;
+    const int col_delta_b = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_b;
+    for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++)
     {
-        ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i];
-        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
-        {
-            ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
-            cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * scale.y);
-        }
+        float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent);
+        float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        int r = (int)(col0_r + col_delta_r * t);
+        int g = (int)(col0_g + col_delta_g * t);
+        int b = (int)(col0_b + col_delta_b * t);
+        vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+    }
+}
+
+// Distribute UV over (a, b) rectangle
+void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp)
+{
+    const ImVec2 size = b - a;
+    const ImVec2 uv_size = uv_b - uv_a;
+    const ImVec2 scale = ImVec2(
+        size.x != 0.0f ? (uv_size.x / size.x) : 0.0f,
+        size.y != 0.0f ? (uv_size.y / size.y) : 0.0f);
+
+    ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
+    ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
+    if (clamp)
+    {
+        const ImVec2 min = ImMin(uv_a, uv_b);
+        const ImVec2 max = ImMax(uv_a, uv_b);
+        for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
+            vertex->uv = ImClamp(uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale), min, max);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
+            vertex->uv = uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale);
     }
 }
 
+void ImGui::ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out)
+{
+    ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
+    ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
+    for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
+        vertex->pos = ImRotate(vertex->pos- pivot_in, cos_a, sin_a) + pivot_out;
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImFontAtlas
+// [SECTION] ImFontConfig
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
 {
-    FontData = NULL;
-    FontDataSize = 0;
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
     FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
-    FontNo = 0;
-    SizePixels = 0.0f;
-    OversampleH = 3;
+    OversampleH = 2;
     OversampleV = 1;
-    PixelSnapH = false;
-    GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    GlyphRanges = NULL;
-    MergeMode = false;
-    MergeGlyphCenterV = false;
-    DstFont = NULL;
-    memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name));
+    GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX;
+    RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f;
+    RasterizerDensity = 1.0f;
+    EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank)
+// The 2x2 white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes.
+// (This is used when io.MouseDrawCursor = true)
+const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 122; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing.
+const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27;
+static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] =
+{
+    "..-         -XXXXXXX-    X    -           X           -XXXXXXX          -          XXXXXXX-     XX          - XX       XX "
+    "..-         -X.....X-   X.X   -          X.X          -X.....X          -          X.....X-    X..X         -X..X     X..X"
+    "---         -XXX.XXX-  X...X  -         X...X         -X....X           -           X....X-    X..X         -X...X   X...X"
+    "X           -  X.X  - X.....X -        X.....X        -X...X            -            X...X-    X..X         - X...X X...X "
+    "XX          -  X.X  -X.......X-       X.......X       -X..X.X           -           X.X..X-    X..X         -  X...X...X  "
+    "X.X         -  X.X  -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       -X.X X.X          -          X.X X.X-    X..XXX       -   X.....X   "
+    "X..X        -  X.X  -   X.X   -          X.X          -XX   X.X         -         X.X   XX-    X..X..XXX    -    X...X    "
+    "X...X       -  X.X  -   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -      X.X        -        X.X      -    X..X..X..XX  -     X.X     "
+    "X....X      -  X.X  -   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -       X.X       -       X.X       -    X..X..X..X.X -    X...X    "
+    "X.....X     -  X.X  -   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -        X.X      -      X.X        -XXX X..X..X..X..X-   X.....X   "
+    "X......X    -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -         X.X   XX-XX   X.X         -X..XX........X..X-  X...X...X  "
+    "X.......X   -  X.X  -   X.X   -X.....................X-          X.X X.X-X.X X.X          -X...X...........X- X...X X...X "
+    "X........X  -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -           X.X..X-X..X.X           - X..............X-X...X   X...X"
+    "X.........X -XXX.XXX-   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -            X...X-X...X            -  X.............X-X..X     X..X"
+    "X..........X-X.....X-   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -           X....X-X....X           -  X.............X- XX       XX "
+    "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX-   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -          X.....X-X.....X          -   X............X--------------"
+    "X...X..X    ---------   X.X   -          X.X          -          XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX          -   X...........X -             "
+    "X..X X..X   -       -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       -------------------------------------    X..........X -             "
+    "X.X  X..X   -       -X.......X-       X.......X       -    XX           XX    -           -    X..........X -             "
+    "XX    X..X  -       - X.....X -        X.....X        -   X.X           X.X   -           -     X........X  -             "
+    "      X..X  -       -  X...X  -         X...X         -  X..X           X..X  -           -     X........X  -             "
+    "       XX   -       -   X.X   -          X.X          - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -           -     XXXXXXXXXX  -             "
+    "-------------       -    X    -           X           -X.....................X-           -------------------             "
+    "                    ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -                                           "
+    "                                                      -  X..X           X..X  -                                           "
+    "                                                      -   X.X           X.X   -                                           "
+    "                                                      -    XX           XX    -                                           "
+};
+
+static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] =
+{
+    // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ......
+    { ImVec2( 0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
+    { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2( 7,16), ImVec2( 1, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
+    { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll
+    { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 4,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
+    { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 4) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
+    { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
+    { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
+    { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand
+    { ImVec2(109,0),ImVec2(13,15), ImVec2( 6, 7) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed
+};
+
 ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas()
 {
-    TexID = NULL;
-    TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
-    TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
-    TexWidth = TexHeight = TexDesiredWidth = 0;
-    TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0, 0);
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    TexGlyphPadding = 1;
+    PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
 }
 
 ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas()
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     Clear();
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
 {
-    for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++)
-        if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : ConfigData)
+        if (font_cfg.FontData && font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
         {
-            ImGui::MemFree(ConfigData[i].FontData);
-            ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL;
+            IM_FREE(font_cfg.FontData);
+            font_cfg.FontData = NULL;
         }
 
     // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font.
-    for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++)
-        if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size)
+    for (ImFont* font : Fonts)
+        if (font->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && font->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size)
         {
-            Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL;
-            Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0;
+            font->ConfigData = NULL;
+            font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
         }
     ConfigData.clear();
+    CustomRects.clear();
+    PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
+    // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     if (TexPixelsAlpha8)
-        ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsAlpha8);
+        IM_FREE(TexPixelsAlpha8);
     if (TexPixelsRGBA32)
-        ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsRGBA32);
+        IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32);
     TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
     TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
+    TexPixelsUseColors = false;
+    // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
 {
-    for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++)
-    {
-        Fonts[i]->~ImFont();
-        ImGui::MemFree(Fonts[i]);
-    }
-    Fonts.clear();
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    Fonts.clear_delete();
+    TexReady = false;
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::Clear()
@@ -1093,11 +2453,7 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
 {
     // Build atlas on demand
     if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL)
-    {
-        if (ConfigData.empty())
-            AddFontDefault();
         Build();
-    }
 
     *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
     if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
@@ -1111,13 +2467,16 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
     // Although it is likely to be the most commonly used format, our font rendering is 1 channel / 8 bpp
     if (!TexPixelsRGBA32)
     {
-        unsigned char* pixels;
+        unsigned char* pixels = NULL;
         GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL);
-        TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4));
-        const unsigned char* src = pixels;
-        unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
-        for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
-            *dst++ = ((unsigned int)(*src++) << 24) | 0x00FFFFFF;
+        if (pixels)
+        {
+            TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)TexWidth * (size_t)TexHeight * 4);
+            const unsigned char* src = pixels;
+            unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
+            for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
+                *dst++ = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, (unsigned int)(*src++));
+        }
     }
 
     *out_pixels = (unsigned char*)TexPixelsRGBA32;
@@ -1128,44 +2487,49 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
 
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg)
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0);
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f);
 
     // Create new font
     if (!font_cfg->MergeMode)
-    {
-        ImFont* font = (ImFont*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImFont));
-        IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(font) ImFont();
-        Fonts.push_back(font);
-    }
+        Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont));
+    else
+        IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font.
 
     ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg);
     ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back();
-	if (!new_font_cfg.DstFont)
-	    new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back();
+    if (new_font_cfg.DstFont == NULL)
+        new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back();
     if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
     {
-        new_font_cfg.FontData = ImGui::MemAlloc(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
+        new_font_cfg.FontData = IM_ALLOC(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
         new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
         memcpy(new_font_cfg.FontData, font_cfg->FontData, (size_t)new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
     }
 
+    if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar;
+
+    ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(this);
+
     // Invalidate texture
+    TexReady = false;
     ClearTexData();
     return new_font_cfg.DstFont;
 }
 
-// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see extra_fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder)
-static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(unsigned char *input);
-static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsigned int length);
+// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder)
+static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char* input);
+static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char* output, const unsigned char* input, unsigned int length);
 static const char*  GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
 static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c)                                    { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; }
 static void         Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst)
 {
     while (*src)
     {
-        unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85*Decode85Byte(src[4]))));
-        dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF);   // We can't assume little-endianess.
+        unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85 * Decode85Byte(src[4]))));
+        dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF);   // We can't assume little-endianness.
         src += 5;
         dst += 4;
     }
@@ -1180,20 +2544,27 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
         font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1;
         font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true;
     }
-    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') strcpy(font_cfg.Name, "<default>");
+    if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f)
+        font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f * 1.0f;
+    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
+        ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels);
+    font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085;
+    font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_TRUNC(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f);  // Add +1 offset per 13 units
 
     const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
-    ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, 13.0f, &font_cfg, GetGlyphRangesDefault());
+    const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+    ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
     return font;
 }
 
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
-    int data_size = 0;
-    void* data = ImLoadFileToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    size_t data_size = 0;
+    void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0);
     if (!data)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(0); // Could not load file.
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Could not load font file!");
         return NULL;
     }
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
@@ -1202,19 +2573,21 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels,
         // Store a short copy of filename into into the font name for convenience
         const char* p;
         for (p = filename + strlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {}
-        snprintf(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s", p);
+        ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s, %.0fpx", p, size_pixels);
     }
-    return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
+    return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, (int)data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
 }
 
-// NBM Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build().
-ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+// NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build().
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
-    font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data;
-    font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size;
-    font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels;
+    IM_ASSERT(font_data_size > 100 && "Incorrect value for font_data_size!"); // Heuristic to prevent accidentally passing a wrong value to font_data_size.
+    font_cfg.FontData = font_data;
+    font_cfg.FontDataSize = font_data_size;
+    font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels;
     if (glyph_ranges)
         font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges;
     return AddFont(&font_cfg);
@@ -1222,9 +2595,9 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si
 
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
-    const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data);
-    unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)ImGui::MemAlloc(buf_decompressed_size);
-    stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size);
+    const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data);
+    unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size);
+    stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size);
 
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
@@ -1235,307 +2608,653 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_d
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
     int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4;
-    void* compressed_ttf = ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)compressed_ttf_size);
+    void* compressed_ttf = IM_ALLOC((size_t)compressed_ttf_size);
     Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf);
     ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
-    ImGui::MemFree(compressed_ttf);
+    IM_FREE(compressed_ttf);
     return font;
 }
 
-bool    ImFontAtlas::Build()
+int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(ConfigData.Size > 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
+    IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
+    r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
+    r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
+    CustomRects.push_back(r);
+    return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
+}
 
-    TexID = NULL;
-    TexWidth = TexHeight = 0;
-    TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0, 0);
-    ClearTexData();
+int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
+    IM_ASSERT(id <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX);
+#endif
+    IM_ASSERT(font != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
+    IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
+    r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
+    r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
+    r.GlyphID = id;
+    r.GlyphAdvanceX = advance_x;
+    r.GlyphOffset = offset;
+    r.Font = font;
+    CustomRects.push_back(r);
+    return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(TexWidth > 0 && TexHeight > 0);   // Font atlas needs to be built before we can calculate UV coordinates
+    IM_ASSERT(rect->IsPacked());                // Make sure the rectangle has been packed
+    *out_uv_min = ImVec2((float)rect->X * TexUvScale.x, (float)rect->Y * TexUvScale.y);
+    *out_uv_max = ImVec2((float)(rect->X + rect->Width) * TexUvScale.x, (float)(rect->Y + rect->Height) * TexUvScale.y);
+}
 
-    struct ImFontTempBuildData
+bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2])
+{
+    if (cursor_type <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || cursor_type >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT)
+        return false;
+    if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(PackIdMouseCursors != -1);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = GetCustomRectByIndex(PackIdMouseCursors);
+    ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r->X, (float)r->Y);
+    ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1];
+    *out_size = size;
+    *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2];
+    out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale;
+    out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale;
+    pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
+    out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale;
+    out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool    ImFontAtlas::Build()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+
+    // Default font is none are specified
+    if (ConfigData.Size == 0)
+        AddFontDefault();
+
+    // Select builder
+    // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which
+    //   may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are
+    //   using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere
+    //   and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions.
+    const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO;
+    if (builder_io == NULL)
     {
-        stbtt_fontinfo      FontInfo;
-        stbrp_rect*         Rects;
-        stbtt_pack_range*   Ranges;
-        int                 RangesCount;
-    };
-    ImFontTempBuildData* tmp_array = (ImFontTempBuildData*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)ConfigData.Size * sizeof(ImFontTempBuildData));
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
+        builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType();
+#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE)
+        builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
+#else
+        IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function
+#endif
+    }
 
-    // Initialize font information early (so we can error without any cleanup) + count glyphs
-    int total_glyph_count = 0;
-    int total_glyph_range_count = 0;
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // Build
+    return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this);
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor)
+{
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 256; i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+        unsigned int value = (unsigned int)(i * in_brighten_factor);
+        out_table[i] = value > 255 ? 255 : (value & 0xFF);
+    }
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(w <= stride);
+    unsigned char* data = pixels + x + y * stride;
+    for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride - w)
+        for (int i = w; i > 0; i--, data++)
+            *data = table[*data];
+}
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+// Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+// (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.)
+struct ImFontBuildSrcData
+{
+    stbtt_fontinfo      FontInfo;
+    stbtt_pack_range    PackRange;          // Hold the list of codepoints to pack (essentially points to Codepoints.Data)
+    stbrp_rect*         Rects;              // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position.
+    stbtt_packedchar*   PackedChars;        // Output glyphs
+    const ImWchar*      SrcRanges;          // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF)
+    int                 DstIndex;           // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[]
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;      // Highest requested codepoint
+    int                 GlyphsCount;        // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font)
+    ImBitVector         GlyphsSet;          // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB)
+    ImVector<int>       GlyphsList;         // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsSet)
+};
+
+// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+struct ImFontBuildDstData
+{
+    int                 SrcCount;           // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font.
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;
+    int                 GlyphsCount;
+    ImBitVector         GlyphsSet;          // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font.
+};
+
+static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector<int>* out)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(sizeof(in->Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(int));
+    const ImU32* it_begin = in->Storage.begin();
+    const ImU32* it_end = in->Storage.end();
+    for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++)
+        if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it)
+            for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++)
+                if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n))
+                    out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n));
+}
 
-        IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == this));
+static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0);
+
+    ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas);
+
+    // Clear atlas
+    atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL;
+    atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    atlas->ClearTexData();
+
+    // Temporary storage for building
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildSrcData> src_tmp_array;
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildDstData> dst_tmp_array;
+    src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size);
+    dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size);
+    memset(src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+    memset(dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas));
+
+        // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices)
+        src_tmp.DstIndex = -1;
+        for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++)
+            if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i])
+                src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i;
+        if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array?
+            return false;
+        }
+        // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct
         const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo);
-        IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0);
-        if (!stbtt_InitFont(&tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
+        IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found.");
+        if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(0 && "stbtt_InitFont(): failed to parse FontData. It is correct and complete? Check FontDataSize.");
             return false;
+        }
 
-        // Count glyphs
-        if (!cfg.GlyphRanges)
-            cfg.GlyphRanges = GetGlyphRangesDefault();
-        for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2)
+        // Measure highest codepoints
+        ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
         {
-            total_glyph_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-            total_glyph_range_count++;
+            // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common
+            // user error is to setup ImFontConfig::GlyphRanges with a pointer to data that isn't persistent.
+            IM_ASSERT(src_range[0] <= src_range[1]);
+            src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]);
         }
+        dst_tmp.SrcCount++;
+        dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest);
     }
 
-    // Start packing. We need a known width for the skyline algorithm. Using a cheap heuristic here to decide of width. User can override TexDesiredWidth if they wish.
-    // After packing is done, width shouldn't matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
-    TexWidth = (TexDesiredWidth > 0) ? TexDesiredWidth : (total_glyph_count > 4000) ? 4096 : (total_glyph_count > 2000) ? 2048 : (total_glyph_count > 1000) ? 1024 : 512;
-    TexHeight = 0;
-    const int max_tex_height = 1024*32;
-    stbtt_pack_context spc;
-    stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, TexWidth, max_tex_height, 0, 1, NULL);
+    // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs.
+    int total_glyphs_count = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+        if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty())
+            dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+            for (unsigned int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++)
+            {
+                if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint))    // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true)
+                    continue;
+                if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint))    // It is actually in the font?
+                    continue;
+
+                // Add to avail set/counters
+                src_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
+                total_glyphs_count++;
+            }
+    }
 
-    // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
-    ImVector<stbrp_rect> extra_rects;
-    RenderCustomTexData(0, &extra_rects);
-    stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, 1, 1);
-    stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, &extra_rects[0], extra_rects.Size);
-    for (int i = 0; i < extra_rects.Size; i++)
-        if (extra_rects[i].was_packed)
-            TexHeight = ImMax(TexHeight, extra_rects[i].y + extra_rects[i].h);
+    // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another)
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+        UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList);
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear();
+        IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+    }
+    for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++)
+        dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear();
+    dst_tmp_array.clear();
 
     // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0)
-    int buf_packedchars_n = 0, buf_rects_n = 0, buf_ranges_n = 0;
-    stbtt_packedchar* buf_packedchars = (stbtt_packedchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar));
-    stbrp_rect* buf_rects = (stbrp_rect*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect));
-    stbtt_pack_range* buf_ranges = (stbtt_pack_range*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_range_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range));
-    memset(buf_packedchars, 0, total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar));
-    memset(buf_rects, 0, total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect));              // Unnecessary but let's clear this for the sake of sanity.
-    memset(buf_ranges, 0, total_glyph_range_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range));
-
-    // First font pass: pack all glyphs (no rendering at this point, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point)
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
-    {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
-
-        // Setup ranges
-        int glyph_count = 0;
-        int glyph_ranges_count = 0;
-        for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2)
-        {
-            glyph_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-            glyph_ranges_count++;
-        }
-        tmp.Ranges = buf_ranges + buf_ranges_n;
-        tmp.RangesCount = glyph_ranges_count;
-        buf_ranges_n += glyph_ranges_count;
-        for (int i = 0; i < glyph_ranges_count; i++)
+    // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity)
+    ImVector<stbrp_rect> buf_rects;
+    ImVector<stbtt_packedchar> buf_packedchars;
+    buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    buf_packedchars.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes());
+    memset(buf_packedchars.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_packedchars.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas.
+    int total_surface = 0;
+    int buf_rects_out_n = 0;
+    int buf_packedchars_out_n = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n];
+        src_tmp.PackedChars = &buf_packedchars[buf_packedchars_out_n];
+        buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+        buf_packedchars_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+
+        // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.chardata_for_range = src_tmp.PackedChars;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.h_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleH;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV;
+
+        // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects)
+        const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0.0f) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity);
+        const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding;
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++)
         {
-            const ImWchar* in_range = &cfg.GlyphRanges[i * 2];
-            stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i];
-            range.font_size = cfg.SizePixels;
-            range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = in_range[0];
-            range.num_chars = (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-            range.chardata_for_range = buf_packedchars + buf_packedchars_n;
-            buf_packedchars_n += range.num_chars;
+            int x0, y0, x1, y1;
+            const int glyph_index_in_font = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]);
+            IM_ASSERT(glyph_index_in_font != 0);
+            stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(&src_tmp.FontInfo, glyph_index_in_font, scale * cfg.OversampleH, scale * cfg.OversampleV, 0, 0, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(x1 - x0 + padding + cfg.OversampleH - 1);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(y1 - y0 + padding + cfg.OversampleV - 1);
+            total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h;
         }
+    }
+
+    // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width!
+    // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
+    // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface.
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1;
+    atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0)
+        atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth;
+    else
+        atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512;
 
-        // Pack
-        tmp.Rects = buf_rects + buf_rects_n;
-        buf_rects_n += glyph_count;
-        stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV);
-        int n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects);
-        stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, tmp.Rects, n);
+    // 5. Start packing
+    // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
+    const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32;
+    stbtt_pack_context spc = {};
+    stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info);
 
-        // Extend texture height
-        for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
-            if (tmp.Rects[i].was_packed)
-                TexHeight = ImMax(TexHeight, tmp.Rects[i].y + tmp.Rects[i].h);
+    // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point.
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+
+        // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them.
+        // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?)
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
+            if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed)
+                atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h);
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_rects_n == total_glyph_count);
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_packedchars_n == total_glyph_count);
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_ranges_n == total_glyph_range_count);
 
-    // Create texture
-    TexHeight = ImUpperPowerOfTwo(TexHeight);
-    TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(TexWidth * TexHeight);
-    memset(TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, TexWidth * TexHeight);
-    spc.pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
-    spc.height = TexHeight;
+    // 7. Allocate texture
+    atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+    memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+    spc.pixels = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8;
+    spc.height = atlas->TexHeight;
 
-    // Second pass: render characters
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
-        stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV);
-        stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects);
-        tmp.Rects = NULL;
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &src_tmp.FontInfo, &src_tmp.PackRange, 1, src_tmp.Rects);
+
+        // Apply multiply operator
+        if (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f)
+        {
+            unsigned char multiply_table[256];
+            ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply);
+            stbrp_rect* r = &src_tmp.Rects[0];
+            for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++, r++)
+                if (r->was_packed)
+                    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, atlas->TexWidth * 1);
+        }
+        src_tmp.Rects = NULL;
     }
 
     // End packing
     stbtt_PackEnd(&spc);
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_rects);
-    buf_rects = NULL;
+    buf_rects.clear();
 
-    // Third pass: setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+        // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true:
+        // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font.
+        // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration.
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
         ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont;
 
-        float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
+        const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
         int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap;
-        stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
+        stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
 
-        float ascent = unscaled_ascent * font_scale;
-        float descent = unscaled_descent * font_scale;
-        if (!cfg.MergeMode)
+        const float ascent = ImCeil(unscaled_ascent * font_scale);
+        const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale);
+        ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent);
+        const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x;
+        const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent);
+
+        const float inv_rasterization_scale = 1.0f / cfg.RasterizerDensity;
+
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
         {
-            dst_font->ContainerAtlas = this;
-            dst_font->ConfigData = &cfg;
-            dst_font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
-            dst_font->FontSize = cfg.SizePixels;
-            dst_font->Ascent = ascent;
-            dst_font->Descent = descent;
-            dst_font->Glyphs.resize(0);
+            // Register glyph
+            const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i];
+            const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i];
+            stbtt_aligned_quad q;
+            float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f;
+            stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0);
+            float x0 = q.x0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x;
+            float y0 = q.y0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y;
+            float x1 = q.x1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x;
+            float y1 = q.y1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y;
+            dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance * inv_rasterization_scale);
         }
-        dst_font->ConfigDataCount++;
-        float off_y = (cfg.MergeMode && cfg.MergeGlyphCenterV) ? (ascent - dst_font->Ascent) * 0.5f : 0.0f;
+    }
+
+    // Cleanup
+    src_tmp_array.clear_destruct();
+
+    ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas);
+    return true;
+}
+
+const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype()
+{
+    static ImFontBuilderIO io;
+    io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype;
+    return &io;
+}
 
-        dst_font->FallbackGlyph = NULL; // Always clear fallback so FindGlyph can return NULL. It will be set again in BuildLookupTable()
-        for (int i = 0; i < tmp.RangesCount; i++)
+#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+
+void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : atlas->ConfigData)
+    {
+        ImFont* font = font_cfg.DstFont;
+        if (!font_cfg.MergeMode)
         {
-            stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i];
-            for (int char_idx = 0; char_idx < range.num_chars; char_idx += 1)
-            {
-                const stbtt_packedchar& pc = range.chardata_for_range[char_idx];
-                if (!pc.x0 && !pc.x1 && !pc.y0 && !pc.y1)
-                    continue;
+            font->ConfigData = &font_cfg;
+            font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
+        }
+        font->ConfigDataCount++;
+    }
+}
 
-                const int codepoint = range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + char_idx;
-                if (cfg.MergeMode && dst_font->FindGlyph((unsigned short)codepoint))
-                    continue;
+void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent)
+{
+    if (!font_config->MergeMode)
+    {
+        font->ClearOutputData();
+        font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels;
+        IM_ASSERT(font->ConfigData == font_config);
+        font->ContainerAtlas = atlas;
+        font->Ascent = ascent;
+        font->Descent = descent;
+    }
+}
 
-                stbtt_aligned_quad q;
-                float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f;
-                stbtt_GetPackedQuad(range.chardata_for_range, TexWidth, TexHeight, char_idx, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0);
-
-                dst_font->Glyphs.resize(dst_font->Glyphs.Size + 1);
-                ImFont::Glyph& glyph = dst_font->Glyphs.back();
-                glyph.Codepoint = (ImWchar)codepoint;
-                glyph.X0 = q.x0; glyph.Y0 = q.y0; glyph.X1 = q.x1; glyph.Y1 = q.y1;
-                glyph.U0 = q.s0; glyph.V0 = q.t0; glyph.U1 = q.s1; glyph.V1 = q.t1;
-                glyph.Y0 += (float)(int)(dst_font->Ascent + off_y + 0.5f);
-                glyph.Y1 += (float)(int)(dst_font->Ascent + off_y + 0.5f);
-                glyph.XAdvance = (pc.xadvance + cfg.GlyphExtraSpacing.x);  // Bake spacing into XAdvance
-                if (cfg.PixelSnapH)
-                    glyph.XAdvance = (float)(int)(glyph.XAdvance + 0.5f);
-            }
+void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque)
+{
+    stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)stbrp_context_opaque;
+    IM_ASSERT(pack_context != NULL);
+
+    ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect>& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects;
+    IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong.
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+    if (user_rects.Size < 1) { __builtin_unreachable(); } // Workaround for GCC bug if IM_ASSERT() is defined to conditionally throw (see #5343)
+#endif
+
+    ImVector<stbrp_rect> pack_rects;
+    pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size);
+    memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)pack_rects.size_in_bytes());
+    for (int i = 0; i < user_rects.Size; i++)
+    {
+        pack_rects[i].w = user_rects[i].Width;
+        pack_rects[i].h = user_rects[i].Height;
+    }
+    stbrp_pack_rects(pack_context, &pack_rects[0], pack_rects.Size);
+    for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++)
+        if (pack_rects[i].was_packed)
+        {
+            user_rects[i].X = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].x;
+            user_rects[i].Y = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].y;
+            IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height);
+            atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h);
+        }
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
+    IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
+    unsigned char* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
+    for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
+        for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
+            out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00;
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
+    IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
+    unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
+    for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
+        for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
+            out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS;
+}
+
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors);
+    IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked());
+
+    const int w = atlas->TexWidth;
+    if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors))
+    {
+        // Render/copy pixels
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
+        const int x_for_white = r->X;
+        const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF);
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE);
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Render 4 white pixels
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2);
+        const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w;
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE;
         }
-        cfg.DstFont->BuildLookupTable();
     }
+    atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y);
+}
+
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)
+        return;
 
-    // Cleanup temporaries
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_packedchars);
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_ranges);
-    ImGui::MemFree(tmp_array);
+    // This generates a triangular shape in the texture, with the various line widths stacked on top of each other to allow interpolation between them
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdLines);
+    IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked());
+    for (unsigned int n = 0; n < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1; n++) // +1 because of the zero-width row
+    {
+        // Each line consists of at least two empty pixels at the ends, with a line of solid pixels in the middle
+        unsigned int y = n;
+        unsigned int line_width = n;
+        unsigned int pad_left = (r->Width - line_width) / 2;
+        unsigned int pad_right = r->Width - (pad_left + line_width);
+
+        // Write each slice
+        IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + i) = 0x00;
 
-    // Render into our custom data block
-    RenderCustomTexData(1, &extra_rects);
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF;
 
-    return true;
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0);
+
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE;
+
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0);
+        }
+
+        // Calculate UVs for this line
+        ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
+        ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left + line_width + 1), (float)(r->Y + y + 1)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
+        float half_v = (uv0.y + uv1.y) * 0.5f; // Calculate a constant V in the middle of the row to avoid sampling artifacts
+        atlas->TexUvLines[n] = ImVec4(uv0.x, half_v, uv1.x, half_v);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlas::RenderCustomTexData(int pass, void* p_rects)
-{
-    // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank)
-    // The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in ImGui to render filled shapes.
-    const int TEX_DATA_W = 90;
-    const int TEX_DATA_H = 27;
-    const char texture_data[TEX_DATA_W*TEX_DATA_H+1] =
-    {
-        "..-         -XXXXXXX-    X    -           X           -XXXXXXX          -          XXXXXXX"
-        "..-         -X.....X-   X.X   -          X.X          -X.....X          -          X.....X"
-        "---         -XXX.XXX-  X...X  -         X...X         -X....X           -           X....X"
-        "X           -  X.X  - X.....X -        X.....X        -X...X            -            X...X"
-        "XX          -  X.X  -X.......X-       X.......X       -X..X.X           -           X.X..X"
-        "X.X         -  X.X  -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       -X.X X.X          -          X.X X.X"
-        "X..X        -  X.X  -   X.X   -          X.X          -XX   X.X         -         X.X   XX"
-        "X...X       -  X.X  -   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -      X.X        -        X.X      "
-        "X....X      -  X.X  -   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -       X.X       -       X.X       "
-        "X.....X     -  X.X  -   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -        X.X      -      X.X        "
-        "X......X    -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -         X.X   XX-XX   X.X         "
-        "X.......X   -  X.X  -   X.X   -X.....................X-          X.X X.X-X.X X.X          "
-        "X........X  -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -           X.X..X-X..X.X           "
-        "X.........X -XXX.XXX-   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -            X...X-X...X            "
-        "X..........X-X.....X-   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -           X....X-X....X           "
-        "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX-   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -          X.....X-X.....X          "
-        "X...X..X    ---------   X.X   -          X.X          -          XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX          "
-        "X..X X..X   -       -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       ------------------------------------"
-        "X.X  X..X   -       -X.......X-       X.......X       -    XX           XX    -           "
-        "XX    X..X  -       - X.....X -        X.....X        -   X.X           X.X   -           "
-        "      X..X          -  X...X  -         X...X         -  X..X           X..X  -           "
-        "       XX           -   X.X   -          X.X          - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -           "
-        "------------        -    X    -           X           -X.....................X-           "
-        "                    ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -           "
-        "                                                      -  X..X           X..X  -           "
-        "                                                      -   X.X           X.X   -           "
-        "                                                      -    XX           XX    -           "
-    };
+// Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder
+void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    // Round font size
+    // - We started rounding in 1.90 WIP (18991) as our layout system currently doesn't support non-rounded font size well yet.
+    // - Note that using io.FontGlobalScale or SetWindowFontScale(), with are legacy-ish, partially supported features, can still lead to unrounded sizes.
+    // - We may support it better later and remove this rounding.
+    for (ImFontConfig& cfg : atlas->ConfigData)
+       cfg.SizePixels = ImTrunc(cfg.SizePixels);
+
+    // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels
+    if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0)
+    {
+        if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors))
+            atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
+        else
+            atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(2, 2);
+    }
 
-    ImVector<stbrp_rect>& rects = *(ImVector<stbrp_rect>*)p_rects;
-    if (pass == 0)
+    // Register texture region for thick lines
+    // The +2 here is to give space for the end caps, whilst height +1 is to accommodate the fact we have a zero-width row
+    if (atlas->PackIdLines < 0)
     {
-        // Request rectangles
-        stbrp_rect r;
-        memset(&r, 0, sizeof(r));
-        r.w = (TEX_DATA_W*2)+1;
-        r.h = TEX_DATA_H+1;
-        rects.push_back(r);
+        if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
+            atlas->PackIdLines = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 2, IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1);
     }
-    else if (pass == 1)
+}
+
+// This is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder.
+void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    // Render into our custom data blocks
+    IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas);
+
+    // Register custom rectangle glyphs
+    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++)
     {
-        // Render/copy pixels
-        const stbrp_rect& r = rects[0];
-        for (int y = 0, n = 0; y < TEX_DATA_H; y++)
-            for (int x = 0; x < TEX_DATA_W; x++, n++)
-            {
-                const int offset0 = (int)(r.x + x) + (int)(r.y + y) * TexWidth;
-                const int offset1 = offset0 + 1 + TEX_DATA_W;
-                TexPixelsAlpha8[offset0] = texture_data[n] == '.' ? 0xFF : 0x00;
-                TexPixelsAlpha8[offset1] = texture_data[n] == 'X' ? 0xFF : 0x00;
-            }
-        const ImVec2 tex_uv_scale(1.0f / TexWidth, 1.0f / TexHeight);
-        TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r.x + 0.5f) * tex_uv_scale.x, (r.y + 0.5f) * tex_uv_scale.y);
+        const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = &atlas->CustomRects[i];
+        if (r->Font == NULL || r->GlyphID == 0)
+            continue;
 
-        // Setup mouse cursors
-        const ImVec2 cursor_datas[ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_][3] =
-        {
-            // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ......
-            { ImVec2(0,3),  ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
-            { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2(7,16),  ImVec2( 4, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
-            { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Move
-            { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 5,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
-            { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 5) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
-            { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
-            { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
-        };
-
-        for (int type = 0; type < ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_; type++)
-        {
-            ImGuiMouseCursorData& cursor_data = GImGui->MouseCursorData[type];
-            ImVec2 pos = cursor_datas[type][0] + ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y);
-            const ImVec2 size = cursor_datas[type][1];
-            cursor_data.Type = type;
-            cursor_data.Size = size;
-            cursor_data.HotOffset = cursor_datas[type][2];
-            cursor_data.TexUvMin[0] = (pos) * tex_uv_scale;
-            cursor_data.TexUvMax[0] = (pos + size) * tex_uv_scale;
-            pos.x += TEX_DATA_W+1;
-            cursor_data.TexUvMin[1] = (pos) * tex_uv_scale;
-            cursor_data.TexUvMax[1] = (pos + size) * tex_uv_scale;
-        }
+        // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, GlyphExtraSpacing, PixelSnapH
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas);
+        ImVec2 uv0, uv1;
+        atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(r, &uv0, &uv1);
+        r->Font->AddGlyph(NULL, (ImWchar)r->GlyphID, r->GlyphOffset.x, r->GlyphOffset.y, r->GlyphOffset.x + r->Width, r->GlyphOffset.y + r->Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r->GlyphAdvanceX);
     }
+
+    // Build all fonts lookup tables
+    for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts)
+        if (font->DirtyLookupTables)
+            font->BuildLookupTable();
+
+    atlas->TexReady = true;
 }
 
 // Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive)
@@ -1549,90 +3268,214 @@ const ImWchar*   ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
+const ImWchar*   ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesGreek()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x0370, 0x03FF, // Greek and Coptic
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
 const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean()
 {
     static const ImWchar ranges[] =
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
         0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets
-        0xAC00, 0xD79D, // Korean characters
+        0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
         0,
     };
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
-const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChinese()
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull()
 {
     static const ImWchar ranges[] =
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
         0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
         0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms
         0,
     };
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
+static void UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(int base_codepoint, const short* accumulative_offsets, int accumulative_offsets_count, ImWchar* out_ranges)
+{
+    for (int n = 0; n < accumulative_offsets_count; n++, out_ranges += 2)
+    {
+        out_ranges[0] = out_ranges[1] = (ImWchar)(base_codepoint + accumulative_offsets[n]);
+        base_codepoint += accumulative_offsets[n];
+    }
+    out_ranges[0] = 0;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
+{
+    // Store 2500 regularly used characters for Simplified Chinese.
+    // Sourced from https://zh.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E9%99%84%E5%BD%95:%E7%8E%B0%E4%BB%A3%E6%B1%89%E8%AF%AD%E5%B8%B8%E7%94%A8%E5%AD%97%E8%A1%A8
+    // This table covers 97.97% of all characters used during the month in July, 1987.
+    // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
+    // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
+    static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
+    {
+        0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,5,2,1,2,3,3,3,2,2,4,1,1,1,2,1,5,2,3,1,2,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,2,1,4,1,1,1,1,5,10,1,2,19,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,
+        1,5,1,6,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,4,8,5,1,1,4,1,1,3,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,1,1,10,1,1,5,2,4,6,1,4,2,2,2,12,2,1,1,6,1,1,1,4,1,1,4,6,5,1,4,2,2,4,10,7,1,1,4,2,4,
+        2,1,4,3,6,10,12,5,7,2,14,2,9,1,1,6,7,10,4,7,13,1,5,4,8,4,1,1,2,28,5,6,1,1,5,2,5,20,2,2,9,8,11,2,9,17,1,8,6,8,27,4,6,9,20,11,27,6,68,2,2,1,1,
+        1,2,1,2,2,7,6,11,3,3,1,1,3,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,8,3,4,1,5,7,2,1,4,4,8,4,2,1,2,1,1,4,5,6,3,6,2,12,3,1,3,9,2,4,3,4,1,5,3,3,1,3,7,1,5,1,1,1,1,2,
+        3,4,5,2,3,2,6,1,1,2,1,7,1,7,3,4,5,15,2,2,1,5,3,22,19,2,1,1,1,1,2,5,1,1,1,6,1,1,12,8,2,9,18,22,4,1,1,5,1,16,1,2,7,10,15,1,1,6,2,4,1,2,4,1,6,
+        1,1,3,2,4,1,6,4,5,1,2,1,1,2,1,10,3,1,3,2,1,9,3,2,5,7,2,19,4,3,6,1,1,1,1,1,4,3,2,1,1,1,2,5,3,1,1,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,3,1,1,1,3,7,1,4,1,1,2,1,
+        1,2,1,2,4,4,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,3,5,1,3,1,3,4,6,2,2,14,4,6,6,11,9,1,15,3,1,28,5,2,5,5,3,1,3,4,5,4,6,14,3,2,3,5,21,2,7,20,10,1,2,19,2,4,28,28,2,3,
+        2,1,14,4,1,26,28,42,12,40,3,52,79,5,14,17,3,2,2,11,3,4,6,3,1,8,2,23,4,5,8,10,4,2,7,3,5,1,1,6,3,1,2,2,2,5,28,1,1,7,7,20,5,3,29,3,17,26,1,8,4,
+        27,3,6,11,23,5,3,4,6,13,24,16,6,5,10,25,35,7,3,2,3,3,14,3,6,2,6,1,4,2,3,8,2,1,1,3,3,3,4,1,1,13,2,2,4,5,2,1,14,14,1,2,2,1,4,5,2,3,1,14,3,12,
+        3,17,2,16,5,1,2,1,8,9,3,19,4,2,2,4,17,25,21,20,28,75,1,10,29,103,4,1,2,1,1,4,2,4,1,2,3,24,2,2,2,1,1,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,1,3,1,1,1,6,1,5,3,1,1,
+        1,3,4,1,1,5,2,1,5,6,13,9,16,1,1,1,1,3,2,3,2,4,5,2,5,2,2,3,7,13,7,2,2,1,1,1,1,2,3,3,2,1,6,4,9,2,1,14,2,14,2,1,18,3,4,14,4,11,41,15,23,15,23,
+        176,1,3,4,1,1,1,1,5,3,1,2,3,7,3,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,6,2,4,1,9,7,1,10,5,8,16,29,1,1,2,2,3,1,3,5,2,4,5,4,1,1,2,2,3,3,7,1,6,10,1,17,1,44,4,6,2,1,1,6,
+        5,4,2,10,1,6,9,2,8,1,24,1,2,13,7,8,8,2,1,4,1,3,1,3,3,5,2,5,10,9,4,9,12,2,1,6,1,10,1,1,7,7,4,10,8,3,1,13,4,3,1,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,17,16,5,2,16,6,
+        1,4,2,1,3,3,6,8,5,11,11,1,3,3,2,4,6,10,9,5,7,4,7,4,7,1,1,4,2,1,3,6,8,7,1,6,11,5,5,3,24,9,4,2,7,13,5,1,8,82,16,61,1,1,1,4,2,2,16,10,3,8,1,1,
+        6,4,2,1,3,1,1,1,4,3,8,4,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,6,3,5,1,1,4,6,9,2,1,1,1,2,1,7,2,1,6,1,5,4,4,3,1,8,1,3,3,1,3,2,2,2,2,3,1,6,1,2,1,2,1,3,7,1,8,2,1,2,1,5,
+        2,5,3,5,10,1,2,1,1,3,2,5,11,3,9,3,5,1,1,5,9,1,2,1,5,7,9,9,8,1,3,3,3,6,8,2,3,2,1,1,32,6,1,2,15,9,3,7,13,1,3,10,13,2,14,1,13,10,2,1,3,10,4,15,
+        2,15,15,10,1,3,9,6,9,32,25,26,47,7,3,2,3,1,6,3,4,3,2,8,5,4,1,9,4,2,2,19,10,6,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,2,1,9,4,4,4,6,4,8,9,2,3,1,1,1,1,3,5,5,1,3,8,4,6,
+        2,1,4,12,1,5,3,7,13,2,5,8,1,6,1,2,5,14,6,1,5,2,4,8,15,5,1,23,6,62,2,10,1,1,8,1,2,2,10,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,3,2,3,1,5,3,3,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,11,3,1,1,4,
+        3,7,1,14,1,2,3,12,5,2,5,1,6,7,5,7,14,11,1,3,1,8,9,12,2,1,11,8,4,4,2,6,10,9,13,1,1,3,1,5,1,3,2,4,4,1,18,2,3,14,11,4,29,4,2,7,1,3,13,9,2,2,5,
+        3,5,20,7,16,8,5,72,34,6,4,22,12,12,28,45,36,9,7,39,9,191,1,1,1,4,11,8,4,9,2,3,22,1,1,1,1,4,17,1,7,7,1,11,31,10,2,4,8,2,3,2,1,4,2,16,4,32,2,
+        3,19,13,4,9,1,5,2,14,8,1,1,3,6,19,6,5,1,16,6,2,10,8,5,1,2,3,1,5,5,1,11,6,6,1,3,3,2,6,3,8,1,1,4,10,7,5,7,7,5,8,9,2,1,3,4,1,1,3,1,3,3,2,6,16,
+        1,4,6,3,1,10,6,1,3,15,2,9,2,10,25,13,9,16,6,2,2,10,11,4,3,9,1,2,6,6,5,4,30,40,1,10,7,12,14,33,6,3,6,7,3,1,3,1,11,14,4,9,5,12,11,49,18,51,31,
+        140,31,2,2,1,5,1,8,1,10,1,4,4,3,24,1,10,1,3,6,6,16,3,4,5,2,1,4,2,57,10,6,22,2,22,3,7,22,6,10,11,36,18,16,33,36,2,5,5,1,1,1,4,10,1,4,13,2,7,
+        5,2,9,3,4,1,7,43,3,7,3,9,14,7,9,1,11,1,1,3,7,4,18,13,1,14,1,3,6,10,73,2,2,30,6,1,11,18,19,13,22,3,46,42,37,89,7,3,16,34,2,2,3,9,1,7,1,1,1,2,
+        2,4,10,7,3,10,3,9,5,28,9,2,6,13,7,3,1,3,10,2,7,2,11,3,6,21,54,85,2,1,4,2,2,1,39,3,21,2,2,5,1,1,1,4,1,1,3,4,15,1,3,2,4,4,2,3,8,2,20,1,8,7,13,
+        4,1,26,6,2,9,34,4,21,52,10,4,4,1,5,12,2,11,1,7,2,30,12,44,2,30,1,1,3,6,16,9,17,39,82,2,2,24,7,1,7,3,16,9,14,44,2,1,2,1,2,3,5,2,4,1,6,7,5,3,
+        2,6,1,11,5,11,2,1,18,19,8,1,3,24,29,2,1,3,5,2,2,1,13,6,5,1,46,11,3,5,1,1,5,8,2,10,6,12,6,3,7,11,2,4,16,13,2,5,1,1,2,2,5,2,28,5,2,23,10,8,4,
+        4,22,39,95,38,8,14,9,5,1,13,5,4,3,13,12,11,1,9,1,27,37,2,5,4,4,63,211,95,2,2,2,1,3,5,2,1,1,2,2,1,1,1,3,2,4,1,2,1,1,5,2,2,1,1,2,3,1,3,1,1,1,
+        3,1,4,2,1,3,6,1,1,3,7,15,5,3,2,5,3,9,11,4,2,22,1,6,3,8,7,1,4,28,4,16,3,3,25,4,4,27,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,1,3,5,2,28,8,2,14,1,8,6,16,25,3,3,3,14,3,
+        3,1,1,2,1,4,6,3,8,4,1,1,1,2,3,6,10,6,2,3,18,3,2,5,5,4,3,1,5,2,5,4,23,7,6,12,6,4,17,11,9,5,1,1,10,5,12,1,1,11,26,33,7,3,6,1,17,7,1,5,12,1,11,
+        2,4,1,8,14,17,23,1,2,1,7,8,16,11,9,6,5,2,6,4,16,2,8,14,1,11,8,9,1,1,1,9,25,4,11,19,7,2,15,2,12,8,52,7,5,19,2,16,4,36,8,1,16,8,24,26,4,6,2,9,
+        5,4,36,3,28,12,25,15,37,27,17,12,59,38,5,32,127,1,2,9,17,14,4,1,2,1,1,8,11,50,4,14,2,19,16,4,17,5,4,5,26,12,45,2,23,45,104,30,12,8,3,10,2,2,
+        3,3,1,4,20,7,2,9,6,15,2,20,1,3,16,4,11,15,6,134,2,5,59,1,2,2,2,1,9,17,3,26,137,10,211,59,1,2,4,1,4,1,1,1,2,6,2,3,1,1,2,3,2,3,1,3,4,4,2,3,3,
+        1,4,3,1,7,2,2,3,1,2,1,3,3,3,2,2,3,2,1,3,14,6,1,3,2,9,6,15,27,9,34,145,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,1,2,1,1,1,2,3,5,8,3,5,2,4,1,3,2,2,2,12,
+        4,1,1,1,10,4,5,1,20,4,16,1,15,9,5,12,2,9,2,5,4,2,26,19,7,1,26,4,30,12,15,42,1,6,8,172,1,1,4,2,1,1,11,2,2,4,2,1,2,1,10,8,1,2,1,4,5,1,2,5,1,8,
+        4,1,3,4,2,1,6,2,1,3,4,1,2,1,1,1,1,12,5,7,2,4,3,1,1,1,3,3,6,1,2,2,3,3,3,2,1,2,12,14,11,6,6,4,12,2,8,1,7,10,1,35,7,4,13,15,4,3,23,21,28,52,5,
+        26,5,6,1,7,10,2,7,53,3,2,1,1,1,2,163,532,1,10,11,1,3,3,4,8,2,8,6,2,2,23,22,4,2,2,4,2,1,3,1,3,3,5,9,8,2,1,2,8,1,10,2,12,21,20,15,105,2,3,1,1,
+        3,2,3,1,1,2,5,1,4,15,11,19,1,1,1,1,5,4,5,1,1,2,5,3,5,12,1,2,5,1,11,1,1,15,9,1,4,5,3,26,8,2,1,3,1,1,15,19,2,12,1,2,5,2,7,2,19,2,20,6,26,7,5,
+        2,2,7,34,21,13,70,2,128,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,3,2,2,2,15,1,4,1,3,4,42,10,6,1,49,85,8,1,2,1,1,4,4,2,3,6,1,5,7,4,3,211,4,1,2,1,2,5,1,2,4,2,2,6,5,6,
+        10,3,4,48,100,6,2,16,296,5,27,387,2,2,3,7,16,8,5,38,15,39,21,9,10,3,7,59,13,27,21,47,5,21,6
+    };
+    static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD  // Invalid
+    };
+    static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 };
+    if (!full_ranges[0])
+    {
+        memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
+        UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges));
+    }
+    return &full_ranges[0];
+}
+
 const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
 {
-    // Store the 1946 ideograms code points as successive offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. Each offset has an implicit +1.
-    // This encoding helps us reduce the source code size.
-    static const short offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
-    {
-        -1,0,1,3,0,0,0,0,1,0,5,1,1,0,7,4,6,10,0,1,9,9,7,1,3,19,1,10,7,1,0,1,0,5,1,0,6,4,2,6,0,0,12,6,8,0,3,5,0,1,0,9,0,0,8,1,1,3,4,5,13,0,0,8,2,17,
-        4,3,1,1,9,6,0,0,0,2,1,3,2,22,1,9,11,1,13,1,3,12,0,5,9,2,0,6,12,5,3,12,4,1,2,16,1,1,4,6,5,3,0,6,13,15,5,12,8,14,0,0,6,15,3,6,0,18,8,1,6,14,1,
-        5,4,12,24,3,13,12,10,24,0,0,0,1,0,1,1,2,9,10,2,2,0,0,3,3,1,0,3,8,0,3,2,4,4,1,6,11,10,14,6,15,3,4,15,1,0,0,5,2,2,0,0,1,6,5,5,6,0,3,6,5,0,0,1,0,
-        11,2,2,8,4,7,0,10,0,1,2,17,19,3,0,2,5,0,6,2,4,4,6,1,1,11,2,0,3,1,2,1,2,10,7,6,3,16,0,8,24,0,0,3,1,1,3,0,1,6,0,0,0,2,0,1,5,15,0,1,0,0,2,11,19,
-        1,4,19,7,6,5,1,0,0,0,0,5,1,0,1,9,0,0,5,0,2,0,1,0,3,0,11,3,0,2,0,0,0,0,0,9,3,6,4,12,0,14,0,0,29,10,8,0,14,37,13,0,31,16,19,0,8,30,1,20,8,3,48,
-        21,1,0,12,0,10,44,34,42,54,11,18,82,0,2,1,2,12,1,0,6,2,17,2,12,7,0,7,17,4,2,6,24,23,8,23,39,2,16,23,1,0,5,1,2,15,14,5,6,2,11,0,8,6,2,2,2,14,
-        20,4,15,3,4,11,10,10,2,5,2,1,30,2,1,0,0,22,5,5,0,3,1,5,4,1,0,0,2,2,21,1,5,1,2,16,2,1,3,4,0,8,4,0,0,5,14,11,2,16,1,13,1,7,0,22,15,3,1,22,7,14,
-        22,19,11,24,18,46,10,20,64,45,3,2,0,4,5,0,1,4,25,1,0,0,2,10,0,0,0,1,0,1,2,0,0,9,1,2,0,0,0,2,5,2,1,1,5,5,8,1,1,1,5,1,4,9,1,3,0,1,0,1,1,2,0,0,
-        2,0,1,8,22,8,1,0,0,0,0,4,2,1,0,9,8,5,0,9,1,30,24,2,6,4,39,0,14,5,16,6,26,179,0,2,1,1,0,0,0,5,2,9,6,0,2,5,16,7,5,1,1,0,2,4,4,7,15,13,14,0,0,
-        3,0,1,0,0,0,2,1,6,4,5,1,4,9,0,3,1,8,0,0,10,5,0,43,0,2,6,8,4,0,2,0,0,9,6,0,9,3,1,6,20,14,6,1,4,0,7,2,3,0,2,0,5,0,3,1,0,3,9,7,0,3,4,0,4,9,1,6,0,
-        9,0,0,2,3,10,9,28,3,6,2,4,1,2,32,4,1,18,2,0,3,1,5,30,10,0,2,2,2,0,7,9,8,11,10,11,7,2,13,7,5,10,0,3,40,2,0,1,6,12,0,4,5,1,5,11,11,21,4,8,3,7,
-        8,8,33,5,23,0,0,19,8,8,2,3,0,6,1,1,1,5,1,27,4,2,5,0,3,5,6,3,1,0,3,1,12,5,3,3,2,0,7,7,2,1,0,4,0,1,1,2,0,10,10,6,2,5,9,7,5,15,15,21,6,11,5,20,
-        4,3,5,5,2,5,0,2,1,0,1,7,28,0,9,0,5,12,5,5,18,30,0,12,3,3,21,16,25,32,9,3,14,11,24,5,66,9,1,2,0,5,9,1,5,1,8,0,8,3,3,0,1,15,1,4,8,1,2,7,0,7,2,
-        8,3,7,5,3,7,10,2,1,0,0,2,25,0,6,4,0,10,0,4,2,4,1,12,5,38,4,0,4,1,10,5,9,4,0,14,4,2,5,18,20,21,1,3,0,5,0,7,0,3,7,1,3,1,1,8,1,0,0,0,3,2,5,2,11,
-        6,0,13,1,3,9,1,12,0,16,6,2,1,0,2,1,12,6,13,11,2,0,28,1,7,8,14,13,8,13,0,2,0,5,4,8,10,2,37,42,19,6,6,7,4,14,11,18,14,80,7,6,0,4,72,12,36,27,
-        7,7,0,14,17,19,164,27,0,5,10,7,3,13,6,14,0,2,2,5,3,0,6,13,0,0,10,29,0,4,0,3,13,0,3,1,6,51,1,5,28,2,0,8,0,20,2,4,0,25,2,10,13,10,0,16,4,0,1,0,
-        2,1,7,0,1,8,11,0,0,1,2,7,2,23,11,6,6,4,16,2,2,2,0,22,9,3,3,5,2,0,15,16,21,2,9,20,15,15,5,3,9,1,0,0,1,7,7,5,4,2,2,2,38,24,14,0,0,15,5,6,24,14,
-        5,5,11,0,21,12,0,3,8,4,11,1,8,0,11,27,7,2,4,9,21,59,0,1,39,3,60,62,3,0,12,11,0,3,30,11,0,13,88,4,15,5,28,13,1,4,48,17,17,4,28,32,46,0,16,0,
-        18,11,1,8,6,38,11,2,6,11,38,2,0,45,3,11,2,7,8,4,30,14,17,2,1,1,65,18,12,16,4,2,45,123,12,56,33,1,4,3,4,7,0,0,0,3,2,0,16,4,2,4,2,0,7,4,5,2,26,
-        2,25,6,11,6,1,16,2,6,17,77,15,3,35,0,1,0,5,1,0,38,16,6,3,12,3,3,3,0,9,3,1,3,5,2,9,0,18,0,25,1,3,32,1,72,46,6,2,7,1,3,14,17,0,28,1,40,13,0,20,
-        15,40,6,38,24,12,43,1,1,9,0,12,6,0,6,2,4,19,3,7,1,48,0,9,5,0,5,6,9,6,10,15,2,11,19,3,9,2,0,1,10,1,27,8,1,3,6,1,14,0,26,0,27,16,3,4,9,6,2,23,
-        9,10,5,25,2,1,6,1,1,48,15,9,15,14,3,4,26,60,29,13,37,21,1,6,4,0,2,11,22,23,16,16,2,2,1,3,0,5,1,6,4,0,0,4,0,0,8,3,0,2,5,0,7,1,7,3,13,2,4,10,
-        3,0,2,31,0,18,3,0,12,10,4,1,0,7,5,7,0,5,4,12,2,22,10,4,2,15,2,8,9,0,23,2,197,51,3,1,1,4,13,4,3,21,4,19,3,10,5,40,0,4,1,1,10,4,1,27,34,7,21,
-        2,17,2,9,6,4,2,3,0,4,2,7,8,2,5,1,15,21,3,4,4,2,2,17,22,1,5,22,4,26,7,0,32,1,11,42,15,4,1,2,5,0,19,3,1,8,6,0,10,1,9,2,13,30,8,2,24,17,19,1,4,
-        4,25,13,0,10,16,11,39,18,8,5,30,82,1,6,8,18,77,11,13,20,75,11,112,78,33,3,0,0,60,17,84,9,1,1,12,30,10,49,5,32,158,178,5,5,6,3,3,1,3,1,4,7,6,
-        19,31,21,0,2,9,5,6,27,4,9,8,1,76,18,12,1,4,0,3,3,6,3,12,2,8,30,16,2,25,1,5,5,4,3,0,6,10,2,3,1,0,5,1,19,3,0,8,1,5,2,6,0,0,0,19,1,2,0,5,1,2,5,
-        1,3,7,0,4,12,7,3,10,22,0,9,5,1,0,2,20,1,1,3,23,30,3,9,9,1,4,191,14,3,15,6,8,50,0,1,0,0,4,0,0,1,0,2,4,2,0,2,3,0,2,0,2,2,8,7,0,1,1,1,3,3,17,11,
-        91,1,9,3,2,13,4,24,15,41,3,13,3,1,20,4,125,29,30,1,0,4,12,2,21,4,5,5,19,11,0,13,11,86,2,18,0,7,1,8,8,2,2,22,1,2,6,5,2,0,1,2,8,0,2,0,5,2,1,0,
-        2,10,2,0,5,9,2,1,2,0,1,0,4,0,0,10,2,5,3,0,6,1,0,1,4,4,33,3,13,17,3,18,6,4,7,1,5,78,0,4,1,13,7,1,8,1,0,35,27,15,3,0,0,0,1,11,5,41,38,15,22,6,
-        14,14,2,1,11,6,20,63,5,8,27,7,11,2,2,40,58,23,50,54,56,293,8,8,1,5,1,14,0,1,12,37,89,8,8,8,2,10,6,0,0,0,4,5,2,1,0,1,1,2,7,0,3,3,0,4,6,0,3,2,
-        19,3,8,0,0,0,4,4,16,0,4,1,5,1,3,0,3,4,6,2,17,10,10,31,6,4,3,6,10,126,7,3,2,2,0,9,0,0,5,20,13,0,15,0,6,0,2,5,8,64,50,3,2,12,2,9,0,0,11,8,20,
-        109,2,18,23,0,0,9,61,3,0,28,41,77,27,19,17,81,5,2,14,5,83,57,252,14,154,263,14,20,8,13,6,57,39,38,
+    // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese
+    // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points
+    // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points
+    // - Sourced from official information provided by the government agencies of Japan:
+    //   - List of Joyo Kanji by the Agency for Cultural Affairs
+    //     - https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kijun/naikaku/kanji/
+    //   - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji by the Ministry of Justice
+    //     - http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html
+    //   - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0).
+    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
+    // - You can generate this code by the script at:
+    //   - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji
+    // - References:
+    //   - List of Joyo Kanji
+    //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji
+    //   - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji
+    //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji
+    // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details.
+    // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
+    // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
+    static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
+    {
+        0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1,
+        1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3,
+        2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8,
+        2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5,
+        2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1,
+        1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30,
+        2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3,
+        13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4,
+        5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14,
+        2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1,
+        1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1,
+        7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,
+        1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,
+        6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2,
+        10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7,
+        2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5,
+        3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1,
+        6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7,
+        4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2,
+        4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5,
+        1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6,
+        12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2,
+        1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16,
+        22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11,
+        2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18,
+        18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9,
+        14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3,
+        1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6,
+        40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1,
+        12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8,
+        2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1,
+        1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10,
+        1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5,
+        3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2,
+        14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5,
+        12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1,
+        2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5,
+        1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4,
+        3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7,
+        2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5,
+        13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13,
+        18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,
+        37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,
+        5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38,
+        32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4,
+        1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4,
+        4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,
+        3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,
     };
-    static ImWchar base_ranges[] =
+    static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
         0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD  // Invalid
     };
-    static bool full_ranges_unpacked = false;
-    static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1];
-    if (!full_ranges_unpacked)
+    static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 };
+    if (!full_ranges[0])
     {
-        // Unpack
-        int codepoint = 0x4e00;
         memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
-        ImWchar* dst = full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges);;
-        for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(offsets_from_0x4E00); n++, dst += 2)
-            dst[0] = dst[1] = (ImWchar)(codepoint += (offsets_from_0x4E00[n] + 1));
-        dst[0] = 0;
-        full_ranges_unpacked = true;
+        UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges));
     }
     return &full_ranges[0];
 }
@@ -1650,43 +3493,121 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesCyrillic()
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesThai()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
+        0x2010, 0x205E, // Punctuations
+        0x0E00, 0x0E7F, // Thai
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesVietnamese()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
+        0x0102, 0x0103,
+        0x0110, 0x0111,
+        0x0128, 0x0129,
+        0x0168, 0x0169,
+        0x01A0, 0x01A1,
+        0x01AF, 0x01B0,
+        0x1EA0, 0x1EF9,
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImFont
+// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-ImFont::ImFont()
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
-    Scale = 1.0f;
-    FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?';
-    Clear();
+    while (text_end ? (text < text_end) : *text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = 0;
+        int c_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, text, text_end);
+        text += c_len;
+        if (c_len == 0)
+            break;
+        AddChar((ImWchar)c);
+    }
 }
 
-ImFont::~ImFont()
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges)
 {
-    // Invalidate active font so that the user gets a clear crash instead of a dangling pointer.
-    // If you want to delete fonts you need to do it between Render() and NewFrame().
-    // FIXME-CLEANUP
-    /*
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.Font == this)
-        g.Font = NULL;
-    */
-    Clear();
+    for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2)
+        for (unsigned int c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1] && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; c++) //-V560
+            AddChar((ImWchar)c);
+}
+
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges)
+{
+    const int max_codepoint = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX;
+    for (int n = 0; n <= max_codepoint; n++)
+        if (GetBit(n))
+        {
+            out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
+            while (n < max_codepoint && GetBit(n + 1))
+                n++;
+            out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
+        }
+    out_ranges->push_back(0);
 }
 
-void    ImFont::Clear()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFont
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImFont::ImFont()
 {
     FontSize = 0.0f;
-    DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 1.0f);
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
+    FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = 0.0f;
+    EllipsisCharCount = 0;
+    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
     ConfigData = NULL;
     ConfigDataCount = 0;
+    DirtyLookupTables = false;
+    Scale = 1.0f;
     Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
-    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+    MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
+    memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap));
+}
+
+ImFont::~ImFont()
+{
+    ClearOutputData();
+}
+
+void    ImFont::ClearOutputData()
+{
+    FontSize = 0.0f;
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
     Glyphs.clear();
-    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
-    FallbackXAdvance = 0.0f;
-    IndexXAdvance.clear();
+    IndexAdvanceX.clear();
     IndexLookup.clear();
+    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+    DirtyLookupTables = true;
+    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
+    MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
+}
+
+static ImWchar FindFirstExistingGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImWchar* candidate_chars, int candidate_chars_count)
+{
+    for (int n = 0; n < candidate_chars_count; n++)
+        if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(candidate_chars[n]) != NULL)
+            return candidate_chars[n];
+    return (ImWchar)-1;
 }
 
 void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
@@ -1695,91 +3616,209 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
     for (int i = 0; i != Glyphs.Size; i++)
         max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint);
 
-    IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 32*1024);
-    IndexXAdvance.clear();
+    // Build lookup table
+    IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size > 0 && "Font has not loaded glyph!");
+    IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved
+    IndexAdvanceX.clear();
     IndexLookup.clear();
+    DirtyLookupTables = false;
+    memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap));
     GrowIndex(max_codepoint + 1);
     for (int i = 0; i < Glyphs.Size; i++)
     {
         int codepoint = (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint;
-        IndexXAdvance[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].XAdvance;
-        IndexLookup[codepoint] = (short)i;
+        IndexAdvanceX[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].AdvanceX;
+        IndexLookup[codepoint] = (ImWchar)i;
+
+        // Mark 4K page as used
+        const int page_n = codepoint / 4096;
+        Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] |= 1 << (page_n & 7);
     }
 
     // Create a glyph to handle TAB
     // FIXME: Needs proper TAB handling but it needs to be contextualized (or we could arbitrary say that each string starts at "column 0" ?)
-    if (FindGlyph((unsigned short)' '))
+    if (FindGlyph((ImWchar)' '))
     {
-        if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t')   // So we can call this function multiple times
+        if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t')   // So we can call this function multiple times (FIXME: Flaky)
             Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
-        ImFont::Glyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back();
-        tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((unsigned short)' ');
+        ImFontGlyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back();
+        tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ');
         tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t';
-        tab_glyph.XAdvance *= 4;
-        IndexXAdvance[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.XAdvance;
-        IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (short)(Glyphs.Size-1);
+        tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE;
+        IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX;
+        IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size - 1);
     }
 
-    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
-    FallbackGlyph = FindGlyph(FallbackChar);
-    FallbackXAdvance = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->XAdvance : 0.0f;
+    // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons)
+    SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false);
+    SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false);
+
+    // Setup Fallback character
+    const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' };
+    FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
+    if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
+    {
+        FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars));
+        FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
+        if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
+        {
+            FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back();
+            FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint;
+        }
+    }
+    FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX;
     for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++)
-        if (IndexXAdvance[i] < 0.0f)
-            IndexXAdvance[i] = FallbackXAdvance;
+        if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f)
+            IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX;
+
+    // Setup Ellipsis character. It is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis).
+    // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character.
+    // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots.
+    const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 };
+    const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E };
+    if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars));
+    const ImWchar dot_char = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars));
+    if (EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1)
+    {
+        EllipsisCharCount = 1;
+        EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = FindGlyph(EllipsisChar)->X1;
+    }
+    else if (dot_char != (ImWchar)-1)
+    {
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(dot_char);
+        EllipsisChar = dot_char;
+        EllipsisCharCount = 3;
+        EllipsisCharStep = (glyph->X1 - glyph->X0) + 1.0f;
+        EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep * 3.0f - 1.0f;
+    }
+}
+
+// API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size
+// e.g. use with IsGlyphRangeUnused(0, 255)
+bool ImFont::IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last)
+{
+    unsigned int page_begin = (c_begin / 4096);
+    unsigned int page_last = (c_last / 4096);
+    for (unsigned int page_n = page_begin; page_n <= page_last; page_n++)
+        if ((page_n >> 3) < sizeof(Used4kPagesMap))
+            if (Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] & (1 << (page_n & 7)))
+                return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c)
+void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible)
 {
-    FallbackChar = c;
-    BuildLookupTable();
+    if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)c))
+        glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
 void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(IndexXAdvance.Size == IndexLookup.Size);
-    int old_size = IndexLookup.Size;
-    if (new_size <= old_size)
+    IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size);
+    if (new_size <= IndexLookup.Size)
         return;
-    IndexXAdvance.resize(new_size);
-    IndexLookup.resize(new_size);
-    for (int i = old_size; i < new_size; i++)
+    IndexAdvanceX.resize(new_size, -1.0f);
+    IndexLookup.resize(new_size, (ImWchar)-1);
+}
+
+// x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero.
+// Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis).
+// 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font.
+void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x)
+{
+    if (cfg != NULL)
     {
-        IndexXAdvance[i] = -1.0f;
-        IndexLookup[i] = (short)-1;
+        // Clamp & recenter if needed
+        const float advance_x_original = advance_x;
+        advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX);
+        if (advance_x != advance_x_original)
+        {
+            float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImTrunc((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f;
+            x0 += char_off_x;
+            x1 += char_off_x;
+        }
+
+        // Snap to pixel
+        if (cfg->PixelSnapH)
+            advance_x = IM_ROUND(advance_x);
+
+        // Bake spacing
+        advance_x += cfg->GlyphExtraSpacing.x;
     }
+
+    Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
+    ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back();
+    glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint;
+    glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1);
+    glyph.Colored = false;
+    glyph.X0 = x0;
+    glyph.Y0 = y0;
+    glyph.X1 = x1;
+    glyph.Y1 = y1;
+    glyph.U0 = u0;
+    glyph.V0 = v0;
+    glyph.U1 = u1;
+    glyph.V1 = v1;
+    glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x;
+
+    // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round)
+    // We use (U1-U0)*TexWidth instead of X1-X0 to account for oversampling.
+    float pad = ContainerAtlas->TexGlyphPadding + 0.99f;
+    DirtyLookupTables = true;
+    MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + pad) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + pad);
 }
 
 void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(IndexLookup.Size > 0);    // Currently this can only be called AFTER the font has been built, aka after calling ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAs*() function.
-    int index_size = IndexLookup.Size;
+    unsigned int index_size = (unsigned int)IndexLookup.Size;
 
-    if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == -1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists
+    if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == (ImWchar)-1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists
         return;
     if (src >= index_size && dst >= index_size) // both 'dst' and 'src' don't exist -> no-op
         return;
 
     GrowIndex(dst + 1);
-    IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : -1;
-    IndexXAdvance[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexXAdvance.Data[src] : 1.0f;
+    IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : (ImWchar)-1;
+    IndexAdvanceX[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[src] : 1.0f;
 }
 
-const ImFont::Glyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(unsigned short c) const
+const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const
 {
-    if (c < IndexLookup.Size)
-    {
-        const short i = IndexLookup[c];
-        if (i != -1)
-            return &Glyphs.Data[i];
-    }
-    return FallbackGlyph;
+    if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size)
+        return FallbackGlyph;
+    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
+    if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
+        return FallbackGlyph;
+    return &Glyphs.Data[i];
 }
 
-const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const
+const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const
+{
+    if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
+    if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
+        return NULL;
+    return &Glyphs.Data[i];
+}
+
+// Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
+static inline const char* CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
-    // Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases!
-    // FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.)
+    while (text < text_end && ImCharIsBlankA(*text))
+        text++;
+    if (*text == '\n')
+        text++;
+    return text;
+}
 
+// Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases!
+// This will return the next location to wrap from. If no wrapping if necessary, this will fast-forward to e.g. text_end.
+// FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.)
+const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const
+{
     // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^
     //  "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee   fff. ggg!"
     //      ^    ^    ^   ^   ^__    ^    ^
@@ -1791,16 +3830,17 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
 
     // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line.
     // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish"
-
     float line_width = 0.0f;
     float word_width = 0.0f;
     float blank_width = 0.0f;
+    wrap_width /= scale; // We work with unscaled widths to avoid scaling every characters
 
     const char* word_end = text;
     const char* prev_word_end = NULL;
     bool inside_word = true;
 
     const char* s = text;
+    IM_ASSERT(text_end != NULL);
     while (s < text_end)
     {
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
@@ -1809,8 +3849,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
             next_s = s + 1;
         else
             next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-        if (c == 0)
-            break;
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
@@ -1828,13 +3866,14 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
             }
         }
 
-        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size) ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] * scale : FallbackXAdvance;
-        if (ImCharIsSpace(c))
+        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX);
+        if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
         {
             if (inside_word)
             {
                 line_width += blank_width;
                 blank_width = 0.0f;
+                word_end = s;
             }
             blank_width += char_width;
             inside_word = false;
@@ -1854,11 +3893,11 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
             }
 
             // Allow wrapping after punctuation.
-            inside_word = !(c == '.' || c == ',' || c == ';' || c == '!' || c == '?' || c == '\"');
+            inside_word = (c != '.' && c != ',' && c != ';' && c != '!' && c != '?' && c != '\"');
         }
 
         // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped)
-        if (line_width + word_width >= wrap_width)
+        if (line_width + word_width > wrap_width)
         {
             // Words that cannot possibly fit within an entire line will be cut anywhere.
             if (word_width < wrap_width)
@@ -1869,6 +3908,10 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
         s = next_s;
     }
 
+    // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
+    // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because caller loops use (text >= word_wrap_eol).
+    if (s == text && text < text_end)
+        return s + 1;
     return s;
 }
 
@@ -1880,7 +3923,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
     const float line_height = size;
     const float scale = size / FontSize;
 
-    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
+    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0);
     float line_width = 0.0f;
 
     const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
@@ -1893,11 +3936,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
         {
             // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
             if (!word_wrap_eol)
-            {
                 word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width);
-                if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
-                    word_wrap_eol++;    // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below
-            }
 
             if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
             {
@@ -1906,13 +3945,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
                 text_size.y += line_height;
                 line_width = 0.0f;
                 word_wrap_eol = NULL;
-
-                // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
-                while (s < text_end)
-                {
-                    const char c = *s;
-                    if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; }
-                }
+                s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
                 continue;
             }
         }
@@ -1921,15 +3954,9 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
         const char* prev_s = s;
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
         if (c < 0x80)
-        {
             s += 1;
-        }
         else
-        {
             s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-            if (c == 0)
-                break;
-        }
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
@@ -1944,7 +3971,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
                 continue;
         }
 
-        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] : FallbackXAdvance) * scale;
+        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale;
         if (line_width + char_width >= max_width)
         {
             s = prev_s;
@@ -1966,55 +3993,87 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
     return text_size;
 }
 
-void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, unsigned short c) const
+// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
+void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const
 {
-    if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '\r') // Match behavior of RenderText(), those 4 codepoints are hard-coded.
+    const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c);
+    if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible)
         return;
-    if (const Glyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c))
-    {
-        float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f;
-        pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x;
-        pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y;
-        ImVec2 pos_tl(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale);
-        ImVec2 pos_br(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale);
-        draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4);
-        draw_list->PrimRectUV(pos_tl, pos_br, ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col);
-    }
+    if (glyph->Colored)
+        col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+    float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f;
+    float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x);
+    float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y);
+    draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4);
+    draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col);
 }
 
-void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
+// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
+void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
 {
     if (!text_end)
-        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
+        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls.
 
     // Align to be pixel perfect
-    pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x;
-    pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y;
-    float x = pos.x;
-    float y = pos.y;
+    float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x);
+    float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y);
     if (y > clip_rect.w)
         return;
 
+    const float start_x = x;
     const float scale = size / FontSize;
     const float line_height = FontSize * scale;
     const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
-    const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
 
-    // Skip non-visible lines
+    // Fast-forward to first visible line
     const char* s = text_begin;
-    if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
-        while (s < text_end && *s != '\n')  // Fast-forward to next line
-            s++;
+    if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
+        while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end)
+        {
+            const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s);
+            if (word_wrap_enabled)
+            {
+                // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA().
+                // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both.
+                // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward!
+                s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_end ? line_end : text_end, wrap_width);
+                s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                s = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end;
+            }
+            y += line_height;
+        }
+
+    // For large text, scan for the last visible line in order to avoid over-reserving in the call to PrimReserve()
+    // Note that very large horizontal line will still be affected by the issue (e.g. a one megabyte string buffer without a newline will likely crash atm)
+    if (text_end - s > 10000 && !word_wrap_enabled)
+    {
+        const char* s_end = s;
+        float y_end = y;
+        while (y_end < clip_rect.w && s_end < text_end)
+        {
+            s_end = (const char*)memchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end);
+            s_end = s_end ? s_end + 1 : text_end;
+            y_end += line_height;
+        }
+        text_end = s_end;
+    }
+    if (s == text_end)
+        return;
 
     // Reserve vertices for remaining worse case (over-reserving is useful and easily amortized)
     const int vtx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 4;
     const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6;
     const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max;
     draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max);
+    ImDrawVert*  vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
+    ImDrawIdx*   idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
+    unsigned int vtx_index = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
 
-    ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
-    ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
-    unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+    const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+    const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
 
     while (s < text_end)
     {
@@ -2022,24 +4081,16 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
         {
             // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
             if (!word_wrap_eol)
-            {
-                word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - pos.x));
-                if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
-                    word_wrap_eol++;    // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below
-            }
+                word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x));
 
             if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
             {
-                x = pos.x;
+                x = start_x;
                 y += line_height;
+                if (y > clip_rect.w)
+                    break; // break out of main loop
                 word_wrap_eol = NULL;
-
-                // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
-                while (s < text_end)
-                {
-                    const char c = *s;
-                    if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; }
-                }
+                s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
                 continue;
             }
         }
@@ -2047,143 +4098,341 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
         // Decode and advance source
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
         if (c < 0x80)
-        {
             s += 1;
-        }
         else
-        {
             s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-            if (c == 0)
-                break;
-        }
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
             if (c == '\n')
             {
-                x = pos.x;
+                x = start_x;
                 y += line_height;
-
                 if (y > clip_rect.w)
-                    break;
-                if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
-                    while (s < text_end && *s != '\n')  // Fast-forward to next line
-                        s++;
+                    break; // break out of main loop
                 continue;
             }
             if (c == '\r')
                 continue;
         }
 
-        float char_width = 0.0f;
-        if (const Glyph* glyph = FindGlyph((unsigned short)c))
-        {
-            char_width = glyph->XAdvance * scale;
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((ImWchar)c);
+        if (glyph == NULL)
+            continue;
 
-            // Arbitrarily assume that both space and tabs are empty glyphs as an optimization
-            if (c != ' ' && c != '\t')
+        float char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale;
+        if (glyph->Visible)
+        {
+            // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w
+            float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale;
+            float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale;
+            float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale;
+            float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale;
+            if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x)
             {
-                // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w
-                float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale;
-                float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale;
-                float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale;
-                float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale;
-                if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x)
+                // Render a character
+                float u1 = glyph->U0;
+                float v1 = glyph->V0;
+                float u2 = glyph->U1;
+                float v2 = glyph->V1;
+
+                // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads.
+                if (cpu_fine_clip)
                 {
-                    // Render a character
-                    float u1 = glyph->U0;
-                    float v1 = glyph->V0;
-                    float u2 = glyph->U1;
-                    float v2 = glyph->V1;
-
-                    // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads.
-                    if (cpu_fine_clip)
+                    if (x1 < clip_rect.x)
                     {
-                        if (x1 < clip_rect.x)
-                        {
-                            u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
-                            x1 = clip_rect.x;
-                        }
-                        if (y1 < clip_rect.y)
-                        {
-                            v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
-                            y1 = clip_rect.y;
-                        }
-                        if (x2 > clip_rect.z)
-                        {
-                            u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
-                            x2 = clip_rect.z;
-                        }
-                        if (y2 > clip_rect.w)
-                        {
-                            v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
-                            y2 = clip_rect.w;
-                        }
-                        if (y1 >= y2)
-                        {
-                            x += char_width;
-                            continue;
-                        }
+                        u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
+                        x1 = clip_rect.x;
                     }
-
-                    // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug build.
-                    // Inlined here:
+                    if (y1 < clip_rect.y)
+                    {
+                        v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
+                        y1 = clip_rect.y;
+                    }
+                    if (x2 > clip_rect.z)
                     {
-                        idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2);
-                        idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3);
-                        vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
-                        vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
-                        vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
-                        vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
-                        vtx_write += 4;
-                        vtx_current_idx += 4;
-                        idx_write += 6;
+                        u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
+                        x2 = clip_rect.z;
                     }
+                    if (y2 > clip_rect.w)
+                    {
+                        v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
+                        y2 = clip_rect.w;
+                    }
+                    if (y1 >= y2)
+                    {
+                        x += char_width;
+                        continue;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                // Support for untinted glyphs
+                ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col;
+
+                // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here:
+                {
+                    vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
+                    vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
+                    vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
+                    vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
+                    idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2);
+                    idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 3);
+                    vtx_write += 4;
+                    vtx_index += 4;
+                    idx_write += 6;
                 }
             }
         }
-
         x += char_width;
     }
 
-    // Give back unused vertices
-    draw_list->VtxBuffer.resize((int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data));
-    draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize((int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data));
-    draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size-1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+    // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action.
+    draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink()
+    draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data);
+    draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
     draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write;
     draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
-    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = (unsigned int)draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_index;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Vaguely redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state:
+// - RenderArrow()
+// - RenderBullet()
+// - RenderCheckMark()
+// - RenderArrowPointingAt()
+// - RenderRectFilledRangeH()
+// - RenderRectFilledWithHole()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Function in need of a redesign (legacy mess)
+// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state
+void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale)
+{
+    const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f;
+    float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
+    ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale);
+
+    ImVec2 a, b, c;
+    switch (dir)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDir_Up:
+    case ImGuiDir_Down:
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r;
+        a = ImVec2(+0.000f, +0.750f) * r;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.866f, -0.750f) * r;
+        c = ImVec2(+0.866f, -0.750f) * r;
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDir_Left:
+    case ImGuiDir_Right:
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r;
+        a = ImVec2(+0.750f, +0.000f) * r;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.750f, +0.866f) * r;
+        c = ImVec2(-0.750f, -0.866f) * r;
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDir_None:
+    case ImGuiDir_COUNT:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        break;
+    }
+    draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT: This should be baked in font.
+    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz)
+{
+    float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f);
+    sz -= thickness * 0.5f;
+    pos += ImVec2(thickness * 0.25f, thickness * 0.25f);
+
+    float third = sz / 3.0f;
+    float bx = pos.x + third;
+    float by = pos.y + sz - third * 0.5f;
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third));
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by));
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f));
+    draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
+// Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side.
+void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col)
+{
+    switch (direction)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDir_Left:  draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Up:    draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Down:  draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings
+    }
+}
+
+static inline float ImAcos01(float x)
+{
+    if (x <= 0.0f) return IM_PI * 0.5f;
+    if (x >= 1.0f) return 0.0f;
+    return ImAcos(x);
+    //return (-0.69813170079773212f * x * x - 0.87266462599716477f) * x + 1.5707963267948966f; // Cheap approximation, may be enough for what we do.
+}
+
+// FIXME: Cleanup and move code to ImDrawList.
+void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding)
+{
+    if (x_end_norm == x_start_norm)
+        return;
+    if (x_start_norm > x_end_norm)
+        ImSwap(x_start_norm, x_end_norm);
+
+    ImVec2 p0 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_start_norm), rect.Min.y);
+    ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_end_norm), rect.Max.y);
+    if (rounding == 0.0f)
+    {
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, col, 0.0f);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    rounding = ImClamp(ImMin((rect.Max.x - rect.Min.x) * 0.5f, (rect.Max.y - rect.Min.y) * 0.5f) - 1.0f, 0.0f, rounding);
+    const float inv_rounding = 1.0f / rounding;
+    const float arc0_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p0.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
+    const float arc0_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p1.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
+    const float half_pi = IM_PI * 0.5f; // We will == compare to this because we know this is the exact value ImAcos01 can return.
+    const float x0 = ImMax(p0.x, rect.Min.x + rounding);
+    if (arc0_b == arc0_e)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y));
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y));
+    }
+    else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == half_pi)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 3, 6); // BL
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); // TR
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b); // BL
+        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e); // TR
+    }
+    if (p1.x > rect.Min.x + rounding)
+    {
+        const float arc1_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p1.x) * inv_rounding);
+        const float arc1_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p0.x) * inv_rounding);
+        const float x1 = ImMin(p1.x, rect.Max.x - rounding);
+        if (arc1_b == arc1_e)
+        {
+            draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y));
+            draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y));
+        }
+        else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == half_pi)
+        {
+            draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); // TR
+            draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 0, 3);  // BR
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b); // TR
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e); // BR
+        }
+    }
+    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding)
+{
+    const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x);
+    const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x);
+    const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y);
+    const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y);
+    if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)    | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft));
+    if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)   | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
+    if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)    | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight));
+    if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
+    if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft);
+    if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight);
+    if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft);
+    if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight);
+}
+
+// Helper for ColorPicker4()
+// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that.
+// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether.
+// FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32
+void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
+        flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_;
+    if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF)
+    {
+        ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col));
+        ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags);
+
+        int yi = 0;
+        for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++)
+        {
+            float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y);
+            if (y2 <= y1)
+                continue;
+            for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f)
+            {
+                float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x);
+                if (x2 <= x1)
+                    continue;
+                ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
+                if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; }
+                if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; }
+
+                // Combine flags
+                cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags);
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags);
+    }
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// DEFAULT FONT DATA
+// [SECTION] Decompression code
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array.
-// Use the program in extra_fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file.
+// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array and encoded as base85.
+// Use the program in misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file.
+// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size.
 // Decompression from stb.h (public domain) by Sean Barrett https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb.h
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(unsigned char *input)
+static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input)
 {
     return (input[8] << 24) + (input[9] << 16) + (input[10] << 8) + input[11];
 }
 
-static unsigned char *stb__barrier, *stb__barrier2, *stb__barrier3, *stb__barrier4;
+static unsigned char *stb__barrier_out_e, *stb__barrier_out_b;
+static const unsigned char *stb__barrier_in_b;
 static unsigned char *stb__dout;
-static void stb__match(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
+static void stb__match(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
 {
     // INVERSE of memmove... write each byte before copying the next...
-    IM_ASSERT (stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier);
-    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier) { stb__dout += length; return; }
-    if (data < stb__barrier4) { stb__dout = stb__barrier+1; return; }
+    IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e);
+    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; }
+    if (data < stb__barrier_out_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; }
     while (length--) *stb__dout++ = *data++;
 }
 
-static void stb__lit(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
+static void stb__lit(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT (stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier);
-    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier) { stb__dout += length; return; }
-    if (data < stb__barrier2) { stb__dout = stb__barrier+1; return; }
+    IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e);
+    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; }
+    if (data < stb__barrier_in_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; }
     memcpy(stb__dout, data, length);
     stb__dout += length;
 }
@@ -2192,7 +4441,7 @@ static void stb__lit(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
 #define stb__in3(x)   ((i[x] << 16) + stb__in2((x)+1))
 #define stb__in4(x)   ((i[x] << 24) + stb__in3((x)+1))
 
-static unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(unsigned char *i)
+static const unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(const unsigned char *i)
 {
     if (*i >= 0x20) { // use fewer if's for cases that expand small
         if (*i >= 0x80)       stb__match(stb__dout-i[1]-1, i[0] - 0x80 + 1), i += 2;
@@ -2213,9 +4462,9 @@ static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, uns
 {
     const unsigned long ADLER_MOD = 65521;
     unsigned long s1 = adler32 & 0xffff, s2 = adler32 >> 16;
-    unsigned long blocklen, i;
+    unsigned long blocklen = buflen % 5552;
 
-    blocklen = buflen % 5552;
+    unsigned long i;
     while (buflen) {
         for (i=0; i + 7 < blocklen; i += 8) {
             s1 += buffer[0], s2 += s1;
@@ -2240,21 +4489,19 @@ static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, uns
     return (unsigned int)(s2 << 16) + (unsigned int)s1;
 }
 
-static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsigned int length)
+static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i, unsigned int /*length*/)
 {
-    unsigned int olen;
     if (stb__in4(0) != 0x57bC0000) return 0;
     if (stb__in4(4) != 0)          return 0; // error! stream is > 4GB
-    olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
-    stb__barrier2 = i;
-    stb__barrier3 = i+length;
-    stb__barrier = output + olen;
-    stb__barrier4 = output;
+    const unsigned int olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
+    stb__barrier_in_b = i;
+    stb__barrier_out_e = output + olen;
+    stb__barrier_out_b = output;
     i += 16;
 
     stb__dout = output;
     for (;;) {
-        unsigned char *old_i = i;
+        const unsigned char *old_i = i;
         i = stb_decompress_token(i);
         if (i == old_i) {
             if (*i == 0x05 && i[1] == 0xfa) {
@@ -2274,16 +4521,19 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsi
     }
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ProggyClean.ttf
 // Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer
-// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.upperbounds.net/download/ProggyClean.ttf.zip)
-// Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net
+// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.proggyfonts.net/index.php?menu=download)
+// Download and more information at http://www.proggyfonts.net or http://upperboundsinteractive.com/fonts.php
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes)
-// Exported using binary_to_compressed_c.cpp
+// Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding).
+// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] =
+static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980 + 1] =
     "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/"
     "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9<Lh2TlS+f-s$o6Q<BWH`YiU.xfLq$N;$0iR/GX:U(jcW2p/W*q?-qmnUCI;jHSAiFWM.R*kU@C=GH?a9wp8f$e.-4^Qg1)Q-GL(lf(r/7GrRgwV%MS=C#"
     "`8ND>Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1<q-UE31#^-V'8IRUo7Qf./L>=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.a<r:QLtFsLcL6##lOj)#.Y5<-R&KgLwqJfLgN&;Q?gI^#DY2uL"
@@ -2311,7 +4561,7 @@ static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] =
     "%(?A%R$f<->Zts'^kn=-^@c4%-pY6qI%J%1IGxfLU9CP8cbPlXv);C=b),<2mOvP8up,UVf3839acAWAW-W?#ao/^#%KYo8fRULNd2.>%m]UK:n%r$'sw]J;5pAoO_#2mO3n,'=H5(et"
     "Hg*`+RLgv>=4U8guD$I%D:W>-r5V*%j*W:Kvej.Lp$<M-SGZ':+Q_k+uvOSLiEo(<aD/K<CCc`'Lx>'?;++O'>()jLR-^u68PHm8ZFWe+ej8h:9r6L*0//c&iH&R8pRbA#Kjm%upV1g:"
     "a_#Ur7FuA#(tRh#.Y5K+@?3<-8m0$PEn;J:rh6?I6uG<-`wMU'ircp0LaE_OtlMb&1#6T.#FDKu#1Lw%u%+GM+X'e?YLfjM[VO0MbuFp7;>Q&#WIo)0@F%q7c#4XAXN-U&VB<HFF*qL("
-    "$/V,;(kXZejWO`<[5??ewY(*9=%wDc;,u<'9t3W-(H1th3+G]ucQ]kLs7df($/*JL]@*t7Bu_G3_7mp7<iaQjO@.kLg;x3B0lqp7Hf,^Ze7-##@/c58Mo(3;knp0%)A7?-W+eI'o8)b<"
+    "$/V,;(kXZejWO`<[5?\?ewY(*9=%wDc;,u<'9t3W-(H1th3+G]ucQ]kLs7df($/*JL]@*t7Bu_G3_7mp7<iaQjO@.kLg;x3B0lqp7Hf,^Ze7-##@/c58Mo(3;knp0%)A7?-W+eI'o8)b<"
     "nKnw'Ho8C=Y>pqB>0ie&jhZ[?iLR@@_AvA-iQC(=ksRZRVp7`.=+NpBC%rh&3]R:8XDmE5^V8O(x<<aG/1N$#FX$0V5Y6x'aErI3I$7x%E`v<-BY,)%-?Psf*l?%C3.mM(=/M0:JxG'?"
     "7WhH%o'a<-80g0NBxoO(GH<dM]n.+%q@jH?f.UsJ2Ggs&4<-e47&Kl+f//9@`b+?.TeN_&B8Ss?v;^Trk;f#YvJkl&w$]>-+k?'(<S:68tq*WoDfZu';mM?8X[ma8W%*`-=;D.(nc7/;"
     ")g:T1=^J$&BRV(-lTmNB6xqB[@0*o.erM*<SWF]u2=st-*(6v>^](H.aREZSi,#1:[IXaZFOm<-ui#qUq2$##Ri;u75OK#(RtaW-K-F`S+cF]uN`-KMQ%rP/Xri.LRcB##=YL3BgM/3M"
@@ -2375,3 +4625,5 @@ static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85()
 {
     return proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85;
 }
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
index 93e4a75ac1..3c95f17866 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
@@ -1,293 +1,860 @@
-// ImGui GLFW binding with OpenGL
-// In this binding, ImTextureID is used to store an OpenGL 'GLuint' texture identifier. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp.
-
-// If your context is GL3/GL3 then prefer using the code in opengl3_example.
-// You *might* use this code with a GL3/GL4 context but make sure you disable the programmable pipeline by calling "glUseProgram(0)" before ImGui::Render().
-// We cannot do that from GL2 code because the function doesn't exist. 
-
-// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this.
-// If you use this binding you'll need to call 4 functions: ImGui_ImplXXXX_Init(), ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame(), ImGui::Render() and ImGui_ImplXXXX_Shutdown().
-// If you are new to ImGui, see examples/README.txt and documentation at the top of imgui.cpp.
-// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW
+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..)
+// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.)
+// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+. Prefer GLFW 3.3+ or GLFW 3.4+ for full feature support.)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen (Windows only).
+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+).
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// Learn about Dear ImGui:
+// - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
+// - Getting Started      https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
+// - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
+// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
+
+// CHANGELOG
+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2023-12-19: Emscripten: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback() to register canvas selector and auto-resize GLFW window.
+//  2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys.
+//  2023-07-18: Inputs: Revert ignoring mouse data on GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED as it can be used differently. User may set ImGuiConfigFLags_NoMouse if desired. (#5625, #6609)
+//  2023-06-12: Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. This seems to happens on some Windows setup when peripherals disconnect, and is likely to also happen on browser + Emscripten. (#6491)
+//  2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen on Windows ONLY, using a custom WndProc hook. (#2702)
+//  2023-03-16: Inputs: Fixed key modifiers handling on secondary viewports (docking branch). Broken on 2023/01/04. (#6248, #6034)
+//  2023-03-14: Emscripten: Avoid using glfwGetError() and glfwGetGamepadState() which are not correctly implemented in Emscripten emulation. (#6240)
+//  2023-02-03: Emscripten: Registering custom low-level mouse wheel handler to get more accurate scrolling impulses on Emscripten. (#4019, #6096)
+//  2023-01-04: Inputs: Fixed mods state on Linux when using Alt-GR text input (e.g. German keyboard layout), could lead to broken text input. Revert a 2022/01/17 change were we resumed using mods provided by GLFW, turns out they were faulty.
+//  2022-11-22: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing names with glfwGetKeyName(). (#5908)
+//  2022-10-18: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing mouse cursors errors. Using GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED directly. (#5785)
+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
+//  2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported).
+//  2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position *EDIT* Reverted 2023-07-18.
+//  2022-04-30: Inputs: Fixed ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey() for lower case letters on OSX.
+//  2022-03-23: Inputs: Fixed a regression in 1.87 which resulted in keyboard modifiers events being reported incorrectly on Linux/X11.
+//  2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after initializing backend.
+//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.
+//  2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[].
+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+).
+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates.
+//  2022-01-12: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetCursorPosCallback(). If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetCursorPosCallback() and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback().
+//  2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range.
+//  2022-01-05: Inputs: Converting GLFW untranslated keycodes back to translated keycodes (in the ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback() function) in order to match the behavior of every other backend, and facilitate the use of GLFW with lettered-shortcuts API.
+//  2021-08-17: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() to calling io.AddFocusEvent(). If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback().
+//  2021-07-29: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(). MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused. If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() callback and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback().
+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
+//  2020-01-17: Inputs: Disable error callback while assigning mouse cursors because some X11 setup don't have them and it generates errors.
+//  2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for new mouse cursors added in GLFW 3.4+ (resizing cursors, not allowed cursor).
+//  2019-10-18: Misc: Previously installed user callbacks are now restored on shutdown.
+//  2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.
+//  2019-05-11: Inputs: Don't filter value from character callback before calling AddInputCharacter().
+//  2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized.
+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
+//  2018-11-07: Inputs: When installing our GLFW callbacks, we save user's previously installed ones - if any - and chain call them.
+//  2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls.
+//  2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_glfw.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW+OpenGL/Vulkan examples.
+//  2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag.
+//  2018-02-20: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors (ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value, passed to glfwSetCursor()).
+//  2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves.
+//  2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space.
+//  2018-01-25: Inputs: Added gamepad support if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set.
+//  2018-01-25: Inputs: Honoring the io.WantSetMousePos by repositioning the mouse (when using navigation and ImGuiConfigFlags_NavMoveMouse is set).
+//  2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support.
+//  2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert.
+//  2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1).
+//  2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers.
 
 #include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
 
+// Clang warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"     // warning: use of old-style cast
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"    // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#endif
+
 // GLFW
 #include <GLFW/glfw3.h>
+
 #ifdef _WIN32
 #undef APIENTRY
+#ifndef GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32
 #define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32
-#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WGL
-#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>
 #endif
+#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetWin32Window()
+#endif
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#ifndef GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA
+#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA
+#endif
+#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetCocoaWindow()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+#include <emscripten.h>
+#include <emscripten/html5.h>
+#endif
+
+// We gather version tests as define in order to easily see which features are version-dependent.
+#define GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED           (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 + GLFW_VERSION_REVISION)
+#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR          // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released?
+#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS            (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR
+#else
+#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS            (0)
+#endif
+#define GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API            (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetGamepadState() new api
+#define GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME             (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwGetKeyName()
+#define GLFW_HAS_GETERROR               (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetError()
 
-// Data
-static GLFWwindow*  g_Window = NULL;
-static double       g_Time = 0.0f;
-static bool         g_MousePressed[3] = { false, false, false };
-static float        g_MouseWheel = 0.0f;
-static GLuint       g_FontTexture = 0;
+// GLFW data
+enum GlfwClientApi
+{
+    GlfwClientApi_Unknown,
+    GlfwClientApi_OpenGL,
+    GlfwClientApi_Vulkan,
+};
 
-// This is the main rendering function that you have to implement and provide to ImGui (via setting up 'RenderDrawListsFn' in the ImGuiIO structure)
-// If text or lines are blurry when integrating ImGui in your engine:
-// - in your Render function, try translating your projection matrix by (0.5f,0.5f) or (0.375f,0.375f)
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data
 {
-    // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates)
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    int fb_width = (int)(io.DisplaySize.x * io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x);
-    int fb_height = (int)(io.DisplaySize.y * io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
-    if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0)
-        return;
-    draw_data->ScaleClipRects(io.DisplayFramebufferScale);
-
-    // We are using the OpenGL fixed pipeline to make the example code simpler to read!
-    // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, vertex/texcoord/color pointers.
-    GLint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
-    GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
-    glPushAttrib(GL_ENABLE_BIT | GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_TRANSFORM_BIT);
-    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
-    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
-    glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
-    glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
-    glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
-    glEnableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY);
-    glEnableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY);
-    glEnableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY);
-    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
-    //glUseProgram(0); // You may want this if using this code in an OpenGL 3+ context
-
-    // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
-    glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height);
-    glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
-    glPushMatrix();
-    glLoadIdentity();
-    glOrtho(0.0f, io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y, 0.0f, -1.0f, +1.0f);
-    glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
-    glPushMatrix();
-    glLoadIdentity();
-
-    // Render command lists
-    #define OFFSETOF(TYPE, ELEMENT) ((size_t)&(((TYPE *)0)->ELEMENT))
-    for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+    GLFWwindow*             Window;
+    GlfwClientApi           ClientApi;
+    double                  Time;
+    GLFWwindow*             MouseWindow;
+    GLFWcursor*             MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];
+    ImVec2                  LastValidMousePos;
+    bool                    InstalledCallbacks;
+    bool                    CallbacksChainForAllWindows;
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    const char*             CanvasSelector;
+#endif
+
+    // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any.
+    GLFWwindowfocusfun      PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus;
+    GLFWcursorposfun        PrevUserCallbackCursorPos;
+    GLFWcursorenterfun      PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter;
+    GLFWmousebuttonfun      PrevUserCallbackMousebutton;
+    GLFWscrollfun           PrevUserCallbackScroll;
+    GLFWkeyfun              PrevUserCallbackKey;
+    GLFWcharfun             PrevUserCallbackChar;
+    GLFWmonitorfun          PrevUserCallbackMonitor;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    WNDPROC                 PrevWndProc;
+#endif
+
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
+// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend.
+// - Because glfwPollEvents() process all windows and some events may be called outside of it, you will need to register your own callbacks
+//   (passing install_callbacks=false in ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX functions), set the current dear imgui context and then call our callbacks.
+// - Otherwise we may need to store a GLFWWindow* -> ImGuiContext* map and handle this in the backend, adding a little bit of extra complexity to it.
+// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context.
+static ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData()
+{
+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr;
+}
+
+// Functions
+static const char* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText(void* user_data)
+{
+    return glfwGetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText(void* user_data, const char* text)
+{
+    glfwSetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data, text);
+}
+
+static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(int key)
+{
+    switch (key)
     {
-        const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
-        const unsigned char* vtx_buffer = (const unsigned char*)&cmd_list->VtxBuffer.front();
-        const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = &cmd_list->IdxBuffer.front();
-        glVertexPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (void*)(vtx_buffer + OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)));
-        glTexCoordPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (void*)(vtx_buffer + OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)));
-        glColorPointer(4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (void*)(vtx_buffer + OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)));
-
-        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.size(); cmd_i++)
-        {
-            const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
-            if (pcmd->UserCallback)
-            {
-                pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId);
-                glScissor((int)pcmd->ClipRect.x, (int)(fb_height - pcmd->ClipRect.w), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pcmd->ClipRect.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pcmd->ClipRect.y));
-                glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer);
-            }
-            idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount;
-        }
+        case GLFW_KEY_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow;
+        case GLFW_KEY_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+        case GLFW_KEY_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PAGE_UP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PAGE_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown;
+        case GLFW_KEY_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home;
+        case GLFW_KEY_END: return ImGuiKey_End;
+        case GLFW_KEY_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert;
+        case GLFW_KEY_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete;
+        case GLFW_KEY_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace;
+        case GLFW_KEY_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space;
+        case GLFW_KEY_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_Enter;
+        case GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape;
+        case GLFW_KEY_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;
+        case GLFW_KEY_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma;
+        case GLFW_KEY_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period;
+        case GLFW_KEY_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash;
+        case GLFW_KEY_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon;
+        case GLFW_KEY_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_Equal;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket;
+        case GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket;
+        case GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;
+        case GLFW_KEY_CAPS_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock;
+        case GLFW_KEY_SCROLL_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock;
+        case GLFW_KEY_NUM_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_NumLock;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PRINT_SCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_DECIMAL: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_SUBTRACT: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_ADD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper;
+        case GLFW_KEY_MENU: return ImGuiKey_Menu;
+        case GLFW_KEY_0: return ImGuiKey_0;
+        case GLFW_KEY_1: return ImGuiKey_1;
+        case GLFW_KEY_2: return ImGuiKey_2;
+        case GLFW_KEY_3: return ImGuiKey_3;
+        case GLFW_KEY_4: return ImGuiKey_4;
+        case GLFW_KEY_5: return ImGuiKey_5;
+        case GLFW_KEY_6: return ImGuiKey_6;
+        case GLFW_KEY_7: return ImGuiKey_7;
+        case GLFW_KEY_8: return ImGuiKey_8;
+        case GLFW_KEY_9: return ImGuiKey_9;
+        case GLFW_KEY_A: return ImGuiKey_A;
+        case GLFW_KEY_B: return ImGuiKey_B;
+        case GLFW_KEY_C: return ImGuiKey_C;
+        case GLFW_KEY_D: return ImGuiKey_D;
+        case GLFW_KEY_E: return ImGuiKey_E;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F: return ImGuiKey_F;
+        case GLFW_KEY_G: return ImGuiKey_G;
+        case GLFW_KEY_H: return ImGuiKey_H;
+        case GLFW_KEY_I: return ImGuiKey_I;
+        case GLFW_KEY_J: return ImGuiKey_J;
+        case GLFW_KEY_K: return ImGuiKey_K;
+        case GLFW_KEY_L: return ImGuiKey_L;
+        case GLFW_KEY_M: return ImGuiKey_M;
+        case GLFW_KEY_N: return ImGuiKey_N;
+        case GLFW_KEY_O: return ImGuiKey_O;
+        case GLFW_KEY_P: return ImGuiKey_P;
+        case GLFW_KEY_Q: return ImGuiKey_Q;
+        case GLFW_KEY_R: return ImGuiKey_R;
+        case GLFW_KEY_S: return ImGuiKey_S;
+        case GLFW_KEY_T: return ImGuiKey_T;
+        case GLFW_KEY_U: return ImGuiKey_U;
+        case GLFW_KEY_V: return ImGuiKey_V;
+        case GLFW_KEY_W: return ImGuiKey_W;
+        case GLFW_KEY_X: return ImGuiKey_X;
+        case GLFW_KEY_Y: return ImGuiKey_Y;
+        case GLFW_KEY_Z: return ImGuiKey_Z;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24;
+        default: return ImGuiKey_None;
     }
-    #undef OFFSETOF
+}
 
-    // Restore modified state
-    glDisableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY);
-    glDisableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY);
-    glDisableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY);
-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)last_texture);
-    glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
-    glPopMatrix();
-    glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
-    glPopMatrix();
-    glPopAttrib();
-    glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
+// X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags submitted by GLFW
+// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6034 and https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(GLFWwindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl,  (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL) == GLFW_PRESS));
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT)   == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT)   == GLFW_PRESS));
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt,   (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT)     == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT)     == GLFW_PRESS));
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER)   == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER)   == GLFW_PRESS));
 }
 
-static const char* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText()
+static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(GLFWwindow* window)
 {
-    return glfwGetClipboardString(g_Window);
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    return bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows ? true : (window == bd->Window);
 }
 
-static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText(const char* text)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods)
 {
-    glfwSetClipboardString(g_Window, text);
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton(window, button, action, mods);
+
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(window);
+
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if (button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT)
+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, action == GLFW_PRESS);
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow*, int button, int action, int /*mods*/)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset)
 {
-    if (action == GLFW_PRESS && button >= 0 && button < 3)
-        g_MousePressed[button] = true;
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset);
+
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    // Ignore GLFW events: will be processed in ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback().
+    return;
+#endif
+
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)xoffset, (float)yoffset);
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow*, double /*xoffset*/, double yoffset)
+static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode)
 {
-    g_MouseWheel += (float)yoffset; // Use fractional mouse wheel, 1.0 unit 5 lines.
+#if GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+    // GLFW 3.1+ attempts to "untranslate" keys, which goes the opposite of what every other framework does, making using lettered shortcuts difficult.
+    // (It had reasons to do so: namely GLFW is/was more likely to be used for WASD-type game controls rather than lettered shortcuts, but IHMO the 3.1 change could have been done differently)
+    // See https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1502 for details.
+    // Adding a workaround to undo this (so our keys are translated->untranslated->translated, likely a lossy process).
+    // This won't cover edge cases but this is at least going to cover common cases.
+    if (key >= GLFW_KEY_KP_0 && key <= GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL)
+        return key;
+    GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr);
+    const char* key_name = glfwGetKeyName(key, scancode);
+    glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback);
+#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908)
+    (void)glfwGetError(nullptr);
+#endif
+    if (key_name && key_name[0] != 0 && key_name[1] == 0)
+    {
+        const char char_names[] = "`-=[]\\,;\'./";
+        const int char_keys[] = { GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT, GLFW_KEY_MINUS, GLFW_KEY_EQUAL, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET, GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH, GLFW_KEY_COMMA, GLFW_KEY_SEMICOLON, GLFW_KEY_APOSTROPHE, GLFW_KEY_PERIOD, GLFW_KEY_SLASH, 0 };
+        IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_names) == IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_keys));
+        if (key_name[0] >= '0' && key_name[0] <= '9')               { key = GLFW_KEY_0 + (key_name[0] - '0'); }
+        else if (key_name[0] >= 'A' && key_name[0] <= 'Z')          { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'A'); }
+        else if (key_name[0] >= 'a' && key_name[0] <= 'z')          { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'a'); }
+        else if (const char* p = strchr(char_names, key_name[0]))   { key = char_keys[p - char_names]; }
+    }
+    // if (action == GLFW_PRESS) printf("key %d scancode %d name '%s'\n", key, scancode, key_name);
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(scancode);
+#endif
+    return key;
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlFw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow*, int key, int, int action, int mods)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int keycode, int scancode, int action, int mods)
 {
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackKey != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackKey(window, keycode, scancode, action, mods);
+
+    if (action != GLFW_PRESS && action != GLFW_RELEASE)
+        return;
+
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(window);
+
+    keycode = ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(keycode, scancode);
+
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    if (action == GLFW_PRESS)
-        io.KeysDown[key] = true;
-    if (action == GLFW_RELEASE)
-        io.KeysDown[key] = false;
+    ImGuiKey imgui_key = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(keycode);
+    io.AddKeyEvent(imgui_key, (action == GLFW_PRESS));
+    io.SetKeyEventNativeData(imgui_key, keycode, scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code)
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus(window, focused);
 
-    (void)mods; // Modifiers are not reliable across systems
-    io.KeyCtrl = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL];
-    io.KeyShift = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT];
-    io.KeyAlt = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT];
-    io.KeySuper = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER];
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddFocusEvent(focused != 0);
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow*, unsigned int c)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y)
 {
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos(window, x, y);
+
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    if (c > 0 && c < 0x10000)
-        io.AddInputCharacter((unsigned short)c);
+    io.AddMousePosEvent((float)x, (float)y);
+    bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)x, (float)y);
 }
 
-bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_CreateDeviceObjects()
+// Workaround: X11 seems to send spurious Leave/Enter events which would make us lose our position,
+// so we back it up and restore on Leave/Enter (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4984)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered)
 {
-    // Build texture atlas
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter(window, entered);
+
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    unsigned char* pixels;
-    int width, height;
-    io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, &width, &height);
+    if (entered)
+    {
+        bd->MouseWindow = window;
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(bd->LastValidMousePos.x, bd->LastValidMousePos.y);
+    }
+    else if (!entered && bd->MouseWindow == window)
+    {
+        bd->LastValidMousePos = io.MousePos;
+        bd->MouseWindow = nullptr;
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    }
+}
 
-    // Upload texture to graphics system
-    GLint last_texture;
-    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
-    glGenTextures(1, &g_FontTexture);
-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, g_FontTexture);
-    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
-    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
-    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_ALPHA, width, height, 0, GL_ALPHA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels);
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackChar != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackChar(window, c);
 
-    // Store our identifier
-    io.Fonts->TexID = (void *)(intptr_t)g_FontTexture;
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddInputCharacter(c);
+}
 
-    // Restore state
-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor*, int)
+{
+	// Unused in 'master' branch but 'docking' branch will use this, so we declare it ahead of it so if you have to install callbacks you can install this one too.
+}
 
-    return true;
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback(int, const EmscriptenWheelEvent* ev, void*)
+{
+    // Mimic Emscripten_HandleWheel() in SDL.
+    // Corresponding equivalent in GLFW JS emulation layer has incorrect quantizing preventing small values. See #6096
+    float multiplier = 0.0f;
+    if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_PIXEL)       { multiplier = 1.0f / 100.0f; } // 100 pixels make up a step.
+    else if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_LINE)   { multiplier = 1.0f / 3.0f; }   // 3 lines make up a step.
+    else if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_PAGE)   { multiplier = 80.0f; }         // A page makes up 80 steps.
+    float wheel_x = ev->deltaX * -multiplier;
+    float wheel_y = ev->deltaY * -multiplier;
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y);
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Emsc] mode %d dx: %.2f, dy: %.2f, dz: %.2f --> feed %.2f %.2f\n", (int)ev->deltaMode, ev->deltaX, ev->deltaY, ev->deltaZ, wheel_x, wheel_y);
+    return EM_TRUE;
 }
+#endif
 
-void    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InvalidateDeviceObjects()
+#ifdef _WIN32
+// GLFW doesn't allow to distinguish Mouse vs TouchScreen vs Pen.
+// Add support for Win32 (based on imgui_impl_win32), because we rely on _TouchScreen info to trickle inputs differently.
+static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo()
 {
-    if (g_FontTexture)
+    LPARAM extra_info = ::GetMessageExtraInfo();
+    if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515700)
+        return ImGuiMouseSource_Pen;
+    if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515780)
+        return ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen;
+    return ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
+}
+static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    switch (msg)
     {
-        glDeleteTextures(1, &g_FontTexture);
-        ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->TexID = 0;
-        g_FontTexture = 0;
+    case WM_MOUSEMOVE: case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
+    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_XBUTTONUP:
+        ImGui::GetIO().AddMouseSourceEvent(GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo());
+        break;
     }
+    return ::CallWindowProcW(bd->PrevWndProc, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+#endif
+
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->InstalledCallbacks == false && "Callbacks already installed!");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->Window == window);
+
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = glfwSetCursorPosCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = glfwSetScrollCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = glfwSetKeyCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = glfwSetCharCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = glfwSetMonitorCallback(ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback);
+    bd->InstalledCallbacks = true;
 }
 
-bool    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window)
 {
-    g_Window = window;
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->InstalledCallbacks == true && "Callbacks not installed!");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->Window == window);
+
+    glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus);
+    glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter);
+    glfwSetCursorPosCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos);
+    glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton);
+    glfwSetScrollCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll);
+    glfwSetKeyCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackKey);
+    glfwSetCharCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackChar);
+    glfwSetMonitorCallback(bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor);
+    bd->InstalledCallbacks = false;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = nullptr;
+}
+
+// Set to 'true' to enable chaining installed callbacks for all windows (including secondary viewports created by backends or by user.
+// This is 'false' by default meaning we only chain callbacks for the main viewport.
+// We cannot set this to 'true' by default because user callbacks code may be not testing the 'window' parameter of their callback.
+// If you set this to 'true' your user callback code will need to make sure you are testing the 'window' parameter.
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows = chain_for_all_windows;
+}
 
+static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api)
+{
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Tab] = GLFW_KEY_TAB;                     // Keyboard mapping. ImGui will use those indices to peek into the io.KeyDown[] array.
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_LeftArrow] = GLFW_KEY_LEFT;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_RightArrow] = GLFW_KEY_RIGHT;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_UpArrow] = GLFW_KEY_UP;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_DownArrow] = GLFW_KEY_DOWN;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp] = GLFW_KEY_PAGE_UP;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown] = GLFW_KEY_PAGE_DOWN;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home] = GLFW_KEY_HOME;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End] = GLFW_KEY_END;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Delete] = GLFW_KEY_DELETE;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Backspace] = GLFW_KEY_BACKSPACE;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Enter] = GLFW_KEY_ENTER;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Escape] = GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = GLFW_KEY_A;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C] = GLFW_KEY_C;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_V] = GLFW_KEY_V;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_X] = GLFW_KEY_X;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Y] = GLFW_KEY_Y;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Z] = GLFW_KEY_Z;
-
-    io.RenderDrawListsFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_RenderDrawLists;      // Alternatively you can set this to NULL and call ImGui::GetDrawData() after ImGui::Render() to get the same ImDrawData pointer.
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
+    //printf("GLFW_VERSION: %d.%d.%d (%d)", GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR, GLFW_VERSION_MINOR, GLFW_VERSION_REVISION, GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED);
+
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data)();
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glfw";
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors;         // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos;          // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)
+
+    bd->Window = window;
+    bd->Time = 0.0;
+
     io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText;
     io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText;
-#ifdef _WIN32
-    io.ImeWindowHandle = glfwGetWin32Window(g_Window);
+    io.ClipboardUserData = bd->Window;
+
+    // Create mouse cursors
+    // (By design, on X11 cursors are user configurable and some cursors may be missing. When a cursor doesn't exist,
+    // GLFW will emit an error which will often be printed by the app, so we temporarily disable error reporting.
+    // Missing cursors will return nullptr and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.)
+    GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_IBEAM_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_VRESIZE_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HRESIZE_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HAND_CURSOR);
+#if GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR);
+#else
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+#endif
+    glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback);
+#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908)
+    (void)glfwGetError(nullptr);
 #endif
 
+    // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any.
     if (install_callbacks)
-    {
-        glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback);
-        glfwSetScrollCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback);
-        glfwSetKeyCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlFw_KeyCallback);
-        glfwSetCharCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback);
-    }
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(window);
+    // Register Emscripten Wheel callback to workaround issue in Emscripten GLFW Emulation (#6096)
+    // We intentionally do not check 'if (install_callbacks)' here, as some users may set it to false and call GLFW callback themselves.
+    // FIXME: May break chaining in case user registered their own Emscripten callback?
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback);
+#endif
+
+    // Set platform dependent data in viewport
+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    main_viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)bd->Window;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = glfwGetWin32Window(bd->Window);
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+    main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)glfwGetCocoaWindow(bd->Window);
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(main_viewport);
+#endif
+
+    // Windows: register a WndProc hook so we can intercept some messages.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    bd->PrevWndProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC);
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->PrevWndProc != nullptr);
+    ::SetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc);
+#endif
 
+    bd->ClientApi = client_api;
     return true;
 }
 
+bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_OpenGL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Vulkan);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Unknown);
+}
+
 void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown()
 {
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InvalidateDeviceObjects();
-    ImGui::Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    if (bd->InstalledCallbacks)
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(bd->Window);
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, nullptr);
+#endif
+
+    for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++)
+        glfwDestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]);
+
+    // Windows: restore our WndProc hook
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    ::SetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)bd->PrevWndProc);
+    bd->PrevWndProc = nullptr;
+#endif
+
+    io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr;
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr;
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    // (those braces are here to reduce diff with multi-viewports support in 'docking' branch)
+    {
+        GLFWwindow* window = bd->Window;
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+        const bool is_window_focused = true;
+#else
+        const bool is_window_focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0;
+#endif
+        if (is_window_focused)
+        {
+            // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)
+            if (io.WantSetMousePos)
+                glfwSetCursorPos(window, (double)io.MousePos.x, (double)io.MousePos.y);
+
+            // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback already provides this when hovered or captured)
+            if (bd->MouseWindow == nullptr)
+            {
+                double mouse_x, mouse_y;
+                glfwGetCursorPos(window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y);
+                bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);
+                io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) || glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();
+    // (those braces are here to reduce diff with multi-viewports support in 'docking' branch)
+    {
+        GLFWwindow* window = bd->Window;
+        if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor)
+        {
+            // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor
+            glfwSetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Show OS mouse cursor
+            // FIXME-PLATFORM: Unfocused windows seems to fail changing the mouse cursor with GLFW 3.2, but 3.3 works here.
+            glfwSetCursor(window, bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]);
+            glfwSetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL);
+        }
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(float scale_factor)
+// Update gamepad inputs
+static inline float Saturate(float v) { return v < 0.0f ? 0.0f : v  > 1.0f ? 1.0f : v; }
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads()
 {
-    if (!g_FontTexture)
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_CreateDeviceObjects();
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs.
+        return;
 
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
+#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+    GLFWgamepadstate gamepad;
+    if (!glfwGetGamepadState(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &gamepad))
+        return;
+    #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO, _UNUSED)          do { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, gamepad.buttons[BUTTON_NO] != 0); } while (0)
+    #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, _UNUSED, V0, V1)    do { float v = gamepad.axes[AXIS_NO]; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, v > 0.10f, Saturate(v)); } while (0)
+#else
+    int axes_count = 0, buttons_count = 0;
+    const float* axes = glfwGetJoystickAxes(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &axes_count);
+    const unsigned char* buttons = glfwGetJoystickButtons(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &buttons_count);
+    if (axes_count == 0 || buttons_count == 0)
+        return;
+    #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, _UNUSED, BUTTON_NO)          do { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, (buttons_count > BUTTON_NO && buttons[BUTTON_NO] == GLFW_PRESS)); } while (0)
+    #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, _UNUSED, AXIS_NO, V0, V1)    do { float v = (axes_count > AXIS_NO) ? axes[AXIS_NO] : V0; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, v > 0.10f, Saturate(v)); } while (0)
+#endif
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,       GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START,          7);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,        GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK,           6);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_X,              2);     // Xbox X, PS Square
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,   GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B,              1);     // Xbox B, PS Circle
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,      GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_Y,              3);     // Xbox Y, PS Triangle
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A,              0);     // Xbox A, PS Cross
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,      13);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,   GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,     11);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,      GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,        10);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN,      12);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_BUMPER,    4);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_BUMPER,   5);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER,     4,      -0.75f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER,    5,      -0.75f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_THUMB,     8);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_THUMB,    9);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,  GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X,           0,      -0.25f,  -1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X,           0,      +0.25f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y,           1,      -0.25f,  -1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,  GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y,           1,      +0.25f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,  GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X,          2,      -0.25f,  -1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X,          2,      +0.25f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y,          3,      -0.25f,  -1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,  GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y,          3,      +0.25f,  +1.0f);
+    #undef MAP_BUTTON
+    #undef MAP_ANALOG
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame()
+{
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");
 
     // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)
     int w, h;
     int display_w, display_h;
-    glfwGetWindowSize(g_Window, &w, &h);
-    if (scale_factor > 0.f)
-    {
-        w = static_cast<int>(w / scale_factor);
-        h = static_cast<int>(h / scale_factor);
-    }
-    glfwGetFramebufferSize(g_Window, &display_w, &display_h);
+    glfwGetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h);
+    glfwGetFramebufferSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h);
     io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h);
-    io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(w > 0 ? ((float)display_w / w) : 0, h > 0 ? ((float)display_h / h) : 0);
+    if (w > 0 && h > 0)
+        io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / (float)w, (float)display_h / (float)h);
 
     // Setup time step
-    double current_time =  glfwGetTime();
-    io.DeltaTime = g_Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - g_Time) : (float)(1.0f/60.0f);
-    g_Time = current_time;
+    // (Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Seems to happens on disconnecting peripherals and probably on VMs and Emscripten, see #6491, #6189, #6114, #3644)
+    double current_time = glfwGetTime();
+    if (current_time <= bd->Time)
+        current_time = bd->Time + 0.00001f;
+    io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - bd->Time) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f);
+    bd->Time = current_time;
+
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor();
+
+    // Update game controllers (if enabled and available)
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads();
+}
 
-    // Setup inputs
-    // (we already got mouse wheel, keyboard keys & characters from glfw callbacks polled in glfwPollEvents())
-    if (glfwGetWindowAttrib(g_Window, GLFW_FOCUSED))
-    {
-        double mouse_x, mouse_y;
-        glfwGetCursorPos(g_Window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y);
-        io.MousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x / scale_factor, (float)mouse_y / scale_factor);   // Mouse position in screen coordinates (set to -1,-1 if no mouse / on another screen, etc.)
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1);
-    }
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange(int event_type, const EmscriptenUiEvent* event, void* user_data)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)user_data;
+    double canvas_width, canvas_height;
+    emscripten_get_element_css_size(bd->CanvasSelector, &canvas_width, &canvas_height);
+    glfwSetWindowSize(bd->Window, (int)canvas_width, (int)canvas_height);
+    return true;
+}
 
-    for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
-    {
-        io.MouseDown[i] = g_MousePressed[i] || glfwGetMouseButton(g_Window, i) != 0;    // If a mouse press event came, always pass it as "mouse held this frame", so we don't miss click-release events that are shorter than 1 frame.
-        g_MousePressed[i] = false;
-    }
+static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_FullscreenChangeCallback(int event_type, const EmscriptenFullscreenChangeEvent* event, void* user_data)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)user_data;
+    double canvas_width, canvas_height;
+    emscripten_get_element_css_size(bd->CanvasSelector, &canvas_width, &canvas_height);
+    glfwSetWindowSize(bd->Window, (int)canvas_width, (int)canvas_height);
+    return true;
+}
 
-    //io.MouseWheel = g_MouseWheel;
-    g_MouseWheel = 0.0f;
+// 'canvas_selector' is a CSS selector. The event listener is applied to the first element that matches the query.
+// STRING MUST PERSIST FOR THE APPLICATION DURATION. PLEASE USE A STRING LITERAL OR ENSURE POINTER WILL STAY VALID.
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(canvas_selector != nullptr);
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");
 
-    // Hide OS mouse cursor if ImGui is drawing it
-    glfwSetInputMode(g_Window, GLFW_CURSOR, io.MouseDrawCursor ? GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN : GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL);
+    bd->CanvasSelector = canvas_selector;
+    emscripten_set_resize_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_WINDOW, bd, false, ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange);
+    emscripten_set_fullscreenchange_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, bd, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_FullscreenChangeCallback);
 
-    // Start the frame
-    ImGui::NewFrame();
+    // Change the size of the GLFW window according to the size of the canvas
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_RESIZE, {}, bd);
 }
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h
index 39371795e0..6a9acd05b2 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h
@@ -1,29 +1,58 @@
-// ImGui GLFW binding with OpenGL
-// In this binding, ImTextureID is used to store an OpenGL 'GLuint' texture identifier. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp.
+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW
+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..)
+// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.)
 
-// If your context is GL3/GL3 then prefer using the code in opengl3_example.
-// You *might* use this code with a GL3/GL4 context but make sure you disable the programmable pipeline by calling "glUseProgram(0)" before ImGui::Render().
-// We cannot do that from GL2 code because the function doesn't exist. 
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen (Windows only).
+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+).
 
-// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this.
-// If you use this binding you'll need to call 4 functions: ImGui_ImplXXXX_Init(), ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame(), ImGui::Render() and ImGui_ImplXXXX_Shutdown().
-// If you are new to ImGui, see examples/README.txt and documentation at the top of imgui.cpp.
-// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// Learn about Dear ImGui:
+// - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
+// - Getting Started      https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
+// - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
+// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
+
+#pragma once
+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 
 struct GLFWwindow;
+struct GLFWmonitor;
+
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+
+// Emscripten related initialization phase methods
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector);
+#endif
+
+// GLFW callbacks install
+// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=true': ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks() is called. GLFW callbacks will be installed for you. They will chain-call user's previously installed callbacks, if any.
+// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=false': GLFW callbacks won't be installed. You will need to call individual function yourself from your own GLFW callbacks.
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window);
+
+// GFLW callbacks options:
+// - Set 'chain_for_all_windows=true' to enable chaining callbacks for all windows (including secondary viewports created by backends or by user)
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows);
+
+// GLFW callbacks (individual callbacks to call yourself if you didn't install callbacks)
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused);        // Since 1.84
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered);        // Since 1.84
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y);   // Since 1.87
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor* monitor, int event);
 
-IMGUI_API bool        ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(float scale_factor);
-
-// Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing ImGui state.
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_InvalidateDeviceObjects();
-IMGUI_API bool        ImGui_ImplGlfw_CreateDeviceObjects();
-
-// GLFW callbacks (installed by default if you enable 'install_callbacks' during initialization)
-// Provided here if you want to chain callbacks.
-// You can also handle inputs yourself and use those as a reference.
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods);
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset);
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlFw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods);
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c);
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bbe96c420f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,960 @@
+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
+// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
+// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
+// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
+//  [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only).
+
+// About WebGL/ES:
+// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES.
+// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets.
+// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h.
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// Learn about Dear ImGui:
+// - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
+// - Getting Started      https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
+// - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
+// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
+
+// CHANGELOG
+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2024-06-28: OpenGL: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() recreates font texture if it has been destroyed by ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(). (#7748)
+//  2024-05-07: OpenGL: Update loader for Linux to support EGL/GLVND. (#7562)
+//  2024-04-16: OpenGL: Detect ES3 contexts on desktop based on version string, to e.g. avoid calling glPolygonMode() on them. (#7447)
+//  2024-01-09: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" and variants, fixing regression on distros missing a symlink.
+//  2023-11-08: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" instead of "libGL.so.1", accommodating for NetBSD systems having only "libGL.so.3" available. (#6983)
+//  2023-10-05: OpenGL: Rename symbols in our internal loader so that LTO compilation with another copy of gl3w is possible. (#6875, #6668, #4445)
+//  2023-06-20: OpenGL: Fixed erroneous use glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK) on contexts lower than 3.2. (#6539, #6333)
+//  2023-05-09: OpenGL: Support for glBindSampler() backup/restore on ES3. (#6375)
+//  2023-04-18: OpenGL: Restore front and back polygon mode separately when supported by context. (#6333)
+//  2023-03-23: OpenGL: Properly restoring "no shader program bound" if it was the case prior to running the rendering function. (#6267, #6220, #6224)
+//  2023-03-15: OpenGL: Fixed GL loader crash when GL_VERSION returns NULL. (#6154, #4445, #3530)
+//  2023-03-06: OpenGL: Fixed restoration of a potentially deleted OpenGL program, by calling glIsProgram(). (#6220, #6224)
+//  2022-11-09: OpenGL: Reverted use of glBufferSubData(), too many corruptions issues + old issues seemingly can't be reproed with Intel drivers nowadays (revert 2021-12-15 and 2022-05-23 changes).
+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
+//  2022-09-27: OpenGL: Added ability to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG'.
+//  2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127).
+//  2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fixed state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states.
+//  2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers.
+//  2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions.
+//  2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader.
+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
+//  2021-06-25: OpenGL: Use OES_vertex_array extension on Emscripten + backup/restore current state.
+//  2021-06-21: OpenGL: Destroy individual vertex/fragment shader objects right after they are linked into the main shader.
+//  2021-05-24: OpenGL: Access GL_CLIP_ORIGIN when "GL_ARB_clip_control" extension is detected, inside of just OpenGL 4.5 version.
+//  2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement)
+//  2021-04-06: OpenGL: Don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN unless we're OpenGL 4.5 or greater.
+//  2021-02-18: OpenGL: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer.
+//  2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state.
+//  2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state.
+//  2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x)
+//  2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre 3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader.
+//  2020-07-10: OpenGL: Added support for glad2 OpenGL loader.
+//  2020-05-08: OpenGL: Made default GLSL version 150 (instead of 130) on OSX.
+//  2020-04-21: OpenGL: Fixed handling of glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) by inverting projection matrix.
+//  2020-04-12: OpenGL: Fixed context version check mistakenly testing for 4.0+ instead of 3.2+ to enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset.
+//  2020-03-24: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 2.x OpenGL loader.
+//  2020-01-07: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 3.x OpenGL loader.
+//  2019-10-25: OpenGL: Using a combination of GL define and runtime GL version to decide whether to use glDrawElementsBaseVertex(). Fix building with pre-3.2 GL loaders.
+//  2019-09-22: OpenGL: Detect default GL loader using __has_include compiler facility.
+//  2019-09-16: OpenGL: Tweak initialization code to allow application calling ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() before the first NewFrame() call.
+//  2019-05-29: OpenGL: Desktop GL only: Added support for large mesh (64K+ vertices), enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset flag.
+//  2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state.
+//  2019-03-29: OpenGL: Not calling glBindBuffer more than necessary in the render loop.
+//  2019-03-15: OpenGL: Added a GL call + comments in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() to detect uninitialized GL function loaders early.
+//  2019-03-03: OpenGL: Fix support for ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0).
+//  2019-02-20: OpenGL: Fix for OSX not supporting OpenGL 4.5, we don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN even if defined by the headers/loader.
+//  2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display.
+//  2019-02-01: OpenGL: Using GLSL 410 shaders for any version over 410 (e.g. 430, 450).
+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
+//  2018-11-13: OpenGL: Support for GL 4.5's glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) / GL_CLIP_ORIGIN.
+//  2018-08-29: OpenGL: Added support for more OpenGL loaders: glew and glad, with comments indicative that any loader can be used.
+//  2018-08-09: OpenGL: Default to OpenGL ES 3 on iOS and Android. GLSL version default to "#version 300 ES".
+//  2018-07-30: OpenGL: Support for GLSL 300 ES and 410 core. Fixes for Emscripten compilation.
+//  2018-07-10: OpenGL: Support for more GLSL versions (based on the GLSL version string). Added error output when shaders fail to compile/link.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples.
+//  2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle.
+//  2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state.
+//  2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a nullptr pointer.
+//  2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150".
+//  2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context.
+//  2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself.
+//  2018-01-07: OpenGL: Changed GLSL shader version from 330 to 150.
+//  2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current bound sampler. Save and restore current polygon mode.
+//  2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current blend func state.
+//  2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE.
+//  2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle.
+//  2016-07-29: OpenGL: Explicitly setting GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH to reduce issues because SDL changes it. (#752)
+
+//----------------------------------------
+// OpenGL    GLSL      GLSL
+// version   version   string
+//----------------------------------------
+//  2.0       110       "#version 110"
+//  2.1       120       "#version 120"
+//  3.0       130       "#version 130"
+//  3.1       140       "#version 140"
+//  3.2       150       "#version 150"
+//  3.3       330       "#version 330 core"
+//  4.0       400       "#version 400 core"
+//  4.1       410       "#version 410 core"
+//  4.2       420       "#version 410 core"
+//  4.3       430       "#version 430 core"
+//  ES 2.0    100       "#version 100"      = WebGL 1.0
+//  ES 3.0    300       "#version 300 es"   = WebGL 2.0
+//----------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning: use of old-style cast
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros"          // warning: macro is not used
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnonportable-system-include-path"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"     // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader)
+#endif
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"   // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"       // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader)
+#endif
+
+// GL includes
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
+#include <OpenGLES/ES2/gl.h>    // Use GL ES 2
+#else
+#include <GLES2/gl2.h>          // Use GL ES 2
+#endif
+#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+#ifndef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+#endif
+#include <GLES2/gl2ext.h>
+#endif
+#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
+#include <OpenGLES/ES3/gl.h>    // Use GL ES 3
+#else
+#include <GLES3/gl3.h>          // Use GL ES 3
+#endif
+#elif !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
+// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers.
+// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are using our own minimal custom loader based on gl3w.
+// In the rest of your app/engine, you can use another loader of your choice (gl3w, glew, glad, glbinding, glext, glLoadGen, etc.).
+// If you happen to be developing a new feature for this backend (imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp):
+// - You may need to regenerate imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to add new symbols. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
+// - You can temporarily use an unstripped version. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped/releases
+// Changes to this backend using new APIs should be accompanied by a regenerated stripped loader version.
+#define IMGL3W_IMPL
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h"
+#endif
+
+// Vertex arrays are not supported on ES2/WebGL1 unless Emscripten which uses an extension
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+#define glBindVertexArray       glBindVertexArrayOES
+#define glGenVertexArrays       glGenVertexArraysOES
+#define glDeleteVertexArrays    glDeleteVertexArraysOES
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_OES
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 2.0+ has extension and glPolygonMode() which GL ES and WebGL don't have..
+// A desktop ES context can technically compile fine with our loader, so we also perform a runtime checks
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_EXTENSIONS        // has glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE // may have glPolygonMode()
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 2.1+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindBuffer() with GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER target.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.1+ has GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_1)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.2+ has glDrawElementsBaseVertex() which GL ES and WebGL don't have.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_2)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.3+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindSampler()
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && (defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) || defined(GL_VERSION_3_3))
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+#endif
+
+// [Debugging]
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define GL_CALL(_CALL)      do { _CALL; GLenum gl_err = glGetError(); if (gl_err != 0) fprintf(stderr, "GL error 0x%x returned from '%s'.\n", gl_err, #_CALL); } while (0)  // Call with error check
+#else
+#define GL_CALL(_CALL)      _CALL   // Call without error check
+#endif
+
+// OpenGL Data
+struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data
+{
+    GLuint          GlVersion;               // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
+    char            GlslVersionString[32];   // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings.
+    bool            GlProfileIsES2;
+    bool            GlProfileIsES3;
+    bool            GlProfileIsCompat;
+    GLint           GlProfileMask;
+    GLuint          FontTexture;
+    GLuint          ShaderHandle;
+    GLint           AttribLocationTex;       // Uniforms location
+    GLint           AttribLocationProjMtx;
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxPos;    // Vertex attributes location
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxUV;
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxColor;
+    unsigned int    VboHandle, ElementsHandle;
+    GLsizeiptr      VertexBufferSize;
+    GLsizeiptr      IndexBufferSize;
+    bool            HasPolygonMode;
+    bool            HasClipOrigin;
+    bool            UseBufferSubData;
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
+static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData()
+{
+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr;
+}
+
+// OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only)
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState
+{
+    GLint   Enabled, Size, Type, Normalized, Stride;
+    GLvoid* Ptr;
+
+    void GetState(GLint index)
+    {
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED, &Enabled);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE, &Size);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE, &Type);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED, &Normalized);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE, &Stride);
+        glGetVertexAttribPointerv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER, &Ptr);
+    }
+    void SetState(GLint index)
+    {
+        glVertexAttribPointer(index, Size, Type, (GLboolean)Normalized, Stride, Ptr);
+        if (Enabled) glEnableVertexAttribArray(index); else glDisableVertexAttribArray(index);
+    }
+};
+#endif
+
+// Functions
+bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
+
+    // Initialize our loader
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
+    if (imgl3wInit() != 0)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data)();
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3";
+
+    // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+    // GLES 2
+    bd->GlVersion = 200;
+    bd->GlProfileIsES2 = true;
+#else
+    // Desktop or GLES 3
+    const char* gl_version_str = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION);
+    GLint major = 0;
+    GLint minor = 0;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &minor);
+    if (major == 0 && minor == 0)
+        sscanf(gl_version_str, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"
+    bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10);
+#if defined(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK)
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+        glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK, &bd->GlProfileMask);
+    bd->GlProfileIsCompat = (bd->GlProfileMask & GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT) != 0;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+    bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true;
+#else
+    if (strncmp(gl_version_str, "OpenGL ES 3", 11) == 0)
+        bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true;
+#endif
+
+    bd->UseBufferSubData = false;
+    /*
+    // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR))
+        if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0)
+            bd->UseBufferSubData = true;
+#endif
+    */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+    printf("GlVersion = %d, \"%s\"\nGlProfileIsCompat = %d\nGlProfileMask = 0x%X\nGlProfileIsES2 = %d, GlProfileIsES3 = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", bd->GlVersion, gl_version_str, bd->GlProfileIsCompat, bd->GlProfileMask, bd->GlProfileIsES2, bd->GlProfileIsES3, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+        io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
+#endif
+
+    // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders.
+    // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to nullptr if unsure.
+    if (glsl_version == nullptr)
+    {
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+        glsl_version = "#version 100";
+#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+        glsl_version = "#version 300 es";
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+        glsl_version = "#version 150";
+#else
+        glsl_version = "#version 130";
+#endif
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(bd->GlslVersionString));
+    strcpy(bd->GlslVersionString, glsl_version);
+    strcat(bd->GlslVersionString, "\n");
+
+    // Make an arbitrary GL call (we don't actually need the result)
+    // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means the OpenGL function loader didn't do its job. Let us know!
+    GLint current_texture;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &current_texture);
+
+    // Detect extensions we support
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    bd->HasPolygonMode = (!bd->GlProfileIsES2 && !bd->GlProfileIsES3);
+#endif
+    bd->HasClipOrigin = (bd->GlVersion >= 450);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_EXTENSIONS
+    GLint num_extensions = 0;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS, &num_extensions);
+    for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++)
+    {
+        const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i);
+        if (extension != nullptr && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0)
+            bd->HasClipOrigin = true;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
+    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");
+
+    if (!bd->ShaderHandle)
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
+    if (!bd->FontTexture)
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height, GLuint vertex_array_object)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD);
+    glBlendFuncSeparate(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+    glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 310)
+        glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    if (bd->HasPolygonMode)
+        glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL);
+#endif
+
+    // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT)
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
+    bool clip_origin_lower_left = true;
+    if (bd->HasClipOrigin)
+    {
+        GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)&current_clip_origin);
+        if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT)
+            clip_origin_lower_left = false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
+    // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps.
+    GL_CALL(glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height));
+    float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x;
+    float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x;
+    float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y;
+    float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y;
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
+    if (!clip_origin_lower_left) { float tmp = T; T = B; B = tmp; } // Swap top and bottom if origin is upper left
+#endif
+    const float ortho_projection[4][4] =
+    {
+        { 2.0f/(R-L),   0.0f,         0.0f,   0.0f },
+        { 0.0f,         2.0f/(T-B),   0.0f,   0.0f },
+        { 0.0f,         0.0f,        -1.0f,   0.0f },
+        { (R+L)/(L-R),  (T+B)/(B-T),  0.0f,   1.0f },
+    };
+    glUseProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
+    glUniform1i(bd->AttribLocationTex, 0);
+    glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]);
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3)
+        glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 and GL ES 3.0 may set that otherwise.
+#endif
+
+    (void)vertex_array_object;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+
+    // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert
+    GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle));
+    GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos,   2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos)));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV,    2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv)));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)));
+}
+
+// OpenGL3 Render function.
+// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly.
+// This is in order to be able to run within an OpenGL engine that doesn't do so.
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+{
+    // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates)
+    int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x);
+    int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y);
+    if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0)
+        return;
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Backup GL state
+    GLenum last_active_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE, (GLint*)&last_active_texture);
+    glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0);
+    GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program);
+    GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; }
+#endif
+    GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer);
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    // This is part of VAO on OpenGL 3.0+ and OpenGL ES 3.0+.
+    GLint last_element_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_element_array_buffer);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_pos; last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_uv; last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_color; last_vtx_attrib_state_color.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; if (bd->HasPolygonMode) { glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode); }
+#endif
+    GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
+    GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box);
+    GLenum last_blend_src_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_dst_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_src_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_alpha);
+    GLenum last_blend_dst_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_alpha);
+    GLenum last_blend_equation_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_equation_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_alpha);
+    GLboolean last_enable_blend = glIsEnabled(GL_BLEND);
+    GLboolean last_enable_cull_face = glIsEnabled(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    GLboolean last_enable_depth_test = glIsEnabled(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_stencil_test = glIsEnabled(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (bd->GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE;
+#endif
+
+    // Setup desired GL state
+    // Recreate the VAO every time (this is to easily allow multiple GL contexts to be rendered to. VAO are not shared among GL contexts)
+    // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound.
+    GLuint vertex_array_object = 0;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GL_CALL(glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object));
+#endif
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
+
+    // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+    ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;         // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports
+    ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2)
+
+    // Render command lists
+    for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+    {
+        const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
+
+        // Upload vertex/index buffers
+        // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state nowadays....
+        //   During 2021 we attempted to switch from glBufferData() to orphaning+glBufferSubData() following reports
+        //   of leaks on Intel GPU when using multi-viewports on Windows.
+        // - After this we kept hearing of various display corruptions issues. We started disabling on non-Intel GPU, but issues still got reported on Intel.
+        // - We are now back to using exclusively glBufferData(). So bd->UseBufferSubData IS ALWAYS FALSE in this code.
+        //   We are keeping the old code path for a while in case people finding new issues may want to test the bd->UseBufferSubData path.
+        // - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468 and please report any corruption issues.
+        const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert);
+        const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx);
+        if (bd->UseBufferSubData)
+        {
+            if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size)
+            {
+                bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size;
+                GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            }
+            if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size)
+            {
+                bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size;
+                GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            }
+            GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data));
+            GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+        }
+
+        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+        {
+            const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+            if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr)
+            {
+                // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
+                // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
+                if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
+                    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
+                else
+                    pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+                ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
+                ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
+                if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
+                    continue;
+
+                // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL)
+                GL_CALL(glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y)));
+
+                // Bind texture, Draw
+                GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID()));
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+                if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+                    GL_CALL(glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset));
+                else
+#endif
+                GL_CALL(glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Destroy the temporary VAO
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GL_CALL(glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object));
+#endif
+
+    // Restore modified GL state
+    // This "glIsProgram()" check is required because if the program is "pending deletion" at the time of binding backup, it will have been deleted by now and will cause an OpenGL error. See #6220.
+    if (last_program == 0 || glIsProgram(last_program)) glUseProgram(last_program);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3)
+        glBindSampler(0, last_sampler);
+#endif
+    glActiveTexture(last_active_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_element_array_buffer);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_color.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+#endif
+    glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha);
+    glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha);
+    if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    if (last_enable_cull_face) glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); else glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    if (last_enable_depth_test) glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); else glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_stencil_test) glEnable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); else glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    // Desktop OpenGL 3.0 and OpenGL 3.1 had separate polygon draw modes for front-facing and back-facing faces of polygons
+    if (bd->HasPolygonMode) { if (bd->GlVersion <= 310 || bd->GlProfileIsCompat) { glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]); } else { glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); } }
+#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+
+    glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
+    glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]);
+    (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Build texture atlas
+    unsigned char* pixels;
+    int width, height;
+    io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);   // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory.
+
+    // Upload texture to graphics system
+    // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)
+    GLint last_texture;
+    GL_CALL(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture));
+    GL_CALL(glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture));
+    GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture));
+    GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));
+    GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));
+#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES
+    GL_CALL(glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0));
+#endif
+    GL_CALL(glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels));
+
+    // Store our identifier
+    io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture);
+
+    // Restore state
+    GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture));
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->FontTexture)
+    {
+        glDeleteTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);
+        io.Fonts->SetTexID(0);
+        bd->FontTexture = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+// If you get an error please report on github. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. See GL<>GLSL version table at the top of this file.
+static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
+    glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status);
+    glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
+    if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s! With GLSL: %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
+    if (log_length > 1)
+    {
+        ImVector<char> buf;
+        buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
+        glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
+    }
+    return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+// If you get an error please report on GitHub. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version.
+static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
+    glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_LINK_STATUS, &status);
+    glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
+    if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! With GLSL %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
+    if (log_length > 1)
+    {
+        ImVector<char> buf;
+        buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
+        glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
+    }
+    return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Backup GL state
+    GLint last_texture, last_array_buffer;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
+    GLint last_pixel_unpack_buffer = 0;
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 210) { glGetIntegerv(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_pixel_unpack_buffer); glBindBuffer(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER, 0); }
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GLint last_vertex_array;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array);
+#endif
+
+    // Parse GLSL version string
+    int glsl_version = 130;
+    sscanf(bd->GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version);
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 =
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "attribute vec2 Position;\n"
+        "attribute vec2 UV;\n"
+        "attribute vec4 Color;\n"
+        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_130 =
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es =
+        "precision highp float;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_410_core =
+        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_120 =
+        "#ifdef GL_ES\n"
+        "    precision mediump float;\n"
+        "#endif\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_130 =
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_300_es =
+        "precision mediump float;\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_410_core =
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader = nullptr;
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader = nullptr;
+    if (glsl_version < 130)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_120;
+    }
+    else if (glsl_version >= 410)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_410_core;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_410_core;
+    }
+    else if (glsl_version == 300)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_300_es;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_300_es;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_130;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_130;
+    }
+
+    // Create shaders
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader };
+    GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER);
+    glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, nullptr);
+    glCompileShader(vert_handle);
+    CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader");
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader };
+    GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER);
+    glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, nullptr);
+    glCompileShader(frag_handle);
+    CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader");
+
+    // Link
+    bd->ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram();
+    glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
+    glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
+    glLinkProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
+    CheckProgram(bd->ShaderHandle, "shader program");
+
+    glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
+    glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
+    glDeleteShader(vert_handle);
+    glDeleteShader(frag_handle);
+
+    bd->AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Texture");
+    bd->AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxPos = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Position");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxUV = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "UV");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxColor = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Color");
+
+    // Create buffers
+    glGenBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle);
+    glGenBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle);
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+
+    // Restore modified GL state
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 210) { glBindBuffer(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER, last_pixel_unpack_buffer); }
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array);
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->VboHandle)      { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); bd->VboHandle = 0; }
+    if (bd->ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); bd->ElementsHandle = 0; }
+    if (bd->ShaderHandle)   { glDeleteProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); bd->ShaderHandle = 0; }
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d66a15ebf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
+// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
+// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
+// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
+//  [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only).
+
+// About WebGL/ES:
+// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES.
+// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets.
+// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h.
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// Learn about Dear ImGui:
+// - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
+// - Getting Started      https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
+// - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
+// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
+
+// About GLSL version:
+//  The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be nullptr (default) or a "#version XXX" string.
+//  On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es"
+//  Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp.
+
+#pragma once
+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+// Backend API
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);
+
+// (Optional) Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
+
+// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig file:
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2     // Enable ES 2 (Auto-detected on Emscripten)
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3     // Enable ES 3 (Auto-detected on iOS/Android)
+
+// You can explicitly select GLES2 or GLES3 API by using one of the '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) \
+ && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+
+// Try to detect GLES on matching platforms
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) || (defined(__ANDROID__))
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3               // iOS, Android  -> GL ES 3, "#version 300 es"
+#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__amigaos4__)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2               // Emscripten    -> GL ES 2, "#version 100"
+#else
+// Otherwise imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h will be used.
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fbc348115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,910 @@
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h:
+//
+// We embed our own OpenGL loader to not require user to provide their own or to have to use ours,
+// which proved to be endless problems for users.
+// Our loader is custom-generated, based on gl3w but automatically filtered to only include
+// enums/functions that we use in our imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp source file in order to be small.
+//
+// YOU SHOULD NOT NEED TO INCLUDE/USE THIS DIRECTLY. THIS IS USED BY imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ONLY.
+// THE REST OF YOUR APP SHOULD USE A DIFFERENT GL LOADER: ANY GL LOADER OF YOUR CHOICE.
+//
+// IF YOU GET BUILD ERRORS IN THIS FILE (commonly macro redefinitions or function redefinitions):
+// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCLUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h'
+// IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT AS ONE OF YOUR FILE WHICH IS USING A THIRD-PARTY OPENGL LOADER.
+// (e.g. COULD HAPPEN IF YOU ARE DOING A UNITY/JUMBO BUILD, OR INCLUDING .CPP FILES FROM OTHERS)
+// YOU SHOULD NOT BUILD BOTH IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT.
+// BUT IF YOU REALLY WANT TO, you can '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM' and imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+// WILL NOT BE USING OUR LOADER, AND INSTEAD EXPECT ANOTHER/YOUR LOADER TO BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMPILATION UNIT.
+//
+// Regenerate with:
+//   python3 gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt
+//
+// More info:
+//   https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
+//   https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4445
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * This file was generated with gl3w_gen.py, part of imgl3w
+ * (hosted at https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped)
+ *
+ * This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+ *
+ * Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
+ * distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
+ * binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
+ * means.
+ *
+ * In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
+ * of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
+ * software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
+ * of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
+ * successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
+ * relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
+ * software under copyright law.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __gl3w_h_
+#define __gl3w_h_
+
+// Adapted from KHR/khrplatform.h to avoid including entire file.
+#ifndef __khrplatform_h_
+typedef          float         khronos_float_t;
+typedef signed   char          khronos_int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char          khronos_uint8_t;
+typedef signed   short int     khronos_int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short int     khronos_uint16_t;
+#ifdef _WIN64
+typedef signed   long long int khronos_intptr_t;
+typedef signed   long long int khronos_ssize_t;
+#else
+typedef signed   long  int     khronos_intptr_t;
+typedef signed   long  int     khronos_ssize_t;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
+typedef signed   __int64       khronos_int64_t;
+typedef unsigned __int64       khronos_uint64_t;
+#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100)
+#include <stdint.h>
+typedef          int64_t       khronos_int64_t;
+typedef          uint64_t      khronos_uint64_t;
+#else
+typedef signed   long long     khronos_int64_t;
+typedef unsigned long long     khronos_uint64_t;
+#endif
+#endif  // __khrplatform_h_
+
+#ifndef __gl_glcorearb_h_
+#define __gl_glcorearb_h_ 1
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/*
+** Copyright 2013-2020 The Khronos Group Inc.
+** SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+**
+** This header is generated from the Khronos OpenGL / OpenGL ES XML
+** API Registry. The current version of the Registry, generator scripts
+** used to make the header, and the header can be found at
+**   https://github.com/KhronosGroup/OpenGL-Registry
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef APIENTRY
+#define APIENTRY
+#endif
+#ifndef APIENTRYP
+#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY *
+#endif
+#ifndef GLAPI
+#define GLAPI extern
+#endif
+/* glcorearb.h is for use with OpenGL core profile implementations.
+** It should should be placed in the same directory as gl.h and
+** included as <GL/glcorearb.h>.
+**
+** glcorearb.h includes only APIs in the latest OpenGL core profile
+** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which 
+** can be supported by the core profile. It does not, and never will
+** include functionality removed from the core profile, such as
+** fixed-function vertex and fragment processing.
+**
+** Do not #include both <GL/glcorearb.h> and either of <GL/gl.h> or
+** <GL/glext.h> in the same source file.
+*/
+/* Generated C header for:
+ * API: gl
+ * Profile: core
+ * Versions considered: .*
+ * Versions emitted: .*
+ * Default extensions included: glcore
+ * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^
+ * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^
+ */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_0
+typedef void GLvoid;
+typedef unsigned int GLenum;
+
+typedef khronos_float_t GLfloat;
+typedef int GLint;
+typedef int GLsizei;
+typedef unsigned int GLbitfield;
+typedef double GLdouble;
+typedef unsigned int GLuint;
+typedef unsigned char GLboolean;
+typedef khronos_uint8_t GLubyte;
+#define GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT               0x00004000
+#define GL_FALSE                          0
+#define GL_TRUE                           1
+#define GL_TRIANGLES                      0x0004
+#define GL_ONE                            1
+#define GL_SRC_ALPHA                      0x0302
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA            0x0303
+#define GL_FRONT                          0x0404
+#define GL_BACK                           0x0405
+#define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK                 0x0408
+#define GL_POLYGON_MODE                   0x0B40
+#define GL_CULL_FACE                      0x0B44
+#define GL_DEPTH_TEST                     0x0B71
+#define GL_STENCIL_TEST                   0x0B90
+#define GL_VIEWPORT                       0x0BA2
+#define GL_BLEND                          0x0BE2
+#define GL_SCISSOR_BOX                    0x0C10
+#define GL_SCISSOR_TEST                   0x0C11
+#define GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH              0x0CF2
+#define GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT                 0x0D05
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D                     0x0DE1
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE                  0x1401
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT                 0x1403
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT                   0x1405
+#define GL_FLOAT                          0x1406
+#define GL_RGBA                           0x1908
+#define GL_FILL                           0x1B02
+#define GL_VENDOR                         0x1F00
+#define GL_RENDERER                       0x1F01
+#define GL_VERSION                        0x1F02
+#define GL_EXTENSIONS                     0x1F03
+#define GL_LINEAR                         0x2601
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER             0x2800
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER             0x2801
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARPROC) (GLbitfield mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETERRORPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint *data);
+typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC) (GLenum name);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPolygonMode (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissor (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClear (GLbitfield mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColor (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisable (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnable (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlush (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glGetError (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerv (GLenum pname, GLint *data);
+GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetString (GLenum name);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsEnabled (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewport (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_1
+typedef khronos_float_t GLclampf;
+typedef double GLclampd;
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D             0x8069
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElements (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTexture (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTextures (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3
+#define GL_TEXTURE0                       0x84C0
+#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE                 0x84E0
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC) (GLenum texture);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveTexture (GLenum texture);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB                  0x80C8
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB                  0x80C9
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA                0x80CA
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA                0x80CB
+#define GL_FUNC_ADD                       0x8006
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparate (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquation (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_4 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5
+typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptr;
+typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr;
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER                   0x8892
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER           0x8893
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING           0x8894
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING   0x8895
+#define GL_STREAM_DRAW                    0x88E0
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBuffer (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenBuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferData (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_5 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0
+typedef char GLchar;
+typedef khronos_int16_t GLshort;
+typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte;
+typedef khronos_uint16_t GLushort;
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB             0x8009
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED    0x8622
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE       0x8623
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE     0x8624
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE       0x8625
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER    0x8645
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA           0x883D
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER                0x8B30
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER                  0x8B31
+#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS                 0x8B81
+#define GL_LINK_STATUS                    0x8B82
+#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH                0x8B84
+#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM                0x8B8D
+#define GL_UPPER_LEFT                     0x8CA2
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC) (void);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC) (GLenum type);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC) (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparate (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAttachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateProgram (void);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShader (GLenum type);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramInfoLog (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i (GLint location, GLint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_1
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER            0x88EC
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING    0x88EF
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0
+typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalf;
+#define GL_MAJOR_VERSION                  0x821B
+#define GL_MINOR_VERSION                  0x821C
+#define GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS                 0x821D
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB               0x8DB9
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING           0x85B5
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data);
+typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC) (GLenum name, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC) (GLuint array);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetStringi (GLenum name, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexArray (GLuint array);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexArrays (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenVertexArrays (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_1
+#define GL_VERSION_3_1 1
+#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART              0x8F9D
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_2
+#define GL_VERSION_3_2 1
+typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
+typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64;
+typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64;
+#define GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002
+#define GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK           0x9126
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64I_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_2 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_3
+#define GL_VERSION_3_3 1
+#define GL_SAMPLER_BINDING                0x8919
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC) (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindSampler (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_1
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_3
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_5
+#define GL_CLIP_ORIGIN                    0x935C
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI64_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint64 *param);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_5 */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_bindless_texture
+typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64EXT;
+#endif /* GL_ARB_bindless_texture */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event
+struct _cl_context;
+struct _cl_event;
+#endif /* GL_ARB_cl_event */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_clip_control
+#define GL_ARB_clip_control 1
+#endif /* GL_ARB_clip_control */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLDEBUGPROCARB)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam);
+#endif /* GL_ARB_debug_output */
+#ifndef GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage
+typedef void *GLeglImageOES;
+#endif /* GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage */
+#ifndef GL_EXT_direct_state_access
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, void **params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYINTEGERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **param);
+#endif /* GL_EXT_direct_state_access */
+#ifndef GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLVULKANPROCNV)(void);
+#endif /* GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image */
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_shader5
+typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64EXT;
+#endif /* GL_NV_gpu_shader5 */
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERUI64I_VNVPROC) (GLenum value, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT *result);
+#endif /* GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL3W_API
+#define GL3W_API
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __gl_h_
+#define __gl_h_
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define GL3W_OK 0
+#define GL3W_ERROR_INIT -1
+#define GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN -2
+#define GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION -3
+
+typedef void (*GL3WglProc)(void);
+typedef GL3WglProc (*GL3WGetProcAddressProc)(const char *proc);
+
+/* gl3w api */
+GL3W_API int imgl3wInit(void);
+GL3W_API int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc);
+GL3W_API int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor);
+GL3W_API GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc);
+
+/* gl3w internal state */
+union ImGL3WProcs {
+    GL3WglProc ptr[59];
+    struct {
+        PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC            ActiveTexture;
+        PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC             AttachShader;
+        PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC               BindBuffer;
+        PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC              BindSampler;
+        PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC              BindTexture;
+        PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC          BindVertexArray;
+        PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC            BlendEquation;
+        PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC    BlendEquationSeparate;
+        PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC        BlendFuncSeparate;
+        PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC               BufferData;
+        PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC            BufferSubData;
+        PFNGLCLEARPROC                    Clear;
+        PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC               ClearColor;
+        PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC            CompileShader;
+        PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC            CreateProgram;
+        PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC             CreateShader;
+        PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC            DeleteBuffers;
+        PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC            DeleteProgram;
+        PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC             DeleteShader;
+        PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC           DeleteTextures;
+        PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC       DeleteVertexArrays;
+        PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC             DetachShader;
+        PFNGLDISABLEPROC                  Disable;
+        PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC DisableVertexAttribArray;
+        PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC             DrawElements;
+        PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC   DrawElementsBaseVertex;
+        PFNGLENABLEPROC                   Enable;
+        PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC  EnableVertexAttribArray;
+        PFNGLFLUSHPROC                    Flush;
+        PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC               GenBuffers;
+        PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC              GenTextures;
+        PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC          GenVertexArrays;
+        PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC        GetAttribLocation;
+        PFNGLGETERRORPROC                 GetError;
+        PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC              GetIntegerv;
+        PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC        GetProgramInfoLog;
+        PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC             GetProgramiv;
+        PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC         GetShaderInfoLog;
+        PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC              GetShaderiv;
+        PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC                GetString;
+        PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC               GetStringi;
+        PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC       GetUniformLocation;
+        PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC  GetVertexAttribPointerv;
+        PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC        GetVertexAttribiv;
+        PFNGLISENABLEDPROC                IsEnabled;
+        PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC                IsProgram;
+        PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC              LinkProgram;
+        PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC              PixelStorei;
+        PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC              PolygonMode;
+        PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC               ReadPixels;
+        PFNGLSCISSORPROC                  Scissor;
+        PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC             ShaderSource;
+        PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC               TexImage2D;
+        PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC            TexParameteri;
+        PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC                Uniform1i;
+        PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC         UniformMatrix4fv;
+        PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC               UseProgram;
+        PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC      VertexAttribPointer;
+        PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC                 Viewport;
+    } gl;
+};
+
+GL3W_API extern union ImGL3WProcs imgl3wProcs;
+
+/* OpenGL functions */
+#define glActiveTexture                   imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture
+#define glAttachShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.AttachShader
+#define glBindBuffer                      imgl3wProcs.gl.BindBuffer
+#define glBindSampler                     imgl3wProcs.gl.BindSampler
+#define glBindTexture                     imgl3wProcs.gl.BindTexture
+#define glBindVertexArray                 imgl3wProcs.gl.BindVertexArray
+#define glBlendEquation                   imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquation
+#define glBlendEquationSeparate           imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquationSeparate
+#define glBlendFuncSeparate               imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendFuncSeparate
+#define glBufferData                      imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferData
+#define glBufferSubData                   imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferSubData
+#define glClear                           imgl3wProcs.gl.Clear
+#define glClearColor                      imgl3wProcs.gl.ClearColor
+#define glCompileShader                   imgl3wProcs.gl.CompileShader
+#define glCreateProgram                   imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateProgram
+#define glCreateShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateShader
+#define glDeleteBuffers                   imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteBuffers
+#define glDeleteProgram                   imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteProgram
+#define glDeleteShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteShader
+#define glDeleteTextures                  imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteTextures
+#define glDeleteVertexArrays              imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteVertexArrays
+#define glDetachShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DetachShader
+#define glDisable                         imgl3wProcs.gl.Disable
+#define glDisableVertexAttribArray        imgl3wProcs.gl.DisableVertexAttribArray
+#define glDrawElements                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElements
+#define glDrawElementsBaseVertex          imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElementsBaseVertex
+#define glEnable                          imgl3wProcs.gl.Enable
+#define glEnableVertexAttribArray         imgl3wProcs.gl.EnableVertexAttribArray
+#define glFlush                           imgl3wProcs.gl.Flush
+#define glGenBuffers                      imgl3wProcs.gl.GenBuffers
+#define glGenTextures                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GenTextures
+#define glGenVertexArrays                 imgl3wProcs.gl.GenVertexArrays
+#define glGetAttribLocation               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetAttribLocation
+#define glGetError                        imgl3wProcs.gl.GetError
+#define glGetIntegerv                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GetIntegerv
+#define glGetProgramInfoLog               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramInfoLog
+#define glGetProgramiv                    imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramiv
+#define glGetShaderInfoLog                imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderInfoLog
+#define glGetShaderiv                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderiv
+#define glGetString                       imgl3wProcs.gl.GetString
+#define glGetStringi                      imgl3wProcs.gl.GetStringi
+#define glGetUniformLocation              imgl3wProcs.gl.GetUniformLocation
+#define glGetVertexAttribPointerv         imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribPointerv
+#define glGetVertexAttribiv               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribiv
+#define glIsEnabled                       imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled
+#define glIsProgram                       imgl3wProcs.gl.IsProgram
+#define glLinkProgram                     imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram
+#define glPixelStorei                     imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei
+#define glPolygonMode                     imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode
+#define glReadPixels                      imgl3wProcs.gl.ReadPixels
+#define glScissor                         imgl3wProcs.gl.Scissor
+#define glShaderSource                    imgl3wProcs.gl.ShaderSource
+#define glTexImage2D                      imgl3wProcs.gl.TexImage2D
+#define glTexParameteri                   imgl3wProcs.gl.TexParameteri
+#define glUniform1i                       imgl3wProcs.gl.Uniform1i
+#define glUniformMatrix4fv                imgl3wProcs.gl.UniformMatrix4fv
+#define glUseProgram                      imgl3wProcs.gl.UseProgram
+#define glVertexAttribPointer             imgl3wProcs.gl.VertexAttribPointer
+#define glViewport                        imgl3wProcs.gl.Viewport
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGL3W_IMPL
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE(x)  (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+
+static HMODULE libgl;
+typedef PROC(__stdcall* GL3WglGetProcAddr)(LPCSTR);
+static GL3WglGetProcAddr wgl_get_proc_address;
+
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    libgl = LoadLibraryA("opengl32.dll");
+    if (!libgl)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    wgl_get_proc_address = (GL3WglGetProcAddr)GetProcAddress(libgl, "wglGetProcAddress");
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void close_libgl(void) { FreeLibrary(libgl); }
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res;
+    res = (GL3WglProc)wgl_get_proc_address(proc);
+    if (!res)
+        res = (GL3WglProc)GetProcAddress(libgl, proc);
+    return res;
+}
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+static void *libgl;
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    libgl = dlopen("/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (!libgl)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); }
+
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res;
+    *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+    return res;
+}
+#else
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+static void* libgl;  // OpenGL library
+static void* libglx;  // GLX library
+static void* libegl;  // EGL library
+static GL3WGetProcAddressProc gl_get_proc_address;
+
+static void close_libgl(void)
+{
+    if (libgl) {
+        dlclose(libgl);
+        libgl = NULL;
+    }
+    if (libegl) {
+        dlclose(libegl);
+        libegl = NULL;
+    }
+    if (libglx) {
+        dlclose(libglx);
+        libglx = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static int is_library_loaded(const char* name, void** lib)
+{
+    *lib = dlopen(name, RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL | RTLD_NOLOAD);
+    return *lib != NULL;
+}
+
+static int open_libs(void)
+{
+    // On Linux we have two APIs to get process addresses: EGL and GLX.
+    // EGL is supported under both X11 and Wayland, whereas GLX is X11-specific.
+
+    libgl = NULL;
+    libegl = NULL;
+    libglx = NULL;
+
+    // First check what's already loaded, the windowing library might have
+    // already loaded either EGL or GLX and we want to use the same one.
+
+    if (is_library_loaded("libEGL.so.1", &libegl) ||
+        is_library_loaded("libGLX.so.0", &libglx)) {
+        libgl = dlopen("libOpenGL.so.0", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+        if (libgl)
+            return GL3W_OK;
+        else
+            close_libgl();
+    }
+
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so.1", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so.3", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+
+    // Neither is already loaded, so we have to load one.  Try EGL first
+    // because it is supported under both X11 and Wayland.
+
+    // Load OpenGL + EGL
+    libgl = dlopen("libOpenGL.so.0", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    libegl = dlopen("libEGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (libgl && libegl)
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    else
+        close_libgl();
+
+    // Fall back to legacy libGL, which includes GLX
+    // While most systems use libGL.so.1, NetBSD seems to use that libGL.so.3. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6983
+    libgl = dlopen("libGL.so", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (!libgl)
+        libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (!libgl)
+        libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.3", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+
+    if (libgl)
+        return GL3W_OK;
+
+    return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+}
+
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    int res = open_libs();
+    if (res)
+        return res;
+
+    if (libegl)
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libegl, "eglGetProcAddress");
+    else if (libglx)
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libglx, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
+    else
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
+
+    if (!gl_get_proc_address) {
+        close_libgl();
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    }
+
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char* proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res = NULL;
+
+    // Before EGL version 1.5, eglGetProcAddress doesn't support querying core
+    // functions and may return a dummy function if we try, so try to load the
+    // function from the GL library directly first.
+    if (libegl)
+        *(void**)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+
+    if (!res)
+        res = gl_get_proc_address(proc);
+
+    if (!libegl && !res)
+        *(void**)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+
+    return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+static struct { int major, minor; } version;
+
+static int parse_version(void)
+{
+    if (!glGetIntegerv)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_INIT;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &version.major);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &version.minor);
+    if (version.major == 0 && version.minor == 0)
+    {
+        // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"
+        if (const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION))
+            sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &version.major, &version.minor);
+    }
+    if (version.major < 2)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION;
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc);
+
+int imgl3wInit(void)
+{
+    int res = open_libgl();
+    if (res)
+        return res;
+    atexit(close_libgl);
+    return imgl3wInit2(get_proc);
+}
+
+int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc)
+{
+    load_procs(proc);
+    return parse_version();
+}
+
+int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor)
+{
+    if (major < 2)
+        return 0;
+    if (version.major == major)
+        return version.minor >= minor;
+    return version.major >= major;
+}
+
+GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc) { return get_proc(proc); }
+
+static const char *proc_names[] = {
+    "glActiveTexture",
+    "glAttachShader",
+    "glBindBuffer",
+    "glBindSampler",
+    "glBindTexture",
+    "glBindVertexArray",
+    "glBlendEquation",
+    "glBlendEquationSeparate",
+    "glBlendFuncSeparate",
+    "glBufferData",
+    "glBufferSubData",
+    "glClear",
+    "glClearColor",
+    "glCompileShader",
+    "glCreateProgram",
+    "glCreateShader",
+    "glDeleteBuffers",
+    "glDeleteProgram",
+    "glDeleteShader",
+    "glDeleteTextures",
+    "glDeleteVertexArrays",
+    "glDetachShader",
+    "glDisable",
+    "glDisableVertexAttribArray",
+    "glDrawElements",
+    "glDrawElementsBaseVertex",
+    "glEnable",
+    "glEnableVertexAttribArray",
+    "glFlush",
+    "glGenBuffers",
+    "glGenTextures",
+    "glGenVertexArrays",
+    "glGetAttribLocation",
+    "glGetError",
+    "glGetIntegerv",
+    "glGetProgramInfoLog",
+    "glGetProgramiv",
+    "glGetShaderInfoLog",
+    "glGetShaderiv",
+    "glGetString",
+    "glGetStringi",
+    "glGetUniformLocation",
+    "glGetVertexAttribPointerv",
+    "glGetVertexAttribiv",
+    "glIsEnabled",
+    "glIsProgram",
+    "glLinkProgram",
+    "glPixelStorei",
+    "glPolygonMode",
+    "glReadPixels",
+    "glScissor",
+    "glShaderSource",
+    "glTexImage2D",
+    "glTexParameteri",
+    "glUniform1i",
+    "glUniformMatrix4fv",
+    "glUseProgram",
+    "glVertexAttribPointer",
+    "glViewport",
+};
+
+GL3W_API union ImGL3WProcs imgl3wProcs;
+
+static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc)
+{
+    size_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE(proc_names); i++)
+        imgl3wProcs.ptr[i] = proc(proc_names[i]);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h
index 8098309c21..cb7b7319eb 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h
@@ -1,754 +1,3629 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.49
-// (internals)
-
-// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
-// Implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators)
-//   #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
+// (internal structures/api)
+
+// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility.
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations
+// [SECTION] Context pointer
+// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
+// [SECTION] Macros
+// [SECTION] Generic helpers
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
+// [SECTION] Data types support
+// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
+// [SECTION] Popup support
+// [SECTION] Inputs support
+// [SECTION] Clipper support
+// [SECTION] Navigation support
+// [SECTION] Typing-select support
+// [SECTION] Columns support
+// [SECTION] Multi-select support
+// [SECTION] Docking support
+// [SECTION] Viewport support
+// [SECTION] Settings support
+// [SECTION] Localization support
+// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools
+// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
+// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context)
+// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
+// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
+// [SECTION] Table support
+// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
+// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
+
+*/
 
 #pragma once
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_VERSION
-#error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h
+#include "imgui.h"
 #endif
 
-#include <stdio.h>      // FILE*
-#include <math.h>       // sqrtf()
+#include <stdio.h>      // FILE*, sscanf
+#include <stdlib.h>     // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof
+#include <math.h>       // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf
+#include <limits.h>     // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
 
+// Enable SSE intrinsics if available
+#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 || (defined(_M_IX86_FP) && (_M_IX86_FP >= 1))) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE)
+#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
+#include <immintrin.h>
+#endif
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (push)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4251)     // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
+#pragma warning (disable: 26495)    // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"        // for stb_textedit.h
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"     // for stb_textedit.h
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloor()
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"                // for stb_textedit.h
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"             // for stb_textedit.h
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn"               // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"              // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"      // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+
+// In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h
+// As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h
+#if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED)
+#error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h!
+#endif
+
+// Legacy defines
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS            // Renamed in 1.74
+#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS                     // Renamed in 1.74
+#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
+// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled.
+// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together.
+#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
+#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Forward Declarations
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-struct ImRect;
-struct ImGuiColMod;
-struct ImGuiStyleMod;
-struct ImGuiGroupData;
-struct ImGuiSimpleColumns;
-struct ImGuiDrawContext;
-struct ImGuiTextEditState;
-struct ImGuiIniData;
-struct ImGuiMouseCursorData;
-struct ImGuiPopupRef;
-struct ImGuiWindow;
+struct ImBitVector;                 // Store 1-bit per value
+struct ImRect;                      // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points)
+struct ImDrawDataBuilder;           // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance
+struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
+struct ImGuiColorMod;               // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+struct ImGuiContext;                // Main Dear ImGui context
+struct ImGuiContextHook;            // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine
+struct ImGuiDataVarInfo;            // Variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum)
+struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo;           // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
+struct ImGuiGroupData;              // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
+struct ImGuiInputTextState;         // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
+struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a deactivating InputText() while another is stealing active id
+struct ImGuiLastItemData;           // Status storage for last submitted items
+struct ImGuiLocEntry;               // A localization entry.
+struct ImGuiMenuColumns;            // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only
+struct ImGuiNavItemData;            // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result
+struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData;        // Temporary storage for last TreeNode() being a Left arrow landing candidate.
+struct ImGuiMetricsConfig;          // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions
+struct ImGuiNextWindowData;         // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
+struct ImGuiNextItemData;           // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
+struct ImGuiOldColumnData;          // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api
+struct ImGuiOldColumns;             // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api
+struct ImGuiPopupData;              // Storage for current popup stack
+struct ImGuiSettingsHandler;        // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file
+struct ImGuiStackSizes;             // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting
+struct ImGuiStyleMod;               // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+struct ImGuiTabBar;                 // Storage for a tab bar
+struct ImGuiTabItem;                // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar)
+struct ImGuiTable;                  // Storage for a table
+struct ImGuiTableHeaderData;        // Storage for TableAngledHeadersRow()
+struct ImGuiTableColumn;            // Storage for one column of a table
+struct ImGuiTableInstanceData;      // Storage for one instance of a same table
+struct ImGuiTableTempData;          // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables.
+struct ImGuiTableSettings;          // Storage for a table .ini settings
+struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings;   // Storage for a column .ini settings
+struct ImGuiTypingSelectState;      // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest;    // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public)
+struct ImGuiWindow;                 // Storage for one window
+struct ImGuiWindowTempData;         // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window)
+struct ImGuiWindowSettings;         // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session)
+
+// Enumerations
+// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
+enum ImGuiLocKey : int;                 // -> enum ImGuiLocKey              // Enum: a localization entry for translation.
+typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;            // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_         // Enum: Horizontal or vertical
+
+// Flags
+typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_      // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later)
+typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_      // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags
+typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_  // Flags: for FocusWindow();
+typedef int ImGuiItemFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_          // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags
+typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_    // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
+typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_     // Flags: for BeginColumns()
+typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_  // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight()
+typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_       // Flags: for navigation requests
+typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_  // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions
+typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions
+typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags;           // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_        // Flags: for ScrollToItem() and navigation requests
+typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_     // Flags: for SeparatorEx()
+typedef int ImGuiTextFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_          // Flags: for TextEx()
+typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_       // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx()
+typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_  // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+typedef int ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy()
+
+typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...);
 
-typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;      // enum ImGuiLayoutType_
-//typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;     // enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;   // enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags;     // enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Context pointer
+// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef GImGui
+extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui;  // Current implicit context pointer
+#endif
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// STB libraries
+// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-namespace ImGuiStb
+namespace ImStb
 {
 
-#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
-#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING             ImGuiTextEditState
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE           ImWchar
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE   -1.0f
-#include "stb_textedit.h"
+#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
+#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING             ImGuiInputTextState
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE           ImWchar
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE   (-1.0f)
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT     99
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT      999
+#include "imstb_textedit.h"
 
-} // namespace ImGuiStb
+} // namespace ImStb
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Context
+// [SECTION] Macros
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext*  GImGui;     // current implicit ImGui context pointer
+// Debug Printing Into TTY
+// (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...)    printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...)    ((void)0)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...)            ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...)            ((void)0)
+#endif
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...)   do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId)    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...)      do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus)       IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...)      do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup)       IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...)        do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav)         IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...)  do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection)   IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...)    do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper)     IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...)         do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO)          IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING(...) do{if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+
+// Static Asserts
+#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         static_assert(_COND, "")
+
+// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much.
+// We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code.
+//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)       IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)
+#else
+#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)
+#endif
+
+// Error handling
+// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults.
+#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR
+#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG)   // Recoverable User Error
+#endif
+
+// Misc Macros
+#define IM_PI                           3.14159265358979323846f
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define IM_NEWLINE                      "\r\n"   // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!)
+#else
+#define IM_NEWLINE                      "\n"
+#endif
+#ifndef IM_TABSIZE                      // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override
+#define IM_TABSIZE                      (4)
+#endif
+#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN)        (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1))           // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8
+#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL)    ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f)))   // Unsaturated, for display purpose
+#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL)        ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f))               // Saturated, always output 0..255
+#define IM_TRUNC(_VAL)                  ((float)(int)(_VAL))                                    // ImTrunc() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds
+#define IM_ROUND(_VAL)                  ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f))                           //
+#define IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X)         #_X
+#define IM_STRINGIFY(_X)                IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X)                                 // Preprocessor idiom to stringify e.g. an integer.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+#define IM_FLOOR IM_TRUNC
+#endif
+
+// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl
+#else
+#define IMGUI_CDECL
+#endif
+
+// Warnings
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)  __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX))
+#else
+#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)
+#endif
+
+// Debug Tools
+// Use 'Metrics/Debugger->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item.
+// This will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() which you may redefine yourself. See https://github.com/scottt/debugbreak for more reference.
+#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
+#if defined (_MSC_VER)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __debugbreak()
+#elif defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __builtin_debugtrap()
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile("int3;nop")
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01")
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0")
+#else
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    IM_ASSERT(0)    // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger!
+#endif
+#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
+
+// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized...
+// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from <inttypes.h> (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself.
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_PRId64   "I64d"
+#define IM_PRIu64   "I64u"
+#define IM_PRIX64   "I64X"
+#else
+#define IM_PRId64   "lld"
+#define IM_PRIu64   "llu"
+#define IM_PRIX64   "llX"
+#endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helpers
+// [SECTION] Generic helpers
+// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions.
+// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Helpers: Hashing
+// - Helpers: Sorting
+// - Helpers: Bit manipulation
+// - Helpers: String
+// - Helpers: Formatting
+// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
+// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
+// - Helpers: Maths
+// - Helpers: Geometry
+// - Helper: ImVec1
+// - Helper: ImVec2ih
+// - Helper: ImRect
+// - Helper: ImBitArray
+// - Helper: ImBitVector
+// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<>
+// - Helper: ImPool<>
+// - Helper: ImChunkStream<>
+// - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex
+// - Helper: ImGuiStorage
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)      ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR)))
-#define IM_PI                   3.14159265358979323846f
+// Helpers: Hashing
+IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0);
+IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0);
 
-// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);      // return output UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);          // return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                            // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                   // return number of bytes to express string as UTF-8 code-points
+// Helpers: Sorting
+#ifndef ImQsort
+static inline void      ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element, int(IMGUI_CDECL *compare_func)(void const*, void const*)) { if (count > 1) qsort(base, count, size_of_element, compare_func); }
+#endif
 
-// Helpers: Misc
-IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);    // Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
-IMGUI_API void*         ImLoadFileToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, int* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
-IMGUI_API bool          ImIsPointInTriangle(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c);
-static inline bool      ImCharIsSpace(int c)            { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
+// Helpers: Color Blending
+IMGUI_API ImU32         ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b);
+
+// Helpers: Bit manipulation
+static inline bool      ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v)           { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
+static inline bool      ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v)         { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
 static inline int       ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v)        { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; }
 
 // Helpers: String
-IMGUI_API int           ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2);
-IMGUI_API int           ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int count);
-IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdup(const char* str);
-IMGUI_API int           ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str);
-IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line
-IMGUI_API const char*   ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end);
-IMGUI_API int           ImFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(3);
-IMGUI_API int           ImFormatStringV(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-
-// Helpers: Math
-// We are keeping those not leaking to the user by default, in the case the user has implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and its own types (when IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA is defined)
-#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)              { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs, lhs.y*rhs); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)              { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs, lhs.y/rhs); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs.x, lhs.y/rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)                  { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)                  { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)            { return ImVec4(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y, lhs.z-rhs.z, lhs.w-rhs.w); }
-#endif
-
-static inline int    ImMin(int lhs, int rhs)                                    { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-static inline int    ImMax(int lhs, int rhs)                                    { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-static inline float  ImMin(float lhs, float rhs)                                { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-static inline float  ImMax(float lhs, float rhs)                                { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(ImMin(lhs.x,rhs.x), ImMin(lhs.y,rhs.y)); }
-static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(ImMax(lhs.x,rhs.x), ImMax(lhs.y,rhs.y)); }
-static inline int    ImClamp(int v, int mn, int mx)                             { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
-static inline float  ImClamp(float v, float mn, float mx)                       { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& f, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx)      { return ImVec2(ImClamp(f.x,mn.x,mx.x), ImClamp(f.y,mn.y,mx.y)); }
-static inline float  ImSaturate(float f)                                        { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; }
-static inline float  ImLerp(float a, float b, float t)                          { return a + (b - a) * t; }
+IMGUI_API int           ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2);                      // Case insensitive compare.
+IMGUI_API int           ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count);       // Case insensitive compare to a certain count.
+IMGUI_API void          ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count);                // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't).
+IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdup(const char* str);                                          // Duplicate a string.
+IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str);        // Copy in provided buffer, recreate buffer if needed.
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c);  // Find first occurrence of 'c' in string range.
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end);                // End end-of-line
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end);  // Find a substring in a string range.
+IMGUI_API void          ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str);                                         // Remove leading and trailing blanks from a buffer.
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str);                                    // Find first non-blank character.
+IMGUI_API int           ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str);                                      // Computer string length (ImWchar string)
+IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin);   // Find beginning-of-line (ImWchar string)
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+static inline char      ImToUpper(char c)               { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; }
+static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankA(char c)          { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
+static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c)  { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+// Helpers: Formatting
+IMGUI_API int           ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+IMGUI_API int           ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+IMGUI_API void          ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+IMGUI_API void          ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size);
+IMGUI_API void          ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size);
+IMGUI_API int           ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value);
+
+// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c);                                                      // return out_buf
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);   // return output UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);               // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                                 // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                             // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr);                   // return previous UTF-8 code-point.
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                                         // return number of lines taken by text. trailing carriage return doesn't count as an extra line.
+
+// Helpers: File System
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+typedef void* ImFileHandle;
+static inline ImFileHandle  ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*)                    { return NULL; }
+static inline bool          ImFileClose(ImFileHandle)                               { return false; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle)                             { return (ImU64)-1; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)           { return 0; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)    { return 0; }
+#endif
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+typedef FILE* ImFileHandle;
+IMGUI_API ImFileHandle      ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode);
+IMGUI_API bool              ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
+#else
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions
+#endif
+IMGUI_API void*             ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
+
+// Helpers: Maths
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
+#define ImFabs(X)           fabsf(X)
+#define ImSqrt(X)           sqrtf(X)
+#define ImFmod(X, Y)        fmodf((X), (Y))
+#define ImCos(X)            cosf(X)
+#define ImSin(X)            sinf(X)
+#define ImAcos(X)           acosf(X)
+#define ImAtan2(Y, X)       atan2f((Y), (X))
+#define ImAtof(STR)         atof(STR)
+#define ImCeil(X)           ceilf(X)
+static inline float  ImPow(float x, float y)    { return powf(x, y); }          // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision
+static inline double ImPow(double x, double y)  { return pow(x, y); }
+static inline float  ImLog(float x)             { return logf(x); }             // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision
+static inline double ImLog(double x)            { return log(x); }
+static inline int    ImAbs(int x)               { return x < 0 ? -x : x; }
+static inline float  ImAbs(float x)             { return fabsf(x); }
+static inline double ImAbs(double x)            { return fabs(x); }
+static inline float  ImSign(float x)            { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : (x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument
+static inline double ImSign(double x)           { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : (x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0; }
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
+static inline float  ImRsqrt(float x)           { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); }
+#else
+static inline float  ImRsqrt(float x)           { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); }
+#endif
+static inline double ImRsqrt(double x)          { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); }
+#endif
+// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double
+// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types)
+template<typename T> static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs)                        { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs)                        { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx)                   { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t)                  { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); }
+template<typename T> static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b)                      { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)   { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)   { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; }
+// - Misc maths helpers
+static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2&mn, const ImVec2&mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t)          { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); }
 static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t)  { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); }
-static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs)                             { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; }
-static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs)                             { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y + lhs.z*lhs.z + lhs.w*lhs.w; }
-static inline float  ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value)           { float d = lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / sqrtf(d); return fail_value; }
-static inline float  ImFloor(float f)                                           { return (float)(int)f; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(ImVec2 v)                                          { return ImVec2((float)(int)v.x, (float)(int)v.y); }
+static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t)          { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); }
+static inline float  ImSaturate(float f)                                        { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; }
+static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs)                             { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); }
+static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs)                             { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); }
+static inline float  ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value)           { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; }
+static inline float  ImTrunc(float f)                                           { return (float)(int)(f); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImTrunc(const ImVec2& v)                                   { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); }
+static inline float  ImFloor(float f)                                           { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf()
+static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v)                                   { return ImVec2(ImFloor(v.x), ImFloor(v.y)); }
+static inline int    ImModPositive(int a, int b)                                { return (a + b) % b; }
+static inline float  ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b)                    { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; }
+static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a)        { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); }
+static inline float  ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed)    { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; }
+static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
+static inline bool   ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f)          { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; }
+static inline float  ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+// Helpers: Geometry
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments);       // For curves with explicit number of segments
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t);
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API bool       ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API void       ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w);
+inline float         ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)          { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; }
+inline bool          ImTriangleIsClockwise(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)   { return ((b.x - a.x) * (c.y - b.y)) - ((c.x - b.x) * (b.y - a.y)) > 0.0f; }
+
+// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector)
+// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+struct ImVec1
+{
+    float   x;
+    constexpr ImVec1()         : x(0.0f) { }
+    constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage)
+struct ImVec2ih
+{
+    short   x, y;
+    constexpr ImVec2ih()                           : x(0), y(0) {}
+    constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y)         : x(_x), y(_y) {}
+    constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {}
+};
+
+// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box)
+// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here!
+struct IMGUI_API ImRect
+{
+    ImVec2      Min;    // Upper-left
+    ImVec2      Max;    // Lower-right
 
-// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
-// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
-#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_PLACEMENT_NEW
-struct ImPlacementNewDummy {};
-inline void* operator new(size_t, ImPlacementNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
-inline void operator delete(void*, ImPlacementNewDummy, void*) {}
-#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR)  new(ImPlacementNewDummy(), _PTR)
+    constexpr ImRect()                                        : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f)  {}
+    constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max)    : Min(min), Max(max)                {}
+    constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v)                         : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w)      {}
+    constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2)  : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2)          {}
+
+    ImVec2      GetCenter() const                   { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); }
+    ImVec2      GetSize() const                     { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); }
+    float       GetWidth() const                    { return Max.x - Min.x; }
+    float       GetHeight() const                   { return Max.y - Min.y; }
+    float       GetArea() const                     { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); }
+    ImVec2      GetTL() const                       { return Min; }                   // Top-left
+    ImVec2      GetTR() const                       { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); }  // Top-right
+    ImVec2      GetBL() const                       { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); }  // Bottom-left
+    ImVec2      GetBR() const                       { return Max; }                   // Bottom-right
+    bool        Contains(const ImVec2& p) const     { return p.x     >= Min.x && p.y     >= Min.y && p.x     <  Max.x && p.y     <  Max.y; }
+    bool        Contains(const ImRect& r) const     { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; }
+    bool        ContainsWithPad(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& pad) const { return p.x >= Min.x - pad.x && p.y >= Min.y - pad.y && p.x < Max.x + pad.x && p.y < Max.y + pad.y; }
+    bool        Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const     { return r.Min.y <  Max.y && r.Max.y >  Min.y && r.Min.x <  Max.x && r.Max.x >  Min.x; }
+    void        Add(const ImVec2& p)                { if (Min.x > p.x)     Min.x = p.x;     if (Min.y > p.y)     Min.y = p.y;     if (Max.x < p.x)     Max.x = p.x;     if (Max.y < p.y)     Max.y = p.y; }
+    void        Add(const ImRect& r)                { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; }
+    void        Expand(const float amount)          { Min.x -= amount;   Min.y -= amount;   Max.x += amount;   Max.y += amount; }
+    void        Expand(const ImVec2& amount)        { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; }
+    void        Translate(const ImVec2& d)          { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; }
+    void        TranslateX(float dx)                { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; }
+    void        TranslateY(float dy)                { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; }
+    void        ClipWith(const ImRect& r)           { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); }                   // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display.
+    void        ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r)       { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped.
+    void        Floor()                             { Min.x = IM_TRUNC(Min.x); Min.y = IM_TRUNC(Min.y); Max.x = IM_TRUNC(Max.x); Max.y = IM_TRUNC(Max.y); }
+    bool        IsInverted() const                  { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; }
+    ImVec4      ToVec4() const                      { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImBitArray
+#define         IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N)                 ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
+#define         IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N)                ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))))    // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
+inline size_t   ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount)   { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; }
+inline void     ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(arr, 0, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); }
+inline bool     ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n)      { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; }
+inline void     ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n)           { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; }
+inline void     ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n)             { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; }
+inline void     ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2)
+{
+    n2--;
+    while (n <= n2)
+    {
+        int a_mod = (n & 31);
+        int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1;
+        ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1);
+        arr[n >> 5] |= mask;
+        n = (n + 32) & ~31;
+    }
+}
+
+typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs
+
+// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions)
+// Store 1-bit per value.
+template<int BITCOUNT, int OFFSET = 0>
+struct ImBitArray
+{
+    ImU32           Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5];
+    ImBitArray()                                { ClearAllBits(); }
+    void            ClearAllBits()              { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); }
+    void            SetAllBits()                { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); }
+    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); }
+    void            SetBit(int n)               { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); }
+    void            ClearBit(int n)             { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); }
+    void            SetBitRange(int n, int n2)  { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2)
+    bool            operator[](int n) const     { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImBitVector
+// Store 1-bit per value.
+struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector
+{
+    ImVector<ImU32> Storage;
+    void            Create(int sz)              { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); }
+    void            Clear()                     { Storage.clear(); }
+    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); }
+    void            SetBit(int n)               { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); }
+    void            ClearBit(int n)             { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); }
+};
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+// Helper: ImSpan<>
+// Pointing to a span of data we don't own.
+template<typename T>
+struct ImSpan
+{
+    T*                  Data;
+    T*                  DataEnd;
+
+    // Constructors, destructor
+    inline ImSpan()                                 { Data = DataEnd = NULL; }
+    inline ImSpan(T* data, int size)                { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
+    inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end)             { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }
+
+    inline void         set(T* data, int size)      { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
+    inline void         set(T* data, T* data_end)   { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }
+    inline int          size() const                { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); }
+    inline int          size_in_bytes() const       { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); }
+    inline T&           operator[](int i)           { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
+    inline const T&     operator[](int i) const     { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
+
+    inline T*           begin()                     { return Data; }
+    inline const T*     begin() const               { return Data; }
+    inline T*           end()                       { return DataEnd; }
+    inline const T*     end() const                 { return DataEnd; }
+
+    // Utilities
+    inline int  index_from_ptr(const T* it) const   { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<>
+// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena")
+// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges.
+template<int CHUNKS>
+struct ImSpanAllocator
+{
+    char*   BasePtr;
+    int     CurrOff;
+    int     CurrIdx;
+    int     Offsets[CHUNKS];
+    int     Sizes[CHUNKS];
+
+    ImSpanAllocator()                               { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    inline void  Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; }
+    inline int   GetArenaSizeInBytes()              { return CurrOff; }
+    inline void  SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr)    { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; }
+    inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n)             { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); }
+    inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n)               { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); }
+    template<typename T>
+    inline void  GetSpan(int n, ImSpan<T>* span)    { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImPool<>
+// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer,
+// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object.
+typedef int ImPoolIdx;
+template<typename T>
+struct ImPool
+{
+    ImVector<T>     Buf;        // Contiguous data
+    ImGuiStorage    Map;        // ID->Index
+    ImPoolIdx       FreeIdx;    // Next free idx to use
+    ImPoolIdx       AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose)
+
+    ImPool()    { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
+    ~ImPool()   { Clear(); }
+    T*          GetByKey(ImGuiID key)               { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; }
+    T*          GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n)             { return &Buf[n]; }
+    ImPoolIdx   GetIndex(const T* p) const          { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); }
+    T*          GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key)          { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); }
+    bool        Contains(const T* p) const          { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
+    void        Clear()                             { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
+    T*          Add()                               { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); AliveCount++; return &Buf[idx]; }
+    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p)     { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); }
+    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx)  { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); AliveCount--; }
+    void        Reserve(int capacity)               { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); }
+
+    // To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... }
+    // Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize()
+    int         GetAliveCount() const               { return AliveCount; }      // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose)
+    int         GetBufSize() const                  { return Buf.Size; }
+    int         GetMapSize() const                  { return Map.Data.Size; }   // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere
+    T*          TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n)          { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImChunkStream<>
+// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures.
+// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count.
+// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries.
+// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings.
+template<typename T>
+struct ImChunkStream
+{
+    ImVector<char>  Buf;
+
+    void    clear()                     { Buf.clear(); }
+    bool    empty() const               { return Buf.Size == 0; }
+    int     size() const                { return Buf.Size; }
+    T*      alloc_chunk(size_t sz)      { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); }
+    T*      begin()                     { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); }
+    T*      next_chunk(T* p)            { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; }
+    int     chunk_size(const T* p)      { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; }
+    T*      end()                       { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
+    int     offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; }
+    T*      ptr_from_offset(int off)    { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); }
+    void    swap(ImChunkStream<T>& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex
+// Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API.
+struct ImGuiTextIndex
+{
+    ImVector<int>   LineOffsets;
+    int             EndOffset = 0;                          // Because we don't own text buffer we need to maintain EndOffset (may bake in LineOffsets?)
+
+    void            clear()                                 { LineOffsets.clear(); EndOffset = 0; }
+    int             size()                                  { return LineOffsets.Size; }
+    const char*     get_line_begin(const char* base, int n) { return base + LineOffsets[n]; }
+    const char*     get_line_end(const char* base, int n)   { return base + (n + 1 < LineOffsets.Size ? (LineOffsets[n + 1] - 1) : EndOffset); }
+    void            append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size);
+};
+
+// Helper: ImGuiStorage
+IMGUI_API ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key);
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value.
+// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693
+// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation:
+//   N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) )     where r > 0, error <= r
+// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is
+// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will
+// will get this result.
+//
+// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce
+// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.)
+#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V)                                  ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2)
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN                     4
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX                     512
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR)    ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX)
+
+// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'.
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR)    ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))))
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD)     ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD))
+
+// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle.
+#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE                          48 // Number of samples in lookup table.
 #endif
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX                          IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle.
+
+// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
+// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure.
+struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData
+{
+    ImVec2          TexUvWhitePixel;            // UV of white pixel in the atlas
+    ImFont*         Font;                       // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
+    float           FontSize;                   // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
+    float           CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo()
+    float           CircleSegmentMaxError;      // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc
+    ImVec4          ClipRectFullscreen;         // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen()
+    ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags;               // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards)
+
+    // [Internal] Temp write buffer
+    ImVector<ImVec2> TempBuffer;
+
+    // [Internal] Lookup tables
+    ImVec2          ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle.
+    float           ArcFastRadiusCutoff;                        // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo()
+    ImU8            CircleSegmentCounts[64];    // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead)
+    const ImVec4*   TexUvLines;                 // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas
+
+    ImDrawListSharedData();
+    void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error);
+};
+
+struct ImDrawDataBuilder
+{
+    ImVector<ImDrawList*>*  Layers[2];      // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData.
+    ImVector<ImDrawList*>   LayerData1;
+
+    ImDrawDataBuilder()                     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Data types support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImGuiDataVarInfo
+{
+    ImGuiDataType   Type;
+    ImU32           Count;      // 1+
+    ImU32           Offset;     // Offset in parent structure
+    void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
+};
+
+struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage
+{
+    ImU8        Data[8];        // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
+};
+
+// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
+struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
+{
+    size_t      Size;           // Size in bytes
+    const char* Name;           // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
+    const char* PrintFmt;       // Default printf format for the type
+    const char* ScanFmt;        // Default scanf format for the type
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiDataType_
+enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1,
+    ImGuiDataType_Pointer,
+    ImGuiDataType_ID,
+};
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types
+// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-//enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
-//{
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat                 = 1 << 0,   // hold to repeat
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 1,   // (default) return pressed on click+release on same item (default if no PressedOn** flag is set)
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 2,   // return pressed on click (default requires click+release)
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 3,   // return pressed on release (default requires click+release)
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 4,   // return pressed on double-click (default requires click+release)
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds          = 1 << 5,   // allow interaction even if a child window is overlapping
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 6,   // disable automatically closing parent popup on press
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled               = 1 << 7,   // disable interaction
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 8,   // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 9,   // disable interaction if a key modifier is held
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode       = 1 << 10   // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable
-//};
+// Flags used by upcoming items
+// - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags.
+// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags
+// Current window shared by all windows.
+// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough.
+enum ImGuiItemFlags_
+{
+    // Controlled by user
+    ImGuiItemFlags_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                = 1 << 0,  // false     // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat             = 1 << 1,  // false     // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                 = 1 << 2,  // false     // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                    = 1 << 3,  // false     // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus        = 1 << 4,  // false     // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5,  // false     // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window
+    ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue               = 1 << 6,  // false     // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly                 = 1 << 7,  // false     // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck   = 1 << 8,  // false     // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable()
+    ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap             = 1 << 9,  // false     // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame.
+
+    // Controlled by widget code
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable                = 1 << 10, // false     // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData     = 1 << 11, // false     // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData()
+};
 
-enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
+// Status flags for an already submitted item
+// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
+enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
 {
-    ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical               = 1 << 0
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect        = 1 << 0,   // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect     = 1 << 1,   // g.LastItemData.DisplayRect is valid
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited             = 1 << 2,   // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection   = 1 << 3,   // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen        = 1 << 4,   // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated     = 1 << 5,   // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated        = 1 << 6,   // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow      = 1 << 7,   // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible            = 1 << 8,   // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()).
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect        = 1 << 9,   // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut        = 1 << 10,  // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd().
+
+    // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable           = 1 << 20,  // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened             = 1 << 21,  // Opened status
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable          = 1 << 22,  // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked            = 1 << 23,  // Checked status
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable          = 1 << 24,  // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX)
+#endif
 };
 
+// Extend ImGuiHoveredFlags_
+enum ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_                    = ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay,
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary,
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered   = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_,
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_
+enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    // [Internal]
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline           = 1 << 26,  // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited        = 1 << 27,  // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem          = 1 << 28,  // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint= 1 << 29,  // For internal use by InputScalar() and TempInputScalar()
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_
+enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 4,   // return true on click (mouse down event)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 5,   // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 7,   // return true on release (default requires click+release)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 8,   // return true on double-click (default requires click+release)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold  = 1 << 9,   // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat                 = 1 << 10,  // hold to repeat
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren        = 1 << 11,  // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap           = 1 << 12,  // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable.
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 13,  // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED]
+    //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled             = 1 << 14,  // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 15,  // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 16,  // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId      = 1 << 17,  // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 18,  // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used every time an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus       = 1 << 19,  // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner          = 1 << 20,  // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner         = 1 << 21,  // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_         = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_      = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease,
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_
+enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview           = 1 << 20,  // enable BeginComboPreview()
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_
+enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical               = 1 << 20,  // Should this slider be orientated vertically?
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly               = 1 << 21,  // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead.
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_
 enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
 {
     // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu               = 1 << 3,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem           = 1 << 4,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled           = 1 << 5,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 6
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID      = 1 << 20,
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav            = 1 << 21,  // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a BeginSelection() API.
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick          = 1 << 22,  // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease        = 1 << 23,  // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth         = 1 << 24,  // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover        = 1 << 25,  // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing   = 1 << 26,  // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner          = 1 << 27,  // Don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
+enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20,
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow            = 1 << 21,// (FIXME-WIP) Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517)
+};
+
+enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal              = 1 << 0,   // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical                = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns          = 1 << 2,   // Make separator cover all columns of a legacy Columns() set.
+};
+
+// Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags.
+// FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf()
+// and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in.
+enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None                 = 0,
+    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild  = 1 << 0,   // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.
+    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal     = 1 << 1,   // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal.
+};
+
+enum ImGuiTextFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTextFlags_None                         = 0,
+    ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText   = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTooltipFlags_None                      = 0,
+    ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious          = 1 << 1,   // Clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append)
 };
 
 // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet.
+// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
 enum ImGuiLayoutType_
 {
-    ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical,
-    ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal
+    ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0,
+    ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1
 };
 
-enum ImGuiPlotType
+enum ImGuiLogType
 {
-    ImGuiPlotType_Lines,
-    ImGuiPlotType_Histogram
+    ImGuiLogType_None = 0,
+    ImGuiLogType_TTY,
+    ImGuiLogType_File,
+    ImGuiLogType_Buffer,
+    ImGuiLogType_Clipboard,
 };
 
-enum ImGuiDataType
+// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
+enum ImGuiAxis
 {
-    ImGuiDataType_Int,
-    ImGuiDataType_Float
+    ImGuiAxis_None = -1,
+    ImGuiAxis_X = 0,
+    ImGuiAxis_Y = 1
 };
 
-// 2D axis aligned bounding-box
-// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here
-struct IMGUI_API ImRect
+enum ImGuiPlotType
 {
-    ImVec2      Min;    // Upper-left
-    ImVec2      Max;    // Lower-right
-
-    ImRect()                                        : Min(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX), Max(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)  {}
-    ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max)    : Min(min), Max(max)                            {}
-    ImRect(const ImVec4& v)                         : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w)                  {}
-    ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2)  : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2)                      {}
-
-    ImVec2      GetCenter() const               { return ImVec2((Min.x+Max.x)*0.5f, (Min.y+Max.y)*0.5f); }
-    ImVec2      GetSize() const                 { return ImVec2(Max.x-Min.x, Max.y-Min.y); }
-    float       GetWidth() const                { return Max.x-Min.x; }
-    float       GetHeight() const               { return Max.y-Min.y; }
-    ImVec2      GetTL() const                   { return Min; }                   // Top-left
-    ImVec2      GetTR() const                   { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); }  // Top-right
-    ImVec2      GetBL() const                   { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); }  // Bottom-left
-    ImVec2      GetBR() const                   { return Max; }                   // Bottom-right
-    bool        Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x     && p.y >= Min.y     && p.x < Max.x     && p.y < Max.y; }
-    bool        Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x < Max.x && r.Max.y < Max.y; }
-    bool        Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y  && r.Max.y > Min.y  && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; }
-    void        Add(const ImVec2& rhs)          { if (Min.x > rhs.x)     Min.x = rhs.x;     if (Min.y > rhs.y) Min.y = rhs.y;         if (Max.x < rhs.x) Max.x = rhs.x;         if (Max.y < rhs.y) Max.y = rhs.y; }
-    void        Add(const ImRect& rhs)          { if (Min.x > rhs.Min.x) Min.x = rhs.Min.x; if (Min.y > rhs.Min.y) Min.y = rhs.Min.y; if (Max.x < rhs.Max.x) Max.x = rhs.Max.x; if (Max.y < rhs.Max.y) Max.y = rhs.Max.y; }
-    void        Expand(const float amount)      { Min.x -= amount;   Min.y -= amount;   Max.x += amount;   Max.y += amount; }
-    void        Expand(const ImVec2& amount)    { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; }
-    void        Reduce(const ImVec2& amount)    { Min.x += amount.x; Min.y += amount.y; Max.x -= amount.x; Max.y -= amount.y; }
-    void        Clip(const ImRect& clip)        { if (Min.x < clip.Min.x) Min.x = clip.Min.x; if (Min.y < clip.Min.y) Min.y = clip.Min.y; if (Max.x > clip.Max.x) Max.x = clip.Max.x; if (Max.y > clip.Max.y) Max.y = clip.Max.y; }
-    void        Floor()                         { Min.x = (float)(int)Min.x; Min.y = (float)(int)Min.y; Max.x = (float)(int)Max.x; Max.y = (float)(int)Max.y; }
-    ImVec2      GetClosestPoint(ImVec2 p, bool on_edge) const
-    {
-        if (!on_edge && Contains(p))
-            return p;
-        if (p.x > Max.x) p.x = Max.x;
-        else if (p.x < Min.x) p.x = Min.x;
-        if (p.y > Max.y) p.y = Max.y;
-        else if (p.y < Min.y) p.y = Min.y;
-        return p;
-    }
+    ImGuiPlotType_Lines,
+    ImGuiPlotType_Histogram,
 };
 
 // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
-struct ImGuiColMod
+struct ImGuiColorMod
 {
-    ImGuiCol    Col;
-    ImVec4      PreviousValue;
+    ImGuiCol        Col;
+    ImVec4          BackupValue;
 };
 
-// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable.
 struct ImGuiStyleMod
 {
-    ImGuiStyleVar   Var;
-    ImVec2          PreviousValue;
+    ImGuiStyleVar   VarIdx;
+    union           { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; };
+    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v)     { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; }
+    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v)   { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; }
+    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v)  { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; }
+};
+
+// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData
+{
+    ImRect          PreviewRect;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorPos;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorMaxPos;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    float           BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout;
+
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
-// Stacked data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
-struct ImGuiGroupData
+// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData
 {
+    ImGuiID     WindowID;
     ImVec2      BackupCursorPos;
     ImVec2      BackupCursorMaxPos;
-    float       BackupIndentX;
-    float       BackupCurrentLineHeight;
-    float       BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    float       BackupLogLinePosY;
-    bool        AdvanceCursor;
+    ImVec2      BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    ImVec1      BackupIndent;
+    ImVec1      BackupGroupOffset;
+    ImVec2      BackupCurrLineSize;
+    float       BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ImGuiID     BackupActiveIdIsAlive;
+    bool        BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    bool        BackupHoveredIdIsAlive;
+    bool        BackupIsSameLine;
+    bool        EmitItem;
 };
 
-// Per column data for Columns()
-struct ImGuiColumnData
+// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
 {
-    float       OffsetNorm;     // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
-    //float     IndentX;
+    ImU32       TotalWidth;
+    ImU32       NextTotalWidth;
+    ImU16       Spacing;
+    ImU16       OffsetIcon;         // Always zero for now
+    ImU16       OffsetLabel;        // Offsets are locked in Update()
+    ImU16       OffsetShortcut;
+    ImU16       OffsetMark;
+    ImU16       Widths[4];          // Width of:   Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark  (accumulators for current frame)
+
+    ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void        Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing);
+    float       DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark);
+    void        CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets);
 };
 
-// Simple column measurement currently used for MenuItem() only. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper.
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiSimpleColumns
+// Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState
 {
-    int         Count;
-    float       Spacing;
-    float       Width, NextWidth;
-    float       Pos[8], NextWidths[8];
+    ImGuiID            ID;              // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated)
+    ImVector<char>     TextA;           // text buffer
 
-    ImGuiSimpleColumns();
-    void        Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear);
-    float       DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2);
-    float       CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w);
+    ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState()    { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void    ClearFreeMemory()           { ID = 0; TextA.clear(); }
 };
-
 // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTextEditState
-{
-    ImGuiID             Id;                         // widget id owning the text state
-    ImVector<ImWchar>   Text;                       // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
-    ImVector<char>      InitialText;                // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
-    ImVector<char>      TempTextBuffer;
-    int                 CurLenA, CurLenW;           // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format.
-    int                 BufSizeA;                   // end-user buffer size
-    float               ScrollX;
-    ImGuiStb::STB_TexteditState   StbState;
-    float               CursorAnim;
-    bool                CursorFollow;
-    bool                SelectedAllMouseLock;
-
-    ImGuiTextEditState()                            { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-    void                CursorAnimReset()           { CursorAnim = -0.30f; }                                   // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
-    void                CursorClamp()               { StbState.cursor = ImMin(StbState.cursor, CurLenW); StbState.select_start = ImMin(StbState.select_start, CurLenW); StbState.select_end = ImMin(StbState.select_end, CurLenW); }
-    bool                HasSelection() const        { return StbState.select_start != StbState.select_end; }
-    void                ClearSelection()            { StbState.select_start = StbState.select_end = StbState.cursor; }
-    void                SelectAll()                 { StbState.select_start = 0; StbState.select_end = CurLenW; StbState.cursor = StbState.select_end; StbState.has_preferred_x = false; }
-    void                OnKeyPressed(int key);
-};
-
-// Data saved in imgui.ini file
-struct ImGuiIniData
-{
-    char*       Name;
+// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
+{
+    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                    // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
+    ImGuiID                 ID;                     // widget id owning the text state
+    int                     CurLenW, CurLenA;       // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not.
+    ImVector<ImWchar>       TextW;                  // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
+    ImVector<char>          TextA;                  // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity.
+    ImVector<char>          InitialTextA;           // value to revert to when pressing Escape = backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
+    bool                    TextAIsValid;           // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument)
+    int                     BufCapacityA;           // end-user buffer capacity
+    float                   ScrollX;                // horizontal scrolling/offset
+    ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb;                   // state for stb_textedit.h
+    float                   CursorAnim;             // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately
+    bool                    CursorFollow;           // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!)
+    bool                    SelectedAllMouseLock;   // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection
+    bool                    Edited;                 // edited this frame
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags     Flags;                  // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set.
+    bool                    ReloadUserBuf;          // force a reload of user buf so it may be modified externally. may be automatic in future version.
+    int                     ReloadSelectionStart;   // POSITIONS ARE IN IMWCHAR units *NOT* UTF-8 this is why this is not exposed yet.
+    int                     ReloadSelectionEnd;
+
+    ImGuiInputTextState()                   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void        ClearText()                 { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); }
+    void        ClearFreeMemory()           { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); }
+    int         GetUndoAvailCount() const   { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; }
+    int         GetRedoAvailCount() const   { return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; }
+    void        OnKeyPressed(int key);      // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation
+
+    // Cursor & Selection
+    void        CursorAnimReset()           { CursorAnim = -0.30f; }                                   // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
+    void        CursorClamp()               { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); }
+    bool        HasSelection() const        { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; }
+    void        ClearSelection()            { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; }
+    int         GetCursorPos() const        { return Stb.cursor; }
+    int         GetSelectionStart() const   { return Stb.select_start; }
+    int         GetSelectionEnd() const     { return Stb.select_end; }
+    void        SelectAll()                 { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; }
+
+    // Reload user buf (WIP #2890)
+    // If you modify underlying user-passed const char* while active you need to call this (InputText V2 may lift this)
+    //   strcpy(my_buf, "hello");
+    //   if (ImGuiInputTextState* state = ImGui::GetInputTextState(id)) // id may be ImGui::GetItemID() is last item
+    //       state->ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll();
+    void        ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll()     { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = 0; ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; }
+    void        ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = Stb.select_start; ReloadSelectionEnd = Stb.select_end; }
+    void        ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd()     { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; }
+
+};
+
+enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_None                = 0,
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh   = 1 << 0,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Try to keep existing contents, USER MUST NOT HONOR BEGIN() RETURNING FALSE AND NOT APPEND.
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover      = 1 << 1,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on hover
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus      = 1 << 2,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on focus
+    // Refresh policy/frequency, Load Balancing etc.
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos             = 1 << 0,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize            = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize     = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed       = 1 << 3,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint  = 1 << 4,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus           = 1 << 5,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha         = 1 << 6,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll          = 1 << 7,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags      = 1 << 8,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy   = 1 << 9,
+};
+
+// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
+struct ImGuiNextWindowData
+{
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags    Flags;
+    ImGuiCond                   PosCond;
+    ImGuiCond                   SizeCond;
+    ImGuiCond                   CollapsedCond;
+    ImVec2                      PosVal;
+    ImVec2                      PosPivotVal;
+    ImVec2                      SizeVal;
+    ImVec2                      ContentSizeVal;
+    ImVec2                      ScrollVal;
+    ImGuiChildFlags             ChildFlags;
+    bool                        CollapsedVal;
+    ImRect                      SizeConstraintRect;
+    ImGuiSizeCallback           SizeCallback;
+    void*                       SizeCallbackUserData;
+    float                       BgAlphaVal;             // Override background alpha
+    ImVec2                      MenuBarOffsetMinVal;    // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?)
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags     RefreshFlagsVal;
+
+    ImGuiNextWindowData()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; }
+};
+
+// Multi-Selection item index or identifier when using SetNextItemSelectionUserData()/BeginMultiSelect()
+// (Most users are likely to use this store an item INDEX but this may be used to store a POINTER as well.)
+typedef ImS64 ImGuiSelectionUserData;
+
+enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None         = 0,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth     = 1 << 0,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen      = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut  = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal    = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+struct ImGuiNextItemData
+{
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags      Flags;
+    ImGuiItemFlags              ItemFlags;          // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap.
+    // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem()
+    ImGuiSelectionUserData      SelectionUserData;  // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values)
+    float                       Width;              // Set by SetNextItemWidth()
+    ImGuiKeyChord               Shortcut;           // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
+    ImGuiInputFlags             ShortcutFlags;      // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
+    bool                        OpenVal;            // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
+    ImU8                        OpenCond;           // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage        RefVal;             // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal
+
+    ImGuiNextItemData()         { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; }
+    inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
+};
+
+// Status storage for the last submitted item
+struct ImGuiLastItemData
+{
+    ImGuiID                 ID;
+    ImGuiItemFlags          InFlags;            // See ImGuiItemFlags_
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    StatusFlags;        // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
+    ImRect                  Rect;               // Full rectangle
+    ImRect                  NavRect;            // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed)
+    // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags ar set.
+    ImRect                  DisplayRect;        // Display rectangle. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) is set.
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;           // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) is set..
+    ImGuiKeyChord           Shortcut;           // Shortcut at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) is set..
+
+    ImGuiLastItemData()     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere.
+// This is the minimum amount of data that we need to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult() and which we can't infer in TreePop()
+// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump.
+struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData
+{
+    ImGuiID                 ID;
+    ImGuiItemFlags          InFlags;
+    ImRect                  NavRect;
+};
+
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes
+{
+    short   SizeOfIDStack;
+    short   SizeOfColorStack;
+    short   SizeOfStyleVarStack;
+    short   SizeOfFontStack;
+    short   SizeOfFocusScopeStack;
+    short   SizeOfGroupStack;
+    short   SizeOfItemFlagsStack;
+    short   SizeOfBeginPopupStack;
+    short   SizeOfDisabledStack;
+
+    ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+    void CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+};
+
+// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack
+struct ImGuiWindowStackData
+{
+    ImGuiWindow*        Window;
+    ImGuiLastItemData   ParentLastItemDataBackup;
+    ImGuiStackSizes     StackSizesOnBegin;          // Store size of various stacks for asserting
+    bool                DisabledOverrideReenable;   // Non-child window override disabled flag
+};
+
+struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
+{
+    int         Index;
+    float       Width;
+    float       InitialWidth;
+};
+
+struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
+{
+    void*       Ptr;            // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool.
+    int         Index;          // Usually index in a main pool.
+
+    ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr)  { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; }
+    ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index)  { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Popup support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
+{
+    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default,
+    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox,
+    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip,
+};
+
+// Storage for popup stacks (g.OpenPopupStack and g.BeginPopupStack)
+struct ImGuiPopupData
+{
+    ImGuiID             PopupId;        // Set on OpenPopup()
+    ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
+    ImGuiWindow*        RestoreNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close
+    int                 ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value
+    int                 OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup()
+    ImGuiID             OpenParentId;   // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items)
+    ImVec2              OpenPopupPos;   // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse)
+    ImVec2              OpenMousePos;   // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup
+
+    ImGuiPopupData()    { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Inputs support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Bit array for named keys
+typedef ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, -ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN>    ImBitArrayForNamedKeys;
+
+// [Internal] Key ranges
+#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN  0
+#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END    512
+#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN         (ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN)
+#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END           (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)
+#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN          (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)
+#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END            (ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1)
+#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN            (ImGuiKey_MouseLeft)
+#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_END              (ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY + 1)
+#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN          (ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN)
+#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_END            (ImGuiKey_Mouse_END)
+
+// [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation
+#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow   ImGuiMod_Ctrl
+#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast   ImGuiMod_Shift
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow    ImGuiKey_GamepadL1
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast    ImGuiKey_GamepadR1
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate     ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel       ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu         ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput        ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp
+
+enum ImGuiInputEventType
+{
+    ImGuiInputEventType_None = 0,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_Key,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_Text,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_Focus,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT
+};
+
+enum ImGuiInputSource
+{
+    ImGuiInputSource_None = 0,
+    ImGuiInputSource_Mouse,         // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them.
+    ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard,
+    ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad,
+    ImGuiInputSource_COUNT
+};
+
+// FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension?
+// Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor'
+struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos      { float PosX, PosY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel    { float WheelX, WheelY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton   { int Button; bool Down; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventKey           { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventText          { unsigned int Char; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused    { bool Focused; };
+
+struct ImGuiInputEvent
+{
+    ImGuiInputEventType             Type;
+    ImGuiInputSource                Source;
+    ImU32                           EventId;        // Unique, sequential increasing integer to identify an event (if you need to correlate them to other data).
+    union
+    {
+        ImGuiInputEventMousePos     MousePos;       // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos
+        ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel   MouseWheel;     // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel
+        ImGuiInputEventMouseButton  MouseButton;    // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton
+        ImGuiInputEventKey          Key;            // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key
+        ImGuiInputEventText         Text;           // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text
+        ImGuiInputEventAppFocused   AppFocused;     // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus
+    };
+    bool                            AddedByTestEngine;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior.
+#define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any           ((ImGuiID)0)    // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
+#define ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner       ((ImGuiID)-1)   // Require key to have no owner.
+//#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner  // We previously called this 'ImGuiKeyOwner_None' but it was inconsistent with our pattern that _None values == 0 and quite dangerous. Also using _NoOwner makes the IsKeyPressed() calls more explicit.
+
+typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex;
+
+// Routing table entry (sizeof() == 16 bytes)
+struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData
+{
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex            NextEntryIndex;
+    ImU16                           Mods;               // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits.
+    ImU8                            RoutingCurrScore;   // [DEBUG] For debug display
+    ImU8                            RoutingNextScore;   // Lower is better (0: perfect score)
+    ImGuiID                         RoutingCurr;
+    ImGuiID                         RoutingNext;
+
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData()           { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; }
+};
+
+// Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching.
+// Stored in main context (1 instance)
+struct ImGuiKeyRoutingTable
+{
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex            Index[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; // Index of first entry in Entries[]
+    ImVector<ImGuiKeyRoutingData>   Entries;
+    ImVector<ImGuiKeyRoutingData>   EntriesNext;                    // Double-buffer to avoid reallocation (could use a shared buffer)
+
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable()          { Clear(); }
+    void Clear()                    { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Index); n++) Index[n] = -1; Entries.clear(); EntriesNext.clear(); }
+};
+
+// This extends ImGuiKeyData but only for named keys (legacy keys don't support the new features)
+// Stored in main context (1 per named key). In the future it might be merged into ImGuiKeyData.
+struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData
+{
+    ImGuiID     OwnerCurr;
+    ImGuiID     OwnerNext;
+    bool        LockThisFrame;      // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame.
+    bool        LockUntilRelease;   // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well.
+
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData()             { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; }
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiInputFlags_
+// Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
+// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
+enum ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut()
+    // - Repeat mode: Repeat rate selection
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault           = 1 << 1,   // Repeat rate: Regular (default)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove           = 1 << 2,   // Repeat rate: Fast
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak          = 1 << 3,   // Repeat rate: Faster
+    // - Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted.
+    // - In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease          = 1 << 4,   // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange    = 1 << 5,   // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6,  // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress    = 1 << 7,   // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat
+
+    // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
+    // - Locking key away from non-input aware code. Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame               = 1 << 20,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease            = 1 << 21,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released.
+
+    // - Condition for SetItemKeyOwner()
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered                 = 1 << 22,  // Only set if item is hovered (default to both)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive                  = 1 << 23,  // Only set if item is active (default to both)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_                = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
+
+    // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_             = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_            = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_                 = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_                   = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_              = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_           = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed     = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked   = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut         = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner      = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner  = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_,
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Clipper support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Note that Max is exclusive, so perhaps should be using a Begin/End convention.
+struct ImGuiListClipperRange
+{
+    int     Min;
+    int     Max;
+    bool    PosToIndexConvert;      // Begin/End are absolute position (will be converted to indices later)
+    ImS8    PosToIndexOffsetMin;    // Add to Min after converting to indices
+    ImS8    PosToIndexOffsetMax;    // Add to Min after converting to indices
+
+    static ImGuiListClipperRange    FromIndices(int min, int max)                               { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { min, max, false, 0, 0 }; return r; }
+    static ImGuiListClipperRange    FromPositions(float y1, float y2, int off_min, int off_max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { (int)y1, (int)y2, true, (ImS8)off_min, (ImS8)off_max }; return r; }
+};
+
+// Temporary clipper data, buffers shared/reused between instances
+struct ImGuiListClipperData
+{
+    ImGuiListClipper*               ListClipper;
+    float                           LossynessOffset;
+    int                             StepNo;
+    int                             ItemsFrozen;
+    ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange> Ranges;
+
+    ImGuiListClipperData()          { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void                            Reset(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ListClipper = clipper; StepNo = ItemsFrozen = 0; Ranges.resize(0); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Navigation support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImGuiActivateFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_None                 = 0,
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput          = 1 << 0,       // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key.
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak          = 1 << 1,       // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used.
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState   = 1 << 2,       // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection)
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing          = 1 << 3,       // Activation requested by a tabbing request
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut         = 1 << 4,       // Activation requested by an item shortcut via SetNextItemShortcut() function.
+};
+
+// Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem()
+enum ImGuiScrollFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX       = 1 << 0,       // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on X axis to bring item back into view [default for X axis]
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY       = 1 << 1,       // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on Y axis to bring item back into view [default for Y axis for windows that are already visible]
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX     = 1 << 2,       // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on X axis [rarely used]
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY     = 1 << 3,       // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on Y axis
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX          = 1 << 4,       // Always center the result item on X axis [rarely used]
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY          = 1 << 5,       // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window)
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent         = 1 << 6,       // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to).
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_                 = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX,
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_                 = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY,
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None             = 0,
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact          = 1 << 1,       // Compact highlight, no padding
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw       = 1 << 2,       // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse.
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding       = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None                  = 0,
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX                 = 1 << 0,   // On failed request, restart from opposite side
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY                 = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX                 = 1 << 2,   // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left)
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY                 = 1 << 3,   // This is not super useful but provided for completeness
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_             = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY,
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId     = 1 << 4,   // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place)
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet   = 1 << 5,   // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown)
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY         = 1 << 6,   // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded             = 1 << 7,
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult         = 1 << 8,   // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi              = 1 << 9,   // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details)
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing             = 1 << 10,  // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove            = 1 << 11,  // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request.
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate              = 1 << 12,  // Activate/select target item.
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect              = 1 << 13,  // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight     = 1 << 14,  // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId       = 1 << 15,  // (Experimental) Do not clear active id when applying move result
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNavLayer
+{
+    ImGuiNavLayer_Main  = 0,    // Main scrolling layer
+    ImGuiNavLayer_Menu  = 1,    // Menu layer (access with Alt)
+    ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT
+};
+
+// Storage for navigation query/results
+struct ImGuiNavItemData
+{
+    ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Init,Move    // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window)
+    ImGuiID             ID;             // Init,Move    // Best candidate item ID
+    ImGuiID             FocusScopeId;   // Init,Move    // Best candidate focus scope ID
+    ImRect              RectRel;        // Init,Move    // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
+    ImGuiItemFlags      InFlags;        // ????,Move    // Best candidate item flags
+    float               DistBox;        //      Move    // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
+    float               DistCenter;     //      Move    // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
+    float               DistAxial;      //      Move    // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId
+    ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov    // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value. Valid if (InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
+
+    ImGuiNavItemData()  { Clear(); }
+    void Clear()        { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; }
+};
+
+// Storage for PushFocusScope()
+struct ImGuiFocusScopeData
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;
+    ImGuiID             WindowID;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Typing-select support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Flags for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None                 = 0,
+    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace       = 1 << 0,   // Backspace to delete character inputs. If using: ensure GetTypingSelectRequest() is not called more than once per frame (filter by e.g. focus state)
+    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode  = 1 << 1,   // Allow "single char" search mode which is activated when pressing the same character multiple times.
+};
+
+// Returned by GetTypingSelectRequest(), designed to eventually be public.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest
+{
+    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags  Flags;              // Flags passed to GetTypingSelectRequest()
+    int                     SearchBufferLen;
+    const char*             SearchBuffer;       // Search buffer contents (use full string. unless SingleCharMode is set, in which case use SingleCharSize).
+    bool                    SelectRequest;      // Set when buffer was modified this frame, requesting a selection.
+    bool                    SingleCharMode;     // Notify when buffer contains same character repeated, to implement special mode. In this situation it preferred to not display any on-screen search indication.
+    ImS8                    SingleCharSize;     // Length in bytes of first letter codepoint (1 for ascii, 2-4 for UTF-8). If (SearchBufferLen==RepeatCharSize) only 1 letter has been input.
+};
+
+// Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectState
+{
+    ImGuiTypingSelectRequest Request;           // User-facing data
+    char            SearchBuffer[64];           // Search buffer: no need to make dynamic as this search is very transient.
+    ImGuiID         FocusScope;
+    int             LastRequestFrame = 0;
+    float           LastRequestTime = 0.0f;
+    bool            SingleCharModeLock = false; // After a certain single char repeat count we lock into SingleCharMode. Two benefits: 1) buffer never fill, 2) we can provide an immediate SingleChar mode without timer elapsing.
+
+    ImGuiTypingSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void            Clear()  { SearchBuffer[0] = 0; SingleCharModeLock = false; } // We preserve remaining data for easier debugging
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Columns support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). This is an obsolete API. Prefer using BeginTable() nowadays!
+enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder                = 1 << 0,   // Disable column dividers
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize                = 1 << 1,   // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths        = 1 << 2,   // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow     = 1 << 3,   // Disable forcing columns to fit within window
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize  = 1 << 4,   // Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove.
+
+    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_None                    = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder                = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize                = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths        = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow     = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize  = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize,
+#endif
+};
+
+struct ImGuiOldColumnData
+{
+    float               OffsetNorm;             // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
+    float               OffsetNormBeforeResize;
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;                  // Not exposed
+    ImRect              ClipRect;
+
+    ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+struct ImGuiOldColumns
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;
+    bool                IsFirstFrame;
+    bool                IsBeingResized;
+    int                 Current;
+    int                 Count;
+    float               OffMinX, OffMaxX;       // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x
+    float               LineMinY, LineMaxY;
+    float               HostCursorPosY;         // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns()
+    float               HostCursorMaxPosX;      // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns()
+    ImRect              HostInitialClipRect;    // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns()
+    ImRect              HostBackupClipRect;     // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground()
+    ImRect              HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns()
+    ImVector<ImGuiOldColumnData> Columns;
+    ImDrawListSplitter  Splitter;
+
+    ImGuiOldColumns()   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Multi-select support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers)
+#define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid        ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1)
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT
+// <this is filled in 'range_select' branch>
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Docking support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+// <this is filled in 'docking' branch>
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Viewport support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!)
+// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP.
+struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport
+{
+    int                 BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used
+    ImDrawList*         BgFgDrawLists[2];       // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays.
+    ImDrawData          DrawDataP;
+    ImDrawDataBuilder   DrawDataBuilder;        // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData
+    ImVec2              WorkOffsetMin;          // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!)
+    ImVec2              WorkOffsetMax;          // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height).
+    ImVec2              BuildWorkOffsetMin;     // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f.
+    ImVec2              BuildWorkOffsetMax;     // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f.
+
+    ImGuiViewportP()    { BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; }
+    ~ImGuiViewportP()   { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[1]); }
+
+    // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect)
+    ImVec2  CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const                            { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); }
+    ImVec2  CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const    { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); }
+    void    UpdateWorkRect()            { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields
+
+    // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry)
+    ImRect  GetMainRect() const         { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
+    ImRect  GetWorkRect() const         { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); }
+    ImRect  GetBuildWorkRect() const    { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Settings support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file
+// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily.
+// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure)
+struct ImGuiWindowSettings
+{
     ImGuiID     ID;
-    ImVec2      Pos;
-    ImVec2      Size;
+    ImVec2ih    Pos;
+    ImVec2ih    Size;
     bool        Collapsed;
+    bool        IsChild;
+    bool        WantApply;      // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)
+    bool        WantDelete;     // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry
+
+    ImGuiWindowSettings()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    char* GetName()             { return (char*)(this + 1); }
+};
+
+struct ImGuiSettingsHandler
+{
+    const char* TypeName;       // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
+    ImGuiID     TypeHash;       // == ImHashStr(TypeName)
+    void        (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Clear all settings data
+    void        (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Read: Called before reading (in registration order)
+    void*       (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name);              // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]"
+    void        (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry
+    void        (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Read: Called after reading (in registration order)
+    void        (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf);      // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf'
+    void*       UserData;
+
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Localization support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack.
+enum ImGuiLocKey : int
+{
+    ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr,
+    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne,
+    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit,
+    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault,
+    ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder,
+    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar,
+    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup,
+    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled,
+    ImGuiLocKey_COUNT
+};
+
+struct ImGuiLocEntry
+{
+    ImGuiLocKey     Key;
+    const char*     Text;
+};
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_
+{
+    // Event types
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None                 = 0,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId        = 1 << 0,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus           = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup           = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav             = 1 << 3,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper         = 1 << 4,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection       = 1 << 5,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO              = 1 << 6,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting    = 1 << 7,
+
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_           = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId  | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY          = 1 << 20,  // Also send output to TTY
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine   = 1 << 21,  // Also send output to Test Engine
 };
 
-// Mouse cursor data (used when io.MouseDrawCursor is set)
-struct ImGuiMouseCursorData
+struct ImGuiDebugAllocEntry
 {
-    ImGuiMouseCursor    Type;
-    ImVec2              HotOffset;
-    ImVec2              Size;
-    ImVec2              TexUvMin[2];
-    ImVec2              TexUvMax[2];
+    int         FrameCount;
+    ImS16       AllocCount;
+    ImS16       FreeCount;
 };
 
-// Storage for current popup stack
-struct ImGuiPopupRef
+struct ImGuiDebugAllocInfo
 {
-    ImGuiID         PopupID;        // Set on OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiWindow*    Window;         // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiWindow*    ParentWindow;   // Set on OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiID         ParentMenuSet;  // Set on OpenPopup()
-    ImVec2          MousePosOnOpen; // Copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup
+    int         TotalAllocCount;            // Number of call to MemAlloc().
+    int         TotalFreeCount;
+    ImS16       LastEntriesIdx;             // Current index in buffer
+    ImGuiDebugAllocEntry LastEntriesBuf[6]; // Track last 6 frames that had allocations
 
-    ImGuiPopupRef(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* parent_window, ImGuiID parent_menu_set, const ImVec2& mouse_pos) { PopupID = id; Window = NULL; ParentWindow = parent_window; ParentMenuSet = parent_menu_set; MousePosOnOpen = mouse_pos; }
+    ImGuiDebugAllocInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
-// Main state for ImGui
+struct ImGuiMetricsConfig
+{
+    bool        ShowDebugLog = false;
+    bool        ShowIDStackTool = false;
+    bool        ShowWindowsRects = false;
+    bool        ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false;
+    bool        ShowTablesRects = false;
+    bool        ShowDrawCmdMesh = true;
+    bool        ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true;
+    bool        ShowTextEncodingViewer = false;
+    bool        ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false;
+    int         ShowWindowsRectsType = -1;
+    int         ShowTablesRectsType = -1;
+    int         HighlightMonitorIdx = -1;
+    ImGuiID     HighlightViewportID = 0;
+};
+
+struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo
+{
+    ImGuiID                 ID;
+    ImS8                    QueryFrameCount;            // >= 1: Query in progress
+    bool                    QuerySuccess;               // Obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo()
+    ImGuiDataType           DataType : 8;
+    char                    Desc[57];                   // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) FIXME: Now that we added CTRL+C this should be fixed.
+
+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo()   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// State for ID Stack tool queries
+struct ImGuiIDStackTool
+{
+    int                     LastActiveFrame;
+    int                     StackLevel;                 // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level
+    ImGuiID                 QueryId;                    // ID to query details for
+    ImVector<ImGuiStackLevelInfo> Results;
+    bool                    CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC;
+    float                   CopyToClipboardLastTime;
+
+    ImGuiIDStackTool()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook);
+enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ };
+
+struct ImGuiContextHook
+{
+    ImGuiID                     HookId;     // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook()
+    ImGuiContextHookType        Type;
+    ImGuiID                     Owner;
+    ImGuiContextHookCallback    Callback;
+    void*                       UserData;
+
+    ImGuiContextHook()          { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImGuiContext
 {
     bool                    Initialized;
+    bool                    FontAtlasOwnedByContext;            // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it.
     ImGuiIO                 IO;
     ImGuiStyle              Style;
     ImFont*                 Font;                               // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back()
-    float                   FontSize;                           // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize()
-    float                   FontBaseSize;                       // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Size of characters.
-    ImVec2                  FontTexUvWhitePixel;                // (Shortcut) == Font->TexUvWhitePixel
-
-    float                   Time;
+    float                   FontSize;                           // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window.
+    float                   FontBaseSize;                       // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height.
+    float                   CurrentDpiScale;                    // Current window/viewport DpiScale
+    ImDrawListSharedData    DrawListSharedData;
+    double                  Time;
     int                     FrameCount;
     int                     FrameCountEnded;
     int                     FrameCountRendered;
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  Windows;
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsSortBuffer;
-    ImGuiWindow*            CurrentWindow;                      // Being drawn into
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  CurrentWindowStack;
-    ImGuiWindow*            FocusedWindow;                      // Will catch keyboard inputs
-    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindow;                      // Will catch mouse inputs
-    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredRootWindow;                  // Will catch mouse inputs (for focus/move only)
-    ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget
-    bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
+    bool                    WithinFrameScope;                   // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame()
+    bool                    WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed
+    bool                    WithinEndChild;                     // Set within EndChild()
+    bool                    GcCompactAll;                       // Request full GC
+    bool                    TestEngineHookItems;                // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log()
+    void*                   TestEngine;                         // Test engine user data
+    char                    ContextName[16];                    // Storage for a context name (to facilitate debugging multi-context setups)
+
+    // Inputs
+    ImVector<ImGuiInputEvent> InputEventsQueue;                 // Input events which will be trickled/written into IO structure.
+    ImVector<ImGuiInputEvent> InputEventsTrail;                 // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail.
+    ImGuiMouseSource        InputEventsNextMouseSource;
+    ImU32                   InputEventsNextEventId;
+
+    // Windows state
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  Windows;                            // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsFocusOrder;                  // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front.
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsTempSortBuffer;              // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindowStackData> CurrentWindowStack;
+    ImGuiStorage            WindowsById;                        // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
+    int                     WindowsActiveCount;                 // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
+    ImVec2                  WindowsHoverPadding;                // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING).
+    ImGuiID                 DebugBreakInWindow;                 // Set to break in Begin() call.
+    ImGuiWindow*            CurrentWindow;                      // Window being drawn into
+    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindow;                      // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs.
+    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;     // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set.
+    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindowBeforeClear;           // Window the mouse is hovering. Filled even with _NoMouse. This is currently useful for multi-context compositors.
+    ImGuiWindow*            MovingWindow;                       // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow.
+    ImGuiWindow*            WheelingWindow;                     // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window.
+    ImVec2                  WheelingWindowRefMousePos;
+    int                     WheelingWindowStartFrame;           // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL
+    int                     WheelingWindowScrolledFrame;
+    float                   WheelingWindowReleaseTimer;
+    ImVec2                  WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;
+    ImVec2                  WheelingAxisAvg;
+
+    // Item/widgets state and tracking information
+    ImGuiID                 DebugHookIdInfo;                    // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line]
+    ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
     ImGuiID                 HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+    float                   HoveredIdTimer;                     // Measure contiguous hovering time
+    float                   HoveredIdNotActiveTimer;            // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
+    bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
+    bool                    HoveredIdIsDisabled;                // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
+    bool                    ItemUnclipByLog;                    // Disable ItemAdd() clipping, essentially a memory-locality friendly copy of LogEnabled
     ImGuiID                 ActiveId;                           // Active widget
-    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
-    bool                    ActiveIdIsAlive;
+    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdIsAlive;                    // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame)
+    float                   ActiveIdTimer;
     bool                    ActiveIdIsJustActivated;            // Set at the time of activation for one frame
-    bool                    ActiveIdAllowOverlap;               // Set only by active widget
+    bool                    ActiveIdAllowOverlap;               // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always)
+    bool                    ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss;         // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused.
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore;       // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch.
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;        // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state.
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
+    bool                    ActiveIdFromShortcut;
+    int                     ActiveIdMouseButton : 8;
     ImVec2                  ActiveIdClickOffset;                // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior)
     ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdWindow;
-    ImGuiWindow*            MovedWindow;                        // Track the child window we clicked on to move a window.
-    ImGuiID                 MovedWindowMoveId;                  // == MovedWindow->RootWindow->MoveId
-    ImVector<ImGuiIniData>  Settings;                           // .ini Settings
-    float                   SettingsDirtyTimer;                 // Save .ini Settings on disk when time reaches zero
-    ImVector<ImGuiColMod>   ColorModifiers;                     // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor()
-    ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod> StyleModifiers;                     // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar()
-    ImVector<ImFont*>       FontStack;                          // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont()
-    ImVector<ImGuiPopupRef> OpenPopupStack;                     // Which popups are open (persistent)
-    ImVector<ImGuiPopupRef> CurrentPopupStack;                  // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
-
-    // Storage for SetNexWindow** and SetNextTreeNode*** functions
-    ImVec2                  SetNextWindowPosVal;
-    ImVec2                  SetNextWindowSizeVal;
-    ImVec2                  SetNextWindowContentSizeVal;
-    bool                    SetNextWindowCollapsedVal;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextWindowPosCond;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextWindowSizeCond;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextWindowContentSizeCond;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextWindowCollapsedCond;
-    ImRect                  SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect;           // Valid if 'SetNextWindowSizeConstraint' is true
-    ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback;
-    void*                       SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData;
-    bool                    SetNextWindowSizeConstraint;
-    bool                    SetNextWindowFocus;
-    bool                    SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond;
+    ImGuiInputSource        ActiveIdSource;                     // Activating source: ImGuiInputSource_Mouse OR ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard OR ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad
+    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+    bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore;
+    ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow;
+    ImGuiID                 LastActiveId;                       // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation.
+    float                   LastActiveIdTimer;                  // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation.
+
+    // Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system
+    // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner.
+    // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
+    // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame().
+    double                  LastKeyModsChangeTime;              // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
+    double                  LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime;      // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
+    double                  LastKeyboardKeyPressTime;           // Record the last time a keyboard key (ignore mouse/gamepad ones) was pressed.
+    ImBitArrayForNamedKeys  KeysMayBeCharInput;                 // Lookup to tell if a key can emit char input, see IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(). sizeof() = 20 bytes
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData       KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT];
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable    KeysRoutingTable;
+    ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask;            // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it)
+    bool                    ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys;       // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency)
+    ImGuiKeyChord           DebugBreakInShortcutRouting;        // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask;          // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);'
+#endif
+
+    // Next window/item data
+    ImGuiID                 CurrentFocusScopeId;                // Value for currently appending items == g.FocusScopeStack.back(). Not to be mistaken with g.NavFocusScopeId.
+    ImGuiItemFlags          CurrentItemFlags;                   // Value for currently appending items == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
+    ImGuiID                 DebugLocateId;                      // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location
+    ImGuiNextItemData       NextItemData;                       // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
+    ImGuiLastItemData       LastItemData;                       // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd)
+    ImGuiNextWindowData     NextWindowData;                     // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
+    bool                    DebugShowGroupRects;
+
+    // Shared stacks
+    ImGuiCol                        DebugFlashStyleColorIdx;    // (Keep close to ColorStack to share cache line)
+    ImVector<ImGuiColorMod>         ColorStack;                 // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod>         StyleVarStack;              // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImFont*>               FontStack;                  // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData>   FocusScopeStack;            // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiItemFlags>        ItemFlagsStack;             // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiGroupData>        GroupStack;                 // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>        OpenPopupStack;             // Which popups are open (persistent)
+    ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>        BeginPopupStack;            // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
+    ImVector<ImGuiNavTreeNodeData>  NavTreeNodeStack;           // Stack for TreeNode() when a NavLeft requested is emitted.
+
+    // Viewports
+    ImVector<ImGuiViewportP*> Viewports;                        // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData.
+
+    // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindow;                          // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow'
+    ImGuiID                 NavId;                              // Focused item for navigation
+    ImGuiID                 NavFocusScopeId;                    // Focused focus scope (e.g. selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the same scope)
+    ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayer;                           // Focused layer (main scrolling layer, or menu/title bar layer)
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivateId;                      // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem()
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivateDownId;                  // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivatePressedId;               // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat)
+    ImGuiActivateFlags      NavActivateFlags;
+    ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> NavFocusRoute;                // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
+    ImGuiID                 NavHighlightActivatedId;
+    float                   NavHighlightActivatedTimer;
+    ImGuiID                 NavNextActivateId;                  // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame.
+    ImGuiActivateFlags      NavNextActivateFlags;
+    ImGuiInputSource        NavInputSource;                     // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS CAN ONLY BE ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard or ImGuiInputSource_Mouse
+    ImGuiSelectionUserData  NavLastValidSelectionUserData;      // Last valid data passed to SetNextItemSelectionUser(), or -1. For current window. Not reset when focusing an item that doesn't have selection data.
+    bool                    NavIdIsAlive;                       // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid
+    bool                    NavMousePosDirty;                   // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default)
+    bool                    NavDisableHighlight;                // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover)
+    bool                    NavDisableMouseHover;               // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again.
+
+    // Navigation: Init & Move Requests
+    bool                    NavAnyRequest;                      // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd()
+    bool                    NavInitRequest;                     // Init request for appearing window to select first item
+    bool                    NavInitRequestFromMove;
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavInitResult;                      // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called)
+    bool                    NavMoveSubmitted;                   // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame()
+    bool                    NavMoveScoringItems;                // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items
+    bool                    NavMoveForwardToNextFrame;
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags       NavMoveFlags;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags        NavMoveScrollFlags;
+    ImGuiKeyChord           NavMoveKeyMods;
+    ImGuiDir                NavMoveDir;                         // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down)
+    ImGuiDir                NavMoveDirForDebug;
+    ImGuiDir                NavMoveClipDir;                     // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename?
+    ImRect                  NavScoringRect;                     // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring.
+    ImRect                  NavScoringNoClipRect;               // Some nav operations (such as PageUp/PageDown) enforce a region which clipper will attempt to always keep submitted
+    int                     NavScoringDebugCount;               // Metrics for debugging
+    int                     NavTabbingDir;                      // Generally -1 or +1, 0 when tabbing without a nav id
+    int                     NavTabbingCounter;                  // >0 when counting items for tabbing
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultLocal;                 // Best move request candidate within NavWindow
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultLocalVisible;          // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag)
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultOther;                 // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag)
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavTabbingResultFirst;              // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy
+
+    // Navigation: record of last move request
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId;       // Just navigated from this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId;         // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiKeyChord           NavJustMovedToKeyMods;
+    bool                    NavJustMovedToIsTabbing;            // Copy of ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing. Maybe we should store whole flags.
+    bool                    NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData;     // Copy of move result's InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData). Maybe we should just store ImGuiNavItemData.
+
+    // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize)
+    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X). For reconfiguration (see #4828)
+    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X)
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTarget;                 // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most!
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTargetAnim;             // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it.
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingListWindow;             // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents
+    float                   NavWindowingTimer;
+    float                   NavWindowingHighlightAlpha;
+    bool                    NavWindowingToggleLayer;
+    ImGuiKey                NavWindowingToggleKey;
+    ImVec2                  NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos;
+    ImVec2                  NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize;
 
     // Render
-    ImDrawData              RenderDrawData;                     // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user
-    ImVector<ImDrawList*>   RenderDrawLists[3];
-    float                   ModalWindowDarkeningRatio;
-    ImDrawList              OverlayDrawList;                    // Optional software render of mouse cursors, if io.MouseDrawCursor is set + a few debug overlays
+    float                   DimBgRatio;                         // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list)
+
+    // Drag and Drop
+    bool                    DragDropActive;
+    bool                    DragDropWithinSource;               // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag source.
+    bool                    DragDropWithinTarget;               // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag target.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropSourceFlags;
+    int                     DragDropSourceFrameCount;
+    int                     DragDropMouseButton;
+    ImGuiPayload            DragDropPayload;
+    ImRect                  DragDropTargetRect;                 // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping)
+    ImRect                  DragDropTargetClipRect;             // Store ClipRect at the time of item's drawing
+    ImGuiID                 DragDropTargetId;
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropAcceptFlags;
+    float                   DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface;    // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface)
+    ImGuiID                 DragDropAcceptIdCurr;               // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload)
+    ImGuiID                 DragDropAcceptIdPrev;               // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets)
+    int                     DragDropAcceptFrameCount;           // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source
+    ImGuiID                 DragDropHoldJustPressedId;          // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press.
+    ImVector<unsigned char> DragDropPayloadBufHeap;             // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size
+    unsigned char           DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16];        // Local buffer for small payloads
+
+    // Clipper
+    int                             ClipperTempDataStacked;
+    ImVector<ImGuiListClipperData>  ClipperTempData;
+
+    // Tables
+    ImGuiTable*                     CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiID                         DebugBreakInTable;          // Set to break in BeginTable() call.
+    int                             TablesTempDataStacked;      // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size)
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableTempData>    TablesTempData;             // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting)
+    ImPool<ImGuiTable>              Tables;                     // Persistent table data
+    ImVector<float>                 TablesLastTimeActive;       // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC)
+    ImVector<ImDrawChannel>         DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer;
+
+    // Tab bars
+    ImGuiTabBar*                    CurrentTabBar;
+    ImPool<ImGuiTabBar>             TabBars;
+    ImVector<ImGuiPtrOrIndex>       CurrentTabBarStack;
+    ImVector<ImGuiShrinkWidthItem>  ShrinkWidthBuffer;
+
+    // Hover Delay system
+    ImGuiID                 HoverItemDelayId;
+    ImGuiID                 HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame;
+    float                   HoverItemDelayTimer;                // Currently used by IsItemHovered()
+    float                   HoverItemDelayClearTimer;           // Currently used by IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared.
+    ImGuiID                 HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId;      // Mouse has once been stationary on this item. Only reset after departing the item.
+    ImGuiID                 HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId;    // Mouse has once been stationary on this window. Only reset after departing the window.
+
+    // Mouse state
     ImGuiMouseCursor        MouseCursor;
-    ImGuiMouseCursorData    MouseCursorData[ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_];
+    float                   MouseStationaryTimer;               // Time the mouse has been stationary (with some loose heuristic)
+    ImVec2                  MouseLastValidPos;
 
     // Widget state
-    ImGuiTextEditState      InputTextState;
+    ImGuiInputTextState     InputTextState;
+    ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState;
     ImFont                  InputTextPasswordFont;
-    ImGuiID                 ScalarAsInputTextId;                // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
-    ImGuiStorage            ColorEditModeStorage;               // Store user selection of color edit mode
-    float                   DragCurrentValue;                   // Currently dragged value, always float, not rounded by end-user precision settings
-    ImVec2                  DragLastMouseDelta;
+    ImGuiID                 TempInputId;                        // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage    DataTypeZeroValue;                  // 0 for all data types
+    int                     BeginMenuDepth;
+    int                     BeginComboDepth;
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags     ColorEditOptions;                   // Store user options for color edit widgets
+    ImGuiID                 ColorEditCurrentID;                 // Set temporarily while inside of the parent-most ColorEdit4/ColorPicker4 (because they call each others).
+    ImGuiID                 ColorEditSavedID;                   // ID we are saving/restoring HS for
+    float                   ColorEditSavedHue;                  // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    float                   ColorEditSavedSat;                  // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    ImU32                   ColorEditSavedColor;                // RGB value with alpha set to 0.
+    ImVec4                  ColorPickerRef;                     // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker.
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData   ComboPreviewData;
+    ImRect                  WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect;     // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving
+    bool                    WindowResizeRelativeMode;
+    short                   ScrollbarSeekMode;                  // 0: relative, -1/+1: prev/next page.
+    float                   ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
+    float                   SliderGrabClickOffset;
+    float                   SliderCurrentAccum;                 // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls.
+    bool                    SliderCurrentAccumDirty;            // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it?
+    bool                    DragCurrentAccumDirty;
+    float                   DragCurrentAccum;                   // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings
     float                   DragSpeedDefaultRatio;              // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
-    float                   DragSpeedScaleSlow;
-    float                   DragSpeedScaleFast;
-    ImVec2                  ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
-    char                    Tooltip[1024];
-    char*                   PrivateClipboard;                   // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
-    ImVec2                  OsImePosRequest, OsImePosSet;       // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor
-
-    // Logging
-    bool                    LogEnabled;
-    FILE*                   LogFile;                            // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
-    ImGuiTextBuffer*        LogClipboard;                       // Else log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
-    int                     LogStartDepth;
-    int                     LogAutoExpandMaxDepth;
+    float                   DisabledAlphaBackup;                // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled()
+    short                   DisabledStackSize;
+    short                   LockMarkEdited;
+    short                   TooltipOverrideCount;
+    ImVector<char>          ClipboardHandlerData;               // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
+    ImVector<ImGuiID>       MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame;          // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once
+    ImGuiTypingSelectState  TypingSelectState;                  // State for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+
+    // Platform support
+    ImGuiPlatformImeData    PlatformImeData;                    // Data updated by current frame
+    ImGuiPlatformImeData    PlatformImeDataPrev;                // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn
+
+    // Settings
+    bool                    SettingsLoaded;
+    float                   SettingsDirtyTimer;                 // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero
+    ImGuiTextBuffer         SettingsIniData;                    // In memory .ini settings
+    ImVector<ImGuiSettingsHandler>      SettingsHandlers;       // List of .ini settings handlers
+    ImChunkStream<ImGuiWindowSettings>  SettingsWindows;        // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries
+    ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings>   SettingsTables;         // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries
+    ImVector<ImGuiContextHook>          Hooks;                  // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine)
+    ImGuiID                             HookIdNext;             // Next available HookId
+
+    // Localization
+    const char*             LocalizationTable[ImGuiLocKey_COUNT];
+
+    // Capture/Logging
+    bool                    LogEnabled;                         // Currently capturing
+    ImGuiLogType            LogType;                            // Capture target
+    ImFileHandle            LogFile;                            // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
+    ImGuiTextBuffer         LogBuffer;                          // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
+    const char*             LogNextPrefix;
+    const char*             LogNextSuffix;
+    float                   LogLinePosY;
+    bool                    LogLineFirstItem;
+    int                     LogDepthRef;
+    int                     LogDepthToExpand;
+    int                     LogDepthToExpandDefault;            // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call.
+
+    // Debug Tools
+    // (some of the highly frequently used data are interleaved in other structures above: DebugBreakXXX fields, DebugHookIdInfo, DebugLocateId etc.)
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags      DebugLogFlags;
+    ImGuiTextBuffer         DebugLogBuf;
+    ImGuiTextIndex          DebugLogIndex;
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags      DebugLogAutoDisableFlags;
+    ImU8                    DebugLogAutoDisableFrames;
+    ImU8                    DebugLocateFrames;                  // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above.
+    bool                    DebugBreakInLocateId;               // Debug break in ItemAdd() call for g.DebugLocateId.
+    ImGuiKeyChord           DebugBreakKeyChord;                 // = ImGuiKey_Pause
+    ImS8                    DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth;     // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around.
+    bool                    DebugItemPickerActive;              // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker())
+    ImU8                    DebugItemPickerMouseButton;
+    ImGuiID                 DebugItemPickerBreakId;             // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID
+    float                   DebugFlashStyleColorTime;
+    ImVec4                  DebugFlashStyleColorBackup;
+    ImGuiMetricsConfig      DebugMetricsConfig;
+    ImGuiIDStackTool        DebugIDStackTool;
+    ImGuiDebugAllocInfo     DebugAllocInfo;
 
     // Misc
-    float                   FramerateSecPerFrame[120];          // calculate estimate of framerate for user
+    float                   FramerateSecPerFrame[60];           // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames..
     int                     FramerateSecPerFrameIdx;
+    int                     FramerateSecPerFrameCount;
     float                   FramerateSecPerFrameAccum;
-    int                     CaptureMouseNextFrame;              // explicit capture via CaptureInputs() sets those flags
-    int                     CaptureKeyboardNextFrame;
-    char                    TempBuffer[1024*3+1];               // temporary text buffer
+    int                     WantCaptureMouseNextFrame;          // Explicit capture override via SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()/SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(). Default to -1.
+    int                     WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame;       // "
+    int                     WantTextInputNextFrame;
+    ImVector<char>          TempBuffer;                         // Temporary text buffer
+    char                    TempKeychordName[64];
 
-    ImGuiContext()
+    ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
     {
+        IO.Ctx = this;
+        InputTextState.Ctx = this;
+
         Initialized = false;
+        FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true;
         Font = NULL;
-        FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f;
-        FontTexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-
+        FontSize = FontBaseSize = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f;
+        IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)();
         Time = 0.0f;
         FrameCount = 0;
         FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1;
+        WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false;
+        GcCompactAll = false;
+        TestEngineHookItems = false;
+        TestEngine = NULL;
+        memset(ContextName, 0, sizeof(ContextName));
+
+        InputEventsNextMouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
+        InputEventsNextEventId = 1;
+
+        WindowsActiveCount = 0;
         CurrentWindow = NULL;
-        FocusedWindow = NULL;
         HoveredWindow = NULL;
-        HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
-        HoveredId = 0;
+        HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
+        HoveredWindowBeforeClear = NULL;
+        MovingWindow = NULL;
+        WheelingWindow = NULL;
+        WheelingWindowStartFrame = WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = -1;
+        WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
+
+        DebugHookIdInfo = 0;
+        HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
         HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
-        HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
+        HoveredIdIsDisabled = false;
+        HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+        ItemUnclipByLog = false;
         ActiveId = 0;
-        ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
-        ActiveIdIsAlive = false;
+        ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
+        ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
         ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
         ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
-        ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1);
+        ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+        ActiveIdFromShortcut = false;
+        ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1);
         ActiveIdWindow = NULL;
-        MovedWindow = NULL;
-        MovedWindowMoveId = 0;
-        SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+        ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
+        ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
+        LastActiveId = 0;
+        LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+
+        LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = LastKeyModsChangeTime = LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = -1.0;
+
+        ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+        ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+        ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+#endif
+
+        CurrentFocusScopeId = 0;
+        CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
+        DebugShowGroupRects = false;
+
+        NavWindow = NULL;
+        NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = 0;
+        NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        NavNextActivateId = 0;
+        NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+        NavHighlightActivatedId = 0;
+        NavHighlightActivatedTimer = 0.0f;
+        NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+        NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+        NavIdIsAlive = false;
+        NavMousePosDirty = false;
+        NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+
+        NavAnyRequest = false;
+        NavInitRequest = false;
+        NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+        NavMoveSubmitted = false;
+        NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+        NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
+        NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
+        NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;
+        NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
+        NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None;
+        NavScoringDebugCount = 0;
+        NavTabbingDir = 0;
+        NavTabbingCounter = 0;
+
+        NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0;
+        NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
+        NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false;
+        NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = false;
+
+        // All platforms use Ctrl+Tab but Ctrl<>Super are swapped on Mac...
+        // FIXME: Because this value is stored, it annoyingly interfere with toggling io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors updating this..
+        ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab);
+        ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab);
+        NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL;
+        NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
+        NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+        NavWindowingToggleKey = ImGuiKey_None;
+
+        DimBgRatio = 0.0f;
+
+        DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false;
+        DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
+        DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1;
+        DragDropMouseButton = -1;
+        DragDropTargetId = 0;
+        DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
+        DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f;
+        DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
+        DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
+        DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
+        memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
+
+        ClipperTempDataStacked = 0;
+
+        CurrentTable = NULL;
+        TablesTempDataStacked = 0;
+        CurrentTabBar = NULL;
+
+        HoverItemDelayId = HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
+        HoverItemDelayTimer = HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f;
 
-        SetNextWindowPosVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        SetNextWindowSizeVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        SetNextWindowCollapsedVal = false;
-        SetNextWindowPosCond = 0;
-        SetNextWindowSizeCond = 0;
-        SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = 0;
-        SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0;
-        SetNextWindowFocus = false;
-        SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback = NULL;
-        SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData = NULL;
-        SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal = false;
-        SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0;
-
-        ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
-        DragCurrentValue = 0.0f;
-        DragLastMouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 0.01f;
-        DragSpeedScaleSlow = 0.01f;
-        DragSpeedScaleFast = 10.0f;
-        ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        memset(Tooltip, 0, sizeof(Tooltip));
-        PrivateClipboard = NULL;
-        OsImePosRequest = OsImePosSet = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
-
-        ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f;
-        OverlayDrawList._OwnerName = "##Overlay"; // Give it a name for debugging
         MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
-        memset(MouseCursorData, 0, sizeof(MouseCursorData));
+        MouseStationaryTimer = 0.0f;
+
+        TempInputId = 0;
+        memset(&DataTypeZeroValue, 0, sizeof(DataTypeZeroValue));
+        BeginMenuDepth = BeginComboDepth = 0;
+        ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_;
+        ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0;
+        ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f;
+        ColorEditSavedColor = 0;
+        WindowResizeRelativeMode = false;
+        ScrollbarSeekMode = 0;
+        ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
+        SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f;
+        SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
+        SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+        DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+        DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
+        DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
+        DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f;
+        DisabledStackSize = 0;
+        LockMarkEdited = 0;
+        TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+
+        PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission
+
+        SettingsLoaded = false;
+        SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+        HookIdNext = 0;
+
+        memset(LocalizationTable, 0, sizeof(LocalizationTable));
 
         LogEnabled = false;
+        LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
+        LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL;
         LogFile = NULL;
-        LogClipboard = NULL;
-        LogStartDepth = 0;
-        LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = 2;
+        LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+        LogLineFirstItem = false;
+        LogDepthRef = 0;
+        LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2;
+
+        DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY;
+        DebugLocateId = 0;
+        DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None;
+        DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 0;
+        DebugLocateFrames = 0;
+        DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1;
+        DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+        DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
+        DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
+        DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.0f;
+        DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT;
+
+        // Same as DebugBreakClearData(). Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations
+        DebugBreakInWindow = 0;
+        DebugBreakInTable = 0;
+        DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
+        DebugBreakKeyChord = ImGuiKey_Pause;
+        DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None;
 
         memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame));
-        FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0;
+        FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0;
         FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f;
-        CaptureMouseNextFrame = CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = -1;
-        memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer));
+        WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
+        memset(TempKeychordName, 0, sizeof(TempKeychordName));
     }
 };
 
-// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame
-// FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiDrawContext is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered.
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDrawContext
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow.
+// (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..)
+// (This doesn't need a constructor because we zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin)
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
 {
-    ImVec2                  CursorPos;
+    // Layout
+    ImVec2                  CursorPos;              // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates.
     ImVec2                  CursorPosPrevLine;
-    ImVec2                  CursorStartPos;
-    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always extending. Saved into window->SizeContents at the end of the frame
-    float                   CurrentLineHeight;
-    float                   CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    float                   PrevLineHeight;
+    ImVec2                  CursorStartPos;         // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding.
+    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame.
+    ImVec2                  IdealMaxPos;            // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame.
+    ImVec2                  CurrLineSize;
+    ImVec2                  PrevLineSize;
+    float                   CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added).
     float                   PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
-    float                   LogLinePosY;
-    int                     TreeDepth;
-    ImGuiID                 LastItemID;
-    ImRect                  LastItemRect;
-    bool                    LastItemHoveredAndUsable;  // Item rectangle is hovered, and its window is currently interactable with (not blocked by a popup preventing access to the window)
-    bool                    LastItemHoveredRect;       // Item rectangle is hovered, but its window may or not be currently interactable with (might be blocked by a popup preventing access to the window)
-    bool                    MenuBarAppending;
-    float                   MenuBarOffsetX;
+    bool                    IsSameLine;
+    bool                    IsSetPos;
+    ImVec1                  Indent;                 // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
+    ImVec1                  ColumnsOffset;          // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
+    ImVec1                  GroupOffset;
+    ImVec2                  CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area.
+
+    // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation
+    ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayerCurrent;        // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1)
+    short                   NavLayersActiveMask;    // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame)
+    short                   NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame)
+    bool                    NavIsScrollPushableX;   // Set when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. This is generally always true UNLESS within a column.
+    bool                    NavHideHighlightOneFrame;
+    bool                    NavWindowHasScrollY;    // Set per window when scrolling can be used (== ScrollMax.y > 0.0f)
+
+    // Miscellaneous
+    bool                    MenuBarAppending;       // FIXME: Remove this
+    ImVec2                  MenuBarOffset;          // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs.
+    ImGuiMenuColumns        MenuColumns;            // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement
+    int                     TreeDepth;              // Current tree depth.
+    ImU32                   TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary.
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  ChildWindows;
-    ImGuiStorage*           StateStorage;
+    ImGuiStorage*           StateStorage;           // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state)
+    ImGuiOldColumns*        CurrentColumns;         // Current columns set
+    int                     CurrentTableIdx;        // Current table index (into g.Tables)
     ImGuiLayoutType         LayoutType;
+    ImGuiLayoutType         ParentLayoutType;       // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin()
+    ImU32                   ModalDimBgColor;
 
+    // Local parameters stacks
     // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings.
-    float                   ItemWidth;              // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window
-    float                   TextWrapPos;            // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f]
-    bool                    AllowKeyboardFocus;     // == AllowKeyboardFocusStack.back() [empty == true]
-    bool                    ButtonRepeat;           // == ButtonRepeatStack.back() [empty == false]
-    ImVector<float>         ItemWidthStack;
-    ImVector<float>         TextWrapPosStack;
-    ImVector<bool>          AllowKeyboardFocusStack;
-    ImVector<bool>          ButtonRepeatStack;
-    ImVector<ImGuiGroupData>GroupStack;
-    ImGuiColorEditMode      ColorEditMode;
-    int                     StackSizesBackup[6];    // Store size of various stacks for asserting
-
-    float                   IndentX;                // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
-    float                   ColumnsOffsetX;         // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
-    int                     ColumnsCurrent;
-    int                     ColumnsCount;
-    float                   ColumnsMinX;
-    float                   ColumnsMaxX;
-    float                   ColumnsStartPosY;
-    float                   ColumnsCellMinY;
-    float                   ColumnsCellMaxY;
-    bool                    ColumnsShowBorders;
-    ImGuiID                 ColumnsSetID;
-    ImVector<ImGuiColumnData> ColumnsData;
-
-    ImGuiDrawContext()
-    {
-        CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        CurrentLineHeight = PrevLineHeight = 0.0f;
-        CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-        LogLinePosY = -1.0f;
-        TreeDepth = 0;
-        LastItemID = 0;
-        LastItemRect = ImRect(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f);
-        LastItemHoveredAndUsable = LastItemHoveredRect = false;
-        MenuBarAppending = false;
-        MenuBarOffsetX = 0.0f;
-        StateStorage = NULL;
-        LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-        ItemWidth = 0.0f;
-        ButtonRepeat = false;
-        AllowKeyboardFocus = true;
-        TextWrapPos = -1.0f;
-        ColorEditMode = ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB;
-        memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup));
-
-        IndentX = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsCurrent = 0;
-        ColumnsCount = 1;
-        ColumnsMinX = ColumnsMaxX = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsStartPosY = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsCellMinY = ColumnsCellMaxY = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsShowBorders = true;
-        ColumnsSetID = 0;
-    }
+    float                   ItemWidth;              // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window).
+    float                   TextWrapPos;            // Current text wrap pos.
+    ImVector<float>         ItemWidthStack;         // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth)
+    ImVector<float>         TextWrapPosStack;       // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos)
 };
 
-// Windows data
+// Storage for one window
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
 {
-    char*                   Name;
-    ImGuiID                 ID;                                 // == ImHash(Name)
+    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                                // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
+    char*                   Name;                               // Window name, owned by the window.
+    ImGuiID                 ID;                                 // == ImHashStr(Name)
     ImGuiWindowFlags        Flags;                              // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
-    int                     IndexWithinParent;                  // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
-    ImVec2                  PosFloat;
-    ImVec2                  Pos;                                // Position rounded-up to nearest pixel
+    ImGuiChildFlags         ChildFlags;                         // Set when window is a child window. See enum ImGuiChildFlags_
+    ImGuiViewportP*         Viewport;                           // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded.
+    ImVec2                  Pos;                                // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel)
     ImVec2                  Size;                               // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size)
     ImVec2                  SizeFull;                           // Size when non collapsed
-    ImVec2                  SizeContents;                       // Size of contents (== extents reach of the drawing cursor) from previous frame
-    ImVec2                  SizeContentsExplicit;               // Size of contents explicitly set by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize()
-    ImRect                  ContentsRegionRect;                 // Maximum visible content position in window coordinates. ~~ (SizeContentsExplicit ? SizeContentsExplicit : Size - ScrollbarSizes) - CursorStartPos, per axis
-    ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of begin. We need to lock it, in particular manipulation of the ShowBorder would have an effect
-    ImGuiID                 MoveID;                             // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
+    ImVec2                  ContentSize;                        // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding.
+    ImVec2                  ContentSizeIdeal;
+    ImVec2                  ContentSizeExplicit;                // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize().
+    ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of Begin().
+    float                   WindowRounding;                     // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc.
+    float                   WindowBorderSize;                   // Window border size at the time of Begin().
+    float                   TitleBarHeight, MenuBarHeight;
+    float                   DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1;   // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin().
+    float                   DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2;   // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y).
+    float                   DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1;   // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes).
+    int                     NameBufLen;                         // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)!
+    ImGuiID                 MoveId;                             // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
+    ImGuiID                 ChildId;                            // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window)
+    ImGuiID                 PopupId;                            // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
     ImVec2                  Scroll;
+    ImVec2                  ScrollMax;
     ImVec2                  ScrollTarget;                       // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change)
     ImVec2                  ScrollTargetCenterRatio;            // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered
-    bool                    ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY;
-    ImVec2                  ScrollbarSizes;
-    float                   BorderSize;
-    bool                    Active;                             // Set to true on Begin()
+    ImVec2                  ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist;           // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold
+    ImVec2                  ScrollbarSizes;                     // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar.
+    bool                    ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY;             // Are scrollbars visible?
+    bool                    Active;                             // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed
     bool                    WasActive;
-    bool                    Accessed;                           // Set to true when any widget access the current window
+    bool                    WriteAccessed;                      // Set to true when any widget access the current window
     bool                    Collapsed;                          // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar
-    bool                    SkipItems;                          // == Visible && !Collapsed
-    int                     BeginCount;                         // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
-    ImGuiID                 PopupID;                            // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
-    int                     AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
+    bool                    WantCollapseToggle;
+    bool                    SkipItems;                          // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed)
+    bool                    SkipRefresh;                        // [EXPERIMENTAL] Reuse previous frame drawn contents, Begin() returns false.
+    bool                    Appearing;                          // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing)
+    bool                    Hidden;                             // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0)
+    bool                    IsFallbackWindow;                   // Set on the "Debug##Default" window.
+    bool                    IsExplicitChild;                    // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked()
+    bool                    HasCloseButton;                     // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL)
+    signed char             ResizeBorderHovered;                // Current border being hovered for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
+    signed char             ResizeBorderHeld;                   // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
+    short                   BeginCount;                         // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
+    short                   BeginCountPreviousFrame;            // Number of Begin() during the previous frame
+    short                   BeginOrderWithinParent;             // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
+    short                   BeginOrderWithinContext;            // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
+    short                   FocusOrder;                         // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused.
+    ImS8                    AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
     bool                    AutoFitOnlyGrows;
-    int                     AutoPosLastDirection;
-    int                     HiddenFrames;
-    int                     SetWindowPosAllowFlags;             // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowPos() call will succeed with this particular flag.
-    int                     SetWindowSizeAllowFlags;            // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowSize() call will succeed with this particular flag.
-    int                     SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags;       // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowCollapsed() call will succeed with this particular flag.
-    bool                    SetWindowPosCenterWanted;
-
-    ImGuiDrawContext        DC;                                 // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame
-    ImVector<ImGuiID>       IDStack;                            // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack
-    ImRect                  ClipRect;                           // = DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). Scissoring / clipping rectangle. x1, y1, x2, y2.
-    ImRect                  WindowRectClipped;                  // = WindowRect just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window.
-    int                     LastFrameActive;
+    ImGuiDir                AutoPosLastDirection;
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesCanSkipItems;           // Hide the window for N frames
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems;        // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesForRenderOnly;          // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only
+    ImS8                    DisableInputsFrames;                // Disable window interactions for N frames
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8;         // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use.
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8;        // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use.
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8;   // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use.
+    ImVec2                  SetWindowPosVal;                    // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size)
+    ImVec2                  SetWindowPosPivot;                  // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right.
+
+    ImVector<ImGuiID>       IDStack;                            // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure)
+    ImGuiWindowTempData     DC;                                 // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name.
+
+    // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles' viewer.
+    // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect().
+    ImRect                  OuterRectClipped;                   // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window.
+    ImRect                  InnerRect;                          // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar)
+    ImRect                  InnerClipRect;                      // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect.
+    ImRect                  WorkRect;                           // Initially covers the whole scrolling region. Reduced by containers e.g columns/tables when active. Shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward).
+    ImRect                  ParentWorkRect;                     // Backup of WorkRect before entering a container such as columns/tables. Used by e.g. SpanAllColumns functions to easily access. Stacked containers are responsible for maintaining this. // FIXME-WORKRECT: Could be a stack?
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;                           // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back().
+    ImRect                  ContentRegionRect;                  // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on.
+    ImVec2ih                HitTestHoleSize;                    // Define an optional rectangular hole where mouse will pass-through the window.
+    ImVec2ih                HitTestHoleOffset;
+
+    int                     LastFrameActive;                    // Last frame number the window was Active.
+    float                   LastTimeActive;                     // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there)
     float                   ItemWidthDefault;
-    ImGuiSimpleColumns      MenuColumns;                        // Simplified columns storage for menu items
     ImGuiStorage            StateStorage;
-    float                   FontWindowScale;                    // Scale multiplier per-window
-    ImDrawList*             DrawList;
-    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindow;                         // If we are a child window, this is pointing to the first non-child parent window. Else point to ourself.
-    ImGuiWindow*            RootNonPopupWindow;                 // If we are a child window, this is pointing to the first non-child non-popup parent window. Else point to ourself.
-    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindow;                       // If we are a child window, this is pointing to our parent window. Else point to NULL.
-
-    // Focus
-    int                     FocusIdxAllCounter;                 // Start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusItemRegister()
-    int                     FocusIdxTabCounter;                 // (same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through)
-    int                     FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent;          // Item being requested for focus
-    int                     FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent;          // Tab-able item being requested for focus
-    int                     FocusIdxAllRequestNext;             // Item being requested for focus, for next update (relies on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame)
-    int                     FocusIdxTabRequestNext;             // "
+    ImVector<ImGuiOldColumns> ColumnsStorage;
+    float                   FontWindowScale;                    // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale()
+    int                     SettingsOffset;                     // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back)
+
+    ImDrawList*             DrawList;                           // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer)
+    ImDrawList              DrawListInst;
+    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindow;                       // If we are a child _or_ popup _or_ docked window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL.
+    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindowInBeginStack;
+    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindow;                         // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through popups/dock nodes.
+    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowPopupTree;                // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through popups parent<>child.
+    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;     // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active.
+    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowForNav;                   // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag.
+    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindowForFocusRoute;          // Set to manual link a window to its logical parent so that Shortcut() chain are honoerd (e.g. Tool linked to Document)
+
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavLastChildNavWindow;              // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.)
+    ImGuiID                 NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT];    // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1)
+    ImRect                  NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT];    // Reference rectangle, in window relative space
+    ImVec2                  NavPreferredScoringPosRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Preferred X/Y position updated when moving on a given axis, reset to FLT_MAX.
+    ImGuiID                 NavRootFocusScopeId;                // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin()
+
+    int                     MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity;          // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy
+    int                     MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity;
+    bool                    MemoryCompacted;                    // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected
 
 public:
-    ImGuiWindow(const char* name);
+    ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name);
     ~ImGuiWindow();
 
     ImGuiID     GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
     ImGuiID     GetID(const void* ptr);
+    ImGuiID     GetID(int n);
+    ImGuiID     GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs);
+
+    // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow.
+    ImRect      Rect() const            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
+    float       CalcFontSize() const    { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; }
+    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight)); }
+    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight; return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_
+enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode                   = 1 << 20,  // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around]
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused                  = 1 << 21,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings               = 1 << 22,  // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_
+enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_              = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing,
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton             = 1 << 20,  // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout)
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button                    = 1 << 21,  // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button
+};
+
+// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 40 bytes)
+struct ImGuiTabItem
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags   Flags;
+    int                 LastFrameVisible;
+    int                 LastFrameSelected;      // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance
+    float               Offset;                 // Position relative to beginning of tab
+    float               Width;                  // Width currently displayed
+    float               ContentWidth;           // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call
+    float               RequestedWidth;         // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused
+    ImS32               NameOffset;             // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
+    ImS16               BeginOrder;             // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable
+    ImS16               IndexDuringLayout;      // Index only used during TabBarLayout(). Tabs gets reordered so 'Tabs[n].IndexDuringLayout == n' but may mismatch during additions.
+    bool                WantClose;              // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed()
+
+    ImGuiTabItem()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; }
+};
+
+// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes)
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar
+{
+    ImVector<ImGuiTabItem> Tabs;
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags    Flags;
+    ImGuiID             ID;                     // Zero for tab-bars used by docking
+    ImGuiID             SelectedTabId;          // Selected tab/window
+    ImGuiID             NextSelectedTabId;      // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation
+    ImGuiID             VisibleTabId;           // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview)
+    int                 CurrFrameVisible;
+    int                 PrevFrameVisible;
+    ImRect              BarRect;
+    float               CurrTabsContentsHeight;
+    float               PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar
+    float               WidthAllTabs;           // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout)
+    float               WidthAllTabsIdeal;      // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped
+    float               ScrollingAnim;
+    float               ScrollingTarget;
+    float               ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility;
+    float               ScrollingSpeed;
+    float               ScrollingRectMinX;
+    float               ScrollingRectMaxX;
+    float               SeparatorMinX;
+    float               SeparatorMaxX;
+    ImGuiID             ReorderRequestTabId;
+    ImS16               ReorderRequestOffset;
+    ImS8                BeginCount;
+    bool                WantLayout;
+    bool                VisibleTabWasSubmitted;
+    bool                TabsAddedNew;           // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame
+    ImS16               TabsActiveCount;        // Number of tabs submitted this frame.
+    ImS16               LastTabItemIdx;         // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem()
+    float               ItemSpacingY;
+    ImVec2              FramePadding;           // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar()
+    ImVec2              BackupCursorPos;
+    ImGuiTextBuffer     TabsNames;              // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer.
+
+    ImGuiTabBar();
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Table support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define IM_COL32_DISABLE                IM_COL32(0,0,0,1)   // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color.
+#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS         512                 // May be further lifted
+
+// Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future.
+typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx;
+typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx;
+
+// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 112
+// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api.
+// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping.
+// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped".
+struct ImGuiTableColumn
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags   Flags;                          // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
+    float                   WidthGiven;                     // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space.
+    float                   MinX;                           // Absolute positions
+    float                   MaxX;
+    float                   WidthRequest;                   // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout()
+    float                   WidthAuto;                      // Automatic width
+    float                   StretchWeight;                  // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially.
+    float                   InitStretchWeightOrWidth;       // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_).
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;                       // Clipping rectangle for the column
+    ImGuiID                 UserID;                         // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn()
+    float                   WorkMinX;                       // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column
+    float                   WorkMaxX;                       // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2)
+    float                   ItemWidth;                      // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows
+    float                   ContentMaxXFrozen;              // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width.
+    float                   ContentMaxXUnfrozen;
+    float                   ContentMaxXHeadersUsed;         // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls
+    float                   ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal;
+    ImS16                   NameOffset;                     // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[]
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DisplayOrder;                   // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     IndexWithinEnabledSet;          // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     PrevEnabledColumn;              // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     NextEnabledColumn;              // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;                      // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent;            // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen;             // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers)
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen;           // Draw channels for unfrozen rows
+    bool                    IsEnabled;                      // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0
+    bool                    IsUserEnabled;                  // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling).
+    bool                    IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
+    bool                    IsVisibleX;                     // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled).
+    bool                    IsVisibleY;
+    bool                    IsRequestOutput;                // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not.
+    bool                    IsSkipItems;                    // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen).
+    bool                    IsPreserveWidthAuto;
+    ImS8                    NavLayerCurrent;                // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte
+    ImU8                    AutoFitQueue;                   // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit
+    ImU8                    CannotSkipItemsQueue;           // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem
+    ImU8                    SortDirection : 2;              // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2;   // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3)
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4;    // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each)
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailList;        // Ordered list of available sort directions (2-bits each, total 8-bits)
+
+    ImGuiTableColumn()
+    {
+        memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+        StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f;
+        NameOffset = -1;
+        DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1;
+        PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1;
+        SortOrder = -1;
+        SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+        DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1;
+    }
+};
+
+// Transient cell data stored per row.
+// sizeof() ~ 6 bytes
+struct ImGuiTableCellData
+{
+    ImU32                       BgColor;    // Actual color
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Column;     // Column number
+};
+
+// Parameters for TableAngledHeadersRowEx()
+// This may end up being refactored for more general purpose.
+// sizeof() ~ 12 bytes
+struct ImGuiTableHeaderData
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Index;      // Column index
+    ImU32                       TextColor;
+    ImU32                       BgColor0;
+    ImU32                       BgColor1;
+};
+
+// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?)
+// sizeof() ~ 24 bytes
+struct ImGuiTableInstanceData
+{
+    ImGuiID                     TableInstanceID;
+    float                       LastOuterHeight;            // Outer height from last frame
+    float                       LastTopHeadersRowHeight;    // Height of first consecutive header rows from last frame (FIXME: this is used assuming consecutive headers are in same frozen set)
+    float                       LastFrozenHeight;           // Height of frozen section from last frame
+    int                         HoveredRowLast;             // Index of row which was hovered last frame.
+    int                         HoveredRowNext;             // Index of row hovered this frame, set after encountering it.
+
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData()    { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; }
+};
+
+// sizeof() ~ 592 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
+{
+    ImGuiID                     ID;
+    ImGuiTableFlags             Flags;
+    void*                       RawData;                    // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[]
+    ImGuiTableTempData*         TempData;                   // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[]
+    ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn>    Columns;                    // Point within RawData[]
+    ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumnIdx> DisplayOrderToIndex;        // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1)
+    ImSpan<ImGuiTableCellData>  RowCellData;                // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row.
+    ImBitArrayPtr               EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder;  // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map
+    ImBitArrayPtr               EnabledMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data
+    ImBitArrayPtr               VisibleMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect)
+    ImGuiTableFlags             SettingsLoadedFlags;        // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order)
+    int                         SettingsOffset;             // Offset in g.SettingsTables
+    int                         LastFrameActive;
+    int                         ColumnsCount;               // Number of columns declared in BeginTable()
+    int                         CurrentRow;
+    int                         CurrentColumn;
+    ImS16                       InstanceCurrent;            // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched.
+    ImS16                       InstanceInteracted;         // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with
+    float                       RowPosY1;
+    float                       RowPosY2;
+    float                       RowMinHeight;               // Height submitted to TableNextRow()
+    float                       RowCellPaddingY;            // Top and bottom padding. Reloaded during row change.
+    float                       RowTextBaseline;
+    float                       RowIndentOffsetX;
+    ImGuiTableRowFlags          RowFlags : 16;              // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_
+    ImGuiTableRowFlags          LastRowFlags : 16;
+    int                         RowBgColorCounter;          // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this.
+    ImU32                       RowBgColor[2];              // Background color override for current row.
+    ImU32                       BorderColorStrong;
+    ImU32                       BorderColorLight;
+    float                       BorderX1;
+    float                       BorderX2;
+    float                       HostIndentX;
+    float                       MinColumnWidth;
+    float                       OuterPaddingX;
+    float                       CellPaddingX;               // Padding from each borders. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout.
+    float                       CellSpacingX1;              // Spacing between non-bordered cells. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout.
+    float                       CellSpacingX2;
+    float                       InnerWidth;                 // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details.
+    float                       ColumnsGivenWidth;          // Sum of current column width
+    float                       ColumnsAutoFitWidth;        // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window
+    float                       ColumnsStretchSumWeights;   // Sum of weight of all enabled stretching columns
+    float                       ResizedColumnNextWidth;
+    float                       ResizeLockMinContentsX2;    // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table.
+    float                       RefScale;                   // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
+    float                       AngledHeadersHeight;        // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout()
+    float                       AngledHeadersSlope;         // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout()
+    ImRect                      OuterRect;                  // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable().
+    ImRect                      InnerRect;                  // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is
+    ImRect                      WorkRect;
+    ImRect                      InnerClipRect;
+    ImRect                      BgClipRect;                 // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill, evolve during the frame as we cross frozen rows boundaries
+    ImRect                      Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd;      // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped
+    ImRect                      Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd;      // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect.
+    ImRect                      HostClipRect;               // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window.
+    ImRect                      HostBackupInnerClipRect;    // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground()
+    ImGuiWindow*                OuterWindow;                // Parent window for the table
+    ImGuiWindow*                InnerWindow;                // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window)
+    ImGuiTextBuffer             ColumnsNames;               // Contiguous buffer holding columns names
+    ImDrawListSplitter*         DrawSplitter;               // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData      InstanceDataFirst;
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableInstanceData>    InstanceDataExtra;  // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs   SortSpecsSingle;
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti;     // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
+    ImGuiTableSortSpecs         SortSpecs;                  // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs()
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         SortSpecsCount;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledCount;        // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledFixedCount;   // Number of enabled columns using fixed width (<= ColumnsCount)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         DeclColumnsCount;           // Count calls to TableSetupColumn()
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         AngledHeadersCount;         // Count columns with angled headers
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBody;          // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column!
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBorder;        // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing).
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HighlightColumnHeader;      // Index of column which should be highlighted.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         AutoFitSingleColumn;        // Index of single column requesting auto-fit.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ResizedColumn;              // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LastResizedColumn;          // Index of column being resized from previous frame.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HeldHeaderColumn;           // Index of column header being held.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ReorderColumn;              // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ReorderColumnDir;           // -1 or +1
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LeftMostEnabledColumn;      // Index of left-most non-hidden column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RightMostEnabledColumn;     // Index of right-most non-hidden column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LeftMostStretchedColumn;    // Index of left-most stretched column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RightMostStretchedColumn;   // Index of right-most stretched column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ContextPopupColumn;         // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeRowsRequest;          // Requested frozen rows count
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeRowsCount;            // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeColumnsRequest;       // Requested frozen columns count
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeColumnsCount;         // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RowCellDataCurrent;         // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    DummyDrawChannel;           // Redirect non-visible columns here.
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    Bg2DrawChannelCurrent;      // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+    bool                        IsLayoutLocked;             // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row.
+    bool                        IsInsideRow;                // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow().
+    bool                        IsInitializing;
+    bool                        IsSortSpecsDirty;
+    bool                        IsUsingHeaders;             // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag.
+    bool                        IsContextPopupOpen;         // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted).
+    bool                        DisableDefaultContextMenu;  // Disable default context menu contents. You may submit your own using TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/EndPopup()
+    bool                        IsSettingsRequestLoad;
+    bool                        IsSettingsDirty;            // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data.
+    bool                        IsDefaultDisplayOrder;      // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1)
+    bool                        IsResetAllRequest;
+    bool                        IsResetDisplayOrderRequest;
+    bool                        IsUnfrozenRows;             // Set when we got past the frozen row.
+    bool                        IsDefaultSizingPolicy;      // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable()
+    bool                        IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable;
+    bool                        IsActiveIdInTable;
+    bool                        HasScrollbarYCurr;          // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame.
+    bool                        HasScrollbarYPrev;          // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous.
+    bool                        MemoryCompacted;
+    bool                        HostSkipItems;              // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis
+
+    ImGuiTable()                { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; }
+    ~ImGuiTable()               { IM_FREE(RawData); }
+};
+
+// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table).
+// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure.
+// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics.
+// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs.
+// sizeof() ~ 136 bytes.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData
+{
+    int                         TableIndex;                 // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool
+    float                       LastTimeActive;             // Last timestamp this structure was used
+    float                       AngledHeadersExtraWidth;    // Used in EndTable()
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableHeaderData> AngledHeadersRequests;   // Used in TableAngledHeadersRow()
+
+    ImVec2                      UserOuterSize;              // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
+    ImDrawListSplitter          DrawSplitter;
+
+    ImRect                      HostBackupWorkRect;         // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImRect                      HostBackupParentWorkRect;   // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec2                      HostBackupPrevLineSize;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec2                      HostBackupCurrLineSize;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec2                      HostBackupCursorMaxPos;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec1                      HostBackupColumnsOffset;    // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable()
+    float                       HostBackupItemWidth;        // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable()
+    int                         HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable()
+
+    ImGuiTableTempData()        { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; }
+};
+
+// sizeof() ~ 12
+struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings
+{
+    float                   WidthOrWeight;
+    ImGuiID                 UserID;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     Index;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DisplayOrder;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;
+    ImU8                    SortDirection : 2;
+    ImU8                    IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file
+    ImU8                    IsStretch : 1;
+
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings()
+    {
+        WidthOrWeight = 0.0f;
+        UserID = 0;
+        Index = -1;
+        DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1;
+        SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+        IsEnabled = 1;
+        IsStretch = 0;
+    }
+};
 
-    ImRect      Rect() const                            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); }
-    float       CalcFontSize() const                    { return GImGui->FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; }
-    float       TitleBarHeight() const                  { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
-    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const                    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
-    float       MenuBarHeight() const                   { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
-    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const                     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
+// This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.)
+struct ImGuiTableSettings
+{
+    ImGuiID                     ID;                     // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting
+    ImGuiTableFlags             SaveFlags;              // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..)
+    float                       RefScale;               // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsCount;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsCountMax;        // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher
+    bool                        WantApply;              // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)
+
+    ImGuiTableSettings()        { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings*   GetColumnSettings()     { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Internal API
-// No guarantee of forward compatibility here.
+// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
+// No guarantee of forward compatibility here!
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 namespace ImGui
 {
+    // Windows
     // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window)
-    // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either
+    // If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either:
     // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal.
-    // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
+    // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
     inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindowRead()      { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; }
-    inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindow()          { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->Accessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; }
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetParentWindow();
+    inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindow()          { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; }
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByName(const char* name);
-    IMGUI_API void          FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-
-    IMGUI_API void          EndFrame();                 // Ends the ImGui frame. Automatically called by Render()! you most likely don't need to ever call that yourself directly. If you don't need to render you can call EndFrame() but you'll have wasted CPU already. If you don't need to render, don't create any windows instead!
-
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window);
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    inline void             SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = parent_window; }
+    inline ImRect           WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); }
+    inline ImRect           WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); }
+    inline ImVec2           WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p)  { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); }
+
+    // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order
+    IMGUI_API void          FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* above_window);
+    IMGUI_API int           FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+    // Windows: Idle, Refresh Policies [EXPERIMENTAL]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags);
+
+    // Fonts, drawing
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
+    inline ImFont*          GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; }
+    inline ImDrawList*      GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport);                     // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport);                     // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
+    IMGUI_API void          AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
+
+    // Init
+    IMGUI_API void          Initialize();
+    IMGUI_API void          Shutdown();    // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext().
+
+    // NewFrame
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs);
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
+    IMGUI_API void          FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window);
+    IMGUI_API void          StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
+
+    // Generic context hooks
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook);
+    IMGUI_API void          RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove);
+    IMGUI_API void          CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type);
+
+    // Viewports
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
+
+    // Settings
+    IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+    IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void                  ClearIniSettings();
+    IMGUI_API void                  AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);
+    IMGUI_API void                  RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
+
+    // Settings - Windows
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void                  ClearWindowSettings(const char* name);
+
+    // Localization
+    IMGUI_API void          LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count);
+    inline const char*      LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; }
+
+    // Scrolling
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio);
+
+    // Early work-in-progress API (ScrollToItem() will become public)
+    IMGUI_API void          ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
+//#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    inline void             ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) { ScrollToRect(window, rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY); }
+//#endif
+
+    // Basic Accessors
+    inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; }
+    inline ImGuiItemFlags   GetItemFlags()  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; }
+    inline ImGuiID          GetActiveID()   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; }
+    inline ImGuiID          GetFocusID()    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; }
     IMGUI_API void          SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClearActiveID();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetHoveredID();
     IMGUI_API void          SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API void          KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id);
-
-    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id);
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id, bool clip_even_when_logged);
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs = false);
-    IMGUI_API bool          FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, bool is_active, bool tab_stop = true);      // Return true if focus is requested
-    IMGUI_API void          FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y);
+    IMGUI_API void          MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id);     // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);     // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed);
+
+    // Basic Helpers for widget code
+    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
+    inline void             ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min.
+    IMGUI_API bool          ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h);
     IMGUI_API float         CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemToggledSelection();                                   // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
+    IMGUI_API void          ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess);
+
+    // Parameter stacks (shared)
+    IMGUI_API void          PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
+    IMGUI_API void          PopItemFlag();
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx);
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginDisabledOverrideReenable();
+    IMGUI_API void          EndDisabledOverrideReenable();
+
+    // Logging/Capture
+    IMGUI_API void          LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth);           // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name.
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1);                      // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer
+    IMGUI_API void          LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix);
+
+    // Childs
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
+
+    // Popups, Modals
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsExceptModals();
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImRect        GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostPopupModal();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy);
+
+    // Tooltips
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltipHidden();
+
+    // Menus
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true);
+    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);
+
+    // Combos
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginComboPreview();
+    IMGUI_API void          EndComboPreview();
+
+    // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation
+    IMGUI_API void          NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavInitRequestApplyResult();
+    IMGUI_API bool          NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet();
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestCancel();
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestApplyResult();
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    IMGUI_API void          NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id);
+
+    // Focus/Activation
+    // This should be part of a larger set of API: FocusItem(offset = -1), FocusItemByID(id), ActivateItem(offset = -1), ActivateItemByID(id) etc. which are
+    // much harder to design and implement than expected. I have a couple of private branches on this matter but it's not simple. For now implementing the easy ones.
+    IMGUI_API void          FocusItem();                    // Focus last item (no selection/activation).
+    IMGUI_API void          ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id);   // Activate an item by ID (button, checkbox, tree node etc.). Activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again.
+
+    // Inputs
+    // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
+    inline bool             IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; }
+    inline bool             IsNamedKeyOrMod(ImGuiKey key)               { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; }
+    inline bool             IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key)                   { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; }
+    inline bool             IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key)                 { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; }
+    inline bool             IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key)                  { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; }
+    inline bool             IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; }
+    inline bool             IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; }
+    inline bool             IsModKey(ImGuiKey key)                      { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
+    ImGuiKeyChord           FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
+    inline ImGuiKey         ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key)
+    {
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl;
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift;
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt;
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper;
+        return key;
+    }
 
-    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupEx(const char* str_id, bool reopen_existing);
-
-    inline IMGUI_API ImU32  GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)  { ImVec4 c = GImGui->Style.Colors[idx]; c.w *= GImGui->Style.Alpha * alpha_mul; return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); }
-    inline IMGUI_API ImU32  GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)              { ImVec4 c = col; c.w *= GImGui->Style.Alpha; return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); }
-
-    // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (not window coordinates)
-    // FIXME: All those functions are a mess and needs to be refactored into something decent. Avoid use outside of imgui.cpp!
-    // We need: a sort of symbol library, preferably baked into font atlas when possible + decent text rendering helpers.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key);
+    inline ImGuiKeyData*    GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key)                                    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return GetKeyData(&g, key); }
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
+    inline ImGuiKey         MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button)                   { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); }
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API int           CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate);
+    IMGUI_API void          GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate);
+    IMGUI_API void          TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
+    inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir)                         { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; }
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership
+    // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id.
+    // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead).
+    // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
+    // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0).
+    // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore:
+    //   - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case).
+    //   - for ownership registration happening ahead of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call needs to be made every frame (happens if e.g. claiming ownership on hover).
+    // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state.
+    // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step.
+    //   Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);   // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);               // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id'
+    inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)          { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; }
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership
+    // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag.
+    // - Expected to be later promoted to public API, the prototypes are designed to replace existing ones (since owner_id can default to Any == 0)
+    // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'.
+    //   Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
+    // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);    // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+
+    // Shortcut Testing & Routing
+    // - Set Shortcut() and SetNextItemShortcut() in imgui.h
+    // - When a policy (except for ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(),
+    //   allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls.
+    //   (* using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key) and bypassing route registration and check)
+    // - When using one of the routing option:
+    //   - The default route is ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.)
+    //   - Routes are requested given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy.
+    //   - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame.
+    //   - Each route may be granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route (e.g. deep most window).
+    //   - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id can all access the granted route.
+    //   - When owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a owner ID in order to identify our location.
+    // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute()
+    //   e.g. if you have a tool window associated to a document, and you want document shortcuts to run when the tool is focused.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0
+    IMGUI_API bool          TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope
+    // This is generally used to identify a unique input location (for e.g. a selection set)
+    // There is one per window (automatically set in Begin), but:
+    // - Selection patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear a selection) when landing on one item of the set.
+    //   So in order to identify a set multiple lists in same window may each need a focus scope.
+    //   If you imagine an hypothetical BeginSelectionGroup()/EndSelectionGroup() api, it would likely call PushFocusScope()/EndFocusScope()
+    // - Shortcut routing also use focus scope as a default location identifier if an owner is not provided.
+    // We don't use the ID Stack for this as it is common to want them separate.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          PopFocusScope();
+    inline ImGuiID          GetCurrentFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentFocusScopeId; }   // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope()
+
+    // Drag and Drop
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsDragDropActive();
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClearDragDrop();
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted();
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect);
+
+    // Typing-Select API
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags = ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None);
+    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx);
+    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx);
+    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data);
+
+    // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API)
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect);
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns().
+    IMGUI_API void          EndColumns();                                                               // close columns
+    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnClipRect(int column_index);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnsBackground();
+    IMGUI_API void          PopColumnsBackground();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset);
+
+    // Tables: Candidates for public API
+    IMGUI_API void          TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs);
+    IMGUI_API int           TableGetHoveredRow();       // Retrieve *PREVIOUS FRAME* hovered row. This difference with TableGetHoveredColumn() is the reason why this is not public yet.
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetHeaderRowHeight();
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth();
+    IMGUI_API void          TablePushBackgroundChannel();
+    IMGUI_API void          TablePopBackgroundChannel();
+    IMGUI_API void          TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count);
+
+    // Tables: Internals
+    inline    ImGuiTable*   GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; }
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTable*   TableFindByID(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
+    inline ImGuiTableInstanceData*  TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; }
+    inline ImGuiID                  TableGetInstanceID(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no)   { return TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no)->TableInstanceID; }
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API ImRect        TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API const char*   TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0);
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactSettings();
+
+    // Tables: Settings
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id);
+
+    // Tab Bars
+    inline    ImGuiTabBar*  GetCurrentTabBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTabBar; }
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    inline int              TabBarGetTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { return tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
+    IMGUI_API const char*   TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped);
+
+    // Render helpers
+    // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT.
+    // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally)
     IMGUI_API void          RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, ImGuiAlign align = ImGuiAlign_Default, const ImVec2* clip_min = NULL, const ImVec2* clip_max = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 pos, bool is_open, float scale = 1.0f, bool shadow = false);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None); // Navigation highlight
     IMGUI_API const char*   FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text.
-
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow);
+
+    // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!)
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding);
+
+    // Widgets
+    IMGUI_API void          TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value);
+
+    // Widgets: Window Decorations
+    IMGUI_API bool          CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
+    IMGUI_API void          Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 avail_v, ImS64 contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImRect        GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir);
+
+    // Widgets low-level behaviors
     IMGUI_API bool          ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    //IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags);   // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data);
+
+    // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types.
+    // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036).
+    // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT<float, float>(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); "
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size);
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API T     ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size);
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
+    template<typename T>                                        IMGUI_API T     RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v);
+    template<typename T>                                        IMGUI_API bool  CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value);
+
+    // Data type helpers
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo*  DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type);
+    IMGUI_API int           DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format);
+    IMGUI_API void          DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API int           DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max);
+
+    // InputText
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL);
+    inline bool             TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id)       { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); }
+    inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id)   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data);
+
+    // Color
+    IMGUI_API void          ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
+
+    // Plot
+    IMGUI_API int           PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg);
+
+    // Shade functions (write over already created vertices)
+    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1);
+    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp);
+    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out);
+
+    // Garbage collection
+    IMGUI_API void          GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
+    IMGUI_API void          GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+    // Debug Log
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free
+
+    // Debug Tools
+    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id);                     // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time!
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id);              // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time!
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugBreakClearData();
+    IMGUI_API bool          DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location);
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* state);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb);
+
+    // Obsolete functions
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    inline void     SetItemUsingMouseWheel()                                            { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); }      // Changed in 1.89
+    inline bool     TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0)    { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); }   // Renamed in 1.89
+
+    //inline bool   IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true)                   { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity!
+
+    // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets which used FocusableItemRegister():
+    //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM  < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)'                              and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)'
+    //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)'  and 'bool tab_focused = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
+    //  (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)'     and 'bool tab_focused = (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))'
+    //inline bool   FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)              // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd()
+    //inline void   FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)                        // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
+#endif
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0, bool render_bg = false);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format);
+} // namespace ImGui
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, int decimal_precision, float power);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format);
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarEx(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, void* step_ptr, void* step_fast_ptr, const char* scalar_format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& aabb, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, ImGuiID id, int decimal_precision);
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);                     // Consume previous SetNextTreeNodeOpened() data, if any. May return true when logging
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id);
+// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates
+struct ImFontBuilderIO
+{
+    bool    (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+};
+
+// Helper for font builder
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
+#endif
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride);
 
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size);
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    IMGUI_API int           ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_value);
-    IMGUI_API float         RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision);
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiLastItemData* item_data);           // item_data may be NULL
+extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags);
+extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...);
+extern const char*  ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id);
+
+// In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18934: changed IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb,id) to IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id,bb,item_data);
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _ID, _BB, _ITEM_DATA)    // Register item bounding box
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)    // Register item label and status flags (optional)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...)                     if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__)           // Custom log entry from user land into test log
+#else
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID)                 ((void)0)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      ((void)g)
+#endif
 
-} // namespace ImGui
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (pop)
 #endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc69f94620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4448 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
+// (tables and columns code)
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Commentary
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+// [SECTION] Tables: Main code
+// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors
+// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management
+// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing
+// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting
+// [SECTION] Tables: Headers
+// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu
+// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data)
+// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection
+// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging
+// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+
+*/
+
+// Navigating this file:
+// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Commentary
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Typical tables call flow: (root level is generally public API):
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTable()                               user begin into a table
+//    | BeginChild()                            - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set)
+//    | TableBeginInitMemory()                  - first time table is used
+//    | TableResetSettings()                    - on settings reset
+//    | TableLoadSettings()                     - on settings load
+//    | TableBeginApplyRequests()               - apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+//    | - TableSetColumnWidth()                 - apply resizing width (for mouse resize, often requested by previous frame)
+//    |    - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth()- recompute columns weights (of stretch columns) from their respective width
+// - TableSetupColumn()                         user submit columns details (optional)
+// - TableSetupScrollFreeze()                   user submit scroll freeze information (optional)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal]             followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow().
+//    | TableSetupDrawChannels()                - setup ImDrawList channels
+//    | TableUpdateBorders()                    - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission
+//    | TableBeginContextMenuPopup()
+//    | - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu()         - draw right-click context menu contents
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader()         user submit a headers row (optional)
+//    | TableSortSpecsClickColumn()             - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction
+//    | TableOpenContextMenu()                  - when right-clicked: trigger opening of the default context menu
+// - TableGetSortSpecs()                        user queries updated sort specs (optional, generally after submitting headers)
+// - TableNextRow()                             user begin into a new row (also automatically called by TableHeadersRow())
+//    | TableEndRow()                           - finish existing row
+//    | TableBeginRow()                         - add a new row
+// - TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn()  user begin into a cell
+//    | TableEndCell()                          - close existing column/cell
+//    | TableBeginCell()                        - enter into current column/cell
+// - [...]                                      user emit contents
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - EndTable()                                 user ends the table
+//    | TableDrawBorders()                      - draw outer borders, inner vertical borders
+//    | TableMergeDrawChannels()                - merge draw channels if clipping isn't required
+//    | EndChild()                              - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TABLE SIZING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// (Read carefully because this is subtle but it does make sense!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About 'outer_size':
+// Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending on if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags.
+// Default value is ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f).
+//   X
+//   - outer_size.x <= 0.0f  ->  Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge.
+//   - outer_size.x  > 0.0f  ->  Set Fixed width.
+//   Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window
+//   - outer_size.y  < 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll.
+//   - outer_size.y  = 0.0f  ->  No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set)
+//   - outer_size.y  > 0.0f  ->  Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set)
+//   Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling
+//   - outer_size.y  < 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align. Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll.
+//   - outer_size.y  = 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window.
+//   - outer_size.y  > 0.0f  ->  Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags.
+// Important to note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors!
+//   - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
+//   - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
+// In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height.
+// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not useful and not easily noticeable).
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About 'inner_width':
+//   With ScrollX disabled:
+//   - inner_width          ->  *ignored*
+//   With ScrollX enabled:
+//   - inner_width  < 0.0f  ->  *illegal* fit in known width (right align from outer_size.x) <-- weird
+//   - inner_width  = 0.0f  ->  fit in outer_width: Fixed size columns will take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns becomes Fixed columns.
+//   - inner_width  > 0.0f  ->  override scrolling width, generally to be larger than outer_size.x. Fixed column take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns share remaining space!
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Details:
+// - If you want to use Stretch columns with ScrollX, you generally need to specify 'inner_width' otherwise the concept
+//   of "available space" doesn't make sense.
+// - Even if not really useful, we allow 'inner_width < outer_size.x' for consistency and to facilitate understanding
+//   of what the value does.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES
+// (Reference: ImGuiTableFlags_SizingXXX flags and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXX flags)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn():
+// We use a default parameter of -1 for 'init_width'/'init_weight'.
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,    init_width  <= 0 (default)  --> width is automatic
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,    init_width  >  0 (explicit) --> width is custom
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch,  init_weight <= 0 (default)  --> weight is 1.0f
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch,  init_weight >  0 (explicit) --> weight is custom
+// Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f)
+// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with padding honored.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag)
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit      --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame     --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame   --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents
+// Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn().
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together:
+//   - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
+//   - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place!
+//     that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in.
+//   - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents.
+//   - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weights/widths.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About using column width:
+// If a column is manually resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn():
+//   - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column.
+//   - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width.
+// If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn():
+//   - its width will be automatic and be set to the max of items submitted.
+//   - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
+//   - but if the column has one or more items of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables:
+// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to submit only visible rows.
+//   ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height.
+//   See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper.
+// - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper.
+//   By default a table with _ScrollX but without _Resizable will have column auto-resize.
+//   So, if you want to use the clipper, make sure to either enable _Resizable, either setup columns width explicitly with _WidthFixed.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of Columns in Tables:
+// - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing
+//   width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know
+//   it is not going to contribute to row height.
+//   In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every column but one (e.g. the first one).
+// - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case).
+// - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output.
+// - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.).
+//
+//                        [A]         [B]          [C]
+//  TableNextColumn():    true        false        false       -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() returns false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height.
+//          SkipItems:    false       false        true        -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output.
+//           ClipRect:    normal      zero-width   zero-width  -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way.
+//  ImDrawList output:    normal      dummy        dummy       -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway).
+//
+// - We need to distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row.
+//   However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of whole Tables:
+// - Scrolling tables with a known outer size can be clipped earlier as BeginTable() will return false.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+// System includes
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion"           // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_')
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"                // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Main code
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableFixFlags() [Internal]
+// - TableFindByID() [Internal]
+// - BeginTable()
+// - BeginTableEx() [Internal]
+// - TableBeginInitMemory() [Internal]
+// - TableBeginApplyRequests() [Internal]
+// - TableSetupColumnFlags() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateBorders() [Internal]
+// - EndTable()
+// - TableSetupColumn()
+// - TableSetupScrollFreeze()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Configuration
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0;
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN = 1;
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP = 2;                     // When using ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip (this becomes the last visible channel)
+static const float TABLE_BORDER_SIZE                     = 1.0f;    // FIXME-TABLE: Currently hard-coded because of clipping assumptions with outer borders rendering.
+static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;    // Extend outside inner borders.
+static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.06f;   // Delay/timer before making the hover feedback (color+cursor) visible because tables/columns tends to be more cramped.
+
+// Helper
+inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_window)
+{
+    // Adjust flags: set default sizing policy
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) || (outer_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit : ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame;
+
+    // Adjust flags: enable NoKeepColumnsVisible when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible;
+
+    // Adjust flags: enforce borders when resizable
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV;
+
+    // Adjust flags: disable NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY if we have any scrolling going on
+    if (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY))
+        flags &= ~(ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY);
+
+    // Adjust flags: NoBordersInBodyUntilResize takes priority over NoBordersInBody
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)
+        flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody;
+
+    // Adjust flags: disable saved settings if there's nothing to save
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set)
+    if (outer_window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    return flags;
+}
+
+ImGuiTable* ImGui::TableFindByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Tables.GetByKey(id);
+}
+
+// Read about "TABLE SIZING" at the top of this file.
+bool    ImGui::BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = GetID(str_id);
+    return BeginTableEx(str_id, id, columns_count, flags, outer_size, inner_width);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* outer_window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (outer_window->SkipItems) // Consistent with other tables + beneficial side effect that assert on miscalling EndTable() will be more visible.
+        return false;
+
+    // Sanity checks
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS);
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+        IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f);
+
+    // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve.
+    // FIXME: coarse clipping because access to table data causes two issues:
+    // - instance numbers varying/unstable. may not be a direct problem for users, but could make outside access broken or confusing, e.g. TestEngine.
+    // - can't implement support for ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY as we need to somehow pull the height data from somewhere. this also needs stable instance numbers.
+    // The side-effects of accessing table data on coarse clip would be:
+    // - always reserving the pooled ImGuiTable data ahead for a fully clipped table (minor IMHO). Also the 'outer_window_is_measuring_size' criteria may already be defeating this in some situations.
+    // - always performing the GetOrAddByKey() O(log N) query in g.Tables.Map[].
+    const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail();
+    const ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f);
+    const ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size);
+    const bool outer_window_is_measuring_size = (outer_window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (outer_window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); // Doesn't apply to AlwaysAutoResize windows!
+    if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0) && !outer_window_is_measuring_size)
+    {
+        ItemSize(outer_rect);
+        ItemAdd(outer_rect, id);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
+    if (g.DebugBreakInTable == id)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
+
+    // Acquire storage for the table
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id);
+
+    // Acquire temporary buffers
+    const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
+    if (++g.TablesTempDataStacked > g.TablesTempData.Size)
+        g.TablesTempData.resize(g.TablesTempDataStacked, ImGuiTableTempData());
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1];
+    temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx;
+    table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter;
+    table->DrawSplitter->Clear();
+
+    // Fix flags
+    table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0;
+    flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window);
+
+    // Initialize
+    const int previous_frame_active = table->LastFrameActive;
+    const int instance_no = (previous_frame_active != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1;
+    const ImGuiTableFlags previous_flags = table->Flags;
+    table->ID = id;
+    table->Flags = flags;
+    table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
+    table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window;
+    table->ColumnsCount = columns_count;
+    table->IsLayoutLocked = false;
+    table->InnerWidth = inner_width;
+    temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size;
+
+    // Instance data (for instance 0, TableID == TableInstanceID)
+    ImGuiID instance_id;
+    table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no;
+    if (instance_no > 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID");
+        if (table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no)
+            table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData());
+        instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instances" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        instance_id = id;
+    }
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    table_instance->TableInstanceID = instance_id;
+
+    // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents.
+    if (use_child_window)
+    {
+        // Ensure no vertical scrollbar appears if we only want horizontal one, to make flag consistent
+        // (we have no other way to disable vertical scrollbar of a window while keeping the horizontal one showing)
+        ImVec2 override_content_size(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && !(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY))
+            override_content_size.y = FLT_MIN;
+
+        // Ensure specified width (when not specified, Stretched columns will act as if the width == OuterWidth and
+        // never lead to any scrolling). We don't handle inner_width < 0.0f, we could potentially use it to right-align
+        // based on the right side of the child window work rect, which would require knowing ahead if we are going to
+        // have decoration taking horizontal spaces (typically a vertical scrollbar).
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && inner_width > 0.0f)
+            override_content_size.x = inner_width;
+
+        if (override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX || override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX)
+            SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f));
+
+        // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it
+        if ((previous_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0)
+            SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+        // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding)
+        ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None;
+        BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags);
+        table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow;
+        table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect;
+        table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect();
+        table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect;
+        IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f);
+
+        // Allow submitting when host is measuring
+        if (table->InnerWindow->SkipItems && outer_window_is_measuring_size)
+            table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false;
+
+        // When using multiple instances, ensure they have the same amount of horizontal decorations (aka vertical scrollbar) so stretched columns can be aligned)
+        if (instance_no == 0)
+        {
+            table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr;
+            table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false;
+        }
+        table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect.
+        // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable().
+        table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect;
+        table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false;
+    }
+
+    // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables
+    PushOverrideID(id);
+    if (instance_no > 0)
+        PushOverrideID(instance_id); // FIXME: Somehow this is not resolved by stack-tool, even tho GetIDWithSeed() submitted the symbol.
+
+    // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x;
+    table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect;
+    table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems;
+    temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect;
+    temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect;
+    temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset;
+    temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize;
+    temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize;
+    temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth;
+    temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size;
+    inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // Make left and top borders not overlap our contents by offsetting HostClipRect (#6765)
+    // (we normally shouldn't alter HostClipRect as we rely on TableMergeDrawChannels() expanding non-clipped column toward the
+    // limits of that rectangle, in order for ImDrawListSplitter::Merge() to merge the draw commands. However since the overlap
+    // problem only affect scrolling tables in this case we can get away with doing it without extra cost).
+    if (inner_window != outer_window)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV)
+            table->HostClipRect.Min.x = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.x + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.x);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH)
+            table->HostClipRect.Min.y = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.y + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.y);
+    }
+
+    // Padding and Spacing
+    // - None               ........Content..... Pad .....Content........
+    // - PadOuter           | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad |
+    // - PadInner           ........Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content........
+    // - PadOuter+PadInner  | Pad ..Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content.. Pad |
+    const bool pad_outer_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX) ? false : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX) ? true : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) != 0;
+    const bool pad_inner_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX) ? false : true;
+    const float inner_spacing_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+    const float inner_spacing_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) == 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    const float inner_padding_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) != 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border;
+    table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit;
+    table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit;
+
+    const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+    const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    table->OuterPaddingX = (outer_padding_for_border + outer_padding_explicit) - table->CellPaddingX;
+
+    table->CurrentColumn = -1;
+    table->CurrentRow = -1;
+    table->RowBgColorCounter = 0;
+    table->LastRowFlags = ImGuiTableRowFlags_None;
+    table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect;
+    table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect);     // We need this to honor inner_width
+    table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect);
+    table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y;
+
+    table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow
+    table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow()
+    table->RowCellPaddingY = 0.0f;
+    table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any
+    table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0;
+    table->IsUnfrozenRows = true;
+    table->DeclColumnsCount = table->AngledHeadersCount = 0;
+    if (previous_frame_active + 1 < g.FrameCount)
+        table->IsActiveIdInTable = false;
+    table->AngledHeadersHeight = 0.0f;
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = 0.0f;
+
+    // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping lines of the grid, otherwise we'd need to improve TableDrawBorders()
+    table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong);
+    table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight);
+
+    // Make table current
+    g.CurrentTable = table;
+    outer_window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+    outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
+    if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly.
+        inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
+
+    if ((previous_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
+        table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true;
+
+    // Mark as used to avoid GC
+    if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size)
+        g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f);
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time;
+    temp_data->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
+    table->MemoryCompacted = false;
+
+    // Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed)
+    ImGuiTableColumn* old_columns_to_preserve = NULL;
+    void* old_columns_raw_data = NULL;
+    const int old_columns_count = table->Columns.size();
+    if (old_columns_count != 0 && old_columns_count != columns_count)
+    {
+        // Attempt to preserve width on column count change (#4046)
+        old_columns_to_preserve = table->Columns.Data;
+        old_columns_raw_data = table->RawData;
+        table->RawData = NULL;
+    }
+    if (table->RawData == NULL)
+    {
+        TableBeginInitMemory(table, columns_count);
+        table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true;
+    }
+    if (table->IsResetAllRequest)
+        TableResetSettings(table);
+    if (table->IsInitializing)
+    {
+        // Initialize
+        table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = -1;
+        table->ContextPopupColumn = -1;
+        table->ReorderColumn = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1;
+        table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1;
+        table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1;
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n];
+            if (old_columns_to_preserve && n < old_columns_count)
+            {
+                // FIXME: We don't attempt to preserve column order in this path.
+                *column = old_columns_to_preserve[n];
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                float width_auto = column->WidthAuto;
+                *column = ImGuiTableColumn();
+                column->WidthAuto = width_auto;
+                column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker
+                column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true;
+            }
+            column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        }
+    }
+    if (old_columns_raw_data)
+        IM_FREE(old_columns_raw_data);
+
+    // Load settings
+    if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad)
+        TableLoadSettings(table);
+
+    // Handle DPI/font resize
+    // This is designed to facilitate DPI changes with the assumption that e.g. style.CellPadding has been scaled as well.
+    // It will also react to changing fonts with mixed results. It doesn't need to be perfect but merely provide a decent transition.
+    // FIXME-DPI: Provide consistent standards for reference size. Perhaps using g.CurrentDpiScale would be more self explanatory.
+    // This is will lead us to non-rounded WidthRequest in columns, which should work but is a poorly tested path.
+    const float new_ref_scale_unit = g.FontSize; // g.Font->GetCharAdvance('A') ?
+    if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit)
+    {
+        const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale;
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor);
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+            table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor;
+    }
+    table->RefScale = new_ref_scale_unit;
+
+    // Disable output until user calls TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn() leading to the TableUpdateLayout() call..
+    // This is not strictly necessary but will reduce cases were "out of table" output will be misleading to the user.
+    // Because we cannot safely assert in EndTable() when no rows have been created, this seems like our best option.
+    inner_window->SkipItems = true;
+
+    // Clear names
+    // At this point the ->NameOffset field of each column will be invalid until TableUpdateLayout() or the first call to TableSetupColumn()
+    if (table->ColumnsNames.Buf.Size > 0)
+        table->ColumnsNames.Buf.resize(0);
+
+    // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+    TableBeginApplyRequests(table);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is:
+// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables[])
+// + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below)
+// + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used)
+// Shared allocations for the maximum number of simultaneously nested tables (generally a very small number)
+// + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels)
+// + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels)
+// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or == columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details.
+// Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations.
+void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count)
+{
+    // Allocate single buffer for our arrays
+    const int columns_bit_array_size = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(columns_count);
+    ImSpanAllocator<6> span_allocator;
+    span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn));
+    span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx));
+    span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4);
+    for (int n = 3; n < 6; n++)
+        span_allocator.Reserve(n, columns_bit_array_size);
+    table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
+    memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
+    span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData);
+    table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(3);
+    table->EnabledMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(4);
+    table->VisibleMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(5);
+}
+
+// Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    // Handle resizing request
+    // (We process this in the TableBegin() of the first instance of each table)
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling?
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+    {
+        if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumnNextWidth != FLT_MAX)
+            TableSetColumnWidth(table->ResizedColumn, table->ResizedColumnNextWidth);
+        table->LastResizedColumn = table->ResizedColumn;
+        table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = FLT_MAX;
+        table->ResizedColumn = -1;
+
+        // Process auto-fit for single column, which is a special case for stretch columns and fixed columns with FixedSame policy.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Would be nice to redistribute available stretch space accordingly to other weights, instead of giving it all to siblings.
+        if (table->AutoFitSingleColumn != -1)
+        {
+            TableSetColumnWidth(table->AutoFitSingleColumn, table->Columns[table->AutoFitSingleColumn].WidthAuto);
+            table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Handle reordering request
+    // Note: we don't clear ReorderColumn after handling the request.
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+    {
+        if (table->HeldHeaderColumn == -1 && table->ReorderColumn != -1)
+            table->ReorderColumn = -1;
+        table->HeldHeaderColumn = -1;
+        if (table->ReorderColumn != -1 && table->ReorderColumnDir != 0)
+        {
+            // We need to handle reordering across hidden columns.
+            // In the configuration below, moving C to the right of E will lead to:
+            //    ... C [D] E  --->  ... [D] E  C   (Column name/index)
+            //    ... 2  3  4        ...  2  3  4   (Display order)
+            const int reorder_dir = table->ReorderColumnDir;
+            IM_ASSERT(reorder_dir == -1 || reorder_dir == +1);
+            IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable);
+            ImGuiTableColumn* src_column = &table->Columns[table->ReorderColumn];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* dst_column = &table->Columns[(reorder_dir == -1) ? src_column->PrevEnabledColumn : src_column->NextEnabledColumn];
+            IM_UNUSED(dst_column);
+            const int src_order = src_column->DisplayOrder;
+            const int dst_order = dst_column->DisplayOrder;
+            src_column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order;
+            for (int order_n = src_order + reorder_dir; order_n != dst_order + reorder_dir; order_n += reorder_dir)
+                table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir;
+            IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir);
+
+            // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[]. Rebuild later from the former.
+            for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            table->ReorderColumnDir = 0;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Handle display order reset request
+    if (table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest)
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+            table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = false;
+        table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    }
+}
+
+// Adjust flags: default width mode + stretch columns are not allowed when auto extending
+static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags_in)
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = flags_in;
+
+    // Sizing Policy
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0)
+    {
+        const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_);
+        if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed;
+        else
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used.
+    }
+
+    // Resize
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize;
+
+    // Sorting
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending))
+        flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort;
+
+    // Indentation
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= (table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column) == 0) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable;
+
+    // Alignment
+    //if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_) == 0)
+    //    flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter;
+    //IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used.
+
+    // Preserve status flags
+    column->Flags = flags | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_);
+
+    // Build an ordered list of available sort directions
+    column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = column->SortDirectionsAvailList = 0;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)
+    {
+        int count = 0, mask = 0, list = 0;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending)  != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending)  == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending;  list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending  << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending)  == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending)  == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending;  list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending  << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate) || count == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_None; count++; }
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailList = (ImU8)list;
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = (ImU8)mask;
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = (ImU8)count;
+        ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, column);
+    }
+}
+
+// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable() and this is our largest function.
+// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() and other TableSetupXXXXX() functions to be called first.
+// FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns.
+// Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns?
+void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false);
+
+    const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_);
+    table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true;
+    table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0;
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, table->ColumnsCount);
+    table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1;
+    table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE
+
+    // [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns.
+    // Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices.
+    int count_fixed = 0;                // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies
+    int count_stretch = 0;              // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies
+    int prev_visible_column_idx = -1;
+    bool has_auto_fit_request = false;
+    bool has_resizable = false;
+    float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f;
+    float fixed_max_width_auto = 0.0f;
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        if (column_n != order_n)
+            table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = false;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        // Clear column setup if not submitted by user. Currently we make it mandatory to call TableSetupColumn() every frame.
+        // It would easily work without but we're not ready to guarantee it since e.g. names need resubmission anyway.
+        // We take a slight shortcut but in theory we could be calling TableSetupColumn() here with dummy values, it should yield the same effect.
+        if (table->DeclColumnsCount <= column_n)
+        {
+            TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
+            column->NameOffset = -1;
+            column->UserID = 0;
+            column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f;
+        }
+
+        // Update Enabled state, mark settings and sort specs dirty
+        if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide))
+            column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true;
+        if (column->IsUserEnabled != column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame)
+        {
+            column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        }
+        column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0;
+
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled)
+            table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+        if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti))
+            table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+
+        // Auto-fit unsized columns
+        const bool start_auto_fit = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f) : (column->StretchWeight < 0.0f);
+        if (start_auto_fit)
+            column->AutoFitQueue = column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Fit for three frames
+
+        if (!column->IsEnabled)
+        {
+            column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column
+        column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx;
+        column->NextEnabledColumn = -1;
+        if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1)
+            table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        else
+            table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++;
+        ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n);
+        ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, column->DisplayOrder);
+        prev_visible_column_idx = column_n;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder);
+
+        // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping)
+        // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to.
+        if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+            column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column);
+
+        // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+        const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0;
+        if (column_is_resizable)
+            has_resizable = true;
+        if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f && !column_is_resizable)
+            column->WidthAuto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+
+        if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00)
+            has_auto_fit_request = true;
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        {
+            stretch_sum_width_auto += column->WidthAuto;
+            count_stretch++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            fixed_max_width_auto = ImMax(fixed_max_width_auto, column->WidthAuto);
+            count_fixed++;
+        }
+    }
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+    table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0);
+
+    // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible to avoid
+    // the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). Also see #6510.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time.
+    if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow)
+        table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false;
+    if (has_auto_fit_request)
+        table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+
+    // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information.
+    float sum_width_requests = 0.0f;    // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding.
+    float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f;   // Sum of all weights for stretch columns.
+    table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0;
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+        {
+            // Apply same widths policy
+            float width_auto = column->WidthAuto;
+            if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame && (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || !column_is_resizable))
+                width_auto = fixed_max_width_auto;
+
+            // Apply automatic width
+            // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!)
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00)
+                column->WidthRequest = width_auto;
+            else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && column->IsRequestOutput)
+                column->WidthRequest = width_auto;
+
+            // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets
+            // (e.g. TextWrapped) too much. Otherwise what tends to happen is that TextWrapped would output a very
+            // large height (= first frame scrollbar display very off + clipper would skip lots of items).
+            // This is merely making the side-effect less extreme, but doesn't properly fixes it.
+            // FIXME: Move this to ->WidthGiven to avoid temporary lossyless?
+            // FIXME: This break IsPreserveWidthAuto from not flickering if the stored WidthAuto was smaller.
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue > 0x01 && table->IsInitializing && !column->IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+                column->WidthRequest = ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth * 4.0f); // FIXME-TABLE: Another constant/scale?
+            sum_width_requests += column->WidthRequest;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Initialize stretch weight
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || column->StretchWeight < 0.0f || !column_is_resizable)
+            {
+                if (column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f)
+                    column->StretchWeight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+                else if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp)
+                    column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthAuto / stretch_sum_width_auto) * count_stretch;
+                else
+                    column->StretchWeight = 1.0f;
+            }
+
+            stretch_sum_weights += column->StretchWeight;
+            if (table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder > column->DisplayOrder)
+                table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->RightMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder < column->DisplayOrder)
+                table->RightMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        }
+        column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = false;
+        sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+    }
+    table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed;
+    table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights = stretch_sum_weights;
+
+    // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths
+    const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect;
+    const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1);
+    const float width_removed = (table->HasScrollbarYPrev && !table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY) ? g.Style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; // To synchronize decoration width of synched tables with mismatching scrollbar state (#5920)
+    const float width_avail = ImMax(1.0f, (((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth()) - width_removed);
+    const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests;
+    float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns;
+    table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        // Allocate width for stretched/weighted columns (StretchWeight gets converted into WidthRequest)
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        {
+            float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights;
+            column->WidthRequest = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f);
+            width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest;
+        }
+
+        // [Resize Rule 1] The right-most Visible column is not resizable if there is at least one Stretch column
+        // See additional comments in TableSetColumnWidth().
+        if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_;
+
+        // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink
+        column->WidthGiven = ImTrunc(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth));
+        table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven;
+    }
+
+    // [Part 5] Redistribute stretch remainder width due to rounding (remainder width is < 1.0f * number of Stretch column).
+    // Using right-to-left distribution (more likely to match resizing cursor).
+    if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths))
+        for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--)
+        {
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+                continue;
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]];
+            if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+                continue;
+            column->WidthRequest += 1.0f;
+            column->WidthGiven += 1.0f;
+            width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f;
+        }
+
+    // Determine if table is hovered which will be used to flag columns as hovered.
+    // - In principle we'd like to use the equivalent of IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
+    //   but because our item is partially submitted at this point we use ItemHoverable() and a workaround (temporarily
+    //   clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem).
+    // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop.
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    table_instance->HoveredRowLast = table_instance->HoveredRowNext;
+    table_instance->HoveredRowNext = -1;
+    table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1;
+    const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight));
+    const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId;
+    g.ActiveId = 0;
+    const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0, ImGuiItemFlags_None);
+    g.ActiveId = backup_active_id;
+
+    // Determine skewed MousePos.x to support angled headers.
+    float mouse_skewed_x = g.IO.MousePos.x;
+    if (table->AngledHeadersHeight > 0.0f)
+        if (g.IO.MousePos.y >= table->OuterRect.Min.y && g.IO.MousePos.y <= table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight)
+            mouse_skewed_x += ImTrunc((table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight - g.IO.MousePos.y) * table->AngledHeadersSlope);
+
+    // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column
+    // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping.
+    int visible_n = 0;
+    bool has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = false;
+    bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0);
+    float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1;
+    ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect;
+    //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2;
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount);
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)(table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); // Use Count NOT request so Header line changes layer when frozen
+
+        if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == visible_n)
+        {
+            offset_x += work_rect.Min.x - table->OuterRect.Min.x;
+            offset_x_frozen = false;
+        }
+
+        // Clear status flags
+        column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_;
+
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+        {
+            // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function.
+            // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper.
+            column->MinX = column->MaxX = column->WorkMinX = column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->ClipRect.Max.x = offset_x;
+            column->WidthGiven = 0.0f;
+            column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y;
+            column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX;
+            column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect);
+            column->IsVisibleX = column->IsVisibleY = column->IsRequestOutput = false;
+            column->IsSkipItems = true;
+            column->ItemWidth = 1.0f;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // Detect hovered column
+        if (is_hovering_table && mouse_skewed_x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && mouse_skewed_x < column->ClipRect.Max.x)
+            table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+
+        // Lock start position
+        column->MinX = offset_x;
+
+        // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position
+        float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n);
+        column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width);
+        column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth));
+        column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+
+        // Lock other positions
+        // - ClipRect.Min.x: Because merging draw commands doesn't compare min boundaries, we make ClipRect.Min.x match left bounds to be consistent regardless of merging.
+        // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column.
+        // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow.
+        // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter.
+        const float previous_instance_work_min_x = column->WorkMinX;
+        column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1;
+        column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max
+        column->ItemWidth = ImTrunc(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f);
+        column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX;
+        column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y;
+        column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX;
+        column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX;
+        column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect);
+
+        // Mark column as Clipped (not in sight)
+        // Note that scrolling tables (where inner_window != outer_window) handle Y clipped earlier in BeginTable() so IsVisibleY really only applies to non-scrolling tables.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Because InnerClipRect.Max.y is conservatively ==outer_window->ClipRect.Max.y, we never can mark columns _Above_ the scroll line as not IsVisibleY.
+        // Taking advantage of LastOuterHeight would yield good results there...
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Y clipping is disabled because it effectively means not submitting will reduce contents width which is fed to outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x,
+        // and this may be used (e.g. typically by outer_window using AlwaysAutoResize or outer_window's horizontal scrollbar, but could be something else).
+        // Possible solution to preserve last known content width for clipped column. Test 'table_reported_size' fails when enabling Y clipping and window is resized small.
+        column->IsVisibleX = (column->ClipRect.Max.x > column->ClipRect.Min.x);
+        column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y);
+        const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY;
+        if (is_visible)
+            ImBitArraySetBit(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n);
+
+        // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output.
+        column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0;
+
+        // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout)
+        // (table->HostSkipItems is a copy of inner_window->SkipItems before we cleared it above in Part 2)
+        column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems;
+        if (column->IsSkipItems)
+            IM_ASSERT(!is_visible);
+        if (column->IsRequestOutput && !column->IsSkipItems)
+            has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = true;
+
+        // Update status flags
+        column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled;
+        if (is_visible)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible;
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted;
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered;
+
+        // Alignment
+        // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in
+        // many cases (to be able to honor this we might be able to store a log of cells width, per row, for
+        // visible rows, but nav/programmatic scroll would have visible artifacts.)
+        //if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignRight)
+        //    column->WorkMinX = ImMax(column->WorkMinX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen);
+        //else if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter)
+        //    column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f);
+
+        // Reset content width variables
+        if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+        {
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // As we store an absolute value to make per-cell updates faster, we need to offset values used for width computation.
+            const float offset_from_previous_instance = column->WorkMinX - previous_instance_work_min_x;
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal += offset_from_previous_instance;
+        }
+
+        // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items
+        if (table->HostSkipItems == false)
+        {
+            column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1;
+            column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1;
+        }
+
+        if (visible_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount)
+            host_clip_rect.Min.x = ImClamp(column->MaxX + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, host_clip_rect.Min.x, host_clip_rect.Max.x);
+
+        offset_x += column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        visible_n++;
+    }
+
+    // In case the table is visible (e.g. decorations) but all columns clipped, we keep a column visible.
+    // Else if give no chance to a clipper-savy user to submit rows and therefore total contents height used by scrollbar.
+    if (has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output == false)
+    {
+        table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsRequestOutput = true;
+        table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsSkipItems = false;
+    }
+
+    // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it)
+    // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either
+    // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu.
+    const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x);
+    if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1)
+        if (mouse_skewed_x >= unused_x1)
+            table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount;
+    if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))
+        table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable;
+
+    table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0);
+
+    // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position.
+    // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need.
+    // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point.
+    if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1)
+        table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)
+    {
+        table->OuterRect.Max.x = table->WorkRect.Max.x = unused_x1;
+        table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1);
+    }
+    table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect;
+    table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;
+    table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;
+
+    // Setup window's WorkRect.Max.y for GetContentRegionAvail(). Other values will be updated in each TableBeginCell() call.
+    float window_content_max_y;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)
+        window_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Max.y;
+    else
+        window_content_max_y = ImMax(table->InnerWindow->ContentRegionRect.Max.y, (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? 0.0f : table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+    table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y = ImClamp(window_content_max_y - g.Style.CellPadding.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Min.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y);
+
+    // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect
+    TableSetupDrawChannels(table);
+
+    // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        TableUpdateBorders(table);
+    table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight = 0.0f;
+    table->IsLayoutLocked = true;
+    table->IsUsingHeaders = false;
+
+    // Highlight header
+    table->HighlightColumnHeader = -1;
+    if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn != -1 && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent)
+        table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->ContextPopupColumn;
+    else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn) && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != table->ColumnsCount && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1)
+        if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive))
+            table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->HoveredColumnBody;
+
+    // [Part 11] Default context menu
+    // - To append to this menu: you can call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup().
+    // - To modify or replace this: set table->IsContextPopupNoDefaultContents = true, then call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup().
+    // - You may call TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() with selected flags to display specific sections of the default menu,
+    //   e.g. TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) will display everything EXCEPT columns visibility options.
+    if (table->DisableDefaultContextMenu == false && TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table))
+    {
+        TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags);
+        EndPopup();
+    }
+
+    // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a chance to use them for display.
+    // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change)
+    if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable))
+        TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
+
+    // [Part 13] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns)
+    if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0)
+        table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeX1 = table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1]].MaxX - table->OuterRect.Min.x;
+    if (table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0)
+        table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeY1 = table_instance->LastFrozenHeight;
+    table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f;
+
+    // Initial state
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+    else
+        inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false);
+}
+
+// Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable()
+// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce visual feedback noise.
+void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+
+    // At this point OuterRect height may be zero or under actual final height, so we rely on temporal coherency and
+    // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not
+    // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height).
+    // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected.
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    const float hit_half_width = ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale);
+    const float hit_y1 = (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->OuterRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight;
+    const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight - table->AngledHeadersHeight);
+    const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight;
+
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+            continue;
+
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_))
+            continue;
+
+        // ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize will be honored in TableDrawBorders()
+        const float border_y2_hit = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) ? hit_y2_head : hit_y2_body;
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false)
+            continue;
+
+        if (!column->IsVisibleX && table->LastResizedColumn != column_n)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent);
+        ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit);
+        ItemAdd(hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100));
+
+        bool hovered = false, held = false;
+        bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0))
+        {
+            TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n);
+            ClearActiveID();
+            held = false;
+        }
+        if (held)
+        {
+            if (table->LastResizedColumn == -1)
+                table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2 = table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1 ? table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX : -FLT_MAX;
+            table->ResizedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+        }
+        if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)
+        {
+            table->HoveredColumnBorder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTable()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!");
+
+    // This assert would be very useful to catch a common error... unfortunately it would probably trigger in some
+    // cases, and for consistency user may sometimes output empty tables (and still benefit from e.g. outer border)
+    //IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked && "Table unused: never called TableNextRow(), is that the intent?");
+
+    // If the user never got to call TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn(), we call layout ourselves to ensure all our
+    // code paths are consistent (instead of just hoping that TableBegin/TableEnd will work), get borders drawn, etc.
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags;
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow;
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow);
+    IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow);
+
+    if (table->IsInsideRow)
+        TableEndRow(table);
+
+    // Context menu in columns body
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && !IsAnyItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
+            TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody);
+
+    // Finalize table height
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize;
+    inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize;
+    inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos;
+    const float inner_content_max_y = table->RowPosY2;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    if (inner_window != outer_window)
+        inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = inner_content_max_y;
+    else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY))
+        table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height
+    table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+    table_instance->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight();
+
+    // Setup inner scrolling range
+    // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y,
+    // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axises together.
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+    {
+        const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+        float max_pos_x = table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+        if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1)
+            max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border);
+        if (table->ResizedColumn != -1)
+            max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2);
+        table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth;
+    }
+
+    // Pop clipping rect
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip))
+        inner_window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    inner_window->ClipRect = inner_window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+
+    // Draw borders
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Borders) != 0)
+        TableDrawBorders(table);
+
+#if 0
+    // Strip out dummy channel draw calls
+    // We have no way to prevent user submitting direct ImDrawList calls into a hidden column (but ImGui:: calls will be clipped out)
+    // Pros: remove draw calls which will have no effect. since they'll have zero-size cliprect they may be early out anyway.
+    // Cons: making it harder for users watching metrics/debugger to spot the wasted vertices.
+    if (table->DummyDrawChannel != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel* dummy_channel = &table->DrawSplitter._Channels[table->DummyDrawChannel];
+        dummy_channel->_CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+        dummy_channel->_IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Flatten channels and merge draw calls
+    ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter;
+    splitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0);
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0)
+        TableMergeDrawChannels(table);
+    splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList);
+
+    // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable()
+    float auto_fit_width_for_fixed = 0.0f;
+    float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f;
+    float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column);
+            if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+                auto_fit_width_for_fixed += column_width_request;
+            else
+                auto_fit_width_for_stretched += column_width_request;
+            if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) != 0)
+                auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min, column_width_request / (column->StretchWeight / table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights));
+        }
+    const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1);
+    table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount + auto_fit_width_for_fixed + ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched, auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min);
+
+    // Update scroll
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window)
+    {
+        inner_window->Scroll.x = 0.0f;
+    }
+    else if (table->LastResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumn == -1 && inner_window->ScrollbarX && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent)
+    {
+        // When releasing a column being resized, scroll to keep the resulting column in sight
+        const float neighbor_width_to_keep_visible = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->LastResizedColumn];
+        if (column->MaxX < table->InnerClipRect.Min.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x - neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f);
+        else if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x + neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Apply resizing/dragging at the end of the frame
+    if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn];
+        const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale));
+        const float new_width = ImTrunc(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f);
+        table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width;
+    }
+
+    table->IsActiveIdInTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0 && table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable == false);
+
+    // Pop from id stack
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table_instance->TableInstanceID, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!");
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!");
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0)
+        PopID();
+    PopID();
+
+    // Restore window data that we modified
+    const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    inner_window->WorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect;
+    inner_window->ParentWorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect;
+    inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems;
+    outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min;
+    outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth;
+    outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;
+    outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset;
+
+    // Layout in outer window
+    // (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding
+    // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414)
+    if (inner_window != outer_window)
+    {
+        short backup_nav_layers_active_mask = inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask;
+        inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; // So empty table don't appear to navigate differently.
+        EndChild();
+        inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = backup_nav_layers_active_mask;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize());
+        ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0);
+    }
+
+    // Override declared contents width/height to enable auto-resize while not needlessly adding a scrollbar
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)
+    {
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Could we remove this section?
+        // ColumnsAutoFitWidth may be one frame ahead here since for Fixed+NoResize is calculated from latest contents
+        IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth);
+    }
+    else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f)
+    {
+        // Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block
+        // - Checking for ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX/ScrollY flag makes us a frame ahead when disabling those flags.
+        // - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback.
+        const float inner_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Slightly misleading name but used for code symmetry with inner_content_max_y
+        const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f);
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x);
+    }
+    if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // OuterRect.Max.y may already have been pushed downward from the initial value (unless ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY is set)
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+    }
+
+    // Save settings
+    if (table->IsSettingsDirty)
+        TableSaveSettings(table);
+    table->IsInitializing = false;
+
+    // Clear or restore current table, if any
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0);
+    temp_data = (--g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL;
+    g.CurrentTable = temp_data ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL;
+    if (g.CurrentTable)
+    {
+        g.CurrentTable->TempData = temp_data;
+        g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter;
+    }
+    outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1;
+    NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+}
+
+// See "COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file
+// If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored
+void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call call TableSetupColumn() before first row!");
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()");
+    if (table->DeclColumnsCount >= table->ColumnsCount)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "Called TableSetupColumn() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DeclColumnsCount];
+    table->DeclColumnsCount++;
+
+    // Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa.
+    // Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX.
+    if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column.");
+
+    // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy
+    // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable)
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed;
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader)
+    {
+        flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel;
+        table->AngledHeadersCount++;
+    }
+
+    TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags);
+    column->UserID = user_id;
+    flags = column->Flags;
+
+    // Initialize defaults
+    column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight;
+    if (table->IsInitializing)
+    {
+        // Init width or weight
+        if (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f && column->StretchWeight < 0.0f)
+        {
+            if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+                column->WidthRequest = init_width_or_weight;
+            if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+                column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f;
+
+            // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified
+            if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+                column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00;
+        }
+
+        // Init default visibility/sort state
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0)
+            column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = false;
+        if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0)
+        {
+            column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs.
+            column->SortDirection = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer)
+    // FIXME: If we recorded the number of \n in names we could compute header row height
+    column->NameOffset = -1;
+    if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0)
+    {
+        column->NameOffset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size();
+        table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+// [Public]
+void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() before first row!");
+    IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS);
+    IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit
+
+    table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)ImMin(columns, table->ColumnsCount) : 0;
+    table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0;
+    table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0;
+    table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0;
+    table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b
+
+    // Ensure frozen columns are ordered in their section. We still allow multiple frozen columns to be reordered.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: This work for preserving 2143 into 21|43. How about 4321 turning into 21|43? (preserve relative order in each section)
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest; column_n++)
+    {
+        int order_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n];
+        if (order_n != column_n && order_n >= table->FreezeColumnsRequest)
+        {
+            ImSwap(table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder, table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]].DisplayOrder);
+            ImSwap(table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n], table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetColumnCount()
+// - TableGetColumnName()
+// - TableGetColumnName() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnEnabled()
+// - TableGetColumnFlags()
+// - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal]
+// - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal]
+// - TableGetHoveredRow() [Internal]
+// - TableSetBgColor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    return table ? table->ColumnsCount : 0;
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return NULL;
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    return TableGetColumnName(table, column_n);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    if (table->IsLayoutLocked == false && column_n >= table->DeclColumnsCount)
+        return ""; // NameOffset is invalid at this point
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    if (column->NameOffset == -1)
+        return "";
+    return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset];
+}
+
+// Change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view)
+// Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+// - Require table to have the ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable flag because we are manipulating user accessible state.
+// - Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable().
+// - For the getter you can test (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) != 0.
+// - Alternative: the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled is an overriding/master disable flag which will also hide the column from context menu.
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL);
+    if (!table)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); // See comments above
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = enabled;
+}
+
+// We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section
+ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None;
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount)
+        return (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None;
+    return table->Columns[column_n].Flags;
+}
+
+// Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height.
+// - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations.
+//   The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it, or in TableEndRow() when we locked that height.
+// - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right
+//   columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border.
+//   FIXME: But the rendering code in TableEndRow() nullifies that with clamping required for scrolling.
+ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float x1 = column->MinX;
+    float x2 = column->MaxX;
+    //if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1)
+    //    x1 -= table->OuterPaddingX;
+    //if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1)
+    //    x2 += table->OuterPaddingX;
+    x1 = ImMax(x1, table->WorkRect.Min.x);
+    x2 = ImMin(x2, table->WorkRect.Max.x);
+    return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2);
+}
+
+// Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column.
+ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiID instance_id = TableGetInstanceID(table, instance_no);
+    return instance_id + 1 + column_n; // FIXME: #6140: still not ideal
+}
+
+// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if hovering the unused space at the right of the right-most visible column.
+int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return -1;
+    return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody;
+}
+
+// Return -1 when table is not hovered. Return maxrow+1 if in table but below last submitted row.
+// *IMPORTANT* Unlike TableGetHoveredColumn(), this has a one frame latency in updating the value.
+// This difference with is the reason why this is not public yet.
+int ImGui::TableGetHoveredRow()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return -1;
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    return (int)table_instance->HoveredRowLast;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(target != ImGuiTableBgTarget_None);
+
+    if (color == IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+        color = 0;
+
+    // We cannot draw neither the cell or row background immediately as we don't know the row height at this point in time.
+    switch (target)
+    {
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg:
+    {
+        if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard
+            return;
+        if (column_n == -1)
+            column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            return;
+        if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n)
+            table->RowCellDataCurrent++;
+        ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent];
+        cell_data->BgColor = color;
+        cell_data->Column = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        break;
+    }
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0:
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1:
+    {
+        if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard
+            return;
+        IM_ASSERT(column_n == -1);
+        int bg_idx = (target == ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1) ? 1 : 0;
+        table->RowBgColor[bg_idx] = color;
+        break;
+    }
+    default:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetRowIndex()
+// - TableNextRow()
+// - TableBeginRow() [Internal]
+// - TableEndRow() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Public] Note: for row coloring we use ->RowBgColorCounter which is the same value without counting header rows
+int ImGui::TableGetRowIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return 0;
+    return table->CurrentRow;
+}
+
+// [Public] Starts into the first cell of a new row
+void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+    if (table->IsInsideRow)
+        TableEndRow(table);
+
+    table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags;
+    table->RowFlags = row_flags;
+    table->RowCellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y;
+    table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height;
+    TableBeginRow(table);
+
+    // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height,
+    // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell.
+    table->RowPosY2 += table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f;
+    table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height);
+
+    // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn()
+    table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true;
+}
+
+// [Internal] Only called by TableNextRow()
+void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(!table->IsInsideRow);
+
+    // New row
+    table->CurrentRow++;
+    table->CurrentColumn = -1;
+    table->RowBgColor[0] = table->RowBgColor[1] = IM_COL32_DISABLE;
+    table->RowCellDataCurrent = -1;
+    table->IsInsideRow = true;
+
+    // Begin frozen rows
+    float next_y1 = table->RowPosY2;
+    if (table->CurrentRow == 0 && table->FreezeRowsCount > 0)
+        next_y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+
+    table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1;
+    table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f;
+    table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent
+
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns.
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns, and to call it from first column too.
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1;
+
+    // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging.
+    if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)
+    {
+        TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg));
+        if (table->CurrentRow == 0)
+            table->IsUsingHeaders = true;
+    }
+}
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()
+void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == table->InnerWindow);
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsInsideRow);
+
+    if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+        TableEndCell(table);
+
+    // Logging
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(NULL, "|");
+
+    // Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is
+    // likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding.
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2;
+
+    // Row background fill
+    const float bg_y1 = table->RowPosY1;
+    const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2;
+    const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount);
+    const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest);
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) && (table->CurrentRow == 0 || (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)))
+        table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight += bg_y2 - bg_y1;
+
+    const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y);
+    if (is_visible)
+    {
+        // Update data for TableGetHoveredRow()
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2 && table_instance->HoveredRowNext < 0)
+            table_instance->HoveredRowNext = table->CurrentRow;
+
+        // Decide of background color for the row
+        ImU32 bg_col0 = 0;
+        ImU32 bg_col1 = 0;
+        if (table->RowBgColor[0] != IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+            bg_col0 = table->RowBgColor[0];
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg)
+            bg_col0 = GetColorU32((table->RowBgColorCounter & 1) ? ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt : ImGuiCol_TableRowBg);
+        if (table->RowBgColor[1] != IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+            bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1];
+
+        // Decide of top border color
+        ImU32 top_border_col = 0;
+        const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE;
+        if (table->CurrentRow > 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH))
+            top_border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight;
+
+        const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0;
+        const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual;
+        if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | top_border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color)
+        {
+            // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is
+            // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here.
+            if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0)
+                window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4();
+            table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
+        }
+
+        // Draw row background
+        // We soft/cpu clip this so all backgrounds and borders can share the same clipping rectangle
+        if (bg_col0 || bg_col1)
+        {
+            ImRect row_rect(table->WorkRect.Min.x, bg_y1, table->WorkRect.Max.x, bg_y2);
+            row_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect);
+            if (bg_col0 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col0);
+            if (bg_col1 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col1);
+        }
+
+        // Draw cell background color
+        if (draw_cell_bg_color)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent];
+            for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++)
+            {
+                // As we render the BG here we need to clip things (for layout we would not)
+                // FIXME: This cancels the OuterPadding addition done by TableGetCellBgRect(), need to keep it while rendering correctly while scrolling.
+                const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column];
+                ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column);
+                cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect);
+                cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x);     // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling
+                cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX);
+                if (cell_bg_rect.Min.y < cell_bg_rect.Max.y)
+                    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Draw top border
+        if (top_border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), top_border_col, border_size);
+
+        // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong)
+        if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y2), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y2), table->BorderColorStrong, border_size);
+    }
+
+    // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle)
+    // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and
+    // get the new cursor position.
+    if (unfreeze_rows_request)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+            table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    if (unfreeze_rows_actual)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false);
+        const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y);
+        table->IsUnfrozenRows = true;
+        table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+
+        // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect
+        table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y);
+        table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y;
+        table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+        IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y);
+
+        float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1;
+        table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+        table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height;
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+            column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y;
+        }
+
+        // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y
+        SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect);
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent);
+    }
+
+    if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers))
+        table->RowBgColorCounter++;
+    table->IsInsideRow = false;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetColumnIndex()
+// - TableSetColumnIndex()
+// - TableNextColumn()
+// - TableBeginCell() [Internal]
+// - TableEndCell() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return 0;
+    return table->CurrentColumn;
+}
+
+// [Public] Append into a specific column
+bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return false;
+
+    if (table->CurrentColumn != column_n)
+    {
+        if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+            TableEndCell(table);
+        IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && table->ColumnsCount);
+        TableBeginCell(table, column_n);
+    }
+
+    // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value,
+    // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height.
+    return table->Columns[column_n].IsRequestOutput;
+}
+
+// [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column
+bool ImGui::TableNextColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return false;
+
+    if (table->IsInsideRow && table->CurrentColumn + 1 < table->ColumnsCount)
+    {
+        if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+            TableEndCell(table);
+        TableBeginCell(table, table->CurrentColumn + 1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        TableNextRow();
+        TableBeginCell(table, 0);
+    }
+
+    // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value,
+    // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height.
+    return table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].IsRequestOutput;
+}
+
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn()
+// This is called very frequently, so we need to be mindful of unnecessary overhead.
+// FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns.
+void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+    table->CurrentColumn = column_n;
+
+    // Start position is roughly ~~ CellRect.Min + CellPadding + Indent
+    float start_x = column->WorkMinX;
+    if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable)
+        start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row.
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->RowCellPaddingY;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; // PrevLine.y is preserved. This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns.
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent;
+
+    // Note how WorkRect.Max.y is only set once during layout
+    window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX;
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX;
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth;
+
+    window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems;
+    if (column->IsSkipItems)
+    {
+        g.LastItemData.ID = 0;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
+    {
+        // FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed.
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+        //IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel?
+        SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect);
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
+    }
+
+    // Logging
+    if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems)
+    {
+        LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|");
+        g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+    }
+}
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()/TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn()
+void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+
+    if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
+        ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
+
+    // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column.
+    float* p_max_pos_x;
+    if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)
+        p_max_pos_x = &column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed;  // Useful in case user submit contents in header row that is not a TableHeader() call
+    else
+        p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen;
+    *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x);
+    if (column->IsEnabled)
+        table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY);
+    column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+
+    // Propagate text baseline for the entire row
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Here we propagate text baseline from the last line of the cell.. instead of the first one.
+    table->RowTextBaseline = ImMax(table->RowTextBaseline, window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetMaxColumnWidth() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnWidthAuto() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnWidth()
+// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note that actual columns widths are computed in TableUpdateLayout().
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis.
+float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float max_width = FLT_MAX;
+    const float min_column_distance = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+    {
+        // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break.
+        // (we use DisplayOrder as within a set of multiple frozen column reordering is possible)
+        if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)
+        {
+            max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX;
+            max_width = max_width - table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2;
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible) == 0)
+    {
+        // If horizontal scrolling if disabled, we apply a final lossless shrinking of columns in order to make
+        // sure they are all visible. Because of this we also know that all of the columns will always fit in
+        // table->WorkRect and therefore in table->InnerRect (because ScrollX is off)
+        // FIXME-TABLE: This is solved incorrectly but also quite a difficult problem to fix as we also want ClipRect width to match.
+        // See "table_width_distrib" and "table_width_keep_visible" tests
+        max_width = table->WorkRect.Max.x - (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - column->IndexWithinEnabledSet - 1) * min_column_distance - column->MinX;
+        //max_width -= table->CellSpacingX1;
+        max_width -= table->CellSpacingX2;
+        max_width -= table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        max_width -= table->OuterPaddingX;
+    }
+    return max_width;
+}
+
+// Note this is meant to be stored in column->WidthAuto, please generally use the WidthAuto field
+float ImGui::TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    const float content_width_body = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen) - column->WorkMinX;
+    const float content_width_headers = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX;
+    float width_auto = content_width_body;
+    if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth))
+        width_auto = ImMax(width_auto, content_width_headers);
+
+    // Non-resizable fixed columns preserve their requested width
+    if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f)
+        if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize))
+            width_auto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+
+    return ImMax(width_auto, table->MinColumnWidth);
+}
+
+// 'width' = inner column width, without padding
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && table->IsLayoutLocked == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column_0 = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float column_0_width = width;
+
+    // Apply constraints early
+    // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded)
+    IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f);
+    const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth;
+    const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n));
+    column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width);
+    if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width)
+        return;
+
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL;
+
+    // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns.
+    // - All fixed: easy.
+    // - All stretch: easy.
+    // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy.
+    // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky.
+    // Qt when manual resize is enabled only supports a single _trailing_ stretch column, we support more cases here.
+
+    // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user.
+    // Scenarios:
+    // - F1 F2 F3  resize from F1| or F2|   --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. Subsequent columns will be offset.
+    // - F1 F2 F3  resize from F3|          --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered.
+    // - F1 F2 W3  resize from F1| or F2|   --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered, but it doesn't make much sense as the Stretch column will always be minimal size.
+    // - F1 F2 W3  resize from W3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize from W1| or W2|   --> ok
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize from W3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from F3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 F2     resize from F2|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 W2 F3  resize from W1| or W2|   --> ok
+    // - W1 F2 W3  resize from W1| or F2|   --> ok
+    // - F1 W2 F3  resize from W2|          --> ok
+    // - F1 W3 F2  resize from W3|          --> ok
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from W1|          --> ok: equivalent to resizing |F2. F3 will not move.
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from F2|          --> ok
+    // All resizes from a Wx columns are locking other columns.
+
+    // Possible improvements:
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize W1|               --> to not be stuck, both W2 and W3 would stretch down. Seems possible to fix. Would be most beneficial to simplify resize of all-weighted columns.
+    // - W3 F1 F2  resize W3|               --> to not be stuck past F1|, both F1 and F2 would need to stretch down, which would be lossy or ambiguous. Seems hard to fix.
+
+    // [Resize Rule 1] Can't resize from right of right-most visible column if there is any Stretch column. Implemented in TableUpdateLayout().
+
+    // If we have all Fixed columns OR resizing a Fixed column that doesn't come after a Stretch one, we can do an offsetting resize.
+    // This is the preferred resize path
+    if (column_0->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+        if (!column_1 || table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder >= column_0->DisplayOrder)
+        {
+            column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+            return;
+        }
+
+    // We can also use previous column if there's no next one (this is used when doing an auto-fit on the right-most stretch column)
+    if (column_1 == NULL)
+        column_1 = (column_0->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL;
+    if (column_1 == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    // Resizing from right-side of a Stretch column before a Fixed column forward sizing to left-side of fixed column.
+    // (old_a + old_b == new_a + new_b) --> (new_a == old_a + old_b - new_b)
+    float column_1_width = ImMax(column_1->WidthRequest - (column_0_width - column_0->WidthRequest), min_width);
+    column_0_width = column_0->WidthRequest + column_1->WidthRequest - column_1_width;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_0_width > 0.0f && column_1_width > 0.0f);
+    column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width;
+    column_1->WidthRequest = column_1_width;
+    if ((column_0->Flags | column_1->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(table);
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+}
+
+// Disable clipping then auto-fit, will take 2 frames
+// (we don't take a shortcut for unclipped columns to reduce inconsistencies when e.g. resizing multiple columns)
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    // Single auto width uses auto-fit
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    if (!column->IsEnabled)
+        return;
+    column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0);
+    table->AutoFitSingleColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) // Cannot reset weight of hidden stretch column
+            continue;
+        column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0);
+        column->AutoFitQueue = (1 << 1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1);
+
+    // Measure existing quantities
+    float visible_weight = 0.0f;
+    float visible_width = 0.0f;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+            continue;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f);
+        visible_weight += column->StretchWeight;
+        visible_width += column->WidthRequest;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(visible_weight > 0.0f && visible_width > 0.0f);
+
+    // Apply new weights
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+            continue;
+        column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthRequest / visible_width) * visible_weight;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TablePushBackgroundChannel() [Internal]
+// - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal]
+// - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal]
+// - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnBorderCol() [Internal]
+// - TableDrawBorders() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Bg2 is used by Selectable (and possibly other widgets) to render to the background.
+// Unlike our Bg0/1 channel which we uses for RowBg/CellBg/Borders and where we guarantee all shapes to be CPU-clipped, the Bg2 channel being widgets-facing will rely on regular ClipRect.
+void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd);
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn];
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel()
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect);
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
+}
+
+// Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout()
+// - We allocate them following storage order instead of display order so reordering columns won't needlessly
+//   increase overall dormant memory cost.
+// - We isolate headers draw commands in their own channels instead of just altering clip rects.
+//   This is in order to facilitate merging of draw commands.
+// - After crossing FreezeRowsCount, all columns see their current draw channel changed to a second set of channels.
+// - We only use the dummy draw channel so we can push a null clipping rectangle into it without affecting other
+//   channels, while simplifying per-row/per-cell overhead. It will be empty and discarded when merged.
+// - We allocate 1 or 2 background draw channels. This is because we know TablePushBackgroundChannel() is only used for
+//   horizontal spanning. If we allowed vertical spanning we'd need one background draw channel per merge group (1-4).
+// Draw channel allocation (before merging):
+// - NoClip                       --> 2+D+1 channels: bg0/1 + bg2 + foreground (same clip rect == always 1 draw call)
+// - Clip                         --> 2+D+N channels
+// - FreezeRows                   --> 2+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero)
+// - FreezeRows || FreezeColunns  --> 3+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero)
+// Where D is 1 if any column is clipped or hidden (dummy channel) otherwise 0.
+void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1;
+    const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount;
+    const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier;
+    const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || (memcmp(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->EnabledMaskByIndex, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(table->ColumnsCount)) != 0)) ? +1 : 0;
+    const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy;
+    table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total);
+    table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1);
+    table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN;
+    table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
+
+    int draw_channel_current = 2;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->IsVisibleX && column->IsVisibleY)
+        {
+            column->DrawChannelFrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current);
+            column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current + (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? channels_for_row + 1 : 0));
+            if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip))
+                draw_channel_current++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            column->DrawChannelFrozen = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = table->DummyDrawChannel;
+        }
+        column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelFrozen;
+    }
+
+    // Initial draw cmd starts with a BgClipRect that matches the one of its host, to facilitate merge draw commands by default.
+    // All our cell highlight are manually clipped with BgClipRect. When unfreezing it will be made smaller to fit scrolling rect.
+    // (This technically isn't part of setting up draw channels, but is reasonably related to be done here)
+    table->BgClipRect = table->InnerClipRect;
+    table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->OuterWindow->ClipRect;
+    table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->HostClipRect;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->BgClipRect.Min.y <= table->BgClipRect.Max.y);
+}
+
+// This function reorder draw channels based on matching clip rectangle, to facilitate merging them. Called by EndTable().
+// For simplicity we call it TableMergeDrawChannels() but in fact it only reorder channels + overwrite ClipRect,
+// actual merging is done by table->DrawSplitter.Merge() which is called right after TableMergeDrawChannels().
+//
+// Columns where the contents didn't stray off their local clip rectangle can be merged. To achieve
+// this we merge their clip rect and make them contiguous in the channel list, so they can be merged
+// by the call to DrawSplitter.Merge() following to the call to this function.
+// We reorder draw commands by arranging them into a maximum of 4 distinct groups:
+//
+//   1 group:               2 groups:              2 groups:              4 groups:
+//   [ 0. ] no freeze       [ 0. ] row freeze      [ 01 ] col freeze      [ 01 ] row+col freeze
+//   [ .. ]  or no scroll   [ 2. ]  and v-scroll   [ .. ]  and h-scroll   [ 23 ]  and v+h-scroll
+//
+// Each column itself can use 1 channel (row freeze disabled) or 2 channels (row freeze enabled).
+// When the contents of a column didn't stray off its limit, we move its channels into the corresponding group
+// based on its position (within frozen rows/columns groups or not).
+// At the end of the operation our 1-4 groups will each have a ImDrawCmd using the same ClipRect.
+// This function assume that each column are pointing to a distinct draw channel,
+// otherwise merge_group->ChannelsCount will not match set bit count of merge_group->ChannelsMask.
+//
+// Column channels will not be merged into one of the 1-4 groups in the following cases:
+// - The contents stray off its clipping rectangle (we only compare the MaxX value, not the MinX value).
+//   Direct ImDrawList calls won't be taken into account by default, if you use them make sure the ImGui:: bounds
+//   matches, by e.g. calling SetCursorScreenPos().
+// - The channel uses more than one draw command itself. We drop all our attempt at merging stuff here..
+//   we could do better but it's going to be rare and probably not worth the hassle.
+// Columns for which the draw channel(s) haven't been merged with other will use their own ImDrawCmd.
+//
+// This function is particularly tricky to understand.. take a breath.
+void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter;
+    const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0);
+    const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0);
+
+    // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group.
+    struct MergeGroup
+    {
+        ImRect          ClipRect;
+        int             ChannelsCount = 0;
+        ImBitArrayPtr   ChannelsMask = NULL;
+    };
+    int merge_group_mask = 0x00;
+    MergeGroup merge_groups[4];
+
+    // Use a reusable temp buffer for the merge masks as they are dynamically sized.
+    const int max_draw_channels = (4 + table->ColumnsCount * 2);
+    const int size_for_masks_bitarrays_one = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(max_draw_channels);
+    g.TempBuffer.reserve(size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5);
+    memset(g.TempBuffer.Data, 0, size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5);
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); n++)
+        merge_groups[n].ChannelsMask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * n));
+    ImBitArrayPtr remaining_mask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 4));
+
+    // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        const int merge_group_sub_count = has_freeze_v ? 2 : 1;
+        for (int merge_group_sub_n = 0; merge_group_sub_n < merge_group_sub_count; merge_group_sub_n++)
+        {
+            const int channel_no = (merge_group_sub_n == 0) ? column->DrawChannelFrozen : column->DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+
+            // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column
+            ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no];
+            if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+                src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+            if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1)
+                continue;
+
+            // Find out the width of this merge group and check if it will fit in our column
+            // (note that we assume that rendering didn't stray on the left direction. we should need a CursorMinPos to detect it)
+            if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip))
+            {
+                float content_max_x;
+                if (!has_freeze_v)
+                    content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // No row freeze
+                else if (merge_group_sub_n == 0)
+                    content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed);   // Row freeze: use width before freeze
+                else
+                    content_max_x = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen;                                        // Row freeze: use width after freeze
+                if (content_max_x > column->ClipRect.Max.x)
+                    continue;
+            }
+
+            const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2);
+            IM_ASSERT(channel_no < max_draw_channels);
+            MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+            if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0)
+                merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+            ImBitArraySetBit(merge_group->ChannelsMask, channel_no);
+            merge_group->ChannelsCount++;
+            merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect);
+            merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n);
+        }
+
+        // Invalidate current draw channel
+        // (we don't clear DrawChannelFrozen/DrawChannelUnfrozen solely to facilitate debugging/later inspection of data)
+        column->DrawChannelCurrent = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)-1;
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG] Display merge groups
+#if 0
+    if (g.IO.KeyShift)
+        for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++)
+        {
+            MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+            if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0)
+                continue;
+            char buf[32];
+            ImFormatString(buf, 32, "MG%d:%d", merge_group_n, merge_group->ChannelsCount);
+            ImVec2 text_pos = merge_group->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(4, 4);
+            ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(buf, NULL);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(text_pos, text_pos + text_size, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255));
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), buf, NULL);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        }
+#endif
+
+    // 2. Rewrite channel list in our preferred order
+    if (merge_group_mask != 0)
+    {
+        // We skip channel 0 (Bg0/Bg1) and 1 (Bg2 frozen) from the shuffling since they won't move - see channels allocation in TableSetupDrawChannels().
+        const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2;
+        g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized
+        ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data;
+        ImBitArraySetBitRange(remaining_mask, LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count);
+        ImBitArrayClearBit(remaining_mask, table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen);
+        IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
+        int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS);
+        //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect;
+        ImRect host_rect = table->HostClipRect;
+        for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++)
+        {
+            if (int merge_channels_count = merge_groups[merge_group_n].ChannelsCount)
+            {
+                MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+                ImRect merge_clip_rect = merge_group->ClipRect;
+
+                // Extend outer-most clip limits to match those of host, so draw calls can be merged even if
+                // outer-most columns have some outer padding offsetting them from their parent ClipRect.
+                // The principal cases this is dealing with are:
+                // - On a same-window table (not scrolling = single group), all fitting columns ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge
+                // - Columns can use padding and have left-most ClipRect.Min.x and right-most ClipRect.Max.x != from host ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge
+                // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-WORKRECT: We are wasting a merge opportunity on tables without scrolling if column doesn't fit
+                // within host clip rect, solely because of the half-padding difference between window->WorkRect and window->InnerClipRect.
+                if ((merge_group_n & 1) == 0 || !has_freeze_h)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Min.x = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.x, host_rect.Min.x);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 2) == 0 || !has_freeze_v)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Min.y = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.y, host_rect.Min.y);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 1) != 0)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y);
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); // [DEBUG]
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
+                remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount;
+                for (int n = 0; n < (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one >> 2); n++)
+                    remaining_mask[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask[n];
+                for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++)
+                {
+                    // Copy + overwrite new clip rect
+                    if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n))
+                        continue;
+                    IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n);
+                    merge_channels_count--;
+
+                    ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n];
+                    IM_ASSERT(channel->_CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && merge_clip_rect.Contains(ImRect(channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect)));
+                    channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect = merge_clip_rect.ToVec4();
+                    memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Make sure Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen appears in the middle of our groups (whereas Bg0/Bg1 and Bg2 frozen are fixed to 0 and 1)
+            if (merge_group_n == 1 && has_freeze_v)
+                memcpy(dst_tmp++, &splitter->_Channels[table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen], sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+        }
+
+        // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list
+        for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++)
+        {
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(remaining_mask, n))
+                continue;
+            ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n];
+            memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+            remaining_count--;
+        }
+        IM_ASSERT(dst_tmp == g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Size);
+        memcpy(splitter->_Channels.Data + LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data, (splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS) * sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+    }
+}
+
+static ImU32 TableGetColumnBorderCol(ImGuiTable* table, int order_n, int column_n)
+{
+    const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n);
+    const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent);
+    const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1);
+    if (is_resized || is_hovered)
+        return ImGui::GetColorU32(is_resized ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered);
+    if (is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)))
+        return table->BorderColorStrong;
+    return table->BorderColorLight;
+}
+
+// FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow)
+void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    if (!table->OuterWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(table->OuterRect))
+        return;
+
+    ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList;
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
+    inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false);
+
+    // Draw inner border and resizing feedback
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE;
+    const float draw_y1 = ImMax(table->InnerRect.Min.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
+    const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y;
+    const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight) : draw_y1;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)
+    {
+        for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+        {
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+                continue;
+
+            const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n);
+            const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent);
+            const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0;
+            const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1);
+            if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized)
+                continue;
+
+            // Decide whether right-most column is visible
+            if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && !is_resizable)
+                if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX))
+                    continue;
+            if (column->MaxX <= column->ClipRect.Min.x) // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-STYLE: Assume BorderSize==1, this is problematic if we want to increase the border size..
+                continue;
+
+            // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped
+            // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling.
+            float draw_y2 = (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) == 0) ? draw_y2_body : draw_y2_head;
+            if (draw_y2 > draw_y1)
+                inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n), border_size);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Draw outer border
+    // FIXME: could use AddRect or explicit VLine/HLine helper?
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)
+    {
+        // Display outer border offset by 1 which is a simple way to display it without adding an extra draw call
+        // (Without the offset, in outer_window it would be rendered behind cells, because child windows are above their
+        // parent. In inner_window, it won't reach out over scrollbars. Another weird solution would be to display part
+        // of it in inner window, and the part that's over scrollbars in the outer window..)
+        // Either solution currently won't allow us to use a larger border size: the border would clipped.
+        const ImRect outer_border = table->OuterRect;
+        const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong;
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size);
+        }
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size);
+        }
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size);
+        }
+    }
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y)
+    {
+        // Draw bottom-most row border between it is above outer border.
+        const float border_y = table->RowPosY2;
+        if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size);
+    }
+
+    inner_drawlist->PopClipRect();
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetSortSpecs()
+// - TableFixColumnSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnNextSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableSortSpecsSanitize() [Internal]
+// - TableSortSpecsBuild() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set)
+// When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have
+// changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting,
+// else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
+// Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()!
+ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL);
+
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable))
+        return NULL;
+
+    // Require layout (in case TableHeadersRow() hasn't been called) as it may alter IsSortSpecsDirty in some paths.
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
+    return &table->SortSpecs;
+}
+
+static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount);
+    return (ImGuiSortDirection)((column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03);
+}
+
+// Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending)
+void ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    if (column->SortOrder == -1 || (column->SortDirectionsAvailMask & (1 << column->SortDirection)) != 0)
+        return;
+    column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+}
+
+// Calculate next sort direction that would be set after clicking the column
+// - If the PreferSortDescending flag is set, we will default to a Descending direction on the first click.
+// - Note that the PreferSortAscending flag is never checked, it is essentially the default and therefore a no-op.
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiSortDirection_None == 0 && ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending == 1 && ImGuiSortDirection_Descending == 2);
+ImGuiSortDirection ImGui::TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(column->SortDirectionsAvailCount > 0);
+    if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+        return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+    for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
+        if (column->SortDirection == TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, n))
+            return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, (n + 1) % column->SortDirectionsAvailCount);
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+}
+
+// Note that the NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending flags are processed in TableSortSpecsSanitize(), and they may change/revert
+// the value of SortDirection. We could technically also do it here but it would be unnecessary and duplicate code.
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti))
+        append_to_sort_specs = false;
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        IM_ASSERT(sort_direction != ImGuiSortDirection_None);
+
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx sort_order_max = 0;
+    if (append_to_sort_specs)
+        for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+            sort_order_max = ImMax(sort_order_max, table->Columns[other_column_n].SortOrder);
+
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    column->SortDirection = (ImU8)sort_direction;
+    if (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_None)
+        column->SortOrder = -1;
+    else if (column->SortOrder == -1 || !append_to_sort_specs)
+        column->SortOrder = append_to_sort_specs ? sort_order_max + 1 : 0;
+
+    for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n];
+        if (other_column != column && !append_to_sort_specs)
+            other_column->SortOrder = -1;
+        TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, other_column);
+    }
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable);
+
+    // Clear SortOrder from hidden column and verify that there's no gap or duplicate.
+    int sort_order_count = 0;
+    ImU64 sort_order_mask = 0x00;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled)
+            column->SortOrder = -1;
+        if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+            continue;
+        sort_order_count++;
+        sort_order_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column->SortOrder);
+        IM_ASSERT(sort_order_count < (int)sizeof(sort_order_mask) * 8);
+    }
+
+    const bool need_fix_linearize = ((ImU64)1 << sort_order_count) != (sort_order_mask + 1);
+    const bool need_fix_single_sort_order = (sort_order_count > 1) && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti);
+    if (need_fix_linearize || need_fix_single_sort_order)
+    {
+        ImU64 fixed_mask = 0x00;
+        for (int sort_n = 0; sort_n < sort_order_count; sort_n++)
+        {
+            // Fix: Rewrite sort order fields if needed so they have no gap or duplicate.
+            // (e.g. SortOrder 0 disappeared, SortOrder 1..2 exists --> rewrite then as SortOrder 0..1)
+            int column_with_smallest_sort_order = -1;
+            for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                if ((fixed_mask & ((ImU64)1 << (ImU64)column_n)) == 0 && table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder != -1)
+                    if (column_with_smallest_sort_order == -1 || table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder < table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder)
+                        column_with_smallest_sort_order = column_n;
+            IM_ASSERT(column_with_smallest_sort_order != -1);
+            fixed_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column_with_smallest_sort_order);
+            table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_n;
+
+            // Fix: Make sure only one column has a SortOrder if ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is not set.
+            if (need_fix_single_sort_order)
+            {
+                sort_order_count = 1;
+                for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                    if (column_n != column_with_smallest_sort_order)
+                        table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder = -1;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Fallback default sort order (if no column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag)
+    if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if (column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+            {
+                sort_order_count = 1;
+                column->SortOrder = 0;
+                column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+    table->SortSpecsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_order_count;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    bool dirty = table->IsSortSpecsDirty;
+    if (dirty)
+    {
+        TableSortSpecsSanitize(table);
+        table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount);
+        table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us
+    }
+
+    // Write output
+    // May be able to move all SortSpecs data from table (48 bytes) to ImGuiTableTempData if we decide to write it back on every BeginTable()
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
+    if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+                continue;
+            IM_ASSERT(column->SortOrder < table->SortSpecsCount);
+            ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &sort_specs[column->SortOrder];
+            sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID;
+            sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder;
+            sort_spec->SortDirection = (ImGuiSortDirection)column->SortDirection;
+        }
+
+    table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs;
+    table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Headers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal]
+// - TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() [Internal]
+// - TableHeadersRow()
+// - TableHeader()
+// - TableAngledHeadersRow()
+// - TableAngledHeadersRowEx() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight()
+{
+    // Caring for a minor edge case:
+    // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others.
+    // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height.
+    // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height...
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    float row_height = g.FontSize;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            if ((table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) == 0)
+                row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n)).y);
+    return row_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f;
+}
+
+float ImGui::TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    float width = 0.0f;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            if (table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader)
+                width = ImMax(width, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n), NULL, true).x);
+    return width + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; // Swap padding
+}
+
+// [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn().
+// The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper
+// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets.
+// See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this.
+// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy.
+// FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public.
+void ImGui::TableHeadersRow()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!");
+
+    // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout)
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    // Open row
+    const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight();
+    TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height);
+    const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y;
+    if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code.
+        return;
+
+    const int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount();
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n))
+            continue;
+
+        // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them)
+        // In your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide.
+        const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n);
+        PushID(column_n);
+        TableHeader(name);
+        PopID();
+    }
+
+    // Allow opening popup from the right-most section after the last column.
+    ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos();
+    if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count)
+        if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height)
+            TableOpenContextMenu(columns_count); // Will open a non-column-specific popup.
+}
+
+// Emit a column header (text + optional sort order)
+// We cpu-clip text here so that all columns headers can be merged into a same draw call.
+// Note that because of how we cpu-clip and display sorting indicators, you _cannot_ use SameLine() after a TableHeader()
+void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeader() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentColumn != -1);
+    const int column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+    // Label
+    if (label == NULL)
+        label = "";
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true);
+    ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+
+    // If we already got a row height, there's use that.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect?
+    ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n);
+    float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f);
+
+    // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow
+    float w_arrow = 0.0f;
+    float w_sort_text = 0.0f;
+    bool sort_arrow = false;
+    char sort_order_suf[4] = "";
+    const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f;
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+    {
+        w_arrow = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x);
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+            sort_arrow = true;
+        if (column->SortOrder > 0)
+        {
+            ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1);
+            w_sort_text = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + CalcTextSize(sort_order_suf).x;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considered for merging.
+    float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow;
+    column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, sort_arrow ? cell_r.Max.x : ImMin(max_pos_x, cell_r.Max.x));
+    column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x);
+
+    // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open.
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return;
+
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+
+    // Using AllowOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items.
+    const bool highlight = (table->HighlightColumnHeader == column_n);
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap);
+    if (held || hovered || highlight)
+    {
+        const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+        TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Submit single cell bg color in the case we didn't submit a full header row
+        if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0)
+            TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
+    if (held)
+        table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f;
+
+    // Drag and drop to re-order columns.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Scroll request while reordering a column and it lands out of the scrolling zone.
+    if (held && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && IsMouseDragging(0) && !g.DragDropActive)
+    {
+        // While moving a column it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x
+        table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+
+        // We don't reorder: through the frozen<>unfrozen line, or through a column that is marked with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder.
+        if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < cell_r.Min.x)
+            if (ImGuiTableColumn* prev_column = (column->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL)
+                if (!((column->Flags | prev_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder))
+                    if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (prev_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest))
+                        table->ReorderColumnDir = -1;
+        if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > cell_r.Max.x)
+            if (ImGuiTableColumn* next_column = (column->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL)
+                if (!((column->Flags | next_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder))
+                    if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (next_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest))
+                        table->ReorderColumnDir = +1;
+    }
+
+    // Sort order arrow
+    const float ellipsis_max = ImMax(cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text, label_pos.x);
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+    {
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+        {
+            float x = ImMax(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text);
+            float y = label_pos.y;
+            if (column->SortOrder > 0)
+            {
+                PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, 0.70f));
+                RenderText(ImVec2(x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, y), sort_order_suf);
+                PopStyleColor();
+                x += w_sort_text;
+            }
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(x, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ARROW_SCALE);
+        }
+
+        // Handle clicking on column header to adjust Sort Order
+        if (pressed && table->ReorderColumn != column_n)
+        {
+            ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction = TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(column);
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(column_n, sort_direction, g.IO.KeyShift);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Render clipped label. Clipping here ensure that in the majority of situations, all our header cells will
+    // be merged into a single draw call.
+    //window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y), 40, IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+
+    const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x);
+    if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0)
+        SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label);
+
+    // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden
+    if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered())
+        TableOpenContextMenu(column_n);
+}
+
+// Unlike TableHeadersRow() it is not expected that you can reimplement or customize this with custom widgets.
+// FIXME: No hit-testing/button on the angled header.
+void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.resize(0);
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.reserve(table->ColumnsEnabledCount);
+
+    // Which column needs highlight?
+    const ImGuiID row_id = GetID("##AngledHeaders");
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    int highlight_column_n = table->HighlightColumnHeader;
+    if (highlight_column_n == -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1)
+        if (table_instance->HoveredRowLast == 0 && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == row_id || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive)))
+            highlight_column_n = table->HoveredColumnBody;
+
+    // Build up request
+    ImU32 col_header_bg = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg);
+    ImU32 col_text = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+        {
+            const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) == 0) // Note: can't rely on ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible test here.
+                continue;
+            ImGuiTableHeaderData request = { (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n, col_text, col_header_bg, (column_n == highlight_column_n) ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header) : 0 };
+            temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.push_back(request);
+        }
+
+    // Render row
+    TableAngledHeadersRowEx(row_id, g.Style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, 0.0f, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Data, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Size);
+}
+
+// Important: data must be fed left to right
+void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentRow == -1 && "Must be first row");
+
+    if (max_label_width == 0.0f)
+        max_label_width = TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth();
+
+    // Angle argument expressed in (-IM_PI/2 .. +IM_PI/2) as it is easier to think about for user.
+    const bool flip_label = (angle < 0.0f);
+    angle -= IM_PI * 0.5f;
+    const float cos_a = ImCos(angle);
+    const float sin_a = ImSin(angle);
+    const float label_cos_a = flip_label ? ImCos(angle + IM_PI) : cos_a;
+    const float label_sin_a = flip_label ? ImSin(angle + IM_PI) : sin_a;
+    const ImVec2 unit_right = ImVec2(cos_a, sin_a);
+
+    // Calculate our base metrics and set angled headers data _before_ the first call to TableNextRow()
+    // FIXME-STYLE: Would it be better for user to submit 'max_label_width' or 'row_height' ? One can be derived from the other.
+    const float header_height = g.FontSize + g.Style.CellPadding.x * 2.0f;
+    const float row_height = ImTrunc(ImFabs(ImRotate(ImVec2(max_label_width, flip_label ? +header_height : -header_height), cos_a, sin_a).y));
+    table->AngledHeadersHeight = row_height;
+    table->AngledHeadersSlope = (sin_a != 0.0f) ? (cos_a / sin_a) : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 header_angled_vector = unit_right * (row_height / -sin_a); // vector from bottom-left to top-left, and from bottom-right to top-right
+
+    // Declare row, override and draw our own background
+    TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height);
+    TableNextColumn();
+    const ImRect row_r(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y, table->WorkRect.Max.x, table->RowPosY2);
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
+    float clip_rect_min_x = table->BgClipRect.Min.x;
+    if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0)
+        clip_rect_min_x = ImMax(clip_rect_min_x, table->Columns[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1].MaxX);
+    TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, 0); // Cancel
+    PushClipRect(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, false); // Span all columns
+    draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Min.x, row_r.Min.y), ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Max.x, row_r.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, 0.25f)); // FIXME-STYLE: Change row background with an arbitrary color.
+    PushClipRect(ImVec2(clip_rect_min_x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y), table->BgClipRect.Max, true); // Span all columns
+
+    ButtonBehavior(row_r, row_id, NULL, NULL);
+    KeepAliveID(row_id);
+
+    const float ascent_scaled = g.Font->Ascent * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); // FIXME: Standardize those scaling factors better
+    const float line_off_for_ascent_x = (ImMax((g.FontSize - ascent_scaled) * 0.5f, 0.0f) / -sin_a) * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f);
+    const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.CellPadding; // We will always use swapped component
+    const ImVec2 align = g.Style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;
+
+    // Draw background and labels in first pass, then all borders.
+    float max_x = 0.0f;
+    for (int pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++)
+        for (int order_n = 0; order_n < data_count; order_n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiTableHeaderData* request = &data[order_n];
+            const int column_n = request->Index;
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+            ImVec2 bg_shape[4];
+            bg_shape[0] = ImVec2(column->MaxX, row_r.Max.y);
+            bg_shape[1] = ImVec2(column->MinX, row_r.Max.y);
+            bg_shape[2] = bg_shape[1] + header_angled_vector;
+            bg_shape[3] = bg_shape[0] + header_angled_vector;
+            if (pass == 0)
+            {
+                // Draw shape
+                draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor0);
+                draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor1); // Optional highlight
+                max_x = ImMax(max_x, bg_shape[3].x);
+
+                // Draw label
+                // - First draw at an offset where RenderTextXXX() function won't meddle with applying current ClipRect, then transform to final offset.
+                // - Handle multiple lines manually, as we want each lines to follow on the horizontal border, rather than see a whole block rotated.
+                const char* label_name = TableGetColumnName(table, column_n);
+                const char* label_name_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label_name);
+                const float line_off_step_x = (g.FontSize / -sin_a);
+                const int label_lines = ImTextCountLines(label_name, label_name_end);
+
+                // Left<>Right alignment
+                float line_off_curr_x = flip_label ? (label_lines - 1) * line_off_step_x : 0.0f;
+                float line_off_for_align_x = ImMax((((column->MaxX - column->MinX) - padding.x * 2.0f) - (label_lines * line_off_step_x)), 0.0f) * align.x;
+                line_off_curr_x += line_off_for_align_x - line_off_for_ascent_x;
+
+                // Register header width
+                column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX + ImCeil(label_lines * line_off_step_x - line_off_for_align_x);
+
+                while (label_name < label_name_end)
+                {
+                    const char* label_name_eol = strchr(label_name, '\n');
+                    if (label_name_eol == NULL)
+                        label_name_eol = label_name_end;
+
+                    // FIXME: Individual line clipping for right-most column is broken for negative angles.
+                    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, label_name_eol);
+                    float clip_width = max_label_width - padding.y; // Using padding.y*2.0f would be symmetrical but hide more text.
+                    float clip_height = ImMin(label_size.y, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->WorkMinX - line_off_curr_x);
+                    ImRect clip_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width, clip_height));
+                    int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+                    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, request->TextColor);
+                    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, clip_r.Max.x, clip_r.Max.x, label_name, label_name_eol, &label_size);
+                    PopStyleColor();
+                    int vtx_idx_end = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+
+                    // Up<>Down alignment
+                    const float available_space = ImMax(clip_width - label_size.x + ImAbs(padding.x * cos_a) * 2.0f - ImAbs(padding.y * sin_a) * 2.0f, 0.0f);
+                    const float vertical_offset = available_space * align.y * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f);
+
+                    // Rotate and offset label
+                    ImVec2 pivot_in = ImVec2(window->ClipRect.Min.x - vertical_offset, window->ClipRect.Min.y + label_size.y);
+                    ImVec2 pivot_out = ImVec2(column->WorkMinX, row_r.Max.y);
+                    line_off_curr_x += flip_label ? -line_off_step_x : line_off_step_x;
+                    pivot_out += unit_right * padding.y;
+                    if (flip_label)
+                        pivot_out += unit_right * (clip_width - ImMax(0.0f, clip_width - label_size.x));
+                    pivot_out.x += flip_label ? line_off_curr_x + line_off_step_x : line_off_curr_x;
+                    ShadeVertsTransformPos(draw_list, vtx_idx_begin, vtx_idx_end, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); // Rotate and offset
+                    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) { ImDrawList* fg_dl = GetForegroundDrawList(); vtx_idx_begin = fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx; fg_dl->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); ShadeVertsTransformPos(fg_dl, vtx_idx_begin, fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); }
+
+                    label_name = label_name_eol + 1;
+                }
+            }
+            if (pass == 1)
+            {
+                // Draw border
+                draw_list->AddLine(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[3], TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n));
+            }
+        }
+    PopClipRect();
+    PopClipRect();
+    table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = ImMax(0.0f, max_x - table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal]
+// - TableBeginContextMenuPopup() [Internal]
+// - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column.
+void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (column_n == -1 && table->CurrentColumn != -1)   // When called within a column automatically use this one (for consistency)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount)                // To facilitate using with TableGetHoveredColumn()
+        column_n = -1;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= -1 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    if (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
+    {
+        table->IsContextPopupOpen = true;
+        table->ContextPopupColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+        const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID);
+        OpenPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    if (!table->IsContextPopupOpen || table->InstanceCurrent != table->InstanceInteracted)
+        return false;
+    const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID);
+    if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        return true;
+    table->IsContextPopupOpen = false;
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Output context menu into current window (generally a popup)
+// FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data?
+// Sections to display are pulled from 'flags_for_section_to_display', which is typically == table->Flags.
+// - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable   -> display Sizing menu items
+// - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable -> display "Reset Order"
+////- ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable   -> display sorting options (disabled)
+// - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable    -> display columns visibility menu items
+// It means if you have a custom context menus you can call this section and omit some sections, and add your own.
+void ImGui::TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    bool want_separator = false;
+    const int column_n = (table->ContextPopupColumn >= 0 && table->ContextPopupColumn < table->ColumnsCount) ? table->ContextPopupColumn : -1;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL;
+
+    // Sizing
+    if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+    {
+        if (column != NULL)
+        {
+            const bool can_resize = !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && column->IsEnabled;
+            if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne), NULL, false, can_resize)) // "###SizeOne"
+                TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n);
+        }
+
+        const char* size_all_desc;
+        if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit);        // "###SizeAll" All fixed
+        else
+            size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault);    // "###SizeAll" All stretch or mixed
+        if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL))
+            TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table);
+        want_separator = true;
+    }
+
+    // Ordering
+    if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable)
+    {
+        if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder))
+            table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true;
+        want_separator = true;
+    }
+
+    // Reset all (should work but seems unnecessary/noisy to expose?)
+    //if (MenuItem("Reset all"))
+    //    table->IsResetAllRequest = true;
+
+    // Sorting
+    // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this)
+#if 0
+    if ((flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0)
+    {
+        if (want_separator)
+            Separator();
+        want_separator = true;
+
+        bool append_to_sort_specs = g.IO.KeyShift;
+        if (MenuItem("Sort in Ascending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0))
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, append_to_sort_specs);
+        if (MenuItem("Sort in Descending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0))
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, append_to_sort_specs);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Hiding / Visibility
+    if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)
+    {
+        if (want_separator)
+            Separator();
+        want_separator = true;
+
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true);
+        for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n];
+            if (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled)
+                continue;
+
+            const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n);
+            if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0)
+                name = "<Unknown>";
+
+            // Make sure we can't hide the last active column
+            bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true;
+            if (other_column->IsUserEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1)
+                menu_item_active = false;
+            if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsUserEnabled, menu_item_active))
+                other_column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsUserEnabled;
+        }
+        PopItemFlag();
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: The binding/finding/creating flow are too confusing.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableSettingsInit() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsCalcChunkSize() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsCreate() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsFindByID() [Internal]
+// - TableGetBoundSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableResetSettings()
+// - TableSaveSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableLoadSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsInstallHandler() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [Init] 1: TableSettingsHandler_ReadXXXX()   Load and parse .ini file into TableSettings.
+// [Main] 2: TableLoadSettings()               When table is created, bind Table to TableSettings, serialize TableSettings data into Table.
+// [Main] 3: TableSaveSettings()               When table properties are modified, serialize Table data into bound or new TableSettings, mark .ini as dirty.
+// [Main] 4: TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll()   When .ini file is dirty (which can come from other source), save TableSettings into .ini file.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Clear and initialize empty settings instance
+static void TableSettingsInit(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, int columns_count_max)
+{
+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiTableSettings();
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* settings_column = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+    for (int n = 0; n < columns_count_max; n++, settings_column++)
+        IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings_column) ImGuiTableColumnSettings();
+    settings->ID = id;
+    settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count;
+    settings->ColumnsCountMax = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count_max;
+    settings->WantApply = true;
+}
+
+static size_t TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(int columns_count)
+{
+    return sizeof(ImGuiTableSettings) + (size_t)columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnSettings);
+}
+
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(columns_count));
+    TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, columns_count);
+    return settings;
+}
+
+// Find existing settings
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT: Might want to store a lookup map for this?
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID == id)
+            return settings;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Get settings for a given table, NULL if none
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    if (table->SettingsOffset != -1)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.ptr_from_offset(table->SettingsOffset);
+        IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID);
+        if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= table->ColumnsCount)
+            return settings; // OK
+        settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Restore initial state of table (with or without saved settings)
+void ImGui::TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    table->IsResetAllRequest = false;
+    table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false;                   // Don't reload from ini
+    table->SettingsLoadedFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None;      // Mark as nothing loaded so our initialized data becomes authoritative
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = false;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        return;
+
+    // Bind or create settings data
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table);
+    if (settings == NULL)
+    {
+        settings = TableSettingsCreate(table->ID, table->ColumnsCount);
+        table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+    }
+    settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount;
+
+    // Serialize ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn into ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings
+    IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID);
+    IM_ASSERT(settings->ColumnsCount == table->ColumnsCount && settings->ColumnsCountMax >= settings->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = table->Columns.Data;
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+
+    bool save_ref_scale = false;
+    settings->SaveFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++, column++, column_settings++)
+    {
+        const float width_or_weight = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? column->StretchWeight : column->WidthRequest;
+        column_settings->WidthOrWeight = width_or_weight;
+        column_settings->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder;
+        column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder;
+        column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection;
+        column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled;
+        column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0;
+        if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0)
+            save_ref_scale = true;
+
+        // We skip saving some data in the .ini file when they are unnecessary to restore our state.
+        // Note that fixed width where initial width was derived from auto-fit will always be saved as InitStretchWeightOrWidth will be 0.0f.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: We don't have logic to easily compare SortOrder to DefaultSortOrder yet so it's always saved when present.
+        if (width_or_weight != column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable;
+        if (column->DisplayOrder != n)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable;
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable;
+        if (column->IsUserEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0))
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
+    }
+    settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags;
+    settings->RefScale = save_ref_scale ? table->RefScale : 0.0f;
+
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        return;
+
+    // Bind settings
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings;
+    if (table->SettingsOffset == -1)
+    {
+        settings = TableSettingsFindByID(table->ID);
+        if (settings == NULL)
+            return;
+        if (settings->ColumnsCount != table->ColumnsCount) // Allow settings if columns count changed. We could otherwise decide to return...
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table);
+    }
+
+    table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags;
+    table->RefScale = settings->RefScale;
+
+    // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+    ImU64 display_order_mask = 0;
+    for (int data_n = 0; data_n < settings->ColumnsCount; data_n++, column_settings++)
+    {
+        int column_n = column_settings->Index;
+        if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= table->ColumnsCount)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        {
+            if (column_settings->IsStretch)
+                column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight;
+            else
+                column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight;
+            column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00;
+        }
+        if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable)
+            column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder;
+        else
+            column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder;
+        column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled;
+        column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder;
+        column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection;
+    }
+
+    // Validate and fix invalid display order data
+    const ImU64 expected_display_order_mask = (settings->ColumnsCount == 64) ? ~0 : ((ImU64)1 << settings->ColumnsCount) - 1;
+    if (display_order_mask != expected_display_order_mask)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+            table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+
+    // Rebuild index
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i))
+            table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+    g.SettingsTables.clear();
+}
+
+// Apply to existing windows (if any)
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i))
+        {
+            table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true;
+            table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+        }
+}
+
+static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = 0;
+    int columns_count = 0;
+    if (sscanf(name, "0x%08X,%d", &id, &columns_count) < 2)
+        return NULL;
+
+    if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(id))
+    {
+        if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= columns_count)
+        {
+            TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, settings->ColumnsCountMax); // Recycle
+            return settings;
+        }
+        settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change
+    }
+    return ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(id, columns_count);
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
+{
+    // "Column 0  UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v"
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = (ImGuiTableSettings*)entry;
+    float f = 0.0f;
+    int column_n = 0, r = 0, n = 0;
+
+    if (sscanf(line, "RefScale=%f", &f) == 1) { settings->RefScale = f; return; }
+
+    if (sscanf(line, "Column %d%n", &column_n, &r) == 1)
+    {
+        if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= settings->ColumnsCount)
+            return;
+        line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r);
+        char c = 0;
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings() + column_n;
+        column->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        if (sscanf(line, "UserID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r)==1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->UserID = (ImGuiID)n; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Width=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)            { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = (float)n; column->IsStretch = 0; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Weight=%f%n", &f, &r) == 1)           { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = f; column->IsStretch = 1; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Visible=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)          { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->IsEnabled = (ImU8)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Order=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)            { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Sort=%d%c%n", &n, &c, &r) == 2)       { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; column->SortDirection = (c == '^') ? ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; }
+    }
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+    {
+        if (settings->ID == 0) // Skip ditched settings
+            continue;
+
+        // TableSaveSettings() may clear some of those flags when we establish that the data can be stripped
+        // (e.g. Order was unchanged)
+        const bool save_size    = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) != 0;
+        const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0;
+        const bool save_order   = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0;
+        const bool save_sort    = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0;
+        if (!save_size && !save_visible && !save_order && !save_sort)
+            continue;
+
+        buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve
+        buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount);
+        if (settings->RefScale != 0.0f)
+            buf->appendf("RefScale=%g\n", settings->RefScale);
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++)
+        {
+            // "Column 0  UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v"
+            bool save_column = column->UserID != 0 || save_size || save_visible || save_order || (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1);
+            if (!save_column)
+                continue;
+            buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n);
+            if (column->UserID != 0)                    { buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); }
+            if (save_size && column->IsStretch)         { buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); }
+            if (save_size && !column->IsStretch)        { buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); }
+            if (save_visible)                           { buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); }
+            if (save_order)                             { buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); }
+            if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1)   { buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); }
+            buf->append("\n");
+        }
+        buf->append("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler()
+{
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+    ini_handler.TypeName = "Table";
+    ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table");
+    ini_handler.ClearAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
+    ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+    ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+    ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
+    ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+    AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableRemove() [Internal]
+// - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() [Internal]
+// - TableGcCompactSettings() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine)
+void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
+    //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes());
+    //memset(table, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTable));
+    g.Tables.Remove(table->ID, table);
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = -1.0f;
+}
+
+// Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false);
+    table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL;
+    table->SortSpecsMulti.clear();
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: In theory shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort on resume.
+    table->ColumnsNames.clear();
+    table->MemoryCompacted = true;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+        table->Columns[n].NameOffset = -1;
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data)
+{
+    temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory();
+    temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
+}
+
+// Compact and remove unused settings data (currently only used by TestEngine)
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int required_memory = 0;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID != 0)
+            required_memory += (int)TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount);
+    if (required_memory == g.SettingsTables.Buf.Size)
+        return;
+    ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings> new_chunk_stream;
+    new_chunk_stream.Buf.reserve(required_memory);
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID != 0)
+            memcpy(new_chunk_stream.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)), settings, TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount));
+    g.SettingsTables.swap(new_chunk_stream);
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DebugNodeTable() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
+static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy)
+{
+    sizing_policy &= ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_;
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)    { return "FixedFit"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)   { return "FixedSame"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) { return "StretchProp"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame) { return "StretchSame"; }
+    return "N/A";
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= g.FrameCount - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here.
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    bool open = TreeNode(table, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (IsItemHovered())
+        GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (IsItemVisible() && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1)
+        GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!open)
+        return;
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0)
+        Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1);
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)
+    {
+        if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in BeginTable()"))
+            g.DebugBreakInTable = table->ID;
+        SameLine();
+    }
+
+    bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings");
+    BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags));
+    BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : "");
+    BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX);
+    BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder);
+    BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn);
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->InstanceCurrent + 1; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, n);
+        BulletText("Instance %d: HoveredRow: %d, LastOuterHeight: %.2f", n, table_instance->HoveredRowLast, table_instance->LastOuterHeight);
+    }
+    //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen);
+    float sum_weights = 0.0f;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+        if (table->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+            sum_weights += table->Columns[n].StretchWeight;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n];
+        const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n);
+        char buf[512];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf),
+            "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n"
+            "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n"
+            "WidthGiven: %.1f, Request/Auto: %.1f/%.1f, StretchWeight: %.3f (%.1f%%)\n"
+            "MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f (%+.1f), ClipRect: %.1f to %.1f (+%.1f)\n"
+            "ContentWidth: %.1f,%.1f, HeadersUsed/Ideal %.1f/%.1f\n"
+            "Sort: %d%s, UserID: 0x%08X, Flags: 0x%04X: %s%s%s..",
+            n, column->DisplayOrder, name, column->MinX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, column->MaxX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, (n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? " (Frozen)" : "",
+            column->IsEnabled, column->IsVisibleX, column->IsVisibleY, column->IsRequestOutput, column->IsSkipItems, column->DrawChannelFrozen, column->DrawChannelUnfrozen,
+            column->WidthGiven, column->WidthRequest, column->WidthAuto, column->StretchWeight, column->StretchWeight > 0.0f ? (column->StretchWeight / sum_weights) * 100.0f : 0.0f,
+            column->MinX, column->MaxX, column->MaxX - column->MinX, column->ClipRect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->ClipRect.Min.x,
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX,
+            column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? " (Asc)" : (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? " (Des)" : "", column->UserID, column->Flags,
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? "WidthStretch " : "",
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? "WidthFixed " : "",
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) ? "NoResize " : "");
+        Bullet();
+        Selectable(buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered())
+        {
+            ImRect r(column->MinX, table->OuterRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        }
+    }
+    if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table))
+        DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);
+    if (clear_settings)
+        table->IsResetAllRequest = true;
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings)
+{
+    if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)settings->ID, "Settings 0x%08X (%d columns)", settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount))
+        return;
+    BulletText("SaveFlags: 0x%08X", settings->SaveFlags);
+    BulletText("ColumnsCount: %d (max %d)", settings->ColumnsCount, settings->ColumnsCountMax);
+    for (int n = 0; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = &settings->GetColumnSettings()[n];
+        ImGuiSortDirection sort_dir = (column_settings->SortOrder != -1) ? (ImGuiSortDirection)column_settings->SortDirection : ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+        BulletText("Column %d Order %d SortOrder %d %s Vis %d %s %7.3f UserID 0x%08X",
+            n, column_settings->DisplayOrder, column_settings->SortOrder,
+            (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? "Asc" : (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? "Des" : "---",
+            column_settings->IsEnabled, column_settings->IsStretch ? "Weight" : "Width ", column_settings->WidthOrWeight, column_settings->UserID);
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {}
+
+#endif
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+// (This is a legacy API, prefer using BeginTable/EndTable!)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: sizing is lossy when columns width is very small (default width may turn negative etc.)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal]
+// - GetColumnIndex()
+// - GetColumnsCount()
+// - GetColumnOffset()
+// - GetColumnWidth()
+// - SetColumnOffset()
+// - SetColumnWidth()
+// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal]
+// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal]
+// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal]
+// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal]
+// - GetColumnsID() [Internal]
+// - BeginColumns()
+// - NextColumn()
+// - EndColumns()
+// - Columns()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences,
+// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd.
+// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let
+// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once.
+void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect)
+{
+    ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4();
+    window->ClipRect = clip_rect;
+    window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4;
+    window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm)
+{
+    return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset)
+{
+    return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
+}
+
+static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;
+
+static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index)
+{
+    // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
+    // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index));
+
+    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale) - window->Pos.x;
+    x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+    if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths))
+        x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+
+    return x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns == NULL)
+        return 0.0f;
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+    const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+    const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t);
+    return x_offset;
+}
+
+static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false)
+{
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+
+    float offset_norm;
+    if (before_resize)
+        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize;
+    else
+        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+    return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns == NULL)
+        return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+    const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1);
+    const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f;
+
+    if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow))
+        offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index));
+    columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX);
+
+    if (preserve_width)
+        SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width));
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+
+    ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index];
+    PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false);
+}
+
+// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns)
+void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel()
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1);
+}
+
+ImGuiOldColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup.
+    for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
+        if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id)
+            return &window->ColumnsStorage[n];
+
+    window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiOldColumns());
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back();
+    columns->ID = id;
+    return columns;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
+    // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
+    PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count));
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns");
+    PopID();
+
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);   // Nested columns are currently not supported
+
+    // Acquire storage for the columns set
+    ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count);
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id);
+    IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id);
+    columns->Current = 0;
+    columns->Count = columns_count;
+    columns->Flags = flags;
+    window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns;
+    window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+
+    columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+    columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect;
+    window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
+
+    // Set state for first column
+    // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect
+    const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    const float half_clip_extend_x = ImTrunc(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize));
+    const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x;
+    columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f);
+    columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+
+    // Clear data if columns count changed
+    if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1)
+        columns->Columns.resize(0);
+
+    // Initialize default widths
+    columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0);
+    if (columns->Columns.Size == 0)
+    {
+        columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1);
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiOldColumnData column;
+            column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count;
+            columns->Columns.push_back(column);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+    {
+        // Compute clipping rectangle
+        ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+        float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n));
+        float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f);
+        column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX);
+        column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect);
+    }
+
+    if (columns->Count > 1)
+    {
+        columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count);
+        columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1);
+        PushColumnClipRect(0);
+    }
+
+    // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user.
+    float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current);
+    float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1);
+    float width = offset_1 - offset_0;
+    PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f);
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding;
+    window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NextColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+        IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Next column
+    if (++columns->Current == columns->Count)
+        columns->Current = 0;
+
+    PopItemWidth();
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them),
+    ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current];
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1);
+
+    const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    if (columns->Current > 0)
+    {
+        // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out)
+        // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked?
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX.
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+        window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+        columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY;
+    }
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+
+    // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup.
+    float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current);
+    float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1);
+    float width = offset_1 - offset_0;
+    PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f);
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndColumns()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    PopItemWidth();
+    if (columns->Count > 1)
+    {
+        PopClipRect();
+        columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList);
+    }
+
+    const ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = columns->Flags;
+    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize))
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX;  // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent
+
+    // Draw columns borders and handle resize
+    // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy
+    bool is_being_resized = false;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems)
+    {
+        // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers.
+        const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y);
+        const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y);
+        int dragging_column = -1;
+        for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+            float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n);
+            const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n);
+            const float column_hit_hw = ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale);
+            const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2));
+            if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
+                continue;
+
+            bool hovered = false, held = false;
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize))
+            {
+                ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held);
+                if (hovered || held)
+                    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
+                if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize))
+                    dragging_column = n;
+            }
+
+            // Draw column
+            const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+            const float xi = IM_TRUNC(x);
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col);
+        }
+
+        // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame.
+        if (dragging_column != -1)
+        {
+            if (!columns->IsBeingResized)
+                for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++)
+                    columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm;
+            columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true;
+            float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column);
+            SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x);
+        }
+    }
+    columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized;
+
+    window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect;
+    window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect;
+    window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+}
+
+void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder);
+    //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags)
+        return;
+
+    if (columns != NULL)
+        EndColumns();
+
+    if (columns_count != 1)
+        BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d261ba8ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,9055 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
+// (widgets code)
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Main (Button, Image, Checkbox, RadioButton, ProgressBar, Bullet, etc.)
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers (Spacing, Dummy, NewLine, Separator, etc.)
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox
+// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers
+// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox
+// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers
+// [SECTION] Widgets: MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+
+*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+// System includes
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Warnings
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion"           // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_')
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"                // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"  // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Data
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Widgets
+static const float          DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER = 0.70f;    // Time for drag-hold to activate items accepting the ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold button behavior.
+static const float          DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR = 0.50f;    // Multiplier for the default value of io.MouseDragThreshold to make DragFloat/DragInt react faster to mouse drags.
+
+// Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them
+static const signed char    IM_S8_MIN  = -128;
+static const signed char    IM_S8_MAX  = 127;
+static const unsigned char  IM_U8_MIN  = 0;
+static const unsigned char  IM_U8_MAX  = 0xFF;
+static const signed short   IM_S16_MIN = -32768;
+static const signed short   IM_S16_MAX = 32767;
+static const unsigned short IM_U16_MIN = 0;
+static const unsigned short IM_U16_MAX = 0xFFFF;
+static const ImS32          IM_S32_MIN = INT_MIN;    // (-2147483647 - 1), (0x80000000);
+static const ImS32          IM_S32_MAX = INT_MAX;    // (2147483647), (0x7FFFFFFF)
+static const ImU32          IM_U32_MIN = 0;
+static const ImU32          IM_U32_MAX = UINT_MAX;   // (0xFFFFFFFF)
+#ifdef LLONG_MIN
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MIN = LLONG_MIN;  // (-9223372036854775807ll - 1ll);
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MAX = LLONG_MAX;  // (9223372036854775807ll);
+#else
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1;
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL;
+#endif
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MIN = 0;
+#ifdef ULLONG_MAX
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = ULLONG_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull);
+#else
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// For InputTextEx()
+static bool     InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard = false);
+static int      InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
+static ImVec2   InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TextEx() [Internal]
+// - TextUnformatted()
+// - Text()
+// - TextV()
+// - TextColored()
+// - TextColoredV()
+// - TextDisabled()
+// - TextDisabledV()
+// - TextWrapped()
+// - TextWrappedV()
+// - LabelText()
+// - LabelTextV()
+// - BulletText()
+// - BulletTextV()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Accept null ranges
+    if (text == text_end)
+        text = text_end = "";
+
+    // Calculate length
+    const char* text_begin = text;
+    if (text_end == NULL)
+        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+
+    const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+    const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos;
+    const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f);
+    if (text_end - text <= 2000 || wrap_enabled)
+    {
+        // Common case
+        const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f;
+        const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width);
+
+        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+        ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f);
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+            return;
+
+        // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function)
+        RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Long text!
+        // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text
+        // - From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled.
+        // - We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line.
+        // - We use memchr(), pay attention that well optimized versions of those str/mem functions are much faster than a casually written loop.
+        const char* line = text;
+        const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight();
+        ImVec2 text_size(0, 0);
+
+        // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
+        ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
+        if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        {
+            int lines_skippable = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
+            if (lines_skippable > 0)
+            {
+                int lines_skipped = 0;
+                while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
+                {
+                    const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                    if (!line_end)
+                        line_end = text_end;
+                    if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0)
+                        text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                    line = line_end + 1;
+                    lines_skipped++;
+                }
+                pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Lines to render
+        if (line < text_end)
+        {
+            ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height));
+            while (line < text_end)
+            {
+                if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0))
+                    break;
+
+                const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                if (!line_end)
+                    line_end = text_end;
+                text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
+                line = line_end + 1;
+                line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
+                line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
+                pos.y += line_height;
+            }
+
+            // Count remaining lines
+            int lines_skipped = 0;
+            while (line < text_end)
+            {
+                const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                if (!line_end)
+                    line_end = text_end;
+                if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0)
+                    text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                line = line_end + 1;
+                lines_skipped++;
+            }
+            pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+        }
+        text_size.y = (pos - text_pos).y;
+
+        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+        ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f);
+        ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    const char* text, *text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args);
+    TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextColoredV(col, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextDisabledV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextWrappedV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f);  // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set
+    if (need_backup)
+        PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    if (need_backup)
+        PopTextWrapPos();
+}
+
+void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    LabelTextV(label, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets
+void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const char* value_text_begin, *value_text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&value_text_begin, &value_text_end, fmt, args);
+    const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect value_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w, value_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2));
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), ImMax(value_size.y, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, &value_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    BulletTextV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node.
+void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const char* text_begin, *text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text_begin, &text_end, fmt, args);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y);  // Empty text doesn't add padding
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ItemSize(total_size, 0.0f);
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + total_size);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+    RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), text_begin, text_end, false);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Main
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ButtonBehavior() [Internal]
+// - Button()
+// - SmallButton()
+// - InvisibleButton()
+// - ArrowButton()
+// - CloseButton() [Internal]
+// - CollapseButton() [Internal]
+// - GetWindowScrollbarID() [Internal]
+// - GetWindowScrollbarRect() [Internal]
+// - Scrollbar() [Internal]
+// - ScrollbarEx() [Internal]
+// - Image()
+// - ImageButton()
+// - Checkbox()
+// - CheckboxFlagsT() [Internal]
+// - CheckboxFlags()
+// - RadioButton()
+// - ProgressBar()
+// - Bullet()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets.
+// Because we handle so many cases (keyboard/gamepad navigation, drag and drop) and many specific behavior (via ImGuiButtonFlags_),
+// this code is a little complex.
+// By far the most common path is interacting with the Mouse using the default ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease button behavior.
+// See the series of events below and the corresponding state reported by dear imgui:
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnClickRelease:             return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse is outside bb)        -             -                -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+1 (mouse moves inside bb)      -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+4 (mouse moves outside bb)     -             -                true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+5 (mouse moves inside bb)      -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   true          true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+8 (mouse moves outside bb)     -             -                -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnClick:                    return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       true          true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnRelease:                  return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   true          true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnDoubleClick:              return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    true
+//   Frame N+1 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+4 (mouse button is down)       true          true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+5 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note that some combinations are supported,
+// - PressedOnDragDropHold can generally be associated with any flag.
+// - PressedOnDoubleClick can be associated by PressedOnClickRelease/PressedOnRelease, in which case the second release event won't be reported.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// The behavior of the return-value changes when ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat is set:
+//                                         Repeat+                  Repeat+           Repeat+             Repeat+
+//                                         PressedOnClickRelease    PressedOnClick    PressedOnRelease    PressedOnDoubleClick
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse button is down)       -                        true              -                   true
+//   ...                                    -                        -                 -                   -
+//   Frame N + RepeatDelay                  true                     true              -                   true
+//   ...                                    -                        -                 -                   -
+//   Frame N + RepeatDelay + RepeatRate*N   true                     true              -                   true
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// FIXME: For refactor we could output flags, incl mouse hovered vs nav keyboard vs nav triggered etc.
+// And better standardize how widgets use 'GetColor32((held && hovered) ? ... : hovered ? ...)' vs 'GetColor32(held ? ... : hovered ? ...);'
+// For mouse feedback we typically prefer the 'held && hovered' test, but for nav feedback not always. Outputting hovered=true on Activation may be misleading.
+bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    // Default only reacts to left mouse button
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft;
+
+    // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_;
+
+    // Default behavior inherited from item flags
+    // Note that _both_ ButtonFlags and ItemFlags are valid sources, so copy one into the item_flags and only check that.
+    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap)
+        item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap;
+    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)
+        item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow;
+    const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow == window;
+    if (flatten_hovered_children)
+        g.HoveredWindow = window;
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    // Alternate registration spot, for when caller didn't use ItemAdd()
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID != id)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, bb, NULL);
+#endif
+
+    bool pressed = false;
+    bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, item_flags);
+
+    // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button
+    if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers))
+        if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+        {
+            hovered = true;
+            SetHoveredID(id);
+            if (g.HoveredIdTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime <= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER && g.HoveredIdTimer >= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER)
+            {
+                pressed = true;
+                g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id;
+                FocusWindow(window);
+            }
+        }
+
+    if (flatten_hovered_children)
+        g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window;
+
+    // Mouse handling
+    const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id;
+    if (hovered)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // Lazily check inside rare path.
+
+        // Poll mouse buttons
+        // - 'mouse_button_clicked' is generally carried into ActiveIdMouseButton when setting ActiveId.
+        // - Technically we only need some values in one code path, but since this is gated by hovered test this is fine.
+        int mouse_button_clicked = -1;
+        int mouse_button_released = -1;
+        for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++)
+            if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft << button)) // Handle ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight and ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle here.
+            {
+                if (IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiInputFlags_None, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; }
+                if (IsMouseReleased(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_released == -1) { mouse_button_released = button; }
+            }
+
+        // Process initial action
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt))
+        {
+            if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id)
+            {
+                if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner))
+                    SetKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button_clicked), id);
+                if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere))
+                {
+                    SetActiveID(id, window);
+                    g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked;
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    FocusWindow(window);
+                }
+                if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2))
+                {
+                    pressed = true;
+                    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId)
+                        ClearActiveID();
+                    else
+                        SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked;
+                    FocusWindow(window);
+                }
+            }
+            if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease)
+            {
+                if (mouse_button_released != -1)
+                {
+                    const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior
+                    if (!has_repeated_at_least_once)
+                        pressed = true;
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    ClearActiveID();
+                }
+            }
+
+            // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above).
+            // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
+            if (g.ActiveId == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat))
+                if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, test_owner_id))
+                    pressed = true;
+        }
+
+        if (pressed)
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    }
+
+    // Gamepad/Keyboard handling
+    // We report navigated and navigation-activated items as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse.
+    if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus))
+            hovered = true;
+    if (g.NavActivateDownId == id)
+    {
+        bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id);
+        bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id);
+        if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat))
+        {
+            // Avoid pressing multiple keys from triggering excessive amount of repeat events
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space);
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Enter);
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key3 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate);
+            const float t1 = ImMax(ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration), key3->DownDuration);
+            nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0;
+        }
+        if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs)
+        {
+            // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button.
+            pressed = true;
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource;
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus) && !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut))
+                SetFocusID(id, window);
+            if (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut)
+                g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Process while held
+    bool held = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
+        {
+            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+                g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min;
+
+            const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
+            if (mouse_button == -1)
+            {
+                // Fallback for the rare situation were g.ActiveId was set programmatically or from another widget (e.g. #6304).
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            else if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id))
+            {
+                held = true;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bool release_in = hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) != 0;
+                bool release_anywhere = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere) != 0;
+                if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive)
+                {
+                    // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path)
+                    bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2;
+                    bool is_repeating_already = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
+                    bool is_button_avail_or_owned = TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button), test_owner_id);
+                    if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already && is_button_avail_or_owned)
+                        pressed = true;
+                }
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        }
+        else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+        {
+            // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released
+            if (g.NavActivateDownId == id)
+                held = true; // hovered == true not true as we are already likely hovered on direct activation.
+            else
+                ClearActiveID();
+        }
+        if (pressed)
+            g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true;
+    }
+
+    // Activation highlight (this may be a remote activation)
+    if (g.NavHighlightActivatedId == id)
+        hovered = true;
+
+    if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered;
+    if (out_held) *out_held = held;
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag)
+        pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]");
+    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
+
+    // Automatically close popups
+    //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+    //    CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+}
+
+// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing.
+bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+    g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f;
+    bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine);
+    g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y;
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack.
+// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id)
+bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    // Cannot use zero-size for InvisibleButton(). Unlike Button() there is not way to fallback using the label size.
+    IM_ASSERT(size_arg.x != 0.0f && size_arg.y != 0.0f);
+
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(size);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    const float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
+    ItemSize(size, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : -1.0f);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+    RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir)
+{
+    float sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+}
+
+// Button to close a window
+bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825)
+    // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible?
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize));
+    ImRect bb_interact = bb;
+    const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea();
+    if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f)
+        bb_interact.Expand(ImTrunc(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f));
+
+    // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window.
+    // (this isn't the common behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user because navigation tends to keep items visible in scrolling layer).
+    bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id);
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (is_clipped)
+        return pressed;
+
+    // Render
+    // FIXME: Clarify this mess
+    ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered);
+    ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
+    if (hovered)
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col);
+
+    float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f;
+    ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize));
+    bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id);
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+    if (is_clipped)
+        return pressed;
+
+    // Render
+    ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    if (hovered || held)
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col);
+    RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+
+    // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold
+    if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0))
+        StartMouseMovingWindow(window);
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    return window->GetID(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
+}
+
+// Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set.
+ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
+    const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect;
+    const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar)
+    IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f);
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+        return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x - border_size, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size);
+    else
+        return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size, inner_rect.Max.y - border_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis);
+
+    // Calculate scrollbar bounding box
+    ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis);
+    ImDrawFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+    {
+        rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft;
+        if (!window->ScrollbarY)
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight;
+        if (!window->ScrollbarX)
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
+    }
+    float size_visible = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis];
+    float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f;
+    ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis];
+    ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_visible, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners);
+    window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll;
+}
+
+// Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar
+// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
+// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
+// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
+// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
+// Still, the code should probably be made simpler..
+bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_visible_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth();
+    const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight();
+    if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f)
+        return false;
+
+    // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the window resize grab)
+    float alpha = 1.0f;
+    if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)
+        alpha = ImSaturate((bb_frame_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    if (alpha <= 0.0f)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f);
+
+    ImRect bb = bb_frame;
+    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
+
+    // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar)
+    const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
+
+    // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
+    // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
+    IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
+    const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v), (ImS64)1);
+    const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_visible_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
+    const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+    // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
+    bool held = false;
+    bool hovered = false;
+    ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+    ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+
+    const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_visible_v);
+    float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
+    float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space
+    if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
+    {
+        const float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis];
+        const float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis];
+
+        // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
+        const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
+
+        const int held_dir = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm) ? -1 : (clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) ? +1 : 0;
+        if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+        {
+            // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
+            g.ScrollbarSeekMode = (short)held_dir;
+            g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0.0f) ? clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f : 0.0f;
+        }
+
+        // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll)
+        // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position
+        if (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0)
+        {
+            // Absolute seeking
+            const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
+            *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Page by page
+            if (IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && held_dir == g.ScrollbarSeekMode)
+            {
+                float page_dir = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f;
+                *p_scroll_v = ImClamp(*p_scroll_v + (ImS64)(page_dir * size_visible_v), (ImS64)0, scroll_max);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Update values for rendering
+        scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
+        grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+        // Update distance to grab now that we have seek'ed and saturated
+        //if (seek_absolute)
+        //    g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
+    }
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg);
+    const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, flags);
+    ImRect grab_rect;
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+        grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y);
+    else
+        grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+
+    return held;
+}
+
+// - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
+// - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above.
+void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    const float border_size = (border_col.w > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 padding(border_size, border_size);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f);
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    if (border_size > 0.0f)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size);
+    window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+}
+
+// ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390)
+// We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API.
+bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding;
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f);
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, g.Style.FrameRounding));
+    if (bg_col.w > 0.0f)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, GetColorU32(bg_col));
+    window->DrawList->AddImage(texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// Note that ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. This is in order to facilitate fitting an image in a button.
+bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, image_size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col);
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+// Legacy API obsoleted in 1.89. Two differences with new ImageButton()
+// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id'    Old ImageButton() used opaque imTextureId (created issue with: multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID)
+// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding                Old ImageButton() had an override argument.
+// If you need to change padding with new ImageButton() you can use PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, value), consistent with other Button functions.
+bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes.
+    PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id);
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image");
+    PopID();
+
+    if (frame_padding >= 0)
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding));
+    bool ret = ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col);
+    if (frame_padding >= 0)
+        PopStyleVar();
+    return ret;
+}
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    const bool is_visible = ItemAdd(total_bb, id);
+    if (!is_visible)
+    {
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (pressed)
+    {
+        *v = !(*v);
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+    }
+
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
+    const bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0;
+    if (is_visible)
+    {
+        RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
+        RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+        ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark);
+        if (mixed_value)
+        {
+            // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644)
+            // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox)
+            ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f)));
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding);
+        }
+        else if (*v)
+        {
+            const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f));
+            RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f);
+        }
+    }
+    const ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
+    if (is_visible && label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value)
+{
+    bool all_on = (*flags & flags_value) == flags_value;
+    bool any_on = (*flags & flags_value) != 0;
+    bool pressed;
+    if (!all_on && any_on)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue;
+        pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on);
+
+    }
+    if (pressed)
+    {
+        if (all_on)
+            *flags |= flags_value;
+        else
+            *flags &= ~flags_value;
+    }
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
+    center.x = IM_ROUND(center.x);
+    center.y = IM_ROUND(center.y);
+    const float radius = (square_sz - 1.0f) * 0.5f;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (pressed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
+    const int num_segment = window->DrawList->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), num_segment);
+    if (active)
+    {
+        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f));
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark));
+    }
+
+    if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize);
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&label_pos, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// FIXME: This would work nicely if it was a public template, e.g. 'template<T> RadioButton(const char* label, T* v, T v_button)', but I'm not sure how we would expose it..
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button)
+{
+    const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button);
+    if (pressed)
+        *v = v_button;
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size
+void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Fraction < 0.0f will display an indeterminate progress bar animation
+    // The value must be animated along with time, so e.g. passing '-1.0f * ImGui::GetTime()' as fraction works.
+    const bool is_indeterminate = (fraction < 0.0f);
+    if (!is_indeterminate)
+        fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
+
+    // Out of courtesy we accept a NaN fraction without crashing
+    float fill_n0 = 0.0f;
+    float fill_n1 = (fraction == fraction) ? fraction : 0.0f;
+
+    if (is_indeterminate)
+    {
+        const float fill_width_n = 0.2f;
+        fill_n0 = ImFmod(-fraction, 1.0f) * (1.0f + fill_width_n) - fill_width_n;
+        fill_n1 = ImSaturate(fill_n0 + fill_width_n);
+        fill_n0 = ImSaturate(fill_n0);
+    }
+
+    // Render
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize));
+    RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), fill_n0, fill_n1, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
+    // Don't display text for indeterminate bars by default
+    char overlay_buf[32];
+    if (!is_indeterminate || overlay != NULL)
+    {
+        if (!overlay)
+        {
+            ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f);
+            overlay = overlay_buf;
+        }
+
+        ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
+        if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
+        {
+            float text_x = is_indeterminate ? (bb.Min.x + bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x) * 0.5f : ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fill_n1) + style.ItemSpacing.x;
+            RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(text_x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::Bullet()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height));
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+    {
+        SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Render and stay on same line
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, line_height * 0.5f), text_col);
+    SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Spacing()
+// - Dummy()
+// - NewLine()
+// - AlignTextToFramePadding()
+// - SeparatorEx() [Internal]
+// - Separator()
+// - SplitterBehavior() [Internal]
+// - ShrinkWidths() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::Spacing()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(size);
+    ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+}
+
+void ImGui::NewLine()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f)     // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height.
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0));
+    else
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize));
+    window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type;
+}
+
+void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+}
+
+// Horizontal/vertical separating line
+// FIXME: Surprisingly, this seemingly trivial widget is a victim of many different legacy/tricky layout issues.
+// Note how thickness == 1.0f is handled specifically as not moving CursorPos by 'thickness', but other values are.
+void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)));   // Check that only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(thickness > 0.0f);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)
+    {
+        // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height).
+        float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y;
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness, y2));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness, 0.0f));
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+            return;
+
+        // Draw
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogText(" |");
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Horizontal Separator
+        float x1 = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+        float x2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+
+        // Preserve legacy behavior inside Columns()
+        // Before Tables API happened, we relied on Separator() to span all columns of a Columns() set.
+        // We currently don't need to provide the same feature for tables because tables naturally have border features.
+        ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL;
+        if (columns)
+        {
+            x1 = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x; // Used to be Pos.x before 2023/10/03
+            x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
+            PushColumnsBackground();
+        }
+
+        // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit
+        // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell)
+        const float thickness_for_layout = (thickness == 1.0f) ? 0.0f : thickness; // FIXME: See 1.70/1.71 Separator() change: makes legacy 1-px separator not affect layout yet. Should change.
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_for_layout));
+
+        if (ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        {
+            // Draw
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+            if (g.LogEnabled)
+                LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n");
+
+        }
+        if (columns)
+        {
+            PopColumnsBackground();
+            columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::Separator()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    // Those flags should eventually be configurable by the user
+    // FIXME: We cannot g.Style.SeparatorTextBorderSize for thickness as it relates to SeparatorText() which is a decorated separator, not defaulting to 1.0f.
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal;
+
+    // Only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot.
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns;
+
+    SeparatorEx(flags, 1.0f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_w)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImVec2 padding = style.SeparatorTextPadding;
+
+    const float separator_thickness = style.SeparatorTextBorderSize;
+    const ImVec2 min_size(label_size.x + extra_w + padding.x * 2.0f, ImMax(label_size.y + padding.y * 2.0f, separator_thickness));
+    const ImRect bb(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + min_size.y));
+    const float text_baseline_y = ImTrunc((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImFloor((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f));
+    ItemSize(min_size, text_baseline_y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return;
+
+    const float sep1_x1 = pos.x;
+    const float sep2_x2 = bb.Max.x;
+    const float seps_y = ImTrunc((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f);
+
+    const float label_avail_w = ImMax(0.0f, sep2_x2 - sep1_x1 - padding.x * 2.0f);
+    const ImVec2 label_pos(pos.x + padding.x + ImMax(0.0f, (label_avail_w - label_size.x - extra_w) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.x), pos.y + text_baseline_y); // FIXME-ALIGN
+
+    // This allows using SameLine() to position something in the 'extra_w'
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = label_pos.x + label_size.x;
+
+    const ImU32 separator_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator);
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float sep1_x2 = label_pos.x - style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        const float sep2_x1 = label_pos.x + label_size.x + extra_w + style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        if (sep1_x2 > sep1_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep1_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+        if (sep2_x2 > sep2_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep2_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("---", NULL);
+        RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Max.y + style.ItemSpacing.y), bb.Max.x, bb.Max.x, label, label_end, &label_size);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogText("---");
+        if (separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SeparatorText(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    // The SeparatorText() vs SeparatorTextEx() distinction is designed to be considerate that we may want:
+    // - allow separator-text to be draggable items (would require a stable ID + a noticeable highlight)
+    // - this high-level entry point to allow formatting? (which in turns may require ID separate from formatted string)
+    // - because of this we probably can't turn 'const char* label' into 'const char* fmt, ...'
+    // Otherwise, we can decide that users wanting to drag this would layout a dedicated drag-item,
+    // and then we can turn this into a format function.
+    SeparatorTextEx(0, label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label), 0.0f);
+}
+
+// Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise.
+bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay, ImU32 bg_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
+        return false;
+
+    // FIXME: AFAIK the only leftover reason for passing ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap here is
+    // to allow caller of SplitterBehavior() to call SetItemAllowOverlap() after the item.
+    // Nowadays we would instead want to use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before the item.
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap;
+#endif
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    ImRect bb_interact = bb;
+    bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f));
+    ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    if (hovered)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb
+
+    if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay))
+        SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW);
+
+    ImRect bb_render = bb;
+    if (held)
+    {
+        float mouse_delta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min)[axis];
+
+        // Minimum pane size
+        float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1);
+        float size_2_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size2 - min_size2);
+        if (mouse_delta < -size_1_maximum_delta)
+            mouse_delta = -size_1_maximum_delta;
+        if (mouse_delta > size_2_maximum_delta)
+            mouse_delta = size_2_maximum_delta;
+
+        // Apply resize
+        if (mouse_delta != 0.0f)
+        {
+            *size1 = ImMax(*size1 + mouse_delta, min_size1);
+            *size2 = ImMax(*size2 - mouse_delta, min_size2);
+            bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta));
+            MarkItemEdited(id);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Render at new position
+    if (bg_col & IM_COL32_A_MASK)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, bg_col, 0.0f);
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, 0.0f);
+
+    return held;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* a = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* b = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)rhs;
+    if (int d = (int)(b->Width - a->Width))
+        return d;
+    return (b->Index - a->Index);
+}
+
+// Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first.
+// Set items Width to -1.0f to disable shrinking this item.
+void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess)
+{
+    if (count == 1)
+    {
+        if (items[0].Width >= 0.0f)
+            items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f);
+        return;
+    }
+    ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer);
+    int count_same_width = 1;
+    while (width_excess > 0.0f && count_same_width < count)
+    {
+        while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width)
+            count_same_width++;
+        float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count && items[count_same_width].Width >= 0.0f) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f);
+        if (max_width_to_remove_per_item <= 0.0f)
+            break;
+        float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item);
+        for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++)
+            items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item;
+        width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width;
+    }
+
+    // Round width and redistribute remainder
+    // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator.
+    width_excess = 0.0f;
+    for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
+    {
+        float width_rounded = ImTrunc(items[n].Width);
+        width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded;
+        items[n].Width = width_rounded;
+    }
+    while (width_excess > 0.0f)
+        for (int n = 0; n < count && width_excess > 0.0f; n++)
+        {
+            float width_to_add = ImMin(items[n].InitialWidth - items[n].Width, 1.0f);
+            items[n].Width += width_to_add;
+            width_excess -= width_to_add;
+        }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount() [Internal]
+// - BeginCombo()
+// - BeginComboPopup() [Internal]
+// - EndCombo()
+// - BeginComboPreview() [Internal]
+// - EndComboPreview() [Internal]
+// - Combo()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (items_count <= 0)
+        return FLT_MAX;
+    return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags backup_next_window_data_flags = g.NextWindowData.Flags;
+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together
+    if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview)
+        IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | (ImGuiComboFlags)ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)) == 0);
+
+    const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const float preview_width = ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) && (preview_value != NULL)) ? CalcTextSize(preview_value, NULL, true).x : 0.0f;
+    const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) ? (arrow_size + preview_width + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : CalcItemWidth());
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &bb))
+        return false;
+
+    // Open on click
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    const ImGuiID popup_id = ImHashStr("##ComboPopup", 0, id);
+    bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    if (pressed && !popup_open)
+    {
+        OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+        popup_open = true;
+    }
+
+    // Render shape
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    const float value_x2 = ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - arrow_size);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
+    {
+        ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+        ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Min.y), bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight);
+        if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= bb.Max.x)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+    }
+    RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Custom preview
+    if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)
+    {
+        g.ComboPreviewData.PreviewRect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, value_x2, bb.Max.y);
+        IM_ASSERT(preview_value == NULL || preview_value[0] == 0);
+        preview_value = NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Render preview and label
+    if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+        RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+    if (label_size.x > 0)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    if (!popup_open)
+        return false;
+
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags = backup_next_window_data_flags;
+    return BeginComboPopup(popup_id, bb, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Set popup size
+    float w = bb.GetWidth();
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0)
+            flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular;
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one
+        int popup_max_height_in_items = -1;
+        if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)     popup_max_height_in_items = 8;
+        else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)  popup_max_height_in_items = 4;
+        else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge)  popup_max_height_in_items = 20;
+        ImVec2 constraint_min(0.0f, 0.0f), constraint_max(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x <= 0.0f) // Don't apply constraints if user specified a size
+            constraint_min.x = w;
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y <= 0.0f)
+            constraint_max.y = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items);
+        SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(constraint_min, constraint_max);
+    }
+
+    // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx()
+    char name[16];
+    ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginComboDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth
+
+    // Set position given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it)
+    // FIXME: This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function?
+    // FIXME: This might be moved to Begin() or at least around the same spot where Tooltips and other Popups are calling FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx()?
+    if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        if (popup_window->WasActive)
+        {
+            // Always override 'AutoPosLastDirection' to not leave a chance for a past value to affect us.
+            ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(popup_window);
+            popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Down; // Left = "Below, Toward Left", Down = "Below, Toward Right (default)"
+            ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(popup_window);
+            ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox);
+            SetNextWindowPos(pos);
+        }
+
+    // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.FramePadding.x, g.Style.WindowPadding.y)); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text
+    bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
+    PopStyleVar();
+    if (!ret)
+    {
+        EndPopup();
+        IM_ASSERT(0);   // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above
+        return false;
+    }
+    g.BeginComboDepth++;
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndCombo()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    EndPopup();
+    g.BeginComboDepth--;
+}
+
+// Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements
+// (Experimental, see GitHub issues: #1658, #4168)
+bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData;
+
+    if (window->SkipItems || !(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible))
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag?
+    if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional)
+        return false;
+
+    // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api
+    preview_data->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine;
+    preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    preview_data->BackupLayout = window->DC.LayoutType;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->PreviewRect.Min + g.Style.FramePadding;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    PushClipRect(preview_data->PreviewRect.Min, preview_data->PreviewRect.Max, true);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndComboPreview()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData;
+
+    // FIXME: Using CursorMaxPos approximation instead of correct AABB which we will store in ImDrawCmd in the future
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    if (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.x && window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.y)
+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 1) // Unlikely case that the PushClipRect() didn't create a command
+        {
+            draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 2].ClipRect;
+            draw_list->_TryMergeDrawCmds();
+        }
+    PopClipRect();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->BackupCursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos);
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = preview_data->BackupLayout;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    preview_data->PreviewRect = ImRect();
+}
+
+// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[]
+static const char* Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+    const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data;
+    return items[idx];
+}
+
+// Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0"
+static const char* Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+    const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        if (idx == items_count)
+            break;
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    return *p ? p : NULL;
+}
+
+// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo()
+    const char* preview_value = NULL;
+    if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
+        preview_value = getter(user_data, *current_item);
+
+    // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here.
+    if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint))
+        SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
+
+    if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None))
+        return false;
+
+    // Display items
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+    clipper.Begin(items_count);
+    clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item);
+    while (clipper.Step())
+        for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+        {
+            const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i);
+            if (item_text == NULL)
+                item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+
+            PushID(i);
+            const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+            if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i)
+            {
+                value_changed = true;
+                *current_item = i;
+            }
+            if (item_selected)
+                SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            PopID();
+        }
+
+    EndCombo();
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0"
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items)
+{
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;       // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+struct ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData { void* UserData; bool (*OldCallback)(void*, int, const char**); };
+static const char* ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback(void* user_data, int idx)
+{
+    ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData* data = (ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData*)user_data;
+    const char* s = NULL;
+    data->OldCallback(data->UserData, idx, &s);
+    return s;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter };
+    return ListBox(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, height_in_items);
+}
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter };
+    return Combo(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, popup_max_height_in_items);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DataTypeGetInfo()
+// - DataTypeFormatString()
+// - DataTypeApplyOp()
+// - DataTypeApplyFromText()
+// - DataTypeCompare()
+// - DataTypeClamp()
+// - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision
+// - RoundScalarWithFormat<>()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] =
+{
+    { sizeof(char),             "S8",   "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S8
+    { sizeof(unsigned char),    "U8",   "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(short),            "S16",  "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S16
+    { sizeof(unsigned short),   "U16",  "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(int),              "S32",  "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S32
+    { sizeof(unsigned int),     "U32",  "%u",   "%u"    },
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    { sizeof(ImS64),            "S64",  "%I64d","%I64d" },  // ImGuiDataType_S64
+    { sizeof(ImU64),            "U64",  "%I64u","%I64u" },
+#else
+    { sizeof(ImS64),            "S64",  "%lld", "%lld"  },  // ImGuiDataType_S64
+    { sizeof(ImU64),            "U64",  "%llu", "%llu"  },
+#endif
+    { sizeof(float),            "float", "%.3f","%f"    },  // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg)
+    { sizeof(double),           "double","%f",  "%lf"   },  // ImGuiDataType_Double
+};
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+
+const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+    return &GDataTypeInfo[data_type];
+}
+
+int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format)
+{
+    // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing integer arguments
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS8*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU8*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS16*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU16*)p_data);
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg1, const void* arg2)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-');
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+        case ImGuiDataType_S8:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS8*)output  = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1,  *(const ImS8*)arg2,  IM_S8_MIN,  IM_S8_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS8*)output  = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1,  *(const ImS8*)arg2,  IM_S8_MIN,  IM_S8_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U8:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU8*)output  = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1,  *(const ImU8*)arg2,  IM_U8_MIN,  IM_U8_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU8*)output  = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1,  *(const ImU8*)arg2,  IM_U8_MIN,  IM_U8_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S16:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U16:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U32:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S64:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U64:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_Float:
+            if (op == '+') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2; }
+            if (op == '-') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2; }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_Double:
+            if (op == '+') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2; }
+            if (op == '-') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2; }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+}
+
+// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
+// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess..
+bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty)
+{
+    // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
+    const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup;
+    memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size);
+
+    while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf))
+        buf++;
+    if (!buf[0])
+    {
+        if (p_data_when_empty != NULL)
+        {
+            memcpy(p_data, p_data_when_empty, type_info->Size);
+            return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Sanitize format
+    // - For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf
+    // - In theory could treat empty format as using default, but this would only cover rare/bizarre case of using InputScalar() + integer + format string without %.
+    char format_sanitized[32];
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+        format = type_info->ScanFmt;
+    else
+        format = ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(format, format_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format_sanitized));
+
+    // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf()
+    int v32 = 0;
+    if (sscanf(buf, format, type_info->Size >= 4 ? p_data : &v32) < 1)
+        return false;
+    if (type_info->Size < 4)
+    {
+        if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8)
+            *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8)
+            *(ImU8*)p_data = (ImU8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U8_MIN, (int)IM_U8_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16)
+            *(ImS16*)p_data = (ImS16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S16_MIN, (int)IM_S16_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16)
+            *(ImU16*)p_data = (ImU16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U16_MIN, (int)IM_U16_MAX);
+        else
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+
+    return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+static int DataTypeCompareT(const T* lhs, const T* rhs)
+{
+    if (*lhs < *rhs) return -1;
+    if (*lhs > *rhs) return +1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2)
+{
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     return DataTypeCompareT<ImS8  >((const ImS8*  )arg_1, (const ImS8*  )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     return DataTypeCompareT<ImU8  >((const ImU8*  )arg_1, (const ImU8*  )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS16 >((const ImS16* )arg_1, (const ImS16* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU16 >((const ImU16* )arg_1, (const ImU16* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS32 >((const ImS32* )arg_1, (const ImS32* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU32 >((const ImU32* )arg_1, (const ImU32* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS64 >((const ImS64* )arg_1, (const ImS64* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU64 >((const ImU64* )arg_1, (const ImU64* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DataTypeCompareT<float >((const float* )arg_1, (const float* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeCompareT<double>((const double*)arg_1, (const double*)arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+static bool DataTypeClampT(T* v, const T* v_min, const T* v_max)
+{
+    // Clamp, both sides are optional, return true if modified
+    if (v_min && *v < *v_min) { *v = *v_min; return true; }
+    if (v_max && *v > *v_max) { *v = *v_max; return true; }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max)
+{
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     return DataTypeClampT<ImS8  >((ImS8*  )p_data, (const ImS8*  )p_min, (const ImS8*  )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     return DataTypeClampT<ImU8  >((ImU8*  )p_data, (const ImU8*  )p_min, (const ImU8*  )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS16 >((ImS16* )p_data, (const ImS16* )p_min, (const ImS16* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU16 >((ImU16* )p_data, (const ImU16* )p_min, (const ImU16* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS32 >((ImS32* )p_data, (const ImS32* )p_min, (const ImS32* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU32 >((ImU32* )p_data, (const ImU32* )p_min, (const ImU32* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS64 >((ImS64* )p_data, (const ImS64* )p_min, (const ImS64* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU64 >((ImU64* )p_data, (const ImU64* )p_min, (const ImU64* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DataTypeClampT<float >((float* )p_data, (const float* )p_min, (const float* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeClampT<double>((double*)p_data, (const double*)p_min, (const double*)p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision)
+{
+    static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
+    if (decimal_precision < 0)
+        return FLT_MIN;
+    return (decimal_precision < IM_ARRAYSIZE(min_steps)) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE>
+TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(data_type);
+    IM_ASSERT(data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+    const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format);
+    if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string
+        return v;
+
+    // Sanitize format
+    char fmt_sanitized[32];
+    ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized));
+    fmt_start = fmt_sanitized;
+
+    // Format value with our rounding, and read back
+    char v_str[64];
+    ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v);
+    const char* p = v_str;
+    while (*p == ' ')
+        p++;
+    v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p);
+
+    return v;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DragBehaviorT<>() [Internal]
+// - DragBehavior() [Internal]
+// - DragScalar()
+// - DragScalarN()
+// - DragFloat()
+// - DragFloat2()
+// - DragFloat3()
+// - DragFloat4()
+// - DragFloatRange2()
+// - DragInt()
+// - DragInt2()
+// - DragInt3()
+// - DragInt4()
+// - DragIntRange2()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    const bool is_bounded = (v_min < v_max);
+    const bool is_wrapped = is_bounded && (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround);
+    const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0;
+    const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+
+    // Default tweak speed
+    if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_bounded && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX))
+        v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio);
+
+    // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings
+    float adjust_delta = 0.0f;
+    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR))
+    {
+        adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis];
+        if (g.IO.KeyAlt)
+            adjust_delta *= 1.0f / 100.0f;
+        if (g.IO.KeyShift)
+            adjust_delta *= 10.0f;
+    }
+    else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+    {
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
+        const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow);
+        const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast);
+        const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 10.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
+        adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor;
+        v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision));
+    }
+    adjust_delta *= v_speed;
+
+    // For vertical drag we currently assume that Up=higher value (like we do with vertical sliders). This may become a parameter.
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+        adjust_delta = -adjust_delta;
+
+    // For logarithmic use our range is effectively 0..1 so scale the delta into that range
+    if (is_logarithmic && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX) && ((v_max - v_min) > 0.000001f)) // Epsilon to avoid /0
+        adjust_delta /= (float)(v_max - v_min);
+
+    // Clear current value on activation
+    // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300.
+    const bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated;
+    const bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_bounded && !is_wrapped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f));
+    if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward)
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
+        g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+    }
+    else if (adjust_delta != 0.0f)
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum += adjust_delta;
+        g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = true;
+    }
+
+    if (!g.DragCurrentAccumDirty)
+        return false;
+
+    TYPE v_cur = *v;
+    FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f;
+
+    float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    const float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Drag widgets have no deadzone (as it doesn't make sense)
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound.
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1;
+        logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision);
+
+        // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back
+        float v_old_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        float v_new_parametric = v_old_parametric + g.DragCurrentAccum;
+        v_cur = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_new_parametric, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_parametric;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        v_cur += (SIGNEDTYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum;
+    }
+
+    // Round to user desired precision based on format string
+    if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+        v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_cur);
+
+    // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values.
+    g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back
+        float v_new_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_new_parametric - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_cur - (SIGNEDTYPE)*v);
+    }
+
+    // Lose zero sign for float/double
+    if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0)
+        v_cur = (TYPE)0;
+
+    if (*v != v_cur && is_bounded)
+    {
+        if (is_wrapped)
+        {
+            // Wrap values
+            if (v_cur < v_min)
+                v_cur += v_max - v_min + (is_floating_point ? 0 : 1);
+            if (v_cur > v_max)
+                v_cur -= v_max - v_min + (is_floating_point ? 0 : 1);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Clamp values + handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types.
+            if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point))
+                v_cur = v_min;
+            if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point))
+                v_cur = v_max;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Apply result
+    if (*v == v_cur)
+        return false;
+    *v = v_cur;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert.
+    IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the legacy 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead.");
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation.
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+            ClearActiveID();
+        else if ((g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            ClearActiveID();
+    }
+    if (g.ActiveId != id)
+        return false;
+    if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
+        return false;
+
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v;  bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN,  p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max  : IM_S8_MAX,  format, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v;  bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN,  p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max  : IM_U8_MAX,  format, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DragBehaviorT<float, float, float >(data_type, (float*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX,   p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX,    format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT<double,double,double>(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX,   p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX,    format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a Drag widget, p_min and p_max are optional.
+// Read code of e.g. DragFloat(), DragInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0;
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+    bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id);
+    if (!temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText
+        const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
+        const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id));
+        const bool make_active = (clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
+        if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked))
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
+        if (make_active && temp_input_allowed)
+            if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput)))
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+
+        // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText
+        if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active)
+            if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR))
+            {
+                g.NavActivateId = id;
+                g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+            }
+
+        if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active)
+        {
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            SetFocusID(id, window);
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set
+        const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0);
+        return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Drag behavior
+    const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0));
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this.
+bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushID(label);
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth());
+
+    float min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min;
+    float min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max);
+    ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    bool value_changed = DragScalar("##min", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_min, v_speed, &min_min, &min_max, format, min_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    float max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min);
+    float max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max;
+    ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    value_changed |= DragScalar("##max", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_max, v_speed, &max_min, &max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    EndGroup();
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision
+bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this.
+bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushID(label);
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth());
+
+    int min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min;
+    int min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max);
+    ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, min_min, min_max, format, min_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    int max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min);
+    int max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max;
+    ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, max_min, max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    EndGroup();
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ScaleRatioFromValueT<> [Internal]
+// - ScaleValueFromRatioT<> [Internal]
+// - SliderBehaviorT<>() [Internal]
+// - SliderBehavior() [Internal]
+// - SliderScalar()
+// - SliderScalarN()
+// - SliderFloat()
+// - SliderFloat2()
+// - SliderFloat3()
+// - SliderFloat4()
+// - SliderAngle()
+// - SliderInt()
+// - SliderInt2()
+// - SliderInt3()
+// - SliderInt4()
+// - VSliderScalar()
+// - VSliderFloat()
+// - VSliderInt()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Convert a value v in the output space of a slider into a parametric position on the slider itself (the logical opposite of ScaleValueFromRatioT)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize)
+{
+    if (v_min == v_max)
+        return 0.0f;
+    IM_UNUSED(data_type);
+
+    const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min);
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        bool flipped = v_max < v_min;
+
+        if (flipped) // Handle the case where the range is backwards
+            ImSwap(v_min, v_max);
+
+        // Fudge min/max to avoid getting close to log(0)
+        FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min;
+        FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max;
+
+        // Awkward special cases - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon)
+        if ((v_min == 0.0f) && (v_max < 0.0f))
+            v_min_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+        else if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f))
+            v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+
+        float result;
+        if (v_clamped <= v_min_fudged)
+            result = 0.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but below our fudge
+        else if (v_clamped >= v_max_fudged)
+            result = 1.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but above our fudge
+        else if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so split into two portions
+        {
+            float zero_point_center = (-(float)v_min) / ((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space.  There's an argument we should take the logarithmic nature into account when calculating this, but for now this should do (and the most common case of a symmetrical range works fine)
+            float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            if (v == 0.0f)
+                result = zero_point_center; // Special case for exactly zero
+            else if (v < 0.0f)
+                result = (1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon))) * zero_point_snap_L;
+            else
+                result = zero_point_snap_R + ((float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon)) * (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R));
+        }
+        else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider
+            result = 1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / -v_max_fudged) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged));
+        else
+            result = (float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / v_min_fudged) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged));
+
+        return flipped ? (1.0f - result) : result;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Linear slider
+        return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min));
+    }
+}
+
+// Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize)
+{
+    // We special-case the extents because otherwise our logarithmic fudging can lead to "mathematically correct"
+    // but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value. Also generally simpler.
+    if (t <= 0.0f || v_min == v_max)
+        return v_min;
+    if (t >= 1.0f)
+        return v_max;
+
+    TYPE result = (TYPE)0;
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero
+        FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min;
+        FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max;
+
+        const bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards"
+        if (flipped)
+            ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged);
+
+        // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon)
+        if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f))
+            v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+
+        float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range
+
+        if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts
+        {
+            float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space
+            float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R)
+                result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise)
+            else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center)
+                result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L))));
+            else
+                result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R))));
+        }
+        else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider
+            result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip)));
+        else
+            result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Linear slider
+        const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+        if (is_floating_point)
+        {
+            result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t);
+        }
+        else if (t < 1.0)
+        {
+            // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above
+            //   This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property..
+            // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64
+            //   range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits.
+            FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t;
+            result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5)));
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Try to move more of the code into shared SliderBehavior()
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0;
+    const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+    const float v_range_f = (float)(v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); // We don't need high precision for what we do with it.
+
+    // Calculate bounds
+    const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style.
+    const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f;
+    float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize;
+    if (!is_floating_point && v_range_f >= 0.0f)                         // v_range_f < 0 may happen on integer overflows
+        grab_sz = ImMax(slider_sz / (v_range_f + 1), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
+    grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz);
+    const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_max = bb.Max[axis] - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f;
+
+    float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound.
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1;
+        logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision);
+        zero_deadzone_halfsize = (style.LogSliderDeadzone * 0.5f) / ImMax(slider_usable_sz, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Process interacting with the slider
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        bool set_new_value = false;
+        float clicked_t = 0.0f;
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
+        {
+            if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+            {
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis];
+                if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+                {
+                    float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+                    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+                        grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+                    const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+                    const bool clicked_around_grab = (mouse_abs_pos >= grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f - 1.0f) && (mouse_abs_pos <= grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f + 1.0f); // No harm being extra generous here.
+                    g.SliderGrabClickOffset = (clicked_around_grab && is_floating_point) ? mouse_abs_pos - grab_pos : 0.0f;
+                }
+                if (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f)
+                    clicked_t = ImSaturate((mouse_abs_pos - g.SliderGrabClickOffset - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz);
+                if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+                    clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t;
+                set_new_value = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+        {
+            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            {
+                g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // Reset any stored nav delta upon activation
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+            }
+
+            float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) : -GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis);
+            if (input_delta != 0.0f)
+            {
+                const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow);
+                const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast);
+                const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
+                if (decimal_precision > 0)
+                {
+                    input_delta /= 100.0f;    // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds
+                    if (tweak_slow)
+                        input_delta /= 10.0f;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ((v_range_f >= -100.0f && v_range_f <= 100.0f && v_range_f != 0.0f) || tweak_slow)
+                        input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / v_range_f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps
+                    else
+                        input_delta /= 100.0f;
+                }
+                if (tweak_fast)
+                    input_delta *= 10.0f;
+
+                g.SliderCurrentAccum += input_delta;
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = true;
+            }
+
+            float delta = g.SliderCurrentAccum;
+            if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            {
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            else if (g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty)
+            {
+                clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+                if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits
+                {
+                    set_new_value = false;
+                    g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // If pushing up against the limits, don't continue to accumulate
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    set_new_value = true;
+                    float old_clicked_t = clicked_t;
+                    clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta);
+
+                    // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator
+                    TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+                    if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+                        v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_new);
+                    float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+                    if (delta > 0)
+                        g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMin(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta);
+                    else
+                        g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMax(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta);
+                }
+
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (set_new_value)
+            if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
+                set_new_value = false;
+
+        if (set_new_value)
+        {
+            TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+            // Round to user desired precision based on format string
+            if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+                v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_new);
+
+            // Apply result
+            if (*v != v_new)
+            {
+                *v = v_new;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (slider_sz < 1.0f)
+    {
+        *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min, bb.Min);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller
+        float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+            grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+        const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+        if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+            *out_grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding);
+        else
+            *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f);
+    }
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// For 32-bit and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range.
+// So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok.
+// It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders.
+bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb)
+{
+    // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert.
+    IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the legacy 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead.");
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround) == 0); // Not supported by SliderXXX(), only by DragXXX()
+
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:  { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v;  bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min,  *(const ImS8*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v  = (ImS8)v32;  return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:  { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v;  bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min,  *(const ImU8*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v  = (ImU8)v32;  return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v,  *(const ImS32*)p_min,  *(const ImS32*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v,  *(const ImU32*)p_min,  *(const ImU32*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v,  *(const ImS64*)p_min,  *(const ImS64*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v,  *(const ImU64*)p_min,  *(const ImU64*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX / 2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX / 2.0f);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<float, float, float >(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v,  *(const float*)p_min,  *(const float*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX / 2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX / 2.0f);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<double, double, double>(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a slider, they are all required.
+// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0;
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+    bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id);
+    if (!temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
+        const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
+        const bool make_active = (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
+        if (make_active && clicked)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
+        if (make_active && temp_input_allowed)
+            if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput)))
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+
+        if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active)
+        {
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            SetFocusID(id, window);
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set
+        const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0;
+        return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Slider behavior
+    ImRect grab_bb;
+    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags, &grab_bb);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Render grab
+    if (grab_bb.Max.x > grab_bb.Min.x)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0));
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components
+bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = "%.0f deg";
+    float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2 * IM_PI);
+    bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, flags);
+    *v_rad = v_deg * (2 * IM_PI) / 360.0f;
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+    const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
+    if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id)
+    {
+        if (clicked)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
+        SetActiveID(id, window);
+        SetFocusID(id, window);
+        FocusWindow(window);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Slider behavior
+    ImRect grab_bb;
+    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags | ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Render grab
+    if (grab_bb.Max.y > grab_bb.Min.y)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f));
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal]
+// - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal]
+// - InputScalar()
+// - InputScalarN()
+// - InputFloat()
+// - InputFloat2()
+// - InputFloat3()
+// - InputFloat4()
+// - InputInt()
+// - InputInt2()
+// - InputInt3()
+// - InputInt4()
+// - InputDouble()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// We don't use strchr() because our strings are usually very short and often start with '%'
+const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* fmt)
+{
+    while (char c = fmt[0])
+    {
+        if (c == '%' && fmt[1] != '%')
+            return fmt;
+        else if (c == '%')
+            fmt++;
+        fmt++;
+    }
+    return fmt;
+}
+
+const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt)
+{
+    // Printf/scanf types modifiers: I/L/h/j/l/t/w/z. Other uppercase letters qualify as types aka end of the format.
+    if (fmt[0] != '%')
+        return fmt;
+    const unsigned int ignored_uppercase_mask = (1 << ('I'-'A')) | (1 << ('L'-'A'));
+    const unsigned int ignored_lowercase_mask = (1 << ('h'-'a')) | (1 << ('j'-'a')) | (1 << ('l'-'a')) | (1 << ('t'-'a')) | (1 << ('w'-'a')) | (1 << ('z'-'a'));
+    for (char c; (c = *fmt) != 0; fmt++)
+    {
+        if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' && ((1 << (c - 'A')) & ignored_uppercase_mask) == 0)
+            return fmt + 1;
+        if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' && ((1 << (c - 'a')) & ignored_lowercase_mask) == 0)
+            return fmt + 1;
+    }
+    return fmt;
+}
+
+// Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations
+//  fmt = "blah blah"  -> return ""
+//  fmt = "%.3f"       -> return fmt
+//  fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6
+//  fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f"
+const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
+    if (fmt_start[0] != '%')
+        return "";
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start);
+    if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data.
+        return fmt_start;
+    ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_start) + 1, buf_size));
+    return buf;
+}
+
+// Sanitize format
+// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi
+// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi.
+void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in);
+    IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size);
+    IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you!
+    while (fmt_in < fmt_end)
+    {
+        char c = *fmt_in++;
+        if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '.
+            *(fmt_out++) = c;
+    }
+    *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate
+}
+
+// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields and flags "%+3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d"
+const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in);
+    const char* fmt_out_begin = fmt_out;
+    IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size);
+    IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you!
+    bool has_type = false;
+    while (fmt_in < fmt_end)
+    {
+        char c = *fmt_in++;
+        if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.' || c == '+' || c == '#'))
+            continue;
+        has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits
+        if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '.
+            *(fmt_out++) = c;
+    }
+    *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate
+    return fmt_out_begin;
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE>
+static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output)
+{
+    int negative = 0;
+    if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; }
+    if (*src == '+') { src++; }
+    TYPE v = 0;
+    while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9')
+        v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0');
+    *output = negative ? -v : v;
+    return src;
+}
+
+// Parse display precision back from the display format string
+// FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed.
+int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+{
+    fmt = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
+    if (fmt[0] != '%')
+        return default_precision;
+    fmt++;
+    while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
+        fmt++;
+    int precision = INT_MAX;
+    if (*fmt == '.')
+    {
+        fmt = ImAtoi<int>(fmt + 1, &precision);
+        if (precision < 0 || precision > 99)
+            precision = default_precision;
+    }
+    if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation
+        precision = -1;
+    if ((*fmt == 'g' || *fmt == 'G') && precision == INT_MAX)
+        precision = -1;
+    return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision;
+}
+
+// Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets)
+// FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations.
+bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id.
+    // We clear ActiveID on the first frame to allow the InputText() taking it back.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool init = (g.TempInputId != id);
+    if (init)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min;
+    bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem);
+    if (init)
+    {
+        // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id.
+        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);
+        g.TempInputId = g.ActiveId;
+    }
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set!
+// This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility.
+// However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values.
+bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max)
+{
+    // FIXME: May need to clarify display behavior if format doesn't contain %.
+    // "%d" -> "%d" / "There are %d items" -> "%d" / "items" -> "%d" (fallback). Also see #6405
+    const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
+    char fmt_buf[32];
+    char data_buf[32];
+    format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf));
+    if (format[0] == 0)
+        format = type_info->PrintFmt;
+    DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf);
+
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint;
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags))
+    {
+        // Backup old value
+        size_t data_type_size = type_info->Size;
+        ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup;
+        memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size);
+
+        // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp
+        DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format, NULL);
+        if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max)
+        {
+            if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0)
+                ImSwap(p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max);
+            DataTypeClamp(data_type, p_data, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max);
+        }
+
+        // Only mark as edited if new value is different
+        value_changed = memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size) != 0;
+        if (value_changed)
+            MarkItemEdited(id);
+    }
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal;
+    memcpy(&g.NextItemData.RefVal, p_data, DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size);
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional.
+// Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    void* p_data_default = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal) ? &g.NextItemData.RefVal : &g.DataTypeZeroValue;
+
+    char buf[64];
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal) && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_data, p_data_default) == 0)
+        buf[0] = 0;
+    else
+        DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string.
+    flags |= (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint;
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (p_step == NULL)
+    {
+        if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags))
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const float button_size = GetFrameHeight();
+
+        BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive()
+        PushID(label);
+        SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
+        if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL);
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable);
+
+        // Step buttons
+        const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding;
+        style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y;
+        ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups;
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+            BeginDisabled();
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
+        {
+            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
+        {
+            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+            EndDisabled();
+
+        const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+        if (label != label_end)
+        {
+            SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            TextEx(label, label_end);
+        }
+        style.FramePadding = backup_frame_padding;
+
+        PopID();
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= InputScalar("", data_type, p_data, p_step, p_step_fast, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0.0f, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes.
+    const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline, InputTextWithHint
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - InputText()
+// - InputTextWithHint()
+// - InputTextMultiline()
+// - InputTextGetCharInfo() [Internal]
+// - InputTextReindexLines() [Internal]
+// - InputTextReindexLinesRange() [Internal]
+// - InputTextEx() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
+    return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() or  InputTextEx() manually if you need multi-line + hint.
+    return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end)
+{
+    int line_count = 0;
+    const char* s = text_begin;
+    while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding
+        if (c == '\n')
+            line_count++;
+    s--;
+    if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r')
+        line_count++;
+    *out_text_end = s;
+    return line_count;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImFont* font = g.Font;
+    const float line_height = g.FontSize;
+    const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
+
+    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0);
+    float line_width = 0.0f;
+
+    const ImWchar* s = text_begin;
+    while (s < text_end)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++);
+        if (c == '\n')
+        {
+            text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
+            text_size.y += line_height;
+            line_width = 0.0f;
+            if (stop_on_new_line)
+                break;
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (c == '\r')
+            continue;
+
+        const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * scale;
+        line_width += char_width;
+    }
+
+    if (text_size.x < line_width)
+        text_size.x = line_width;
+
+    if (out_offset)
+        *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height);  // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n
+
+    if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f)                        // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n
+        text_size.y += line_height;
+
+    if (remaining)
+        *remaining = s;
+
+    return text_size;
+}
+
+// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar)
+namespace ImStb
+{
+
+static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj)                             { return obj->CurLenW; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)                      { IM_ASSERT(idx <= obj->CurLenW); return obj->TextW[idx]; }
+static float   STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx)  { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); }
+static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key)                                                    { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n';
+static void    STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx)
+{
+    const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data;
+    const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL;
+    const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(obj->Ctx, text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true);
+    r->x0 = 0.0f;
+    r->x1 = size.x;
+    r->baseline_y_delta = size.y;
+    r->ymin = 0.0f;
+    r->ymax = size.y;
+    r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx));
+}
+
+static bool is_separator(unsigned int c)
+{
+    return c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='.' || c=='!';
+}
+
+static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)
+{
+    // When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators.
+    if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx - 1]);
+    bool prev_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]);
+    bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx]);
+    bool curr_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]);
+    return ((prev_white || prev_separ) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ);
+}
+static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)
+{
+    if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx]);
+    bool prev_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]);
+    bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx - 1]);
+    bool curr_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]);
+    return ((prev_white) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ);
+}
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)  { ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); }
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT   STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL  // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL
+
+static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n)
+{
+    ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos;
+
+    // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats
+    obj->Edited = true;
+    obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n);
+    obj->CurLenW -= n;
+
+    // Offset remaining text (FIXME-OPT: Use memmove)
+    const ImWchar* src = obj->TextW.Data + pos + n;
+    while (ImWchar c = *src++)
+        *dst++ = c;
+    *dst = '\0';
+}
+
+static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len)
+{
+    const bool is_resizable = (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    const int text_len = obj->CurLenW;
+    IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len);
+
+    const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len);
+    if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA))
+        return false;
+
+    // Grow internal buffer if needed
+    if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextW.Size)
+    {
+        if (!is_resizable)
+            return false;
+        IM_ASSERT(text_len < obj->TextW.Size);
+        obj->TextW.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1);
+    }
+
+    ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data;
+    if (pos != text_len)
+        memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+    memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar));
+
+    obj->Edited = true;
+    obj->CurLenW += new_text_len;
+    obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8;
+    obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0';
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols)
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT         0x200000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT        0x200001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP           0x200002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN         0x200003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART    0x200004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND      0x200005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART    0x200006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND      0x200007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE       0x200008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE    0x200009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO         0x20000A // keyboard input to perform undo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO         0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT     0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT    0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP         0x20000E // keyboard input to move cursor up a page
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN       0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT        0x400000
+
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove
+#include "imstb_textedit.h"
+
+// stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling
+// the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?)
+static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len)
+{
+    stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len);
+    ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW);
+    state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0;
+    if (text_len <= 0)
+        return;
+    if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len))
+    {
+        state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = text_len;
+        state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0); // Failed to insert character, normally shouldn't happen because of how we currently use stb_textedit_replace()
+}
+
+} // namespace ImStb
+
+void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key)
+{
+    stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key);
+    CursorFollow = true;
+    CursorAnimReset();
+}
+
+ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ImGuiInputTextCallbackData()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+}
+
+// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text
+// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar)
+// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance.
+void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen);
+    char* dst = Buf + pos;
+    const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count;
+    while (char c = *src++)
+        *dst++ = c;
+    *dst = '\0';
+
+    if (CursorPos >= pos + bytes_count)
+        CursorPos -= bytes_count;
+    else if (CursorPos >= pos)
+        CursorPos = pos;
+    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+    BufDirty = true;
+    BufTextLen -= bytes_count;
+}
+
+void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end)
+{
+    // Accept null ranges
+    if (new_text == new_text_end)
+        return;
+
+    const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text);
+    if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize)
+    {
+        if (!is_resizable)
+            return;
+
+        // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!)
+        ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+        ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState;
+        IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID);
+        IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data);
+        int new_buf_size = BufTextLen + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1;
+        edit_state->TextA.reserve(new_buf_size + 1);
+        Buf = edit_state->TextA.Data;
+        BufSize = edit_state->BufCapacityA = new_buf_size;
+    }
+
+    if (BufTextLen != pos)
+        memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos));
+    memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char));
+    Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0';
+
+    if (CursorPos >= pos)
+        CursorPos += new_text_len;
+    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+    BufDirty = true;
+    BufTextLen += new_text_len;
+}
+
+// Return false to discard a character.
+static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard)
+{
+    unsigned int c = *p_char;
+
+    // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467)
+    bool apply_named_filters = true;
+    if (c < 0x20)
+    {
+        bool pass = false;
+        pass |= (c == '\n') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code)
+        pass |= (c == '\t') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) != 0;
+        if (!pass)
+            return false;
+        apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted.
+    }
+
+    if (input_source_is_clipboard == false)
+    {
+        // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817)
+        if (c == 127)
+            return false;
+
+        // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME)
+        if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build
+    if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)
+        return false;
+
+    // Generic named filters
+    if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint)))
+    {
+        // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'.
+        // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'.
+        // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point.
+        // Change the default decimal_point with:
+        //   ImGui::GetIO()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point;
+        // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions.
+        ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+        const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.IO.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint;
+        if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint))
+            if (c == '.' || c == ',')
+                c = c_decimal_point;
+
+        // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block)
+        // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may
+        // scratch their head as to why it works in numerical fields vs in generic text fields it would require support in the font.
+        if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal))
+            if (c >= 0xFF01 && c <= 0xFF5E)
+                c = c - 0xFF01 + 0x21;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 . - + * /
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 . - + * / e E
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 a-F A-F
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Turn a-z into A-Z
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)
+            if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+                c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a');
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank)
+            if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
+                return false;
+
+        *p_char = c;
+    }
+
+    // Custom callback filter
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+        callback_data.Ctx = &g;
+        callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
+        callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
+        callback_data.Flags = flags;
+        callback_data.UserData = user_data;
+        if (callback(&callback_data) != 0)
+            return false;
+        *p_char = callback_data.EventChar;
+        if (!callback_data.EventChar)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Find the shortest single replacement we can make to get the new text from the old text.
+// Important: needs to be run before TextW is rewritten with the new characters because calling STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR() at the end.
+// FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly.
+static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data;
+    const int old_length = state->CurLenW;
+    const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a);
+    g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+    ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data;
+    ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a);
+
+    const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length);
+    int first_diff;
+    for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++)
+        if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff])
+            break;
+    if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length)
+        return;
+
+    int old_last_diff = old_length - 1;
+    int new_last_diff = new_length - 1;
+    for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--)
+        if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff])
+            break;
+
+    const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1;
+    const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1;
+    if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0)
+        if (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len))
+            for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++)
+                p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i);
+}
+
+// As InputText() retain textual data and we currently provide a path for user to not retain it (via local variables)
+// we need some form of hook to reapply data back to user buffer on deactivation frame. (#4714)
+// It would be more desirable that we discourage users from taking advantage of the "user not retaining data" trick,
+// but that more likely be attractive when we do have _NoLiveEdit flag available.
+void ImGui::InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiInputTextState* state = &g.InputTextState;
+    if (id == 0 || state->ID != id)
+        return;
+    g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = state->ID;
+    if (state->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+    {
+        g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(0); // In theory this data won't be used, but clear to be neat.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state->TextA.Data != 0);
+        g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(state->CurLenA + 1);
+        memcpy(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, state->TextA.Data, state->CurLenA + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+// Edit a string of text
+// - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!".
+//   This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match
+//   Note that in std::string world, capacity() would omit 1 byte used by the zero-terminator.
+// - When active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while the InputText is active has no effect.
+// - If you want to use ImGui::InputText() with std::string, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h
+// (FIXME: Rather confusing and messy function, among the worse part of our codebase, expecting to rewrite a V2 at some point.. Partly because we are
+//  doing UTF8 > U16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to easily interface with stb_textedit. Ideally should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
+bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* callback_user_data)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(buf != NULL && buf_size >= 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)));        // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys)
+    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key)
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false;
+    const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0;
+
+    if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar)
+        BeginGroup();
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
+    const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y);
+
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Min + total_size);
+
+    ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
+    ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size;
+    ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup;
+    if (is_multiline)
+    {
+        ImVec2 backup_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))
+        {
+            EndGroup();
+            return false;
+        }
+        item_data_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos;
+
+        // Prevent NavActivation from Tabbing when our widget accepts Tab inputs: this allows cycling through widgets without stopping.
+        if (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))
+            g.NavActivateId = 0;
+
+        // Prevent NavActivate reactivating in BeginChild() when we are already active.
+        const ImGuiID backup_activate_id = g.NavActivateId;
+        if (g.ActiveId == id) // Prevent reactivation
+            g.NavActivateId = 0;
+
+        // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug.
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges
+        bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
+        g.NavActivateId = backup_activate_id;
+        PopStyleVar(3);
+        PopStyleColor();
+        if (!child_visible)
+        {
+            EndChild();
+            EndGroup();
+            return false;
+        }
+        draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window
+        draw_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it.
+        draw_window->DC.CursorPos += style.FramePadding;
+        inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Support for internal ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem flag, which could be redesigned as an ItemFlags if needed (with test performed in ItemAdd)
+        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem))
+            if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))
+                return false;
+    }
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+    if (hovered)
+        g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput;
+
+    // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget.
+    ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id);
+
+    if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly;
+    const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0;
+    const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0;
+    const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0;
+    const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    if (is_resizable)
+        IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag!
+
+    const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateId == id) && ((g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) || (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)));
+
+    const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
+    const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    bool clear_active_id = false;
+    bool select_all = false;
+
+    float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX;
+
+    const bool init_reload_from_user_buf = (state != NULL && state->ReloadUserBuf);
+    const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); // state != NULL means its our state.
+    const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav);
+    const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active);
+    if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs || init_reload_from_user_buf)
+    {
+        // Access state even if we don't own it yet.
+        state = &g.InputTextState;
+        state->CursorAnimReset();
+        state->ReloadUserBuf = false;
+
+        // Backup state of deactivating item so they'll have a chance to do a write to output buffer on the same frame they report IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit (#4714)
+        InputTextDeactivateHook(state->ID);
+
+        // From the moment we focused we are normally ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
+        const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf);
+        if (!init_reload_from_user_buf)
+        {
+            // Take a copy of the initial buffer value.
+            state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1);    // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string.
+            memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1);
+        }
+
+        // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
+        // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differentiate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate?
+        bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs && !init_reload_from_user_buf);
+        if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0)))
+            recycle_state = false;
+
+        // Start edition
+        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        state->ID = id;
+        state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1);          // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string.
+        state->TextA.resize(0);
+        state->TextAIsValid = false;                // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then)
+        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+        state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);      // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
+
+        if (recycle_state)
+        {
+            // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
+            // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
+            state->CursorClamp();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            state->ScrollX = 0.0f;
+            stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline);
+        }
+
+        if (init_reload_from_user_buf)
+        {
+            state->Stb.select_start = state->ReloadSelectionStart;
+            state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end = state->ReloadSelectionEnd;
+            state->CursorClamp();
+        }
+        else if (!is_multiline)
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll)
+                select_all = true;
+            if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState)))
+                select_all = true;
+            if (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)
+                select_all = true;
+        }
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite)
+            state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863)
+    }
+
+    const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
+    if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id);
+        SetActiveID(id, window);
+        SetFocusID(id, window);
+        FocusWindow(window);
+    }
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        // Declare some inputs, the other are registered and polled via Shortcut() routing system.
+        if (user_clicked)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory))
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Enter, id);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, id);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Home, id);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_End, id);
+        if (is_multiline)
+        {
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id);
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id);
+        }
+        // FIXME: May be a problem to always steal Alt on OSX, would ideally still allow an uninterrupted Alt down-up to toggle menu
+        if (is_osx)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, id);
+    }
+
+    // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function)
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && state == NULL)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Release focus when we click outside
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && io.MouseClicked[0] && !init_state && !init_make_active) //-V560
+        clear_active_id = true;
+
+    // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection
+    bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active);
+    bool render_selection = state && (state->HasSelection() || select_all) && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor);
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    bool validated = false;
+
+    // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
+    // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :(
+    if (is_readonly && state != NULL && (render_cursor || render_selection))
+    {
+        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1);
+        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+        state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
+        state->CursorClamp();
+        render_selection &= state->HasSelection();
+    }
+
+    // Select the buffer to render.
+    const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state && state->TextAIsValid;
+    const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0);
+
+    // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
+    if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
+    {
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
+        ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
+        password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
+        password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
+        password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
+        password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
+        password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+        password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
+        password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX;
+        IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
+        PushFont(password_font);
+    }
+
+    // Process mouse inputs and character inputs
+    int backup_current_text_length = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA;
+        state->Edited = false;
+        state->BufCapacityA = buf_size;
+        state->Flags = flags;
+
+        // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
+        // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active.
+        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0];
+
+        // Edit in progress
+        const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX;
+        const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f));
+
+        if (select_all)
+        {
+            state->SelectAll();
+            state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
+        }
+        else if (hovered && io.MouseClickedCount[0] >= 2 && !io.KeyShift)
+        {
+            stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+            const int multiclick_count = (io.MouseClickedCount[0] - 2);
+            if ((multiclick_count % 2) == 0)
+            {
+                // Double-click: Select word
+                // We always use the "Mac" word advance for double-click select vs CTRL+Right which use the platform dependent variant:
+                // FIXME: There are likely many ways to improve this behavior, but there's no "right" behavior (depends on use-case, software, OS)
+                const bool is_bol = (state->Stb.cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor - 1) == '\n';
+                if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb) || !is_bol)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT);
+                //state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb))
+                    ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(&state->Stb);
+                state->Stb.cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb.cursor);
+                state->Stb.select_end = state->Stb.cursor;
+                ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, &state->Stb);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Triple-click: Select line
+                const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor) == '\n';
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART);
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                if (!is_eol && is_multiline)
+                {
+                    ImSwap(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+                    state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end;
+                }
+                state->CursorFollow = false;
+            }
+            state->CursorAnimReset();
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock)
+        {
+            if (hovered)
+            {
+                if (io.KeyShift)
+                    stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+                else
+                    stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+                state->CursorAnimReset();
+            }
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
+        {
+            stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+            state->CursorAnimReset();
+            state->CursorFollow = true;
+        }
+        if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
+            state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+
+        // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336)
+        // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes)
+        if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id))
+            {
+                unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
+                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
+                    state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+            }
+            // FIXME: Implement Shift+Tab
+            /*
+            if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab | ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id))
+            {
+            }
+            */
+        }
+
+        // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
+        // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
+        const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl);
+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0)
+        {
+            if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav)
+                for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++)
+                {
+                    // Insert character if they pass filtering
+                    unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n];
+                    if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above.
+                        continue;
+                    if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
+                        state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+                }
+
+            // Consume characters
+            io.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Process other shortcuts/key-presses
+    bool revert_edit = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+
+        const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1);
+        state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page;
+
+        const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
+        const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl;                     // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
+        const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt;  // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
+
+        // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText)
+        // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active.
+        const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
+        const bool is_cut   = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_X, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_copy  = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, 0,        id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl  | ImGuiKey_Insert, 0,        id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_V, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly;
+        const bool is_undo  = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
+        const bool is_redo =  (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Y, f_repeat, id) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
+        const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A, 0, id);
+
+        // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful.
+        const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+        const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true);
+        const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false));
+        const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, f_repeat, id) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, f_repeat, id));
+
+        // FIXME: Should use more Shortcut() and reduce IsKeyPressed()+SetKeyOwner(), but requires modifiers combination to be taken account of.
+        // FIXME-OSX: Missing support for Alt(option)+Right/Left = go to end of line, or next line if already in end of line.
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow))                        { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow))                  { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline)     { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline)   { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline)      { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline)    { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home))                        { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End))                         { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut)
+        {
+            if (!state->HasSelection())
+            {
+                // OSX doesn't seem to have Super+Delete to delete until end-of-line, so we don't emulate that (as opposed to Super+Backspace)
+                if (is_wordmove_key_down)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+            }
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask);
+        }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            if (!state->HasSelection())
+            {
+                if (is_wordmove_key_down)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                else if (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+            }
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask);
+        }
+        else if (is_enter_pressed || is_gamepad_validate)
+        {
+            // Determine if we turn Enter into a \n character
+            bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0;
+            if (!is_multiline || is_gamepad_validate || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl))
+            {
+                validated = true;
+                if (io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive && !is_multiline)
+                    state->SelectAll(); // No need to scroll
+                else
+                    clear_active_id = true;
+            }
+            else if (!is_readonly)
+            {
+                unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
+                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
+                    state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (is_cancel)
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll)
+            {
+                if (buf[0] != 0)
+                {
+                    revert_edit = true;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    render_cursor = render_selection = false;
+                    clear_active_id = true;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                clear_active_id = revert_edit = true;
+                render_cursor = render_selection = false;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (is_undo || is_redo)
+        {
+            state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO);
+            state->ClearSelection();
+        }
+        else if (is_select_all)
+        {
+            state->SelectAll();
+            state->CursorFollow = true;
+        }
+        else if (is_cut || is_copy)
+        {
+            // Cut, Copy
+            if (io.SetClipboardTextFn)
+            {
+                const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : 0;
+                const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : state->CurLenW;
+                const int clipboard_data_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie) + 1;
+                char* clipboard_data = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_data_len * sizeof(char));
+                ImTextStrToUtf8(clipboard_data, clipboard_data_len, state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie);
+                SetClipboardText(clipboard_data);
+                MemFree(clipboard_data);
+            }
+            if (is_cut)
+            {
+                if (!state->HasSelection())
+                    state->SelectAll();
+                state->CursorFollow = true;
+                stb_textedit_cut(state, &state->Stb);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (is_paste)
+        {
+            if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText())
+            {
+                // Filter pasted buffer
+                const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
+                ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+                int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
+                for (const char* s = clipboard; *s != 0; )
+                {
+                    unsigned int c;
+                    s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
+                    if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, true))
+                        continue;
+                    clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
+                }
+                clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0;
+                if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation
+                {
+                    stb_textedit_paste(state, &state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
+                    state->CursorFollow = true;
+                }
+                MemFree(clipboard_filtered);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Update render selection flag after events have been handled, so selection highlight can be displayed during the same frame.
+        render_selection |= state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor);
+    }
+
+    // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer.
+    const char* apply_new_text = NULL;
+    int apply_new_text_length = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        if (revert_edit && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll)
+            {
+                // Clear input
+                IM_ASSERT(buf[0] != 0);
+                apply_new_text = "";
+                apply_new_text_length = 0;
+                value_changed = true;
+                IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string;
+                stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0);
+            }
+            else if (strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0)
+            {
+                // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents.
+                // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself
+                apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data;
+                apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1;
+                value_changed = true;
+                ImVector<ImWchar> w_text;
+                if (apply_new_text_length > 0)
+                {
+                    w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1);
+                    ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length);
+                }
+                stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Apply ASCII value
+        if (!is_readonly)
+        {
+            state->TextAIsValid = true;
+            state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1);
+            ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL);
+        }
+
+        // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer
+        // before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame.
+        // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail.
+        // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage
+        // (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object
+        // unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize).
+        const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0);
+        if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer)
+        {
+            // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back
+            // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer
+            // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect.
+            // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks.
+
+            // User callback
+            if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0)
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
+
+                // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
+                ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
+                ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None;
+                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, 0, id))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) && state->Edited)
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit;
+                }
+                else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways;
+                }
+
+                if (event_flag)
+                {
+                    ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+                    callback_data.Ctx = &g;
+                    callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag;
+                    callback_data.Flags = flags;
+                    callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data;
+
+                    char* callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data;
+                    callback_data.EventKey = event_key;
+                    callback_data.Buf = callback_buf;
+                    callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA;
+                    callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA;
+                    callback_data.BufDirty = false;
+
+                    // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
+                    ImWchar* text = state->TextW.Data;
+                    const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.cursor);
+                    const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_start);
+                    const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_end);
+
+                    // Call user code
+                    callback(&callback_data);
+
+                    // Read back what user may have modified
+                    callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; // Pointer may have been invalidated by a resize callback
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == callback_buf);         // Invalid to modify those fields
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA);
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags);
+                    const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty;
+                    if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty)            { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; }
+                    if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty)  { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); }
+                    if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty)      { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); }
+                    if (buf_dirty)
+                    {
+                        IM_ASSERT(!is_readonly);
+                        IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text!
+                        InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ?
+                        if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable)
+                            state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize
+                        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL);
+                        state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen;  // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen()
+                        state->CursorAnimReset();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Will copy result string if modified
+            if (!is_readonly && strcmp(state->TextA.Data, buf) != 0)
+            {
+                apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data;
+                apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Handle reapplying final data on deactivation (see InputTextDeactivateHook() for details)
+    if (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id)
+    {
+        if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly && strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0)
+        {
+            apply_new_text = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data;
+            apply_new_text_length = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Size - 1;
+            value_changed = true;
+            //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(): apply Deactivated data for 0x%08X: \"%.*s\".\n", id, apply_new_text_length, apply_new_text);
+        }
+        g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id)
+    if (apply_new_text != NULL)
+    {
+        // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size
+        // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used
+        // without any storage on user's side.
+        IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0);
+        if (is_resizable)
+        {
+            ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+            callback_data.Ctx = &g;
+            callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize;
+            callback_data.Flags = flags;
+            callback_data.Buf = buf;
+            callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length;
+            callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1);
+            callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data;
+            callback(&callback_data);
+            buf = callback_data.Buf;
+            buf_size = callback_data.BufSize;
+            apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1);
+            IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size);
+        }
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length);
+
+        // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size.
+        ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size));
+    }
+
+    // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value)
+    // Otherwise request text input ahead for next frame.
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && clear_active_id)
+        ClearActiveID();
+    else if (g.ActiveId == id)
+        g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1;
+
+    // Render frame
+    if (!is_multiline)
+    {
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    }
+
+    const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + inner_size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + inner_size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size
+    ImVec2 draw_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
+    ImVec2 text_size(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // Set upper limit of single-line InputTextEx() at 2 million characters strings. The current pathological worst case is a long line
+    // without any carriage return, which would makes ImFont::RenderText() reserve too many vertices and probably crash. Avoid it altogether.
+    // Note that we only use this limit on single-line InputText(), so a pathologically large line on a InputTextMultiline() would still crash.
+    const int buf_display_max_length = 2 * 1024 * 1024;
+    const char* buf_display = buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf; //-V595
+    const char* buf_display_end = NULL; // We have specialized paths below for setting the length
+    if (is_displaying_hint)
+    {
+        buf_display = hint;
+        buf_display_end = hint + strlen(hint);
+    }
+
+    // Render text. We currently only render selection when the widget is active or while scrolling.
+    // FIXME: We could remove the '&& render_cursor' to keep rendering selection when inactive.
+    if (render_cursor || render_selection)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        if (!is_displaying_hint)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA;
+
+        // Render text (with cursor and selection)
+        // This is going to be messy. We need to:
+        // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped)
+        // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation)
+        // - Measure text height (for scrollbar)
+        // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort)
+        // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8.
+        const ImWchar* text_begin = state->TextW.Data;
+        ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset;
+
+        {
+            // Find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' (slot 0) and 'select_start' (slot 1) positions.
+            const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+            int searches_result_line_no[2] = { -1000, -1000 };
+            int searches_remaining = 0;
+            if (render_cursor)
+            {
+                searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + state->Stb.cursor;
+                searches_result_line_no[0] = -1;
+                searches_remaining++;
+            }
+            if (render_selection)
+            {
+                searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+                searches_result_line_no[1] = -1;
+                searches_remaining++;
+            }
+
+            // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers
+            // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter.
+            searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0;
+            int line_count = 0;
+            //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++)  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+            for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++)
+                if (*s == '\n')
+                {
+                    line_count++;
+                    if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+                    if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+                }
+            line_count++;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1)
+                searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1)
+                searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count;
+
+            // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance
+            cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x;
+            cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0)
+            {
+                select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x;
+                select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize;
+            }
+
+            // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224)
+            if (is_multiline)
+                text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
+        }
+
+        // Scroll
+        if (render_cursor && state->CursorFollow)
+        {
+            // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll))
+            {
+                const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f;
+                const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x;
+                if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX)
+                    state->ScrollX = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x));
+                else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX)
+                    state->ScrollX = IM_TRUNC(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                state->ScrollX = 0.0f;
+            }
+
+            // Vertical scroll
+            if (is_multiline)
+            {
+                // Test if cursor is vertically visible
+                if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y)
+                    scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize);
+                else if (cursor_offset.y - (inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) >= scroll_y)
+                    scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
+                const float scroll_max_y = ImMax((text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - inner_size.y, 0.0f);
+                scroll_y = ImClamp(scroll_y, 0.0f, scroll_max_y);
+                draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y);   // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag
+                draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y;
+            }
+
+            state->CursorFollow = false;
+        }
+
+        // Draw selection
+        const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->ScrollX, 0.0f);
+        if (render_selection)
+        {
+            const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+            const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+
+            ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, render_cursor ? 1.0f : 0.6f); // FIXME: current code flow mandate that render_cursor is always true here, we are leaving the transparent one for tests.
+            float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f;    // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection.
+            float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f;
+            ImVec2 rect_pos = draw_pos + select_start_offset - draw_scroll;
+            for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; )
+            {
+                if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize)
+                    break;
+                if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y)
+                {
+                    //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+                    //p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end;
+                    while (p < text_selected_end)
+                        if (*p++ == '\n')
+                            break;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true);
+                    if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_TRUNC(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
+                    ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn));
+                    rect.ClipWith(clip_rect);
+                    if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+                        draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color);
+                }
+                rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x;
+                rect_pos.y += g.FontSize;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // We test for 'buf_display_max_length' as a way to avoid some pathological cases (e.g. single-line 1 MB string) which would make ImDrawList crash.
+        if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
+        {
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text);
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos - draw_scroll, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        }
+
+        // Draw blinking cursor
+        if (render_cursor)
+        {
+            state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime;
+            bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
+            ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImTrunc(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll);
+            ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f);
+            if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+                draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+
+            // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
+            if (!is_readonly)
+            {
+                g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = true;
+                g.PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
+                g.PlatformImeData.InputLineHeight = g.FontSize;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Render text only (no selection, no cursor)
+        if (is_multiline)
+            text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_display_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
+        else if (!is_displaying_hint && g.ActiveId == id)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA;
+        else if (!is_displaying_hint)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display);
+
+        if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
+        {
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text);
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
+        PopFont();
+
+    if (is_multiline)
+    {
+        // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)...
+        Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y));
+        g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop;
+        EndChild();
+        item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow);
+
+        // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active...
+        // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window.
+        EndGroup();
+        if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0)
+        {
+            g.LastItemData.ID = id;
+            g.LastItemData.InFlags = item_data_backup.InFlags;
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_data_backup.StatusFlags;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Log as text
+    if (g.LogEnabled && (!is_password || is_displaying_hint))
+    {
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+        LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end);
+    }
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited))
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
+        return validated;
+    else
+        return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state)
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb;
+    ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate;
+    Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId);
+    DebugLocateItemOnHover(state->ID);
+    Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenW, state->CurLenA, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end);
+    Text("has_preferred_x: %d (%.2f)", stb_state->has_preferred_x, stb_state->preferred_x);
+    Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point);
+    if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 10), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) // Visualize undo state
+    {
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
+        for (int n = 0; n < IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++)
+        {
+            ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n];
+            const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' ';
+            if (undo_rec_type == ' ')
+                BeginDisabled();
+            char buf[64] = "";
+            if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1)
+                ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length);
+            Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"",
+                undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf);
+            if (undo_rec_type == ' ')
+                EndDisabled();
+        }
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    EndChild();
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(state);
+#endif
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ColorEdit3()
+// - ColorEdit4()
+// - ColorPicker3()
+// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() [Internal]
+// - ColorPicker4()
+// - ColorButton()
+// - SetColorEditOptions()
+// - ColorTooltip() [Internal]
+// - ColorEditOptionsPopup() [Internal]
+// - ColorPickerOptionsPopup() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+}
+
+static void ColorEditRestoreH(const float* col, float* H)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0);
+    if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
+        return;
+    *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue;
+}
+
+// ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation.
+// Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting.
+static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0);
+    if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
+        return;
+
+    // When S == 0, H is undefined.
+    // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0.
+    if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditSavedHue == 1))
+        *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue;
+
+    // When V == 0, S is undefined.
+    if (*V == 0.0f)
+        *S = g.ColorEditSavedSat;
+}
+
+// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range).
+// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item.
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    float w_full = CalcItemWidth();
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0);
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back();
+
+    // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions
+    const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags;
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)
+        flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions;
+
+    // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied)
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags);
+
+    // Read stored options
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_);
+    flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));   // Check that only 1 is selected
+
+    const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0;
+    const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0;
+    const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3;
+    const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+    const float w_inputs = ImMax(w_full - w_button, 1.0f);
+    w_full = w_inputs + w_button;
+
+    // Convert to the formats we need
+    float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f };
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV))
+    {
+        // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+        ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]);
+    }
+    int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) };
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    bool value_changed_as_float = false;
+
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const float inputs_offset_x = (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) ? w_button : 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + inputs_offset_x;
+
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders
+        const float w_items = w_inputs - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1);
+
+        const bool hide_prefix = (IM_TRUNC(w_items / components) <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x);
+        static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
+        static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] =
+        {
+            {   "%3d",   "%3d",   "%3d",   "%3d" }, // Short display
+            { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA
+            { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" }  // Long display for HSVA
+        };
+        static const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] =
+        {
+            {   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f" }, // Short display
+            { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA
+            { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }  // Long display for HSVA
+        };
+        const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1;
+
+        float prev_split = 0.0f;
+        for (int n = 0; n < components; n++)
+        {
+            if (n > 0)
+                SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * (n + 1) / components);
+            SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(next_split - prev_split, 1.0f));
+            prev_split = next_split;
+
+            // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0.
+            if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float)
+            {
+                value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f / 255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]);
+                value_changed_as_float |= value_changed;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]);
+            }
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+                OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        // RGB Hexadecimal Input
+        char buf[64];
+        if (alpha)
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[3], 0, 255));
+        else
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255));
+        SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs);
+        if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase))
+        {
+            value_changed = true;
+            char* p = buf;
+            while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p))
+                p++;
+            i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = 0;
+            i[3] = 0xFF; // alpha default to 255 is not parsed by scanf (e.g. inputting #FFFFFF omitting alpha)
+            int r;
+            if (alpha)
+                r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned)
+            else
+                r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]);
+            IM_UNUSED(r); // Fixes C6031: Return value ignored: 'sscanf'.
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview))
+    {
+        const float button_offset_x = ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) || (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)) ? 0.0f : w_inputs + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + button_offset_x, pos.y);
+
+        const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f);
+        if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags))
+        {
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker))
+            {
+                // Store current color and open a picker
+                g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4;
+                OpenPopup("picker");
+                SetNextWindowPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+            }
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+
+        if (BeginPopup("picker"))
+        {
+            if (g.CurrentWindow->BeginCount == 1)
+            {
+                picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+                if (label != label_display_end)
+                {
+                    TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+                    Spacing();
+                }
+                ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+                ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+                SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes?
+                value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x);
+            }
+            EndPopup();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+    {
+        // Position not necessarily next to last submitted button (e.g. if style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left),
+        // but we need to use SameLine() to setup baseline correctly. Might want to refactor SameLine() to simplify this.
+        SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+    }
+
+    // Convert back
+    if (value_changed && picker_active_window == NULL)
+    {
+        if (!value_changed_as_float)
+            for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
+                f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
+        {
+            g.ColorEditSavedHue = f[0];
+            g.ColorEditSavedSat = f[1];
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+            g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID;
+            g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0));
+        }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+
+        col[0] = f[0];
+        col[1] = f[1];
+        col[2] = f[2];
+        if (alpha)
+            col[3] = f[3];
+    }
+
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0;
+    PopID();
+    EndGroup();
+
+    // Drag and Drop Target
+    // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test.
+    if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget())
+    {
+        bool accepted_drag_drop = false;
+        if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
+        {
+            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 //-V1086
+            value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true;
+        }
+        if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
+        {
+            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components);
+            value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true;
+        }
+
+        // Drag-drop payloads are always RGB
+        if (accepted_drag_drop && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        EndDragDropTarget();
+    }
+
+    // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4().
+    if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
+
+    if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f };
+    if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha))
+        return false;
+    col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2];
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Helper for ColorPicker4()
+static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w, float alpha)
+{
+    ImU32 alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha);
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1,         pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x,             pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x,     pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8));
+}
+
+// Note: ColorPicker4() only accesses 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// (In C++ the 'float col[4]' notation for a function argument is equivalent to 'float* col', we only specify a size to facilitate understanding of the code.)
+// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..)
+// FIXME: this is trying to be aware of style.Alpha but not fully correct. Also, the color wheel will have overlapping glitches with (style.Alpha < 1.0)
+bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    const float width = CalcItemWidth();
+    const bool is_readonly = ((g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | g.CurrentItemFlags) & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) != 0;
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    PushID(label);
+    const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0);
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back();
+    BeginGroup();
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview;
+
+    // Context menu: display and store options.
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags);
+
+    // Read stored options
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));  // Check that only 1 is selected
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+
+    // Setup
+    int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4;
+    bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+    ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars
+    float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box
+    float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_TRUNC(bars_width * 0.20f);
+
+    float backup_initial_col[4];
+    memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float));
+
+    float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f;
+    float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f;
+    float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness;
+    ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size * 0.5f);
+
+    // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic.
+    float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f);
+    ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point.
+    ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point.
+    ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point.
+
+    float H = col[0], S = col[1], V = col[2];
+    float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2];
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+    {
+        // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
+        ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+    {
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B);
+    }
+
+    bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false;
+
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, true);
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
+    {
+        // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic
+        InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center;
+            ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center;
+            float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off);
+            if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner - 1) * (wheel_r_inner - 1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer + 1) * (wheel_r_outer + 1))
+            {
+                // Interactive with Hue wheel
+                H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI * 0.5f;
+                if (H < 0.0f)
+                    H += 1.0f;
+                value_changed = value_changed_h = true;
+            }
+            float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+            float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+            if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle)))
+            {
+                // Interacting with SV triangle
+                ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+                if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated))
+                    current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated);
+                float uu, vv, ww;
+                ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww);
+                V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f);
+                S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f);
+                value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
+            }
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
+    {
+        // SV rectangle logic
+        InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            ColorEditRestoreH(col, &H); // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square.
+            value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+
+        // Hue bar logic
+        SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y));
+        InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            value_changed = value_changed_h = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Alpha bar logic
+    if (alpha_bar)
+    {
+        SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y));
+        InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive())
+        {
+            col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+    }
+    PopItemFlag(); // ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+    {
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        BeginGroup();
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+    {
+        const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+        if (label != label_display_end)
+        {
+            if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+                SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+    {
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true);
+        ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+            Text("Current");
+
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip;
+        ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2));
+        if (ref_col != NULL)
+        {
+            Text("Original");
+            ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]);
+            if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)))
+            {
+                memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float));
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+        PopItemFlag();
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+
+    // Convert back color to RGB
+    if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+        {
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+            g.ColorEditSavedHue = H;
+            g.ColorEditSavedSat = S;
+            g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID;
+            g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0));
+        }
+        else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        {
+            col[0] = H;
+            col[1] = S;
+            col[2] = V;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor
+    bool value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = false;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x);
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker;
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
+            {
+                // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget.
+                // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050)
+                value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap);
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV);
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex);
+        PopItemWidth();
+    }
+
+    // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit4 call), if any
+    if (value_changed_fix_hue_wrap && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
+    {
+        float new_H, new_S, new_V;
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V);
+        if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0)
+        {
+            if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V)
+                ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+            else if (new_S <= 0)
+                ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (value_changed)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+        {
+            R = col[0];
+            G = col[1];
+            B = col[2];
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
+            ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V);   // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately.
+        }
+        else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        {
+            H = col[0];
+            S = col[1];
+            V = col[2];
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B);
+        }
+    }
+
+    const int style_alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(style.Alpha);
+    const ImU32 col_black = IM_COL32(0,0,0,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_white = IM_COL32(255,255,255,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_midgrey = IM_COL32(128,128,128,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_hues[6 + 1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8) };
+
+    ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, style.Alpha); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z);
+    ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f);
+    ImU32 user_col32_striped_of_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(R, G, B, style.Alpha)); // Important: this is still including the main rendering/style alpha!!
+
+    ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos;
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
+    {
+        // Render Hue Wheel
+        const float aeps = 0.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out).
+        const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12);
+        for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++)
+        {
+            const float a0 = (n)     /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps;
+            const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps;
+            const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc);
+            draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, 0, wheel_thickness);
+            const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+
+            // Paint colors over existing vertices
+            ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner);
+            ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner);
+            ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n + 1]);
+        }
+
+        // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel
+        float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+        float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+        ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f);
+        float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f;
+        int hue_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(hue_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others.
+        draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments);
+        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments);
+        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments);
+
+        // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue)
+        ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();
+        draw_list->PrimReserve(3, 3);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white);
+        draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f);
+        sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V));
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
+    {
+        // Render SV Square
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), col_white, hue_color32, hue_color32, col_white);
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0, 0, col_black, col_black);
+        RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+        sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S)     * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much
+        sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2);
+
+        // Render Hue Bar
+        for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), col_hues[i], col_hues[i], col_hues[i + 1], col_hues[i + 1]);
+        float bar0_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size);
+        RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha);
+    }
+
+    // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range)
+    float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? wheel_thickness * 0.55f : wheel_thickness * 0.40f;
+    int sv_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(sv_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others.
+    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, sv_cursor_segments);
+    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, sv_cursor_segments);
+    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, sv_cursor_segments);
+
+    // Render alpha bar
+    if (alpha_bar)
+    {
+        float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]);
+        ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size);
+        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(draw_list, bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0, bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+        float bar1_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size);
+        RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f);
+        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+
+    if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0)
+        value_changed = false;
+    if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0;
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// A little color square. Return true when clicked.
+// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip.
+// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip.
+// Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set.
+bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id);
+    const float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 size(size_arg.x == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.x, size_arg.y == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.y);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+        flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf);
+
+    ImVec4 col_rgb = col;
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z);
+
+    ImVec4 col_rgb_without_alpha(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, 1.0f);
+    float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f;
+    float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f);
+    ImRect bb_inner = bb;
+    float off = 0.0f;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0)
+    {
+        off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts.
+        bb_inner.Expand(off);
+    }
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f)
+    {
+        float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f);
+        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha
+        ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col_rgb : col_rgb_without_alpha;
+        if (col_source.w < 1.0f)
+            RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding);
+        else
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0)
+    {
+        if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
+            RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding);
+        else
+            window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border
+    }
+
+    // Drag and Drop Source
+    // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test.
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource())
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        else
+            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags);
+        SameLine();
+        TextEx("Color");
+        EndDragDropSource();
+    }
+
+    // Tooltip
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
+        ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf));
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// Initialize/override default color options
+void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_));    // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_));   // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_));     // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));      // Check only 1 option is selected
+    g.ColorEditOptions = flags;
+}
+
+// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None))
+        return;
+    const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text;
+    if (text_end > text)
+    {
+        TextEx(text, text_end);
+        Separator();
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+    int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+    ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz);
+    SameLine();
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        else
+            Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        else
+            Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f, A: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    }
+    EndTooltip();
+}
+
+void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_);
+    bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_);
+    if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context"))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LockMarkEdited++;
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions;
+    if (allow_opt_inputs)
+    {
+        if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB;
+        if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
+        if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
+    }
+    if (allow_opt_datatype)
+    {
+        if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator();
+        if (RadioButton("0..255",     (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8;
+        if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float;
+    }
+
+    if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype)
+        Separator();
+    if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1, 0)))
+        OpenPopup("Copy");
+    if (BeginPopup("Copy"))
+    {
+        int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+        char buf[64];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha))
+        {
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+            if (Selectable(buf))
+                SetClipboardText(buf);
+        }
+        EndPopup();
+    }
+
+    g.ColorEditOptions = opts;
+    EndPopup();
+    g.LockMarkEdited--;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+    bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+    if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context"))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LockMarkEdited++;
+    if (allow_opt_picker)
+    {
+        ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function
+        PushItemWidth(picker_size.x);
+        for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++)
+        {
+            // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection)
+            if (picker_type > 0) Separator();
+            PushID(picker_type);
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+            if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
+            if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
+            ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
+            if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup
+                g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+            SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos);
+            ImVec4 previewing_ref_col;
+            memcpy(&previewing_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4));
+            ColorPicker4("##previewing_picker", &previewing_ref_col.x, picker_flags);
+            PopID();
+        }
+        PopItemWidth();
+    }
+    if (allow_opt_alpha_bar)
+    {
+        if (allow_opt_picker) Separator();
+        CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+    }
+    EndPopup();
+    g.LockMarkEdited--;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TreeNode()
+// - TreeNodeV()
+// - TreeNodeEx()
+// - TreeNodeExV()
+// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal]
+// - TreePush()
+// - TreePop()
+// - GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+// - SetNextItemOpen()
+// - CollapsingHeader()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const char* label, *label_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args);
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const char* label, *label_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args);
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage;
+    storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)
+        return true;
+
+    // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage;
+
+    bool is_open;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen)
+    {
+        if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always)
+        {
+            is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal;
+            TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently.
+            const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1);
+            if (stored_value == -1)
+            {
+                is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal;
+                TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                is_open = stored_value != 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0;
+    }
+
+    // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior).
+    // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged.
+    if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef) < g.LogDepthToExpand)
+        is_open = true;
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, style.FramePadding.y));
+
+    if (!label_end)
+        label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+
+    const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2);   // Collapsing arrow width + Spacing
+    const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);            // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+    const float text_width = g.FontSize + label_size.x + padding.x * 2;                         // Include collapsing arrow
+
+    // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
+    const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2);
+    const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0 && (g.CurrentTable != NULL);
+    ImRect frame_bb;
+    frame_bb.Min.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    frame_bb.Max.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth) ? window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_width + padding.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height;
+    if (display_frame)
+    {
+        // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect
+        // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f)
+        frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f);
+        frame_bb.Max.x += IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y);
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y);
+
+    // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
+    ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb;
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns)) == 0)
+        interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f : 0.0f);
+
+    // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable..
+    const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x;
+    const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x;
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x;
+    }
+
+    // Compute open and multi-select states before ItemAdd() as it clear NextItem data.
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags);
+    bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id);
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect;
+    g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb;
+
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x;
+    }
+
+    // If a NavLeft request is happening and ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere enabled:
+    // Store data for the current depth to allow returning to this node from any child item.
+    // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop().
+    // It will become tempting to enable ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere by default or move it to ImGuiStyle.
+    // Currently only supports 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero, easy to increase.
+    if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+        if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
+        {
+            g.NavTreeNodeStack.resize(g.NavTreeNodeStack.Size + 1);
+            ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back();
+            nav_tree_node_data->ID = id;
+            nav_tree_node_data->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
+            nav_tree_node_data->NavRect = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
+            window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+        }
+
+    const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0;
+    if (!item_add)
+    {
+        if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+            TreePushOverrideID(id);
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+        return is_open;
+    }
+
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        TablePushBackgroundChannel();
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect;
+        g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap))
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap;
+    if (!is_leaf)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+
+    // We allow clicking on the arrow section with keyboard modifiers held, in order to easily
+    // allow browsing a tree while preserving selection with code implementing multi-selection patterns.
+    // When clicking on the rest of the tree node we always disallow keyboard modifiers.
+    const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x;
+    const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x;
+    const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2);
+    if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers;
+
+    // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags.
+    // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support.
+    // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default, when _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=1)
+    // - Double-click on label = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1)
+    // - Double-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1 and _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up.
+    // We set ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease on OpenOnDoubleClick because we want the item to be active on the initial MouseDown in order for drag and drop to work.
+    if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick;
+    else if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick;
+    else
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease;
+
+    bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0;
+    const bool was_selected = selected;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    bool toggled = false;
+    if (!is_leaf)
+    {
+        if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id)
+        {
+            if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id))
+                toggled = true;
+            if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)
+                toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job
+            if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2)
+                toggled = true;
+        }
+        else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold);
+            if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again.
+                toggled = true;
+        }
+
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open)
+        {
+            toggled = true;
+            NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority?
+        {
+            toggled = true;
+            NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+
+        if (toggled)
+        {
+            is_open = !is_open;
+            window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
+    if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact;
+    if (display_frame)
+    {
+        // Framed type
+        const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+        else if (!is_leaf)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f);
+        else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text
+            text_pos.x -= text_offset_x -padding.x;
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton)
+            frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x;
+
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Unframed typed for tree nodes
+        if (hovered || selected)
+        {
+            const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+            RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false);
+        }
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+        else if (!is_leaf)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (span_all_columns)
+        TablePopBackgroundChannel();
+
+    // Label
+    if (display_frame)
+        RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+    else
+        RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
+
+    if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+        TreePushOverrideID(id);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushID(str_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushID(ptr_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushOverrideID(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePop()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    Unindent();
+
+    window->DC.TreeDepth--;
+    ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+
+    // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled)
+    if (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask) // Only set during request
+    {
+        ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back();
+        IM_ASSERT(nav_tree_node_data->ID == window->IDStack.back());
+        if (g.NavIdIsAlive && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(&g.NavMoveResultLocal, nav_tree_node_data);
+        g.NavTreeNodeStack.pop_back();
+    }
+    window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much.
+    PopID();
+}
+
+// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet()
+float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+}
+
+// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenCond = (ImU8)(cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always);
+}
+
+// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
+// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode().
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label);
+}
+
+// p_visible == NULL                        : regular collapsing header
+// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == true  : show a small close button on the corner of the header, clicking the button will set *p_visible = false
+// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == false : do not show the header at all
+// Do not mistake this with the Open state of the header itself, which you can adjust with SetNextItemOpen() or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen.
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    if (p_visible && !*p_visible)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader;
+    if (p_visible)
+        flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap | (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags)ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton;
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label);
+    if (p_visible != NULL)
+    {
+        // Create a small overlapping close button
+        // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
+        // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow.
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        float button_size = g.FontSize;
+        float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_size);
+        float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+        ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id);
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y)))
+            *p_visible = false;
+        g.LastItemData = last_item_backup;
+    }
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Selectable()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
+// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id.
+// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap are also frequently used flags.
+// FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported.
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle.
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ItemSize(size, 0.0f);
+
+    // Fill horizontal space
+    // We don't support (size < 0.0f) in Selectable() because the ItemSpacing extension would make explicitly right-aligned sizes not visibly match other widgets.
+    const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0;
+    const float min_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x;
+    const float max_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth))
+        size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x);
+
+    // Text stays at the submission position, but bounding box may be extended on both sides
+    const ImVec2 text_min = pos;
+    const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y);
+
+    // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable.
+    ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0)
+    {
+        const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y;
+        const float spacing_L = IM_TRUNC(spacing_x * 0.50f);
+        const float spacing_U = IM_TRUNC(spacing_y * 0.50f);
+        bb.Min.x -= spacing_L;
+        bb.Min.y -= spacing_U;
+        bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L);
+        bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U);
+    }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); }
+
+    // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable..
+    const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x;
+    const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x;
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x;
+    }
+
+    const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None);
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x;
+    }
+
+    if (!item_add)
+        return false;
+
+    const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization
+        BeginDisabled();
+
+    // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only,
+    // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected.
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        if (g.CurrentTable)
+            TablePushBackgroundChannel();
+        else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+            PushColumnsBackground();
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect;
+        g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    }
+
+    // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner)     { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick)     { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease)   { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; }
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; }
+
+    const bool was_selected = selected;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+
+    // Auto-select when moved into
+    // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch
+    // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control
+    // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons
+    //   - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope())
+    //   - (2) usage will fail with clipped items
+    //   The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
+        if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id)
+            selected = pressed = true;
+
+    // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard
+    if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover)))
+    {
+        if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        {
+            SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, g.CurrentFocusScopeId, WindowRectAbsToRel(window, bb)); // (bb == NavRect)
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        }
+    }
+    if (pressed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
+    if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+
+    // Render
+    if (hovered || selected)
+    {
+        const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+    }
+    if (g.NavId == id)
+        RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
+
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        if (g.CurrentTable)
+            TablePopBackgroundChannel();
+        else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+            PopColumnsBackground();
+    }
+
+    RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb);
+
+    // Automatically close popups
+    if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup))
+        CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+    if (disabled_item && !disabled_global)
+        EndDisabled();
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed; //-V1020
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg))
+    {
+        *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Experimental] Currently not exposed in public API.
+// Consume character inputs and return search request, if any.
+// This would typically only be called on the focused window or location you want to grab inputs for, e.g.
+//   if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused(...))
+//       if (ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req = ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest())
+//           focus_idx = ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(req, my_items.size(), [](void*, int n) { return my_items[n]->Name; }, &my_items, -1);
+// However the code is written in a way where calling it from multiple locations is safe (e.g. to obtain buffer).
+ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTypingSelectState* data = &g.TypingSelectState;
+    ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* out_request = &data->Request;
+
+    // Clear buffer
+    const float TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER = 1.80f;          // FIXME: Potentially move to IO config.
+    const int TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK = 4; // Lock single char matching when repeating same char 4 times
+    if (data->SearchBuffer[0] != 0)
+    {
+        bool clear_buffer = false;
+        clear_buffer |= (g.NavFocusScopeId != data->FocusScope);
+        clear_buffer |= (data->LastRequestTime + TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER < g.Time);
+        clear_buffer |= g.NavAnyRequest;
+        clear_buffer |= g.ActiveId != 0 && g.NavActivateId == 0; // Allow temporary SPACE activation to not interfere
+        clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter);
+        clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) == 0;
+        //if (clear_buffer) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("GetTypingSelectRequest(): Clear SearchBuffer.\n"); }
+        if (clear_buffer)
+            data->Clear();
+    }
+
+    // Append to buffer
+    const int buffer_max_len = IM_ARRAYSIZE(data->SearchBuffer) - 1;
+    int buffer_len = (int)strlen(data->SearchBuffer);
+    bool select_request = false;
+    for (ImWchar w : g.IO.InputQueueCharacters)
+    {
+        const int w_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(&w, &w + 1);
+        if (w < 32 || (buffer_len == 0 && ImCharIsBlankW(w)) || (buffer_len + w_len > buffer_max_len)) // Ignore leading blanks
+            continue;
+        char w_buf[5];
+        ImTextCharToUtf8(w_buf, (unsigned int)w);
+        if (data->SingleCharModeLock && w_len == out_request->SingleCharSize && memcmp(w_buf, data->SearchBuffer, w_len) == 0)
+        {
+            select_request = true; // Same character: don't need to append to buffer.
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (data->SingleCharModeLock)
+        {
+            data->Clear(); // Different character: clear
+            buffer_len = 0;
+        }
+        memcpy(data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len, w_buf, w_len + 1); // Append
+        buffer_len += w_len;
+        select_request = true;
+    }
+    g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+
+    // Handle backspace
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
+    {
+        char* p = (char*)(void*)ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(data->SearchBuffer, data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len);
+        *p = 0;
+        buffer_len = (int)(p - data->SearchBuffer);
+    }
+
+    // Return request if any
+    if (buffer_len == 0)
+        return NULL;
+    if (select_request)
+    {
+        data->FocusScope = g.NavFocusScopeId;
+        data->LastRequestFrame = g.FrameCount;
+        data->LastRequestTime = (float)g.Time;
+    }
+    out_request->Flags = flags;
+    out_request->SearchBufferLen = buffer_len;
+    out_request->SearchBuffer = data->SearchBuffer;
+    out_request->SelectRequest = (data->LastRequestFrame == g.FrameCount);
+    out_request->SingleCharMode = false;
+    out_request->SingleCharSize = 0;
+
+    // Calculate if buffer contains the same character repeated.
+    // - This can be used to implement a special search mode on first character.
+    // - Performed on UTF-8 codepoint for correctness.
+    // - SingleCharMode is always set for first input character, because it usually leads to a "next".
+    if (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode)
+    {
+        const char* buf_begin = out_request->SearchBuffer;
+        const char* buf_end = out_request->SearchBuffer + out_request->SearchBufferLen;
+        const int c0_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(buf_begin, buf_end);
+        const char* p = buf_begin + c0_len;
+        for (; p < buf_end; p += c0_len)
+            if (memcmp(buf_begin, p, (size_t)c0_len) != 0)
+                break;
+        const int single_char_count = (p == buf_end) ? (out_request->SearchBufferLen / c0_len) : 0;
+        out_request->SingleCharMode = (single_char_count > 0 || data->SingleCharModeLock);
+        out_request->SingleCharSize = (ImS8)c0_len;
+        data->SingleCharModeLock |= (single_char_count >= TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK); // From now on we stop search matching to lock to single char mode.
+    }
+
+    return out_request;
+}
+
+static int ImStrimatchlen(const char* s1, const char* s1_end, const char* s2)
+{
+    int match_len = 0;
+    while (s1 < s1_end && ImToUpper(*s1++) == ImToUpper(*s2++))
+        match_len++;
+    return match_len;
+}
+
+// Default handler for finding a result for typing-select. You may implement your own.
+// You might want to display a tooltip to visualize the current request SearchBuffer
+// When SingleCharMode is set:
+// - it is better to NOT display a tooltip of other on-screen display indicator.
+// - the index of the currently focused item is required.
+//   if your SetNextItemSelectionData() values are indices, you can obtain it from ImGuiMultiSelectIO::NavIdItem, otherwise from g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData.
+int ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx)
+{
+    if (req == NULL || req->SelectRequest == false) // Support NULL parameter so both calls can be done from same spot.
+        return -1;
+    int idx = -1;
+    if (req->SingleCharMode && (req->Flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode))
+        idx = TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data, nav_item_idx);
+    else
+        idx = TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data);
+    if (idx != -1)
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    return idx;
+}
+
+// Special handling when a single character is repeated: perform search on a single letter and goes to next.
+int ImGui::TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx)
+{
+    // FIXME: Assume selection user data is index. Would be extremely practical.
+    //if (nav_item_idx == -1)
+    //    nav_item_idx = (int)g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData;
+
+    int first_match_idx = -1;
+    bool return_next_match = false;
+    for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++)
+    {
+        const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx);
+        if (ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SingleCharSize, item_name) < req->SingleCharSize)
+            continue;
+        if (return_next_match)                           // Return next matching item after current item.
+            return idx;
+        if (first_match_idx == -1 && nav_item_idx == -1) // Return first match immediately if we don't have a nav_item_idx value.
+            return idx;
+        if (first_match_idx == -1)                       // Record first match for wrapping.
+            first_match_idx = idx;
+        if (nav_item_idx == idx)                         // Record that we encountering nav_item so we can return next match.
+            return_next_match = true;
+    }
+    return first_match_idx; // First result
+}
+
+int ImGui::TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data)
+{
+    int longest_match_idx = -1;
+    int longest_match_len = 0;
+    for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++)
+    {
+        const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx);
+        const int match_len = ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SearchBufferLen, item_name);
+        if (match_len <= longest_match_len)
+            continue;
+        longest_match_idx = idx;
+        longest_match_len = match_len;
+        if (match_len == req->SearchBufferLen)
+            break;
+    }
+    return longest_match_idx;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* data)
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    Text("SearchBuffer = \"%s\"", data->SearchBuffer);
+    Text("SingleCharMode = %d, Size = %d, Lock = %d", data->Request.SingleCharMode, data->Request.SingleCharSize, data->SingleCharModeLock);
+    Text("LastRequest = time: %.2f, frame: %d", data->LastRequestTime, data->LastRequestFrame);
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(data);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data)
+{
+    // Note that flags will be cleared by ItemAdd(), so it's only useful for Navigation code!
+    // This designed so widgets can also cheaply set this before calling ItemAdd(), so we are not tied to MultiSelect api.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData;
+    g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData = selection_user_data;
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginListBox()
+// - EndListBox()
+// - ListBox()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label.
+// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty"
+// Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height).
+bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    // Size default to hold ~7.25 items.
+    // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
+    ImVec2 size = ImTrunc(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y));
+    ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+    {
+        ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+        ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb);
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x == 0.0f but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well.
+    BeginGroup();
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+    {
+        ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size);
+        AlignTextToFramePadding();
+    }
+
+    BeginChild(id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndListBox()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?");
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+
+    EndChild();
+    EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items)
+{
+    const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox().
+// Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently.
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Calculate size from "height_in_items"
+    if (height_in_items < 0)
+        height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7);
+    float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f;
+    ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImTrunc(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+
+    if (!BeginListBox(label, size))
+        return false;
+
+    // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different height,
+    // you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper.
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+    clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to.
+    clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item);
+    while (clipper.Step())
+        for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+        {
+            const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i);
+            if (item_text == NULL)
+                item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+
+            PushID(i);
+            const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+            if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+            {
+                *current_item = i;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+            if (item_selected)
+                SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            PopID();
+        }
+    EndListBox();
+
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - PlotEx() [Internal]
+// - PlotLines()
+// - PlotHistogram()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plot/Graph widgets are not very good.
+// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see:
+// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot
+// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return -1;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb))
+        return -1;
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+
+    // Determine scale from values if not specified
+    if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        float v_min = FLT_MAX;
+        float v_max = -FLT_MAX;
+        for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++)
+        {
+            const float v = values_getter(data, i);
+            if (v != v) // Ignore NaN values
+                continue;
+            v_min = ImMin(v_min, v);
+            v_max = ImMax(v_max, v);
+        }
+        if (scale_min == FLT_MAX)
+            scale_min = v_min;
+        if (scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+            scale_max = v_max;
+    }
+
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    const int values_count_min = (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? 2 : 1;
+    int idx_hovered = -1;
+    if (values_count >= values_count_min)
+    {
+        int res_w = ImMin((int)frame_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+        int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+
+        // Tooltip on hover
+        if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
+        {
+            const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
+            const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
+            IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count);
+
+            const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count);
+            const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count);
+            if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+                SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx + 1, v1);
+            else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+                SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0);
+            idx_hovered = v_idx;
+        }
+
+        const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w;
+        const float inv_scale = (scale_min == scale_max) ? 0.0f : (1.0f / (scale_max - scale_min));
+
+        float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count);
+        float t0 = 0.0f;
+        ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) );                       // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle
+        float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (1 + scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f);   // Where does the zero line stands
+
+        const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram);
+        const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered);
+
+        for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++)
+        {
+            const float t1 = t0 + t_step;
+            const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f);
+            IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count);
+            const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count);
+            const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) * inv_scale) );
+
+            // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU.
+            ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0);
+            ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t));
+            if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+            {
+                window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            }
+            else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+            {
+                if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f)
+                    pos1.x -= 1.0f;
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            }
+
+            t0 = t1;
+            tp0 = tp1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Text overlay
+    if (overlay_text)
+        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+
+    // Return hovered index or -1 if none are hovered.
+    // This is currently not exposed in the public API because we need a larger redesign of the whole thing, but in the short-term we are making it available in PlotEx().
+    return idx_hovered;
+}
+
+struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData
+{
+    const float* Values;
+    int Stride;
+
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; }
+};
+
+static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data;
+    const float v = *(const float*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride);
+    return v;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers
+// Those is not very useful, legacy API.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Value()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b)
+{
+    Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false"));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v)
+{
+    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
+{
+    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
+{
+    if (float_format)
+    {
+        char fmt[64];
+        ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format);
+        Text(fmt, prefix, v);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImGuiMenuColumns [Internal]
+// - BeginMenuBar()
+// - EndMenuBar()
+// - BeginMainMenuBar()
+// - EndMainMenuBar()
+// - BeginMenu()
+// - EndMenu()
+// - MenuItemEx() [Internal]
+// - MenuItem()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helpers for internal use
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing)
+{
+    if (window_reappearing)
+        memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths));
+    Spacing = (ImU16)spacing;
+    CalcNextTotalWidth(true);
+    memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths));
+    TotalWidth = NextTotalWidth;
+    NextTotalWidth = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets)
+{
+    ImU16 offset = 0;
+    bool want_spacing = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Widths); i++)
+    {
+        ImU16 width = Widths[i];
+        if (want_spacing && width > 0)
+            offset += Spacing;
+        want_spacing |= (width > 0);
+        if (update_offsets)
+        {
+            if (i == 1) { OffsetLabel = offset; }
+            if (i == 2) { OffsetShortcut = offset; }
+            if (i == 3) { OffsetMark = offset; }
+        }
+        offset += width;
+    }
+    NextTotalWidth = offset;
+}
+
+float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark)
+{
+    Widths[0] = ImMax(Widths[0], (ImU16)w_icon);
+    Widths[1] = ImMax(Widths[1], (ImU16)w_label);
+    Widths[2] = ImMax(Widths[2], (ImU16)w_shortcut);
+    Widths[3] = ImMax(Widths[3], (ImU16)w_mark);
+    CalcNextTotalWidth(false);
+    return (float)ImMax(TotalWidth, NextTotalWidth);
+}
+
+// FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere..
+// Currently the main responsibility of this function being to setup clip-rect + horizontal layout + menu navigation layer.
+// Ideally we also want this to be responsible for claiming space out of the main window scrolling rectangle, in which case ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar will become unnecessary.
+// Then later the same system could be used for multiple menu-bars, scrollbars, side-bars.
+bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+    BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore
+    PushID("##menubar");
+
+    // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect.
+    // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy.
+    ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+    ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y));
+    clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped);
+    PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false);
+
+    // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags).
+    window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y);
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true;
+    AlignTextToFramePadding();
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings.
+    if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    {
+        // Try to find out if the request is for one of our child menu
+        ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow;
+        while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow;
+        if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
+        {
+            // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame.
+            // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth bothering)
+            const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+            IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check (FIXME: Seems unnecessary)
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection.
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+            NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); // Repeat
+        }
+    }
+
+    IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+    PopClipRect();
+    PopID();
+    window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos.
+
+    // FIXME: Extremely confusing, cleanup by (a) working on WorkRect stack system (b) not using a Group confusingly here.
+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
+    group_data.EmitItem = false;
+    ImVec2 restore_cursor_max_pos = group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos;
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Scroll.x); // Convert ideal extents for scrolling layer equivalent.
+    EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = restore_cursor_max_pos;
+}
+
+// Important: calling order matters!
+// FIXME: Somehow overlapping with docking tech.
+// FIXME: The "rect-cut" aspect of this could be formalized into a lower-level helper (rect-cut: https://halt.software/dead-simple-layouts)
+bool ImGui::BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport_p, ImGuiDir dir, float axis_size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(dir != ImGuiDir_None);
+
+    ImGuiWindow* bar_window = FindWindowByName(name);
+    if (bar_window == NULL || bar_window->BeginCount == 0)
+    {
+        // Calculate and set window size/position
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)(viewport_p ? viewport_p : GetMainViewport());
+        ImRect avail_rect = viewport->GetBuildWorkRect();
+        ImGuiAxis axis = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+        ImVec2 pos = avail_rect.Min;
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+            pos[axis] = avail_rect.Max[axis] - axis_size;
+        ImVec2 size = avail_rect.GetSize();
+        size[axis] = axis_size;
+        SetNextWindowPos(pos);
+        SetNextWindowSize(size);
+
+        // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Left)
+            viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin[axis] += axis_size;
+        else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+            viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax[axis] -= axis_size;
+    }
+
+    window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Lift normal size constraint
+    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
+    PopStyleVar(2);
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();
+
+    // For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set.
+    // FIXME: This could be generalized as an opt-in way to clamp window->DC.CursorStartPos to avoid SafeArea?
+    // FIXME: Consider removing support for safe area down the line... it's messy. Nowadays consoles have support for TV calibration in OS settings.
+    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f));
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+    float height = GetFrameHeight();
+    bool is_open = BeginViewportSideBar("##MainMenuBar", viewport, ImGuiDir_Up, height, window_flags);
+    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    if (is_open)
+        BeginMenuBar();
+    else
+        End();
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
+{
+    EndMenuBar();
+
+    // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window
+    // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest)
+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
+
+    End();
+}
+
+static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if ((g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+        return false;
+
+    // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others
+    // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID.
+    // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PushID() user code submitting menus.
+    // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag,
+    // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects.
+    // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup
+    // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu.
+    // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer.
+    // This fixes the most common case of menu opening on hover when moving between window content and menu bar. Multiple different menu sets in same nav layer would still
+    // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart
+    // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into.
+    const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+    if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent != upper_popup->ParentNavLayer)
+        return false;
+    return upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) && ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(upper_popup->Window, window, true);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+
+    // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu)
+    // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get across (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+
+    // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin().
+    // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame.
+    // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. ImGuiStorage mapping key to last frame used.
+    if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id))
+    {
+        if (menu_is_open)
+            menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        else
+            g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();          // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return menu_is_open;
+    }
+
+    // Tag menu as used. Next time BeginMenu() with same ID is called it will append to existing menu
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id);
+
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent without always being a Child window)
+    // This is only done for items for the menu set and not the full parent window.
+    const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet();
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true);
+
+    // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu,
+    // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup().
+    // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering.
+    ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    PushID(label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+    const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
+    bool pressed;
+
+    // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another.
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar
+        // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction.
+        // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin()
+        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+        float w = label_size.x;
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, label_size.y));
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        PopStyleVar();
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu inside a regular/vertical menu
+        // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f.
+        //  Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system.
+        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
+        float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
+        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame
+        float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y));
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        if (icon_w > 0.0f)
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
+        RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ImGuiDir_Right);
+    }
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+
+    const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavDisableMouseHover;
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        PopItemFlag();
+
+    bool want_open = false;
+    bool want_open_nav_init = false;
+    bool want_close = false;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    {
+        // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu
+        // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive.
+        bool moving_toward_child_menu = false;
+        ImGuiPopupData* child_popup = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) ? &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size] : NULL; // Popup candidate (testing below)
+        ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL;
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL)
+        {
+            const float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI
+            const float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f;
+            const ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect();
+            ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta);
+            ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
+            ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
+            const float pad_farmost_h = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // Add a bit of extra slack.
+            ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f;
+            tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit;
+            tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit;
+            tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // Triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus
+            tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f);
+            moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos);
+            //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG]
+        }
+
+        // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not)
+        // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon.
+        // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.)
+        if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.ActiveId == 0)
+            want_close = true;
+
+        // Open
+        // (note: at this point 'hovered' actually includes the NavDisableMouseHover == false test)
+        if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open
+            want_open = true;
+        else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open
+            want_open = true;
+        else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= 0.30f && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 0.30f) // Hover to open (timer fallback)
+            want_open = true;
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open
+        {
+            want_open = want_open_nav_init = true;
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu bar
+        if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it
+        {
+            want_close = true;
+            want_open = menu_is_open = false;
+        }
+        else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others
+        {
+            want_open = true;
+        }
+        else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open
+        {
+            want_open = true;
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }'
+        want_close = true;
+    if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    PopID();
+
+    if (want_open && !menu_is_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size)
+    {
+        // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame if it is a different menu ID, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
+        OpenPopup(label);
+    }
+    else if (want_open)
+    {
+        menu_is_open = true;
+        OpenPopup(label, ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen);// | (want_open_nav_init ? ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit : 0));
+    }
+
+    if (menu_is_open)
+    {
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_in_parent = g.LastItemData;
+        SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always);                  // Note: misleading: the value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos.
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.PopupRounding); // First level will use _PopupRounding, subsequent will use _ChildRounding
+        menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags);                  // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        PopStyleVar();
+        if (menu_is_open)
+        {
+            // Implement what ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit would do:
+            // Perform an init request in the case the popup was already open (via a previous mouse hover)
+            if (want_open && want_open_nav_init && !g.NavInitRequest)
+            {
+                FocusWindow(g.CurrentWindow, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
+                NavInitWindow(g.CurrentWindow, false);
+            }
+
+            // Restore LastItemData so IsItemXXXX functions can work after BeginMenu()/EndMenu()
+            // (This fixes using IsItemClicked() and IsItemHovered(), but IsItemHovered() also relies on its support for ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck)
+            g.LastItemData = last_item_in_parent;
+            if (g.HoveredWindow == window)
+                g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+    }
+
+    return menu_is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
+{
+    return BeginMenuEx(label, NULL, enabled);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenu()
+{
+    // Nav: When a left move request our menu failed, close ourselves.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginMenu()/EndMenu() calls
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow;  // Should always be != NULL is we passed assert.
+    if (window->BeginCount == window->BeginCountPreviousFrame)
+        if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
+            if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window) && parent_window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical)
+            {
+                ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, true);
+                NavMoveRequestCancel();
+            }
+
+    EndPopup();
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    // See BeginMenuEx() for comments about this.
+    const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet();
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true);
+
+    // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73),
+    // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only.
+    bool pressed;
+    PushID(label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+
+    // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another.
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover;
+    const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful
+        // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark.
+        float w = label_size.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+        pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+        PopStyleVar();
+        if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)
+            RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu item inside a vertical menu
+        // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f.
+        //  Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system.
+        float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
+        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame
+        float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
+        pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y));
+        if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)
+        {
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label);
+            if (icon_w > 0.0f)
+                RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
+            if (shortcut_w > 0.0f)
+            {
+                PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+                RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
+                PopStyleColor();
+            }
+            if (selected)
+                RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f);
+        }
+    }
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+    PopID();
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        PopItemFlag();
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    return MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, selected, enabled);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    if (MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
+    {
+        if (p_selected)
+            *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTabBar()
+// - BeginTabBarEx() [Internal]
+// - EndTabBar()
+// - TabBarLayout() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal]
+// - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal]
+// - TabBarFindTabByOrder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarGetCurrentTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarGetTabName() [Internal]
+// - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarQueueFocus() [Internal]
+// - TabBarQueueReorder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarProcessReorderFromMousePos() [Internal]
+// - TabBarProcessReorder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal]
+// - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImGuiTabBarSection
+{
+    int                 TabCount;               // Number of tabs in this section.
+    float               Width;                  // Sum of width of tabs in this section (after shrinking down)
+    float               Spacing;                // Horizontal spacing at the end of the section.
+
+    ImGuiTabBarSection() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    static void             TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImU32            TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window);
+    static float            TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth();
+    static float            TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling);
+    static void             TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+}
+
+ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1;
+    LastTabItemIdx = -1;
+}
+
+static inline int TabItemGetSectionIdx(const ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    return (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerBySection(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs;
+    const int a_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(a);
+    const int b_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(b);
+    if (a_section != b_section)
+        return a_section - b_section;
+    return (int)(a->IndexDuringLayout - b->IndexDuringLayout);
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs;
+    return (int)(a->BeginOrder - b->BeginOrder);
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return ref.Ptr ? (ImGuiTabBar*)ref.Ptr : g.TabBars.GetByIndex(ref.Index);
+}
+
+static ImGuiPtrOrIndex GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.TabBars.Contains(tab_bar))
+        return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(g.TabBars.GetIndex(tab_bar));
+    return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(tab_bar);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id);
+    ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    tab_bar->ID = id;
+    tab_bar->SeparatorMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+    tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+    //if (g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, window, false, false))
+    flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused;
+    return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ID != 0);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID);
+
+    // Add to stack
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar));
+    g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar;
+
+    // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs.
+    tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount)
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY);
+        tab_bar->BeginCount++;
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // Ensure correct ordering when toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag, or when a new tab was added while being not reorderable
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) != (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (tab_bar->TabsAddedNew && !(flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)))
+        ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder);
+    tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = false;
+
+    // Flags
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
+
+    tab_bar->Flags = flags;
+    tab_bar->BarRect = tab_bar_bb;
+    tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab()
+    tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible;
+    tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight = tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight;
+    tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = 0.0f;
+    tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+    tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding;
+    tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0;
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1;
+    tab_bar->BeginCount = 1;
+
+    // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY);
+
+    // Draw separator
+    // (it would be misleading to draw this in EndTabBar() suggesting that it may be drawn over tabs, as tab bar are appendable)
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected);
+    if (g.Style.TabBarBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y;
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMinX, y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize), ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX, y), col);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTabBar()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Fallback in case no TabItem have been submitted
+    if (tab_bar->WantLayout)
+        TabBarLayout(tab_bar);
+
+    // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed().
+    const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing)
+    {
+        tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1)
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos;
+
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1;
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        PopID();
+
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back());
+}
+
+// Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling)
+static float TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections)
+{
+    return tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing;
+}
+
+// This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab()
+// The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions.
+static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    tab_bar->WantLayout = false;
+
+    // Garbage collect by compacting list
+    // Detect if we need to sort out tab list (e.g. in rare case where a tab changed section)
+    int tab_dst_n = 0;
+    bool need_sort_by_section = false;
+    ImGuiTabBarSection sections[3]; // Layout sections: Leading, Central, Trailing
+    for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n];
+        if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible || tab->WantClose)
+        {
+            // Remove tab
+            if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; }
+            if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; }
+            if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; }
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n)
+            tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n];
+
+        tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n];
+        tab->IndexDuringLayout = (ImS16)tab_dst_n;
+
+        // We will need sorting if tabs have changed section (e.g. moved from one of Leading/Central/Trailing to another)
+        int curr_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+        if (tab_dst_n > 0)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* prev_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n - 1];
+            int prev_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(prev_tab);
+            if (curr_tab_section_n == 0 && prev_tab_section_n != 0)
+                need_sort_by_section = true;
+            if (prev_tab_section_n == 2 && curr_tab_section_n != 2)
+                need_sort_by_section = true;
+        }
+
+        sections[curr_tab_section_n].TabCount++;
+        tab_dst_n++;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n)
+        tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n);
+
+    if (need_sort_by_section)
+        ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerBySection);
+
+    // Calculate spacing between sections
+    sections[0].Spacing = sections[0].TabCount > 0 && (sections[1].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount) > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f;
+    sections[1].Spacing = sections[1].TabCount > 0 && sections[2].TabCount > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f;
+
+    // Setup next selected tab
+    ImGuiID scroll_to_tab_id = 0;
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId)
+    {
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId;
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0;
+        scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    }
+
+    // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot).
+    if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0)
+    {
+        if (TabBarProcessReorder(tab_bar))
+            if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+                scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId;
+        tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!)
+    const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0;
+    if (tab_list_popup_button)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Min.x!
+            scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID;
+
+    // Leading/Trailing tabs will be shrink only if central one aren't visible anymore, so layout the shrink data as: leading, trailing, central
+    // (whereas our tabs are stored as: leading, central, trailing)
+    int shrink_buffer_indexes[3] = { 0, sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount, sections[0].TabCount };
+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size);
+
+    // Compute ideal tabs widths + store them into shrink buffer
+    ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL;
+    int curr_section_n = -1;
+    bool found_selected_tab_id = false;
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible);
+
+        if ((most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button))
+            most_recently_selected_tab = tab;
+        if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+            found_selected_tab_id = true;
+        if (scroll_to_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID)
+            scroll_to_tab_id = tab->ID;
+
+        // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar.
+        // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet,
+        // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window.
+        const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab);
+        const bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0 || (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument);
+        tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker).x;
+
+        int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+        ImGuiTabBarSection* section = &sections[section_n];
+        section->Width += tab->ContentWidth + (section_n == curr_section_n ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f);
+        curr_section_n = section_n;
+
+        // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6385);
+        ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* shrink_width_item = &g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++];
+        shrink_width_item->Index = tab_n;
+        shrink_width_item->Width = shrink_width_item->InitialWidth = tab->ContentWidth;
+        tab->Width = ImMax(tab->ContentWidth, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window)
+    tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal = 0.0f;
+    for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++)
+        tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal += sections[section_n].Width + sections[section_n].Spacing;
+
+    // Horizontal scrolling buttons
+    // (note that TabBarScrollButtons() will alter BarRect.Max.x)
+    if ((tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll))
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_and_select_tab = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar))
+        {
+            scroll_to_tab_id = scroll_and_select_tab->ID;
+            if ((scroll_and_select_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0)
+                tab_bar->SelectedTabId = scroll_to_tab_id;
+        }
+
+    // Shrink widths if full tabs don't fit in their allocated space
+    float section_0_w = sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing;
+    float section_1_w = sections[1].Width + sections[1].Spacing;
+    float section_2_w = sections[2].Width + sections[2].Spacing;
+    bool central_section_is_visible = (section_0_w + section_2_w) < tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth();
+    float width_excess;
+    if (central_section_is_visible)
+        width_excess = ImMax(section_1_w - (tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section_0_w - section_2_w), 0.0f); // Excess used to shrink central section
+    else
+        width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section
+
+    // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore
+    if (width_excess >= 1.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible))
+    {
+        int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount);
+        int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0);
+        ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data + shrink_data_offset, shrink_data_count, width_excess);
+
+        // Apply shrunk values into tabs and sections
+        for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index];
+            float shrinked_width = IM_TRUNC(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width);
+            if (shrinked_width < 0.0f)
+                continue;
+
+            shrinked_width = ImMax(1.0f, shrinked_width);
+            int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+            sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width);
+            tab->Width = shrinked_width;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Layout all active tabs
+    int section_tab_index = 0;
+    float tab_offset = 0.0f;
+    tab_bar->WidthAllTabs = 0.0f;
+    for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBarSection* section = &sections[section_n];
+        if (section_n == 2)
+            tab_offset = ImMin(ImMax(0.0f, tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section->Width), tab_offset);
+
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < section->TabCount; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n];
+            tab->Offset = tab_offset;
+            tab->NameOffset = -1;
+            tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f);
+        }
+        tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f);
+        tab_offset += section->Spacing;
+        section_tab_index += section->TabCount;
+    }
+
+    // Clear name buffers
+    tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0);
+
+    // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one
+    if (found_selected_tab_id == false)
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0;
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL)
+        scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID;
+
+    // Lock in visible tab
+    tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false;
+
+    // Apply request requests
+    if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0)
+        TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections);
+    else if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) && IsMouseHoveringRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, true) && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.CurrentWindow))
+    {
+        const float wheel = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? g.IO.MouseWheel : g.IO.MouseWheelH;
+        const ImGuiKey wheel_key = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY : ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX;
+        if (TestKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID) && wheel != 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float scroll_step = wheel * TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections) / 3.0f;
+            tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f;
+            tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - scroll_step);
+        }
+        SetKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID);
+    }
+
+    // Update scrolling
+    tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget);
+    if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget)
+    {
+        // Scrolling speed adjust itself so we can always reach our target in 1/3 seconds.
+        // Teleport if we are aiming far off the visible line
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, 70.0f * g.FontSize);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, ImFabs(tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim) / 0.3f);
+        const bool teleport = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount) || (tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility > 10.0f * g.FontSize);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = teleport ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : ImLinearSweep(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget, g.IO.DeltaTime * tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f;
+    }
+    tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing;
+    tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing;
+
+    // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame)
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min;
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->WidthAllTabs, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal);
+}
+
+// Dockable windows uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack.
+static ImU32   ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(docked_window == NULL); // master branch only
+    IM_UNUSED(docked_window);
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode)
+    {
+        ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(label);
+        KeepAliveID(id);
+        return id;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+        return window->GetID(label);
+    }
+}
+
+static float ImGui::TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize * 20.0f;
+}
+
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
+{
+    if (tab_id != 0)
+        for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++)
+            if (tab_bar->Tabs[n].ID == tab_id)
+                return &tab_bar->Tabs[n];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Order = visible order, not submission order! (which is tab->BeginOrder)
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order)
+{
+    if (order < 0 || order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    return &tab_bar->Tabs[order];
+}
+
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx < 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    return &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    if (tab->NameOffset == -1)
+        return "N/A";
+    IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset < tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Size);
+    return tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset;
+}
+
+// The *TabId fields are already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless.
+void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
+{
+    if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id))
+        tab_bar->Tabs.erase(tab);
+    if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab_id)      { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; }
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab_id)     { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; }
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; }
+}
+
+// Called on manual closure attempt
+void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+        return; // A button appended with TabItemButton().
+
+    if ((tab->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure)) == 0)
+    {
+        // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure.
+        // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure
+        tab->WantClose = true;
+        if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID)
+        {
+            tab->LastFrameVisible = -1;
+            tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup)
+        if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID)
+            TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
+    }
+}
+
+static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling)
+{
+    scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->WidthAllTabs - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth());
+    return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f);
+}
+
+// Note: we may scroll to tab that are not selected! e.g. using keyboard arrow keys
+static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections)
+{
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id);
+    if (tab == NULL)
+        return;
+    if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar)
+    int order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab);
+
+    // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling)
+    float scrollable_width = TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections);
+
+    // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler
+    float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f);
+    float tab_x2 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size - sections[2].TabCount ? margin : 1.0f);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f;
+    if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= scrollable_width))
+    {
+        // Scroll to the left
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1;
+    }
+    else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - scrollable_width)
+    {
+        // Scroll to the right
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - scrollable_width) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - scrollable_width;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(offset != 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
+    tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = tab->ID;
+    tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const bool is_central_section = (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0;
+    const float bar_offset = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - (is_central_section ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : 0);
+
+    // Count number of contiguous tabs we are crossing over
+    const int dir = (bar_offset + src_tab->Offset) > mouse_pos.x ? -1 : +1;
+    const int src_idx = tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(src_tab);
+    int dst_idx = src_idx;
+    for (int i = src_idx; i >= 0 && i < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; i += dir)
+    {
+        // Reordered tabs must share the same section
+        const ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[i];
+        if (dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)
+            break;
+        if ((dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_))
+            break;
+        dst_idx = i;
+
+        // Include spacing after tab, so when mouse cursor is between tabs we would not continue checking further tabs that are not hovered.
+        const float x1 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        const float x2 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset + dst_tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(ImVec2(x1, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(x2, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+        if ((dir < 0 && mouse_pos.x > x1) || (dir > 0 && mouse_pos.x < x2))
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if (dst_idx != src_idx)
+        TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, src_tab, dst_idx - src_idx);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId);
+    if (tab1 == NULL || (tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder))
+        return false;
+
+    //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools
+    int tab2_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset;
+    if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return false;
+
+    // Reordered tabs must share the same section
+    // (Note: TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos() also has a similar test but since we allow direct calls to TabBarQueueReorder() we do it here too)
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order];
+    if (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)
+        return false;
+    if ((tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_))
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1;
+    ImGuiTabItem* src_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 + 1 : tab2;
+    ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 : tab2 + 1;
+    const int move_count = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset : -tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset;
+    memmove(dst_tab, src_tab, move_count * sizeof(ImGuiTabItem));
+    *tab2 = item_tmp;
+
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+    return true;
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    const ImVec2 arrow_button_size(g.FontSize - 2.0f, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    const float scrolling_buttons_width = arrow_button_size.x * 2.0f;
+
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+
+    int select_dir = 0;
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    const float backup_repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay;
+    const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f;
+    float x = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width);
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        select_dir = -1;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        select_dir = +1;
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay;
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_scroll_to = NULL;
+    if (select_dir != 0)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
+        {
+            int selected_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab_item);
+            int target_order = selected_order + select_dir;
+
+            // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached
+            while (tab_to_scroll_to == NULL)
+            {
+                // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible
+                tab_to_scroll_to = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order];
+
+                // Cross through buttons
+                // (even if first/last item is a button, return it so we can update the scroll)
+                if (tab_to_scroll_to->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+                {
+                    target_order += select_dir;
+                    selected_order += select_dir;
+                    tab_to_scroll_to = (target_order < 0 || target_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? tab_to_scroll_to : NULL;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f;
+
+    return tab_to_scroll_to;
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // We use g.Style.FramePadding.y to match the square ArrowButton size
+    const float tab_list_popup_button_width = g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - g.Style.FramePadding.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x += tab_list_popup_button_width;
+
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest);
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL;
+    if (open)
+    {
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+                continue;
+
+            const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab);
+            if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID))
+                tab_to_select = tab;
+        }
+        EndCombo();
+    }
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    return tab_to_select;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTabItem()
+// - EndTabItem()
+// - TabItemButton()
+// - TabItemEx() [Internal]
+// - SetTabItemClosed()
+// - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal]
+// - TabItemBackground() [Internal]
+// - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return false;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); // BeginTabItem() Can't be used with button flags, use TabItemButton() instead!
+
+    bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags, NULL);
+    if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId))
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+        PushOverrideID(tab->ID); // We already hashed 'label' so push into the ID stack directly instead of doing another hash through PushID(label)
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTabItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0);
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+    if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId))
+        PopID();
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return false;
+    }
+    return TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, NULL, flags | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder, NULL);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window)
+{
+    // Layout whole tab bar if not already done
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (tab_bar->WantLayout)
+    {
+        ImGuiNextItemData backup_next_item_data = g.NextItemData;
+        TabBarLayout(tab_bar);
+        g.NextItemData = backup_next_item_data;
+    }
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label, docked_window);
+
+    // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render.
+    // We make a call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID.
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    if (p_open && !*p_open)
+    {
+        ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!p_open || !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button));
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) != (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)); // Can't use both Leading and Trailing
+
+    // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented)
+    if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton)
+        p_open = NULL;
+    else if (p_open == NULL)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton;
+
+    // Acquire tab data
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id);
+    bool tab_is_new = false;
+    if (tab == NULL)
+    {
+        tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem());
+        tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back();
+        tab->ID = id;
+        tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = tab_is_new = true;
+    }
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab);
+
+    // Calculate tab contents size
+    ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, (p_open != NULL) || (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument));
+    tab->RequestedWidth = -1.0f;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
+        size.x = tab->RequestedWidth = g.NextItemData.Width;
+    if (tab_is_new)
+        tab->Width = ImMax(1.0f, size.x);
+    tab->ContentWidth = size.x;
+    tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++;
+
+    const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0;
+    const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    const bool tab_just_unsaved = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument);
+    const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0;
+    tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab->Flags = flags;
+
+    // Append name _WITH_ the zero-terminator
+    if (docked_window != NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(docked_window == NULL); // master branch only
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tab->NameOffset = (ImS32)tab_bar->TabsNames.size();
+        tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1);
+    }
+
+    // Update selected tab
+    if (!is_tab_button)
+    {
+        if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0)
+            if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0)
+                TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // New tabs gets activated
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar
+            TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
+    }
+
+    // Lock visibility
+    // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!)
+    bool tab_contents_visible = (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == id);
+    if (tab_contents_visible)
+        tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = true;
+
+    // On the very first frame of a tab bar we let first tab contents be visible to minimize appearing glitches
+    if (!tab_contents_visible && tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar_appearing)
+        if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1 && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs))
+            tab_contents_visible = true;
+
+    // Note that tab_is_new is not necessarily the same as tab_appearing! When a tab bar stops being submitted
+    // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'.
+    if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new))
+    {
+        ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        if (is_tab_button)
+            return false;
+        return tab_contents_visible;
+    }
+
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == id)
+        tab->LastFrameSelected = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Backup current layout position
+    const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+
+    // Layout
+    const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0;
+    size.x = tab->Width;
+    if (is_central_section)
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_TRUNC(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f);
+    else
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+
+    // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation)
+    const bool want_clip_rect = is_central_section && (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX || bb.Max.x > tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX);
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true);
+
+    ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = backup_cursor_max_pos;
+
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+    {
+        if (want_clip_rect)
+            PopClipRect();
+        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
+        return tab_contents_visible;
+    }
+
+    // Click to Select a tab
+    // Allow the close button to overlap
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap);
+    if (g.DragDropActive)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    if (pressed && !is_tab_button)
+        TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
+
+    // Drag and drop: re-order tabs
+    if (held && !tab_appearing && IsMouseDragging(0))
+    {
+        if (!g.DragDropActive && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))
+        {
+            // While moving a tab it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x
+            if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x)
+            {
+                TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos);
+            }
+            else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x)
+            {
+                TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth)
+    {
+        // Enlarge tab display when hovering
+        bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_TRUNC(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f)));
+        display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+        TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive));
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Render tab shape
+    ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabDimmed));
+    TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col);
+    if (tab_contents_visible && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline))
+    {
+        float x_offset = IM_TRUNC(0.4f * style.TabRounding);
+        if (x_offset < 2.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale)
+            x_offset = 0.0f;
+        float y_offset = 1.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale;
+        display_draw_list->AddLine(bb.GetTL() + ImVec2(x_offset, y_offset), bb.GetTR() + ImVec2(-x_offset, y_offset), GetColorU32(tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline), 2.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+
+    // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget.
+    const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup);
+    if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)) && !is_tab_button)
+        TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
+
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;
+
+    // Render tab label, process close button
+    const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id) : 0;
+    bool just_closed;
+    bool text_clipped;
+    TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, tab_just_unsaved ? (flags & ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) : flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped);
+    if (just_closed && p_open != NULL)
+    {
+        *p_open = false;
+        TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab);
+    }
+
+    // Restore main window position so user can draw there
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PopClipRect();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
+
+    // Tooltip
+    // (Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer-> seems ok)
+    // (We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar, which g.HoveredId ignores)
+    // FIXME: This is a mess.
+    // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip?
+    if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held)
+        if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip))
+            SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label);
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected
+    if (is_tab_button)
+        return pressed;
+    return tab_contents_visible;
+}
+
+// [Public] This is call is 100% optional but it allows to remove some one-frame glitches when a tab has been unexpectedly removed.
+// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar().
+// Tabs closed by the close button will automatically be flagged to avoid this issue.
+void    ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool is_within_manual_tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar && !(g.CurrentTabBar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode);
+    if (is_within_manual_tab_bar)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+        ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label, NULL);
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id))
+            tab->WantClose = true; // Will be processed by next call to TabBarLayout()
+    }
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    if (has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker)
+        size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle.
+    else
+        size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f;
+    return ImVec2(ImMin(size.x, TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()), size.y);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow*)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(0); // This function exists to facilitate merge with 'docking' branch.
+    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col)
+{
+    // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const float width = bb.GetWidth();
+    IM_UNUSED(flags);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f);
+    const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f));
+    const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f;
+    const float y2 = bb.Max.y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize;
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2));
+    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9);
+    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12);
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2));
+    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+    if (g.Style.TabBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9);
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12);
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0, g.Style.TabBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
+// Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic
+// We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter.
+void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    if (out_just_closed)
+        *out_just_closed = false;
+    if (out_text_clipped)
+        *out_text_clipped = false;
+
+    if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f)
+        return;
+
+    // In Style V2 we'll have full override of all colors per state (e.g. focused, selected)
+    // But right now if you want to alter text color of tabs this is what you need to do.
+#if 0
+    const float backup_alpha = g.Style.Alpha;
+    if (!is_contents_visible)
+        g.Style.Alpha *= 0.7f;
+#endif
+
+    // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker
+    ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y);
+    ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb;
+
+    // Return clipped state ignoring the close button
+    if (out_text_clipped)
+    {
+        *out_text_clipped = (text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min.x + label_size.x) > text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x;
+        //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    }
+
+    const float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+    const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x - button_sz), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y);
+
+    // Close Button & Unsaved Marker
+    // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap()
+    //  'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button
+    //  'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button
+    //  'g.ActiveId==close_button_id' will be true when we are holding on the close button, in which case both hovered booleans are false
+    bool close_button_pressed = false;
+    bool close_button_visible = false;
+    if (close_button_id != 0)
+        if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton))
+            if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id)
+                close_button_visible = true;
+    bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x);
+
+    if (close_button_visible)
+    {
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos))
+            close_button_pressed = true;
+        g.LastItemData = last_item_backup;
+
+        // Close with middle mouse button
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2))
+            close_button_pressed = true;
+    }
+    else if (unsaved_marker_visible)
+    {
+        const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz));
+        RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+    }
+
+    // This is all rather complicated
+    // (the main idea is that because the close button only appears on hover, we don't want it to alter the ellipsis position)
+    // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist..
+    float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f;
+    if (close_button_visible || unsaved_marker_visible)
+    {
+        text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_visible ? (button_sz) : (button_sz * 0.80f);
+        text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max.x -= unsaved_marker_visible ? (button_sz * 0.80f) : 0.0f;
+        ellipsis_max_x = text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x;
+    }
+    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size);
+
+#if 0
+    if (!is_contents_visible)
+        g.Style.Alpha = backup_alpha;
+#endif
+
+    if (out_just_closed)
+        *out_just_closed = close_button_pressed;
+}
+
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h b/third-party/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
similarity index 75%
rename from third-party/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h
rename to third-party/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
index fafd889716..f6917e7a6e 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
@@ -1,9 +1,19 @@
-// stb_rect_pack.h - v0.08 - public domain - rectangle packing
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.01.
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+// 
+// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.01 - public domain - rectangle packing
 // Sean Barrett 2014
 //
 // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas.
 // Does not do rotation.
 //
+// Before #including,
+//
+//    #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+//
+// in the file that you want to have the implementation.
+//
 // Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than
 // the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what
 // this is meant to replace).
@@ -27,11 +37,20 @@
 //    Sean Barrett
 //  Minor features
 //    Martins Mozeiko
+//    github:IntellectualKitty
+//
 //  Bugfixes / warning fixes
 //    Jeremy Jaussaud
+//    Fabian Giesen
 //
 // Version history:
 //
+//     1.01  (2021-07-11)  always use large rect mode, expose STBRP__MAXVAL in public section
+//     1.00  (2019-02-25)  avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles
+//     0.99  (2019-02-07)  warning fixes
+//     0.11  (2017-03-03)  return packing success/fail result
+//     0.10  (2016-10-25)  remove cast-away-const to avoid warnings
+//     0.09  (2016-08-27)  fix compiler warnings
 //     0.08  (2015-09-13)  really fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0)
 //     0.07  (2015-09-13)  fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0)
 //     0.06  (2015-04-15)  added STBRP_SORT to allow replacing qsort
@@ -41,9 +60,7 @@
 //
 // LICENSE
 //
-//   This software is in the public domain. Where that dedication is not
-//   recognized, you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy,
-//   distribute, and modify this file as you see fit.
+//   See end of file for license information.
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
@@ -69,13 +86,12 @@ typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context;
 typedef struct stbrp_node    stbrp_node;
 typedef struct stbrp_rect    stbrp_rect;
 
-#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
 typedef int            stbrp_coord;
-#else
-typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord;
-#endif
 
-STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects);
+#define STBRP__MAXVAL  0x7fffffff
+// Mostly for internal use, but this is the maximum supported coordinate value.
+
+STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects);
 // Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type
 // 'stbrp_rect' defined below, stored in the array 'rects', and there
 // are 'num_rects' many of them.
@@ -96,6 +112,9 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int
 // arrays will probably produce worse packing results than calling it
 // a single time with the full rectangle array, but the option is
 // available.
+//
+// The function returns 1 if all of the rectangles were successfully
+// packed and 0 otherwise.
 
 struct stbrp_rect
 {
@@ -198,6 +217,14 @@ struct stbrp_context
 #define STBRP_ASSERT assert
 #endif
 
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define STBRP__NOTUSED(v)  (void)(v)
+#define STBRP__CDECL       __cdecl
+#else
+#define STBRP__NOTUSED(v)  (void)sizeof(v)
+#define STBRP__CDECL
+#endif
+
 enum
 {
    STBRP__INIT_skyline = 1
@@ -238,9 +265,6 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_ou
 STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes)
 {
    int i;
-#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
-   STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff);
-#endif
 
    for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i)
       nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1];
@@ -259,21 +283,19 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height,
    context->extra[0].y = 0;
    context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1];
    context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width;
-#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
    context->extra[1].y = (1<<30);
-#else
-   context->extra[1].y = 65535;
-#endif
    context->extra[1].next = NULL;
 }
 
 // find minimum y position if it starts at x1
-static int stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(stbrp_context *, stbrp_node *first, int x0, int width, int *pwaste)
+static int stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(stbrp_context *c, stbrp_node *first, int x0, int width, int *pwaste)
 {
-   //(void)c;
    stbrp_node *node = first;
    int x1 = x0 + width;
    int min_y, visited_width, waste_area;
+
+   STBRP__NOTUSED(c);
+
    STBRP_ASSERT(first->x <= x0);
 
    #if 0
@@ -333,6 +355,13 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
    width -= width % c->align;
    STBRP_ASSERT(width % c->align == 0);
 
+   // if it can't possibly fit, bail immediately
+   if (width > c->width || height > c->height) {
+      fr.prev_link = NULL;
+      fr.x = fr.y = 0;
+      return fr;
+   }
+
    node = c->active_head;
    prev = &c->active_head;
    while (node->x + width <= c->width) {
@@ -396,11 +425,11 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
          }
          STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > xpos && node->x <= xpos);
          y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, xpos, width, &waste);
-         if (y + height < c->height) {
+         if (y + height <= c->height) {
             if (y <= best_y) {
                if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) {
                   best_x = xpos;
-                  STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y);
+                  //STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); [DEAR IMGUI]
                   best_y = y;
                   best_waste = waste;
                   best = prev;
@@ -408,7 +437,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
             }
          }
          tail = tail->next;
-      }         
+      }
    }
 
    fr.prev_link = best;
@@ -478,17 +507,14 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i
    STBRP_ASSERT(cur->next == NULL);
 
    {
-      stbrp_node *L1 = NULL, *L2 = NULL;
       int count=0;
       cur = context->active_head;
       while (cur) {
-         L1 = cur;
          cur = cur->next;
          ++count;
       }
       cur = context->free_head;
       while (cur) {
-         L2 = cur;
          cur = cur->next;
          ++count;
       }
@@ -499,10 +525,10 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i
    return res;
 }
 
-static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
+static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
-   stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
-   stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
+   const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a;
+   const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b;
    if (p->h > q->h)
       return -1;
    if (p->h < q->h)
@@ -510,40 +536,20 @@ static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w);
 }
 
-static int rect_width_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
-{
-   stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
-   stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
-   if (p->w > q->w)
-      return -1;
-   if (p->w < q->w)
-      return  1;
-   return (p->h > q->h) ? -1 : (p->h < q->h);
-}
-
-static int rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b)
+static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
-   stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
-   stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
+   const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a;
+   const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b;
    return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed);
 }
 
-#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
-#define STBRP__MAXVAL  0xffffffff
-#else
-#define STBRP__MAXVAL  0xffff
-#endif
-
-STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
+STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
 {
-   int i;
+   int i, all_rects_packed = 1;
 
    // we use the 'was_packed' field internally to allow sorting/unsorting
    for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) {
       rects[i].was_packed = i;
-      #ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
-      STBRP_ASSERT(rects[i].w <= 0xffff && rects[i].h <= 0xffff);
-      #endif
    }
 
    // sort according to heuristic
@@ -566,8 +572,56 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int n
    // unsort
    STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_original_order);
 
-   // set was_packed flags
-   for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i)
+   // set was_packed flags and all_rects_packed status
+   for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) {
       rects[i].was_packed = !(rects[i].x == STBRP__MAXVAL && rects[i].y == STBRP__MAXVAL);
+      if (!rects[i].was_packed)
+         all_rects_packed = 0;
+   }
+
+   // return the all_rects_packed status
+   return all_rects_packed;
 }
 #endif
+
+/*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
+Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
+This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
+commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
+this software under copyright law.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/stb_textedit.h b/third-party/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
similarity index 70%
rename from third-party/imgui/stb_textedit.h
rename to third-party/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
index 3c3003252a..783054ab95 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/stb_textedit.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
-// [ImGui] this is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.8
-// [ImGui] - fixed some minor warnings
-// [ImGui] - added STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT/STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT custom handler (#473)
-
-// stb_textedit.h - v1.8  - public domain - Sean Barrett
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14.
+// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb:
+// - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321)
+// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000 + #6783)
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+// - Also renamed macros used or defined outside of IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION block from STB_TEXTEDIT_* to IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_*
+
+// stb_textedit.h - v1.14  - public domain - Sean Barrett
 // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools
 //
 // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing
@@ -17,24 +21,28 @@
 // texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo).
 //
 // Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls.
-// 
+//
 //
 // LICENSE
 //
-//   This software is dual-licensed to the public domain and under the following
-//   license: you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, modify,
-//   publish, and distribute this file as you see fit.
+// See end of file for license information.
 //
 //
 // DEPENDENCIES
 //
 // Uses the C runtime function 'memmove', which you can override
-// by defining STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation.
+// by defining IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation.
 // Uses no other functions. Performs no runtime allocations.
 //
 //
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.14 (2021-07-11) page up/down, various fixes
+//   1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management
+//   1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash
+//   1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield
+//   1.10 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
+//   1.9  (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word
 //   1.8  (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down
 //   1.7  (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0
 //   1.6  (2015-04-15) allow STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove
@@ -52,12 +60,14 @@
 //
 //   Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1
 //   Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5
-//   Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove
+//   Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove in 1.6
+//   Louis Schnellbach: page up/down in 1.14
 //
 //   Bugfixes:
 //      Scott Graham
 //      Daniel Keller
 //      Omar Cornut
+//      Dan Thompson
 //
 // USAGE
 //
@@ -87,8 +97,8 @@
 //   moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so
 //   it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes):
 //
-//        [4 + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT
-//      +      sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)      * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT
+//        [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT
+//      +          sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)      * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT
 //
 //
 // Implementation mode:
@@ -111,7 +121,7 @@
 // Symbols that must be the same in header-file and implementation mode:
 //
 //     STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE             the character type
-//     STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE         small type that a valid cursor position
+//     STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE         small type that is a valid cursor position
 //     STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT       the number of undo states to allow
 //     STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT        the number of characters to store in the undo buffer
 //
@@ -142,6 +152,8 @@
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT       keyboard input to move cursor right
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP          keyboard input to move cursor up
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN        keyboard input to move cursor down
+//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP        keyboard input to move cursor up a page
+//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN      keyboard input to move cursor down a page
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART   keyboard input to move cursor to start of line  // e.g. HOME
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND     keyboard input to move cursor to end of line    // e.g. END
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART   keyboard input to move cursor to start of text  // e.g. ctrl-HOME
@@ -164,14 +176,10 @@
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2          secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2            secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
 //
-// Todo:
-//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP        keyboard input to move cursor up a page
-//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN      keyboard input to move cursor down a page
-//
 // Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code
 // and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must
 // be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection,
-// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow.
+// i.e. (STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow.
 //
 // You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and
 // then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example,
@@ -200,7 +208,7 @@
 //    void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
 //    int  stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 //    int  stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len)
-//    void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key)
+//    void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXEDIT_KEYTYPE key)
 //
 //    Each of these functions potentially updates the string and updates the
 //    state.
@@ -213,20 +221,20 @@
 //          call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor
 //          and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must
 //          be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left.
-//     
+//
 //      drag:
 //          call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the
 //          cursor and the selection end point
-//     
+//
 //      cut:
 //          call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was
 //          one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer.
 //          (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.)
-//     
+//
 //      paste:
 //          call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current
 //          selection if there is one.
-//     
+//
 //      key:
 //          call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it
 //          for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to
@@ -234,8 +242,10 @@
 //          inputs, set a high bit to distinguish the two; then you can define the
 //          various definitions like STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT have the is-key-event bit
 //          set, and make STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOCHAR check that the is-key-event bit is
-//          clear.
-//     
+//          clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to
+//          anything other type you wante before including.
+//
+//
 //   When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from
 //   the STB_TexteditState.
 //
@@ -265,8 +275,8 @@
 ////
 ////
 
-#ifndef INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
-#define INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
+#ifndef INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H
+#define INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
@@ -277,35 +287,35 @@
 // and undo state.
 //
 
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT   99
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT   99
 #endif
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT   999
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT   999
 #endif
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE        int
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE        int
 #endif
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE    int
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE    int
 #endif
 
 typedef struct
 {
    // private data
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE  where;
-   short           insert_length;
-   short           delete_length;
-   short           char_storage;
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE  where;
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE  insert_length;
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE  delete_length;
+   int                        char_storage;
 } StbUndoRecord;
 
 typedef struct
 {
    // private data
-   StbUndoRecord          undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT];
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE  undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT];
+   StbUndoRecord          undo_rec [IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT];
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE  undo_char[IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT];
    short undo_point, redo_point;
-   short undo_char_point, redo_char_point;
+   int undo_char_point, redo_char_point;
 } StbUndoState;
 
 typedef struct
@@ -329,6 +339,10 @@ typedef struct
    // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide
    // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state
 
+   int row_count_per_page;
+   // page size in number of row.
+   // this value MUST be set to >0 for pageup or pagedown in multilines documents.
+
    /////////////////////
    //
    // private data
@@ -358,7 +372,7 @@ typedef struct
    float ymin,ymax;         // height of row above and below baseline
    int num_chars;
 } StbTexteditRow;
-#endif //INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
+#endif //INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H
 
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -371,11 +385,11 @@ typedef struct
 
 // implementation isn't include-guarded, since it might have indirectly
 // included just the "header" portion
-#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+#ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
 
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove
 #include <string.h>
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove
 #endif
 
 
@@ -385,7 +399,7 @@ typedef struct
 //
 
 // traverse the layout to locate the nearest character to a display position
-static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
+static int stb_text_locate_coord(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
 {
    StbTexteditRow r;
    int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
@@ -423,10 +437,9 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
    // check if it's before the end of the line
    if (x < r.x1) {
       // search characters in row for one that straddles 'x'
-      k = i;
       prev_x = r.x0;
-      for (i=0; i < r.num_chars; ++i) {
-         float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, k, i);
+      for (k=0; k < r.num_chars; ++k) {
+         float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, i, k);
          if (x < prev_x+w) {
             if (x < prev_x+w/2)
                return k+i;
@@ -446,8 +459,17 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
 }
 
 // API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection
-static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
+static void stb_textedit_click(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
 {
+   // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse
+   // goes off the top or bottom of the text
+   if( state->single_line )
+   {
+      StbTexteditRow r;
+      STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
+      y = r.ymin;
+   }
+
    state->cursor = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y);
    state->select_start = state->cursor;
    state->select_end = state->cursor;
@@ -455,11 +477,23 @@ static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat
 }
 
 // API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location
-static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
+static void stb_textedit_drag(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
 {
-   int p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y);
+   int p = 0;
+
+   // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse
+   // goes off the top or bottom of the text
+   if( state->single_line )
+   {
+      StbTexteditRow r;
+      STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
+      y = r.ymin;
+   }
+
    if (state->select_start == state->select_end)
       state->select_start = state->cursor;
+
+   p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y);
    state->cursor = state->select_end = p;
 }
 
@@ -469,11 +503,11 @@ static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state
 //
 
 // forward declarations
-static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
-static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
-static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length);
+static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
+static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
+static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length);
 static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length);
-static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length);
+static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length);
 
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -485,36 +519,21 @@ typedef struct
 
 // find the x/y location of a character, and remember info about the previous row in
 // case we get a move-up event (for page up, we'll have to rescan)
-static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line)
+static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line)
 {
    StbTexteditRow r;
    int prev_start = 0;
    int z = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
    int i=0, first;
 
-   if (n == z) {
-      // if it's at the end, then find the last line -- simpler than trying to
-      // explicitly handle this case in the regular code
-      if (single_line) {
-         STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
-         find->y = 0;
-         find->first_char = 0;
-         find->length = z;
-         find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin;
-         find->x = r.x1;
-      } else {
-         find->y = 0;
-         find->x = 0;
-         find->height = 1;
-         while (i < z) {
-            STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i);
-            prev_start = i;
-            i += r.num_chars;
-         }
-         find->first_char = i;
-         find->length = 0;
-         find->prev_first = prev_start;
-      }
+   if (n == z && single_line) {
+      // special case if it's at the end (may not be needed?)
+      STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
+      find->y = 0;
+      find->first_char = 0;
+      find->length = z;
+      find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin;
+      find->x = r.x1;
       return;
    }
 
@@ -525,9 +544,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s
       STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i);
       if (n < i + r.num_chars)
          break;
+      if (i + r.num_chars == z && z > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, z - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)  // [DEAR IMGUI] special handling for last line
+         break;   // [DEAR IMGUI]
       prev_start = i;
       i += r.num_chars;
       find->y += r.baseline_y_delta;
+      if (i == z) // [DEAR IMGUI]
+      {
+         r.num_chars = 0; // [DEAR IMGUI]
+         break;   // [DEAR IMGUI]
+      }
    }
 
    find->first_char = first = i;
@@ -537,7 +563,6 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s
 
    // now scan to find xpos
    find->x = r.x0;
-   i = 0;
    for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i)
       find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i);
 }
@@ -545,7 +570,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s
 #define STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(s)   ((s)->select_start != (s)->select_end)
 
 // make the selection/cursor state valid if client altered the string
-static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_textedit_clamp(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
@@ -559,7 +584,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat
 }
 
 // delete characters while updating undo
-static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len)
+static void stb_textedit_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len)
 {
    stb_text_makeundo_delete(str, state, where, len);
    STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, where, len);
@@ -567,7 +592,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *sta
 }
 
 // delete the section
-static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
@@ -604,7 +629,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_first(STB_TexteditState *state)
 }
 
 // move cursor to last character of selection
-static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
       stb_textedit_sortselection(state);
@@ -616,15 +641,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditStat
 }
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE
-static int is_word_boundary( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int _idx )
+static int is_word_boundary( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx )
 {
-   return _idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(_str,_idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(_str, _idx) ) ) : 1;
+   return idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str,idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, idx) ) ) : 1;
 }
 
 #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT
-static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int c )
+static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c )
 {
-   while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( _str, c ) )
+   --c; // always move at least one character
+   while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) )
       --c;
 
    if( c < 0 )
@@ -636,10 +662,11 @@ static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int c
 #endif
 
 #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT
-static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int c )
+static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c )
 {
-   const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(_str);
-   while( c < len && !is_word_boundary( _str, c ) )
+   const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
+   ++c; // always move at least one character
+   while( c < len && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) )
       ++c;
 
    if( c > len )
@@ -662,10 +689,10 @@ static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state)
 }
 
 // API cut: delete selection
-static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static int stb_textedit_cut(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
-      stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+      stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps
       state->has_preferred_x = 0;
       return 1;
    }
@@ -673,9 +700,8 @@ static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 }
 
 // API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text
-static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len)
+static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len)
 {
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext;
    // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it
    stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
    stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state);
@@ -686,21 +712,23 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state
       state->has_preferred_x = 0;
       return 1;
    }
-   // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters
-   if (state->undostate.undo_point)
-      --state->undostate.undo_point;
+   // note: paste failure will leave deleted selection, may be restored with an undo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/734 for details)
    return 0;
 }
 
+#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE int
+#endif
+
 // API key: process a keyboard input
-static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key)
+static void stb_textedit_key(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key)
 {
 retry:
    switch (key) {
       default: {
          int c = STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(key);
          if (c > 0) {
-            STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c;
+            IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c;
 
             // can't add newline in single-line mode
             if (c == '\n' && state->single_line)
@@ -714,7 +742,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
                   state->has_preferred_x = 0;
                }
             } else {
-               stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+               stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps
                if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) {
                   stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1);
                   ++state->cursor;
@@ -730,7 +758,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode;
          break;
 #endif
-         
+
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO:
          stb_text_undo(str, state);
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
@@ -745,7 +773,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection
          if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
             stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
-         else 
+         else
             if (state->cursor > 0)
                --state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
@@ -776,7 +804,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
             stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
          else {
-            state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor-1);
+            state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor);
             stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
          }
          break;
@@ -785,7 +813,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) )
             stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
 
-         state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor-1);
+         state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor);
          state->select_end = state->cursor;
 
          stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
@@ -794,10 +822,10 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT:
-         if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) 
+         if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
             stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state);
          else {
-            state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor+1);
+            state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor);
             stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
          }
          break;
@@ -806,7 +834,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) )
             stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
 
-         state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor+1);
+         state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor);
          state->select_end = state->cursor;
 
          stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
@@ -823,12 +851,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          break;
 
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN:
-      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN:
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
          StbFindState find;
          StbTexteditRow row;
-         int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+         int i, j, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+         int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN;
+         int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1;
 
-         if (state->single_line) {
+         if (!is_page && state->single_line) {
             // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right
             key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
             goto retry;
@@ -837,24 +869,32 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          if (sel)
             stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
          else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
-            stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state);
+            stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state);
 
          // compute current position of cursor point
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
 
-         // now find character position down a row
-         if (find.length) {
-            float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
-            float x;
+         for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) {
+            float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
             int start = find.first_char + find.length;
+
+            if (find.length == 0)
+               break;
+
+            // [DEAR IMGUI]
+            // going down while being on the last line shouldn't bring us to that line end
+            if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, find.first_char + find.length - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+               break;
+
+            // now find character position down a row
             state->cursor = start;
             STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor);
             x = row.x0;
             for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) {
                float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, start, i);
-               #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
-               if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
+               #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
+               if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
                   break;
                #endif
                x += dx;
@@ -869,17 +909,25 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 
             if (sel)
                state->select_end = state->cursor;
+
+            // go to next line
+            find.first_char = find.first_char + find.length;
+            find.length = row.num_chars;
          }
          break;
       }
-         
+
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP:
-      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP:
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
          StbFindState find;
          StbTexteditRow row;
-         int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+         int i, j, prev_scan, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+         int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP;
+         int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1;
 
-         if (state->single_line) {
+         if (!is_page && state->single_line) {
             // on windows, up&down become left&right
             key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
             goto retry;
@@ -894,18 +942,21 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
 
-         // can only go up if there's a previous row
-         if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) {
+         for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) {
+            float  x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
+
+            // can only go up if there's a previous row
+            if (find.prev_first == find.first_char)
+               break;
+
             // now find character position up a row
-            float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
-            float x;
             state->cursor = find.prev_first;
             STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor);
             x = row.x0;
             for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) {
                float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, find.prev_first, i);
-               #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
-               if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
+               #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
+               if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
                   break;
                #endif
                x += dx;
@@ -920,6 +971,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 
             if (sel)
                state->select_end = state->cursor;
+
+            // go to previous line
+            // (we need to scan previous line the hard way. maybe we could expose this as a new API function?)
+            prev_scan = find.prev_first > 0 ? find.prev_first - 1 : 0;
+            while (prev_scan > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, prev_scan - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+               --prev_scan;
+            find.first_char = find.prev_first;
+            find.prev_first = prev_scan;
          }
          break;
       }
@@ -949,7 +1008,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          }
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-         
+
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2:
 #endif
@@ -966,7 +1025,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          state->select_start = state->select_end = 0;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-        
+
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
 #endif
@@ -989,64 +1048,60 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2:
 #endif
-      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART: {
-         StbFindState find;
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART:
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
-         stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
-         state->cursor = find.first_char;
+         if (state->single_line)
+            state->cursor = 0;
+         else while (state->cursor > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+            --state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-      }
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2:
 #endif
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND: {
-         StbFindState find;
+         int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
-         stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
-
+         if (state->single_line)
+             state->cursor = n;
+         else while (state->cursor < n && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+             ++state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
-         state->cursor = find.first_char + find.length;
-         if (find.length > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
-            --state->cursor;
          break;
       }
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
 #endif
-      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
-         StbFindState find;
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
-         stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
-         state->cursor = state->select_end = find.first_char;
+         if (state->single_line)
+            state->cursor = 0;
+         else while (state->cursor > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+            --state->cursor;
+         state->select_end = state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-      }
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
 #endif
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
-         StbFindState find;
+         int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
-         stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
-         state->has_preferred_x = 0;
-         state->cursor = find.first_char + find.length;
-         if (find.length > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
-            --state->cursor;
+         if (state->single_line)
+             state->cursor = n;
+         else while (state->cursor < n && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+            ++state->cursor;
          state->select_end = state->cursor;
+         state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
       }
-
-// @TODO:
-//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP      - move cursor up a page
-//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN    - move cursor down a page
    }
 }
 
@@ -1058,8 +1113,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 
 static void stb_textedit_flush_redo(StbUndoState *state)
 {
-   state->redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
-   state->redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
+   state->redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
+   state->redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
 }
 
 // discard the oldest entry in the undo list
@@ -1070,14 +1125,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state)
       if (state->undo_rec[0].char_storage >= 0) {
          int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i;
          // delete n characters from all other records
-         state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point - (short) n;  // vsnet05
-         STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
+         state->undo_char_point -= n;
+         IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
          for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i)
             if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0)
-               state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage - (short) n; // vsnet05 // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it
+               state->undo_rec[i].char_storage -= n; // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it
       }
       --state->undo_point;
-      STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
+      IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
    }
 }
 
@@ -1087,21 +1142,31 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state)
 // fill up even though the undo buffer didn't
 static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state)
 {
-   int k = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1;
+   int k = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1;
 
    if (state->redo_point <= k) {
       // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up
       if (state->undo_rec[k].char_storage >= 0) {
          int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i;
-         // delete n characters from all other records
-         state->redo_char_point = state->redo_char_point + (short) n; // vsnet05
-         STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
+         // move the remaining redo character data to the end of the buffer
+         state->redo_char_point += n;
+         IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
+         // adjust the position of all the other records to account for above memmove
          for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i)
             if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0)
-               state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage + (short) n; // vsnet05
+               state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n;
       }
+      // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point'
+      // [DEAR IMGUI]
+      size_t move_size = (size_t)((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]));
+      const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin;
+      const char* buf_end   = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end;
+      IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin);
+      IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end);
+      IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size);
+
+      // now move redo_point to point to the new one
       ++state->redo_point;
-      STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point-1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point)*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
    }
 }
 
@@ -1112,44 +1177,44 @@ static StbUndoRecord *stb_text_create_undo_record(StbUndoState *state, int numch
 
    // if we have no free records, we have to make room, by sliding the
    // existing records down
-   if (state->undo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+   if (state->undo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
       stb_textedit_discard_undo(state);
 
    // if the characters to store won't possibly fit in the buffer, we can't undo
-   if (numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
+   if (numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
       state->undo_point = 0;
       state->undo_char_point = 0;
       return NULL;
    }
 
    // if we don't have enough free characters in the buffer, we have to make room
-   while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT)
+   while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT)
       stb_textedit_discard_undo(state);
 
    return &state->undo_rec[state->undo_point++];
 }
 
-static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len)
+static IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len)
 {
    StbUndoRecord *r = stb_text_create_undo_record(state, insert_len);
    if (r == NULL)
       return NULL;
 
    r->where = pos;
-   r->insert_length = (short) insert_len;
-   r->delete_length = (short) delete_len;
+   r->insert_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len;
+   r->delete_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len;
 
    if (insert_len == 0) {
       r->char_storage = -1;
       return NULL;
    } else {
       r->char_storage = state->undo_char_point;
-      state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point + (short) insert_len;
+      state->undo_char_point += insert_len;
       return &state->undo_char[r->char_storage];
    }
 }
 
-static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate;
    StbUndoRecord u, *r;
@@ -1176,7 +1241,7 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
       //    characters stored for *undoing* don't leave room for redo
       // if the last is true, we have to bail
 
-      if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
+      if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
          // the undo records take up too much character space; there's no space to store the redo characters
          r->insert_length = 0;
       } else {
@@ -1184,16 +1249,16 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 
          // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually
          while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) {
-            // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record
-            stb_textedit_discard_redo(s);
             // should never happen:
-            if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+            if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
                return;
+            // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record
+            stb_textedit_discard_redo(s);
          }
          r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1];
 
          r->char_storage = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length;
-         s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - (short) u.delete_length;
+         s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length;
 
          // now save the characters
          for (i=0; i < u.delete_length; ++i)
@@ -1217,11 +1282,11 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
    s->redo_point--;
 }
 
-static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate;
    StbUndoRecord *u, r;
-   if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+   if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
       return;
 
    // we need to do two things: apply the redo record, and create an undo record
@@ -1259,6 +1324,7 @@ static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
    if (r.insert_length) {
       // easy case: need to insert n characters
       STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, r.where, &s->undo_char[r.char_storage], r.insert_length);
+      s->redo_char_point += r.insert_length;
    }
 
    state->cursor = r.where + r.insert_length;
@@ -1272,20 +1338,20 @@ static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int le
    stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, 0, length);
 }
 
-static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length)
+static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length)
 {
    int i;
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0);
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0);
    if (p) {
       for (i=0; i < length; ++i)
          p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i);
    }
 }
 
-static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length)
+static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length)
 {
    int i;
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length);
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length);
    if (p) {
       for (i=0; i < old_length; ++i)
          p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i);
@@ -1297,8 +1363,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin
 {
    state->undostate.undo_point = 0;
    state->undostate.undo_char_point = 0;
-   state->undostate.redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
-   state->undostate.redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
+   state->undostate.redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
+   state->undostate.redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
    state->select_end = state->select_start = 0;
    state->cursor = 0;
    state->has_preferred_x = 0;
@@ -1307,6 +1373,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin
    state->initialized = 1;
    state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line;
    state->insert_mode = 0;
+   state->row_count_per_page = 0;
 }
 
 // API initialize
@@ -1314,4 +1381,61 @@ static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_singl
 {
    stb_textedit_clear_state(state, is_single_line);
 }
-#endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"
+#endif
+
+static int stb_textedit_paste(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len)
+{
+   return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len);
+}
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#endif//IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+/*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
+Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
+This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
+commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
+this software under copyright law.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/stb_truetype.h b/third-party/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
similarity index 59%
rename from third-party/imgui/stb_truetype.h
rename to third-party/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
index e7bdc0ed2c..976f09cb92 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/stb_truetype.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
@@ -1,11 +1,26 @@
-// stb_truetype.h - v1.10 - public domain
-// authored from 2009-2015 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.26.
+// Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings.
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+
+// stb_truetype.h - v1.26 - public domain
+// authored from 2009-2021 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools
+//
+// =======================================================================
+//
+//    NO SECURITY GUARANTEE -- DO NOT USE THIS ON UNTRUSTED FONT FILES
+//
+// This library does no range checking of the offsets found in the file,
+// meaning an attacker can use it to read arbitrary memory.
+//
+// =======================================================================
 //
 //   This library processes TrueType files:
 //        parse files
 //        extract glyph metrics
 //        extract glyph shapes
 //        render glyphs to one-channel bitmaps with antialiasing (box filter)
+//        render glyphs to one-channel SDF bitmaps (signed-distance field/function)
 //
 //   Todo:
 //        non-MS cmaps
@@ -20,37 +35,50 @@
 //
 //   Mikko Mononen: compound shape support, more cmap formats
 //   Tor Andersson: kerning, subpixel rendering
+//   Dougall Johnson: OpenType / Type 2 font handling
+//   Daniel Ribeiro Maciel: basic GPOS-based kerning
 //
 //   Misc other:
 //       Ryan Gordon
 //       Simon Glass
+//       github:IntellectualKitty
+//       Imanol Celaya
+//       Daniel Ribeiro Maciel
 //
 //   Bug/warning reports/fixes:
-//       "Zer" on mollyrocket (with fix)
-//       Cass Everitt
-//       stoiko (Haemimont Games)
-//       Brian Hook 
-//       Walter van Niftrik
-//       David Gow
-//       David Given
-//       Ivan-Assen Ivanov
-//       Anthony Pesch
-//       Johan Duparc
-//       Hou Qiming
-//       Fabian "ryg" Giesen
-//       Martins Mozeiko
-//       Cap Petschulat
-//       Omar Cornut
-//       github:aloucks
-//       Peter LaValle
-//       Sergey Popov
-//       Giumo X. Clanjor
-//       Higor Euripedes
-//       Thomas Fields
-//       Derek Vinyard
+//       "Zer" on mollyrocket       Fabian "ryg" Giesen   github:NiLuJe
+//       Cass Everitt               Martins Mozeiko       github:aloucks
+//       stoiko (Haemimont Games)   Cap Petschulat        github:oyvindjam
+//       Brian Hook                 Omar Cornut           github:vassvik
+//       Walter van Niftrik         Ryan Griege
+//       David Gow                  Peter LaValle
+//       David Given                Sergey Popov
+//       Ivan-Assen Ivanov          Giumo X. Clanjor
+//       Anthony Pesch              Higor Euripedes
+//       Johan Duparc               Thomas Fields
+//       Hou Qiming                 Derek Vinyard
+//       Rob Loach                  Cort Stratton
+//       Kenney Phillis Jr.         Brian Costabile
+//       Ken Voskuil (kaesve)
 //
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.26 (2021-08-28) fix broken rasterizer
+//   1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes
+//   1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning
+//   1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS)
+//   1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined
+//   1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning
+//   1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics()
+//   1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod
+//   1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function
+//   1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix
+//   1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support
+//   1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const
+//   1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function
+//   1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts
+//   1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
+//   1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning
 //   1.10 (2016-04-02) user-defined fabs(); rare memory leak; remove duplicate typedef
 //   1.09 (2016-01-16) warning fix; avoid crash on outofmem; use allocation userdata properly
 //   1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges
@@ -59,24 +87,16 @@
 //                     fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?);
 //                     fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer
 //                     replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer
-//   1.06 (2015-07-14) performance improvements (~35% faster on x86 and x64 on test machine)
-//                     also more precise AA rasterizer, except if shapes overlap
-//                     remove need for STBTT_sort
-//   1.05 (2015-04-15) fix misplaced definitions for STBTT_STATIC
-//   1.04 (2015-04-15) typo in example
-//   1.03 (2015-04-12) STBTT_STATIC, fix memory leak in new packing, various fixes
 //
 //   Full history can be found at the end of this file.
 //
 // LICENSE
 //
-//   This software is dual-licensed to the public domain and under the following
-//   license: you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, modify,
-//   publish, and distribute this file as you see fit.
+//   See end of file for license information.
 //
 // USAGE
 //
-//   Include this file in whatever places neeed to refer to it. In ONE C/C++
+//   Include this file in whatever places need to refer to it. In ONE C/C++
 //   file, write:
 //      #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 //   before the #include of this file. This expands out the actual
@@ -92,14 +112,15 @@
 //   Improved 3D API (more shippable):
 //           #include "stb_rect_pack.h"           -- optional, but you really want it
 //           stbtt_PackBegin()
-//           stbtt_PackSetOversample()            -- for improved quality on small fonts
+//           stbtt_PackSetOversampling()          -- for improved quality on small fonts
 //           stbtt_PackFontRanges()               -- pack and renders
 //           stbtt_PackEnd()
 //           stbtt_GetPackedQuad()
 //
 //   "Load" a font file from a memory buffer (you have to keep the buffer loaded)
 //           stbtt_InitFont()
-//           stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex()        -- use for TTC font collections
+//           stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex()        -- indexing for TTC font collections
+//           stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts()             -- number of fonts for TTC font collections
 //
 //   Render a unicode codepoint to a bitmap
 //           stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap()           -- allocates and returns a bitmap
@@ -109,6 +130,7 @@
 //   Character advance/positioning
 //           stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics()
 //           stbtt_GetFontVMetrics()
+//           stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2()
 //           stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance()
 //
 //   Starting with version 1.06, the rasterizer was replaced with a new,
@@ -164,7 +186,7 @@
 //         measurement for describing font size, defined as 72 points per inch.
 //         stb_truetype provides a point API for compatibility. However, true
 //         "per inch" conventions don't make much sense on computer displays
-//         since they different monitors have different number of pixels per
+//         since different monitors have different number of pixels per
 //         inch. For example, Windows traditionally uses a convention that
 //         there are 96 pixels per inch, thus making 'inch' measurements have
 //         nothing to do with inches, and thus effectively defining a point to
@@ -174,6 +196,39 @@
 //         for non-commercial fonts, thus making fonts scaled in points
 //         according to the TrueType spec incoherently sized in practice.
 //
+// DETAILED USAGE:
+//
+//  Scale:
+//    Select how high you want the font to be, in points or pixels.
+//    Call ScaleForPixelHeight or ScaleForMappingEmToPixels to compute
+//    a scale factor SF that will be used by all other functions.
+//
+//  Baseline:
+//    You need to select a y-coordinate that is the baseline of where
+//    your text will appear. Call GetFontBoundingBox to get the baseline-relative
+//    bounding box for all characters. SF*-y0 will be the distance in pixels
+//    that the worst-case character could extend above the baseline, so if
+//    you want the top edge of characters to appear at the top of the
+//    screen where y=0, then you would set the baseline to SF*-y0.
+//
+//  Current point:
+//    Set the current point where the first character will appear. The
+//    first character could extend left of the current point; this is font
+//    dependent. You can either choose a current point that is the leftmost
+//    point and hope, or add some padding, or check the bounding box or
+//    left-side-bearing of the first character to be displayed and set
+//    the current point based on that.
+//
+//  Displaying a character:
+//    Compute the bounding box of the character. It will contain signed values
+//    relative to <current_point, baseline>. I.e. if it returns x0,y0,x1,y1,
+//    then the character should be displayed in the rectangle from
+//    <current_point+SF*x0, baseline+SF*y0> to <current_point+SF*x1,baseline+SF*y1).
+//
+//  Advancing for the next character:
+//    Call GlyphHMetrics, and compute 'current_point += SF * advance'.
+//
+//
 // ADVANCED USAGE
 //
 //   Quality:
@@ -208,19 +263,6 @@
 //   recommend it.
 //
 //
-// SOURCE STATISTICS (based on v0.6c, 2050 LOC)
-//
-//   Documentation & header file        520 LOC  \___ 660 LOC documentation
-//   Sample code                        140 LOC  /
-//   Truetype parsing                   620 LOC  ---- 620 LOC TrueType
-//   Software rasterization             240 LOC  \                           .
-//   Curve tesselation                  120 LOC   \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation
-//   Bitmap management                  100 LOC   /
-//   Baked bitmap interface              70 LOC  /
-//   Font name matching & access        150 LOC  ---- 150 
-//   C runtime library abstraction       60 LOC  ----  60
-//
-//
 // PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR 1.06:
 //
 //                      32-bit     64-bit
@@ -235,8 +277,8 @@
 ////  SAMPLE PROGRAMS
 ////
 //
-//  Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless
-//
+//  Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless.
+//  See "tests/truetype_demo_win32.c" for a complete version.
 #if 0
 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION  // force following include to generate implementation
 #include "stb_truetype.h"
@@ -262,6 +304,8 @@ void my_stbtt_initfont(void)
 void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text)
 {
    // assume orthographic projection with units = screen pixels, origin at top left
+   glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+   glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ftex);
    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
@@ -269,10 +313,10 @@ void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text)
       if (*text >= 32 && *text < 128) {
          stbtt_aligned_quad q;
          stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9
-         glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0);
-         glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0);
-         glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1);
-         glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1);
+         glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0);
+         glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0);
+         glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1);
+         glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1);
       }
       ++text;
    }
@@ -310,7 +354,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
    }
    return 0;
 }
-#endif 
+#endif
 //
 // Output:
 //
@@ -324,9 +368,9 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 //  :@@.  M@M
 //   @@@o@@@@
 //   :M@@V:@@.
-//  
+//
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// 
+//
 // Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs
 //
 #if 0
@@ -380,7 +424,8 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
 ////   INTEGRATION WITH YOUR CODEBASE
 ////
 ////   The following sections allow you to supply alternate definitions
-////   of C library functions used by stb_truetype.
+////   of C library functions used by stb_truetype, e.g. if you don't
+////   link with the C runtime library.
 
 #ifdef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
    // #define your own (u)stbtt_int8/16/32 before including to override this
@@ -396,7 +441,7 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
    typedef char stbtt__check_size32[sizeof(stbtt_int32)==4 ? 1 : -1];
    typedef char stbtt__check_size16[sizeof(stbtt_int16)==2 ? 1 : -1];
 
-   // #define your own STBTT_ifloor/STBTT_iceil() to avoid math.h
+   // e.g. #define your own STBTT_ifloor/STBTT_iceil() to avoid math.h
    #ifndef STBTT_ifloor
    #include <math.h>
    #define STBTT_ifloor(x)   ((int) floor(x))
@@ -406,6 +451,18 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
    #ifndef STBTT_sqrt
    #include <math.h>
    #define STBTT_sqrt(x)      sqrt(x)
+   #define STBTT_pow(x,y)     pow(x,y)
+   #endif
+
+   #ifndef STBTT_fmod
+   #include <math.h>
+   #define STBTT_fmod(x,y)    fmod(x,y)
+   #endif
+
+   #ifndef STBTT_cos
+   #include <math.h>
+   #define STBTT_cos(x)       cos(x)
+   #define STBTT_acos(x)      acos(x)
    #endif
 
    #ifndef STBTT_fabs
@@ -431,7 +488,7 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
    #endif
 
    #ifndef STBTT_memcpy
-   #include <memory.h>
+   #include <string.h>
    #define STBTT_memcpy       memcpy
    #define STBTT_memset       memset
    #endif
@@ -457,6 +514,14 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
+// private structure
+typedef struct
+{
+   unsigned char *data;
+   int cursor;
+   int size;
+} stbtt__buf;
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // TEXTURE BAKING API
@@ -486,7 +551,7 @@ typedef struct
    float x1,y1,s1,t1; // bottom-right
 } stbtt_aligned_quad;
 
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
                                int char_index,             // character to display
                                float *xpos, float *ypos,   // pointers to current position in screen pixel space
                                stbtt_aligned_quad *q,      // output: quad to draw
@@ -501,6 +566,8 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  //
 //
 // It's inefficient; you might want to c&p it and optimize it.
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap);
+// Query the font vertical metrics without having to create a font first.
 
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -526,7 +593,7 @@ typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect;
 STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int width, int height, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context);
 // Initializes a packing context stored in the passed-in stbtt_pack_context.
 // Future calls using this context will pack characters into the bitmap passed
-// in here: a 1-channel bitmap that is weight x height. stride_in_bytes is
+// in here: a 1-channel bitmap that is width * height. stride_in_bytes is
 // the distance from one row to the next (or 0 to mean they are packed tightly
 // together). "padding" is the amount of padding to leave between each
 // character (normally you want '1' for bitmaps you'll use as textures with
@@ -539,7 +606,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd  (stbtt_pack_context *spc);
 
 #define STBTT_POINT_SIZE(x)   (-(x))
 
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
                                 int first_unicode_char_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range);
 // Creates character bitmaps from the font_index'th font found in fontdata (use
 // font_index=0 if you don't know what that is). It creates num_chars_in_range
@@ -564,7 +631,7 @@ typedef struct
    unsigned char h_oversample, v_oversample; // don't set these, they're used internally
 } stbtt_pack_range;
 
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges);
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges);
 // Creates character bitmaps from multiple ranges of characters stored in
 // ranges. This will usually create a better-packed bitmap than multiple
 // calls to stbtt_PackFontRange. Note that you can call this multiple
@@ -586,19 +653,25 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
 // To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls
 // call to PackFontRangesGatherRects.
 
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip);
+// If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which
+// there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then
+// codepoints without a glyph received the font's "missing character" glyph,
+// typically an empty box by convention.
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
                                int char_index,             // character to display
                                float *xpos, float *ypos,   // pointers to current position in screen pixel space
                                stbtt_aligned_quad *q,      // output: quad to draw
                                int align_to_integer);
 
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects);
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
 // Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling
 // stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple
 // fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look
-// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version 
+// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version
 // using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times,
 // building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once,
 // then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a
@@ -614,6 +687,7 @@ struct stbtt_pack_context {
    int   height;
    int   stride_in_bytes;
    int   padding;
+   int   skip_missing;
    unsigned int   h_oversample, v_oversample;
    unsigned char *pixels;
    void  *nodes;
@@ -625,16 +699,21 @@ struct stbtt_pack_context {
 //
 //
 
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data);
+// This function will determine the number of fonts in a font file.  TrueType
+// collection (.ttc) files may contain multiple fonts, while TrueType font
+// (.ttf) files only contain one font. The number of fonts can be used for
+// indexing with the previous function where the index is between zero and one
+// less than the total fonts. If an error occurs, -1 is returned.
+
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index);
 // Each .ttf/.ttc file may have more than one font. Each font has a sequential
 // index number starting from 0. Call this function to get the font offset for
 // a given index; it returns -1 if the index is out of range. A regular .ttf
 // file will only define one font and it always be at offset 0, so it will
-// return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices. You can just skip
-// this step if you know it's that kind of font.
+// return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices.
 
-
-// The following structure is defined publically so you can declare one on
+// The following structure is defined publicly so you can declare one on
 // the stack or as a global or etc, but you should treat it as opaque.
 struct stbtt_fontinfo
 {
@@ -644,9 +723,16 @@ struct stbtt_fontinfo
 
    int numGlyphs;                     // number of glyphs, needed for range checking
 
-   int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf
+   int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos,svg; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf
    int index_map;                     // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding
    int indexToLocFormat;              // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph
+
+   stbtt__buf cff;                    // cff font data
+   stbtt__buf charstrings;            // the charstring index
+   stbtt__buf gsubrs;                 // global charstring subroutines index
+   stbtt__buf subrs;                  // private charstring subroutines index
+   stbtt__buf fontdicts;              // array of font dicts
+   stbtt__buf fdselect;               // map from glyph to fontdict
 };
 
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset);
@@ -666,6 +752,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep
 // and you want a speed-up, call this function with the character you're
 // going to process, then use glyph-based functions instead of the
 // codepoint-based functions.
+// Returns 0 if the character codepoint is not defined in the font.
 
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -694,6 +781,12 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, in
 //   these are expressed in unscaled coordinates, so you must multiply by
 //   the scale factor for a given size
 
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap);
+// analogous to GetFontVMetrics, but returns the "typographic" values from the OS/2
+// table (specific to MS/Windows TTF files).
+//
+// Returns 1 on success (table present), 0 on failure.
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1);
 // the bounding box around all possible characters
 
@@ -713,6 +806,18 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1,
 STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1);
 // as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency
 
+typedef struct stbtt_kerningentry
+{
+   int glyph1; // use stbtt_FindGlyphIndex
+   int glyph2;
+   int advance;
+} stbtt_kerningentry;
+
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info);
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length);
+// Retrieves a complete list of all of the kerning pairs provided by the font
+// stbtt_GetKerningTable never writes more than table_length entries and returns how many entries it did write.
+// The table will be sorted by (a.glyph1 == b.glyph1)?(a.glyph2 < b.glyph2):(a.glyph1 < b.glyph1)
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
@@ -724,7 +829,8 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, in
    enum {
       STBTT_vmove=1,
       STBTT_vline,
-      STBTT_vcurve
+      STBTT_vcurve,
+      STBTT_vcubic
    };
 #endif
 
@@ -733,7 +839,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, in
    #define stbtt_vertex_type short // can't use stbtt_int16 because that's not visible in the header file
    typedef struct
    {
-      stbtt_vertex_type x,y,cx,cy;
+      stbtt_vertex_type x,y,cx,cy,cx1,cy1;
       unsigned char type,padding;
    } stbtt_vertex;
 #endif
@@ -746,7 +852,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
 // returns # of vertices and fills *vertices with the pointer to them
 //   these are expressed in "unscaled" coordinates
 //
-// The shape is a series of countours. Each one starts with
+// The shape is a series of contours. Each one starts with
 // a STBTT_moveto, then consists of a series of mixed
 // STBTT_lineto and STBTT_curveto segments. A lineto
 // draws a line from previous endpoint to its x,y; a curveto
@@ -756,6 +862,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices);
 // frees the data allocated above
 
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl);
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg);
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg);
+// fills svg with the character's SVG data.
+// returns data size or 0 if SVG not found.
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // BITMAP RENDERING
@@ -787,6 +899,10 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns
 // same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel
 // shift for the character
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint);
+// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel, but prefiltering
+// is performed (see stbtt_PackSetOversampling)
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1);
 // get the bbox of the bitmap centered around the glyph origin; so the
 // bitmap width is ix1-ix0, height is iy1-iy0, and location to place
@@ -804,6 +920,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph);
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1);
 
@@ -826,6 +943,64 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result,        // 1-channel bitmap
                                int invert,                   // if non-zero, vertically flip shape
                                void *userdata);              // context for to STBTT_MALLOC
 
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Signed Distance Function (or Field) rendering
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata);
+// frees the SDF bitmap allocated below
+
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff);
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff);
+// These functions compute a discretized SDF field for a single character, suitable for storing
+// in a single-channel texture, sampling with bilinear filtering, and testing against
+// larger than some threshold to produce scalable fonts.
+//        info              --  the font
+//        scale             --  controls the size of the resulting SDF bitmap, same as it would be creating a regular bitmap
+//        glyph/codepoint   --  the character to generate the SDF for
+//        padding           --  extra "pixels" around the character which are filled with the distance to the character (not 0),
+//                                 which allows effects like bit outlines
+//        onedge_value      --  value 0-255 to test the SDF against to reconstruct the character (i.e. the isocontour of the character)
+//        pixel_dist_scale  --  what value the SDF should increase by when moving one SDF "pixel" away from the edge (on the 0..255 scale)
+//                                 if positive, > onedge_value is inside; if negative, < onedge_value is inside
+//        width,height      --  output height & width of the SDF bitmap (including padding)
+//        xoff,yoff         --  output origin of the character
+//        return value      --  a 2D array of bytes 0..255, width*height in size
+//
+// pixel_dist_scale & onedge_value are a scale & bias that allows you to make
+// optimal use of the limited 0..255 for your application, trading off precision
+// and special effects. SDF values outside the range 0..255 are clamped to 0..255.
+//
+// Example:
+//      scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(22)
+//      padding = 5
+//      onedge_value = 180
+//      pixel_dist_scale = 180/5.0 = 36.0
+//
+//      This will create an SDF bitmap in which the character is about 22 pixels
+//      high but the whole bitmap is about 22+5+5=32 pixels high. To produce a filled
+//      shape, sample the SDF at each pixel and fill the pixel if the SDF value
+//      is greater than or equal to 180/255. (You'll actually want to antialias,
+//      which is beyond the scope of this example.) Additionally, you can compute
+//      offset outlines (e.g. to stroke the character border inside & outside,
+//      or only outside). For example, to fill outside the character up to 3 SDF
+//      pixels, you would compare against (180-36.0*3)/255 = 72/255. The above
+//      choice of variables maps a range from 5 pixels outside the shape to
+//      2 pixels inside the shape to 0..255; this is intended primarily for apply
+//      outside effects only (the interior range is needed to allow proper
+//      antialiasing of the font at *smaller* sizes)
+//
+// The function computes the SDF analytically at each SDF pixel, not by e.g.
+// building a higher-res bitmap and approximating it. In theory the quality
+// should be as high as possible for an SDF of this size & representation, but
+// unclear if this is true in practice (perhaps building a higher-res bitmap
+// and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention).
+//
+// The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow
+// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes.
+
+
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // Finding the right font...
@@ -949,6 +1124,158 @@ typedef int stbtt__test_oversample_pow2[(STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE & (STBTT_MAX_OVERS
 #define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 2
 #endif
 
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v)  (void)(v)
+#else
+#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v)  (void)sizeof(v)
+#endif
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// stbtt__buf helpers to parse data from file
+//
+
+static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_get8(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   if (b->cursor >= b->size)
+      return 0;
+   return b->data[b->cursor++];
+}
+
+static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_peek8(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   if (b->cursor >= b->size)
+      return 0;
+   return b->data[b->cursor];
+}
+
+static void stbtt__buf_seek(stbtt__buf *b, int o)
+{
+   STBTT_assert(!(o > b->size || o < 0));
+   b->cursor = (o > b->size || o < 0) ? b->size : o;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__buf_skip(stbtt__buf *b, int o)
+{
+   stbtt__buf_seek(b, b->cursor + o);
+}
+
+static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__buf_get(stbtt__buf *b, int n)
+{
+   stbtt_uint32 v = 0;
+   int i;
+   STBTT_assert(n >= 1 && n <= 4);
+   for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      v = (v << 8) | stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+   return v;
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__new_buf(const void *p, size_t size)
+{
+   stbtt__buf r;
+   STBTT_assert(size < 0x40000000);
+   r.data = (stbtt_uint8*) p;
+   r.size = (int) size;
+   r.cursor = 0;
+   return r;
+}
+
+#define stbtt__buf_get16(b)  stbtt__buf_get((b), 2)
+#define stbtt__buf_get32(b)  stbtt__buf_get((b), 4)
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__buf_range(const stbtt__buf *b, int o, int s)
+{
+   stbtt__buf r = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+   if (o < 0 || s < 0 || o > b->size || s > b->size - o) return r;
+   r.data = b->data + o;
+   r.size = s;
+   return r;
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_get_index(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   int count, start, offsize;
+   start = b->cursor;
+   count = stbtt__buf_get16(b);
+   if (count) {
+      offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+      STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4);
+      stbtt__buf_skip(b, offsize * count);
+      stbtt__buf_skip(b, stbtt__buf_get(b, offsize) - 1);
+   }
+   return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, b->cursor - start);
+}
+
+static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__cff_int(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   int b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+   if (b0 >= 32 && b0 <= 246)       return b0 - 139;
+   else if (b0 >= 247 && b0 <= 250) return (b0 - 247)*256 + stbtt__buf_get8(b) + 108;
+   else if (b0 >= 251 && b0 <= 254) return -(b0 - 251)*256 - stbtt__buf_get8(b) - 108;
+   else if (b0 == 28)               return stbtt__buf_get16(b);
+   else if (b0 == 29)               return stbtt__buf_get32(b);
+   STBTT_assert(0);
+   return 0;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__cff_skip_operand(stbtt__buf *b) {
+   int v, b0 = stbtt__buf_peek8(b);
+   STBTT_assert(b0 >= 28);
+   if (b0 == 30) {
+      stbtt__buf_skip(b, 1);
+      while (b->cursor < b->size) {
+         v = stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+         if ((v & 0xF) == 0xF || (v >> 4) == 0xF)
+            break;
+      }
+   } else {
+      stbtt__cff_int(b);
+   }
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__dict_get(stbtt__buf *b, int key)
+{
+   stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0);
+   while (b->cursor < b->size) {
+      int start = b->cursor, end, op;
+      while (stbtt__buf_peek8(b) >= 28)
+         stbtt__cff_skip_operand(b);
+      end = b->cursor;
+      op = stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+      if (op == 12)  op = stbtt__buf_get8(b) | 0x100;
+      if (op == key) return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, end-start);
+   }
+   return stbtt__buf_range(b, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void stbtt__dict_get_ints(stbtt__buf *b, int key, int outcount, stbtt_uint32 *out)
+{
+   int i;
+   stbtt__buf operands = stbtt__dict_get(b, key);
+   for (i = 0; i < outcount && operands.cursor < operands.size; i++)
+      out[i] = stbtt__cff_int(&operands);
+}
+
+static int stbtt__cff_index_count(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0);
+   return stbtt__buf_get16(b);
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_index_get(stbtt__buf b, int i)
+{
+   int count, offsize, start, end;
+   stbtt__buf_seek(&b, 0);
+   count = stbtt__buf_get16(&b);
+   offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(&b);
+   STBTT_assert(i >= 0 && i < count);
+   STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4);
+   stbtt__buf_skip(&b, i*offsize);
+   start = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize);
+   end = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize);
+   return stbtt__buf_range(&b, 2+(count+1)*offsize+start, end - start);
+}
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // accessors to parse data from file
@@ -961,32 +1288,22 @@ typedef int stbtt__test_oversample_pow2[(STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE & (STBTT_MAX_OVERS
 #define ttCHAR(p)     (* (stbtt_int8 *) (p))
 #define ttFixed(p)    ttLONG(p)
 
-#if defined(STB_TRUETYPE_BIGENDIAN) && !defined(ALLOW_UNALIGNED_TRUETYPE)
-
-   #define ttUSHORT(p)   (* (stbtt_uint16 *) (p))
-   #define ttSHORT(p)    (* (stbtt_int16 *) (p))
-   #define ttULONG(p)    (* (stbtt_uint32 *) (p))
-   #define ttLONG(p)     (* (stbtt_int32 *) (p))
-
-#else
-
-   static stbtt_uint16 ttUSHORT(const stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; }
-   static stbtt_int16 ttSHORT(const stbtt_uint8 *p)   { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; }
-   static stbtt_uint32 ttULONG(const stbtt_uint8 *p)  { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; }
-   static stbtt_int32 ttLONG(const stbtt_uint8 *p)    { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; }
-
-#endif
+static stbtt_uint16 ttUSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; }
+static stbtt_int16 ttSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p)   { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; }
+static stbtt_uint32 ttULONG(stbtt_uint8 *p)  { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; }
+static stbtt_int32 ttLONG(stbtt_uint8 *p)    { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; }
 
 #define stbtt_tag4(p,c0,c1,c2,c3) ((p)[0] == (c0) && (p)[1] == (c1) && (p)[2] == (c2) && (p)[3] == (c3))
 #define stbtt_tag(p,str)           stbtt_tag4(p,str[0],str[1],str[2],str[3])
 
-static int stbtt__isfont(const stbtt_uint8 *font)
+static int stbtt__isfont(stbtt_uint8 *font)
 {
    // check the version number
    if (stbtt_tag4(font, '1',0,0,0))  return 1; // TrueType 1
    if (stbtt_tag(font, "typ1"))   return 1; // TrueType with type 1 font -- we don't support this!
    if (stbtt_tag(font, "OTTO"))   return 1; // OpenType with CFF
    if (stbtt_tag4(font, 0,1,0,0)) return 1; // OpenType 1.0
+   if (stbtt_tag(font, "true"))   return 1; // Apple specification for TrueType fonts
    return 0;
 }
 
@@ -1004,7 +1321,7 @@ static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__find_table(stbtt_uint8 *data, stbtt_uint32 fontstart,
    return 0;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *font_collection, int index)
+static int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, int index)
 {
    // if it's just a font, there's only one valid index
    if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection))
@@ -1023,14 +1340,59 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *font_collection,
    return -1;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data2, int fontstart)
+static int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal(unsigned char *font_collection)
+{
+   // if it's just a font, there's only one valid font
+   if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection))
+      return 1;
+
+   // check if it's a TTC
+   if (stbtt_tag(font_collection, "ttcf")) {
+      // version 1?
+      if (ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00010000 || ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00020000) {
+         return ttLONG(font_collection+8);
+      }
+   }
+   return 0;
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subrs(stbtt__buf cff, stbtt__buf fontdict)
+{
+   stbtt_uint32 subrsoff = 0, private_loc[2] = { 0, 0 };
+   stbtt__buf pdict;
+   stbtt__dict_get_ints(&fontdict, 18, 2, private_loc);
+   if (!private_loc[1] || !private_loc[0]) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+   pdict = stbtt__buf_range(&cff, private_loc[1], private_loc[0]);
+   stbtt__dict_get_ints(&pdict, 19, 1, &subrsoff);
+   if (!subrsoff) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+   stbtt__buf_seek(&cff, private_loc[1]+subrsoff);
+   return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff);
+}
+
+// since most people won't use this, find this table the first time it's needed
+static int stbtt__get_svg(stbtt_fontinfo *info)
+{
+   stbtt_uint32 t;
+   if (info->svg < 0) {
+      t = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "SVG ");
+      if (t) {
+         stbtt_uint32 offset = ttULONG(info->data + t + 2);
+         info->svg = t + offset;
+      } else {
+         info->svg = 0;
+      }
+   }
+   return info->svg;
+}
+
+static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart)
 {
-   stbtt_uint8 *data = (stbtt_uint8 *) data2;
    stbtt_uint32 cmap, t;
    stbtt_int32 i,numTables;
 
    info->data = data;
    info->fontstart = fontstart;
+   info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
 
    cmap = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "cmap");       // required
    info->loca = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "loca"); // required
@@ -1039,8 +1401,62 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data2, i
    info->hhea = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hhea"); // required
    info->hmtx = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hmtx"); // required
    info->kern = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "kern"); // not required
-   if (!cmap || !info->loca || !info->head || !info->glyf || !info->hhea || !info->hmtx)
+   info->gpos = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "GPOS"); // not required
+
+   if (!cmap || !info->head || !info->hhea || !info->hmtx)
       return 0;
+   if (info->glyf) {
+      // required for truetype
+      if (!info->loca) return 0;
+   } else {
+      // initialization for CFF / Type2 fonts (OTF)
+      stbtt__buf b, topdict, topdictidx;
+      stbtt_uint32 cstype = 2, charstrings = 0, fdarrayoff = 0, fdselectoff = 0;
+      stbtt_uint32 cff;
+
+      cff = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "CFF ");
+      if (!cff) return 0;
+
+      info->fontdicts = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+      info->fdselect = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+
+      // @TODO this should use size from table (not 512MB)
+      info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(data+cff, 512*1024*1024);
+      b = info->cff;
+
+      // read the header
+      stbtt__buf_skip(&b, 2);
+      stbtt__buf_seek(&b, stbtt__buf_get8(&b)); // hdrsize
+
+      // @TODO the name INDEX could list multiple fonts,
+      // but we just use the first one.
+      stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);  // name INDEX
+      topdictidx = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);
+      topdict = stbtt__cff_index_get(topdictidx, 0);
+      stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);  // string INDEX
+      info->gsubrs = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);
+
+      stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 17, 1, &charstrings);
+      stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 6, 1, &cstype);
+      stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 36, 1, &fdarrayoff);
+      stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 37, 1, &fdselectoff);
+      info->subrs = stbtt__get_subrs(b, topdict);
+
+      // we only support Type 2 charstrings
+      if (cstype != 2) return 0;
+      if (charstrings == 0) return 0;
+
+      if (fdarrayoff) {
+         // looks like a CID font
+         if (!fdselectoff) return 0;
+         stbtt__buf_seek(&b, fdarrayoff);
+         info->fontdicts = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);
+         info->fdselect = stbtt__buf_range(&b, fdselectoff, b.size-fdselectoff);
+      }
+
+      stbtt__buf_seek(&b, charstrings);
+      info->charstrings = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);
+   }
 
    t = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "maxp");
    if (t)
@@ -1048,6 +1464,8 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data2, i
    else
       info->numGlyphs = 0xffff;
 
+   info->svg = -1;
+
    // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching
    // later. (todo: could make this installable)
    // the same regardless of glyph.
@@ -1131,12 +1549,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep
       search += 2;
 
       {
-         stbtt_uint16 offset, start;
+         stbtt_uint16 offset, start, last;
          stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1);
 
-         STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item));
          start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item);
-         if (unicode_codepoint < start)
+         last = ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item);
+         if (unicode_codepoint < start || unicode_codepoint > last)
             return 0;
 
          offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item);
@@ -1191,6 +1609,8 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index)
 {
    int g1,g2;
 
+   STBTT_assert(!info->cff.size);
+
    if (glyph_index >= info->numGlyphs) return -1; // glyph index out of range
    if (info->indexToLocFormat >= 2)    return -1; // unknown index->glyph map format
 
@@ -1205,15 +1625,21 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index)
    return g1==g2 ? -1 : g1; // if length is 0, return -1
 }
 
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1);
+
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1)
 {
-   int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index);
-   if (g < 0) return 0;
+   if (info->cff.size) {
+      stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, x0, y0, x1, y1);
+   } else {
+      int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index);
+      if (g < 0) return 0;
 
-   if (x0) *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 2);
-   if (y0) *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 4);
-   if (x1) *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 6);
-   if (y1) *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 8);
+      if (x0) *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 2);
+      if (y0) *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 4);
+      if (x1) *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 6);
+      if (y1) *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 8);
+   }
    return 1;
 }
 
@@ -1225,7 +1651,10 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, i
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index)
 {
    stbtt_int16 numberOfContours;
-   int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index);
+   int g;
+   if (info->cff.size)
+      return stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0;
+   g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index);
    if (g < 0) return 1;
    numberOfContours = ttSHORT(info->data + g);
    return numberOfContours == 0;
@@ -1247,7 +1676,7 @@ static int stbtt__close_shape(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_vertices, int was_
    return num_vertices;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices)
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices)
 {
    stbtt_int16 numberOfContours;
    stbtt_uint8 *endPtsOfContours;
@@ -1343,7 +1772,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
             if (i != 0)
                num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy);
 
-            // now start the new one               
+            // now start the new one
             start_off = !(flags & 1);
             if (start_off) {
                // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve
@@ -1385,7 +1814,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
          }
       }
       num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy);
-   } else if (numberOfContours == -1) {
+   } else if (numberOfContours < 0) {
       // Compound shapes.
       int more = 1;
       stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10;
@@ -1396,7 +1825,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
          int comp_num_verts = 0, i;
          stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0;
          float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n;
-         
+
          flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2;
          gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2;
 
@@ -1426,7 +1855,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
             mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2;
             mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2;
          }
-         
+
          // Find transformation scales.
          m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]);
          n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]);
@@ -1452,7 +1881,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
                if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata);
                return 0;
             }
-            if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
+            if (num_vertices > 0 && vertices) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
             STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
             if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata);
             vertices = tmp;
@@ -1462,9 +1891,6 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
          // More components ?
          more = flags & (1<<5);
       }
-   } else if (numberOfContours < 0) {
-      // @TODO other compound variations?
-      STBTT_assert(0);
    } else {
       // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing
    }
@@ -1473,6 +1899,414 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
    return num_vertices;
 }
 
+typedef struct
+{
+   int bounds;
+   int started;
+   float first_x, first_y;
+   float x, y;
+   stbtt_int32 min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y;
+
+   stbtt_vertex *pvertices;
+   int num_vertices;
+} stbtt__csctx;
+
+#define STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(bounds) {bounds,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,0,0, NULL, 0}
+
+static void stbtt__track_vertex(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y)
+{
+   if (x > c->max_x || !c->started) c->max_x = x;
+   if (y > c->max_y || !c->started) c->max_y = y;
+   if (x < c->min_x || !c->started) c->min_x = x;
+   if (y < c->min_y || !c->started) c->min_y = y;
+   c->started = 1;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_v(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_uint8 type, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy, stbtt_int32 cx1, stbtt_int32 cy1)
+{
+   if (c->bounds) {
+      stbtt__track_vertex(c, x, y);
+      if (type == STBTT_vcubic) {
+         stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx, cy);
+         stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx1, cy1);
+      }
+   } else {
+      stbtt_setvertex(&c->pvertices[c->num_vertices], type, x, y, cx, cy);
+      c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cx1 = (stbtt_int16) cx1;
+      c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cy1 = (stbtt_int16) cy1;
+   }
+   c->num_vertices++;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_close_shape(stbtt__csctx *ctx)
+{
+   if (ctx->first_x != ctx->x || ctx->first_y != ctx->y)
+      stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->first_x, (int)ctx->first_y, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy)
+{
+   stbtt__csctx_close_shape(ctx);
+   ctx->first_x = ctx->x = ctx->x + dx;
+   ctx->first_y = ctx->y = ctx->y + dy;
+   stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vmove, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_rline_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy)
+{
+   ctx->x += dx;
+   ctx->y += dy;
+   stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx1, float dy1, float dx2, float dy2, float dx3, float dy3)
+{
+   float cx1 = ctx->x + dx1;
+   float cy1 = ctx->y + dy1;
+   float cx2 = cx1 + dx2;
+   float cy2 = cy1 + dy2;
+   ctx->x = cx2 + dx3;
+   ctx->y = cy2 + dy3;
+   stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vcubic, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, (int)cx1, (int)cy1, (int)cx2, (int)cy2);
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subr(stbtt__buf idx, int n)
+{
+   int count = stbtt__cff_index_count(&idx);
+   int bias = 107;
+   if (count >= 33900)
+      bias = 32768;
+   else if (count >= 1240)
+      bias = 1131;
+   n += bias;
+   if (n < 0 || n >= count)
+      return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+   return stbtt__cff_index_get(idx, n);
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index)
+{
+   stbtt__buf fdselect = info->fdselect;
+   int nranges, start, end, v, fmt, fdselector = -1, i;
+
+   stbtt__buf_seek(&fdselect, 0);
+   fmt = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect);
+   if (fmt == 0) {
+      // untested
+      stbtt__buf_skip(&fdselect, glyph_index);
+      fdselector = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect);
+   } else if (fmt == 3) {
+      nranges = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect);
+      start = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect);
+      for (i = 0; i < nranges; i++) {
+         v = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect);
+         end = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect);
+         if (glyph_index >= start && glyph_index < end) {
+            fdselector = v;
+            break;
+         }
+         start = end;
+      }
+   }
+   if (fdselector == -1) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); // [DEAR IMGUI] fixed, see #6007 and nothings/stb#1422
+   return stbtt__get_subrs(info->cff, stbtt__cff_index_get(info->fontdicts, fdselector));
+}
+
+static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt__csctx *c)
+{
+   int in_header = 1, maskbits = 0, subr_stack_height = 0, sp = 0, v, i, b0;
+   int has_subrs = 0, clear_stack;
+   float s[48];
+   stbtt__buf subr_stack[10], subrs = info->subrs, b;
+   float f;
+
+#define STBTT__CSERR(s) (0)
+
+   // this currently ignores the initial width value, which isn't needed if we have hmtx
+   b = stbtt__cff_index_get(info->charstrings, glyph_index);
+   while (b.cursor < b.size) {
+      i = 0;
+      clear_stack = 1;
+      b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b);
+      switch (b0) {
+      // @TODO implement hinting
+      case 0x13: // hintmask
+      case 0x14: // cntrmask
+         if (in_header)
+            maskbits += (sp / 2); // implicit "vstem"
+         in_header = 0;
+         stbtt__buf_skip(&b, (maskbits + 7) / 8);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x01: // hstem
+      case 0x03: // vstem
+      case 0x12: // hstemhm
+      case 0x17: // vstemhm
+         maskbits += (sp / 2);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x15: // rmoveto
+         in_header = 0;
+         if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rmoveto stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-2], s[sp-1]);
+         break;
+      case 0x04: // vmoveto
+         in_header = 0;
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vmoveto stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, 0, s[sp-1]);
+         break;
+      case 0x16: // hmoveto
+         in_header = 0;
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hmoveto stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-1], 0);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x05: // rlineto
+         if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rlineto stack");
+         for (; i + 1 < sp; i += 2)
+            stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]);
+         break;
+
+      // hlineto/vlineto and vhcurveto/hvcurveto alternate horizontal and vertical
+      // starting from a different place.
+
+      case 0x07: // vlineto
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vlineto stack");
+         goto vlineto;
+      case 0x06: // hlineto
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hlineto stack");
+         for (;;) {
+            if (i >= sp) break;
+            stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], 0);
+            i++;
+      vlineto:
+            if (i >= sp) break;
+            stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, 0, s[i]);
+            i++;
+         }
+         break;
+
+      case 0x1F: // hvcurveto
+         if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("hvcurveto stack");
+         goto hvcurveto;
+      case 0x1E: // vhcurveto
+         if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("vhcurveto stack");
+         for (;;) {
+            if (i + 3 >= sp) break;
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, 0, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i + 4] : 0.0f);
+            i += 4;
+      hvcurveto:
+            if (i + 3 >= sp) break;
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], 0, s[i+1], s[i+2], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i+4] : 0.0f, s[i+3]);
+            i += 4;
+         }
+         break;
+
+      case 0x08: // rrcurveto
+         if (sp < 6) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack");
+         for (; i + 5 < sp; i += 6)
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x18: // rcurveline
+         if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack");
+         for (; i + 5 < sp - 2; i += 6)
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]);
+         if (i + 1 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x19: // rlinecurve
+         if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack");
+         for (; i + 1 < sp - 6; i += 2)
+            stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]);
+         if (i + 5 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x1A: // vvcurveto
+      case 0x1B: // hhcurveto
+         if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("(vv|hh)curveto stack");
+         f = 0.0;
+         if (sp & 1) { f = s[i]; i++; }
+         for (; i + 3 < sp; i += 4) {
+            if (b0 == 0x1B)
+               stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], f, s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], 0.0);
+            else
+               stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, f, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], 0.0, s[i+3]);
+            f = 0.0;
+         }
+         break;
+
+      case 0x0A: // callsubr
+         if (!has_subrs) {
+            if (info->fdselect.size)
+               subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index);
+            has_subrs = 1;
+         }
+         // FALLTHROUGH
+      case 0x1D: // callgsubr
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack");
+         v = (int) s[--sp];
+         if (subr_stack_height >= 10) return STBTT__CSERR("recursion limit");
+         subr_stack[subr_stack_height++] = b;
+         b = stbtt__get_subr(b0 == 0x0A ? subrs : info->gsubrs, v);
+         if (b.size == 0) return STBTT__CSERR("subr not found");
+         b.cursor = 0;
+         clear_stack = 0;
+         break;
+
+      case 0x0B: // return
+         if (subr_stack_height <= 0) return STBTT__CSERR("return outside subr");
+         b = subr_stack[--subr_stack_height];
+         clear_stack = 0;
+         break;
+
+      case 0x0E: // endchar
+         stbtt__csctx_close_shape(c);
+         return 1;
+
+      case 0x0C: { // two-byte escape
+         float dx1, dx2, dx3, dx4, dx5, dx6, dy1, dy2, dy3, dy4, dy5, dy6;
+         float dx, dy;
+         int b1 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b);
+         switch (b1) {
+         // @TODO These "flex" implementations ignore the flex-depth and resolution,
+         // and always draw beziers.
+         case 0x22: // hflex
+            if (sp < 7) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex stack");
+            dx1 = s[0];
+            dx2 = s[1];
+            dy2 = s[2];
+            dx3 = s[3];
+            dx4 = s[4];
+            dx5 = s[5];
+            dx6 = s[6];
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, 0, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0);
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, -dy2, dx6, 0);
+            break;
+
+         case 0x23: // flex
+            if (sp < 13) return STBTT__CSERR("flex stack");
+            dx1 = s[0];
+            dy1 = s[1];
+            dx2 = s[2];
+            dy2 = s[3];
+            dx3 = s[4];
+            dy3 = s[5];
+            dx4 = s[6];
+            dy4 = s[7];
+            dx5 = s[8];
+            dy5 = s[9];
+            dx6 = s[10];
+            dy6 = s[11];
+            //fd is s[12]
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3);
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6);
+            break;
+
+         case 0x24: // hflex1
+            if (sp < 9) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex1 stack");
+            dx1 = s[0];
+            dy1 = s[1];
+            dx2 = s[2];
+            dy2 = s[3];
+            dx3 = s[4];
+            dx4 = s[5];
+            dx5 = s[6];
+            dy5 = s[7];
+            dx6 = s[8];
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0);
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, dy5, dx6, -(dy1+dy2+dy5));
+            break;
+
+         case 0x25: // flex1
+            if (sp < 11) return STBTT__CSERR("flex1 stack");
+            dx1 = s[0];
+            dy1 = s[1];
+            dx2 = s[2];
+            dy2 = s[3];
+            dx3 = s[4];
+            dy3 = s[5];
+            dx4 = s[6];
+            dy4 = s[7];
+            dx5 = s[8];
+            dy5 = s[9];
+            dx6 = dy6 = s[10];
+            dx = dx1+dx2+dx3+dx4+dx5;
+            dy = dy1+dy2+dy3+dy4+dy5;
+            if (STBTT_fabs(dx) > STBTT_fabs(dy))
+               dy6 = -dy;
+            else
+               dx6 = -dx;
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3);
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6);
+            break;
+
+         default:
+            return STBTT__CSERR("unimplemented");
+         }
+      } break;
+
+      default:
+         if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && b0 < 32)
+            return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator");
+
+         // push immediate
+         if (b0 == 255) {
+            f = (float)(stbtt_int32)stbtt__buf_get32(&b) / 0x10000;
+         } else {
+            stbtt__buf_skip(&b, -1);
+            f = (float)(stbtt_int16)stbtt__cff_int(&b);
+         }
+         if (sp >= 48) return STBTT__CSERR("push stack overflow");
+         s[sp++] = f;
+         clear_stack = 0;
+         break;
+      }
+      if (clear_stack) sp = 0;
+   }
+   return STBTT__CSERR("no endchar");
+
+#undef STBTT__CSERR
+}
+
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices)
+{
+   // runs the charstring twice, once to count and once to output (to avoid realloc)
+   stbtt__csctx count_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1);
+   stbtt__csctx output_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(0);
+   if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &count_ctx)) {
+      *pvertices = (stbtt_vertex*)STBTT_malloc(count_ctx.num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex), info->userdata);
+      output_ctx.pvertices = *pvertices;
+      if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &output_ctx)) {
+         STBTT_assert(output_ctx.num_vertices == count_ctx.num_vertices);
+         return output_ctx.num_vertices;
+      }
+   }
+   *pvertices = NULL;
+   return 0;
+}
+
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1)
+{
+   stbtt__csctx c = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1);
+   int r = stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &c);
+   if (x0)  *x0 = r ? c.min_x : 0;
+   if (y0)  *y0 = r ? c.min_y : 0;
+   if (x1)  *x1 = r ? c.max_x : 0;
+   if (y1)  *y1 = r ? c.max_y : 0;
+   return r ? c.num_vertices : 0;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices)
+{
+   if (!info->cff.size)
+      return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(info, glyph_index, pvertices);
+   else
+      return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(info, glyph_index, pvertices);
+}
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing)
 {
    stbtt_uint16 numOfLongHorMetrics = ttUSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 34);
@@ -1485,7 +2319,49 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_inde
    }
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2)
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info)
+{
+   stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern;
+
+   // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0.
+   if (!info->kern)
+      return 0;
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1
+      return 0;
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format
+      return 0;
+
+   return ttUSHORT(data+10);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length)
+{
+   stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern;
+   int k, length;
+
+   // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0.
+   if (!info->kern)
+      return 0;
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1
+      return 0;
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format
+      return 0;
+
+   length = ttUSHORT(data+10);
+   if (table_length < length)
+      length = table_length;
+
+   for (k = 0; k < length; k++)
+   {
+      table[k].glyph1 = ttUSHORT(data+18+(k*6));
+      table[k].glyph2 = ttUSHORT(data+20+(k*6));
+      table[k].advance = ttSHORT(data+22+(k*6));
+   }
+
+   return length;
+}
+
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2)
 {
    stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern;
    stbtt_uint32 needle, straw;
@@ -1515,9 +2391,242 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1,
    return 0;
 }
 
+static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph)
+{
+   stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable);
+   switch (coverageFormat) {
+      case 1: {
+         stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2);
+
+         // Binary search.
+         stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m;
+         int straw, needle=glyph;
+         while (l <= r) {
+            stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4;
+            stbtt_uint16 glyphID;
+            m = (l + r) >> 1;
+            glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m);
+            straw = glyphID;
+            if (needle < straw)
+               r = m - 1;
+            else if (needle > straw)
+               l = m + 1;
+            else {
+               return m;
+            }
+         }
+         break;
+      }
+
+      case 2: {
+         stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2);
+         stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4;
+
+         // Binary search.
+         stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m;
+         int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph;
+         while (l <= r) {
+            stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord;
+            m = (l + r) >> 1;
+            rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m;
+            strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord);
+            strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2);
+            if (needle < strawStart)
+               r = m - 1;
+            else if (needle > strawEnd)
+               l = m + 1;
+            else {
+               stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4);
+               return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart;
+            }
+         }
+         break;
+      }
+
+      default: return -1; // unsupported
+   }
+
+   return -1;
+}
+
+static stbtt_int32  stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph)
+{
+   stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable);
+   switch (classDefFormat)
+   {
+      case 1: {
+         stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2);
+         stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4);
+         stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6;
+
+         if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount)
+            return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID));
+         break;
+      }
+
+      case 2: {
+         stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2);
+         stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4;
+
+         // Binary search.
+         stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m;
+         int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph;
+         while (l <= r) {
+            stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord;
+            m = (l + r) >> 1;
+            classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m;
+            strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord);
+            strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2);
+            if (needle < strawStart)
+               r = m - 1;
+            else if (needle > strawEnd)
+               l = m + 1;
+            else
+               return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4);
+         }
+         break;
+      }
+
+      default:
+         return -1; // Unsupported definition type, return an error.
+   }
+
+   // "All glyphs not assigned to a class fall into class 0". (OpenType spec)
+   return 0;
+}
+
+// Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats.
+#define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x)
+
+static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2)
+{
+   stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset;
+   stbtt_uint8 *lookupList;
+   stbtt_uint16 lookupCount;
+   stbtt_uint8 *data;
+   stbtt_int32 i, sti;
+
+   if (!info->gpos) return 0;
+
+   data = info->data + info->gpos;
+
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0
+
+   lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8);
+   lookupList = data + lookupListOffset;
+   lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList);
+
+   for (i=0; i<lookupCount; ++i) {
+      stbtt_uint16 lookupOffset = ttUSHORT(lookupList + 2 + 2 * i);
+      stbtt_uint8 *lookupTable = lookupList + lookupOffset;
+
+      stbtt_uint16 lookupType = ttUSHORT(lookupTable);
+      stbtt_uint16 subTableCount = ttUSHORT(lookupTable + 4);
+      stbtt_uint8 *subTableOffsets = lookupTable + 6;
+      if (lookupType != 2) // Pair Adjustment Positioning Subtable
+         continue;
+
+      for (sti=0; sti<subTableCount; sti++) {
+         stbtt_uint16 subtableOffset = ttUSHORT(subTableOffsets + 2 * sti);
+         stbtt_uint8 *table = lookupTable + subtableOffset;
+         stbtt_uint16 posFormat = ttUSHORT(table);
+         stbtt_uint16 coverageOffset = ttUSHORT(table + 2);
+         stbtt_int32 coverageIndex = stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(table + coverageOffset, glyph1);
+         if (coverageIndex == -1) continue;
+
+         switch (posFormat) {
+            case 1: {
+               stbtt_int32 l, r, m;
+               int straw, needle;
+               stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4);
+               stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6);
+               if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats?
+                  stbtt_int32 valueRecordPairSizeInBytes = 2;
+                  stbtt_uint16 pairSetCount = ttUSHORT(table + 8);
+                  stbtt_uint16 pairPosOffset = ttUSHORT(table + 10 + 2 * coverageIndex);
+                  stbtt_uint8 *pairValueTable = table + pairPosOffset;
+                  stbtt_uint16 pairValueCount = ttUSHORT(pairValueTable);
+                  stbtt_uint8 *pairValueArray = pairValueTable + 2;
+
+                  if (coverageIndex >= pairSetCount) return 0;
+
+                  needle=glyph2;
+                  r=pairValueCount-1;
+                  l=0;
+
+                  // Binary search.
+                  while (l <= r) {
+                     stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph;
+                     stbtt_uint8 *pairValue;
+                     m = (l + r) >> 1;
+                     pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m;
+                     secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue);
+                     straw = secondGlyph;
+                     if (needle < straw)
+                        r = m - 1;
+                     else if (needle > straw)
+                        l = m + 1;
+                     else {
+                        stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2);
+                        return xAdvance;
+                     }
+                  }
+               } else
+                  return 0;
+               break;
+            }
+
+            case 2: {
+               stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4);
+               stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6);
+               if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats?
+                  stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8);
+                  stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10);
+                  int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1);
+                  int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2);
+
+                  stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12);
+                  stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14);
+                  stbtt_uint8 *class1Records, *class2Records;
+                  stbtt_int16 xAdvance;
+
+                  if (glyph1class < 0 || glyph1class >= class1Count) return 0; // malformed
+                  if (glyph2class < 0 || glyph2class >= class2Count) return 0; // malformed
+
+                  class1Records = table + 16;
+                  class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count);
+                  xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class);
+                  return xAdvance;
+               } else
+                  return 0;
+               break;
+            }
+
+            default:
+               return 0; // Unsupported position format
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+   return 0;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2)
+{
+   int xAdvance = 0;
+
+   if (info->gpos)
+      xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2);
+   else if (info->kern)
+      xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2);
+
+   return xAdvance;
+}
+
 STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2)
 {
-   if (!info->kern) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs
+   if (!info->kern && !info->gpos) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs
       return 0;
    return stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch1), stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch2));
 }
@@ -1534,6 +2643,17 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, in
    if (lineGap) *lineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 8);
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap)
+{
+   int tab = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "OS/2");
+   if (!tab)
+      return 0;
+   if (typoAscent ) *typoAscent  = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 68);
+   if (typoDescent) *typoDescent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 70);
+   if (typoLineGap) *typoLineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 72);
+   return 1;
+}
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1)
 {
    *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 36);
@@ -1559,6 +2679,45 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *v)
    STBTT_free(v, info->userdata);
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF stbtt_uint8 *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl)
+{
+   int i;
+   stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data;
+   stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc_list = data + stbtt__get_svg((stbtt_fontinfo *) info);
+
+   int numEntries = ttUSHORT(svg_doc_list);
+   stbtt_uint8 *svg_docs = svg_doc_list + 2;
+
+   for(i=0; i<numEntries; i++) {
+      stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc = svg_docs + (12 * i);
+      if ((gl >= ttUSHORT(svg_doc)) && (gl <= ttUSHORT(svg_doc + 2)))
+         return svg_doc;
+   }
+   return 0;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg)
+{
+   stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data;
+   stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc;
+
+   if (info->svg == 0)
+      return 0;
+
+   svg_doc = stbtt_FindSVGDoc(info, gl);
+   if (svg_doc != NULL) {
+      *svg = (char *) data + info->svg + ttULONG(svg_doc + 4);
+      return ttULONG(svg_doc + 8);
+   } else {
+      return 0;
+   }
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg)
+{
+   return stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), svg);
+}
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // antialiasing software rasterizer
@@ -1630,7 +2789,7 @@ static void *stbtt__hheap_alloc(stbtt__hheap *hh, size_t size, void *userdata)
          hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk = count;
       }
       --hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
-      return (char *) (hh->head) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
+      return (char *) (hh->head) + sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
    }
 }
 
@@ -1684,7 +2843,7 @@ static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, i
    float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
    STBTT_assert(z != NULL);
    if (!z) return z;
-   
+
    // round dx down to avoid overshooting
    if (dxdy < 0)
       z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy);
@@ -1762,7 +2921,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__ac
             }
          }
       }
-      
+
       e = e->next;
    }
 }
@@ -1908,6 +3067,23 @@ static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edg
    }
 }
 
+static float stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(float height, float top_width, float bottom_width)
+{
+   STBTT_assert(top_width >= 0);
+   STBTT_assert(bottom_width >= 0);
+   return (top_width + bottom_width) / 2.0f * height;
+}
+
+static float stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(float height, float tx0, float tx1, float bx0, float bx1)
+{
+   return stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(height, tx1 - tx0, bx1 - bx0);
+}
+
+static float stbtt__sized_triangle_area(float height, float width)
+{
+   return height * width / 2;
+}
+
 static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top)
 {
    float y_bottom = y_top+1;
@@ -1916,7 +3092,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
       // brute force every pixel
 
       // compute intersection points with top & bottom
-      //STBTT_assert(e->ey >= y_top);
+      STBTT_assert(e->ey >= y_top);
 
       if (e->fdx == 0) {
          float x0 = e->fx;
@@ -1935,7 +3111,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
          float x_top, x_bottom;
          float sy0,sy1;
          float dy = e->fdy;
-         //STBTT_assert(e->sy <= y_bottom && e->ey >= y_top);
+         STBTT_assert(e->sy <= y_bottom && e->ey >= y_top);
 
          // compute endpoints of line segment clipped to this scanline (if the
          // line segment starts on this scanline. x0 is the intersection of the
@@ -1962,13 +3138,13 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
                float height;
                // simple case, only spans one pixel
                int x = (int) x_top;
-               height = sy1 - sy0;
+               height = (sy1 - sy0) * e->direction;
                STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len);
-               scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2)  * height;
-               scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled
+               scanline[x]      += stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(height, x_top, x+1.0f, x_bottom, x+1.0f);
+               scanline_fill[x] += height; // everything right of this pixel is filled
             } else {
                int x,x1,x2;
-               float y_crossing, step, sign, area;
+               float y_crossing, y_final, step, sign, area;
                // covers 2+ pixels
                if (x_top > x_bottom) {
                   // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same
@@ -1981,29 +3157,82 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
                   dy = -dy;
                   t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t;
                }
+               STBTT_assert(dy >= 0);
+               STBTT_assert(dx >= 0);
 
                x1 = (int) x_top;
                x2 = (int) x_bottom;
                // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1
-               y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top;
+               y_crossing = y_top + dy * (x1+1 - x0);
+
+               // compute intersection with y axis at x2
+               y_final = y_top + dy * (x2 - x0);
+
+               //           x1    x_top                            x2    x_bottom
+               //     y_top  +------|-----+------------+------------+--------|---+------------+
+               //            |            |            |            |            |            |
+               //            |            |            |            |            |            |
+               //       sy0  |      Txxxxx|............|............|............|............|
+               // y_crossing |            *xxxxx.......|............|............|............|
+               //            |            |     xxxxx..|............|............|............|
+               //            |            |     /-   xx*xxxx........|............|............|
+               //            |            | dy <       |    xxxxxx..|............|............|
+               //   y_final  |            |     \-     |          xx*xxx.........|............|
+               //       sy1  |            |            |            |   xxxxxB...|............|
+               //            |            |            |            |            |            |
+               //            |            |            |            |            |            |
+               //  y_bottom  +------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+
+               //
+               // goal is to measure the area covered by '.' in each pixel
+
+               // if x2 is right at the right edge of x1, y_crossing can blow up, github #1057
+               // @TODO: maybe test against sy1 rather than y_bottom?
+               if (y_crossing > y_bottom)
+                  y_crossing = y_bottom;
 
                sign = e->direction;
-               // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing
+
+               // area of the rectangle covered from sy0..y_crossing
                area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0);
-               // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing)
-               scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2);
 
-               step = sign * dy;
+               // area of the triangle (x_top,sy0), (x1+1,sy0), (x1+1,y_crossing)
+               scanline[x1] += stbtt__sized_triangle_area(area, x1+1 - x_top);
+
+               // check if final y_crossing is blown up; no test case for this
+               if (y_final > y_bottom) {
+                  int denom = (x2 - (x1+1));
+                  y_final = y_bottom;
+                  if (denom != 0) { // [DEAR IMGUI] Avoid div by zero (https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/1316)
+                     dy = (y_final - y_crossing ) / denom; // if denom=0, y_final = y_crossing, so y_final <= y_bottom
+                  }
+               }
+
+               // in second pixel, area covered by line segment found in first pixel
+               // is always a rectangle 1 wide * the height of that line segment; this
+               // is exactly what the variable 'area' stores. it also gets a contribution
+               // from the line segment within it. the THIRD pixel will get the first
+               // pixel's rectangle contribution, the second pixel's rectangle contribution,
+               // and its own contribution. the 'own contribution' is the same in every pixel except
+               // the leftmost and rightmost, a trapezoid that slides down in each pixel.
+               // the second pixel's contribution to the third pixel will be the
+               // rectangle 1 wide times the height change in the second pixel, which is dy.
+
+               step = sign * dy * 1; // dy is dy/dx, change in y for every 1 change in x,
+               // which multiplied by 1-pixel-width is how much pixel area changes for each step in x
+               // so the area advances by 'step' every time
+
                for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) {
-                  scanline[x] += area + step/2;
+                  scanline[x] += area + step/2; // area of trapezoid is 1*step/2
                   area += step;
                }
-               y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1));
-
-               STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f);
+               STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); // accumulated error from area += step unless we round step down
+               STBTT_assert(sy1 > y_final-0.01f);
 
-               scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing);
+               // area covered in the last pixel is the rectangle from all the pixels to the left,
+               // plus the trapezoid filled by the line segment in this pixel all the way to the right edge
+               scanline[x2] += area + sign * stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(sy1-y_final, (float) x2, x2+1.0f, x_bottom, x2+1.0f);
 
+               // the rest of the line is filled based on the total height of the line segment in this pixel
                scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0);
             }
          } else {
@@ -2011,6 +3240,9 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
             // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use
             // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute
             // force implementation
+            // note though that this does happen some of the time because
+            // x_top and x_bottom can be extrapolated at the top & bottom of
+            // the shape and actually lie outside the bounding box
             int x;
             for (x=0; x < len; ++x) {
                // cases:
@@ -2026,19 +3258,18 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
                // from the other y segment, and it might ignored as an empty segment. to avoid
                // that, we need to explicitly produce segments based on x positions.
 
-               // rename variables to clear pairs
+               // rename variables to clearly-defined pairs
                float y0 = y_top;
                float x1 = (float) (x);
                float x2 = (float) (x+1);
                float x3 = xb;
                float y3 = y_bottom;
-               float y1,y2;
 
                // x = e->x + e->dx * (y-y_top)
                // (y-y_top) = (x - e->x) / e->dx
                // y = (x - e->x) / e->dx + y_top
-               y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top;
-               y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top;
+               float y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top;
+               float y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top;
 
                if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x2) {         // three segments descending down-right
                   stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1);
@@ -2073,12 +3304,13 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
 // directly AA rasterize edges w/o supersampling
 static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata)
 {
-   (void)vsubsample;
    stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 };
    stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL;
    int y,j=0, i;
    float scanline_data[129], *scanline, *scanline2;
 
+   STBTT__NOTUSED(vsubsample);
+
    if (result->w > 64)
       scanline = (float *) STBTT_malloc((result->w*2+1) * sizeof(float), userdata);
    else
@@ -2117,7 +3349,13 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e,
          if (e->y0 != e->y1) {
             stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata);
             if (z != NULL) {
-               //STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top);
+               if (j == 0 && off_y != 0) {
+                  if (z->ey < scan_y_top) {
+                     // this can happen due to subpixel positioning and some kind of fp rounding error i think
+                     z->ey = scan_y_top;
+                  }
+               }
+               STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); // if we get really unlucky a tiny bit of an edge can be out of bounds
                // insert at front
                z->next = active;
                active = z;
@@ -2186,7 +3424,7 @@ static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
 
 static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
 {
-   /* threshhold for transitioning to insertion sort */
+   /* threshold for transitioning to insertion sort */
    while (n > 12) {
       stbtt__edge t;
       int c01,c12,c,m,i,j;
@@ -2321,7 +3559,7 @@ static void stbtt__add_point(stbtt__point *points, int n, float x, float y)
    points[n].y = y;
 }
 
-// tesselate until threshhold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching
+// tessellate until threshold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching
 static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n)
 {
    // midpoint
@@ -2342,6 +3580,48 @@ static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x
    return 1;
 }
 
+static void stbtt__tesselate_cubic(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n)
+{
+   // @TODO this "flatness" calculation is just made-up nonsense that seems to work well enough
+   float dx0 = x1-x0;
+   float dy0 = y1-y0;
+   float dx1 = x2-x1;
+   float dy1 = y2-y1;
+   float dx2 = x3-x2;
+   float dy2 = y3-y2;
+   float dx = x3-x0;
+   float dy = y3-y0;
+   float longlen = (float) (STBTT_sqrt(dx0*dx0+dy0*dy0)+STBTT_sqrt(dx1*dx1+dy1*dy1)+STBTT_sqrt(dx2*dx2+dy2*dy2));
+   float shortlen = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+   float flatness_squared = longlen*longlen-shortlen*shortlen;
+
+   if (n > 16) // 65536 segments on one curve better be enough!
+      return;
+
+   if (flatness_squared > objspace_flatness_squared) {
+      float x01 = (x0+x1)/2;
+      float y01 = (y0+y1)/2;
+      float x12 = (x1+x2)/2;
+      float y12 = (y1+y2)/2;
+      float x23 = (x2+x3)/2;
+      float y23 = (y2+y3)/2;
+
+      float xa = (x01+x12)/2;
+      float ya = (y01+y12)/2;
+      float xb = (x12+x23)/2;
+      float yb = (y12+y23)/2;
+
+      float mx = (xa+xb)/2;
+      float my = (ya+yb)/2;
+
+      stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, x0,y0, x01,y01, xa,ya, mx,my, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1);
+      stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, mx,my, xb,yb, x23,y23, x3,y3, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1);
+   } else {
+      stbtt__add_point(points, *num_points,x3,y3);
+      *num_points = *num_points+1;
+   }
+}
+
 // returns number of contours
 static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float objspace_flatness, int **contour_lengths, int *num_contours, void *userdata)
 {
@@ -2398,6 +3678,14 @@ static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts,
                                         objspace_flatness_squared, 0);
                x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y;
                break;
+            case STBTT_vcubic:
+               stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, &num_points, x,y,
+                                        vertices[i].cx, vertices[i].cy,
+                                        vertices[i].cx1, vertices[i].cy1,
+                                        vertices[i].x,  vertices[i].y,
+                                        objspace_flatness_squared, 0);
+               x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y;
+               break;
          }
       }
       (*contour_lengths)[n] = num_points - start;
@@ -2414,8 +3702,9 @@ static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts,
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, float flatness_in_pixels, stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int x_off, int y_off, int invert, void *userdata)
 {
-   float scale = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x;
-   int winding_count, *winding_lengths;
+   float scale            = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x;
+   int winding_count      = 0;
+   int *winding_lengths   = NULL;
    stbtt__point *windings = stbtt_FlattenCurves(vertices, num_verts, flatness_in_pixels / scale, &winding_lengths, &winding_count, userdata);
    if (windings) {
       stbtt__rasterize(result, windings, winding_lengths, winding_count, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, x_off, y_off, invert, userdata);
@@ -2433,7 +3722,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
 {
    int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1;
    stbtt__bitmap gbm;
-   stbtt_vertex *vertices;   
+   stbtt_vertex *vertices;
    int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices);
 
    if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y;
@@ -2456,7 +3745,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
    if (height) *height = gbm.h;
    if (xoff  ) *xoff   = ix0;
    if (yoff  ) *yoff   = iy0;
-   
+
    if (gbm.w && gbm.h) {
       gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata);
       if (gbm.pixels) {
@@ -2467,7 +3756,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
    }
    STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata);
    return gbm.pixels;
-}   
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
@@ -2479,7 +3768,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigne
    int ix0,iy0;
    stbtt_vertex *vertices;
    int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices);
-   stbtt__bitmap gbm;   
+   stbtt__bitmap gbm;
 
    stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0);
    gbm.pixels = output;
@@ -2501,7 +3790,12 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
    return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff);
-}   
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint)
+{
+   stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, oversample_x, oversample_y, sub_x, sub_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint));
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint)
 {
@@ -2511,7 +3805,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
    return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff);
-}   
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint)
 {
@@ -2524,7 +3818,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned ch
 //
 // This is SUPER-CRAPPY packing to keep source code small
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset,  // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf)
+static int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal(unsigned char *data, int offset,  // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf)
                                 float pixel_height,                     // height of font in pixels
                                 unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph,  // bitmap to be filled in
                                 int first_char, int num_chars,          // characters to bake
@@ -2570,11 +3864,11 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset,  // fo
    return bottom_y;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule)
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule)
 {
    float d3d_bias = opengl_fillrule ? 0 : -0.5f;
    float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph;
-   stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
+   const stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
    int round_x = STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f);
    int round_y = STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f);
 
@@ -2597,11 +3891,6 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int
 //
 
 #ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v)  (void)(v)
-#else
-#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v)  (void)sizeof(v)
-#endif
 
 typedef int stbrp_coord;
 
@@ -2641,7 +3930,7 @@ static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *no
    con->y = 0;
    con->bottom_y = 0;
    STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes);
-   STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes);   
+   STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes);
 }
 
 static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
@@ -2695,6 +3984,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, in
    spc->stride_in_bytes = stride_in_bytes != 0 ? stride_in_bytes : pw;
    spc->h_oversample = 1;
    spc->v_oversample = 1;
+   spc->skip_missing = 0;
 
    stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes);
 
@@ -2720,6 +4010,11 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
       spc->v_oversample = v_oversample;
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip)
+{
+   spc->skip_missing = skip;
+}
+
 #define STBTT__OVER_MASK  (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1)
 
 static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width)
@@ -2859,9 +4154,10 @@ static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample)
 }
 
 // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
 {
    int i,j,k;
+   int missing_glyph_added = 0;
 
    k=0;
    for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) {
@@ -2873,13 +4169,19 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fon
          int x0,y0,x1,y1;
          int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
          int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint);
-         stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
-                                         scale * spc->h_oversample,
-                                         scale * spc->v_oversample,
-                                         0,0,
-                                         &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
-         rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
-         rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
+         if (glyph == 0 && (spc->skip_missing || missing_glyph_added)) {
+            rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0;
+         } else {
+            stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
+                                            scale * spc->h_oversample,
+                                            scale * spc->v_oversample,
+                                            0,0,
+                                            &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
+            rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
+            rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
+            if (glyph == 0)
+               missing_glyph_added = 1;
+         }
          ++k;
       }
    }
@@ -2887,10 +4189,33 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fon
    return k;
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int prefilter_x, int prefilter_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph)
+{
+   stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info,
+                                 output,
+                                 out_w - (prefilter_x - 1),
+                                 out_h - (prefilter_y - 1),
+                                 out_stride,
+                                 scale_x,
+                                 scale_y,
+                                 shift_x,
+                                 shift_y,
+                                 glyph);
+
+   if (prefilter_x > 1)
+      stbtt__h_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_x);
+
+   if (prefilter_y > 1)
+      stbtt__v_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_y);
+
+   *sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_x);
+   *sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_y);
+}
+
 // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
 {
-   int i,j,k, return_value = 1;
+   int i,j,k, missing_glyph = -1, return_value = 1;
 
    // save current values
    int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample;
@@ -2909,7 +4234,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt
       sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample);
       for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) {
          stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k];
-         if (r->was_packed) {
+         if (r->was_packed && r->w != 0 && r->h != 0) {
             stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j];
             int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1;
             int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
@@ -2955,6 +4280,13 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt
             bc->yoff     =       (float)  y0 * recip_v + sub_y;
             bc->xoff2    =                (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x;
             bc->yoff2    =                (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y;
+
+            if (glyph == 0)
+               missing_glyph = j;
+         } else if (spc->skip_missing) {
+            return_value = 0;
+         } else if (r->was_packed && r->w == 0 && r->h == 0 && missing_glyph >= 0) {
+            ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j] = ranges[i].chardata_for_range[missing_glyph];
          } else {
             return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure
          }
@@ -2975,10 +4307,10 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect
    stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info, rects, num_rects);
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges)
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges)
 {
    stbtt_fontinfo info;
-   int i,j,n, return_value = 1;
+   int i, j, n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1;
    //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info;
    stbrp_rect    *rects;
 
@@ -2993,7 +4325,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontd
    n = 0;
    for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i)
       n += ranges[i].num_chars;
-         
+
    rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context);
    if (rects == NULL)
       return 0;
@@ -3004,14 +4336,14 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontd
    n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects);
 
    stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n);
-  
+
    return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects);
 
    STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context);
    return return_value;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
             int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range)
 {
    stbtt_pack_range range;
@@ -3023,10 +4355,23 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontda
    return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1);
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer)
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap)
+{
+   int i_ascent, i_descent, i_lineGap;
+   float scale;
+   stbtt_fontinfo info;
+   stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata, index));
+   scale = size > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, size) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -size);
+   stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&info, &i_ascent, &i_descent, &i_lineGap);
+   *ascent  = (float) i_ascent  * scale;
+   *descent = (float) i_descent * scale;
+   *lineGap = (float) i_lineGap * scale;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer)
 {
    float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph;
-   stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
+   const stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
 
    if (align_to_integer) {
       float x = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f);
@@ -3050,6 +4395,385 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, i
    *xpos += b->xadvance;
 }
 
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// sdf computation
+//
+
+#define STBTT_min(a,b)  ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define STBTT_max(a,b)  ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+
+static int stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(float orig[2], float ray[2], float q0[2], float q1[2], float q2[2], float hits[2][2])
+{
+   float q0perp = q0[1]*ray[0] - q0[0]*ray[1];
+   float q1perp = q1[1]*ray[0] - q1[0]*ray[1];
+   float q2perp = q2[1]*ray[0] - q2[0]*ray[1];
+   float roperp = orig[1]*ray[0] - orig[0]*ray[1];
+
+   float a = q0perp - 2*q1perp + q2perp;
+   float b = q1perp - q0perp;
+   float c = q0perp - roperp;
+
+   float s0 = 0., s1 = 0.;
+   int num_s = 0;
+
+   if (a != 0.0) {
+      float discr = b*b - a*c;
+      if (discr > 0.0) {
+         float rcpna = -1 / a;
+         float d = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discr);
+         s0 = (b+d) * rcpna;
+         s1 = (b-d) * rcpna;
+         if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0)
+            num_s = 1;
+         if (d > 0.0 && s1 >= 0.0 && s1 <= 1.0) {
+            if (num_s == 0) s0 = s1;
+            ++num_s;
+         }
+      }
+   } else {
+      // 2*b*s + c = 0
+      // s = -c / (2*b)
+      s0 = c / (-2 * b);
+      if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0)
+         num_s = 1;
+   }
+
+   if (num_s == 0)
+      return 0;
+   else {
+      float rcp_len2 = 1 / (ray[0]*ray[0] + ray[1]*ray[1]);
+      float rayn_x = ray[0] * rcp_len2, rayn_y = ray[1] * rcp_len2;
+
+      float q0d =   q0[0]*rayn_x +   q0[1]*rayn_y;
+      float q1d =   q1[0]*rayn_x +   q1[1]*rayn_y;
+      float q2d =   q2[0]*rayn_x +   q2[1]*rayn_y;
+      float rod = orig[0]*rayn_x + orig[1]*rayn_y;
+
+      float q10d = q1d - q0d;
+      float q20d = q2d - q0d;
+      float q0rd = q0d - rod;
+
+      hits[0][0] = q0rd + s0*(2.0f - 2.0f*s0)*q10d + s0*s0*q20d;
+      hits[0][1] = a*s0+b;
+
+      if (num_s > 1) {
+         hits[1][0] = q0rd + s1*(2.0f - 2.0f*s1)*q10d + s1*s1*q20d;
+         hits[1][1] = a*s1+b;
+         return 2;
+      } else {
+         return 1;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+static int equal(float *a, float *b)
+{
+   return (a[0] == b[0] && a[1] == b[1]);
+}
+
+static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex *verts)
+{
+   int i;
+   float orig[2], ray[2] = { 1, 0 };
+   float y_frac;
+   int winding = 0;
+
+   // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape
+   y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f);
+   if (y_frac < 0.01f)
+      y += 0.01f;
+   else if (y_frac > 0.99f)
+      y -= 0.01f;
+
+   orig[0] = x;
+   orig[1] = y;
+
+   // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y)
+   for (i=0; i < nverts; ++i) {
+      if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) {
+         int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x, y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y;
+         int x1 = (int) verts[i  ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i  ].y;
+         if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) {
+            float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0;
+            if (x_inter < x)
+               winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1;
+         }
+      }
+      if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) {
+         int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x , y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y ;
+         int x1 = (int) verts[i  ].cx, y1 = (int) verts[i  ].cy;
+         int x2 = (int) verts[i  ].x , y2 = (int) verts[i  ].y ;
+         int ax = STBTT_min(x0,STBTT_min(x1,x2)), ay = STBTT_min(y0,STBTT_min(y1,y2));
+         int by = STBTT_max(y0,STBTT_max(y1,y2));
+         if (y > ay && y < by && x > ax) {
+            float q0[2],q1[2],q2[2];
+            float hits[2][2];
+            q0[0] = (float)x0;
+            q0[1] = (float)y0;
+            q1[0] = (float)x1;
+            q1[1] = (float)y1;
+            q2[0] = (float)x2;
+            q2[1] = (float)y2;
+            if (equal(q0,q1) || equal(q1,q2)) {
+               x0 = (int)verts[i-1].x;
+               y0 = (int)verts[i-1].y;
+               x1 = (int)verts[i  ].x;
+               y1 = (int)verts[i  ].y;
+               if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) {
+                  float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0;
+                  if (x_inter < x)
+                     winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1;
+               }
+            } else {
+               int num_hits = stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(orig, ray, q0, q1, q2, hits);
+               if (num_hits >= 1)
+                  if (hits[0][0] < 0)
+                     winding += (hits[0][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1);
+               if (num_hits >= 2)
+                  if (hits[1][0] < 0)
+                     winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   return winding;
+}
+
+static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x )
+{
+   if (x<0)
+      return -(float) STBTT_pow(-x,1.0f/3.0f);
+   else
+      return  (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f);
+}
+
+// x^3 + a*x^2 + b*x + c = 0
+static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r)
+{
+   float s = -a / 3;
+   float p = b - a*a / 3;
+   float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c;
+   float p3 = p*p*p;
+   float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27;
+   if (d >= 0) {
+      float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d);
+      float u = (-q + z) / 2;
+      float v = (-q - z) / 2;
+      u = stbtt__cuberoot(u);
+      v = stbtt__cuberoot(v);
+      r[0] = s + u + v;
+      return 1;
+   } else {
+      float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3);
+      float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative
+      float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v);
+      float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f;
+      r[0] = s + u * 2 * m;
+      r[1] = s - u * (m + n);
+      r[2] = s - u * (m - n);
+
+      //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f);  // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe?
+      //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f);
+      //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f);
+      return 3;
+   }
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
+{
+   float scale_x = scale, scale_y = scale;
+   int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1;
+   int w,h;
+   unsigned char *data;
+
+   if (scale == 0) return NULL;
+
+   stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1);
+
+   // if empty, return NULL
+   if (ix0 == ix1 || iy0 == iy1)
+      return NULL;
+
+   ix0 -= padding;
+   iy0 -= padding;
+   ix1 += padding;
+   iy1 += padding;
+
+   w = (ix1 - ix0);
+   h = (iy1 - iy0);
+
+   if (width ) *width  = w;
+   if (height) *height = h;
+   if (xoff  ) *xoff   = ix0;
+   if (yoff  ) *yoff   = iy0;
+
+   // invert for y-downwards bitmaps
+   scale_y = -scale_y;
+
+   {
+      int x,y,i,j;
+      float *precompute;
+      stbtt_vertex *verts;
+      int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &verts);
+      data = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(w * h, info->userdata);
+      precompute = (float *) STBTT_malloc(num_verts * sizeof(float), info->userdata);
+
+      for (i=0,j=num_verts-1; i < num_verts; j=i++) {
+         if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) {
+            float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y;
+            float x1 = verts[j].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[j].y*scale_y;
+            float dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt((x1-x0)*(x1-x0) + (y1-y0)*(y1-y0));
+            precompute[i] = (dist == 0) ? 0.0f : 1.0f / dist;
+         } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) {
+            float x2 = verts[j].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[j].y *scale_y;
+            float x1 = verts[i].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i].cy*scale_y;
+            float x0 = verts[i].x *scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y *scale_y;
+            float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2;
+            float len2 = bx*bx + by*by;
+            if (len2 != 0.0f)
+               precompute[i] = 1.0f / (bx*bx + by*by);
+            else
+               precompute[i] = 0.0f;
+         } else
+            precompute[i] = 0.0f;
+      }
+
+      for (y=iy0; y < iy1; ++y) {
+         for (x=ix0; x < ix1; ++x) {
+            float val;
+            float min_dist = 999999.0f;
+            float sx = (float) x + 0.5f;
+            float sy = (float) y + 0.5f;
+            float x_gspace = (sx / scale_x);
+            float y_gspace = (sy / scale_y);
+
+            int winding = stbtt__compute_crossings_x(x_gspace, y_gspace, num_verts, verts); // @OPTIMIZE: this could just be a rasterization, but needs to be line vs. non-tesselated curves so a new path
+
+            for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) {
+               float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y;
+
+               if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline && precompute[i] != 0.0f) {
+                  float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y;
+
+                  float dist,dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy);
+                  if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist)
+                     min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+
+                  // coarse culling against bbox
+                  //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist &&
+                  //    sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist)
+                  dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i];
+                  STBTT_assert(i != 0);
+                  if (dist < min_dist) {
+                     // check position along line
+                     // x' = x0 + t*(x1-x0), y' = y0 + t*(y1-y0)
+                     // minimize (x'-sx)*(x'-sx)+(y'-sy)*(y'-sy)
+                     float dx = x1-x0, dy = y1-y0;
+                     float px = x0-sx, py = y0-sy;
+                     // minimize (px+t*dx)^2 + (py+t*dy)^2 = px*px + 2*px*dx*t + t^2*dx*dx + py*py + 2*py*dy*t + t^2*dy*dy
+                     // derivative: 2*px*dx + 2*py*dy + (2*dx*dx+2*dy*dy)*t, set to 0 and solve
+                     float t = -(px*dx + py*dy) / (dx*dx + dy*dy);
+                     if (t >= 0.0f && t <= 1.0f)
+                        min_dist = dist;
+                  }
+               } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) {
+                  float x2 = verts[i-1].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[i-1].y *scale_y;
+                  float x1 = verts[i  ].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i  ].cy*scale_y;
+                  float box_x0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(x0,x1),x2);
+                  float box_y0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(y0,y1),y2);
+                  float box_x1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(x0,x1),x2);
+                  float box_y1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(y0,y1),y2);
+                  // coarse culling against bbox to avoid computing cubic unnecessarily
+                  if (sx > box_x0-min_dist && sx < box_x1+min_dist && sy > box_y0-min_dist && sy < box_y1+min_dist) {
+                     int num=0;
+                     float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0;
+                     float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2;
+                     float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy;
+                     float res[3] = {0.f,0.f,0.f};
+                     float px,py,t,it,dist2;
+                     float a_inv = precompute[i];
+                     if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula
+                        float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by);
+                        float b = 2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by);
+                        float c = mx*ax+my*ay;
+                        if (a == 0.0) { // if a is 0, it's linear
+                           if (b != 0.0) {
+                              res[num++] = -c/b;
+                           }
+                        } else {
+                           float discriminant = b*b - 4*a*c;
+                           if (discriminant < 0)
+                              num = 0;
+                           else {
+                              float root = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discriminant);
+                              res[0] = (-b - root)/(2*a);
+                              res[1] = (-b + root)/(2*a);
+                              num = 2; // don't bother distinguishing 1-solution case, as code below will still work
+                           }
+                        }
+                     } else {
+                        float b = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by) * a_inv; // could precompute this as it doesn't depend on sample point
+                        float c = (2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by)) * a_inv;
+                        float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv;
+                        num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res);
+                     }
+                     dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy);
+                     if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist)
+                        min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+
+                     if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) {
+                        t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t;
+                        px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2;
+                        py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2;
+                        dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy);
+                        if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist)
+                           min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+                     }
+                     if (num >= 2 && res[1] >= 0.0f && res[1] <= 1.0f) {
+                        t = res[1], it = 1.0f - t;
+                        px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2;
+                        py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2;
+                        dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy);
+                        if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist)
+                           min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+                     }
+                     if (num >= 3 && res[2] >= 0.0f && res[2] <= 1.0f) {
+                        t = res[2], it = 1.0f - t;
+                        px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2;
+                        py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2;
+                        dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy);
+                        if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist)
+                           min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+                     }
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            if (winding == 0)
+               min_dist = -min_dist;  // if outside the shape, value is negative
+            val = onedge_value + pixel_dist_scale * min_dist;
+            if (val < 0)
+               val = 0;
+            else if (val > 255)
+               val = 255;
+            data[(y-iy0)*w+(x-ix0)] = (unsigned char) val;
+         }
+      }
+      STBTT_free(precompute, info->userdata);
+      STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata);
+   }
+   return data;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
+{
+   return stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(info, scale, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint), padding, onedge_value, pixel_dist_scale, width, height, xoff, yoff);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata)
+{
+   STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata);
+}
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
@@ -3057,7 +4781,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, i
 //
 
 // check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string
-static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(const stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, const stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) 
+static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2)
 {
    stbtt_int32 i=0;
 
@@ -3096,9 +4820,9 @@ static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(const stbtt_uint8
    return i;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2) 
+static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2)
 {
-   return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((const stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (const stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2);
+   return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2);
 }
 
 // returns results in whatever encoding you request... but note that 2-byte encodings
@@ -3154,7 +4878,7 @@ static int stbtt__matchpair(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 nm, stbtt_uint8 *name,
                         return 1;
                   } else if (matchlen < nlen && name[matchlen] == ' ') {
                      ++matchlen;
-                     if (stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian((char*) (name+matchlen), nlen-matchlen, (char*)(fc+stringOffset+off),slen))
+                     if (stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char*) (name+matchlen), nlen-matchlen, (char*)(fc+stringOffset+off),slen))
                         return 1;
                   }
                } else {
@@ -3200,7 +4924,7 @@ static int stbtt__matches(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 offset, stbtt_uint8 *nam
    return 0;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *font_collection, const char *name_utf8, stbtt_int32 flags)
+static int stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, char *name_utf8, stbtt_int32 flags)
 {
    stbtt_int32 i;
    for (i=0;;++i) {
@@ -3211,11 +4935,67 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *font_collection, const
    }
 }
 
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"
+#endif
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset,
+                                float pixel_height, unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph,
+                                int first_char, int num_chars, stbtt_bakedchar *chardata)
+{
+   return stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal((unsigned char *) data, offset, pixel_height, pixels, pw, ph, first_char, num_chars, chardata);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index)
+{
+   return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data)
+{
+   return stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal((unsigned char *) data);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset)
+{
+   return stbtt_InitFont_internal(info, (unsigned char *) data, offset);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *fontdata, const char *name, int flags)
+{
+   return stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal((unsigned char *) fontdata, (char *) name, flags);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2)
+{
+   return stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char *) s1, len1, (char *) s2, len2);
+}
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
 #endif // STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 
 
 // FULL VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes
+//   1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning
+//   1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS)
+//   1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined
+//   1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning
+//   1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics()
+//   1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod
+//   1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function
+//   1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix
+//   1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support
+//   1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const
+//   1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function
+//   1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts
+//   1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
+//   1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning
 //   1.10 (2016-04-02) allow user-defined fabs() replacement
 //                     fix memory leak if fontsize=0.0
 //                     fix warning from duplicate typedef
@@ -3261,3 +5041,45 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *font_collection, const
 //   0.2  (2009-03-11) Fix unsigned/signed char warnings
 //   0.1  (2009-03-09) First public release
 //
+
+/*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
+Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
+This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
+commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
+this software under copyright law.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp b/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9daa2451a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
+
+
+static void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id);
+
+
+
+bool ImGui::SeekSlider(const char* label, int* v, const char* display_format) {
+    return SliderInt(label, v, 0, 100, display_format, true);
+}
+
+// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + (window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line.
+    SetScrollFromPosY(target_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio);
+}
+static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited.
+    const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        if (idx == items_count)
+            break;
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    if (!*p)
+        return false;
+    if (out_text)
+        *out_text = p;
+    return true;
+}
+static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+    const char** items = (const char**)data;
+    if (out_text)
+        *out_text = items[idx];
+    return true;
+}
+// NB: This is an internal helper. The user-facing IsItemHovered() is using data emitted from ItemAdd(), with a slightly different logic.
+bool ImGui::IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == id || g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == window || (flatten_childs && g.HoveredWindow == window->RootWindow))
+            if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+                if (IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredWindow))
+                    return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/* Provide GUI slider with values according to interval steps */
+bool ImGui::SliderIntWithSteps(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, int v_step, const char* display_format)
+{
+    if (!display_format)
+        display_format = "%d";
+
+    int tmp_val = *v;
+    bool value_changed = ImGui::SliderInt(label, &tmp_val, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+
+    // Round the actual slider value to the cloasest bound interval
+    if (v_step > 1)
+        tmp_val -= (tmp_val - v_min) % v_step;
+    *v = tmp_val;
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Parse display precision back from the display format string
+int ImGui::ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+{
+    int precision = default_precision;
+    while ((fmt = strchr(fmt, '%')) != NULL)
+    {
+        fmt++;
+        if (fmt[0] == '%') { fmt++; continue; } // Ignore "%%"
+        while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
+            fmt++;
+        if (*fmt == '.')
+        {
+            precision = atoi(fmt + 1);
+            if (precision < 0 || precision > 10)
+                precision = default_precision;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    return precision;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, bool render_bg)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const bool is_non_linear = fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.0001f;
+    const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0;
+
+
+    if (!render_bg)
+    {
+        // Draw frame
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    }
+
+
+    const float grab_padding = 2.0f;
+    const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (frame_bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (frame_bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f);
+    float grab_sz;
+    if (decimal_precision > 0)
+        grab_sz = ImMin(style.GrabMinSize, slider_sz);
+    else
+        grab_sz = ImMin(ImMax(1.0f * (slider_sz / (v_max - v_min + 1.0f)), style.GrabMinSize), slider_sz);  // Integer sliders, if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
+    const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Min.x : frame_bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Max.x : frame_bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f;
+
+    // For logarithmic sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the exponential increase to be symmetric around 0.0f
+    float linear_zero_pos = 0.0f;   // 0.0->1.0f
+    if (v_min * v_max < 0.0f)
+    {
+        // Different sign
+        const float linear_dist_min_to_0 = powf(fabsf(0.0f - v_min), 1.0f / power);
+        const float linear_dist_max_to_0 = powf(fabsf(v_max - 0.0f), 1.0f / power);
+        linear_zero_pos = linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Same sign
+        linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+    }
+
+    // Process clicking on the slider
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+        {
+            const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
+            float normalized_pos = ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+            if (!is_horizontal)
+                normalized_pos = 1.0f - normalized_pos;
+
+            float new_value;
+            if (is_non_linear)
+            {
+                // Account for logarithmic scale on both sides of the zero
+                if (normalized_pos < linear_zero_pos)
+                {
+                    // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering
+                    float a = 1.0f - (normalized_pos / linear_zero_pos);
+                    a = powf(a, power);
+                    new_value = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max, 0.0f), v_min, a);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering
+                    float a;
+                    if (fabsf(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f)
+                        a = (normalized_pos - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
+                    else
+                        a = normalized_pos;
+                    a = powf(a, power);
+                    new_value = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min, 0.0f), v_max, a);
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Linear slider
+                new_value = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, normalized_pos);
+            }
+
+            // Round past decimal precision, verify that it remains within min/max range
+            new_value = RoundScalar(new_value, decimal_precision);
+            if (new_value > v_max)  new_value = v_max;
+            if (new_value < v_min)  new_value = v_min;
+
+            if (*v != new_value)
+            {
+                *v = new_value;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+        }
+    }
+
+
+
+    // Calculate slider grab positioning
+    float grab_t;
+    if (is_non_linear)
+    {
+        float v_clamped = ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max);
+        if (v_clamped < 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float f = 1.0f - (v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin(0.0f, v_max) - v_min);
+            grab_t = (1.0f - powf(f, 1.0f / power)) * linear_zero_pos;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const float f = (v_clamped - ImMax(0.0f, v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax(0.0f, v_min));
+            grab_t = linear_zero_pos + powf(f, 1.0f / power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Linear slider
+        grab_t = (ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max) - v_min) / (v_max - v_min);
+    }
+
+    // Draw
+    if (!is_horizontal)
+        grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+    const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+    ImRect grab_bb;
+    if (is_horizontal)
+        grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, frame_bb.Min.y + grab_padding), ImVec2(grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f, frame_bb.Max.y - grab_padding));
+    else
+        grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f));
+
+    if (render_bg)
+    {
+        auto bb = frame_bb;
+        ImRect fill_br = frame_bb;
+        auto slider_height = bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y;
+        auto slider_width = bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x;
+        ImVec2 graber_size = {};
+        float width = (grab_bb.Max.x - grab_bb.Min.x);
+        float height = (grab_bb.Max.y - grab_bb.Min.y);
+        float radius = 1.0;
+        if (is_horizontal)
+        {
+            bb.Min.y = bb.Min.y + (slider_height / 3);
+            bb.Max.y = bb.Max.y - (slider_height / 3);
+            if (bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y < 1.0f)
+            {
+                bb.Min.y -= 0.5;
+                bb.Max.y += 0.5;
+            }
+            float grab_paddingl = 2.0f;
+            //Horizontal fills from left to right
+            fill_br.Min = bb.Min;
+            fill_br.Max = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - grab_paddingl, *v / 100), bb.Max.y);
+            graber_size = { grab_bb.Max.x - (width / 2.0f) , grab_bb.Max.y - (height / 2.0f) };
+            radius = height / 2.5f;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bb.Min.x = bb.Min.x + (slider_width / 3);
+            bb.Max.x = bb.Max.x - (slider_width / 3);
+            if (bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x < 1.0f)
+            {
+                bb.Min.x -= 0.5;
+                bb.Max.x += 0.5;
+            }
+            //Vertical fills from down upwards
+            fill_br.Min = bb.Min;
+            fill_br.Min.y = grab_bb.Min.y;
+            fill_br.Max = bb.Max;
+            graber_size = { grab_bb.Max.x - (width / 2.0f) , grab_bb.Max.y - (height / 2.0f) };
+            radius = width;// / 2.5;
+        }
+        // Draw frame
+        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), false, 10.0f);
+        RenderFrame(fill_br.Min, fill_br.Max, ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32({ 0, 112.f / 255, 197.f / 255, 1 }), false, 10.0f);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(graber_size, radius, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), 16);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+    }
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+float ImGui::RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision)
+{
+    // Round past decimal precision
+    // So when our value is 1.99999 with a precision of 0.001 we'll end up rounding to 2.0
+    // FIXME: Investigate better rounding methods
+    static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
+    float min_step = (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : powf(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+    bool negative = value < 0.0f;
+    value = fabsf(value);
+    float remainder = fmodf(value, min_step);
+    if (remainder <= min_step * 0.5f)
+        value -= remainder;
+    else
+        value += (min_step - remainder);
+    return negative ? -value : value;
+}
+static void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1,true);
+}
+
+// Render a triangle to denote expanded/collapsed state
+void ImGui::RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, bool is_open, float scale, bool shadow)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f;
+    const float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
+    ImVec2 center = ImVec2(h * 0.50f+ p_min.x, h * 0.50f * scale+ p_min.y);
+
+    ImVec2 a, b, c;
+    if (is_open)
+    {
+        center.y -= r * 0.25f;
+        a = ImVec2(0 * r+ center.x, 1 * r+ center.y) ;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.866f * r+ center.x, -0.5f * r+ center.y) ;
+        c = ImVec2(0.866f * r + center.x, -0.5f * r + center.y) ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        a =  ImVec2(1 * r+ center.x, 0 * r+ center.y) ;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.500f*r+ center.x, 0.866f*r+ center.y);
+        c = ImVec2(-0.500f*r+ center.x, -0.866f*r+ center.y);
+    }
+
+    if (shadow && (window->Flags) != 0)
+        window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(2+a.x, 2+a.y), ImVec2(2+b.x, 2+b.y), ImVec2(2+c.x, 2+c.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow));
+    window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(a, b, c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+}
+// Combo box function.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos,  ImVec2(w+ window->DC.CursorPos.x, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f+ window->DC.CursorPos.y));
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min,ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x+label_size.x > frame_bb.Max.x + 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f+ frame_bb.Max.x, 0.0f+ frame_bb.Max.x));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    const float arrow_size = show_arrow_down ? (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : 0;
+    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
+    bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);
+    bool popup_opened_now = false;
+
+    const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x-arrow_size, frame_bb.Max.y-0.0f));
+    if (show_arrow_down)
+    {
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+        RenderFrame(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(popup_open || hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), true, style.FrameRounding); // FIXME-ROUNDING
+        RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size+ style.FramePadding.x, frame_bb.Min.y+ style.FramePadding.y), true);
+    }
+    if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
+    {
+        const char* item_text;
+        if (items_getter(data, *current_item, &item_text))
+            RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x + style.FramePadding.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), value_bb.Max, item_text, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    if (hovered)
+    {
+        SetHoveredID(id);
+        if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+        {
+            SetActiveID(0,NULL);
+            if (IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel))
+            {
+                ClosePopup(id);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                FocusWindow(window);
+                OpenPopup(label);
+                popup_open = popup_opened_now = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel))
+    {
+        // Size default to hold ~7 items
+        if (height_in_items < 0)
+            height_in_items = 7;
+
+        float popup_height = (label_size.y + style.ItemSpacing.y) * ImMin(items_count, height_in_items) + (style.FramePadding.y * 3);
+        float popup_y1 = frame_bb.Max.y;
+        float popup_y2 = ImClamp(popup_y1 + popup_height, popup_y1, g.IO.DisplaySize.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y);
+        if ((popup_y2 - popup_y1) < ImMin(popup_height, frame_bb.Min.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y))
+        {
+            // Position our combo ABOVE because there's more space to fit! (FIXME: Handle in Begin() or use a shared helper. We have similar code in Begin() for popup placement)
+            popup_y1 = ImClamp(frame_bb.Min.y - popup_height, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y);
+            popup_y2 = frame_bb.Min.y;
+        }
+        ImRect popup_rect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, popup_y1), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x, popup_y2));
+        SetNextWindowPos(popup_rect.Min);
+        SetNextWindowSize(popup_rect.GetSize());
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
+
+        const ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
+        if (BeginPopupEx((ImGuiID)label, flags))
+        {
+            // Display items
+            Spacing();
+            for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
+            {
+                PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
+                const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+                const char* item_text;
+                if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
+                    item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+                if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+                {
+                    ClearActiveID();
+                    value_changed = true;
+                    *current_item = i;
+                }
+                if (item_selected && popup_opened_now)
+                    SetScrollHereY();
+                PopID();
+            }
+            EndPopup();
+        }
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+{
+    const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items,false);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+{
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;       // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items, show_arrow_down);
+    return value_changed;
+}
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h b/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f63404653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#include<imgui.h>
+#include<imgui_internal.h>
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    class ScopePushFont
+    {
+    public:
+        ScopePushFont(ImFont* font) { PushFont(font); }
+        ~ScopePushFont() { PopFont(); }
+    };
+    class ScopePushStyleColor
+    {
+    public:
+        ScopePushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) { PushStyleColor(idx, col); }
+        ~ScopePushStyleColor() { PopStyleColor(); }
+    };
+    class ScopePushStyleVar
+    {
+    public:
+        ScopePushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { PushStyleVar(idx, val); }
+        ScopePushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { PushStyleVar(idx, val); }
+        ~ScopePushStyleVar() { PopStyleVar(); }
+    };
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, bool is_open, float scale = 1.0f, bool shadow = false);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SeekSlider(const char* label, int* v, const char* display_format = "%.0f%%");
+    /* Implement slider with increments other than 1. The implementation is a variation on https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1183 */
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderIntWithSteps(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, int v_step = 1, const char* display_format = "%.3f");
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs = false);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio);
+    IMGUI_API int           ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision);
+    //IMGUI_API bool          VSliderFloatadd(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power, bool render_bg);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, bool render_bg);
+    IMGUI_API float         RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision);
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);      // separate items with \0, end item-list with \0\0
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);
+}
+#define CONCAT_(x,y) x##y
+#define CONCAT(x,y) CONCAT_(x,y)
+#define ImGui_ScopePushFont(f) ImGui::ScopePushFont CONCAT(scope_push_font, __LINE__) (f)
+#define ImGui_ScopePushStyleColor(idx, col) ImGui::ScopePushStyleColor CONCAT(scope_push_style_color, __LINE__) (idx, col)
+#define ImGui_ScopePushStyleVar(idx, val) ImGui::ScopePushStyleVar CONCAT(scope_push_style_var, __LINE__) (idx, val)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt
index 7add228b9c..48d18687c6 100644
--- a/tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
     ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
     ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
     ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp
+    ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+    ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp 
+    ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
+    ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
     ../../common/realsense-ui-advanced-mode.h
     ../../common/rendering.h
     ../../common/model-views.h
@@ -182,6 +186,7 @@ if(WIN32)
         ../../third-party/tinyfiledialogs/tinyfiledialogs.h
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp
diff --git a/tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp b/tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp
index 3cff537b4f..ef5594d3a6 100644
--- a/tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp
+++ b/tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
                     ImGui::SameLine();
                     //ImGui::SetCursorPosY(ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - 1);
                     ImGui::PushItemWidth(width - ImGui::GetCursorPosX() - 10);
-                    if (ImGui::GetWindowIsFocused() && !ImGui::IsAnyItemActive())
+                    if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && !ImGui::IsAnyItemActive())
                     {
                         ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
                     }
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
                     ImGui::PopItemWidth();
                     ImGui::SetCursorPosX(width / 2 - 105);
 
-                    if (ImGui::ButtonEx("OK", { 100.f, 25.f }) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_ENTER) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER))
+                    if (ImGui::ButtonEx("OK", { 100.f, 25.f }) || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_ENTER] || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER])
                     {
                         try
                         {
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
                     }
                     ImGui::SameLine();
                     ImGui::SetCursorPosX(width / 2 + 5);
-                    if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", { 100.f, 25.f }) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE))
+                    if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", { 100.f, 25.f }) || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE])
                     {
                         ip_address = "";
                         close_ip_popup = true;
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
                 }
             }
 
-            ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(windows_width);
+            ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth(), ImGui::GetWindowHeight()));
 
             auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
             auto h = ImGui::GetWindowHeight();

From 805a964d1ac07244d9c0969ac19f57a30a0458da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Noy-Zini <noy.zini@intel.com>
Date: Tue, 1 Oct 2024 15:35:41 +0300
Subject: [PATCH 2/4] Tools and examples base update

---
 examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt        |  2 +-
 examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp | 26 ++++++++++++++-----
 examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt              |  2 +-
 examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp             | 20 +++++++++++---
 examples/align/CMakeLists.txt                 |  3 ++-
 examples/align/rs-align.cpp                   | 20 +++++++++++---
 examples/example-imgui.hpp                    |  4 +--
 examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt                   |  2 +-
 examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp                       | 23 ++++++++++++----
 examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt       |  2 +-
 .../post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp    | 19 +++++++++++---
 examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt       |  2 +-
 .../record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp    | 18 +++++++++++--
 tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt            |  5 ++++
 tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp   |  4 +--
 tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt         |  4 +++
 .../rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp  | 16 +++++++++---
 17 files changed, 135 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-)

diff --git a/examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt
index d8e5639519..2c875c9f01 100644
--- a/examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 project(RealsenseExamplesAlignAdvanced)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-    add_executable(rs-align-advanced rs-align-advanced.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-align-advanced rs-align-advanced.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp  ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-align-advanced PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries(rs-align-advanced ${DEPENDENCIES})
     include_directories(../../common ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples)
diff --git a/examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp b/examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp
index ee09444474..702a17b0c6 100644
--- a/examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp
+++ b/examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@
 #include <fstream>
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <cstring>
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
 
 void render_slider(rect location, float& clipping_dist);
 void remove_background(rs2::video_frame& other, const rs2::depth_frame& depth_frame, float depth_scale, float clipping_dist);
@@ -20,7 +23,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 {
     // Create and initialize GUI related objects
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Align (Advanced) Example"); // Simple window handling
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);      // ImGui library intializition
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
     rs2::colorizer c;                     // Helper to colorize depth images
     texture renderer;                     // Helper for renderig images
 
@@ -105,11 +112,18 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
         renderer.show(pip_stream);
 
         // Using ImGui library to provide a slide controller to select the depth clipping distance
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         render_slider({ 5.f, 0, w, h }, depth_clipping_distance);
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 
     }
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
@@ -154,11 +168,11 @@ void render_slider(rect location, float& clipping_dist)
 
     //Render the vertical slider
     ImGui::Begin("slider", nullptr, flags);
-    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, ImColor(215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255));
-    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, ImColor(215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255));
-    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive, ImColor(215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255));
+    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, ImVec4(0.2f, 0.3f, 0.7f, 1.0f));
+    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, { 215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255,1 });
+    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive, { 215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255,1 });
     auto slider_size = ImVec2(slider_window_width / 2, location.h - (pixels_to_buttom_of_stream_text * 2) - 20);
-    ImGui::VSliderFloat("", slider_size, &clipping_dist, 0.0f, 6.0f, "", 1.0f, true);
+    ImGui::VSliderFloat("##vslider", slider_size, &clipping_dist, 0.0f, 6.0f," % .2f");
     if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
         ImGui::SetTooltip("Depth Clipping Distance: %.3f", clipping_dist);
     ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
diff --git a/examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt
index 4c80488eb4..0b5aee0e3c 100644
--- a/examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ project(RealsenseExamplesAlignGl )
 set(CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS 1)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES AND NOT APPLE)
-    add_executable(rs-align-gl rs-align-gl.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-align-gl rs-align-gl.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-align-gl PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries(rs-align-gl ${DEPENDENCIES} realsense2-gl)
     include_directories(../../common ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples)
diff --git a/examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp b/examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp
index 63e4305bcf..3fd5717df7 100644
--- a/examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp
+++ b/examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@
 #include <librealsense2/rs.hpp>
 #include "example-imgui.hpp"
 #include <librealsense2-gl/rs_processing_gl.hpp> // Include GPU-Processing API
-
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
 
 /*
  This example introduces the concept of spatial stream alignment.
@@ -45,7 +47,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 
     // Create and initialize GUI related objects
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Align Example"); // Simple window handling
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);      // ImGui library intializition
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
     // Once we have a window, initialize GL module
     // Pass our window to enable sharing of textures between processed frames and the window
@@ -119,11 +125,17 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
         glDisable(GL_BLEND);
 
         // Render the UI:
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         render_slider({ 15.f, app.height() - 60, app.width() - 30, app.height() }, &alpha, &dir);
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
     }
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
diff --git a/examples/align/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/align/CMakeLists.txt
index dc56ad2ab2..8832f58fd3 100644
--- a/examples/align/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/align/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 project(RealsenseExamplesAlign)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-    add_executable(rs-align rs-align.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-align rs-align.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+    ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-align PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries(rs-align ${DEPENDENCIES})
     include_directories(../../common ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples)
diff --git a/examples/align/rs-align.cpp b/examples/align/rs-align.cpp
index dc3a376397..f21bdc8d4f 100644
--- a/examples/align/rs-align.cpp
+++ b/examples/align/rs-align.cpp
@@ -4,6 +4,10 @@
 #include <librealsense2/rs.hpp>
 #include "example-imgui.hpp"
 
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
+
 /*
  This example introduces the concept of spatial stream alignment.
  For example usecase of alignment, please check out align-advanced and measure demos.
@@ -39,7 +43,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 
     // Create and initialize GUI related objects
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Align Example"); // Simple window handling
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);      // ImGui library intializition
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
     rs2::colorizer c;                     // Helper to colorize depth images
     texture depth_image, color_image;     // Helpers for renderig images
 
@@ -106,11 +114,17 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
         glDisable(GL_BLEND);
 
         // Render the UI:
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         render_slider({ 15.f, app.height() - 60, app.width() - 30, app.height() }, &alpha, &dir);
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
     }
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
diff --git a/examples/example-imgui.hpp b/examples/example-imgui.hpp
index 2083f400e0..ce41ff4c82 100644
--- a/examples/example-imgui.hpp
+++ b/examples/example-imgui.hpp
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class hdr_slider : public slider {
         ImGui::Begin(name_id.c_str(), nullptr, _sliders_flags);
         ImGui::Text("%s",_name);
         bool is_changed =
-            ImGui::SliderFloat("", &_value, _min_value, _max_value, "%.3f", 5.0f, false); //5.0f for logarithmic scale 
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("Slider Label", &_value, _min_value, _max_value, "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); //5.0f for logarithmic scale 
         if (is_changed) {
             _sensor.set_option(RS2_OPTION_SEQUENCE_ID, float(_seq_id));
             _sensor.set_option(_option, _value);
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ class hdr_widgets {
     void render_widgets() {
 
         //start a new frame of ImGui
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
 
         _exposure_slider_seq_2.show();
         _exposure_slider_seq_1.show();
diff --git a/examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt
index 0407b3dc7a..846ed0faf8 100644
--- a/examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 project(RealsenseExamplesHdr)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-    add_executable(rs-hdr rs-hdr.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-hdr rs-hdr.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-hdr PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries( rs-hdr ${DEPENDENCIES} tclap )
     include_directories(../ ../../third-party/imgui ../../third-party/glfw/include)
diff --git a/examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp b/examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp
index f20f6b854b..f5feae61f6 100644
--- a/examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp
+++ b/examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp
@@ -5,6 +5,9 @@
 #include "example-imgui.hpp"    // Include short list of convenience functions for rendering
 #include <iostream>
 
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
 
 // HDR Example demonstrates how to use the HDR feature - only for D400 product line devices
 int main() try
@@ -103,8 +106,11 @@ int main() try
     // init view window
     window app(width, height, title.c_str(), tiles_in_row, tiles_in_col);
 
-    // init ImGui with app (window object)
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
     // init hdr_widgets object
     // hdr_widgets holds the sliders, the text boxes and the frames_map
@@ -112,6 +118,7 @@ int main() try
 
     while (app) // application is still alive
     {
+
         data = pipe.wait_for_frames();    // Wait for next set of frames from the camera
 
         auto frame = data.get_depth_frame();
@@ -143,15 +150,21 @@ int main() try
 
         //update frames in frames map in hdr_widgets
         hdr_widgets.update_frames_map(infrared_frame, depth_frame, hdr_frame, hdr_seq_id, hdr_seq_size);
-
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         //render hdr widgets sliders and text boxes
         hdr_widgets.render_widgets();
 
         //the show method, when applied on frame map, break it to frames and upload each frame into its specific tile
         app.show(hdr_widgets.get_frames_map());
-
+        ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
     }
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error& e)
diff --git a/examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt
index 46c405f232..aff5e08518 100644
--- a/examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 project(RealsenseExamplesPost-Processing)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-    add_executable(rs-post-processing rs-post-processing.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-post-processing rs-post-processing.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-post-processing PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries( rs-post-processing ${DEPENDENCIES} tclap )
     include_directories(../ ../../third-party/imgui)
diff --git a/examples/post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp b/examples/post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp
index 96355e7ef1..da66acb50e 100644
--- a/examples/post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp
+++ b/examples/post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@
 
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
+
 
 /**
 Helper class for controlling the filter's GUI element
@@ -51,7 +54,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 {
     // Create a simple OpenGL window for rendering:
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Post Processing Example");
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
     // Construct objects to manage view state
     glfw_state original_view_orientation{};
@@ -215,7 +222,10 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
     // (Not the safest way to join a thread, please wrap your threads in some RAII manner)
     stopped = true;
     processing_thread.join();
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
@@ -251,7 +261,9 @@ void render_ui(float w, float h, std::vector<filter_options>& filters)
         | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize
         | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
 
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+    ImGui::NewFrame();
     ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ w, h });
     ImGui::Begin("app", nullptr, flags);
 
@@ -288,6 +300,7 @@ void render_ui(float w, float h, std::vector<filter_options>& filters)
 
     ImGui::End();
     ImGui::Render();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 }
 
 bool filter_slider_ui::render(const float3& location, bool enabled)
diff --git a/examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt
index 36865ca426..9fb4ade713 100644
--- a/examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 project(RealsenseExamplesRecord-Playback)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-    add_executable(rs-record-playback rs-record-playback.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-record-playback rs-record-playback.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-record-playback PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries( rs-record-playback ${DEPENDENCIES} tclap )
     include_directories(../ ../../third-party/imgui)
diff --git a/examples/record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp b/examples/record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp
index 7736fad1ab..314de96e18 100644
--- a/examples/record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp
+++ b/examples/record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp
@@ -7,6 +7,9 @@
 
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
 
 // Includes for time display
 #include <sstream>
@@ -23,7 +26,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 {
     // Create a simple OpenGL window for rendering:
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Record and Playback Example");
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
     // Create booleans to control GUI (recorded - allow play button, recording - show 'recording to file' text)
     bool recorded = false;
@@ -61,7 +68,9 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
             | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize
             | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
 
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ app.width(), app.height() });
         ImGui::Begin("app", nullptr, flags);
 
@@ -192,10 +201,15 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 
         ImGui::End();
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 
         // Render depth frames from the default configuration, the recorder or the playback
         depth_image.render(depth, { app.width() * 0.25f, app.height() * 0.25f, app.width() * 0.5f, app.height() * 0.75f  });
     }
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
diff --git a/tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt
index 82c9678d41..e89a1a1b31 100644
--- a/tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -37,6 +37,10 @@ if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp 
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp
         ../../third-party/glad/glad.c
@@ -64,6 +68,7 @@ if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp)
 
diff --git a/tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp b/tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp
index db65524c1b..cbb46ee730 100644
--- a/tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp
+++ b/tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ namespace rs2
             // Creating window menus
             // *********************
             ImGui::Begin("Control Panel", nullptr, viewer_ui_traits::imgui_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
-            ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(_viewer_model.panel_width - 26);
+            ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ _viewer_model.panel_width - 26,_viewer_model.panel_y });
 
             if (_device_model.get())
             {
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ namespace rs2
                 {
                     update_configuration();
                 }
-                ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(windows_width);
+                ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(windows_width, ImGui::GetContentRegionMax().y));
                 auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
 
                 for (auto&& lambda : draw_later)
diff --git a/tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt
index 4532b873e3..9cb831c254 100644
--- a/tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp
             ../../third-party/tinyfiledialogs/tinyfiledialogs.c
diff --git a/tools/rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp b/tools/rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp
index 584bebf97a..0550ebbe78 100644
--- a/tools/rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp
+++ b/tools/rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
 #include <GLFW/glfw3.h>
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include <imgui_impl_glfw.h>
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h"
 #include <imgui_internal.h>
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #ifndef NOMINMAX
@@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ class gui_window
         if (!_first_frame)
         {
             ImGui::Render();
+            ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
             glfwSwapBuffers(_window);
         }
         bool res = !glfwWindowShouldClose(_window);
@@ -67,7 +69,9 @@ class gui_window
         glfwGetWindowSize(_window, &_w, &_h);
         glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
         glLoadIdentity();
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         _first_frame = false;
         return res;
     }
@@ -96,7 +100,9 @@ class gui_window
             f->AddFiles(std::vector<std::string>(paths, paths + count));
         });
 
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(_window, true);
+        ImGui::CreateContext();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(_window, true);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
         glfwSetScrollCallback(_window, [](GLFWwindow * w, double xoffset, double yoffset)
         {
@@ -414,7 +420,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
         int flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
 
         static bool open = true;
-        ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ float(window.width()), float(window.height()) }, flags | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ float(window.width()), float(window.height()) }, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
         if (ImGui::Begin("Rosbag Inspector", nullptr, flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
         {
             draw_menu_bar();
@@ -432,8 +438,10 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
         ImGui::PopStyleColor(10);
         std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::milliseconds(10));
     }
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     glfwTerminate();
     return 0;
 }

From 8e573acab7d41b6c2f8fc6f2586503ed29b5e4a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Noy-Zini <noy.zini@intel.com>
Date: Thu, 22 Aug 2024 22:19:08 +0300
Subject: [PATCH 3/4] imgui_files_update

---
 common/calibration-model.cpp                  |     2 +-
 common/device-model.cpp                       |    35 +-
 common/measurement.cpp                        |     8 +-
 common/model-views.cpp                        |     1 +
 common/option-model.cpp                       |     1 +
 common/output-model.cpp                       |    20 +-
 common/stream-model.cpp                       |     1 +
 common/updates-model.cpp                      |     6 +-
 common/ux-alignment.cpp                       |     6 +-
 common/ux-window.cpp                          |    26 +-
 common/viewer.cpp                             |    21 +-
 third-party/imgui/{LICENSE => LICENSE.txt}    |     2 +-
 third-party/imgui/imconfig.h                  |   126 +-
 third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp                   | 21228 ++++++++++------
 third-party/imgui/imgui.h                     |  4003 ++-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp              |  4394 +++-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp         |   985 +-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h           |    77 +-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp      |   960 +
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h        |    66 +
 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h |   910 +
 third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h            |  3955 ++-
 third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp            |  4448 ++++
 third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp           |  9055 +++++++
 .../{stb_rect_pack.h => imstb_rectpack.h}     |   162 +-
 .../{stb_textedit.h => imstb_textedit.h}      |   510 +-
 .../{stb_truetype.h => imstb_truetype.h}      |  2194 +-
 third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp         |   469 +
 third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h           |    43 +
 tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt         |     5 +
 tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp   |     8 +-
 31 files changed, 42878 insertions(+), 10849 deletions(-)
 rename third-party/imgui/{LICENSE => LICENSE.txt} (94%)
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
 rename third-party/imgui/{stb_rect_pack.h => imstb_rectpack.h} (75%)
 rename third-party/imgui/{stb_textedit.h => imstb_textedit.h} (70%)
 rename third-party/imgui/{stb_truetype.h => imstb_truetype.h} (59%)
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
 create mode 100644 third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h

diff --git a/common/calibration-model.cpp b/common/calibration-model.cpp
index 170f168041..95a20dff3a 100644
--- a/common/calibration-model.cpp
+++ b/common/calibration-model.cpp
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ void calibration_model::update(ux_window& window, std::string& error_message)
             ImGui::PopStyleColor(2);
         }
 
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg, dark_sensor_bg);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, dark_sensor_bg);
 
         ImGui::BeginChild("##CalibData",ImVec2(w - 15, h - 110), true);
 
diff --git a/common/device-model.cpp b/common/device-model.cpp
index 319425eda3..4adafff0e9 100644
--- a/common/device-model.cpp
+++ b/common/device-model.cpp
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 #include "imgui-fonts-karla.hpp"
 #include "imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp"
 #include "imgui-fonts-monofont.hpp"
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
 
 #include <rsutils/os/special-folder.h>
 #include "os.h"
@@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ namespace rs2
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = scrollbar_grab;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = scrollbar_grab + 0.1f;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = scrollbar_grab + (-0.1f);
-        style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ComboBg] = dark_window_background;
+        style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = dark_window_background;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = regular_blue;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = regular_blue;
         style.Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = regular_blue;
@@ -561,7 +562,7 @@ namespace rs2
         //////////////////// Step Backwards Button ////////////////////
         ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + space_width);
         std::string label = rsutils::string::from() << textual_icons::step_backward << "##Step Backward " << id;
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_dim, supports_playback_step ? 0 : ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_dim, supports_playback_step ? 0 : ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled))
         {
             int fps = 0;
             for (auto&& s : viewer.streams)
@@ -664,7 +665,7 @@ namespace rs2
         //////////////////// Step Forward Button ////////////////////
         ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + space_width);
         label = rsutils::string::from() << textual_icons::step_forward << "##Step Forward " << id;
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_dim, supports_playback_step ? 0 : ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_dim, supports_playback_step ? 0 : ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled))
         {
             int fps = 0;
             for (auto&& s : viewer.streams)
@@ -1221,7 +1222,7 @@ namespace rs2
         auto record_button_color = is_recording ? light_blue : light_grey;
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, record_button_color);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, record_button_color);
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(record_button_name.c_str(), device_panel_icons_size, (disable_record_button_logic(is_streaming, is_playback_device)) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled : 0))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(record_button_name.c_str(), device_panel_icons_size, (disable_record_button_logic(is_streaming, is_playback_device)) ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : 0))
         {
             if (is_recording) //is_recording is changed inside stop/start_recording
             {
@@ -1268,7 +1269,7 @@ namespace rs2
         auto sync_button_color = is_sync_enabled ? light_blue : light_grey;
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, sync_button_color);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, sync_button_color);
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(sync_button_name.c_str(), device_panel_icons_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(sync_button_name.c_str(), device_panel_icons_size, ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled))
         {
             is_sync_enabled = !is_sync_enabled;
         }
@@ -1437,18 +1438,18 @@ namespace rs2
         //Move to next line, and we want to keep the horizontal alignment
         ImGui::SetCursorPos({ panel_pos.x, ImGui::GetCursorPosY() });
         //Using transparent-non-actionable buttons to have the same locations
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4&)ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4&)ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4&)ImColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
         const ImVec2 device_panel_icons_text_size = { icons_width, 5 };
 
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, record_button_color);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, record_button_color);
-        ImGui::ButtonEx(is_recording ? "Stop" : "Record", device_panel_icons_size, (!is_streaming ? ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled : 0));
+        ImGui::ButtonEx(is_recording ? "Stop" : "Record", device_panel_icons_size, (!is_streaming ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : 0));
         if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && is_streaming) window.link_hovered();
         ImGui::PopStyleColor(2);
 
-        ImGui::SameLine();  ImGui::ButtonEx("Sync", device_panel_icons_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled);
+        ImGui::SameLine();  ImGui::ButtonEx("Sync", device_panel_icons_size, ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
 
         auto info_button_color = show_device_info ? light_blue : light_grey;
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, info_button_color);
@@ -2035,7 +2036,7 @@ namespace rs2
         const ImVec2 icons_size{ 20, 20 };
         //TODO: Change this once we have support for loading jsons with more data than only advanced controls
         bool is_streaming = std::any_of(subdevices.begin(), subdevices.end(), [](const std::shared_ptr<subdevice_model>& sm) { return sm->streaming; });
-        const int buttons_flags = serializable ? 0 : ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
+        const int buttons_flags = serializable ? 0 : ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
         static bool require_advanced_mode_enable_prompt = false;
         auto advanced_dev = dev.as<advanced_mode>();
         auto is_advanced_device = false;
@@ -2060,7 +2061,7 @@ namespace rs2
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, light_grey);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, light_grey);
 
-        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(upload_button_name.c_str(), icons_size, (is_streaming && !load_json_if_streaming) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled : buttons_flags))
+        if (ImGui::ButtonEx(upload_button_name.c_str(), icons_size, (is_streaming && !load_json_if_streaming) ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : buttons_flags))
         {
             if (serializable && (!is_advanced_device || is_advanced_mode_enabled))
             {
@@ -2182,8 +2183,8 @@ namespace rs2
 
         auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorPos();
         ImGui::PushFont(window.get_large_font());
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, device_header_background_color);
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, device_header_background_color);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4&)device_header_background_color);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4&)device_header_background_color);
 
         ////////////////////////////////////////
         // Draw device name
@@ -2396,7 +2397,7 @@ namespace rs2
         ImGui::PopStyleColor(2);
 
         auto sensor_top_y = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
-        ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(windows_width - 36);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() - 36, ImGui::GetWindowHeight()));
 
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered, sensor_bg);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, light_grey);
@@ -2800,7 +2801,7 @@ namespace rs2
 
                                             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, redish);
                                             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, redish + 0.1f);
-                                            ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled);
+                                            ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_size, ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
                                         }
                                         else
                                         {
@@ -2810,7 +2811,7 @@ namespace rs2
                                                              << pb->get_name();
                                             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, light_blue);
                                             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, light_blue + 0.1f);
-                                            ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled);
+                                            ImGui::ButtonEx(label.c_str(), button_size, ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
                                         }
                                     }
                                     else
diff --git a/common/measurement.cpp b/common/measurement.cpp
index dcc8ea3bd0..0d480e5a56 100644
--- a/common/measurement.cpp
+++ b/common/measurement.cpp
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ std::vector<int> measurement_state::find_path(int from, int to)
 
 void measurement::add_point(interest_point p)
 {
-    auto shift = ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT);
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    auto shift = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT];
 
     if (is_enabled())
     {
@@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ void measurement::update_input(ux_window& win, const rs2::rect& viewer_rect)
 {
     id = 0;
 
-    if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('Z') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('z'))
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Z))
         restore_state();
 
     input_ctrl.prev_mouse_down = input_ctrl.mouse_down;
@@ -430,7 +431,8 @@ void measurement::restore_state()
 
 void measurement::draw(ux_window& win)
 {
-    auto shift = ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT);
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    auto shift = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT];
 
     auto p_idx = point_hovered(win);
     if (p_idx >= 0 && !win.get_mouse().mouse_down[0])
diff --git a/common/model-views.cpp b/common/model-views.cpp
index 909f3bc9f8..d3b4aefb73 100644
--- a/common/model-views.cpp
+++ b/common/model-views.cpp
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 
 #include <librealsense2/rs.hpp>
 
+#include "realsense_imgui.h""
 #include "model-views.h"
 #include "subdevice-model.h"
 #include "stream-model.h"
diff --git a/common/option-model.cpp b/common/option-model.cpp
index 1ccac91525..59a4c762e5 100644
--- a/common/option-model.cpp
+++ b/common/option-model.cpp
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 // Copyright(c) 2022 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
 
 #include "option-model.h"
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
 #include <librealsense2/rs_advanced_mode.hpp>
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include <imgui_internal.h>
diff --git a/common/output-model.cpp b/common/output-model.cpp
index 937478a8b3..61e5586898 100644
--- a/common/output-model.cpp
+++ b/common/output-model.cpp
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ bool output_model::round_indicator(ux_window& win, std::string icon,
 
     auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
     ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled({ pos.x, pos.y + 3 },
-                { pos.x + size.x + 15, pos.y + 27 }, ImColor(color), 12, 15);
+                { pos.x + size.x + 15, pos.y + 27 }, ImColor(color), 12, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone);
 
     auto res = ImGui::Button(ss.str().c_str(), ImVec2(size.x + 15, 28));
     if (count > 0 && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
 
 
         ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0,0));
-        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg, dark_sensor_bg);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, dark_sensor_bg);
 
         const float log_area_width = w - get_dashboard_width() - 2;
 
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
             ImGui::SetCursorPosY(ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - 4);
 
             std::string label = rsutils::string::from() << "##log_entry" << i++;
-            ImGui::InputTextEx(label.c_str(),
+            ImGui::InputTextEx(label.c_str(),NULL,
                         (char*)line.data(),
                         static_cast<int>(line.size() + 1),
                         ImVec2(-1, size.y + margin),
@@ -592,19 +592,19 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
         ImGui::PushItemWidth( w - get_dashboard_width() - 30 );
 
         bool force_refresh = false;
-        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_UP) || ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_DOWN)))
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_UpArrow] || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_DownArrow]))
         {
             if (commands_histroy.size())
             {
-                if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_UP)) history_offset = (history_offset + 1) % commands_histroy.size();
-                if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_DOWN)) history_offset = (history_offset - 1 + (int)commands_histroy.size()) % commands_histroy.size();
+                if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_UpArrow]) history_offset = (history_offset + 1) % commands_histroy.size();
+                if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_DownArrow]) history_offset = (history_offset - 1 + (int)commands_histroy.size()) % commands_histroy.size();
                 command_line = commands_histroy[history_offset];
 
                 force_refresh = true;
             }
         }
 
-        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_TAB))
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_TAB])
         {
             if (!autocomplete.size() || !starts_with(to_lower(autocomplete.front()), to_lower(command_line)))
             {
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
         ImGui::PopFont();
         ImGui::PopStyleColor();
 
-        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_ENTER) || ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER)))
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_ENTER] || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER]))
         {
             if (commands_histroy.size() > 100) commands_histroy.pop_back();
             commands_histroy.push_front(command_line);
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ void output_model::draw(ux_window& win, rect view_rect, device_models_list & dev
         }
         else command_focus = false;
 
-        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE))
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE])
         {
             command_line = "";
         }
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ void output_model::foreach_log(std::function<void(log_entry& line)> action)
 
     if (new_log)
     {
-        ImGui::SetScrollPosHere();
+        ImGui::SetScrollHereY();
         new_log = false;
     }
 }
diff --git a/common/stream-model.cpp b/common/stream-model.cpp
index 6bb105c8c0..09e31f8573 100644
--- a/common/stream-model.cpp
+++ b/common/stream-model.cpp
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 #include "viewer.h"
 #include "os.h"
 #include <imgui_internal.h>
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
 
 
 namespace rs2
diff --git a/common/updates-model.cpp b/common/updates-model.cpp
index 977a844156..340bfcb41b 100644
--- a/common/updates-model.cpp
+++ b/common/updates-model.cpp
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ void updates_model::draw(std::shared_ptr<notifications_model> not_model, ux_wind
     ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ positions.w, positions.h });
 
     auto flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar |
-        ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
+        ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings ;
 
     ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_PopupBg, sensor_bg);
     ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, white);
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ bool updates_model::draw_software_section(const char * window_name, update_profi
             sw_text_pos.y += 15;
             ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(sw_text_pos);
             ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##Software Update Description", const_cast<char*>(msg),
-                strlen(msg) + 1, ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() - 150, pos.mid_y - (pos.orig_pos.y + 160) - 40),
+                strlen(msg) + 1, ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 150, pos.mid_y - (pos.orig_pos.y + 160) - 40),
                 ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
             ImGui::PopStyleColor(7);
             ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ bool updates_model::draw_firmware_section(std::shared_ptr<notifications_model> n
         fw_text_pos.y += 15;
         ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(fw_text_pos);
         ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##Firmware Update Description", const_cast<char*>(msg),
-            strlen(msg) + 1, ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() - 150, 75),
+            strlen(msg) + 1, ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 150, 75),
             ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
         ImGui::PopStyleColor(7);
         ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
diff --git a/common/ux-alignment.cpp b/common/ux-alignment.cpp
index f0b6c559f5..6b7a443ba0 100644
--- a/common/ux-alignment.cpp
+++ b/common/ux-alignment.cpp
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 #include "ux-alignment.h"
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include <imgui_impl_glfw.h>
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
 #include <vector>
 #include <memory>
 
@@ -46,10 +47,13 @@ bool is_gui_aligned(GLFWwindow *win)
         ImGui::PopStyleVar();
 
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 
         glfwSwapBuffers(win);
 
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1.f);
+        //ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        //ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
 
         SetFocus(hwn);
 
diff --git a/common/ux-window.cpp b/common/ux-window.cpp
index dc5767f077..e33d986006 100644
--- a/common/ux-window.cpp
+++ b/common/ux-window.cpp
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include <imgui_impl_glfw.h>
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
 
 #include "device-model.h"
 
@@ -215,6 +216,12 @@ namespace rs2
    
     void ux_window::open_window()
     {
+        IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+        ImGui::CreateContext();
+        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+        io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard;     // Enable Keyboard Controls
+        io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange;
+
         if (_win)
         {
             rs2::gl::shutdown_rendering();
@@ -222,6 +229,7 @@ namespace rs2
 
             ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->ClearFonts();  // To be refactored into Viewer theme object
             ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+            ImGui::DestroyContext();
             glfwDestroyWindow(_win);
             glfwDestroyCursor(_hand_cursor);
             glfwDestroyCursor(_cross_cursor);
@@ -371,7 +379,8 @@ namespace rs2
 
         setup_icon();
 
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(_win, true);
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(_win, false);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
         if (_use_glsl_render)
             _2d_vis = std::make_shared<visualizer_2d>(std::make_shared<splash_screen_shader>());
@@ -391,6 +400,7 @@ namespace rs2
         });
         glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(_win, [](GLFWwindow* w, int button, int action, int mods)
         {
+            ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(w, button, action, mods);
             auto data = reinterpret_cast<ux_window*>(glfwGetWindowUserPointer(w));
             data->_mouse.mouse_down[0] = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_1) && (action != GLFW_RELEASE);
             data->_mouse.mouse_down[1] = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_2) && (action != GLFW_RELEASE);
@@ -582,7 +592,7 @@ namespace rs2
         while (res && (!_app_ready || _splash_timer.get_elapsed_ms() < 2000.f))
         {
             res = !glfwWindowShouldClose(_win);
-            glfwPollEvents();
+           // glfwPollEvents();
 
             begin_frame();
 
@@ -623,13 +633,14 @@ namespace rs2
 
         // reset graphic pipe
         begin_frame();
-
+        
         if (_link_hovered)
             glfwSetCursor(_win, _hand_cursor);
         else if (_cross_hovered)
             glfwSetCursor(_win, _cross_cursor);
         else
             glfwSetCursor(_win, nullptr);
+         
         _cross_hovered = false;
         _link_hovered = false;
         _hovers_any_input_window = false;
@@ -742,9 +753,10 @@ namespace rs2
 
         ImGui::GetIO().MouseWheel = _mouse.ui_wheel;
         _mouse.ui_wheel = 0.f;
-
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(_scale_factor);
-        //ImGui::NewFrame();
+        
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
     }
 
     void ux_window::begin_viewport()
@@ -766,7 +778,7 @@ namespace rs2
         if (!_first_frame)
         {
             ImGui::Render();
-
+            ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
             glfwSwapBuffers(_win);
             _mouse.mouse_wheel = 0;
         }
diff --git a/common/viewer.cpp b/common/viewer.cpp
index e515c7234e..8acb98a4aa 100644
--- a/common/viewer.cpp
+++ b/common/viewer.cpp
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #include <opengl3.h>
 
 #include <imgui_internal.h>
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
 
 #define ARCBALL_CAMERA_IMPLEMENTATION
 #include <third-party/arcball_camera.h>
@@ -1373,8 +1374,8 @@ namespace rs2
 
         ImGui::SetNextWindowPos({ viewer_rect.x, viewer_rect.y });
         ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ viewer_rect.w, viewer_rect.h });
-
-        ImGui::Begin("Viewport", nullptr, { viewer_rect.w, viewer_rect.h }, 0.f, flags);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.f);
+        ImGui::Begin("Viewport", nullptr,flags);
 
         try
         {
@@ -1828,7 +1829,7 @@ namespace rs2
 
                     // Don't draw text in boxes that are too small...
                     auto h = bbox.h;
-                    ImGui::PushStyleColor( ImGuiCol_Text, ImColor( 1.f, 1.f, 1.f, a ) );
+                    ImGui::PushStyleColor( ImGuiCol_Text, (ImVec4&)ImColor( 1.f, 1.f, 1.f, a ) );
                     ImColor bg( dark_sensor_bg.x, dark_sensor_bg.y, dark_sensor_bg.z, dark_sensor_bg.w * a );
 
                     if( fabs(object.mean_depth) > 0.f )
@@ -2239,7 +2240,7 @@ namespace rs2
 
         glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
 
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('R') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('r'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_R])
         {
             reset_camera();
         }
@@ -3064,22 +3065,22 @@ namespace rs2
         auto x_axis = cross(dir, up);
         auto step = sec_since_update * 0.3f;
 
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('w') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('W'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_W])
         {
             pos = pos + dir * step;
             target = target + dir * step;
         }
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('s') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('S'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_S])
         {
             pos = pos - dir * step;
             target = target - dir * step;
         }
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('d') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('D'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_D])
         {
             pos = pos + x_axis * step;
             target = target + x_axis * step;
         }
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed('a') || ImGui::IsKeyPressed('A'))
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[ImGuiKey_A])
         {
             pos = pos - x_axis * step;
             target = target - x_axis * step;
@@ -3096,7 +3097,7 @@ namespace rs2
             auto cy = mouse.cursor.y + overflow.y;
             auto py = mouse.prev_cursor.y + overflow.y;
 
-            auto dragging = ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL);
+            auto dragging = ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL];
 
             // Limit how much user mouse can jump between frames
             // This can work poorly when the app FPS is really terrible (< 10)
@@ -3345,7 +3346,7 @@ namespace rs2
                 _measurements.show_tooltip(window);
         }
 
-        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(' '))
+        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space))
         {
             if (paused)
             {
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/LICENSE b/third-party/imgui/LICENSE.txt
similarity index 94%
rename from third-party/imgui/LICENSE
rename to third-party/imgui/LICENSE.txt
index b28ef22539..3282f5b5b1 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/LICENSE
+++ b/third-party/imgui/LICENSE.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 The MIT License (MIT)
 
-Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Omar Cornut and ImGui contributors
+Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
 of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imconfig.h b/third-party/imgui/imconfig.h
index 33cbadd17e..d556cbaf1b 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imconfig.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imconfig.h
@@ -1,51 +1,131 @@
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// USER IMPLEMENTATION
-// This file contains compile-time options for ImGui.
-// Other options (memory allocation overrides, callbacks, etc.) can be set at runtime via the ImGuiIO structure - ImGui::GetIO().
+// DEAR IMGUI COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS
+// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure.
+// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/rebased branch with your modifications to it)
+// B) or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_imgui_config.h"' in your project and then add directives in your own file without touching this template.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp
+// files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures.
+// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts.
+// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp file to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #pragma once
 
 //---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert().
+// If your macro uses multiple statements, make sure is enclosed in a 'do { .. } while (0)' block so it can be used as a single statement.
 //#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)  MyAssert(_EXPR)
+//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)  ((void)(_EXPR))     // Disable asserts
 
-//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows.
+//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows
+// Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
+// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
+// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
 //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport )
 //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport )
 
-//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
+//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO                      // 1.87+ disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This is automatically done by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS.
+
+//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools.
+// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE                                     // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS                        // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS                         // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowIDStackToolWindow() will be empty.
+
+//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS   // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a)
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS          // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS         // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS                     // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME).
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS      // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default).
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS            // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS              // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS                      // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS              // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS                  // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions().
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE                                 // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available
+
+//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience
+// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included.
 //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
+//#define IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME         "my_folder/my_imgui_user.h"
 
-//---- Don't implement default handlers for Windows (so as not to link with OpenClipboard() and others Win32 functions)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS
+//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another)
+//#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
 
-//---- Don't implement help and test window functionality (ShowUserGuide()/ShowStyleEditor()/ShowTestWindow() methods will be empty)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS
+//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support Unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...)
+//#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
 
-//---- Don't define obsolete functions names
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version
+// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files.
+//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME   "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
+//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME  "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
+//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME    "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h"    // only used if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION                   // only disabled if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined.
+
+//---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined)
+// Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h.
+//#define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
 
-//---- Implement STB libraries in a namespace to avoid conflicts
-//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE     ImGuiStb
+//---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui)
+// Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided).
+// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'.
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
 
-//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
+//---- Use FreeType+lunasvg library to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT)
+// Requires lunasvg headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the lunasvg library (not provided).
+// Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE.
+// (implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement)
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG
+
+//---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default)
+// The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend.
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+
+//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
+// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations.
 /*
-#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA                                                 \
-        ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; }                       \
+#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA                                                     \
+        constexpr ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y) {}                   \
         operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); }
 
-#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA                                                 \
-        ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; }     \
+#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA                                                     \
+        constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {}   \
         operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); }
 */
+//---- ...Or use Dear ImGui's own very basic math operators.
+//#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+
+//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices.
+// Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices).
+// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer.
+// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details.
+//#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int
+
+//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer backends accordingly)
+//struct ImDrawList;
+//struct ImDrawCmd;
+//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data);
+//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback
 
-//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files.
-//---- e.g. create variants of the ImGui::Value() helper for your low-level math types, or your own widgets/helpers.
+//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger (we provide a default implementation of this in the codebase)
+// (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.)
+//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK  IM_ASSERT(0)
+//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK  __debugbreak()
+
+//---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts
+//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+
+//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace from anywhere (e.g. your own sources/header files)
 /*
 namespace ImGui
 {
-    void    Value(const char* prefix, const MyMatrix44& v, const char* float_format = NULL);
+    void MyFunction(const char* name, MyMatrix44* mtx);
 }
 */
-
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
index 279cac6b63..31220bdf28 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
@@ -1,173 +1,824 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.49
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
 // (main code and documentation)
 
-// See ImGui::ShowTestWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
-// Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase.
-// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
-// Releases change-log at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// Help:
+// - See links below.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments.
+
+// Resources:
+// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md)
+// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
+//   - Getting Started            https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code)
+//   - Third-party Extensions     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more)
+//   - Bindings/Backends          https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines)
+//   - Glossary                   https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
+//   - Debug Tools                https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools
+//   - Software using Dear ImGui  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui
+// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
+// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps)
+
+// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:
+// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
+// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there.
+
+// Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut
 // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.
-// This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance.
-// If you work for a company, please consider financial support, e.g: https://www.patreon.com/imgui
+// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License).
+// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance.
+// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts.
+// PLEASE reach out at omar AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding
+// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.
+
+// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.
+// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without
+// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't
+// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you
+// to a better solution or official support for them.
 
 /*
 
- Index
- - MISSION STATEMENT
- - END-USER GUIDE
- - PROGRAMMER GUIDE (read me!)
- - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
- - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
-   - How can I help?
-   - How do I update to a newer version of ImGui?
-   - What is ImTextureID and how do I display an image?
-   - I integrated ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
-   - I integrated ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
-   - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes). A primer on the purpose of labels/IDs.
-   - How can I tell when ImGui wants my mouse/keyboard inputs and when I can pass them to my application?
-   - How can I load a different font than the default?
-   - How can I load multiple fonts?
-   - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
-   - How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
- - ISSUES & TODO-LIST
- - CODE
+Index of this file:
+
+DOCUMENTATION
+
+- MISSION STATEMENT
+- CONTROLS GUIDE
+- PROGRAMMER GUIDE
+  - READ FIRST
+  - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
+  - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
+  - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
+  - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
+- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
+- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
+  - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.com/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)
+
+CODE
+(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)
+
+// [SECTION] INCLUDES
+// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
+// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
+// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex
+// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
+// [SECTION] STYLING
+// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
+// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN
+// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
+// [SECTION] ID STACK
+// [SECTION] INPUTS
+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
+// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION
+// [SECTION] LAYOUT
+// [SECTION] SCROLLING
+// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
+// [SECTION] POPUPS
+// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
+// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
+// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
+// [SECTION] SETTINGS
+// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION
+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
+// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
+// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
+// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
+// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL)
 
+*/
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DOCUMENTATION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
 
  MISSION STATEMENT
  =================
 
- - easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools
- - easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools
- - easy to hack and improve
- - minimize screen real-estate usage
- - minimize setup and maintenance
- - minimize state storage on user side
- - portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.)
- - efficient runtime (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content - creating a window / opening a tree node for the first time, etc. - but a typical frame won't allocate anything)
- - read about immediate-mode gui principles @ http://mollyrocket.com/861, http://mollyrocket.com/forums/index.html
+ - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools.
+ - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools.
+ - Easy to hack and improve.
+ - Minimize setup and maintenance.
+ - Minimize state storage on user side.
+ - Minimize state synchronization.
+ - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.).
+ - Efficient runtime and memory consumption.
 
- Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes:
- - doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate
- - limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code
- - occasionally uses statically sized buffers for string manipulations - won't crash, but some very long pieces of text may be clipped. functions like ImGui::TextUnformatted() don't have such restriction.
+ Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user!
+ Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes:
 
+ - Doesn't look fancy.
+ - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code.
 
- END-USER GUIDE
+
+ CONTROLS GUIDE
  ==============
 
- - double-click title bar to collapse window
- - click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin()
- - click and drag on lower right corner to resize window
- - click and drag on any empty space to move window
- - double-click/double-tap on lower right corner grip to auto-fit to content
- - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields
- - use mouse wheel to scroll
- - use CTRL+mouse wheel to zoom window contents (if IO.FontAllowScaling is true)
- - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text
- - text editor:
-   - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.
-   - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump
-   - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words
-   - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all
-   - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard
-   - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo
-   - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value
-   - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!)
+ - MOUSE CONTROLS
+   - Mouse wheel:                   Scroll vertically.
+   - SHIFT+Mouse wheel:             Scroll horizontally.
+   - Click [X]:                     Close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin().
+   - Click ^, Double-Click title:   Collapse window.
+   - Drag on corner/border:         Resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents).
+   - Drag on any empty space:       Move window (unless io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = true).
+   - Left-click outside popup:      Close popup stack (right-click over underlying popup: Partially close popup stack).
+
+ - TEXT EDITOR
+   - Hold SHIFT or Drag Mouse:      Select text.
+   - CTRL+Left/Right:               Word jump.
+   - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right:         Select words.
+   - CTRL+A or Double-Click:        Select All.
+   - CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V:        Use OS clipboard.
+   - CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y:                Undo, Redo.
+   - ESCAPE:                        Revert text to its original value.
+   - On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing 2ts and behaviors.
+
+ - KEYBOARD CONTROLS
+   - Basic:
+     - Tab, SHIFT+Tab               Cycle through text editable fields.
+     - CTRL+Tab, CTRL+Shift+Tab     Cycle through windows.
+     - CTRL+Click                   Input text into a Slider or Drag widget.
+   - Extended features with `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard`:
+     - Tab, SHIFT+Tab:              Cycle through every items.
+     - Arrow keys                   Move through items using directional navigation. Tweak value.
+     - Arrow keys + Alt, Shift      Tweak slower, tweak faster (when using arrow keys).
+     - Enter                        Activate item (prefer text input when possible).
+     - Space                        Activate item (prefer tweaking with arrows when possible).
+     - Escape                       Deactivate item, leave child window, close popup.
+     - Page Up, Page Down           Previous page, next page.
+     - Home, End                    Scroll to top, scroll to bottom.
+     - Alt                          Toggle between scrolling layer and menu layer.
+     - CTRL+Tab then Ctrl+Arrows    Move window. Hold SHIFT to resize instead of moving.
+   - Output when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard set,
+     - io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag is set when keyboard is claimed.
+     - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.
+     - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (usually goes to back false when mouse is used).
+
+ - GAMEPAD CONTROLS
+   - Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+   - Particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse!
+   - Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets
+   - Backend support: backend needs to:
+      - Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad' + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys.
+      - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly.
+        Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).
+      - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead!
+   - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing,
+     with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
+
+ - REMOTE INPUTS SHARING & MOUSE EMULATION
+   - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.
+   - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + run examples/libs/synergy/uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app)
+     in order to share your PC mouse/keyboard.
+   - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions#remoting for other remoting solutions.
+   - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag.
+     Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs Dear ImGui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements.
+     When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved.
+     When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that.
+     (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, Dear ImGui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back & forth!)
+     (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want
+     to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.)
 
 
  PROGRAMMER GUIDE
  ================
 
- - read the FAQ below this section!
- - your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! == very dynamic UI, no construction/destructions steps, less data retention on your side, no state duplication, less sync, less bugs.
- - call and read ImGui::ShowTestWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
- - see examples/ folder for standalone sample applications. Prefer reading examples/opengl_example/ first as it is the simplest.
-   you may be able to grab and copy a ready made imgui_impl_*** file from the examples/.
- - customization: PushStyleColor()/PushStyleVar() or the style editor to tweak the look of the interface (e.g. if you want a more compact UI or a different color scheme).
-
- - getting started:
-   - init: call ImGui::GetIO() to retrieve the ImGuiIO structure and fill the fields marked 'Settings'.
-   - init: call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(...) and load the font texture pixels into graphics memory.
-   - every frame:
-      1/ in your mainloop or right after you got your keyboard/mouse info, call ImGui::GetIO() and fill the fields marked 'Input'
-      2/ call ImGui::NewFrame() as early as you can!
-      3/ use any ImGui function you want between NewFrame() and Render()
-      4/ call ImGui::Render() as late as you can to end the frame and finalize render data. it will call your RenderDrawListFn handler that you set in the IO structure.
-         (if you don't need to render, you still need to call Render() and ignore the callback, or call EndFrame() instead. if you call neither some aspects of windows focusing/moving will appear broken.)
-   - all rendering information are stored into command-lists until ImGui::Render() is called.
-   - ImGui never touches or know about your GPU state. the only function that knows about GPU is the RenderDrawListFn handler that you provide.
-   - effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" phases of your own application.
-   - refer to the examples applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
-   - a typical application skeleton may be:
-
-        // Application init
-        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-        io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f;
-        io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f;
-        io.IniFilename = "imgui.ini";
-        io.RenderDrawListsFn = my_render_function;  // Setup a render function, or set to NULL and call GetDrawData() after Render() to access the render data.
-        // TODO: Fill others settings of the io structure
-
-        // Load texture atlas
-        // There is a default font so you don't need to care about choosing a font yet
-        unsigned char* pixels;
-        int width, height;
-        io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(pixels, &width, &height);
-        // TODO: At this points you've got a texture pointed to by 'pixels' and you need to upload that your your graphic system
-        // TODO: Store your texture pointer/identifier (whatever your engine uses) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'
-
-        // Application main loop
-        while (true)
-        {
-            // 1) get low-level inputs (e.g. on Win32, GetKeyboardState(), or poll your events, etc.)
-            // TODO: fill all fields of IO structure and call NewFrame
-            ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-            io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;
-            io.MousePos = mouse_pos;
-            io.MouseDown[0] = mouse_button_0;
-            io.MouseDown[1] = mouse_button_1;
-            io.KeysDown[i] = ...
-
-            // 2) call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
-            ImGui::NewFrame();
-
-            // 3) most of your application code here
-            ImGui::Begin("My window");
-            ImGui::Text("Hello, world.");
-            ImGui::End();
-            MyGameUpdate(); // may use ImGui functions
-            MyGameRender(); // may use ImGui functions
-
-            // 4) render & swap video buffers
-            ImGui::Render();
-            SwapBuffers();
-        }
-
-   - You can read back 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeybord' etc. flags from the IO structure to tell how ImGui intends to use your
-     inputs and to know if you should share them or hide them from the rest of your application. Read the FAQ below for more information.
+ READ FIRST
+ ----------
+ - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki)
+ - Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone!
+   The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous
+   data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs.
+ - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
+   Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version.
+ - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build.
+ - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori).
+   You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki.
+ - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances.
+   For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI,
+   where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches.
+ - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right.
+ - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected).
+   If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert.
+ - This codebase aims to be highly optimized:
+   - A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free.
+   - We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible.
+   - We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well.
+     Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all.
+ - This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible:
+   - This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve.
+   - C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers,
+     and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now).
+     This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages.
+   - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types.
+     See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that.
+     We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally.
+   - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction
+     (so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!).
+   - Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library.
+     This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup.
+     This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value.
+     The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends.
+
+
+ HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
+ ----------------------------------------------
+ - Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file.
+ - About imconfig.h:
+   - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it.
+   - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest.
+   - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to
+     specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one.
+
+ - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h)
+ - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master".
+ - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file.
+ - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.
+   If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed
+   from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will
+   likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
+ - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file.
+ - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date!
+
+
+ GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------
+ - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started.
+ - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.
+ - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder.
+ - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.
+   It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL).
+ - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.
+ - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.
+ - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.
+   Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"
+   phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().
+ - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
+ - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder.
+
+
+ HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
+ --------------------------------------
+ EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder).
+ The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure.
+
+     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
+     ImGui::CreateContext();
+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
+     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
+     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
+
+     // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
+     ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);
+     ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);
+
+     // Application main loop
+     while (true)
+     {
+         // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame
+         ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame();
+         ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();
+         ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+         // Any application code here
+         ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
+
+         // Render dear imgui into screen
+         ImGui::Render();
+         ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
+         g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);
+     }
+
+     // Shutdown
+     ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();
+     ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
+     ImGui::DestroyContext();
+
+ EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE
+
+     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
+     ImGui::CreateContext();
+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
+     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
+     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
+
+     // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture
+     // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer)
+     int width, height;
+     unsigned char* pixels = nullptr;
+     io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
+
+     // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system:
+     // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.
+     // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID.
+     MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)
+     io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture);
+
+     // Application main loop
+     while (true)
+     {
+        // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc.
+        // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends)
+        io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;              // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds)
+        io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f;             // set the current display width
+        io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f;             // set the current display height here
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y);  // update mouse position
+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]);  // update mouse button states
+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]);  // update mouse button states
+
+        // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
+        // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere)
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+        // Most of your application code here
+        ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
+        MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();
+        MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well!
+
+        // Render dear imgui, swap buffers
+        // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code)
+        ImGui::EndFrame();
+        ImGui::Render();
+        ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();
+        MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data);
+        SwapBuffers();
+     }
+
+     // Shutdown
+     ImGui::DestroyContext();
+
+ To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application,
+ you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
+ Please read the FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" about this.
+
+
+ HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
+ ---------------------------------------------
+ The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function.
+
+    void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+    {
+       // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled
+       // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering.
+       // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
+       // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
+       // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.
+       ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;
+       for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+       {
+          const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
+          const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;  // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui
+          const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;   // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui
+          for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+          {
+             const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+             if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+             {
+                 pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
+             }
+             else
+             {
+                 // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+                 ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y);
+                 ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y);
+                 if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
+                     continue;
+
+                 // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it.
+                 // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches
+                 //   (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!
+                 // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space:
+                 //   - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size
+                 //   - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values.
+                 //   - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github),
+                 //     always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.
+                 // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)
+                 MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y);
+
+                 // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID().
+                 // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.
+                 MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID());
+
+                 // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.
+                 // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices.
+                 MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset);
+             }
+          }
+       }
+    }
 
 
  API BREAKING CHANGES
  ====================
 
- Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. The breakage are generally minor and easy to fix.
- Here is a change-log of API breaking changes, if you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
- Also read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
-
- - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore. 
-                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you. 
-                       However if your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
-                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color.
-                           ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col)
-                           {
-                               float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a;
-                               return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a);
-                           }
+ Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix.
+ Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
+ When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.
+ You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
+
+ - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - BeginChild: added ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened as a replacement for the window flag ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow.
+                            - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
+                            - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, 0);
+ - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - io: ClearInputKeys() (first exposed in 1.89.8) doesn't clear mouse data, newly added ClearInputMouse() does.
+ - 2024/06/20 (1.90.9) - renamed ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload to ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire.
+ - 2024/06/18 (1.90.9) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_TabActive -> ImGuiCol_TabSelected, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused -> ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive -> ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected.
+ - 2024/06/10 (1.90.9) - removed old nested structure: renaming ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair type to ImGuiStoragePair (simpler for many languages).
+ - 2024/06/06 (1.90.8) - reordered ImGuiInputTextFlags values. This should not be breaking unless you are using generated headers that have values not matching the main library.
+ - 2024/06/06 (1.90.8) - removed 'ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft', was mostly unused and misleading.
+ - 2024/05/27 (1.90.7) - commented out obsolete symbols marked obsolete in 1.88 (May 2022):
+                            - old: CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool)
+                            - new: SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool)
+                            - old: CaptureMouseFromApp(bool)
+                            - new: SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool)
+ - 2024/05/22 (1.90.7) - inputs (internals): renamed ImGuiKeyOwner_None to ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner, to make use more explicit and reduce confusion with the default it is a non-zero value and cannot be the default value (never made public, but disclosing as I expect a few users caught on owner-aware inputs).
+                       - inputs (internals): renamed ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalOverFocused, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHighest.
+                       - inputs (internals): Shortcut(), SetShortcutRouting(): swapped last two parameters order in function signatures:
+                            - old: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+                            - new: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+                       - inputs (internals): owner-aware versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(): swapped last two parameters order in function signatures.
+                            - old: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+                            - new: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+                            - old: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+                            - new: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+                         for various reasons those changes makes sense. They are being made because making some of those API public.
+                         only past users of imgui_internal.h with the extra parameters will be affected. Added asserts for valid flags in various functions to detect _some_ misuses, BUT NOT ALL.
+ - 2024/05/16 (1.90.7) - inputs: on macOS X, Cmd and Ctrl keys are now automatically swapped by io.AddKeyEvent() as this naturally align with how macOS X uses those keys.
+                           - it shouldn't really affect you unless you had custom shortcut swapping in place for macOS X apps.
+                           - removed ImGuiMod_Shortcut which was previously dynamically remapping to Ctrl or Cmd/Super. It is now unnecessary to specific cross-platform idiomatic shortcuts. (#2343, #4084, #5923, #456)
+ - 2024/05/14 (1.90.7) - backends: SDL_Renderer2 and SDL_Renderer3 backend now take a SDL_Renderer* in their RenderDrawData() functions.
+ - 2024/04/18 (1.90.6) - TreeNode: Fixed a layout inconsistency when using an empty/hidden label followed by a SameLine() call. (#7505, #282)
+                           - old: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(); Text("Hello");     // <-- This was actually incorrect! BUT appeared to look ok with the default style where ItemSpacing.x == FramePadding.x * 2 (it didn't look aligned otherwise).
+                           - new: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(0, 0); Text("Hello"); // <-- This is correct for all styles values.
+                         with the fix, IF you were successfully using TreeNode("")+SameLine(); you will now have extra spacing between your TreeNode and the following item.
+                         You'll need to change the SameLine() call to SameLine(0,0) to remove this extraneous spacing. This seemed like the more sensible fix that's not making things less consistent.
+                         (Note: when using this idiom you are likely to also use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth).
+ - 2024/03/18 (1.90.5) - merged the radius_x/radius_y parameters in ImDrawList::AddEllipse(), AddEllipseFilled() and PathEllipticalArcTo() into a single ImVec2 parameter. Exceptionally, because those functions were added in 1.90, we are not adding inline redirection functions. The transition is easy and should affect few users. (#2743, #7417)
+ - 2024/03/08 (1.90.5) - inputs: more formally obsoleted GetKeyIndex() when IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is set. It has been unnecessary and a no-op since 1.87 (it returns the same value as passed when used with a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent() function). (#4921)
+                           - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+ - 2024/01/15 (1.90.2) - commented out obsolete ImGuiIO::ImeWindowHandle marked obsolete in 1.87, favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
+ - 2023/12/19 (1.90.1) - commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter.
+ - 2023/11/06 (1.90.1) - removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges.
+ - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - imgui_freetype: commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. prefer using #define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE or see commented code for manual calls.
+ - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - internals,columns: commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted from imgui_internal.h in 1.80.
+ - 2023/11/09 (1.90.0) - removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define (will obsolete).
+ - 2023/11/07 (1.90.0) - removed BeginChildFrame()/EndChildFrame() in favor of using BeginChild() with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                         those functions were merely PushStyle/PopStyle helpers, the removal isn't so much motivated by needing to add the feature in BeginChild(), but by the necessity to avoid BeginChildFrame() signature mismatching BeginChild() signature and features.
+ - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: upgraded 'bool border = true' parameter to 'ImGuiChildFlags flags' type, added ImGuiChildFlags_Border equivalent. As with our prior "bool-to-flags" API updates, the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value is guaranteed to be == true forever to ensure a smoother transition, meaning all existing calls will still work.
+                           - old: BeginChild("Name", size, true)
+                           - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border)
+                           - old: BeginChild("Name", size, false)
+                           - new: BeginChild("Name", size) or BeginChild("Name", 0) or BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None)
+ - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: added child-flag ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding as a replacement for the window-flag ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow.
+                           - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding);
+                           - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, 0);
+ - 2023/09/27 (1.90.0) - io: removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63. Same as 'g.DebugMemAllocCount - g.DebugMemFreeCount' (still displayed in Metrics, unlikely to be accessed by end-user).
+ - 2023/09/26 (1.90.0) - debug tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIDStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"), as earlier name was misleading. Kept inline redirection function. (#4631)
+ - 2023/09/15 (1.90.0) - ListBox, Combo: changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                           - old: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...)
+                           - new: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...);
+                           - old: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getting)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...);
+                           - new: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...);
+ - 2023/09/08 (1.90.0) - commented out obsolete redirecting functions:
+                           - GetWindowContentRegionWidth()  -> use GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x. Consider that generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
+                           - ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX          -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + grep commented names in sources.
+                       - commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded() -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details
+ - 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry!
+ - 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector<ImDrawList*>. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878)
+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15).
+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior.
+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610)
+ - 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage.
+ - 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
+ - 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago:
+                           - ListBoxHeader()  -> use BeginListBox() (note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for reference)
+                           - ListBoxFooter()  -> use EndListBox()
+ - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: commented out obsolete redirection constructor 'ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f)' that was marked obsolete in 1.79. Use default constructor + clipper.Begin().
+ - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: renamed ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices().
+ - 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago:
+                           - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput        -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp
+                           - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite
+                           - ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve()         -> use ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic()
+                           - ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo()      -> use ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo()
+ - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - renamed PushAllowKeyboardFocus()/PopAllowKeyboardFocus() to PushTabStop()/PopTabStop(). Kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete).
+ - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - tooltips: Added 'bool' return value to BeginTooltip() for API consistency. Please only submit contents and call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true. In reality the function will _currently_ always return true, but further changes down the line may change this, best to clarify API sooner.
+ - 2023/02/15 (1.89.4) - moved the optional "courtesy maths operators" implementation from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h.
+                         Even though we encourage using your own maths types and operators by setting up IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA,
+                         it has been frequently requested by people to use our own. We had an opt-in define which was
+                         previously fulfilled in imgui_internal.h. It is now fulfilled in imgui.h. (#6164)
+                           - OK:     #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui.h" / #include "imgui_internal.h"
+                           - Error:  #include "imgui.h" / #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui_internal.h"
+ - 2023/02/07 (1.89.3) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdl.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdl.h" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.h". (#6146) This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
+ - 2022/10/26 (1.89)   - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79.
+ - 2022/10/12 (1.89)   - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details.
+ - 2022/09/26 (1.89)   - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete).
+                           - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl  and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl  -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl
+                           - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift
+                           - ImGuiKey_ModAlt   and ImGuiModFlags_Alt   -> ImGuiMod_Alt
+                           - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super
+                         the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends.
+                         the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions.
+                         exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway.
+ - 2022/09/20 (1.89)   - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers.
+                         this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g.
+                            - with imgui_impl_glfw:  IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A);
+                            - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A')        -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A')
+                            - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now!
+ - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr);
+ - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020):
+                         - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.
+                         - SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.
+                         - BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags)
+ - 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries.
+                       this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item.
+                         - previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
+                              Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();
+                         - instead, please submit an item:
+                              Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End();
+                         - alternative:
+                              Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End();
+                         - content size is now only extended when submitting an item!
+                         - with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert.
+                         - without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it.
+ - 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+                        - added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter.
+                        - old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
+                          - used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values.
+                          - had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer.
+                        - new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
+                          - requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier.
+                          - always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this.
+ - 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes).
+                        - Official backends from 1.87+                  -> no issue.
+                        - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86           -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating!
+                        - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue.
+                        - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[]     -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing!
+                        - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[].
+ - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete).
+ - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary.
+ - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO.
+ - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO.
+                        - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[]            -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values.
+ - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used).
+ - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO.
+                        - Backend writing to io.MousePos               -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[]            -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel             -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport   -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only]
+                       note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current.
+                       read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details.
+ - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unnecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details.
+                        - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX)              -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+                        - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX))      -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+                        - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes).
+                        - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values.*
+                     - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert.
+                     - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper.
+ - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum.
+ - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
+ - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019)
+                        - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen()        -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen()
+                        - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x
+                        - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()      -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+                        - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect             -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect
+                        - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX     -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex
+ - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings
+ - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function.
+ - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
+ - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019):
+                        - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
+                        - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder  -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+ - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID().
+                        - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do.
+                        - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID().
+ - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags.
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft  -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_None     -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc.
+                       flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API.
+                       breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners":
+                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (common use)
+                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding     --> unchanged (common use)
+                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (unlikely use)
+                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f.
+                       this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok.
+                       the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts.
+                       legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise).
+ - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018):
+                        - ImGui::SetScrollHere()              -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY()
+ - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing.
+ - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future.
+ - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file  with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.
+ - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed.
+ - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags.
+                     - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags.
+                     - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API.
+ - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018):
+                        - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
+                        - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening       -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallback              -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback
+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData          -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
+ - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added!
+ - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API.
+ - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures
+ - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/.
+ - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018):
+                        - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer        -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend
+                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
+                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
+                        - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_                -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
+                        - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_             -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
+                      - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018):
+                        - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision.
+                        - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter.
+ - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed).
+ - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently).
+ - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton.
+ - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory.
+ - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result.
+ - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now!
+ - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar().
+                       replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags).
+                       worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions:
+                       - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected.
+                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct.
+                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f.
+                       see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details.
+                       kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used.
+                       for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.
+                     - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime.
+ - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems.
+ - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79]
+ - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017.
+ - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular().
+ - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more.
+ - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead.
+ - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value.
+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017):
+                       - ShowTestWindow()                    -> use ShowDemoWindow()
+                       - IsRootWindowFocused()               -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow)
+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()     -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
+                       - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w)        -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)
+                       - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()     -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+                       - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg              -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg
+                       - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding   -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+                       - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
+                       - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS          -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API.
+ - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it).
+ - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert.
+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017):
+                       - Begin() [old 5 args version]        -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed
+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()     -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
+                       - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()     -> use AlignTextToFramePadding()
+                       - SetNextWindowPosCenter()            -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f)
+                       - ImFont::Glyph                       -> use ImFontGlyph
+ - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function.
+                       if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix.
+                       The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay).
+                       If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you.
+ - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71.
+ - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have
+                       overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering.
+                       This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows.
+                       Please reach out if you are affected.
+ - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c).
+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now.
+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value!
+ - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).
+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!
+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.
+ - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.
+ - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.
+ - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.
+                       If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.
+ - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)
+ - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.
+                       NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED.
+                       Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions.
+ - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent).
+ - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly).
+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature.
+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency.
+ - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.
+ - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan,  etc.).
+                       old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports.
+                       when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.
+                       in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function.
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.
+ - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.
+                       If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.
+                       To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.
+                       If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them.
+ - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format",
+                       consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value.
+ - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch).
+ - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now.
+ - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically.
+ - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums.
+ - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment.
+ - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display.
+ - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit,
+                       - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END.
+                       - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose.
+                       - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance.
+                       - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts.
+                       - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts.
+ - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths.
+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData.
+ - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side.
+ - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags
+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame.
+ - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set.
+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up.
+                       Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding.
+ - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows);
+ - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.
+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.
+                       removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.
+                         IsItemHoveredRect()        --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)
+                         IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
+                         IsMouseHoveringWindow()    --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior]
+ - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!
+ - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".
+ - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!
+                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.
+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.
+ - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().
+ - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.
+                     - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.
+                     - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))'
+ - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse
+ - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset.
+ - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity.
+ - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild().
+ - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it.
+ - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.
+ - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal.
+ - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.
+                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
+                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color:
+                       ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); }
                        If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.
  - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().
  - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.
  - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen).
- - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDraw::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.
- - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref github issue #337).
+ - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.
+ - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337).
  - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337)
  - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert.
@@ -184,20 +835,13 @@
                        you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.
  - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.
                        this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(
-                     - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
+                     - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
                      - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!
-                            ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
-                       became:
-                            ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
-                              argument   'cmd_lists'        -> 'draw_data->CmdLists'
-                              argument   'cmd_lists_count'  -> 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
-                              ImDrawList 'commands'         -> 'CmdBuffer'
-                              ImDrawList 'vtx_buffer'       -> 'VtxBuffer'
-                              ImDrawList  n/a               -> 'IdxBuffer' (new)
-                              ImDrawCmd  'vtx_count'        -> 'ElemCount'
-                              ImDrawCmd  'clip_rect'        -> 'ClipRect'
-                              ImDrawCmd  'user_callback'    -> 'UserCallback'
-                              ImDrawCmd  'texture_id'       -> 'TextureId'
+                       old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
+                       new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
+                         parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
+                         ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.
+                         ImDrawCmd:  'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.
                      - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.
                      - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!
                      - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!
@@ -205,21 +849,21 @@
  - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.
  - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence
- - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely be used. Sorry!
+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry!
  - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.
  - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.
  - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).
- - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
  - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API
  - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.
  - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.
- - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
  - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
- - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
  - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)
- - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
  - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.
  - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.
  - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior
@@ -227,23 +871,13 @@
  - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)
  - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.
  - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.
-              (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
-                       this sequence:
-                           const void* png_data;
-                           unsigned int png_size;
-                           ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size);
-                           // <Copy to GPU>
-                       became:
-                           unsigned char* pixels;
-                           int width, height;
-                           io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
-                           // <Copy to GPU>
-                           io.Fonts->TexID = (your_texture_identifier);
-                       you now have much more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs.
-                       it is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
-              (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID.
-              (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
-              (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
+                       - old:  const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..];
+                       - new:  unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier);
+                       you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID()
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
  - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)
  - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)
  - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility
@@ -257,826 +891,1411 @@
  - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes
 
 
- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
- ======================================
-
- Q: How can I help?
- A: - If you are experienced enough with ImGui and with C/C++, look at the todo list and see how you want/can help!
-    - Become a Patron/donate. Convince your company to become a Patron or provide serious funding for development time.
-
- Q: How do I update to a newer version of ImGui?
- A: Overwrite the following files:
-      imgui.cpp
-      imgui.h
-      imgui_demo.cpp
-      imgui_draw.cpp
-      imgui_internal.h
-      stb_rect_pack.h
-      stb_textedit.h
-      stb_truetype.h
-    Don't overwrite imconfig.h if you have made modification to your copy.
-    Check the "API BREAKING CHANGES" sections for a list of occasional API breaking changes. If you have a problem with a function, search for its name
-    in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
-
-
- Q: What is ImTextureID and how do I display an image?
- A: ImTextureID is a void* used to pass renderer-agnostic texture references around until it hits your render function.
-    ImGui knows nothing about what those bits represent, it just passes them around. It is up to you to decide what you want the void* to carry!
-    It could be an identifier to your OpenGL texture (cast GLuint to void*), a pointer to your custom engine material (cast MyMaterial* to void*), etc.
-    At the end of the chain, your renderer takes this void* to cast it back into whatever it needs to select a current texture to render.
-    Refer to examples applications, where each renderer (in a imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp file) is treating ImTextureID as a different thing.
-    (c++ tip: OpenGL uses integers to identify textures. You can safely store an integer into a void*, just cast it to void*, don't take it's address!)
-    To display a custom image/texture within an ImGui window, you may use ImGui::Image(), ImGui::ImageButton(), ImDrawList::AddImage() functions.
-    ImGui will generate the geometry and draw calls using the ImTextureID that you passed and which your renderer can use.
-    It is your responsibility to get textures uploaded to your GPU.
-
- Q: I integrated ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
- A: In your Render function, try translating your projection matrix by (0.5f,0.5f) or (0.375f,0.375f).
-    Also make sure your orthographic projection matrix and io.DisplaySize matches your actual framebuffer dimension.
-
- Q: I integrated ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
- A: Most likely you are mishandling the clipping rectangles in your render function. Rectangles provided by ImGui are defined as (x1,y1,x2,y2) and NOT as (x1,y1,width,height).
-
- Q: Can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes)
- A: Yes. A primer on the use of labels/IDs in ImGui..
-
-   - Elements that are not clickable, such as Text() items don't need an ID.
-
-   - Interactive widgets require state to be carried over multiple frames (most typically ImGui often needs to remember what is the "active" widget).
-     to do so they need an unique ID. unique ID are typically derived from a string label, an integer index or a pointer.
-
-       Button("OK");        // Label = "OK",     ID = hash of "OK"
-       Button("Cancel");    // Label = "Cancel", ID = hash of "Cancel"
-
-   - ID are uniquely scoped within windows, tree nodes, etc. so no conflict can happen if you have two buttons called "OK" in two different windows
-     or in two different locations of a tree.
-
-   - If you have a same ID twice in the same location, you'll have a conflict:
-
-       Button("OK");
-       Button("OK");           // ID collision! Both buttons will be treated as the same.
-
-     Fear not! this is easy to solve and there are many ways to solve it!
-
-   - When passing a label you can optionally specify extra unique ID information within string itself. This helps solving the simpler collision cases.
-     use "##" to pass a complement to the ID that won't be visible to the end-user:
-
-       Button("Play");         // Label = "Play",   ID = hash of "Play"
-       Button("Play##foo1");   // Label = "Play",   ID = hash of "Play##foo1" (different from above)
-       Button("Play##foo2");   // Label = "Play",   ID = hash of "Play##foo2" (different from above)
-
-   - If you want to completely hide the label, but still need an ID:
-
-       Checkbox("##On", &b);   // Label = "",       ID = hash of "##On" (no label!)
-
-   - Occasionally/rarely you might want change a label while preserving a constant ID. This allows you to animate labels.
-     For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar (and windows are uniquely identified by their ID.. obviously)
-     Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID:
-
-       Button("Hello###ID";   // Label = "Hello",  ID = hash of "ID"
-       Button("World###ID";   // Label = "World",  ID = hash of "ID" (same as above)
-
-       sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame");
-       Begin(buf);            // Variable label,   ID = hash of "MyGame"
-
-   - Use PushID() / PopID() to create scopes and avoid ID conflicts within the same Window.
-     This is the most convenient way of distinguishing ID if you are iterating and creating many UI elements.
-     You can push a pointer, a string or an integer value. Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of everything in the ID stack!
-
-       for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
-       {
-         PushID(i);
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of integer + "label" (unique)
-         PopID();
-       }
-
-       for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
-       {
-         MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
-         PushID(obj);
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of pointer + "label" (unique)
-         PopID();
-       }
-
-       for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
-       {
-         MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
-         PushID(obj->Name);
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of string + "label" (unique)
-         PopID();
-       }
-
-   - More example showing that you can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack:
-
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "Click"
-       PushID("node");
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "node" + "Click"
-         PushID(my_ptr);
-           Button("Click"); // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "node" + ptr + "Click"
-         PopID();
-       PopID();
-
-   - Tree nodes implicitly creates a scope for you by calling PushID().
+ FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
+ ================================
+
+ Read all answers online:
+   https://www.dearimgui.com/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url)
+ Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer):
+   docs/FAQ.md
+ Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code.
+
+ Q&A: Basics
+ ===========
+
+ Q: Where is the documentation?
+ A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++.
+    - Run the examples/ applications and explore them.
+    - Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide.
+    - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function.
+    - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output.
+    - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.
+    - 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the
+      examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application.
+    - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links.
+    - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful.
+    - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments
+      associated with it.
+
+ Q: What is this library called?
+ Q: Which version should I get?
+ >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :)
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for details.
+
+ Q&A: Integration
+ ================
 
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "Click"
-       if (TreeNode("node"))
-       {
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of "node" + "Click"
-         TreePop();
-       }
+ Q: How to get started?
+ A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt.
+
+ Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?
+ A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this.
+
+ Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls?
+ Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display)
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text...
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around...
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries...
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
+
+ Q&A: Usage
+ ----------
+
+ Q: About the ID Stack system..
+   - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?
+   - How can I have widgets with an empty label?
+   - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?
+   - How can I have multiple windows with the same label?
+ Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work?
+ Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2?
+ Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?
+ Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API)
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
+
+ Q&A: Fonts, Text
+ ================
 
-   - When working with trees, ID are used to preserve the open/close state of each tree node.
-     Depending on your use cases you may want to use strings, indices or pointers as ID.
-      e.g. when displaying a single object that may change over time (1-1 relationship), using a static string as ID will preserve your node open/closed state when the targeted object change.
-      e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the node open/closed state differently. experiment and see what makes more sense!
+ Q: How should I handle DPI in my application?
+ Q: How can I load a different font than the default?
+ Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
+ Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
+ Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md
 
- Q: How can I tell when ImGui wants my mouse/keyboard inputs and when I can pass them to my application?
- A: You can read the 'io.WantCaptureXXX' flags in the ImGuiIO structure. Preferably read them after calling ImGui::NewFrame() to avoid those flags lagging by one frame.
-    When 'io.WantCaptureMouse' or 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' flags are set you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application.
-    When 'io.WantInputsCharacters' is set to may want to notify your OS to popup an on-screen keyboard, if available.
-    ImGui is tracking dragging and widget activity that may occur outside the boundary of a window, so 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is a more accurate and complete than testing for ImGui::IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow().
+ Q&A: Concerns
+ =============
 
- Q: How can I load a different font than the default? (default is an embedded version of ProggyClean.ttf, rendered at size 13)
- A: Use the font atlas to load the TTF file you want:
+ Q: Who uses Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
 
-      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
+ Q&A: Community
+ ==============
 
- Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
- A: Use the font atlas to pack them into a single texture:
-    (Read extra_fonts/README.txt and the code in ImFontAtlas for more details.)
-
-      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-      ImFont* font0 = io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
-      ImFont* font1 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      ImFont* font2 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile2.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
-      // the first loaded font gets used by default
-      // use ImGui::PushFont()/ImGui::PopFont() to change the font at runtime
-
-      // Options
-      ImFontConfig config;
-      config.OversampleH = 3;
-      config.OversampleV = 1;
-      config.GlyphExtraSpacing.x = 1.0f;
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, &config);
-
-      // Combine multiple fonts into one
-      ImWchar ranges[] = { 0xf000, 0xf3ff, 0 };
-      ImFontConfig config;
-      config.MergeMode = true;
-      io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("fontawesome-webfont.ttf", 16.0f, &config, ranges);
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, NULL, &config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese());
+ Q: How can I help?
+ A: - Businesses: please reach out to "omar AT dearimgui DOT com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui!
+      We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts.
+      This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project.
+      >>> See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding
+    - Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.
+    - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help!
+    - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.
+      You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.
+      But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
+    - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately).
 
- Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
- A: When loading a font, pass custom Unicode ranges to specify the glyphs to load. 
-    All your strings needs to use UTF-8 encoding. Specifying literal in your source code using a local code page (such as CP-923 for Japanese or CP-1251 for Cyrillic) will not work.
-    In C++11 you can encode a string literal in UTF-8 by using the u8"hello" syntax. Otherwise you can convert yourself to UTF-8 or load text data from file already saved as UTF-8.
-    You can also try to remap your local codepage characters to their Unicode codepoint using font->AddRemapChar(), but international users may have problems reading/editing your source code.
-
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese());  // Load Japanese characters
-      io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
-      io.ImeWindowHandle = MY_HWND;      // To input using Microsoft IME, give ImGui the hwnd of your application
-
-    As for text input, depends on you passing the right character code to io.AddInputCharacter(). The example applications do that.
-
- Q: How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
- A: The easiest way is to create a dummy window. Call Begin() with NoTitleBar|NoResize|NoMove|NoScrollbar|NoSavedSettings|NoInputs flag, zero background alpha, 
-    then retrieve the ImDrawList* via GetWindowDrawList() and draw to it in any way you like.
-
- - tip: the construct 'IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME { ... }' will run the block of code only once a frame. You can use it to quickly add custom UI in the middle of a deep nested inner loop in your code.
- - tip: you can create widgets without a Begin()/End() block, they will go in an implicit window called "Debug"
- - tip: you can call Begin() multiple times with the same name during the same frame, it will keep appending to the same window. this is also useful to set yourself in the context of another window (to get/set other settings)
- - tip: you can call Render() multiple times (e.g for VR renders).
- - tip: call and read the ShowTestWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp for more example of how to use ImGui!
-
-
- ISSUES & TODO-LIST
- ==================
- Issue numbers (#) refer to github issues listed at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
- The list below consist mostly of notes of things to do before they are requested/discussed by users (at that point it usually happens on the github)
-
- - doc: add a proper documentation+regression testing system (#435)
- - window: add a way for very transient windows (non-saved, temporary overlay over hundreds of objects) to "clean" up from the global window list. perhaps a lightweight explicit cleanup pass.
- - window: calling SetNextWindowSize() every frame with <= 0 doesn't do anything, may be useful to allow (particularly when used for a single axis).
- - window: auto-fit feedback loop when user relies on any dynamic layout (window width multiplier, column) appears weird to end-user. clarify.
- - window: allow resizing of child windows (possibly given min/max for each axis?)
- - window: background options for child windows, border option (disable rounding)
- - window: add a way to clear an existing window instead of appending (e.g. for tooltip override using a consistent api rather than the deferred tooltip)
- - window: resizing from any sides? + mouse cursor directives for app.
-!- window: begin with *p_open == false should return false.
- - window: get size/pos helpers given names (see discussion in #249)
- - window: a collapsed window can be stuck behind the main menu bar?
- - window: when window is small, prioritize resize button over close button.
- - window: detect extra End() call that pop the "Debug" window out and assert at call site instead of later.
- - window/tooltip: allow to set the width of a tooltip to allow TextWrapped() etc. while keeping the height automatic.
- - window: increase minimum size of a window with menus or fix the menu rendering so that it doesn't look odd.
- - draw-list: maintaining bounding box per command would allow to merge draw command when clipping isn't relied on (typical non-scrolling window or non-overflowing column would merge with previous command).
-!- scrolling: allow immediately effective change of scroll if we haven't appended items yet
- - splitter/separator: formalize the splitter idiom into an official api (we want to handle n-way split) (#319)
- - widgets: display mode: widget-label, label-widget (aligned on column or using fixed size), label-newline-tab-widget etc.
- - widgets: clean up widgets internal toward exposing everything.
- - widgets: add disabled and read-only modes (#211)
- - main: considering adding an Init() function? some constructs are awkward in the implementation because of the lack of them.
-!- main: make it so that a frame with no window registered won't refocus every window on subsequent frames (~bump LastFrameActive of all windows).
- - main: IsItemHovered() make it more consistent for various type of widgets, widgets with multiple components, etc. also effectively IsHovered() region sometimes differs from hot region, e.g tree nodes
- - main: IsItemHovered() info stored in a stack? so that 'if TreeNode() { Text; TreePop; } if IsHovered' return the hover state of the TreeNode?
- - input text: clean up the mess caused by converting UTF-8 <> wchar. the code is rather inefficient right now.
- - input text: reorganize event handling, allow CharFilter to modify buffers, allow multiple events? (#541)
- - input text: flag to disable live update of the user buffer (also applies to float/int text input) 
- - input text: resize behavior - field could stretch when being edited? hover tooltip shows more text?
- - input text: add ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterToApply? (off #218)
- - input text multi-line: don't directly call AddText() which does an unnecessary vertex reserve for character count prior to clipping. and/or more line-based clipping to AddText(). and/or reorganize TextUnformatted/RenderText for more efficiency for large text (e.g TextUnformatted could clip and log separately, etc).
- - input text multi-line: way to dynamically grow the buffer without forcing the user to initially allocate for worse case (follow up on #200)
- - input text multi-line: line numbers? status bar? (follow up on #200)
- - input text: allow centering/positioning text so that ctrl+clicking Drag or Slider keeps the textual value at the same pixel position.
- - input number: optional range min/max for Input*() functions
- - input number: holding [-]/[+] buttons could increase the step speed non-linearly (or user-controlled)
- - input number: use mouse wheel to step up/down
- - input number: applying arithmetics ops (+,-,*,/) messes up with text edit undo stack.
- - button: provide a button that looks framed.
- - text: proper alignment options
- - image/image button: misalignment on padded/bordered button?
- - image/image button: parameters are confusing, image() has tint_col,border_col whereas imagebutton() has bg_col/tint_col. Even thou they are different parameters ordering could be more consistent. can we fix that?
- - layout: horizontal layout helper (#97)
- - layout: horizontal flow until no space left (#404)
- - layout: more generic alignment state (left/right/centered) for single items?
- - layout: clean up the InputFloatN/SliderFloatN/ColorEdit4 layout code. item width should include frame padding.
- - layout: BeginGroup() needs a border option.
- - columns: declare column set (each column: fixed size, %, fill, distribute default size among fills) (#513, #125)
- - columns: add a conditional parameter to SetColumnOffset() (#513, #125)
- - columns: separator function or parameter that works within the column (currently Separator() bypass all columns) (#125)
- - columns: columns header to act as button (~sort op) and allow resize/reorder (#513, #125)
- - columns: user specify columns size (#513, #125)
- - columns: flag to add horizontal separator above/below?
- - columns/layout: setup minimum line height (equivalent of automatically calling AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets)
- - combo: sparse combo boxes (via function call?) / iterators
- - combo: contents should extends to fit label if combo widget is small
- - combo/listbox: keyboard control. need InputText-like non-active focus + key handling. considering keyboard for custom listbox (pr #203)
- - listbox: multiple selection
- - listbox: user may want to initial scroll to focus on the one selected value?
- - listbox: keyboard navigation.
- - listbox: scrolling should track modified selection.
-!- popups/menus: clarify usage of popups id, how MenuItem/Selectable closing parent popups affects the ID, etc. this is quite fishy needs improvement! (#331, #402)
- - popups: add variant using global identifier similar to Begin/End (#402)
- - popups: border options. richer api like BeginChild() perhaps? (#197)
- - tooltip: tooltip that doesn't fit in entire screen seems to lose their "last prefered button" and may teleport when moving mouse
- - menus: local shortcuts, global shortcuts (#456, #126)
- - menus: icons
- - menus: menubars: some sort of priority / effect of main menu-bar on desktop size?
- - menus: calling BeginMenu() twice with a same name doesn't seem to append nicely
- - statusbar: add a per-window status bar helper similar to what menubar does.
- - tabs (#261, #351)
- - separator: separator on the initial position of a window is not visible (cursorpos.y <= clippos.y)
-!- color: the color helpers/typing is a mess and needs sorting out.
- - color: add a better color picker (#346)
- - node/graph editor (#306)
- - pie menus patterns (#434)
- - drag'n drop, dragging helpers (carry dragging info, visualize drag source before clicking, drop target, etc.) (#143, #479)
- - plot: PlotLines() should use the polygon-stroke facilities (currently issues with averaging normals)
- - plot: make it easier for user to draw extra stuff into the graph (e.g: draw basis, highlight certain points, 2d plots, multiple plots)
- - plot: "smooth" automatic scale over time, user give an input 0.0(full user scale) 1.0(full derived from value)
- - plot: add a helper e.g. Plot(char* label, float value, float time_span=2.0f) that stores values and Plot them for you - probably another function name. and/or automatically allow to plot ANY displayed value (more reliance on stable ID)
- - slider: allow using the [-]/[+] buttons used by InputFloat()/InputInt()
- - slider: initial absolute click is imprecise. change to relative movement slider (same as scrollbar).
- - slider: add dragging-based widgets to edit values with mouse (on 2 axises), saving screen real-estate.
- - slider: tint background based on value (e.g. v_min -> v_max, or use 0.0f either side of the sign)
- - slider & drag: int data passing through a float
- - drag float: up/down axis
- - drag float: added leeway on edge (e.g. a few invisible steps past the clamp limits)
- - tree node / optimization: avoid formatting when clipped.
- - tree node: tree-node/header right-most side doesn't take account of horizontal scrolling.
- - tree node: add treenode/treepush int variants? not there because (void*) cast from int warns on some platforms/settings?
- - tree node: try to apply scrolling at time of TreePop() if node was just opened and end of node is past scrolling limits?
- - tree node / selectable render mismatch which is visible if you use them both next to each other (e.g. cf. property viewer)
- - tree node: tweak color scheme to distinguish headers from selected tree node (#581)
- - textwrapped: figure out better way to use TextWrapped() in an always auto-resize context (tooltip, etc.) (#249)
- - settings: write more decent code to allow saving/loading new fields
- - settings: api for per-tool simple persistent data (bool,int,float,columns sizes,etc.) in .ini file
- - style: add window shadows.
- - style/optimization: store rounded corners in texture to use 1 quad per corner (filled and wireframe) to lower the cost of rounding.
- - style: color-box not always square?
- - style: a concept of "compact style" that the end-user can easily rely on (e.g. PushStyleCompact()?) that maps to other settings? avoid implementing duplicate helpers such as SmallCheckbox(), etc.
- - style: try to make PushStyleVar() more robust to incorrect parameters (to be more friendly to edit & continues situation).
- - style/opt: PopStyleVar could be optimized by having GetStyleVar returns the type, using a table mapping stylevar enum to data type.
- - style: global scale setting.
- - style: WindowPadding needs to be EVEN needs the 0.5 multiplier probably have a subtle effect on clip rectangle
- - text: simple markup language for color change?
- - font: dynamic font atlas to avoid baking huge ranges into bitmap and make scaling easier.
- - font: small opt: for monospace font (like the defalt one) we can trim IndexXAdvance as long as trailing value is == FallbackXAdvance
- - font: add support for kerning, probably optional. perhaps default to (32..128)^2 matrix ~ 36KB then hash fallback.
- - font: add a simpler CalcTextSizeA() api? current one ok but not welcome if user needs to call it directly (without going through ImGui::CalcTextSize)
- - font: fix AddRemapChar() to work before font has been built.
- - log: LogButtons() options for specifying depth and/or hiding depth slider
- - log: have more control over the log scope (e.g. stop logging when leaving current tree node scope)
- - log: be able to log anything (e.g. right-click on a window/tree-node, shows context menu? log into tty/file/clipboard)
- - log: let user copy any window content to clipboard easily (CTRL+C on windows? while moving it? context menu?). code is commented because it fails with multiple Begin/End pairs.
- - filters: set a current filter that tree node can automatically query to hide themselves
- - filters: handle wildcards (with implicit leading/trailing *), regexps
- - shortcuts: add a shortcut api, e.g. parse "&Save" and/or "Save (CTRL+S)", pass in to widgets or provide simple ways to use (button=activate, input=focus)
-!- keyboard: tooltip & combo boxes are messing up / not honoring keyboard tabbing
- - keyboard: full keyboard navigation and focus. (#323)
- - focus: preserve ActiveId/focus stack state, e.g. when opening a menu and close it, previously selected InputText() focus gets restored (#622)
- - focus: SetKeyboardFocusHere() on with >= 0 offset could be done on same frame (else latch and modulate on beginning of next frame)
- - input: rework IO system to be able to pass actual ordered/timestamped events. (~#335, #71)
- - input: allow to decide and pass explicit double-clicks (e.g. for windows by the CS_DBLCLKS style).
- - input: support track pad style scrolling & slider edit.
- - misc: provide a way to compile out the entire implementation while providing a dummy API (e.g. #define IMGUI_DUMMY_IMPL)
- - misc: double-clicking on title bar to minimize isn't consistent, perhaps move to single-click on left-most collapse icon?
- - misc: provide HoveredTime and ActivatedTime to ease the creation of animations.
- - style editor: have a more global HSV setter (e.g. alter hue on all elements). consider replacing active/hovered by offset in HSV space? (#438)
- - style editor: color child window height expressed in multiple of line height.
- - remote: make a system like RemoteImGui first-class citizen/project (#75)
- - drawlist: move Font, FontSize, FontTexUvWhitePixel inside ImDrawList and make it self-contained (apart from drawing settings?)
- - drawlist: end-user probably can't call Clear() directly because we expect a texture to be pushed in the stack.
- - examples: directx9: save/restore device state more thoroughly.
- - examples: window minimize, maximize (#583)
- - optimization: add a flag to disable most of rendering, for the case where the user expect to skip it (#335)
- - optimization: use another hash function than crc32, e.g. FNV1a
- - optimization/render: merge command-lists with same clip-rect into one even if they aren't sequential? (as long as in-between clip rectangle don't overlap)?
- - optimization: turn some the various stack vectors into statically-sized arrays
- - optimization: better clipping for multi-component widgets
 */
 
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] INCLUDES
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
 #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif
 
-#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
 
-#include <ctype.h>      // toupper, isprint
-#include <math.h>       // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf
-#include <stdlib.h>     // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi
+// System includes
 #include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
-#include <limits.h>     // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
-#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
-#else
 #include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+
+// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
+// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+#ifndef NOMINMAX
+#define NOMINMAX
+#endif
+#ifndef __MINGW32__
+#include <Windows.h>        // _wfopen, OpenClipboard
+#else
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP || WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_GAMES)
+// The UWP and GDK Win32 API subsets don't support clipboard nor IME functions
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// [Apple] OS specific includes
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
 #endif
 
+// Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
-#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)             // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)             // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922   // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)             // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)            // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26495)            // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)            // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
 #endif
 
-// Clang warnings with -Weverything
-#ifdef __clang__
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"      // warning : format string is not a string literal              // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"  // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor       // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' //
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"          // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor     // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic"                // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"       // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
+// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"      // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"                   // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"        // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow"          // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Forward Declarations
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Debug options
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0   // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0   // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window
 
-static void             LogRenderedText(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.
+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY            = 0.20f;    // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in
+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY          = 0.15f;    // Time before the window list starts to appear
 
-static void             PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full = 0.0f);
-static float            GetDraggedColumnOffset(int column_index);
+static const float NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER             = 0.10f;    // Time to highlight an item activated by a shortcut.
 
-static bool             IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true);
+// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend)
+static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING                    = 4.0f;     // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow().
+static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f;    // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.
+static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER    = 0.70f;    // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved.
 
-static void             SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
-static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void             SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y);
-static void             SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond);
-static void             SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond);
-static void             SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond);
-static ImGuiWindow*     FindHoveredWindow(ImVec2 pos, bool excluding_childs);
-static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
-static inline bool      IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void             ClearSetNextWindowData();
-static void             CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write);
-static void             Scrollbar(ImGuiWindow* window, bool horizontal);
-
-static void             AddDrawListToRenderList(ImVector<ImDrawList*>& out_render_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
-static void             AddWindowToRenderList(ImVector<ImDrawList*>& out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void             AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
-
-static ImGuiIniData*    FindWindowSettings(const char* name);
-static ImGuiIniData*    AddWindowSettings(const char* name);
-static void             LoadSettings();
-static void             SaveSettings();
-static void             MarkSettingsDirty();
-
-static void             PushColumnClipRect(int column_index = -1);
-static ImRect           GetVisibleRect();
-
-static bool             BeginPopupEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags);
-static void             CloseInactivePopups();
-static void             ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining);
-static void             ClosePopup(ImGuiID id);
-static bool             IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id);
-static ImGuiWindow*     GetFrontMostModalRootWindow();
-static ImVec2           FindBestPopupWindowPos(const ImVec2& base_pos, const ImVec2& size, int* last_dir, const ImRect& rect_to_avoid);
-
-static bool             InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data);
-static int              InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
-static ImVec2           InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
-
-static inline void      DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* display_format, char* buf, int buf_size);
-static inline void      DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, int decimal_precision, char* buf, int buf_size);
-static void             DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* value1, const void* value2);
-static bool             DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* scalar_format);
+// Tooltip offset
+static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET = ImVec2(16, 10);            // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Platform dependent default implementations
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static const char*      GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl();
-static void             SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text);
-static void             ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y);
+static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
+static ImVec2           CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+static void             AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+// Settings
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
+static void*            WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
+
+// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions
+static const char*      GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx);
+static void             SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text);
+static void             SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+// Item
+static void             ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id);
+
+// Navigation
+static void             NavUpdate();
+static void             NavUpdateWindowing();
+static void             NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
+static void             NavUpdateCancelRequest();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
+static float            NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
+static inline void      NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
+static void             NavEndFrame();
+static bool             NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
+static void             NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
+static void             NavProcessItem();
+static void             NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
+static ImVec2           NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+static void             NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);
+static ImGuiWindow*     NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer);
+static int              FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+// Error Checking and Debug Tools
+static void             ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
+static void             ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
+static void             UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
+static void             UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
+static void             UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor();
+
+// Inputs
+static void             UpdateKeyboardInputs();
+static void             UpdateMouseInputs();
+static void             UpdateMouseWheel();
+static void             UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt);
+
+// Misc
+static void             UpdateSettings();
+static int              UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect);
+static void             RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size);
+static void             RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open);
+static void             RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col);
+static void             RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
+static void             SetLastItemDataForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect);
+
+// Viewports
+const ImGuiID           IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter.
+static void             UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
+
+}
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Context
+// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Default context, default font atlas.
-// New contexts always point by default to this font atlas. It can be changed by reassigning the GetIO().Fonts variable.
-static ImGuiContext     GImDefaultContext;
-static ImFontAtlas      GImDefaultFontAtlas;
+// DLL users:
+// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries!
+// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from.
+// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL).
+// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
+// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in).
+
+// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.
+// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL.
+//   Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
+// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.
+//   If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts:
+//   - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h:
+//         struct ImGuiContext;
+//         extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;
+//         #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS
+//     And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.
+//   - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
+//   - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace.
+// - DLL users: read comments above.
+#ifndef GImGui
+ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;
+#endif
 
-// Current context pointer. Implicitely used by all ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext()
-// ImGui is currently not thread-safe because of this variable. If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you might work around it by (A) having two instances of the ImGui code under different namespaces or (B) change this variable to be TLS. Further development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
-ImGuiContext*           GImGui = &GImDefaultContext;
+// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them.
+// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.
+// - DLL users: read comments above.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); }
+#else
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }
+#endif
+static ImGuiMemAllocFunc    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper;
+static ImGuiMemFreeFunc     GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper;
+static void*                GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// User facing structures
+// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
 {
-    Alpha                   = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
-    WindowPadding           = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window
-    WindowMinSize           = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size
-    WindowRounding          = 9.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
-    WindowTitleAlign        = ImGuiAlign_Left;  // Alignment for title bar text
-    ChildWindowRounding     = 0.0f;             // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
-    FramePadding            = ImVec2(4,3);      // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
-    FrameRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
-    ItemSpacing             = ImVec2(8,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
-    ItemInnerSpacing        = ImVec2(4,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
-    TouchExtraPadding       = ImVec2(0,0);      // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
-    IndentSpacing           = 21.0f;            // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
-    ColumnsMinSpacing       = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns
-    ScrollbarSize           = 16.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
-    ScrollbarRounding       = 9.0f;             // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
-    GrabMinSize             = 10.0f;            // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
-    GrabRounding            = 0.0f;             // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
-    DisplayWindowPadding    = ImVec2(22,22);    // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows.
-    DisplaySafeAreaPadding  = ImVec2(4,4);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
-    AntiAliasedLines        = true;             // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU.
-    AntiAliasedShapes       = true;             // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
-    CurveTessellationTol    = 1.25f;            // Tessellation tolerance. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
-
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.70f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg]          = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.05f, 0.05f, 0.10f, 0.90f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.65f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.30f);   // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.65f, 0.65f, 0.45f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.54f, 0.83f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.32f, 0.32f, 0.63f, 0.87f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.55f, 0.80f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.30f, 0.60f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.30f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.40f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ComboBg]                = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.99f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.67f, 0.40f, 0.40f, 0.60f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.67f, 0.40f, 0.40f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_Column]                 = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered]          = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ColumnActive]           = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButton]            = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered]     = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 0.60f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive]      = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f);
-    Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening]   = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+    Alpha                       = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
+    DisabledAlpha               = 0.60f;            // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
+    WindowPadding               = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window
+    WindowRounding              = 0.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+    WindowBorderSize            = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    WindowMinSize               = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size
+    WindowTitleAlign            = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text
+    WindowMenuButtonPosition    = ImGuiDir_Left;    // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
+    ChildRounding               = 0.0f;             // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
+    ChildBorderSize             = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    PopupRounding               = 0.0f;             // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
+    PopupBorderSize             = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    FramePadding                = ImVec2(4,3);      // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
+    FrameRounding               = 0.0f;             // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
+    FrameBorderSize             = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    ItemSpacing                 = ImVec2(8,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
+    ItemInnerSpacing            = ImVec2(4,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
+    CellPadding                 = ImVec2(4,2);      // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
+    TouchExtraPadding           = ImVec2(0,0);      // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
+    IndentSpacing               = 21.0f;            // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
+    ColumnsMinSpacing           = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
+    ScrollbarSize               = 14.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
+    ScrollbarRounding           = 9.0f;             // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
+    GrabMinSize                 = 12.0f;            // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
+    GrabRounding                = 0.0f;             // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
+    LogSliderDeadzone           = 4.0f;             // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
+    TabRounding                 = 4.0f;             // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
+    TabBorderSize               = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around tabs.
+    TabMinWidthForCloseButton   = 0.0f;             // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
+    TabBarBorderSize            = 1.0f;             // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
+    TableAngledHeadersAngle     = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees).
+    TableAngledHeadersTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f);// Alignment of angled headers within the cell
+    ColorButtonPosition         = ImGuiDir_Right;   // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
+    ButtonTextAlign             = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
+    SelectableTextAlign         = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
+    SeparatorTextBorderSize     = 3.0f;             // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
+    SeparatorTextAlign          = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
+    SeparatorTextPadding        = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
+    DisplayWindowPadding        = ImVec2(19,19);    // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
+    DisplaySafeAreaPadding      = ImVec2(3,3);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
+    MouseCursorScale            = 1.0f;             // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
+    AntiAliasedLines            = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
+    AntiAliasedLinesUseTex      = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
+    AntiAliasedFill             = true;             // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.).
+    CurveTessellationTol        = 1.25f;            // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    CircleTessellationMaxError  = 0.30f;            // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
+
+    // Behaviors
+    HoverStationaryDelay        = 0.15f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary.
+    HoverDelayShort             = 0.15f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay.
+    HoverDelayNormal            = 0.40f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). "
+    HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse   = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled;    // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse.
+    HoverFlagsForTooltipNav     = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled;  // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad.
+
+    // Default theme
+    ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this);
+}
+
+// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you.
+// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.
+void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
+{
+    WindowPadding = ImTrunc(WindowPadding * scale_factor);
+    WindowRounding = ImTrunc(WindowRounding * scale_factor);
+    WindowMinSize = ImTrunc(WindowMinSize * scale_factor);
+    ChildRounding = ImTrunc(ChildRounding * scale_factor);
+    PopupRounding = ImTrunc(PopupRounding * scale_factor);
+    FramePadding = ImTrunc(FramePadding * scale_factor);
+    FrameRounding = ImTrunc(FrameRounding * scale_factor);
+    ItemSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ItemInnerSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);
+    CellPadding = ImTrunc(CellPadding * scale_factor);
+    TouchExtraPadding = ImTrunc(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);
+    IndentSpacing = ImTrunc(IndentSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ColumnsMinSpacing = ImTrunc(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ScrollbarSize = ImTrunc(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor);
+    ScrollbarRounding = ImTrunc(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);
+    GrabMinSize = ImTrunc(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);
+    GrabRounding = ImTrunc(GrabRounding * scale_factor);
+    LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor);
+    TabRounding = ImTrunc(TabRounding * scale_factor);
+    TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX;
+    SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor);
+    DisplayWindowPadding = ImTrunc(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);
+    DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImTrunc(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);
+    MouseCursorScale = ImTrunc(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);
 }
 
 ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
 {
     // Most fields are initialized with zero
     memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
 
+    // Settings
+    ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;
+    BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None;
     DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
-    DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;
+    DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f;
     IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
-    IniFilename = "imgui.ini";
+    IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
     LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";
-    Fonts = &GImDefaultFontAtlas;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
+        KeyMap[i] = -1;
+#endif
+    UserData = NULL;
+
+    Fonts = NULL;
     FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;
+    FontDefault = NULL;
+    FontAllowUserScaling = false;
     DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
-    MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1);
-    MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-1,-1);
+
     MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;
     MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
     MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++)
-        MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++)
-        KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
-    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
-        KeyMap[i] = -1;
-    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f;
     KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;
-    UserData = NULL;
-
-    // User functions
-    RenderDrawListsFn = NULL;
-    MemAllocFn = malloc;
-    MemFreeFn = free;
-    GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;   // Platform dependent default implementations
-    SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
-    ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl;
 
-    // Set OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
+    // Miscellaneous options
+    MouseDrawCursor = false;
 #ifdef __APPLE__
-    WordMovementUsesAltKey = true;      // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
-    ShortcutsUseSuperKey = true;        // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl
-    DoubleClickSelectsWord = true;      // OS X style: Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text
-    MultiSelectUsesSuperKey = true;     // OS X style: Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl 
+    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true;  // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
+#else
+    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false;
 #endif
+    ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true;
+    ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true;
+    ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false;
+    ConfigDragClickToInputText = false;
+    ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true;
+    ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false;
+    ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f;
+    ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false;
+    ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false;
+
+    // Platform Functions
+    // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers.
+    BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL;
+    BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL;
+    PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.';
+
+    // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!)
+    MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; }
+    AppAcceptingEvents = true;
+    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1;
+    BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong
 }
 
 // Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.
 // - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()
 // - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message
-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c)
+// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.Text.Char = c;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so
+// we should save the high surrogate.
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c)
 {
-    const int n = ImStrlenW(InputCharacters);
-    if (n + 1 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputCharacters))
+    if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save
+    {
+        if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
+            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+        InputQueueSurrogate = c;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImWchar cp = c;
+    if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
     {
-        InputCharacters[n] = c;
-        InputCharacters[n+1] = '\0';
+        if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate
+        {
+            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF
+            cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar
+#else
+            cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000);
+#endif
+        }
+
+        InputQueueSurrogate = 0;
     }
+    AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp);
 }
 
 void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
 {
-    // We can't pass more wchars than ImGuiIO::InputCharacters[] can hold so don't convert more
-    const int wchars_buf_len = sizeof(ImGuiIO::InputCharacters) / sizeof(ImWchar);
-    ImWchar wchars[wchars_buf_len];
-    ImTextStrFromUtf8(wchars, wchars_buf_len, utf8_chars, NULL);
-    for (int i = 0; i < wchars_buf_len && wchars[i] != 0; i++)
-        AddInputCharacter(wchars[i]);
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    while (*utf8_chars != 0)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = 0;
+        utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL);
+        AddInputCharacter(c);
+    }
 }
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// HELPERS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Clear all incoming events.
+void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.clear();
+}
 
-#define IM_F32_TO_INT8(_VAL)  ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f))
+// Clear current keyboard/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons.
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys()
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown));
+#endif
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++)
+    {
+        if (ImGui::IsMouseKey((ImGuiKey)(n + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET)))
+            continue;
+        KeysData[n].Down             = false;
+        KeysData[n].DownDuration     = -1.0f;
+        KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;
+    }
+    KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false;
+    KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
+    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters().
+}
 
-// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2015 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n.
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n"
-#else
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputMouse()
+{
+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+    {
+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
+        key_data->Down = false;
+        key_data->DownDuration = -1.0f;
+        key_data->DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;
+    }
+    MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++)
+    {
+        MouseDown[n] = false;
+        MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f;
+    }
+    MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
+}
+
+// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue.
+// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys().
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()
+{
+    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+}
 #endif
 
-bool ImIsPointInTriangle(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)
+static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1)
 {
-    bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
-    bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
-    bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
-    return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+    {
+        ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n];
+        if (e->Type != type)
+            continue;
+        if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && e->Key.Key != arg)
+            continue;
+        if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton && e->MouseButton.Button != arg)
+            continue;
+        return e;
+    }
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
+// Queue a new key down/up event.
+// - ImGuiKey key:       Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
+// - bool down:          Is the key down? use false to signify a key release.
+// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f
+// IMPORTANT: THIS FUNCTION AND OTHER "ADD" GRABS THE CONTEXT FROM OUR INSTANCE.
+// WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT ALL FUNCTION CALLS ARE FULFILLING THIS, WHICH IS WHY GetKeyData() HAS AN EXPLICIT CONTEXT.
+void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value)
 {
-    int d;
-    while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
-    return d;
+    //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); }
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrMod(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API.
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key) == false); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events.
+
+    // MacOS: swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl
+    if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors)
+    {
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Super)          { key = ImGuiMod_Ctrl; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl)      { key = ImGuiMod_Super; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) { key = ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper){ key = ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl)  { key = ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; }
+        else if (key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl) { key = ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
+    }
+
+    // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
+    if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1)
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
+            IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
+    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0;
+#endif
+    if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key))
+        BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false;
+
+    // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed)
+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key);
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(&g, key);
+    const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down;
+    const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue;
+    if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value)
+        return;
+
+    // Add event
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key;
+    e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.Key.Key = key;
+    e.Key.Down = down;
+    e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
-int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int count)
+void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down)
 {
-    int d = 0;
-    while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
-    return d;
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
 }
 
-char* ImStrdup(const char *str)
+// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent().
+// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices.
+// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this.
+void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index)
 {
-    size_t len = strlen(str) + 1;
-    void* buff = ImGui::MemAlloc(len);
-    return (char*)memcpy(buff, (const void*)str, len);
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512
+    IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511
+    IM_UNUSED(native_keycode);  // Yet unused
+    IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused
+
+    // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode;
+    if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)legacy_key))
+        return;
+    KeyMap[legacy_key] = key;
+    KeyMap[key] = legacy_key;
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(key);
+    IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index);
+#endif
 }
 
-int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
+// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
+void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events)
 {
-    int n = 0;
-    while (*str++) n++;
-    return n;
+    AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events;
 }
 
-const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
+// Queue a mouse move event
+void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y)
 {
-    while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
-        buf_mid_line--;
-    return buf_mid_line;
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs()
+    ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(y) : y);
+
+    // Filter duplicate
+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos);
+    const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos;
+    if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x;
+    e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y;
+    e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
-const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down)
 {
-    if (!needle_end)
-        needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
 
-    const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle);
-    while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
+    // On MacOS X: Convert Ctrl(Super)+Left click into Right-click: handle held button.
+    if (ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && mouse_button == 0 && MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick)
+    {
+        // Order of both statements matterns: this event will still release mouse button 1
+        mouse_button = 1;
+        if (!down)
+            MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick = false;
+    }
+
+    // Filter duplicate
+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button);
+    const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button];
+    if (latest_button_down == down)
+        return;
+
+    // On MacOS X: Convert Ctrl(Super)+Left click into Right-click.
+    // - Note that this is actual physical Ctrl which is ImGuiMod_Super for us.
+    // - At this point we want from !down to down, so this is handling the initial press.
+    if (ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && mouse_button == 0 && down)
     {
-        if (toupper(*haystack) == un0)
+        const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_super_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)ImGuiMod_Super);
+        if (latest_super_event ? latest_super_event->Key.Down : g.IO.KeySuper)
         {
-            const char* b = needle + 1;
-            for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
-                if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b))
-                    break;
-            if (b == needle_end)
-                return haystack;
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Super+Left Click aliased into Right Click\n");
+            MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick = true;
+            AddMouseButtonEvent(1, true); // This is just quicker to write that passing through, as we need to filter duplicate again.
+            return;
         }
-        haystack++;
     }
-    return NULL;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button;
+    e.MouseButton.Down = down;
+    e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
-int ImFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
+// Queue a mouse wheel event (some mouse/API may only have a Y component)
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y)
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    buf[buf_size-1] = 0;
-    return (w == -1) ? buf_size : w;
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+
+    // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter)
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f))
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x;
+    e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y;
+    e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
-int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+// This is not a real event, the data is latched in order to be stored in actual Mouse events.
+// This is so that duplicate events (e.g. Windows sending extraneous WM_MOUSEMOVE) gets filtered and are not leading to actual source changes.
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source)
 {
-    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
-    buf[buf_size-1] = 0;
-    return (w == -1) ? buf_size : w;
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    g.InputEventsNextMouseSource = source;
 }
 
-// Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
-// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
-ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed)
+void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused)
 {
-    static ImU32 crc32_lut[256] = { 0 };
-    if (!crc32_lut[1])
-    {
-        const ImU32 polynomial = 0xEDB88320;
-        for (ImU32 i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-        {
-            ImU32 crc = i;
-            for (ImU32 j = 0; j < 8; j++)
-                crc = (crc >> 1) ^ (ImU32(-int(crc & 1)) & polynomial);
-            crc32_lut[i] = crc;
-        }
-    }
+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
 
-    seed = ~seed;
-    ImU32 crc = seed;
-    const unsigned char* current = (const unsigned char*)data;
-
-    if (data_size > 0)
-    {
-        // Known size
-        while (data_size--)
-            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *current++];
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Zero-terminated string
-        while (unsigned char c = *current++)
-        {
-            // We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
-            // Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
-            // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
-            // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller.
-            if (c == '#' && current[0] == '#' && current[1] == '#')
-                crc = seed;
+    // Filter duplicate
+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus);
+    const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost;
+    if (latest_focused == focused || (ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss && !focused))
+        return;
 
-            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
-        }
-    }
-    return ~crc;
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus;
+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
+    e.AppFocused.Focused = focused;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImText* helpers
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bits character, process single character input.
-// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
-// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
-int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)
 {
-    unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1;
-    const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text;
-    if (!(*str & 0x80))
+    IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau()
+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;
+    ImVec2 p_closest;
+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
+    float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+    for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
     {
-        c = (unsigned int)(*str++);
-        *out_char = c;
-        return 1;
+        ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);
+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
+        {
+            p_closest = p_line;
+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
+        }
+        p_last = p_current;
     }
-    if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
+    return p_closest;
+}
+
+// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp
+static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x4 - x1;
+    float dy = y4 - y1;
+    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
+    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
+    d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
+    d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
+    if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
     {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
-        if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1;
-        if (*str < 0xc2) return 2;
-        c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2;
-        c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
-        *out_char = c;
-        return 2;
-    }
-    if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0)
-    {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
-        if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1;
-        if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3;
-        if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
-        c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3;
-        c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3;
-        c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
-        *out_char = c;
-        return 3;
+        ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4);
+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
+        {
+            p_closest = p_line;
+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
+        }
+        p_last = p_current;
     }
-    if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0)
-    {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
-        if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1;
-        if (*str > 0xf4) return 4;
-        if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4;
-        if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
-        c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
-        c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
-        c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6);
-        if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
-        c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
-        // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid
-        if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4;
-        *out_char = c;
-        return 4;
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f;
+        float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;
+        float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;
+        float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;
+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
     }
-    *out_char = 0;
-    return 0;
 }
 
-int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
+// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol
+// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)
 {
-    ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
-    ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
-    while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
-    {
-        unsigned int c;
-        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
-        if (c == 0)
-            break;
-        if (c < 0x10000)    // FIXME: Losing characters that don't fit in 2 bytes
-            *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
+    IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;
+    ImVec2 p_closest;
+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
+    ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);
+    return p_closest;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    ImVec2 ap = p - a;
+    ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a;
+    float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y;
+    if (dot < 0.0f)
+        return a;
+    float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y;
+    if (dot > ab_len_sqr)
+        return b;
+    return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr;
+}
+
+bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
+    bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
+    bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
+    return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
+}
+
+void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w)
+{
+    ImVec2 v0 = b - a;
+    ImVec2 v1 = c - a;
+    ImVec2 v2 = p - a;
+    const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y;
+    out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom;
+    out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom;
+    out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p);
+    ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p);
+    ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p);
+    float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab);
+    float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc);
+    float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca);
+    float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca));
+    if (m == dist2_ab)
+        return proj_ab;
+    if (m == dist2_bc)
+        return proj_bc;
+    return proj_ca;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.
+int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
+{
+    int d;
+    while ((d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
+    return d;
+}
+
+int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)
+{
+    int d = 0;
+    while (count > 0 && (d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
+    return d;
+}
+
+void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)
+{
+    if (count < 1)
+        return;
+    if (count > 1)
+        strncpy(dst, src, count - 1);
+    dst[count - 1] = 0;
+}
+
+char* ImStrdup(const char* str)
+{
+    size_t len = strlen(str);
+    void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1);
+    return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1);
+}
+
+char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src)
+{
+    size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1;
+    size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1;
+    if (dst_buf_size < src_size)
+    {
+        IM_FREE(dst);
+        dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size);
+        if (p_dst_size)
+            *p_dst_size = src_size;
+    }
+    return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size);
+}
+
+const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)
+{
+    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str);
+    return p;
+}
+
+int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
+{
+    //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+    int n = 0;
+    while (*str++) n++;
+    return n;
+}
+
+// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end.
+const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str);
+    return p ? p : str_end;
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
+{
+    while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
+        buf_mid_line--;
+    return buf_mid_line;
+}
+
+const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
+{
+    if (!needle_end)
+        needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);
+
+    const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(*needle);
+    while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
+    {
+        if (ImToUpper(*haystack) == un0)
+        {
+            const char* b = needle + 1;
+            for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
+                if (ImToUpper(*a) != ImToUpper(*b))
+                    break;
+            if (b == needle_end)
+                return haystack;
+        }
+        haystack++;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible.
+void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)
+{
+    char* p = buf;
+    while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t')     // Leading blanks
+        p++;
+    char* p_start = p;
+    while (*p != 0)                         // Find end of string
+        p++;
+    while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t'))  // Trailing blanks
+        p--;
+    if (p_start != buf)                     // Copy memory if we had leading blanks
+        memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start);
+    buf[p - p_start] = 0;                   // Zero terminate
+}
+
+const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str)
+{
+    while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t')
+        str++;
+    return str;
+}
+
+// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).
+// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.
+// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+
+// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h)
+// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are
+// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.)
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
+#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "stb_sprintf.h"
+#endif
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
+#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
+#endif
+
+int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
+#else
+    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+#endif
+    va_end(args);
+    if (buf == NULL)
+        return w;
+    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
+        w = (int)buf_size - 1;
+    buf[w] = 0;
+    return w;
+}
+
+int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
+#else
+    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+#endif
+    if (buf == NULL)
+        return w;
+    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
+        w = (int)buf_size - 1;
+    buf[w] = 0;
+    return w;
+}
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+
+void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(out_buf, out_buf_end, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
+    {
+        const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s"
+        if (buf == NULL)
+            buf = "(null)";
+        *out_buf = buf;
+        if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); }
+    }
+    else if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '*' && fmt[3] == 's' && fmt[4] == 0)
+    {
+        int buf_len = va_arg(args, int); // Skip formatting when using "%.*s"
+        const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*);
+        if (buf == NULL)
+        {
+            buf = "(null)";
+            buf_len = ImMin(buf_len, 6);
+        }
+        *out_buf = buf;
+        *out_buf_end = buf + buf_len; // Disallow not passing 'out_buf_end' here. User is expected to use it.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);
+        *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;
+        if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }
+    }
+}
+
+// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)
+// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:
+// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.
+static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =
+{
+    0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,
+    0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,
+    0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,
+    0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,
+    0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,
+    0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,
+    0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,
+    0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,
+    0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,
+    0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,
+    0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,
+    0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,
+    0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,
+    0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,
+    0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,
+    0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,
+};
+
+// Known size hash
+// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    ImU32 crc = ~seed;
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    while (data_size-- != 0)
+        crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];
+    return ~crc;
+}
+
+// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value
+// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
+// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
+// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
+// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    seed = ~seed;
+    ImU32 crc = seed;
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    if (data_size != 0)
+    {
+        while (data_size-- != 0)
+        {
+            unsigned char c = *data++;
+            if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
+                crc = seed;
+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        while (unsigned char c = *data++)
+        {
+            if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
+                crc = seed;
+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+        }
+    }
+    return ~crc;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Default file functions
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+
+ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
+{
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+    // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames.
+    // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32!
+    const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0);
+    const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0);
+
+    // Use stack buffer if possible, otherwise heap buffer. Sizes include zero terminator.
+    // We don't rely on current ImGuiContext as this is implied to be a helper function which doesn't depend on it (see #7314).
+    wchar_t local_temp_stack[FILENAME_MAX];
+    ImVector<wchar_t> local_temp_heap;
+    if (filename_wsize + mode_wsize > IM_ARRAYSIZE(local_temp_stack))
+        local_temp_heap.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize);
+    wchar_t* filename_wbuf = local_temp_heap.Data ? local_temp_heap.Data : local_temp_stack;
+    wchar_t* mode_wbuf = filename_wbuf + filename_wsize;
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, filename_wbuf, filename_wsize);
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, mode_wbuf, mode_wsize);
+    return ::_wfopen(filename_wbuf, mode_wbuf);
+#else
+    return fopen(filename, mode);
+#endif
+}
+
+// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way.
+bool    ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f)     { return fclose(f) == 0; }
+ImU64   ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f)   { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; }
+ImU64   ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)           { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
+ImU64   ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)    { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+
+// Helper: Load file content into memory
+// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
+// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size.
+void*   ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(filename && mode);
+    if (out_file_size)
+        *out_file_size = 0;
+
+    ImFileHandle f;
+    if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+
+    size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f);
+    if (file_size == (size_t)-1)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes);
+    if (file_data == NULL)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        IM_FREE(file_data);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (padding_bytes > 0)
+        memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes);
+
+    ImFileClose(f);
+    if (out_file_size)
+        *out_file_size = file_size;
+
+    return file_data;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+
+// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input.
+// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8).
+// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
+int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 };
+    static const int masks[]  = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 };
+    static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 };
+    static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 };
+    static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 };
+    int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3];
+    int wanted = len + (len ? 0 : 1);
+
+    if (in_text_end == NULL)
+        in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account.
+
+    // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here,
+    // so it is fast even with excessive branching.
+    unsigned char s[4];
+    s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0;
+    s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0;
+    s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0;
+    s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0;
+
+    // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out.
+    *out_char  = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) <<  6;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) <<  0;
+    *out_char >>= shiftc[len];
+
+    // Accumulate the various error conditions.
+    int e = 0;
+    e  = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding
+    e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7;  // surrogate half?
+    e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8;  // out of range?
+    e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2;
+    e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4;
+    e |= (s[3]       ) >> 6;
+    e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct?
+    e >>= shifte[len];
+
+    if (e)
+    {
+        // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end.
+        // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text.
+        // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes.
+        // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s.
+        wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]);
+        *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID;
+    }
+
+    return wanted;
+}
+
+int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
+{
+    ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
+    ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
+    while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c;
+        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
+        *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
     }
     *buf_out = 0;
     if (in_text_remaining)
@@ -1091,16 +2310,13 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
     {
         unsigned int c;
         in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
-        if (c == 0)
-            break;
-        if (c < 0x10000)
-            char_count++;
+        char_count++;
     }
     return char_count;
 }
 
 // Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
-static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
+static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
 {
     if (c < 0x80)
     {
@@ -1114,11 +2330,15 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
         buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));
         return 2;
     }
-    if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000)
+    if (c < 0x10000)
     {
-        return 0;
+        if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
+        buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
+        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
+        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
+        return 3;
     }
-    if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00)
+    if (c <= 0x10FFFF)
     {
         if (buf_size < 4) return 0;
         buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));
@@ -1127,39 +2347,47 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
         buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
         return 4;
     }
-    //else if (c < 0x10000)
-    {
-        if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
-        buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
-        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c>> 6) & 0x3f));
-        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
-        return 3;
-    }
+    // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF
+    return 0;
+}
+
+const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c)
+{
+    int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c);
+    out_buf[count] = 0;
+    return out_buf;
+}
+
+// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function.
+int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    unsigned int unused = 0;
+    return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end);
 }
 
 static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)
 {
     if (c < 0x80) return 1;
     if (c < 0x800) return 2;
-    if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000) return 0;
-    if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00) return 4;
+    if (c < 0x10000) return 3;
+    if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4;
     return 3;
 }
 
-int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
 {
-    char* buf_out = buf;
-    const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
-    while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    char* buf_p = out_buf;
+    const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size;
+    while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
     {
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
         if (c < 0x80)
-            *buf_out++ = (char)c;
+            *buf_p++ = (char)c;
         else
-            buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end-buf_out-1), c);
+            buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c);
     }
-    *buf_out = 0;
-    return (int)(buf_out - buf);
+    *buf_p = 0;
+    return (int)(buf_p - out_buf);
 }
 
 int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
@@ -1176,19 +2404,64 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e
     return bytes_count;
 }
 
+const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr)
+{
+    while (in_text_curr > in_text_start)
+    {
+        in_text_curr--;
+        if ((*in_text_curr & 0xC0) != 0x80)
+            return in_text_curr;
+    }
+    return in_text_start;
+}
+
+int ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    if (in_text_end == NULL)
+        in_text_end = in_text + strlen(in_text); // FIXME-OPT: Not optimal approach, discourage use for now.
+    int count = 0;
+    while (in_text < in_text_end)
+    {
+        const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(in_text, '\n', in_text_end - in_text);
+        in_text = line_end ? line_end + 1 : in_text_end;
+        count++;
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
+// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b)
+{
+    float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f;
+    int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF);
+}
+
 ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)
 {
-    float s = 1.0f/255.0f;
-    return ImVec4((in & 0xFF) * s, ((in >> 8) & 0xFF) * s, ((in >> 16) & 0xFF) * s, (in >> 24) * s);
+    float s = 1.0f / 255.0f;
+    return ImVec4(
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s);
 }
 
 ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)
 {
     ImU32 out;
-    out  = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.x)));
-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.y))) << 8;
-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.z))) << 16;
-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.w))) << 24;
+    out  = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
     return out;
 }
 
@@ -1199,17 +2472,17 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float&
     float K = 0.f;
     if (g < b)
     {
-        const float tmp = g; g = b; b = tmp;
+        ImSwap(g, b);
         K = -1.f;
     }
     if (r < g)
     {
-        const float tmp = r; r = g; g = tmp;
+        ImSwap(r, g);
         K = -2.f / 6.f - K;
     }
 
     const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);
-    out_h = fabsf(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
+    out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
     out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);
     out_v = r;
 }
@@ -1225,7 +2498,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float&
         return;
     }
 
-    h = fmodf(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f/360.0f);
+    h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f);
     int   i = (int)h;
     float f = h - (float)i;
     float p = v * (1.0f - s);
@@ -1243,71 +2516,22 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float&
     }
 }
 
-// Load file content into memory
-// Memory allocated with ImGui::MemAlloc(), must be freed by user using ImGui::MemFree()
-void* ImLoadFileToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, int* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(filename && file_open_mode);
-    if (out_file_size)
-        *out_file_size = 0;
-
-    FILE* f;
-    if ((f = fopen(filename, file_open_mode)) == NULL)
-        return NULL;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
+// Helper: Key->value storage
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    long file_size_signed;
-    if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) || (file_size_signed = ftell(f)) == -1 || fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET))
+// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
+ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key)
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* in_p = in_begin;
+    for (size_t count = (size_t)(in_end - in_p); count > 0; )
     {
-        fclose(f);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-
-    int file_size = (int)file_size_signed;
-    void* file_data = ImGui::MemAlloc(file_size + padding_bytes);
-    if (file_data == NULL)
-    {
-        fclose(f);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    if (fread(file_data, 1, (size_t)file_size, f) != (size_t)file_size)
-    {
-        fclose(f);
-        ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    if (padding_bytes > 0)
-        memset((void *)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, padding_bytes);
-
-    fclose(f);
-    if (out_file_size)
-        *out_file_size = file_size;
-
-    return file_data;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiStorage
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helper: Key->value storage
-void ImGuiStorage::Clear()
-{
-    Data.clear();
-}
-
-// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
-static ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>& data, ImU32 key)
-{
-    ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator first = data.begin();
-    ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator last = data.end();
-    int count = (int)(last - first);
-    while (count > 0)
-    {
-        int count2 = count / 2;
-        ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator mid = first + count2;
+        size_t count2 = count >> 1;
+        ImGuiStoragePair* mid = in_p + count2;
         if (mid->key < key)
         {
-            first = ++mid;
+            in_p = ++mid;
             count -= count2 + 1;
         }
         else
@@ -1315,25 +2539,39 @@ static ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::
             count = count2;
         }
     }
-    return first;
+    return in_p;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.
+    ImGuiID lhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key;
+    ImGuiID rhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key;
+    return (lhs_v > rhs_v ? +1 : lhs_v < rhs_v ? -1 : 0);
+}
+
+// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
+void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()
+{
+    ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), PairComparerByID);
 }
 
-int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImU32 key, int default_val) const
+int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data), const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data + Data.Size), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return default_val;
     return it->val_i;
 }
 
-bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImU32 key, bool default_val) const
+bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const
 {
     return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0;
 }
 
-float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImU32 key, float default_val) const
+float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data), const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data + Data.Size), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return default_val;
     return it->val_f;
@@ -1341,7 +2579,7 @@ float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImU32 key, float default_val) const
 
 void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data), const_cast<ImGuiStoragePair*>(Data.Data + Data.Size), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return NULL;
     return it->val_p;
@@ -1350,9 +2588,9 @@ void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
 // References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
 int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_i;
 }
 
@@ -1363,57 +2601,51 @@ bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)
 
 float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_f;
 }
 
 void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_p;
 }
 
 // FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)
-void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImU32 key, int val)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-    {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
-        return;
-    }
-    it->val_i = val;
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+    else
+        it->val_i = val;
 }
 
-void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImU32 key, bool val)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)
 {
     SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0);
 }
 
-void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImU32 key, float val)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-    {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
-        return;
-    }
-    it->val_f = val;
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+    else
+        it->val_f = val;
 }
 
-void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImU32 key, void* val)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-    {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
-        return;
-    }
-    it->val_p = val;
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+    else
+        it->val_p = val;
 }
 
 void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
@@ -1423,67 +2655,65 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiTextFilter
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
-ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter)
+ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077
 {
+    InputBuf[0] = 0;
+    CountGrep = 0;
     if (default_filter)
     {
-        ImFormatString(InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), "%s", default_filter);
+        ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
         Build();
     }
-    else
-    {
-        InputBuf[0] = 0;
-        CountGrep = 0;
-    }
 }
 
 bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)
 {
     if (width != 0.0f)
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(width);
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width);
     bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
-    if (width != 0.0f)
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
     if (value_changed)
         Build();
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>& out)
+void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const
 {
-    out.resize(0);
+    out->resize(0);
     const char* wb = b;
     const char* we = wb;
     while (we < e)
     {
         if (*we == separator)
         {
-            out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+            out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
             wb = we + 1;
         }
         we++;
     }
     if (wb != we)
-        out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+        out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
 }
 
 void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()
 {
     Filters.resize(0);
-    TextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf));
-    input_range.split(',', Filters);
+    ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(InputBuf));
+    input_range.split(',', &Filters);
 
     CountGrep = 0;
-    for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+    for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)
     {
-        Filters[i].trim_blanks();
-        if (Filters[i].empty())
+        while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0]))
+            f.b++;
+        while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1]))
+            f.e--;
+        if (f.empty())
             continue;
-        if (Filters[i].front() != '-')
+        if (f.b[0] != '-')
             CountGrep += 1;
     }
 }
@@ -1496,21 +2726,20 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
     if (text == NULL)
         text = "";
 
-    for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+    for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)
     {
-        const TextRange& f = Filters[i];
         if (f.empty())
             continue;
-        if (f.front() == '-')
+        if (f.b[0] == '-')
         {
             // Subtract
-            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin()+1, f.end()) != NULL)
+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL)
                 return false;
         }
         else
         {
             // Grep
-            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin(), f.end()) != NULL)
+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL)
                 return true;
         }
     }
@@ -1523,3552 +2752,7620 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiTextBuffer
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.
 // va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.
 #ifndef va_copy
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src)
+#else
 #define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)
 #endif
+#endif
+
+char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str);
+
+    // Add zero-terminator the first time
+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
+    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
+    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
+    {
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
+    }
+
+    Buf.resize(needed_sz);
+    memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len);
+    Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    appendfv(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
 
 // Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
     va_list args_copy;
     va_copy(args_copy, args);
 
-    int len = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args);         // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
+    int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args);         // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
     if (len <= 0)
+    {
+        va_end(args_copy);
         return;
+    }
 
-    const int write_off = Buf.Size;
+    // Add zero-terminator the first time
+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
     const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
     if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
     {
-        int double_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
-        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > double_capacity ? needed_sz : double_capacity);
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
     }
 
     Buf.resize(needed_sz);
-    ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off] - 1, len+1, fmt, args_copy);
+    ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy);
+    va_end(args_copy);
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* fmt, ...)
+void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size)
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    appendv(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    IM_ASSERT(old_size >= 0 && new_size >= old_size && new_size >= EndOffset);
+    if (old_size == new_size)
+        return;
+    if (EndOffset == 0 || base[EndOffset - 1] == '\n')
+        LineOffsets.push_back(EndOffset);
+    const char* base_end = base + new_size;
+    for (const char* p = base + old_size; (p = (const char*)memchr(p, '\n', base_end - p)) != 0; )
+        if (++p < base_end) // Don't push a trailing offset on last \n
+            LineOffsets.push_back((int)(intptr_t)(p - base));
+    EndOffset = ImMax(EndOffset, new_size);
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiSimpleColumns
+// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-ImGuiSimpleColumns::ImGuiSimpleColumns()
+// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell.
+// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous.
+static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping()
 {
-    Count = 0;
-    Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
-    memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos));
-    memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems);
 }
 
-void ImGuiSimpleColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear)
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange>& ranges, int offset = 0)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(Count <= IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos));
-    Count = count;
-    Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
-    Spacing = spacing;
-    if (clear) memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
-    for (int i = 0; i < Count; i++)
+    if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries)
+    for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end)
+        for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i)
+            if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min)
+                ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]);
+
+    // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible.
+    for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++)
     {
-        if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f)
-            Width += Spacing;
-        Pos[i] = (float)(int)Width;
-        Width += NextWidths[i];
-        NextWidths[i] = 0.0f;
+        IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert);
+        if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min)
+            continue;
+        ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min);
+        ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max);
+        ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i);
+        i--;
     }
 }
 
-float ImGuiSimpleColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
 {
-    NextWidth = 0.0f;
-    NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0);
-    NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1);
-    NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2);
-    for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
-        NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f);
-    return ImMax(Width, NextWidth);
+    // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.
+    // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.
+    // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek?
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;  // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);      // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
+    if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;                         // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
+    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+    {
+        if (table->IsInsideRow)
+            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+        table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);
+        //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow()
+        table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase;
+    }
 }
 
-float ImGuiSimpleColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w)
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n)
 {
-    return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width);
+    // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction
+    // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
+    float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight);
+    ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight);
 }
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiListClipper
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+}
 
-static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
+ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper()
 {
-    // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHere() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
-    // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
-    ImGui::SetCursorPosY(pos_y);
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;
-    window->DC.PrevLineHeight = (line_height - GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    End();
 }
 
-// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1
-// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0
-// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style.
-void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height)
+void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height)
 {
-    StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
+    if (Ctx == NULL)
+        Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext();
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name);
+
+    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+        if (table->IsInsideRow)
+            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+
+    StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
     ItemsHeight = items_height;
-    ItemsCount = count;
-    StepNo = 0;
-    DisplayEnd = DisplayStart = -1;
-    if (ItemsHeight > 0.0f)
-    {
-        ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display
-        if (DisplayStart > 0)
-            SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor
-        StepNo = 2;
-    }
+    ItemsCount = items_count;
+    DisplayStart = -1;
+    DisplayEnd = 0;
+
+    // Acquire temporary buffer
+    if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size)
+        g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData());
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
+    data->Reset(this);
+    data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y;
+    TempData = data;
 }
 
 void ImGuiListClipper::End()
 {
-    if (ItemsCount < 0)
-        return;
-    // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.
-    if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX)
-        SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + ItemsCount * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor
+    if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData)
+    {
+        // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.
+        ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name);
+        if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0)
+            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount);
+
+        // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting
+        IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this);
+        data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size;
+        if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0)
+        {
+            data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
+            data->ListClipper->TempData = data;
+        }
+        TempData = NULL;
+    }
     ItemsCount = -1;
-    StepNo = 3;
 }
 
-bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
+void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end)
 {
-    if (ItemsCount == 0 || ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead()->SkipItems)
-    {
-        ItemsCount = -1; 
-        return false; 
-    }
-    if (StepNo == 0) // Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height.
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet.
+    IM_ASSERT(item_begin <= item_end);
+    if (item_begin < item_end)
+        data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_begin, item_end));
+}
+
+static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?");
+
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (table && table->IsInsideRow)
+        ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+
+    // No items
+    if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping())
+        return false;
+
+    // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped
+    // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state.
+    if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows)
     {
-        DisplayStart = 0;
-        DisplayEnd = 1;
-        StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
-        StepNo = 1;
+        clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen;
+        clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->ItemsFrozen + 1, clipper->ItemsCount);
+        if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd)
+            data->ItemsFrozen++;
         return true;
     }
-    if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
+
+    // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height)
+    bool calc_clipping = false;
+    if (data->StepNo == 0)
     {
-        if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; }
-        float items_height = ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - StartPosY;
-        IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f);   // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically
-        ImGui::SetCursorPosY(StartPosY);  // Rewind cursor so we can Begin() again, this time with a known height.
-        Begin(ItemsCount, items_height);
-        StepNo = 3;
-        return true;
+        clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1)
+            data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1));
+            clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen);
+            clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, clipper->ItemsCount);
+            data->StepNo = 1;
+            return true;
+        }
+        calc_clipping = true;   // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping.
     }
-    if (StepNo == 2) // Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user still call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.
+
+    // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range
+    if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart >= 0 && DisplayEnd >= 0);
-        StepNo = 3;
-        return true;
-    }
-    if (StepNo == 3) // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
-        End();
-    return false;
-}
+        IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1);
+        if (table)
+            IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiWindow
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+        clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart);
+        bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+        if (affected_by_floating_point_precision)
+            clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries.
 
-ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(const char* name)
-{
-    Name = ImStrdup(name);
-    ID = ImHash(name, 0);
-    IDStack.push_back(ID);
-    MoveID = GetID("#MOVE");
-
-    Flags = 0;
-    IndexWithinParent = 0;
-    PosFloat = Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    SizeContents = SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
-    ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
-    ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false;
-    ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    BorderSize = 0.0f;
-    Active = WasActive = false;
-    Accessed = false;
-    Collapsed = false;
-    SkipItems = false;
-    BeginCount = 0;
-    PopupID = 0;
-    AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
-    AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
-    AutoPosLastDirection = -1;
-    HiddenFrames = 0;
-    SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiSetCond_Always | ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
-    SetWindowPosCenterWanted = false;
+        IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!");
+        calc_clipping = true;   // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards.
+    }
 
-    LastFrameActive = -1;
-    ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f;
-    FontWindowScale = 1.0f;
+    // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements.
+    const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd;
+    if (calc_clipping)
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+        {
+            // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
+            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, clipper->ItemsCount));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Add range selected to be included for navigation
+            const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
+            if (is_nav_request)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0));
+            if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount));
+
+            // Add focused/active item
+            ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]);
+            if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0));
+
+            // Add visible range
+            const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0;
+            const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0;
+            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max));
+        }
 
-    DrawList = (ImDrawList*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImDrawList));
-    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(DrawList) ImDrawList();
-    DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
-    RootWindow = NULL;
-    RootNonPopupWindow = NULL;
-    ParentWindow = NULL;
+        // Convert position ranges to item index ranges
+        // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping.
+        // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list,
+        //   which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted.
+        for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges)
+            if (range.PosToIndexConvert)
+            {
+                int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight);
+                int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f);
+                range.Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1);
+                range.Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, range.Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount);
+                range.PosToIndexConvert = false;
+            }
+        ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo);
+    }
 
-    FocusIdxAllCounter = FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
-    FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = INT_MAX;
-    FocusIdxAllRequestNext = FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
-}
+    // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line.
+    while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
+    {
+        clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted);
+        clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount);
+        if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051
+            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart);
+        data->StepNo++;
+        if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
+            continue;
+        return true;
+    }
 
-ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
-{
-    DrawList->~ImDrawList();
-    ImGui::MemFree(DrawList);
-    DrawList = NULL;
-    ImGui::MemFree(Name);
-    Name = NULL;
-}
+    // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd),
+    // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
+    if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX)
+        ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount);
 
-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
-{
-    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
-    ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
-    return id;
+    return false;
 }
 
-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
+bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
 {
-    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
-    ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
-    return id;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f);
+    bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this);
+    if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd))
+        ret = false;
+    if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n");
+    if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight);
+    if (ret)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n");
+        End();
+    }
+    return ret;
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Internal API exposed in imgui_internal.h
+// [SECTION] STYLING
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.CurrentWindow = window;
-    if (window)
-        g.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
+    return GImGui->Style;
 }
 
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetParentWindow()
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size >= 2);
-    return g.CurrentWindowStack[(unsigned int)g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2];
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];
+    c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window = NULL)
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.ActiveId = id;
-    g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
-    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = true;
-    g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    ImVec4 c = col;
+    c.w *= style.Alpha;
+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
+const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.HoveredId = id;
-    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    return style.Colors[idx];
 }
 
-void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
-        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = true;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    alpha_mul *= style.Alpha;
+    if (alpha_mul >= 1.0f)
+        return col;
+    ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
+    a = (ImU32)(a * alpha_mul); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because alpha is in 0..1 range.
+    return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
 }
 
-// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
-void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y)
+// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-
-    // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, size.y);
-    const float text_base_offset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, text_offset_y);
-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2((float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX), (float)(int)(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y));
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-
-    //window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, 0xFF0000FF, 4); // Debug
-
-    window->DC.PrevLineHeight = line_height;
-    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = text_base_offset;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    ImGuiColorMod backup;
+    backup.Col = idx;
+    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);
+    if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx)
+        g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col);
 }
 
-void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y)
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
 {
-    ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_offset_y);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiColorMod backup;
+    backup.Col = idx;
+    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);
+    if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx)
+        g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
 }
 
-// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
-// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
-// declares their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd().
-bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id)
+void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.LastItemID = id ? *id : 0;
-    window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
-    window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable = window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect = false;
-    if (IsClippedEx(bb, id, false))
-        return false;
-
-    // This is a sensible default, but widgets are free to override it after calling ItemAdd()
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+    if (g.ColorStack.Size < count)
     {
-        // Matching the behavior of IsHovered() but allow if ActiveId==window->MoveID (we clicked on the window background)
-        // So that clicking on items with no active id such as Text() still returns true with IsItemHovered()
-        window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect = true;
-        if (g.HoveredRootWindow == window->RootWindow)
-            if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (id && g.ActiveId == *id) || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap || (g.ActiveId == window->MoveID))
-                if (IsWindowContentHoverable(window))
-                    window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable = true;
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times!");
+        count = g.ColorStack.Size;
+    }
+    while (count > 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back();
+        g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue;
+        g.ColorStack.pop_back();
+        count--;
     }
-
-    return true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id, bool clip_even_when_logged)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
+{
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },                     // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },            // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },          // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },          // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },              // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },          // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },              // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBorderSize) },             // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) },          // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersAngle)},    // ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersTextAlign)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize)},    // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding
+};
 
-    if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))
-        if (!id || *id != GImGui->ActiveId)
-            if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled)
-                return true;
-    return false;
+const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
+    return &GStyleVarInfo[idx];
 }
 
-// NB: This is an internal helper. The user-facing IsItemHovered() is using data emitted from ItemAdd(), with a slightly different logic.
-bool ImGui::IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs)
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == id || g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+    const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
+    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-        if (g.HoveredWindow == window || (flatten_childs && g.HoveredRootWindow == window->RootWindow))
-            if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
-                if (IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow))
-                    return true;
+        float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
+        *pvar = val;
+        return;
     }
-    return false;
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");
 }
 
-bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, bool is_active, bool tab_stop)
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
-    const bool allow_keyboard_focus = window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus;
-    window->FocusIdxAllCounter++;
-    if (allow_keyboard_focus)
-        window->FocusIdxTabCounter++;
-
-    // Process keyboard input at this point: TAB, Shift-TAB switch focus
-    // We can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in.
-    if (tab_stop && window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX && window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX && is_active && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
+    const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
+    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2)
     {
-        // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items.
-        window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (allow_keyboard_focus ? -1 : 0) : +1);
+        ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
+        *pvar = val;
+        return;
     }
-
-    if (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent)
-        return true;
-
-    if (allow_keyboard_focus)
-        if (window->FocusIdxTabCounter == window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent)
-            return true;
-
-    return false;
-}
-
-void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
-    window->FocusIdxAllCounter--;
-    window->FocusIdxTabCounter--;
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y)
+void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2 content_max;
-    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
-        content_max = g.CurrentWindow->Pos + GetContentRegionMax();
-    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
-        size.x = (size.x == 0.0f) ? default_x : ImMax(content_max.x - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x, 4.0f) + size.x;
-    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
-        size.y = (size.y == 0.0f) ? default_y : ImMax(content_max.y - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.y, 4.0f) + size.y;
-    return size;
+    if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times!");
+        count = g.StyleVarStack.Size;
+    }
+    while (count > 0)
+    {
+        // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it.
+        ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back();
+        const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx);
+        void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1)      { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; }
+        else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; }
+        g.StyleVarStack.pop_back();
+        count--;
+    }
 }
 
-float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
+const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
 {
-    if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
-        return 0.0f;
-
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
-        wrap_pos_x = GetContentRegionMax().x + window->Pos.x;
-    else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
-        wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
-
-    const float wrap_width = wrap_pos_x > 0.0f ? ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 0.00001f) : 0.0f;
-    return wrap_width;
+    // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
+    switch (idx)
+    {
+    case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
+    case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
+    case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
+    case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
+    case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
+    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
+    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
+    case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
+    case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator";
+    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabSelected: return "TabSelected";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline: return "TabSelectedOverline";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabDimmed: return "TabDimmed";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected: return "TabDimmedSelected";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline: return "TabDimmedSelectedOverline";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt";
+    case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg";
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return "Unknown";
 }
 
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
+// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change,
+// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context.
+// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t sz)
+const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
-    GImGui->IO.MetricsAllocs++;
-    return GImGui->IO.MemAllocFn(sz);
-}
+    const char* text_display_end = text;
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = (const char*)-1;
 
-void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
-{
-    if (ptr) GImGui->IO.MetricsAllocs--;
-    return GImGui->IO.MemFreeFn(ptr);
+    while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
+        text_display_end++;
+    return text_display_end;
 }
 
-const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
+// Internal ImGui functions to render text
+// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
+void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
 {
-    return GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn() : "";
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
-{
-    if (GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
-        GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(text);
-}
+    // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    const char* text_display_end;
+    if (hide_text_after_hash)
+    {
+        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (!text_end)
+            text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+        text_display_end = text_end;
+    }
 
-const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
-{
-    return IMGUI_VERSION;
+    if (text != text_display_end)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);
+    }
 }
 
-// Internal state access - if you want to share ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
-// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
-ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
+void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
 {
-    return GImGui;
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
-{
-    GImGui = ctx;
-}
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
 
-ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(void* (*malloc_fn)(size_t), void (*free_fn)(void*))
-{
-    if (!malloc_fn) malloc_fn = malloc;
-    ImGuiContext* ctx = (ImGuiContext*)malloc_fn(sizeof(ImGuiContext));
-    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(ctx) ImGuiContext();
-    ctx->IO.MemAllocFn = malloc_fn;
-    ctx->IO.MemFreeFn = free_fn ? free_fn : free;
-    return ctx;
+    if (text != text_end)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)
+// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
+// FIXME-OPT: Since we have or calculate text_size we could coarse clip whole block immediately, especally for text above draw_list->DrawList.
+// Effectively as this is called from widget doing their own coarse clipping it's not very valuable presently. Next time function will take
+// better advantage of the render function taking size into account for coarse clipping.
+void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
 {
-    void (*free_fn)(void*) = ctx->IO.MemFreeFn;
-    ctx->~ImGuiContext();
-    free_fn(ctx);
-    if (GImGui == ctx)
-        GImGui = NULL;
-}
+    // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
+    ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
 
-ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
-{
-    return GImGui->IO;
-}
+    const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min;
+    const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max;
+    bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
+    if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min
+        need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
 
-ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
-{
-    return GImGui->Style;
-}
+    // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment.
+    if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x);
+    if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y);
 
-// Same value as passed to your RenderDrawListsFn() function. valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
-ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
-{
-    return GImGui->RenderDrawData.Valid ? &GImGui->RenderDrawData : NULL;
+    // Render
+    if (need_clipping)
+    {
+        ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+    }
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetTime()
+void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
 {
-    return GImGui->Time;
-}
+    // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
+    if (text_len == 0)
+        return;
 
-int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
-{
-    return GImGui->FrameCount;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end);
 }
 
-void ImGui::NewFrame()
+// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper.
+// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display.
+// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move.
+void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (text_end_full == NULL)
+        text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);
+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f);
 
-    if (g.IO.DeltaTime < 0.0f) g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.0f;
-
-    // Check user data
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f);               // Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f);
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0);           // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded());     // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f);  // Invalid style setting
-
-    if (!g.Initialized)
-    {
-        // Initialize on first frame
-        g.LogClipboard = (ImGuiTextBuffer*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImGuiTextBuffer));
-        IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(g.LogClipboard) ImGuiTextBuffer();
-
-        IM_ASSERT(g.Settings.empty());
-        LoadSettings();
-        g.Initialized = true;
-    }
-
-    SetCurrentFont(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]);
-
-    g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
-    g.FrameCount += 1;
-    g.Tooltip[0] = '\0';
-    g.OverlayDrawList.Clear();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
-    g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.AddDrawCmd();
-
-    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it
-    g.RenderDrawData.Valid = false;
-    g.RenderDrawData.CmdLists = NULL;
-    g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount = g.RenderDrawData.TotalVtxCount = g.RenderDrawData.TotalIdxCount = 0;
-
-    // Update inputs state
-    if (g.IO.MousePos.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePos.y < 0)
-        g.IO.MousePos = ImVec2(-9999.0f, -9999.0f);
-    if ((g.IO.MousePos.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePos.y < 0) || (g.IO.MousePosPrev.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePosPrev.y < 0))   // if mouse just appeared or disappeared (negative coordinate) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
-        g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    else
-        g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev;
-    g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos;
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++)
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.
+    if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)
     {
-        g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
-        g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
-        g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i];
-        g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
-        g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false;
-        if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i])
-        {
-            if (g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime)
-            {
-                if (ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
-                    g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true;
-                g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -FLT_MAX;    // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
-            }
-            g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos;
-            g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
-        }
-        else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i])
-        {
-            g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]));
-        }
-    }
-    memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration));
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++)
-        g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
-
-    // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
-    g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
-    g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
-    g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
-    g.IO.Framerate = 1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));
+        // Hello wo...
+        // |       |   |
+        // min   max   ellipsis_max
+        //          <-> this is generally some padding value
 
-    // Clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore
-    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
-    g.HoveredId = 0;
-    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
-    if (!g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0)
-        SetActiveID(0);
-    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
-    g.ActiveIdIsAlive = false;
-    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
+        const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;
+        const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize;
+        const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
+        const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL;
+        const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale;
 
-    // Handle user moving window (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering). Only valid for root windows.
-    if (g.MovedWindowMoveId && g.MovedWindowMoveId == g.ActiveId)
-    {
-        KeepAliveID(g.MovedWindowMoveId);
-        IM_ASSERT(g.MovedWindow && g.MovedWindow->RootWindow);
-        IM_ASSERT(g.MovedWindow->RootWindow->MoveID == g.MovedWindowMoveId);
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+        // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x
+        const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f);
+        float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x;
+        if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full)
         {
-            if (!(g.MovedWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
-            {
-                g.MovedWindow->PosFloat += g.IO.MouseDelta;
-                if (!(g.MovedWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                    MarkSettingsDirty();
-            }
-            FocusWindow(g.MovedWindow);
+            // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis
+            text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full);
+            text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x;
         }
-        else
+        while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1]))
         {
-            SetActiveID(0);
-            g.MovedWindow = NULL;
-            g.MovedWindowMoveId = 0;
+            // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text)
+            text_end_ellipsis--;
+            text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte
         }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        g.MovedWindow = NULL;
-        g.MovedWindowMoveId = 0;
-    }
-
-    // Delay saving settings so we don't spam disk too much
-    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
-    {
-        g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
-        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
-            SaveSettings();
-    }
-
-    // Find the window we are hovering. Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow
-    g.HoveredWindow = g.MovedWindow ? g.MovedWindow : FindHoveredWindow(g.IO.MousePos, false);
-    if (g.HoveredWindow && (g.HoveredWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
-        g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow;
-    else
-        g.HoveredRootWindow = g.MovedWindow ? g.MovedWindow->RootWindow : FindHoveredWindow(g.IO.MousePos, true);
 
-    if (ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostModalRootWindow())
-    {
-        g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = ImMin(g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredRootWindow;
-        while (window && window != modal_window)
-            window = window->ParentWindow;
-        if (!window)
-            g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
+        // Render text, render ellipsis
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y));
+        if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x)
+            for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale)
+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ellipsis_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), font->EllipsisChar);
     }
     else
     {
-        g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f;
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
     }
 
-    // Are we using inputs? Tell user so they can capture/discard the inputs away from the rest of their application.
-    // When clicking outside of a window we assume the click is owned by the application and won't request capture. We need to track click ownership.
-    int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1;
-    bool mouse_any_down = false;
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++)
-    {
-        if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i])
-            g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty());
-        mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i];
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[i])
-            if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down] > g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i])
-                mouse_earliest_button_down = i;
-    }
-    bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down];
-    if (g.CaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
-        g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.CaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
-    else
-        g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (g.ActiveId != 0) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty());
-    g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.CaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) ? (g.CaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0) : (g.ActiveId != 0);
-    g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.InputTextState.Id == g.ActiveId);
-    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
-    g.CaptureMouseNextFrame = g.CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = -1;
-    g.OsImePosRequest = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default
-
-    // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
-    if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui)
-        g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full);
+}
 
-    // Scale & Scrolling
-    if (g.HoveredWindow && g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && !g.HoveredWindow->Collapsed)
+// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
+void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);
+    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
+    if (border && border_size > 0.0f)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredWindow;
-        if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
-        {
-            if (g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
-            {
-                // Zoom / Scale window
-                float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
-                float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
-                window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
-
-                const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
-                window->Pos += offset;
-                window->PosFloat += offset;
-                window->Size *= scale;
-                window->SizeFull *= scale;
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Scroll
-            if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse))
-            {
-                const int scroll_lines = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) ? 3 : 5;
-                SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - g.IO.MouseWheel * window->CalcFontSize() * scroll_lines);
-            }
-        }
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
     }
+}
 
-    // Pressing TAB activate widget focus
-    // NB: Don't discard FocusedWindow if it isn't active, so that a window that go on/off programatically won't lose its keyboard focus.
-    if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.FocusedWindow != NULL && g.FocusedWindow->Active && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, false))
-        g.FocusedWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = 0;
-
-    // Mark all windows as not visible
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
+    if (border_size > 0.0f)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-        window->WasActive = window->Active;
-        window->Active = false;
-        window->Accessed = false;
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
     }
-
-    // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
-    // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
-    g.CurrentPopupStack.resize(0);
-    CloseInactivePopups();
-
-    // Create implicit window - we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
-    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
-    ImGui::Begin("Debug");
 }
 
-// NB: behavior of ImGui after Shutdown() is not tested/guaranteed at the moment. This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
-void ImGui::Shutdown()
+void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
-    // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
-    if (g.IO.Fonts) // Testing for NULL to allow user to NULLify in case of running Shutdown() on multiple contexts. Bit hacky.
-        g.IO.Fonts->Clear();
-
-    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having used ImGui.
-    if (!g.Initialized)
+    if (id != g.NavId)
+        return;
+    if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))
+        return;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)
         return;
 
-    SaveSettings();
-
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
-    {
-        g.Windows[i]->~ImGuiWindow();
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.Windows[i]);
-    }
-    g.Windows.clear();
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear();
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
-    g.FocusedWindow = NULL;
-    g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
-    g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Settings.Size; i++)
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.Settings[i].Name);
-    g.Settings.clear();
-    g.ColorModifiers.clear();
-    g.StyleModifiers.clear();
-    g.FontStack.clear();
-    g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
-    g.CurrentPopupStack.clear();
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
-        g.RenderDrawLists[i].clear();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.ClearFreeMemory();
-    g.ColorEditModeStorage.Clear();
-    if (g.PrivateClipboard)
-    {
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.PrivateClipboard);
-        g.PrivateClipboard = NULL;
-    }
-    g.InputTextState.Text.clear();
-    g.InputTextState.InitialText.clear();
-    g.InputTextState.TempTextBuffer.clear();
-
-    if (g.LogFile && g.LogFile != stdout)
+    float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding;
+    ImRect display_rect = bb;
+    display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
+    const float thickness = 2.0f;
+    if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact)
     {
-        fclose(g.LogFile);
-        g.LogFile = NULL;
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness);
     }
-    if (g.LogClipboard)
+    else
     {
-        g.LogClipboard->~ImGuiTextBuffer();
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.LogClipboard);
+        const float distance = 3.0f + thickness * 0.5f;
+        display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(distance, distance));
+        bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect);
+        if (!fully_visible)
+            window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness);
+        if (!fully_visible)
+            window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
     }
-
-    g.Initialized = false;
 }
 
-static ImGuiIniData* FindWindowSettings(const char* name)
+void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Settings.Size; i++)
+    IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
+    ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
     {
-        ImGuiIniData* ini = &g.Settings[i];
-        if (ini->ID == id)
-            return ini;
+        // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor.
+        ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];
+        if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))
+            continue;
+        const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset;
+        const float scale = base_scale;
+        if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale)))
+            continue;
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);
+        ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;
+        draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[2], uv[3], col_border);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[0], uv[1], col_fill);
+        draw_list->PopTextureID();
     }
-    return NULL;
 }
 
-static ImGuiIniData* AddWindowSettings(const char* name)
-{
-    GImGui->Settings.resize(GImGui->Settings.Size + 1);
-    ImGuiIniData* ini = &GImGui->Settings.back();
-    ini->Name = ImStrdup(name);
-    ini->ID = ImHash(name, 0);
-    ini->Collapsed = false;
-    ini->Pos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX);
-    ini->Size = ImVec2(0,0);
-    return ini;
-}
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Zero-tolerance, poor-man .ini parsing
-// FIXME: Write something less rubbish
-static void LoadSettings()
+// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
+// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
+ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* filename = g.IO.IniFilename;
-    if (!filename)
-        return;
+    return GImGui;
+}
 
-    int file_size;
-    char* file_data = (char*)ImLoadFileToMemory(filename, "rb", &file_size, 1);
-    if (!file_data)
-        return;
+void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC
+    IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this.
+#else
+    GImGui = ctx;
+#endif
+}
 
-    ImGuiIniData* settings = NULL;
-    const char* buf_end = file_data + file_size;
-    for (const char* line_start = file_data; line_start < buf_end; )
-    {
-        const char* line_end = line_start;
-        while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
-            line_end++;
+void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data)
+{
+    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;
+    GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;
+    GImAllocatorUserData = user_data;
+}
 
-        if (line_start[0] == '[' && line_end > line_start && line_end[-1] == ']')
-        {
-            char name[64];
-            ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%.*s", (int)(line_end-line_start-2), line_start+1);
-            settings = FindWindowSettings(name);
-            if (!settings)
-                settings = AddWindowSettings(name);
-        }
-        else if (settings)
-        {
-            float x, y;
-            int i;
-            if (sscanf(line_start, "Pos=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2)
-                settings->Pos = ImVec2(x, y);
-            else if (sscanf(line_start, "Size=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2)
-                settings->Size = ImMax(ImVec2(x, y), g.Style.WindowMinSize);
-            else if (sscanf(line_start, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)
-                settings->Collapsed = (i != 0);
-        }
+// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space)
+void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data)
+{
+    *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc;
+    *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc;
+    *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData;
+}
+
+ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas);
+    SetCurrentContext(ctx);
+    Initialize();
+    if (prev_ctx != NULL)
+        SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one.
+    return ctx;
+}
 
-        line_start = line_end+1;
+void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
+    if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051
+        ctx = prev_ctx;
+    SetCurrentContext(ctx);
+    Shutdown();
+    SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL);
+    IM_DELETE(ctx);
+}
+
+// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages
+static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] =
+{
+    { ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr,           "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne,         "Size column to fit###SizeOne"          },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit,      "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll"     },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault,  "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder,      "Reset order###ResetOrder"              },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)"                       },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup,       "(Popup)"                               },
+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled,    "(Untitled)"                            },
+};
+
+void ImGui::Initialize()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);
+
+    // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow and ImGuiTable types
+    {
+        ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+        ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
+        ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window");
+        ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
+        ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+        ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+        ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
+        ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+        AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);
     }
+    TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();
 
-    ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
+    // Setup default localization table
+    LocalizeRegisterEntries(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS));
+
+    // Setup default platform clipboard/IME handlers.
+    g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;    // Platform dependent default implementations
+    g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
+    g.IO.ClipboardUserData = (void*)&g;                          // Default implementation use the ImGuiContext as user data (ideally those would be arguments to the function)
+    g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl;
+
+    // Create default viewport
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();
+    viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
+    g.Viewports.push_back(viewport);
+    g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0);
+
+    // Build KeysMayBeCharInput[] lookup table (1 bool per named key)
+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+        if ((key >= ImGuiKey_0 && key <= ImGuiKey_9) || (key >= ImGuiKey_A && key <= ImGuiKey_Z) || (key >= ImGuiKey_Keypad0 && key <= ImGuiKey_Keypad9)
+            || key == ImGuiKey_Tab || key == ImGuiKey_Space || key == ImGuiKey_Apostrophe || key == ImGuiKey_Comma || key == ImGuiKey_Minus || key == ImGuiKey_Period
+            || key == ImGuiKey_Slash || key == ImGuiKey_Semicolon || key == ImGuiKey_Equal || key == ImGuiKey_LeftBracket || key == ImGuiKey_RightBracket || key == ImGuiKey_GraveAccent
+            || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual)
+            g.KeysMayBeCharInput.SetBit(key);
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+#endif
+
+    g.Initialized = true;
 }
 
-static void SaveSettings()
+// This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
+void ImGui::Shutdown()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* filename = g.IO.IniFilename;
-    if (!filename)
-        return;
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Platform backend?");
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendRendererUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Renderer backend?");
 
-    // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+    // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
+    if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
-            continue;
-        ImGuiIniData* settings = FindWindowSettings(window->Name);
-        settings->Pos = window->Pos;
-        settings->Size = window->SizeFull;
-        settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
+        g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
+        IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts);
     }
+    g.IO.Fonts = NULL;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.TempBuffer.clear();
 
-    // Write .ini file
-    // If a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings
-    FILE* f = fopen(filename, "wt");
-    if (!f)
+    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui.
+    if (!g.Initialized)
         return;
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Settings.Size; i++)
+
+    // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file)
+    if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
+        SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown);
+
+    // Clear everything else
+    g.Windows.clear_delete();
+    g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();
+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
+    g.WindowsById.Clear();
+    g.NavWindow = NULL;
+    g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
+    g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
+    g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+
+    g.KeysRoutingTable.Clear();
+
+    g.ColorStack.clear();
+    g.StyleVarStack.clear();
+    g.FontStack.clear();
+    g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
+    g.BeginPopupStack.clear();
+    g.NavTreeNodeStack.clear();
+
+    g.Viewports.clear_delete();
+
+    g.TabBars.Clear();
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();
+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();
+
+    g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct();
+
+    g.Tables.Clear();
+    g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct();
+    g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear();
+
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear();
+    g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory();
+    g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ClearFreeMemory();
+
+    g.SettingsWindows.clear();
+    g.SettingsHandlers.clear();
+
+    if (g.LogFile)
     {
-        const ImGuiIniData* settings = &g.Settings[i];
-        if (settings->Pos.x == FLT_MAX)
-            continue;
-        const char* name = settings->Name;
-        if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))  // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
-            name = p;
-        fprintf(f, "[%s]\n", name);
-        fprintf(f, "Pos=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Pos.x, (int)settings->Pos.y);
-        fprintf(f, "Size=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Size.x, (int)settings->Size.y);
-        fprintf(f, "Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);
-        fprintf(f, "\n");
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+        if (g.LogFile != stdout)
+#endif
+            ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
+        g.LogFile = NULL;
     }
+    g.LogBuffer.clear();
+    g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
+    g.DebugLogIndex.clear();
 
-    fclose(f);
+    g.Initialized = false;
 }
 
-static void MarkSettingsDirty()
+// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed
+ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
-        g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_);
+    g.Hooks.push_back(*hook);
+    g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext;
+    return g.HookIdNext;
 }
 
-// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
-static int ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it
+void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id)
 {
-    const ImGuiWindow* a = *(const ImGuiWindow**)lhs;
-    const ImGuiWindow* b = *(const ImGuiWindow**)rhs;
-    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-        return d;
-    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
-        return d;
-    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox))
-        return d;
-    return (a->IndexWithinParent - b->IndexWithinParent);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0);
+    for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)
+        if (hook.HookId == hook_id)
+            hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_;
 }
 
-static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
+// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine)
+// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array
+void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type)
 {
-    out_sorted_windows.push_back(window);
-    if (window->Active)
-    {
-        int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
-        if (count > 1)
-            qsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.begin(), (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
-        for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
-        {
-            ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
-            if (child->Active)
-                AddWindowToSortedBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);
-        }
-    }
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)
+        if (hook.Type == hook_type)
+            hook.Callback(&g, &hook);
 }
 
-static void AddDrawListToRenderList(ImVector<ImDrawList*>& out_render_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)
-{
-    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty())
-        return;
 
-    // Remove trailing command if unused
-    ImDrawCmd& last_cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();
-    if (last_cmd.ElemCount == 0 && last_cmd.UserCallback == NULL)
-    {
-        draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty())
-            return;
-    }
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc.
-    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
-    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
-    IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);                   
+// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods
+ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL)
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    Ctx = ctx;
+    Name = ImStrdup(name);
+    NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1;
+    ID = ImHashStr(name);
+    IDStack.push_back(ID);
+    MoveId = GetID("#MOVE");
+    ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+    AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
+    AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
+    SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = 0;
+    SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    LastFrameActive = -1;
+    LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
+    FontWindowScale = 1.0f;
+    SettingsOffset = -1;
+    DrawList = &DrawListInst;
+    DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData;
+    DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
+    NavPreferredScoringPosRel[0] = NavPreferredScoringPosRel[1] = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+}
 
-    // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = 2 bytes = 64K vertices)
-    // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually, A) workaround by calling BeginChild()/EndChild() to put your draw commands in multiple draw lists, B) #define ImDrawIdx to a 'unsigned int' in imconfig.h and render accordingly.
-    IM_ASSERT((int64_t)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx <= ((int64_t)1L << (sizeof(ImDrawIdx)*8)));  // Too many vertices in same ImDrawList. See comment above.
-    
-    out_render_list.push_back(draw_list);
-    GImGui->IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
-    GImGui->IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
+    IM_DELETE(Name);
+    ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct();
 }
 
-static void AddWindowToRenderList(ImVector<ImDrawList*>& out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window)
+static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    AddDrawListToRenderList(out_render_list, window->DrawList);
-    for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.CurrentWindow = window;
+    g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL;
+    g.CurrentDpiScale = 1.0f; // FIXME-DPI: WIP this is modified in docking
+    if (window)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
-        if (!child->Active) // clipped children may have been marked not active
-            continue;
-        if ((child->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && child->HiddenFrames > 0)
-            continue;
-        AddWindowToRenderList(out_render_list, child);
+        g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+        ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
     }
 }
 
-// When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, to that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.
-void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
+void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
-    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.clear();
+    g.GroupStack.clear();
+    TableGcCompactSettings();
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopClipRect()
+// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused.
+// Not freed:
+// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data)
+// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost.
+void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
-    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+    window->MemoryCompacted = true;
+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity;
+    window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity;
+    window->IDStack.clear();
+    window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory();
+    window->DC.ChildWindows.clear();
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear();
 }
 
-// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
-void ImGui::EndFrame()
+void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening.
+    // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster.
+    window->MemoryCompacted = false;
+    window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity);
+    window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity);
+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);                       // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
-    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // ImGui::EndFrame() called multiple times, or forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() again
 
-    // Render tooltip
-    if (g.Tooltip[0])
+    // Clear previous active id
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0)
     {
-        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
-        ImGui::TextUnformatted(g.Tooltip);
-        ImGui::EndTooltip();
-    }
+        // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations,
+        // we at least need to be resilient to it. Canceling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch
+        // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that.
+        if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId)
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n");
+            g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+        }
 
-    // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
-    if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.OsImePosRequest - g.OsImePosSet) > 0.0001f)
-    {
-        g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.OsImePosRequest.x, (int)g.OsImePosRequest.y);
-        g.OsImePosSet = g.OsImePosRequest;
+        // This could be written in a more general way (e.g associate a hook to ActiveId),
+        // but since this is currently quite an exception we'll leave it as is.
+        // One common scenario leading to this is: pressing Key ->NavMoveRequestApplyResult() -> ClearActiveId()
+        if (g.InputTextState.ID == g.ActiveId)
+            InputTextDeactivateHook(g.ActiveId);
     }
 
-    // Hide implicit "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1);    // Mismatched Begin()/End() calls
-    if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->Accessed)
-        g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
-    ImGui::End();
-
-    // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets)
-    if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    // Set active id
+    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);
+    if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
     {
-        if (!(g.FocusedWindow && !g.FocusedWindow->WasActive && g.FocusedWindow->Active)) // Unless we just made a popup appear
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : "");
+        g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
+        if (id != 0)
         {
-            if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL)
-            {
-                FocusWindow(g.HoveredWindow);
-                if (!(g.HoveredWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
-                {
-                    g.MovedWindow = g.HoveredWindow;
-                    g.MovedWindowMoveId = g.HoveredRootWindow->MoveID;
-                    SetActiveID(g.MovedWindowMoveId, g.HoveredRootWindow);
-                }
-            }
-            else if (g.FocusedWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostModalRootWindow() == NULL)
-            {
-                // Clicking on void disable focus
-                FocusWindow(NULL);
-            }
+            g.LastActiveId = id;
+            g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
         }
     }
-
-    // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
-    // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0);
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+    g.ActiveId = id;
+    g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;
+    g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+    g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = false;
+    if (id)
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-        if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))       // if a child is active its parent will add it
-            continue;
-        AddWindowToSortedBuffer(g.WindowsSortBuffer, window);
+        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
+        g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveIdSource != ImGuiInputSource_None);
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size);  // we done something wrong
-    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer);
 
-    // Clear Input data for next frame
-    g.IO.MouseWheel = 0.0f;
-    memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
+    // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget
+    // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+#endif
+}
 
-    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
+void ImGui::ClearActiveID()
+{
+    SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0;
 }
 
-void ImGui::Render()
+void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);   // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+    g.HoveredId = id;
+    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
-        ImGui::EndFrame();
-    g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+}
 
-    // Skip render altogether if alpha is 0.0
-    // Note that vertex buffers have been created and are wasted, so it is best practice that you don't create windows in the first place, or consistently respond to Begin() returning false.
-    if (g.Style.Alpha > 0.0f)
+void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
+    // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0)
+        return;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0)
     {
-        // Gather windows to render
-        g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = 0;
-        for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
-            g.RenderDrawLists[i].resize(0);
-        for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
-        {
-            ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-            if (window->Active && window->HiddenFrames <= 0 && (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) == 0)
-            {
-                // FIXME: Generalize this with a proper layering system so e.g. user can draw in specific layers, below text, ..
-                g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows++;
-                if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
-                    AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[1], window);
-                else if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
-                    AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[2], window);
-                else
-                    AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[0], window);
-            }
-        }
-
-        // Flatten layers
-        int n = g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size;
-        int flattened_size = n;
-        for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
-            flattened_size += g.RenderDrawLists[i].Size;
-        g.RenderDrawLists[0].resize(flattened_size);
-        for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
-        {
-            ImVector<ImDrawList*>& layer = g.RenderDrawLists[i];
-            if (layer.empty())
-                continue;
-            memcpy(&g.RenderDrawLists[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
-            n += layer.Size;
-        }
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;
+    }
 
-        // Draw software mouse cursor if requested
-        if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor)
-        {
-            const ImGuiMouseCursorData& cursor_data = g.MouseCursorData[g.MouseCursor];
-            const ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - cursor_data.HotOffset;
-            const ImVec2 size = cursor_data.Size;
-            const ImTextureID tex_id = g.IO.Fonts->TexID;
-            g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(tex_id);
-            g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos+ImVec2(1,0), pos+ImVec2(1,0) + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0x30000000); // Shadow
-            g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos+ImVec2(2,0), pos+ImVec2(2,0) + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0x30000000); // Shadow
-            g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos,             pos + size,             cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0xFF000000); // Black border
-            g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos,             pos + size,             cursor_data.TexUvMin[0], cursor_data.TexUvMax[0], 0xFFFFFFFF); // White fill
-            g.OverlayDrawList.PopTextureID();
-        }
-        if (!g.OverlayDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty())
-            AddDrawListToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[0], &g.OverlayDrawList);
+    // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343)
+    // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id);
 
-        // Setup draw data
-        g.RenderDrawData.Valid = true;
-        g.RenderDrawData.CmdLists = (g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size > 0) ? &g.RenderDrawLists[0][0] : NULL;
-        g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount = g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size;
-        g.RenderDrawData.TotalVtxCount = g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices;
-        g.RenderDrawData.TotalIdxCount = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices;
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
+}
 
-        // Render. If user hasn't set a callback then they may retrieve the draw data via GetDrawData()
-        if (g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL)
-            g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.RenderDrawData);
-    }
+bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+    // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
+    // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavWindow)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow)
+            if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)
+            {
+                // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup"
+                // NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups.
+                bool want_inhibit = false;
+                if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+                    want_inhibit = true;
+                else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+                    want_inhibit = true;
+
+                // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup
+                if (want_inhibit)
+                    if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window))
+                        return false;
+            }
+    return true;
 }
 
-const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
 {
-    const char* text_display_end = text;
-    if (!text_end)
-        text_end = (const char*)-1;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)
+        return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal;
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)
+        return g.Style.HoverDelayShort;
+    return 0.0f;
+}
 
-    while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
-        text_display_end++;
-    return text_display_end;
+static ImGuiHoveredFlags ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(ImGuiHoveredFlags user_flags, ImGuiHoveredFlags shared_flags)
+{
+    // Allow instance flags to override shared flags
+    if (user_flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal))
+        shared_flags &= ~(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal);
+    return user_flags | shared_flags;
 }
 
-// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
-void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
+// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable()
+// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered()
+// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId
+bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (!g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsItemHovered()!");
 
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    if (g.LogFile)
+    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride))
     {
-        vfprintf(g.LogFile, fmt, args);
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+            return false;
+        if (!IsItemFocused())
+            return false;
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
+            flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav);
     }
     else
     {
-        g.LogClipboard->appendv(fmt, args);
-    }
-    va_end(args);
-}
+        // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()
+        ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
+        if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+            return false;
 
-// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
-// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
-static void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead();
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
+            flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse);
 
-    if (!text_end)
-        text_end = ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+        IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function
 
-    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos.y > window->DC.LogLinePosY+1;
-    window->DC.LogLinePosY = ref_pos.y;
+        // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now
+        // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window)
+        // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851)
+        // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable
+        // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was
+        // the test that has been running for a long while.
+        if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0)
+            if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) == 0)
+                return false;
 
-    const char* text_remaining = text;
-    if (g.LogStartDepth > window->DC.TreeDepth)  // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
-        g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogStartDepth);
-    for (;;)
+        // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)
+        const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0)
+            if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)
+                return false;
+
+        // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.
+        // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here.
+        if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck))
+            return false;
+
+        // Test if the item is disabled
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+            return false;
+
+        // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
+        // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
+        if (id == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)
+            return false;
+
+        // Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0)
+            if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0)
+                if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
+                    return false;
+    }
+
+    // Handle hover delay
+    // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content)
+    const float delay = CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(flags);
+    if (delay > 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary))
     {
-        // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
-        const char* line_end = text_remaining;
-        while (line_end < text_end)
-            if (*line_end == '\n')
-                break;
-            else
-                line_end++;
-        if (line_end >= text_end)
-            line_end = NULL;
+        ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id))
+            g.HoverItemDelayTimer = 0.0f;
+        g.HoverItemDelayId = hover_delay_id;
 
-        const bool is_first_line = (text == text_remaining);
-        bool is_last_line = false;
-        if (line_end == NULL)
-        {
-            is_last_line = true;
-            line_end = text_end;
-        }
-        if (line_end != NULL && !(is_last_line && (line_end - text_remaining)==0))
-        {
-            const int char_count = (int)(line_end - text_remaining);
-            if (log_new_line || !is_first_line)
-                ImGui::LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth*4, "", char_count, text_remaining);
-            else
-                ImGui::LogText(" %.*s", char_count, text_remaining);
-        }
+        // When changing hovered item we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer,
+        // but once unlocked on a given item we also moving.
+        //if (g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay && (g.HoverDelayTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < delay || g.MouseStationaryTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("HoverDelayTimer = %f/%f, MouseStationaryTimer = %f\n", g.HoverDelayTimer, delay, g.MouseStationaryTimer); }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId != hover_delay_id)
+            return false;
 
-        if (is_last_line)
-            break;
-        text_remaining = line_end + 1;
+        if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer < delay)
+            return false;
     }
+
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Internal ImGui functions to render text
-// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
-void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
+// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered().
+// (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call)
+// FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28.
+// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code:
+// - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'.
+// - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable.
+bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.HoveredWindow != window)
+        return false;
+    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+        return false;
 
-    // Hide anything after a '##' string
-    const char* text_display_end;
-    if (hide_text_after_hash)
-    {
-        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if (!text_end)
-            text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
-        text_display_end = text_end;
-    }
+    if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+        return false;
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+        if (!g.ActiveIdFromShortcut)
+            return false;
 
-    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
-    if (text_len > 0)
+    // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now.
+    if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);
-        if (g.LogEnabled)
-            LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_display_end);
+        g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = true;
+        return false;
     }
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    if (!text_end)
-        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
 
-    const int text_len = (int)(text_end - text);
-    if (text_len > 0)
+    // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level
+    // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two.
+    if (id != 0)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);
-        if (g.LogEnabled)
-            LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_end);
-    }
-}
-
-// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
-void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, ImGuiAlign align, const ImVec2* clip_min, const ImVec2* clip_max)
-{
-    // Hide anything after a '##' string
-    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
-    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
-    if (text_len == 0)
-        return;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+        // Drag source doesn't report as hovered
+        if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover))
+            return false;
 
-    // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
-    ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
-    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
+        SetHoveredID(id);
 
-    if (!clip_max) clip_max = &pos_max;
-    bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
-    if (!clip_min) clip_min = &pos_min; else need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
+        // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match.
+        // This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test.
+        if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)
+        {
+            g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
+            if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
+                return false;
+        }
 
-    // Align
-    if (align & ImGuiAlign_Center) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, (pos.x + pos_max.x - text_size.x) * 0.5f);
-    else if (align & ImGuiAlign_Right) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos_max.x - text_size.x);
-    if (align & ImGuiAlign_VCenter) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, (pos.y + pos_max.y - text_size.y) * 0.5f);
+        // Display shortcut (only works with mouse)
+        // (ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut in LastItemData denotes we want a tooltip)
+        if (id == g.LastItemData.ID && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut))
+            if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal))
+                SetTooltip("%s", GetKeyChordName(g.LastItemData.Shortcut));
+    }
 
-    // Render
-    if (need_clipping)
+    // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId
+    if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
     {
-        ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+        // Release active id if turning disabled
+        if (g.ActiveId == id && id != 0)
+            ClearActiveID();
+        g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = true;
+        return false;
     }
-    else
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (id != 0)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+        // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!
+        // We perform the check here because reaching is path is rare (1~ time a frame),
+        // making the cost of this tool near-zero! We could get better call-stack and support picking non-hovered
+        // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a bigger runtime cost.
+        if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id)
+            IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
     }
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_display_end);
+#endif
+
+    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
-void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
+// FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd()
+// FIXME: The id != 0 path is not used by our codebase, may get rid of it?
+bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);
-    if (border && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding);
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding);
-    }
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))
+        if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId))
+            if (!g.ItemUnclipByLog)
+                return true;
+    return false;
 }
 
-// Render a triangle to denote expanded/collapsed state
-void ImGui::RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, bool is_open, float scale, bool shadow)
+// This is also inlined in ItemAdd()
+// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set g.LastItemData.DisplayRect.
+void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    g.LastItemData.ID = item_id;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect = item_rect;
+}
 
-    const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f;
-    const float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
-    ImVec2 center = p_min + ImVec2(h*0.50f, h*0.50f*scale);
+float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+    if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
+        return 0.0f;
 
-    ImVec2 a, b, c;
-    if (is_open)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
     {
-        center.y -= r*0.25f;
-        a = center + ImVec2(0,1)*r;
-        b = center + ImVec2(-0.866f,-0.5f)*r;
-        c = center + ImVec2(0.866f,-0.5f)*r;
+        // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows,
+        // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function?
+        //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+        //    wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x);
+        //else
+        wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
     }
-    else
+    else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
     {
-        a = center + ImVec2(1,0)*r;
-        b = center + ImVec2(-0.500f,0.866f)*r;
-        c = center + ImVec2(-0.500f,-0.866f)*r;
+        wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
     }
 
-    if (shadow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) != 0)
-        window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(a+ImVec2(2,2), b+ImVec2(2,2), c+ImVec2(2,2), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow));
-    window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(a, b, c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(pos, GImGui->FontSize*0.20f, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), 8);
+    return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f);
 }
 
-void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col)
+// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc()
+void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    ImVec2 a, b, c;
-    float start_x = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 0.307f + 0.5f);
-    float rem_third = (float)(int)((g.FontSize - start_x) / 3.0f);
-    a.x = pos.x + 0.5f + start_x;
-    b.x = a.x + rem_third;
-    c.x = a.x + rem_third * 3.0f;
-    b.y = pos.y - 1.0f + (float)(int)(g.Font->Ascent * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize) + 0.5f) + (float)(int)(g.Font->DisplayOffset.y);
-    a.y = b.y - rem_third;
-    c.y = b.y - rem_third * 2.0f;
-
-    window->DrawList->PathLineTo(a);
-    window->DrawList->PathLineTo(b);
-    window->DrawList->PathLineTo(c);
-    window->DrawList->PathStroke(col, false);
+    void* ptr = (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
+        DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, size);
+#endif
+    return ptr;
 }
 
-// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
-// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize)
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
+// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
+void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
-    const char* text_display_end;
-    if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
-        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);      // Hide anything after a '##' string
-    else
-        text_display_end = text_end;
-
-    ImFont* font = g.Font;
-    const float font_size = g.FontSize;
-    if (text == text_display_end)
-        return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
-    ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
-
-    // Cancel out character spacing for the last character of a line (it is baked into glyph->XAdvance field)
-    const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
-    const float character_spacing_x = 1.0f * font_scale;
-    if (text_size.x > 0.0f)
-        text_size.x -= character_spacing_x;
-    text_size.x = (float)(int)(text_size.x + 0.95f);
-
-    return text_size;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (ptr != NULL)
+        if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
+            DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, (size_t)-1);
+#endif
+    return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);
 }
 
-// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.
-// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern.
-// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX
-void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)
+// We record the number of allocation in recent frames, as a way to audit/sanitize our guiding principles of "no allocations on idle/repeating frames"
+void ImGui::DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
+    ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx];
+    IM_UNUSED(ptr);
+    if (entry->FrameCount != frame_count)
     {
-        // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
-        *out_items_display_start = 0;
-        *out_items_display_end = items_count;
-        return;
+        info->LastEntriesIdx = (info->LastEntriesIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf);
+        entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx];
+        entry->FrameCount = frame_count;
+        entry->AllocCount = entry->FreeCount = 0;
     }
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    if (size != (size_t)-1)
     {
-        *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0;
-        return;
+        entry->AllocCount++;
+        info->TotalAllocCount++;
+        //printf("[%05d] MemAlloc(%d) -> 0x%p\n", frame_count, size, ptr);
     }
-
-    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    int start = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);
-    int end = (int)((window->ClipRect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);
-    start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);
-    end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);
-    *out_items_display_start = start;
-    *out_items_display_end = end;
-}
-
-// Find window given position, search front-to-back
-// FIXME: Note that we have a lag here because WindowRectClipped is updated in Begin() so windows moved by user via SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window thankfully isn't affected.
-static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow(ImVec2 pos, bool excluding_childs)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    for (int i = g.Windows.Size-1; i >= 0; i--)
+    else
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-        if (!window->Active)
-            continue;
-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
-            continue;
-        if (excluding_childs && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0)
-            continue;
-
-        // Using the clipped AABB so a child window will typically be clipped by its parent.
-        ImRect bb(window->WindowRectClipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, window->WindowRectClipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
-        if (bb.Contains(pos))
-            return window;
+        entry->FreeCount++;
+        info->TotalFreeCount++;
+        //printf("[%05d] MemFree(0x%p)\n", frame_count, ptr);
     }
-    return NULL;
 }
 
-// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
-// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
-// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
-bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)
+const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-
-    // Clip
-    ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);
-    if (clip)
-        rect_clipped.Clip(window->ClipRect);
-
-    // Expand for touch input
-    const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
-    return rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos);
+    return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringWindow()
+void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.HoveredWindow == g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
+        g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow()
+const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.HoveredWindow != NULL;
+    return IMGUI_VERSION;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2& pos)
+ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
 {
-    return FindHoveredWindow(pos, false) != NULL;
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
+    return GImGui->IO;
 }
 
-static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
+// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
+ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
 {
-    const int key_index = GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key];
-    return ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];
+    return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL;
 }
 
-int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)
+double ImGui::GetTime()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(key >= 0 && key < ImGuiKey_COUNT);
-    return GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key];
+    return GImGui->Time;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int key_index)
+int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
 {
-    if (key_index < 0) return false;
-    IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(GImGui->IO.KeysDown));
-    return GImGui->IO.KeysDown[key_index];
+    return GImGui->FrameCount;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int key_index, bool repeat)
+static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name)
 {
+    // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (key_index < 0) return false;
-    IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
-    const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index];
-    if (t == 0.0f)
-        return true;
+    IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists));
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no];
+    if (draw_list == NULL)
+    {
+        draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData);
+        draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name;
+        viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list;
+    }
 
-    if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
+    // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command
+    if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount)
     {
-        float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
-        if ((fmodf(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (fmodf(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f))
-            return true;
+        draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame();
+        draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false);
+        viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount;
     }
-    return false;
+    return draw_list;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int key_index)
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (key_index < 0) return false;
-    IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
-    if (g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[key_index])
-        return true;
-    return false;
+    return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background");
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(int button)
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    return g.IO.MouseDown[button];
+    return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat)
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
-    if (t == 0.0f)
-        return true;
-
-    if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
-    {
-        float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
-        if ((fmodf(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (fmodf(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f))
-            return true;
-    }
-
-    return false;
+    return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground");
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(int button)
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button];
+    return GetForegroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button)
+ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button];
+    return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(int button, float lock_threshold)
+void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
+    // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.
+    // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.
+    // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
-        return false;
-    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
-        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
-    return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
-}
+    FocusWindow(window);
+    SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);
+    g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindow->Pos;
+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+    SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
-{
-    return GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    bool can_move_window = true;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+        can_move_window = false;
+    if (can_move_window)
+        g.MovingWindow = window;
 }
 
-// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
+// Handle mouse moving window
+// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()
+// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId.
+// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs,
+// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other.
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0)
-        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size-1].MousePosOnOpen;
-    return g.IO.MousePos;
+    if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window).
+        // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency.
+        KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
+        IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow);
+        ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow;
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos))
+        {
+            ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset;
+            SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always);
+            FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+            ClearActiveID();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others.
+        if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId)
+        {
+            KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
+            if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+                ClearActiveID();
+        }
+    }
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(int button, float lock_threshold)
+// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar.
+// Handle left-click and right-click focus.
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
-        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
-    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button])
-        if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
-            return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];     // Assume we can only get active with left-mouse button (at the moment).
-    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-}
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0)
+        return;
 
-void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(int button)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
-    g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
-}
+    // Unless we just made a window/popup appear
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing)
+        return;
 
-ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
-{
-    return GImGui->MouseCursor;
-}
+    // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving
+    // (after we're done with all our widgets)
+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    {
+        // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space.
+        // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more.
+        ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL;
+        const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);
 
-void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
-{
-    GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type;
-}
+        if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)
+        {
+            StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595
 
-void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture)
-{
-    GImGui->CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0;
-}
+            // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar
+            if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+                if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0]))
+                    g.MovingWindow = NULL;
 
-void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture)
-{
-    GImGui->CaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0;
-}
+            // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already)
+            if (g.HoveredIdIsDisabled)
+                g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+        }
+        else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL)
+        {
+            // Clicking on void disable focus
+            FocusWindow(NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
+        }
+    }
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemHovered()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable;
+    // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed
+    // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.
+    // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])
+    {
+        // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.
+        // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
+        ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+        bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal));
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true);
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemHoveredRect()
+static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect;
+    return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
+// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app)
+void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.ActiveId)
-    {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-        return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemID;
-    }
-    return false;
-}
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(int mouse_button)
-{
-    return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered();
-}
+    // FIXME-DPI: This storage was added on 2021/03/31 for test engine, but if we want to multiply WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING
+    // by DpiScale, we need to make this window-agnostic anyhow, maybe need storing inside ImGuiWindow.
+    g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING));
 
-bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
-{
-    return GImGui->HoveredId != 0 || GImGui->HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
-}
+    // Find the window hovered by mouse:
+    // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow.
+    // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame.
+    // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms.
+    bool clear_hovered_windows = false;
+    FindHoveredWindowEx(g.IO.MousePos, false, &g.HoveredWindow, &g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow);
+    g.HoveredWindowBeforeClear = g.HoveredWindow;
 
-bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
-{
-    return GImGui->ActiveId != 0;
-}
+    // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them.
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+    if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window))
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImRect r(window->ClipRect);
-    return r.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect);
-}
+    // Disabled mouse hovering (we don't currently clear MousePos, we could)
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
 
-// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
-void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemID)
-        g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
-    if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemID)
-        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
-}
+    // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and
+    // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward.
+    const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0);
+    const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
+    int mouse_earliest_down = -1;
+    bool mouse_any_down = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
+    {
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+        {
+            io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup;
+            io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal;
+        }
+        mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i];
+        if (io.MouseDown[i] || io.MouseReleased[i]) // Increase release frame for our evaluation of earliest button (#1392)
+            if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down])
+                mouse_earliest_down = i;
+    }
+    const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down];
+    const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down];
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min;
-}
+    // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
+    // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02)
+    const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0;
+    if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max;
-}
+    if (clear_hovered_windows)
+        g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize();
-}
+    // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
+    // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag
+    if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
+    {
+        io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup;
+        io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal;
+    }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge, float outward)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImRect rect = window->DC.LastItemRect;
-    rect.Expand(outward);
-    return rect.GetClosestPoint(pos, on_edge);
-}
+    // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
+    io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL);
+    if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard))
+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true;
+    if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) // Manual override
+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);
 
-// Tooltip is stored and turned into a BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() sequence at the end of the frame. Each call override previous value.
-void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImFormatStringV(g.Tooltip, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.Tooltip), fmt, args);
+    // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible
+    io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+// Calling SetupDrawListSharedData() is followed by SetCurrentFont() which sets up the remaining data.
+static void SetupDrawListSharedData()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+        virtual_space.Add(viewport->GetMainRect());
+    g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4();
+    g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError);
+    g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.IO.Fonts->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;
+    if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset;
 }
 
-static ImRect GetVisibleRect()
+void ImGui::NewFrame()
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.x != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.x && g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.y != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.y)
-        return ImRect(g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin, g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax);
-    return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y);
-}
 
-void ImGui::BeginTooltip()
-{
-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
-    ImGui::Begin("##Tooltip", NULL, flags);
-}
+    // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start.
+    // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector
+    for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_)
+            g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]);
 
-void ImGui::EndTooltip()
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip);   // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
-    ImGui::End();
-}
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre);
 
-static bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const bool is_open = g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupID == id;
-    return is_open;
-}
+    // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes
+    ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
 
-// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
-// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
-// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
-// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
-void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(const char* str_id, bool reopen_existing)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
-    int current_stack_size = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size;
-    ImGuiPopupRef popup_ref = ImGuiPopupRef(id, window, window->GetID("##menus"), g.IO.MousePos); // Tagged as new ref because constructor sets Window to NULL (we are passing the ParentWindow info here)
-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
-        g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
-    else if (reopen_existing || g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupID != id)
-    {
-        g.OpenPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size+1);
-        g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref;
-    }
-}
+    // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay)
+    UpdateSettings();
 
-void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id)
-{
-    ImGui::OpenPopupEx(str_id, false);
-}
+    g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.WithinFrameScope = true;
+    g.FrameCount += 1;
+    g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+    g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0);
 
-static void CloseInactivePopups()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty())
-        return;
+    // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));
+    g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX;
+
+    // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible), turn events into writes to IO structure
+    g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0);
+    UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);
+
+    // Update viewports (after processing input queue, so io.MouseHoveredViewport is set)
+    UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
+
+    // Setup current font and draw list shared data
+    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;
+    SetupDrawListSharedData();
+    SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());
+
+    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+        viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false;
+
+    // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent
+    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
+        KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
+
+    // Update HoveredId data
+    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId))
+        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (g.HoveredId)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId)
+        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
+    g.HoveredId = 0;
+    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = false;
 
-    // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
-    // Don't close our own child popup windows
-    int n = 0;
-    if (g.FocusedWindow)
+    // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore.
+    // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd().
+    // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves.
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId)
     {
-        for (n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
-        {
-            ImGuiPopupRef& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[n];
-            if (!popup.Window)
-                continue;
-            IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
-            if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
-                continue;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n");
+        ClearActiveID();
+    }
 
-            bool has_focus = false;
-            for (int m = n; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !has_focus; m++)
-                has_focus = (g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window && g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window->RootWindow == g.FocusedWindow->RootWindow);
-            if (!has_focus)
-                break;
-        }
+    // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore)
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;
+    g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
+    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
+    if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId)
+        g.TempInputId = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == 0)
+    {
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+        g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+#endif
     }
-    if (n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size)   // This test is not required but it allows to set a useful breakpoint on the line below
-        g.OpenPopupStack.resize(n);
-}
 
-static ImGuiWindow* GetFrontMostModalRootWindow()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--)
-        if (ImGuiWindow* front_most_popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
-            if (front_most_popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
-                return front_most_popup;
-    return NULL;
-}
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    if (g.ActiveId == 0)
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0;
+    else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0)
+    {
+        // If your custom widget code used:                 { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); }
+        // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be:   { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); }
+        if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId);
+        if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
+            IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported
+    }
+#endif
 
-static void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (remaining > 0)
-        ImGui::FocusWindow(g.OpenPopupStack[remaining-1].Window);
+    // Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item.
+    // FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values.
+    // To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function.
+    if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0 && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)
+        g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoverItemDelayId;
+    else if (g.HoverItemDelayId == 0)
+        g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
+    if (g.HoveredWindow != NULL && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)
+        g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoveredWindow->ID;
+    else if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL)
+        g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
+
+    // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips
+    g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverItemDelayId;
+    if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0)
+    {
+        g.HoverItemDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f;
+        g.HoverItemDelayId = 0;
+    }
+    else if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer > 0.0f)
+    {
+        // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps
+        // We could expose 0.25f as style.HoverClearDelay but I am not sure of the logic yet, this is particularly subtle.
+        g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.25f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~7 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate
+            g.HoverItemDelayTimer = g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer.
+    }
+
+    // Drag and drop
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
+    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
+    g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
+
+    // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in)
+    //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
+    //    ClosePopupsExceptModals();
+
+    // Update keyboard input state
+    UpdateKeyboardInputs();
+
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper));
+
+    // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation
+    NavUpdate();
+
+    // Update mouse input state
+    UpdateMouseInputs();
+
+    // Find hovered window
+    // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)
+    UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
+
+    // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)
+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
+
+    // Background darkening/whitening
+    if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))
+        g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
     else
-        ImGui::FocusWindow(g.OpenPopupStack[0].ParentWindow);
-    g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);
-}
+        g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
 
-static void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id)
-{
-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
-        return;
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1);
-}
+    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
+    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
 
-// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
-void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    int popup_idx = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size - 1;
-    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx > g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.CurrentPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupID != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupID)
-        return;
-    while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
-        popup_idx--;
-    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx);
-}
+    // Platform IME data: reset for the frame
+    g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData;
+    g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false;
 
-static inline void ClearSetNextWindowData()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowPosCond = g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = g.SetNextWindowFocus = false;
-}
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale
+    UpdateMouseWheel();
 
-static bool BeginPopupEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+    // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size);
+    const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
     {
-        ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
-        return false;
-    }
+        window->WasActive = window->Active;
+        window->Active = false;
+        window->WriteAccessed = false;
+        window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount;
+        window->BeginCount = 0;
 
-    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = extra_flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+        // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows
+        if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
+            GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window);
+    }
 
-    char name[32];
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
-        ImFormatString(name, 20, "##menu_%d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size);    // Recycle windows based on depth
-    else
-        ImFormatString(name, 20, "##popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
+    // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++)
+        if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time)
+            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i));
+    for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData)
+        if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
+            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&table_temp_data);
+    if (g.GcCompactAll)
+        GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
+    g.GcCompactAll = false;
 
-    bool is_open = ImGui::Begin(name, NULL, flags);
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
-        g.CurrentWindow->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
-    if (!is_open) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
-        ImGui::EndPopup();
+    // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order
+    if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)
+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
 
-    return is_open;
-}
+    // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
+    // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
+    g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0);
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None);
+    g.GroupStack.resize(0);
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id)
-{
-    if (GImGui->OpenPopupStack.Size <= GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size)	// Early out for performance
+    // [DEBUG] Update debug features
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
+    UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
+    UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor();
+    if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0)
     {
-        ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
-        return false;
+        g.DebugLocateId = 0;
+        g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
     }
-    return BeginPopupEx(str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+    if (g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames == 0)
     {
-        ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
-        return false;
+        DebugLog("(Debug Log: Auto-disabled some ImGuiDebugLogFlags after 2 frames)\n");
+        g.DebugLogFlags &= ~g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags;
+        g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None;
     }
+#endif
 
-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = extra_flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
-    bool is_open = ImGui::Begin(name, p_open, flags);
-    if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
-    {
-        ImGui::EndPopup();
-        if (is_open)
-            ClosePopup(id);
-        return false;
-    }
+    // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
+    // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.
+    // This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing.
+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true;
+    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    Begin("Debug##Default");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true);
+
+    // [DEBUG] When io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue is set, we make Begin()/BeginChild() return false at different level of the window-stack,
+    // allowing to validate correct Begin/End behavior in user code.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop)
+        g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = (g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == -1) ? 0 : ((g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth + ((g.FrameCount % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0)) % 10);
+    else
+        g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1;
+#endif
 
-    return is_open;
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost);
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndPopup()
+// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0);
-    ImGui::End();
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
-        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+    const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs;
+    const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs;
+    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        return d;
+    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+        return d;
+    return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent);
 }
 
-// This is a helper to handle the most simple case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
-// 1. If you have many possible popups (for different "instances" of a same widget, or for wholly different widgets), you may be better off handling
-//    this yourself so you can store data relative to the widget that opened the popup instead of choosing different popup identifiers.
-// 2. If you want right-clicking on the same item to reopen the popup at new location, use the same code replacing IsItemHovered() with IsItemHoveredRect()
-//    and passing true to the OpenPopupEx().
-//    Because: hovering an item in a window below the popup won't normally trigger is hovering behavior/coloring. The pattern of ignoring the fact that
-//    the item isn't interactable (because it is blocked by the active popup) may useful in some situation when e.g. large canvas as one item, content of menu
-//    driven by click position.
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
-        OpenPopupEx(str_id, false);
-    return BeginPopup(str_id);
+    out_sorted_windows->push_back(window);
+    if (window->Active)
+    {
+        int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+        ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
+        for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
+            if (child->Active)
+                AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);
+        }
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(bool also_over_items, const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer)
 {
-    if (!str_id) str_id = "window_context_menu";
-    if (IsMouseHoveringWindow() && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
-        if (also_over_items || !IsAnyItemHovered())
-            OpenPopupEx(str_id, true);
-    return BeginPopup(str_id);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++;
+    if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1)
+        window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows.
+    ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList);
+    for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows)
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active
+            AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (!str_id) str_id = "void_context_menu";
-    if (!IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
-        OpenPopupEx(str_id, true);
-    return BeginPopup(str_id);
+    return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu)
+static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+    AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window));
+}
 
-    const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
-    ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg);
-    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
-    {
-        if (size.x == 0.0f)
-            flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX;
-        size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x, 4.0f) - fabsf(size.x); // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f (0.0f causing too much issues)
-    }
-    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder)
+{
+    int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size;
+    int full_size = n;
+    for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++)
+        full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size;
+    builder->Layers[0]->resize(full_size);
+    for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++)
     {
-        if (size.y == 0.0f)
-            flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY;
-        size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y, 4.0f) - fabsf(size.y);
+        ImVector<ImDrawList*>* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n];
+        if (layer->empty())
+            continue;
+        memcpy(builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, layer->Data, layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
+        n += layer->Size;
+        layer->resize(0);
     }
-    if (border)
-        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
-    flags |= extra_flags;
-
-    char title[256];
-    ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s.%s", window->Name, str_id);
+}
 
-    bool ret = ImGui::Begin(title, NULL, size, -1.0f, flags);
+static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
 
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
-        GetCurrentWindow()->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists;
+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1;
+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(0);
+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(0);
 
-    return ret;
+    draw_data->Valid = true;
+    draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0;
+    draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;
+    draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos;
+    draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size;
+    draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale;
+    draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering.
+// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values,
+//   so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.
+// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect():
+//   some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the
+//   more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds.
+void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
 {
-    char str_id[32];
-    ImFormatString(str_id, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str_id), "child_%08x", id);
-    bool ret = ImGui::BeginChild(str_id, size, border, extra_flags);
-    return ret;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
+    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndChild()
+void ImGui::PopClipRect()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() callss
-    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) || window->BeginCount > 1)
-    {
-        ImGui::End();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // When using auto-filling child window, we don't provide full width/height to ItemSize so that it doesn't feed back into automatic size-fitting.
-        ImVec2 sz = GetWindowSize();
-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f
-            sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x);
-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY)
-            sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y);
-
-        ImGui::End();
-
-        window = GetCurrentWindow();
-        ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + sz);
-        ItemSize(sz);
-        ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
-    }
+    window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
 }
 
-// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame.
-bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
-    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding, style.FrameRounding);
-    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
-    return ImGui::BeginChild(id, size, (g.CurrentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? true : false, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags);
-}
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
 
-void ImGui::EndChildFrame()
-{
-    ImGui::EndChild();
-    ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
-    ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport();
+    ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect();
+
+    // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list
+    {
+        // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows,
+        // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing.
+        // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order.
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindow->DrawList;
+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+            draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that)
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col);
+        ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();
+        IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6);
+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd);
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command.
+        draw_list->PopClipRect();
+    }
 }
 
-// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors
-static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write)
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
 {
-    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    int* p_backup = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0];
-    { int current = window->IDStack.Size;       if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushID/PopID Mismatch!");                   p_backup++; }    // User forgot PopID()
-    { int current = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");            p_backup++; }    // User forgot EndGroup()
-    { int current = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size;   if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch"); p_backup++; }// User forgot EndPopup()/EndMenu()
-    { int current = g.ColorModifiers.Size;      if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");   p_backup++; }    // User forgot PopStyleColor()
-    { int current = g.StyleModifiers.Size;      if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");       p_backup++; }    // User forgot PopStyleVar()
-    { int current = g.FontStack.Size;           if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");               p_backup++; }    // User forgot PopFont()
-    IM_ASSERT(p_backup == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup));
+    ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window;
+    for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+            continue;
+        if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window))
+            break;
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window))
+            bottom_most_visible_window = window;
+    }
+    return bottom_most_visible_window;
 }
 
-static ImVec2 FindBestPopupWindowPos(const ImVec2& base_pos, const ImVec2& size, int* last_dir, const ImRect& r_inner)
+static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds()
 {
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
-
-    // Clamp into visible area while not overlapping the cursor. Safety padding is optional if our popup size won't fit without it.
-    ImVec2 safe_padding = style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
-    ImRect r_outer(GetVisibleRect());
-    r_outer.Reduce(ImVec2((size.x - r_outer.GetWidth() > safe_padding.x*2) ? safe_padding.x : 0.0f, (size.y - r_outer.GetHeight() > safe_padding.y*2) ? safe_padding.y : 0.0f));
-    ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(base_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
+    if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
+        return;
+    const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
+    const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active);
+    if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list)
+        return;
 
-    for (int n = (*last_dir != -1) ? -1 : 0; n < 4; n++)   // Last, Right, down, up, left. (Favor last used direction).
+    if (dim_bg_for_modal)
     {
-        const int dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : n;
-        ImRect rect(dir == 0 ? r_inner.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x, dir == 1 ? r_inner.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y, dir == 3 ? r_inner.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x, dir == 2 ? r_inner.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y);
-        if (rect.GetWidth() < size.x || rect.GetHeight() < size.y)
-            continue;
-        *last_dir = dir;
-        return ImVec2(dir == 0 ? r_inner.Max.x : dir == 3 ? r_inner.Min.x - size.x : base_pos_clamped.x, dir == 1 ? r_inner.Max.y : dir == 2 ? r_inner.Min.y - size.y : base_pos_clamped.y);
+        // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order.
+        ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window);
+        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(modal_window->DC.ModalDimBgColor, g.DimBgRatio));
     }
+    else if (dim_bg_for_window_list)
+    {
+        // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window
+        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));
 
-    // Fallback, try to keep within display
-    *last_dir = -1;
-    ImVec2 pos = base_pos;
-    pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);
-    pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);
-    return pos;
+        // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim;
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+        float distance = g.FontSize;
+        ImRect bb = window->Rect();
+        bb.Expand(distance);
+        if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y)
+            bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward
+        if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+            window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd();
+        window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f);
+        window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    }
 }
 
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
+void ImGui::EndFrame()
 {
-    // FIXME-OPT: Store sorted hashes -> pointers so we can do a bissection in a contiguous block
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
-        if (g.Windows[i]->ID == id)
-            return g.Windows[i];
-    return NULL;
-}
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
 
-static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.
+    if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");
 
-    // Create window the first time
-    ImGuiWindow* window = (ImGuiWindow*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImGuiWindow));
-    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(window) ImGuiWindow(name);
-    window->Flags = flags;
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre);
+
+    ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+    // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
+    ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData;
+    if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0)
     {
-        // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings.
-        window->Size = window->SizeFull = size;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y);
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+        g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data);
     }
-    else
-    {
-        // Retrieve settings from .ini file
-        // Use SetWindowPos() or SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
-        window->PosFloat = ImVec2(60, 60);
-        window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
 
-        ImGuiIniData* settings = FindWindowSettings(name);
-        if (!settings)
-        {
-            settings = AddWindowSettings(name);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
-            window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
-            window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
-        }
+    // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)
+        g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
+    End();
 
-        if (settings->Pos.x != FLT_MAX)
-        {
-            window->PosFloat = settings->Pos;
-            window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
-            window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
-        }
+    // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests
+    NavEndFrame();
 
-        if (ImLengthSqr(settings->Size) > 0.00001f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
-            size = settings->Size;
-        window->Size = window->SizeFull = size;
+    // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted)
+    if (g.DragDropActive)
+    {
+        bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery;
+        bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropSourceFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire) || g.DragDropMouseButton == -1 || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton));
+        if (is_delivered || is_elapsed)
+            ClearDragDrop();
     }
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+    // Drag and Drop: Fallback for missing source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing.
+    // If you want to handle source item disappearing: instead of submitting your description tooltip
+    // in the BeginDragDropSource() block of the dragged item, you can submit them from a safe single spot
+    // (e.g. end of your item loop, or before EndFrame) by reading payload data.
+    // In the typical case, the contents of drag tooltip should be possible to infer solely from payload data.
+    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
     {
-        window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+        g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
+        SetTooltip("...");
+        g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
     }
-    else
+
+    // End frame
+    g.WithinFrameScope = false;
+    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus
+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
+
+    // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
+    // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0);
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
     {
-        if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
-            window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
-        if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
-            window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
+        if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))       // if a child is active its parent will add it
+            continue;
+        AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window);
     }
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
-        g.Windows.insert(g.Windows.begin(), window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
-    else
-        g.Windows.push_back(window);
-    return window;
+    // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size);
+    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer);
+    g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;
+
+    // Unlock font atlas
+    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
+
+    // Clear Input data for next frame
+    g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos;
+    g.IO.AppFocusLost = false;
+    g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
+    g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost);
 }
 
-static void ApplySizeFullWithConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size)
+// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData()
+// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all:
+// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend)
+void ImGui::Render()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+
+    if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
+        EndFrame();
+    if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount)
+        return;
+    g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
+
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre);
+
+    // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds
+    RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
+
+    // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
     {
-        // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size.
-        ImRect cr = g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect;
-        new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;
-        new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;
-        if (g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback)
-        {
-            ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData data;
-            data.UserData = g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData;
-            data.Pos = window->Pos;
-            data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;
-            data.DesiredSize = new_size;
-            g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback(&data);
-            new_size = data.DesiredSize;
-        }
+        InitViewportDrawData(viewport);
+        if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL)
+            AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport));
     }
-    if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)))
-        new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize);
-    window->SizeFull = new_size;
-}
 
-// Push a new ImGui window to add widgets to.
-// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
-// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
-// - 'size_on_first_use' for a regular window denote the initial size for first-time creation (no saved data) and isn't that useful. Use SetNextWindowSize() prior to calling Begin() for more flexible window manipulation.
-// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
-//   You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
-// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
-// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
-// - Passing non-zero 'size' is roughly equivalent to calling SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver) prior to calling Begin().
-bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
-    return ImGui::Begin(name, p_open, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), -1.0f, flags);
+    // Add ImDrawList to render
+    ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2];
+    windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL;
+    windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL);
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
+    {
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1])
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);
+    }
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++)
+        if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]);
+
+    // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag
+    if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
+        RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48));
+
+    // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0;
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+    {
+        FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder);
+
+        // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
+        if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL)
+            AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport));
+
+        // We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch).
+        ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
+        IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount);
+        for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists)
+            draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+
+        g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount;
+        g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount;
+    }
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
+// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL);                        // Window name required
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);                       // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
-    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
-        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+    const char* text_display_end;
+    if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
+        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);      // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    else
+        text_display_end = text_end;
 
-    // Find or create
-    bool window_is_new = false;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-    if (!window)
-    {
-        window = CreateNewWindow(name, size_on_first_use, flags);
-        window_is_new = true;
-    }
+    ImFont* font = g.Font;
+    const float font_size = g.FontSize;
+    if (text == text_display_end)
+        return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
+    ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
 
-    const int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount();
-    const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
-    else
-        flags = window->Flags;
+    // Round
+    // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out.
+    // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g.
+    // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c
+    // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html
+    text_size.x = IM_TRUNC(text_size.x + 0.99999f);
 
-    // Add to stack
-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = !g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? g.CurrentWindowStack.back() : NULL;
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window);
-    SetCurrentWindow(window);
-    CheckStacksSize(window, true);
-    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
+    return text_size;
+}
 
-    bool window_was_active = (window->LastFrameActive == current_frame - 1);   // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
-    {
-        ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size];
-        window_was_active &= (window->PopupID == popup_ref.PopupID);
-        window_was_active &= (window == popup_ref.Window);
-        popup_ref.Window = window;
-        g.CurrentPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
-        window->PopupID = popup_ref.PopupID;
-    }
+// Find window given position, search front-to-back
+// - Typically write output back to g.HoveredWindow and g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow.
+// - FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically
+//   with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is
+//   called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.
+// - The 'find_first_and_in_any_viewport = true' mode is only used by TestEngine. It is simpler to maintain here.
+void ImGui::FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_under_moving_window = NULL;
 
-    const bool window_appearing_after_being_hidden = (window->HiddenFrames == 1);
+    if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport == false && g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
+        hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;
 
-    // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
-    bool window_pos_set_by_api = false, window_size_set_by_api = false;
-    if (g.SetNextWindowPosCond)
+    ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding;
+    ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular;
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
     {
-        const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;                  // FIXME: not sure of the exact reason of this saving/restore anymore :( need to look into that.
-        if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
-        window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowPosCond) != 0;
-        if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.SetNextWindowPosVal - ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)) < 0.001f)
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
+        if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)
+            continue;
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)
+            continue;
+
+        // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)
+        ImVec2 hit_padding = (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? padding_regular : padding_for_resize;
+        if (!window->OuterRectClipped.ContainsWithPad(pos, hit_padding))
+            continue;
+
+        // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window
+        // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512)
+        if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0)
+        {
+            ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y);
+            ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y);
+            if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(pos))
+                continue;
+        }
+
+        if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport)
         {
-            window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted = true;                            // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
-            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+            hovered_window = window;
+            break;
         }
         else
         {
-            SetWindowPos(window, g.SetNextWindowPosVal, g.SetNextWindowPosCond);
+            if (hovered_window == NULL)
+                hovered_window = window;
+            IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
+            if (hovered_window_under_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow))
+                hovered_window_under_moving_window = window;
+            if (hovered_window && hovered_window_under_moving_window)
+                break;
         }
-        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
-        g.SetNextWindowPosCond = 0;
-    }
-    if (g.SetNextWindowSizeCond)
-    {
-        if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
-        window_size_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowSizeCond) != 0;
-        SetWindowSize(window, g.SetNextWindowSizeVal, g.SetNextWindowSizeCond);
-        g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = 0;
-    }
-    if (g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond)
-    {
-        window->SizeContentsExplicit = g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal;
-        g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = 0;
-    }
-    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-    {
-        window->SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    }
-    if (g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond)
-    {
-        if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
-        SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.SetNextWindowCollapsedVal, g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond);
-        g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0;
-    }
-    if (g.SetNextWindowFocus)
-    {
-        ImGui::SetWindowFocus();
-        g.SetNextWindowFocus = false;
     }
 
-    // Update known root window (if we are a child window, otherwise window == window->RootWindow)
-    int root_idx, root_non_popup_idx;
-    for (root_idx = g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 1; root_idx > 0; root_idx--)
-        if (!(g.CurrentWindowStack[root_idx]->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
-            break;
-    for (root_non_popup_idx = root_idx; root_non_popup_idx > 0; root_non_popup_idx--)
-        if (!(g.CurrentWindowStack[root_non_popup_idx]->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
-            break;
-    window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
-    window->RootWindow = g.CurrentWindowStack[root_idx];
-    window->RootNonPopupWindow = g.CurrentWindowStack[root_non_popup_idx];      // This is merely for displaying the TitleBgActive color.
+    *out_hovered_window = hovered_window;
+    if (out_hovered_window_under_moving_window != NULL)
+        *out_hovered_window_under_moving_window = hovered_window_under_moving_window;
+}
 
-    // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-    {
-        window->Active = true;
-        window->IndexWithinParent = 0;
-        window->BeginCount = 0;
-        window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX);
-        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
-        window->IDStack.resize(1);
+bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;
+    return false;
+}
 
-        // Clear draw list, setup texture, outer clipping rectangle
-        window->DrawList->Clear();
-        window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
-        ImRect fullscreen_rect(GetVisibleRect());
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
-            PushClipRect(parent_window->ClipRect.Min, parent_window->ClipRect.Max, true);
-        else
-            PushClipRect(fullscreen_rect.Min, fullscreen_rect.Max, true);
+bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
+            return true;
+    return false;
+}
 
-        // New windows appears in front
-        if (!window_was_active)
-        {
-            window->AutoPosLastDirection = -1;
+bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)
+        return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;
+    return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID);
+}
 
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
-                if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow|ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-                    FocusWindow(window);
+bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore));
+}
 
-            // Popup first latch mouse position, will position itself when it appears next frame
-            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api)
-                window->PosFloat = g.IO.MousePos;
-        }
+// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID()
+bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0)
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
 
-        // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
-        // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
-        {
-            ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-            if (g.HoveredWindow == window && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
-            {
-                window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
-                if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                    MarkSettingsDirty();
-                FocusWindow(window);
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            window->Collapsed = false;
-        }
+// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()!
+// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc.
+bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
+{
+    return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);
+}
 
-        // SIZE
+bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
+}
 
-        // Save contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (unless explicitly specified)
-        window->SizeContents.x = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : ((window_is_new ? 0.0f : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Pos.x) + window->Scroll.x));
-        window->SizeContents.y = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : ((window_is_new ? 0.0f : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->Pos.y) + window->Scroll.y));
+bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;
+}
 
-        // Hide popup/tooltip window when first appearing while we measure size (because we recycle them)
-        if (window->HiddenFrames > 0)
-            window->HiddenFrames--;
-        if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0 && !window_was_active)
-        {
-            window->HiddenFrames = 1;
-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
-            {
-                if (!window_size_set_by_api)
-                    window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
-                window->SizeContents = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
-            }
-        }
+// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app,
+// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that!
+// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.ActiveId != 0;
+}
 
-        // Lock window padding so that altering the ShowBorders flag for children doesn't have side-effects.
-        window->WindowPadding = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders | ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) ? ImVec2(0,0) : style.WindowPadding;
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight;
+}
 
-        // Calculate auto-fit size
-        ImVec2 size_auto_fit;
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0)
-        {
-            // Tooltip always resize. We keep the spacing symmetric on both axises for aesthetic purpose.
-            size_auto_fit = window->SizeContents + window->WindowPadding - ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            size_auto_fit = ImClamp(window->SizeContents + window->WindowPadding, style.WindowMinSize, ImMax(style.WindowMinSize, g.IO.DisplaySize - g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding));
+bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) != 0;
+}
 
-            // Handling case of auto fit window not fitting in screen on one axis, we are growing auto fit size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than DisplaySize-WindowPadding.
-            if (size_auto_fit.x < window->SizeContents.x && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
-                size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
-            if (size_auto_fit.y < window->SizeContents.y && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
-                size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
-            size_auto_fit.y = ImMax(size_auto_fit.y - style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f);
-        }
+bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;
+}
 
-        // Handle automatic resize
-        if (window->Collapsed)
-        {
-            // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width,
-            // But otherwise we don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
-            if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
-                window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
-            if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
-                window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window_size_set_by_api)
-            {
-                window->SizeFull = size_auto_fit;
-            }
-            else if ((window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) && !window_size_set_by_api)
-            {
-                // Auto-fit only grows during the first few frames
-                if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
-                    window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
-                if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
-                    window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
-                if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                    MarkSettingsDirty();
-            }
-        }
+// Allow next item to be overlapped by subsequent items.
+// This works by requiring HoveredId to match for two subsequent frames,
+// so if a following items overwrite it our interactions will naturally be disabled.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap;
+}
 
-        // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
-        ApplySizeFullWithConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
-        window->Size = window->Collapsed ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
-        
-        // POSITION
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
+// FIXME-LEGACY: Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() *before* your item instead.
+void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (g.HoveredId == id)
+        g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id) // Before we made this obsolete, most calls to SetItemAllowOverlap() used to avoid this path by testing g.ActiveId != id.
+        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
+}
+#endif
 
-        // Position child window
-        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
-        {
-            window->IndexWithinParent = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
-            parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
-        }
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-        {
-            window->Pos = window->PosFloat = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
-            window->Size = window->SizeFull = size_on_first_use; // NB: argument name 'size_on_first_use' misleading here, it's really just 'size' as provided by user passed via BeginChild()->Begin().
-        }
+// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function.
+void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0);
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_COUNT) - 1;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = true;
+    NavMoveRequestCancel();
+}
 
-        bool window_pos_center = false;
-        window_pos_center |= (window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted && window->HiddenFrames == 0);
-        window_pos_center |= ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_appearing_after_being_hidden);
-        if (window_pos_center)
-        {
-            // Center (any sort of window)
-            SetWindowPos(ImMax(style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, fullscreen_rect.GetCenter() - window->SizeFull * 0.5f));
-        }
-        else if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
-        {
-            IM_ASSERT(window_pos_set_by_api);
-            ImRect rect_to_avoid;
-            if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
-                rect_to_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight());
-            else
-                rect_to_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - style.ItemSpacing.x - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each popup (here hard-coded to 4)
-            window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(window->PosFloat, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
-        }
-        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_appearing_after_being_hidden)
-        {
-            ImRect rect_to_avoid(window->PosFloat.x - 1, window->PosFloat.y - 1, window->PosFloat.x + 1, window->PosFloat.y + 1);
-            window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(window->PosFloat, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
-        }
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetItemID()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.ID;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize();
+}
+
+// Prior to v1.90 2023/10/16, the BeginChild() function took a 'bool border = false' parameter instead of 'ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0'.
+// ImGuiChildFlags_Border is defined as always == 1 in order to allow old code passing 'true'. Read comments in imgui.h for details!
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = GetCurrentWindow()->GetID(str_id);
+    return BeginChildEx(str_id, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+
+    // Sanity check as it is likely that some user will accidentally pass ImGuiWindowFlags into the ImGuiChildFlags argument.
+    const ImGuiChildFlags ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_ = ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened;
+    IM_UNUSED(ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_);
+    IM_ASSERT((child_flags & ~ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_) == 0 && "Illegal ImGuiChildFlags value. Did you pass ImGuiWindowFlags values instead of ImGuiChildFlags?");
+    IM_ASSERT((window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0 && "Cannot specify ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize for BeginChild(). Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0 && "Cannot use ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
+        IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) != 0 && "Must use ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
+    }
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding)
+        child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
+    if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
+        child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened;
+#endif
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX)
+        child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX;
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)
+        child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY;
+
+    // Set window flags
+    window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+    window_flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag
+    if (child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+    if ((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0)
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    // Special framed style
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
+    {
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.FramePadding);
+        child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    }
+
+    // Forward child flags
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags;
+    g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = child_flags;
+
+    // Forward size
+    // Important: Begin() has special processing to switch condition to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver for a given axis when ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeXXX is set.
+    // (the alternative would to store conditional flags per axis, which is possible but more code)
+    const ImVec2 size_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
+    const ImVec2 size_default((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) ? 0.0f : size_avail.x, (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) ? 0.0f : size_avail.y);
+    const ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, size_default.x, size_default.y);
+    SetNextWindowSize(size);
+
+    // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value.
+    // FIXME: 2023/11/14: commented out shorted version. We had an issue with multiple ### in child window path names, which the trailing hash helped workaround.
+    // e.g. "ParentName###ParentIdentifier/ChildName###ChildIdentifier" would get hashed incorrectly by ImHashStr(), trailing _%08X somehow fixes it.
+    const char* temp_window_name;
+    /*if (name && parent_window->IDStack.back() == parent_window->ID)
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name); // May omit ID if in root of ID stack
+    else*/
+    if (name)
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);
+    else
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);
+
+    // Set style
+    const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;
+    if ((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_Border) == 0)
+        g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;
+
+    // Begin into window
+    const bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, window_flags);
+
+    // Restore style
+    g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+    if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
+    {
+        PopStyleVar(3);
+        PopStyleColor();
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    child_window->ChildId = id;
+
+    // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually.
+    // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do.
+    if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
+        parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos;
+
+    // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame
+    // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigable items or (B) it can be scrolled.
+    const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr("##Child", 0, id);
+    if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation)
+        ClearActiveID();
+    if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY))
+    {
+        FocusWindow(child_window);
+        NavInitWindow(child_window, false);
+        SetActiveID(temp_id_for_activation, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item
+        g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource;
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndChild()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls
+
+    g.WithinEndChild = true;
+    ImVec2 child_size = child_window->Size;
+    End();
+    if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + child_size);
+        ItemSize(child_size);
+        const bool nav_flattened = (child_window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) != 0;
+        if ((child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !nav_flattened)
+        {
+            ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId);
+            RenderNavHighlight(bb, child_window->ChildId);
+
+            // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying)
+            if (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && child_window == g.NavWindow)
+                RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Not navigable into
+            // - This is a bit of a fringe use case, mostly useful for undecorated, non-scrolling contents childs, or empty childs.
+            // - We could later decide to not apply this path if ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle or ImGuiChildFlags_Borders is set.
+            ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+
+            // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly
+            if (nav_flattened)
+                parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
+        }
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == child_window)
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+    }
+    g.WithinEndChild = false;
+    g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
+}
+
+static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)
+{
+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       & ~flags);
+    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      & ~flags);
+    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);
+    return FindWindowByID(id);
+}
+
+static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
+{
+    window->Pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y));
+    if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0)
+        window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y));
+    window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
+}
+
+static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0);
+    const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild;
+    if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window));
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window);
+        window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1);
+    }
+    else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window);
+        for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++)
+            g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder);
+        window->FocusOrder = -1;
+    }
+    window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child;
+}
+
+static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
+{
+    // Initial window state with e.g. default/arbitrary window position
+    // Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
+    const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60);
+    window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0, 0);
+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;
+
+    if (settings != NULL)
+    {
+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false);
+        ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
+    }
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values
+
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+    {
+        window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
+            window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
+        if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
+            window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
+    }
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    // Create window the first time
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);
+    window->Flags = flags;
+    g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window);
+
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = NULL;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        if ((settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window)) != 0)
+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+
+    InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, settings);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
+        g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
+    else
+        g.Windows.push_back(window);
+
+    return window;
+}
+
+static inline ImVec2 CalcWindowMinSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    // We give windows non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)
+    // FIXME: Essentially we want to restrict manual resizing to WindowMinSize+Decoration, and allow api resizing to be smaller.
+    // Perhaps should tend further a neater test for this.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 size_min;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+    {
+        size_min.x = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f;
+        size_min.y = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size_min.x = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f;
+        size_min.y = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f;
+    }
+
+    // Reduce artifacts with very small windows
+    ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window;
+    size_min.y = ImMax(size_min.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f));
+    return size_min;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 new_size = size_desired;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
+    {
+        // See comments in SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() for details about setting size_min an size_max.
+        ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;
+        new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;
+        new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;
+        if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback)
+        {
+            ImGuiSizeCallbackData data;
+            data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData;
+            data.Pos = window->Pos;
+            data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;
+            data.DesiredSize = new_size;
+            g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);
+            new_size = data.DesiredSize;
+        }
+        new_size.x = IM_TRUNC(new_size.x);
+        new_size.y = IM_TRUNC(new_size.y);
+    }
+
+    // Minimum size
+    ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window);
+    return ImMax(new_size, size_min);
+}
+
+static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal)
+{
+    bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false;
+    if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
+    else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
+    if (preserve_old_content_sizes)
+    {
+        *content_size_current = window->ContentSize;
+        *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+    content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float decoration_w_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+    const float decoration_h_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+    ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
+    ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(decoration_w_without_scrollbars, decoration_h_without_scrollbars);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+    {
+        // Tooltip always resize
+        return size_desired;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size
+        ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window);
+        ImVec2 size_max = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) : ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f;
+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, size_max);
+
+        // FIXME: CalcWindowAutoFitSize() doesn't take into account that only one axis may be auto-fit when calculating scrollbars,
+        // we may need to compute/store three variants of size_auto_fit, for x/y/xy.
+        // Here we implement a workaround for child windows only, but a full solution would apply to normal windows as well:
+        if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY))
+            size_auto_fit.y = window->SizeFull.y;
+        else if (!(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY))
+            size_auto_fit.x = window->SizeFull.x;
+
+        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),
+        // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.
+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
+        if (will_have_scrollbar_x)
+            size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
+        if (will_have_scrollbar_y)
+            size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
+        return size_auto_fit;
+    }
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImVec2 size_contents_current;
+    ImVec2 size_contents_ideal;
+    CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal);
+    ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal);
+    ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+    return size_final;
+}
+
+static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        return ImGuiCol_PopupBg;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        return ImGuiCol_ChildBg;
+    return ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
+}
+
+static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size)
+{
+    ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm);                // Expected window upper-left
+    ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right
+    ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;
+    ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);
+    *out_pos = pos_min;
+    if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)
+        out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);
+    if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f)
+        out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y);
+    *out_size = size_constrained;
+}
+
+// Data for resizing from resize grip / corner
+struct ImGuiResizeGripDef
+{
+    ImVec2  CornerPosN;
+    ImVec2  InnerDir;
+    int     AngleMin12, AngleMax12;
+};
+static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
+{
+    { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 },  // Lower-right
+    { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 },  // Lower-left
+    { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 },  // Upper-left (Unused)
+    { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 }  // Upper-right (Unused)
+};
+
+// Data for resizing from borders
+struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef
+{
+    ImVec2  InnerDir;               // Normal toward inside
+    ImVec2  SegmentN1, SegmentN2;   // End positions, normalized (0,0: upper left)
+    float   OuterAngle;             // Angle toward outside
+};
+static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =
+{
+    { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left
+    { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right
+    { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up
+    { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f }  // Down
+};
+
+static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)
+{
+    ImRect rect = window->Rect();
+    if (thickness == 0.0f)
+        rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1);
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up)    { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);    }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return ImRect();
+}
+
+// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4);
+    ImGuiID id = window->ID;
+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
+    return id;
+}
+
+// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4);
+    int n = (int)dir + 4;
+    ImGuiID id = window->ID;
+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
+    return id;
+}
+
+// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
+// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip)
+static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+        return false;
+    if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window.
+        return false;
+
+    int ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x00;
+    const float grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
+    const float grip_hover_inner_size = (resize_grip_count > 0) ? IM_TRUNC(grip_draw_size * 0.75f) : 0.0f;
+    const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f;
+
+    ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect;
+    const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar);
+    if (window_move_from_title_bar)
+        clamp_rect.Min.y -= window->TitleBarHeight;
+
+    ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+    // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+
+    // Manual resize grips
+    PushID("#RESIZE");
+    for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN);
+
+        // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window
+        bool hovered, held;
+        ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);
+        if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x);
+        if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y);
+        ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID()
+        ItemAdd(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if (hovered || held)
+            g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
+
+        if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+        {
+            // Auto-fit when double-clicking
+            size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+            ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axises
+            ClearActiveID();
+        }
+        else if (held)
+        {
+            // Resize from any of the four corners
+            // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
+            ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, (def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f || (def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f && window_move_from_title_bar)) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
+            corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);
+            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target);
+        }
+
+        // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating
+        if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)
+            resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
+    }
+
+    int resize_border_mask = 0x00;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        resize_border_mask |= ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? 0x02 : 0) | ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? 0x08 : 0);
+    else
+        resize_border_mask = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 0x0F : 0x00;
+    for (int border_n = 0; border_n < 4; border_n++)
+    {
+        if ((resize_border_mask & (1 << border_n)) == 0)
+            continue;
+        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
+        const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
+
+        bool hovered, held;
+        ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
+        ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID()
+        ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer <= WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER)
+            hovered = false;
+        if (hovered || held)
+            g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;
+        if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+        {
+            // Double-clicking bottom or right border auto-fit on this axis
+            // FIXME: CalcWindowAutoFitSize() doesn't take into account that only one side may be auto-fit when calculating scrollbars.
+            // FIXME: Support top and right borders: rework CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner() to be reusable in both cases.
+            if (border_n == 1 || border_n == 3) // Right and bottom border
+            {
+                size_target[axis] = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit)[axis];
+                ret_auto_fit_mask |= (1 << axis);
+                hovered = held = false; // So border doesn't show highlighted at new position
+            }
+            ClearActiveID();
+        }
+        else if (held)
+        {
+            // Switch to relative resizing mode when border geometry moved (e.g. resizing a child altering parent scroll), in order to avoid resizing feedback loop.
+            // Currently only using relative mode on resizable child windows, as the problem to solve is more likely noticeable for them, but could apply for all windows eventually.
+            // FIXME: May want to generalize this idiom at lower-level, so more widgets can use it!
+            const bool just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing = (g.WheelingWindow != NULL && g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame == g.FrameCount && IsWindowChildOf(window, g.WheelingWindow, false));
+            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated || just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing)
+            {
+                g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = border_rect;
+                g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = false;
+            }
+            if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && memcmp(&g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect, &border_rect, sizeof(ImRect)) != 0)
+                g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = true;
+
+            const ImVec2 border_curr = (window->Pos + ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2) * window->Size);
+            const float border_target_rel_mode_for_axis = border_curr[axis] + g.IO.MouseDelta[axis];
+            const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above.
+
+            // Use absolute mode position
+            ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;
+            border_target[axis] = border_target_abs_mode_for_axis;
+
+            // Use relative mode target for child window, ignore resize when moving back toward the ideal absolute position.
+            bool ignore_resize = false;
+            if (g.WindowResizeRelativeMode)
+            {
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(GetMainViewport()->WorkPos, IM_COL32_WHITE, "Relative Mode");
+                border_target[axis] = border_target_rel_mode_for_axis;
+                if (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] == 0.0f || (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] > 0.0f) == (border_target_rel_mode_for_axis > border_target_abs_mode_for_axis))
+                    ignore_resize = true;
+            }
+
+            // Clamp, apply
+            ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
+            border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) // Clamp resizing of childs within parent
+            {
+                ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow;
+                ImGuiWindowFlags parent_flags = parent_window->Flags;
+                ImRect border_limit_rect = parent_window->InnerRect;
+                border_limit_rect.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMax(parent_window->WindowPadding.x, parent_window->WindowBorderSize), -ImMax(parent_window->WindowPadding.y, parent_window->WindowBorderSize)));
+                if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) && ((parent_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar)) == 0 || (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)))
+                    border_target.x = ImClamp(border_target.x, border_limit_rect.Min.x, border_limit_rect.Max.x);
+                if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
+                    border_target.y = ImClamp(border_target.y, border_limit_rect.Min.y, border_limit_rect.Max.y);
+            }
+            if (!ignore_resize)
+                CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target);
+        }
+        if (hovered)
+            *border_hovered = border_n;
+        if (held)
+            *border_held = border_n;
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    // Restore nav layer
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+
+    // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)
+    // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user.
+    // Not even sure the callback works here.
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window)
+    {
+        ImVec2 nav_resize_dir;
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift)
+            nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+            nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown);
+        if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f;
+            const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step;
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, clamp_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= clmap_rect.Min, so Size >= clmap_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= clmap_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+            resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);
+            ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize);
+            if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
+            {
+                // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.
+                size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored);
+                g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Apply back modified position/size to window
+    const ImVec2 curr_pos = window->Pos;
+    const ImVec2 curr_size = window->SizeFull;
+    if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.x != size_target.x || window->SizeFull.x != size_target.x))
+        window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = size_target.x;
+    if (size_target.y != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.y != size_target.y || window->SizeFull.y != size_target.y))
+        window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = size_target.y;
+    if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.x != ImTrunc(pos_target.x))
+        window->Pos.x = ImTrunc(pos_target.x);
+    if (pos_target.y != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.y != ImTrunc(pos_target.y))
+        window->Pos.y = ImTrunc(pos_target.y);
+    if (curr_pos.x != window->Pos.x || curr_pos.y != window->Pos.y || curr_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || curr_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+
+    // Recalculate next expected border expected coordinates
+    if (*border_held != -1)
+        g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, *border_held, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
+
+    return ret_auto_fit_mask;
+}
+
+static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size;
+    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+        size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight;
+    window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max);
+}
+
+static void RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, ImU32 border_col, float border_size)
+{
+    const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
+    const float rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    const ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, rounding, 0.0f);
+    window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle);
+    window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f);
+    window->DrawList->PathStroke(border_col, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    const ImU32 border_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border);
+    if (border_size > 0.0f && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground) == 0)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, border_col, window->WindowRounding, 0, window->WindowBorderSize);
+    else if (border_size > 0.0f)
+    {
+        if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) // Similar code as 'resize_border_mask' computation in UpdateWindowManualResize() but we specifically only always draw explicit child resize border.
+            RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 1, border_col, border_size);
+        if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)
+            RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 3, border_col, border_size);
+    }
+    if (window->ResizeBorderHovered != -1 || window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1)
+    {
+        const int border_n = (window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? window->ResizeBorderHeld : window->ResizeBorderHovered;
+        const ImU32 border_col_resizing = GetColorU32((window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered);
+        RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n, border_col_resizing, ImMax(2.0f, window->WindowBorderSize)); // Thicker than usual
+    }
+    if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+    {
+        float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight - 1;
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), border_col, g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
+// Draw background and borders
+// Draw and handle scrollbars
+void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems
+    IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0);
+    window->SkipItems = false;
+
+    // Draw window + handle manual resize
+    // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.
+    const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    if (window->Collapsed)
+    {
+        // Title bar only
+        const float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;
+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;
+        ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);
+        RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);
+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Window background
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        {
+            ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window));
+            bool override_alpha = false;
+            float alpha = 1.0f;
+            if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha)
+            {
+                alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;
+                override_alpha = true;
+            }
+            if (override_alpha)
+                bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom);
+        }
+
+        // Title bar
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+        {
+            ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
+        }
+
+        // Menu bar
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
+        {
+            ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+            menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect());  // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
+            if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+        }
+
+        // Scrollbars
+        if (window->ScrollbarX)
+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X);
+        if (window->ScrollbarY)
+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y);
+
+        // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+        {
+            for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+            {
+                const ImU32 col = resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n];
+                if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+                    continue;
+                const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+                const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);
+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size)));
+                window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);
+                window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(col);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Borders
+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips)
+            RenderWindowOuterBorders(window);
+    }
+}
+
+// Render title text, collapse button, close button
+void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL);
+    const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
+
+    // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref?
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+
+    // Layout buttons
+    // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code.
+    float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x;
+    float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x;
+    float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+    ImVec2 close_button_pos;
+    ImVec2 collapse_button_pos;
+    if (has_close_button)
+    {
+        close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)
+    {
+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
+    {
+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+
+    // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback)
+    if (has_collapse_button)
+        if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos))
+            window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function
+
+    // Close button
+    if (has_close_button)
+        if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))
+            *p_open = false;
+
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
+
+    // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)
+    // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..
+    const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);
+
+    // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,
+    // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly.
+    if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x)
+        pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x)
+        pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f)
+    {
+        float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center
+        float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x);
+        pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness);
+        pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness);
+    }
+
+    ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);
+    ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y);
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
+    {
+        ImVec2 marker_pos;
+        marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x);
+        marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f;
+        if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x)
+        {
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+            clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f));
+        }
+    }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);
+}
+
+void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
+{
+    window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
+    window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window;
+    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+        window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow;
+    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree;
+    if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
+        window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;
+    while (window->RootWindowForNav->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);
+        window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;
+    }
+}
+
+// [EXPERIMENTAL] Called by Begin(). NextWindowData is valid at this point.
+// This is designed as a toy/test-bed for
+void ImGui::UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    window->SkipRefresh = false;
+    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy) == 0)
+        return;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh)
+    {
+        // FIXME-IDLE: Tests for e.g. mouse clicks or keyboard while focused.
+        if (window->Appearing) // If currently appearing
+            return;
+        if (window->Hidden) // If was hidden (previous frame)
+            return;
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover) && g.HoveredWindow && window->RootWindow == g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow)
+            return;
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus) && g.NavWindow && window->RootWindow == g.NavWindow->RootWindow)
+            return;
+        window->DrawList = NULL;
+        window->SkipRefresh = true;
+    }
+}
+
+// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)
+// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack.
+// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent.
+// - WindowA            // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1
+//   - WindowB          //                  .. returns Modal1
+//   - Modal1           //                  .. returns Modal2
+//      - WindowC       //                  .. returns Modal2
+//          - WindowD   //                  .. returns Modal2
+//          - Modal2    //                  .. returns Modal2
+//            - WindowE //                  .. returns NULL
+// Notes:
+// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL.
+//   Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unnecessary.
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0)
+        return NULL;
+
+    // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal.
+    for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window;
+        if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+            continue;
+        if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive)      // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows.
+            continue;
+        if (window == NULL)                                         // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click.
+            return popup_window;
+        if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window))       // Window may be over modal
+            continue;
+        return popup_window;                                        // Place window right below first block modal
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to.
+// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
+// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
+// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
+//   You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
+// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
+// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
+bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0');     // Window name required
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope);                  // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
+
+    // Find or create
+    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+    const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);
+    if (window_just_created)
+        window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags);
+
+    // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
+    if (g.DebugBreakInWindow == window->ID)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
+
+    // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set
+    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
+        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+
+    const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;
+    const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
+    window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);
+
+    // Update the Appearing flag
+    bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1);   // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed
+        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);
+    }
+    window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;
+    if (window->Appearing)
+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
+
+    // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags);
+        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
+        window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0;
+        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
+        window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
+        window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;
+        window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        flags = window->Flags;
+    }
+
+    // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
+
+    // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed.
+    if (window->IDStack.Size == 0)
+        window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID);
+
+    // Add to stack
+    g.CurrentWindow = window;
+    ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data;
+    window_stack_data.Window = window;
+    window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData;
+    window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToContextState(&g);
+    window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data);
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        g.BeginMenuDepth++;
+
+    // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow)
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);
+        window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack;
+
+        // There's little point to expose a flag to set this: because the interesting cases won't be using parent_window_in_stack,
+        // e.g. linking a tool window in a standalone viewport to a document window, regardless of their Begin() stack parenting. (#6798)
+        window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Add to focus scope stack
+    PushFocusScope((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) ? g.CurrentFocusScopeId : window->ID);
+    window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+
+    // Add to popup stacks: update OpenPopupStack[] data, push to BeginPopupStack[]
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+        popup_ref.Window = window;
+        popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+        g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+        window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;
+    }
+
+    // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
+    // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components
+    bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;
+    bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos)
+    {
+        window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;
+        if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)
+        {
+            // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
+            // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency.
+            window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal;
+            window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal;
+            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond);
+        }
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)
+    {
+        window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);
+        window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);
+        if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) // Axis-specific conditions for BeginChild()
+            g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x = window->SizeFull.x;
+        if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0)
+            g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y = window->SizeFull.y;
+        SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll)
+    {
+        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f)
+        {
+            window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x;
+            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+        }
+        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f)
+        {
+            window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y;
+            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+        }
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize)
+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;
+    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed)
+        SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus)
+        FocusWindow(window);
+    if (window->Appearing)
+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false);
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Skip Refresh mode
+    UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(window);
+
+    // Nested root windows (typically tooltips) override disabled state
+    if (window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable && window->RootWindow == window)
+        BeginDisabledOverrideReenable();
+
+    // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()
+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
+
+    // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame && !window->SkipRefresh)
+    {
+        // Initialize
+        const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)
+        const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
+        window->Active = true;
+        window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);
+        window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX);
+        window->IDStack.resize(1);
+        window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame();
+        window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1;
+
+        // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid
+        if (window->MemoryCompacted)
+            GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window);
+
+        // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged).
+        // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere.
+        bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false;
+        if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0)   // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB
+            window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;
+        if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0)
+        {
+            size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen;
+            window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name);
+            window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len;
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS
+
+        // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)
+        CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal);
+        if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;
+        if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;
+        if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--;
+
+        // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size
+        if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+
+        // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)
+        // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)
+        {
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+            {
+                if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
+                    window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;
+                if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
+                    window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;
+                window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // SELECT VIEWPORT
+        // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style)
+
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();
+        SetWindowViewport(window, viewport);
+        SetCurrentWindow(window);
+
+        // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+            window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize;
+        else
+            window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;
+        window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)
+            window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);
+
+        // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size.
+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);
+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;
+        window->TitleBarHeight = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
+        window->MenuBarHeight = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f;
+
+        // Depending on condition we use previous or current window size to compare against contents size to decide if a scrollbar should be visible.
+        // Those flags will be altered further down in the function depending on more conditions.
+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;
+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;
+        if (window_size_x_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f)
+            use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+        if (window_size_y_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) // #7252
+            use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+
+        // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
+        // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
+        {
+            // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar.
+            ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+            if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max))
+                if (g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+                    window->WantCollapseToggle = true;
+            if (window->WantCollapseToggle)
+            {
+                window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
+                if (!window->Collapsed)
+                    use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            window->Collapsed = false;
+        }
+        window->WantCollapseToggle = false;
+
+        // SIZE
+
+        // Outer Decoration Sizes
+        // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediately as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations).
+        const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes;
+        window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f;
+        window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f;
+        window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight + window->MenuBarHeight;
+        window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f;
+        window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+        // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize
+        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)
+        {
+            // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.
+            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+            }
+            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+        {
+            // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames
+            // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
+            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+            }
+            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
+            if (!window->Collapsed)
+                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+        }
+
+        // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
+        window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
+        window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
+
+        // POSITION
+
+        // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user)
+        {
+            window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos()
+                window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;
+        }
+
+        // Position child window
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);
+            window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+            parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+                window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
+        }
+
+        const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0);
+        if (window_pos_with_pivot)
+            SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+
+        // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding)
+        // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect.
+        ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect());
+        ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect());
+        ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
+        ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding);
+
+        // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor
+        // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+        if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+            if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f)
+                ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect);
+        window->Pos = ImTrunc(window->Pos);
+
+        // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+        // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+        window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;
+
+        // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts.
+        //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+        //    window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+        // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)
+        bool want_focus = false;
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+                want_focus = true;
+            else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)
+                want_focus = true;
+        }
+
+        // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations)
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+        if (g.TestEngineHookItems)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1);
+            window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself.
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->ID, window->Rect(), NULL);
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0);
+            window->IDStack.Size = 1;
+        }
+#endif
+
+        // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
+        int border_hovered = -1, border_held = -1;
+        ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};
+        const int resize_grip_count = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? 0 : g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.
+        const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
+        if (!window->Collapsed)
+            if (int auto_fit_mask = UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_hovered, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect))
+            {
+                if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X))
+                    use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+                if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y))
+                    use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
+        window->ResizeBorderHovered = (signed char)border_hovered;
+        window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;
+
+        // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY
+
+        // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).
+        if (!window->Collapsed)
+        {
+            // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied.
+            // Intentionally use previous frame values for InnerRect and ScrollbarSizes.
+            // And when we use window->DecorationUp here it doesn't have ScrollbarSizes.y applied yet.
+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2));
+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame;
+            ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
+            float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;
+            float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;
+            //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?
+            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
+            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
+            if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
+                window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
+
+            // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values.
+            window->DecoOuterSizeX2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+            window->DecoOuterSizeY2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
+        // Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function.
+        // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame.
+
+        // Outer rectangle
+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
+        // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled)
+        // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders.
+        // - Begin() clipping whole child
+        const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect;
+        const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
+        const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+        window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect;
+        window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect);
+
+        // Inner rectangle
+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
+        // - InnerClipRect
+        // - ScrollToRectEx()
+        // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
+        // - Scrollbar()
+        window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;
+        window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
+        window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->DecoOuterSizeX2;
+        window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2;
+
+        // Inner clipping rectangle.
+        // - Extend a outside of normal work region up to borders.
+        // - This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space.
+        // - It also makes clipped items be more noticeable.
+        // - And is consistent on both axis (prior to 2024/05/03 ClipRect used WindowPadding.x * 0.5f on left and right edge), see #3312
+        // - Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
+        // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
+        // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by:
+        // - Begin() initial clip rect
+        float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect);
+
+        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
+        if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
+        else
+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+
+        // SCROLLING
+
+        // Lock down maximum scrolling
+        // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate
+        // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar.
+        window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth());
+        window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+
+        // Apply scrolling
+        window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+        window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        window->DecoInnerSizeX1 = window->DecoInnerSizeY1 = 0.0f;
+
+        // DRAWING
+
+        // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0);
+        window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+        PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false);
+
+        // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71)
+        // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order.
+        // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493)
+        {
+            bool render_decorations_in_parent = false;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+            {
+                // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here)
+                // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs
+                ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL;
+                bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false;
+                bool parent_is_empty = (parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size == 0);
+                if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && !parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping)
+                    render_decorations_in_parent = true;
+            }
+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)
+                window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList;
+
+            // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders
+            const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
+            const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
+            const bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips = true; // This exists to facilitate merge with 'docking' branch.
+            RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, handle_borders_and_resize_grips, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size);
+
+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)
+                window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
+
+        // Work rectangle.
+        // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by:
+        // - Columns() for right-most edge
+        // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge
+        // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge
+        const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+        const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+        const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));
+        const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));
+        window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x;
+        window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y;
+        window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
+
+        // [LEGACY] Content Region
+        // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.
+        // Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling.
+        // Used by:
+        // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));
+
+        // Setup drawing context
+        // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)
+        window->DC.Indent.x = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
+        window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
+
+        // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount.
+        // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64.
+        double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+        double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
+        window->DC.CursorStartPos  = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y);
+        window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y));
+        window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
+
+        window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
+        window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true;
+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
+        window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);
+
+        window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+        window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
+        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
+        window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;
+        window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
+        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
+        window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
+        window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+        window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+
+        window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
+        window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
+        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
+        window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+            window->DC.ModalDimBgColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg));
+
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+            window->AutoFitFramesX--;
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+            window->AutoFitFramesY--;
+
+        // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there)
+        // We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to:
+        // - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed.
+        // - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window.
+        if (want_focus)
+            FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
+        if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow)
+            NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls
+
+        // Title bar
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+            RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open);
+
+        // Clear hit test shape every frame
+        window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0;
+
+        // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
+        // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
+        // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
+        /*
+        //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0)
+        if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)
+            if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
+                LogToClipboard();
+        */
+
+        // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().
+        // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.
+        SetLastItemDataForWindow(window, title_bar_rect);
+
+        // [DEBUG]
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+        if (g.DebugLocateId != 0 && (window->ID == g.DebugLocateId || window->MoveId == g.DebugLocateId))
+            DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
+#endif
+
+        // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab with MoveId.
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.ID, g.LastItemData.Rect, &g.LastItemData);
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Skip refresh always mark active
+        if (window->SkipRefresh)
+            window->Active = true;
+
+        // Append
+        SetCurrentWindow(window);
+        SetLastItemDataForWindow(window, window->TitleBarRect());
+    }
+
+    if (!window->SkipRefresh)
+        PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);
+
+    // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused)
+    window->WriteAccessed = false;
+    window->BeginCount++;
+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
+
+    // Update visibility
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame && !window->SkipRefresh)
+    {
+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+        {
+            // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
+            // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
+            IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
+            const bool nav_request = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
+            if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request)
+                if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
+                {
+                    if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+                        window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+                    else
+                        window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+                }
+
+            // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
+            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))
+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0))
+                window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+        }
+
+        // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)
+        if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+
+        // Update the Hidden flag
+        bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
+        window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0);
+
+        // Disable inputs for requested number of frames
+        if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0)
+        {
+            window->DisableInputsFrames--;
+            window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs;
+        }
+
+        // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)
+        bool skip_items = false;
+        if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular)
+            if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)
+                skip_items = true;
+        window->SkipItems = skip_items;
+    }
+    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        // Skip refresh mode
+        window->SkipItems = true;
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG] io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue override return value to test Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.
+    // (The implicit fallback window is NOT automatically ended allowing it to always be able to receive commands without crashing)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (!window->IsFallbackWindow)
+        if ((g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce && window_just_created) || (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop && g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == g.CurrentWindowStack.Size))
+        {
+            if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX++; }
+            if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesY++; }
+            return false;
+        }
+#endif
+
+    return !window->SkipItems;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::SetLastItemDataForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(rect.Min, rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, rect);
+}
+
+void ImGui::End()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times!
+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+    ImGuiWindowStackData& window_stack_data = g.CurrentWindowStack.back();
+
+    // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");
+
+    // Close anything that is open
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        EndColumns();
+    if (!window->SkipRefresh)
+        PopClipRect();   // Inner window clip rectangle
+    PopFocusScope();
+    if (window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable && window->RootWindow == window)
+        EndDisabledOverrideReenable();
+
+    if (window->SkipRefresh)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList == NULL);
+        window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;
+    }
+
+    // Stop logging
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))    // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
+        LogFinish();
+
+    if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
+        ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
+
+    // Pop from window stack
+    g.LastItemData = window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        g.BeginMenuDepth--;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+        g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();
+    window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithContextState(&g);
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
+    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);
+
+    const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window);
+    if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window)
+        return;
+
+    const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
+    for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++)
+    {
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1];
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
+        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n);
+    }
+    g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window;
+    window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();
+    if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) // Cheap early out (could be better)
+        return;
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window
+        if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+        {
+            memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
+            g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window;
+            break;
+        }
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.Windows[0] == window)
+        return;
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+        if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+        {
+            memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
+            g.Windows[0] = window;
+            break;
+        }
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    window = window->RootWindow;
+    behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow;
+    int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window);
+    int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window);
+    if (pos_wnd < pos_beh)
+    {
+        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
+        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes);
+        g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
+        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes);
+        g.Windows[pos_beh] = window;
+    }
+}
+
+int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window));
+}
+
+// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
+void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Modal check?
+    if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case.
+        if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window))
+        {
+            // This block would typically be reached in two situations:
+            // - API call to FocusWindow() with a window under a modal and ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal flag.
+            // - User clicking on void or anything behind a modal while a modal is open (window == NULL)
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", blocking_modal->Name);
+            if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
+                BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); // Still bring right under modal. (FIXME: Could move in focus list too?)
+            ClosePopupsOverWindow(GetTopMostPopupModal(), false); // Note how we need to use GetTopMostPopupModal() aad NOT blocking_modal, to handle nested modals
+            return;
+        }
+
+    // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL)
+        window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);
+
+    // Apply focus
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
+    {
+        SetNavWindow(window);
+        if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+            g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+        g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId
+        g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        SetNavFocusScope(window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0);
+        g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+
+        // Close popups if any
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false);
+    }
+
+    // Move the root window to the top of the pile
+    IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL);
+    ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop
+    ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL;
+
+    // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes:
+    // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run.
+    // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId)
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window)
+        if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss)
+            ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
+    if (!window)
+        return;
+
+    // Bring to front
+    BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window);
+    if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
+        BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(filter_viewport); // Unused in master branch.
+    int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
+    if (under_this_window != NULL)
+    {
+        // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640)
+        int offset = -1;
+        while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow;
+            offset = 0;
+        }
+        start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset;
+    }
+    for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user.
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
+        if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive)
+            continue;
+        if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        {
+            FocusWindow(window, flags);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    FocusWindow(NULL, flags);
+}
+
+// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only.
+void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
+    IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
+    g.Font = font;
+    g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);
+    g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
+
+    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!font)
+        font = GetDefaultFont();
+    SetCurrentFont(font);
+    g.FontStack.push_back(font);
+    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+}
+
+void  ImGui::PopFont()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
+    g.FontStack.pop_back();
+    SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back());
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back());
+    if (enabled)
+        item_flags |= option;
+    else
+        item_flags &= ~option;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopItemFlag()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack.
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+}
+
+// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled()
+// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
+// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently.
+// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
+// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag()
+void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    if (!was_disabled && disabled)
+    {
+        g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha;
+        g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha);
+    }
+    if (was_disabled || disabled)
+        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); // FIXME-OPT: can we simply skip this and use DisabledStackSize?
+    g.DisabledStackSize++;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndDisabled()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);
+    g.DisabledStackSize--;
+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    //PopItemFlag();
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+    if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
+        g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar();
+}
+
+// Could have been called BeginDisabledDisable() but it didn't want to be award nominated for most awkward function name.
+// Ideally we would use a shared e.g. BeginDisabled()->BeginDisabledEx() but earlier needs to be optimal.
+// The whole code for this is awkward, will reevaluate if we find a way to implement SetNextItemDisabled().
+void ImGui::BeginDisabledOverrideReenable()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled);
+    g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags &= ~ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    g.DisabledStackSize++;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndDisabledOverrideReenable()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DisabledStackSize--;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+    g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup * g.Style.DisabledAlpha;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushTabStop(bool tab_stop)
+{
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopTabStop()
+{
+    PopItemFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
+{
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
+{
+    PopItemFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos);
+    window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL;
+    while (last_window != window)
+    {
+        last_window = window;
+        window = window->RootWindow;
+        if (popup_hierarchy)
+            window = window->RootWindowPopupTree;
+    }
+    return window;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy);
+    if (window_root == potential_parent)
+        return true;
+    while (window != NULL)
+    {
+        if (window == potential_parent)
+            return true;
+        if (window == window_root) // end of chain
+            return false;
+        window = window->ParentWindow;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)
+{
+    if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent)
+        return true;
+    while (window != NULL)
+    {
+        if (window == potential_parent)
+            return true;
+        window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array
+    const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below);
+    if (display_layer_delta != 0)
+        return display_layer_delta > 0;
+
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (candidate_window == potential_above)
+            return true;
+        if (candidate_window == potential_below)
+            return false;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options.
+// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app,
+// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that!
+// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
+bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!");
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (ref_window == NULL)
+        return false;
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
+        const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
+            cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
+
+        bool result;
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
+            result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
+        else
+            result = (ref_window == cur_window);
+        if (!result)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags))
+        return false;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId)
+            return false;
+
+    // When changing hovered window we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer.
+    // FIXME: We don't support delay other than stationary one for now, other delay would need a way
+    // to fulfill the possibility that multiple IsWindowHovered() with varying flag could return true
+    // for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache.
+    // We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow.
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
+        flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (ref_window == NULL)
+        return false;
+    if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
+        return true;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
+    const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
+        cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
+        return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
+    else
+        return (ref_window == cur_window);
+}
+
+// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)
+// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically.
+// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.
+bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Size.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Size.y;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Pos;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+    window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+    // Set
+    const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
+    window->Pos = ImTrunc(pos);
+    ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos;
+    if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f)
+        return;
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    window->DC.CursorPos += offset;         // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset;      // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected.
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset;
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Size;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+    // Enable auto-fit (not done in BeginChild() path unless appearing or combined with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+        window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+        window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
+
+    // Set
+    ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull;
+    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    else
+        window->SizeFull.x = IM_TRUNC(size.x);
+    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    else
+        window->SizeFull.y = IM_TRUNC(size.y);
+    if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+    // Set
+    window->Collapsed = collapsed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0);     // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters
+    window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size);
+    window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true;
+    window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Collapsed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Appearing;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
+{
+    FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
+{
+    if (name)
+    {
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+            FocusWindow(window);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        FocusWindow(NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+// For each axis:
+// - Use 0.0f as min or FLT_MAX as max if you don't want limits, e.g. size_min = (500.0f, 0.0f), size_max = (FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) sets a minimum width.
+// - Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size which itself is a constraint.
+// - See "Demo->Examples->Constrained-resizing window" for examples.
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
+}
+
+// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding.
+// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item.
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;
+    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImTrunc(size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll;
+    g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed;
+    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;
+    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha;
+    g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;
+}
+
+// This is experimental and meant to be a toy for exploring a future/wider range of features.
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy;
+    g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal = flags;
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    return window->DrawList;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()
+{
+    return GImGui->Font;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetFontSize()
+{
+    return GImGui->FontSize;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
+{
+    return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->FontWindowScale = scale;
+    g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiFocusScopeData data;
+    data.ID = id;
+    data.WindowID = g.CurrentWindow->ID;
+    g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(data);
+    g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopFocusScope()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.FocusScopeStack.Size == 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0, "Calling PopFocusScope() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+    g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back().ID : 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id;
+    g.NavFocusRoute.resize(0); // Invalidate
+    if (focus_scope_id == 0)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
+
+    // Store current path (in reverse order)
+    if (focus_scope_id == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
+    {
+        // Top of focus stack contains local focus scopes inside current window
+        for (int n = g.FocusScopeStack.Size - 1; n >= 0 && g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n].WindowID == g.CurrentWindow->ID; n--)
+            g.NavFocusRoute.push_back(g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n]);
+    }
+    else if (focus_scope_id == g.NavWindow->NavRootFocusScopeId)
+        g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ focus_scope_id, g.NavWindow->ID });
+    else
+        return;
+
+    // Then follow on manually set ParentWindowForFocusRoute field (#6798)
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindowForFocusRoute; window != NULL; window = window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute)
+        g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ window->NavRootFocusScopeId, window->ID });
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavFocusRoute.Size < 100); // Maximum depth is technically 251 as per CalcRoutingScore(): 254 - 3
+}
+
+// Focus = move navigation cursor, set scrolling, set focus window.
+void ImGui::FocusItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem(0x%08x) in window \"%s\"\n", g.LastItemData.ID, window->Name);
+    if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) // FIXME: Opt-in flags for this?
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+    SetNavWindow(window);
+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags);
+    NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavNextActivateId = id;
+    g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+}
+
+// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system!
+// But ActivateItem() should function without altering scroll/focus?
+void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1);    // -1 is allowed but not below
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name);
+
+    // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop.
+    // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option.
+    // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but
+    // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen.
+    if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SetNavWindow(window);
+
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
+    if (offset == -1)
+    {
+        NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavTabbingDir = 1;
+        g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!window->Appearing)
+        return;
+    if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        return;
+
+    g.NavInitRequest = false;
+    NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult);
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+
+    // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll)
+    if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(g.LastItemData.Rect))
+        ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
+}
+
+ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->DC.StateStorage;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ID STACK
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is one of the very rare legacy case where we use ImGuiWindow methods,
+// it should ideally be flattened at some point but it's been used a lots by widgets.
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed.
+void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL);
+#endif
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call
+// (note that when using this pattern, ID Stack Tool will tend to not display the intermediate stack level.
+//  for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
+#endif
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopID()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window?
+    window->IDStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(ptr_id);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] INPUTS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetModForModKey() [Internal]
+// - FixupKeyChord() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyData() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyIndex() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyName()
+// - GetKeyChordName() [Internal]
+// - CalcTypematicRepeatAmount() [Internal]
+// - GetTypematicRepeatRate() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyPressedAmount() [Internal]
+// - GetKeyMagnitude2d() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - UpdateKeyRoutingTable() [Internal]
+// - GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId() [Internal]
+// - GetShortcutRoutingData() [Internal]
+// - CalcRoutingScore() [Internal]
+// - SetShortcutRouting() [Internal]
+// - TestShortcutRouting() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - IsKeyDown()
+// - IsKeyPressed()
+// - IsKeyReleased()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - IsMouseDown()
+// - IsMouseClicked()
+// - IsMouseReleased()
+// - IsMouseDoubleClicked()
+// - GetMouseClickedCount()
+// - IsMouseHoveringRect() [Internal]
+// - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal]
+// - IsMouseDragging()
+// - GetMousePos()
+// - SetMousePos() [Internal]
+// - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
+// - IsMousePosValid()
+// - IsAnyMouseDown()
+// - GetMouseDragDelta()
+// - ResetMouseDragDelta()
+// - GetMouseCursor()
+// - SetMouseCursor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - UpdateAliasKey()
+// - GetMergedModsFromKeys()
+// - UpdateKeyboardInputs()
+// - UpdateMouseInputs()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - LockWheelingWindow [Internal]
+// - FindBestWheelingWindow [Internal]
+// - UpdateMouseWheel() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()
+// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetInputSourceName() [Internal]
+// - DebugPrintInputEvent() [Internal]
+// - UpdateInputEvents() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetKeyOwner() [Internal]
+// - TestKeyOwner() [Internal]
+// - SetKeyOwner() [Internal]
+// - SetItemKeyOwner() [Internal]
+// - Shortcut() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static ImGuiKeyChord GetModForModKey(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl)
+        return ImGuiMod_Ctrl;
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftShift || key == ImGuiKey_RightShift)
+        return ImGuiMod_Shift;
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftAlt || key == ImGuiKey_RightAlt)
+        return ImGuiMod_Alt;
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper || key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper)
+        return ImGuiMod_Super;
+    return ImGuiMod_None;
+}
+
+ImGuiKeyChord ImGui::FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
+{
+    // Add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified.
+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (IsModKey(key))
+        key_chord |= GetModForModKey(key);
+    return key_chord;
+}
+
+ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+
+    // Special storage location for mods
+    if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)
+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key);
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END);
+    if (IsLegacyKey(key) && g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1)
+        key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key];  // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native
+#else
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code.");
+#endif
+    return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+// Formally moved to obsolete section in 1.90.5 in spite of documented as obsolete since 1.87
+ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    return (ImGuiKey)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
+}
+#endif
+
+// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
+static const char* const GKeyNames[] =
+{
+    "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown",
+    "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape",
+    "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu",
+    "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H",
+    "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",
+    "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12",
+    "F13", "F14", "F15", "F16", "F17", "F18", "F19", "F20", "F21", "F22", "F23", "F24",
+    "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket",
+    "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen",
+    "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6",
+    "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply",
+    "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual",
+    "AppBack", "AppForward",
+    "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack",
+    "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown",
+    "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown",
+    "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3",
+    "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown",
+    "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown",
+    "MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY",
+    "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", // ReservedForModXXX are showing the ModXXX names.
+};
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames));
+
+const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        return "None";
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrMod(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code.");
+#else
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (IsLegacyKey(key))
+    {
+        if (g.IO.KeyMap[key] == -1)
+            return "N/A";
+        IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]));
+        key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key];
+    }
+#endif
+    if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)
+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key);
+    if (!IsNamedKey(key))
+        return "Unknown";
+
+    return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
+}
+
+// Return untranslated names: on macOS, Cmd key will show as Ctrl, Ctrl key will show as super.
+// Lifetime of return value: valid until next call to same function.
+const char* ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (IsModKey(key))
+        key_chord &= ~GetModForModKey(key); // Return "Ctrl+LeftShift" instead of "Ctrl+Shift+LeftShift"
+    ImFormatString(g.TempKeychordName, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempKeychordName), "%s%s%s%s%s",
+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "",
+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "",
+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "",
+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? "Super+" : "",
+        (key != ImGuiKey_None || key_chord == ImGuiKey_None) ? GetKeyName(key) : "");
+    size_t len;
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None && key_chord != 0)
+        if ((len = strlen(g.TempKeychordName)) != 0) // Remove trailing '+'
+            g.TempKeychordName[len - 1] = 0;
+    return g.TempKeychordName;
+}
+
+// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime)
+// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time)
+// An event is triggered at:
+//  t = 0.0f     t = repeat_delay,    t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N
+int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+{
+    if (t1 == 0.0f)
+        return 1;
+    if (t0 >= t1)
+        return 0;
+    if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f)
+        return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay);
+    const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+    const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+    const int count = count_t1 - count_t0;
+    return count;
+}
+
+void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)
+    {
+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove:             *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return;
+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak:            *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return;
+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default:    *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return;
+    }
+}
+
+// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate
+// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate)
+int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
+        return 0;
+    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
+    return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
+}
 
-        // Position tooltip (always follows mouse)
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api)
-        {
-            ImRect rect_to_avoid(g.IO.MousePos.x - 16, g.IO.MousePos.y - 8, g.IO.MousePos.x + 24, g.IO.MousePos.y + 24); // FIXME: Completely hard-coded. Perhaps center on cursor hit-point instead?
-            window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(g.IO.MousePos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
-            if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == -1)
-                window->PosFloat = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(2,2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
-        }
+// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values).
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down)
+{
+    return ImVec2(
+        GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue,
+        GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue);
+}
 
-        // Clamp position so it stays visible
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+// Rewrite routing data buffers to strip old entries + sort by key to make queries not touch scattered data.
+//   Entries   D,A,B,B,A,C,B     --> A,A,B,B,B,C,D
+//   Index     A:1 B:2 C:5 D:0   --> A:0 B:2 C:5 D:6
+// See 'Metrics->Key Owners & Shortcut Routing' to visualize the result of that operation.
+static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    rt->EntriesNext.resize(0);
+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+    {
+        const int new_routing_start_idx = rt->EntriesNext.Size;
+        ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_entry;
+        for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex)
         {
-            if (!window_pos_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+            routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx];
+            routing_entry->RoutingCurrScore = routing_entry->RoutingNextScore;
+            routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry
+            routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner;
+            routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255;
+            if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+                continue;
+            rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer
+
+            // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point)
+            // This is the result of previous frame's SetShortcutRouting() call.
+            if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods)
             {
-                ImVec2 padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
-                window->PosFloat = ImMax(window->PosFloat + window->Size, padding) - window->Size;
-                window->PosFloat = ImMin(window->PosFloat, g.IO.DisplaySize - padding);
+                ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+                if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+                {
+                    owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr;
+                    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X) via Routing\n", GetKeyName(key), routing_entry->RoutingCurr);
+                }
             }
         }
-        window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
 
-        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
-        if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
-            window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
-        else
-            window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+        // Rewrite linked-list
+        rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)(new_routing_start_idx < rt->EntriesNext.Size ? new_routing_start_idx : -1);
+        for (int n = new_routing_start_idx; n < rt->EntriesNext.Size; n++)
+            rt->EntriesNext[n].NextEntryIndex = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)((n + 1 < rt->EntriesNext.Size) ? n + 1 : -1);
+    }
+    rt->Entries.swap(rt->EntriesNext); // Swap new and old indexes
+}
 
-        // Prepare for focus requests
-        window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxAllCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1);
-        window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxTabCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1);
-        window->FocusIdxAllCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
-        window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+// owner_id may be None/Any, but routing_id needs to be always be set, so we default to GetCurrentFocusScope().
+static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+}
 
-        // Apply scrolling
-        if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX)
-        {
-            window->Scroll.x = window->ScrollTarget.x;
-            window->ScrollTarget.x = FLT_MAX;
-        }
-        if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX)
-        {
-            float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y;
-            window->Scroll.y = window->ScrollTarget.y - ((1.0f - center_ratio) * window->TitleBarHeight()) - (center_ratio * window->SizeFull.y);
-            window->ScrollTarget.y = FLT_MAX;
-        }
-        window->Scroll = ImMax(window->Scroll, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
-        if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
-            window->Scroll = ImMin(window->Scroll, ImMax(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), window->SizeContents - window->SizeFull + window->ScrollbarSizes));
+ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
+{
+    // Majority of shortcuts will be Key + any number of Mods
+    // We accept _Single_ mod with ImGuiKey_None.
+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl);                    // Legal
+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);   // Legal
+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl);                                 // Legal
+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);                // Not legal
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data;
+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods);
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));
 
-        // Modal window darkens what is behind them
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0 && window == GetFrontMostModalRootWindow())
-            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(fullscreen_rect.Min, fullscreen_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening, g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio));
+    // Get (in the majority of case, the linked list will have one element so this should be 2 reads.
+    // Subsequent elements will be contiguous in memory as list is sorted/rebuilt in NewFrame).
+    for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex)
+    {
+        routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];
+        if (routing_data->Mods == mods)
+            return routing_data;
+    }
 
-        // Draw window + handle manual resize
-        ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-        const float window_rounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildWindowRounding : style.WindowRounding;
-        if (window->Collapsed)
-        {
-            // Draw title bar only
-            RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.GetTL(), title_bar_rect.GetBR(),  GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed), true, window_rounding);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            ImU32 resize_col = 0;
-            const float resize_corner_size = ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window_rounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f);
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
-            {
-                // Manual resize
-                const ImVec2 br = window->Rect().GetBR();
-                const ImRect resize_rect(br - ImVec2(resize_corner_size * 0.75f, resize_corner_size * 0.75f), br);
-                const ImGuiID resize_id = window->GetID("#RESIZE");
-                bool hovered, held;
-                ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds);
-                resize_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
-
-                if (hovered || held)
-                    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
-
-                if (g.HoveredWindow == window && held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
-                {
-                    // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking
-                    ApplySizeFullWithConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
-                    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                        MarkSettingsDirty();
-                    SetActiveID(0);
-                }
-                else if (held)
-                {
-                    // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
-                    ApplySizeFullWithConstraint(window, (g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + resize_rect.GetSize()) - window->Pos);
-                    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
-                        MarkSettingsDirty();
-                }
+    // Add to linked-list
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex routing_data_idx = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)rt->Entries.Size;
+    rt->Entries.push_back(ImGuiKeyRoutingData());
+    routing_data = &rt->Entries[routing_data_idx];
+    routing_data->Mods = (ImU16)mods;
+    routing_data->NextEntryIndex = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; // Setup linked list
+    rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = routing_data_idx;
+    return routing_data;
+}
 
-                window->Size = window->SizeFull;
-                title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-            }
+// Current score encoding (lower is highest priority):
+//  -   0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive
+//  -   1: ImGuiInputFlags_ActiveItem or ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active)
+//  -   2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused
+//  -  3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack)
+//  - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal
+//  - 255: never route
+// 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy
+static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiID focus_scope_id, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused)
+    {
+        // ActiveID gets top priority
+        // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it)
+        if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id)
+            return 1;
 
-            // Scrollbars
-            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.y > window->Size.y + style.ItemSpacing.y) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
-            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.x > window->Size.x - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f) - window->WindowPadding.x) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
-            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
-            window->BorderSize = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
-
-            // Window background
-            // Default alpha
-            ImGuiCol bg_color_idx = ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
-            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) != 0)
-                bg_color_idx = ImGuiCol_ComboBg;
-            else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0)
-                bg_color_idx = ImGuiCol_PopupBg;
-            else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0)
-                bg_color_idx = ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg;
-            ImVec4 bg_color = style.Colors[bg_color_idx];
-            if (bg_alpha >= 0.0f)
-                bg_color.w = bg_alpha;
-            bg_color.w *= style.Alpha;
-            if (bg_color.w > 0.0f)
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos+ImVec2(0,window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos+window->Size, ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(bg_color), window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 15 : 4|8);
-
-            // Title bar
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.GetTL(), title_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32((g.FocusedWindow && window->RootNonPopupWindow == g.FocusedWindow->RootNonPopupWindow) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg), window_rounding, 1|2);
-
-            // Menu bar
-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
-            {
-                ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.GetTL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, 1|2);
-                if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders)
-                    window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL()-ImVec2(0,0), menu_bar_rect.GetBR()-ImVec2(0,0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
-            }
+        // Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better)
+        // Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request,
+        // - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match)
+        // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4,        Window/ChildB scores 3 (best)
+        // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request,
+        // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score.
+        // This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
+        if (focus_scope_id == 0)
+            return 255;
+        for (int index_in_focus_path = 0; index_in_focus_path < g.NavFocusRoute.Size; index_in_focus_path++)
+            if (g.NavFocusRoute.Data[index_in_focus_path].ID == focus_scope_id)
+                return 3 + index_in_focus_path;
+        return 255;
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive)
+    {
+        if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id)
+            return 1;
+        return 255;
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive)
+            return 0;
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused)
+            return 2;
+        return 254;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// We need this to filter some Shortcut() routes when an item e.g. an InputText() is active
+// e.g. ImGuiKey_G won't be considered a shortcut when item is active, but ImGuiMod|ImGuiKey_G can be.
+static bool IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
+{
+    // Mimic 'ignore_char_inputs' logic in InputText()
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-            // Scrollbars
-            if (window->ScrollbarX)
-                Scrollbar(window, true);
-            if (window->ScrollbarY)
-                Scrollbar(window, false);
+    // When the right mods are pressed it cannot be a char input so we won't filter the shortcut out.
+    ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    const bool ignore_char_inputs = ((mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && !(mods & ImGuiMod_Alt)) || (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && (mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl));
+    if (ignore_char_inputs)
+        return false;
 
-            // Render resize grip
-            // (after the input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
-            {
-                const ImVec2 br = window->Rect().GetBR();
-                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(br + ImVec2(-resize_corner_size, -window->BorderSize));
-                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(br + ImVec2(-window->BorderSize, -resize_corner_size));
-                window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(br.x - window_rounding - window->BorderSize, br.y - window_rounding - window->BorderSize), window_rounding, 0, 3);
-                window->DrawList->PathFill(resize_col);
-            }
+    // Return true for A-Z, 0-9 and other keys associated to char inputs. Other keys such as F1-F12 won't be filtered.
+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    return g.KeysMayBeCharInput.TestBit(key);
+}
 
-            // Borders
-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders)
-            {
-                window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos+ImVec2(1,1), window->Pos+window->Size+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), window_rounding);
-                window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos+window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), window_rounding);
-                if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-                    window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL()+ImVec2(1,0), title_bar_rect.GetBR()-ImVec2(1,0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
-            }
-        }
+// Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods).
+// Return true if the route is available this frame.
+// - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state.
+//   (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame".
+//   As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.)
+bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut()
+    else
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used
+    IM_ASSERT(owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused))
+        IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal);
 
-        // Update ContentsRegionMax. All the variable it depends on are set above in this function.
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x = -window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x = -window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x - window->WindowPadding.x + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); 
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y - window->WindowPadding.y + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); 
+    // Add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified.
+    key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord);
 
-        // Setup drawing context
-        window->DC.IndentX = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
-        window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y);
-        window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
-        window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
-        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
-        window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x);
-        window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
-        window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
-        window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-        window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
-        window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
-        window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = true;
-        window->DC.ButtonRepeat = false;
-        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.ColorEditMode = ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect;
-        window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
-        window->DC.ColumnsCount = 1;
-        window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-        window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY;
-        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
-        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
-        window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0);
-        window->MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, !window_was_active);
+    // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
+    if (g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting == key_chord)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
 
-        if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
-            window->AutoFitFramesX--;
-        if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
-            window->AutoFitFramesY--;
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused)
+        if (g.NavWindow == NULL)
+            return false;
 
-        // Title bar
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-        {
-            if (p_open != NULL)
-            {
-                const float pad = 2.0f;
-                const float rad = (window->TitleBarHeight() - pad*2.0f) * 0.5f;
-                if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), window->Rect().GetTR() + ImVec2(-pad - rad, pad + rad), rad))
-                    *p_open = false;
-            }
+    // Note how ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways won't set routing and thus won't set owner. May want to rework this?
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> always, no register\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id);
+        return true;
+    }
 
-            const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true);
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
-                RenderCollapseTriangle(window->Pos + style.FramePadding, !window->Collapsed, 1.0f, true);
+    // Specific culling when there's an active item.
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != owner_id)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive)
+            return false;
 
-            ImVec2 text_min = window->Pos + style.FramePadding;
-            ImVec2 text_max = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->Size.x - style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y*2 + text_size.y);
-            ImVec2 clip_max = ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - (p_open ? title_bar_rect.GetHeight() - 3 : style.FramePadding.x), text_max.y); // Match the size of CloseWindowButton()
-            bool pad_left = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) == 0;
-            bool pad_right = (p_open != NULL);
-            if (style.WindowTitleAlign & ImGuiAlign_Center) pad_right = pad_left;
-            if (pad_left) text_min.x += g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
-            if (pad_right) text_max.x -= g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
-            RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, NULL, &clip_max);
+        // Cull shortcuts with no modifiers when it could generate a character.
+        // e.g. Shortcut(ImGuiKey_G) also generates 'g' character, should not trigger when InputText() is active.
+        // but  Shortcut(Ctrl+G) should generally trigger when InputText() is active.
+        // TL;DR: lettered shortcut with no mods or with only Alt mod will not trigger while an item reading text input is active.
+        // (We cannot filter based on io.InputQueueCharacters[] contents because of trickling and key<>chars submission order are undefined)
+        if (g.IO.WantTextInput && IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(key_chord))
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> filtered as potential char input\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id);
+            return false;
         }
 
-        // Save clipped aabb so we can access it in constant-time in FindHoveredWindow()
-        window->WindowRectClipped = window->Rect();
-        window->WindowRectClipped.Clip(window->ClipRect);
-
-        // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
-        // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
-        // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
-        /*
-        if (g.ActiveId == move_id)
-            if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C))
-                ImGui::LogToClipboard();
-        */
+        // ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys trumps all for ActiveId
+        if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive) == 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys)
+        {
+            ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+            if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+                key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_));
+            if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
+                return false;
+        }
     }
 
-    // Inner clipping rectangle
-    // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our clip rectangle doesn't lag by a frame
-    // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with a null clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
-    const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-    const float border_size = window->BorderSize;
-    ImRect clip_rect; // Force round to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
-    clip_rect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + title_bar_rect.Min.x + ImMax(border_size, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f)));
-    clip_rect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + title_bar_rect.Max.y + window->MenuBarHeight() + border_size);
-    clip_rect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x - ImMax(border_size, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f)));
-    clip_rect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - border_size);
-    PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, true);
+    // Where do we evaluate route for?
+    ImGuiID focus_scope_id = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow)
+        focus_scope_id = g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow->ID; // See PushFocusScope() call in Begin()
 
-    // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing
-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-        window->Accessed = false;
-    window->BeginCount++;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = false;
+    const int score = CalcRoutingScore(focus_scope_id, owner_id, flags);
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> score %d\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id, score);
+    if (score == 255)
+        return false;
 
-    // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
-    // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse because they have no title bar).
-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+    // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient)
+    // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <).
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord);
+    //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore);
+    if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
-        window->Collapsed = parent_window && parent_window->Collapsed;
-
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
-            window->Collapsed |= (window->WindowRectClipped.Min.x >= window->WindowRectClipped.Max.x || window->WindowRectClipped.Min.y >= window->WindowRectClipped.Max.y);
-
-        // We also hide the window from rendering because we've already added its border to the command list.
-        // (we could perform the check earlier in the function but it is simpler at this point)
-        if (window->Collapsed)
-            window->Active = false;
+        routing_data->RoutingNext = owner_id;
+        routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score;
     }
-    if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
-        window->Active = false;
 
-    // Return false if we don't intend to display anything to allow user to perform an early out optimization
-    window->SkipItems = (window->Collapsed || !window->Active) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0;
-    return !window->SkipItems;
+    // Return routing state for CURRENT frame
+    if (routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("--> granting current route\n");
+    return routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id;
 }
 
-void ImGui::End()
+// Currently unused by core (but used by tests)
+// Note: this cannot be turned into GetShortcutRouting() because we do the owner_id->routing_id translation, name would be more misleading.
+bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
-    Columns(1, "#CloseColumns");
-    PopClipRect();   // inner window clip rectangle
-
-    // Stop logging
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))    // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
-        LogFinish();
+    const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);
+    key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord);
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry.
+    return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id;
+}
 
-    // Pop
-    // NB: we don't clear 'window->RootWindow'. The pointer is allowed to live until the next call to Begin().
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
-        g.CurrentPopupStack.pop_back();
-    CheckStacksSize(window, false);
-    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back());
+// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes.
+// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87)
+bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    return IsKeyDown(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
 }
 
-// Vertical scrollbar
-// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
-// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
-// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
-// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
-static void Scrollbar(ImGuiWindow* window, bool horizontal)
+bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
-
-    // Render background
-    bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX);
-    float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f;
-    const ImRect window_rect = window->Rect();
-    const float border_size = window->BorderSize;
-    ImRect bb = horizontal
-        ? ImRect(window->Pos.x + border_size, window_rect.Max.y - style.ScrollbarSize, window_rect.Max.x - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - border_size)
-        : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size);
-    if (!horizontal)
-        bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() : 0.0f);
-
-    float window_rounding = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildWindowRounding : style.WindowRounding;
-    int window_rounding_corners;
-    if (horizontal)
-        window_rounding_corners = 8 | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : 4);
-    else
-        window_rounding_corners = (((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? 2 : 0) | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : 4);
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window_rounding, window_rounding_corners);
-    bb.Reduce(ImVec2(ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
-
-    // V denote the main axis of the scrollbar
-    float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
-    float scroll_v = horizontal ? window->Scroll.x : window->Scroll.y;
-    float win_size_avail_v = (horizontal ? window->Size.x : window->Size.y) - other_scrollbar_size_w;
-    float win_size_contents_v = horizontal ? window->SizeContents.x : window->SizeContents.y;
-
-    // The grabable box size generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
-    // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
-    const float grab_h_pixels = ImMin(ImMax(scrollbar_size_v * ImSaturate(win_size_avail_v / ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v)), style.GrabMinSize), scrollbar_size_v);
-    const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
-
-    // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
-    bool held = false;
-    bool hovered = false;
-    const bool previously_held = (g.ActiveId == id);
-    ImGui::ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-
-    float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v);
-    float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
-    float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
-    if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
-    {
-        float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y;
-        float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
-        float* click_delta_to_grab_center_v = horizontal ? &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.x : &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.y;
-
-        // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
-        const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
-        ImGui::SetHoveredID(id);
-
-        bool seek_absolute = false;
-        if (!previously_held)
-        {
-            // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
-            if (clicked_v_norm >= grab_v_norm && clicked_v_norm <= grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm)
-            {
-                *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                seek_absolute = true;
-                *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = 0.0f;
-            }
-        }
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (!key_data->Down)
+        return false;
+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
 
-        // Apply scroll
-        // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of SizeContents and before setting up our starting position
-        const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v - grab_h_norm*0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
-        scroll_v = (float)(int)(0.5f + scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v));
-        if (horizontal)
-            window->Scroll.x = scroll_v;
-        else
-            window->Scroll.y = scroll_v;
+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
+{
+    return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
+}
 
-        // Update values for rendering
-        scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
-        grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat.
+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
+        return false;
+    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
+    if (t < 0.0f)
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+    if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) // Setting any _RepeatXXX option enables _Repeat
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
 
-        // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated
-        if (seek_absolute)
-            *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
+    bool pressed = (t == 0.0f);
+    if (!pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)
+    {
+        float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
+        GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);
+        pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0;
+        if (pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_))
+        {
+            // Slightly bias 'key_pressed_time' as DownDuration is an accumulation of DeltaTime which we compare to an absolute time value.
+            // Ideally we'd replace DownDuration with KeyPressedTime but it would break user's code.
+            ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+            double key_pressed_time = g.Time - t + 0.00001f;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeTime > key_pressed_time))
+                pressed = false;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime > key_pressed_time))
+                pressed = false;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress) && (g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime > key_pressed_time))
+                pressed = false;
+        }
     }
+    if (!pressed)
+        return false;
+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
 
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 grab_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab);
-    if (horizontal)
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y), ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y), grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
-    else
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm)), ImVec2(bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels), grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    return IsKeyReleased(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down)
+        return false;
+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
+        return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Moving window to front of display (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
-void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.
+}
 
-    // Always mark the window we passed as focused. This is used for keyboard interactions such as tabbing.
-    g.FocusedWindow = window;
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.
+}
 
-    // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
-    if (!window)
-        return;
+bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat)
+{
+    return IsMouseClicked(button, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
+}
 
-    // And move its root window to the top of the pile
-    if (window->RootWindow)
-        window = window->RootWindow;
+bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
+        return false;
+    const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
+    if (t < 0.0f)
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! // FIXME: Could support RepeatRate and RepeatUntil flags here.
 
-    // Steal focus on active widgets
-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement should be unnecessary. Need further testing before removing it..
-        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != window)
-            SetActiveID(0);
+    const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0;
+    const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0);
+    if (!pressed)
+        return false;
 
-    // Bring to front
-    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) || g.Windows.back() == window)
-        return;
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
-        if (g.Windows[i] == window)
-        {
-            g.Windows.erase(g.Windows.begin() + i);
-            break;
-        }
-    g.Windows.push_back(window);
-}
+    if (!TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id))
+        return false;
 
-void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth);
+    return true;
 }
 
-static void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
-    if (w_full <= 0.0f)
-        w_full = ImGui::CalcItemWidth();
-    const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
-    const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++)
-        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one);
-    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
+bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
-    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id)
 }
 
-float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    float w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
-    if (w < 0.0f)
-    {
-        // Align to a right-side limit. We include 1 frame padding in the calculation because this is how the width is always used (we add 2 frame padding to it), but we could move that responsibility to the widget as well.
-        float width_to_right_edge = GetContentRegionAvail().x;
-        w = ImMax(1.0f, width_to_right_edge + w);
-    }
-    w = (float)(int)w;
-    return w;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
 }
 
-static void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
-    IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
-    g.Font = font;
-    g.FontBaseSize = g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale;
-    g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
-    g.FontTexUvWhitePixel = g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
+int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (!font)
-        font = g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0];
-    SetCurrentFont(font);
-    g.FontStack.push_back(font);
-    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button];
 }
 
-void  ImGui::PopFont()
+// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
+// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
+// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
-    g.FontStack.pop_back();
-    SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0] : g.FontStack.back());
+
+    // Clip
+    ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);
+    if (clip)
+        rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect);
+
+    // Hit testing, expanded for touch input
+    if (!rect_clipped.ContainsWithPad(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.TouchExtraPadding))
+        return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus)
+// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame.
+// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = allow_keyboard_focus;
-    window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.push_back(allow_keyboard_focus);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+    return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus()
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.pop_back();
-    window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.empty() ? true : window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+        return false;
+    return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ButtonRepeat = repeat;
-    window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.push_back(repeat);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
+// This is called TeleportMousePos() and not SetMousePos() to emphasis that setting MousePosPrev will effectively clear mouse delta as well.
+// It is expected you only call this if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) is set and supported by backend.
+void ImGui::TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.pop_back();
-    window->DC.ButtonRepeat = window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.empty() ? false : window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.back();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = pos;
+    g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("TeleportMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
+// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
-    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0)
+        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos;
+    return g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
+// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.
+bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
-    window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
+    // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.
+    // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);
+    const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;
+    ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
+// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
+bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiColMod backup;
-    backup.Col = idx;
-    backup.PreviousValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
-    g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup);
-    g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])
+            return true;
+    return false;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
+// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released.
+// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once.
+// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    while (count > 0)
-    {
-        ImGuiColMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back();
-        g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.PreviousValue;
-        g.ColorModifiers.pop_back();
-        count--;
-    }
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button])
+        if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
+            if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]))
+                return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];
+    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
 }
 
-static float* GetStyleVarFloatAddr(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    switch (idx)
-    {
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha: return &g.Style.Alpha;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding: return &g.Style.WindowRounding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding: return &g.Style.ChildWindowRounding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding: return &g.Style.FrameRounding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing: return &g.Style.IndentSpacing;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize: return &g.Style.GrabMinSize;
-    }
-    return NULL;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
+    g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
-static ImVec2* GetStyleVarVec2Addr(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+// Get desired mouse cursor shape.
+// Important: this is meant to be used by a platform backend, it is reset in ImGui::NewFrame(),
+// updated during the frame, and locked in EndFrame()/Render().
+// If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor then Dear ImGui will render those for you
+ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    switch (idx)
-    {
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding: return &g.Style.WindowPadding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize: return &g.Style.WindowMinSize;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding: return &g.Style.FramePadding;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing: return &g.Style.ItemSpacing;
-    case ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing: return &g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing;
-    }
-    return NULL;
+    return g.MouseCursor;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
+void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    float* pvar = GetStyleVarFloatAddr(idx);
-    IM_ASSERT(pvar != NULL); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a float.
-    ImGuiStyleMod backup;
-    backup.Var = idx;
-    backup.PreviousValue = ImVec2(*pvar, 0.0f);
-    g.StyleModifiers.push_back(backup);
-    *pvar = val;
+    g.MouseCursor = cursor_type;
 }
 
+static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key));
+    ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key);
+    key_data->Down = v;
+    key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value;
+}
 
-void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
+// [Internal] Do not use directly
+static ImGuiKeyChord GetMergedModsFromKeys()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2* pvar = GetStyleVarVec2Addr(idx);
-    IM_ASSERT(pvar != NULL); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a ImVec2.
-    ImGuiStyleMod backup;
-    backup.Var = idx;
-    backup.PreviousValue = *pvar;
-    g.StyleModifiers.push_back(backup);
-    *pvar = val;
+    ImGuiKeyChord mods = 0;
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl))     { mods |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl; }
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Shift))    { mods |= ImGuiMod_Shift; }
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt))      { mods |= ImGuiMod_Alt; }
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Super))    { mods |= ImGuiMod_Super; }
+    return mods;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
+static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    while (count > 0)
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard)
+        io.ClearInputKeys();
+
+    // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0)
     {
-        ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back();
-        if (float* pvar_f = GetStyleVarFloatAddr(backup.Var))
-            *pvar_f = backup.PreviousValue.x;
-        else if (ImVec2* pvar_v = GetStyleVarVec2Addr(backup.Var))
-            *pvar_v = backup.PreviousValue;
-        g.StyleModifiers.pop_back();
-        count--;
+        // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally.
+        for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+            IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown((ImGuiKey)n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
     }
-}
+    else
+    {
+        if (g.FrameCount == 0)
+            for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+                IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!");
 
-const char* ImGui::GetStyleColName(ImGuiCol idx)
-{
-    // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
-    switch (idx)
+        // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy)
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
+            if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1)
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n]));
+                io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n;
+            }
+
+        // Import legacy keys into new ones
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+            if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+            {
+                const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n);
+                IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key));
+                io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n];
+                if (key != n)
+                    io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends
+                io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1;
+            }
+        if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+        {
+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)->Down = io.KeyCtrl;
+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Shift)->Down = io.KeyShift;
+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Alt)->Down = io.KeyAlt;
+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Import legacy ImGuiNavInput_ io inputs and convert to gamepad keys
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active)
+    {
+        #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1)           do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0)
+        #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2)    do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0)
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown);
+        #undef NAV_MAP_KEY
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Update aliases
+    for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++)
+        UpdateAliasKey(MouseButtonToKey(n), io.MouseDown[n], io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
+    UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH);
+    UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel);
+
+    // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/etc. values.
+    // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) ->                                      -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.
+    // - Legacy backends:      set io.KeyXXX bools               -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.
+    // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing.
+    const ImGuiKeyChord prev_key_mods = io.KeyMods;
+    io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();
+    io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0;
+    io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0;
+    io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0;
+    io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0;
+    if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods)
+        g.LastKeyModsChangeTime = g.Time;
+    if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods && prev_key_mods == 0)
+        g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = g.Time;
+
+    // Clear gamepad data if disabled
+    if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0)
+        for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++)
+        {
+            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false;
+            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f;
+        }
+
+    // Update keys
+    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE; i++)
     {
-    case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
-    case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
-    case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg: return "ChildWindowBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
-    case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_ComboBg: return "ComboBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
-    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
-    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
-    case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
-    case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_Column: return "Column";
-    case ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered: return "ColumnHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_ColumnActive: return "ColumnActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_CloseButton: return "CloseButton";
-    case ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered: return "CloseButtonHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive: return "CloseButtonActive";
-    case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
-    case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
-    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
-    case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
-    case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening: return "ModalWindowDarkening";
+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i];
+        key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration;
+        key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+        if (key_data->DownDuration == 0.0f)
+        {
+            ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET + i);
+            if (IsKeyboardKey(key))
+                g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time;
+            else if (key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper)
+                g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time;
+        }
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(0);
-    return "Unknown";
-}
 
-bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.HoveredWindow == g.CurrentWindow && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow);
+    // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key
+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+    {
+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
+        ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
+        owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext;
+        if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp.
+            owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner;
+        owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down;  // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore
+    }
+
+    // Update key routing (for e.g. shortcuts)
+    UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
+static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FocusedWindow == g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    // Mouse Wheel swapping flag
+    // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead
+    // - We avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already.
+    // - FIXME: However this means when running on OSX over Emscripten, Shift+WheelY will incur two swapping (1 in OS, 1 here), canceling the feature.
+    // - FIXME: When we can distinguish e.g. touchpad scroll events from mouse ones, we'll set this accordingly based on input source.
+    io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap = io.KeyShift && !io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
+
+    // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well)
+    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos))
+        io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloor(io.MousePos);
+
+    // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
+    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
+        io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev;
+    else
+        io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // Update stationary timer.
+    // FIXME: May need to rework again to have some tolerance for occasional small movement, while being functional on high-framerates.
+    const float mouse_stationary_threshold = (io.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse) ? 2.0f : 3.0f; // Slightly higher threshold for ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, may need rework.
+    const bool mouse_stationary = (ImLengthSqr(io.MouseDelta) <= mouse_stationary_threshold * mouse_stationary_threshold);
+    g.MouseStationaryTimer = mouse_stationary ? (g.MouseStationaryTimer + io.DeltaTime) : 0.0f;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("%.4f\n", g.MouseStationaryTimer);
+
+    // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true.
+    if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
+    {
+        io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
+        io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below
+        io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
+        io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i];
+        io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+        {
+            bool is_repeated_click = false;
+            if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime)
+            {
+                ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+                if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
+                    is_repeated_click = true;
+            }
+            if (is_repeated_click)
+                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++;
+            else
+                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1;
+            io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
+            io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos;
+            io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i];
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseDown[i])
+        {
+            // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold
+            float delta_sqr_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? ImLengthSqr(io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : 0.0f;
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], delta_sqr_click_pos);
+        }
+
+        // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service
+        io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2);
+
+        // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsRootWindowFocused()
+static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FocusedWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow;
+    if (window)
+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = ImMin(g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer + ImAbs(wheel_amount) * WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER, WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER);
+    else
+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (g.WheelingWindow == window)
+        return;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL");
+    g.WheelingWindow = window;
+    g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;
+    if (window == NULL)
+    {
+        g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1;
+        g.WheelingAxisAvg = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()
+static ImGuiWindow* FindBestWheelingWindow(const ImVec2& wheel)
 {
+    // For each axis, find window in the hierarchy that may want to use scrolling
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FocusedWindow && g.FocusedWindow->RootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* windows[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+    for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)
+        if (wheel[axis] != 0.0f)
+            for (ImGuiWindow* window = windows[axis] = g.HoveredWindow; window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; window = windows[axis] = window->ParentWindow)
+            {
+                // Bubble up into parent window if:
+                // - a child window doesn't allow any scrolling.
+                // - a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag.
+                //// - a child window doesn't need scrolling because it is already at the edge for the direction we are going in (FIXME-WIP)
+                const bool has_scrolling = (window->ScrollMax[axis] != 0.0f);
+                const bool inputs_disabled = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs);
+                //const bool scrolling_past_limits = (wheel_v < 0.0f) ? (window->Scroll[axis] <= 0.0f) : (window->Scroll[axis] >= window->ScrollMax[axis]);
+                if (has_scrolling && !inputs_disabled) // && !scrolling_past_limits)
+                    break; // select this window
+            }
+    if (windows[0] == NULL && windows[1] == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+
+    // If there's only one window or only one axis then there's no ambiguity
+    if (windows[0] == windows[1] || windows[0] == NULL || windows[1] == NULL)
+        return windows[1] ? windows[1] : windows[0];
+
+    // If candidate are different windows we need to decide which one to prioritize
+    // - First frame: only find a winner if one axis is zero.
+    // - Subsequent frames: only find a winner when one is more than the other.
+    if (g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == -1)
+        g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = g.FrameCount;
+    if ((g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == g.FrameCount && wheel.x != 0.0f && wheel.y != 0.0f) || (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x == g.WheelingAxisAvg.y))
+    {
+        g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = wheel;
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    return (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? windows[0] : windows[1];
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()
+// Called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
 {
+    // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses.
+    // FIXME: Ideally we could refactor to have one timer for "changing window w/ same axis" and a shorter timer for "changing window or axis w/ other axis" (#3795)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.HoveredRootWindow && (g.HoveredRootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow);
-}
+    if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold)
+            g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
+        if (g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer <= 0.0f)
+            LockWheelingWindow(NULL, 0.0f);
+    }
 
-float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
-    return window->Size.x;
-}
+    ImVec2 wheel;
+    wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f;
+    wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;
 
-float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
-    return window->Size.y;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y);
+    ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;
+    if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed)
+        return;
+
+    // Zoom / Scale window
+    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.
+    if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
+    {
+        LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.y);
+        ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window;
+        const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
+        const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
+        window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
+        if (window == window->RootWindow)
+        {
+            const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
+            SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0);
+            window->Size = ImTrunc(window->Size * scale);
+            window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(window->SizeFull * scale);
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+        return;
+
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling
+    // Read about io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap and its issue on Mac+Emscripten in UpdateMouseInputs()
+    if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap)
+        wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f);
+
+    // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises
+    // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter
+    g.WheelingAxisAvg.x = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, ImAbs(wheel.x), 30);
+    g.WheelingAxisAvg.y = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, ImAbs(wheel.y), 30);
+
+    // In the rare situation where FindBestWheelingWindow() had to defer first frame of wheeling due to ambiguous main axis, reinject it now.
+    wheel += g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;
+    g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (wheel.x == 0.0f && wheel.y == 0.0f)
+        return;
+
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling: find target and apply
+    // - don't renew lock if axis doesn't apply on the window.
+    // - select a main axis when both axises are being moved.
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = (g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : FindBestWheelingWindow(wheel)))
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
+        {
+            bool do_scroll[2] = { wheel.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.x != 0.0f, wheel.y != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.y != 0.0f };
+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X] && do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])
+                do_scroll[(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X] = false;
+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X])
+            {
+                LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x);
+                float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f;
+                float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
+                SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step);
+                g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount;
+            }
+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])
+            {
+                LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y);
+                float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f;
+                float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
+                SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step);
+                g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount;
+            }
+        }
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
+void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    return window->Pos;
+    g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y)
+void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse)
 {
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y += window->Scroll.y;
-    window->Scroll.y = new_scroll_y;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y -= window->Scroll.y;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source)
 {
-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
-        return;
-    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
-    window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted = false;
-
-    // Set
-    const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
-    window->PosFloat = pos;
-    window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
-    window->DC.CursorPos += (window->Pos - old_pos);    // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // And more importantly we need to adjust this so size calculation doesn't get affected.
+    const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad" };
+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);
+    return input_source_names[source];
 }
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+    const char* mouse_source_names[] = { "Mouse", "TouchScreen", "Pen" };
+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_source_names) == ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT);
+    return mouse_source_names[source];
 }
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-    if (window)
-        SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)    { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)  { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)         { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)        { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)       { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; }
 }
+#endif
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
+// Process input queue
+// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'.
+// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost)
+// - trickle_fast_inputs = true  : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87)
+void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->Size;
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
 
-static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
-{
-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
-        return;
-    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+    // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText()
+    // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail?
+    // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters)
+    const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1);
 
-    // Set
-    if (size.x > 0.0f)
-    {
-        window->AutoFitFramesX = 0;
-        window->SizeFull.x = size.x;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
-    }
-    if (size.y > 0.0f)
+    bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false;
+    int  mouse_button_changed = 0x00;
+    ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE> key_changed_mask;
+
+    int event_n = 0;
+    for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++)
     {
-        window->AutoFitFramesY = 0;
-        window->SizeFull.y = size.y;
+        ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n];
+        if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)
+        {
+            if (g.IO.WantSetMousePos)
+                continue;
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change
+            ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY);
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted))
+                break;
+            io.MousePos = event_pos;
+            io.MouseSource = e->MousePos.MouseSource;
+            mouse_moved = true;
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton)
+        {
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
+            const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button;
+            IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled))
+                break;
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && e->MouseButton.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen && mouse_moved) // #2702: TouchScreen have no initial hover.
+                break;
+            io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down;
+            io.MouseSource = e->MouseButton.MouseSource;
+            mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button);
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)
+        {
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0))
+                break;
+            io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX;
+            io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY;
+            io.MouseSource = e->MouseWheel.MouseSource;
+            mouse_wheeled = true;
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)
+        {
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard)
+                continue;
+            ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key;
+            IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None);
+            ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+            const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0))
+                break;
+            key_data->Down = e->Key.Down;
+            key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue;
+            key_changed = true;
+            key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index);
+
+            // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+            io.KeysDown[key_data_index] = key_data->Down;
+            if (io.KeyMap[key_data_index] != -1)
+                io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key_data_index]] = key_data->Down;
+#endif
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)
+        {
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard)
+                continue;
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled))
+                break;
+            unsigned int c = e->Text.Char;
+            io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+            if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text)
+                text_inputted = true;
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)
+        {
+            // We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance
+            // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame.
+            const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused;
+            io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!");
+        }
     }
+
+    // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail)
+    //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n);
+    for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++)
+        g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
+
+    // [DEBUG]
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO))
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++)
+            DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
+#endif
+
+    // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame
+    if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size)
+        g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0);
     else
+        g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n);
+
+    // Clear buttons state when focus is lost
+    // - this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle.
+    // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag
+    //   (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event).
+    if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
     {
-        window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+        g.IO.ClearInputKeys();
+        g.IO.ClearInputMouse();
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key)
 {
-    SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
-}
+    if (!IsNamedKeyOrMod(key))
+        return ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner;
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-    if (window)
-        SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+    ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr;
+
+    if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
+        if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
+            return ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner;
+
+    return owner_id;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+// TestKeyOwner(..., ID)   : (owner == None || owner == ID)
+// TestKeyOwner(..., None) : (owner == None)
+// TestKeyOwner(..., Any)  : no owner test
+// All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags.
+bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
-        return;
-    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+    if (!IsNamedKeyOrMod(key))
+        return true;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
+        if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
+            return false;
+
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+    if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
+        return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false);
+
+    // Note: SetKeyOwner() sets OwnerCurr. It is not strictly required for most mouse routing overlap (because of ActiveId/HoveredId
+    // are acting as filter before this has a chance to filter), but sane as soon as user tries to look into things.
+    // Setting OwnerCurr in SetKeyOwner() is more consistent than testing OwnerNext here: would be inconsistent with getter and other functions.
+    if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != owner_id)
+    {
+        if (owner_data->LockThisFrame)
+            return false;
+        if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+            return false;
+    }
 
-    // Set
-    window->Collapsed = collapsed;
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+// _LockXXX flags are useful to lock keys away from code which is not input-owner aware.
+// When using _LockXXX flags, you can use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any to lock keys from everyone.
+// - SetKeyOwner(..., None)              : clears owner
+// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock)        : illegal (assert)
+// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock
+void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
-    SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrMod(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it)
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%08X)\n", GetKeyName(key), owner_id, flags);
 
-bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
-{
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Collapsed;
-}
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+    owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id;
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-    if (window)
-        SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
+    // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code.
+    // In the case of using LockUntilRelease while key is not down we still lock during the frame (no key_data->Down test)
+    owner_data->LockUntilRelease = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease) != 0;
+    owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
+// Rarely used helper
+void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
-    FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl)      { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, owner_id, flags); }
+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift)     { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shift, owner_id, flags); }
+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt)       { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, owner_id, flags); }
+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super)     { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Super, owner_id, flags); }
+    if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_)    { SetKeyOwner((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); }
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
+// This is more or less equivalent to:
+//   if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive())
+//       SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());
+// Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times.
+// More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition.
+// Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority.
+void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
-    if (name)
-    {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
-        if (window)
-            FocusWindow(window);
-    }
-    else
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id))
+        return;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_;
+    if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive)))
     {
-        FocusWindow(NULL);
+        IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+        SetKeyOwner(key, id, flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_);
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+// This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements.
+bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowPosVal = pos;
-    g.SetNextWindowPosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    return IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiSetCond cond)
+// This is equivalent to comparing KeyMods + doing a IsKeyPressed()
+bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowPosVal = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
-    g.SetNextWindowPosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord);
+    ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods)
+        return false;
+
+    // Special storage location for mods
+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods);
+    if (!IsKeyPressed(key, (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_), owner_id))
+        return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+void ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeVal = size;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut;
+    g.NextItemData.Shortcut = key_chord;
+    g.NextItemData.ShortcutFlags = flags;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
+// Called from within ItemAdd: at this point we can read from NextItemData and write to LastItemData
+void ImGui::ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = true;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback = custom_callback;
-    g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
+    ImGuiInputFlags flags = g.NextItemData.ShortcutFlags;
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by SetNextItemShortcut()!
+
+    if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+        return;
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip)
+    {
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut;
+        g.LastItemData.Shortcut = g.NextItemData.Shortcut;
+    }
+    if (!Shortcut(g.NextItemData.Shortcut, flags & ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut, id) || g.NavActivateId != 0)
+        return;
+
+    // FIXME: Generalize Activation queue?
+    g.NavActivateId = id; // Will effectively disable clipping.
+    g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut;
+    //if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id)
+    g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = id;
+    NavHighlightActivated(id);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
+bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal = size;
-    g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    return Shortcut(key_chord, flags, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentWidth(float width)
+bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal = ImVec2(width, g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond ? g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal.y : 0.0f);
-    g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("Shortcut(%s, flags=%X, owner_id=0x%08X)\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size), flags, owner_id);
+
+    // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused;
+
+    // Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default)
+    // Effectively makes Shortcut() always input-owner aware.
+    if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+        owner_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);
+
+    if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+        return false;
+
+    // Submit route
+    if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, flags, owner_id))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default repeat behavior for Shortcut()
+    // So e.g. pressing Ctrl+W and releasing Ctrl while holding W will not trigger the W shortcut.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange;
+
+    if (!IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, flags, owner_id))
+        return false;
+
+    // Claim mods during the press
+    SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id);
+
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues.
+// Called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION().
+// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit
+// If this triggers you have mismatched headers and compiled code versions.
+// - It could be because of a build issue (using new headers with old compiled code)
+// - It could be because of mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc.
+//   THE CONFIGURATION SETTINGS MENTIONED IN imconfig.h MUST BE SET FOR ALL COMPILATION UNITS INVOLVED WITH DEAR IMGUI.
+//   Which is why it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and NOT only before including imgui.h).
+//   Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout.
+//   If you don't want to modify imconfig.h you can use the IMGUI_USER_CONFIG define to change filename.
+bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx)
+{
+    bool error = false;
+    if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); }
+    if (sz_io    != sizeof(ImGuiIO))    { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vec2  != sizeof(ImVec2))     { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vec4  != sizeof(ImVec4))     { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vert  != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_idx   != sizeof(ImDrawIdx))  { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    return !error;
+}
+
+// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell)
+// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that.
+// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details.
+// [Scenario 1]
+//  Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
+//    Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();  // NOT OK
+//  Instead, please submit an item:
+//    Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK
+//  Alternative:
+//    Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK
+// [Scenario 2]
+//  For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change:
+//    BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup()
+//  The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller!
+//  While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue.
+void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowCollapsedVal = collapsed;
-    g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y)
+        return;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent.");
+#else
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+#endif
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
+static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextWindowFocus = true;
-}
 
-// In window space (not screen space!)
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentsRegionRect.Max;
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
-        mx.x = GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent + 1) - window->WindowPadding.x;
-    return mx;
-}
+    // Check user IM_ASSERT macro
+    // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined!
+    //  If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block.
+    //  This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.)
+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode();                    // Wrong!
+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0)   // Correct!
+    if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0);
 
-void ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(float x)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x = x;
-    window->Size.x = x;
+    // Emscripten backends are often imprecise in their submission of DeltaTime. (#6114, #3644)
+    // Ideally the Emscripten app/backend should aim to fix or smooth this value and avoid feeding zero, but we tolerate it.
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    if (g.IO.DeltaTime <= 0.0f && g.FrameCount > 0)
+        g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.00001f;
+#endif
+
+    // Check user data
+    // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+    IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
+    IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt()                                     && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f                 && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)");
+
+    // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP)
+    if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");
+#endif
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
+static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return GetContentRegionMax() - (window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame()
+    // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame().
+    // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will
+    // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs.
+    // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0),
+    // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events.
+    const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();
+    IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods");
+    IM_UNUSED(key_mods);
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame().
+    //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover();
+
+    // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you
+    // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).
+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)
+    {
+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; // <-- This window was not Ended!
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?");
+            IM_UNUSED(window);
+            while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
+                End();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?");
+        }
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!");
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth()
+// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls.
+// Must be called during or before EndFrame().
+// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order.
+// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet.
+// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin
+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
 {
-    return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+    // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations"
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044
+    {
+        ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data);
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow);
+            break;
+        }
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name);
+            EndChild();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name);
+            End();
+        }
+    }
 }
 
-// In window space (not screen space!)
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
+// Must be called before End()/EndChild()
+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.Min;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow))
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name);
+        EndTable();
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin;
+    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL);
+    while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        EndTabBar();
+    }
+    while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+    while (window->IDStack.Size > 1)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopID();
+    }
+    while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+            EndDisabled();
+        else
+        {
+            EndDisabledOverrideReenable();
+            g.CurrentWindowStack.back().DisabledOverrideReenable = false;
+        }
+    }
+    while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col));
+        PopStyleColor();
+    }
+    while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopItemFlag();
+    }
+    while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    while (g.FontStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFontStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFont() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopFont();
+    }
+    while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopFocusScope();
+    }
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
+// Save current stack sizes for later compare
+void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.Max;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size;
+    SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size;
+    SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size;
+    SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size;
+    SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size;
+    SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size;
+    SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size;
+    SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
+    SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize;
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth()
+// Compare to detect usage errors
+void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x - window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+
+    // Window stacks
+    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack         == window->IDStack.Size     && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");
+
+    // Global stacks
+    // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack      == g.GroupStack.Size        && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size   && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack   == g.DisabledStackSize      && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack  >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size    && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack      >= g.ColorStack.Size        && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack   >= g.StyleVarStack.Size     && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack       >= g.FontStack.Size         && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size   && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!");
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - KeepAliveID()
+// - ItemAdd()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID().
+void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FontSize;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
+    if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id)
+        g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true;
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
+// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
+// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction.
+// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH (UNTIL THE CLIPPING TEST AND EARLY-RETURN)
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Set item data
+    // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)
+    g.LastItemData.ID = id;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = bb;
+    g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
+    // Note: we don't copy 'g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData' to an hypothetical g.LastItemData.SelectionUserData: since the former is not cleared.
+
+    if (id != 0)
+    {
+        KeepAliveID(id);
+
+        // Directional navigation processing
+        // Runs prior to clipping early-out
+        //  (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget
+        //  (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests
+        //      unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of
+        //      thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.
+        //      We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able
+        //      to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick).
+        // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null.
+        // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere.
+        if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
+        {
+            // FIMXE-NAV: investigate changing the window tests into a simple 'if (g.NavFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)' test.
+            window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);
+            if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)
+                if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)
+                    if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->ChildFlags | g.NavWindow->ChildFlags) & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened))
+                        NavProcessItem();
+        }
+
+        if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut)
+            ItemHandleShortcut(id);
+    }
+
+    // Lightweight clear of SetNextItemXXX data.
+    g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;
+    g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (id != 0)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, g.LastItemData.NavRect, &g.LastItemData);
+#endif
+
+    // Clipping test
+    // (this is an inline copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value, otherwise we'd do 'if (IsClippedEx(bb, id)) return false')
+    // g.NavActivateId is not necessarily == g.NavId, in the case of remote activation (e.g. shortcuts)
+    const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect);
+    if (!is_rect_visible)
+        if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId))
+            if (!g.ItemUnclipByLog)
+                return false;
+
+    // [DEBUG]
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    if (id != 0)
+    {
+        if (id == g.DebugLocateId)
+            DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
+
+        // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something".
+        // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something".
+        // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq
+        IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!");
+    }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG]
+    //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0)
+    //    window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
+#endif
+
+    // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)
+    if (is_rect_visible)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible;
+    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
+    return true;
 }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] LAYOUT
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ItemSize()
+// - SameLine()
+// - GetCursorScreenPos()
+// - SetCursorScreenPos()
+// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY()
+// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY()
+// - GetCursorStartPos()
+// - Indent()
+// - Unindent()
+// - SetNextItemWidth()
+// - PushItemWidth()
+// - PushMultiItemsWidths()
+// - PopItemWidth()
+// - CalcItemWidth()
+// - CalcItemSize()
+// - GetTextLineHeight()
+// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+// - GetFrameHeight()
+// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+// - GetContentRegionMax()
+// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal]
+// - GetContentRegionAvail(),
+// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax()
+// - BeginGroup()
+// - EndGroup()
+// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-float ImGui::GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()
+// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
+// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation.
+// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different.
+// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH.
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
-}
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
 
-ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    return window->DrawList;
-}
+    // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset.
+    // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor,
+    // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect.
+    const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f;
 
-ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()
-{
-    return GImGui->Font;
+    const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y);
+
+    // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x;
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);    // Next line
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_TRUNC(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);                       // Next line
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]
+
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
+
+    // Horizontal layout mode
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+        SameLine();
 }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
 
-float ImGui::GetFontSize()
+// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
+//      offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item
+//      offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)
+//      spacing_w < 0            : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0
+//      spacing_w >= 0           : enforce spacing amount
+void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w)
 {
-    return GImGui->FontSize;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f)
+    {
+        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
+            spacing_w = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
+            spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+    }
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = true;
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
 {
-    return GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CursorPos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
+void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->FontWindowScale = scale;
-    g.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = pos;
+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
 }
 
 // User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.
@@ -5081,13 +10378,13 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()
 
 float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
     return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;
 }
 
 float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
     return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;
 }
 
@@ -5095,4737 +10392,5722 @@ void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
 }
 
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.CursorPos;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& screen_pos)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.CursorPos = screen_pos;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollX()
-{
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollY()
-{
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.y;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->SizeContents.x - window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->SizeContents.y - window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+    return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
+void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
 {
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
+void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
 {
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y + window->TitleBarHeight(); // title bar height canceled out when using ScrollTargetRelY
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio)
+// Affect large frame+labels widgets only.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)
 {
-    // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
-    window->ScrollTarget.y = (float)(int)(pos_y + window->Scroll.y);
-    if (center_y_ratio <= 0.0f && window->ScrollTarget.y <= window->WindowPadding.y)    // Minor hack to make "scroll to top" take account of WindowPadding, else it would scroll to (WindowPadding.y - ItemSpacing.y)
-        window->ScrollTarget.y = 0.0f;
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
+    g.NextItemData.Width = item_width;
 }
 
-// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
-void ImGui::SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio)
+// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior?
+void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + (window->DC.PrevLineHeight * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line.
-    SetScrollFromPosY(target_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
+void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxAllCounter + 1 + offset;
-    window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(components > 0);
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
+    float w_items = w_full - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1);
+    float prev_split = w_items;
+    for (int i = components - 1; i > 0; i--)
+    {
+        float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * i / components);
+        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(ImMax(prev_split - next_split, 1.0f));
+        prev_split = next_split;
+    }
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = ImMax(prev_split, 1.0f);
+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
+void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
 }
 
-ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
+// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth().
+// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags()
+float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.StateStorage;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float w;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
+        w = g.NextItemData.Width;
+    else
+        w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+    if (w < 0.0f)
+    {
+        float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x;
+        w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w);
+    }
+    w = IM_TRUNC(w);
+    return w;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth().
+// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical.
+// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed.
+// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer, text_end);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    ImVec2 region_max;
+    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
+        region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
+
+    if (size.x == 0.0f)
+        size.x = default_w;
+    else if (size.x < 0.0f)
+        size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x);
+
+    if (size.y == 0.0f)
+        size.y = default_h;
+    else if (size.y < 0.0f)
+        size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y);
+
+    return size;
 }
 
-void ImGui::Icon(const char* icon)
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
 {
-    ImGui::Text("%s", icon);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize;
 }
 
-void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...)
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    TextV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+float ImGui::GetFrameHeight()
 {
-    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
-    TextV(fmt, args);
-    PopStyleColor();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
+float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    TextColoredV(col, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience!
+
+// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!).
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
 {
-    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-    TextV(fmt, args);
-    PopStyleColor();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
+    return mx - window->Pos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)
+// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    TextDisabledV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
+    return mx;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
 {
-    PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
-    TextV(fmt, args);
-    PopTextWrapPos();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
+// In window space (not screen space!)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    TextWrappedV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
+}
 
+// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
+// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated.
+// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems?
+void ImGui::BeginGroup()
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(text != NULL);
-    const char* text_begin = text;
-    if (text_end == NULL)
-        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
-
-    const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos;
-    const bool wrap_enabled = wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f;
-    if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled)
-    {
-        // Long text!
-        // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text
-        // From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled.
-        // We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line.
-        const char* line = text;
-        const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight();
-        const ImVec2 text_pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
-        const ImRect clip_rect = window->ClipRect;
-        ImVec2 text_size(0,0);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-        if (text_pos.y <= clip_rect.Max.y)
-        {
-            ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
+    g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1);
+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
+    group_data.WindowID = window->ID;
+    group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine;
+    group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent;
+    group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset;
+    group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize;
+    group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;
+    group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0;
+    group_data.BackupIsSameLine = window->DC.IsSameLine;
+    group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    group_data.EmitItem = true;
+
+    window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+    window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
+}
 
-            // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
-            if (!g.LogEnabled)
-            {
-                int lines_skippable = (int)((clip_rect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
-                if (lines_skippable > 0)
-                {
-                    int lines_skipped = 0;
-                    while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
-                    {
-                        const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
-                        if (!line_end)
-                            line_end = text_end;
-                        line = line_end + 1;
-                        lines_skipped++;
-                    }
-                    pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
-                }
-            }
+void ImGui::EndGroup()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
 
-            // Lines to render
-            if (line < text_end)
-            {
-                ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(GetWindowWidth(), line_height));
-                while (line < text_end)
-                {
-                    const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
-                    if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, NULL, false))
-                        break;
+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
+    IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window?
 
-                    const ImVec2 line_size = CalcTextSize(line, line_end, false);
-                    text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_size.x);
-                    RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
-                    if (!line_end)
-                        line_end = text_end;
-                    line = line_end + 1;
-                    line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
-                    line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
-                    pos.y += line_height;
-                }
+    if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
+        ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
 
-                // Count remaining lines
-                int lines_skipped = 0;
-                while (line < text_end)
-                {
-                    const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
-                    if (!line_end)
-                        line_end = text_end;
-                    line = line_end + 1;
-                    lines_skipped++;
-                }
-                pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
-            }
+    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos));
 
-            text_size.y += (pos - text_pos).y;
-        }
+    window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
+    window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent;
+    window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = group_data.BackupIsSameLine;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
 
-        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
-        ItemSize(bb);
-        ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
-    }
-    else
+    if (!group_data.EmitItem)
     {
-        const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f;
-        const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width);
+        g.GroupStack.pop_back();
+        return;
+    }
 
-        // Account of baseline offset
-        ImVec2 text_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-        text_pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
+    ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize());
+    ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop);
 
-        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
-        ItemSize(text_size);
-        if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
-            return;
+    // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.
+    // It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets.
+    // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.
+    // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.)
+    const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;
+    const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true);
+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
+    else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb;
 
-        // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function)
-        RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width);
-    }
-}
+    // Forward Hovered flag
+    const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0;
+    if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
 
-void ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    // Forward Edited flag
+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
 
-    // Declare a dummy item size to that upcoming items that are smaller will center-align on the newly expanded line height.
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(0, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.Style.FramePadding.y);
-    SameLine(0, 0);
-}
+    // Forward Deactivated flag
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;
+    if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;
 
-// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets
-void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    g.GroupStack.pop_back();
+    if (g.DebugShowGroupRects)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));   // [Debug]
+}
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2));
-    const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size);
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, NULL))
-        return;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] SCROLLING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    // Render
-    const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0];
-    const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge,
+// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling.
+// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag?
+// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default.
+static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio)
+{
+    if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold)
+        return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio);
+    if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold)
+        return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio);
+    return target;
 }
 
-void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)
+static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    LabelTextV(label, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+    ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;
+    ImVec2 decoration_size(window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2, window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2);
+    for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)
+    {
+        if (window->ScrollTarget[axis] < FLT_MAX)
+        {
+            float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio[axis];
+            float scroll_target = window->ScrollTarget[axis];
+            if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis] > 0.0f)
+            {
+                float snap_min = 0.0f;
+                float snap_max = window->ScrollMax[axis] + window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis];
+                scroll_target = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target, snap_min, snap_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis], center_ratio);
+            }
+            scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]);
+        }
+        scroll[axis] = IM_ROUND(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f));
+        if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
+            scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]);
+    }
+    return scroll;
 }
 
-static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window)
+void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
 {
-    // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (ImGuiWindow* focused_window = g.FocusedWindow)
-        if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = focused_window->RootWindow)
-            if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)
-                return false;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags);
+}
 
-    return true;
+void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
+{
+    ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view
+ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImRect scroll_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
+    scroll_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.x + window->DecoInnerSizeX1, scroll_rect.Max.x);
+    scroll_rect.Min.y = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.y + window->DecoInnerSizeY1, scroll_rect.Max.y);
+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(item_rect.Min, item_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 0.0f, 0, 5.0f); // [DEBUG]
+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(scroll_rect.Min, scroll_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled)
-    {
-        if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false;
-        if (out_held) *out_held = false;
-        if (g.ActiveId == id) SetActiveID(0);
-        return false;
-    }
+    // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_));
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_));
 
-    if ((flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick)) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease;
+    // Defaults
+    ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX)
+        flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0)
+        flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
 
-    bool pressed = false;
-    bool hovered = IsHovered(bb, id, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds) != 0);
-    if (hovered)
-    {
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt))
-        {
-            //                        | CLICKING        | HOLDING with ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat
-            // PressedOnClickRelease  |  <on release>*  |  <on repeat> <on repeat> .. (NOT on release)  <-- MOST COMMON! (*) only if both click/release were over bounds
-            // PressedOnClick         |  <on click>     |  <on click> <on repeat> <on repeat> ..
-            // PressedOnRelease       |  <on release>   |  <on repeat> <on repeat> .. (NOT on release)
-            // PressedOnDoubleClick   |  <on dclick>    |  <on dclick> <on repeat> <on repeat> ..
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
-            {
-                SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID
-                FocusWindow(window);
-                g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min;
-            }
-            if (((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
-            {
-                pressed = true;
-                SetActiveID(0);
-                FocusWindow(window);
-            }
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0])
-            {
-                if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay))  // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
-                    pressed = true;
-                SetActiveID(0);
-            }
+    const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= scroll_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= scroll_rect.Max.x;
+    const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= scroll_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= scroll_rect.Max.y;
+    const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetWidth() || (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;
+    const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetHeight() || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;
 
-            // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). 
-            // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[0] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(0, true))
-                pressed = true;
-        }
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x)
+    {
+        if (item_rect.Min.x < scroll_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);
+        else if (item_rect.Max.x >= scroll_rect.Max.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f);
+    }
+    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX))
+    {
+        if (can_be_fully_visible_x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f);
+        else
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);
     }
 
-    bool held = false;
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y)
     {
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
-        {
-            held = true;
-        }
+        if (item_rect.Min.y < scroll_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);
+        else if (item_rect.Max.y >= scroll_rect.Max.y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f);
+    }
+    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY))
+    {
+        if (can_be_fully_visible_y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f);
         else
-        {
-            if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease))
-                if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay))  // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
-                    pressed = true;
-            SetActiveID(0);
-        }
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);
     }
 
-    // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one.
-    if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0))
-        hovered = pressed = held = false;
+    ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+    ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll;
 
-    if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered;
-    if (out_held) *out_held = held;
+    // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+    {
+        // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option?
+        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0)
+            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
+        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0)
+            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+        delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags);
+    }
 
-    return pressed;
+    return delta_scroll;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+float ImGui::GetScrollX()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-
-    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset)
-        pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
-
-    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    if (window->DC.ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
-    bool button_disabled = flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
-
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
-    
-    if(button_disabled)
-        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImColor(GetColorU32({ 0.5f,0.5f,0.5f,1.f })));
-    
-    if (hovered || held)
-        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImColor(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg)));
-
-    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImGuiAlign_Center | ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
-    if (hovered || held)
-        PopStyleColor();
-
-    if (button_disabled)
-        PopStyleColor();
-
-    // Automatically close popups
-    //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-    //    CloseCurrentPopup();
-
-    return pressed;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Scroll.x;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+float ImGui::GetScrollY()
 {
-    return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Scroll.y;
 }
 
-// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing.
-bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label)
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y;
-    g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f;
-    bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine);
-    g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y;
-    return pressed;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ScrollMax.x;
 }
 
-// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack.
-// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id)
-bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f);
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-
-    return pressed;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ScrollMax.y;
 }
 
-// Upper-right button to close a window.
-bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius)
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    const ImRect bb(pos - ImVec2(radius,radius), pos + ImVec2(radius,radius));
-
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_CloseButton);
-    const ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
-    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), col, 12);
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y)
+{
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    const float cross_extent = (radius * 0.7071f) - 1.0f;
-  //  if (hovered)
-  //  {
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
-//    }
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x);
+}
 
-    return pressed;
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y);
 }
 
-void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col)
+// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value,
+// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us:
+//  - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos)
+//  - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window,
+//    and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area.
+//  - They mostly exist because of legacy API.
+// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that:
+//  - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect!
+//  - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense
+// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f);
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_TRUNC(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
-        bb.Max += ImVec2(2,2);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
-        return;
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_TRUNC(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
+}
 
-    if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f);
-        window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min+ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max-ImVec2(1,1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
-    }
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio);
 }
 
-// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default)
-// frame_padding = 0: no framing
-// frame_padding > 0: set framing size
-// The color used are the button colors.
-bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio);
+}
 
+// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x);
+    float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio);
+    SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
 
-    // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes.
-    // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV.
-    PushID((void *)user_texture_id);
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image");
-    PopID();
+    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x);
+}
 
-    const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding;
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding*2);
-    const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
-        return false;
+// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio);
+    SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
 
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y);
+}
 
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding));
-    if (bg_col.w > 0.0f)
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col));
-    window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    return pressed;
+bool ImGui::BeginTooltip()
+{
+    return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to TTY
-void ImGui::LogToTTY(int max_depth)
+bool ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-
-    g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogFile = stdout;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+    if (!IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
+        return false;
+    return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to given file
-void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename)
+bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
 
-    if (!filename)
+    if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget)
     {
-        filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
-        if (!filename)
-            return;
+        // Drag and Drop tooltips are positioning differently than other tooltips:
+        // - offset visibility to increase visibility around mouse.
+        // - never clamp within outer viewport boundary.
+        // We call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce position and disable clamping.
+        // See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones).
+        //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding;
+        ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
+        SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos);
+        SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);
+        //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(
+        tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious;
     }
 
-    g.LogFile = fopen(filename, "ab");
-    if (!g.LogFile)
-    {
-        IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error
-        return;
-    }
-    g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+    char window_name[16];
+    ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);
+    if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name))
+            if (window->Active)
+            {
+                // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.
+                SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(window);
+                ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);
+            }
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+    Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags);
+    // 2023-03-09: Added bool return value to the API, but currently always returning true.
+    // If this ever returns false we need to update BeginDragDropSource() accordingly.
+    //if (!ret)
+    //    End();
+    //return ret;
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to clipboard
-void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int max_depth)
+void ImGui::EndTooltip()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip);   // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
+    End();
+}
 
-    g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogFile = NULL;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
 }
 
-void ImGui::LogFinish()
+void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+    if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None))
         return;
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    EndTooltip();
+}
 
-    LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
-    g.LogEnabled = false;
-    if (g.LogFile != NULL)
-    {
-        if (g.LogFile == stdout)
-            fflush(g.LogFile);
-        else
-            fclose(g.LogFile);
-        g.LogFile = NULL;
-    }
-    if (g.LogClipboard->size() > 1)
-    {
-        if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
-            g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.LogClipboard->begin());
-        g.LogClipboard->clear();
-    }
+// Shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav'.
+// Defaults to == ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort when using the mouse.
+void ImGui::SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
+        SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
 }
 
-// Helper to display logging buttons
-void ImGui::LogButtons()
+void ImGui::SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
+        SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+}
 
-    PushID("LogButtons");
-    const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();
-    const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();
-    const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
-    PushItemWidth(80.0f);
-    PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
-    SliderInt("Depth", &g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, 0, 9, NULL);
-    PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
-    PopItemWidth();
-    PopID();
 
-    // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
-    if (log_to_tty)
-        LogToTTY(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
-    if (log_to_file)
-        LogToFile(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, g.IO.LogFilename);
-    if (log_to_clipboard)
-        LogToClipboard(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
-}
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] POPUPS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel
+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)
-        return true;
-
-    // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitely use SetNextTreeNode*** functions)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage;
-
-    bool is_open;
-    if (g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond != 0)
+    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)
     {
-        if (g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond & ImGuiSetCond_Always)
+        // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack
+        // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level.
+        IM_ASSERT(id == 0);
+        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0;
+        else
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
         {
-            is_open = g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal;
-            storage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+            // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack
+            for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
+                if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id)
+                    return true;
+            return false;
         }
         else
         {
-            // We treat ImGuiSetCondition_Once and ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently.
-            const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1);
-            if (stored_value == -1)
-            {
-                is_open = g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal;
-                storage->SetInt(id, is_open);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                is_open = stored_value != 0;
-            }
+            // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query)
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;
         }
-        g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0;
     }
+}
 
-    // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior).
-    // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged.
-    if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && window->DC.TreeDepth < g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth)
-        is_open = true;
+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally
+    return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags);
+}
 
-    return is_open;
+// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL)
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
+            if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+                return popup;
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end)
+// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for.
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
+            if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup))
+                return popup;
+    return NULL;
+}
 
+void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0;
-    const ImVec2 padding = display_frame ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y);
+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X)\n", str_id, id);
+    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+}
 
-    if (!label_end)
-        label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+}
 
-    // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
-    const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - padding.y); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
-    const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2);
-    ImRect bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, ImVec2(window->Pos.x + GetContentRegionMax().x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height));
-    if (display_frame)
-    {
-        // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding
-        bb.Min.x -= (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
-        bb.Max.x += (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
-    }
+// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
+// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
+// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
+// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
+void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
 
-    const float text_offset_x = (g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2));   // Collapser arrow width + Spacing
-    const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f);   // Include collapser
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), text_base_offset_y);
+    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup)
+        if (IsPopupOpen((ImGuiID)0, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId))
+            return;
 
-    // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
-    // (Ideally we'd want to add a flag for the user to specify we want want the hit test to be done up to the right side of the content or not)
-    const ImRect interact_bb = display_frame ? bb : ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x*2, bb.Max.y);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags);
-    if (!ItemAdd(interact_bb, &id))
-    {
-        if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
-            TreePushRawID(id);
-        return is_open;
-    }
+    ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.
+    popup_ref.PopupId = id;
+    popup_ref.Window = NULL;
+    popup_ref.RestoreNavWindow = g.NavWindow;           // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type).
+    popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+    popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();
+    popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+    popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos;
 
-    // Flags that affects opening behavior:
-    // - 0(default) ..................... single-click anywhere to open
-    // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open
-    // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open
-    // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open
-    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode : 0);
-    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
-        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0);
-    bool hovered, held, pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
-    if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id);
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
     {
-        bool toggled = !(flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick));
-        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)
-            toggled |= IsMouseHoveringRect(interact_bb.Min, ImVec2(interact_bb.Min.x + text_offset_x, interact_bb.Max.y));
-        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
-            toggled |= g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0];
-        if (toggled)
-        {
-            is_open = !is_open;
-            window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open);
-        }
+        g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
     }
-    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode)
-        SetItemAllowOverlap();
-
-    // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
-    const ImVec2 text_pos = bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x, padding.y + text_base_offset_y);
-    if (display_frame)
+    else
     {
-        // Framed type
-        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
-        RenderCollapseTriangle(bb.Min + padding + ImVec2(0.0f, text_base_offset_y), is_open, 1.0f, true);
-        if (g.LogEnabled)
+        // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frames: it is likely a programming mistake!
+        // However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui would become completely unusable because the popup will always be
+        // in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which is extremely confusing situation for the programmer.
+        // Instead, for successive frames calls to OpenPopup(), we silently avoid reopening even if ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen is not specified.
+        bool keep_existing = false;
+        if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
+            if ((g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) || (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen))
+                keep_existing = true;
+        if (keep_existing)
         {
-            // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here.
-            const char log_prefix[] = "\n##";
-            const char log_suffix[] = "##";
-            LogRenderedText(text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3);
-            RenderTextClipped(text_pos, bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
-            LogRenderedText(text_pos, log_suffix+1, log_suffix+3);
+            // No reopen
+            g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount;
         }
         else
         {
-            RenderTextClipped(text_pos, bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+            // Reopen: close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen (set position, focus, init navigation)
+            ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, true);
+            g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
         }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Unframed typed for tree nodes
-        if (hovered || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected))
-            RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false);
 
-        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
-            RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x * 0.5f, g.FontSize*0.50f + text_base_offset_y));
-        else if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
-            RenderCollapseTriangle(bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, padding.y + g.FontSize*0.15f + text_base_offset_y), is_open, 0.70f, false);
-        if (g.LogEnabled)
-            LogRenderedText(text_pos, ">");
-        RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
+        // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow().
+        // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does.
+        //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
+        //    FocusWindow(parent_window);
     }
-
-    if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
-        TreePushRawID(id);
-    return is_open;
-}
-
-// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
-// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode().
-bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen, label);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
+// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'.
+void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0)
+        return;
 
-    if (p_open && !*p_open)
-        return false;
+    // Don't close our own child popup windows.
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") restore_under=%d\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>", restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    int popup_count_to_keep = 0;
+    if (ref_window)
+    {
+        // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow)
+        for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++)
+        {
+            ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep];
+            if (!popup.Window)
+                continue;
+            IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
 
-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode : 0), label);
-    if (p_open)
+            // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow)
+            // - Clicking/Focusing Window2 won't close Popup1:
+            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Window2(Ref)
+            // - Clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3:
+            //     Window -> Popup1(Ref) -> Popup2 -> Popup3
+            // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindow!
+            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child
+            // We step through every popup from bottom to top to validate their position relative to reference window.
+            bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false;
+            for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
+                if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window)
+                    if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window))
+                    {
+                        ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true;
+                        break;
+                    }
+            if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup)
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
     {
-        // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
-        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-        float button_sz = g.FontSize * 0.5f;
-        if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id+1)), ImVec2(ImMin(window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x) - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_sz, window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y + button_sz), button_sz))
-            *p_open = false;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>");
+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
     }
-
-    return is_open;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
-}
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    return is_open;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    return is_open;
+    int popup_count_to_keep;
+    for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window;
+        if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+            break;
+    }
+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
 {
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    return is_open;
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_under=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size);
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-    return is_open;
-}
+    // Trim open popup stack
+    ImGuiPopupData prev_popup = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining];
+    g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);
 
-bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL);
+    // Restore focus (unless popup window was not yet submitted, and didn't have a chance to take focus anyhow. See #7325 for an edge case)
+    if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup && prev_popup.Window)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = prev_popup.Window;
+        ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : prev_popup.RestoreNavWindow;
+        if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive)
+            FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback
+        else
+            FocusWindow(focus_window, (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()
+// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
+void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x += GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();
+    int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;
+    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
+        return;
+
+    // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)
+    while (popup_idx > 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;
+        bool close_parent = false;
+        if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+                close_parent = true;
+        if (!close_parent)
+            break;
+        popup_idx--;
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);
+    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true);
+
+    // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.
+    // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window.
+    // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic.
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow)
+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;
 }
 
-// Horizontal distance preceeding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet()
-float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags when calling BeginPopupEx()!
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    char name[20];
+    if (extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth
+    else
+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
+
+    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_window_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);
+    if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        EndPopup();
+
+    //g.CurrentWindow->FocusRouteParentWindow = g.CurrentWindow->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
+
+    return is_open;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal = is_open;
-    g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, flags);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
+// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup.
+// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup).
+// - *p_open set back to false in BeginPopupModal() when popup is not open.
+// - if you set *p_open to false before calling BeginPopupModal(), it will close the popup.
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id));
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        if (p_open && *p_open)
+            *p_open = false;
+        return false;
+    }
 
-void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end));
-}
+    // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility
+    // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves)
+    // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.
+    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0)
+    {
+        const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+        SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    }
 
-void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id));
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
+    const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags);
+    if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+    {
+        EndPopup();
+        if (is_open)
+            ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
+        return false;
+    }
+    return is_open;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
+void ImGui::EndPopup()
 {
-    const void* ptr_id = (void*)(intptr_t)int_id;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id));
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
+    IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);
 
-void ImGui::PopID()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->IDStack.pop_back();
+    // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests)
+    if (g.NavWindow == window)
+        NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
+
+    // Child-popups don't need to be laid out
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        g.WithinEndChild = true;
+    End();
+    g.WithinEndChild = false;
 }
 
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
+// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item
+// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup()
+void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+    {
+        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    }
+}
+
+// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
+// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id.
+// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id.
+//    - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call.
+//    - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id.
+// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).
+//   This is essentially the same as:
+//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
+//       OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+//       return BeginPopup(id);
+//   Which is essentially the same as:
+//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
+//       if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
+//           OpenPopup(id);
+//       return BeginPopup(id);
+//   The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice.
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!str_id)
+        str_id = "window_context";
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+        if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered())
+            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(ptr_id);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!str_id)
+        str_id = "void_context";
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow))
+        if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)
+            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-void ImGui::Bullet()
+// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)
+// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.
+// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor
+//  information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport.
+//  this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.)
+ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+    ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height));
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+    // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)
     {
-        SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
-        return;
+        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up };
+        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
+            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
+                continue;
+            ImVec2 pos;
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y);          // Below, Toward Right (default)
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up)    pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left
+            if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
+                continue;
+            *last_dir = dir;
+            return pos;
+        }
     }
 
-    // Render and stay on same line
-    RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f));
-    SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
-}
+    // Tooltip and Default popup policy
+    // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any)
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default)
+    {
+        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left };
+        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
+            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
+                continue;
 
-// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node.
-void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+            const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x);
+            const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y);
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+            // If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width)
+            if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right))
+                continue;
+            if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down))
+                continue;
 
-    const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer;
-    const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, true);
-    const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
-    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2) : 0.0f), ImMax(line_height, label_size.y)));  // Empty text doesn't add padding
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
-        return;
+            ImVec2 pos;
+            pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x;
+            pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y;
 
-    // Render
-    RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f));
-    RenderText(bb.Min+ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2, text_base_offset_y), text_begin, text_end);
-}
+            // Clamp top-left corner of popup
+            pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x);
+            pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y);
 
-void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    BulletTextV(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
+            *last_dir = dir;
+            return pos;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Fallback when not enough room:
+    *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None;
+
+    // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip)
+        return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2);
+
+    // Otherwise try to keep within display
+    ImVec2 pos = ref_pos;
+    pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);
+    pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);
+    return pos;
 }
 
-static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* display_format, char* buf, int buf_size)
+// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports.
+ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
-        ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, display_format, *(int*)data_ptr);
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
-        ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, display_format, *(float*)data_ptr);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+    ImRect r_screen = ((ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport())->GetMainRect();
+    ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
+    r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));
+    return r_screen;
 }
 
-static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, int decimal_precision, char* buf, int buf_size)
+ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
     {
-        if (decimal_precision < 0)
-            ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%d", *(int*)data_ptr);
+        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
+        // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.
+        IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2].Window;
+        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
+        ImRect r_avoid;
+        if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
+            r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field
         else
-            ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%.*d", decimal_precision, *(int*)data_ptr);
+            r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX);
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default);
+    }
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here
     }
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
     {
-        if (decimal_precision < 0)
-            ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%f", *(float*)data_ptr);     // Ideally we'd have a minimum decimal precision of 1 to visually denote that it is a float, while hiding non-significant digits?
+        // Position tooltip (always follows mouse + clamp within outer boundaries)
+        // Note that drag and drop tooltips are NOT using this path: BeginTooltipEx() manually sets their position.
+        // In theory we could handle both cases in same location, but requires a bit of shuffling as drag and drop tooltips are calling SetWindowPos() leading to 'window_pos_set_by_api' being set in Begin()
+        IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
+        const float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
+        const ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+        const ImVec2 tooltip_pos = ref_pos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * scale;
+        ImRect r_avoid;
+        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos))
+            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8);
         else
-            ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%.*f", decimal_precision, *(float*)data_ptr);
+            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * scale, ref_pos.y + 24 * scale); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important.
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(tooltip_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip);
     }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return window->Pos;
 }
 
-static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* value1, const void* value2)// Store into value1
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked.
+// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing.
+// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified.
+
+void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
-    {
-        if (op == '+')
-            *(int*)value1 = *(int*)value1 + *(const int*)value2;
-        else if (op == '-')
-            *(int*)value1 = *(int*)value1 - *(const int*)value2;
-    }
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
     {
-        if (op == '+')
-            *(float*)value1 = *(float*)value1 + *(const float*)value2;
-        else if (op == '-')
-            *(float*)value1 = *(float*)value1 - *(const float*)value2;
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>");
+        g.NavWindow = window;
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
     }
+    g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
-static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* scalar_format)
+void ImGui::NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id)
 {
-    while (ImCharIsSpace(*buf))
-        buf++;
-
-    // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value.
-    // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value
-    char op = buf[0];
-    if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/')
-    {
-        buf++;
-        while (ImCharIsSpace(*buf))
-            buf++;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        op = 0;
-    }
-    if (!buf[0])
-        return false;
-
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
-    {
-        if (!scalar_format)
-            scalar_format = "%d";
-        int* v = (int*)data_ptr;
-        const int old_v = *v;
-        int arg0 = *v;
-        if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, scalar_format, &arg0) < 1)
-            return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavHighlightActivatedId = id;
+    g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER;
+}
 
-        // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision
-        float arg1 = 0.0f;
-        if (op == '+')      { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1) == 1) *v = (int)(arg0 + arg1); }                // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
-        else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1) == 1) *v = (int)(arg0 * arg1); }                // Multiply
-        else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1) == 1 && arg1 != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0 / arg1); }// Divide
-        else                { if (sscanf(buf, scalar_format, &arg0) == 1) *v = arg0; }                     // Assign constant
-        return (old_v != *v);
-    }
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
-    {
-        // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in
-        scalar_format = "%f";
-        float* v = (float*)data_ptr;
-        const float old_v = *v;
-        float arg0 = *v;
-        if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, scalar_format, &arg0) < 1)
-            return false;
+void ImGui::NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer][axis] = FLT_MAX;
+}
 
-        float arg1 = 0.0f;
-        if (sscanf(buf, scalar_format, &arg1) < 1)
-            return false;
-        if (op == '+')      { *v = arg0 + arg1; }                    // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
-        else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0 * arg1; }                    // Multiply
-        else if (op == '/') { if (arg1 != 0.0f) *v = arg0 / arg1; }  // Divide
-        else                { *v = arg1; }                           // Assign constant
-        return (old_v != *v);
-    }
+void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
+    g.NavId = id;
+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
+    SetNavFocusScope(focus_scope_id);
+    g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+    g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;
 
-    return false;
+    // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
 }
 
-// Create text input in place of a slider (when CTRL+Clicking on slider)
-bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& aabb, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, ImGuiID id, int decimal_precision)
+void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
 
-    // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen)
-    SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window);
-    SetHoveredID(0);
-    FocusableItemUnregister(window);
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
+       SetNavWindow(window);
 
-    char buf[32];
-    DataTypeFormatString(data_type, data_ptr, decimal_precision, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
-    bool text_value_changed = InputTextEx(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), aabb.GetSize(), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll);
-    if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0)
-    {
-        // First frame
-        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);    // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID (else we'd need to store them both, which is also possible)
-        g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId;
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-    }
-    else if (g.ActiveId != g.ScalarAsInputTextId)
-    {
-        // Release
-        g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
-    }
-    if (text_value_changed)
-        return DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, GImGui->InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, NULL);
-    return false;
+    // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and g.CurrentFocusScopeId are valid.
+    // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text)
+    const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+    g.NavId = id;
+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
+    SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId);
+    window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID == id)
+        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);
+
+    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+    else
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+
+    // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
 }
 
-// Parse display precision back from the display format string
-int ImGui::ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+static ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy)
 {
-    int precision = default_precision;
-    while ((fmt = strchr(fmt, '%')) != NULL)
-    {
-        fmt++;
-        if (fmt[0] == '%') { fmt++; continue; } // Ignore "%%"
-        while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
-            fmt++;
-        if (*fmt == '.')
-        {
-            precision = atoi(fmt + 1);
-            if (precision < 0 || precision > 10)
-                precision = default_precision;
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-    return precision;
+    if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))
+        return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left;
+    return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up;
 }
 
-float ImGui::RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision)
+static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max)
 {
-    // Round past decimal precision
-    // So when our value is 1.99999 with a precision of 0.001 we'll end up rounding to 2.0
-    // FIXME: Investigate better rounding methods
-    static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
-    float min_step = (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : powf(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
-    bool negative = value < 0.0f;
-    value = fabsf(value);
-    float remainder = fmodf(value, min_step);
-    if (remainder <= min_step*0.5f)
-        value -= remainder;
-    else
-        value += (min_step - remainder);
-    return negative ? -value : value;
+    if (cand_max < curr_min)
+        return cand_max - curr_min;
+    if (curr_max < cand_min)
+        return cand_min - curr_max;
+    return 0.0f;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, bool render_bg)
+// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057
+static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-
-    const bool is_non_linear = fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.0001f;
-    const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        return false;
 
+    // FIXME: Those are not good variables names
+    ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect;   // Current item nav rectangle
+    const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect;   // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width)
+    g.NavScoringDebugCount++;
 
-    if (!render_bg)
+    // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring
+    if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
     {
-        // Draw frame
-        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+        IM_ASSERT((window->ChildFlags | g.NavWindow->ChildFlags) & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened);
+        if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand))
+            return false;
+        cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window
     }
 
+    // Compute distance between boxes
+    // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed.
+    float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x);
+    float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items
+    if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f)
+        dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f);
+    float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby);
 
-    const float grab_padding = 2.0f;
-    const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (frame_bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (frame_bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f);
-    float grab_sz;
-    if (decimal_precision > 0)
-        grab_sz = ImMin(style.GrabMinSize, slider_sz);
-    else
-        grab_sz = ImMin(ImMax(1.0f * (slider_sz / (v_max-v_min+1.0f)), style.GrabMinSize), slider_sz);  // Integer sliders, if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
-    const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
-    const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Min.x : frame_bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz*0.5f;
-    const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Max.x : frame_bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz*0.5f;
+    // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter)
+    float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x);
+    float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y);
+    float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee)
 
-    // For logarithmic sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the exponential increase to be symmetric around 0.0f
-    float linear_zero_pos = 0.0f;   // 0.0->1.0f
-    if (v_min * v_max < 0.0f)
+    // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance
+    ImGuiDir quadrant;
+    float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f;
+    if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f)
+    {
+        // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes
+        dax = dbx;
+        day = dby;
+        dist_axial = dist_box;
+        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby);
+    }
+    else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f)
     {
-        // Different sign
-        const float linear_dist_min_to_0 = powf(fabsf(0.0f - v_min), 1.0f/power);
-        const float linear_dist_max_to_0 = powf(fabsf(v_max - 0.0f), 1.0f/power);
-        linear_zero_pos = linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0+linear_dist_max_to_0);
+        // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers
+        dax = dcx;
+        day = dcy;
+        dist_axial = dist_center;
+        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy);
     }
     else
     {
-        // Same sign
-        linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+        // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)
+        quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;
     }
 
-    // Process clicking on the slider
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    char buf[200];
+    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate.
     {
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+        if (quadrant == move_dir)
         {
-            const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
-            float normalized_pos = ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f);
-            if (!is_horizontal)
-                normalized_pos = 1.0f - normalized_pos;
-
-            float new_value;
-            if (is_non_linear)
-            {
-                // Account for logarithmic scale on both sides of the zero
-                if (normalized_pos < linear_zero_pos)
-                {
-                    // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering
-                    float a = 1.0f - (normalized_pos / linear_zero_pos);
-                    a = powf(a, power);
-                    new_value = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max,0.0f), v_min, a);
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering
-                    float a;
-                    if (fabsf(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f)
-                        a = (normalized_pos - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
-                    else
-                        a = normalized_pos;
-                    a = powf(a, power);
-                    new_value = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min,0.0f), v_max, a);
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                // Linear slider
-                new_value = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, normalized_pos);
-            }
-
-            // Round past decimal precision, verify that it remains within min/max range
-            new_value = RoundScalar(new_value, decimal_precision);
-            if (new_value > v_max)  new_value = v_max;
-            if (new_value < v_min)  new_value = v_min;
-
-            if (*v != new_value)
-            {
-                *v = new_value;
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80));
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));
+            draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
         }
-        else
+    }
+    const bool debug_hovering = IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max);
+    const bool debug_tty = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space));
+    if (debug_hovering || debug_tty)
+    {
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf),
+            "d-box    (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial  (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c",
+            dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "-WENS"[move_dir+1], "-WENS"[quadrant+1]);
+        if (debug_hovering)
         {
-            SetActiveID(0);
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 100));
+            draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200));
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40, 0, 0, 200));
+            draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf);
         }
+        if (debug_tty) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("id 0x%08X\n%s\n", g.LastItemData.ID, buf); }
     }
+#endif
 
-    // Calculate slider grab positioning
-    float grab_t;
-    if (is_non_linear)
+    // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to?
+    bool new_best = false;
+    if (quadrant == move_dir)
     {
-        float v_clamped = ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max);
-        if (v_clamped < 0.0f)
+        // Does it beat the current best candidate?
+        if (dist_box < result->DistBox)
         {
-            const float f = 1.0f - (v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin(0.0f,v_max) - v_min);
-            grab_t = (1.0f - powf(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos;
+            result->DistBox = dist_box;
+            result->DistCenter = dist_center;
+            return true;
         }
-        else
+        if (dist_box == result->DistBox)
         {
-            const float f = (v_clamped - ImMax(0.0f,v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax(0.0f,v_min));
-            grab_t = linear_zero_pos + powf(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Linear slider
-        grab_t = (ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max) - v_min) / (v_max - v_min);
-    }
-
-    // Draw
-    if (!is_horizontal)
-        grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
-    const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
-    ImRect grab_bb;
-    if (is_horizontal)
-        grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, frame_bb.Min.y + grab_padding), ImVec2(grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f, frame_bb.Max.y - grab_padding));
-    else
-        grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f));
-
-    if(render_bg)
-    {
-        auto bb = frame_bb;
-        ImRect fill_br = frame_bb;
-        auto slider_height = bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y;
-        auto slider_width = bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x;
-        ImVec2 graber_size = {};
-        float width = (grab_bb.Max.x - grab_bb.Min.x);
-        float height = (grab_bb.Max.y - grab_bb.Min.y);
-        float radius = 1.0;
-        if (is_horizontal)
-        {
-            bb.Min.y = bb.Min.y + (slider_height / 3);
-            bb.Max.y = bb.Max.y - (slider_height / 3);
-            if (bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y < 1.0f)
+            // Try using distance between center points to break ties
+            if (dist_center < result->DistCenter)
             {
-                bb.Min.y -= 0.5;
-                bb.Max.y += 0.5;
+                result->DistCenter = dist_center;
+                new_best = true;
             }
-            float grab_paddingl = 2.0f;
-            //Horizontal fills from left to right
-            fill_br.Min = bb.Min;
-            fill_br.Max = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - grab_paddingl, *v / 100), bb.Max.y);
-            graber_size = { grab_bb.Max.x - (width / 2.0f) , grab_bb.Max.y - (height / 2.0f) };
-            radius = height / 2.5f;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            bb.Min.x = bb.Min.x + (slider_width / 3);
-            bb.Max.x = bb.Max.x - (slider_width / 3);
-            if (bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x < 1.0f)
+            else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter)
             {
-                bb.Min.x -= 0.5;
-                bb.Max.x += 0.5;
+                // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items
+                // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index),
+                // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis.
+                if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance
+                    new_best = true;
             }
-            //Vertical fills from down upwards
-            fill_br.Min = bb.Min;
-            fill_br.Min.y = grab_bb.Min.y;
-            fill_br.Max = bb.Max;
-            graber_size = { grab_bb.Max.x - (width / 2.0f) , grab_bb.Max.y - (height / 2.0f) };
-            radius = width;// / 2.5;
-        }
-        // Draw frame
-        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), false, 10.0f);
-        RenderFrame(fill_br.Min, fill_br.Max, ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32({ 0, 112.f / 255, 197.f / 255, 1 }), false, 10.0f);
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(graber_size, radius, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), 16);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+        }
     }
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches
+    // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness)
+    // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too.
+    // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward.
+    // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option?
+    if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial)  // Check axial match
+        if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f))
+            {
+                result->DistAxial = dist_axial;
+                new_best = true;
+            }
+
+    return new_best;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SeekSlider(const char* label, int* v, const char* display_format)
+static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
 {
-    return SliderInt(label, v, 0, 100, display_format,true);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    result->Window = window;
+    result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+    result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
+    result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);
+    if (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid);
+        result->SelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData.
+    }
 }
 
-// Use power!=1.0 for logarithmic sliders.
-// Adjust display_format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix.
-//   "%.3f"         1.234
-//   "%5.2f secs"   01.23 secs
-//   "Gold: %.0f"   Gold: 1
-//bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
-bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power, bool render_bg)
+// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right.
+// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent.
+void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);
+}
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above)
+// This is called after LastItemData is set, but NextItemData is also still valid.
+static void ImGui::NavProcessItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
 
-    // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+    // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221)
+    if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false)
     {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-        return false;
+        g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x);
+        g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x);
     }
+    const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
 
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    if (hovered)
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.3f";
-    int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
-
-    // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
-    bool start_text_input = false;
-    const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id);
-    if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]))
+    // Process Init Request
+    if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
     {
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
-
-        if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+        // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback
+        const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0;
+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResult.ID == 0)
+        {
+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult);
+        }
+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus)
         {
-            start_text_input = true;
-            g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+            g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request
+            NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
         }
     }
-    if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
-        return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, id, decimal_precision);
 
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-
-    // Actual slider behavior + render grab
-    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_min, v_max, power, decimal_precision, 0, render_bg);
-
-    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
-    char value_buf[64];
-    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
-    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center|ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
-
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+    // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)
+    if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
+    {
+        if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) == 0)
+        {
+            const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0;
+            if (is_tabbing)
+            {
+                NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags);
+            }
+            else if (g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId))
+            {
+                ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+                if (NavScoreItem(result))
+                    NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+
+                // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items.
+                const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;
+                if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb))
+                    if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)
+                        if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible))
+                            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible);
+            }
+        }
+    }
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // Update information for currently focused/navigated item
+    if (g.NavId == id)
+    {
+        if (g.NavWindow != window)
+            SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window.
+        g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+        SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId); // Will set g.NavFocusScopeId AND store g.NavFocusScopePath
+        g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
+        g.NavIdIsAlive = true;
+        if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid);
+            g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData.
+        }
+        window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power, bool render_bg)
+// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest().
+// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests!
+// - Case 1: no nav/active id:    set result to first eligible item, stop storing.
+// - Case 2: tab forward:         on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result
+// - Case 3: tab forward wrap:    set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request
+// - Case 4: tab backward:        store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing
+// - Case 5: tab backward wrap:   store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested
+void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    if (hovered)
-        SetHoveredID(id);
+    if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0)
+    {
+        if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+            return;
+        if (g.NavFocusScopeId != g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
+            return;
+    }
 
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.3f";
-    int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
+    // - Can always land on an item when using API call.
+    // - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item.
+    // - Tabbing without _NavEnableKeyboard: goes through inputable items only.
+    bool can_stop;
+    if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)
+        can_stop = true;
+    else
+        can_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop) == 0 && ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) || (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable));
 
-    if (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows)
+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal;
+    if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1)
     {
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
+        // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0
+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)
+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingCounter > 0 && --g.NavTabbingCounter == 0)
+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
+        else if (g.NavId == id)
+            g.NavTabbingCounter = 1;
+    }
+    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
+    {
+        // Tab Backward
+        if (g.NavId == id)
+        {
+            if (result->ID)
+            {
+                g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+                NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+            }
+        }
+        else if (can_stop)
+        {
+            // Keep applying until reaching NavId
+            NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+        }
+    }
+    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0)
+    {
+        if (can_stop && g.NavId == id)
+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) // Tab init
+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
     }
+}
+
+bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0;
+}
 
-    // Actual slider behavior + render grab
-    bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_min, v_max, power, decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, render_bg);
+// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
 
-    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
-    // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding
-    char value_buf[64];
-    char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
-    RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center);
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+    if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
+        move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId;
 
-    return value_changed;
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true;
+    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
+    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags;
+    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
+    g.NavMoveKeyMods = (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) ? 0 : g.IO.KeyMods;
+    g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear();
+    g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear();
+    g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear();
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
+    g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear();
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max)
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
 {
-    float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI);
-    bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, "%.0f deg", 1.0f);
-    *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f;
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing
+    NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format, bool render_bg)
+// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data)
 {
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.0f";
-    float v_f = (float)*v;
-    bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_f, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format, 1.0f, render_bg);
-    *v = (int)v_f;
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+    g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags & ~ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; // Losing SelectionUserData, recovered next-frame (cheaper).
+    g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect;
+    NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult()
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel()
 {
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.0f";
-    float v_f = (float)*v;
-    bool value_changed = VSliderFloat(label, size, &v_f, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format, 1.0f);
-    *v = (int)v_f;
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
 }
 
-// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components
-bool ImGui::SliderFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it)
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
-    {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= SliderFloat("##v", &v[i], v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
-    }
-    PopID();
-
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-
-    return value_changed;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false);
+    NavMoveRequestCancel();
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true;
+    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
+    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded;
+    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire
+// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final.
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags)
 {
-    return SliderFloatN(label, v, 2, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY
+
+    // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it:
+    // as NavEndFrame() will do the same test. It will end up calling NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest().
+    if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0).
+// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way?
+static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)
 {
-    return SliderFloatN(label, v, 3, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+    ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window;
+    while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+        parent = parent->ParentWindow;
+    if (parent && parent != nav_window)
+        parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// Restore the last focused child.
+// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow()
+static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    return SliderFloatN(label, v, 4, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+    if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive)
+        return window->NavLastChildNavWindow;
+    return window;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= SliderInt("##v", &v[i], v_min, v_max, display_format);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+        g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);    // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests?
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+        if (prev_nav_window)
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    }
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0)
+    {
+        SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavLayer = layer;
+        NavInitWindow(window, true);
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-
-    return value_changed;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    return SliderIntN(label, v, 2, v_min, v_max, display_format);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove()
 {
-    return SliderIntN(label, v, 3, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+    g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()
 {
-    return SliderIntN(label, v, 4, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL);
+    if (g.NavAnyRequest)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
 }
 
-/* Provide GUI slider with values according to interval steps */
-bool ImGui::SliderIntWithSteps(const char* label, int * v, int v_min, int v_max, int v_step, const char* display_format)
+// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin)
+void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)
 {
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%d";
-
-    int tmp_val = *v;
-    bool value_changed = ImGui::SliderInt(label, &tmp_val, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow);
 
-    // Round the actual slider value to the cloasest bound interval
-    if (v_step > 1)
-        tmp_val -= (tmp_val - v_min) % v_step;
-    *v = tmp_val;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)
+    {
+        g.NavId = 0;
+        SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId);
+        return;
+    }
 
-    return value_changed;
+    bool init_for_nav = false;
+    if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)
+        init_for_nav = true;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer);
+    if (init_for_nav)
+    {
+        SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect());
+        g.NavInitRequest = true;
+        g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+        g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
+        NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];
+        SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId);
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, int decimal_precision, float power)
+static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-
-    // Draw frame
-    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
-    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
-
-    bool value_changed = false;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    const bool activated_shortcut = g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdFromShortcut && g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;
 
-    // Process clicking on the drag
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    // Testing for !activated_shortcut here could in theory be removed if we decided that activating a remote shortcut altered one of the g.NavDisableXXX flag.
+    if ((g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) && !activated_shortcut)
     {
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
-        {
-            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
-            {
-                // Lock current value on click
-                g.DragCurrentValue = *v;
-                g.DragLastMouseDelta = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
-            }
-
-            float v_cur = g.DragCurrentValue;
-            const ImVec2 mouse_drag_delta = GetMouseDragDelta(0, 1.0f);
-            if (fabsf(mouse_drag_delta.x - g.DragLastMouseDelta.x) > 0.0f)
-            {
-                float speed = v_speed;
-                if (speed == 0.0f && (v_max - v_min) != 0.0f && (v_max - v_min) < FLT_MAX)
-                    speed = (v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio;
-                if (g.IO.KeyShift && g.DragSpeedScaleFast >= 0.0f)
-                    speed = speed * g.DragSpeedScaleFast;
-                if (g.IO.KeyAlt && g.DragSpeedScaleSlow >= 0.0f)
-                    speed = speed * g.DragSpeedScaleSlow;
-
-                float delta = (mouse_drag_delta.x - g.DragLastMouseDelta.x) * speed;
-                if (fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.001f)
-                {
-                    // Logarithmic curve on both side of 0.0
-                    float v0_abs = v_cur >= 0.0f ? v_cur : -v_cur;
-                    float v0_sign = v_cur >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : -1.0f;
-                    float v1 = powf(v0_abs, 1.0f / power) + (delta * v0_sign);
-                    float v1_abs = v1 >= 0.0f ? v1 : -v1;
-                    float v1_sign = v1 >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : -1.0f;          // Crossed sign line
-                    v_cur = powf(v1_abs, power) * v0_sign * v1_sign;    // Reapply sign
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    v_cur += delta;
-                }
-                g.DragLastMouseDelta.x = mouse_drag_delta.x;
-
-                // Clamp
-                if (v_min < v_max)
-                    v_cur = ImClamp(v_cur, v_min, v_max);
-                g.DragCurrentValue = v_cur;
-            }
-
-            // Round to user desired precision, then apply
-            v_cur = RoundScalar(v_cur, decimal_precision);
-            if (*v != v_cur)
-            {
-                *v = v_cur;
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
-        }
+        // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used)
+        // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard.
+        // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx()
+        ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos;
+        return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item
+        ImRect ref_rect;
+        if (activated_shortcut)
+            ref_rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
         else
+            ref_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]);
+
+        // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?)
+        if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX))
         {
-            SetActiveID(0);
+            ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+            ref_rect.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll);
         }
+        ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(ref_rect.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, ref_rect.GetWidth()), ref_rect.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, ref_rect.GetHeight()));
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+        return ImTrunc(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImTrunc() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.
     }
-
-    return value_changed;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+    float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
+    GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
-
-    // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+    ImGuiKey key_less, key_more;
+    if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
     {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-        return false;
+        key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp;
+        key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown;
     }
-
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    if (hovered)
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.3f";
-    int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
-
-    // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box
-    bool start_text_input = false;
-    const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id);
-    if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && (g.IO.MouseClicked[0] | g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])))
+    else
     {
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
-
-        if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+        key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+        key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+    }
+    float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
+    if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase
+        amount = 0.0f;
+    return amount;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    io.WantSetMousePos = false;
+    //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);
+
+    // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource?
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown };
+    if (nav_gamepad_active)
+        for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source)
+            if (IsKeyDown(key))
+                g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow };
+    if (nav_keyboard_active)
+        for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source)
+            if (IsKeyDown(key))
+                g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+
+    // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)
+    g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;
+    if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0)
+        NavInitRequestApplyResult();
+    g.NavInitRequest = false;
+    g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+    g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
+
+    // Process navigation move request
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
+        NavMoveRequestApplyResult();
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+
+    // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling)
+    bool set_mouse_pos = false;
+    if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive)
+        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow)
+            set_mouse_pos = true;
+    g.NavMousePosDirty = false;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
+
+    // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0
+    if (g.NavWindow)
+        NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow);
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
+
+    // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.)
+    NavUpdateWindowing();
+
+    // Set output flags for user application
+    io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);
+    io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
+
+    // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
+    NavUpdateCancelRequest();
+
+    // Process manual activation request
+    g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = 0;
+    g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+    if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+    {
+        const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner));
+        const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)));
+        const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner));
+        const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)));
+        if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)
+        {
+            g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
+            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak;
+        }
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed)
         {
-            start_text_input = true;
-            g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+            g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
+            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
+        }
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_down || input_down))
+            g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_pressed || input_pressed))
+        {
+            g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;
+            NavHighlightActivated(g.NavId);
         }
     }
-    if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
-        return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, id, decimal_precision);
+    if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    if (g.NavActivateId != 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId);
+
+    // Highlight
+    if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer > 0.0f)
+        g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = ImMax(0.0f, g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer - io.DeltaTime);
+    if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer == 0.0f)
+        g.NavHighlightActivatedId = 0;
+
+    // Process programmatic activation request
+    // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others)
+    if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0)
+    {
+        g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId;
+        g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags;
+    }
+    g.NavNextActivateId = 0;
+
+    // Process move requests
+    NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
+        NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+    g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+
+    // Scrolling
+    if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget)
+    {
+        // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+        const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.
+        const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+        if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
+        {
+            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+                SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+                SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+        }
 
-    // Actual drag behavior
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, decimal_precision, power);
+        // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick
+        // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds.
+        if (nav_gamepad_active)
+        {
+            const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
+            const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
+            if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)
+                SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
+            if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)
+                SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
+        }
+    }
 
-    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
-    char value_buf[64];
-    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
-    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center|ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
+    // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled
+    if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active)
+    {
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false;
+    }
 
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+    // Update mouse position if requested
+    // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied)
+    if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos))
+        TeleportMousePos(NavCalcPreferredRefPos());
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // [DEBUG]
+    g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS
+    if (ImGuiWindow* debug_window = g.NavWindow)
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(debug_window);
+        int layer = g.NavLayer; /* for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++)*/ { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(debug_window, debug_window->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); }
+        //if (1) { ImU32 col = (!debug_window->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }
+    }
+#endif
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
+    // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    if (!g.NavWindow)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult;
+    if (g.NavId != result->ID)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= DragFloat("##v", &v[i], v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
+        g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0;
+        g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false;
+        g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) != 0;
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)
+    // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently.
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);
+    g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result
+    if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData;
+    if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+// Bias scoring rect ahead of scoring + update preferred pos (if missing) using source position
+static void NavBiasScoringRect(ImRect& r, ImVec2& preferred_pos_rel, ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
 {
-    return DragFloatN(label, v, 2, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
-}
+    // Bias initial rect
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImVec2 rel_to_abs_offset = g.NavWindow->DC.CursorStartPos;
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
-{
-    return DragFloatN(label, v, 3, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
-}
+    // Initialize bias on departure if we don't have any. So mouse-click + arrow will record bias.
+    // - We default to L/U bias, so moving down from a large source item into several columns will land on left-most column.
+    // - But each successful move sets new bias on one axis, only cleared when using mouse.
+    if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
+    {
+        if (preferred_pos_rel.x == FLT_MAX)
+            preferred_pos_rel.x = ImMin(r.Min.x + 1.0f, r.Max.x) - rel_to_abs_offset.x;
+        if (preferred_pos_rel.y == FLT_MAX)
+            preferred_pos_rel.y = r.GetCenter().y - rel_to_abs_offset.y;
+    }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
-{
-    return DragFloatN(label, v, 4, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+    // Apply general bias on the other axis
+    if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) && preferred_pos_rel.x != FLT_MAX)
+        r.Min.x = r.Max.x = preferred_pos_rel.x + rel_to_abs_offset.x;
+    else if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) && preferred_pos_rel.y != FLT_MAX)
+        r.Min.y = r.Max.y = preferred_pos_rel.y + rel_to_abs_offset.y;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, const char* display_format_max, float power)
+void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    PushID(label);
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
 
-    bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), display_format, power);
-    PopItemWidth();
-    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, display_format_max ? display_format_max : display_format, power);
-    PopItemWidth();
-    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-    PopID();
+    if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL)
+    {
+        // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window)
+        // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None);
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded);
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Initiate directional inputs request
+        g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;
+        g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
+        g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;
+        if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        {
+            const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove;
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left)  && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,  repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,  repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up)    && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,    repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow,    repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down)  && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,  repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow,  repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; }
+        }
+        g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    }
 
-    return value_changed;
-}
+    // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll
+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag?
+    float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
+    if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active)
+        scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
+    if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f)
+    {
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect;
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);
+    }
 
-// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision
-bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    if (!display_format)
-        display_format = "%.0f";
-    float v_f = (float)*v;
-    bool value_changed = DragFloat(label, &v_f, v_speed, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format);
-    *v = (int)v_f;
-    return value_changed;
-}
+    // [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction.
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    //if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
+    //    g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3);
+    if (io.KeyCtrl)
+    {
+        if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
+            g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug;
+        g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
+        g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult;
+    }
+#endif
 
-bool ImGui::DragIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    // Submit
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
+    if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)
+        NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    // Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match)
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= DragInt("##v", &v[i], v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", g.NavLayer);
+        g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;
+        g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
     }
-    PopID();
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-
-    return value_changed;
-}
+    // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area.
+    // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling,
+    // since with gamepad all movements are relative (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse).
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded))
+    {
+        bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0;
+        bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0;
+        ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)));
 
-bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    return DragIntN(label, v, 2, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
-}
+        // Take account of changing scroll to handle triggering a new move request on a scrolling frame. (#6171)
+        // Otherwise 'inner_rect_rel' would be off on the move result frame.
+        inner_rect_rel.Translate(CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window) - window->Scroll);
 
-bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    return DragIntN(label, v, 3, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
-}
+        if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n");
+            float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f);
+            float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item
+            inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX;
+            window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel);
+            g.NavId = 0;
+        }
+    }
 
-bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
-{
-    return DragIntN(label, v, 4, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+    // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items)
+    ImRect scoring_rect;
+    if (window != NULL)
+    {
+        ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
+        scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel);
+        scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);
+        if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
+            NavBiasScoringRect(scoring_rect, window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveFlags);
+        IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
+        //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG]
+    }
+    g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect;
+    g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format, const char* display_format_max)
+void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    PushID(label);
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
-
-    bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), display_format);
-    PopItemWidth();
-    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, display_format_max ? display_format_max : display_format);
-    PopItemWidth();
-    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None);
+    if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        return;
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-    PopID();
+    const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt;
+    if (!tab_pressed)
+        return;
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // Initiate tabbing request
+    // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!)
+    // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping.
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    if (nav_keyboard_active)
+        g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
+    else
+        g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+    ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down;
+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = -1;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate()
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times
         return;
+#endif
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    // Select which result to use
+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL;
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    if (graph_size.x == 0.0f)
-        graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
-    if (graph_size.y == 0.0f)
-        graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
-
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y));
-    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, NULL))
+    // Tabbing forward wrap
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL)
+        if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID)
+            result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst;
+
+    // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result)
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    if (result == NULL)
+    {
+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
+            g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;
+        if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)
+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis); // On a failed move, clear preferred pos for this axis.
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n");
         return;
+    }
+
+    // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet)
+        if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId)
+            result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible;
+
+    // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules.
+    if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
+        if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter))
+            result = &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window);
 
-    // Determine scale from values if not specified
-    if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+    // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.
+    if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
     {
-        float v_min = FLT_MAX;
-        float v_max = -FLT_MAX;
-        for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++)
+        ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel);
+        ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
+
+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY)
         {
-            const float v = values_getter(data, i);
-            v_min = ImMin(v_min, v);
-            v_max = ImMax(v_max, v);
+            // FIXME: Should remove this? Or make more precise: use ScrollToRectEx() with edge?
+            float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f;
+            SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target);
         }
-        if (scale_min == FLT_MAX)
-            scale_min = v_min;
-        if (scale_max == FLT_MAX)
-            scale_max = v_max;
     }
 
-    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    if (g.NavWindow != result->Window)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name);
+        g.NavWindow = result->Window;
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+    }
+
+    // Clear active id unless requested not to
+    // FIXME: ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId is currently unused as we don't have a clear strategy to preserve active id after interaction,
+    // so this is mostly provided as a gateway for further experiments (see #1418, #2890)
+    if (g.ActiveId != result->ID && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId) == 0)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)
+    // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior.
+    if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0)
+    {
+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
+        g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods;
+        g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0;
+        g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) != 0;
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = 0x%08X, NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0x%08X\n", g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId, g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId);
+    }
+
+    // Apply new NavID/Focus
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer];
+    SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);
+    if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)
+        g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData;
 
-    int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
-    int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+    // Restore last preferred position for current axis
+    // (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..)
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0)
+    {
+        preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis];
+        g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel;
+    }
 
-    // Tooltip on hover
-    int v_hovered = -1;
-    if (IsHovered(inner_bb, 0))
+    // Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0)
+        g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;
+
+    // Activate
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate)
     {
-        const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
-        const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
-        IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count);
+        g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;
+        g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
+            g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing;
+    }
+
+    // Enable nav highlight
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+}
+
+// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
+// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need:
+// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it.
+// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))
+        return;
 
-        const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count);
-        const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count);
-        if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
-            SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1);
-        else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
-            SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0);
-        v_hovered = v_idx;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n");
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0)
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+    }
+    else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+    {
+        // Leave the "menu" layer
+        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    }
+    else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow)
+    {
+        // Exit child window
+        ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav;
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = child_window->ParentWindow;
+        IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);
+        FocusWindow(parent_window);
+        SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_window->Rect()));
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    }
+    else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+    {
+        // Close open popup/menu
+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were
+        if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))
+            g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
+        g.NavId = 0;
     }
+}
 
-    const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w;
+// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys
+// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request
+// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference
+// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid?
+static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
+        return 0.0f;
 
-    float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count);
-    float t0 = 0.0f;
-    ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) / (scale_max - scale_min)) );    // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle
+    const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out
+        return 0.0f;
 
-    const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram);
-    const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered);
+    if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
 
-    for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++)
+    if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)
     {
-        const float t1 = t0 + t_step;
-        const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f);
-        IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count);
-        const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count);
-        const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) / (scale_max - scale_min)) );
-
-        // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU.
-        ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0);
-        ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, 1.0f));
-        if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+        // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))
+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))
+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+        else if (home_pressed)
+            SetScrollY(window, 0.0f);
+        else if (end_pressed)
+            SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+        const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());
+        float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true))
         {
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;
         }
-        else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true))
         {
-            if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f)
-                pos1.x -= 1.0f;
-            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;
         }
-
-        t0 = t1;
-        tp0 = tp1;
+        else if (home_pressed)
+        {
+            // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y
+            // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result.
+            // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any.
+            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f;
+            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
+                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
+            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
+        }
+        else if (end_pressed)
+        {
+            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y;
+            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
+                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
+            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
+        }
+        return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;
     }
-
-    // Text overlay
-    if (overlay_text)
-        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center);
-
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+    return 0.0f;
 }
 
-struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData
+static void ImGui::NavEndFrame()
 {
-    const float* Values;
-    int Stride;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; }
-};
+    // Show CTRL+TAB list window
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
+        NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
 
-static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
-{
-    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data;
-    const float v = *(float*)(void*)((unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride);
-    return v;
+    // Perform wrap-around in menus
+    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly.
+    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame.
+    if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
+        NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
 }
 
-void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest()
 {
-    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
-    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
 
-void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
-{
-    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+    bool do_forward = false;
+    ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+    ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+
+    const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags;
+    //const ImGuiAxis move_axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (!do_forward)
+        return;
+    window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel;
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
 }
 
-void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
-    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(g);
+    int order = window->FocusOrder;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window);
+    return order;
 }
 
-void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
 {
-    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir)
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]))
+            return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size
-void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay)
+static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-
-    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    ImRect bb(pos, pos + CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
         return;
 
-    // Render
-    fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
-    bb.Reduce(ImVec2(window->BorderSize, window->BorderSize));
-    const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, fill_br, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), false, style.FrameRounding);
-
-    // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
-    char overlay_buf[32];
-    if (!overlay)
+    const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+    ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir);
+    if (!window_target)
+        window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir);
+    if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list
     {
-        ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f);
-        overlay = overlay_buf;
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target;
+        g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     }
-
-    ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
-    if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImGuiAlign_Left|ImGuiAlign_VCenter, &bb.Min, &bb.Max);
+    g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
+// Windowing management mode
+// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer)
+// Gamepad:  Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer)
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
 
-    const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2));
-    ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;
+    bool apply_toggle_layer = false;
 
-    ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
-        total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max));
-    }
-
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
-        return false;
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+    bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal.
+    if (!allow_windowing)
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
 
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-    if (pressed)
-        *v = !(*v);
-
-    RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
-    if (*v)
+    // Fade out
+    if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)
     {
-        const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
-        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min+ImVec2(pad,pad), check_bb.Max-ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), style.FrameRounding);
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
+        if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
+            g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;
     }
 
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(text_bb.GetTL(), *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(text_bb.GetTL(), label);
-
-    return pressed;
-}
+    // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection
+    // (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext/g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev defaults are ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiKey_Tab and ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiMod_Shift|ImGuiKey_Tab)
+    const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr("###NavUpdateWindowing");
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, owner_id);
+    const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, owner_id);
+    const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, ImGuiInputFlags_None);
+    const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard!
+    if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))
+        {
+            g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow;
+            g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer
+            g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
+
+            // Manually register ownership of our mods. Using a global route in the Shortcut() calls instead would probably be correct but may have more side-effects.
+            if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)
+                SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext | g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev) & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id);
+        }
 
-bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value)
-{
-    bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value);
-    bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v);
-    if (pressed)
+    // Gamepad update
+    g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime;
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
     {
-        if (v)
-            *flags |= flags_value;
-        else
-            *flags &= ~flags_value;
-    }
-
-    return pressed;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+        // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));
 
-    const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1));
-    ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+        // Select window to focus
+        const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1);
+        if (focus_change_dir != 0)
+        {
+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);
+            g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;
+        }
 
-    ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
-        total_bb.Add(text_bb);
+        // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most)
+        if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu))
+        {
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.
+            if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow)
+                apply_toggle_layer = true;
+            else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
+                apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
+            g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+        }
     }
 
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
-    center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f;
-    center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f;
-    const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f;
-
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-
-    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16);
-    if (active)
+    // Keyboard: Focus
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
     {
-        const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
-        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
+        // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise
+        ImGuiKeyChord shared_mods = ((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext : ImGuiMod_Mask_) & (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev : ImGuiMod_Mask_)) & ImGuiMod_Mask_;
+        IM_ASSERT(shared_mods != 0); // Next/Prev shortcut currently needs a shared modifier to "hold", otherwise Prev actions would keep cycling between two windows.
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f
+        if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)
+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(keyboard_next_window ? -1 : +1);
+        else if ((io.KeyMods & shared_mods) != shared_mods)
+            apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
     }
 
-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders)
-    {
-        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16);
-        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16);
+    // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer
+    const ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_keys[] = { ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_RightAlt };
+    for (ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_key : windowing_toggle_keys)
+        if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(windowing_toggle_key, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))
+        {
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;
+            g.NavWindowingToggleKey = windowing_toggle_key;
+            g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+            break;
+        }
+    if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
+    {
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370)
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439)
+        // - AltGR is Alt+Ctrl on some layout but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl).
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key.
+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper)
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+        if (TestKeyOwner(g.NavWindowingToggleKey, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) == false || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) == false)
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+
+        // Apply layer toggle on Alt release
+        // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss.
+        if (IsKeyReleased(g.NavWindowingToggleKey) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
+            if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+                if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
+                    apply_toggle_layer = true;
+        if (!IsKeyDown(g.NavWindowingToggleKey))
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+    }
+
+    // Move window
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+    {
+        ImVec2 nav_move_dir;
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift)
+            nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+            nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
+        if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;
+            const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step;
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+            ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos);
+            if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
+            {
+                ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow;
+                SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always);
+                g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored;
+            }
+        }
     }
 
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(text_bb.GetTL(), active ? "(x)" : "( )");
-    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(text_bb.GetTL(), label);
-
-    return pressed;
-}
+    // Apply final focus
+    if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
+        FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
+        apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow;
+        if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)
+            NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
+
+        // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly
+        // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame,
+        // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since
+        // the target window as already been previewed once.
+        // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases,
+        // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask*
+        // won't be valid.
+        if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu))
+            g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    }
+    if (apply_focus_window)
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+
+    // Apply menu/layer toggle
+    if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow)
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+        // Move to parent menu if necessary
+        ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+        while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow
+            && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0
+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0
+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+            new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;
+        if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+            FocusWindow(new_nav_window);
+            new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window;
+        }
 
-bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button)
-{
-    const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button);
-    if (pressed)
-    {
-        *v = v_button;
+        // Toggle layer
+        const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer)
+        {
+            // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?)
+            if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)
+                g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0;
+            NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer);
+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        }
     }
-    return pressed;
 }
 
-static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end)
+// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable()
+static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    int line_count = 0;
-    const char* s = text_begin;
-    while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding
-        if (c == '\n')
-            line_count++;
-    s--;
-    if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r')
-        line_count++;
-    *out_text_end = s;
-    return line_count;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+        return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup);
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0)
+        return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar);
+    return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled);
 }
 
-static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
+// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().
+void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay()
 {
-    ImFont* font = GImGui->Font;
-    const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize;
-    const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
 
-    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
-    float line_width = 0.0f;
+    if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY)
+        return;
 
-    const ImWchar* s = text_begin;
-    while (s < text_end)
-    {
-        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++);
-        if (c == '\n')
-        {
-            text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
-            text_size.y += line_height;
-            line_width = 0.0f;
-            if (stop_on_new_line)
-                break;
-            continue;
-        }
-        if (c == '\r')
+    if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL)
+        g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList");
+    const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
+    SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));
+    SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f);
+    Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+    if (g.ContextName[0] != 0)
+        SeparatorText(g.ContextName);
+    for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n];
+        IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers
+        if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window))
             continue;
-
-        const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)c) * scale;
-        line_width += char_width;
+        const char* label = window->Name;
+        if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label))
+            label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window);
+        Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window);
     }
+    End();
+    PopStyleVar();
+}
 
-    if (text_size.x < line_width)
-        text_size.x = line_width;
 
-    if (out_offset)
-        *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height);  // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f)                        // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n
-        text_size.y += line_height;
+bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.DragDropActive;
+}
 
-    if (remaining)
-        *remaining = s;
+void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DragDropActive)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] ClearDragDrop()\n");
+    g.DragDropActive = false;
+    g.DragDropPayload.Clear();
+    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
+    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
 
-    return text_size;
+    g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear();
+    memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
 }
 
-// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar)
-namespace ImGuiStb
+bool ImGui::BeginTooltipHidden()
 {
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool ret = Begin("##Tooltip_Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
+    SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow);
+    return ret;
+}
 
-static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj)                             { return obj->CurLenW; }
-static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)                      { return obj->Text[idx]; }
-static float   STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx)  { ImWchar c = obj->Text[line_start_idx+char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; return GImGui->Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (GImGui->FontSize / GImGui->Font->FontSize); }
-static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key)                                                    { return key >= 0x10000 ? 0 : key; }
-static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n';
-static void    STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx)
+// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource()
+// If the item has an identifier:
+// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior).
+// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button.
+// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag.
+// If the item has no identifier:
+// - Currently always assume left mouse button.
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
 {
-    const ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data;
-    const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL;
-    const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true);
-    r->x0 = 0.0f;
-    r->x1 = size.x;
-    r->baseline_y_delta = size.y;
-    r->ymin = 0.0f;
-    r->ymax = size.y;
-    r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx));
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-static bool is_separator(unsigned int c)                                        { return ImCharIsSpace(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; }
-static int  is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)      { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; }
-static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)   { while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; }
-#ifdef __APPLE__    // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure
-static int  is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)       { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; }
-static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)  { int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
-#else
-static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)  { int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
-#endif
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT   STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL    // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL
+    // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button,
+    // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic).
+    ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
 
-static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n)
-{
-    ImWchar* dst = obj->Text.Data + pos;
+    bool source_drag_active = false;
+    ImGuiID source_id = 0;
+    ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) == 0)
+    {
+        source_id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+        if (source_id != 0)
+        {
+            // Common path: items with ID
+            if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
+                return false;
+            if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1)
+                mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
+                return false;
+            g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Uncommon path: items without ID
+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
+                return false;
+            if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
+                return false;
 
-    // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats
-    obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n);
-    obj->CurLenW -= n;
+            // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to:
+            // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag.
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID))
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(0);
+                return false;
+            }
 
-    // Offset remaining text
-    const ImWchar* src = obj->Text.Data + pos + n;
-    while (ImWchar c = *src++)
-        *dst++ = c;
-    *dst = '\0';
-}
+            // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()
+            // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.
+            // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.
+            // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.
+            // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact.
+            source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);
+            KeepAliveID(source_id);
+            bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+            if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])
+            {
+                SetActiveID(source_id, window);
+                FocusWindow(window);
+            }
+            if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker.
+                g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered;
+        }
+        if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
+            return false;
+        source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();
+        source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button);
 
-static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len)
-{
-    const int text_len = obj->CurLenW;
-    if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->Text.Size)
-        return false;
+        // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any
+        SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern is set:
+        window = NULL;
+        source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern");
+        source_drag_active = true;
+        mouse_button = g.IO.MouseDown[0] ? 0 : -1;
+        KeepAliveID(source_id);
+        SetActiveID(source_id, NULL);
+    }
 
-    const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len);
-    if (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufSizeA)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget()
+    if (!source_drag_active)
         return false;
 
-    ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data;
-    if (pos != text_len)
-        memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar));
-    memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar));
+    // Activate drag and drop
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0);
+        ClearDragDrop();
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] BeginDragDropSource() DragDropActive = true, source_id = 0x%08X%s\n",
+            source_id, (flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) ? " (EXTERN)" : "");
+        ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+        payload.SourceId = source_id;
+        payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id;
+        g.DragDropActive = true;
+        g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags;
+        g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button;
+        if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
+            g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+    }
+    g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+    g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+    {
+        // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)
+        // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.
+        bool ret;
+        if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
+            ret = BeginTooltipHidden();
+        else
+            ret = BeginTooltip();
+        IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame().
+        IM_UNUSED(ret);
+    }
 
-    obj->CurLenW += new_text_len;
-    obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8;
-    obj->Text[obj->CurLenW] = '\0';
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
 
     return true;
 }
 
-// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols)
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT         0x10000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT        0x10001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP           0x10002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN         0x10003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART    0x10004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND      0x10005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART    0x10006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND      0x10007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE       0x10008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE    0x10009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO         0x1000A // keyboard input to perform undo
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO         0x1000B // keyboard input to perform redo
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT     0x1000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT    0x1000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT        0x20000
+void ImGui::EndDragDropSource()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?");
 
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
-#include "stb_textedit.h"
+    if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+        EndTooltip();
 
+    // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload()
+    if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1)
+        ClearDragDrop();
+    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextEditState::OnKeyPressed(int key)
+// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame
+bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
-    stb_textedit_key(this, &StbState, key);
-    CursorFollow = true;
-    CursorAnimReset();
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+    if (cond == 0)
+        cond = ImGuiCond_Always;
 
-// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text
-// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar)
-// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance.
-void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count)
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen);
-    char* dst = Buf + pos;
-    const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count;
-    while (char c = *src++)
-        *dst++ = c;
-    *dst = '\0';
+    IM_ASSERT(type != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long");
+    IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0));
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once);
+    IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource()
+
+    if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1)
+    {
+        // Copy payload
+        ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType));
+        g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0);
+        if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal))
+        {
+            // Store in heap
+            g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size);
+            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data;
+            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
+        }
+        else if (data_size > 0)
+        {
+            // Store locally
+            memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
+            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal;
+            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            payload.Data = NULL;
+        }
+        payload.DataSize = (int)data_size;
+    }
+    payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
 
-    if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos)
-        CursorPos -= bytes_count;
-    else if (CursorPos >= pos)
-        CursorPos = pos;
-    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
-    BufDirty = true;
-    BufTextLen -= bytes_count;
+    // Return whether the payload has been accepted
+    return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1);
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end)
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
 {
-    const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text);
-    if (new_text_len + BufTextLen + 1 >= BufSize)
-        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
+        return false;
 
-    if (BufTextLen != pos)
-        memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos));
-    memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char));
-    Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0';
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
+    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow)
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId))
+        return false;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
 
-    if (CursorPos >= pos)
-        CursorPos += new_text_len;
-    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
-    BufDirty = true;
-    BufTextLen += new_text_len;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget()
+    g.DragDropTargetRect = bb;
+    g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overriden by user depending on use case?
+    g.DragDropTargetId = id;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
+    return true;
 }
 
-// Return false to discard a character.
-static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because:
+// 1) we use LastItemData's ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them.
+// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can.
+// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case)
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()
 {
-    unsigned int c = *p_char;
-
-    if (c < 128 && c != ' ' && !isprint((int)(c & 0xFF)))
-    {
-        bool pass = false;
-        pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline));
-        pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput));
-        if (!pass)
-            return false;
-    }
-
-    if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) // Filter private Unicode range. I don't imagine anybody would want to input them. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
         return false;
 
-    if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank))
-    {
-        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal)
-            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/'))
-                return false;
-
-        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)
-            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'))
-                return false;
-
-        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)
-            if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
-                *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a'));
-
-        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank)
-            if (ImCharIsSpace(c))
-                return false;
-    }
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+        return false;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
+    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow || window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+    const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (id == 0)
     {
-        ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data;
-        memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData));
-        callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
-        callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
-        callback_data.Flags = flags;
-        callback_data.UserData = user_data;
-        if (callback(&callback_data) != 0)
-            return false;
-        *p_char = callback_data.EventChar;
-        if (!callback_data.EventChar)
-            return false;
+        id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect);
+        KeepAliveID(id);
     }
+    if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)
+        return false;
 
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget()
+    g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect;
+    g.DragDropTargetClipRect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect : window->ClipRect;
+    g.DragDropTargetId = id;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
     return true;
 }
 
-// Edit a string of text
-// NB: when active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while active has no effect.
-// FIXME: Rather messy function partly because we are doing UTF8 > u16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to more easily handle stb_textedit calls. Ideally we should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188
-bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys)
-    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0;
+}
 
+const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);                        // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ?
+    IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1);            // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ?
+    if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type))
+        return NULL;
 
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0;
-    const bool is_editable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0;
-    const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0;
+    // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints.
+    // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function!
+    const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId);
+    ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect;
+    float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight();
+    if (r_surface > g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface)
+        return NULL;
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? GetTextLineHeight() * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x) : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: accept\n", g.DragDropTargetId);
 
-    ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
-    if (is_multiline)
-    {
-        BeginGroup();
-        if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()))
-        {
-            EndChildFrame();
-            EndGroup();
-            return false;
-        }
-        draw_window = GetCurrentWindow();
-        size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
-    }
+    // Render default drop visuals
+    payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;
+    flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame)
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)
+        RenderDragDropTargetRect(r, g.DragDropTargetClipRect);
+
+    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+    if ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) && g.DragDropMouseButton == -1)
+        payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && (g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount);
     else
-    {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
-            return false;
-    }
+        payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()
+    if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery))
+        return NULL;
 
-    // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
-    if (is_password)
-    {
-        const ImFont::Glyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
-        ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
-        password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
-        password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
-        password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset;
-        password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
-        password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
-        password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
-        password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
-        password_font->FallbackXAdvance = glyph->XAdvance;
-        IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexXAdvance.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
-        PushFont(password_font);
-    }
+    if (payload.Delivery)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] AcceptDragDropPayload(): 0x%08X: payload delivery\n", g.DragDropTargetId);
+    return &payload;
+}
+
+// FIXME-STYLE FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.
+void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImRect bb_display = bb;
+    bb_display.ClipWith(item_clip_rect); // Clip THEN expand so we have a way to visualize that target is not entirely visible.
+    bb_display.Expand(3.5f);
+    bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(bb_display);
+    if (push_clip_rect)
+        window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen();
+    window->DrawList->AddRect(bb_display.Min, bb_display.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+    if (push_clip_rect)
+        window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+}
+
+const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL;
+}
 
-    // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget.
-    ImGuiTextEditState& edit_state = g.InputTextState;
+void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget);
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
 
-    const bool is_ctrl_down = io.KeyCtrl;
-    const bool is_shift_down = io.KeyShift;
-    const bool is_alt_down = io.KeyAlt;
-    const bool is_super_down = io.KeySuper;
-    const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id, (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) == 0);    // Using completion callback disable keyboard tabbing
-    const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent);
-    const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code;
+    // Clear drag and drop state payload right after delivery
+    if (g.DragDropPayload.Delivery)
+        ClearDragDrop();
+}
 
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    if (hovered)
-    {
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-        g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput;
-    }
-    const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
-    const bool user_scrolled = is_multiline && g.ActiveId == 0 && edit_state.Id == id && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == draw_window->GetID("#SCROLLY");
-
-    bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0;
-    if (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scrolled)
-    {
-        if (g.ActiveId != id)
-        {
-            // Start edition
-            // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar)
-            // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
-            const int prev_len_w = edit_state.CurLenW;
-            edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1);        // wchar count <= utf-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
-            edit_state.InitialText.resize(buf_size+1); // utf-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
-            ImFormatString(edit_state.InitialText.Data, edit_state.InitialText.Size, "%s", buf);
-            const char* buf_end = NULL;
-            edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
-            edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImFormatString() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
-            edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-
-            // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
-            // FIXME: We should probably compare the whole buffer to be on the safety side. Comparing buf (utf8) and edit_state.Text (wchar).
-            const bool recycle_state = (edit_state.Id == id) && (prev_len_w == edit_state.CurLenW);
-            if (recycle_state)
-            {
-                // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
-                // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
-                edit_state.CursorClamp();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                edit_state.Id = id;
-                edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
-                stb_textedit_initialize_state(&edit_state.StbState, !is_multiline);
-                if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code)
-                    select_all = true;
-            }
-            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode)
-                edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true;
-            if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && is_ctrl_down)))
-                select_all = true;
-        }
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard.
+// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    if (g.LogFile)
+    {
+        g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0);
+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
+        ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile);
     }
-    else if (io.MouseClicked[0])
+    else
     {
-        // Release focus when we click outside
-        if (g.ActiveId == id)
-            SetActiveID(0);
+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
     }
+}
 
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    bool enter_pressed = false;
-
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
-    {
-        if (!is_editable && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
-        {
-            // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
-            edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1);
-            const char* buf_end = NULL;
-            edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
-            edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
-            edit_state.CursorClamp();
-        }
+void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
 
-        edit_state.BufSizeA = buf_size;
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
 
-        // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
-        // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active.
-        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0];
+void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
 
-        // Edit in progress
-        const float mouse_x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + edit_state.ScrollX;
-        const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (g.IO.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f));
+    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
+}
 
-        if (select_all || (hovered && !io.DoubleClickSelectsWord && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
-        {
-            edit_state.SelectAll();
-            edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
-        }
-        else if (hovered && io.DoubleClickSelectsWord && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
-        {
-            // Select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes)
-            edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT);
-            edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
-        }
-        else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock)
-        {
-            stb_textedit_click(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
-            edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-        }
-        else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
-        {
-            stb_textedit_drag(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
-            edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-            edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
-        }
-        if (edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
-            edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
+// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
+// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system.
+void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-        if (g.IO.InputCharacters[0])
-        {
-            // Process text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
-            // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow CTRL+ALT as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR - which is Alt+Ctrl - to input certain characters.
-            if (!(is_ctrl_down && !is_alt_down) && is_editable)
-            {
-                for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.InputCharacters) && g.IO.InputCharacters[n]; n++)
-                    if (unsigned int c = (unsigned int)g.IO.InputCharacters[n])
-                    {
-                        // Insert character if they pass filtering
-                        if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
-                            continue;
-                        edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
-                    }
-            }
+    const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix;
+    const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
 
-            // Consume characters
-            memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
-        }
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
 
-        // Handle various key-presses
-        bool cancel_edit = false;
-        const int k_mask = (is_shift_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
-        const bool is_shortcutkey_only = (io.ShortcutsUseSuperKey ? (is_super_down && !is_alt_down && !is_shift_down && !is_ctrl_down) : (is_ctrl_down && !is_alt_down && !is_shift_down && !is_super_down));
-        const bool is_wordmove_key_down = (io.WordMovementUsesAltKey ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl);
+    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1);
+    if (ref_pos)
+        g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;
+    if (log_new_line)
+    {
+        LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+        g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
+    }
 
-        if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow))                        { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow))                  { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | k_mask  : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | k_mask); }
-        else if (is_multiline && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))     { if (is_ctrl_down) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | k_mask); }
-        else if (is_multiline && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))   { if (is_ctrl_down) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN| k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home))                        { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_ctrl_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End))                         { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_ctrl_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && is_editable)       { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && is_editable)    { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter))
-        {
-            bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0;
-            if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !is_ctrl_down) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && is_ctrl_down))
-            {
-                SetActiveID(0);
-                enter_pressed = true;
-            }
-            else if (is_editable)
-            {
-                unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
-                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
-                    edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
-            }
-        }
-        else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !is_ctrl_down && !is_shift_down && !is_alt_down && is_editable)
-        {
-            unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
-            if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
-                edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
-        }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape))                                     { SetActiveID(0); cancel_edit = true; }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z) && is_editable)    { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO); edit_state.ClearSelection(); }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y) && is_editable)    { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); edit_state.ClearSelection(); }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A))                   { edit_state.SelectAll(); edit_state.CursorFollow = true; }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && !is_password && ((IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X) && is_editable) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection()))
-        {
-            // Cut, Copy
-            const bool cut = IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X);
-            if (cut && !edit_state.HasSelection())
-                edit_state.SelectAll();
+    if (prefix)
+        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here.
 
-            if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
-            {
-                const int ib = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : 0;
-                const int ie = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : edit_state.CurLenW;
-                edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize((ie-ib) * 4 + 1);
-                ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data+ib, edit_state.Text.Data+ie);
-                g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);
-            }
+    // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
+    if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth)
+        g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef);
 
-            if (cut)
-            {
-                edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
-                stb_textedit_cut(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState);
-            }
-        }
-        else if (is_shortcutkey_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V) && is_editable)
+    const char* text_remaining = text;
+    for (;;)
+    {
+        // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
+        // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured.
+        const char* line_start = text_remaining;
+        const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end);
+        const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end);
+        if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line)
         {
-            // Paste
-            if (g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn)
+            const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start);
+            const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1;
+            LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start);
+            g.LogLineFirstItem = false;
+            if (*line_end == '\n')
             {
-                if (const char* clipboard = g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn())
-                {
-                    // Remove new-line from pasted buffer
-                    const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
-                    ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
-                    int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
-                    for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; )
-                    {
-                        unsigned int c;
-                        s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
-                        if (c == 0)
-                            break;
-                        if (c >= 0x10000 || !InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
-                            continue;
-                        clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
-                    }
-                    clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0;
-                    if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation
-                    {
-                        stb_textedit_paste(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
-                        edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
-                    }
-                    ImGui::MemFree(clipboard_filtered);
-                }
+                LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+                g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
             }
         }
+        if (is_last_line)
+            break;
+        text_remaining = line_end + 1;
+    }
 
-        if (cancel_edit)
-        {
-            // Restore initial value
-            if (is_editable)
-            {
-                ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%s", edit_state.InitialText.Data);
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back
-            // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer
-            // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect.
-            // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks.
-            if (is_editable)
-            {
-                edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize(edit_state.Text.Size * 4);
-                ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data, NULL);
-            }
+    if (suffix)
+        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix));
+}
 
-            // User callback
-            if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0)
-            {
-                IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
+// Start logging/capturing text output
+void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty());
+    g.LogEnabled = g.ItemUnclipByLog = true;
+    g.LogType = type;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
+    g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+    g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault);
+    g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+    g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
+}
 
-                // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
-                ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
-                ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT;
-                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
-                {
-                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
-                    event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
-                }
-                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))
-                {
-                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
-                    event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
-                }
-                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))
-                {
-                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
-                    event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
-                }
-                else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)
-                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways;
+// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText)
+void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = prefix;
+    g.LogNextSuffix = suffix;
+}
 
-                if (event_flag)
-                {
-                    ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data;
-                    memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData));
-                    callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag;
-                    callback_data.Flags = flags;
-                    callback_data.UserData = user_data;
-                    callback_data.ReadOnly = !is_editable;
-
-                    callback_data.EventKey = event_key;
-                    callback_data.Buf = edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data;
-                    callback_data.BufTextLen = edit_state.CurLenA;
-                    callback_data.BufSize = edit_state.BufSizeA;
-                    callback_data.BufDirty = false;
-
-                    // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
-                    ImWchar* text = edit_state.Text.Data;
-                    const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.cursor);
-                    const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_start);
-                    const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_end);
-
-                    // Call user code
-                    callback(&callback_data);
-
-                    // Read back what user may have modified
-                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);  // Invalid to modify those fields
-                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == edit_state.BufSizeA);
-                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags);
-                    if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos)            edit_state.StbState.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos);
-                    if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start)  edit_state.StbState.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart);
-                    if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end)      edit_state.StbState.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd);
-                    if (callback_data.BufDirty)
-                    {
-                        IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text!
-                        edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL);
-                        edit_state.CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen;  // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen()
-                        edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-                    }
-                }
-            }
+void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth);
+    g.LogFile = stdout;
+#endif
+}
 
-            // Copy back to user buffer
-            if (is_editable && strcmp(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf) != 0)
-            {
-                ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%s", edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
-        }
+// Start logging/capturing text output to given file
+void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still
+    // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE.
+    // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere.
+    if (!filename)
+        filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
+    if (!filename || !filename[0])
+        return;
+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");
+    if (!f)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        return;
     }
 
-    if (!is_multiline)
-        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth);
+    g.LogFile = f;
+}
 
-    // Render
-    const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size
-    ImVec2 render_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
-    ImVec2 text_size(0.f, 0.f);
-    if (g.ActiveId == id || (edit_state.Id == id && is_multiline && g.ActiveId == draw_window->GetID("#SCROLLY")))
-    {
-        edit_state.CursorAnim += g.IO.DeltaTime;
-
-        // We need to:
-        // - Display the text (this can be more easily clipped)
-        // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation)
-        // - Measure text height (for scrollbar)
-        // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort)
-        const ImWchar* text_begin = edit_state.Text.Data;
-        ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset;
-
-        {
-            // Count lines + find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' and 'select_start' position.
-            const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2];
-            searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + edit_state.StbState.cursor;
-            searches_input_ptr[1] = NULL;
-            int searches_remaining = 1;
-            int searches_result_line_number[2] = { -1, -999 };
-            if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
-            {
-                searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
-                searches_result_line_number[1] = -1;
-                searches_remaining++;
-            }
+// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard
+void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth);
+}
 
-            // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers
-            // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter.
-            searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0;
-            int line_count = 0;
-            for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++)
-                if (*s == '\n')
-                {
-                    line_count++;
-                    if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
-                    if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
-                }
-            line_count++;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1) searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1) searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count;
-
-            // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance
-            cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x;
-            cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[0] * g.FontSize;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[1] >= 0)
-            {
-                select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x;
-                select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[1] * g.FontSize;
-            }
+void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth);
+}
 
-            // Calculate text height
-            if (is_multiline)
-                text_size = ImVec2(size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
-        }
+void ImGui::LogFinish()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
 
-        // Scroll
-        if (edit_state.CursorFollow)
-        {
-            // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll))
-            {
-                const float scroll_increment_x = size.x * 0.25f;
-                if (cursor_offset.x < edit_state.ScrollX)
-                    edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x);
-                else if (cursor_offset.x - size.x >= edit_state.ScrollX)
-                    edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)(cursor_offset.x - size.x + scroll_increment_x);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
-            }
+    LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+    switch (g.LogType)
+    {
+    case ImGuiLogType_TTY:
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+        fflush(g.LogFile);
+#endif
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_File:
+        ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_Buffer:
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard:
+        if (!g.LogBuffer.empty())
+            SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin());
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_None:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        break;
+    }
 
-            // Vertical scroll
-            if (is_multiline)
-            {
-                float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y;
-                if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y)
-                    scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize);
-                else if (cursor_offset.y - size.y >= scroll_y)
-                    scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - size.y;
-                draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y);   // To avoid a frame of lag
-                draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y;
-                render_pos.y = draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-            }
-        }
-        edit_state.CursorFollow = false;
-        const ImVec2 render_scroll = ImVec2(edit_state.ScrollX, 0.0f);
+    g.LogEnabled = g.ItemUnclipByLog = false;
+    g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
+    g.LogFile = NULL;
+    g.LogBuffer.clear();
+}
 
-        // Draw selection
-        if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
-        {
-            const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
-            const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+// Helper to display logging buttons
+// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!)
+void ImGui::LogButtons()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-            float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f;    // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection.
-            float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f;
-            ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg);
-            ImVec2 rect_pos = render_pos + select_start_offset - render_scroll;
-            for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; )
-            {
-                if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize)
-                    break;
-                if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y)
-                {
-                    while (p < text_selected_end)
-                        if (*p++ == '\n')
-                            break;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true);
-                    if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = (float)(int)(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
-                    ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn));
-                    rect.Clip(clip_rect);
-                    if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
-                        draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color);
-                }
-                rect_pos.x = render_pos.x - render_scroll.x;
-                rect_pos.y += g.FontSize;
-            }
-        }
+    PushID("LogButtons");
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+    const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();
+#else
+    const bool log_to_tty = false;
+#endif
+    const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();
+    const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
+    PushTabStop(false);
+    SetNextItemWidth(80.0f);
+    SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL);
+    PopTabStop();
+    PopID();
 
-        draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos - render_scroll, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf, buf+edit_state.CurLenA, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+    // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
+    if (log_to_tty)
+        LogToTTY();
+    if (log_to_file)
+        LogToFile();
+    if (log_to_clipboard)
+        LogToClipboard();
+}
 
-        // Draw blinking cursor
-        bool cursor_is_visible = (g.InputTextState.CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || fmodf(g.InputTextState.CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
-        ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = render_pos + cursor_offset - render_scroll;
-        ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y-g.FontSize+0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x+1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y-1.5f);
-        if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
-            draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
 
-        // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
-        if (is_editable)
-            g.OsImePosRequest = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
-    }
-    else
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] SETTINGS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - UpdateSettings() [Internal]
+// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal]
+// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal]
+// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal]
+// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk()
+// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory()
+// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk()
+// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - FindWindowSettingsByID() [Internal]
+// - FindWindowSettingsByWindow() [Internal]
+// - ClearWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::UpdateSettings()
+{
+    // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.SettingsLoaded)
     {
-        // Render text only
-        const char* buf_end = NULL;
-        if (is_multiline)
-            text_size = ImVec2(size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf, &buf_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
-        draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf, buf_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty());
+        if (g.IO.IniFilename)
+            LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+        g.SettingsLoaded = true;
     }
 
-    if (is_multiline)
+    // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much)
+    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
     {
-        Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line
-        EndChildFrame();
-        EndGroup();
+        g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
+                SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+            else
+                g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true;  // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves.
+            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+        }
     }
-
-    if (is_password)
-        PopFont();
-
-    // Log as text
-    if (g.LogEnabled && !is_password)
-        LogRenderedText(render_pos, buf, NULL);
-
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
-
-    if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
-        return enter_pressed;
-    else
-        return value_changed;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
-    bool ret = InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data);
-    return ret;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+        g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    bool ret = InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
-    return ret;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
 }
 
-// NB: scalar_format here must be a simple "%xx" format string with no prefix/suffix (unlike the Drag/Slider functions "display_format" argument)
-bool ImGui::InputScalarEx(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, void* step_ptr, void* step_fast_ptr, const char* scalar_format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL);
+    g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler);
+}
 
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    const ImVec2 button_sz = ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + style.FramePadding*2.0f;
-    if (step_ptr)
-        PushItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_sz.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)*2));
+void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name))
+        g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler);
+}
 
-    char buf[64];
-    DataTypeFormatString(data_type, data_ptr, scalar_format, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name);
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash)
+            return &handler;
+    return NULL;
+}
 
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    if (!(extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal))
-        extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal;
-    extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll;
-    if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags))
-        value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, GImGui->InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, scalar_format);
+// Clear all settings (windows, tables, docking etc.)
+void ImGui::ClearIniSettings()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsIniData.clear();
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL)
+            handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler);
+}
 
-    // Step buttons
-    if (step_ptr)
-    {
-        PopItemWidth();
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        if (ButtonEx("-", button_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
+{
+    size_t file_data_size = 0;
+    char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size);
+    if (!file_data)
+        return;
+    if (file_data_size > 0)
+        LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size);
+    IM_FREE(file_data);
+}
+
+// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing
+// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty!
+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+    //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()");
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0);
+
+    // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter).
+    // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..
+    if (ini_size == 0)
+        ini_size = strlen(ini_data);
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1);
+    char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data;
+    char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size;
+    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
+    buf_end[0] = 0;
+
+    // Call pre-read handlers
+    // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window)
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL)
+            handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler);
+
+    void* entry_data = NULL;
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL;
+
+    char* line_end = NULL;
+    for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1)
+    {
+        // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line
+        while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r')
+            line++;
+        line_end = line;
+        while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
+            line_end++;
+        line_end[0] = 0;
+        if (line[0] == ';')
+            continue;
+        if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']')
         {
-            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast_ptr ? step_fast_ptr : step_ptr);
-            value_changed = true;
+            // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code.
+            line_end[-1] = 0;
+            const char* name_end = line_end - 1;
+            const char* type_start = line + 1;
+            char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');
+            const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL;
+            if (!type_end || !name_start)
+                continue;
+            *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'
+            name_start++;  // Skip second '['
+            entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start);
+            entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;
         }
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        if (ButtonEx("+", button_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+        else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL)
         {
-            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast_ptr ? step_fast_ptr : step_ptr);
-            value_changed = true;
+            // Let type handler parse the line
+            entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);
         }
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        RenderText(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
-        ItemSize(label_size, style.FramePadding.y);
-    }
-    EndGroup();
+    g.SettingsLoaded = true;
 
-    return value_changed;
+    // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary)
+    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
+
+    // Call post-read handlers
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL)
+            handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)
 {
-    char display_format[16];
-    if (decimal_precision < 0)
-        strcpy(display_format, "%f");      // Ideally we'd have a minimum decimal precision of 1 to visually denote that this is a float, while hiding non-significant digits? %f doesn't have a minimum of 1
-    else
-        ImFormatString(display_format, 16, "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
-    return InputScalarEx(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), display_format, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (!ini_filename)
+        return;
+
+    size_t ini_data_size = 0;
+    const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size);
+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");
+    if (!f)
+        return;
+    ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);
+    ImFileClose(f);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer
+const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)
 {
-    // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes.
-    const char* scalar_format = (extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
-    return InputScalarEx(label, ImGuiDataType_Int, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), scalar_format, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0);
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0);
+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+        handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData);
+    if (out_size)
+        *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size();
+    return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings == false)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= InputFloat("##v", &v[i], 0, 0, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
+        // Preserve the full string when ConfigDebugVerboseIniSettings is set to make .ini inspection easier.
+        if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))
+            name = p;
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
+    const size_t name_len = strlen(name);
 
-    return value_changed;
-}
+    // Allocate chunk
+    const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1;
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size);
+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings();
+    settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len);
+    memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1);   // Store with zero terminator
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
-{
-    return InputFloatN(label, v, 2, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+    return settings;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// We don't provide a FindWindowSettingsByName() because Docking system doesn't always hold on names.
+// This is called once per window .ini entry + once per newly instantiated window.
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id)
 {
-    return InputFloatN(label, v, 3, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID == id && !settings->WantDelete)
+            return settings;
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// This is faster if you are holding on a Window already as we don't need to perform a search.
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    return InputFloatN(label, v, 4, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (window->SettingsOffset != -1)
+        return g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset);
+    return FindWindowSettingsByID(window->ID);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// This will revert window to its initial state, including enabling the ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver/ImGuiCond_Once conditions once more.
+void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
-    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClearWindowSettings('%s')\n", name);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+    if (window != NULL)
     {
-        PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= InputInt("##v", &v[i], 0, 0, extra_flags);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        PopID();
-        PopItemWidth();
+        window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+        InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, NULL);
     }
-    PopID();
-
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
-    EndGroup();
-
-    return value_changed;
+    if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = window ? FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window) : FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(name)))
+        settings->WantDelete = true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
 {
-    return InputIntN(label, v, 2, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
+        window->SettingsOffset = -1;
+    g.SettingsWindows.clear();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
 {
-    return InputIntN(label, v, 3, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(id);
+    if (settings)
+        *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry
+    else
+        settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
+    settings->ID = id;
+    settings->WantApply = true;
+    return (void*)settings;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
 {
-    return InputIntN(label, v, 4, extra_flags);
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;
+    int x, y;
+    int i;
+    if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)         { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)   { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)     { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "IsChild=%d", &i) == 1)       { settings->IsChild = (i != 0); }
 }
 
-static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+// Apply to existing windows (if any)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
 {
-    const char** items = (const char**)data;
-    if (out_text)
-        *out_text = items[idx];
-    return true;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->WantApply)
+        {
+            if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID))
+                ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
+            settings->WantApply = false;
+        }
 }
 
-static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
 {
-    // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited.
-    const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
-    int items_count = 0;
-    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
-    while (*p)
+    // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
+    // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
     {
-        if (idx == items_count)
-            break;
-        p += strlen(p) + 1;
-        items_count++;
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window);
+        if (!settings)
+        {
+            settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name);
+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+        }
+        IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);
+        settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos);
+        settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull);
+        settings->IsChild = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0;
+        settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
+        settings->WantDelete = false;
+    }
+
+    // Write to text buffer
+    buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+    {
+        if (settings->WantDelete)
+            continue;
+        const char* settings_name = settings->GetName();
+        buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name);
+        if (settings->IsChild)
+        {
+            buf->appendf("IsChild=1\n");
+            buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
+            buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
+            if (settings->Collapsed)
+                buf->appendf("Collapsed=1\n");
+        }
+        buf->append("\n");
     }
-    if (!*p)
-        return false;
-    if (out_text)
-        *out_text = p;
-    return true;
 }
 
-// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
-bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count)
 {
-    const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items);
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
+        g.LocalizationTable[entries[n].Key] = entries[n].Text;
 }
 
-// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string.
-bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetMainViewport()
+// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal]
+// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal]
+// (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()
 {
-    int items_count = 0;
-    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;       // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
-    while (*p)
-    {
-        p += strlen(p) + 1;
-        items_count++;
-    }
-    bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items, show_arrow_down);
-    return value_changed;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Viewports[0];
 }
 
-// Combo box function.
-bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    window->Viewport = viewport;
+}
 
+// Update viewports and monitor infos
+static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
-
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
-        return false;
-
-    const float arrow_size = show_arrow_down ? (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : 0;
-    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
-    bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id);
-    bool popup_opened_now = false;
-
-    const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max - ImVec2(arrow_size, 0.0f));
-    if (show_arrow_down)
-    {
-        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
-        RenderFrame(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(popup_open || hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), true, style.FrameRounding); // FIXME-ROUNDING
-        RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y) + style.FramePadding, true);
-    }
-    if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
-    {
-        const char* item_text;
-        if (items_getter(data, *current_item, &item_text))
-            RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, item_text, NULL, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center);
-    }
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports.Size == 1);
 
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+    // Update main viewport with current platform position.
+    // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent.
+    ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0];
+    main_viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow | ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp;
+    main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize;
 
-    if (hovered)
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
     {
-        SetHoveredID(id);
-        if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
-        {
-            SetActiveID(0);
-            if (IsPopupOpen(id))
-            {
-                ClosePopup(id);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                FocusWindow(window);
-                OpenPopup(label);
-                popup_open = popup_opened_now = true;
-            }
-        }
+        // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again.
+        viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin;
+        viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax;
+        viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
     }
+}
 
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    if (IsPopupOpen(id))
-    {
-        // Size default to hold ~7 items
-        if (height_in_items < 0)
-            height_in_items = 7;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DOCKING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-        float popup_height = (label_size.y + style.ItemSpacing.y) * ImMin(items_count, height_in_items) + (style.FramePadding.y * 3);
-        float popup_y1 = frame_bb.Max.y;
-        float popup_y2 = ImClamp(popup_y1 + popup_height, popup_y1, g.IO.DisplaySize.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y);
-        if ((popup_y2 - popup_y1) < ImMin(popup_height, frame_bb.Min.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y))
-        {
-            // Position our combo ABOVE because there's more space to fit! (FIXME: Handle in Begin() or use a shared helper. We have similar code in Begin() for popup placement)
-            popup_y1 = ImClamp(frame_bb.Min.y - popup_height, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y);
-            popup_y2 = frame_bb.Min.y;
-        }
-        ImRect popup_rect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, popup_y1), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x, popup_y2));
-        SetNextWindowPos(popup_rect.Min);
-        SetNextWindowSize(popup_rect.GetSize());
-        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
+// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch)
 
-        const ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox | ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders : 0);
-        if (BeginPopupEx(label, flags))
-        {
-            // Display items
-            Spacing();
-            for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
-            {
-                PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
-                const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
-                const char* item_text;
-                if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
-                    item_text = "*Unknown item*";
-                if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
-                {
-                    SetActiveID(0);
-                    value_changed = true;
-                    *current_item = i;
-                }
-                if (item_selected && popup_opened_now)
-                    SetScrollHere();
-                PopID();
-            }
-            EndPopup();
-        }
-        PopStyleVar();
-    }
-    return value_changed;
-}
 
-// Tip: pass an empty label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
-// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID.
-bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-        PopClipRect();
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
+#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32")
+#endif
 
-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
-    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-
-    // Fill horizontal space.
-    ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding;
-    float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x;
-    float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x);
-    ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y);
-    ImRect bb_with_spacing(pos, pos + size_draw);
-    if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth))
-        bb_with_spacing.Max.x += window_padding.x;
-
-    // Selectables are tightly packed together, we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable.
-    float spacing_L = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
-    float spacing_U = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f);
-    float spacing_R = style.ItemSpacing.x - spacing_L;
-    float spacing_D = style.ItemSpacing.y - spacing_U;
-    bb_with_spacing.Min.x -= spacing_L;
-    bb_with_spacing.Min.y -= spacing_U;
-    bb_with_spacing.Max.x += spacing_R;
-    bb_with_spacing.Max.y += spacing_D;
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb_with_spacing, &id))
-    {
-        if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-            PushColumnClipRect();
-        return false;
+// Win32 clipboard implementation
+// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown()
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
+        return NULL;
+    HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
+    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+    {
+        ::CloseClipboard();
+        return NULL;
     }
-
-    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick|ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick;
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_with_spacing, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
-        selected = false;
-
-    // Render
-    if (hovered || selected)
+    if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
     {
-        const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
-        RenderFrame(bb_with_spacing.Min, bb_with_spacing.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+        int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+        g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len);
+        ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL);
     }
+    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::CloseClipboard();
+    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
+}
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
+{
+    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
+        return;
+    const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0);
+    HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
     {
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        bb_with_spacing.Max.x -= (GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x);
+        ::CloseClipboard();
+        return;
     }
+    WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length);
+    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::EmptyClipboard();
+    if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL)
+        ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle);
+    ::CloseClipboard();
+}
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-    if (hovered || selected) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]);
-    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb_with_spacing.Max, label, NULL, &label_size);
-    if (hovered || selected) PopStyleColor();
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor();
+#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
 
-    // Automatically close popups
-    if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
-        CloseCurrentPopup();
-    return pressed;
-}
+#include <Carbon/Carbon.h>  // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file
+static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0;
 
-bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+// OSX clipboard implementation
+// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line!
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
 {
-    if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg))
+    if (!main_clipboard)
+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
+    PasteboardClear(main_clipboard);
+    CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text));
+    if (cf_data)
     {
-        *p_selected = !*p_selected;
-        return true;
+        PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0);
+        CFRelease(cf_data);
     }
-    return false;
 }
 
-// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right.
-// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an empty label "##empty"
-bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
-    const ImGuiID id = GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
+    if (!main_clipboard)
+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
+    PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard);
 
-    // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y);
-    ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y));
-    ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
-    ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
-    window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
+    ItemCount item_count = 0;
+    PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count);
+    for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++)
+    {
+        PasteboardItemID item_id = 0;
+        PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id);
+        CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0;
+        PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array);
+        for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++)
+        {
+            CFDataRef cf_data;
+            if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr)
+            {
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+                int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data);
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1);
+                CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data);
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0;
+                CFRelease(cf_data);
+                return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
 
-    BeginGroup();
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+#else
 
-    BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize());
-    return true;
+// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers.
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
+    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text)
 {
-    // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
-    // However we don't add +0.40f if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size.
-    // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution.
-    if (height_in_items < 0)
-        height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7);
-    float height_in_items_f = height_in_items < items_count ? (height_in_items + 0.40f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f);
-
-    // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild().
-    ImVec2 size;
-    size.x = 0.0f;
-    size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
-    return ListBoxHeader(label, size);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1);
+    memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text));
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
 }
 
-void ImGui::ListBoxFooter()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetParentWindow();
-    const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
+#endif
 
-    EndChildFrame();
+// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
 
-    // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect)
-    // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data
-    SameLine();
-    parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min;
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    EndGroup();
-}
+#include <imm.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
+#endif
 
-bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_items)
+static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)
 {
-    const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items);
-    return value_changed;
+    // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw;
+    if (hwnd == 0)
+        return;
+
+    //::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0);
+    if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))
+    {
+        COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {};
+        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;
+        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;
+        composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
+        ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form);
+        CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {};
+        candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS;
+        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;
+        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;
+        ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form);
+        ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc);
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
-{
-    if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items))
-        return false;
+#else
 
-    // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper.
-    bool value_changed = false;
-    ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing());
-    while (clipper.Step())
-        for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
-        {
-            const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
-            const char* item_text;
-            if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
-                item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {}
 
-            PushID(i);
-            if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
-            {
-                *current_item = i;
-                value_changed = true;
-            }
-            PopID();
-        }
-    ListBoxFooter();
-    return value_changed;
-}
+#endif
 
-bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DebugRenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal]
+// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal]
+// - DebugTextEncoding()
+// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal]
+// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal]
+// - ShowMetricsWindow()
+// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
 
+void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame
-    float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-    bool pressed = Selectable(label, false, ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
-    if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f)
+    ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size;
+    ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale;
+    float alpha_mul = 1.0f;
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f));
+    for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows)
     {
-        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-        RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
-        PopStyleColor();
-    }
-
-    if (selected)
-        RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.20f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled));
+        if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+            continue;
 
-    return pressed;
+        ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect();
+        ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect();
+        thumb_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off +  thumb_r.Max * scale));
+        title_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off +  ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y + title_r.GetHeight() * 3.0f) * scale)); // Exaggerate title bar height
+        thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb);
+        title_r.ClipWithFull(bb);
+        const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name));
+    }
+    draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
+    if (viewport->ID == g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
 }
 
-bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled)
+static void RenderViewportsThumbnails()
 {
-    if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f;
+    ImRect bb_full(g.Viewports[0]->Pos, g.Viewports[0]->Pos + g.Viewports[0]->Size);
+    ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE;
+
+    // Draw viewports
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
     {
-        if (p_selected)
-            *p_selected = !*p_selected;
-        return true;
+        ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE);
+        ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb);
     }
-    return false;
+    ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
+// Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys
+void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
-    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0,0));
-    if (!Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
-        || !BeginMenuBar())
+    const float scale = ImGui::GetFontSize() / 13.0f;
+    const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f) * scale;
+    const float  key_rounding = 3.0f * scale;
+    const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f) * scale;
+    const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f) * scale;
+    const float  key_face_rounding = 2.0f * scale;
+    const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f) * scale;
+    const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f);
+    const float  key_row_offset = 9.0f * scale;
+
+    ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos();
+    ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f);
+    ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y);
+
+    struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; };
+    const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] =
     {
-        End();
-        PopStyleVar(2);
-        return false;
+        { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab },      { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R },
+        { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F },
+        { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V }
+    };
+
+    // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically.
+    // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view.
+    Dummy(board_max - board_min);
+    if (!IsItemVisible())
+        return;
+    draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true);
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++)
+    {
+        const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n];
+        ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y);
+        ImVec2 key_max = key_min + key_size;
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding);
+        draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding);
+        ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y);
+        ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y);
+        draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f);
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding);
+        ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y);
+        draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label);
+        if (IsKeyDown(key_data->Key))
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding);
+    }
+    draw_list->PopClipRect();
+}
+
+// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct.
+void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str)
+{
+    Text("Text: \"%s\"", str);
+    if (!BeginTable("##DebugTextEncoding", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))
+        return;
+    TableSetupColumn("Offset");
+    TableSetupColumn("UTF-8");
+    TableSetupColumn("Glyph");
+    TableSetupColumn("Codepoint");
+    TableHeadersRow();
+    for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; )
+    {
+        unsigned int c;
+        const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL);
+        TableNextColumn();
+        Text("%d", (int)(p - str));
+        TableNextColumn();
+        for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++)
+        {
+            if (byte_index > 0)
+                SameLine();
+            Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]);
+        }
+        TableNextColumn();
+        if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c))
+            TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len);
+        else
+            TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]");
+        TableNextColumn();
+        Text("U+%04X", (int)c);
+        p += c_utf8_len;
     }
-    g.CurrentWindow->DC.MenuBarOffsetX += g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x;
-    return true;
+    EndTable();
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
+static void DebugFlashStyleColorStop()
 {
-    EndMenuBar();
-    End();
-    PopStyleVar(2);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != ImGuiCol_COUNT)
+        g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx] = g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup;
+    g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
+// Flash a given style color for some + inhibit modifications of this color via PushStyleColor() calls.
+void ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
-        return false;
-
-    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
-    BeginGroup(); // Save position
-    PushID("##menubar");
-    ImRect rect = window->MenuBarRect();
-    PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImFloor(rect.Min.x+0.5f), ImFloor(rect.Min.y + window->BorderSize + 0.5f)), ImVec2(ImFloor(rect.Max.x+0.5f), ImFloor(rect.Max.y+0.5f)), false);
-    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX, rect.Min.y);// + g.Style.FramePadding.y);
-    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
-    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true;
-    AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();
-    return true;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    DebugFlashStyleColorStop();
+    g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.5f;
+    g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = idx;
+    g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup = g.Style.Colors[idx];
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime <= 0.0f)
         return;
+    ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(cosf(g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime * 6.0f) * 0.5f + 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].x, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].y, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].z);
+    g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].w = 1.0f;
+    if ((g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime -= g.IO.DeltaTime) <= 0.0f)
+        DebugFlashStyleColorStop();
+}
 
-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
-    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
-    PopClipRect();
-    PopID();
-    window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x;
-    window->DC.GroupStack.back().AdvanceCursor = false;
-    EndGroup();
-    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds.
+static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
+    if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
+    {
+        ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
+        ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+    }
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture
+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts)
+    {
+        PushID(font);
+        DebugNodeFont(font);
+        PopID();
+    }
+    if (TreeNode("Font Atlas", "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
+        Checkbox("Tint with Text Color", &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons
+        ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border);
+        Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
+    if (cfg->ShowDebugLog)
+        ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog);
+    if (cfg->ShowIDStackTool)
+        ShowIDStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowIDStackTool);
 
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImGuiWindow* backed_focused_window = g.FocusedWindow;
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
+    {
+        End();
+        return;
+    }
 
-    bool pressed;
-    bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id);
-    bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentMenuSet == window->GetID("##menus"));
-    if (menuset_is_open)
-        g.FocusedWindow = window;
+    // [DEBUG] Clear debug breaks hooks after exactly one cycle.
+    DebugBreakClearData();
 
-    ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+    // Basic info
+    Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion());
+    if (g.ContextName[0] != 0)
     {
-        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - window->WindowPadding.x, pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
-        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f);
-        float w = label_size.x;
-        pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
-        PopStyleVar();
         SameLine();
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        Text("(Context Name: \"%s\")", g.ContextName);
     }
-    else
+    Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate);
+    Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
+    Text("%d visible windows, %d current allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalAllocCount - g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalFreeCount);
+    //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
+
+    Separator();
+
+    // Debugging enums
+    enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type
+    const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" };
+    enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type
+    const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };
+    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0)
+        cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect;
+    if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0)
+        cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect;
+
+    struct Funcs
     {
-        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
-        float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame
-        float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
-        pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
-        if (!enabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-        RenderCollapseTriangle(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.20f, 0.0f), false);
-        if (!enabled) PopStyleColor();
-    }
+        static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance
+            if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect)                     { return table->OuterRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect)                { return table->InnerRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect)                 { return table->WorkRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect)             { return table->HostClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect)            { return table->InnerClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect)       { return table->BgClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect)              { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen)     { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen)   { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); }
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+            return ImRect();
+        }
 
-    bool hovered = enabled && IsHovered(window->DC.LastItemRect, id);
-    if (menuset_is_open)
-        g.FocusedWindow = backed_focused_window;
+        static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type)
+        {
+            if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect)                 { return window->Rect(); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped)     { return window->OuterRectClipped; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect)            { return window->InnerRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect)        { return window->InnerClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect)             { return window->WorkRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_Content)              { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal)         { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect)    { return window->ContentRegionRect; }
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+            return ImRect();
+        }
+    };
 
-    bool want_open = false, want_close = false;
-    if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    // Tools
+    if (TreeNode("Tools"))
     {
-        // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive.
-        bool moving_within_opened_triangle = false;
-        if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentWindow == window)
+        // Debug Break features
+        // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted.
+        SeparatorTextEx(0, "Debug breaks", NULL, CalcTextSize("(?)").x + g.Style.SeparatorTextPadding.x);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash.");
+        if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive)
+            DebugStartItemPicker();
+        Checkbox("Show \"Debug Break\" buttons in other sections (io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)", &g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent);
+
+        SeparatorText("Visualize");
+
+        Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code.");
+
+        Checkbox("Show ID Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowIDStackTool);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow() from your code.");
+
+        Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder);
+        Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects);
+        SameLine();
+        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
+        cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count);
+        if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
+        {
+            BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name);
+            Indent();
+            for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++)
+            {
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n);
+                Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+            }
+            Unindent();
+        }
+
+        Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects);
+        SameLine();
+        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
+        cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count);
+        if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
         {
-            if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].Window)
+            for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
             {
-                ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect();
-                ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta;
-                ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
-                ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
-                float extra = ImClamp(fabsf(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack.
-                ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f;   // to avoid numerical issues
-                tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f);            // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale?
-                tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f);
-                moving_within_opened_triangle = ImIsPointInTriangle(g.IO.MousePos, ta, tb, tc);
-                //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? 0x80008000 : 0x80000080); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug
+                ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
+                if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))
+                    continue;
+
+                BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);
+                if (IsItemHovered())
+                    GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                Indent();
+                char buf[128];
+                for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++)
+                {
+                    if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
+                    {
+                        if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect)
+                            continue;
+                        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                        {
+                            ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n);
+                            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+                            Selectable(buf);
+                            if (IsItemHovered())
+                                GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1);
+                        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+                        Selectable(buf);
+                        if (IsItemHovered())
+                            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                    }
+                }
+                Unindent();
             }
         }
+        Checkbox("Show groups rectangles", &g.DebugShowGroupRects); // Storing in context as this is used by group code and prefers to be in hot-data
+
+        SeparatorText("Validate");
+
+        Checkbox("Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running.");
+
+        Checkbox("UTF-8 Encoding viewer", &cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct.");
+        if (cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer)
+        {
+            static char buf[64] = "";
+            SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
+            InputText("##DebugTextEncodingBuf", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            if (buf[0] != 0)
+                DebugTextEncoding(buf);
+        }
+
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Windows
+    if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size))
+    {
+        //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order");
+        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)");
+        if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)"))
+        {
+            // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship!
+            ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer;
+            temp_buffer.resize(0);
+            for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
+                if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount)
+                    temp_buffer.push_back(window);
+            struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } };
+            ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder);
+            DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL);
+            TreePop();
+        }
 
-        want_close = (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_within_opened_triangle);
-        want_open = (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_within_opened_triangle) || (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed);
+        TreePop();
     }
-    else if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // menu-bar: click open menu to close
+
+    // DrawLists
+    int drawlist_count = 0;
+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+        drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size;
+    if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count))
     {
-        want_close = true;
-        want_open = menu_is_open = false;
+        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh);
+        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
+        for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+            for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)
+                DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList");
+        TreePop();
     }
-    else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // menu-bar: first click to open, then hover to open others
-        want_open = true;
-    if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }'
-        want_close = true;
-    if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id))
-        ClosePopupToLevel(GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size);
 
-    if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size)
+    // Viewports
+    if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size))
     {
-        // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
-        OpenPopup(label);
-        return false;
+        SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        if (TreeNode("Windows Minimap"))
+        {
+            RenderViewportsThumbnails();
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        cfg->HighlightViewportID = 0;
+
+        for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
+            DebugNodeViewport(viewport);
+        TreePop();
     }
 
-    menu_is_open |= want_open;
-    if (want_open)
-        OpenPopup(label);
+    // Details for Popups
+    if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
+    {
+        for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
+        {
+            // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline.
+            ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window;
+            BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), RestoreNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'",
+                popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "",
+                popup_data.RestoreNavWindow ? popup_data.RestoreNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    if (menu_is_open)
+    // Details for TabBars
+    if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount()))
     {
-        SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiSetCond_Always);
-        ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders | ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow : ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu);
-        menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(label, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++)
+            if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n))
+            {
+                PushID(tab_bar);
+                DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar");
+                PopID();
+            }
+        TreePop();
     }
 
-    return menu_is_open;
-}
+    // Details for Tables
+    if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount()))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++)
+            if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n))
+                DebugNodeTable(table);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-void ImGui::EndMenu()
-{
-    EndPopup();
-}
+    // Details for Fonts
+    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts;
+    if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size))
+    {
+        ShowFontAtlas(atlas);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-// A little colored square. Return true when clicked.
-// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip.
-bool ImGui::ColorButton(const ImVec4& col, bool small_height, bool outline_border)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+    // Details for InputText
+    if (TreeNode("InputText"))
+    {
+        DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#colorbutton");
-    const float square_size = g.FontSize;
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(square_size + style.FramePadding.y*2, square_size + (small_height ? 0 : style.FramePadding.y*2)));
-    ItemSize(bb, small_height ? 0.0f : style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
-        return false;
+    // Details for TypingSelect
+    if (TreeNode("TypingSelect", "TypingSelect (%d)", g.TypingSelectState.SearchBuffer[0] != 0 ? 1 : 0))
+    {
+        DebugNodeTypingSelectState(&g.TypingSelectState);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col), outline_border, style.FrameRounding);
+    // Details for Docking
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    if (TreeNode("Docking"))
+    {
+        TreePop();
+    }
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
 
-    if (hovered)
-        SetTooltip("Color:\n(%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)\n#%02X%02X%02X%02X", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w, IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.x), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.y), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.z), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.z));
+    // Settings
+    if (TreeNode("Settings"))
+    {
+        if (SmallButton("Clear"))
+            ClearIniSettings();
+        SameLine();
+        if (SmallButton("Save to memory"))
+            SaveIniSettingsToMemory();
+        SameLine();
+        if (SmallButton("Save to disk"))
+            SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+        SameLine();
+        if (g.IO.IniFilename)
+            Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename);
+        else
+            TextUnformatted("<NULL>");
+        Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings);
+        Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer);
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size))
+        {
+            for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
+                BulletText("\"%s\"", handler.TypeName);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size()))
+        {
+            for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+                DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings);
+            TreePop();
+        }
 
-    return pressed;
-}
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size()))
+        {
+            for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+                DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);
+            TreePop();
+        }
 
-bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3])
-{
-    float col4[4];
-    col4[0] = col[0];
-    col4[1] = col[1];
-    col4[2] = col[2];
-    col4[3] = 1.0f;
-    const bool value_changed = ColorEdit4(label, col4, false);
-    col[0] = col4[0];
-    col[1] = col4[1];
-    col[2] = col4[2];
-    return value_changed;
-}
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
 
-// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range
-// Use CTRL-Click to input value and TAB to go to next item.
-bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool alpha)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return false;
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size()))
+        {
+            InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const float w_full = CalcItemWidth();
-    const float square_sz = (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    // Settings
+    if (TreeNode("Memory allocations"))
+    {
+        ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info = &g.DebugAllocInfo;
+        Text("%d current allocations", info->TotalAllocCount - info->TotalFreeCount);
+        if (SmallButton("GC now")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
+        Text("Recent frames with allocations:");
+        int buf_size = IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf);
+        for (int n = buf_size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        {
+            ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[(info->LastEntriesIdx - n + buf_size) % buf_size];
+            BulletText("Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d malloc, %2d free )%s", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount, (n == 0) ? " (most recent)" : "");
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    ImGuiColorEditMode edit_mode = window->DC.ColorEditMode;
-    if (edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect || edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton)
-        edit_mode = g.ColorEditModeStorage.GetInt(id, 0) % 3;
+    if (TreeNode("Inputs"))
+    {
+        Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS");
+        {
+            // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends.
+            // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
+            Indent();
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+            struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } };
+#else
+            struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array
+            //Text("Legacy raw:");      for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } }
+#endif
+            Text("Keys down:");         for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue;     SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); }
+            Text("Keys pressed:");      for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyPressed(key)) continue;  SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }
+            Text("Keys released:");     for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyReleased(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }
+            Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
+            Text("Chars queue:");       for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; SameLine(); Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
+            DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(GetWindowDrawList());
+            Unindent();
+        }
 
-    float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3] };
-    if (edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV)
-        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+        Text("MOUSE STATE");
+        {
+            Indent();
+            if (IsMousePosValid())
+                Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
+            else
+                Text("Mouse pos: <INVALID>");
+            Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y);
+            int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown);
+            Text("Mouse down:");     for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseDown(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
+            Text("Mouse clicked:");  for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); }
+            Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); }
+            Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
+            Text("MouseStationaryTimer: %.2f", g.MouseStationaryTimer);
+            Text("Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(io.MouseSource));
+            Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused
+            Unindent();
+        }
 
-    int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[3]) };
+        Text("MOUSE WHEELING");
+        {
+            Indent();
+            Text("WheelingWindow: '%s'", g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+            Text("WheelingWindowReleaseTimer: %.2f", g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer);
+            Text("WheelingAxisAvg[] = { %.3f, %.3f }, Main Axis: %s", g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "X" : (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x < g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "Y" : "<none>");
+            Unindent();
+        }
 
-    int components = alpha ? 4 : 3;
-    bool value_changed = false;
+        Text("KEY OWNERS");
+        {
+            Indent();
+            if (BeginChild("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+                for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+                {
+                    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
+                    if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)
+                        continue;
+                    Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr,
+                        owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : "");
+                    DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr);
+                }
+            EndChild();
+            Unindent();
+        }
+        Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING");
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Declared shortcut routes automatically set key owner when mods matches.");
+        {
+            Indent();
+            if (BeginChild("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+                for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
+                {
+                    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;
+                    for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; )
+                    {
+                        ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];
+                        ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = key | routing_data->Mods;
+                        Text("%s: 0x%08X (scored %d)", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), routing_data->RoutingCurr, routing_data->RoutingCurrScore);
+                        DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr);
+                        if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)
+                        {
+                            SameLine();
+                            if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in SetShortcutRouting() for this KeyChord"))
+                                g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = key_chord;
+                        }
+                        idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex;
+                    }
+                }
+            EndChild();
+            Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);
+            Unindent();
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (TreeNode("Internal state"))
+    {
+        Text("WINDOWING");
+        Indent();
+        Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Unindent();
+
+        Text("ITEMS");
+        Indent();
+        Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource));
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.ActiveId);
+        Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);
+        Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame
+        Text("HoverItemDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverItemDelayId, g.HoverItemDelayTimer, g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer);
+        Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
+        Unindent();
+
+        Text("NAV,FOCUS");
+        Indent();
+        Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer);
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId);
+        Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource));
+        Text("NavLastValidSelectionUserData = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 ")", g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData, g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData);
+        Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible);
+        Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId);
+        Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags);
+        Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover);
+        Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId);
+        Text("NavFocusRoute[] = ");
+        for (int path_n = g.NavFocusRoute.Size - 1; path_n >= 0; path_n--)
+        {
+            const ImGuiFocusScopeData& focus_scope = g.NavFocusRoute[path_n];
+            SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            Text("0x%08X/", focus_scope.ID);
+            SetItemTooltip("In window \"%s\"", FindWindowByID(focus_scope.WindowID)->Name);
+        }
+        Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL");
+        Unindent();
 
-    BeginGroup();
-    PushID(label);
+        TreePop();
+    }
 
-    const bool hsv = (edit_mode == 1);
-    switch (edit_mode)
+    // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order
+    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder)
     {
-    case ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB:
-    case ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV:
+        for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
         {
-            // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders
-            const float w_items_all = w_full - (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_items_all - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
-            const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_items_all - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
-
-            const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize("M:999").x);
-            const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
-            const char* fmt_table[3][4] =
+            if (!window->WasActive)
+                continue;
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects)
             {
-                {   "%3.0f",   "%3.0f",   "%3.0f",   "%3.0f" },
-                { "R:%3.0f", "G:%3.0f", "B:%3.0f", "A:%3.0f" },
-                { "H:%3.0f", "S:%3.0f", "V:%3.0f", "A:%3.0f" }
-            };
-            const char** fmt = hide_prefix ? fmt_table[0] : hsv ? fmt_table[2] : fmt_table[1];
-
-            PushItemWidth(w_item_one);
-            for (int n = 0; n < components; n++)
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType);
+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
+            }
+            if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
             {
-                if (n > 0)
-                    SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-                if (n + 1 == components)
-                    PushItemWidth(w_item_last);
-                value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, 255, fmt[n]);
+                char buf[32];
+                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+                float font_size = GetFontSize();
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
+                draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
             }
-            PopItemWidth();
-            PopItemWidth();
         }
-        break;
-    case ImGuiColorEditMode_HEX:
+    }
+
+    // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles
+    if (cfg->ShowTablesRects)
+    {
+        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
         {
-            // RGB Hexadecimal Input
-            const float w_slider_all = w_full - square_sz;
-            char buf[64];
-            if (alpha)
-                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", i[0], i[1], i[2], i[3]);
+            ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
+            if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
+                continue;
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow);
+            if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
+            {
+                for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                {
+                    ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n);
+                    ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255);
+                    float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f;
+                    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness);
+                }
+            }
             else
-                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", i[0], i[1], i[2]);
-            PushItemWidth(w_slider_all - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase))
             {
-                value_changed |= true;
-                char* p = buf;
-                while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsSpace(*p))
-                    p++;
-                i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0;
-                if (alpha)
-                    sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned)
-                else
-                    sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]);
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1);
+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
             }
-            PopItemWidth();
         }
-        break;
-    }
-
-    SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-
-    const ImVec4 col_display(col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f);
-    if (ColorButton(col_display))
-        g.ColorEditModeStorage.SetInt(id, (edit_mode + 1) % 3); // Don't set local copy of 'edit_mode' right away!
-
-    // Recreate our own tooltip over's ColorButton() one because we want to display correct alpha here
-    if (IsItemHovered())
-        SetTooltip("Color:\n(%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)\n#%02X%02X%02X%02X", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3], IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[3]));
-
-    if (window->DC.ColorEditMode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton)
-    {
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        const char* button_titles[3] = { "RGB", "HSV", "HEX" };
-        if (ButtonEx(button_titles[edit_mode], ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
-            g.ColorEditModeStorage.SetInt(id, (edit_mode + 1) % 3); // Don't set local copy of 'edit_mode' right away!
     }
 
-    const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
-    if (label != label_display_end)
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    // Overlay: Display Docking info
+    if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl)
     {
-        SameLine(0, (window->DC.ColorEditMode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton) ? -1.0f : style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end);
     }
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
 
-    // Convert back
-    for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
-        f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
-    if (edit_mode == 1)
-        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
-
-    if (value_changed)
-    {
-        col[0] = f[0];
-        col[1] = f[1];
-        col[2] = f[2];
-        if (alpha)
-            col[3] = f[3];
-    }
-
-    PopID();
-    EndGroup();
+    End();
+}
 
-    return value_changed;
+void ImGui::DebugBreakClearData()
+{
+    // Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugBreakInWindow = 0;
+    g.DebugBreakInTable = 0;
+    g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None;
 }
 
-void ImGui::ColorEditMode(ImGuiColorEditMode mode)
+void ImGui::DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.ColorEditMode = mode;
+    if (!BeginItemTooltip())
+        return;
+    Text("To call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() %s:", description_of_location);
+    Separator();
+    TextUnformatted(keyboard_only ? "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard." : "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard.\n- or Click (may alter focus/active id).\n- or navigate using keyboard and press space.");
+    Separator();
+    TextUnformatted("Choose one way that doesn't interfere with what you are trying to debug!\nYou need a debugger attached or this will crash!");
+    EndTooltip();
 }
 
-// Horizontal separating line.
-void ImGui::Separator()
+// Special button that doesn't take focus, doesn't take input owner, and can be activated without a click etc.
+// In order to reduce interferences with the contents we are trying to debug into.
+bool ImGui::DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
+        return false;
 
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-        PopClipRect();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+    ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y);
 
-    float x1 = window->Pos.x;
-    float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
-    if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty())
-        x1 += window->DC.IndentX;
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, 0.0f);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
 
-    const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y));
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // NB: we don't provide our width so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit   // FIXME: Height should be 1.0f not 0.0f ?
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
-    {
-        if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-            PushColumnClipRect();
-        return;
-    }
+    // WE DO NOT USE ButtonEx() or ButtonBehavior() in order to reduce our side-effects.
+    bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    bool pressed = hovered && (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord) || IsMouseClicked(0) || g.NavActivateId == id);
+    DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, description_of_location);
 
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
+    ImVec4 col4f = GetStyleColorVec4(hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    ImVec4 hsv;
+    ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z, hsv.x, hsv.y, hsv.z);
+    ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(hsv.x + 0.20f, hsv.y, hsv.z, col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z);
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogText(IM_NEWLINE "--------------------------------");
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col4f), true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, g.Style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
 
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-    {
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    }
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
 }
 
-void ImGui::Spacing()
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns
+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
         return;
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));
+    BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX);
+    for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns)
+        BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(&column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, column.OffsetNorm));
+    TreePop();
 }
 
-void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size)
+static void FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(char* buf, int buf_size, ImTextureID tex_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
-    ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
+    union { void* ptr; int integer; } tex_id_opaque;
+    memcpy(&tex_id_opaque, &tex_id, ImMin(sizeof(void*), sizeof(tex_id)));
+    if (sizeof(tex_id) >= sizeof(void*))
+        ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%p", tex_id_opaque.ptr);
+    else
+        ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%04X", tex_id_opaque.integer);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(viewport); // Used in docking branch
+    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
+    int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
+    if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL)
+        cmd_count--;
+    bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count);
+    if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList())
+    {
+        SameLine();
+        TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
+        if (node_open)
+            TreePop();
+        return;
+    }
 
-// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
-void ImGui::BeginGroup()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
+    if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
+        fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!node_open)
+        return;
 
-    window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1);
-    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
-    group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
-    group_data.BackupIndentX = window->DC.IndentX;
-    group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineHeight;
-    group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    group_data.BackupLogLinePosY = window->DC.LogLinePosY;
-    group_data.AdvanceCursor = true;
+    if (window && !window->WasActive)
+        TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!");
 
-    window->DC.IndentX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f;
-    window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+    for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++)
+    {
+        if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+        {
+            BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        char texid_desc[20];
+        FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(texid_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(texid_desc), pcmd->TextureId);
+        char buf[300];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex %s, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)",
+            pcmd->ElemCount / 3, texid_desc, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
+        bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list)
+            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
+        if (!pcmd_node_open)
+            continue;
+
+        // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count)
+        // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output.
+        const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
+        const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset;
+        float total_area = 0.0f;
+        for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; )
+        {
+            ImVec2 triangle[3];
+            for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
+                triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos;
+            total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]);
+        }
+
+        // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area);
+        Selectable(buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
+            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false);
+
+        // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.
+        ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+        clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
+        while (clipper.Step())
+            for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
+            {
+                char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+                ImVec2 triangle[3];
+                for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)
+                {
+                    const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i];
+                    triangle[n] = v.pos;
+                    buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",
+                        (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : "     ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
+                }
+
+                Selectable(buf, false);
+                if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered())
+                {
+                    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;
+                    fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+                    fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f);
+                    fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+                }
+            }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    TreePop();
 }
 
-void ImGui::EndGroup()
+// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
+    IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb);
 
-    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty());	// Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
+    // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles
+    ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect;
+    ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags;
+    out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+    for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; )
+    {
+        ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list
+        ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;
+
+        ImVec2 triangle[3];
+        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
+            vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));
+        if (show_mesh)
+            out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles
+    }
+    // Draw bounding boxes
+    if (show_aabb)
+    {
+        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(clip_rect.Min), ImTrunc(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU
+        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Min), ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles
+    }
+    out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+}
 
-    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
+// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",
+        font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
+    SameLine();
+    if (SmallButton("Set as default"))
+        GetIO().FontDefault = font;
+    if (!opened)
+        return;
 
-    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
-    group_bb.Max.y -= style.ItemSpacing.y;      // Cancel out last vertical spacing because we are adding one ourselves.
-    group_bb.Max = ImMax(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max);
+    // Display preview text
+    PushFont(font);
+    Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
+    PopFont();
+
+    // Display details
+    SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8);
+    DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");
+    SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker(
+        "Note that the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"
+        "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "
+        "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "
+        "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"
+        "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");
+    Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
+    char c_str[5];
+    Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar);
+    Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar);
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
+    Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);
+    for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
+        if (font->ConfigData)
+            if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
+                BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",
+                    config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);
+
+    // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
+    if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList();
+        const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+        const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
+        const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
+        for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
+        {
+            // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)
+            // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT
+            // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)
+            if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095))
+            {
+                base += 4096 - 256;
+                continue;
+            }
 
-    window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
-    window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    window->DC.IndentX = group_data.BackupIndentX;
-    window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+            int count = 0;
+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+                if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)))
+                    count++;
+            if (count <= 0)
+                continue;
+            if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
+                continue;
 
-    if (group_data.AdvanceCursor)
-    {
-        window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
-        ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize(), group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
-        ItemAdd(group_bb, NULL);
+            // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs
+            ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+            {
+                // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions
+                // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.
+                ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
+                ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
+                const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));
+                draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));
+                if (!glyph)
+                    continue;
+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n));
+                if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2) && BeginTooltip())
+                {
+                    DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph);
+                    EndTooltip();
+                }
+            }
+            Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        TreePop();
     }
+    TreePop();
+}
 
-    window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back();
-
-    //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, 0xFFFF00FF);   // Debug
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph)
+{
+    Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint);
+    Separator();
+    Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);
+    Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
+    Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
+    Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
 }
 
-// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
-//      pos_x == 0      : follow on previous item
-//      pos_x != 0      : align to specified column
-//      spacing_w < 0   : use default spacing if column_x==0, no spacing if column_x!=0
-//      spacing_w >= 0  : enforce spacing
-void ImGui::SameLine(float pos_x, float spacing_w)
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage
+void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes()))
         return;
+    for (const ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data)
+    {
+        BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer.
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(p.key);
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
 
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (pos_x != 0.0f)
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)
+{
+    // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.
+    char buf[256];
+    char* p = buf;
+    const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+    const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2);
+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s  {", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++)
     {
-        if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + pos_x + spacing_w;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab));
     }
-    else
+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } ");
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf);
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (is_active && IsItemHovered())
     {
-        if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList();
+        draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    }
+    if (open)
+    {
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            PushID(tab);
+            if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2);
+            if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine();
+            Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f",
+                tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth);
+            PopID();
+        }
+        TreePop();
     }
-    window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
 }
 
-void ImGui::NewLine()
+void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
-    if (window->DC.CurrentLineHeight > 0.0f)     // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height.
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));
-    else
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize));
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+    bool open = TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0);
+    if (IsItemHovered())
+        g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID = viewport->ID;
+    if (open)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags;
+        BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f",
+            viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y,
+            viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y);
+        BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags,
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow)  ? " IsPlatformWindow"  : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp)        ? " OwnedByApp"        : "");
+        for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)
+            DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList");
+        TreePop();
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::NextColumn()
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
+    if (window == NULL)
+    {
+        BulletText("%s: NULL", label);
         return;
+    }
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
-    {
-        PopItemWidth();
-        PopClipRect();
+    const bool is_active = window->WasActive;
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (IsItemHovered() && is_active)
+        GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!open)
+        return;
 
-        window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = ImMax(window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-        if (++window->DC.ColumnsCurrent < window->DC.ColumnsCount)
-        {
-            // Columns 1+ cancel out IndentX
-            window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent) - window->DC.IndentX + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
-            window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent);
-        }
+    if (window->MemoryCompacted)
+        TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed.");
+
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in Begin()"))
+        g.DebugBreakInWindow = window->ID;
+
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+    DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList");
+    BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y);
+    BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)  ? "Child " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)     ? "Tooltip "   : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)        ? "Modal " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)   ? "ChildMenu " : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");
+    BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : "");
+    BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);
+    BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems);
+    for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
+    {
+        ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer];
+        if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y)
+            BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]);
         else
-        {
-            window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
-            window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
-            window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY;
-            window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
-        }
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f);  // FIXME: Move on columns setup
+            BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y);
+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]);
     }
+    const ImVec2* pr = window->NavPreferredScoringPosRel;
+    for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
+        BulletText("NavPreferredScoringPosRel[%d] = {%.1f,%.1f)", layer, (pr[layer].x == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].x), (pr[layer].y == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].y)); // Display as 99999.0f so it looks neater.
+    BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");
+    if (window->RootWindow != window)               { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); }
+    if (window->ParentWindow != NULL)               { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); }
+    if (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute != NULL)  { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute, "ParentWindowForFocusRoute"); }
+    if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0)           { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); }
+    if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))
+    {
+        for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage)
+            DebugNodeColumns(&columns);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage");
+    TreePop();
 }
 
-int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-}
-
-int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.ColumnsCount;
+    if (settings->WantDelete)
+        BeginDisabled();
+    Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d",
+        settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed);
+    if (settings->WantDelete)
+        EndDisabled();
 }
 
-static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(int column_index)
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label)
 {
-    // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
-    // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We cannot drag column 0. If you get this assert you may have a conflict between the ID of your columns and another widgets.
-    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index));
-
-    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x - window->Pos.x;
-    x = ImClamp(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index-1)+g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index+1)-g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
-
-    return (float)(int)x;
+    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size))
+        return;
+    for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back
+    {
+        PushID((*windows)[i]);
+        DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window");
+        PopID();
+    }
+    TreePop();
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
+// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way.
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-
-    if (g.ActiveId)
+    for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++)
     {
-        const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
-        if (g.ActiveId == column_id)
-            return GetDraggedColumnOffset(column_index);
+        ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i];
+        if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack)
+            continue;
+        char buf[20];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+        //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name);
+        DebugNodeWindow(window, buf);
+        Indent();
+        DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window);
+        Unindent();
     }
-
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index < window->DC.ColumnsData.Size);
-    const float t = window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm;
-    const float x_offset = window->DC.ColumnsMinX + t * (window->DC.ColumnsMaxX - window->DC.ColumnsMinX);
-    return (float)(int)x_offset;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index < window->DC.ColumnsData.Size);
-    const float t = (offset - window->DC.ColumnsMinX) / (window->DC.ColumnsMaxX - window->DC.ColumnsMinX);
-    window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm = t;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
-    window->DC.StateStorage->SetFloat(column_id, t);
+void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    DebugLogV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
+void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-
-    float w = GetColumnOffset(column_index+1) - GetColumnOffset(column_index);
-    return w;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();
+    if (g.ContextName[0] != 0)
+        g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%s] [%05d] ", g.ContextName, g.FrameCount);
+    else
+        g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount);
+    g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args);
+    g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size());
+    if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    // IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG() adds a trailing \n automatically
+    const int new_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();
+    const bool trailing_carriage_return = (g.DebugLogBuf[new_size - 1] == '\n');
+    if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG("%.*s", new_size - old_size - (trailing_carriage_return ? 1 : 0), g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
+#endif
 }
 
-static void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
+// FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically via layout mode once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout.
+static void SameLineOrWrap(const ImVec2& size)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
-
-    float x1 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index) - 1.0f);
-    float x2 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index+1) - 1.0f);
-    ImGui::PushClipRect(ImVec2(x1,-FLT_MAX), ImVec2(x2,+FLT_MAX), true);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y);
+    if (window->ClipRect.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
+        ImGui::SameLine();
 }
 
-void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
+static void ShowDebugLogFlag(const char* name, ImGuiDebugLogFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
-
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
+    ImVec2 size(ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + ImGui::CalcTextSize(name).x, ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
+    SameLineOrWrap(size); // FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout.
+    if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags(name, &g.DebugLogFlags, flags) && g.IO.KeyShift && (g.DebugLogFlags & flags) != 0)
     {
-        if (window->DC.ColumnsCurrent != 0)
-            ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));   // Advance to column 0
-        PopItemWidth();
-        PopClipRect();
-        window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge();
-
-        window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = ImMax(window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY;
+        g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 2;
+        g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags |= flags;
     }
+    ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Hold SHIFT when clicking to enable for 2 frames only (useful for spammy log entries)");
+}
 
-    // Draw columns borders and handle resize at the time of "closing" a columns set
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != columns_count && window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1 && window->DC.ColumnsShowBorders && !window->SkipItems)
+void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
+        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
     {
-        const float y1 = window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY;
-        const float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-        for (int i = 1; i < window->DC.ColumnsCount; i++)
-        {
-            float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(i);
-            const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(i);
-            const ImRect column_rect(ImVec2(x-4,y1),ImVec2(x+4,y2));
-            if (IsClippedEx(column_rect, &column_id, false))
-                continue;
+        End();
+        return;
+    }
 
-            bool hovered, held;
-            ButtonBehavior(column_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held);
-            if (hovered || held)
-                g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags all_enable_flags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ & ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting;
+    CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, all_enable_flags);
+    SetItemTooltip("(except InputRouting which is spammy)");
 
-            // Draw before resize so our items positioning are in sync with the line being drawn
-            const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ColumnActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered : ImGuiCol_Column);
-            const float xi = (float)(int)x;
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1+1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("ActiveId", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("Clipper", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("Focus", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("IO", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("Nav", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("Popup", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup);
+    //ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection);
+    ShowDebugLogFlag("InputRouting", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting);
 
-            if (held)
-            {
-                if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
-                    g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x -= 4;   // Store from center of column line
-                x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(i);
-                SetColumnOffset(i, x);
-            }
-        }
+    if (SmallButton("Clear"))
+    {
+        g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
+        g.DebugLogIndex.clear();
     }
+    SameLine();
+    if (SmallButton("Copy"))
+        SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str());
+    BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
 
-    // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
-    // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
-    PushID(0x11223347 + (id ? 0 : columns_count));
-    window->DC.ColumnsSetID = window->GetID(id ? id : "columns");
-    PopID();
+    const ImGuiDebugLogFlags backup_log_flags = g.DebugLogFlags;
+    g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper;
 
-    // Set state for first column
-    window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
-    window->DC.ColumnsCount = columns_count;
-    window->DC.ColumnsShowBorders = border;
+    ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+    clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size());
+    while (clipper.Step())
+        for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++)
+            DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no), g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no));
+    g.DebugLogFlags = backup_log_flags;
+    if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY())
+        SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
+    EndChild();
 
-    const float content_region_width = (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : window->Size.x;
-    window->DC.ColumnsMinX = window->DC.IndentX; // Lock our horizontal range
-    window->DC.ColumnsMaxX = content_region_width - window->Scroll.x /*- ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) ? 0 : g.Style.ScrollbarSize)*/;// - window->WindowPadding().x;
-    window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
+    End();
+}
 
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
-    {
-        // Cache column offsets
-        window->DC.ColumnsData.resize(columns_count + 1);
-        for (int column_index = 0; column_index < columns_count + 1; column_index++)
-        {
-            const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
-            KeepAliveID(column_id);
-            const float default_t = column_index / (float)window->DC.ColumnsCount;
-            const float t = window->DC.StateStorage->GetFloat(column_id, default_t);      // Cheaply store our floating point value inside the integer (could store an union into the map?)
-            window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm = t;
-        }
-        window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(window->DC.ColumnsCount);
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f);
-    }
-    else
+// Display line, search for 0xXXXXXXXX identifiers and call DebugLocateItemOnHover() when hovered.
+void ImGui::DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end)
+{
+    TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end);
+    if (!IsItemHovered())
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect;
+    for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++)
     {
-        window->DC.ColumnsData.resize(0);
+        ImGuiID id = 0;
+        if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1)
+            continue;
+        ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p);
+        ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10);
+        g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y));
+        if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true))
+            DebugLocateItemOnHover(id);
+        p += 10;
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList
+void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.IndentX += (indent_w > 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f);
 }
 
-void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
+// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList
+void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.IndentX -= (indent_w > 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id)
+// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible)
+void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    Indent();
-    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
-    PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush");
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col);
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    Indent();
-    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
-    PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush");
-}
+// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID.
+static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255);  // Green
 
-void ImGui::TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id)
+void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    Indent();
-    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
-    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugLocateId = target_id;
+    g.DebugLocateFrames = 2;
+    g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreePop()
+// FIXME: Doesn't work over through a modal window, because they clear HoveredWindow.
+void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    Unindent();
-    window->DC.TreeDepth--;
-    PopID();
-}
+    if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    DebugLocateItem(target_id);
+    GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
 
-void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b)
-{
-    Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false"));
+    // Can't easily use a context menu here because it will mess with focus, active id etc.
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && g.MouseStationaryTimer > 1.0f)
+    {
+        DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, "in ItemAdd()");
+        if (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord))
+            g.DebugBreakInLocateId = true;
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v)
+void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem()
 {
-    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
-}
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
-{
-    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
-}
+    // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
+    if (g.DebugBreakInLocateId)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
 
-void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
-{
-    if (float_format)
-    {
-        char fmt[64];
-        ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format);
-        Text(fmt, prefix, v);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v);
-    }
+    ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData;
+    g.DebugLocateId = 0;
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow);
+    ImRect r = item_data.Rect;
+    r.Expand(3.0f);
+    ImVec2 p1 = g.IO.MousePos;
+    ImVec2 p2 = ImVec2((p1.x < r.Min.x) ? r.Min.x : (p1.x > r.Max.x) ? r.Max.x : p1.x, (p1.y < r.Min.y) ? r.Min.y : (p1.y > r.Max.y) ? r.Max.y : p1.y);
+    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
+    draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
 }
 
-// FIXME: May want to remove those helpers?
-void ImGui::ValueColor(const char* prefix, const ImVec4& v)
+void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker()
 {
-    Text("%s: (%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)", prefix, v.x, v.y, v.z, v.w);
-    SameLine();
-    ColorButton(v, true);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugItemPickerActive = true;
 }
 
-void ImGui::ValueColor(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
+// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker()
 {
-    Text("%s: %08X", prefix, v);
-    SameLine();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
+    if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive)
+        return;
 
-    ImVec4 col;
-    col.x = (float)((v >> 0) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
-    col.y = (float)((v >> 8) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
-    col.z = (float)((v >> 16) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
-    col.w = (float)((v >> 24) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
-    ColorButton(col, true);
+    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+    SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand);
+    if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape))
+        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+    const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);
+    if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id)
+    {
+        g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id;
+        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+    }
+    for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++)
+        if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
+            g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button;
+    SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f);
+    if (!BeginTooltip())
+        return;
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id);
+    Text("Press ESC to abort picking.");
+    const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" };
+    if (change_mapping)
+        Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button.");
+    else
+        TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]);
+    EndTooltip();
 }
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// PLATFORM DEPENDANT HELPERS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS))
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-// Win32 API clipboard implementation
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS)
+// [DEBUG] ID Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
 
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
-#endif
+    // Clear hook when id stack tool is not visible
+    g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0;
+    if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1)
+        return;
 
-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl()
-{
-    static char* buf_local = NULL;
-    if (buf_local)
+    // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item
+    // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time
+    const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId;
+    if (tool->QueryId != query_id)
     {
-        ImGui::MemFree(buf_local);
-        buf_local = NULL;
+        tool->QueryId = query_id;
+        tool->StackLevel = -1;
+        tool->Results.resize(0);
     }
-    if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
-        return NULL;
-    HANDLE wbuf_handle = GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
-    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-    if (ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
+    if (query_id == 0)
+        return;
+
+    // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result)
+    int stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
+    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
+        if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2)
+            tool->StackLevel++;
+
+    // Update hook
+    stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
+    if (stack_level == -1)
+        g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id;
+    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
     {
-        int buf_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(wbuf_global, NULL) + 1;
-        buf_local = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(buf_len * sizeof(char));
-        ImTextStrToUtf8(buf_local, buf_len, wbuf_global, NULL);
+        g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID;
+        tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++;
     }
-    GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
-    CloseClipboard();
-    return buf_local;
 }
 
-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text)
+// [DEBUG] ID Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions
+void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end)
 {
-    if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
-        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
 
-    const int wbuf_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(text, NULL) + 1;
-    HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(ImWchar));
-    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+    // Step 0: stack query
+    // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget.
+    if (tool->StackLevel == -1)
+    {
+        tool->StackLevel++;
+        tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo());
+        for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++)
+            tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id;
         return;
-    ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
-    ImTextStrFromUtf8(wbuf_global, wbuf_length, text, NULL);
-    GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
-    EmptyClipboard();
-    SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle);
-    CloseClipboard();
-}
+    }
 
-#else
+    // Step 1+: query for individual level
+    IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0);
+    if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size)
+        return;
+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel];
+    IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0);
 
-// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl()
-{
-    return GImGui->PrivateClipboard;
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_String:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_Pointer:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_ID:
+        if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one.
+            return;
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id);
+        break;
+    default:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+    info->QuerySuccess = true;
+    info->DataType = data_type;
+}
+
+static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiIDStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
+{
+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL;
+    if (window)                                                                 // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name);
+    if (info->QuerySuccess)                                                     // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc);
+    if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size)                                  // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers.
+        return (*buf = 0);
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID))   // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo()
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label);
+#endif
+    return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???");
 }
 
-// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text)
+// ID Stack Tool: Display UI
+void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.PrivateClipboard)
+    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
+        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui ID Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
     {
-        ImGui::MemFree(g.PrivateClipboard);
-        g.PrivateClipboard = NULL;
+        End();
+        return;
     }
-    const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);
-    g.PrivateClipboard = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(text_end - text) + 1);
-    memcpy(g.PrivateClipboard, text, (size_t)(text_end - text));
-    g.PrivateClipboard[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS)
-
-#include <imm.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
-#endif
-
-static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y)
-{
-    // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
-    if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)GImGui->IO.ImeWindowHandle)
-        if (HIMC himc = ImmGetContext(hwnd))
-        {
-            COMPOSITIONFORM cf;
-            cf.ptCurrentPos.x = x;
-            cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y;
-            cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
-            ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf);
-        }
-}
 
+    // Display hovered/active status
+    ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
+    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+    const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId;
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId:  0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : "");
 #else
-
-static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {}
-
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId:  0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id);
 #endif
+    SameLine();
+    MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details.");
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// HELP
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
-{
-    if (ImGui::Begin("ImGui Metrics", p_open))
+    // CTRL+C to copy path
+    const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime;
+    Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC);
+    SameLine();
+    TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*");
+    if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused))
     {
-        ImGui::Text("ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
-        ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / ImGui::GetIO().Framerate, ImGui::GetIO().Framerate);
-        ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderVertices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
-        ImGui::Text("%d allocations", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsAllocs);
-        static bool show_clip_rects = true;
-        ImGui::Checkbox("Show clipping rectangles when hovering a ImDrawCmd", &show_clip_rects);
-        ImGui::Separator();
-
-        struct Funcs
-        {
-            static void NodeDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
-            {
-                bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size);
-                if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList())
-                {
-                    ImGui::SameLine();
-                    ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
-                    if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop();
-                    return;
-                }
-                if (!node_open)
-                    return;
-
-                ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = &GImGui->OverlayDrawList;   // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
-                overlay_draw_list->PushClipRectFullScreen();
-                int elem_offset = 0;
-                for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++)
-                {
-                    if (pcmd->UserCallback)
-                    {
-                        ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
-                        continue;
-                    }
-                    ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
-                    bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "Draw %-4d %s vtx, tex = %p, clip_rect = (%.0f,%.0f)..(%.0f,%.0f)", pcmd->ElemCount, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0 ? "indexed" : "non-indexed", pcmd->TextureId, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
-                    if (show_clip_rects && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
-                    {
-                        ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect;
-                        ImRect vtxs_rect;
-                        for (int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++)
-                            vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos);
-                        clip_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255));
-                        vtxs_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(vtxs_rect.Min, vtxs_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
-                    }
-                    if (!pcmd_node_open)
-                        continue;
-                    ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
-                    while (clipper.Step())
-                        for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, vtx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
-                        {
-                            char buf[300], *buf_p = buf;
-                            ImVec2 triangles_pos[3];
-                            for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, vtx_i++)
-                            {
-                                ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[vtx_i] : vtx_i];
-                                triangles_pos[n] = v.pos;
-                                buf_p += sprintf(buf_p, "%s %04d { pos = (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv = (%.6f,%.6f), col = %08X }\n", (n == 0) ? "vtx" : "   ", vtx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
-                            }
-                            ImGui::Selectable(buf, false);
-                            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
-                                overlay_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangles_pos, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f, false);  // Add triangle without AA, more readable for large-thin triangle
-                        }
-                    ImGui::TreePop();
-                }
-                overlay_draw_list->PopClipRect();
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-
-            static void NodeWindows(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& windows, const char* label)
-            {
-                if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size))
-                    return;
-                for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++)
-                    Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window");
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-
-            static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
-            {
-                if (!ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, window->Active || window->WasActive, window))
-                    return;
-                NodeDrawList(window->DrawList, "DrawList");
-                if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow");
-                if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows");
-                ImGui::BulletText("Storage: %d bytes", window->StateStorage.Data.Size * (int)sizeof(ImGuiStorage::Pair));
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-        };
-
-        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;                // Access private state
-        Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows");
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawList", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size))
-        {
-            for (int i = 0; i < g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size; i++)
-                Funcs::NodeDrawList(g.RenderDrawLists[0][i], "DrawList");
-            ImGui::TreePop();
-        }
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Open Popups Stack (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
+        tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time;
+        char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data;
+        char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size;
+        for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++)
         {
-            for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++)
+            *p++ = '/';
+            char level_desc[256];
+            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc));
+            for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++)
             {
-                ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window;
-                ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupID, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : "");
+                if (level_desc[n] == '/')
+                    *p++ = '\\';
+                *p++ = level_desc[n];
             }
-            ImGui::TreePop();
         }
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic state"))
+        *p = '\0';
+        SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data);
+    }
+
+    // Display decorated stack
+    tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount;
+    if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
+    {
+        const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x;
+        TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);
+        TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
+        TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);
+        TableHeadersRow();
+        for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++)
         {
-            ImGui::Text("FocusedWindow: '%s'", g.FocusedWindow ? g.FocusedWindow->Name : "NULL");
-            ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
-            ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL");
-            ImGui::Text("HoveredID: 0x%08X/0x%08X", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not
-            ImGui::Text("ActiveID: 0x%08X/0x%08X", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame);
-            ImGui::TreePop();
+            ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
+            TableNextColumn();
+            Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0);
+            TableNextColumn();
+            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size);
+            TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data);
+            TableNextColumn();
+            Text("0x%08X", info->ID);
+            if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1)
+                TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header));
         }
+        EndTable();
     }
-    ImGui::End();
+    End();
 }
 
+#else
+
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {}
+
+void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {}
+void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {}
+void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() {}
+void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {}
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed.
@@ -9835,3 +16117,5 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui.h
index 962cde6eaa..a22e7ae9ce 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui.h
@@ -1,639 +1,1560 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.49
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
 // (headers)
 
-// See imgui.cpp file for documentation.
-// See ImGui::ShowTestWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
-// Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase.
-// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// Help:
+// - See links below.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments.
+
+// Resources:
+// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md)
+// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
+//   - Getting Started            https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code)
+//   - Third-party Extensions     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more)
+//   - Bindings/Backends          https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines)
+//   - Glossary                   https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
+//   - Debug Tools                https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools
+//   - Software using Dear ImGui  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui
+// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
+// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps)
+
+// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:
+// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
+// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there.
+
+// Library Version
+// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345')
+#define IMGUI_VERSION       "1.90.9"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM   19090
+#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
+// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
+// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
+// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
+// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
+// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
+// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload)
+// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)
+// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
+// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
+// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport)
+// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformImeData)
+// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
+
+*/
 
 #pragma once
 
-#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H)
-#include "imconfig.h"       // User-editable configuration file
+// Configuration file with compile-time options
+// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system)
+#ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
+#include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
 #endif
-#include <float.h>          // FLT_MAX
-#include <stdarg.h>         // va_list
-#include <stddef.h>         // ptrdiff_t, NULL
-#include <string.h>         // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
+#include "imconfig.h"
 
-#define IMGUI_VERSION       "1.49"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 
-// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Includes
+#include <float.h>                  // FLT_MIN, FLT_MAX
+#include <stdarg.h>                 // va_list, va_start, va_end
+#include <stddef.h>                 // ptrdiff_t, NULL
+#include <string.h>                 // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
+
+// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
+// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h)
+// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended: we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility + this is a call-heavy library and function call overhead adds up.
 #ifndef IMGUI_API
 #define IMGUI_API
 #endif
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_API              IMGUI_API
+#endif
 
-// Define assertion handler.
+// Helper Macros
 #ifndef IM_ASSERT
 #include <assert.h>
-#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)    assert(_EXPR)
+#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)            assert(_EXPR)                               // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h
+#endif
+#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)          ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR))))     // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
+#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR)             ((void)(_VAR))                              // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
+
+// Check that version and structures layouts are matching between compiled imgui code and caller. Read comments above DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout() for details.
+#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
+
+// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
+// (MSVC provides an equivalent mechanism via SAL Annotations but it would require the macros in a different
+//  location. e.g. #include <sal.h> + void myprintf(_Printf_format_string_ const char* format, ...))
+#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0)))
+#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__))
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
+#else
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
 #endif
 
-// Some compilers support applying printf-style warnings to user functions.
-#if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)
-#define IM_PRINTFARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, (FMT+1))))
+// Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions)
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)  && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID)
+#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF      __pragma(runtime_checks("",off))     __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off))
+#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE  __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack())    __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop))
 #else
-#define IM_PRINTFARGS(FMT)
+#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
 #endif
 
+// Warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (push)
+#pragma warning (disable: 26495)    // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
+#endif
 #if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier"            // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Scalar data types
+typedef unsigned int        ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string)
+typedef signed char         ImS8;   // 8-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned char       ImU8;   // 8-bit unsigned integer
+typedef signed short        ImS16;  // 16-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned short      ImU16;  // 16-bit unsigned integer
+typedef signed int          ImS32;  // 32-bit signed integer == int
+typedef unsigned int        ImU32;  // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
+typedef signed   long long  ImS64;  // 64-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned long long  ImU64;  // 64-bit unsigned integer
+
 // Forward declarations
-struct ImDrawChannel;               // Temporary storage for outputting drawing commands out of order, used by ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
-struct ImDrawCmd;                   // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call)
-struct ImDrawData;                  // All draw command lists required to render the frame
-struct ImDrawList;                  // A single draw command list (generally one per window)
-struct ImDrawVert;                  // A single vertex (20 bytes by default, override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
+struct ImDrawChannel;               // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
+struct ImDrawCmd;                   // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback)
+struct ImDrawData;                  // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix.
+struct ImDrawList;                  // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder)
+struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself)
+struct ImDrawListSplitter;          // Helper to split a draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order, then flattened back.
+struct ImDrawVert;                  // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
 struct ImFont;                      // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas
-struct ImFontAtlas;                 // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF font loader
+struct ImFontAtlas;                 // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader
+struct ImFontBuilderIO;             // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType).
 struct ImFontConfig;                // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts
-struct ImColor;                     // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4
+struct ImFontGlyph;                 // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset)
+struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder;    // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data
+struct ImColor;                     // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using)
+struct ImGuiContext;                // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h)
 struct ImGuiIO;                     // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui
-struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame;         // Simple helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro
-struct ImGuiStorage;                // Simple custom key value storage
-struct ImGuiStyle;                  // Runtime data for styling/colors
-struct ImGuiTextFilter;             // Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
-struct ImGuiTextBuffer;             // Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
-struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData;   // Shared state of ImGui::InputText() when using custom ImGuiTextEditCallback (rare/advanced use)
-struct ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData;// Structure used to constraint window size in custom ways when using custom ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback (rare/advanced use)
+struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData;  // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use)
+struct ImGuiKeyData;                // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
 struct ImGuiListClipper;            // Helper to manually clip large list of items
-struct ImGuiContext;                // ImGui context (opaque)
-
-// Enumerations (declared as int for compatibility and to not pollute the top of this file)
-typedef unsigned int ImU32;
-typedef unsigned short ImWchar;     // character for keyboard input/display
-typedef void* ImTextureID;          // user data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp)
-typedef ImU32 ImGuiID;              // unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string)
-typedef int ImGuiCol;               // a color identifier for styling       // enum ImGuiCol_
-typedef int ImGuiStyleVar;          // a variable identifier for styling    // enum ImGuiStyleVar_
-typedef int ImGuiKey;               // a key identifier (ImGui-side enum)   // enum ImGuiKey_
-typedef int ImGuiAlign;             // alignment                            // enum ImGuiAlign_
-typedef int ImGuiColorEditMode;     // color edit mode for ColorEdit*()     // enum ImGuiColorEditMode_
-typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor;       // a mouse cursor identifier            // enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
-typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags;       // window flags for Begin*()            // enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiSetCond;           // condition flags for Set*()           // enum ImGuiSetCond_
-typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags;    // flags for InputText*()               // enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags;   // flags for Selectable()               // enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;     // flags for TreeNode*(), Collapsing*() // enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
-typedef int (*ImGuiTextEditCallback)(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData *data);
-typedef void (*ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback)(ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData* data);
-
-// Others helpers at bottom of the file:
-// class ImVector<>                 // Lightweight std::vector like class.
-// IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME          // Execute a block of code once per frame only (convenient for creating UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times)
+struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame;         // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame
+struct ImGuiPayload;                // User data payload for drag and drop operations
+struct ImGuiPlatformImeData;        // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.
+struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData;       // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use)
+struct ImGuiStorage;                // Helper for key->value storage (container sorted by key)
+struct ImGuiStoragePair;            // Helper for key->value storage (pair)
+struct ImGuiStyle;                  // Runtime data for styling/colors
+struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs;         // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
+struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs;   // Sorting specification for one column of a table
+struct ImGuiTextBuffer;             // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder)
+struct ImGuiTextFilter;             // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]")
+struct ImGuiViewport;               // A Platform Window (always only one in 'master' branch), in the future may represent Platform Monitor
+
+// Enumerations
+// - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration)
+// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+enum ImGuiDir : int;                // -> enum ImGuiDir              // Enum: A cardinal direction (Left, Right, Up, Down)
+enum ImGuiKey : int;                // -> enum ImGuiKey              // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value)
+enum ImGuiMouseSource : int;        // -> enum ImGuiMouseSource      // Enum; A mouse input source identifier (Mouse, TouchScreen, Pen)
+enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8;     // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection    // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
+typedef int ImGuiCol;               // -> enum ImGuiCol_             // Enum: A color identifier for styling
+typedef int ImGuiCond;              // -> enum ImGuiCond_            // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions
+typedef int ImGuiDataType;          // -> enum ImGuiDataType_        // Enum: A primary data type
+typedef int ImGuiMouseButton;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_     // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
+typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_     // Enum: A mouse cursor shape
+typedef int ImGuiStyleVar;          // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_        // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
+typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget;     // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_   // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor()
+
+// Flags (declared as int to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file)
+// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+typedef int ImDrawFlags;            // -> enum ImDrawFlags_          // Flags: for ImDrawList functions
+typedef int ImDrawListFlags;        // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_      // Flags: for ImDrawList instance
+typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags;       // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_     // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build
+typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_    // Flags: for io.BackendFlags
+typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_     // Flags: for InvisibleButton()
+typedef int ImGuiChildFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiChildFlags_      // Flags: for BeginChild()
+typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_  // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc.
+typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_     // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags
+typedef int ImGuiComboFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_      // Flags: for BeginCombo()
+typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_   // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload()
+typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_    // Flags: for IsWindowFocused()
+typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_    // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc.
+typedef int ImGuiInputFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_      // Flags: for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut()
+typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_  // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline()
+typedef int ImGuiKeyChord;          // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX    // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values.
+typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_      // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen()
+typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable()
+typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_     // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
+typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_     // Flags: for BeginTabBar()
+typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_    // Flags: for BeginTabItem()
+typedef int ImGuiTableFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_      // Flags: For BeginTable()
+typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags;  // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn()
+typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_   // Flags: For TableNextRow()
+typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_   // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader()
+typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_   // Flags: for ImGuiViewport
+typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_     // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild()
+
+// ImTexture: user data for renderer backend to identify a texture [Compile-time configurable type]
+// - To use something else than an opaque void* pointer: override with e.g. '#define ImTextureID MyTextureType*' in your imconfig.h file.
+// - This can be whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details.
+#ifndef ImTextureID
+typedef void* ImTextureID;          // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that)
+#endif
+
+// ImDrawIdx: vertex index. [Compile-time configurable type]
+// - To use 16-bit indices + allow large meshes: backend need to set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset (recommended).
+// - To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in your imconfig.h file.
+#ifndef ImDrawIdx
+typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;   // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends)
+#endif
+
+// Character types
+// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display)
+typedef unsigned int ImWchar32;     // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
+typedef unsigned short ImWchar16;   // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32            // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16]
+typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar;
+#else
+typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar;
+#endif
+
+// Callback and functions types
+typedef int     (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data);    // Callback function for ImGui::InputText()
+typedef void    (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data);              // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
+typedef void*   (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data);               // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
+typedef void    (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data);                // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
 
+// ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type]
+// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type.
+// Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' in your imconfig.h file to benefit from courtesy maths operators for those types.
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
 struct ImVec2
 {
-    float x, y;
-    ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; }
-    ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; }
-#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA          // Define constructor and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2.
-    IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
+    float                                   x, y;
+    constexpr ImVec2()                      : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { }
+    constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y)    : x(_x), y(_y) { }
+    float& operator[] (size_t idx)          { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((float*)(void*)(char*)this)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, so the assert overhead is fine.
+    float  operator[] (size_t idx) const    { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((const float*)(const void*)(const char*)this)[idx]; }
+#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
+    IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2.
 #endif
 };
 
+// ImVec4: 4D vector used to store clipping rectangles, colors etc. [Compile-time configurable type]
 struct ImVec4
 {
-    float x, y, z, w;
-    ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; }
-    ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; }
-#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA          // Define constructor and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec4.
-    IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
+    float                                                     x, y, z, w;
+    constexpr ImVec4()                                        : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f), w(0.0f) { }
+    constexpr ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w)  : x(_x), y(_y), z(_z), w(_w) { }
+#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
+    IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4.
 #endif
 };
-typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;     // enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
+// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
-{
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat                 = 1 << 0,   // hold to repeat
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 1,   // (default) return pressed on click+release on same item (default if no PressedOn** flag is set)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 2,   // return pressed on click (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 3,   // return pressed on release (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 4,   // return pressed on double-click (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds          = 1 << 5,   // allow interaction even if a child window is overlapping
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 6,   // disable automatically closing parent popup on press
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled               = 1 << 7,   // disable interaction
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 8,   // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 9,   // disable interaction if a key modifier is held
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode       = 1 << 10   // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable
-};
-#define CONCAT_(x,y) x##y
-#define CONCAT(x,y) CONCAT_(x,y)
-#define ImGui_ScopePushFont(f) ImGui::ScopePushFont CONCAT(scope_push_font, __LINE__) (f)
-#define ImGui_ScopePushStyleColor(idx, col) ImGui::ScopePushStyleColor CONCAT(scope_push_style_color, __LINE__) (idx, col)
-#define ImGui_ScopePushStyleVar(idx, val) ImGui::ScopePushStyleVar CONCAT(scope_push_style_var, __LINE__) (idx, val)
-
-// ImGui end-user API
-// In a namespace so that user can add extra functions in a separate file (e.g. Value() helpers for your vector or common types)
 namespace ImGui
 {
+    // Context creation and access
+    // - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts.
+    // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
+    //   for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL);   // NULL = destroy current context
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+
     // Main
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiIO&      GetIO();
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle&   GetStyle();
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawData*   GetDrawData();                              // same value as passed to your io.RenderDrawListsFn() function. valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
-    IMGUI_API void          NewFrame();                                 // start a new ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until NewFrame()/Render().
-    IMGUI_API void          Render();                                   // ends the ImGui frame, finalize rendering data, then call your io.RenderDrawListsFn() function if set.
-    IMGUI_API void          Shutdown();
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowUserGuide();                            // help block
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL);    // style editor block. you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowTestWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // test window demonstrating ImGui features
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);     // metrics window for debugging ImGui
-
-    // Window
-    IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);                                                   // push window to the stack and start appending to it. see .cpp for details. return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. 'bool* p_open' creates a widget on the upper-right to close the window (which sets your bool to false).
-    IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // OBSOLETE. this is the older/longer API. the extra parameters aren't very relevant. call SetNextWindowSize() instead if you want to set a window size. For regular windows, 'size_on_first_use' only applies to the first time EVER the window is created and probably not what you want! might obsolete this API eventually.
-    IMGUI_API void          End();                                                                                                                      // finish appending to current window, pop it off the window stack.
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0);    // begin a scrolling region. size==0.0f: use remaining window size, size<0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size). size>0.0f: fixed size. each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400).
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0);            // "
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiIO&      GetIO();                                    // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle&   GetStyle();                                 // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleColor(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame!
+    IMGUI_API void          NewFrame();                                 // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame().
+    IMGUI_API void          EndFrame();                                 // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all!
+    IMGUI_API void          Render();                                   // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData().
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawData*   GetDrawData();                              // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render.
+
+    // Demo, Debug, Information
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);     // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);    // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);       // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL);    // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
+    IMGUI_API bool          ShowStyleSelector(const char* label);       // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowFontSelector(const char* label);        // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowUserGuide();                            // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as an end-user (mouse/keyboard controls).
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();                               // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp)
+
+    // Styles
+    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);    // new, recommended style (default)
+    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);   // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font
+    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style
+
+    // Windows
+    // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack.
+    // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window,
+    //   which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked.
+    // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame by calling Begin()/End() pairs multiple times.
+    //   Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin().
+    // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
+    //   anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value!
+    //   [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions
+    //    such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding
+    //    BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
+    // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug".
+    IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          End();
+
+    // Child Windows
+    // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child.
+    // - Before 1.90 (November 2023), the "ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0" parameter was "bool border = false".
+    //   This API is backward compatible with old code, as we guarantee that ImGuiChildFlags_Border == true.
+    //   Consider updating your old code:
+    //      BeginChild("Name", size, false)   -> Begin("Name", size, 0); or Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None);
+    //      BeginChild("Name", size, true)    -> Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border);
+    // - Manual sizing (each axis can use a different setting e.g. ImVec2(0.0f, 400.0f)):
+    //     == 0.0f: use remaining parent window size for this axis.
+    //      > 0.0f: use specified size for this axis.
+    //      < 0.0f: right/bottom-align to specified distance from available content boundaries.
+    // - Specifying ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY makes the sizing automatic based on child contents.
+    //   Combining both ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX _and_ ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY defeats purpose of a scrolling region and is NOT recommended.
+    // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
+    //   anything to the window. Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value.
+    //   [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions
+    //    such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding
+    //    BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          EndChild();
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                                              // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
-    IMGUI_API void          SetContentRegionWidth(float y);
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionAvail();                                            // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
-    IMGUI_API float         GetContentRegionAvailWidth();                                       //
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMin();                                        // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMax();                                        // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowContentRegionWidth();                                      //
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                                                // get rendering command-list if you want to append your own draw primitives
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowPos();                                                     // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList api)
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowSize();                                                    // get current window size
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowWidth();
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowHeight();
+
+    // Windows Utilities
+    // - 'current window' = the window we are appending into while inside a Begin()/End() block. 'next window' = next window we will Begin() into.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAppearing();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowCollapsed();
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                    // per-window font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows
-
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);         // set next window position. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);                      // set next window position to be centered on screen. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);       // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size);                       // set next window content size (enforce the range of scrollbars). set axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentWidth(float width);                             // set next window content width (enforce the range of horizontal scrollbar). call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);      // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowFocus();                                               // set next window to be focused / front-most. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);             // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);           // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.    
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);          // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus();                                                   // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / front-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);      // set named window position.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);    // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);   // set named window collapsed state
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus(const char* name);                                              // set named window to be focused / front-most. use NULL to remove focus.
-
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollX();                                                       // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollY();                                                       // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxX();                                                    // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxY();                                                    // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(float scroll_x);                                         // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(float scroll_y);                                         // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);                         // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);        // adjust scrolling amount to make given position valid. use GetCursorPos() or GetCursorStartPos()+offset to get valid positions.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0);                               // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use negative 'offset' to access previous widgets.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree);                                // replace tree state storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                        // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowPos();                             // get current window position in screen space (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using current layout pos instead, GetCursorScreenPos())
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowSize();                            // get current window size (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using GetCursorScreenPos() and e.g. GetContentRegionAvail() instead)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowWidth();                           // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowHeight();                          // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y)
+
+    // Window manipulation
+    // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use 0.0f or FLT_MAX if you don't want limits. Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size (which itself is a constraint). Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size);                               // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                 // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowFocus();                                                       // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll);                                  // set next window scrolling value (use < 0.0f to not affect a given axis).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha);                                          // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                        // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                      // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                     // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus();                                                           // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                            // [OBSOLETE] set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);      // set named window position.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);    // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);   // set named window collapsed state
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus(const char* name);                                           // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus.
+
+    // Content region
+    // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful.
+    // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionAvail();                                        // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                                          // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMin();                                    // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMax();                                    // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
+
+    // Windows Scrolling
+    // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin().
+    // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY().
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollX();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollY();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(float scroll_x);                                     // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(float scroll_y);                                     // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxX();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxY();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
 
     // Parameters stacks (shared)
-    IMGUI_API void          PushFont(ImFont* font);                                             // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
+    IMGUI_API void          PushFont(ImFont* font);                                         // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
     IMGUI_API void          PopFont();
-    class ScopePushFont
-    {
-    public:
-        ScopePushFont(ImFont* font) { PushFont(font); }
-        ~ScopePushFont() { PopFont(); }
-    };
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col);                        // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
     IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
     IMGUI_API void          PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
-    class ScopePushStyleColor
-    {
-    public:
-        ScopePushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) { PushStyleColor(idx, col); }
-        ~ScopePushStyleColor() { PopStyleColor(); }
-    };
-    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);                     // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);             // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
     IMGUI_API void          PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
-    class ScopePushStyleVar
-    {
-    public:
-        ScopePushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { PushStyleVar(idx, val); }
-        ScopePushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { PushStyleVar(idx, val); }
-        ~ScopePushStyleVar() { PopStyleVar(); }
-    };
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetFont();                                                          // get current font
-    IMGUI_API float         GetFontSize();                                                      // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                           // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
-    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);                  // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier
-    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col);                                     // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
+    IMGUI_API void          PushTabStop(bool tab_stop);                                     // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
+    IMGUI_API void          PopTabStop();
+    IMGUI_API void          PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat);                                  // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
+    IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();
 
     // Parameters stacks (current window)
-    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                    // width of items for the common item+label case, pixels. 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side)
+    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side).
     IMGUI_API void          PopItemWidth();
-    IMGUI_API float         CalcItemWidth();                                                    // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position
-    IMGUI_API void          PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x = 0.0f);                           // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemWidth(float item_width);                             // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side)
+    IMGUI_API float         CalcItemWidth();                                                // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f);                 // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
     IMGUI_API void          PopTextWrapPos();
-    IMGUI_API void          PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool v);                                     // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
-    IMGUI_API void          PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
-    IMGUI_API void          PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat);                                      // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (uses io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate for now). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
-    IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();
 
-    // Cursor / Layout
-    IMGUI_API void          Separator();                                                        // horizontal line
-    IMGUI_API void          SameLine(float pos_x = 0.0f, float spacing_w = -1.0f);              // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally
-    IMGUI_API void          NewLine();                                                          // undo a SameLine()
-    IMGUI_API void          Spacing();                                                          // add vertical spacing
-    IMGUI_API void          Dummy(const ImVec2& size);                                          // add a dummy item of given size
-    IMGUI_API void          Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                      // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if >0
-    IMGUI_API void          Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                    // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if >0
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginGroup();                                                       // lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
-    IMGUI_API void          EndGroup();
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorPos();                                                     // cursor position is relative to window position
-    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosX();                                                    // "
-    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosY();                                                    // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos);                              // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosX(float x);                                             // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float y);                                             // "
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorStartPos();                                                // initial cursor position
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorScreenPos();                                               // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API)
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos);                              // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
-    IMGUI_API void          AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();                                    // call once if the first item on the line is a Text() item and you want to vertically lower it to match subsequent (bigger) widgets
-    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeight();                                                // height of font == GetWindowFontSize()
-    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();                                     // distance (in pixels) between 2 consecutive lines of text == GetWindowFontSize() + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y
-    IMGUI_API float         GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing();                                    // distance (in pixels) between 2 consecutive lines of standard height widgets == GetWindowFontSize() + GetStyle().FramePadding.y*2 + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y
-
-    // Columns
-    // You can also use SameLine(pos_x) for simplified columning. The columns API is still work-in-progress and rather lacking.
-    IMGUI_API void          Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);  // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with Columns(1).
-    IMGUI_API void          NextColumn();                                                       // next column
-    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnIndex();                                                   // get current column index
-    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1);                             // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetcolumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is usually 0.0f and not resizable unless you call this
-    IMGUI_API void          SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x);                  // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
-    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1);                              // column width (== GetColumnOffset(GetColumnIndex()+1) - GetColumnOffset(GetColumnOffset())
-    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnsCount();                                                  // number of columns (what was passed to Columns())
-
-    // ID scopes
-    // If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely want to push a unique identifier so ImGui can differentiate them.
-    // You can also use the "##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. Read "A primer on the use of labels/IDs" in the FAQ for more details.
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                         // push identifier into the ID stack. IDs are hash of the *entire* stack!
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);
-    IMGUI_API void          PopID();
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id);                                          // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). useful if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself. otherwise rarely needed
+    // Style read access
+    // - Use the ShowStyleEditor() function to interactively see/edit the colors.
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetFont();                                                      // get current font
+    IMGUI_API float         GetFontSize();                                                  // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                       // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);              // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col);                                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx);                                // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.
+
+    // Layout cursor positioning
+    // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position.
+    // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down.
+    // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget.
+    // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API:
+    //    - Absolute coordinate:        GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. -> this is the preferred way forward.
+    //    - Window-local coordinates:   SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos()
+    // - GetCursorScreenPos() = GetCursorPos() + GetWindowPos(). GetWindowPos() is almost only ever useful to convert from window-local to absolute coordinates.
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorScreenPos();                                           // cursor position in absolute coordinates (prefer using this, also more useful to work with ImDrawList API).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos);                          // cursor position in absolute coordinates
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorPos();                                                 // [window-local] cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosX();                                                // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosY();                                                // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos);                          // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosX(float local_x);                                   // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float local_y);                                   // [window-local] "
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorStartPos();                                            // [window-local] initial cursor position, in window coordinates
+
+    // Other layout functions
+    IMGUI_API void          Separator();                                                    // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator.
+    IMGUI_API void          SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f);  // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates.
+    IMGUI_API void          NewLine();                                                      // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context.
+    IMGUI_API void          Spacing();                                                      // add vertical spacing.
+    IMGUI_API void          Dummy(const ImVec2& size);                                      // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into.
+    IMGUI_API void          Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                  // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0
+    IMGUI_API void          Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginGroup();                                                   // lock horizontal starting position
+    IMGUI_API void          EndGroup();                                                     // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
+    IMGUI_API void          AlignTextToFramePadding();                                      // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeight();                                            // ~ FontSize
+    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();                                 // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetFrameHeight();                                               // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2
+    IMGUI_API float         GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();                                    // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets)
+
+    // ID stack/scopes
+    // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.com/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui.
+    // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system:
+    //   - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?"
+    //   - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?"
+    //   - "Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?"
+    // - Short version: ID are hashes of the entire ID stack. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely
+    //   want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
+    // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
+    // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed + used as an ID,
+    //   whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                     // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);       // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);                                     // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);                                             // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer).
+    IMGUI_API void          PopID();                                                        // pop from the ID stack.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id);                                      // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const void* ptr_id);
 
-    // Widgets
-    IMGUI_API void          Icon(const char* icon);                                                 // Librealsense addition to allow type safe calling like: ImGui::Icon(textual_icon(u8"\uf118"))
-    IMGUI_API void          Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);  // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
-    IMGUI_API void          TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                    // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
-    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                     // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
-    IMGUI_API void          TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);         // doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified. no copy done to any bounded stack buffer, recommended for long chunks of text
-    IMGUI_API void          LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);    // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
-    IMGUI_API void          LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          Bullet();                                                               // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
-    IMGUI_API void          BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                      // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
-    IMGUI_API void          BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API bool          Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));            // button
-    IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SmallButton(const char* label);                                         // button with FramePadding=(0,0)
-    IMGUI_API bool          InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size);
-    IMGUI_API void          Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0));
-    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0),  const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));    // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding
+    // Widgets: Text
+    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
+    IMGUI_API void          Text(const char* fmt, ...)                                      IM_FMTARGS(1); // formatted text
+    IMGUI_API void          TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                            IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)            IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
+    IMGUI_API void          TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)  IM_FMTLIST(2);
+    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)                              IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
+    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                    IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)                               IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
+    IMGUI_API void          TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                     IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)              IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
+    IMGUI_API void          LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)    IM_FMTLIST(2);
+    IMGUI_API void          BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)                                IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
+    IMGUI_API void          BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                      IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorText(const char* label);                               // currently: formatted text with an horizontal line
+
+    // Widgets: Main
+    // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
+    // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0));   // button
+    IMGUI_API bool          SmallButton(const char* label);                                 // button with (FramePadding.y == 0) to easily embed within text
+    IMGUI_API bool          InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.)
+    IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir);                  // square button with an arrow shape
     IMGUI_API bool          Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value);
     IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value);
-    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, bool active);
-    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button);
-    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);
-    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);      // separate items with \0, end item-list with \0\0
-    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ColorButton(const ImVec4& col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3]);                            // Hint: 'float col[3]' function argument is same as 'float* col'. You can pass address of first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
-    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true);    // "
-    IMGUI_API void          ColorEditMode(ImGuiColorEditMode mode);                                 // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is inconsistent with most of the API and will be obsoleted/replaced.
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float));
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0));
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float));
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0));
-    IMGUI_API void          ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL);
-
-    // Widgets: Drags (tip: ctrl+click on a drag box to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds)
-    // For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, remember than a 'float v[3]' function argument is the same as 'float* v'. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);     // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", const char* display_format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");                                       // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f", const char* display_format_max = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, bool active);                    // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; }
+    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button);           // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer
+    IMGUI_API void          ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          Bullet();                                                       // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
+
+    // Widgets: Images
+    // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
+    // - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above.
+    // - Note that Image() may add +2.0f to provided size if a border is visible, ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size.
+    IMGUI_API void          Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1));
+
+    // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown)
+    // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
+    // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);      // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0"
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
+
+    // Widgets: Drag Sliders
+    // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp.
+    // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every function, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v',
+    //   the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
+    // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
+    // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d").
+    // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision).
+    // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits if ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is not used.
+    // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum.
+    // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them.
+    // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument.
+    //   If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);     // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);  // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+
+    // Widgets: Regular Sliders
+    // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp.
+    // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
+    // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d").
+    // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument.
+    //   If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);     // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display.
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
 
     // Widgets: Input with Keyboard
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-
-    // Widgets: Sliders (tip: ctrl+click on a slider to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds)
-    IMGUI_API bool          SeekSlider(const char* label, int* v, const char* display_format = "%.0f%%");
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f, bool render_bg = false);     // adjust display_format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix. Use power!=1.0 for logarithmic sliders
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f", bool render_bg = false);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f, bool render_bg = false);
-    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
-
-    /* Implement slider with increments other than 1. The implementation is a variation on
-    https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1183 */
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderIntWithSteps(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, int v_step=1, const char* display_format = "%.3f");
+    // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
+    // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc.
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0, double step_fast = 0.0, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+
+    // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little color square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.)
+    // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible.
+    // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);                     // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls.
 
     // Widgets: Trees
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* label);                                            // if returning 'true' the node is open and the tree id is pushed into the id stack. user is responsible for calling TreePop().
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);    // read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);    // "
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args);           // "
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args);           // "
+    // - TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // helper variation to easily decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // "
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
     IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(3);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(3);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const char* str_id = NULL);                                    // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call Push/Pop yourself for layout purpose
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL);                                    // "
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePop();                                                              // ~ Unindent()+PopId()
-    IMGUI_API void          TreeAdvanceToLabelPos();                                                // advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
-    IMGUI_API float         GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();                                            // horizontal distance preceeding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0);               // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
-    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);      // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
-    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header
-
-    // Widgets: Selectable / Lists
-    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));  // size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
-    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));
-    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. make sure to call ListBoxFooter() afterwards.
-    IMGUI_API bool          ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // "
-    IMGUI_API void          ListBoxFooter();                                                    // terminate the scrolling region
-
-    // Widgets: Value() Helpers. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const char* str_id);                                       // ~ Indent()+PushID(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired.
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const void* ptr_id);                                       // "
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePop();                                                          // ~ Unindent()+PopID()
+    IMGUI_API float         GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();                                        // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
+    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);  // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
+    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
+
+    // Widgets: Selectables
+    // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected.
+    // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
+    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0));      // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.
+
+    // Widgets: List Boxes
+    // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label.
+    // - You can submit contents and manage your selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any other items.
+    // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created.
+    // - Choose frame width:   size.x > 0.0f: custom  /  size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align   /  size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth
+    // - Choose frame height:  size.y > 0.0f: custom  /  size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align  /  size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region
+    IMGUI_API void          EndListBox();                                                       // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+
+    // Widgets: Data Plotting
+    // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better!
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
+
+    // Widgets: Value() Helpers.
+    // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, int v);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void          ValueColor(const char* prefix, const ImVec4& v);
-    IMGUI_API void          ValueColor(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
 
-    // Tooltips
-    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                  // set tooltip under mouse-cursor, typically use with ImGui::IsHovered(). last call wins
-    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltip();                                                     // use to create full-featured tooltip windows that aren't just text
-    IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();
-
-    // Menus
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMainMenuBar();                                                 // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. only call EndMainMenuBar() if this returns true!
-    IMGUI_API void          EndMainMenuBar();
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuBar();                                                     // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set). only call EndMenuBar() if this returns true!
-    IMGUI_API void          EndMenuBar();
+    // Widgets: Menus
+    // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar.
+    // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it.
+    // - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it.
+    // - Not that MenuItem() keyboardshortcuts are displayed as a convenience but _not processed_ by Dear ImGui at the moment.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuBar();                                                     // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window).
+    IMGUI_API void          EndMenuBar();                                                       // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMainMenuBar();                                                 // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndMainMenuBar();                                                   // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true);                  // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
-    IMGUI_API void          EndMenu();
-    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);  // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment
+    IMGUI_API void          EndMenu();                                                          // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);  // return true when activated.
     IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true);              // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
 
-    // Popups
-    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(const char* str_id);                                      // mark popup as open. popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopup(const char* str_id);                                     // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returned true!
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0);               // modal dialog (can't close them by clicking outside)
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button = 1);                                        // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. read comments in .cpp!
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextWindow(bool also_over_items = true, const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1);  // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window.
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1);                                 // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (no window).
-    IMGUI_API void          EndPopup();
-    IMGUI_API void          CloseCurrentPopup();                                                // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup.
-
-    // Logging: all text output from interface is redirected to tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToTTY(int max_depth = -1);                                       // start logging to tty
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToFile(int max_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL);         // start logging to file
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToClipboard(int max_depth = -1);                                 // start logging to OS clipboard
+    // Tooltips
+    // - Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
+    // - A tooltip window can contain items of any types.
+    // - SetTooltip() is more or less a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom (with a subtlety that it discard any previously submitted tooltip)
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltip();                                                     // begin/append a tooltip window.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();                                                       // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip()/BeginItemTooltip() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                     // set a text-only tooltip. Often used after a ImGui::IsItemHovered() check. Override any previous call to SetTooltip().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+
+    // Tooltips: helpers for showing a tooltip when hovering an item
+    // - BeginItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) && BeginTooltip())' idiom.
+    // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom.
+    // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginItemTooltip();                                                 // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                 // set a text-only tooltip if preceding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+
+    // Popups, Modals
+    //  - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them.
+    //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
+    //  - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls.
+    //  - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time.
+    //  - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered().
+    //  - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack.
+    //    This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future.
+    //  - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards if returned true. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window.
+    //  - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);                         // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndPopup();                                                                         // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true!
+
+    // Popups: open/close functions
+    //  - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options.
+    //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
+    //  - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually.
+    //  - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options).
+    //  - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup().
+    //  - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened.
+    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that for OpenPopupOnItemClick() we exceptionally default flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter
+    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0);                     // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!).
+    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0);                             // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks
+    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);   // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors)
+    IMGUI_API void          CloseCurrentPopup();                                                                // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into.
+
+    // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers
+    //  - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking.
+    //  - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name.
+    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future.
+    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);  // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);  // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows).
+
+    // Popups: query functions
+    //  - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
+    //  - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
+    //  - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0);                         // return true if the popup is open.
+
+    // Tables
+    // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API.
+    // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary.
+    // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags.
+    // The typical call flow is:
+    // - 1. Call BeginTable(), early out if returning false.
+    // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults.
+    // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows.
+    // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data.
+    // - 5. Populate contents:
+    //    - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column.
+    //    - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every column is holding the same type of contents,
+    //      you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex().
+    //      TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed.
+    //    - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column!
+    //    - Summary of possible call flow:
+    //        - TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
+    //        - TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
+    //        -                   TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row!
+    //        - TableNextRow()                           -> Text("Hello 0")                                               // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear!
+    // - 5. Call EndTable()
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTable();                                         // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API void          TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TableNextColumn();                                  // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n);                  // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible.
+
+    // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration
+    // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc.
+    // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column.
+    //   Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu.
+    //   The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody.
+    // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in
+    //   some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row).
+    // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows);         // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
+    IMGUI_API void          TableHeader(const char* label);                     // submit one header cell manually (rarely used)
+    IMGUI_API void          TableHeadersRow();                                  // submit a row with headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu
+    IMGUI_API void          TableAngledHeadersRow();                            // submit a row with angled headers for every column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. MUST BE FIRST ROW.
+
+    // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions
+    // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting.
+    //   When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have
+    //   changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting,
+    //   else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
+    // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs*  TableGetSortSpecs();                        // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting).  Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable().
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnCount();                      // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable)
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnIndex();                      // return current column index.
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetRowIndex();                         // return current row index.
+    IMGUI_API const char*           TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1);      // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1);     // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column.
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetHoveredColumn();                    // return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. Can also use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead.
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1);  // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details.
+
+    // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!)
+    // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns.
+    IMGUI_API void          Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);
+    IMGUI_API void          NextColumn();                                                       // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished
+    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnIndex();                                                   // get current column index
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1);                              // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
+    IMGUI_API void          SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width);                      // set column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1);                             // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetColumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is typically 0.0f
+    IMGUI_API void          SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x);                  // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
+    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnsCount();
+
+    // Tab Bars, Tabs
+    // - Note: Tabs are automatically created by the docking system (when in 'docking' branch). Use this to create tab bars/tabs yourself.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0);        // create and append into a TabBar
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTabBar();                                                        // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTabItem();                                                       // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);      // create a Tab behaving like a button. return true when clicked. cannot be selected in the tab bar.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label);           // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name.
+
+    // Logging/Capture
+    // - All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth = -1);                                 // start logging to tty (stdout)
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToFile(int auto_open_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL);   // start logging to file
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth = -1);                           // start logging to OS clipboard
     IMGUI_API void          LogFinish();                                                        // stop logging (close file, etc.)
     IMGUI_API void          LogButtons();                                                       // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
-    IMGUI_API void          LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);                     // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+    IMGUI_API void          LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                        // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+    IMGUI_API void          LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+
+    // Drag and Drop
+    // - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource().
+    // - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget().
+    // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725)
+    // - An item can be both drag source and drop target.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);                                      // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
+    IMGUI_API bool          SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0);  // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. Return true when payload has been accepted.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndDragDropSource();                                                                    // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool                  BeginDragDropTarget();                                                          // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget()
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);          // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released.
+    IMGUI_API void                  EndDragDropTarget();                                                            // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   GetDragDropPayload();                                                           // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. returns NULL when drag and drop is finished or inactive. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.
+
+    // Disabling [BETA API]
+    // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors)
+    // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
+    // - Tooltips windows by exception are opted out of disabling.
+    // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true);
+    IMGUI_API void          EndDisabled();
 
     // Clipping
+    // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only.
     IMGUI_API void          PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
     IMGUI_API void          PopClipRect();
 
-    // Utilities
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemHovered();                                                    // was the last item hovered by mouse?
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemHoveredRect();                                                // was the last item hovered by mouse? even if another item is active or window is blocked by popup while we are hovering this
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActive();                                                     // was the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited- items that don't interact will always return false)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0);                                // was the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemVisible();                                                    // was the last item visible? (aka not out of sight due to clipping/scrolling.)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemHovered();
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemActive();
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMin();                                                   // get bounding rect of last item in screen space
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMax();                                                   // "
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectSize();                                                  // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetItemAllowOverlap();                                              // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowHovered();                                                  // is current window hovered and hoverable (not blocked by a popup) (differentiate child windows from each others)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowFocused();                                                  // is current window focused
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsRootWindowFocused();                                              // is current root window focused (root = top-most parent of a child, otherwise self)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused();                                    // is current root window or any of its child (including current window) focused
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered();                                    // is current root window or any of its child (including current window) hovered and hoverable (not blocked by a popup)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size);                                  // test if rectangle of given size starting from cursor pos is visible (not clipped). to perform coarse clipping on user's side (as an optimization)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2& pos);                          // is given position hovering any active imgui window
-    IMGUI_API float         GetTime();
-    IMGUI_API int           GetFrameCount();
-    IMGUI_API const char*   GetStyleColName(ImGuiCol idx);
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = +0.0f);   // utility to find the closest point the last item bounding rectangle edge. useful to visually link items
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end);    // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can.
+    // Focus, Activation
+    // - Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item"
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemDefaultFocus();                                              // make last item the default focused item of a window.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0);                               // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget.
+
+    // Overlapping mode
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemAllowOverlap();                                          // allow next item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Useful with invisible buttons, selectable, treenode covering an area where subsequent items may need to be added. Note that both Selectable() and TreeNode() have dedicated flags doing this.
+
+    // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions
+    // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted.
+    // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0);                         // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActive();                                                     // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemFocused();                                                    // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0);                   // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**)  == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemVisible();                                                    // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemEdited();                                                     // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActivated();                                                  // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive).
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivated();                                                // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit();                                       // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item).
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemToggledOpen();                                                // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode().
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemHovered();                                                 // is any item hovered?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemActive();                                                  // is any item active?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemFocused();                                                 // is any item focused?
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetItemID();                                                        // get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMin();                                                   // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMax();                                                   // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectSize();                                                  // get size of last item
+
+    // Viewports
+    // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
+    // - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
+    // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport();                                                 // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL.
+
+    // Background/Foreground Draw Lists
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetBackgroundDrawList();                                            // this draw list will be the first rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetForegroundDrawList();                                            // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
+
+    // Miscellaneous Utilities
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size);                                  // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max);      // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side.
+    IMGUI_API double        GetTime();                                                          // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame.
+    IMGUI_API int           GetFrameCount();                                                    // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData();                                    // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances.
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx);                                    // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage);                             // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0);	// helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame
-    IMGUI_API void          EndChildFrame();
+    // Text Utilities
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
 
+    // Color Utilities
     IMGUI_API ImVec4        ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in);
     IMGUI_API ImU32         ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in);
     IMGUI_API void          ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v);
     IMGUI_API void          ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b);
 
-    // Inputs
-    IMGUI_API int           GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key);                                          // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(int key_index);                                           // key_index into the keys_down[] array, imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry, uses your own indices!
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(int key_index, bool repeat = true);                    // uses user's key indices as stored in the keys_down[] array. if repeat=true. uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(int key_index);                                       // "
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(int button);                                            // is mouse button held
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false);                    // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button);                                   // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(int button);                                        // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringWindow();                                            // is mouse hovering current window ("window" in API names always refer to current window). disregarding of any consideration of being blocked by a popup. (unlike IsWindowHovered() this will return true even if the window is blocked because of a popup)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow();                                         // is mouse hovering any visible window
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);  // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings. disregarding of consideration of focus/window ordering/blocked by a popup.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);      // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
+    // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard/Mouse/Gamepad
+    // - the ImGuiKey enum contains all possible keyboard, mouse and gamepad inputs (e.g. ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp...).
+    // - before v1.87, we used ImGuiKey to carry native/user indices as defined by each backends. About use of those legacy ImGuiKey values:
+    //  - without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (legacy support): you can still use your legacy native/user indices (< 512) according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[], but need to cast them to ImGuiKey.
+    //  - with    IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (this is the way forward): any use of ImGuiKey will assert with key < 512. GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined).
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key);                                            // is key being held.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true);                     // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key);                                        // was key released (went from Down to !Down)?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);                         // was key chord (mods + key) pressed, e.g. you can pass 'ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S' as a key-chord. This doesn't do any routing or focus check, please consider using Shortcut() function instead.
+    IMGUI_API int           GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate);  // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key);                                           // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard);        // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call.
+
+    // Inputs Utilities: Shortcut Testing & Routing [BETA]
+    // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey + optional ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super.
+    //       ImGuiKey_C                          // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord arguments)
+    //       ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C          // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord arguments)
+    //   only ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to combine with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT combine two ImGuiKey values.
+    // - The general idea is that several callers may register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it.
+    //      Parent   -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
+    //        Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts)
+    //        Child2 -> no call                  // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
+    //   The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 makes its calls before Parent, results will be identical.
+    //   This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase.
+    // - To understand the difference:
+    //   - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods and call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect.
+    //   - Shortcut() submits a route, routes are resolved, if it currently can be routed it calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects as it can prevents another call from getting the route.
+    // - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+
+    // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific
+    // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right.
+    // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle.
+    // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold')
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button);                               // is mouse button held?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false);       // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down). Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 1.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button);                           // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button);                      // did mouse button double-clicked? Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 2. (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true)
+    IMGUI_API int           GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button);                      // return the number of successive mouse-clicks at the time where a click happen (otherwise 0).
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL);                    // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyMouseDown();                                                   // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePos();                                                      // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup();                                 // retrieve backup of mouse positioning at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);    // dragging amount since clicking. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
-    IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0);                                //
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor();                                                // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
-    IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type);                              // set desired cursor type
-    IMGUI_API void          CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture = true);                        // manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered.
-    IMGUI_API void          CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture = true);                           // manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application handle).
-
-    // Helpers functions to access functions pointers in ImGui::GetIO()
-    IMGUI_API void*         MemAlloc(size_t sz);
-    IMGUI_API void          MemFree(void* ptr);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup();                                 // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);         // is mouse dragging? (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);   // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+    IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0);                   //
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor();                                                // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
+    IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type);                       // set desired mouse cursor shape
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse);              // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call.
+
+    // Clipboard Utilities
+    // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard.
     IMGUI_API const char*   GetClipboardText();
     IMGUI_API void          SetClipboardText(const char* text);
 
-    // Internal context access - if you want to use multiple context, share context between modules (e.g. DLL). There is a default context created and active by default.
-    // All contexts share a same ImFontAtlas by default. If you want different font atlas, you can new() them and overwrite the GetIO().Fonts variable of an ImGui context.
-    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(void* (*malloc_fn)(size_t) = NULL, void (*free_fn)(void*) = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void          DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-
-    // Obsolete (will be removed)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    static inline bool      CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { (void)str_id; (void)framed; ImGuiTreeNodeFlags default_open_flags = 1<<5; return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? default_open_flags : 0)); } // OBSOLETE 1.49+
-    static inline ImFont*   GetWindowFont() { return GetFont(); }                              // OBSOLETE 1.48+
-    static inline float     GetWindowFontSize() { return GetFontSize(); }                      // OBSOLETE 1.48+
-    static inline void      OpenNextNode(bool open) { ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(open, 0); }   // OBSOLETE 1.34+
-    static inline bool      GetWindowIsFocused() { return ImGui::IsWindowFocused(); }          // OBSOLETE 1.36+
-    static inline bool      GetWindowCollapsed() { return ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed(); }        // OBSOLETE 1.39+
-    static inline ImVec2    GetItemBoxMin() { return GetItemRectMin(); }                       // OBSOLETE 1.36+
-    static inline ImVec2    GetItemBoxMax() { return GetItemRectMax(); }                       // OBSOLETE 1.36+
-    static inline bool      IsClipped(const ImVec2& size) { return !IsRectVisible(size); }     // OBSOLETE 1.38+
-    static inline bool      IsRectClipped(const ImVec2& size) { return !IsRectVisible(size); } // OBSOLETE 1.39+
-    static inline bool      IsMouseHoveringBox(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) { return IsMouseHoveringRect(rect_min, rect_max); }  // OBSOLETE 1.36+
-    static inline void      SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); }                            // OBSOLETE 1.42+
-#endif
+    // Settings/.Ini Utilities
+    // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
+    // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
+    // - Important: default value "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir! Most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
+    IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename);                  // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename).
+    IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source.
+    IMGUI_API void          SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename);                    // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext).
+    IMGUI_API const char*   SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL);               // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings.
+
+    // Debug Utilities
+    // - Your main debugging friend is the ShowMetricsWindow() function, which is also accessible from Demo->Tools->Metrics Debugger
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugTextEncoding(const char* text);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugStartItemPicker();
+    IMGUI_API bool          DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro.
+
+    // Memory Allocators
+    // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context.
+    // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
+    //   for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data);
+    IMGUI_API void*         MemAlloc(size_t size);
+    IMGUI_API void          MemFree(void* ptr);
 
 } // namespace ImGui
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 // Flags for ImGui::Begin()
+// (Those are per-window flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges and io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly)
 enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
 {
-    // Default: 0
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_None                   = 0,
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar             = 1 << 0,   // Disable title-bar
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize               = 1 << 1,   // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove                 = 1 << 2,   // Disable user moving the window
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar            = 1 << 3,   // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programatically)
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse      = 1 << 4,   // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse             = 1 << 5,   // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar            = 1 << 3,   // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse      = 1 << 4,   // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse             = 1 << 5,   // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it. Also referred to as Window Menu Button (e.g. within a docking node).
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize       = 1 << 6,   // Resize every window to its content every frame
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders            = 1 << 7,   // Show borders around windows and items
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground           = 1 << 7,   // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f).
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings        = 1 << 8,   // Never load/save settings in .ini file
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs               = 1 << 9,   // Disable catching mouse or keyboard inputs
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs          = 1 << 9,   // Disable catching mouse, hovering test with pass through.
     ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar                = 1 << 10,  // Has a menu-bar
     ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar    = 1 << 11,  // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section.
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing     = 1 << 12,  // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus  = 1 << 13,  // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programatically giving it focus)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus  = 1 << 13,  // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14,  // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15,  // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x)
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16,  // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs            = 1 << 16,  // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 17,  // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument        = 1 << 18,  // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav                  = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration           = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse,
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs               = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
+
     // [Internal]
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow            = 1 << 20,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX    = 1 << 21,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY    = 1 << 22,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox               = 1 << 23,  // Don't use! For internal use by ComboBox()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip                = 1 << 24,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup                  = 1 << 25,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal                  = 1 << 26,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu              = 1 << 27   // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow            = 1 << 24,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip                = 1 << 25,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup                  = 1 << 26,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal                  = 1 << 27,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu              = 1 << 28,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
+
+    // Obsolete names
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 30,  // Obsoleted in 1.90: Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding in BeginChild() call.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened           = 1 << 31,  // Obsoleted in 1.90.9: Use ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened in BeginChild() call.
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginChild()
+// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImGuiChildFlags_Border to be backward compatible with old API using 'bool border = false'.
+// About using AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY flags:
+// - May be combined with SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() to set a min/max size for each axis (see "Demo->Child->Auto-resize with Constraints").
+// - Size measurement for a given axis is only performed when the child window is within visible boundaries, or is just appearing.
+//   - This allows BeginChild() to return false when not within boundaries (e.g. when scrolling), which is more optimal. BUT it won't update its auto-size while clipped.
+//     While not perfect, it is a better default behavior as the always-on performance gain is more valuable than the occasional "resizing after becoming visible again" glitch.
+//   - You may also use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize to force an update even when child window is not in view.
+//     HOWEVER PLEASE UNDERSTAND THAT DOING SO WILL PREVENT BeginChild() FROM EVER RETURNING FALSE, disabling benefits of coarse clipping.
+enum ImGuiChildFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiChildFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiChildFlags_Border                  = 1 << 0,   // Show an outer border and enable WindowPadding. (IMPORTANT: this is always == 1 == true for legacy reason)
+    ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding  = 1 << 1,   // Pad with style.WindowPadding even if no border are drawn (no padding by default for non-bordered child windows because it makes more sense)
+    ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX                 = 1 << 2,   // Allow resize from right border (layout direction). Enable .ini saving (unless ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings passed to window flags)
+    ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY                 = 1 << 3,   // Allow resize from bottom border (layout direction). "
+    ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX             = 1 << 4,   // Enable auto-resizing width. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above.
+    ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY             = 1 << 5,   // Enable auto-resizing height. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above.
+    ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize        = 1 << 6,   // Combined with AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY. Always measure size even when child is hidden, always return true, always disable clipping optimization! NOT RECOMMENDED.
+    ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle              = 1 << 7,   // Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding.
+    ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened            = 1 << 8,   // Share focus scope, allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows.
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::InputText()
+// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive)
 enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
 {
-    // Default: 0
+    // Basic filters (also see ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_None                = 0,
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal        = 1 << 0,   // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal    = 1 << 1,   // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase      = 1 << 2,   // Turn a..z into A..Z
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank        = 1 << 3,   // Filter out spaces, tabs
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll       = 1 << 4,   // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 5,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to when the value was modified)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion  = 1 << 6,   // Call user function on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory     = 1 << 7,   // Call user function on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways      = 1 << 8,   // Call user function every time. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter  = 1 << 9,   // Call user function to filter character. Modify data->EventChar to replace/filter input, or return 1 to discard character.
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput       = 1 << 10,  // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11,  // In multi-line mode, allow exiting edition by pressing Enter. Ctrl+Enter to add new line (by default adds new lines with Enter).
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll  = 1 << 12,  // Disable following the cursor horizontally
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode    = 1 << 13,  // Insert mode
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly            = 1 << 14,  // Read-only mode
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password            = 1 << 15,  // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
-    // [Internal]
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline           = 1 << 20   // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific     = 1 << 2,   // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase      = 1 << 3,   // Turn a..z into A..Z
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank        = 1 << 4,   // Filter out spaces, tabs
+
+    // Inputs
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput       = 1 << 5,   // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 6,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll     = 1 << 7,   // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 8,   // In multi-line mode, validate with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: validate with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
+
+    // Other options
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly            = 1 << 9,   // Read-only mode
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password            = 1 << 10,  // Password mode, display all characters as '*', disable copy
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite     = 1 << 11,  // Overwrite mode
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll       = 1 << 12,  // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal    = 1 << 13,  // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: parse empty string as zero value.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal  = 1 << 14,  // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: when value is zero, do not display it. Generally used with ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll  = 1 << 15,  // Disable following the cursor horizontally
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo          = 1 << 16,  // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
+
+    // Callback features
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion  = 1 << 17,  // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory     = 1 << 18,  // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways      = 1 << 19,  // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter  = 1 << 20,  // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize      = 1 << 21,  // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit        = 1 << 22,  // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
+
+    // Obsolete names
+    //ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode  = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite   // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
 enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
 {
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None                 = 0,
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected             = 1 << 0,   // Draw as selected
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed               = 1 << 1,   // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode     = 1 << 2,   // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed               = 1 << 1,   // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap         = 1 << 2,   // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen     = 1 << 3,   // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog      = 1 << 4,   // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes)
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen          = 1 << 5,   // Default node to be open
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick    = 1 << 6,   // Need double-click to open node
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow          = 1 << 7,   // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open.
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf                 = 1 << 8,   // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). 
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet               = 1 << 9,   // Display a bullet instead of arrow
-    //ImGuITreeNodeFlags_SpanAllAvailWidth  = 1 << 10,  // FIXME: TODO: Extend hit box horizontally even if not framed
-    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 11,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf                 = 1 << 8,   // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet               = 1 << 9,   // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag!
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding         = 1 << 10,  // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding() before the node.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth       = 1 << 11,  // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line without using AllowOverlap mode.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth        = 1 << 12,  // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (cover the indent area).
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth        = 1 << 13,  // Narrow hit box + narrow hovering highlight, will only cover the label text.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns       = 1 << 14,  // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column)
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 15,  // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
+    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 16,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog,
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap,  // Renamed in 1.89.7
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions.
+// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument instead of 'ImGuiPopupFlags flags',
+//   we need to treat small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags.
+//   It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags.
+// - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0.
+//   IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter
+//   and want to use another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag explicitly.
+// - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later).
+enum ImGuiPopupFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft         = 0,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left)
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight        = 1,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right)
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle       = 2,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle)
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_        = 0x1F,
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_     = 1,
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen                = 1 << 5,   // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't reopen same popup if already open (won't reposition, won't reinitialize navigation)
+    //ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit = 1 << 6,   // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): focus and initialize navigation even when not reopening.
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 7,   // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems         = 1 << 8,   // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId              = 1 << 10,  // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup.
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel           = 1 << 11,  // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level)
+    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup                = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel,
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::Selectable()
 enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
 {
-    // Default: 0
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups    = 1 << 0,   // Clicking this don't close parent popup window
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns     = 1 << 1,   // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column)
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick   = 1 << 2    // Generate press events on double clicks too
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups    = 1 << 0,   // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns     = 1 << 1,   // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick   = 1 << 2,   // Generate press events on double clicks too
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled           = 1 << 3,   // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap       = 1 << 4,   // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap   = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap,  // Renamed in 1.89.7
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo()
+enum ImGuiComboFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiComboFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft          = 1 << 0,   // Align the popup toward the left by default
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall             = 1 << 1,   // Max ~4 items visible. Tip: If you want your combo popup to be a specific size you can use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() prior to calling BeginCombo()
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular           = 1 << 2,   // Max ~8 items visible (default)
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge             = 1 << 3,   // Max ~20 items visible
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest           = 1 << 4,   // As many fitting items as possible
+    ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton           = 1 << 5,   // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button
+    ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview               = 1 << 6,   // Display only a square arrow button
+    ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview         = 1 << 7,   // Width dynamically calculated from preview contents
+    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_             = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar()
+enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_None                           = 0,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable                    = 1 << 0,   // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs              = 1 << 1,   // Automatically select new tabs when they appear
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton             = 1 << 2,   // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton   = 1 << 3,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons      = 1 << 4,   // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip                      = 1 << 5,   // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline           = 1 << 6,   // Draw selected overline markers over selected tab
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown        = 1 << 7,   // Resize tabs when they don't fit
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll            = 1 << 8,   // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_             = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_          = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem()
+enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_None                          = 0,
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument               = 1 << 0,   // Display a dot next to the title + set ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure.
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected                   = 1 << 1,   // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem()
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton  = 1 << 2,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId                      = 1 << 3,   // Don't call PushID()/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip                     = 1 << 4,   // Disable tooltip for the given tab
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder                     = 1 << 5,   // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading                       = 1 << 6,   // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button)
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing                      = 1 << 7,   // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons)
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure              = 1 << 8,   // Tab is selected when trying to close + closure is not immediately assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
+enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_None                          = 0,
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows                  = 1 << 0,   // Return true if any children of the window is focused
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow                    = 1 << 1,   // Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow                     = 1 << 2,   // Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ!
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy              = 1 << 3,   // Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
+    //ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy               = 1 << 4,   // Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows           = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
+// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your app, you should use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ!
+// Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls.
+enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_None                          = 0,        // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows                  = 1 << 0,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow                    = 1 << 1,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow                     = 1 << 2,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy              = 1 << 3,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
+    //ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy               = 1 << 4,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup       = 1 << 5,   // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window
+    //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal     = 1 << 6,   // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem  = 1 << 7,   // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem     = 1 << 8,   // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item uses AllowOverlap mode and is overlapped by another hoverable item.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow   = 1 << 9,   // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled             = 1 << 10,  // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride                 = 1 << 11,  // IsItemHovered() only: Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped           = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow,
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly                      = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped,
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows           = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows,
+
+    // Tooltips mode
+    // - typically used in IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.
+    // - this is a shortcut to pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' where you can reconfigure desired behavior.
+    //   e.g. 'TooltipHoveredFlagsForMouse' defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'.
+    // - for frequently actioned or hovered items providing a tooltip, you want may to use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip (stationary + delay) so the tooltip doesn't show too often.
+    // - for items which main purpose is to be hovered, or items with low affordance, or in less consistent apps, prefer no delay or shorter delay.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip                    = 1 << 12,  // Shortcut for standard flags when using IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.
+
+    // (Advanced) Mouse Hovering delays.
+    // - generally you can use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to use application-standardized flags.
+    // - use those if you need specific overrides.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary                    = 1 << 13,  // Require mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (~0.15 sec) _at least one time_. After this, can move on same item/window. Using the stationary test tends to reduces the need for a long delay.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone                     = 1 << 14,  // IsItemHovered() only: Return true immediately (default). As this is the default you generally ignore this.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort                    = 1 << 15,  // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.15 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item).
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal                   = 1 << 16,  // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.40 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item).
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay                 = 1 << 17,  // IsItemHovered() only: Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays)
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload()
+enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_None                         = 0,
+    // BeginDragDropSource() flags
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip       = 1 << 0,   // Disable preview tooltip. By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disables this behavior.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover         = 1 << 1,   // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disables this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers     = 1 << 2,   // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID            = 1 << 3,   // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern                 = 1 << 4,   // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire            = 1 << 5,   // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged)
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossContext        = 1 << 6,   // Hint to specify that the payload may not be copied outside current dear imgui context.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossProcess        = 1 << 7,   // Hint to specify that the payload may not be copied outside current process.
+    // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery         = 1 << 10,  // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect      = 1 << 11,  // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip       = 1 << 12,  // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly               = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery.
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire, // Renamed in 1.90.9
+#endif
+};
+
+// Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui.
+#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F     "_COL3F"    // float[3]: Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type.
+#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F     "_COL4F"    // float[4]: Standard type for colors. User code may use this type.
+
+// A primary data type
+enum ImGuiDataType_
+{
+    ImGuiDataType_S8,       // signed char / char (with sensible compilers)
+    ImGuiDataType_U8,       // unsigned char
+    ImGuiDataType_S16,      // short
+    ImGuiDataType_U16,      // unsigned short
+    ImGuiDataType_S32,      // int
+    ImGuiDataType_U32,      // unsigned int
+    ImGuiDataType_S64,      // long long / __int64
+    ImGuiDataType_U64,      // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64
+    ImGuiDataType_Float,    // float
+    ImGuiDataType_Double,   // double
+    ImGuiDataType_COUNT
+};
+
+// A cardinal direction
+enum ImGuiDir : int
+{
+    ImGuiDir_None    = -1,
+    ImGuiDir_Left    = 0,
+    ImGuiDir_Right   = 1,
+    ImGuiDir_Up      = 2,
+    ImGuiDir_Down    = 3,
+    ImGuiDir_COUNT
+};
+
+// A sorting direction
+enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8
+{
+    ImGuiSortDirection_None         = 0,
+    ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending    = 1,    // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc.
+    ImGuiSortDirection_Descending   = 2     // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc.
 };
 
-// User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array
-enum ImGuiKey_
+// Since 1.90, defining IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS automatically defines IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO as well.
+#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+#endif
+
+// A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value): can represent Keyboard, Mouse and Gamepad values.
+// All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87).
+// Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey.
+// Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921
+// Note that "Keys" related to physical keys and are not the same concept as input "Characters", the later are submitted via io.AddInputCharacter().
+// The keyboard key enum values are named after the keys on a standard US keyboard, and on other keyboard types the keys reported may not match the keycaps.
+enum ImGuiKey : int
 {
-    ImGuiKey_Tab,       // for tabbing through fields
-    ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_RightArrow,// for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_UpArrow,   // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_DownArrow, // for text edit
+    // Keyboard
+    ImGuiKey_None = 0,
+    ImGuiKey_Tab = 512,             // == ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN
+    ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,
+    ImGuiKey_RightArrow,
+    ImGuiKey_UpArrow,
+    ImGuiKey_DownArrow,
     ImGuiKey_PageUp,
     ImGuiKey_PageDown,
-    ImGuiKey_Home,      // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_End,       // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_Delete,    // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_Backspace, // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_Enter,     // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_Escape,    // for text edit
-    ImGuiKey_A,         // for text edit CTRL+A: select all
-    ImGuiKey_C,         // for text edit CTRL+C: copy
-    ImGuiKey_V,         // for text edit CTRL+V: paste
-    ImGuiKey_X,         // for text edit CTRL+X: cut
-    ImGuiKey_Y,         // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo
-    ImGuiKey_Z,         // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo
-    ImGuiKey_COUNT
+    ImGuiKey_Home,
+    ImGuiKey_End,
+    ImGuiKey_Insert,
+    ImGuiKey_Delete,
+    ImGuiKey_Backspace,
+    ImGuiKey_Space,
+    ImGuiKey_Enter,
+    ImGuiKey_Escape,
+    ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_LeftShift, ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_LeftSuper,
+    ImGuiKey_RightCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightShift, ImGuiKey_RightAlt, ImGuiKey_RightSuper,
+    ImGuiKey_Menu,
+    ImGuiKey_0, ImGuiKey_1, ImGuiKey_2, ImGuiKey_3, ImGuiKey_4, ImGuiKey_5, ImGuiKey_6, ImGuiKey_7, ImGuiKey_8, ImGuiKey_9,
+    ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_B, ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiKey_D, ImGuiKey_E, ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiKey_G, ImGuiKey_H, ImGuiKey_I, ImGuiKey_J,
+    ImGuiKey_K, ImGuiKey_L, ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiKey_N, ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiKey_P, ImGuiKey_Q, ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiKey_T,
+    ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z,
+    ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6,
+    ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12,
+    ImGuiKey_F13, ImGuiKey_F14, ImGuiKey_F15, ImGuiKey_F16, ImGuiKey_F17, ImGuiKey_F18,
+    ImGuiKey_F19, ImGuiKey_F20, ImGuiKey_F21, ImGuiKey_F22, ImGuiKey_F23, ImGuiKey_F24,
+    ImGuiKey_Apostrophe,        // '
+    ImGuiKey_Comma,             // ,
+    ImGuiKey_Minus,             // -
+    ImGuiKey_Period,            // .
+    ImGuiKey_Slash,             // /
+    ImGuiKey_Semicolon,         // ;
+    ImGuiKey_Equal,             // =
+    ImGuiKey_LeftBracket,       // [
+    ImGuiKey_Backslash,         // \ (this text inhibit multiline comment caused by backslash)
+    ImGuiKey_RightBracket,      // ]
+    ImGuiKey_GraveAccent,       // `
+    ImGuiKey_CapsLock,
+    ImGuiKey_ScrollLock,
+    ImGuiKey_NumLock,
+    ImGuiKey_PrintScreen,
+    ImGuiKey_Pause,
+    ImGuiKey_Keypad0, ImGuiKey_Keypad1, ImGuiKey_Keypad2, ImGuiKey_Keypad3, ImGuiKey_Keypad4,
+    ImGuiKey_Keypad5, ImGuiKey_Keypad6, ImGuiKey_Keypad7, ImGuiKey_Keypad8, ImGuiKey_Keypad9,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter,
+    ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual,
+    ImGuiKey_AppBack,               // Available on some keyboard/mouses. Often referred as "Browser Back"
+    ImGuiKey_AppForward,
+
+    // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f)                          // NAVIGATION ACTION
+    // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,          // Menu (Xbox)      + (Switch)   Start/Options (PS)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,           // View (Xbox)      - (Switch)   Share (PS)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,       // X (Xbox)         Y (Switch)   Square (PS)        // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,      // B (Xbox)         A (Switch)   Circle (PS)        // Cancel / Close / Exit
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,         // Y (Xbox)         X (Switch)   Triangle (PS)      // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,       // A (Xbox)         B (Switch)   Cross (PS)         // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,       // D-pad Left                                       // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,      // D-pad Right                                      // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,         // D-pad Up                                         // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,       // D-pad Down                                       // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,             // L Bumper (Xbox)  L (Switch)   L1 (PS)            // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,             // R Bumper (Xbox)  R (Switch)   R1 (PS)            // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,             // L Trig. (Xbox)   ZL (Switch)  L2 (PS) [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,             // R Trig. (Xbox)   ZR (Switch)  R2 (PS) [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,             // L Stick (Xbox)   L3 (Switch)  L3 (PS)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,             // R Stick (Xbox)   R3 (Switch)  R3 (PS)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,     // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight,    // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,       // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,     // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,     // [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight,    // [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,       // [Analog]
+    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,     // [Analog]
+
+    // Aliases: Mouse Buttons (auto-submitted from AddMouseButtonEvent() calls)
+    // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.MouseDown[], io.MouseWheel, in a format allowing them to be accessed via standard key API.
+    ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_MouseRight, ImGuiKey_MouseMiddle, ImGuiKey_MouseX1, ImGuiKey_MouseX2, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY,
+
+    // [Internal] Reserved for mod storage
+    ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper,
+    ImGuiKey_COUNT,
+
+    // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls)
+    // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing
+    //   them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc.
+    // - Code polling every key (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those
+    //   and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiMod_Ctrl).
+    // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys.
+    //   In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and
+    //   backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user...
+    // - On macOS, we swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl keys at the time of the io.AddKeyEvent() call.
+    ImGuiMod_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiMod_Ctrl                   = 1 << 12, // Ctrl (non-macOS), Cmd (macOS)
+    ImGuiMod_Shift                  = 1 << 13, // Shift
+    ImGuiMod_Alt                    = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu
+    ImGuiMod_Super                  = 1 << 15, // Windows/Super (non-macOS), Ctrl (macOS)
+    ImGuiMod_Mask_                  = 0xF000,  // 4-bits
+
+    // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array.
+    // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE)
+    // If you need to iterate all keys (for e.g. an input mapper) you may use ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN..ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
+    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN         = 512,
+    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END           = ImGuiKey_COUNT,
+    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT         = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT,  // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,  // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index.
+#else
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_COUNT,           // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = 0,                        // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiMod_Shortcut               = ImGuiMod_Ctrl,            // Removed in 1.90.7, you can now simply use ImGuiMod_Ctrl
+    ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89
+    //ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter,              // Renamed in 1.87
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut(),
+// (and for upcoming extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() that are still in imgui_internal.h)
+// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
+enum ImGuiInputFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiInputFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat                  = 1 << 0,   // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1.
+
+    // Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut()
+    // - Routing policies: RouteGlobal+OverActive >> RouteActive or RouteFocused (if owner is active item) >> RouteGlobal+OverFocused >> RouteFocused (if in focused window stack) >> RouteGlobal.
+    // - Default policy is RouteFocused. Can select only 1 policy among all available.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive             = 1 << 10,  // Route to active item only.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused            = 1 << 11,  // Route to windows in the focus stack (DEFAULT). Deep-most focused window takes inputs. Active item takes inputs over deep-most focused window.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal             = 1 << 12,  // Global route (unless a focused window or active item registered the route).
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways             = 1 << 13,  // Do not register route, poll keys directly.
+    // - Routing options
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused        = 1 << 14,  // Option: global route: higher priority than focused route (unless active item in focused route).
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive         = 1 << 15,  // Option: global route: higher priority than active item. Unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overridden by this. May not be fully honored as user/internal code is likely to always assume they can access keys when active.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused    = 1 << 16,  // Option: global route: will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow     = 1 << 17,  // Option: route evaluated from the point of view of root window rather than current window.
+
+    // Flags for SetNextItemShortcut()
+    ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip                 = 1 << 18,  // Automatically display a tooltip when hovering item [BETA] Unsure of right api (opt-in/opt-out)
+};
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[].
+// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set.
+// Custom backends: feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
+enum ImGuiNavInput
+{
+    ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown,
+    ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast,
+    ImGuiNavInput_COUNT,
+};
+#endif
+
+// Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application.
+enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard      = 1 << 0,   // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. Enable full Tabbing + directional arrows + space/enter to activate.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad       = 1 << 1,   // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos   = 1 << 2,   // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard   = 1 << 3,   // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse                = 1 << 4,   // Instruct dear imgui to disable mouse inputs and interactions.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange    = 1 << 5,   // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard             = 1 << 6,   // Instruct dear imgui to disable keyboard inputs and interactions. This is done by ignoring keyboard events and clearing existing states.
+
+    // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui)
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB                 = 1 << 20,  // Application is SRGB-aware.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen          = 1 << 21,  // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse.
+};
+
+// Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend.
+enum ImGuiBackendFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_None                  = 0,
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad            = 1 << 0,   // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors       = 1 << 1,   // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos        = 1 << 2,   // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set).
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset  = 1 << 3,   // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices.
 };
 
 // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
@@ -642,319 +1563,871 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
     ImGuiCol_Text,
     ImGuiCol_TextDisabled,
     ImGuiCol_WindowBg,              // Background of normal windows
-    ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg,         // Background of child windows
+    ImGuiCol_ChildBg,               // Background of child windows
     ImGuiCol_PopupBg,               // Background of popups, menus, tooltips windows
     ImGuiCol_Border,
     ImGuiCol_BorderShadow,
     ImGuiCol_FrameBg,               // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
     ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered,
     ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive,
-    ImGuiCol_TitleBg,
-    ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed,
-    ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive,
+    ImGuiCol_TitleBg,               // Title bar
+    ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive,         // Title bar when focused
+    ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed,      // Title bar when collapsed
     ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive,
-    ImGuiCol_ComboBg,
-    ImGuiCol_CheckMark,
+    ImGuiCol_CheckMark,             // Checkbox tick and RadioButton circle
     ImGuiCol_SliderGrab,
     ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive,
     ImGuiCol_Button,
     ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ButtonActive,
-    ImGuiCol_Header,
+    ImGuiCol_Header,                // Header* colors are used for CollapsingHeader, TreeNode, Selectable, MenuItem
     ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered,
     ImGuiCol_HeaderActive,
-    ImGuiCol_Column,
-    ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered,
-    ImGuiCol_ColumnActive,
-    ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip,
+    ImGuiCol_Separator,
+    ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered,
+    ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive,
+    ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip,            // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows.
     ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive,
-    ImGuiCol_CloseButton,
-    ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered,
-    ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive,
+    ImGuiCol_TabHovered,            // Tab background, when hovered
+    ImGuiCol_Tab,                   // Tab background, when tab-bar is focused & tab is unselected
+    ImGuiCol_TabSelected,           // Tab background, when tab-bar is focused & tab is selected
+    ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline,   // Tab horizontal overline, when tab-bar is focused & tab is selected
+    ImGuiCol_TabDimmed,             // Tab background, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is unselected
+    ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected,     // Tab background, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is selected
+    ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline,//..horizontal overline, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is selected
     ImGuiCol_PlotLines,
     ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered,
     ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram,
     ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered,
+    ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg,         // Table header background
+    ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong,     // Table outer and header borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here)
+    ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight,      // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here)
+    ImGuiCol_TableRowBg,            // Table row background (even rows)
+    ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt,         // Table row background (odd rows)
     ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg,
-    ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening,  // darken entire screen when a modal window is active
-    ImGuiCol_COUNT
+    ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget,        // Rectangle highlighting a drop target
+    ImGuiCol_NavHighlight,          // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item
+    ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB
+    ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg,     // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active
+    ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg,      // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active
+    ImGuiCol_COUNT,
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiCol_TabActive = ImGuiCol_TabSelected,                  // [renamed in 1.90.9]
+    ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused = ImGuiCol_TabDimmed,                 // [renamed in 1.90.9]
+    ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive = ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected,   // [renamed in 1.90.9]
+#endif
 };
 
-// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar()
-// NB: the enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle() which makes sense to be pushed/poped in UI code. Feel free to add others.
+// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure.
+// - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code.
+//   During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly.
+// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description.
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+// - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type.
 enum ImGuiStyleVar_
 {
-    ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,               // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,       // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,      // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize,       // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding, // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding,        // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding,       // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing,         // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing,    // ImVec2
-    ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing,       // float
-    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize          // float
+    // Enum name -------------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
+    ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,                    // float     Alpha
+    ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha,            // float     DisabledAlpha
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,            // ImVec2    WindowPadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,           // float     WindowRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize,         // float     WindowBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize,            // ImVec2    WindowMinSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign,         // ImVec2    WindowTitleAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding,            // float     ChildRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize,          // float     ChildBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding,            // float     PopupRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize,          // float     PopupBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding,             // ImVec2    FramePadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding,            // float     FrameRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize,          // float     FrameBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing,              // ImVec2    ItemSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing,         // ImVec2    ItemInnerSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing,            // float     IndentSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,              // ImVec2    CellPadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize,            // float     ScrollbarSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding,        // float     ScrollbarRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize,              // float     GrabMinSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding,             // float     GrabRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding,              // float     TabRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize,            // float     TabBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize,         // float     TabBarBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle,  // float  TableAngledHeadersAngle
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign,// ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,          // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign,      // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,  // float  SeparatorTextBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign,       // ImVec2    SeparatorTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding,     // ImVec2    SeparatorTextPadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
+};
+
+// Flags for InvisibleButton() [extended in imgui_internal.h]
+enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft        = 1 << 0,   // React on left mouse button (default)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight       = 1 << 1,   // React on right mouse button
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle      = 1 << 2,   // React on center mouse button
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_       = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, // [Internal]
+    //ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_  = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
+};
+
+// Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
+enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_None            = 0,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha         = 1 << 1,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker        = 1 << 2,   //              // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on color square.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions       = 1 << 3,   //              // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview  = 1 << 4,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable color square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs)
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs        = 1 << 5,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview color square).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip       = 1 << 6,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel         = 1 << 7,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview   = 1 << 8,   //              // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small color square preview instead.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop      = 1 << 9,   //              // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder        = 1 << 10,  //              // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default)
+
+    // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar        = 1 << 16,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview    = 1 << 17,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR             = 1 << 19,  //              // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB      = 1 << 20,  // [Display]    // ColorEdit: override _display_ type among RGB/HSV/Hex. ColorPicker: select any combination using one or more of RGB/HSV/Hex.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV      = 1 << 21,  // [Display]    // "
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex      = 1 << 22,  // [Display]    // "
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8           = 1 << 23,  // [DataType]   // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float           = 1 << 24,  // [DataType]   // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar    = 1 << 25,  // [Picker]     // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel  = 1 << 26,  // [Picker]     // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB        = 1 << 27,  // [Input]      // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in RGB format.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV        = 1 << 28,  // [Input]      // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in HSV format.
+
+    // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to
+    // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
+
+    // [Internal] Masks
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_    = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_   = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_     = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_      = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV,
+
+    // Obsolete names
+    //ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex  // [renamed in 1.69]
 };
 
-enum ImGuiAlign_
+// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
+// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them.
+// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText)
+enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
 {
-    ImGuiAlign_Left     = 1 << 0,
-    ImGuiAlign_Center   = 1 << 1,
-    ImGuiAlign_Right    = 1 << 2,
-    ImGuiAlign_Top      = 1 << 3,
-    ImGuiAlign_VCenter  = 1 << 4,
-    ImGuiAlign_Default  = ImGuiAlign_Left | ImGuiAlign_Top
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp            = 1 << 4,       // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds.
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic            = 1 << 5,       // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits.
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat        = 1 << 6,       // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits).
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput                = 1 << 7,       // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget.
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround             = 1 << 8,       // Enable wrapping around from max to min and from min to max (only supported by DragXXX() functions for now.
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_           = 0x7000000F,   // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed.
+
+    // Obsolete names
+    //ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79]
 };
 
-// Enumeration for ColorEditMode()
-// FIXME-OBSOLETE: Will be replaced by future color/picker api
-enum ImGuiColorEditMode_
+// Identify a mouse button.
+// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience.
+enum ImGuiMouseButton_
 {
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect = -2,
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton = -1,
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB = 0,
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV = 1,
-    ImGuiColorEditMode_HEX = 2
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5
 };
 
 // Enumeration for GetMouseCursor()
+// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here
 enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
 {
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1,
     ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0,
     ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput,         // When hovering over InputText, etc.
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_Move,              // Unused
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS,          // Unused
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW,          // When hovering over a column
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW,        // Unused
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll,         // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions)
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS,          // When hovering over a horizontal border
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW,          // When hovering over a vertical border or a column
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW,        // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window
     ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE,        // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand,              // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks)
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed,        // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle.
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
 };
 
-// Condition flags for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextTreeNode***() functions
-// All those functions treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiSetCond_Always
-enum ImGuiSetCond_
+// Enumeration for AddMouseSourceEvent() actual source of Mouse Input data.
+// Historically we use "Mouse" terminology everywhere to indicate pointer data, e.g. MousePos, IsMousePressed(), io.AddMousePosEvent()
+// But that "Mouse" data can come from different source which occasionally may be useful for application to know about.
+// You can submit a change of pointer type using io.AddMouseSourceEvent().
+enum ImGuiMouseSource : int
 {
-    ImGuiSetCond_Always        = 1 << 0, // Set the variable
-    ImGuiSetCond_Once          = 1 << 1, // Only set the variable on the first call per runtime session
-    ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver  = 1 << 2, // Only set the variable if the window doesn't exist in the .ini file
-    ImGuiSetCond_Appearing     = 1 << 3  // Only set the variable if the window is appearing after being inactive (or the first time)
+    ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse = 0,         // Input is coming from an actual mouse.
+    ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen,       // Input is coming from a touch screen (no hovering prior to initial press, less precise initial press aiming, dual-axis wheeling possible).
+    ImGuiMouseSource_Pen,               // Input is coming from a pressure/magnetic pen (often used in conjunction with high-sampling rates).
+    ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT
+};
+
+// Enumeration for ImGui::SetNextWindow***(), SetWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions
+// Represent a condition.
+// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always.
+enum ImGuiCond_
+{
+    ImGuiCond_None          = 0,        // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always
+    ImGuiCond_Always        = 1 << 0,   // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None
+    ImGuiCond_Once          = 1 << 1,   // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed)
+    ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver  = 1 << 2,   // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file)
+    ImGuiCond_Appearing     = 1 << 3,   // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time)
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable()
+// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect.
+//   Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them.
+// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are:
+//    - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit    if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.
+//    - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off.
+// - When ScrollX is off:
+//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight.
+//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto.
+//    - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all).
+//    - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight.
+//    - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors.
+//      The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
+//      (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing).
+// - When ScrollX is on:
+//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed
+//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly.
+//    - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed.
+//    - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop.
+//    - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable().
+//      If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again.
+// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details.
+enum ImGuiTableFlags_
+{
+    // Features
+    ImGuiTableFlags_None                       = 0,
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable                  = 1 << 0,   // Enable resizing columns.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable                = 1 << 1,   // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable                   = 1 << 2,   // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable                   = 1 << 3,   // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings            = 1 << 4,   // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody          = 1 << 5,   // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow().
+    // Decorations
+    ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg                      = 1 << 6,   // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH              = 1 << 7,   // Draw horizontal borders between rows.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH              = 1 << 8,   // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV              = 1 << 9,   // Draw vertical borders between columns.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV              = 1 << 10,  // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH                   = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV                   = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner               = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter               = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Borders                    = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter,   // Draw all borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody            = 1 << 11,  // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12,  // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style
+    // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit             = 1 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame            = 2 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp          = 3 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame          = 4 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn().
+    // Sizing Extra Options
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX              = 1 << 16,  // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY              = 1 << 17,  // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible       = 1 << 18,  // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths              = 1 << 19,  // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.
+    // Clipping
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip                     = 1 << 20,  // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze().
+    // Padding
+    ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX                  = 1 << 21,  // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX                = 1 << 22,  // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX                = 1 << 23,  // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off).
+    // Scrolling
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX                    = 1 << 24,  // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY                    = 1 << 25,  // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size.
+    // Sorting
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti                  = 1 << 26,  // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate               = 1 << 27,  // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).
+    // Miscellaneous
+    ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn     = 1 << 28,  // Highlight column headers when hovered (may evolve into a fuller highlight)
+
+    // [Internal] Combinations and masks
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_                = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn()
+enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
+{
+    // Input configuration flags
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None                  = 0,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled              = 1 << 0,   // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state)
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide           = 1 << 1,   // Default as a hidden/disabled column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort           = 1 << 2,   // Default as a sorting column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch          = 1 << 3,   // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed            = 1 << 4,   // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize              = 1 << 5,   // Disable manual resizing.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder             = 1 << 6,   // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide                = 1 << 7,   // Disable ability to hide/disable this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip                = 1 << 8,   // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort                = 1 << 9,   // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending       = 1 << 10,  // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending      = 1 << 11,  // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel         = 1 << 12,  // TableHeadersRow() will not submit horizontal label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu or in angled headers.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth         = 1 << 13,  // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending   = 1 << 14,  // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending  = 1 << 15,  // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable          = 1 << 16,  // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable         = 1 << 17,  // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader          = 1 << 18,  // TableHeadersRow() will submit an angled header row for this column. Note this will add an extra row.
+
+    // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags()
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled             = 1 << 24,  // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible             = 1 << 25,  // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted              = 1 << 26,  // Status: is currently part of the sort specs
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered             = 1 << 27,  // Status: is hovered by mouse
+
+    // [Internal] Combinations and masks
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_            = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_       = 1 << 30,  // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge)
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow()
+enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTableRowFlags_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers                  = 1 << 0,   // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width)
+};
+
+// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor()
+// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers:
+//  - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set.
+//  - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set.
+//  - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set.
+// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color.
+// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows.
+// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color.
+// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color.
+enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_
+{
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0                   = 1,        // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used)
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1                   = 2,        // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking)
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg                   = 3,        // Set cell background color (top-most color)
+};
+
+// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
+// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs().
+// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time.
+// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
+struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs
+{
+    const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs;     // Pointer to sort spec array.
+    int                         SpecsCount;     // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled.
+    bool                        SpecsDirty;     // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag.
+
+    ImGuiTableSortSpecs()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes)
+struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs
+{
+    ImGuiID                     ColumnUserID;       // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call)
+    ImS16                       ColumnIndex;        // Index of the column
+    ImS16                       SortOrder;          // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here)
+    ImGuiSortDirection          SortDirection;      // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
+
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE()
+// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
+// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImNewWrapper {};
+inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
+inline void  operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*)   {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new()
+#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE)                     ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE)
+#define IM_FREE(_PTR)                       ImGui::MemFree(_PTR)
+#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR)              new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR)
+#define IM_NEW(_TYPE)                       new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE
+template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p)   { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImVector<>
+// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it.
+// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase.
+// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs.
+// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that,
+//   Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+template<typename T>
+struct ImVector
+{
+    int                 Size;
+    int                 Capacity;
+    T*                  Data;
+
+    // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves.
+    typedef T                   value_type;
+    typedef value_type*         iterator;
+    typedef const value_type*   const_iterator;
+
+    // Constructors, destructor
+    inline ImVector()                                       { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
+    inline ImVector(const ImVector<T>& src)                 { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
+    inline ImVector<T>& operator=(const ImVector<T>& src)   { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; }
+    inline ~ImVector()                                      { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything
+
+    inline void         clear()                             { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } }  // Important: does not destruct anything
+    inline void         clear_delete()                      { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); }     // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
+    inline void         clear_destruct()                    { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); }           // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
+
+    inline bool         empty() const                       { return Size == 0; }
+    inline int          size() const                        { return Size; }
+    inline int          size_in_bytes() const               { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); }
+    inline int          max_size() const                    { return 0x7FFFFFFF / (int)sizeof(T); }
+    inline int          capacity() const                    { return Capacity; }
+    inline T&           operator[](int i)                   { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+    inline const T&     operator[](int i) const             { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+
+    inline T*           begin()                             { return Data; }
+    inline const T*     begin() const                       { return Data; }
+    inline T*           end()                               { return Data + Size; }
+    inline const T*     end() const                         { return Data + Size; }
+    inline T&           front()                             { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+    inline const T&     front() const                       { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+    inline T&           back()                              { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
+    inline const T&     back() const                        { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
+    inline void         swap(ImVector<T>& rhs)              { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
+
+    inline int          _grow_capacity(int sz) const        { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity / 2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; }
+    inline void         resize(int new_size)                { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
+    inline void         resize(int new_size, const T& v)    { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; }
+    inline void         shrink(int new_size)                { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation
+    inline void         reserve(int new_capacity)           { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; }
+    inline void         reserve_discard(int new_capacity)   { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); Data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); Capacity = new_capacity; }
+
+    // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden.
+    inline void         push_back(const T& v)               { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; }
+    inline void         pop_back()                          { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
+    inline void         push_front(const T& v)              { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); }
+    inline T*           erase(const T* it)                  { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last >= it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           erase_unsorted(const T* it)         { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size);  const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           insert(const T* it, const T& v)     { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; }
+    inline bool         contains(const T& v) const          { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; }
+    inline T*           find(const T& v)                    { T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
+    inline const T*     find(const T& v) const              { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
+    inline int          find_index(const T& v) const        { const T* data_end = Data + Size; const T* it = find(v); if (it == data_end) return -1; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
+    inline bool         find_erase(const T& v)              { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; }
+    inline bool         find_erase_unsorted(const T& v)     { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; }
+    inline int          index_from_ptr(const T* it) const   { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
 };
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
+// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values,
+// and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 struct ImGuiStyle
 {
-    float       Alpha;                      // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
-    ImVec2      WindowPadding;              // Padding within a window
-    ImVec2      WindowMinSize;              // Minimum window size
-    float       WindowRounding;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
-    ImGuiAlign  WindowTitleAlign;           // Alignment for title bar text
-    float       ChildWindowRounding;        // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
-    ImVec2      FramePadding;               // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
+    float       Alpha;                      // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
+    float       DisabledAlpha;              // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
+    ImVec2      WindowPadding;              // Padding within a window.
+    float       WindowRounding;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+    float       WindowBorderSize;           // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+    ImVec2      WindowMinSize;              // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constrain individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints().
+    ImVec2      WindowTitleAlign;           // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered.
+    ImGuiDir    WindowMenuButtonPosition;   // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
+    float       ChildRounding;              // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
+    float       ChildBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+    float       PopupRounding;              // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding)
+    float       PopupBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around popup/tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+    ImVec2      FramePadding;               // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets).
     float       FrameRounding;              // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets).
-    ImVec2      ItemSpacing;                // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
-    ImVec2      ItemInnerSpacing;           // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
+    float       FrameBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+    ImVec2      ItemSpacing;                // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines.
+    ImVec2      ItemInnerSpacing;           // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label).
+    ImVec2      CellPadding;                // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
     ImVec2      TouchExtraPadding;          // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
     float       IndentSpacing;              // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
-    float       ColumnsMinSpacing;          // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns
-    float       ScrollbarSize;              // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
-    float       ScrollbarRounding;          // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar
-    float       GrabMinSize;                // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
+    float       ColumnsMinSpacing;          // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
+    float       ScrollbarSize;              // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar.
+    float       ScrollbarRounding;          // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar.
+    float       GrabMinSize;                // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar.
     float       GrabRounding;               // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
-    ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows.
-    ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
-    bool        AntiAliasedLines;           // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
-    bool        AntiAliasedShapes;          // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
-    float       CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    float       LogSliderDeadzone;          // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
+    float       TabRounding;                // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
+    float       TabBorderSize;              // Thickness of border around tabs.
+    float       TabMinWidthForCloseButton;  // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
+    float       TabBarBorderSize;           // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
+    float       TableAngledHeadersAngle;    // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees).
+    ImVec2      TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;// Alignment of angled headers within the cell
+    ImGuiDir    ColorButtonPosition;        // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
+    ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
+    ImVec2      SelectableTextAlign;        // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
+    float       SeparatorTextBorderSize;    // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
+    ImVec2      SeparatorTextAlign;         // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
+    ImVec2      SeparatorTextPadding;       // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
+    ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen.
+    ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).
+    float       MouseCursorScale;           // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later.
+    bool        AntiAliasedLines;           // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
+    bool        AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;     // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
+    bool        AntiAliasedFill;            // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
+    float       CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    float       CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
     ImVec4      Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT];
 
+    // Behaviors
+    // (It is possible to modify those fields mid-frame if specific behavior need it, unlike e.g. configuration fields in ImGuiIO)
+    float             HoverStationaryDelay;     // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary.
+    float             HoverDelayShort;          // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay.
+    float             HoverDelayNormal;         // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). "
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse;// Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse.
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipNav;  // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad.
+
     IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle();
+    IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor);
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
+// Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
+// It is generally expected that:
+// - initialization: backends and user code writes to ImGuiIO.
+// - main loop: backends writes to ImGuiIO, user code and imgui code reads from ImGuiIO.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
+// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and *NOT* io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration.
+struct ImGuiKeyData
+{
+    bool        Down;               // True for if key is down
+    float       DownDuration;       // Duration the key has been down (<0.0f: not pressed, 0.0f: just pressed, >0.0f: time held)
+    float       DownDurationPrev;   // Last frame duration the key has been down
+    float       AnalogValue;        // 0.0f..1.0f for gamepad values
 };
 
-// This is where your app communicate with ImGui. Access via ImGui::GetIO().
-// Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
 struct ImGuiIO
 {
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Settings (fill once)                 // Default value:
+    // Configuration                            // Default value
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImVec2        DisplaySize;              // <unset>              // Display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions.
-    float         DeltaTime;                // = 1.0f/60.0f         // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
-    float         IniSavingRate;            // = 5.0f               // Maximum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
-    const char*   IniFilename;              // = "imgui.ini"        // Path to .ini file. NULL to disable .ini saving.
-    const char*   LogFilename;              // = "imgui_log.txt"    // Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
-    float         MouseDoubleClickTime;     // = 0.30f              // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
-    float         MouseDoubleClickMaxDist;  // = 6.0f               // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
-    float         MouseDragThreshold;       // = 6.0f               // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging
-    int           KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];   // <unset>              // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array
-    float         KeyRepeatDelay;           // = 0.250f             // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
-    float         KeyRepeatRate;            // = 0.020f             // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
-    void*         UserData;                 // = NULL               // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks.
-
-    ImFontAtlas*  Fonts;                    // <auto>               // Load and assemble one or more fonts into a single tightly packed texture. Output to Fonts array.
-    float         FontGlobalScale;          // = 1.0f               // Global scale all fonts
-    bool          FontAllowUserScaling;     // = false              // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
-    ImVec2        DisplayFramebufferScale;  // = (1.0f,1.0f)        // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. User storage only, presently not used by ImGui.
-    ImVec2        DisplayVisibleMin;        // <unset> (0.0f,0.0f)  // If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area.
-    ImVec2        DisplayVisibleMax;        // <unset> (0.0f,0.0f)  // If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize
-
-    // Advanced/subtle behaviors
-    bool          WordMovementUsesAltKey;   // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
-    bool          ShortcutsUseSuperKey;     // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl
-    bool          DoubleClickSelectsWord;   // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text
-    bool          MultiSelectUsesSuperKey;  // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl [unused yet]
+    ImGuiConfigFlags   ConfigFlags;             // = 0              // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags  BackendFlags;            // = 0              // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend.
+    ImVec2      DisplaySize;                    // <unset>          // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size). May change every frame.
+    float       DeltaTime;                      // = 1.0f/60.0f     // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. May change every frame.
+    float       IniSavingRate;                  // = 5.0f           // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
+    const char* IniFilename;                    // = "imgui.ini"    // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions.
+    const char* LogFilename;                    // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
+    void*       UserData;                       // = NULL           // Store your own data.
+
+    ImFontAtlas*Fonts;                          // <auto>           // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture.
+    float       FontGlobalScale;                // = 1.0f           // Global scale all fonts
+    bool        FontAllowUserScaling;           // = false          // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
+    ImFont*     FontDefault;                    // = NULL           // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
+    ImVec2      DisplayFramebufferScale;        // = (1, 1)         // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale.
+
+    // Miscellaneous options
+    bool        MouseDrawCursor;                // = false          // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations.
+    bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys + OS X style text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
+    bool        ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue;   // = true           // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.
+    bool        ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;     // = true           // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).
+    bool        ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false          // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only).
+    bool        ConfigDragClickToInputText;     // = false          // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard.
+    bool        ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges;   // = true           // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
+    bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false       // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar.
+    float       ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;       // = 60.0f          // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable.
+
+    // Inputs Behaviors
+    // (other variables, ones which are expected to be tweaked within UI code, are exposed in ImGuiStyle)
+    float       MouseDoubleClickTime;           // = 0.30f          // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
+    float       MouseDoubleClickMaxDist;        // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
+    float       MouseDragThreshold;             // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging.
+    float       KeyRepeatDelay;                 // = 0.275f         // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
+    float       KeyRepeatRate;                  // = 0.050f         // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // User Functions
+    // Debug options
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    // Rendering function, will be called in Render().
-    // Alternatively you can keep this to NULL and call GetDrawData() after Render() to get the same pointer.
-    // See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this.
-    void        (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data);
+    // Option to enable various debug tools showing buttons that will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro.
+    // - The Item Picker tool will be available regardless of this being enabled, in order to maximize its discoverability.
+    // - Requires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application.
+    //   e.g. io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = ::IsDebuggerPresent() on Win32, or refer to ImOsIsDebuggerPresent() imgui_test_engine/imgui_te_utils.cpp for a Unix compatible version).
+    bool        ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent;   // = false          // Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK().
 
-    // Optional: access OS clipboard
-    // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
-    const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)();
-    void        (*SetClipboardTextFn)(const char* text);
+    // Tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.
+    // - Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX()
+    // - This is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users.
+    // - We expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provide tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior.
+    bool        ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce;// = false          // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows.
+    bool        ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop;// = false          // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running.
 
-    // Optional: override memory allocations. MemFreeFn() may be called with a NULL pointer.
-    // (default to posix malloc/free)
-    void*       (*MemAllocFn)(size_t sz);
-    void        (*MemFreeFn)(void* ptr);
+    // Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling.
+    // - May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data.
+    // - Backends may have other side-effects on focus loss, so this will reduce side-effects but not necessary remove all of them.
+    bool        ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss;     // = false          // Ignore io.AddFocusEvent(false), consequently not calling io.ClearInputKeys()/io.ClearInputMouse() in input processing.
 
-    // Optional: notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME in Windows)
-    // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
-    void        (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y);
-    void*       ImeWindowHandle;            // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
+    // Option to audit .ini data
+    bool        ConfigDebugIniSettings;         // = false          // Save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower)
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame()
+    // Platform Functions
+    // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you)
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImVec2      MousePos;                   // Mouse position, in pixels (set to -1,-1 if no mouse / on another screen, etc.)
-    bool        MouseDown[5];               // Mouse buttons: left, right, middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
-    float       MouseWheel;                 // Mouse wheel: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text.
-    bool        MouseDrawCursor;            // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor).
-    bool        KeyCtrl;                    // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control
-    bool        KeyShift;                   // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift
-    bool        KeyAlt;                     // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt
-    bool        KeySuper;                   // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows
-    bool        KeysDown[512];              // Keyboard keys that are pressed (in whatever storage order you naturally have access to keyboard data)
-    ImWchar     InputCharacters[16+1];      // List of characters input (translated by user from keypress+keyboard state). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
+    // Optional: Platform/Renderer backend name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for backend/wrappers to store their own stuff.
+    const char* BackendPlatformName;            // = NULL
+    const char* BackendRendererName;            // = NULL
+    void*       BackendPlatformUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for platform backend
+    void*       BackendRendererUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for renderer backend
+    void*       BackendLanguageUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for non C++ programming language backend
 
-    // Functions
-    IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c);                        // Helper to add a new character into InputCharacters[]
-    IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars);      // Helper to add new characters into InputCharacters[] from an UTF-8 string
-    inline void    ClearInputCharacters() { InputCharacters[0] = 0; }   // Helper to clear the text input buffer
+    // Optional: Access OS clipboard
+    // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
+    const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data);
+    void        (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text);
+    void*       ClipboardUserData;
+
+    // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows)
+    // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
+    void        (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
+
+    // Optional: Platform locale
+    ImWchar     PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint;     // '.'              // [Experimental] Configure decimal point e.g. '.' or ',' useful for some languages (e.g. German), generally pulled from *localeconv()->decimal_point
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Output - Retrieve after calling NewFrame(), you can use them to discard inputs or hide them from the rest of your application
+    // Input - Call before calling NewFrame()
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    bool        WantCaptureMouse;           // Mouse is hovering a window or widget is active (= ImGui will use your mouse input)
-    bool        WantCaptureKeyboard;        // Widget is active (= ImGui will use your keyboard input)
-    bool        WantTextInput;              // Some text input widget is active, which will read input characters from the InputCharacters array.
-    float       Framerate;                  // Framerate estimation, in frame per second. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames
-    int         MetricsAllocs;              // Number of active memory allocations
-    int         MetricsRenderVertices;      // Vertices output during last call to Render()
-    int         MetricsRenderIndices;       // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
-    int         MetricsActiveWindows;       // Number of visible windows (exclude child windows)
+    // Input Functions
+    IMGUI_API void  AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down);                   // Queue a new key down/up event. Key should be "translated" (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v);    // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y);                     // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down);             // Queue a mouse button change
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y);       // Queue a mouse wheel update. wheel_y<0: scroll down, wheel_y>0: scroll up, wheel_x<0: scroll right, wheel_x>0: scroll left.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source);           // Queue a mouse source change (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddFocusEvent(bool focused);                            // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c);                      // Queue a new character input
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c);                    // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str);                // Queue a new characters input from a UTF-8 string
+
+    IMGUI_API void  SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode.
+    IMGUI_API void  SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events);           // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearEventsQueue();                                     // Clear all incoming events.
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputKeys();                                       // Clear current keyboard/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons.
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputMouse();                                      // Clear current mouse state.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputCharacters();                                 // [Obsoleted in 1.89.8] Clear the current frame text input buffer. Now included within ClearInputKeys().
+#endif
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // [Internal] ImGui will maintain those fields for you
+    // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render()
+    // (when reading from the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to dispatch your inputs, it is
+    //  generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!)
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImVec2      MousePosPrev;               // Previous mouse position
-    ImVec2      MouseDelta;                 // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are negative to allow mouse enabling/disabling.
-    bool        MouseClicked[5];            // Mouse button went from !Down to Down
-    ImVec2      MouseClickedPos[5];         // Position at time of clicking
-    float       MouseClickedTime[5];        // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
-    bool        MouseDoubleClicked[5];      // Has mouse button been double-clicked?
-    bool        MouseReleased[5];           // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
-    bool        MouseDownOwned[5];          // Track if button was clicked inside a window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
-    float       MouseDownDuration[5];       // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
-    float       MouseDownDurationPrev[5];   // Previous time the mouse button has been down
-    float       MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the click point
-    float       KeysDownDuration[512];      // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed)
-    float       KeysDownDurationPrev[512];  // Previous duration the key has been down
+    bool        WantCaptureMouse;                   // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.).
+    bool        WantCaptureKeyboard;                // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.).
+    bool        WantTextInput;                      // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active).
+    bool        WantSetMousePos;                    // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled.
+    bool        WantSaveIniSettings;                // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving!
+    bool        NavActive;                          // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
+    bool        NavVisible;                         // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
+    float       Framerate;                          // Estimate of application framerate (rolling average over 60 frames, based on io.DeltaTime), in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Slow applications may not want to use a moving average or may want to reset underlying buffers occasionally.
+    int         MetricsRenderVertices;              // Vertices output during last call to Render()
+    int         MetricsRenderIndices;               // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
+    int         MetricsRenderWindows;               // Number of visible windows
+    int         MetricsActiveWindows;               // Number of active windows
+    ImVec2      MouseDelta;                         // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.
+
+    //------------------------------------------------------------------
+    // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
+    //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    ImGuiContext* Ctx;                              // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
+
+    // Main Input State
+    // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead)
+    // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere)
+    ImVec2      MousePos;                           // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.)
+    bool        MouseDown[5];                       // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
+    float       MouseWheel;                         // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. >0 scrolls Up, <0 scrolls Down. Hold SHIFT to turn vertical scroll into horizontal scroll.
+    float       MouseWheelH;                        // Mouse wheel Horizontal. >0 scrolls Left, <0 scrolls Right. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends.
+    ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource;                   // Mouse actual input peripheral (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen).
+    bool        KeyCtrl;                            // Keyboard modifier down: Control
+    bool        KeyShift;                           // Keyboard modifier down: Shift
+    bool        KeyAlt;                             // Keyboard modifier down: Alt
+    bool        KeySuper;                           // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows
+
+    // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls
+    ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods;                          // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. Read-only, updated by NewFrame()
+    ImGuiKeyData  KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this.
+    bool        WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose;   // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup.
+    ImVec2      MousePosPrev;                       // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
+    ImVec2      MouseClickedPos[5];                 // Position at time of clicking
+    double      MouseClickedTime[5];                // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
+    bool        MouseClicked[5];                    // Mouse button went from !Down to Down (same as MouseClickedCount[x] != 0)
+    bool        MouseDoubleClicked[5];              // Has mouse button been double-clicked? (same as MouseClickedCount[x] == 2)
+    ImU16       MouseClickedCount[5];               // == 0 (not clicked), == 1 (same as MouseClicked[]), == 2 (double-clicked), == 3 (triple-clicked) etc. when going from !Down to Down
+    ImU16       MouseClickedLastCount[5];           // Count successive number of clicks. Stays valid after mouse release. Reset after another click is done.
+    bool        MouseReleased[5];                   // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
+    bool        MouseDownOwned[5];                  // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
+    bool        MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5];  // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window.
+    bool        MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap;          // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system.
+    bool        MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick;          // (OSX) Set to true when the current click was a ctrl-click that spawned a simulated right click
+    float       MouseDownDuration[5];               // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
+    float       MouseDownDurationPrev[5];           // Previous time the mouse button has been down
+    float       MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5];         // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds)
+    float       PenPressure;                        // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui.
+    bool        AppFocusLost;                       // Only modify via AddFocusEvent()
+    bool        AppAcceptingEvents;                 // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents()
+    ImS8        BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays;        // -1: unknown, 0: using AddKeyEvent(), 1: using legacy io.KeysDown[]
+    bool        BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray;    // 0: using AddKeyAnalogEvent(), 1: writing to legacy io.NavInputs[] directly
+    ImWchar16   InputQueueSurrogate;                // For AddInputCharacterUTF16()
+    ImVector<ImWchar> InputQueueCharacters;         // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
+
+    // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame.
+    // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent().
+    //   Old (<1.87):  ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    int         KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];             // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512.
+    bool        KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT];           // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow.
+    float       NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];     // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
+    //void*     ImeWindowHandle;                    // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
+#endif
 
     IMGUI_API   ImGuiIO();
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helpers
+// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Lightweight std::vector<> like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also: windows implementation of STL with debug enabled is absurdly slow, so let's bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
-// Our implementation does NOT call c++ constructors because we don't use them in ImGui. Don't use this class as a straight std::vector replacement in your code!
-template<typename T>
-class ImVector
+// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
+// The callback function should return 0 by default.
+// Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details)
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit:        Callback on buffer edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways:      Callback on each iteration
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion:  Callback on pressing TAB
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:     Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter:  Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize:      Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow.
+struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
 {
-public:
-    int                         Size;
-    int                         Capacity;
-    T*                          Data;
-
-    typedef T                   value_type;
-    typedef value_type*         iterator;
-    typedef const value_type*   const_iterator;
-
-    ImVector()                  { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
-    ~ImVector()                 { if (Data) ImGui::MemFree(Data); }
-
-    inline bool                 empty() const                   { return Size == 0; }
-    inline int                  size() const                    { return Size; }
-    inline int                  capacity() const                { return Capacity; }
+    ImGuiContext*       Ctx;            // Parent UI context
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback*    // Read-only
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
+    void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
 
-    inline value_type&          operator[](int i)               { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
-    inline const value_type&    operator[](int i) const         { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+    // Arguments for the different callback events
+    // - During Resize callback, Buf will be same as your input buffer.
+    // - However, during Completion/History/Always callback, Buf always points to our own internal data (it is not the same as your buffer)! Changes to it will be reflected into your own buffer shortly after the callback.
+    // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary.
+    // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state.
+    ImWchar             EventChar;      // Character input                      // Read-write   // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0;
+    ImGuiKey            EventKey;       // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB)            // Read-only    // [Completion,History]
+    char*               Buf;            // Text buffer                          // Read-write   // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer!
+    int                 BufTextLen;     // Text length (in bytes)               // Read-write   // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length()
+    int                 BufSize;        // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1  // Read-only    // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1
+    bool                BufDirty;       // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!    // Write        // [Completion,History,Always]
+    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
+    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection)
+    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
+
+    // Helper functions for text manipulation.
+    // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData();
+    IMGUI_API void      DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
+    IMGUI_API void      InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+    void                SelectAll()             { SelectionStart = 0; SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; }
+    void                ClearSelection()        { SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; }
+    bool                HasSelection() const    { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
+};
 
-    inline void                 clear()                         { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; ImGui::MemFree(Data); Data = NULL; } }
-    inline iterator             begin()                         { return Data; }
-    inline const_iterator       begin() const                   { return Data; }
-    inline iterator             end()                           { return Data + Size; }
-    inline const_iterator       end() const                     { return Data + Size; }
-    inline value_type&          front()                         { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
-    inline const value_type&    front() const                   { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
-    inline value_type&          back()                          { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size-1]; }
-    inline const value_type&    back() const                    { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size-1]; }
-    inline void                 swap(ImVector<T>& rhs)          { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; value_type* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
+// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
+// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
+struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData
+{
+    void*   UserData;       // Read-only.   What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Generally store an integer or float in here (need reinterpret_cast<>).
+    ImVec2  Pos;            // Read-only.   Window position, for reference.
+    ImVec2  CurrentSize;    // Read-only.   Current window size.
+    ImVec2  DesiredSize;    // Read-write.  Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
+};
 
-    inline int                  _grow_capacity(int new_size)    { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > new_size ? new_capacity : new_size; }
+// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload()
+struct ImGuiPayload
+{
+    // Members
+    void*           Data;               // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui)
+    int             DataSize;           // Data size
 
-    inline void                 resize(int new_size)            { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
-    inline void                 reserve(int new_capacity)
-    {
-        if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return;
-        T* new_data = (value_type*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(value_type));
-        memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(value_type));
-        ImGui::MemFree(Data);
-        Data = new_data;
-        Capacity = new_capacity;
-    }
+    // [Internal]
+    ImGuiID         SourceId;           // Source item id
+    ImGuiID         SourceParentId;     // Source parent id (if available)
+    int             DataFrameCount;     // Data timestamp
+    char            DataType[32 + 1];   // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max)
+    bool            Preview;            // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets)
+    bool            Delivery;           // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item.
+
+    ImGuiPayload()  { Clear(); }
+    void Clear()    { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; }
+    bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; }
+    bool IsPreview() const                  { return Preview; }
+    bool IsDelivery() const                 { return Delivery; }
+};
 
-    inline void                 push_back(const value_type& v)  { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size+1)); Data[Size++] = v; }
-    inline void                 pop_back()                      { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    inline iterator             erase(const_iterator it)        { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; }
-    inline iterator             insert(const_iterator it, const value_type& v)  { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(Capacity ? Capacity * 2 : 4); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(value_type)); Data[off] = v; Size++; return Data + off; }
-};
+// Helper: Unicode defines
+#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD     // Invalid Unicode code point (standard value).
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
+#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX     0x10FFFF   // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build.
+#else
+#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX     0xFFFF     // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build.
+#endif
 
-// Helper: execute a block of code at maximum once a frame
-// Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
-// Usage:
-//   IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME
-//   {
-//      // code block will be executed one per frame
-//   }
-// Attention! the macro expands into 2 statement so make sure you don't use it within e.g. an if() statement without curly braces.
-#define IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME    static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame imgui_oaf##__LINE__; if (imgui_oaf##__LINE__)
+// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create a UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
+// Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame");
 struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
 {
     ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; }
@@ -965,77 +2438,77 @@ struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
 // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
 struct ImGuiTextFilter
 {
-    struct TextRange
-    {
-        const char* b;
-        const char* e;
-
-        TextRange() { b = e = NULL; }
-        TextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; }
-        const char* begin() const { return b; }
-        const char* end() const { return e; }
-        bool empty() const { return b == e; }
-        char front() const { return *b; }
-        static bool is_blank(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
-        void trim_blanks() { while (b < e && is_blank(*b)) b++; while (e > b && is_blank(*(e-1))) e--; }
-        IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>& out);
-    };
+    IMGUI_API           ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
+    IMGUI_API bool      Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f);  // Helper calling InputText+Build
+    IMGUI_API bool      PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
+    IMGUI_API void      Build();
+    void                Clear()          { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
+    bool                IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
 
-    char                InputBuf[256];
-    ImVector<TextRange> Filters;
-    int                 CountGrep;
+    // [Internal]
+    struct ImGuiTextRange
+    {
+        const char*     b;
+        const char*     e;
 
-    ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
-    ~ImGuiTextFilter() {}
-    void                Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
-    bool                Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f);    // Helper calling InputText+Build
-    bool                PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
-    bool                IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
-    IMGUI_API void      Build();
+        ImGuiTextRange()                                { b = e = NULL; }
+        ImGuiTextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e)  { b = _b; e = _e; }
+        bool            empty() const                   { return b == e; }
+        IMGUI_API void  split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const;
+    };
+    char                    InputBuf[256];
+    ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>Filters;
+    int                     CountGrep;
 };
 
-// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+// Helper: Growable text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+// (this could be called 'ImGuiTextBuilder' / 'ImGuiStringBuilder')
 struct ImGuiTextBuffer
 {
     ImVector<char>      Buf;
+    IMGUI_API static char EmptyString[1];
+
+    ImGuiTextBuffer()   { }
+    inline char         operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; }
+    const char*         begin() const           { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; }
+    const char*         end() const             { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; }   // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
+    int                 size() const            { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
+    bool                empty() const           { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
+    void                clear()                 { Buf.clear(); }
+    void                reserve(int capacity)   { Buf.reserve(capacity); }
+    const char*         c_str() const           { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; }
+    IMGUI_API void      append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void      appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);
+    IMGUI_API void      appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+};
+
+// [Internal] Key+Value for ImGuiStorage
+struct ImGuiStoragePair
+{
+    ImGuiID     key;
+    union       { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
+    ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val)    { key = _key; val_i = _val; }
+    ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val)  { key = _key; val_f = _val; }
+    ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val)  { key = _key; val_p = _val; }
+};
 
-    ImGuiTextBuffer()   { Buf.push_back(0); }
-    inline char         operator[](int i) { return Buf.Data[i]; }
-    const char*         begin() const { return &Buf.front(); }
-    const char*         end() const { return &Buf.back(); }      // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
-    int                 size() const { return Buf.Size - 1; }
-    bool                empty() { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
-    void                clear() { Buf.clear(); Buf.push_back(0); }
-    const char*         c_str() const { return Buf.Data; }
-    IMGUI_API void      append(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);
-    IMGUI_API void      appendv(const char* fmt, va_list args);
-};
-
-// Helper: Simple Key->value storage
-// - Store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
-// - Store color edit options (Int using values in ImGuiColorEditMode enum).
-// - Custom user storage for temporary values.
+// Helper: Key->Value storage
 // Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window.
-// Declare your own storage if:
+// We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
+// This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame)
+// You can use it as custom user storage for temporary values. Declare your own storage if, for example:
 // - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state).
-// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code.
+// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code (probably not efficient, but convenient)
 // Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types.
 struct ImGuiStorage
 {
-    struct Pair
-    {
-        ImGuiID key;
-        union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; }
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; }
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; }
-    };
-    ImVector<Pair>      Data;
+    // [Internal]
+    ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>      Data;
 
     // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N)
     // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing.
     // - Sorted insertion is costly, paid once. A typical frame shouldn't need to insert any new pair.
-    IMGUI_API void      Clear();
+    void                Clear() { Data.clear(); }
     IMGUI_API int       GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0) const;
     IMGUI_API void      SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val);
     IMGUI_API bool      GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false) const;
@@ -1047,141 +2520,194 @@ struct ImGuiStorage
 
     // - Get***Ref() functions finds pair, insert on demand if missing, return pointer. Useful if you intend to do Get+Set.
     // - References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
-    // - A typical use case where this is convenient:
+    // - A typical use case where this is convenient for quick hacking (e.g. add storage during a live Edit&Continue session if you can't modify existing struct)
     //      float* pvar = ImGui::GetFloatRef(key); ImGui::SliderFloat("var", pvar, 0, 100.0f); some_var += *pvar;
-    // - You can also use this to quickly create temporary editable values during a session of using Edit&Continue, without restarting your application.
     IMGUI_API int*      GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0);
     IMGUI_API bool*     GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false);
     IMGUI_API float*    GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f);
     IMGUI_API void**    GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL);
 
-    // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
+    // Advanced: for quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
+    IMGUI_API void      BuildSortByKey();
+    // Obsolete: use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
     IMGUI_API void      SetAllInt(int val);
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    //typedef ::ImGuiStoragePair ImGuiStoragePair;  // 1.90.8: moved type outside struct
+#endif
 };
 
-// Shared state of InputText(), passed to callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used and the corresponding callback is triggered.
-struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
+// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
+// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have random access to the list, you can perform coarse
+// clipping based on visibility to only submit items that are in view.
+// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped.
+// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but: it needs to first layout the item to do so, and generally
+//  fetching/submitting your own data incurs additional cost. Coarse clipping using ImGuiListClipper allows you to easily
+//  scale using lists with tens of thousands of items without a problem)
+// Usage:
+//   ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+//   clipper.Begin(1000);         // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
+//   while (clipper.Step())
+//       for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+//           ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
+// Generally what happens is:
+// - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not.
+// - User code submit that one element.
+// - Clipper can measure the height of the first element
+// - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element.
+// - User code submit visible elements.
+// - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc.
+struct ImGuiListClipper
 {
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One of ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
-    void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
-    bool                ReadOnly;       // Read-only mode                       // Read-only
-
-    // CharFilter event:
-    ImWchar             EventChar;      // Character input                      // Read-write (replace character or set to zero)
+    ImGuiContext*   Ctx;                // Parent UI context
+    int             DisplayStart;       // First item to display, updated by each call to Step()
+    int             DisplayEnd;         // End of items to display (exclusive)
+    int             ItemsCount;         // [Internal] Number of items
+    float           ItemsHeight;        // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it
+    float           StartPosY;          // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed
+    void*           TempData;           // [Internal] Internal data
+
+    // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step)
+    // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing().
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper();
+    IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper();
+    IMGUI_API void  Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  End();             // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
+    IMGUI_API bool  Step();            // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
+
+    // Call IncludeItemByIndex() or IncludeItemsByIndex() *BEFORE* first call to Step() if you need a range of items to not be clipped, regardless of their visibility.
+    // (Due to alignment / padding of certain items it is possible that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range).
+    inline void     IncludeItemByIndex(int item_index)                  { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_index, item_index + 1); }
+    IMGUI_API void  IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end);  // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped.
 
-    // Completion,History,Always events:
-    // If you modify the buffer contents make sure you update 'BufTextLen' and set 'BufDirty' to true.
-    ImGuiKey            EventKey;       // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB)            // Read-only
-    char*               Buf;            // Current text buffer                  // Read-write (pointed data only, can't replace the actual pointer)
-    int                 BufTextLen;     // Current text length in bytes         // Read-write
-    int                 BufSize;        // Maximum text length in bytes         // Read-only
-    bool                BufDirty;       // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!!   // Write
-    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write
-    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write (== to SelectionEnd when no selection)
-    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write
-
-    // NB: Helper functions for text manipulation. Calling those function loses selection.
-    void    DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
-    void    InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
-    bool    HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    inline void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end)      { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.9]
+    inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6]
+    //inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79]
+#endif
 };
 
-// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
-// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
-struct ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData
-{
-    void*   UserData;       // Read-only.   What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
-    ImVec2  Pos;            // Read-only.	Window position, for reference.
-    ImVec2  CurrentSize;    // Read-only.	Current window size.
-    ImVec2  DesiredSize;    // Read-write.  Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
-};
+// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
+// - It is important that we are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space.
+// - This is in order to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2/ImVec4 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h)
+// - You can use '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' to import our operators, provided as a courtesy.
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+static inline ImVec2  operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)     { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)     { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator-(const ImVec2& lhs)                      { return ImVec2(-lhs.x, -lhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)          { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)          { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline bool    operator==(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)  { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y; }
+static inline bool    operator!=(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)  { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y; }
+static inline ImVec4  operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); }
+static inline ImVec4  operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); }
+static inline ImVec4  operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); }
+static inline bool    operator==(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)  { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y && lhs.z == rhs.z && lhs.w == rhs.w; }
+static inline bool    operator!=(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)  { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y || lhs.z != rhs.z || lhs.w != rhs.w; }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+#endif
 
-// ImColor() helper to implicity converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
+// Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors
+// User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file.
+#ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
+#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT    16
+#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT    8
+#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT    0
+#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT    24
+#define IM_COL32_A_MASK     0xFF000000
+#else
+#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT    0
+#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT    8
+#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT    16
+#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT    24
+#define IM_COL32_A_MASK     0xFF000000
+#endif
+#endif
+#define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A)    (((ImU32)(A)<<IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(B)<<IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(G)<<IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(R)<<IM_COL32_R_SHIFT))
+#define IM_COL32_WHITE       IM_COL32(255,255,255,255)  // Opaque white = 0xFFFFFFFF
+#define IM_COL32_BLACK       IM_COL32(0,0,0,255)        // Opaque black
+#define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS IM_COL32(0,0,0,0)          // Transparent black = 0x00000000
+
+// Helper: ImColor() implicitly converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
 // Prefer using IM_COL32() macros if you want a guaranteed compile-time ImU32 for usage with ImDrawList API.
-// Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class.
-// None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats.
+// **Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class. MAY OBSOLETE.
+// **None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats. Explicitly cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 if needed.
 struct ImColor
 {
-    ImVec4              Value;
+    ImVec4          Value;
 
-    ImColor()                                                       { Value.x = Value.y = Value.z = Value.w = 0.0f; }
-    ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255)                       { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; }
-    ImColor(ImU32 rgba)                                             { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)(rgba&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>8)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>16)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)(rgba >> 24) * sc; }
-    ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f)              { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; }
-    ImColor(const ImVec4& col)                                      { Value = col; }
+    constexpr ImColor()                                             { }
+    constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f)    : Value(r, g, b, a) { }
+    constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col)                            : Value(col) {}
+    constexpr ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255)             : Value((float)r * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)g * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)b * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)a* (1.0f / 255.0f)) {}
+    constexpr ImColor(ImU32 rgba)                                   : Value((float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f)) {}
     inline operator ImU32() const                                   { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); }
     inline operator ImVec4() const                                  { return Value; }
 
+    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers.
     inline void    SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; }
-
-    static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f)   { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); }
-};
-
-// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
-// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all.
-// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. 
-// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null.
-// Usage:
-//     ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000);  // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
-//     while (clipper.Step())
-//         for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
-//             ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
-// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor).
-// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
-// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.)
-// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
-struct ImGuiListClipper
-{
-    float   StartPosY;
-    float   ItemsHeight;
-    int     ItemsCount, StepNo, DisplayStart, DisplayEnd;
-
-    // items_count:  Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step).
-    // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing().
-    // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step().
-    ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f)  { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want).
-    ~ImGuiListClipper()                                                 { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); }      // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false.
-
-    IMGUI_API bool Step();                                              // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
-    IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f);  // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1.
-    IMGUI_API void End();                                               // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
+    static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f)   { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Draw List
+// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
 // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Helpers macros to generate 32-bits encoded colors
-#define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A)    (((ImU32)(A)<<24) | ((ImU32)(B)<<16) | ((ImU32)(G)<<8) | ((ImU32)(R)))
-#define IM_COL32_WHITE       (0xFFFFFFFF)
-#define IM_COL32_BLACK       (0xFF000000)
-#define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS (0x00000000)    // Transparent black
+// The maximum line width to bake anti-aliased textures for. Build atlas with ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines to disable baking.
+#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX     (63)
+#endif
 
-// Draw callbacks for advanced uses.
-// NB- You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering (you can poke into the draw list for that)
-// Draw callback may be useful for example, A) Change your GPU render state, B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element (without an intermediate texture/render target), etc.
-// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); else RenderTriangles()'
+// ImDrawCallback: Draw callbacks for advanced uses [configurable type: override in imconfig.h]
+// NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering,
+// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to:
+//  A) Change your GPU render state,
+//  B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc.
+// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }'
+// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering backend accordingly.
+#ifndef ImDrawCallback
 typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
+#endif
 
-// Typically, 1 command = 1 gpu draw call (unless command is a callback)
+// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state.
+// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address.
+// This is useful, for example, if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored.
+// Render state is not reset by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call).
+#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState     (ImDrawCallback)(-8)
+
+// Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback)
+// - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled,
+//   this fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices.
+//   Backends made for <1.71. will typically ignore the VtxOffset fields.
+// - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for).
 struct ImDrawCmd
 {
-    unsigned int    ElemCount;              // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
-    ImVec4          ClipRect;               // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2)
-    ImTextureID     TextureId;              // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
-    ImDrawCallback  UserCallback;           // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
-    void*           UserCallbackData;       // The draw callback code can access this.
-
-    ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; ClipRect.x = ClipRect.y = -8192.0f; ClipRect.z = ClipRect.w = +8192.0f; TextureId = NULL; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; }
+    ImVec4          ClipRect;           // 4*4  // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates
+    ImTextureID     TextureId;          // 4-8  // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
+    unsigned int    VtxOffset;          // 4    // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices.
+    unsigned int    IdxOffset;          // 4    // Start offset in index buffer.
+    unsigned int    ElemCount;          // 4    // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
+    ImDrawCallback  UserCallback;       // 4-8  // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
+    void*           UserCallbackData;   // 4-8  // The draw callback code can access this.
+
+    ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed
+
+    // Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature)
+    inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; }
 };
 
-// Vertex index (override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' inside in imconfig.h)
-#ifndef ImDrawIdx
-typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;
-#endif
-
 // Vertex layout
 #ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT
 struct ImDrawVert
@@ -1193,151 +2719,343 @@ struct ImDrawVert
 #else
 // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h
 // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine.
-// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef)
+// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared at the time you'd want to set your type up.
+// NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM.
 IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT;
 #endif
 
-// Draw channels are used by the Columns API to "split" the render list into different channels while building, so items of each column can be batched together.
-// You can also use them to simulate drawing layers and submit primitives in a different order than how they will be rendered.
+// [Internal] For use by ImDrawList
+struct ImDrawCmdHeader
+{
+    ImVec4          ClipRect;
+    ImTextureID     TextureId;
+    unsigned int    VtxOffset;
+};
+
+// [Internal] For use by ImDrawListSplitter
 struct ImDrawChannel
 {
-    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>     CmdBuffer;
-    ImVector<ImDrawIdx>     IdxBuffer;
+    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>         _CmdBuffer;
+    ImVector<ImDrawIdx>         _IdxBuffer;
+};
+
+
+// Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order.
+// This is used by the Columns/Tables API, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call.
+struct ImDrawListSplitter
+{
+    int                         _Current;    // Current channel number (0)
+    int                         _Count;      // Number of active channels (1+)
+    ImVector<ImDrawChannel>     _Channels;   // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size)
+
+    inline ImDrawListSplitter()  { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
+    inline void                 Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearFreeMemory();
+    IMGUI_API void              Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int count);
+    IMGUI_API void              Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list);
+    IMGUI_API void              SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx);
+};
+
+// Flags for ImDrawList functions
+// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused)
+enum ImDrawFlags_
+{
+    ImDrawFlags_None                        = 0,
+    ImDrawFlags_Closed                      = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason)
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft         = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight        = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft      = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight     = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone            = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag!
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom          = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft            = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight           = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_        = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_           = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone,
+};
+
+// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly.
+// It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions.
+enum ImDrawListFlags_
+{
+    ImDrawListFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines        = 1 << 0,  // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles)
+    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex  = 1 << 1,  // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
+    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill         = 1 << 2,  // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles).
+    ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset          = 1 << 3,  // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled.
 };
 
 // Draw command list
-// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui functions are filling. At the end of the frame, all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
-// At the moment, each ImGui window contains its own ImDrawList but they could potentially be merged in the future.
-// If you want to add custom rendering within a window, you can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to access the current draw list and add your own primitives.
+// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui:: functions are filling. At the end of the frame,
+// all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
+// Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to
+// access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
 // You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
-// All positions are in screen coordinates (0,0=top-left, 1 pixel per unit). Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at render time and at a higher-level by ImGui:: functions).
+// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize).
+// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!)
+// Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects.
 struct ImDrawList
 {
     // This is what you have to render
-    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>     CmdBuffer;          // Commands. Typically 1 command = 1 gpu draw call.
+    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>     CmdBuffer;          // Draw commands. Typically 1 command = 1 GPU draw call, unless the command is a callback.
     ImVector<ImDrawIdx>     IdxBuffer;          // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those
     ImVector<ImDrawVert>    VtxBuffer;          // Vertex buffer.
+    ImDrawListFlags         Flags;              // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive.
 
     // [Internal, used while building lists]
-    const char*             _OwnerName;         // Pointer to owner window's name (if any) for debugging
-    unsigned int            _VtxCurrentIdx;     // [Internal] == VtxBuffer.Size
+    unsigned int            _VtxCurrentIdx;     // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0.
+    ImDrawListSharedData*   _Data;              // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context)
     ImDrawVert*             _VtxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
     ImDrawIdx*              _IdxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
+    ImVector<ImVec2>        _Path;              // [Internal] current path building
+    ImDrawCmdHeader         _CmdHeader;         // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back().
+    ImDrawListSplitter      _Splitter;          // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!)
     ImVector<ImVec4>        _ClipRectStack;     // [Internal]
     ImVector<ImTextureID>   _TextureIdStack;    // [Internal]
-    ImVector<ImVec2>        _Path;              // [Internal] current path building
-    int                     _ChannelsCurrent;   // [Internal] current channel number (0)
-    int                     _ChannelsCount;     // [Internal] number of active channels (1+)
-    ImVector<ImDrawChannel> _Channels;          // [Internal] draw channels for columns API (not resized down so _ChannelsCount may be smaller than _Channels.Size)
+    float                   _FringeScale;       // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content
+    const char*             _OwnerName;         // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
+
+    // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
+    ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; }
 
-    ImDrawList() { _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); }
-    ~ImDrawList() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
-    IMGUI_API void  PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false);  // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
+    ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); }
+    IMGUI_API void  PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false);  // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
     IMGUI_API void  PushClipRectFullScreen();
     IMGUI_API void  PopClipRect();
-    IMGUI_API void  PushTextureID(const ImTextureID& texture_id);
+    IMGUI_API void  PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id);
     IMGUI_API void  PopTextureID();
+    inline ImVec2   GetClipRectMin() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.x, cr.y); }
+    inline ImVec2   GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); }
 
     // Primitives
-    IMGUI_API void  AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F, float thickness = 1.0f);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F);                     // a: upper-left, b: lower-right
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12);
+    // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+    // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners.
+    // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred).
+    //   In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12.
+    //   In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles.
+    //   Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guarantee a specific number of sides.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);                     // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0);
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness, bool anti_aliased);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool anti_aliased);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);
-
-    // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFill() or PathStroke()
-    inline    void  PathClear()                                                 { _Path.resize(0); }
+    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
+
+    // General polygon
+    // - Only simple polygons are supported by filling functions (no self-intersections, no holes).
+    // - Concave polygon fill is more expensive than convex one: it has O(N^2) complexity. Provided as a convenience fo user but not used by main library.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
+
+    // Image primitives
+    // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is.
+    // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle.
+    // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
+
+    // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
+    // - Important: filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order! The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+    //   so e.g. 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI * -0.5f, PI)' is ok, whereas 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI, PI * -0.5f)' won't have correct anti-aliasing when followed by PathFillConvex().
+    inline    void  PathClear()                                                 { _Path.Size = 0; }
     inline    void  PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos)                               { _Path.push_back(pos); }
-    inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
-    inline    void  PathFill(ImU32 col)                                         { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, true); PathClear(); }
-    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f)  { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness, true); PathClear(); }
-    IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
-    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                 // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
-    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);
-    IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F);
-
-    // Channels
-    // - Use to simulate layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit foreground primitives before background primitives)
-    // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple non-overlapping clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsSplit(int channels_count);
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsMerge();
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsSetCurrent(int channel_index);
+    inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
+    inline    void  PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)                                   { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    inline    void  PathFillConcave(ImU32 col)                                  { AddConcavePolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
+    IMGUI_API void  PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse
+    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
+    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
+    IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
 
     // Advanced
     IMGUI_API void  AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data);  // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
     IMGUI_API void  AddDrawCmd();                                               // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
-
-    // Internal helpers
-    // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand!
-    IMGUI_API void  Clear();
-    IMGUI_API void  ClearFreeMemory();
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const;                                  // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer.
+
+    // Advanced: Channels
+    // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives)
+    // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
+    // - This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place!
+    //   Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them.
+    //   Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another.
+    inline void     ChannelsSplit(int count)    { _Splitter.Split(this, count); }
+    inline void     ChannelsMerge()             { _Splitter.Merge(this); }
+    inline void     ChannelsSetCurrent(int n)   { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); }
+
+    // Advanced: Primitives allocations
+    // - We render triangles (three vertices)
+    // - All primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand.
     IMGUI_API void  PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
+    IMGUI_API void  PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
     IMGUI_API void  PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col);      // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles)
     IMGUI_API void  PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col);
     IMGUI_API void  PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col);
-    inline    void  PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col){ _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
-    inline    void  PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx)                                 { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
-    inline    void  PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)     { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); }
-    IMGUI_API void  UpdateClipRect();
-    IMGUI_API void  UpdateTextureID();
+    inline    void  PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)    { _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
+    inline    void  PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx)                                     { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
+    inline    void  PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)         { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index
+
+    // Obsolete names
+    //inline  void  AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddEllipse(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments, thickness); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
+    //inline  void  AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0) { AddEllipseFilled(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments); }                        // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
+    //inline  void  PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0) { PathEllipticalArcTo(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), rot, a_min, a_max, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
+    //inline  void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
+    //inline  void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
+
+    // [Internal helpers]
+    IMGUI_API void  _ResetForNewFrame();
+    IMGUI_API void  _ClearFreeMemory();
+    IMGUI_API void  _PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+    IMGUI_API void  _TryMergeDrawCmds();
+    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedClipRect();
+    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedTextureID();
+    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedVtxOffset();
+    IMGUI_API int   _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const;
+    IMGUI_API void  _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step);
+    IMGUI_API void  _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments);
 };
 
-// All draw data to render an ImGui frame
+// All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame
+// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent, we currently preserve them for backward compatibility purpose,
+// as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList)
 struct ImDrawData
 {
-    bool            Valid;                  // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
-    ImDrawList**    CmdLists;
-    int             CmdListsCount;
-    int             TotalVtxCount;          // For convenience, sum of all cmd_lists vtx_buffer.Size
-    int             TotalIdxCount;          // For convenience, sum of all cmd_lists idx_buffer.Size
+    bool                Valid;              // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
+    int                 CmdListsCount;      // Number of ImDrawList* to render (should always be == CmdLists.size)
+    int                 TotalIdxCount;      // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size
+    int                 TotalVtxCount;      // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
+    ImVector<ImDrawList*> CmdLists;         // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawLists are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here.
+    ImVec2              DisplayPos;         // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications)
+    ImVec2              DisplaySize;        // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications)
+    ImVec2              FramebufferScale;   // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display.
+    ImGuiViewport*      OwnerViewport;      // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not).
 
     // Functions
-    ImDrawData() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; }
-    IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers();               // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
-    IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& sc);  // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+    ImDrawData()    { Clear(); }
+    IMGUI_API void  Clear();
+    IMGUI_API void  AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list);     // Helper to add an external draw list into an existing ImDrawData.
+    IMGUI_API void  DeIndexAllBuffers();                    // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
+    IMGUI_API void  ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImFontConfig
 {
-    void*           FontData;                   //          // TTF data
-    int             FontDataSize;               //          // TTF data size
-    bool            FontDataOwnedByAtlas;       // true     // TTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). Set to true
-    int             FontNo;                     // 0        // Index of font within TTF file
-    float           SizePixels;                 //          // Size in pixels for rasterizer
-    int             OversampleH, OversampleV;   // 3, 1     // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
-    bool            PixelSnapH;                 // false    // Align every character to pixel boundary (if enabled, set OversampleH/V to 1)
-    ImVec2          GlyphExtraSpacing;          // 0, 0     // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs
-    const ImWchar*  GlyphRanges;                //          // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE.
-    bool            MergeMode;                  // false    // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs).
-    bool            MergeGlyphCenterV;          // false    // When merging (multiple ImFontInput for one ImFont), vertically center new glyphs instead of aligning their baseline
+    void*           FontData;               //          // TTF/OTF data
+    int             FontDataSize;           //          // TTF/OTF data size
+    bool            FontDataOwnedByAtlas;   // true     // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
+    int             FontNo;                 // 0        // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
+    float           SizePixels;             //          // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
+    int             OversampleH;            // 2        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal. You can reduce this to 1 for large glyphs save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
+    int             OversampleV;            // 1        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
+    bool            PixelSnapH;             // false    // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
+    ImVec2          GlyphExtraSpacing;      // 0, 0     // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
+    ImVec2          GlyphOffset;            // 0, 0     // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
+    const ImWchar*  GlyphRanges;            // NULL     // THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list).
+    float           GlyphMinAdvanceX;       // 0        // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font
+    float           GlyphMaxAdvanceX;       // FLT_MAX  // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs
+    bool            MergeMode;              // false    // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
+    unsigned int    FontBuilderFlags;       // 0        // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure.
+    float           RasterizerMultiply;     // 1.0f     // Linearly brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. This is a silly thing we may remove in the future.
+    float           RasterizerDensity;      // 1.0f     // DPI scale for rasterization, not altering other font metrics: make it easy to swap between e.g. a 100% and a 400% fonts for a zooming display. IMPORTANT: If you increase this it is expected that you increase font scale accordingly, otherwise quality may look lowered.
+    ImWchar         EllipsisChar;           // -1       // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used.
 
     // [Internal]
-    char            Name[32];                               // Name (strictly for debugging)
+    char            Name[40];               // Name (strictly to ease debugging)
     ImFont*         DstFont;
 
     IMGUI_API ImFontConfig();
 };
 
-// Load and rasterize multiple TTF fonts into a same texture.
-// Sharing a texture for multiple fonts allows us to reduce the number of draw calls during rendering.
-// We also add custom graphic data into the texture that serves for ImGui.
-//  1. (Optional) Call AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font will be loaded for you.
-//  2. Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
-//  3. Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system.
-//  4. Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture. This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture.
-//  5. Call ClearTexData() to free textures memory on the heap.
-// NB: If you use a 'glyph_ranges' array you need to make sure that your array persist up until the ImFont is cleared. We only copy the pointer, not the data.
+// Hold rendering data for one glyph.
+// (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this)
+struct ImFontGlyph
+{
+    unsigned int    Colored : 1;        // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops)
+    unsigned int    Visible : 1;        // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering.
+    unsigned int    Codepoint : 30;     // 0x0000..0x10FFFF
+    float           AdvanceX;           // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in)
+    float           X0, Y0, X1, Y1;     // Glyph corners
+    float           U0, V0, U1, V1;     // Texture coordinates
+};
+
+// Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges().
+// This is essentially a tightly packed of vector of 64k booleans = 8KB storage.
+struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+{
+    ImVector<ImU32> UsedChars;            // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)
+
+    ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder()              { Clear(); }
+    inline void     Clear()                 { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX + 1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); }
+    inline bool     GetBit(size_t n) const  { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; }  // Get bit n in the array
+    inline void     SetBit(size_t n)        { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; }               // Set bit n in the array
+    inline void     AddChar(ImWchar c)      { SetBit(c); }                      // Add character
+    IMGUI_API void  AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);     // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges);                           // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
+    IMGUI_API void  BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges);                 // Output new ranges
+};
+
+// See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions.
+struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect
+{
+    unsigned short  Width, Height;  // Input    // Desired rectangle dimension
+    unsigned short  X, Y;           // Output   // Packed position in Atlas
+    unsigned int    GlyphID;        // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000)
+    float           GlyphAdvanceX;  // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: glyph xadvance
+    ImVec2          GlyphOffset;    // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: glyph display offset
+    ImFont*         Font;           // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: target font
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect()         { Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphID = 0; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0, 0); Font = NULL; }
+    bool IsPacked() const           { return X != 0xFFFF; }
+};
+
+// Flags for ImFontAtlas build
+enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
+{
+    ImFontAtlasFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0,   // Don't round the height to next power of two
+    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors     = 1 << 1,   // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory)
+    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines       = 1 << 2,   // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU).
+};
+
+// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding:
+//  - One or more fonts.
+//  - Custom graphics data needed to render the shapes needed by Dear ImGui.
+//  - Mouse cursor shapes for software cursor rendering (unless setting 'Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors' in the font atlas).
+// It is the user-code responsibility to setup/build the atlas, then upload the pixel data into a texture accessible by your graphics api.
+//  - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you.
+//  - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
+//  - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples)
+//  - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API.
+//    This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details.
+// Common pitfalls:
+// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the
+//   atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data.
+// - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction.
+//   You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed,
+// - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well.
+// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and various other reasons! We will address them in the future!
 struct ImFontAtlas
 {
     IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas();
@@ -1345,106 +3063,351 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg);
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL);
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);                                        // Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, will be deleted after Build()
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);  // 'compressed_ttf_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);              // 'compressed_ttf_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 paramaeter
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearTexData();             // Clear the CPU-side texture data. Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearInputData();           // Clear the input TTF data (inc sizes, glyph ranges)
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearFonts();               // Clear the ImGui-side font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates)
-    IMGUI_API void              Clear();                    // Clear all
-
-    // Retrieve texture data
-    // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory, then call SetTextureUserID()
-    // After loading the texture into your graphic system, store your texture handle in 'TexID' (ignore if you aren't using multiple fonts nor images)
-    // RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and high compatibility, but note that all RGB pixels are white, so 75% of the memory is wasted.
-    // Pitch = Width * BytesPerPixels
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed.
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp.
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);              // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter.
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearInputData();           // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts.
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearTexData();             // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearFonts();               // Clear output font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates).
+    IMGUI_API void              Clear();                    // Clear all input and output.
+
+    // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data.
+    // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID().
+    // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4)
+    // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into
+    // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste.
+    IMGUI_API bool              Build();                    // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 1 byte per-pixel
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 4 bytes-per-pixel
-    void                        SetTexID(void* id)  { TexID = id; }
+    bool                        IsBuilt() const             { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't build texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent...
+    void                        SetTexID(ImTextureID id)    { TexID = id; }
+
+    //-------------------------------------------
+    // Glyph Ranges
+    //-------------------------------------------
 
     // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
-    // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. See FAQ for details.
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesDefault();    // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesKorean();     // Default + Korean characters
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesJapanese();   // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChinese();    // Japanese + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesCyrillic();   // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
+    // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page.
+    // Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md/#about-utf-8-encoding for details.
+    // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesDefault();                // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesGreek();                  // Default + Greek and Coptic
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesKorean();                 // Default + Korean characters
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesJapanese();               // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseFull();            // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesCyrillic();               // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesThai();                   // Default + Thai characters
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesVietnamese();             // Default + Vietnamese characters
+
+    //-------------------------------------------
+    // [BETA] Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API
+    //-------------------------------------------
+
+    // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
+    // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
+    // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of preferred texture format.
+    // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
+    //   so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
+    // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons.
+    // - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings.
+    IMGUI_API int               AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height);
+    IMGUI_API int               AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0));
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect*      GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; }
 
+    // [Internal]
+    IMGUI_API void              CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const;
+    IMGUI_API bool              GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);
+
+    //-------------------------------------------
     // Members
-    // (Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls which will setup a default font for you.)
-    void*                       TexID;              // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It ia passed back to you during rendering.
+    //-------------------------------------------
+
+    ImFontAtlasFlags            Flags;              // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_)
+    ImTextureID                 TexID;              // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure.
+    int                         TexDesiredWidth;    // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
+    int                         TexGlyphPadding;    // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false).
+    bool                        Locked;             // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert.
+    void*                       UserData;           // Store your own atlas related user-data (if e.g. you have multiple font atlas).
+
+    // [Internal]
+    // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
+    bool                        TexReady;           // Set when texture was built matching current font input
+    bool                        TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format.
     unsigned char*              TexPixelsAlpha8;    // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
     unsigned int*               TexPixelsRGBA32;    // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
     int                         TexWidth;           // Texture width calculated during Build().
     int                         TexHeight;          // Texture height calculated during Build().
-    int                         TexDesiredWidth;    // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
+    ImVec2                      TexUvScale;         // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight)
     ImVec2                      TexUvWhitePixel;    // Texture coordinates to a white pixel
     ImVector<ImFont*>           Fonts;              // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font.
+    ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect> CustomRects;    // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas.
+    ImVector<ImFontConfig>      ConfigData;         // Configuration data
+    ImVec4                      TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1];  // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines
+
+    // [Internal] Font builder
+    const ImFontBuilderIO*      FontBuilderIO;      // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE).
+    unsigned int                FontBuilderFlags;   // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig.
+
+    // [Internal] Packing data
+    int                         PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors
+    int                         PackIdLines;        // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines
 
-    // Private
-    ImVector<ImFontConfig>      ConfigData;         // Internal data
-    IMGUI_API bool              Build();            // Build pixels data. This is automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
-    IMGUI_API void              RenderCustomTexData(int pass, void* rects);
+    // [Obsolete]
+    //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect    CustomRect;         // OBSOLETED in 1.72+
+    //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+
 };
 
 // Font runtime data and rendering
 // ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
 struct ImFont
 {
-    struct Glyph
-    {
-        ImWchar                 Codepoint;
-        float                   XAdvance;
-        float                   X0, Y0, X1, Y1;
-        float                   U0, V0, U1, V1;     // Texture coordinates
-    };
-
-    // Members: Hot ~62/78 bytes
-    float                       FontSize;           // <user set>   // Height of characters, set during loading (don't change after loading)
-    float                       Scale;              // = 1.f        // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetFontScale()
-    ImVec2                      DisplayOffset;      // = (0.f,1.f)  // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
-    ImVector<Glyph>             Glyphs;             //              // All glyphs.
-    ImVector<float>             IndexXAdvance;      //              // Sparse. Glyphs->XAdvance in a directly indexable way (more cache-friendly, for CalcTextSize functions which are often bottleneck in large UI).
-    ImVector<short>             IndexLookup;        //              // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
-    const Glyph*                FallbackGlyph;      // == FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
-    float                       FallbackXAdvance;   // == FallbackGlyph->XAdvance
-    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // = '?'        // Replacement glyph if one isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
-
-    // Members: Cold ~18/26 bytes
-    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // ~ 1          // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
-    ImFontConfig*               ConfigData;         //              // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
-    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     //              // What we has been loaded into
-    float                       Ascent, Descent;    //              // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
+    // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize)
+    ImVector<float>             IndexAdvanceX;      // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI).
+    float                       FallbackAdvanceX;   // 4     // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
+    float                       FontSize;           // 4     // in  //            // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading)
+
+    // Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop)
+    ImVector<ImWchar>           IndexLookup;        // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
+    ImVector<ImFontGlyph>       Glyphs;             // 12-16 // out //            // All glyphs.
+    const ImFontGlyph*          FallbackGlyph;      // 4-8   // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
+
+    // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes
+    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     // 4-8   // out //            // What we has been loaded into
+    const ImFontConfig*         ConfigData;         // 4-8   // in  //            // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
+    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // 2     // in  // ~ 1        // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
+    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // 2     // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found.
+    ImWchar                     EllipsisChar;       // 2     // out // = '...'/'.'// Character used for ellipsis rendering.
+    short                       EllipsisCharCount;  // 1     // out // 1 or 3
+    float                       EllipsisWidth;      // 4     // out               // Width
+    float                       EllipsisCharStep;   // 4     // out               // Step between characters when EllipsisCount > 0
+    bool                        DirtyLookupTables;  // 1     // out //
+    float                       Scale;              // 4     // in  // = 1.f      // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
+    float                       Ascent, Descent;    // 4+4   // out //            // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
+    int                         MetricsTotalSurface;// 4     // out //            // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
+    ImU8                        Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints.
 
     // Methods
     IMGUI_API ImFont();
     IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
-    IMGUI_API void              Clear();
-    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
-    IMGUI_API const Glyph*      FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
-    IMGUI_API void              SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
-    float                       GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const     { return ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size) ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] : FallbackXAdvance; }
+    IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
+    IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const;
+    float                       GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const     { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; }
     bool                        IsLoaded() const                    { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
+    const char*                 GetDebugName() const                { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : "<unknown>"; }
 
     // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable.
     // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable.
     IMGUI_API ImVec2            CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8
     IMGUI_API const char*       CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const;
-    IMGUI_API void              RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, unsigned short c) const;
-    IMGUI_API void              RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
+    IMGUI_API void              RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const;
+    IMGUI_API void              RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
 
-    // Private
+    // [Internal] Don't use!
+    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearOutputData();
     IMGUI_API void              GrowIndex(int new_size);
+    IMGUI_API void              AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
     IMGUI_API void              AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
+    IMGUI_API void              SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible);
+    IMGUI_API bool              IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last);
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Viewports
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags, giving indications to the platform backends.
+enum ImGuiViewportFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiViewportFlags_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow         = 1 << 0,   // Represent a Platform Window
+    ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor        = 1 << 1,   // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet)
+    ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp               = 1 << 2,   // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend)
+};
+
+// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
+// - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
+// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
+// - About Main Area vs Work Area:
+//   - Main Area = entire viewport.
+//   - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor).
+//   - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport.
+struct ImGuiViewport
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;                     // Unique identifier for the viewport
+    ImGuiViewportFlags  Flags;                  // See ImGuiViewportFlags_
+    ImVec2              Pos;                    // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates)
+    ImVec2              Size;                   // Main Area: Size of the viewport.
+    ImVec2              WorkPos;                // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos)
+    ImVec2              WorkSize;               // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size)
+
+    // Platform/Backend Dependent Data
+    void*               PlatformHandle;         // void* to hold higher-level, platform window handle (e.g. HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*)
+    void*               PlatformHandleRaw;      // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms)
+
+    ImGuiViewport()     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+
+    // Helpers
+    ImVec2              GetCenter() const       { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); }
+    ImVec2              GetWorkCenter() const   { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); }
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.
+struct ImGuiPlatformImeData
+{
+    bool    WantVisible;        // A widget wants the IME to be visible
+    ImVec2  InputPos;           // Position of the input cursor
+    float   InputLineHeight;    // Line height
+
+    ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
+// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
+// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.90.0 (from September 2023)
+    static inline bool  BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0)                 { return BeginChild(id, size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle, window_flags); }
+    static inline void  EndChildFrame()                                                                                    { EndChild(); }
+    //static inline bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags){ return BeginChild(str_id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border
+    //static inline bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)        { return BeginChild(id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags);     } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border
+    static inline void  ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL)                            { ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open); }
+    IMGUI_API bool      ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+    IMGUI_API bool      Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.89.7 (from June 2023)
+    IMGUI_API void      SetItemAllowOverlap();                                              // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item.
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023)
+    static inline void  PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop)                               { PushTabStop(tab_stop); }
+    static inline void  PopAllowKeyboardFocus()                                             { PopTabStop(); }
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022)
+    IMGUI_API bool      ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding)
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.87 (from February 2022 but more formally obsoleted April 2024)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiKey  GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key);                                          // Map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]. When using a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent(), calling GetKeyIndex() with ANY ImGuiKey_XXXX values will return the same value!
+    //static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)                                      { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); return key; }
+
+    // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)
+    //static inline void  CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true)         { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
+    //static inline void  CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true)               { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); }       // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021)
+    //IMGUI_API void      CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper.
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021)
+    //static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth()                                               { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; }
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021)
+    //static inline bool  ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0))         { return BeginListBox(label, size); }
+    //static inline bool  ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) { float height = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * ((height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f) + GetStyle().FramePadding.y * 2.0f; return BeginListBox(label, ImVec2(0.0f, height)); } // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items
+    //static inline void  ListBoxFooter()                                                             { EndListBox(); }
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020)
+    //static inline void  OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1)    { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry!
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details.
+    //IMGUI_API bool      DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)                                                            // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //IMGUI_API bool      DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f);                                          // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //IMGUI_API bool      SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f);                                                                        // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //IMGUI_API bool      SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f);                                                       // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)    { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }     // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)                 { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }        // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }        // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline bool  SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }        // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.77 and before
+    //static inline bool  BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020)
+    //static inline void  TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()               { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); }   // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019)
+    //static inline void  SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); }                       // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019)
+    //static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth()          { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; }                               // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
+    //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList()            { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }                                 // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
+    //static inline void  SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f)     { SetScrollHereY(ratio); }                                          // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018)
+    //static inline bool  IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange()        { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); }                            // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.60 and before
+    //static inline bool  IsAnyWindowFocused()                  { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018)
+    //static inline bool  IsAnyWindowHovered()                  { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018)
+    //static inline void  ShowTestWindow()                      { return ShowDemoWindow(); }                                        // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowFocused()                 { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); }           // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()       { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }  // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline void  SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w)    { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); }                      // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()       { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); }                             // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //IMGUI_API bool      Begin(char* name, bool* p_open, ImVec2 size_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0); // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017): Equivalent of using SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) and SetNextWindowBgAlpha().
+    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()       { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }  // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
+    //static inline void  AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()       { AlignTextToFramePadding(); }                                      // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
+    //static inline void  SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), c, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsItemHoveredRect()                   { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); }               // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; }                                     // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017): This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the io.WantCaptureMouse flag instead.
+    //static inline bool  IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow()            { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsMouseHoveringWindow()               { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); }       // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.50 and before
+    //static inline bool  CollapsingHeader(char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? (1 << 5) : 0)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.49
+    //static inline ImFont*GetWindowFont()                      { return GetFont(); }                                               // OBSOLETED in 1.48
+    //static inline float GetWindowFontSize()                   { return GetFontSize(); }                                           // OBSOLETED in 1.48
+    //static inline void  SetScrollPosHere()                    { SetScrollHere(); }                                                // OBSOLETED in 1.42
+}
+
+//-- OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect()
+//typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags;
+//enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
+//{
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_None      = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone,         // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft   = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,      // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally).
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight  = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,     // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82.
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft   = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft,   // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82.
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight  = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,  // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82.
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_All       = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll,          // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_Top       = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight,
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot       = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_Left      = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft,
+//    ImDrawCornerFlags_Right     = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
+//};
+
+// RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022)
+// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place.
+typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags;      // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there.
+enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super };
+//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int
+//enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super };
+
+#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER)    // OBSOLETED IN 1.90 (now using C++11 standard version)
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+// RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022)
+#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+#endif
+#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS)
+#error IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW was renamed to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS, please use new name.
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 #if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
-//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
-//---- So you can include code that extends ImGui using any of the types declared above.
-//---- (also convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h)
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (pop)
+#endif
+
+// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
+// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included.
 #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
+#ifdef IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME
+#else
 #include "imgui_user.h"
 #endif
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
index 63cf882a93..51974604b5 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
@@ -1,56 +1,90 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.49
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
 // (drawing and font code)
 
-// Contains implementation for
-// - ImDrawList
-// - ImDrawData
-// - ImFontAtlas
-// - ImFont
-// - Default font data
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation
+// [SECTION] Style functions
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList
+// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill
+// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
+// [SECTION] ImDrawData
+// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
+// [SECTION] ImFontConfig
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
+// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+// [SECTION] ImFont
+// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers
+// [SECTION] Decompression code
+// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf)
+
+*/
 
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
 #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif
 
-#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
+#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h"
+#endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
-#if !defined(alloca) && !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__DragonFly__)
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#include <malloc.h>     // alloca
-#else
-#include <alloca.h>     // alloca
-#endif
-#endif
 
+// Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
-#define snprintf _snprintf
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4505)     // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"      // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier                //
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma"                          // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"              // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier"            // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstack-protector"          // warning: stack protector not protecting local variables: variable length buffer
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// STB libraries implementation
+// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation (for stb_truetype and stb_rect_pack)
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE     ImGuiStb
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+// Compile time options:
+//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE           ImStb
+//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME   "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
+//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME  "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
 namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
@@ -60,177 +94,495 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (push)
 #pragma warning (disable: 4456)                             // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration
+#pragma warning (disable: 6011)                             // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer 'cur->next'.
+#pragma warning (disable: 6385)                             // (stb_truetype) Reading invalid data from 'buffer':  the readable size is '_Old_3`kernel_width' bytes, but '3' bytes may be read.
+#pragma warning (disable: 28182)                            // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer. 'cur' contains the same NULL value as 'cur->next' did.
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"              // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __GNUC__
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"              // warning: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits]
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"                // warning: cast from type 'const xxxx *' to type 'xxxx *' casts away qualifiers
 #endif
 
-#define STBRP_ASSERT(x)    IM_ASSERT(x)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION                        // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION          // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
 #define STBRP_STATIC
+#define STBRP_ASSERT(x)     do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0)
+#define STBRP_SORT          ImQsort
 #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
 #endif
-#include "stb_rect_pack.h"
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "imstb_rectpack.h"
+#endif
+#endif
 
-#define STBTT_malloc(x,u)  ((void)(u), ImGui::MemAlloc(x))
-#define STBTT_free(x,u)    ((void)(u), ImGui::MemFree(x))
-#define STBTT_assert(x)    IM_ASSERT(x)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+#ifdef  IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+#ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION                         // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION           // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
+#define STBTT_malloc(x,u)   ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x))
+#define STBTT_free(x,u)     ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x))
+#define STBTT_assert(x)     do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0)
+#define STBTT_fmod(x,y)     ImFmod(x,y)
+#define STBTT_sqrt(x)       ImSqrt(x)
+#define STBTT_pow(x,y)      ImPow(x,y)
+#define STBTT_fabs(x)       ImFabs(x)
+#define STBTT_ifloor(x)     ((int)ImFloor(x))
+#define STBTT_iceil(x)      ((int)ImCeil(x))
 #define STBTT_STATIC
 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 #else
 #define STBTT_DEF extern
 #endif
-#include "stb_truetype.h"
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "imstb_truetype.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
 
-#ifdef __GNUC__
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
 #pragma warning (pop)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
-} // namespace ImGuiStb
+} // namespace ImStb
 using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE;
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImDrawList
+// [SECTION] Style functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.06f, 0.06f, 0.94f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 0.54f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.04f, 0.04f, 0.04f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.51f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.14f, 0.14f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.02f, 0.02f, 0.02f, 0.53f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.31f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.51f, 0.51f, 0.51f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.24f, 0.52f, 0.88f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = colors[ImGuiCol_Border];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected]            = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline]    = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected]      = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected],  colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.19f, 0.19f, 0.20f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.43f, 0.39f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.47f, 0.47f, 0.69f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.42f, 0.41f, 0.64f, 0.69f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.54f, 0.83f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.32f, 0.32f, 0.63f, 0.87f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.55f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.30f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.40f, 0.61f, 0.62f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.48f, 0.71f, 0.79f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected]            = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline]    = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected]      = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected],  colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.38f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.45f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+// Those light colors are better suited with a thicker font than the default one + FrameBorder
+void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.94f, 0.94f, 0.94f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.98f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.96f, 0.96f, 0.96f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.82f, 0.82f, 0.82f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.51f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.86f, 0.86f, 0.86f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.98f, 0.98f, 0.53f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.69f, 0.69f, 0.69f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected]            = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline]    = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected]      = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected],  colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.87f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static const ImVec4 GNullClipRect(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f); // Large values that are easy to encode in a few bits+shift
+ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++)
+    {
+        const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx);
+        ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a));
+    }
+    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error)
+{
+    if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f);
+    CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++)
+    {
+        const float radius = (float)i;
+        CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX);
+    }
+    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
 
-void ImDrawList::Clear()
+// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer.
+// In the majority of cases, you would want to call PushClipRect() and PushTextureID() after this.
+void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame()
 {
+    // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory.
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0);
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4));
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID));
+    if (_Splitter._Count > 1)
+        _Splitter.Merge(this);
+
     CmdBuffer.resize(0);
     IdxBuffer.resize(0);
     VtxBuffer.resize(0);
+    Flags = _Data->InitialFlags;
+    memset(&_CmdHeader, 0, sizeof(_CmdHeader));
     _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
     _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
     _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
     _ClipRectStack.resize(0);
     _TextureIdStack.resize(0);
     _Path.resize(0);
-    _ChannelsCurrent = 0;
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-    // NB: Do not clear channels so our allocations are re-used after the first frame.
+    _Splitter.Clear();
+    CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd());
+    _FringeScale = 1.0f;
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::ClearFreeMemory()
+void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory()
 {
     CmdBuffer.clear();
     IdxBuffer.clear();
     VtxBuffer.clear();
+    Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
     _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
     _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
     _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
     _ClipRectStack.clear();
     _TextureIdStack.clear();
     _Path.clear();
-    _ChannelsCurrent = 0;
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-    for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
-    {
-        if (i == 0) memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(_Channels[0]));  // channel 0 is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
-        _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.clear();
-        _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.clear();
-    }
-    _Channels.clear();
+    _Splitter.ClearFreeMemory();
 }
 
-// Use macros because C++ is a terrible language, we want guaranteed inline, no code in header, and no overhead in Debug mode
-#define GetCurrentClipRect()    (_ClipRectStack.Size ? _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1]  : GNullClipRect)
-#define GetCurrentTextureId()   (_TextureIdStack.Size ? _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size-1] : NULL)
+ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const
+{
+    ImDrawList* dst = IM_NEW(ImDrawList(_Data));
+    dst->CmdBuffer = CmdBuffer;
+    dst->IdxBuffer = IdxBuffer;
+    dst->VtxBuffer = VtxBuffer;
+    dst->Flags = Flags;
+    return dst;
+}
 
 void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd()
 {
     ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
-    draw_cmd.ClipRect = GetCurrentClipRect();
-    draw_cmd.TextureId = GetCurrentTextureId();
+    draw_cmd.ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;    // Same as calling ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy()
+    draw_cmd.TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
+    draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size;
 
     IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w);
     CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
 }
 
+// Pop trailing draw command (used before merging or presenting to user)
+// Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL
+void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+{
+    while (CmdBuffer.Size > 0)
+    {
+        ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+        if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+            return;// break;
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+    }
+}
+
 void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data)
 {
-    ImDrawCmd* current_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
-    if (!current_cmd || current_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || current_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
     {
         AddDrawCmd();
-        current_cmd = &CmdBuffer.back();
+        curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
     }
-    current_cmd->UserCallback = callback;
-    current_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data;
+    curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback;
+    curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data;
 
     AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below)
 }
 
+// Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp()
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize                            (offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int))
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS)       (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize))    // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC)          (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize))    // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+#define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1)  (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset)
+
+// Try to merge two last draw commands
+void ImDrawList::_TryMergeDrawCmds()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
+        prev_cmd->ElemCount += curr_cmd->ElemCount;
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+    }
+}
+
 // Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack.
 // The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only.
-void ImDrawList::UpdateClipRect()
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect()
 {
     // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
-    const ImVec4 curr_clip_rect = GetCurrentClipRect();
-    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 0 ? &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1] : NULL;
-    if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
     {
         AddDrawCmd();
         return;
     }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
 
     // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
-    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL;
-    if (prev_cmd && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->TextureId == GetCurrentTextureId() && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
         CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-    else
-        curr_cmd->ClipRect = curr_clip_rect;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::UpdateTextureID()
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID()
 {
     // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
-    const ImTextureID curr_texture_id = GetCurrentTextureId();
-    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
-    if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != curr_texture_id) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId)
     {
         AddDrawCmd();
         return;
     }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
 
     // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
-    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL;
-    if (prev_cmd && prev_cmd->TextureId == curr_texture_id && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &GetCurrentClipRect(), sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
         CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-    else
-        curr_cmd->TextureId = curr_texture_id;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset()
+{
+    // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this.
+    _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    //IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); // See #3349
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
+    {
+        AddDrawCmd();
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
+    curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
 }
 
-#undef GetCurrentClipRect
-#undef GetCurrentTextureId
+int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const
+{
+    // Automatic segment count
+    const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy
+    if (radius_idx >= 0 && radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
+        return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
+    else
+        return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
 
 // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
-void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
+void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
 {
     ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y);
-    if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect && _ClipRectStack.Size)
+    if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
     {
-        ImVec4 current = _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1];
+        ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
         if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x;
         if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y;
         if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z;
@@ -240,133 +592,79 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_
     cr.w = ImMax(cr.y, cr.w);
 
     _ClipRectStack.push_back(cr);
-    UpdateClipRect();
+    _CmdHeader.ClipRect = cr;
+    _OnChangedClipRect();
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen()
 {
-    PushClipRect(ImVec2(GNullClipRect.x, GNullClipRect.y), ImVec2(GNullClipRect.z, GNullClipRect.w));
-    //PushClipRect(GetVisibleRect());   // FIXME-OPT: This would be more correct but we're not supposed to access ImGuiContext from here?
+    PushClipRect(ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.x, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.y), ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.z, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.w));
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::PopClipRect()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(_ClipRectStack.Size > 0);
     _ClipRectStack.pop_back();
-    UpdateClipRect();
+    _CmdHeader.ClipRect = (_ClipRectStack.Size == 0) ? _Data->ClipRectFullscreen : _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size - 1];
+    _OnChangedClipRect();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(const ImTextureID& texture_id)
+void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id)
 {
     _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id);
-    UpdateTextureID();
+    _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id;
+    _OnChangedTextureID();
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::PopTextureID()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(_TextureIdStack.Size > 0);
     _TextureIdStack.pop_back();
-    UpdateTextureID();
+    _CmdHeader.TextureId = (_TextureIdStack.Size == 0) ? (ImTextureID)NULL : _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size - 1];
+    _OnChangedTextureID();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit(int channels_count)
+// Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices.
+// You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or
+// submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations.
+void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(_ChannelsCurrent == 0 && _ChannelsCount == 1);
-    int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
-    if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
-        _Channels.resize(channels_count);
-    _ChannelsCount = channels_count;
-
-    // _Channels[] (24 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with this->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
-    // The content of _Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
-    // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into _Channels[0] and then _Channels[1] into _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
-    memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
-    for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
+    // Large mesh support (when enabled)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
+    if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
     {
-        if (i >= old_channels_count)
-        {
-            IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.resize(0);
-            _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.resize(0);
-        }
-        if (_Channels[i].CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
-        {
-            ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
-            draw_cmd.ClipRect = _ClipRectStack.back();
-            draw_cmd.TextureId = _TextureIdStack.back();
-            _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
-        }
+        // FIXME: In theory we should be testing that vtx_count <64k here.
+        // In practice, RenderText() relies on reserving ahead for a worst case scenario so it is currently useful for us
+        // to not make that check until we rework the text functions to handle clipping and large horizontal lines better.
+        _CmdHeader.VtxOffset = VtxBuffer.Size;
+        _OnChangedVtxOffset();
     }
-}
 
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsMerge()
-{
-    // Note that we never use or rely on channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
-    if (_ChannelsCount <= 1)
-        return;
-
-    ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
-    if (CmdBuffer.Size && CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
-        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-
-    int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0, new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
-    for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++)
-    {
-        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
-        if (ch.CmdBuffer.Size && ch.CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
-            ch.CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-        new_cmd_buffer_count += ch.CmdBuffer.Size;
-        new_idx_buffer_count += ch.IdxBuffer.Size;
-    }
-    CmdBuffer.resize(CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
-    IdxBuffer.resize(IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
+    ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    draw_cmd->ElemCount += idx_count;
 
-    ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = CmdBuffer.Data + CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
-    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
-    for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++)
-    {
-        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
-        if (int sz = ch.CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch.CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
-        if (int sz = ch.IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(_IdxWritePtr, ch.IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); _IdxWritePtr += sz; }
-    }
-    AddDrawCmd();
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-}
+    int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_old_size + vtx_count);
+    _VtxWritePtr = VtxBuffer.Data + vtx_buffer_old_size;
 
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsSetCurrent(int idx)
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(idx < _ChannelsCount);
-    if (_ChannelsCurrent == idx) return;
-    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, &CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer)); // copy 12 bytes, four times
-    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, &IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer));
-    _ChannelsCurrent = idx;
-    memcpy(&CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer));
-    memcpy(&IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer));
-    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size;
+    int idx_buffer_old_size = IdxBuffer.Size;
+    IdxBuffer.resize(idx_buffer_old_size + idx_count);
+    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size;
 }
 
-// NB: this can be called with negative count for removing primitives (as long as the result does not underflow)
-void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
+// Release the number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve().
+void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
 {
-    ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1];
-    draw_cmd.ElemCount += idx_count;
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
 
-    int vtx_buffer_size = VtxBuffer.Size;
-    VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_size + vtx_count);
-    _VtxWritePtr = VtxBuffer.Data + vtx_buffer_size;
-
-    int idx_buffer_size = IdxBuffer.Size;
-    IdxBuffer.resize(idx_buffer_size + idx_count);
-    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_size;
+    ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    draw_cmd->ElemCount -= idx_count;
+    VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count);
+    IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count);
 }
 
 // Fully unrolled with inline call to keep our debug builds decently fast.
 void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv(GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel);
+    ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv(_Data->TexUvWhitePixel);
     ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx;
     _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2);
     _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3);
@@ -408,152 +706,233 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c
     _IdxWritePtr += 6;
 }
 
+// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds.
+// - Those macros expects l-values and need to be used as their own statement.
+// - Those macros are intentionally not surrounded by the 'do {} while (0)' idiom because even that translates to runtime with debug compilers.
+#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY)     { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } (void)0
+#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2          100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366)
+#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY)               { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } (void)0
+
 // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
-void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness, bool anti_aliased)
+// We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
+void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
 {
-    if (points_count < 2)
+    if (points_count < 2 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
-    anti_aliased &= GImGui->Style.AntiAliasedLines;
-    //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) anti_aliased = false; // Debug
+    const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw
+    const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale);
 
-    int count = points_count;
-    if (!closed)
-        count = points_count-1;
-
-    const bool thick_line = thickness > 1.0f;
-    if (anti_aliased)
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
     {
         // Anti-aliased stroke
-        const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f;
-        const ImU32 col_trans = col & 0x00ffffff;
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+
+        // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0
+        thickness = ImMax(thickness, 1.0f);
+        const int integer_thickness = (int)thickness;
+        const float fractional_thickness = thickness - integer_thickness;
+
+        // Do we want to draw this line using a texture?
+        // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved.
+        // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path.
+        const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f);
+
+        // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off
+        IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines));
 
-        const int idx_count = thick_line ? count*18 : count*12;
-        const int vtx_count = thick_line ? points_count*4 : points_count*3;
+        const int idx_count = use_texture ? (count * 6) : (thick_line ? count * 18 : count * 12);
+        const int vtx_count = use_texture ? (points_count * 2) : (thick_line ? points_count * 4 : points_count * 3);
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
 
         // Temporary buffer
-        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2));
+        // The first <points_count> items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5));
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
         ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count;
 
+        // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment
         for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
         {
-            const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
-            ImVec2 diff = points[i2] - points[i1];
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
-            temp_normals[i1].x = diff.y;
-            temp_normals[i1].y = -diff.x;
+            const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1;
+            float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x;
+            float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i1].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i1].y = -dx;
         }
         if (!closed)
-            temp_normals[points_count-1] = temp_normals[points_count-2];
+            temp_normals[points_count - 1] = temp_normals[points_count - 2];
 
-        if (!thick_line)
+        // If we are drawing a one-pixel-wide line without a texture, or a textured line of any width, we only need 2 or 3 vertices per point
+        if (use_texture || !thick_line)
         {
+            // [PATH 1] Texture-based lines (thick or non-thick)
+            // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (non-thick)
+
+            // The width of the geometry we need to draw - this is essentially <thickness> pixels for the line itself, plus "one pixel" for AA.
+            // - In the texture-based path, we don't use AA_SIZE here because the +1 is tied to the generated texture
+            //   (see ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData() function), and so alternate values won't work without changes to that code.
+            // - In the non texture-based paths, we would allow AA_SIZE to potentially be != 1.0f with a patch (e.g. fringe_scale patch to
+            //   allow scaling geometry while preserving one-screen-pixel AA fringe).
+            const float half_draw_size = use_texture ? ((thickness * 0.5f) + 1) : AA_SIZE;
+
+            // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend
             if (!closed)
             {
-                temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE;
+                temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size;
             }
 
+            // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges
+            // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps)
             // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
-            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx;
-            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment
+            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment
             {
-                const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
-                unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+3;
+                const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; // i2 is the second point of the line segment
+                const unsigned int idx2 = ((i1 + 1) == points_count) ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + (use_texture ? 2 : 3)); // Vertex index for end of segment
 
                 // Average normals
-                ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f;
-                float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-                if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
+                float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
+                float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
+                IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+                dm_x *= half_draw_size; // dm_x, dm_y are offset to the outer edge of the AA area
+                dm_y *= half_draw_size;
+
+                // Add temporary vertexes for the outer edges
+                ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 2];
+                out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x;
+                out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y;
+                out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x;
+                out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y;
+
+                if (use_texture)
                 {
-                    float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                    if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                    dm *= scale;
+                    // Add indices for two triangles
+                    _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); // Right tri
+                    _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Left tri
+                    _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Add indexes for four triangles
+                    _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); // Right tri 1
+                    _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Right tri 2
+                    _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); // Left tri 1
+                    _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); // Left tri 2
+                    _IdxWritePtr += 12;
                 }
-                dm *= AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[i2*2+0] = points[i2] + dm;
-                temp_points[i2*2+1] = points[i2] - dm;
-
-                // Add indexes
-                _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2);
-                _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0);
-                _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0);
-                _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
-                _IdxWritePtr += 12;
 
                 idx1 = idx2;
             }
 
-            // Add vertexes
-            for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+            // Add vertexes for each point on the line
+            if (use_texture)
+            {
+                // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices
+                ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness];
+                /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false!
+                {
+                    const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1];
+                    tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp()
+                    tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness;
+                    tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness;
+                    tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness;
+                }*/
+                ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y);
+                ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w);
+                for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+                {
+                    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = tex_uv0; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Left-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = tex_uv1; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; // Right-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr += 2;
+                }
+            }
+            else
             {
-                _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i];          _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
-                _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*2+0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;
-                _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*2+1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans;
-                _VtxWritePtr += 3;
+                // If we're not using a texture, we need the center vertex as well
+                for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+                {
+                    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i];              _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;       // Center of line
+                    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Left-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; // Right-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr += 3;
+                }
             }
         }
         else
         {
+            // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (thick): we need to draw the solid line core and thus require four vertices per point
             const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f;
+
+            // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend
             if (!closed)
             {
+                const int points_last = points_count - 1;
                 temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
                 temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
                 temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
                 temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+1] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness);
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+2] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness);
-                temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+3] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 0] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 1] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 2] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 3] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
             }
 
+            // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges
+            // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps)
             // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
-            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx;
-            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment
+            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment
             {
-                const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
-                unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+4;
+                const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : (i1 + 1); // i2 is the second point of the line segment
+                const unsigned int idx2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + 4); // Vertex index for end of segment
 
                 // Average normals
-                ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f;
-                float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-                if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
-                {
-                    float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                    if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                    dm *= scale;
-                }
-                ImVec2 dm_out = dm * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
-                ImVec2 dm_in = dm * half_inner_thickness;
-                temp_points[i2*4+0] = points[i2] + dm_out;
-                temp_points[i2*4+1] = points[i2] + dm_in;
-                temp_points[i2*4+2] = points[i2] - dm_in;
-                temp_points[i2*4+3] = points[i2] - dm_out;
+                float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
+                float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
+                IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+                float dm_out_x = dm_x * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                float dm_out_y = dm_y * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness;
+                float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness;
+
+                // Add temporary vertices
+                ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 4];
+                out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x;
+                out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y;
+                out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x;
+                out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y + dm_in_y;
+                out_vtx[2].x = points[i2].x - dm_in_x;
+                out_vtx[2].y = points[i2].y - dm_in_y;
+                out_vtx[3].x = points[i2].x - dm_out_x;
+                out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y;
 
                 // Add indexes
-                _IdxWritePtr[0]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[1]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[2]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2);
-                _IdxWritePtr[3]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
-                _IdxWritePtr[6]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0);
-                _IdxWritePtr[9]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
-                _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3);
-                _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2);
+                _IdxWritePtr[0]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[1]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2);
+                _IdxWritePtr[3]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1);
+                _IdxWritePtr[6]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0);
+                _IdxWritePtr[9]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1);
+                _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3);
+                _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2);
                 _IdxWritePtr += 18;
 
                 idx1 = idx2;
             }
 
-            // Add vertexes
+            // Add vertices
             for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
             {
-                _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i*4+0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans;
-                _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*4+1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
-                _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*4+2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
-                _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i*4+3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans;
+                _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans;
+                _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+                _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+                _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans;
                 _VtxWritePtr += 4;
             }
         }
@@ -561,94 +940,97 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
     }
     else
     {
-        // Non Anti-aliased Stroke
-        const int idx_count = count*6;
-        const int vtx_count = count*4;      // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges
+        // [PATH 4] Non texture-based, Non anti-aliased lines
+        const int idx_count = count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = count * 4;    // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
 
         for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
         {
-            const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
+            const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1;
             const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
             const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2];
-            ImVec2 diff = p2 - p1;
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
-
-            const float dx = diff.x * (thickness * 0.5f);
-            const float dy = diff.y * (thickness * 0.5f);
-            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
-            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
-            _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
-            _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+
+            float dx = p2.x - p1.x;
+            float dy = p2.y - p1.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            dx *= (thickness * 0.5f);
+            dy *= (thickness * 0.5f);
+
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
             _VtxWritePtr += 4;
 
-            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2);
-            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2);
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3);
             _IdxWritePtr += 6;
             _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
         }
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool anti_aliased)
+// - We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
+// - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
 {
-    const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
-    anti_aliased &= GImGui->Style.AntiAliasedShapes;
-    //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) anti_aliased = false; // Debug
+    if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
 
-    if (anti_aliased)
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill)
     {
         // Anti-aliased Fill
-        const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f;
-        const ImU32 col_trans = col & 0x00ffffff;
-        const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3 + points_count*6;
-        const int vtx_count = (points_count*2);
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2);
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
 
         // Add indexes for fill
         unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx;
-        unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx+1;
+        unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1;
         for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
         {
-            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+((i-1)<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i<<1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + ((i - 1) << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i << 1));
             _IdxWritePtr += 3;
         }
 
         // Compute normals
-        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2));
-        for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count);
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
         {
             const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
             const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
-            ImVec2 diff = p1 - p0;
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
-            temp_normals[i0].x = diff.y;
-            temp_normals[i0].y = -diff.x;
+            float dx = p1.x - p0.x;
+            float dy = p1.y - p0.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i0].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i0].y = -dx;
         }
 
-        for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
         {
             // Average normals
             const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
             const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
-            ImVec2 dm = (n0 + n1) * 0.5f;
-            float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-            if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
-            {
-                float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                dm *= scale;
-            }
-            dm *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f;
+            float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f;
+            IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+            dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
 
             // Add vertices
-            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = (points[i1] - dm); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
-            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = (points[i1] + dm); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
             _VtxWritePtr += 2;
 
             // Add indexes for fringes
-            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1));
-            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1));
             _IdxWritePtr += 6;
         }
         _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
@@ -656,7 +1038,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
     else
     {
         // Non Anti-aliased Fill
-        const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3;
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3;
         const int vtx_count = points_count;
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
         for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++)
@@ -666,278 +1048,594 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
         }
         for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
         {
-            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i-1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i - 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i);
             _IdxWritePtr += 3;
         }
         _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int amin, int amax)
+void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step)
 {
-    static ImVec2 circle_vtx[12];
-    static bool circle_vtx_builds = false;
-    const int circle_vtx_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(circle_vtx);
-    if (!circle_vtx_builds)
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Calculate arc auto segment step size
+    if (a_step <= 0)
+        a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+
+    // Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle
+    a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4);
+
+    const int sample_range = ImAbs(a_max_sample - a_min_sample);
+    const int a_next_step = a_step;
+
+    int samples = sample_range + 1;
+    bool extra_max_sample = false;
+    if (a_step > 1)
     {
-        for (int i = 0; i < circle_vtx_count; i++)
+        samples            = sample_range / a_step + 1;
+        const int overstep = sample_range % a_step;
+
+        if (overstep > 0)
         {
-            const float a = ((float)i / (float)circle_vtx_count) * 2*IM_PI;
-            circle_vtx[i].x = cosf(a);
-            circle_vtx[i].y = sinf(a);
+            extra_max_sample = true;
+            samples++;
+
+            // When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end,
+            // distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size.
+            if (sample_range > 0)
+                a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2;
         }
-        circle_vtx_builds = true;
     }
 
-    if (amin > amax) return;
-    if (radius == 0.0f)
+    _Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples);
+    ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples);
+
+    int sample_index = a_min_sample;
+    if (sample_index < 0 || sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
+    {
+        sample_index = sample_index % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        if (sample_index < 0)
+            sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+    }
+
+    if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample)
     {
-        _Path.push_back(centre);
+        for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
+        {
+            // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
+            if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
+                sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+            const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
+            out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+            out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+            out_ptr++;
+        }
     }
     else
     {
-        _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (amax - amin + 1));
-        for (int a = amin; a <= amax; a++)
+        for (int a = a_min_sample; a >= a_max_sample; a -= a_step, sample_index -= a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
         {
-            const ImVec2& c = circle_vtx[a % circle_vtx_count];
-            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + c.x * radius, centre.y + c.y * radius));
+            // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
+            if (sample_index < 0)
+                sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+            const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
+            out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+            out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+            out_ptr++;
         }
     }
+
+    if (extra_max_sample)
+    {
+        int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        if (normalized_max_sample < 0)
+            normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+        const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample];
+        out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+        out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+        out_ptr++;
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max.
+    // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points!
+    _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
+    for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
+    {
+        const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
+        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a) * radius));
+    }
+}
+
+// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East
+void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+    _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (num_segments > 0)
+    {
+        _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Automatic segment count
+    if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff)
+    {
+        const bool a_is_reverse = a_max < a_min;
+
+        // We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples.
+        // Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc.
+        const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
+        const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
+
+        const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloor(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f);
+        const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloor(a_max_sample_f);
+        const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0);
+
+        const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        const bool a_emit_start = ImAbs(a_min_segment_angle - a_min) >= 1e-5f;
+        const bool a_emit_end = ImAbs(a_max - a_max_segment_angle) >= 1e-5f;
+
+        _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0)));
+        if (a_emit_start)
+            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius));
+        if (a_mid_samples > 0)
+            _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0);
+        if (a_emit_end)
+            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const float arc_length = ImAbs(a_max - a_min);
+        const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+        const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length));
+        _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float amin, float amax, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
 {
-    if (radius == 0.0f)
-        _Path.push_back(centre);
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+
     _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
+
+    const float cos_rot = ImCos(rot);
+    const float sin_rot = ImSin(rot);
     for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
     {
-        const float a = amin + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (amax - amin);
-        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + cosf(a) * radius, centre.y + sinf(a) * radius));
+        const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
+        ImVec2 point(ImCos(a) * radius.x, ImSin(a) * radius.y);
+        const ImVec2 rel((point.x * cos_rot) - (point.y * sin_rot), (point.x * sin_rot) + (point.y * cos_rot));
+        point.x = rel.x + center.x;
+        point.y = rel.y + center.y;
+        _Path.push_back(point);
     }
 }
 
-static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t)
+{
+    float u = 1.0f - t;
+    float w1 = u * u * u;
+    float w2 = 3 * u * u * t;
+    float w3 = 3 * u * t * t;
+    float w4 = t * t * t;
+    return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t)
+{
+    float u = 1.0f - t;
+    float w1 = u * u;
+    float w2 = 2 * u * t;
+    float w3 = t * t;
+    return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y);
+}
+
+// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp
+static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
 {
     float dx = x4 - x1;
     float dy = y4 - y1;
-    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
-    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
+    float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx;
+    float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx;
     d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
     d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
-    if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy))
+    if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
     {
         path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4));
     }
     else if (level < 10)
     {
-        float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f;
-        float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f;
-        float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f;
-        float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f;
-        float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f;
-        float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f;
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
+        float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
+        float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f;
+        float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f;
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
+    }
+}
 
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1,y1,        x12,y12,    x123,y123,  x1234,y1234, tess_tol, level+1);
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234,y1234,  x234,y234,  x34,y34,    x4,y4,       tess_tol, level+1);
+static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1;
+    float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx;
+    if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
+    {
+        path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3));
+    }
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1);
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
 {
     ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
     if (num_segments == 0)
     {
-        // Auto-tessellated
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, GImGui->Style.CurveTessellationTol, 0);
+        IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f);
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated
     }
     else
     {
         float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
         for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
-        {
-            float t = t_step * i_step;
-            float u = 1.0f - t;
-            float w1 = u*u*u;
-            float w2 = 3*u*u*t;
-            float w3 = 3*u*t*t;
-            float w4 = t*t*t;
-            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y));
-        }
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step));
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments)
+{
+    ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
+    if (num_segments == 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f);
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+        for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step));
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags)
 {
-    float r = rounding;
-    r = ImMin(r, fabsf(b.x-a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners&(1|2))==(1|2)) || ((rounding_corners&(4|8))==(4|8)) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
-    r = ImMin(r, fabsf(b.y-a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners&(1|8))==(1|8)) || ((rounding_corners&(2|4))==(2|4)) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
+    /*
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4));
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021). This code was stripped/simplified and mostly commented in 1.90 (from September 2023)
+    // - Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All)
+    if (flags == ~0)                    { return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; }
+    // - Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations). Read details in older version of this code.
+    if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) { return (flags << 4); }
+    // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f'
+#endif
+    */
+    // If this assert triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values.
+    // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc. anyway.
+    // See details in 1.82 Changelog as well as 2021/03/12 and 2023/09/08 entries in "API BREAKING CHANGES" section.
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!");
+
+    if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
+
+    return flags;
+}
 
-    if (r <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0)
+void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if (rounding >= 0.5f)
+    {
+        flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
+        rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f);
+        rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f);
+    }
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
     {
         PathLineTo(a);
-        PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x,a.y));
+        PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y));
         PathLineTo(b);
-        PathLineTo(ImVec2(a.x,b.y));
+        PathLineTo(ImVec2(a.x, b.y));
     }
     else
     {
-        const float r0 = (rounding_corners & 1) ? r : 0.0f;
-        const float r1 = (rounding_corners & 2) ? r : 0.0f;
-        const float r2 = (rounding_corners & 4) ? r : 0.0f;
-        const float r3 = (rounding_corners & 8) ? r : 0.0f;
-        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x+r0,a.y+r0), r0, 6, 9);
-        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x-r1,a.y+r1), r1, 9, 12);
-        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x-r2,b.y-r2), r2, 0, 3);
-        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x+r3,b.y-r3), r3, 3, 6);
+        const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)     ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)    ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)  ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_bl, b.y - rounding_bl), rounding_bl, 3, 6);
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
-    PathLineTo(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
-    PathLineTo(b + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
-    PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
+    PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
 }
 
-// a: upper-left, b: lower-right. we don't render 1 px sized rectangles properly.
-void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners, float thickness)
+// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
+// Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly.
+void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
-    PathRect(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), b - ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), rounding, rounding_corners);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
+        PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags);
+    else
+        PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
-    if (rounding > 0.0f)
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
     {
-        PathRect(a, b, rounding, rounding_corners);
-        PathFill(col);
+        PrimReserve(6, 4);
+        PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col);
     }
     else
     {
-        PrimReserve(6, 4);
-        PrimRect(a, b, col);
+        PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
+        PathFillConvex(col);
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
+// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
 {
-    if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) >> 24) == 0)
+    if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
     PrimReserve(6, 4);
-    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2));
-    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3));
-    PrimWriteVtx(a, uv, col_upr_left);
-    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(c.x, a.y), uv, col_upr_right);
-    PrimWriteVtx(c, uv, col_bot_right);
-    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(a.x, c.y), uv, col_bot_left);
+    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2));
+    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3));
+    PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left);
+    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right);
+    PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right);
+    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_min.x, p_max.y), uv, col_bot_left);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathLineTo(d);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathLineTo(p4);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathLineTo(d);
-    PathFill(col);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathLineTo(p4);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathFill(col);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f)
         return;
 
-    const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathArcTo(centre, radius-0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
-}
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+    {
+        // Use arc with automatic segment count
+        _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
+        _Path.Size--;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
+        num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
 
-void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
-{
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
-        return;
+        // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+        const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+        PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    }
 
-    const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathArcTo(centre, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
-    PathFill(col);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(pos0);
-    PathBezierCurveTo(cp0, cp1, pos1, num_segments);
-    PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
-}
-
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+    {
+        // Use arc with automatic segment count
+        _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
+        _Path.Size--;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
+        num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
+
+        // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+        const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+        PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    }
+
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
+void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
+        return;
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+}
+
+// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
+void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
+        return;
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Ellipse
+void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
+// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments);
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
 void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
+    // Accept null ranges
+    if (text_begin == text_end || text_begin[0] == 0)
+        return;
     if (text_end == NULL)
         text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
-    if (text_begin == text_end)
-        return;
 
-    // Note: This is one of the few instance of breaking the encapsulation of ImDrawList, as we pull this from ImGui state, but it is just SO useful.
-    // Might just move Font/FontSize to ImDrawList?
+    // Pull default font/size from the shared ImDrawListSharedData instance
     if (font == NULL)
-        font = GImGui->Font;
+        font = _Data->Font;
     if (font_size == 0.0f)
-        font_size = GImGui->FontSize;
+        font_size = _Data->FontSize;
 
-    IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _TextureIdStack.back());  // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font.
+    IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _CmdHeader.TextureId);  // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font.
 
-    ImVec4 clip_rect = _ClipRectStack.back();
+    ImVec4 clip_rect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
     if (cpu_fine_clip_rect)
     {
         clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x);
@@ -950,30 +1648,584 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos,
 
 void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end)
 {
-    AddText(GImGui->Font, GImGui->FontSize, pos, col, text_begin, text_end);
+    AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, col, text_begin, text_end);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
+
+    PrimReserve(6, 4);
+    PrimRectUV(p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
+
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PopTextureID();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& uv2, const ImVec2& uv3, const ImVec2& uv4, ImU32 col)
 {
-    if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    // FIXME-OPT: This is wasting draw calls.
-    const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back();
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
     if (push_texture_id)
         PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
 
     PrimReserve(6, 4);
-    PrimRectUV(a, b, uv0, uv1, col);
+    PrimQuadUV(p1, p2, p3, p4, uv1, uv2, uv3, uv4, col);
 
     if (push_texture_id)
         PopTextureID();
 }
 
+void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
+    {
+        AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
+
+    int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+    int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true);
+
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PopTextureID();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Triangulate concave polygons. Based on "Triangulation by Ear Clipping" paper, O(N^2) complexity.
+// Reference: https://www.geometrictools.com/Documentation/TriangulationByEarClipping.pdf
+// Provided as a convenience for user but not used by main library.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImTriangulator [Internal]
+// - AddConcavePolyFilled()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImTriangulatorNodeType
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex,
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear,
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulatorNode
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType  Type;
+    int                     Index;
+    ImVec2                  Pos;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     Next;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     Prev;
+
+    void    Unlink()        { Next->Prev = Prev; Prev->Next = Next; }
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulatorNodeSpan
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode**    Data = NULL;
+    int                     Size = 0;
+
+    void    push_back(ImTriangulatorNode* node) { Data[Size++] = node; }
+    void    find_erase_unsorted(int idx)        { for (int i = Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Data[i]->Index == idx) { Data[i] = Data[Size - 1]; Size--; return; } }
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulator
+{
+    static int EstimateTriangleCount(int points_count)      { return (points_count < 3) ? 0 : points_count - 2; }
+    static int EstimateScratchBufferSize(int points_count)  { return sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode) * points_count + sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode*) * points_count * 2; }
+
+    void    Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer);
+    void    GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3]);     // Return relative indexes for next triangle
+
+    // Internal functions
+    void    BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count);
+    void    BuildReflexes();
+    void    BuildEars();
+    void    FlipNodeList();
+    bool    IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const;
+    void    ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* node);
+
+    // Internal members
+    int                     _TrianglesLeft = 0;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     _Nodes = NULL;
+    ImTriangulatorNodeSpan  _Ears;
+    ImTriangulatorNodeSpan  _Reflexes;
+};
+
+// Distribute storage for nodes, ears and reflexes.
+// FIXME-OPT: if everything is convex, we could report it to caller and let it switch to an convex renderer
+// (this would require first building reflexes to bail to convex if empty, without even building nodes)
+void ImTriangulator::Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(scratch_buffer != NULL && points_count >= 3);
+    _TrianglesLeft = EstimateTriangleCount(points_count);
+    _Nodes         = (ImTriangulatorNode*)scratch_buffer;                          // points_count x Node
+    _Ears.Data     = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count);                // points_count x Node*
+    _Reflexes.Data = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count) + points_count; // points_count x Node*
+    BuildNodes(points, points_count);
+    BuildReflexes();
+    BuildEars();
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+    {
+        _Nodes[i].Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+        _Nodes[i].Index = i;
+        _Nodes[i].Pos = points[i];
+        _Nodes[i].Next = _Nodes + i + 1;
+        _Nodes[i].Prev = _Nodes + i - 1;
+    }
+    _Nodes[0].Prev = _Nodes + points_count - 1;
+    _Nodes[points_count - 1].Next = _Nodes;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildReflexes()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes;
+    for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next)
+    {
+        if (ImTriangleIsClockwise(n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos))
+            continue;
+        n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex;
+        _Reflexes.push_back(n1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildEars()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes;
+    for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next)
+    {
+        if (n1->Type != ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex)
+            continue;
+        if (!IsEar(n1->Prev->Index, n1->Index, n1->Next->Index, n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos))
+            continue;
+        n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear;
+        _Ears.push_back(n1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3])
+{
+    if (_Ears.Size == 0)
+    {
+        FlipNodeList();
+
+        ImTriangulatorNode* node = _Nodes;
+        for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, node = node->Next)
+            node->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+        _Reflexes.Size = 0;
+        BuildReflexes();
+        BuildEars();
+
+        // If we still don't have ears, it means geometry is degenerated.
+        if (_Ears.Size == 0)
+        {
+            // Return first triangle available, mimicking the behavior of convex fill.
+            IM_ASSERT(_TrianglesLeft > 0); // Geometry is degenerated
+            _Ears.Data[0] = _Nodes;
+            _Ears.Size    = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    ImTriangulatorNode* ear = _Ears.Data[--_Ears.Size];
+    out_triangle[0] = ear->Prev->Index;
+    out_triangle[1] = ear->Index;
+    out_triangle[2] = ear->Next->Index;
+
+    ear->Unlink();
+    if (ear == _Nodes)
+        _Nodes = ear->Next;
+
+    ReclassifyNode(ear->Prev);
+    ReclassifyNode(ear->Next);
+    _TrianglesLeft--;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::FlipNodeList()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* prev = _Nodes;
+    ImTriangulatorNode* temp = _Nodes;
+    ImTriangulatorNode* current = _Nodes->Next;
+    prev->Next = prev;
+    prev->Prev = prev;
+    while (current != _Nodes)
+    {
+        temp = current->Next;
+
+        current->Next = prev;
+        prev->Prev = current;
+        _Nodes->Next = current;
+        current->Prev = _Nodes;
+
+        prev = current;
+        current = temp;
+    }
+    _Nodes = prev;
+}
+
+// A triangle is an ear is no other vertex is inside it. We can test reflexes vertices only (see reference algorithm)
+bool ImTriangulator::IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode** p_end = _Reflexes.Data + _Reflexes.Size;
+    for (ImTriangulatorNode** p = _Reflexes.Data; p < p_end; p++)
+    {
+        ImTriangulatorNode* reflex = *p;
+        if (reflex->Index != i0 && reflex->Index != i1 && reflex->Index != i2)
+            if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(v0, v1, v2, reflex->Pos))
+                return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* n1)
+{
+    // Classify node
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType type;
+    const ImTriangulatorNode* n0 = n1->Prev;
+    const ImTriangulatorNode* n2 = n1->Next;
+    if (!ImTriangleIsClockwise(n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos))
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex;
+    else if (IsEar(n0->Index, n1->Index, n2->Index, n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos))
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear;
+    else
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+
+    // Update lists when a type changes
+    if (type == n1->Type)
+        return;
+    if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex)
+        _Reflexes.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index);
+    else if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear)
+        _Ears.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index);
+    if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex)
+        _Reflexes.push_back(n1);
+    else if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear)
+        _Ears.push_back(n1);
+    n1->Type = type;
+}
+
+// Use ear-clipping algorithm to triangulate a simple polygon (no self-interaction, no holes).
+// (Reminder: we don't perform any coarse clipping/culling in ImDrawList layer!
+// It is up to caller to ensure not making costly calls that will be outside of visible area.
+// As concave fill is noticeably more expensive than other primitives, be mindful of this...
+// Caller can build AABB of points, and avoid filling if 'draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect.Overlays(points_bb) == false')
+void ImDrawList::AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    ImTriangulator triangulator;
+    unsigned int triangle[3];
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill)
+    {
+        // Anti-aliased Fill
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3 + points_count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2);
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+        // Add indexes for fill
+        unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx;
+        unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1;
+
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2));
+        triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data);
+        while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0)
+        {
+            triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[0] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[1] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[2] << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+        }
+
+        // Compute normals
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count);
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        {
+            const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
+            const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
+            float dx = p1.x - p0.x;
+            float dy = p1.y - p0.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i0].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i0].y = -dx;
+        }
+
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        {
+            // Average normals
+            const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
+            const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
+            float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f;
+            float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f;
+            IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+            dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+
+            // Add vertices
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
+            _VtxWritePtr += 2;
+
+            // Add indexes for fringes
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Non Anti-aliased Fill
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3;
+        const int vtx_count = points_count;
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+        for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++)
+        {
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr++;
+        }
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2));
+        triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data);
+        while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0)
+        {
+            triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[0]); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[1]); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[2]);
+            _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImDrawData
+// FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap..
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
+    {
+        if (i == _Current)
+            memset(&_Channels[i], 0, sizeof(_Channels[i]));  // Current channel is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
+        _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.clear();
+        _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.clear();
+    }
+    _Current = 0;
+    _Count = 1;
+    _Channels.clear();
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(draw_list);
+    IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter.");
+    int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
+    if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
+    {
+        _Channels.reserve(channels_count); // Avoid over reserving since this is likely to stay stable
+        _Channels.resize(channels_count);
+    }
+    _Count = channels_count;
+
+    // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+    // The content of Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
+    // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into Channels[0] and then Channels[1] into draw_list->CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+    memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+    for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
+    {
+        if (i >= old_channels_count)
+        {
+            IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+            _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    // Note that we never use or rely on _Channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
+    if (_Count <= 1)
+        return;
+
+    SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0);
+    draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+
+    // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command.
+    int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0;
+    int new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
+    ImDrawCmd* last_cmd = (_Count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 0) ? &draw_list->CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
+    int idx_offset = last_cmd ? last_cmd->IdxOffset + last_cmd->ElemCount : 0;
+    for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+            ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL)
+        {
+            // Do not include ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset() in the compare as we rebuild IdxOffset values ourselves.
+            // Manipulating IdxOffset (e.g. by reordering draw commands like done by RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow()) is not supported within a splitter.
+            ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0];
+            if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+            {
+                // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching.
+                last_cmd->ElemCount += next_cmd->ElemCount;
+                idx_offset += next_cmd->ElemCount;
+                ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges.
+            }
+        }
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0)
+            last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back();
+        new_cmd_buffer_count += ch._CmdBuffer.Size;
+        new_idx_buffer_count += ch._IdxBuffer.Size;
+        for (int cmd_n = 0; cmd_n < ch._CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_n++)
+        {
+            ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].IdxOffset = idx_offset;
+            idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].ElemCount;
+        }
+    }
+    draw_list->CmdBuffer.resize(draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
+    draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
+
+    // Write commands and indices in order (they are fairly small structures, we don't copy vertices only indices)
+    ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
+    ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
+    for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+        if (int sz = ch._CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch._CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
+        if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; }
+    }
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
+
+    // Ensure there's always a non-callback draw command trailing the command-buffer
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+
+    // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0)
+        ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+    else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+
+    _Count = 1;
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count);
+    if (_Current == idx)
+        return;
+
+    // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap()
+    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
+    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
+    _Current = idx;
+    memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
+    memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+
+    // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) ? NULL : &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd == NULL)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+    else if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0)
+        ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+    else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawData
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImDrawData::Clear()
+{
+    Valid = false;
+    CmdListsCount = TotalIdxCount = TotalVtxCount = 0;
+    CmdLists.resize(0); // The ImDrawList are NOT owned by ImDrawData but e.g. by ImGuiContext, so we don't clear them.
+    DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    OwnerViewport = NULL;
+}
+
+// Important: 'out_list' is generally going to be draw_data->CmdLists, but may be another temporary list
+// as long at it is expected that the result will be later merged into draw_data->CmdLists[].
+void ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+        return;
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc.
+    // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly.
+    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+    if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
+        IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+
+    // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window)
+    // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually:
+    // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds.
+    //   Be mindful that the lower-level ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents.
+    // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either:
+    //   (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'.
+    //       Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't.
+    //       Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them.
+    //   (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h.
+    //       Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time:
+    //         glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset);
+    //       Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes.
+    //       2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API.
+    // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching
+    //   the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists.
+    if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2)
+        IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above");
+
+    // Add to output list + records state in ImDrawData
+    out_list->push_back(draw_list);
+    draw_data->CmdListsCount++;
+    draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+    draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+}
+
+void ImDrawData::AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(CmdLists.Size == CmdListsCount);
+    draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+    ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(this, &CmdLists, draw_list);
+}
+
 // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
 void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
 {
@@ -993,93 +2245,201 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
     }
 }
 
-// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
-void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale)
+// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd.
+// Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than draw_data->DisplaySize,
+// or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale)
 {
-    for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
+    for (ImDrawList* draw_list : CmdLists)
+        for (ImDrawCmd& cmd : draw_list->CmdBuffer)
+            cmd.ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd.ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd.ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Generic linear color gradient, write to RGB fields, leave A untouched.
+void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1)
+{
+    ImVec2 gradient_extent = gradient_p1 - gradient_p0;
+    float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent);
+    ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
+    ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
+    const int col0_r = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col0_g = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col0_b = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col_delta_r = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_r;
+    const int col_delta_g = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_g;
+    const int col_delta_b = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_b;
+    for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++)
     {
-        ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i];
-        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
-        {
-            ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
-            cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * scale.y);
-        }
+        float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent);
+        float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        int r = (int)(col0_r + col_delta_r * t);
+        int g = (int)(col0_g + col_delta_g * t);
+        int b = (int)(col0_b + col_delta_b * t);
+        vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+    }
+}
+
+// Distribute UV over (a, b) rectangle
+void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp)
+{
+    const ImVec2 size = b - a;
+    const ImVec2 uv_size = uv_b - uv_a;
+    const ImVec2 scale = ImVec2(
+        size.x != 0.0f ? (uv_size.x / size.x) : 0.0f,
+        size.y != 0.0f ? (uv_size.y / size.y) : 0.0f);
+
+    ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
+    ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
+    if (clamp)
+    {
+        const ImVec2 min = ImMin(uv_a, uv_b);
+        const ImVec2 max = ImMax(uv_a, uv_b);
+        for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
+            vertex->uv = ImClamp(uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale), min, max);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
+            vertex->uv = uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale);
     }
 }
 
+void ImGui::ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out)
+{
+    ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
+    ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
+    for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
+        vertex->pos = ImRotate(vertex->pos- pivot_in, cos_a, sin_a) + pivot_out;
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImFontAtlas
+// [SECTION] ImFontConfig
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
 {
-    FontData = NULL;
-    FontDataSize = 0;
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
     FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
-    FontNo = 0;
-    SizePixels = 0.0f;
-    OversampleH = 3;
+    OversampleH = 2;
     OversampleV = 1;
-    PixelSnapH = false;
-    GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    GlyphRanges = NULL;
-    MergeMode = false;
-    MergeGlyphCenterV = false;
-    DstFont = NULL;
-    memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name));
+    GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX;
+    RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f;
+    RasterizerDensity = 1.0f;
+    EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank)
+// The 2x2 white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes.
+// (This is used when io.MouseDrawCursor = true)
+const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 122; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing.
+const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27;
+static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] =
+{
+    "..-         -XXXXXXX-    X    -           X           -XXXXXXX          -          XXXXXXX-     XX          - XX       XX "
+    "..-         -X.....X-   X.X   -          X.X          -X.....X          -          X.....X-    X..X         -X..X     X..X"
+    "---         -XXX.XXX-  X...X  -         X...X         -X....X           -           X....X-    X..X         -X...X   X...X"
+    "X           -  X.X  - X.....X -        X.....X        -X...X            -            X...X-    X..X         - X...X X...X "
+    "XX          -  X.X  -X.......X-       X.......X       -X..X.X           -           X.X..X-    X..X         -  X...X...X  "
+    "X.X         -  X.X  -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       -X.X X.X          -          X.X X.X-    X..XXX       -   X.....X   "
+    "X..X        -  X.X  -   X.X   -          X.X          -XX   X.X         -         X.X   XX-    X..X..XXX    -    X...X    "
+    "X...X       -  X.X  -   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -      X.X        -        X.X      -    X..X..X..XX  -     X.X     "
+    "X....X      -  X.X  -   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -       X.X       -       X.X       -    X..X..X..X.X -    X...X    "
+    "X.....X     -  X.X  -   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -        X.X      -      X.X        -XXX X..X..X..X..X-   X.....X   "
+    "X......X    -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -         X.X   XX-XX   X.X         -X..XX........X..X-  X...X...X  "
+    "X.......X   -  X.X  -   X.X   -X.....................X-          X.X X.X-X.X X.X          -X...X...........X- X...X X...X "
+    "X........X  -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -           X.X..X-X..X.X           - X..............X-X...X   X...X"
+    "X.........X -XXX.XXX-   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -            X...X-X...X            -  X.............X-X..X     X..X"
+    "X..........X-X.....X-   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -           X....X-X....X           -  X.............X- XX       XX "
+    "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX-   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -          X.....X-X.....X          -   X............X--------------"
+    "X...X..X    ---------   X.X   -          X.X          -          XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX          -   X...........X -             "
+    "X..X X..X   -       -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       -------------------------------------    X..........X -             "
+    "X.X  X..X   -       -X.......X-       X.......X       -    XX           XX    -           -    X..........X -             "
+    "XX    X..X  -       - X.....X -        X.....X        -   X.X           X.X   -           -     X........X  -             "
+    "      X..X  -       -  X...X  -         X...X         -  X..X           X..X  -           -     X........X  -             "
+    "       XX   -       -   X.X   -          X.X          - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -           -     XXXXXXXXXX  -             "
+    "-------------       -    X    -           X           -X.....................X-           -------------------             "
+    "                    ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -                                           "
+    "                                                      -  X..X           X..X  -                                           "
+    "                                                      -   X.X           X.X   -                                           "
+    "                                                      -    XX           XX    -                                           "
+};
+
+static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] =
+{
+    // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ......
+    { ImVec2( 0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
+    { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2( 7,16), ImVec2( 1, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
+    { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll
+    { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 4,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
+    { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 4) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
+    { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
+    { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
+    { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand
+    { ImVec2(109,0),ImVec2(13,15), ImVec2( 6, 7) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed
+};
+
 ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas()
 {
-    TexID = NULL;
-    TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
-    TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
-    TexWidth = TexHeight = TexDesiredWidth = 0;
-    TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0, 0);
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    TexGlyphPadding = 1;
+    PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
 }
 
 ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas()
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     Clear();
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
 {
-    for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++)
-        if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : ConfigData)
+        if (font_cfg.FontData && font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
         {
-            ImGui::MemFree(ConfigData[i].FontData);
-            ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL;
+            IM_FREE(font_cfg.FontData);
+            font_cfg.FontData = NULL;
         }
 
     // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font.
-    for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++)
-        if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size)
+    for (ImFont* font : Fonts)
+        if (font->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && font->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size)
         {
-            Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL;
-            Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0;
+            font->ConfigData = NULL;
+            font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
         }
     ConfigData.clear();
+    CustomRects.clear();
+    PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
+    // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     if (TexPixelsAlpha8)
-        ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsAlpha8);
+        IM_FREE(TexPixelsAlpha8);
     if (TexPixelsRGBA32)
-        ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsRGBA32);
+        IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32);
     TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
     TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
+    TexPixelsUseColors = false;
+    // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
 {
-    for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++)
-    {
-        Fonts[i]->~ImFont();
-        ImGui::MemFree(Fonts[i]);
-    }
-    Fonts.clear();
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    Fonts.clear_delete();
+    TexReady = false;
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::Clear()
@@ -1093,11 +2453,7 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
 {
     // Build atlas on demand
     if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL)
-    {
-        if (ConfigData.empty())
-            AddFontDefault();
         Build();
-    }
 
     *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
     if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
@@ -1111,13 +2467,16 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
     // Although it is likely to be the most commonly used format, our font rendering is 1 channel / 8 bpp
     if (!TexPixelsRGBA32)
     {
-        unsigned char* pixels;
+        unsigned char* pixels = NULL;
         GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL);
-        TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4));
-        const unsigned char* src = pixels;
-        unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
-        for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
-            *dst++ = ((unsigned int)(*src++) << 24) | 0x00FFFFFF;
+        if (pixels)
+        {
+            TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)TexWidth * (size_t)TexHeight * 4);
+            const unsigned char* src = pixels;
+            unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
+            for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
+                *dst++ = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, (unsigned int)(*src++));
+        }
     }
 
     *out_pixels = (unsigned char*)TexPixelsRGBA32;
@@ -1128,44 +2487,49 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
 
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg)
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0);
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f);
 
     // Create new font
     if (!font_cfg->MergeMode)
-    {
-        ImFont* font = (ImFont*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImFont));
-        IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(font) ImFont();
-        Fonts.push_back(font);
-    }
+        Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont));
+    else
+        IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font.
 
     ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg);
     ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back();
-	if (!new_font_cfg.DstFont)
-	    new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back();
+    if (new_font_cfg.DstFont == NULL)
+        new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back();
     if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
     {
-        new_font_cfg.FontData = ImGui::MemAlloc(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
+        new_font_cfg.FontData = IM_ALLOC(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
         new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
         memcpy(new_font_cfg.FontData, font_cfg->FontData, (size_t)new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
     }
 
+    if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar;
+
+    ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(this);
+
     // Invalidate texture
+    TexReady = false;
     ClearTexData();
     return new_font_cfg.DstFont;
 }
 
-// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see extra_fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder)
-static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(unsigned char *input);
-static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsigned int length);
+// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder)
+static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char* input);
+static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char* output, const unsigned char* input, unsigned int length);
 static const char*  GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
 static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c)                                    { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; }
 static void         Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst)
 {
     while (*src)
     {
-        unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85*Decode85Byte(src[4]))));
-        dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF);   // We can't assume little-endianess.
+        unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85 * Decode85Byte(src[4]))));
+        dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF);   // We can't assume little-endianness.
         src += 5;
         dst += 4;
     }
@@ -1180,20 +2544,27 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
         font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1;
         font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true;
     }
-    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') strcpy(font_cfg.Name, "<default>");
+    if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f)
+        font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f * 1.0f;
+    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
+        ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels);
+    font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085;
+    font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_TRUNC(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f);  // Add +1 offset per 13 units
 
     const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
-    ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, 13.0f, &font_cfg, GetGlyphRangesDefault());
+    const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+    ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
     return font;
 }
 
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
-    int data_size = 0;
-    void* data = ImLoadFileToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    size_t data_size = 0;
+    void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0);
     if (!data)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(0); // Could not load file.
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Could not load font file!");
         return NULL;
     }
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
@@ -1202,19 +2573,21 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels,
         // Store a short copy of filename into into the font name for convenience
         const char* p;
         for (p = filename + strlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {}
-        snprintf(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s", p);
+        ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s, %.0fpx", p, size_pixels);
     }
-    return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
+    return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, (int)data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
 }
 
-// NBM Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build().
-ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+// NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build().
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
-    font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data;
-    font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size;
-    font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels;
+    IM_ASSERT(font_data_size > 100 && "Incorrect value for font_data_size!"); // Heuristic to prevent accidentally passing a wrong value to font_data_size.
+    font_cfg.FontData = font_data;
+    font_cfg.FontDataSize = font_data_size;
+    font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels;
     if (glyph_ranges)
         font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges;
     return AddFont(&font_cfg);
@@ -1222,9 +2595,9 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si
 
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
-    const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data);
-    unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)ImGui::MemAlloc(buf_decompressed_size);
-    stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size);
+    const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data);
+    unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size);
+    stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size);
 
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
@@ -1235,307 +2608,653 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_d
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
     int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4;
-    void* compressed_ttf = ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)compressed_ttf_size);
+    void* compressed_ttf = IM_ALLOC((size_t)compressed_ttf_size);
     Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf);
     ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
-    ImGui::MemFree(compressed_ttf);
+    IM_FREE(compressed_ttf);
     return font;
 }
 
-bool    ImFontAtlas::Build()
+int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(ConfigData.Size > 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
+    IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
+    r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
+    r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
+    CustomRects.push_back(r);
+    return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
+}
 
-    TexID = NULL;
-    TexWidth = TexHeight = 0;
-    TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0, 0);
-    ClearTexData();
+int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
+    IM_ASSERT(id <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX);
+#endif
+    IM_ASSERT(font != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
+    IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
+    r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
+    r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
+    r.GlyphID = id;
+    r.GlyphAdvanceX = advance_x;
+    r.GlyphOffset = offset;
+    r.Font = font;
+    CustomRects.push_back(r);
+    return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(TexWidth > 0 && TexHeight > 0);   // Font atlas needs to be built before we can calculate UV coordinates
+    IM_ASSERT(rect->IsPacked());                // Make sure the rectangle has been packed
+    *out_uv_min = ImVec2((float)rect->X * TexUvScale.x, (float)rect->Y * TexUvScale.y);
+    *out_uv_max = ImVec2((float)(rect->X + rect->Width) * TexUvScale.x, (float)(rect->Y + rect->Height) * TexUvScale.y);
+}
 
-    struct ImFontTempBuildData
+bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2])
+{
+    if (cursor_type <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || cursor_type >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT)
+        return false;
+    if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(PackIdMouseCursors != -1);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = GetCustomRectByIndex(PackIdMouseCursors);
+    ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r->X, (float)r->Y);
+    ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1];
+    *out_size = size;
+    *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2];
+    out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale;
+    out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale;
+    pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
+    out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale;
+    out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool    ImFontAtlas::Build()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+
+    // Default font is none are specified
+    if (ConfigData.Size == 0)
+        AddFontDefault();
+
+    // Select builder
+    // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which
+    //   may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are
+    //   using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere
+    //   and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions.
+    const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO;
+    if (builder_io == NULL)
     {
-        stbtt_fontinfo      FontInfo;
-        stbrp_rect*         Rects;
-        stbtt_pack_range*   Ranges;
-        int                 RangesCount;
-    };
-    ImFontTempBuildData* tmp_array = (ImFontTempBuildData*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)ConfigData.Size * sizeof(ImFontTempBuildData));
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
+        builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType();
+#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE)
+        builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
+#else
+        IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function
+#endif
+    }
 
-    // Initialize font information early (so we can error without any cleanup) + count glyphs
-    int total_glyph_count = 0;
-    int total_glyph_range_count = 0;
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // Build
+    return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this);
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor)
+{
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 256; i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+        unsigned int value = (unsigned int)(i * in_brighten_factor);
+        out_table[i] = value > 255 ? 255 : (value & 0xFF);
+    }
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(w <= stride);
+    unsigned char* data = pixels + x + y * stride;
+    for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride - w)
+        for (int i = w; i > 0; i--, data++)
+            *data = table[*data];
+}
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+// Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+// (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.)
+struct ImFontBuildSrcData
+{
+    stbtt_fontinfo      FontInfo;
+    stbtt_pack_range    PackRange;          // Hold the list of codepoints to pack (essentially points to Codepoints.Data)
+    stbrp_rect*         Rects;              // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position.
+    stbtt_packedchar*   PackedChars;        // Output glyphs
+    const ImWchar*      SrcRanges;          // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF)
+    int                 DstIndex;           // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[]
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;      // Highest requested codepoint
+    int                 GlyphsCount;        // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font)
+    ImBitVector         GlyphsSet;          // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB)
+    ImVector<int>       GlyphsList;         // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsSet)
+};
+
+// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+struct ImFontBuildDstData
+{
+    int                 SrcCount;           // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font.
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;
+    int                 GlyphsCount;
+    ImBitVector         GlyphsSet;          // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font.
+};
+
+static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector<int>* out)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(sizeof(in->Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(int));
+    const ImU32* it_begin = in->Storage.begin();
+    const ImU32* it_end = in->Storage.end();
+    for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++)
+        if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it)
+            for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++)
+                if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n))
+                    out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n));
+}
 
-        IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == this));
+static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0);
+
+    ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas);
+
+    // Clear atlas
+    atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL;
+    atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    atlas->ClearTexData();
+
+    // Temporary storage for building
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildSrcData> src_tmp_array;
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildDstData> dst_tmp_array;
+    src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size);
+    dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size);
+    memset(src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+    memset(dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas));
+
+        // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices)
+        src_tmp.DstIndex = -1;
+        for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++)
+            if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i])
+                src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i;
+        if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array?
+            return false;
+        }
+        // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct
         const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo);
-        IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0);
-        if (!stbtt_InitFont(&tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
+        IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found.");
+        if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(0 && "stbtt_InitFont(): failed to parse FontData. It is correct and complete? Check FontDataSize.");
             return false;
+        }
 
-        // Count glyphs
-        if (!cfg.GlyphRanges)
-            cfg.GlyphRanges = GetGlyphRangesDefault();
-        for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2)
+        // Measure highest codepoints
+        ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
         {
-            total_glyph_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-            total_glyph_range_count++;
+            // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common
+            // user error is to setup ImFontConfig::GlyphRanges with a pointer to data that isn't persistent.
+            IM_ASSERT(src_range[0] <= src_range[1]);
+            src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]);
         }
+        dst_tmp.SrcCount++;
+        dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest);
     }
 
-    // Start packing. We need a known width for the skyline algorithm. Using a cheap heuristic here to decide of width. User can override TexDesiredWidth if they wish.
-    // After packing is done, width shouldn't matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
-    TexWidth = (TexDesiredWidth > 0) ? TexDesiredWidth : (total_glyph_count > 4000) ? 4096 : (total_glyph_count > 2000) ? 2048 : (total_glyph_count > 1000) ? 1024 : 512;
-    TexHeight = 0;
-    const int max_tex_height = 1024*32;
-    stbtt_pack_context spc;
-    stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, TexWidth, max_tex_height, 0, 1, NULL);
+    // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs.
+    int total_glyphs_count = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+        if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty())
+            dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+            for (unsigned int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++)
+            {
+                if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint))    // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true)
+                    continue;
+                if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint))    // It is actually in the font?
+                    continue;
+
+                // Add to avail set/counters
+                src_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
+                total_glyphs_count++;
+            }
+    }
 
-    // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
-    ImVector<stbrp_rect> extra_rects;
-    RenderCustomTexData(0, &extra_rects);
-    stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, 1, 1);
-    stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, &extra_rects[0], extra_rects.Size);
-    for (int i = 0; i < extra_rects.Size; i++)
-        if (extra_rects[i].was_packed)
-            TexHeight = ImMax(TexHeight, extra_rects[i].y + extra_rects[i].h);
+    // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another)
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+        UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList);
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear();
+        IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+    }
+    for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++)
+        dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear();
+    dst_tmp_array.clear();
 
     // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0)
-    int buf_packedchars_n = 0, buf_rects_n = 0, buf_ranges_n = 0;
-    stbtt_packedchar* buf_packedchars = (stbtt_packedchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar));
-    stbrp_rect* buf_rects = (stbrp_rect*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect));
-    stbtt_pack_range* buf_ranges = (stbtt_pack_range*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_range_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range));
-    memset(buf_packedchars, 0, total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar));
-    memset(buf_rects, 0, total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect));              // Unnecessary but let's clear this for the sake of sanity.
-    memset(buf_ranges, 0, total_glyph_range_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range));
-
-    // First font pass: pack all glyphs (no rendering at this point, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point)
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
-    {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
-
-        // Setup ranges
-        int glyph_count = 0;
-        int glyph_ranges_count = 0;
-        for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2)
-        {
-            glyph_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-            glyph_ranges_count++;
-        }
-        tmp.Ranges = buf_ranges + buf_ranges_n;
-        tmp.RangesCount = glyph_ranges_count;
-        buf_ranges_n += glyph_ranges_count;
-        for (int i = 0; i < glyph_ranges_count; i++)
+    // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity)
+    ImVector<stbrp_rect> buf_rects;
+    ImVector<stbtt_packedchar> buf_packedchars;
+    buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    buf_packedchars.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes());
+    memset(buf_packedchars.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_packedchars.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas.
+    int total_surface = 0;
+    int buf_rects_out_n = 0;
+    int buf_packedchars_out_n = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n];
+        src_tmp.PackedChars = &buf_packedchars[buf_packedchars_out_n];
+        buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+        buf_packedchars_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+
+        // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.chardata_for_range = src_tmp.PackedChars;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.h_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleH;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV;
+
+        // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects)
+        const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0.0f) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity);
+        const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding;
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++)
         {
-            const ImWchar* in_range = &cfg.GlyphRanges[i * 2];
-            stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i];
-            range.font_size = cfg.SizePixels;
-            range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = in_range[0];
-            range.num_chars = (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-            range.chardata_for_range = buf_packedchars + buf_packedchars_n;
-            buf_packedchars_n += range.num_chars;
+            int x0, y0, x1, y1;
+            const int glyph_index_in_font = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]);
+            IM_ASSERT(glyph_index_in_font != 0);
+            stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(&src_tmp.FontInfo, glyph_index_in_font, scale * cfg.OversampleH, scale * cfg.OversampleV, 0, 0, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(x1 - x0 + padding + cfg.OversampleH - 1);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(y1 - y0 + padding + cfg.OversampleV - 1);
+            total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h;
         }
+    }
+
+    // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width!
+    // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
+    // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface.
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1;
+    atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0)
+        atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth;
+    else
+        atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512;
 
-        // Pack
-        tmp.Rects = buf_rects + buf_rects_n;
-        buf_rects_n += glyph_count;
-        stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV);
-        int n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects);
-        stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, tmp.Rects, n);
+    // 5. Start packing
+    // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
+    const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32;
+    stbtt_pack_context spc = {};
+    stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info);
 
-        // Extend texture height
-        for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
-            if (tmp.Rects[i].was_packed)
-                TexHeight = ImMax(TexHeight, tmp.Rects[i].y + tmp.Rects[i].h);
+    // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point.
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+
+        // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them.
+        // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?)
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
+            if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed)
+                atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h);
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_rects_n == total_glyph_count);
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_packedchars_n == total_glyph_count);
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_ranges_n == total_glyph_range_count);
 
-    // Create texture
-    TexHeight = ImUpperPowerOfTwo(TexHeight);
-    TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(TexWidth * TexHeight);
-    memset(TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, TexWidth * TexHeight);
-    spc.pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
-    spc.height = TexHeight;
+    // 7. Allocate texture
+    atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+    memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+    spc.pixels = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8;
+    spc.height = atlas->TexHeight;
 
-    // Second pass: render characters
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
-        stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV);
-        stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects);
-        tmp.Rects = NULL;
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &src_tmp.FontInfo, &src_tmp.PackRange, 1, src_tmp.Rects);
+
+        // Apply multiply operator
+        if (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f)
+        {
+            unsigned char multiply_table[256];
+            ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply);
+            stbrp_rect* r = &src_tmp.Rects[0];
+            for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++, r++)
+                if (r->was_packed)
+                    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, atlas->TexWidth * 1);
+        }
+        src_tmp.Rects = NULL;
     }
 
     // End packing
     stbtt_PackEnd(&spc);
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_rects);
-    buf_rects = NULL;
+    buf_rects.clear();
 
-    // Third pass: setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+        // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true:
+        // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font.
+        // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration.
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
         ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont;
 
-        float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
+        const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
         int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap;
-        stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
+        stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
 
-        float ascent = unscaled_ascent * font_scale;
-        float descent = unscaled_descent * font_scale;
-        if (!cfg.MergeMode)
+        const float ascent = ImCeil(unscaled_ascent * font_scale);
+        const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale);
+        ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent);
+        const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x;
+        const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent);
+
+        const float inv_rasterization_scale = 1.0f / cfg.RasterizerDensity;
+
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
         {
-            dst_font->ContainerAtlas = this;
-            dst_font->ConfigData = &cfg;
-            dst_font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
-            dst_font->FontSize = cfg.SizePixels;
-            dst_font->Ascent = ascent;
-            dst_font->Descent = descent;
-            dst_font->Glyphs.resize(0);
+            // Register glyph
+            const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i];
+            const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i];
+            stbtt_aligned_quad q;
+            float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f;
+            stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0);
+            float x0 = q.x0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x;
+            float y0 = q.y0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y;
+            float x1 = q.x1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x;
+            float y1 = q.y1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y;
+            dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance * inv_rasterization_scale);
         }
-        dst_font->ConfigDataCount++;
-        float off_y = (cfg.MergeMode && cfg.MergeGlyphCenterV) ? (ascent - dst_font->Ascent) * 0.5f : 0.0f;
+    }
+
+    // Cleanup
+    src_tmp_array.clear_destruct();
+
+    ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas);
+    return true;
+}
+
+const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype()
+{
+    static ImFontBuilderIO io;
+    io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype;
+    return &io;
+}
 
-        dst_font->FallbackGlyph = NULL; // Always clear fallback so FindGlyph can return NULL. It will be set again in BuildLookupTable()
-        for (int i = 0; i < tmp.RangesCount; i++)
+#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+
+void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : atlas->ConfigData)
+    {
+        ImFont* font = font_cfg.DstFont;
+        if (!font_cfg.MergeMode)
         {
-            stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i];
-            for (int char_idx = 0; char_idx < range.num_chars; char_idx += 1)
-            {
-                const stbtt_packedchar& pc = range.chardata_for_range[char_idx];
-                if (!pc.x0 && !pc.x1 && !pc.y0 && !pc.y1)
-                    continue;
+            font->ConfigData = &font_cfg;
+            font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
+        }
+        font->ConfigDataCount++;
+    }
+}
 
-                const int codepoint = range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + char_idx;
-                if (cfg.MergeMode && dst_font->FindGlyph((unsigned short)codepoint))
-                    continue;
+void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent)
+{
+    if (!font_config->MergeMode)
+    {
+        font->ClearOutputData();
+        font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels;
+        IM_ASSERT(font->ConfigData == font_config);
+        font->ContainerAtlas = atlas;
+        font->Ascent = ascent;
+        font->Descent = descent;
+    }
+}
 
-                stbtt_aligned_quad q;
-                float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f;
-                stbtt_GetPackedQuad(range.chardata_for_range, TexWidth, TexHeight, char_idx, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0);
-
-                dst_font->Glyphs.resize(dst_font->Glyphs.Size + 1);
-                ImFont::Glyph& glyph = dst_font->Glyphs.back();
-                glyph.Codepoint = (ImWchar)codepoint;
-                glyph.X0 = q.x0; glyph.Y0 = q.y0; glyph.X1 = q.x1; glyph.Y1 = q.y1;
-                glyph.U0 = q.s0; glyph.V0 = q.t0; glyph.U1 = q.s1; glyph.V1 = q.t1;
-                glyph.Y0 += (float)(int)(dst_font->Ascent + off_y + 0.5f);
-                glyph.Y1 += (float)(int)(dst_font->Ascent + off_y + 0.5f);
-                glyph.XAdvance = (pc.xadvance + cfg.GlyphExtraSpacing.x);  // Bake spacing into XAdvance
-                if (cfg.PixelSnapH)
-                    glyph.XAdvance = (float)(int)(glyph.XAdvance + 0.5f);
-            }
+void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque)
+{
+    stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)stbrp_context_opaque;
+    IM_ASSERT(pack_context != NULL);
+
+    ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect>& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects;
+    IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong.
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+    if (user_rects.Size < 1) { __builtin_unreachable(); } // Workaround for GCC bug if IM_ASSERT() is defined to conditionally throw (see #5343)
+#endif
+
+    ImVector<stbrp_rect> pack_rects;
+    pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size);
+    memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)pack_rects.size_in_bytes());
+    for (int i = 0; i < user_rects.Size; i++)
+    {
+        pack_rects[i].w = user_rects[i].Width;
+        pack_rects[i].h = user_rects[i].Height;
+    }
+    stbrp_pack_rects(pack_context, &pack_rects[0], pack_rects.Size);
+    for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++)
+        if (pack_rects[i].was_packed)
+        {
+            user_rects[i].X = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].x;
+            user_rects[i].Y = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].y;
+            IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height);
+            atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h);
+        }
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
+    IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
+    unsigned char* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
+    for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
+        for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
+            out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00;
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
+    IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
+    unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
+    for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
+        for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
+            out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS;
+}
+
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors);
+    IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked());
+
+    const int w = atlas->TexWidth;
+    if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors))
+    {
+        // Render/copy pixels
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
+        const int x_for_white = r->X;
+        const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF);
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE);
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Render 4 white pixels
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2);
+        const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w;
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE;
         }
-        cfg.DstFont->BuildLookupTable();
     }
+    atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y);
+}
+
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)
+        return;
 
-    // Cleanup temporaries
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_packedchars);
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_ranges);
-    ImGui::MemFree(tmp_array);
+    // This generates a triangular shape in the texture, with the various line widths stacked on top of each other to allow interpolation between them
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdLines);
+    IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked());
+    for (unsigned int n = 0; n < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1; n++) // +1 because of the zero-width row
+    {
+        // Each line consists of at least two empty pixels at the ends, with a line of solid pixels in the middle
+        unsigned int y = n;
+        unsigned int line_width = n;
+        unsigned int pad_left = (r->Width - line_width) / 2;
+        unsigned int pad_right = r->Width - (pad_left + line_width);
+
+        // Write each slice
+        IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + i) = 0x00;
 
-    // Render into our custom data block
-    RenderCustomTexData(1, &extra_rects);
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF;
 
-    return true;
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0);
+
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE;
+
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0);
+        }
+
+        // Calculate UVs for this line
+        ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
+        ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left + line_width + 1), (float)(r->Y + y + 1)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
+        float half_v = (uv0.y + uv1.y) * 0.5f; // Calculate a constant V in the middle of the row to avoid sampling artifacts
+        atlas->TexUvLines[n] = ImVec4(uv0.x, half_v, uv1.x, half_v);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlas::RenderCustomTexData(int pass, void* p_rects)
-{
-    // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank)
-    // The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in ImGui to render filled shapes.
-    const int TEX_DATA_W = 90;
-    const int TEX_DATA_H = 27;
-    const char texture_data[TEX_DATA_W*TEX_DATA_H+1] =
-    {
-        "..-         -XXXXXXX-    X    -           X           -XXXXXXX          -          XXXXXXX"
-        "..-         -X.....X-   X.X   -          X.X          -X.....X          -          X.....X"
-        "---         -XXX.XXX-  X...X  -         X...X         -X....X           -           X....X"
-        "X           -  X.X  - X.....X -        X.....X        -X...X            -            X...X"
-        "XX          -  X.X  -X.......X-       X.......X       -X..X.X           -           X.X..X"
-        "X.X         -  X.X  -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       -X.X X.X          -          X.X X.X"
-        "X..X        -  X.X  -   X.X   -          X.X          -XX   X.X         -         X.X   XX"
-        "X...X       -  X.X  -   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -      X.X        -        X.X      "
-        "X....X      -  X.X  -   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -       X.X       -       X.X       "
-        "X.....X     -  X.X  -   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -        X.X      -      X.X        "
-        "X......X    -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -         X.X   XX-XX   X.X         "
-        "X.......X   -  X.X  -   X.X   -X.....................X-          X.X X.X-X.X X.X          "
-        "X........X  -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -           X.X..X-X..X.X           "
-        "X.........X -XXX.XXX-   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -            X...X-X...X            "
-        "X..........X-X.....X-   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -           X....X-X....X           "
-        "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX-   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -          X.....X-X.....X          "
-        "X...X..X    ---------   X.X   -          X.X          -          XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX          "
-        "X..X X..X   -       -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       ------------------------------------"
-        "X.X  X..X   -       -X.......X-       X.......X       -    XX           XX    -           "
-        "XX    X..X  -       - X.....X -        X.....X        -   X.X           X.X   -           "
-        "      X..X          -  X...X  -         X...X         -  X..X           X..X  -           "
-        "       XX           -   X.X   -          X.X          - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -           "
-        "------------        -    X    -           X           -X.....................X-           "
-        "                    ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -           "
-        "                                                      -  X..X           X..X  -           "
-        "                                                      -   X.X           X.X   -           "
-        "                                                      -    XX           XX    -           "
-    };
+// Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder
+void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    // Round font size
+    // - We started rounding in 1.90 WIP (18991) as our layout system currently doesn't support non-rounded font size well yet.
+    // - Note that using io.FontGlobalScale or SetWindowFontScale(), with are legacy-ish, partially supported features, can still lead to unrounded sizes.
+    // - We may support it better later and remove this rounding.
+    for (ImFontConfig& cfg : atlas->ConfigData)
+       cfg.SizePixels = ImTrunc(cfg.SizePixels);
+
+    // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels
+    if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0)
+    {
+        if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors))
+            atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
+        else
+            atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(2, 2);
+    }
 
-    ImVector<stbrp_rect>& rects = *(ImVector<stbrp_rect>*)p_rects;
-    if (pass == 0)
+    // Register texture region for thick lines
+    // The +2 here is to give space for the end caps, whilst height +1 is to accommodate the fact we have a zero-width row
+    if (atlas->PackIdLines < 0)
     {
-        // Request rectangles
-        stbrp_rect r;
-        memset(&r, 0, sizeof(r));
-        r.w = (TEX_DATA_W*2)+1;
-        r.h = TEX_DATA_H+1;
-        rects.push_back(r);
+        if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
+            atlas->PackIdLines = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 2, IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1);
     }
-    else if (pass == 1)
+}
+
+// This is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder.
+void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    // Render into our custom data blocks
+    IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas);
+
+    // Register custom rectangle glyphs
+    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++)
     {
-        // Render/copy pixels
-        const stbrp_rect& r = rects[0];
-        for (int y = 0, n = 0; y < TEX_DATA_H; y++)
-            for (int x = 0; x < TEX_DATA_W; x++, n++)
-            {
-                const int offset0 = (int)(r.x + x) + (int)(r.y + y) * TexWidth;
-                const int offset1 = offset0 + 1 + TEX_DATA_W;
-                TexPixelsAlpha8[offset0] = texture_data[n] == '.' ? 0xFF : 0x00;
-                TexPixelsAlpha8[offset1] = texture_data[n] == 'X' ? 0xFF : 0x00;
-            }
-        const ImVec2 tex_uv_scale(1.0f / TexWidth, 1.0f / TexHeight);
-        TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r.x + 0.5f) * tex_uv_scale.x, (r.y + 0.5f) * tex_uv_scale.y);
+        const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = &atlas->CustomRects[i];
+        if (r->Font == NULL || r->GlyphID == 0)
+            continue;
 
-        // Setup mouse cursors
-        const ImVec2 cursor_datas[ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_][3] =
-        {
-            // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ......
-            { ImVec2(0,3),  ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
-            { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2(7,16),  ImVec2( 4, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
-            { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Move
-            { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 5,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
-            { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 5) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
-            { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
-            { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
-        };
-
-        for (int type = 0; type < ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_; type++)
-        {
-            ImGuiMouseCursorData& cursor_data = GImGui->MouseCursorData[type];
-            ImVec2 pos = cursor_datas[type][0] + ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y);
-            const ImVec2 size = cursor_datas[type][1];
-            cursor_data.Type = type;
-            cursor_data.Size = size;
-            cursor_data.HotOffset = cursor_datas[type][2];
-            cursor_data.TexUvMin[0] = (pos) * tex_uv_scale;
-            cursor_data.TexUvMax[0] = (pos + size) * tex_uv_scale;
-            pos.x += TEX_DATA_W+1;
-            cursor_data.TexUvMin[1] = (pos) * tex_uv_scale;
-            cursor_data.TexUvMax[1] = (pos + size) * tex_uv_scale;
-        }
+        // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, GlyphExtraSpacing, PixelSnapH
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas);
+        ImVec2 uv0, uv1;
+        atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(r, &uv0, &uv1);
+        r->Font->AddGlyph(NULL, (ImWchar)r->GlyphID, r->GlyphOffset.x, r->GlyphOffset.y, r->GlyphOffset.x + r->Width, r->GlyphOffset.y + r->Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r->GlyphAdvanceX);
     }
+
+    // Build all fonts lookup tables
+    for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts)
+        if (font->DirtyLookupTables)
+            font->BuildLookupTable();
+
+    atlas->TexReady = true;
 }
 
 // Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive)
@@ -1549,90 +3268,214 @@ const ImWchar*   ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
+const ImWchar*   ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesGreek()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x0370, 0x03FF, // Greek and Coptic
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
 const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean()
 {
     static const ImWchar ranges[] =
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
         0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets
-        0xAC00, 0xD79D, // Korean characters
+        0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
         0,
     };
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
-const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChinese()
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull()
 {
     static const ImWchar ranges[] =
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
         0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
         0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms
         0,
     };
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
+static void UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(int base_codepoint, const short* accumulative_offsets, int accumulative_offsets_count, ImWchar* out_ranges)
+{
+    for (int n = 0; n < accumulative_offsets_count; n++, out_ranges += 2)
+    {
+        out_ranges[0] = out_ranges[1] = (ImWchar)(base_codepoint + accumulative_offsets[n]);
+        base_codepoint += accumulative_offsets[n];
+    }
+    out_ranges[0] = 0;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
+{
+    // Store 2500 regularly used characters for Simplified Chinese.
+    // Sourced from https://zh.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E9%99%84%E5%BD%95:%E7%8E%B0%E4%BB%A3%E6%B1%89%E8%AF%AD%E5%B8%B8%E7%94%A8%E5%AD%97%E8%A1%A8
+    // This table covers 97.97% of all characters used during the month in July, 1987.
+    // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
+    // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
+    static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
+    {
+        0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,5,2,1,2,3,3,3,2,2,4,1,1,1,2,1,5,2,3,1,2,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,2,1,4,1,1,1,1,5,10,1,2,19,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,
+        1,5,1,6,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,4,8,5,1,1,4,1,1,3,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,1,1,10,1,1,5,2,4,6,1,4,2,2,2,12,2,1,1,6,1,1,1,4,1,1,4,6,5,1,4,2,2,4,10,7,1,1,4,2,4,
+        2,1,4,3,6,10,12,5,7,2,14,2,9,1,1,6,7,10,4,7,13,1,5,4,8,4,1,1,2,28,5,6,1,1,5,2,5,20,2,2,9,8,11,2,9,17,1,8,6,8,27,4,6,9,20,11,27,6,68,2,2,1,1,
+        1,2,1,2,2,7,6,11,3,3,1,1,3,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,8,3,4,1,5,7,2,1,4,4,8,4,2,1,2,1,1,4,5,6,3,6,2,12,3,1,3,9,2,4,3,4,1,5,3,3,1,3,7,1,5,1,1,1,1,2,
+        3,4,5,2,3,2,6,1,1,2,1,7,1,7,3,4,5,15,2,2,1,5,3,22,19,2,1,1,1,1,2,5,1,1,1,6,1,1,12,8,2,9,18,22,4,1,1,5,1,16,1,2,7,10,15,1,1,6,2,4,1,2,4,1,6,
+        1,1,3,2,4,1,6,4,5,1,2,1,1,2,1,10,3,1,3,2,1,9,3,2,5,7,2,19,4,3,6,1,1,1,1,1,4,3,2,1,1,1,2,5,3,1,1,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,3,1,1,1,3,7,1,4,1,1,2,1,
+        1,2,1,2,4,4,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,3,5,1,3,1,3,4,6,2,2,14,4,6,6,11,9,1,15,3,1,28,5,2,5,5,3,1,3,4,5,4,6,14,3,2,3,5,21,2,7,20,10,1,2,19,2,4,28,28,2,3,
+        2,1,14,4,1,26,28,42,12,40,3,52,79,5,14,17,3,2,2,11,3,4,6,3,1,8,2,23,4,5,8,10,4,2,7,3,5,1,1,6,3,1,2,2,2,5,28,1,1,7,7,20,5,3,29,3,17,26,1,8,4,
+        27,3,6,11,23,5,3,4,6,13,24,16,6,5,10,25,35,7,3,2,3,3,14,3,6,2,6,1,4,2,3,8,2,1,1,3,3,3,4,1,1,13,2,2,4,5,2,1,14,14,1,2,2,1,4,5,2,3,1,14,3,12,
+        3,17,2,16,5,1,2,1,8,9,3,19,4,2,2,4,17,25,21,20,28,75,1,10,29,103,4,1,2,1,1,4,2,4,1,2,3,24,2,2,2,1,1,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,1,3,1,1,1,6,1,5,3,1,1,
+        1,3,4,1,1,5,2,1,5,6,13,9,16,1,1,1,1,3,2,3,2,4,5,2,5,2,2,3,7,13,7,2,2,1,1,1,1,2,3,3,2,1,6,4,9,2,1,14,2,14,2,1,18,3,4,14,4,11,41,15,23,15,23,
+        176,1,3,4,1,1,1,1,5,3,1,2,3,7,3,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,6,2,4,1,9,7,1,10,5,8,16,29,1,1,2,2,3,1,3,5,2,4,5,4,1,1,2,2,3,3,7,1,6,10,1,17,1,44,4,6,2,1,1,6,
+        5,4,2,10,1,6,9,2,8,1,24,1,2,13,7,8,8,2,1,4,1,3,1,3,3,5,2,5,10,9,4,9,12,2,1,6,1,10,1,1,7,7,4,10,8,3,1,13,4,3,1,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,17,16,5,2,16,6,
+        1,4,2,1,3,3,6,8,5,11,11,1,3,3,2,4,6,10,9,5,7,4,7,4,7,1,1,4,2,1,3,6,8,7,1,6,11,5,5,3,24,9,4,2,7,13,5,1,8,82,16,61,1,1,1,4,2,2,16,10,3,8,1,1,
+        6,4,2,1,3,1,1,1,4,3,8,4,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,6,3,5,1,1,4,6,9,2,1,1,1,2,1,7,2,1,6,1,5,4,4,3,1,8,1,3,3,1,3,2,2,2,2,3,1,6,1,2,1,2,1,3,7,1,8,2,1,2,1,5,
+        2,5,3,5,10,1,2,1,1,3,2,5,11,3,9,3,5,1,1,5,9,1,2,1,5,7,9,9,8,1,3,3,3,6,8,2,3,2,1,1,32,6,1,2,15,9,3,7,13,1,3,10,13,2,14,1,13,10,2,1,3,10,4,15,
+        2,15,15,10,1,3,9,6,9,32,25,26,47,7,3,2,3,1,6,3,4,3,2,8,5,4,1,9,4,2,2,19,10,6,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,2,1,9,4,4,4,6,4,8,9,2,3,1,1,1,1,3,5,5,1,3,8,4,6,
+        2,1,4,12,1,5,3,7,13,2,5,8,1,6,1,2,5,14,6,1,5,2,4,8,15,5,1,23,6,62,2,10,1,1,8,1,2,2,10,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,3,2,3,1,5,3,3,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,11,3,1,1,4,
+        3,7,1,14,1,2,3,12,5,2,5,1,6,7,5,7,14,11,1,3,1,8,9,12,2,1,11,8,4,4,2,6,10,9,13,1,1,3,1,5,1,3,2,4,4,1,18,2,3,14,11,4,29,4,2,7,1,3,13,9,2,2,5,
+        3,5,20,7,16,8,5,72,34,6,4,22,12,12,28,45,36,9,7,39,9,191,1,1,1,4,11,8,4,9,2,3,22,1,1,1,1,4,17,1,7,7,1,11,31,10,2,4,8,2,3,2,1,4,2,16,4,32,2,
+        3,19,13,4,9,1,5,2,14,8,1,1,3,6,19,6,5,1,16,6,2,10,8,5,1,2,3,1,5,5,1,11,6,6,1,3,3,2,6,3,8,1,1,4,10,7,5,7,7,5,8,9,2,1,3,4,1,1,3,1,3,3,2,6,16,
+        1,4,6,3,1,10,6,1,3,15,2,9,2,10,25,13,9,16,6,2,2,10,11,4,3,9,1,2,6,6,5,4,30,40,1,10,7,12,14,33,6,3,6,7,3,1,3,1,11,14,4,9,5,12,11,49,18,51,31,
+        140,31,2,2,1,5,1,8,1,10,1,4,4,3,24,1,10,1,3,6,6,16,3,4,5,2,1,4,2,57,10,6,22,2,22,3,7,22,6,10,11,36,18,16,33,36,2,5,5,1,1,1,4,10,1,4,13,2,7,
+        5,2,9,3,4,1,7,43,3,7,3,9,14,7,9,1,11,1,1,3,7,4,18,13,1,14,1,3,6,10,73,2,2,30,6,1,11,18,19,13,22,3,46,42,37,89,7,3,16,34,2,2,3,9,1,7,1,1,1,2,
+        2,4,10,7,3,10,3,9,5,28,9,2,6,13,7,3,1,3,10,2,7,2,11,3,6,21,54,85,2,1,4,2,2,1,39,3,21,2,2,5,1,1,1,4,1,1,3,4,15,1,3,2,4,4,2,3,8,2,20,1,8,7,13,
+        4,1,26,6,2,9,34,4,21,52,10,4,4,1,5,12,2,11,1,7,2,30,12,44,2,30,1,1,3,6,16,9,17,39,82,2,2,24,7,1,7,3,16,9,14,44,2,1,2,1,2,3,5,2,4,1,6,7,5,3,
+        2,6,1,11,5,11,2,1,18,19,8,1,3,24,29,2,1,3,5,2,2,1,13,6,5,1,46,11,3,5,1,1,5,8,2,10,6,12,6,3,7,11,2,4,16,13,2,5,1,1,2,2,5,2,28,5,2,23,10,8,4,
+        4,22,39,95,38,8,14,9,5,1,13,5,4,3,13,12,11,1,9,1,27,37,2,5,4,4,63,211,95,2,2,2,1,3,5,2,1,1,2,2,1,1,1,3,2,4,1,2,1,1,5,2,2,1,1,2,3,1,3,1,1,1,
+        3,1,4,2,1,3,6,1,1,3,7,15,5,3,2,5,3,9,11,4,2,22,1,6,3,8,7,1,4,28,4,16,3,3,25,4,4,27,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,1,3,5,2,28,8,2,14,1,8,6,16,25,3,3,3,14,3,
+        3,1,1,2,1,4,6,3,8,4,1,1,1,2,3,6,10,6,2,3,18,3,2,5,5,4,3,1,5,2,5,4,23,7,6,12,6,4,17,11,9,5,1,1,10,5,12,1,1,11,26,33,7,3,6,1,17,7,1,5,12,1,11,
+        2,4,1,8,14,17,23,1,2,1,7,8,16,11,9,6,5,2,6,4,16,2,8,14,1,11,8,9,1,1,1,9,25,4,11,19,7,2,15,2,12,8,52,7,5,19,2,16,4,36,8,1,16,8,24,26,4,6,2,9,
+        5,4,36,3,28,12,25,15,37,27,17,12,59,38,5,32,127,1,2,9,17,14,4,1,2,1,1,8,11,50,4,14,2,19,16,4,17,5,4,5,26,12,45,2,23,45,104,30,12,8,3,10,2,2,
+        3,3,1,4,20,7,2,9,6,15,2,20,1,3,16,4,11,15,6,134,2,5,59,1,2,2,2,1,9,17,3,26,137,10,211,59,1,2,4,1,4,1,1,1,2,6,2,3,1,1,2,3,2,3,1,3,4,4,2,3,3,
+        1,4,3,1,7,2,2,3,1,2,1,3,3,3,2,2,3,2,1,3,14,6,1,3,2,9,6,15,27,9,34,145,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,1,2,1,1,1,2,3,5,8,3,5,2,4,1,3,2,2,2,12,
+        4,1,1,1,10,4,5,1,20,4,16,1,15,9,5,12,2,9,2,5,4,2,26,19,7,1,26,4,30,12,15,42,1,6,8,172,1,1,4,2,1,1,11,2,2,4,2,1,2,1,10,8,1,2,1,4,5,1,2,5,1,8,
+        4,1,3,4,2,1,6,2,1,3,4,1,2,1,1,1,1,12,5,7,2,4,3,1,1,1,3,3,6,1,2,2,3,3,3,2,1,2,12,14,11,6,6,4,12,2,8,1,7,10,1,35,7,4,13,15,4,3,23,21,28,52,5,
+        26,5,6,1,7,10,2,7,53,3,2,1,1,1,2,163,532,1,10,11,1,3,3,4,8,2,8,6,2,2,23,22,4,2,2,4,2,1,3,1,3,3,5,9,8,2,1,2,8,1,10,2,12,21,20,15,105,2,3,1,1,
+        3,2,3,1,1,2,5,1,4,15,11,19,1,1,1,1,5,4,5,1,1,2,5,3,5,12,1,2,5,1,11,1,1,15,9,1,4,5,3,26,8,2,1,3,1,1,15,19,2,12,1,2,5,2,7,2,19,2,20,6,26,7,5,
+        2,2,7,34,21,13,70,2,128,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,3,2,2,2,15,1,4,1,3,4,42,10,6,1,49,85,8,1,2,1,1,4,4,2,3,6,1,5,7,4,3,211,4,1,2,1,2,5,1,2,4,2,2,6,5,6,
+        10,3,4,48,100,6,2,16,296,5,27,387,2,2,3,7,16,8,5,38,15,39,21,9,10,3,7,59,13,27,21,47,5,21,6
+    };
+    static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD  // Invalid
+    };
+    static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 };
+    if (!full_ranges[0])
+    {
+        memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
+        UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges));
+    }
+    return &full_ranges[0];
+}
+
 const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
 {
-    // Store the 1946 ideograms code points as successive offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. Each offset has an implicit +1.
-    // This encoding helps us reduce the source code size.
-    static const short offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
-    {
-        -1,0,1,3,0,0,0,0,1,0,5,1,1,0,7,4,6,10,0,1,9,9,7,1,3,19,1,10,7,1,0,1,0,5,1,0,6,4,2,6,0,0,12,6,8,0,3,5,0,1,0,9,0,0,8,1,1,3,4,5,13,0,0,8,2,17,
-        4,3,1,1,9,6,0,0,0,2,1,3,2,22,1,9,11,1,13,1,3,12,0,5,9,2,0,6,12,5,3,12,4,1,2,16,1,1,4,6,5,3,0,6,13,15,5,12,8,14,0,0,6,15,3,6,0,18,8,1,6,14,1,
-        5,4,12,24,3,13,12,10,24,0,0,0,1,0,1,1,2,9,10,2,2,0,0,3,3,1,0,3,8,0,3,2,4,4,1,6,11,10,14,6,15,3,4,15,1,0,0,5,2,2,0,0,1,6,5,5,6,0,3,6,5,0,0,1,0,
-        11,2,2,8,4,7,0,10,0,1,2,17,19,3,0,2,5,0,6,2,4,4,6,1,1,11,2,0,3,1,2,1,2,10,7,6,3,16,0,8,24,0,0,3,1,1,3,0,1,6,0,0,0,2,0,1,5,15,0,1,0,0,2,11,19,
-        1,4,19,7,6,5,1,0,0,0,0,5,1,0,1,9,0,0,5,0,2,0,1,0,3,0,11,3,0,2,0,0,0,0,0,9,3,6,4,12,0,14,0,0,29,10,8,0,14,37,13,0,31,16,19,0,8,30,1,20,8,3,48,
-        21,1,0,12,0,10,44,34,42,54,11,18,82,0,2,1,2,12,1,0,6,2,17,2,12,7,0,7,17,4,2,6,24,23,8,23,39,2,16,23,1,0,5,1,2,15,14,5,6,2,11,0,8,6,2,2,2,14,
-        20,4,15,3,4,11,10,10,2,5,2,1,30,2,1,0,0,22,5,5,0,3,1,5,4,1,0,0,2,2,21,1,5,1,2,16,2,1,3,4,0,8,4,0,0,5,14,11,2,16,1,13,1,7,0,22,15,3,1,22,7,14,
-        22,19,11,24,18,46,10,20,64,45,3,2,0,4,5,0,1,4,25,1,0,0,2,10,0,0,0,1,0,1,2,0,0,9,1,2,0,0,0,2,5,2,1,1,5,5,8,1,1,1,5,1,4,9,1,3,0,1,0,1,1,2,0,0,
-        2,0,1,8,22,8,1,0,0,0,0,4,2,1,0,9,8,5,0,9,1,30,24,2,6,4,39,0,14,5,16,6,26,179,0,2,1,1,0,0,0,5,2,9,6,0,2,5,16,7,5,1,1,0,2,4,4,7,15,13,14,0,0,
-        3,0,1,0,0,0,2,1,6,4,5,1,4,9,0,3,1,8,0,0,10,5,0,43,0,2,6,8,4,0,2,0,0,9,6,0,9,3,1,6,20,14,6,1,4,0,7,2,3,0,2,0,5,0,3,1,0,3,9,7,0,3,4,0,4,9,1,6,0,
-        9,0,0,2,3,10,9,28,3,6,2,4,1,2,32,4,1,18,2,0,3,1,5,30,10,0,2,2,2,0,7,9,8,11,10,11,7,2,13,7,5,10,0,3,40,2,0,1,6,12,0,4,5,1,5,11,11,21,4,8,3,7,
-        8,8,33,5,23,0,0,19,8,8,2,3,0,6,1,1,1,5,1,27,4,2,5,0,3,5,6,3,1,0,3,1,12,5,3,3,2,0,7,7,2,1,0,4,0,1,1,2,0,10,10,6,2,5,9,7,5,15,15,21,6,11,5,20,
-        4,3,5,5,2,5,0,2,1,0,1,7,28,0,9,0,5,12,5,5,18,30,0,12,3,3,21,16,25,32,9,3,14,11,24,5,66,9,1,2,0,5,9,1,5,1,8,0,8,3,3,0,1,15,1,4,8,1,2,7,0,7,2,
-        8,3,7,5,3,7,10,2,1,0,0,2,25,0,6,4,0,10,0,4,2,4,1,12,5,38,4,0,4,1,10,5,9,4,0,14,4,2,5,18,20,21,1,3,0,5,0,7,0,3,7,1,3,1,1,8,1,0,0,0,3,2,5,2,11,
-        6,0,13,1,3,9,1,12,0,16,6,2,1,0,2,1,12,6,13,11,2,0,28,1,7,8,14,13,8,13,0,2,0,5,4,8,10,2,37,42,19,6,6,7,4,14,11,18,14,80,7,6,0,4,72,12,36,27,
-        7,7,0,14,17,19,164,27,0,5,10,7,3,13,6,14,0,2,2,5,3,0,6,13,0,0,10,29,0,4,0,3,13,0,3,1,6,51,1,5,28,2,0,8,0,20,2,4,0,25,2,10,13,10,0,16,4,0,1,0,
-        2,1,7,0,1,8,11,0,0,1,2,7,2,23,11,6,6,4,16,2,2,2,0,22,9,3,3,5,2,0,15,16,21,2,9,20,15,15,5,3,9,1,0,0,1,7,7,5,4,2,2,2,38,24,14,0,0,15,5,6,24,14,
-        5,5,11,0,21,12,0,3,8,4,11,1,8,0,11,27,7,2,4,9,21,59,0,1,39,3,60,62,3,0,12,11,0,3,30,11,0,13,88,4,15,5,28,13,1,4,48,17,17,4,28,32,46,0,16,0,
-        18,11,1,8,6,38,11,2,6,11,38,2,0,45,3,11,2,7,8,4,30,14,17,2,1,1,65,18,12,16,4,2,45,123,12,56,33,1,4,3,4,7,0,0,0,3,2,0,16,4,2,4,2,0,7,4,5,2,26,
-        2,25,6,11,6,1,16,2,6,17,77,15,3,35,0,1,0,5,1,0,38,16,6,3,12,3,3,3,0,9,3,1,3,5,2,9,0,18,0,25,1,3,32,1,72,46,6,2,7,1,3,14,17,0,28,1,40,13,0,20,
-        15,40,6,38,24,12,43,1,1,9,0,12,6,0,6,2,4,19,3,7,1,48,0,9,5,0,5,6,9,6,10,15,2,11,19,3,9,2,0,1,10,1,27,8,1,3,6,1,14,0,26,0,27,16,3,4,9,6,2,23,
-        9,10,5,25,2,1,6,1,1,48,15,9,15,14,3,4,26,60,29,13,37,21,1,6,4,0,2,11,22,23,16,16,2,2,1,3,0,5,1,6,4,0,0,4,0,0,8,3,0,2,5,0,7,1,7,3,13,2,4,10,
-        3,0,2,31,0,18,3,0,12,10,4,1,0,7,5,7,0,5,4,12,2,22,10,4,2,15,2,8,9,0,23,2,197,51,3,1,1,4,13,4,3,21,4,19,3,10,5,40,0,4,1,1,10,4,1,27,34,7,21,
-        2,17,2,9,6,4,2,3,0,4,2,7,8,2,5,1,15,21,3,4,4,2,2,17,22,1,5,22,4,26,7,0,32,1,11,42,15,4,1,2,5,0,19,3,1,8,6,0,10,1,9,2,13,30,8,2,24,17,19,1,4,
-        4,25,13,0,10,16,11,39,18,8,5,30,82,1,6,8,18,77,11,13,20,75,11,112,78,33,3,0,0,60,17,84,9,1,1,12,30,10,49,5,32,158,178,5,5,6,3,3,1,3,1,4,7,6,
-        19,31,21,0,2,9,5,6,27,4,9,8,1,76,18,12,1,4,0,3,3,6,3,12,2,8,30,16,2,25,1,5,5,4,3,0,6,10,2,3,1,0,5,1,19,3,0,8,1,5,2,6,0,0,0,19,1,2,0,5,1,2,5,
-        1,3,7,0,4,12,7,3,10,22,0,9,5,1,0,2,20,1,1,3,23,30,3,9,9,1,4,191,14,3,15,6,8,50,0,1,0,0,4,0,0,1,0,2,4,2,0,2,3,0,2,0,2,2,8,7,0,1,1,1,3,3,17,11,
-        91,1,9,3,2,13,4,24,15,41,3,13,3,1,20,4,125,29,30,1,0,4,12,2,21,4,5,5,19,11,0,13,11,86,2,18,0,7,1,8,8,2,2,22,1,2,6,5,2,0,1,2,8,0,2,0,5,2,1,0,
-        2,10,2,0,5,9,2,1,2,0,1,0,4,0,0,10,2,5,3,0,6,1,0,1,4,4,33,3,13,17,3,18,6,4,7,1,5,78,0,4,1,13,7,1,8,1,0,35,27,15,3,0,0,0,1,11,5,41,38,15,22,6,
-        14,14,2,1,11,6,20,63,5,8,27,7,11,2,2,40,58,23,50,54,56,293,8,8,1,5,1,14,0,1,12,37,89,8,8,8,2,10,6,0,0,0,4,5,2,1,0,1,1,2,7,0,3,3,0,4,6,0,3,2,
-        19,3,8,0,0,0,4,4,16,0,4,1,5,1,3,0,3,4,6,2,17,10,10,31,6,4,3,6,10,126,7,3,2,2,0,9,0,0,5,20,13,0,15,0,6,0,2,5,8,64,50,3,2,12,2,9,0,0,11,8,20,
-        109,2,18,23,0,0,9,61,3,0,28,41,77,27,19,17,81,5,2,14,5,83,57,252,14,154,263,14,20,8,13,6,57,39,38,
+    // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese
+    // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points
+    // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points
+    // - Sourced from official information provided by the government agencies of Japan:
+    //   - List of Joyo Kanji by the Agency for Cultural Affairs
+    //     - https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kijun/naikaku/kanji/
+    //   - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji by the Ministry of Justice
+    //     - http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html
+    //   - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0).
+    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
+    // - You can generate this code by the script at:
+    //   - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji
+    // - References:
+    //   - List of Joyo Kanji
+    //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji
+    //   - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji
+    //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji
+    // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details.
+    // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
+    // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
+    static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
+    {
+        0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1,
+        1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3,
+        2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8,
+        2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5,
+        2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1,
+        1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30,
+        2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3,
+        13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4,
+        5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14,
+        2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1,
+        1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1,
+        7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,
+        1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,
+        6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2,
+        10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7,
+        2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5,
+        3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1,
+        6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7,
+        4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2,
+        4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5,
+        1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6,
+        12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2,
+        1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16,
+        22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11,
+        2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18,
+        18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9,
+        14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3,
+        1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6,
+        40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1,
+        12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8,
+        2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1,
+        1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10,
+        1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5,
+        3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2,
+        14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5,
+        12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1,
+        2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5,
+        1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4,
+        3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7,
+        2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5,
+        13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13,
+        18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,
+        37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,
+        5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38,
+        32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4,
+        1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4,
+        4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,
+        3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,
     };
-    static ImWchar base_ranges[] =
+    static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
         0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD  // Invalid
     };
-    static bool full_ranges_unpacked = false;
-    static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1];
-    if (!full_ranges_unpacked)
+    static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 };
+    if (!full_ranges[0])
     {
-        // Unpack
-        int codepoint = 0x4e00;
         memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
-        ImWchar* dst = full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges);;
-        for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(offsets_from_0x4E00); n++, dst += 2)
-            dst[0] = dst[1] = (ImWchar)(codepoint += (offsets_from_0x4E00[n] + 1));
-        dst[0] = 0;
-        full_ranges_unpacked = true;
+        UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges));
     }
     return &full_ranges[0];
 }
@@ -1650,43 +3493,121 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesCyrillic()
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesThai()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
+        0x2010, 0x205E, // Punctuations
+        0x0E00, 0x0E7F, // Thai
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesVietnamese()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
+        0x0102, 0x0103,
+        0x0110, 0x0111,
+        0x0128, 0x0129,
+        0x0168, 0x0169,
+        0x01A0, 0x01A1,
+        0x01AF, 0x01B0,
+        0x1EA0, 0x1EF9,
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImFont
+// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-ImFont::ImFont()
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
-    Scale = 1.0f;
-    FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?';
-    Clear();
+    while (text_end ? (text < text_end) : *text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = 0;
+        int c_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, text, text_end);
+        text += c_len;
+        if (c_len == 0)
+            break;
+        AddChar((ImWchar)c);
+    }
 }
 
-ImFont::~ImFont()
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges)
 {
-    // Invalidate active font so that the user gets a clear crash instead of a dangling pointer.
-    // If you want to delete fonts you need to do it between Render() and NewFrame().
-    // FIXME-CLEANUP
-    /*
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.Font == this)
-        g.Font = NULL;
-    */
-    Clear();
+    for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2)
+        for (unsigned int c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1] && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; c++) //-V560
+            AddChar((ImWchar)c);
+}
+
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges)
+{
+    const int max_codepoint = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX;
+    for (int n = 0; n <= max_codepoint; n++)
+        if (GetBit(n))
+        {
+            out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
+            while (n < max_codepoint && GetBit(n + 1))
+                n++;
+            out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
+        }
+    out_ranges->push_back(0);
 }
 
-void    ImFont::Clear()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFont
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImFont::ImFont()
 {
     FontSize = 0.0f;
-    DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 1.0f);
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
+    FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = 0.0f;
+    EllipsisCharCount = 0;
+    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
     ConfigData = NULL;
     ConfigDataCount = 0;
+    DirtyLookupTables = false;
+    Scale = 1.0f;
     Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
-    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+    MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
+    memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap));
+}
+
+ImFont::~ImFont()
+{
+    ClearOutputData();
+}
+
+void    ImFont::ClearOutputData()
+{
+    FontSize = 0.0f;
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
     Glyphs.clear();
-    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
-    FallbackXAdvance = 0.0f;
-    IndexXAdvance.clear();
+    IndexAdvanceX.clear();
     IndexLookup.clear();
+    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+    DirtyLookupTables = true;
+    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
+    MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
+}
+
+static ImWchar FindFirstExistingGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImWchar* candidate_chars, int candidate_chars_count)
+{
+    for (int n = 0; n < candidate_chars_count; n++)
+        if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(candidate_chars[n]) != NULL)
+            return candidate_chars[n];
+    return (ImWchar)-1;
 }
 
 void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
@@ -1695,91 +3616,209 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
     for (int i = 0; i != Glyphs.Size; i++)
         max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint);
 
-    IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 32*1024);
-    IndexXAdvance.clear();
+    // Build lookup table
+    IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size > 0 && "Font has not loaded glyph!");
+    IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved
+    IndexAdvanceX.clear();
     IndexLookup.clear();
+    DirtyLookupTables = false;
+    memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap));
     GrowIndex(max_codepoint + 1);
     for (int i = 0; i < Glyphs.Size; i++)
     {
         int codepoint = (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint;
-        IndexXAdvance[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].XAdvance;
-        IndexLookup[codepoint] = (short)i;
+        IndexAdvanceX[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].AdvanceX;
+        IndexLookup[codepoint] = (ImWchar)i;
+
+        // Mark 4K page as used
+        const int page_n = codepoint / 4096;
+        Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] |= 1 << (page_n & 7);
     }
 
     // Create a glyph to handle TAB
     // FIXME: Needs proper TAB handling but it needs to be contextualized (or we could arbitrary say that each string starts at "column 0" ?)
-    if (FindGlyph((unsigned short)' '))
+    if (FindGlyph((ImWchar)' '))
     {
-        if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t')   // So we can call this function multiple times
+        if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t')   // So we can call this function multiple times (FIXME: Flaky)
             Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
-        ImFont::Glyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back();
-        tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((unsigned short)' ');
+        ImFontGlyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back();
+        tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ');
         tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t';
-        tab_glyph.XAdvance *= 4;
-        IndexXAdvance[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.XAdvance;
-        IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (short)(Glyphs.Size-1);
+        tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE;
+        IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX;
+        IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size - 1);
     }
 
-    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
-    FallbackGlyph = FindGlyph(FallbackChar);
-    FallbackXAdvance = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->XAdvance : 0.0f;
+    // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons)
+    SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false);
+    SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false);
+
+    // Setup Fallback character
+    const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' };
+    FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
+    if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
+    {
+        FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars));
+        FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
+        if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
+        {
+            FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back();
+            FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint;
+        }
+    }
+    FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX;
     for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++)
-        if (IndexXAdvance[i] < 0.0f)
-            IndexXAdvance[i] = FallbackXAdvance;
+        if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f)
+            IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX;
+
+    // Setup Ellipsis character. It is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis).
+    // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character.
+    // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots.
+    const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 };
+    const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E };
+    if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars));
+    const ImWchar dot_char = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars));
+    if (EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1)
+    {
+        EllipsisCharCount = 1;
+        EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = FindGlyph(EllipsisChar)->X1;
+    }
+    else if (dot_char != (ImWchar)-1)
+    {
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(dot_char);
+        EllipsisChar = dot_char;
+        EllipsisCharCount = 3;
+        EllipsisCharStep = (glyph->X1 - glyph->X0) + 1.0f;
+        EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep * 3.0f - 1.0f;
+    }
+}
+
+// API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size
+// e.g. use with IsGlyphRangeUnused(0, 255)
+bool ImFont::IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last)
+{
+    unsigned int page_begin = (c_begin / 4096);
+    unsigned int page_last = (c_last / 4096);
+    for (unsigned int page_n = page_begin; page_n <= page_last; page_n++)
+        if ((page_n >> 3) < sizeof(Used4kPagesMap))
+            if (Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] & (1 << (page_n & 7)))
+                return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c)
+void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible)
 {
-    FallbackChar = c;
-    BuildLookupTable();
+    if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)c))
+        glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
 void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(IndexXAdvance.Size == IndexLookup.Size);
-    int old_size = IndexLookup.Size;
-    if (new_size <= old_size)
+    IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size);
+    if (new_size <= IndexLookup.Size)
         return;
-    IndexXAdvance.resize(new_size);
-    IndexLookup.resize(new_size);
-    for (int i = old_size; i < new_size; i++)
+    IndexAdvanceX.resize(new_size, -1.0f);
+    IndexLookup.resize(new_size, (ImWchar)-1);
+}
+
+// x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero.
+// Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis).
+// 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font.
+void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x)
+{
+    if (cfg != NULL)
     {
-        IndexXAdvance[i] = -1.0f;
-        IndexLookup[i] = (short)-1;
+        // Clamp & recenter if needed
+        const float advance_x_original = advance_x;
+        advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX);
+        if (advance_x != advance_x_original)
+        {
+            float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImTrunc((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f;
+            x0 += char_off_x;
+            x1 += char_off_x;
+        }
+
+        // Snap to pixel
+        if (cfg->PixelSnapH)
+            advance_x = IM_ROUND(advance_x);
+
+        // Bake spacing
+        advance_x += cfg->GlyphExtraSpacing.x;
     }
+
+    Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
+    ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back();
+    glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint;
+    glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1);
+    glyph.Colored = false;
+    glyph.X0 = x0;
+    glyph.Y0 = y0;
+    glyph.X1 = x1;
+    glyph.Y1 = y1;
+    glyph.U0 = u0;
+    glyph.V0 = v0;
+    glyph.U1 = u1;
+    glyph.V1 = v1;
+    glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x;
+
+    // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round)
+    // We use (U1-U0)*TexWidth instead of X1-X0 to account for oversampling.
+    float pad = ContainerAtlas->TexGlyphPadding + 0.99f;
+    DirtyLookupTables = true;
+    MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + pad) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + pad);
 }
 
 void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(IndexLookup.Size > 0);    // Currently this can only be called AFTER the font has been built, aka after calling ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAs*() function.
-    int index_size = IndexLookup.Size;
+    unsigned int index_size = (unsigned int)IndexLookup.Size;
 
-    if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == -1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists
+    if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == (ImWchar)-1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists
         return;
     if (src >= index_size && dst >= index_size) // both 'dst' and 'src' don't exist -> no-op
         return;
 
     GrowIndex(dst + 1);
-    IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : -1;
-    IndexXAdvance[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexXAdvance.Data[src] : 1.0f;
+    IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : (ImWchar)-1;
+    IndexAdvanceX[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[src] : 1.0f;
 }
 
-const ImFont::Glyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(unsigned short c) const
+const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const
 {
-    if (c < IndexLookup.Size)
-    {
-        const short i = IndexLookup[c];
-        if (i != -1)
-            return &Glyphs.Data[i];
-    }
-    return FallbackGlyph;
+    if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size)
+        return FallbackGlyph;
+    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
+    if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
+        return FallbackGlyph;
+    return &Glyphs.Data[i];
 }
 
-const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const
+const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const
+{
+    if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
+    if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
+        return NULL;
+    return &Glyphs.Data[i];
+}
+
+// Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
+static inline const char* CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
-    // Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases!
-    // FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.)
+    while (text < text_end && ImCharIsBlankA(*text))
+        text++;
+    if (*text == '\n')
+        text++;
+    return text;
+}
 
+// Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases!
+// This will return the next location to wrap from. If no wrapping if necessary, this will fast-forward to e.g. text_end.
+// FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.)
+const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const
+{
     // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^
     //  "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee   fff. ggg!"
     //      ^    ^    ^   ^   ^__    ^    ^
@@ -1791,16 +3830,17 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
 
     // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line.
     // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish"
-
     float line_width = 0.0f;
     float word_width = 0.0f;
     float blank_width = 0.0f;
+    wrap_width /= scale; // We work with unscaled widths to avoid scaling every characters
 
     const char* word_end = text;
     const char* prev_word_end = NULL;
     bool inside_word = true;
 
     const char* s = text;
+    IM_ASSERT(text_end != NULL);
     while (s < text_end)
     {
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
@@ -1809,8 +3849,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
             next_s = s + 1;
         else
             next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-        if (c == 0)
-            break;
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
@@ -1828,13 +3866,14 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
             }
         }
 
-        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size) ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] * scale : FallbackXAdvance;
-        if (ImCharIsSpace(c))
+        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX);
+        if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
         {
             if (inside_word)
             {
                 line_width += blank_width;
                 blank_width = 0.0f;
+                word_end = s;
             }
             blank_width += char_width;
             inside_word = false;
@@ -1854,11 +3893,11 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
             }
 
             // Allow wrapping after punctuation.
-            inside_word = !(c == '.' || c == ',' || c == ';' || c == '!' || c == '?' || c == '\"');
+            inside_word = (c != '.' && c != ',' && c != ';' && c != '!' && c != '?' && c != '\"');
         }
 
         // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped)
-        if (line_width + word_width >= wrap_width)
+        if (line_width + word_width > wrap_width)
         {
             // Words that cannot possibly fit within an entire line will be cut anywhere.
             if (word_width < wrap_width)
@@ -1869,6 +3908,10 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
         s = next_s;
     }
 
+    // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
+    // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because caller loops use (text >= word_wrap_eol).
+    if (s == text && text < text_end)
+        return s + 1;
     return s;
 }
 
@@ -1880,7 +3923,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
     const float line_height = size;
     const float scale = size / FontSize;
 
-    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
+    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0);
     float line_width = 0.0f;
 
     const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
@@ -1893,11 +3936,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
         {
             // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
             if (!word_wrap_eol)
-            {
                 word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width);
-                if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
-                    word_wrap_eol++;    // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below
-            }
 
             if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
             {
@@ -1906,13 +3945,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
                 text_size.y += line_height;
                 line_width = 0.0f;
                 word_wrap_eol = NULL;
-
-                // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
-                while (s < text_end)
-                {
-                    const char c = *s;
-                    if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; }
-                }
+                s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
                 continue;
             }
         }
@@ -1921,15 +3954,9 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
         const char* prev_s = s;
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
         if (c < 0x80)
-        {
             s += 1;
-        }
         else
-        {
             s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-            if (c == 0)
-                break;
-        }
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
@@ -1944,7 +3971,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
                 continue;
         }
 
-        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] : FallbackXAdvance) * scale;
+        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale;
         if (line_width + char_width >= max_width)
         {
             s = prev_s;
@@ -1966,55 +3993,87 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
     return text_size;
 }
 
-void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, unsigned short c) const
+// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
+void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const
 {
-    if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '\r') // Match behavior of RenderText(), those 4 codepoints are hard-coded.
+    const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c);
+    if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible)
         return;
-    if (const Glyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c))
-    {
-        float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f;
-        pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x;
-        pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y;
-        ImVec2 pos_tl(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale);
-        ImVec2 pos_br(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale);
-        draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4);
-        draw_list->PrimRectUV(pos_tl, pos_br, ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col);
-    }
+    if (glyph->Colored)
+        col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+    float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f;
+    float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x);
+    float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y);
+    draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4);
+    draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col);
 }
 
-void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
+// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
+void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
 {
     if (!text_end)
-        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
+        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls.
 
     // Align to be pixel perfect
-    pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x;
-    pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y;
-    float x = pos.x;
-    float y = pos.y;
+    float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x);
+    float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y);
     if (y > clip_rect.w)
         return;
 
+    const float start_x = x;
     const float scale = size / FontSize;
     const float line_height = FontSize * scale;
     const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
-    const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
 
-    // Skip non-visible lines
+    // Fast-forward to first visible line
     const char* s = text_begin;
-    if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
-        while (s < text_end && *s != '\n')  // Fast-forward to next line
-            s++;
+    if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
+        while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end)
+        {
+            const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s);
+            if (word_wrap_enabled)
+            {
+                // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA().
+                // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both.
+                // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward!
+                s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_end ? line_end : text_end, wrap_width);
+                s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                s = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end;
+            }
+            y += line_height;
+        }
+
+    // For large text, scan for the last visible line in order to avoid over-reserving in the call to PrimReserve()
+    // Note that very large horizontal line will still be affected by the issue (e.g. a one megabyte string buffer without a newline will likely crash atm)
+    if (text_end - s > 10000 && !word_wrap_enabled)
+    {
+        const char* s_end = s;
+        float y_end = y;
+        while (y_end < clip_rect.w && s_end < text_end)
+        {
+            s_end = (const char*)memchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end);
+            s_end = s_end ? s_end + 1 : text_end;
+            y_end += line_height;
+        }
+        text_end = s_end;
+    }
+    if (s == text_end)
+        return;
 
     // Reserve vertices for remaining worse case (over-reserving is useful and easily amortized)
     const int vtx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 4;
     const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6;
     const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max;
     draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max);
+    ImDrawVert*  vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
+    ImDrawIdx*   idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
+    unsigned int vtx_index = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
 
-    ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
-    ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
-    unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+    const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+    const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
 
     while (s < text_end)
     {
@@ -2022,24 +4081,16 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
         {
             // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
             if (!word_wrap_eol)
-            {
-                word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - pos.x));
-                if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
-                    word_wrap_eol++;    // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below
-            }
+                word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x));
 
             if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
             {
-                x = pos.x;
+                x = start_x;
                 y += line_height;
+                if (y > clip_rect.w)
+                    break; // break out of main loop
                 word_wrap_eol = NULL;
-
-                // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
-                while (s < text_end)
-                {
-                    const char c = *s;
-                    if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; }
-                }
+                s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
                 continue;
             }
         }
@@ -2047,143 +4098,341 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
         // Decode and advance source
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
         if (c < 0x80)
-        {
             s += 1;
-        }
         else
-        {
             s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-            if (c == 0)
-                break;
-        }
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
             if (c == '\n')
             {
-                x = pos.x;
+                x = start_x;
                 y += line_height;
-
                 if (y > clip_rect.w)
-                    break;
-                if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
-                    while (s < text_end && *s != '\n')  // Fast-forward to next line
-                        s++;
+                    break; // break out of main loop
                 continue;
             }
             if (c == '\r')
                 continue;
         }
 
-        float char_width = 0.0f;
-        if (const Glyph* glyph = FindGlyph((unsigned short)c))
-        {
-            char_width = glyph->XAdvance * scale;
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((ImWchar)c);
+        if (glyph == NULL)
+            continue;
 
-            // Arbitrarily assume that both space and tabs are empty glyphs as an optimization
-            if (c != ' ' && c != '\t')
+        float char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale;
+        if (glyph->Visible)
+        {
+            // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w
+            float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale;
+            float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale;
+            float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale;
+            float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale;
+            if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x)
             {
-                // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w
-                float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale;
-                float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale;
-                float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale;
-                float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale;
-                if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x)
+                // Render a character
+                float u1 = glyph->U0;
+                float v1 = glyph->V0;
+                float u2 = glyph->U1;
+                float v2 = glyph->V1;
+
+                // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads.
+                if (cpu_fine_clip)
                 {
-                    // Render a character
-                    float u1 = glyph->U0;
-                    float v1 = glyph->V0;
-                    float u2 = glyph->U1;
-                    float v2 = glyph->V1;
-
-                    // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads.
-                    if (cpu_fine_clip)
+                    if (x1 < clip_rect.x)
                     {
-                        if (x1 < clip_rect.x)
-                        {
-                            u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
-                            x1 = clip_rect.x;
-                        }
-                        if (y1 < clip_rect.y)
-                        {
-                            v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
-                            y1 = clip_rect.y;
-                        }
-                        if (x2 > clip_rect.z)
-                        {
-                            u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
-                            x2 = clip_rect.z;
-                        }
-                        if (y2 > clip_rect.w)
-                        {
-                            v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
-                            y2 = clip_rect.w;
-                        }
-                        if (y1 >= y2)
-                        {
-                            x += char_width;
-                            continue;
-                        }
+                        u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
+                        x1 = clip_rect.x;
                     }
-
-                    // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug build.
-                    // Inlined here:
+                    if (y1 < clip_rect.y)
+                    {
+                        v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
+                        y1 = clip_rect.y;
+                    }
+                    if (x2 > clip_rect.z)
                     {
-                        idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2);
-                        idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3);
-                        vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
-                        vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
-                        vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
-                        vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
-                        vtx_write += 4;
-                        vtx_current_idx += 4;
-                        idx_write += 6;
+                        u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
+                        x2 = clip_rect.z;
                     }
+                    if (y2 > clip_rect.w)
+                    {
+                        v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
+                        y2 = clip_rect.w;
+                    }
+                    if (y1 >= y2)
+                    {
+                        x += char_width;
+                        continue;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                // Support for untinted glyphs
+                ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col;
+
+                // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here:
+                {
+                    vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
+                    vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
+                    vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
+                    vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
+                    idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2);
+                    idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 3);
+                    vtx_write += 4;
+                    vtx_index += 4;
+                    idx_write += 6;
                 }
             }
         }
-
         x += char_width;
     }
 
-    // Give back unused vertices
-    draw_list->VtxBuffer.resize((int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data));
-    draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize((int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data));
-    draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size-1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+    // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action.
+    draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink()
+    draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data);
+    draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
     draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write;
     draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
-    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = (unsigned int)draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_index;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Vaguely redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state:
+// - RenderArrow()
+// - RenderBullet()
+// - RenderCheckMark()
+// - RenderArrowPointingAt()
+// - RenderRectFilledRangeH()
+// - RenderRectFilledWithHole()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Function in need of a redesign (legacy mess)
+// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state
+void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale)
+{
+    const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f;
+    float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
+    ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale);
+
+    ImVec2 a, b, c;
+    switch (dir)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDir_Up:
+    case ImGuiDir_Down:
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r;
+        a = ImVec2(+0.000f, +0.750f) * r;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.866f, -0.750f) * r;
+        c = ImVec2(+0.866f, -0.750f) * r;
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDir_Left:
+    case ImGuiDir_Right:
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r;
+        a = ImVec2(+0.750f, +0.000f) * r;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.750f, +0.866f) * r;
+        c = ImVec2(-0.750f, -0.866f) * r;
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDir_None:
+    case ImGuiDir_COUNT:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        break;
+    }
+    draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT: This should be baked in font.
+    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz)
+{
+    float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f);
+    sz -= thickness * 0.5f;
+    pos += ImVec2(thickness * 0.25f, thickness * 0.25f);
+
+    float third = sz / 3.0f;
+    float bx = pos.x + third;
+    float by = pos.y + sz - third * 0.5f;
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third));
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by));
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f));
+    draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
+// Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side.
+void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col)
+{
+    switch (direction)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDir_Left:  draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Up:    draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Down:  draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings
+    }
+}
+
+static inline float ImAcos01(float x)
+{
+    if (x <= 0.0f) return IM_PI * 0.5f;
+    if (x >= 1.0f) return 0.0f;
+    return ImAcos(x);
+    //return (-0.69813170079773212f * x * x - 0.87266462599716477f) * x + 1.5707963267948966f; // Cheap approximation, may be enough for what we do.
+}
+
+// FIXME: Cleanup and move code to ImDrawList.
+void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding)
+{
+    if (x_end_norm == x_start_norm)
+        return;
+    if (x_start_norm > x_end_norm)
+        ImSwap(x_start_norm, x_end_norm);
+
+    ImVec2 p0 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_start_norm), rect.Min.y);
+    ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_end_norm), rect.Max.y);
+    if (rounding == 0.0f)
+    {
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, col, 0.0f);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    rounding = ImClamp(ImMin((rect.Max.x - rect.Min.x) * 0.5f, (rect.Max.y - rect.Min.y) * 0.5f) - 1.0f, 0.0f, rounding);
+    const float inv_rounding = 1.0f / rounding;
+    const float arc0_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p0.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
+    const float arc0_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p1.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
+    const float half_pi = IM_PI * 0.5f; // We will == compare to this because we know this is the exact value ImAcos01 can return.
+    const float x0 = ImMax(p0.x, rect.Min.x + rounding);
+    if (arc0_b == arc0_e)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y));
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y));
+    }
+    else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == half_pi)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 3, 6); // BL
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); // TR
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b); // BL
+        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e); // TR
+    }
+    if (p1.x > rect.Min.x + rounding)
+    {
+        const float arc1_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p1.x) * inv_rounding);
+        const float arc1_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p0.x) * inv_rounding);
+        const float x1 = ImMin(p1.x, rect.Max.x - rounding);
+        if (arc1_b == arc1_e)
+        {
+            draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y));
+            draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y));
+        }
+        else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == half_pi)
+        {
+            draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); // TR
+            draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 0, 3);  // BR
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b); // TR
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e); // BR
+        }
+    }
+    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding)
+{
+    const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x);
+    const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x);
+    const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y);
+    const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y);
+    if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)    | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft));
+    if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)   | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
+    if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)    | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight));
+    if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
+    if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft);
+    if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight);
+    if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft);
+    if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight);
+}
+
+// Helper for ColorPicker4()
+// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that.
+// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether.
+// FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32
+void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
+        flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_;
+    if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF)
+    {
+        ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col));
+        ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags);
+
+        int yi = 0;
+        for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++)
+        {
+            float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y);
+            if (y2 <= y1)
+                continue;
+            for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f)
+            {
+                float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x);
+                if (x2 <= x1)
+                    continue;
+                ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
+                if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; }
+                if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; }
+
+                // Combine flags
+                cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags);
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags);
+    }
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// DEFAULT FONT DATA
+// [SECTION] Decompression code
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array.
-// Use the program in extra_fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file.
+// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array and encoded as base85.
+// Use the program in misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file.
+// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size.
 // Decompression from stb.h (public domain) by Sean Barrett https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb.h
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(unsigned char *input)
+static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input)
 {
     return (input[8] << 24) + (input[9] << 16) + (input[10] << 8) + input[11];
 }
 
-static unsigned char *stb__barrier, *stb__barrier2, *stb__barrier3, *stb__barrier4;
+static unsigned char *stb__barrier_out_e, *stb__barrier_out_b;
+static const unsigned char *stb__barrier_in_b;
 static unsigned char *stb__dout;
-static void stb__match(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
+static void stb__match(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
 {
     // INVERSE of memmove... write each byte before copying the next...
-    IM_ASSERT (stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier);
-    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier) { stb__dout += length; return; }
-    if (data < stb__barrier4) { stb__dout = stb__barrier+1; return; }
+    IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e);
+    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; }
+    if (data < stb__barrier_out_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; }
     while (length--) *stb__dout++ = *data++;
 }
 
-static void stb__lit(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
+static void stb__lit(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT (stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier);
-    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier) { stb__dout += length; return; }
-    if (data < stb__barrier2) { stb__dout = stb__barrier+1; return; }
+    IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e);
+    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; }
+    if (data < stb__barrier_in_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; }
     memcpy(stb__dout, data, length);
     stb__dout += length;
 }
@@ -2192,7 +4441,7 @@ static void stb__lit(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
 #define stb__in3(x)   ((i[x] << 16) + stb__in2((x)+1))
 #define stb__in4(x)   ((i[x] << 24) + stb__in3((x)+1))
 
-static unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(unsigned char *i)
+static const unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(const unsigned char *i)
 {
     if (*i >= 0x20) { // use fewer if's for cases that expand small
         if (*i >= 0x80)       stb__match(stb__dout-i[1]-1, i[0] - 0x80 + 1), i += 2;
@@ -2213,9 +4462,9 @@ static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, uns
 {
     const unsigned long ADLER_MOD = 65521;
     unsigned long s1 = adler32 & 0xffff, s2 = adler32 >> 16;
-    unsigned long blocklen, i;
+    unsigned long blocklen = buflen % 5552;
 
-    blocklen = buflen % 5552;
+    unsigned long i;
     while (buflen) {
         for (i=0; i + 7 < blocklen; i += 8) {
             s1 += buffer[0], s2 += s1;
@@ -2240,21 +4489,19 @@ static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, uns
     return (unsigned int)(s2 << 16) + (unsigned int)s1;
 }
 
-static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsigned int length)
+static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i, unsigned int /*length*/)
 {
-    unsigned int olen;
     if (stb__in4(0) != 0x57bC0000) return 0;
     if (stb__in4(4) != 0)          return 0; // error! stream is > 4GB
-    olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
-    stb__barrier2 = i;
-    stb__barrier3 = i+length;
-    stb__barrier = output + olen;
-    stb__barrier4 = output;
+    const unsigned int olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
+    stb__barrier_in_b = i;
+    stb__barrier_out_e = output + olen;
+    stb__barrier_out_b = output;
     i += 16;
 
     stb__dout = output;
     for (;;) {
-        unsigned char *old_i = i;
+        const unsigned char *old_i = i;
         i = stb_decompress_token(i);
         if (i == old_i) {
             if (*i == 0x05 && i[1] == 0xfa) {
@@ -2274,16 +4521,19 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsi
     }
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ProggyClean.ttf
 // Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer
-// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.upperbounds.net/download/ProggyClean.ttf.zip)
-// Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net
+// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.proggyfonts.net/index.php?menu=download)
+// Download and more information at http://www.proggyfonts.net or http://upperboundsinteractive.com/fonts.php
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes)
-// Exported using binary_to_compressed_c.cpp
+// Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding).
+// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] =
+static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980 + 1] =
     "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/"
     "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9<Lh2TlS+f-s$o6Q<BWH`YiU.xfLq$N;$0iR/GX:U(jcW2p/W*q?-qmnUCI;jHSAiFWM.R*kU@C=GH?a9wp8f$e.-4^Qg1)Q-GL(lf(r/7GrRgwV%MS=C#"
     "`8ND>Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1<q-UE31#^-V'8IRUo7Qf./L>=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.a<r:QLtFsLcL6##lOj)#.Y5<-R&KgLwqJfLgN&;Q?gI^#DY2uL"
@@ -2311,7 +4561,7 @@ static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] =
     "%(?A%R$f<->Zts'^kn=-^@c4%-pY6qI%J%1IGxfLU9CP8cbPlXv);C=b),<2mOvP8up,UVf3839acAWAW-W?#ao/^#%KYo8fRULNd2.>%m]UK:n%r$'sw]J;5pAoO_#2mO3n,'=H5(et"
     "Hg*`+RLgv>=4U8guD$I%D:W>-r5V*%j*W:Kvej.Lp$<M-SGZ':+Q_k+uvOSLiEo(<aD/K<CCc`'Lx>'?;++O'>()jLR-^u68PHm8ZFWe+ej8h:9r6L*0//c&iH&R8pRbA#Kjm%upV1g:"
     "a_#Ur7FuA#(tRh#.Y5K+@?3<-8m0$PEn;J:rh6?I6uG<-`wMU'ircp0LaE_OtlMb&1#6T.#FDKu#1Lw%u%+GM+X'e?YLfjM[VO0MbuFp7;>Q&#WIo)0@F%q7c#4XAXN-U&VB<HFF*qL("
-    "$/V,;(kXZejWO`<[5??ewY(*9=%wDc;,u<'9t3W-(H1th3+G]ucQ]kLs7df($/*JL]@*t7Bu_G3_7mp7<iaQjO@.kLg;x3B0lqp7Hf,^Ze7-##@/c58Mo(3;knp0%)A7?-W+eI'o8)b<"
+    "$/V,;(kXZejWO`<[5?\?ewY(*9=%wDc;,u<'9t3W-(H1th3+G]ucQ]kLs7df($/*JL]@*t7Bu_G3_7mp7<iaQjO@.kLg;x3B0lqp7Hf,^Ze7-##@/c58Mo(3;knp0%)A7?-W+eI'o8)b<"
     "nKnw'Ho8C=Y>pqB>0ie&jhZ[?iLR@@_AvA-iQC(=ksRZRVp7`.=+NpBC%rh&3]R:8XDmE5^V8O(x<<aG/1N$#FX$0V5Y6x'aErI3I$7x%E`v<-BY,)%-?Psf*l?%C3.mM(=/M0:JxG'?"
     "7WhH%o'a<-80g0NBxoO(GH<dM]n.+%q@jH?f.UsJ2Ggs&4<-e47&Kl+f//9@`b+?.TeN_&B8Ss?v;^Trk;f#YvJkl&w$]>-+k?'(<S:68tq*WoDfZu';mM?8X[ma8W%*`-=;D.(nc7/;"
     ")g:T1=^J$&BRV(-lTmNB6xqB[@0*o.erM*<SWF]u2=st-*(6v>^](H.aREZSi,#1:[IXaZFOm<-ui#qUq2$##Ri;u75OK#(RtaW-K-F`S+cF]uN`-KMQ%rP/Xri.LRcB##=YL3BgM/3M"
@@ -2375,3 +4625,5 @@ static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85()
 {
     return proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85;
 }
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
index 93e4a75ac1..3c95f17866 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
@@ -1,293 +1,860 @@
-// ImGui GLFW binding with OpenGL
-// In this binding, ImTextureID is used to store an OpenGL 'GLuint' texture identifier. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp.
-
-// If your context is GL3/GL3 then prefer using the code in opengl3_example.
-// You *might* use this code with a GL3/GL4 context but make sure you disable the programmable pipeline by calling "glUseProgram(0)" before ImGui::Render().
-// We cannot do that from GL2 code because the function doesn't exist. 
-
-// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this.
-// If you use this binding you'll need to call 4 functions: ImGui_ImplXXXX_Init(), ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame(), ImGui::Render() and ImGui_ImplXXXX_Shutdown().
-// If you are new to ImGui, see examples/README.txt and documentation at the top of imgui.cpp.
-// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW
+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..)
+// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.)
+// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+. Prefer GLFW 3.3+ or GLFW 3.4+ for full feature support.)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen (Windows only).
+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+).
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// Learn about Dear ImGui:
+// - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
+// - Getting Started      https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
+// - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
+// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
+
+// CHANGELOG
+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2023-12-19: Emscripten: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback() to register canvas selector and auto-resize GLFW window.
+//  2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys.
+//  2023-07-18: Inputs: Revert ignoring mouse data on GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED as it can be used differently. User may set ImGuiConfigFLags_NoMouse if desired. (#5625, #6609)
+//  2023-06-12: Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. This seems to happens on some Windows setup when peripherals disconnect, and is likely to also happen on browser + Emscripten. (#6491)
+//  2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen on Windows ONLY, using a custom WndProc hook. (#2702)
+//  2023-03-16: Inputs: Fixed key modifiers handling on secondary viewports (docking branch). Broken on 2023/01/04. (#6248, #6034)
+//  2023-03-14: Emscripten: Avoid using glfwGetError() and glfwGetGamepadState() which are not correctly implemented in Emscripten emulation. (#6240)
+//  2023-02-03: Emscripten: Registering custom low-level mouse wheel handler to get more accurate scrolling impulses on Emscripten. (#4019, #6096)
+//  2023-01-04: Inputs: Fixed mods state on Linux when using Alt-GR text input (e.g. German keyboard layout), could lead to broken text input. Revert a 2022/01/17 change were we resumed using mods provided by GLFW, turns out they were faulty.
+//  2022-11-22: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing names with glfwGetKeyName(). (#5908)
+//  2022-10-18: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing mouse cursors errors. Using GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED directly. (#5785)
+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
+//  2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported).
+//  2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position *EDIT* Reverted 2023-07-18.
+//  2022-04-30: Inputs: Fixed ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey() for lower case letters on OSX.
+//  2022-03-23: Inputs: Fixed a regression in 1.87 which resulted in keyboard modifiers events being reported incorrectly on Linux/X11.
+//  2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after initializing backend.
+//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.
+//  2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[].
+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+).
+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates.
+//  2022-01-12: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetCursorPosCallback(). If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetCursorPosCallback() and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback().
+//  2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range.
+//  2022-01-05: Inputs: Converting GLFW untranslated keycodes back to translated keycodes (in the ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback() function) in order to match the behavior of every other backend, and facilitate the use of GLFW with lettered-shortcuts API.
+//  2021-08-17: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() to calling io.AddFocusEvent(). If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback().
+//  2021-07-29: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(). MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused. If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() callback and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback().
+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
+//  2020-01-17: Inputs: Disable error callback while assigning mouse cursors because some X11 setup don't have them and it generates errors.
+//  2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for new mouse cursors added in GLFW 3.4+ (resizing cursors, not allowed cursor).
+//  2019-10-18: Misc: Previously installed user callbacks are now restored on shutdown.
+//  2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.
+//  2019-05-11: Inputs: Don't filter value from character callback before calling AddInputCharacter().
+//  2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized.
+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
+//  2018-11-07: Inputs: When installing our GLFW callbacks, we save user's previously installed ones - if any - and chain call them.
+//  2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls.
+//  2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_glfw.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW+OpenGL/Vulkan examples.
+//  2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag.
+//  2018-02-20: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors (ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value, passed to glfwSetCursor()).
+//  2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves.
+//  2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space.
+//  2018-01-25: Inputs: Added gamepad support if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set.
+//  2018-01-25: Inputs: Honoring the io.WantSetMousePos by repositioning the mouse (when using navigation and ImGuiConfigFlags_NavMoveMouse is set).
+//  2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support.
+//  2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert.
+//  2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1).
+//  2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers.
 
 #include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
 
+// Clang warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"     // warning: use of old-style cast
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"    // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#endif
+
 // GLFW
 #include <GLFW/glfw3.h>
+
 #ifdef _WIN32
 #undef APIENTRY
+#ifndef GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32
 #define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32
-#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WGL
-#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>
 #endif
+#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetWin32Window()
+#endif
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#ifndef GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA
+#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA
+#endif
+#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetCocoaWindow()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+#include <emscripten.h>
+#include <emscripten/html5.h>
+#endif
+
+// We gather version tests as define in order to easily see which features are version-dependent.
+#define GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED           (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 + GLFW_VERSION_REVISION)
+#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR          // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released?
+#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS            (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR
+#else
+#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS            (0)
+#endif
+#define GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API            (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetGamepadState() new api
+#define GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME             (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwGetKeyName()
+#define GLFW_HAS_GETERROR               (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetError()
 
-// Data
-static GLFWwindow*  g_Window = NULL;
-static double       g_Time = 0.0f;
-static bool         g_MousePressed[3] = { false, false, false };
-static float        g_MouseWheel = 0.0f;
-static GLuint       g_FontTexture = 0;
+// GLFW data
+enum GlfwClientApi
+{
+    GlfwClientApi_Unknown,
+    GlfwClientApi_OpenGL,
+    GlfwClientApi_Vulkan,
+};
 
-// This is the main rendering function that you have to implement and provide to ImGui (via setting up 'RenderDrawListsFn' in the ImGuiIO structure)
-// If text or lines are blurry when integrating ImGui in your engine:
-// - in your Render function, try translating your projection matrix by (0.5f,0.5f) or (0.375f,0.375f)
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data
 {
-    // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates)
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    int fb_width = (int)(io.DisplaySize.x * io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x);
-    int fb_height = (int)(io.DisplaySize.y * io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
-    if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0)
-        return;
-    draw_data->ScaleClipRects(io.DisplayFramebufferScale);
-
-    // We are using the OpenGL fixed pipeline to make the example code simpler to read!
-    // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, vertex/texcoord/color pointers.
-    GLint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
-    GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
-    glPushAttrib(GL_ENABLE_BIT | GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_TRANSFORM_BIT);
-    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
-    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
-    glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
-    glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
-    glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
-    glEnableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY);
-    glEnableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY);
-    glEnableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY);
-    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
-    //glUseProgram(0); // You may want this if using this code in an OpenGL 3+ context
-
-    // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
-    glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height);
-    glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
-    glPushMatrix();
-    glLoadIdentity();
-    glOrtho(0.0f, io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y, 0.0f, -1.0f, +1.0f);
-    glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
-    glPushMatrix();
-    glLoadIdentity();
-
-    // Render command lists
-    #define OFFSETOF(TYPE, ELEMENT) ((size_t)&(((TYPE *)0)->ELEMENT))
-    for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+    GLFWwindow*             Window;
+    GlfwClientApi           ClientApi;
+    double                  Time;
+    GLFWwindow*             MouseWindow;
+    GLFWcursor*             MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];
+    ImVec2                  LastValidMousePos;
+    bool                    InstalledCallbacks;
+    bool                    CallbacksChainForAllWindows;
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    const char*             CanvasSelector;
+#endif
+
+    // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any.
+    GLFWwindowfocusfun      PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus;
+    GLFWcursorposfun        PrevUserCallbackCursorPos;
+    GLFWcursorenterfun      PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter;
+    GLFWmousebuttonfun      PrevUserCallbackMousebutton;
+    GLFWscrollfun           PrevUserCallbackScroll;
+    GLFWkeyfun              PrevUserCallbackKey;
+    GLFWcharfun             PrevUserCallbackChar;
+    GLFWmonitorfun          PrevUserCallbackMonitor;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    WNDPROC                 PrevWndProc;
+#endif
+
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
+// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend.
+// - Because glfwPollEvents() process all windows and some events may be called outside of it, you will need to register your own callbacks
+//   (passing install_callbacks=false in ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX functions), set the current dear imgui context and then call our callbacks.
+// - Otherwise we may need to store a GLFWWindow* -> ImGuiContext* map and handle this in the backend, adding a little bit of extra complexity to it.
+// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context.
+static ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData()
+{
+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr;
+}
+
+// Functions
+static const char* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText(void* user_data)
+{
+    return glfwGetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText(void* user_data, const char* text)
+{
+    glfwSetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data, text);
+}
+
+static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(int key)
+{
+    switch (key)
     {
-        const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
-        const unsigned char* vtx_buffer = (const unsigned char*)&cmd_list->VtxBuffer.front();
-        const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = &cmd_list->IdxBuffer.front();
-        glVertexPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (void*)(vtx_buffer + OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)));
-        glTexCoordPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (void*)(vtx_buffer + OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)));
-        glColorPointer(4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (void*)(vtx_buffer + OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)));
-
-        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.size(); cmd_i++)
-        {
-            const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
-            if (pcmd->UserCallback)
-            {
-                pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId);
-                glScissor((int)pcmd->ClipRect.x, (int)(fb_height - pcmd->ClipRect.w), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pcmd->ClipRect.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pcmd->ClipRect.y));
-                glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer);
-            }
-            idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount;
-        }
+        case GLFW_KEY_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow;
+        case GLFW_KEY_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+        case GLFW_KEY_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PAGE_UP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PAGE_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown;
+        case GLFW_KEY_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home;
+        case GLFW_KEY_END: return ImGuiKey_End;
+        case GLFW_KEY_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert;
+        case GLFW_KEY_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete;
+        case GLFW_KEY_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace;
+        case GLFW_KEY_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space;
+        case GLFW_KEY_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_Enter;
+        case GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape;
+        case GLFW_KEY_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;
+        case GLFW_KEY_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma;
+        case GLFW_KEY_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period;
+        case GLFW_KEY_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash;
+        case GLFW_KEY_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon;
+        case GLFW_KEY_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_Equal;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket;
+        case GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket;
+        case GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;
+        case GLFW_KEY_CAPS_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock;
+        case GLFW_KEY_SCROLL_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock;
+        case GLFW_KEY_NUM_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_NumLock;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PRINT_SCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen;
+        case GLFW_KEY_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_DECIMAL: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_SUBTRACT: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_ADD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter;
+        case GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt;
+        case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt;
+        case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper;
+        case GLFW_KEY_MENU: return ImGuiKey_Menu;
+        case GLFW_KEY_0: return ImGuiKey_0;
+        case GLFW_KEY_1: return ImGuiKey_1;
+        case GLFW_KEY_2: return ImGuiKey_2;
+        case GLFW_KEY_3: return ImGuiKey_3;
+        case GLFW_KEY_4: return ImGuiKey_4;
+        case GLFW_KEY_5: return ImGuiKey_5;
+        case GLFW_KEY_6: return ImGuiKey_6;
+        case GLFW_KEY_7: return ImGuiKey_7;
+        case GLFW_KEY_8: return ImGuiKey_8;
+        case GLFW_KEY_9: return ImGuiKey_9;
+        case GLFW_KEY_A: return ImGuiKey_A;
+        case GLFW_KEY_B: return ImGuiKey_B;
+        case GLFW_KEY_C: return ImGuiKey_C;
+        case GLFW_KEY_D: return ImGuiKey_D;
+        case GLFW_KEY_E: return ImGuiKey_E;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F: return ImGuiKey_F;
+        case GLFW_KEY_G: return ImGuiKey_G;
+        case GLFW_KEY_H: return ImGuiKey_H;
+        case GLFW_KEY_I: return ImGuiKey_I;
+        case GLFW_KEY_J: return ImGuiKey_J;
+        case GLFW_KEY_K: return ImGuiKey_K;
+        case GLFW_KEY_L: return ImGuiKey_L;
+        case GLFW_KEY_M: return ImGuiKey_M;
+        case GLFW_KEY_N: return ImGuiKey_N;
+        case GLFW_KEY_O: return ImGuiKey_O;
+        case GLFW_KEY_P: return ImGuiKey_P;
+        case GLFW_KEY_Q: return ImGuiKey_Q;
+        case GLFW_KEY_R: return ImGuiKey_R;
+        case GLFW_KEY_S: return ImGuiKey_S;
+        case GLFW_KEY_T: return ImGuiKey_T;
+        case GLFW_KEY_U: return ImGuiKey_U;
+        case GLFW_KEY_V: return ImGuiKey_V;
+        case GLFW_KEY_W: return ImGuiKey_W;
+        case GLFW_KEY_X: return ImGuiKey_X;
+        case GLFW_KEY_Y: return ImGuiKey_Y;
+        case GLFW_KEY_Z: return ImGuiKey_Z;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23;
+        case GLFW_KEY_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24;
+        default: return ImGuiKey_None;
     }
-    #undef OFFSETOF
+}
 
-    // Restore modified state
-    glDisableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY);
-    glDisableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY);
-    glDisableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY);
-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)last_texture);
-    glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
-    glPopMatrix();
-    glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
-    glPopMatrix();
-    glPopAttrib();
-    glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
+// X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags submitted by GLFW
+// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6034 and https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(GLFWwindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl,  (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL) == GLFW_PRESS));
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT)   == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT)   == GLFW_PRESS));
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt,   (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT)     == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT)     == GLFW_PRESS));
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER)   == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER)   == GLFW_PRESS));
 }
 
-static const char* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText()
+static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(GLFWwindow* window)
 {
-    return glfwGetClipboardString(g_Window);
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    return bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows ? true : (window == bd->Window);
 }
 
-static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText(const char* text)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods)
 {
-    glfwSetClipboardString(g_Window, text);
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton(window, button, action, mods);
+
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(window);
+
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if (button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT)
+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, action == GLFW_PRESS);
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow*, int button, int action, int /*mods*/)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset)
 {
-    if (action == GLFW_PRESS && button >= 0 && button < 3)
-        g_MousePressed[button] = true;
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset);
+
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    // Ignore GLFW events: will be processed in ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback().
+    return;
+#endif
+
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)xoffset, (float)yoffset);
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow*, double /*xoffset*/, double yoffset)
+static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode)
 {
-    g_MouseWheel += (float)yoffset; // Use fractional mouse wheel, 1.0 unit 5 lines.
+#if GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+    // GLFW 3.1+ attempts to "untranslate" keys, which goes the opposite of what every other framework does, making using lettered shortcuts difficult.
+    // (It had reasons to do so: namely GLFW is/was more likely to be used for WASD-type game controls rather than lettered shortcuts, but IHMO the 3.1 change could have been done differently)
+    // See https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1502 for details.
+    // Adding a workaround to undo this (so our keys are translated->untranslated->translated, likely a lossy process).
+    // This won't cover edge cases but this is at least going to cover common cases.
+    if (key >= GLFW_KEY_KP_0 && key <= GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL)
+        return key;
+    GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr);
+    const char* key_name = glfwGetKeyName(key, scancode);
+    glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback);
+#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908)
+    (void)glfwGetError(nullptr);
+#endif
+    if (key_name && key_name[0] != 0 && key_name[1] == 0)
+    {
+        const char char_names[] = "`-=[]\\,;\'./";
+        const int char_keys[] = { GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT, GLFW_KEY_MINUS, GLFW_KEY_EQUAL, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET, GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH, GLFW_KEY_COMMA, GLFW_KEY_SEMICOLON, GLFW_KEY_APOSTROPHE, GLFW_KEY_PERIOD, GLFW_KEY_SLASH, 0 };
+        IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_names) == IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_keys));
+        if (key_name[0] >= '0' && key_name[0] <= '9')               { key = GLFW_KEY_0 + (key_name[0] - '0'); }
+        else if (key_name[0] >= 'A' && key_name[0] <= 'Z')          { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'A'); }
+        else if (key_name[0] >= 'a' && key_name[0] <= 'z')          { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'a'); }
+        else if (const char* p = strchr(char_names, key_name[0]))   { key = char_keys[p - char_names]; }
+    }
+    // if (action == GLFW_PRESS) printf("key %d scancode %d name '%s'\n", key, scancode, key_name);
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(scancode);
+#endif
+    return key;
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlFw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow*, int key, int, int action, int mods)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int keycode, int scancode, int action, int mods)
 {
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackKey != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackKey(window, keycode, scancode, action, mods);
+
+    if (action != GLFW_PRESS && action != GLFW_RELEASE)
+        return;
+
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(window);
+
+    keycode = ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(keycode, scancode);
+
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    if (action == GLFW_PRESS)
-        io.KeysDown[key] = true;
-    if (action == GLFW_RELEASE)
-        io.KeysDown[key] = false;
+    ImGuiKey imgui_key = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(keycode);
+    io.AddKeyEvent(imgui_key, (action == GLFW_PRESS));
+    io.SetKeyEventNativeData(imgui_key, keycode, scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code)
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus(window, focused);
 
-    (void)mods; // Modifiers are not reliable across systems
-    io.KeyCtrl = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL];
-    io.KeyShift = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT];
-    io.KeyAlt = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT];
-    io.KeySuper = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER];
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddFocusEvent(focused != 0);
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow*, unsigned int c)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y)
 {
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos(window, x, y);
+
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    if (c > 0 && c < 0x10000)
-        io.AddInputCharacter((unsigned short)c);
+    io.AddMousePosEvent((float)x, (float)y);
+    bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)x, (float)y);
 }
 
-bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_CreateDeviceObjects()
+// Workaround: X11 seems to send spurious Leave/Enter events which would make us lose our position,
+// so we back it up and restore on Leave/Enter (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4984)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered)
 {
-    // Build texture atlas
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter(window, entered);
+
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    unsigned char* pixels;
-    int width, height;
-    io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, &width, &height);
+    if (entered)
+    {
+        bd->MouseWindow = window;
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(bd->LastValidMousePos.x, bd->LastValidMousePos.y);
+    }
+    else if (!entered && bd->MouseWindow == window)
+    {
+        bd->LastValidMousePos = io.MousePos;
+        bd->MouseWindow = nullptr;
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    }
+}
 
-    // Upload texture to graphics system
-    GLint last_texture;
-    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
-    glGenTextures(1, &g_FontTexture);
-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, g_FontTexture);
-    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
-    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
-    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_ALPHA, width, height, 0, GL_ALPHA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels);
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackChar != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))
+        bd->PrevUserCallbackChar(window, c);
 
-    // Store our identifier
-    io.Fonts->TexID = (void *)(intptr_t)g_FontTexture;
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddInputCharacter(c);
+}
 
-    // Restore state
-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor*, int)
+{
+	// Unused in 'master' branch but 'docking' branch will use this, so we declare it ahead of it so if you have to install callbacks you can install this one too.
+}
 
-    return true;
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback(int, const EmscriptenWheelEvent* ev, void*)
+{
+    // Mimic Emscripten_HandleWheel() in SDL.
+    // Corresponding equivalent in GLFW JS emulation layer has incorrect quantizing preventing small values. See #6096
+    float multiplier = 0.0f;
+    if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_PIXEL)       { multiplier = 1.0f / 100.0f; } // 100 pixels make up a step.
+    else if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_LINE)   { multiplier = 1.0f / 3.0f; }   // 3 lines make up a step.
+    else if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_PAGE)   { multiplier = 80.0f; }         // A page makes up 80 steps.
+    float wheel_x = ev->deltaX * -multiplier;
+    float wheel_y = ev->deltaY * -multiplier;
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y);
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Emsc] mode %d dx: %.2f, dy: %.2f, dz: %.2f --> feed %.2f %.2f\n", (int)ev->deltaMode, ev->deltaX, ev->deltaY, ev->deltaZ, wheel_x, wheel_y);
+    return EM_TRUE;
 }
+#endif
 
-void    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InvalidateDeviceObjects()
+#ifdef _WIN32
+// GLFW doesn't allow to distinguish Mouse vs TouchScreen vs Pen.
+// Add support for Win32 (based on imgui_impl_win32), because we rely on _TouchScreen info to trickle inputs differently.
+static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo()
 {
-    if (g_FontTexture)
+    LPARAM extra_info = ::GetMessageExtraInfo();
+    if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515700)
+        return ImGuiMouseSource_Pen;
+    if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515780)
+        return ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen;
+    return ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
+}
+static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    switch (msg)
     {
-        glDeleteTextures(1, &g_FontTexture);
-        ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->TexID = 0;
-        g_FontTexture = 0;
+    case WM_MOUSEMOVE: case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
+    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_XBUTTONUP:
+        ImGui::GetIO().AddMouseSourceEvent(GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo());
+        break;
     }
+    return ::CallWindowProcW(bd->PrevWndProc, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+#endif
+
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->InstalledCallbacks == false && "Callbacks already installed!");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->Window == window);
+
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = glfwSetCursorPosCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = glfwSetScrollCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = glfwSetKeyCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = glfwSetCharCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback);
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = glfwSetMonitorCallback(ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback);
+    bd->InstalledCallbacks = true;
 }
 
-bool    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window)
 {
-    g_Window = window;
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->InstalledCallbacks == true && "Callbacks not installed!");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->Window == window);
+
+    glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus);
+    glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter);
+    glfwSetCursorPosCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos);
+    glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton);
+    glfwSetScrollCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll);
+    glfwSetKeyCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackKey);
+    glfwSetCharCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackChar);
+    glfwSetMonitorCallback(bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor);
+    bd->InstalledCallbacks = false;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = nullptr;
+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = nullptr;
+}
+
+// Set to 'true' to enable chaining installed callbacks for all windows (including secondary viewports created by backends or by user.
+// This is 'false' by default meaning we only chain callbacks for the main viewport.
+// We cannot set this to 'true' by default because user callbacks code may be not testing the 'window' parameter of their callback.
+// If you set this to 'true' your user callback code will need to make sure you are testing the 'window' parameter.
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows = chain_for_all_windows;
+}
 
+static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api)
+{
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Tab] = GLFW_KEY_TAB;                     // Keyboard mapping. ImGui will use those indices to peek into the io.KeyDown[] array.
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_LeftArrow] = GLFW_KEY_LEFT;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_RightArrow] = GLFW_KEY_RIGHT;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_UpArrow] = GLFW_KEY_UP;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_DownArrow] = GLFW_KEY_DOWN;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp] = GLFW_KEY_PAGE_UP;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown] = GLFW_KEY_PAGE_DOWN;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home] = GLFW_KEY_HOME;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End] = GLFW_KEY_END;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Delete] = GLFW_KEY_DELETE;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Backspace] = GLFW_KEY_BACKSPACE;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Enter] = GLFW_KEY_ENTER;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Escape] = GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = GLFW_KEY_A;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C] = GLFW_KEY_C;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_V] = GLFW_KEY_V;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_X] = GLFW_KEY_X;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Y] = GLFW_KEY_Y;
-    io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Z] = GLFW_KEY_Z;
-
-    io.RenderDrawListsFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_RenderDrawLists;      // Alternatively you can set this to NULL and call ImGui::GetDrawData() after ImGui::Render() to get the same ImDrawData pointer.
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
+    //printf("GLFW_VERSION: %d.%d.%d (%d)", GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR, GLFW_VERSION_MINOR, GLFW_VERSION_REVISION, GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED);
+
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data)();
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glfw";
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors;         // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos;          // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)
+
+    bd->Window = window;
+    bd->Time = 0.0;
+
     io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText;
     io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText;
-#ifdef _WIN32
-    io.ImeWindowHandle = glfwGetWin32Window(g_Window);
+    io.ClipboardUserData = bd->Window;
+
+    // Create mouse cursors
+    // (By design, on X11 cursors are user configurable and some cursors may be missing. When a cursor doesn't exist,
+    // GLFW will emit an error which will often be printed by the app, so we temporarily disable error reporting.
+    // Missing cursors will return nullptr and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.)
+    GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_IBEAM_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_VRESIZE_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HRESIZE_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HAND_CURSOR);
+#if GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR);
+#else
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);
+#endif
+    glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback);
+#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908)
+    (void)glfwGetError(nullptr);
 #endif
 
+    // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any.
     if (install_callbacks)
-    {
-        glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback);
-        glfwSetScrollCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback);
-        glfwSetKeyCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlFw_KeyCallback);
-        glfwSetCharCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback);
-    }
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(window);
+    // Register Emscripten Wheel callback to workaround issue in Emscripten GLFW Emulation (#6096)
+    // We intentionally do not check 'if (install_callbacks)' here, as some users may set it to false and call GLFW callback themselves.
+    // FIXME: May break chaining in case user registered their own Emscripten callback?
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback);
+#endif
+
+    // Set platform dependent data in viewport
+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    main_viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)bd->Window;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = glfwGetWin32Window(bd->Window);
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+    main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)glfwGetCocoaWindow(bd->Window);
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(main_viewport);
+#endif
+
+    // Windows: register a WndProc hook so we can intercept some messages.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    bd->PrevWndProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC);
+    IM_ASSERT(bd->PrevWndProc != nullptr);
+    ::SetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc);
+#endif
 
+    bd->ClientApi = client_api;
     return true;
 }
 
+bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_OpenGL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Vulkan);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Unknown);
+}
+
 void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown()
 {
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InvalidateDeviceObjects();
-    ImGui::Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    if (bd->InstalledCallbacks)
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(bd->Window);
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+    emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, nullptr);
+#endif
+
+    for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++)
+        glfwDestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]);
+
+    // Windows: restore our WndProc hook
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    ::SetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)bd->PrevWndProc);
+    bd->PrevWndProc = nullptr;
+#endif
+
+    io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr;
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr;
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    // (those braces are here to reduce diff with multi-viewports support in 'docking' branch)
+    {
+        GLFWwindow* window = bd->Window;
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+        const bool is_window_focused = true;
+#else
+        const bool is_window_focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0;
+#endif
+        if (is_window_focused)
+        {
+            // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)
+            if (io.WantSetMousePos)
+                glfwSetCursorPos(window, (double)io.MousePos.x, (double)io.MousePos.y);
+
+            // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback already provides this when hovered or captured)
+            if (bd->MouseWindow == nullptr)
+            {
+                double mouse_x, mouse_y;
+                glfwGetCursorPos(window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y);
+                bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);
+                io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) || glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();
+    // (those braces are here to reduce diff with multi-viewports support in 'docking' branch)
+    {
+        GLFWwindow* window = bd->Window;
+        if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor)
+        {
+            // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor
+            glfwSetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Show OS mouse cursor
+            // FIXME-PLATFORM: Unfocused windows seems to fail changing the mouse cursor with GLFW 3.2, but 3.3 works here.
+            glfwSetCursor(window, bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]);
+            glfwSetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL);
+        }
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(float scale_factor)
+// Update gamepad inputs
+static inline float Saturate(float v) { return v < 0.0f ? 0.0f : v  > 1.0f ? 1.0f : v; }
+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads()
 {
-    if (!g_FontTexture)
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_CreateDeviceObjects();
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs.
+        return;
 
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
+#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+    GLFWgamepadstate gamepad;
+    if (!glfwGetGamepadState(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &gamepad))
+        return;
+    #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO, _UNUSED)          do { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, gamepad.buttons[BUTTON_NO] != 0); } while (0)
+    #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, _UNUSED, V0, V1)    do { float v = gamepad.axes[AXIS_NO]; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, v > 0.10f, Saturate(v)); } while (0)
+#else
+    int axes_count = 0, buttons_count = 0;
+    const float* axes = glfwGetJoystickAxes(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &axes_count);
+    const unsigned char* buttons = glfwGetJoystickButtons(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &buttons_count);
+    if (axes_count == 0 || buttons_count == 0)
+        return;
+    #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, _UNUSED, BUTTON_NO)          do { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, (buttons_count > BUTTON_NO && buttons[BUTTON_NO] == GLFW_PRESS)); } while (0)
+    #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, _UNUSED, AXIS_NO, V0, V1)    do { float v = (axes_count > AXIS_NO) ? axes[AXIS_NO] : V0; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, v > 0.10f, Saturate(v)); } while (0)
+#endif
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,       GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START,          7);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,        GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK,           6);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_X,              2);     // Xbox X, PS Square
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,   GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B,              1);     // Xbox B, PS Circle
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,      GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_Y,              3);     // Xbox Y, PS Triangle
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A,              0);     // Xbox A, PS Cross
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,      13);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,   GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,     11);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,      GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,        10);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN,      12);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_BUMPER,    4);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_BUMPER,   5);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER,     4,      -0.75f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER,    5,      -0.75f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_THUMB,     8);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,          GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_THUMB,    9);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,  GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X,           0,      -0.25f,  -1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X,           0,      +0.25f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y,           1,      -0.25f,  -1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,  GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y,           1,      +0.25f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,  GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X,          2,      -0.25f,  -1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X,          2,      +0.25f,  +1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y,          3,      -0.25f,  -1.0f);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,  GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y,          3,      +0.25f,  +1.0f);
+    #undef MAP_BUTTON
+    #undef MAP_ANALOG
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame()
+{
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");
 
     // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)
     int w, h;
     int display_w, display_h;
-    glfwGetWindowSize(g_Window, &w, &h);
-    if (scale_factor > 0.f)
-    {
-        w = static_cast<int>(w / scale_factor);
-        h = static_cast<int>(h / scale_factor);
-    }
-    glfwGetFramebufferSize(g_Window, &display_w, &display_h);
+    glfwGetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h);
+    glfwGetFramebufferSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h);
     io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h);
-    io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(w > 0 ? ((float)display_w / w) : 0, h > 0 ? ((float)display_h / h) : 0);
+    if (w > 0 && h > 0)
+        io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / (float)w, (float)display_h / (float)h);
 
     // Setup time step
-    double current_time =  glfwGetTime();
-    io.DeltaTime = g_Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - g_Time) : (float)(1.0f/60.0f);
-    g_Time = current_time;
+    // (Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Seems to happens on disconnecting peripherals and probably on VMs and Emscripten, see #6491, #6189, #6114, #3644)
+    double current_time = glfwGetTime();
+    if (current_time <= bd->Time)
+        current_time = bd->Time + 0.00001f;
+    io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - bd->Time) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f);
+    bd->Time = current_time;
+
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor();
+
+    // Update game controllers (if enabled and available)
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads();
+}
 
-    // Setup inputs
-    // (we already got mouse wheel, keyboard keys & characters from glfw callbacks polled in glfwPollEvents())
-    if (glfwGetWindowAttrib(g_Window, GLFW_FOCUSED))
-    {
-        double mouse_x, mouse_y;
-        glfwGetCursorPos(g_Window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y);
-        io.MousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x / scale_factor, (float)mouse_y / scale_factor);   // Mouse position in screen coordinates (set to -1,-1 if no mouse / on another screen, etc.)
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1);
-    }
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange(int event_type, const EmscriptenUiEvent* event, void* user_data)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)user_data;
+    double canvas_width, canvas_height;
+    emscripten_get_element_css_size(bd->CanvasSelector, &canvas_width, &canvas_height);
+    glfwSetWindowSize(bd->Window, (int)canvas_width, (int)canvas_height);
+    return true;
+}
 
-    for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
-    {
-        io.MouseDown[i] = g_MousePressed[i] || glfwGetMouseButton(g_Window, i) != 0;    // If a mouse press event came, always pass it as "mouse held this frame", so we don't miss click-release events that are shorter than 1 frame.
-        g_MousePressed[i] = false;
-    }
+static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_FullscreenChangeCallback(int event_type, const EmscriptenFullscreenChangeEvent* event, void* user_data)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)user_data;
+    double canvas_width, canvas_height;
+    emscripten_get_element_css_size(bd->CanvasSelector, &canvas_width, &canvas_height);
+    glfwSetWindowSize(bd->Window, (int)canvas_width, (int)canvas_height);
+    return true;
+}
 
-    //io.MouseWheel = g_MouseWheel;
-    g_MouseWheel = 0.0f;
+// 'canvas_selector' is a CSS selector. The event listener is applied to the first element that matches the query.
+// STRING MUST PERSIST FOR THE APPLICATION DURATION. PLEASE USE A STRING LITERAL OR ENSURE POINTER WILL STAY VALID.
+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(canvas_selector != nullptr);
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");
 
-    // Hide OS mouse cursor if ImGui is drawing it
-    glfwSetInputMode(g_Window, GLFW_CURSOR, io.MouseDrawCursor ? GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN : GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL);
+    bd->CanvasSelector = canvas_selector;
+    emscripten_set_resize_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_WINDOW, bd, false, ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange);
+    emscripten_set_fullscreenchange_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, bd, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_FullscreenChangeCallback);
 
-    // Start the frame
-    ImGui::NewFrame();
+    // Change the size of the GLFW window according to the size of the canvas
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_RESIZE, {}, bd);
 }
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h
index 39371795e0..6a9acd05b2 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h
@@ -1,29 +1,58 @@
-// ImGui GLFW binding with OpenGL
-// In this binding, ImTextureID is used to store an OpenGL 'GLuint' texture identifier. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp.
+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW
+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..)
+// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.)
 
-// If your context is GL3/GL3 then prefer using the code in opengl3_example.
-// You *might* use this code with a GL3/GL4 context but make sure you disable the programmable pipeline by calling "glUseProgram(0)" before ImGui::Render().
-// We cannot do that from GL2 code because the function doesn't exist. 
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen (Windows only).
+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+).
 
-// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this.
-// If you use this binding you'll need to call 4 functions: ImGui_ImplXXXX_Init(), ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame(), ImGui::Render() and ImGui_ImplXXXX_Shutdown().
-// If you are new to ImGui, see examples/README.txt and documentation at the top of imgui.cpp.
-// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// Learn about Dear ImGui:
+// - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
+// - Getting Started      https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
+// - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
+// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
+
+#pragma once
+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 
 struct GLFWwindow;
+struct GLFWmonitor;
+
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+
+// Emscripten related initialization phase methods
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector);
+#endif
+
+// GLFW callbacks install
+// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=true': ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks() is called. GLFW callbacks will be installed for you. They will chain-call user's previously installed callbacks, if any.
+// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=false': GLFW callbacks won't be installed. You will need to call individual function yourself from your own GLFW callbacks.
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window);
+
+// GFLW callbacks options:
+// - Set 'chain_for_all_windows=true' to enable chaining callbacks for all windows (including secondary viewports created by backends or by user)
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows);
+
+// GLFW callbacks (individual callbacks to call yourself if you didn't install callbacks)
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused);        // Since 1.84
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered);        // Since 1.84
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y);   // Since 1.87
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor* monitor, int event);
 
-IMGUI_API bool        ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(float scale_factor);
-
-// Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing ImGui state.
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_InvalidateDeviceObjects();
-IMGUI_API bool        ImGui_ImplGlfw_CreateDeviceObjects();
-
-// GLFW callbacks (installed by default if you enable 'install_callbacks' during initialization)
-// Provided here if you want to chain callbacks.
-// You can also handle inputs yourself and use those as a reference.
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods);
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset);
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlFw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods);
-IMGUI_API void        ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c);
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bbe96c420f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,960 @@
+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
+// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
+// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
+// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
+//  [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only).
+
+// About WebGL/ES:
+// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES.
+// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets.
+// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h.
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// Learn about Dear ImGui:
+// - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
+// - Getting Started      https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
+// - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
+// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
+
+// CHANGELOG
+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2024-06-28: OpenGL: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() recreates font texture if it has been destroyed by ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(). (#7748)
+//  2024-05-07: OpenGL: Update loader for Linux to support EGL/GLVND. (#7562)
+//  2024-04-16: OpenGL: Detect ES3 contexts on desktop based on version string, to e.g. avoid calling glPolygonMode() on them. (#7447)
+//  2024-01-09: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" and variants, fixing regression on distros missing a symlink.
+//  2023-11-08: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" instead of "libGL.so.1", accommodating for NetBSD systems having only "libGL.so.3" available. (#6983)
+//  2023-10-05: OpenGL: Rename symbols in our internal loader so that LTO compilation with another copy of gl3w is possible. (#6875, #6668, #4445)
+//  2023-06-20: OpenGL: Fixed erroneous use glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK) on contexts lower than 3.2. (#6539, #6333)
+//  2023-05-09: OpenGL: Support for glBindSampler() backup/restore on ES3. (#6375)
+//  2023-04-18: OpenGL: Restore front and back polygon mode separately when supported by context. (#6333)
+//  2023-03-23: OpenGL: Properly restoring "no shader program bound" if it was the case prior to running the rendering function. (#6267, #6220, #6224)
+//  2023-03-15: OpenGL: Fixed GL loader crash when GL_VERSION returns NULL. (#6154, #4445, #3530)
+//  2023-03-06: OpenGL: Fixed restoration of a potentially deleted OpenGL program, by calling glIsProgram(). (#6220, #6224)
+//  2022-11-09: OpenGL: Reverted use of glBufferSubData(), too many corruptions issues + old issues seemingly can't be reproed with Intel drivers nowadays (revert 2021-12-15 and 2022-05-23 changes).
+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
+//  2022-09-27: OpenGL: Added ability to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG'.
+//  2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127).
+//  2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fixed state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states.
+//  2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers.
+//  2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions.
+//  2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader.
+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
+//  2021-06-25: OpenGL: Use OES_vertex_array extension on Emscripten + backup/restore current state.
+//  2021-06-21: OpenGL: Destroy individual vertex/fragment shader objects right after they are linked into the main shader.
+//  2021-05-24: OpenGL: Access GL_CLIP_ORIGIN when "GL_ARB_clip_control" extension is detected, inside of just OpenGL 4.5 version.
+//  2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement)
+//  2021-04-06: OpenGL: Don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN unless we're OpenGL 4.5 or greater.
+//  2021-02-18: OpenGL: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer.
+//  2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state.
+//  2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state.
+//  2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x)
+//  2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre 3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader.
+//  2020-07-10: OpenGL: Added support for glad2 OpenGL loader.
+//  2020-05-08: OpenGL: Made default GLSL version 150 (instead of 130) on OSX.
+//  2020-04-21: OpenGL: Fixed handling of glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) by inverting projection matrix.
+//  2020-04-12: OpenGL: Fixed context version check mistakenly testing for 4.0+ instead of 3.2+ to enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset.
+//  2020-03-24: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 2.x OpenGL loader.
+//  2020-01-07: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 3.x OpenGL loader.
+//  2019-10-25: OpenGL: Using a combination of GL define and runtime GL version to decide whether to use glDrawElementsBaseVertex(). Fix building with pre-3.2 GL loaders.
+//  2019-09-22: OpenGL: Detect default GL loader using __has_include compiler facility.
+//  2019-09-16: OpenGL: Tweak initialization code to allow application calling ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() before the first NewFrame() call.
+//  2019-05-29: OpenGL: Desktop GL only: Added support for large mesh (64K+ vertices), enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset flag.
+//  2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state.
+//  2019-03-29: OpenGL: Not calling glBindBuffer more than necessary in the render loop.
+//  2019-03-15: OpenGL: Added a GL call + comments in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() to detect uninitialized GL function loaders early.
+//  2019-03-03: OpenGL: Fix support for ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0).
+//  2019-02-20: OpenGL: Fix for OSX not supporting OpenGL 4.5, we don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN even if defined by the headers/loader.
+//  2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display.
+//  2019-02-01: OpenGL: Using GLSL 410 shaders for any version over 410 (e.g. 430, 450).
+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
+//  2018-11-13: OpenGL: Support for GL 4.5's glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) / GL_CLIP_ORIGIN.
+//  2018-08-29: OpenGL: Added support for more OpenGL loaders: glew and glad, with comments indicative that any loader can be used.
+//  2018-08-09: OpenGL: Default to OpenGL ES 3 on iOS and Android. GLSL version default to "#version 300 ES".
+//  2018-07-30: OpenGL: Support for GLSL 300 ES and 410 core. Fixes for Emscripten compilation.
+//  2018-07-10: OpenGL: Support for more GLSL versions (based on the GLSL version string). Added error output when shaders fail to compile/link.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples.
+//  2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle.
+//  2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state.
+//  2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a nullptr pointer.
+//  2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150".
+//  2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context.
+//  2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself.
+//  2018-01-07: OpenGL: Changed GLSL shader version from 330 to 150.
+//  2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current bound sampler. Save and restore current polygon mode.
+//  2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current blend func state.
+//  2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE.
+//  2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle.
+//  2016-07-29: OpenGL: Explicitly setting GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH to reduce issues because SDL changes it. (#752)
+
+//----------------------------------------
+// OpenGL    GLSL      GLSL
+// version   version   string
+//----------------------------------------
+//  2.0       110       "#version 110"
+//  2.1       120       "#version 120"
+//  3.0       130       "#version 130"
+//  3.1       140       "#version 140"
+//  3.2       150       "#version 150"
+//  3.3       330       "#version 330 core"
+//  4.0       400       "#version 400 core"
+//  4.1       410       "#version 410 core"
+//  4.2       420       "#version 410 core"
+//  4.3       430       "#version 430 core"
+//  ES 2.0    100       "#version 100"      = WebGL 1.0
+//  ES 3.0    300       "#version 300 es"   = WebGL 2.0
+//----------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning: use of old-style cast
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros"          // warning: macro is not used
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnonportable-system-include-path"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"     // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader)
+#endif
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"   // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"       // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader)
+#endif
+
+// GL includes
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
+#include <OpenGLES/ES2/gl.h>    // Use GL ES 2
+#else
+#include <GLES2/gl2.h>          // Use GL ES 2
+#endif
+#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+#ifndef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+#endif
+#include <GLES2/gl2ext.h>
+#endif
+#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
+#include <OpenGLES/ES3/gl.h>    // Use GL ES 3
+#else
+#include <GLES3/gl3.h>          // Use GL ES 3
+#endif
+#elif !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
+// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers.
+// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are using our own minimal custom loader based on gl3w.
+// In the rest of your app/engine, you can use another loader of your choice (gl3w, glew, glad, glbinding, glext, glLoadGen, etc.).
+// If you happen to be developing a new feature for this backend (imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp):
+// - You may need to regenerate imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to add new symbols. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
+// - You can temporarily use an unstripped version. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped/releases
+// Changes to this backend using new APIs should be accompanied by a regenerated stripped loader version.
+#define IMGL3W_IMPL
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h"
+#endif
+
+// Vertex arrays are not supported on ES2/WebGL1 unless Emscripten which uses an extension
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+#define glBindVertexArray       glBindVertexArrayOES
+#define glGenVertexArrays       glGenVertexArraysOES
+#define glDeleteVertexArrays    glDeleteVertexArraysOES
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_OES
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 2.0+ has extension and glPolygonMode() which GL ES and WebGL don't have..
+// A desktop ES context can technically compile fine with our loader, so we also perform a runtime checks
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_EXTENSIONS        // has glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE // may have glPolygonMode()
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 2.1+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindBuffer() with GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER target.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.1+ has GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_1)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.2+ has glDrawElementsBaseVertex() which GL ES and WebGL don't have.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_2)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.3+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindSampler()
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && (defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) || defined(GL_VERSION_3_3))
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+#endif
+
+// [Debugging]
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define GL_CALL(_CALL)      do { _CALL; GLenum gl_err = glGetError(); if (gl_err != 0) fprintf(stderr, "GL error 0x%x returned from '%s'.\n", gl_err, #_CALL); } while (0)  // Call with error check
+#else
+#define GL_CALL(_CALL)      _CALL   // Call without error check
+#endif
+
+// OpenGL Data
+struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data
+{
+    GLuint          GlVersion;               // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
+    char            GlslVersionString[32];   // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings.
+    bool            GlProfileIsES2;
+    bool            GlProfileIsES3;
+    bool            GlProfileIsCompat;
+    GLint           GlProfileMask;
+    GLuint          FontTexture;
+    GLuint          ShaderHandle;
+    GLint           AttribLocationTex;       // Uniforms location
+    GLint           AttribLocationProjMtx;
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxPos;    // Vertex attributes location
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxUV;
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxColor;
+    unsigned int    VboHandle, ElementsHandle;
+    GLsizeiptr      VertexBufferSize;
+    GLsizeiptr      IndexBufferSize;
+    bool            HasPolygonMode;
+    bool            HasClipOrigin;
+    bool            UseBufferSubData;
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
+static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData()
+{
+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr;
+}
+
+// OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only)
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState
+{
+    GLint   Enabled, Size, Type, Normalized, Stride;
+    GLvoid* Ptr;
+
+    void GetState(GLint index)
+    {
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED, &Enabled);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE, &Size);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE, &Type);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED, &Normalized);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE, &Stride);
+        glGetVertexAttribPointerv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER, &Ptr);
+    }
+    void SetState(GLint index)
+    {
+        glVertexAttribPointer(index, Size, Type, (GLboolean)Normalized, Stride, Ptr);
+        if (Enabled) glEnableVertexAttribArray(index); else glDisableVertexAttribArray(index);
+    }
+};
+#endif
+
+// Functions
+bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
+
+    // Initialize our loader
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
+    if (imgl3wInit() != 0)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data)();
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3";
+
+    // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+    // GLES 2
+    bd->GlVersion = 200;
+    bd->GlProfileIsES2 = true;
+#else
+    // Desktop or GLES 3
+    const char* gl_version_str = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION);
+    GLint major = 0;
+    GLint minor = 0;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &minor);
+    if (major == 0 && minor == 0)
+        sscanf(gl_version_str, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"
+    bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10);
+#if defined(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK)
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+        glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK, &bd->GlProfileMask);
+    bd->GlProfileIsCompat = (bd->GlProfileMask & GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT) != 0;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+    bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true;
+#else
+    if (strncmp(gl_version_str, "OpenGL ES 3", 11) == 0)
+        bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true;
+#endif
+
+    bd->UseBufferSubData = false;
+    /*
+    // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR))
+        if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0)
+            bd->UseBufferSubData = true;
+#endif
+    */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+    printf("GlVersion = %d, \"%s\"\nGlProfileIsCompat = %d\nGlProfileMask = 0x%X\nGlProfileIsES2 = %d, GlProfileIsES3 = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", bd->GlVersion, gl_version_str, bd->GlProfileIsCompat, bd->GlProfileMask, bd->GlProfileIsES2, bd->GlProfileIsES3, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+        io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
+#endif
+
+    // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders.
+    // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to nullptr if unsure.
+    if (glsl_version == nullptr)
+    {
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+        glsl_version = "#version 100";
+#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+        glsl_version = "#version 300 es";
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+        glsl_version = "#version 150";
+#else
+        glsl_version = "#version 130";
+#endif
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(bd->GlslVersionString));
+    strcpy(bd->GlslVersionString, glsl_version);
+    strcat(bd->GlslVersionString, "\n");
+
+    // Make an arbitrary GL call (we don't actually need the result)
+    // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means the OpenGL function loader didn't do its job. Let us know!
+    GLint current_texture;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &current_texture);
+
+    // Detect extensions we support
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    bd->HasPolygonMode = (!bd->GlProfileIsES2 && !bd->GlProfileIsES3);
+#endif
+    bd->HasClipOrigin = (bd->GlVersion >= 450);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_EXTENSIONS
+    GLint num_extensions = 0;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS, &num_extensions);
+    for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++)
+    {
+        const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i);
+        if (extension != nullptr && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0)
+            bd->HasClipOrigin = true;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
+    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");
+
+    if (!bd->ShaderHandle)
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
+    if (!bd->FontTexture)
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height, GLuint vertex_array_object)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD);
+    glBlendFuncSeparate(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+    glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 310)
+        glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    if (bd->HasPolygonMode)
+        glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL);
+#endif
+
+    // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT)
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
+    bool clip_origin_lower_left = true;
+    if (bd->HasClipOrigin)
+    {
+        GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)&current_clip_origin);
+        if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT)
+            clip_origin_lower_left = false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
+    // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps.
+    GL_CALL(glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height));
+    float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x;
+    float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x;
+    float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y;
+    float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y;
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
+    if (!clip_origin_lower_left) { float tmp = T; T = B; B = tmp; } // Swap top and bottom if origin is upper left
+#endif
+    const float ortho_projection[4][4] =
+    {
+        { 2.0f/(R-L),   0.0f,         0.0f,   0.0f },
+        { 0.0f,         2.0f/(T-B),   0.0f,   0.0f },
+        { 0.0f,         0.0f,        -1.0f,   0.0f },
+        { (R+L)/(L-R),  (T+B)/(B-T),  0.0f,   1.0f },
+    };
+    glUseProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
+    glUniform1i(bd->AttribLocationTex, 0);
+    glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]);
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3)
+        glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 and GL ES 3.0 may set that otherwise.
+#endif
+
+    (void)vertex_array_object;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+
+    // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert
+    GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle));
+    GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos,   2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos)));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV,    2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv)));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)));
+}
+
+// OpenGL3 Render function.
+// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly.
+// This is in order to be able to run within an OpenGL engine that doesn't do so.
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+{
+    // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates)
+    int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x);
+    int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y);
+    if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0)
+        return;
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Backup GL state
+    GLenum last_active_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE, (GLint*)&last_active_texture);
+    glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0);
+    GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program);
+    GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; }
+#endif
+    GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer);
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    // This is part of VAO on OpenGL 3.0+ and OpenGL ES 3.0+.
+    GLint last_element_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_element_array_buffer);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_pos; last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_uv; last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_color; last_vtx_attrib_state_color.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; if (bd->HasPolygonMode) { glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode); }
+#endif
+    GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
+    GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box);
+    GLenum last_blend_src_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_dst_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_src_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_alpha);
+    GLenum last_blend_dst_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_alpha);
+    GLenum last_blend_equation_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_equation_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_alpha);
+    GLboolean last_enable_blend = glIsEnabled(GL_BLEND);
+    GLboolean last_enable_cull_face = glIsEnabled(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    GLboolean last_enable_depth_test = glIsEnabled(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_stencil_test = glIsEnabled(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (bd->GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE;
+#endif
+
+    // Setup desired GL state
+    // Recreate the VAO every time (this is to easily allow multiple GL contexts to be rendered to. VAO are not shared among GL contexts)
+    // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound.
+    GLuint vertex_array_object = 0;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GL_CALL(glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object));
+#endif
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
+
+    // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+    ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;         // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports
+    ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2)
+
+    // Render command lists
+    for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+    {
+        const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
+
+        // Upload vertex/index buffers
+        // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state nowadays....
+        //   During 2021 we attempted to switch from glBufferData() to orphaning+glBufferSubData() following reports
+        //   of leaks on Intel GPU when using multi-viewports on Windows.
+        // - After this we kept hearing of various display corruptions issues. We started disabling on non-Intel GPU, but issues still got reported on Intel.
+        // - We are now back to using exclusively glBufferData(). So bd->UseBufferSubData IS ALWAYS FALSE in this code.
+        //   We are keeping the old code path for a while in case people finding new issues may want to test the bd->UseBufferSubData path.
+        // - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468 and please report any corruption issues.
+        const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert);
+        const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx);
+        if (bd->UseBufferSubData)
+        {
+            if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size)
+            {
+                bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size;
+                GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            }
+            if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size)
+            {
+                bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size;
+                GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            }
+            GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data));
+            GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+        }
+
+        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+        {
+            const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+            if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr)
+            {
+                // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
+                // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
+                if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
+                    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
+                else
+                    pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+                ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
+                ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
+                if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
+                    continue;
+
+                // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL)
+                GL_CALL(glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y)));
+
+                // Bind texture, Draw
+                GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID()));
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+                if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+                    GL_CALL(glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset));
+                else
+#endif
+                GL_CALL(glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Destroy the temporary VAO
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GL_CALL(glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object));
+#endif
+
+    // Restore modified GL state
+    // This "glIsProgram()" check is required because if the program is "pending deletion" at the time of binding backup, it will have been deleted by now and will cause an OpenGL error. See #6220.
+    if (last_program == 0 || glIsProgram(last_program)) glUseProgram(last_program);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3)
+        glBindSampler(0, last_sampler);
+#endif
+    glActiveTexture(last_active_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_element_array_buffer);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_color.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+#endif
+    glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha);
+    glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha);
+    if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    if (last_enable_cull_face) glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); else glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    if (last_enable_depth_test) glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); else glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_stencil_test) glEnable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); else glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    // Desktop OpenGL 3.0 and OpenGL 3.1 had separate polygon draw modes for front-facing and back-facing faces of polygons
+    if (bd->HasPolygonMode) { if (bd->GlVersion <= 310 || bd->GlProfileIsCompat) { glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]); } else { glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); } }
+#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+
+    glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
+    glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]);
+    (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Build texture atlas
+    unsigned char* pixels;
+    int width, height;
+    io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);   // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory.
+
+    // Upload texture to graphics system
+    // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)
+    GLint last_texture;
+    GL_CALL(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture));
+    GL_CALL(glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture));
+    GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture));
+    GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));
+    GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));
+#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES
+    GL_CALL(glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0));
+#endif
+    GL_CALL(glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels));
+
+    // Store our identifier
+    io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture);
+
+    // Restore state
+    GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture));
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->FontTexture)
+    {
+        glDeleteTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);
+        io.Fonts->SetTexID(0);
+        bd->FontTexture = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+// If you get an error please report on github. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. See GL<>GLSL version table at the top of this file.
+static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
+    glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status);
+    glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
+    if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s! With GLSL: %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
+    if (log_length > 1)
+    {
+        ImVector<char> buf;
+        buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
+        glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
+    }
+    return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+// If you get an error please report on GitHub. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version.
+static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
+    glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_LINK_STATUS, &status);
+    glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
+    if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! With GLSL %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
+    if (log_length > 1)
+    {
+        ImVector<char> buf;
+        buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
+        glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
+    }
+    return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Backup GL state
+    GLint last_texture, last_array_buffer;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
+    GLint last_pixel_unpack_buffer = 0;
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 210) { glGetIntegerv(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_pixel_unpack_buffer); glBindBuffer(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER, 0); }
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GLint last_vertex_array;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array);
+#endif
+
+    // Parse GLSL version string
+    int glsl_version = 130;
+    sscanf(bd->GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version);
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 =
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "attribute vec2 Position;\n"
+        "attribute vec2 UV;\n"
+        "attribute vec4 Color;\n"
+        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_130 =
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es =
+        "precision highp float;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_410_core =
+        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_120 =
+        "#ifdef GL_ES\n"
+        "    precision mediump float;\n"
+        "#endif\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_130 =
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_300_es =
+        "precision mediump float;\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_410_core =
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader = nullptr;
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader = nullptr;
+    if (glsl_version < 130)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_120;
+    }
+    else if (glsl_version >= 410)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_410_core;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_410_core;
+    }
+    else if (glsl_version == 300)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_300_es;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_300_es;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_130;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_130;
+    }
+
+    // Create shaders
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader };
+    GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER);
+    glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, nullptr);
+    glCompileShader(vert_handle);
+    CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader");
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader };
+    GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER);
+    glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, nullptr);
+    glCompileShader(frag_handle);
+    CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader");
+
+    // Link
+    bd->ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram();
+    glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
+    glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
+    glLinkProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
+    CheckProgram(bd->ShaderHandle, "shader program");
+
+    glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
+    glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
+    glDeleteShader(vert_handle);
+    glDeleteShader(frag_handle);
+
+    bd->AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Texture");
+    bd->AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxPos = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Position");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxUV = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "UV");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxColor = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Color");
+
+    // Create buffers
+    glGenBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle);
+    glGenBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle);
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+
+    // Restore modified GL state
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 210) { glBindBuffer(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER, last_pixel_unpack_buffer); }
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array);
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->VboHandle)      { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); bd->VboHandle = 0; }
+    if (bd->ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); bd->ElementsHandle = 0; }
+    if (bd->ShaderHandle)   { glDeleteProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); bd->ShaderHandle = 0; }
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d66a15ebf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
+// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
+// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
+// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
+//  [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only).
+
+// About WebGL/ES:
+// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES.
+// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets.
+// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h.
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// Learn about Dear ImGui:
+// - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
+// - Getting Started      https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
+// - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
+// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
+
+// About GLSL version:
+//  The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be nullptr (default) or a "#version XXX" string.
+//  On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es"
+//  Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp.
+
+#pragma once
+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+// Backend API
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);
+
+// (Optional) Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
+
+// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig file:
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2     // Enable ES 2 (Auto-detected on Emscripten)
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3     // Enable ES 3 (Auto-detected on iOS/Android)
+
+// You can explicitly select GLES2 or GLES3 API by using one of the '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) \
+ && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+
+// Try to detect GLES on matching platforms
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) || (defined(__ANDROID__))
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3               // iOS, Android  -> GL ES 3, "#version 300 es"
+#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__amigaos4__)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2               // Emscripten    -> GL ES 2, "#version 100"
+#else
+// Otherwise imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h will be used.
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fbc348115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,910 @@
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h:
+//
+// We embed our own OpenGL loader to not require user to provide their own or to have to use ours,
+// which proved to be endless problems for users.
+// Our loader is custom-generated, based on gl3w but automatically filtered to only include
+// enums/functions that we use in our imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp source file in order to be small.
+//
+// YOU SHOULD NOT NEED TO INCLUDE/USE THIS DIRECTLY. THIS IS USED BY imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ONLY.
+// THE REST OF YOUR APP SHOULD USE A DIFFERENT GL LOADER: ANY GL LOADER OF YOUR CHOICE.
+//
+// IF YOU GET BUILD ERRORS IN THIS FILE (commonly macro redefinitions or function redefinitions):
+// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCLUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h'
+// IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT AS ONE OF YOUR FILE WHICH IS USING A THIRD-PARTY OPENGL LOADER.
+// (e.g. COULD HAPPEN IF YOU ARE DOING A UNITY/JUMBO BUILD, OR INCLUDING .CPP FILES FROM OTHERS)
+// YOU SHOULD NOT BUILD BOTH IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT.
+// BUT IF YOU REALLY WANT TO, you can '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM' and imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+// WILL NOT BE USING OUR LOADER, AND INSTEAD EXPECT ANOTHER/YOUR LOADER TO BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMPILATION UNIT.
+//
+// Regenerate with:
+//   python3 gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt
+//
+// More info:
+//   https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
+//   https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4445
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * This file was generated with gl3w_gen.py, part of imgl3w
+ * (hosted at https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped)
+ *
+ * This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+ *
+ * Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
+ * distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
+ * binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
+ * means.
+ *
+ * In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
+ * of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
+ * software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
+ * of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
+ * successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
+ * relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
+ * software under copyright law.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __gl3w_h_
+#define __gl3w_h_
+
+// Adapted from KHR/khrplatform.h to avoid including entire file.
+#ifndef __khrplatform_h_
+typedef          float         khronos_float_t;
+typedef signed   char          khronos_int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char          khronos_uint8_t;
+typedef signed   short int     khronos_int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short int     khronos_uint16_t;
+#ifdef _WIN64
+typedef signed   long long int khronos_intptr_t;
+typedef signed   long long int khronos_ssize_t;
+#else
+typedef signed   long  int     khronos_intptr_t;
+typedef signed   long  int     khronos_ssize_t;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
+typedef signed   __int64       khronos_int64_t;
+typedef unsigned __int64       khronos_uint64_t;
+#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100)
+#include <stdint.h>
+typedef          int64_t       khronos_int64_t;
+typedef          uint64_t      khronos_uint64_t;
+#else
+typedef signed   long long     khronos_int64_t;
+typedef unsigned long long     khronos_uint64_t;
+#endif
+#endif  // __khrplatform_h_
+
+#ifndef __gl_glcorearb_h_
+#define __gl_glcorearb_h_ 1
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/*
+** Copyright 2013-2020 The Khronos Group Inc.
+** SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+**
+** This header is generated from the Khronos OpenGL / OpenGL ES XML
+** API Registry. The current version of the Registry, generator scripts
+** used to make the header, and the header can be found at
+**   https://github.com/KhronosGroup/OpenGL-Registry
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef APIENTRY
+#define APIENTRY
+#endif
+#ifndef APIENTRYP
+#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY *
+#endif
+#ifndef GLAPI
+#define GLAPI extern
+#endif
+/* glcorearb.h is for use with OpenGL core profile implementations.
+** It should should be placed in the same directory as gl.h and
+** included as <GL/glcorearb.h>.
+**
+** glcorearb.h includes only APIs in the latest OpenGL core profile
+** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which 
+** can be supported by the core profile. It does not, and never will
+** include functionality removed from the core profile, such as
+** fixed-function vertex and fragment processing.
+**
+** Do not #include both <GL/glcorearb.h> and either of <GL/gl.h> or
+** <GL/glext.h> in the same source file.
+*/
+/* Generated C header for:
+ * API: gl
+ * Profile: core
+ * Versions considered: .*
+ * Versions emitted: .*
+ * Default extensions included: glcore
+ * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^
+ * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^
+ */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_0
+typedef void GLvoid;
+typedef unsigned int GLenum;
+
+typedef khronos_float_t GLfloat;
+typedef int GLint;
+typedef int GLsizei;
+typedef unsigned int GLbitfield;
+typedef double GLdouble;
+typedef unsigned int GLuint;
+typedef unsigned char GLboolean;
+typedef khronos_uint8_t GLubyte;
+#define GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT               0x00004000
+#define GL_FALSE                          0
+#define GL_TRUE                           1
+#define GL_TRIANGLES                      0x0004
+#define GL_ONE                            1
+#define GL_SRC_ALPHA                      0x0302
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA            0x0303
+#define GL_FRONT                          0x0404
+#define GL_BACK                           0x0405
+#define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK                 0x0408
+#define GL_POLYGON_MODE                   0x0B40
+#define GL_CULL_FACE                      0x0B44
+#define GL_DEPTH_TEST                     0x0B71
+#define GL_STENCIL_TEST                   0x0B90
+#define GL_VIEWPORT                       0x0BA2
+#define GL_BLEND                          0x0BE2
+#define GL_SCISSOR_BOX                    0x0C10
+#define GL_SCISSOR_TEST                   0x0C11
+#define GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH              0x0CF2
+#define GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT                 0x0D05
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D                     0x0DE1
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE                  0x1401
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT                 0x1403
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT                   0x1405
+#define GL_FLOAT                          0x1406
+#define GL_RGBA                           0x1908
+#define GL_FILL                           0x1B02
+#define GL_VENDOR                         0x1F00
+#define GL_RENDERER                       0x1F01
+#define GL_VERSION                        0x1F02
+#define GL_EXTENSIONS                     0x1F03
+#define GL_LINEAR                         0x2601
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER             0x2800
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER             0x2801
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARPROC) (GLbitfield mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETERRORPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint *data);
+typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC) (GLenum name);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPolygonMode (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissor (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClear (GLbitfield mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColor (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisable (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnable (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlush (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glGetError (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerv (GLenum pname, GLint *data);
+GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetString (GLenum name);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsEnabled (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewport (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_1
+typedef khronos_float_t GLclampf;
+typedef double GLclampd;
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D             0x8069
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElements (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTexture (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTextures (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3
+#define GL_TEXTURE0                       0x84C0
+#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE                 0x84E0
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC) (GLenum texture);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveTexture (GLenum texture);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB                  0x80C8
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB                  0x80C9
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA                0x80CA
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA                0x80CB
+#define GL_FUNC_ADD                       0x8006
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparate (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquation (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_4 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5
+typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptr;
+typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr;
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER                   0x8892
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER           0x8893
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING           0x8894
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING   0x8895
+#define GL_STREAM_DRAW                    0x88E0
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBuffer (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenBuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferData (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_5 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0
+typedef char GLchar;
+typedef khronos_int16_t GLshort;
+typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte;
+typedef khronos_uint16_t GLushort;
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB             0x8009
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED    0x8622
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE       0x8623
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE     0x8624
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE       0x8625
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER    0x8645
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA           0x883D
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER                0x8B30
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER                  0x8B31
+#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS                 0x8B81
+#define GL_LINK_STATUS                    0x8B82
+#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH                0x8B84
+#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM                0x8B8D
+#define GL_UPPER_LEFT                     0x8CA2
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC) (void);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC) (GLenum type);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC) (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparate (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAttachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateProgram (void);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShader (GLenum type);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramInfoLog (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i (GLint location, GLint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_1
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER            0x88EC
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING    0x88EF
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0
+typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalf;
+#define GL_MAJOR_VERSION                  0x821B
+#define GL_MINOR_VERSION                  0x821C
+#define GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS                 0x821D
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB               0x8DB9
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING           0x85B5
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data);
+typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC) (GLenum name, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC) (GLuint array);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetStringi (GLenum name, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexArray (GLuint array);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexArrays (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenVertexArrays (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_1
+#define GL_VERSION_3_1 1
+#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART              0x8F9D
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_2
+#define GL_VERSION_3_2 1
+typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
+typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64;
+typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64;
+#define GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002
+#define GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK           0x9126
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64I_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_2 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_3
+#define GL_VERSION_3_3 1
+#define GL_SAMPLER_BINDING                0x8919
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC) (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindSampler (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_1
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_3
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_5
+#define GL_CLIP_ORIGIN                    0x935C
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI64_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint64 *param);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_5 */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_bindless_texture
+typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64EXT;
+#endif /* GL_ARB_bindless_texture */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event
+struct _cl_context;
+struct _cl_event;
+#endif /* GL_ARB_cl_event */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_clip_control
+#define GL_ARB_clip_control 1
+#endif /* GL_ARB_clip_control */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLDEBUGPROCARB)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam);
+#endif /* GL_ARB_debug_output */
+#ifndef GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage
+typedef void *GLeglImageOES;
+#endif /* GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage */
+#ifndef GL_EXT_direct_state_access
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, void **params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYINTEGERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **param);
+#endif /* GL_EXT_direct_state_access */
+#ifndef GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLVULKANPROCNV)(void);
+#endif /* GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image */
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_shader5
+typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64EXT;
+#endif /* GL_NV_gpu_shader5 */
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERUI64I_VNVPROC) (GLenum value, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT *result);
+#endif /* GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL3W_API
+#define GL3W_API
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __gl_h_
+#define __gl_h_
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define GL3W_OK 0
+#define GL3W_ERROR_INIT -1
+#define GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN -2
+#define GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION -3
+
+typedef void (*GL3WglProc)(void);
+typedef GL3WglProc (*GL3WGetProcAddressProc)(const char *proc);
+
+/* gl3w api */
+GL3W_API int imgl3wInit(void);
+GL3W_API int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc);
+GL3W_API int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor);
+GL3W_API GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc);
+
+/* gl3w internal state */
+union ImGL3WProcs {
+    GL3WglProc ptr[59];
+    struct {
+        PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC            ActiveTexture;
+        PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC             AttachShader;
+        PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC               BindBuffer;
+        PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC              BindSampler;
+        PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC              BindTexture;
+        PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC          BindVertexArray;
+        PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC            BlendEquation;
+        PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC    BlendEquationSeparate;
+        PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC        BlendFuncSeparate;
+        PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC               BufferData;
+        PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC            BufferSubData;
+        PFNGLCLEARPROC                    Clear;
+        PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC               ClearColor;
+        PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC            CompileShader;
+        PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC            CreateProgram;
+        PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC             CreateShader;
+        PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC            DeleteBuffers;
+        PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC            DeleteProgram;
+        PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC             DeleteShader;
+        PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC           DeleteTextures;
+        PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC       DeleteVertexArrays;
+        PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC             DetachShader;
+        PFNGLDISABLEPROC                  Disable;
+        PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC DisableVertexAttribArray;
+        PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC             DrawElements;
+        PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC   DrawElementsBaseVertex;
+        PFNGLENABLEPROC                   Enable;
+        PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC  EnableVertexAttribArray;
+        PFNGLFLUSHPROC                    Flush;
+        PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC               GenBuffers;
+        PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC              GenTextures;
+        PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC          GenVertexArrays;
+        PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC        GetAttribLocation;
+        PFNGLGETERRORPROC                 GetError;
+        PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC              GetIntegerv;
+        PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC        GetProgramInfoLog;
+        PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC             GetProgramiv;
+        PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC         GetShaderInfoLog;
+        PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC              GetShaderiv;
+        PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC                GetString;
+        PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC               GetStringi;
+        PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC       GetUniformLocation;
+        PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC  GetVertexAttribPointerv;
+        PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC        GetVertexAttribiv;
+        PFNGLISENABLEDPROC                IsEnabled;
+        PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC                IsProgram;
+        PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC              LinkProgram;
+        PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC              PixelStorei;
+        PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC              PolygonMode;
+        PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC               ReadPixels;
+        PFNGLSCISSORPROC                  Scissor;
+        PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC             ShaderSource;
+        PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC               TexImage2D;
+        PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC            TexParameteri;
+        PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC                Uniform1i;
+        PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC         UniformMatrix4fv;
+        PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC               UseProgram;
+        PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC      VertexAttribPointer;
+        PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC                 Viewport;
+    } gl;
+};
+
+GL3W_API extern union ImGL3WProcs imgl3wProcs;
+
+/* OpenGL functions */
+#define glActiveTexture                   imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture
+#define glAttachShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.AttachShader
+#define glBindBuffer                      imgl3wProcs.gl.BindBuffer
+#define glBindSampler                     imgl3wProcs.gl.BindSampler
+#define glBindTexture                     imgl3wProcs.gl.BindTexture
+#define glBindVertexArray                 imgl3wProcs.gl.BindVertexArray
+#define glBlendEquation                   imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquation
+#define glBlendEquationSeparate           imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquationSeparate
+#define glBlendFuncSeparate               imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendFuncSeparate
+#define glBufferData                      imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferData
+#define glBufferSubData                   imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferSubData
+#define glClear                           imgl3wProcs.gl.Clear
+#define glClearColor                      imgl3wProcs.gl.ClearColor
+#define glCompileShader                   imgl3wProcs.gl.CompileShader
+#define glCreateProgram                   imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateProgram
+#define glCreateShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateShader
+#define glDeleteBuffers                   imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteBuffers
+#define glDeleteProgram                   imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteProgram
+#define glDeleteShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteShader
+#define glDeleteTextures                  imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteTextures
+#define glDeleteVertexArrays              imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteVertexArrays
+#define glDetachShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DetachShader
+#define glDisable                         imgl3wProcs.gl.Disable
+#define glDisableVertexAttribArray        imgl3wProcs.gl.DisableVertexAttribArray
+#define glDrawElements                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElements
+#define glDrawElementsBaseVertex          imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElementsBaseVertex
+#define glEnable                          imgl3wProcs.gl.Enable
+#define glEnableVertexAttribArray         imgl3wProcs.gl.EnableVertexAttribArray
+#define glFlush                           imgl3wProcs.gl.Flush
+#define glGenBuffers                      imgl3wProcs.gl.GenBuffers
+#define glGenTextures                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GenTextures
+#define glGenVertexArrays                 imgl3wProcs.gl.GenVertexArrays
+#define glGetAttribLocation               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetAttribLocation
+#define glGetError                        imgl3wProcs.gl.GetError
+#define glGetIntegerv                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GetIntegerv
+#define glGetProgramInfoLog               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramInfoLog
+#define glGetProgramiv                    imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramiv
+#define glGetShaderInfoLog                imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderInfoLog
+#define glGetShaderiv                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderiv
+#define glGetString                       imgl3wProcs.gl.GetString
+#define glGetStringi                      imgl3wProcs.gl.GetStringi
+#define glGetUniformLocation              imgl3wProcs.gl.GetUniformLocation
+#define glGetVertexAttribPointerv         imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribPointerv
+#define glGetVertexAttribiv               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribiv
+#define glIsEnabled                       imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled
+#define glIsProgram                       imgl3wProcs.gl.IsProgram
+#define glLinkProgram                     imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram
+#define glPixelStorei                     imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei
+#define glPolygonMode                     imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode
+#define glReadPixels                      imgl3wProcs.gl.ReadPixels
+#define glScissor                         imgl3wProcs.gl.Scissor
+#define glShaderSource                    imgl3wProcs.gl.ShaderSource
+#define glTexImage2D                      imgl3wProcs.gl.TexImage2D
+#define glTexParameteri                   imgl3wProcs.gl.TexParameteri
+#define glUniform1i                       imgl3wProcs.gl.Uniform1i
+#define glUniformMatrix4fv                imgl3wProcs.gl.UniformMatrix4fv
+#define glUseProgram                      imgl3wProcs.gl.UseProgram
+#define glVertexAttribPointer             imgl3wProcs.gl.VertexAttribPointer
+#define glViewport                        imgl3wProcs.gl.Viewport
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGL3W_IMPL
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE(x)  (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+
+static HMODULE libgl;
+typedef PROC(__stdcall* GL3WglGetProcAddr)(LPCSTR);
+static GL3WglGetProcAddr wgl_get_proc_address;
+
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    libgl = LoadLibraryA("opengl32.dll");
+    if (!libgl)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    wgl_get_proc_address = (GL3WglGetProcAddr)GetProcAddress(libgl, "wglGetProcAddress");
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void close_libgl(void) { FreeLibrary(libgl); }
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res;
+    res = (GL3WglProc)wgl_get_proc_address(proc);
+    if (!res)
+        res = (GL3WglProc)GetProcAddress(libgl, proc);
+    return res;
+}
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+static void *libgl;
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    libgl = dlopen("/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (!libgl)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); }
+
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res;
+    *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+    return res;
+}
+#else
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+static void* libgl;  // OpenGL library
+static void* libglx;  // GLX library
+static void* libegl;  // EGL library
+static GL3WGetProcAddressProc gl_get_proc_address;
+
+static void close_libgl(void)
+{
+    if (libgl) {
+        dlclose(libgl);
+        libgl = NULL;
+    }
+    if (libegl) {
+        dlclose(libegl);
+        libegl = NULL;
+    }
+    if (libglx) {
+        dlclose(libglx);
+        libglx = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static int is_library_loaded(const char* name, void** lib)
+{
+    *lib = dlopen(name, RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL | RTLD_NOLOAD);
+    return *lib != NULL;
+}
+
+static int open_libs(void)
+{
+    // On Linux we have two APIs to get process addresses: EGL and GLX.
+    // EGL is supported under both X11 and Wayland, whereas GLX is X11-specific.
+
+    libgl = NULL;
+    libegl = NULL;
+    libglx = NULL;
+
+    // First check what's already loaded, the windowing library might have
+    // already loaded either EGL or GLX and we want to use the same one.
+
+    if (is_library_loaded("libEGL.so.1", &libegl) ||
+        is_library_loaded("libGLX.so.0", &libglx)) {
+        libgl = dlopen("libOpenGL.so.0", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+        if (libgl)
+            return GL3W_OK;
+        else
+            close_libgl();
+    }
+
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so.1", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so.3", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+
+    // Neither is already loaded, so we have to load one.  Try EGL first
+    // because it is supported under both X11 and Wayland.
+
+    // Load OpenGL + EGL
+    libgl = dlopen("libOpenGL.so.0", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    libegl = dlopen("libEGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (libgl && libegl)
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    else
+        close_libgl();
+
+    // Fall back to legacy libGL, which includes GLX
+    // While most systems use libGL.so.1, NetBSD seems to use that libGL.so.3. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6983
+    libgl = dlopen("libGL.so", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (!libgl)
+        libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (!libgl)
+        libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.3", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+
+    if (libgl)
+        return GL3W_OK;
+
+    return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+}
+
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    int res = open_libs();
+    if (res)
+        return res;
+
+    if (libegl)
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libegl, "eglGetProcAddress");
+    else if (libglx)
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libglx, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
+    else
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
+
+    if (!gl_get_proc_address) {
+        close_libgl();
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    }
+
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char* proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res = NULL;
+
+    // Before EGL version 1.5, eglGetProcAddress doesn't support querying core
+    // functions and may return a dummy function if we try, so try to load the
+    // function from the GL library directly first.
+    if (libegl)
+        *(void**)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+
+    if (!res)
+        res = gl_get_proc_address(proc);
+
+    if (!libegl && !res)
+        *(void**)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+
+    return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+static struct { int major, minor; } version;
+
+static int parse_version(void)
+{
+    if (!glGetIntegerv)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_INIT;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &version.major);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &version.minor);
+    if (version.major == 0 && version.minor == 0)
+    {
+        // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"
+        if (const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION))
+            sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &version.major, &version.minor);
+    }
+    if (version.major < 2)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION;
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc);
+
+int imgl3wInit(void)
+{
+    int res = open_libgl();
+    if (res)
+        return res;
+    atexit(close_libgl);
+    return imgl3wInit2(get_proc);
+}
+
+int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc)
+{
+    load_procs(proc);
+    return parse_version();
+}
+
+int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor)
+{
+    if (major < 2)
+        return 0;
+    if (version.major == major)
+        return version.minor >= minor;
+    return version.major >= major;
+}
+
+GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc) { return get_proc(proc); }
+
+static const char *proc_names[] = {
+    "glActiveTexture",
+    "glAttachShader",
+    "glBindBuffer",
+    "glBindSampler",
+    "glBindTexture",
+    "glBindVertexArray",
+    "glBlendEquation",
+    "glBlendEquationSeparate",
+    "glBlendFuncSeparate",
+    "glBufferData",
+    "glBufferSubData",
+    "glClear",
+    "glClearColor",
+    "glCompileShader",
+    "glCreateProgram",
+    "glCreateShader",
+    "glDeleteBuffers",
+    "glDeleteProgram",
+    "glDeleteShader",
+    "glDeleteTextures",
+    "glDeleteVertexArrays",
+    "glDetachShader",
+    "glDisable",
+    "glDisableVertexAttribArray",
+    "glDrawElements",
+    "glDrawElementsBaseVertex",
+    "glEnable",
+    "glEnableVertexAttribArray",
+    "glFlush",
+    "glGenBuffers",
+    "glGenTextures",
+    "glGenVertexArrays",
+    "glGetAttribLocation",
+    "glGetError",
+    "glGetIntegerv",
+    "glGetProgramInfoLog",
+    "glGetProgramiv",
+    "glGetShaderInfoLog",
+    "glGetShaderiv",
+    "glGetString",
+    "glGetStringi",
+    "glGetUniformLocation",
+    "glGetVertexAttribPointerv",
+    "glGetVertexAttribiv",
+    "glIsEnabled",
+    "glIsProgram",
+    "glLinkProgram",
+    "glPixelStorei",
+    "glPolygonMode",
+    "glReadPixels",
+    "glScissor",
+    "glShaderSource",
+    "glTexImage2D",
+    "glTexParameteri",
+    "glUniform1i",
+    "glUniformMatrix4fv",
+    "glUseProgram",
+    "glVertexAttribPointer",
+    "glViewport",
+};
+
+GL3W_API union ImGL3WProcs imgl3wProcs;
+
+static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc)
+{
+    size_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE(proc_names); i++)
+        imgl3wProcs.ptr[i] = proc(proc_names[i]);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h
index 8098309c21..cb7b7319eb 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_internal.h
@@ -1,754 +1,3629 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.49
-// (internals)
-
-// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
-// Implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators)
-//   #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
+// (internal structures/api)
+
+// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility.
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations
+// [SECTION] Context pointer
+// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
+// [SECTION] Macros
+// [SECTION] Generic helpers
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
+// [SECTION] Data types support
+// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
+// [SECTION] Popup support
+// [SECTION] Inputs support
+// [SECTION] Clipper support
+// [SECTION] Navigation support
+// [SECTION] Typing-select support
+// [SECTION] Columns support
+// [SECTION] Multi-select support
+// [SECTION] Docking support
+// [SECTION] Viewport support
+// [SECTION] Settings support
+// [SECTION] Localization support
+// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools
+// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
+// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context)
+// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
+// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
+// [SECTION] Table support
+// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
+// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
+
+*/
 
 #pragma once
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_VERSION
-#error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h
+#include "imgui.h"
 #endif
 
-#include <stdio.h>      // FILE*
-#include <math.h>       // sqrtf()
+#include <stdio.h>      // FILE*, sscanf
+#include <stdlib.h>     // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof
+#include <math.h>       // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf
+#include <limits.h>     // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
 
+// Enable SSE intrinsics if available
+#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 || (defined(_M_IX86_FP) && (_M_IX86_FP >= 1))) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE)
+#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
+#include <immintrin.h>
+#endif
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (push)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4251)     // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
+#pragma warning (disable: 26495)    // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"        // for stb_textedit.h
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"     // for stb_textedit.h
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloor()
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"                // for stb_textedit.h
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"             // for stb_textedit.h
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn"               // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"              // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"      // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+
+// In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h
+// As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h
+#if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED)
+#error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h!
+#endif
+
+// Legacy defines
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS            // Renamed in 1.74
+#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS                     // Renamed in 1.74
+#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
+// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled.
+// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together.
+#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
+#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Forward Declarations
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-struct ImRect;
-struct ImGuiColMod;
-struct ImGuiStyleMod;
-struct ImGuiGroupData;
-struct ImGuiSimpleColumns;
-struct ImGuiDrawContext;
-struct ImGuiTextEditState;
-struct ImGuiIniData;
-struct ImGuiMouseCursorData;
-struct ImGuiPopupRef;
-struct ImGuiWindow;
+struct ImBitVector;                 // Store 1-bit per value
+struct ImRect;                      // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points)
+struct ImDrawDataBuilder;           // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance
+struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
+struct ImGuiColorMod;               // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+struct ImGuiContext;                // Main Dear ImGui context
+struct ImGuiContextHook;            // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine
+struct ImGuiDataVarInfo;            // Variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum)
+struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo;           // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
+struct ImGuiGroupData;              // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
+struct ImGuiInputTextState;         // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
+struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a deactivating InputText() while another is stealing active id
+struct ImGuiLastItemData;           // Status storage for last submitted items
+struct ImGuiLocEntry;               // A localization entry.
+struct ImGuiMenuColumns;            // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only
+struct ImGuiNavItemData;            // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result
+struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData;        // Temporary storage for last TreeNode() being a Left arrow landing candidate.
+struct ImGuiMetricsConfig;          // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions
+struct ImGuiNextWindowData;         // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
+struct ImGuiNextItemData;           // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
+struct ImGuiOldColumnData;          // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api
+struct ImGuiOldColumns;             // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api
+struct ImGuiPopupData;              // Storage for current popup stack
+struct ImGuiSettingsHandler;        // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file
+struct ImGuiStackSizes;             // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting
+struct ImGuiStyleMod;               // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+struct ImGuiTabBar;                 // Storage for a tab bar
+struct ImGuiTabItem;                // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar)
+struct ImGuiTable;                  // Storage for a table
+struct ImGuiTableHeaderData;        // Storage for TableAngledHeadersRow()
+struct ImGuiTableColumn;            // Storage for one column of a table
+struct ImGuiTableInstanceData;      // Storage for one instance of a same table
+struct ImGuiTableTempData;          // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables.
+struct ImGuiTableSettings;          // Storage for a table .ini settings
+struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings;   // Storage for a column .ini settings
+struct ImGuiTypingSelectState;      // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest;    // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public)
+struct ImGuiWindow;                 // Storage for one window
+struct ImGuiWindowTempData;         // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window)
+struct ImGuiWindowSettings;         // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session)
+
+// Enumerations
+// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
+enum ImGuiLocKey : int;                 // -> enum ImGuiLocKey              // Enum: a localization entry for translation.
+typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;            // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_         // Enum: Horizontal or vertical
+
+// Flags
+typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_      // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later)
+typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_      // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags
+typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_  // Flags: for FocusWindow();
+typedef int ImGuiItemFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_          // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags
+typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_    // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
+typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_     // Flags: for BeginColumns()
+typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_  // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight()
+typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_       // Flags: for navigation requests
+typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_  // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions
+typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions
+typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags;           // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_        // Flags: for ScrollToItem() and navigation requests
+typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_     // Flags: for SeparatorEx()
+typedef int ImGuiTextFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_          // Flags: for TextEx()
+typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_       // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx()
+typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_  // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+typedef int ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy()
+
+typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...);
 
-typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;      // enum ImGuiLayoutType_
-//typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;     // enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;   // enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
-typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags;     // enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Context pointer
+// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef GImGui
+extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui;  // Current implicit context pointer
+#endif
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// STB libraries
+// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-namespace ImGuiStb
+namespace ImStb
 {
 
-#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
-#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING             ImGuiTextEditState
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE           ImWchar
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE   -1.0f
-#include "stb_textedit.h"
+#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
+#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING             ImGuiInputTextState
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE           ImWchar
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE   (-1.0f)
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT     99
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT      999
+#include "imstb_textedit.h"
 
-} // namespace ImGuiStb
+} // namespace ImStb
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Context
+// [SECTION] Macros
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext*  GImGui;     // current implicit ImGui context pointer
+// Debug Printing Into TTY
+// (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...)    printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...)    ((void)0)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...)            ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...)            ((void)0)
+#endif
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...)   do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId)    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...)      do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus)       IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...)      do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup)       IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...)        do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav)         IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...)  do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection)   IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...)    do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper)     IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...)         do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO)          IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING(...) do{if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+
+// Static Asserts
+#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         static_assert(_COND, "")
+
+// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much.
+// We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code.
+//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)       IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)
+#else
+#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)
+#endif
+
+// Error handling
+// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults.
+#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR
+#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG)   // Recoverable User Error
+#endif
+
+// Misc Macros
+#define IM_PI                           3.14159265358979323846f
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define IM_NEWLINE                      "\r\n"   // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!)
+#else
+#define IM_NEWLINE                      "\n"
+#endif
+#ifndef IM_TABSIZE                      // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override
+#define IM_TABSIZE                      (4)
+#endif
+#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN)        (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1))           // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8
+#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL)    ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f)))   // Unsaturated, for display purpose
+#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL)        ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f))               // Saturated, always output 0..255
+#define IM_TRUNC(_VAL)                  ((float)(int)(_VAL))                                    // ImTrunc() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds
+#define IM_ROUND(_VAL)                  ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f))                           //
+#define IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X)         #_X
+#define IM_STRINGIFY(_X)                IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X)                                 // Preprocessor idiom to stringify e.g. an integer.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+#define IM_FLOOR IM_TRUNC
+#endif
+
+// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl
+#else
+#define IMGUI_CDECL
+#endif
+
+// Warnings
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)  __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX))
+#else
+#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)
+#endif
+
+// Debug Tools
+// Use 'Metrics/Debugger->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item.
+// This will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() which you may redefine yourself. See https://github.com/scottt/debugbreak for more reference.
+#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
+#if defined (_MSC_VER)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __debugbreak()
+#elif defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __builtin_debugtrap()
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile("int3;nop")
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01")
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0")
+#else
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    IM_ASSERT(0)    // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger!
+#endif
+#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
+
+// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized...
+// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from <inttypes.h> (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself.
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_PRId64   "I64d"
+#define IM_PRIu64   "I64u"
+#define IM_PRIX64   "I64X"
+#else
+#define IM_PRId64   "lld"
+#define IM_PRIu64   "llu"
+#define IM_PRIX64   "llX"
+#endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helpers
+// [SECTION] Generic helpers
+// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions.
+// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Helpers: Hashing
+// - Helpers: Sorting
+// - Helpers: Bit manipulation
+// - Helpers: String
+// - Helpers: Formatting
+// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
+// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
+// - Helpers: Maths
+// - Helpers: Geometry
+// - Helper: ImVec1
+// - Helper: ImVec2ih
+// - Helper: ImRect
+// - Helper: ImBitArray
+// - Helper: ImBitVector
+// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<>
+// - Helper: ImPool<>
+// - Helper: ImChunkStream<>
+// - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex
+// - Helper: ImGuiStorage
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)      ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR)))
-#define IM_PI                   3.14159265358979323846f
+// Helpers: Hashing
+IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0);
+IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0);
 
-// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);      // return output UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);          // return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                            // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                   // return number of bytes to express string as UTF-8 code-points
+// Helpers: Sorting
+#ifndef ImQsort
+static inline void      ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element, int(IMGUI_CDECL *compare_func)(void const*, void const*)) { if (count > 1) qsort(base, count, size_of_element, compare_func); }
+#endif
 
-// Helpers: Misc
-IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);    // Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
-IMGUI_API void*         ImLoadFileToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, int* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
-IMGUI_API bool          ImIsPointInTriangle(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c);
-static inline bool      ImCharIsSpace(int c)            { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
+// Helpers: Color Blending
+IMGUI_API ImU32         ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b);
+
+// Helpers: Bit manipulation
+static inline bool      ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v)           { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
+static inline bool      ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v)         { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
 static inline int       ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v)        { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; }
 
 // Helpers: String
-IMGUI_API int           ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2);
-IMGUI_API int           ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int count);
-IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdup(const char* str);
-IMGUI_API int           ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str);
-IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line
-IMGUI_API const char*   ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end);
-IMGUI_API int           ImFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(3);
-IMGUI_API int           ImFormatStringV(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args);
-
-// Helpers: Math
-// We are keeping those not leaking to the user by default, in the case the user has implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and its own types (when IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA is defined)
-#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)              { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs, lhs.y*rhs); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)              { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs, lhs.y/rhs); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs.x, lhs.y/rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)                  { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)                  { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)            { return ImVec4(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y, lhs.z-rhs.z, lhs.w-rhs.w); }
-#endif
-
-static inline int    ImMin(int lhs, int rhs)                                    { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-static inline int    ImMax(int lhs, int rhs)                                    { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-static inline float  ImMin(float lhs, float rhs)                                { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-static inline float  ImMax(float lhs, float rhs)                                { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(ImMin(lhs.x,rhs.x), ImMin(lhs.y,rhs.y)); }
-static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(ImMax(lhs.x,rhs.x), ImMax(lhs.y,rhs.y)); }
-static inline int    ImClamp(int v, int mn, int mx)                             { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
-static inline float  ImClamp(float v, float mn, float mx)                       { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& f, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx)      { return ImVec2(ImClamp(f.x,mn.x,mx.x), ImClamp(f.y,mn.y,mx.y)); }
-static inline float  ImSaturate(float f)                                        { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; }
-static inline float  ImLerp(float a, float b, float t)                          { return a + (b - a) * t; }
+IMGUI_API int           ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2);                      // Case insensitive compare.
+IMGUI_API int           ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count);       // Case insensitive compare to a certain count.
+IMGUI_API void          ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count);                // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't).
+IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdup(const char* str);                                          // Duplicate a string.
+IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str);        // Copy in provided buffer, recreate buffer if needed.
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c);  // Find first occurrence of 'c' in string range.
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end);                // End end-of-line
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end);  // Find a substring in a string range.
+IMGUI_API void          ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str);                                         // Remove leading and trailing blanks from a buffer.
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str);                                    // Find first non-blank character.
+IMGUI_API int           ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str);                                      // Computer string length (ImWchar string)
+IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin);   // Find beginning-of-line (ImWchar string)
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+static inline char      ImToUpper(char c)               { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; }
+static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankA(char c)          { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
+static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c)  { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+// Helpers: Formatting
+IMGUI_API int           ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+IMGUI_API int           ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+IMGUI_API void          ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+IMGUI_API void          ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size);
+IMGUI_API void          ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size);
+IMGUI_API int           ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value);
+
+// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c);                                                      // return out_buf
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);   // return output UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);               // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                                 // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                             // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr);                   // return previous UTF-8 code-point.
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                                         // return number of lines taken by text. trailing carriage return doesn't count as an extra line.
+
+// Helpers: File System
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+typedef void* ImFileHandle;
+static inline ImFileHandle  ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*)                    { return NULL; }
+static inline bool          ImFileClose(ImFileHandle)                               { return false; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle)                             { return (ImU64)-1; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)           { return 0; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)    { return 0; }
+#endif
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+typedef FILE* ImFileHandle;
+IMGUI_API ImFileHandle      ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode);
+IMGUI_API bool              ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
+#else
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions
+#endif
+IMGUI_API void*             ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
+
+// Helpers: Maths
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
+#define ImFabs(X)           fabsf(X)
+#define ImSqrt(X)           sqrtf(X)
+#define ImFmod(X, Y)        fmodf((X), (Y))
+#define ImCos(X)            cosf(X)
+#define ImSin(X)            sinf(X)
+#define ImAcos(X)           acosf(X)
+#define ImAtan2(Y, X)       atan2f((Y), (X))
+#define ImAtof(STR)         atof(STR)
+#define ImCeil(X)           ceilf(X)
+static inline float  ImPow(float x, float y)    { return powf(x, y); }          // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision
+static inline double ImPow(double x, double y)  { return pow(x, y); }
+static inline float  ImLog(float x)             { return logf(x); }             // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision
+static inline double ImLog(double x)            { return log(x); }
+static inline int    ImAbs(int x)               { return x < 0 ? -x : x; }
+static inline float  ImAbs(float x)             { return fabsf(x); }
+static inline double ImAbs(double x)            { return fabs(x); }
+static inline float  ImSign(float x)            { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : (x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument
+static inline double ImSign(double x)           { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : (x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0; }
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
+static inline float  ImRsqrt(float x)           { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); }
+#else
+static inline float  ImRsqrt(float x)           { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); }
+#endif
+static inline double ImRsqrt(double x)          { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); }
+#endif
+// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double
+// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types)
+template<typename T> static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs)                        { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs)                        { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx)                   { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t)                  { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); }
+template<typename T> static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b)                      { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)   { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)   { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; }
+// - Misc maths helpers
+static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2&mn, const ImVec2&mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t)          { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); }
 static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t)  { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); }
-static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs)                             { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; }
-static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs)                             { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y + lhs.z*lhs.z + lhs.w*lhs.w; }
-static inline float  ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value)           { float d = lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / sqrtf(d); return fail_value; }
-static inline float  ImFloor(float f)                                           { return (float)(int)f; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(ImVec2 v)                                          { return ImVec2((float)(int)v.x, (float)(int)v.y); }
+static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t)          { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); }
+static inline float  ImSaturate(float f)                                        { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; }
+static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs)                             { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); }
+static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs)                             { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); }
+static inline float  ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value)           { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; }
+static inline float  ImTrunc(float f)                                           { return (float)(int)(f); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImTrunc(const ImVec2& v)                                   { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); }
+static inline float  ImFloor(float f)                                           { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf()
+static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v)                                   { return ImVec2(ImFloor(v.x), ImFloor(v.y)); }
+static inline int    ImModPositive(int a, int b)                                { return (a + b) % b; }
+static inline float  ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b)                    { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; }
+static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a)        { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); }
+static inline float  ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed)    { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; }
+static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
+static inline bool   ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f)          { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; }
+static inline float  ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+// Helpers: Geometry
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments);       // For curves with explicit number of segments
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t);
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API bool       ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API void       ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w);
+inline float         ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)          { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; }
+inline bool          ImTriangleIsClockwise(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)   { return ((b.x - a.x) * (c.y - b.y)) - ((c.x - b.x) * (b.y - a.y)) > 0.0f; }
+
+// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector)
+// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+struct ImVec1
+{
+    float   x;
+    constexpr ImVec1()         : x(0.0f) { }
+    constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage)
+struct ImVec2ih
+{
+    short   x, y;
+    constexpr ImVec2ih()                           : x(0), y(0) {}
+    constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y)         : x(_x), y(_y) {}
+    constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {}
+};
+
+// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box)
+// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here!
+struct IMGUI_API ImRect
+{
+    ImVec2      Min;    // Upper-left
+    ImVec2      Max;    // Lower-right
 
-// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
-// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
-#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_PLACEMENT_NEW
-struct ImPlacementNewDummy {};
-inline void* operator new(size_t, ImPlacementNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
-inline void operator delete(void*, ImPlacementNewDummy, void*) {}
-#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR)  new(ImPlacementNewDummy(), _PTR)
+    constexpr ImRect()                                        : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f)  {}
+    constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max)    : Min(min), Max(max)                {}
+    constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v)                         : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w)      {}
+    constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2)  : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2)          {}
+
+    ImVec2      GetCenter() const                   { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); }
+    ImVec2      GetSize() const                     { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); }
+    float       GetWidth() const                    { return Max.x - Min.x; }
+    float       GetHeight() const                   { return Max.y - Min.y; }
+    float       GetArea() const                     { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); }
+    ImVec2      GetTL() const                       { return Min; }                   // Top-left
+    ImVec2      GetTR() const                       { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); }  // Top-right
+    ImVec2      GetBL() const                       { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); }  // Bottom-left
+    ImVec2      GetBR() const                       { return Max; }                   // Bottom-right
+    bool        Contains(const ImVec2& p) const     { return p.x     >= Min.x && p.y     >= Min.y && p.x     <  Max.x && p.y     <  Max.y; }
+    bool        Contains(const ImRect& r) const     { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; }
+    bool        ContainsWithPad(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& pad) const { return p.x >= Min.x - pad.x && p.y >= Min.y - pad.y && p.x < Max.x + pad.x && p.y < Max.y + pad.y; }
+    bool        Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const     { return r.Min.y <  Max.y && r.Max.y >  Min.y && r.Min.x <  Max.x && r.Max.x >  Min.x; }
+    void        Add(const ImVec2& p)                { if (Min.x > p.x)     Min.x = p.x;     if (Min.y > p.y)     Min.y = p.y;     if (Max.x < p.x)     Max.x = p.x;     if (Max.y < p.y)     Max.y = p.y; }
+    void        Add(const ImRect& r)                { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; }
+    void        Expand(const float amount)          { Min.x -= amount;   Min.y -= amount;   Max.x += amount;   Max.y += amount; }
+    void        Expand(const ImVec2& amount)        { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; }
+    void        Translate(const ImVec2& d)          { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; }
+    void        TranslateX(float dx)                { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; }
+    void        TranslateY(float dy)                { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; }
+    void        ClipWith(const ImRect& r)           { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); }                   // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display.
+    void        ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r)       { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped.
+    void        Floor()                             { Min.x = IM_TRUNC(Min.x); Min.y = IM_TRUNC(Min.y); Max.x = IM_TRUNC(Max.x); Max.y = IM_TRUNC(Max.y); }
+    bool        IsInverted() const                  { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; }
+    ImVec4      ToVec4() const                      { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImBitArray
+#define         IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N)                 ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
+#define         IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N)                ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))))    // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
+inline size_t   ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount)   { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; }
+inline void     ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(arr, 0, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); }
+inline bool     ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n)      { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; }
+inline void     ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n)           { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; }
+inline void     ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n)             { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; }
+inline void     ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2)
+{
+    n2--;
+    while (n <= n2)
+    {
+        int a_mod = (n & 31);
+        int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1;
+        ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1);
+        arr[n >> 5] |= mask;
+        n = (n + 32) & ~31;
+    }
+}
+
+typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs
+
+// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions)
+// Store 1-bit per value.
+template<int BITCOUNT, int OFFSET = 0>
+struct ImBitArray
+{
+    ImU32           Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5];
+    ImBitArray()                                { ClearAllBits(); }
+    void            ClearAllBits()              { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); }
+    void            SetAllBits()                { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); }
+    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); }
+    void            SetBit(int n)               { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); }
+    void            ClearBit(int n)             { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); }
+    void            SetBitRange(int n, int n2)  { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2)
+    bool            operator[](int n) const     { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImBitVector
+// Store 1-bit per value.
+struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector
+{
+    ImVector<ImU32> Storage;
+    void            Create(int sz)              { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); }
+    void            Clear()                     { Storage.clear(); }
+    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); }
+    void            SetBit(int n)               { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); }
+    void            ClearBit(int n)             { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); }
+};
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+
+// Helper: ImSpan<>
+// Pointing to a span of data we don't own.
+template<typename T>
+struct ImSpan
+{
+    T*                  Data;
+    T*                  DataEnd;
+
+    // Constructors, destructor
+    inline ImSpan()                                 { Data = DataEnd = NULL; }
+    inline ImSpan(T* data, int size)                { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
+    inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end)             { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }
+
+    inline void         set(T* data, int size)      { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
+    inline void         set(T* data, T* data_end)   { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }
+    inline int          size() const                { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); }
+    inline int          size_in_bytes() const       { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); }
+    inline T&           operator[](int i)           { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
+    inline const T&     operator[](int i) const     { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
+
+    inline T*           begin()                     { return Data; }
+    inline const T*     begin() const               { return Data; }
+    inline T*           end()                       { return DataEnd; }
+    inline const T*     end() const                 { return DataEnd; }
+
+    // Utilities
+    inline int  index_from_ptr(const T* it) const   { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<>
+// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena")
+// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges.
+template<int CHUNKS>
+struct ImSpanAllocator
+{
+    char*   BasePtr;
+    int     CurrOff;
+    int     CurrIdx;
+    int     Offsets[CHUNKS];
+    int     Sizes[CHUNKS];
+
+    ImSpanAllocator()                               { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    inline void  Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; }
+    inline int   GetArenaSizeInBytes()              { return CurrOff; }
+    inline void  SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr)    { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; }
+    inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n)             { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); }
+    inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n)               { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); }
+    template<typename T>
+    inline void  GetSpan(int n, ImSpan<T>* span)    { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImPool<>
+// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer,
+// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object.
+typedef int ImPoolIdx;
+template<typename T>
+struct ImPool
+{
+    ImVector<T>     Buf;        // Contiguous data
+    ImGuiStorage    Map;        // ID->Index
+    ImPoolIdx       FreeIdx;    // Next free idx to use
+    ImPoolIdx       AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose)
+
+    ImPool()    { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
+    ~ImPool()   { Clear(); }
+    T*          GetByKey(ImGuiID key)               { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; }
+    T*          GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n)             { return &Buf[n]; }
+    ImPoolIdx   GetIndex(const T* p) const          { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); }
+    T*          GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key)          { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); }
+    bool        Contains(const T* p) const          { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
+    void        Clear()                             { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
+    T*          Add()                               { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); AliveCount++; return &Buf[idx]; }
+    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p)     { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); }
+    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx)  { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); AliveCount--; }
+    void        Reserve(int capacity)               { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); }
+
+    // To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... }
+    // Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize()
+    int         GetAliveCount() const               { return AliveCount; }      // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose)
+    int         GetBufSize() const                  { return Buf.Size; }
+    int         GetMapSize() const                  { return Map.Data.Size; }   // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere
+    T*          TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n)          { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImChunkStream<>
+// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures.
+// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count.
+// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries.
+// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings.
+template<typename T>
+struct ImChunkStream
+{
+    ImVector<char>  Buf;
+
+    void    clear()                     { Buf.clear(); }
+    bool    empty() const               { return Buf.Size == 0; }
+    int     size() const                { return Buf.Size; }
+    T*      alloc_chunk(size_t sz)      { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); }
+    T*      begin()                     { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); }
+    T*      next_chunk(T* p)            { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; }
+    int     chunk_size(const T* p)      { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; }
+    T*      end()                       { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
+    int     offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; }
+    T*      ptr_from_offset(int off)    { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); }
+    void    swap(ImChunkStream<T>& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex
+// Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API.
+struct ImGuiTextIndex
+{
+    ImVector<int>   LineOffsets;
+    int             EndOffset = 0;                          // Because we don't own text buffer we need to maintain EndOffset (may bake in LineOffsets?)
+
+    void            clear()                                 { LineOffsets.clear(); EndOffset = 0; }
+    int             size()                                  { return LineOffsets.Size; }
+    const char*     get_line_begin(const char* base, int n) { return base + LineOffsets[n]; }
+    const char*     get_line_end(const char* base, int n)   { return base + (n + 1 < LineOffsets.Size ? (LineOffsets[n + 1] - 1) : EndOffset); }
+    void            append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size);
+};
+
+// Helper: ImGuiStorage
+IMGUI_API ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key);
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value.
+// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693
+// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation:
+//   N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) )     where r > 0, error <= r
+// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is
+// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will
+// will get this result.
+//
+// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce
+// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.)
+#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V)                                  ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2)
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN                     4
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX                     512
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR)    ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX)
+
+// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'.
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR)    ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))))
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD)     ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD))
+
+// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle.
+#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE                          48 // Number of samples in lookup table.
 #endif
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX                          IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle.
+
+// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
+// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure.
+struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData
+{
+    ImVec2          TexUvWhitePixel;            // UV of white pixel in the atlas
+    ImFont*         Font;                       // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
+    float           FontSize;                   // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
+    float           CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo()
+    float           CircleSegmentMaxError;      // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc
+    ImVec4          ClipRectFullscreen;         // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen()
+    ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags;               // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards)
+
+    // [Internal] Temp write buffer
+    ImVector<ImVec2> TempBuffer;
+
+    // [Internal] Lookup tables
+    ImVec2          ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle.
+    float           ArcFastRadiusCutoff;                        // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo()
+    ImU8            CircleSegmentCounts[64];    // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead)
+    const ImVec4*   TexUvLines;                 // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas
+
+    ImDrawListSharedData();
+    void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error);
+};
+
+struct ImDrawDataBuilder
+{
+    ImVector<ImDrawList*>*  Layers[2];      // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData.
+    ImVector<ImDrawList*>   LayerData1;
+
+    ImDrawDataBuilder()                     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Data types support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImGuiDataVarInfo
+{
+    ImGuiDataType   Type;
+    ImU32           Count;      // 1+
+    ImU32           Offset;     // Offset in parent structure
+    void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
+};
+
+struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage
+{
+    ImU8        Data[8];        // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
+};
+
+// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
+struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
+{
+    size_t      Size;           // Size in bytes
+    const char* Name;           // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
+    const char* PrintFmt;       // Default printf format for the type
+    const char* ScanFmt;        // Default scanf format for the type
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiDataType_
+enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1,
+    ImGuiDataType_Pointer,
+    ImGuiDataType_ID,
+};
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types
+// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-//enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
-//{
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat                 = 1 << 0,   // hold to repeat
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 1,   // (default) return pressed on click+release on same item (default if no PressedOn** flag is set)
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 2,   // return pressed on click (default requires click+release)
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 3,   // return pressed on release (default requires click+release)
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 4,   // return pressed on double-click (default requires click+release)
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds          = 1 << 5,   // allow interaction even if a child window is overlapping
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 6,   // disable automatically closing parent popup on press
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled               = 1 << 7,   // disable interaction
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 8,   // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 9,   // disable interaction if a key modifier is held
-//    ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode       = 1 << 10   // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable
-//};
+// Flags used by upcoming items
+// - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags.
+// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags
+// Current window shared by all windows.
+// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough.
+enum ImGuiItemFlags_
+{
+    // Controlled by user
+    ImGuiItemFlags_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                = 1 << 0,  // false     // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat             = 1 << 1,  // false     // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                 = 1 << 2,  // false     // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                    = 1 << 3,  // false     // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus        = 1 << 4,  // false     // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5,  // false     // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window
+    ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue               = 1 << 6,  // false     // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly                 = 1 << 7,  // false     // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck   = 1 << 8,  // false     // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable()
+    ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap             = 1 << 9,  // false     // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame.
+
+    // Controlled by widget code
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable                = 1 << 10, // false     // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData     = 1 << 11, // false     // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData()
+};
 
-enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
+// Status flags for an already submitted item
+// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
+enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
 {
-    ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical               = 1 << 0
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect        = 1 << 0,   // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect     = 1 << 1,   // g.LastItemData.DisplayRect is valid
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited             = 1 << 2,   // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection   = 1 << 3,   // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen        = 1 << 4,   // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated     = 1 << 5,   // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated        = 1 << 6,   // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow      = 1 << 7,   // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible            = 1 << 8,   // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()).
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect        = 1 << 9,   // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut        = 1 << 10,  // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd().
+
+    // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable           = 1 << 20,  // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened             = 1 << 21,  // Opened status
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable          = 1 << 22,  // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked            = 1 << 23,  // Checked status
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable          = 1 << 24,  // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX)
+#endif
 };
 
+// Extend ImGuiHoveredFlags_
+enum ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_                    = ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay,
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary,
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered   = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_,
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_
+enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    // [Internal]
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline           = 1 << 26,  // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited        = 1 << 27,  // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem          = 1 << 28,  // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint= 1 << 29,  // For internal use by InputScalar() and TempInputScalar()
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_
+enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 4,   // return true on click (mouse down event)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 5,   // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 7,   // return true on release (default requires click+release)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 8,   // return true on double-click (default requires click+release)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold  = 1 << 9,   // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat                 = 1 << 10,  // hold to repeat
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren        = 1 << 11,  // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap           = 1 << 12,  // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable.
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 13,  // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED]
+    //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled             = 1 << 14,  // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 15,  // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 16,  // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId      = 1 << 17,  // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 18,  // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used every time an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus       = 1 << 19,  // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner          = 1 << 20,  // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner         = 1 << 21,  // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_         = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_      = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease,
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_
+enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview           = 1 << 20,  // enable BeginComboPreview()
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_
+enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical               = 1 << 20,  // Should this slider be orientated vertically?
+    ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly               = 1 << 21,  // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead.
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_
 enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
 {
     // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu               = 1 << 3,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem           = 1 << 4,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled           = 1 << 5,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 6
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID      = 1 << 20,
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav            = 1 << 21,  // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a BeginSelection() API.
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick          = 1 << 22,  // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease        = 1 << 23,  // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth         = 1 << 24,  // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover        = 1 << 25,  // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing   = 1 << 26,  // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner          = 1 << 27,  // Don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
+enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20,
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow            = 1 << 21,// (FIXME-WIP) Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517)
+};
+
+enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal              = 1 << 0,   // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical                = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns          = 1 << 2,   // Make separator cover all columns of a legacy Columns() set.
+};
+
+// Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags.
+// FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf()
+// and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in.
+enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None                 = 0,
+    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild  = 1 << 0,   // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.
+    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal     = 1 << 1,   // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal.
+};
+
+enum ImGuiTextFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTextFlags_None                         = 0,
+    ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText   = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTooltipFlags_None                      = 0,
+    ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious          = 1 << 1,   // Clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append)
 };
 
 // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet.
+// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
 enum ImGuiLayoutType_
 {
-    ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical,
-    ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal
+    ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0,
+    ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1
 };
 
-enum ImGuiPlotType
+enum ImGuiLogType
 {
-    ImGuiPlotType_Lines,
-    ImGuiPlotType_Histogram
+    ImGuiLogType_None = 0,
+    ImGuiLogType_TTY,
+    ImGuiLogType_File,
+    ImGuiLogType_Buffer,
+    ImGuiLogType_Clipboard,
 };
 
-enum ImGuiDataType
+// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
+enum ImGuiAxis
 {
-    ImGuiDataType_Int,
-    ImGuiDataType_Float
+    ImGuiAxis_None = -1,
+    ImGuiAxis_X = 0,
+    ImGuiAxis_Y = 1
 };
 
-// 2D axis aligned bounding-box
-// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here
-struct IMGUI_API ImRect
+enum ImGuiPlotType
 {
-    ImVec2      Min;    // Upper-left
-    ImVec2      Max;    // Lower-right
-
-    ImRect()                                        : Min(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX), Max(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)  {}
-    ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max)    : Min(min), Max(max)                            {}
-    ImRect(const ImVec4& v)                         : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w)                  {}
-    ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2)  : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2)                      {}
-
-    ImVec2      GetCenter() const               { return ImVec2((Min.x+Max.x)*0.5f, (Min.y+Max.y)*0.5f); }
-    ImVec2      GetSize() const                 { return ImVec2(Max.x-Min.x, Max.y-Min.y); }
-    float       GetWidth() const                { return Max.x-Min.x; }
-    float       GetHeight() const               { return Max.y-Min.y; }
-    ImVec2      GetTL() const                   { return Min; }                   // Top-left
-    ImVec2      GetTR() const                   { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); }  // Top-right
-    ImVec2      GetBL() const                   { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); }  // Bottom-left
-    ImVec2      GetBR() const                   { return Max; }                   // Bottom-right
-    bool        Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x     && p.y >= Min.y     && p.x < Max.x     && p.y < Max.y; }
-    bool        Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x < Max.x && r.Max.y < Max.y; }
-    bool        Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y  && r.Max.y > Min.y  && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; }
-    void        Add(const ImVec2& rhs)          { if (Min.x > rhs.x)     Min.x = rhs.x;     if (Min.y > rhs.y) Min.y = rhs.y;         if (Max.x < rhs.x) Max.x = rhs.x;         if (Max.y < rhs.y) Max.y = rhs.y; }
-    void        Add(const ImRect& rhs)          { if (Min.x > rhs.Min.x) Min.x = rhs.Min.x; if (Min.y > rhs.Min.y) Min.y = rhs.Min.y; if (Max.x < rhs.Max.x) Max.x = rhs.Max.x; if (Max.y < rhs.Max.y) Max.y = rhs.Max.y; }
-    void        Expand(const float amount)      { Min.x -= amount;   Min.y -= amount;   Max.x += amount;   Max.y += amount; }
-    void        Expand(const ImVec2& amount)    { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; }
-    void        Reduce(const ImVec2& amount)    { Min.x += amount.x; Min.y += amount.y; Max.x -= amount.x; Max.y -= amount.y; }
-    void        Clip(const ImRect& clip)        { if (Min.x < clip.Min.x) Min.x = clip.Min.x; if (Min.y < clip.Min.y) Min.y = clip.Min.y; if (Max.x > clip.Max.x) Max.x = clip.Max.x; if (Max.y > clip.Max.y) Max.y = clip.Max.y; }
-    void        Floor()                         { Min.x = (float)(int)Min.x; Min.y = (float)(int)Min.y; Max.x = (float)(int)Max.x; Max.y = (float)(int)Max.y; }
-    ImVec2      GetClosestPoint(ImVec2 p, bool on_edge) const
-    {
-        if (!on_edge && Contains(p))
-            return p;
-        if (p.x > Max.x) p.x = Max.x;
-        else if (p.x < Min.x) p.x = Min.x;
-        if (p.y > Max.y) p.y = Max.y;
-        else if (p.y < Min.y) p.y = Min.y;
-        return p;
-    }
+    ImGuiPlotType_Lines,
+    ImGuiPlotType_Histogram,
 };
 
 // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
-struct ImGuiColMod
+struct ImGuiColorMod
 {
-    ImGuiCol    Col;
-    ImVec4      PreviousValue;
+    ImGuiCol        Col;
+    ImVec4          BackupValue;
 };
 
-// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable.
 struct ImGuiStyleMod
 {
-    ImGuiStyleVar   Var;
-    ImVec2          PreviousValue;
+    ImGuiStyleVar   VarIdx;
+    union           { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; };
+    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v)     { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; }
+    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v)   { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; }
+    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v)  { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; }
+};
+
+// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData
+{
+    ImRect          PreviewRect;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorPos;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorMaxPos;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    float           BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout;
+
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
-// Stacked data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
-struct ImGuiGroupData
+// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData
 {
+    ImGuiID     WindowID;
     ImVec2      BackupCursorPos;
     ImVec2      BackupCursorMaxPos;
-    float       BackupIndentX;
-    float       BackupCurrentLineHeight;
-    float       BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    float       BackupLogLinePosY;
-    bool        AdvanceCursor;
+    ImVec2      BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    ImVec1      BackupIndent;
+    ImVec1      BackupGroupOffset;
+    ImVec2      BackupCurrLineSize;
+    float       BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ImGuiID     BackupActiveIdIsAlive;
+    bool        BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    bool        BackupHoveredIdIsAlive;
+    bool        BackupIsSameLine;
+    bool        EmitItem;
 };
 
-// Per column data for Columns()
-struct ImGuiColumnData
+// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
 {
-    float       OffsetNorm;     // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
-    //float     IndentX;
+    ImU32       TotalWidth;
+    ImU32       NextTotalWidth;
+    ImU16       Spacing;
+    ImU16       OffsetIcon;         // Always zero for now
+    ImU16       OffsetLabel;        // Offsets are locked in Update()
+    ImU16       OffsetShortcut;
+    ImU16       OffsetMark;
+    ImU16       Widths[4];          // Width of:   Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark  (accumulators for current frame)
+
+    ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void        Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing);
+    float       DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark);
+    void        CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets);
 };
 
-// Simple column measurement currently used for MenuItem() only. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper.
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiSimpleColumns
+// Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState
 {
-    int         Count;
-    float       Spacing;
-    float       Width, NextWidth;
-    float       Pos[8], NextWidths[8];
+    ImGuiID            ID;              // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated)
+    ImVector<char>     TextA;           // text buffer
 
-    ImGuiSimpleColumns();
-    void        Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear);
-    float       DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2);
-    float       CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w);
+    ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState()    { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void    ClearFreeMemory()           { ID = 0; TextA.clear(); }
 };
-
 // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTextEditState
-{
-    ImGuiID             Id;                         // widget id owning the text state
-    ImVector<ImWchar>   Text;                       // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
-    ImVector<char>      InitialText;                // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
-    ImVector<char>      TempTextBuffer;
-    int                 CurLenA, CurLenW;           // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format.
-    int                 BufSizeA;                   // end-user buffer size
-    float               ScrollX;
-    ImGuiStb::STB_TexteditState   StbState;
-    float               CursorAnim;
-    bool                CursorFollow;
-    bool                SelectedAllMouseLock;
-
-    ImGuiTextEditState()                            { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-    void                CursorAnimReset()           { CursorAnim = -0.30f; }                                   // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
-    void                CursorClamp()               { StbState.cursor = ImMin(StbState.cursor, CurLenW); StbState.select_start = ImMin(StbState.select_start, CurLenW); StbState.select_end = ImMin(StbState.select_end, CurLenW); }
-    bool                HasSelection() const        { return StbState.select_start != StbState.select_end; }
-    void                ClearSelection()            { StbState.select_start = StbState.select_end = StbState.cursor; }
-    void                SelectAll()                 { StbState.select_start = 0; StbState.select_end = CurLenW; StbState.cursor = StbState.select_end; StbState.has_preferred_x = false; }
-    void                OnKeyPressed(int key);
-};
-
-// Data saved in imgui.ini file
-struct ImGuiIniData
-{
-    char*       Name;
+// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
+{
+    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                    // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
+    ImGuiID                 ID;                     // widget id owning the text state
+    int                     CurLenW, CurLenA;       // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not.
+    ImVector<ImWchar>       TextW;                  // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
+    ImVector<char>          TextA;                  // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity.
+    ImVector<char>          InitialTextA;           // value to revert to when pressing Escape = backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
+    bool                    TextAIsValid;           // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument)
+    int                     BufCapacityA;           // end-user buffer capacity
+    float                   ScrollX;                // horizontal scrolling/offset
+    ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb;                   // state for stb_textedit.h
+    float                   CursorAnim;             // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately
+    bool                    CursorFollow;           // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!)
+    bool                    SelectedAllMouseLock;   // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection
+    bool                    Edited;                 // edited this frame
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags     Flags;                  // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set.
+    bool                    ReloadUserBuf;          // force a reload of user buf so it may be modified externally. may be automatic in future version.
+    int                     ReloadSelectionStart;   // POSITIONS ARE IN IMWCHAR units *NOT* UTF-8 this is why this is not exposed yet.
+    int                     ReloadSelectionEnd;
+
+    ImGuiInputTextState()                   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void        ClearText()                 { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); }
+    void        ClearFreeMemory()           { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); }
+    int         GetUndoAvailCount() const   { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; }
+    int         GetRedoAvailCount() const   { return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; }
+    void        OnKeyPressed(int key);      // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation
+
+    // Cursor & Selection
+    void        CursorAnimReset()           { CursorAnim = -0.30f; }                                   // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
+    void        CursorClamp()               { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); }
+    bool        HasSelection() const        { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; }
+    void        ClearSelection()            { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; }
+    int         GetCursorPos() const        { return Stb.cursor; }
+    int         GetSelectionStart() const   { return Stb.select_start; }
+    int         GetSelectionEnd() const     { return Stb.select_end; }
+    void        SelectAll()                 { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; }
+
+    // Reload user buf (WIP #2890)
+    // If you modify underlying user-passed const char* while active you need to call this (InputText V2 may lift this)
+    //   strcpy(my_buf, "hello");
+    //   if (ImGuiInputTextState* state = ImGui::GetInputTextState(id)) // id may be ImGui::GetItemID() is last item
+    //       state->ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll();
+    void        ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll()     { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = 0; ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; }
+    void        ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = Stb.select_start; ReloadSelectionEnd = Stb.select_end; }
+    void        ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd()     { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; }
+
+};
+
+enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_None                = 0,
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh   = 1 << 0,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Try to keep existing contents, USER MUST NOT HONOR BEGIN() RETURNING FALSE AND NOT APPEND.
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover      = 1 << 1,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on hover
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus      = 1 << 2,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on focus
+    // Refresh policy/frequency, Load Balancing etc.
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos             = 1 << 0,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize            = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize     = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed       = 1 << 3,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint  = 1 << 4,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus           = 1 << 5,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha         = 1 << 6,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll          = 1 << 7,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags      = 1 << 8,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy   = 1 << 9,
+};
+
+// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
+struct ImGuiNextWindowData
+{
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags    Flags;
+    ImGuiCond                   PosCond;
+    ImGuiCond                   SizeCond;
+    ImGuiCond                   CollapsedCond;
+    ImVec2                      PosVal;
+    ImVec2                      PosPivotVal;
+    ImVec2                      SizeVal;
+    ImVec2                      ContentSizeVal;
+    ImVec2                      ScrollVal;
+    ImGuiChildFlags             ChildFlags;
+    bool                        CollapsedVal;
+    ImRect                      SizeConstraintRect;
+    ImGuiSizeCallback           SizeCallback;
+    void*                       SizeCallbackUserData;
+    float                       BgAlphaVal;             // Override background alpha
+    ImVec2                      MenuBarOffsetMinVal;    // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?)
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags     RefreshFlagsVal;
+
+    ImGuiNextWindowData()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; }
+};
+
+// Multi-Selection item index or identifier when using SetNextItemSelectionUserData()/BeginMultiSelect()
+// (Most users are likely to use this store an item INDEX but this may be used to store a POINTER as well.)
+typedef ImS64 ImGuiSelectionUserData;
+
+enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None         = 0,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth     = 1 << 0,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen      = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut  = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal    = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+struct ImGuiNextItemData
+{
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags      Flags;
+    ImGuiItemFlags              ItemFlags;          // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap.
+    // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem()
+    ImGuiSelectionUserData      SelectionUserData;  // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values)
+    float                       Width;              // Set by SetNextItemWidth()
+    ImGuiKeyChord               Shortcut;           // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
+    ImGuiInputFlags             ShortcutFlags;      // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
+    bool                        OpenVal;            // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
+    ImU8                        OpenCond;           // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage        RefVal;             // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal
+
+    ImGuiNextItemData()         { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; }
+    inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
+};
+
+// Status storage for the last submitted item
+struct ImGuiLastItemData
+{
+    ImGuiID                 ID;
+    ImGuiItemFlags          InFlags;            // See ImGuiItemFlags_
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    StatusFlags;        // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
+    ImRect                  Rect;               // Full rectangle
+    ImRect                  NavRect;            // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed)
+    // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags ar set.
+    ImRect                  DisplayRect;        // Display rectangle. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) is set.
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;           // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) is set..
+    ImGuiKeyChord           Shortcut;           // Shortcut at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) is set..
+
+    ImGuiLastItemData()     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere.
+// This is the minimum amount of data that we need to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult() and which we can't infer in TreePop()
+// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump.
+struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData
+{
+    ImGuiID                 ID;
+    ImGuiItemFlags          InFlags;
+    ImRect                  NavRect;
+};
+
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes
+{
+    short   SizeOfIDStack;
+    short   SizeOfColorStack;
+    short   SizeOfStyleVarStack;
+    short   SizeOfFontStack;
+    short   SizeOfFocusScopeStack;
+    short   SizeOfGroupStack;
+    short   SizeOfItemFlagsStack;
+    short   SizeOfBeginPopupStack;
+    short   SizeOfDisabledStack;
+
+    ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+    void CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+};
+
+// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack
+struct ImGuiWindowStackData
+{
+    ImGuiWindow*        Window;
+    ImGuiLastItemData   ParentLastItemDataBackup;
+    ImGuiStackSizes     StackSizesOnBegin;          // Store size of various stacks for asserting
+    bool                DisabledOverrideReenable;   // Non-child window override disabled flag
+};
+
+struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
+{
+    int         Index;
+    float       Width;
+    float       InitialWidth;
+};
+
+struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
+{
+    void*       Ptr;            // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool.
+    int         Index;          // Usually index in a main pool.
+
+    ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr)  { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; }
+    ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index)  { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Popup support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
+{
+    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default,
+    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox,
+    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip,
+};
+
+// Storage for popup stacks (g.OpenPopupStack and g.BeginPopupStack)
+struct ImGuiPopupData
+{
+    ImGuiID             PopupId;        // Set on OpenPopup()
+    ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
+    ImGuiWindow*        RestoreNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close
+    int                 ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value
+    int                 OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup()
+    ImGuiID             OpenParentId;   // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items)
+    ImVec2              OpenPopupPos;   // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse)
+    ImVec2              OpenMousePos;   // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup
+
+    ImGuiPopupData()    { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Inputs support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Bit array for named keys
+typedef ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, -ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN>    ImBitArrayForNamedKeys;
+
+// [Internal] Key ranges
+#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN  0
+#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END    512
+#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN         (ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN)
+#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END           (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)
+#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN          (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)
+#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END            (ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1)
+#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN            (ImGuiKey_MouseLeft)
+#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_END              (ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY + 1)
+#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN          (ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN)
+#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_END            (ImGuiKey_Mouse_END)
+
+// [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation
+#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow   ImGuiMod_Ctrl
+#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast   ImGuiMod_Shift
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow    ImGuiKey_GamepadL1
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast    ImGuiKey_GamepadR1
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate     ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel       ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu         ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft
+#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput        ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp
+
+enum ImGuiInputEventType
+{
+    ImGuiInputEventType_None = 0,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_Key,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_Text,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_Focus,
+    ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT
+};
+
+enum ImGuiInputSource
+{
+    ImGuiInputSource_None = 0,
+    ImGuiInputSource_Mouse,         // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them.
+    ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard,
+    ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad,
+    ImGuiInputSource_COUNT
+};
+
+// FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension?
+// Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor'
+struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos      { float PosX, PosY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel    { float WheelX, WheelY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton   { int Button; bool Down; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventKey           { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventText          { unsigned int Char; };
+struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused    { bool Focused; };
+
+struct ImGuiInputEvent
+{
+    ImGuiInputEventType             Type;
+    ImGuiInputSource                Source;
+    ImU32                           EventId;        // Unique, sequential increasing integer to identify an event (if you need to correlate them to other data).
+    union
+    {
+        ImGuiInputEventMousePos     MousePos;       // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos
+        ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel   MouseWheel;     // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel
+        ImGuiInputEventMouseButton  MouseButton;    // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton
+        ImGuiInputEventKey          Key;            // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key
+        ImGuiInputEventText         Text;           // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text
+        ImGuiInputEventAppFocused   AppFocused;     // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus
+    };
+    bool                            AddedByTestEngine;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior.
+#define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any           ((ImGuiID)0)    // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
+#define ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner       ((ImGuiID)-1)   // Require key to have no owner.
+//#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner  // We previously called this 'ImGuiKeyOwner_None' but it was inconsistent with our pattern that _None values == 0 and quite dangerous. Also using _NoOwner makes the IsKeyPressed() calls more explicit.
+
+typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex;
+
+// Routing table entry (sizeof() == 16 bytes)
+struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData
+{
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex            NextEntryIndex;
+    ImU16                           Mods;               // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits.
+    ImU8                            RoutingCurrScore;   // [DEBUG] For debug display
+    ImU8                            RoutingNextScore;   // Lower is better (0: perfect score)
+    ImGuiID                         RoutingCurr;
+    ImGuiID                         RoutingNext;
+
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData()           { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; }
+};
+
+// Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching.
+// Stored in main context (1 instance)
+struct ImGuiKeyRoutingTable
+{
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex            Index[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; // Index of first entry in Entries[]
+    ImVector<ImGuiKeyRoutingData>   Entries;
+    ImVector<ImGuiKeyRoutingData>   EntriesNext;                    // Double-buffer to avoid reallocation (could use a shared buffer)
+
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable()          { Clear(); }
+    void Clear()                    { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Index); n++) Index[n] = -1; Entries.clear(); EntriesNext.clear(); }
+};
+
+// This extends ImGuiKeyData but only for named keys (legacy keys don't support the new features)
+// Stored in main context (1 per named key). In the future it might be merged into ImGuiKeyData.
+struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData
+{
+    ImGuiID     OwnerCurr;
+    ImGuiID     OwnerNext;
+    bool        LockThisFrame;      // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame.
+    bool        LockUntilRelease;   // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well.
+
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData()             { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; }
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiInputFlags_
+// Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
+// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
+enum ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut()
+    // - Repeat mode: Repeat rate selection
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault           = 1 << 1,   // Repeat rate: Regular (default)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove           = 1 << 2,   // Repeat rate: Fast
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak          = 1 << 3,   // Repeat rate: Faster
+    // - Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted.
+    // - In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease          = 1 << 4,   // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange    = 1 << 5,   // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6,  // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress    = 1 << 7,   // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat
+
+    // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
+    // - Locking key away from non-input aware code. Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame               = 1 << 20,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease            = 1 << 21,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released.
+
+    // - Condition for SetItemKeyOwner()
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered                 = 1 << 22,  // Only set if item is hovered (default to both)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive                  = 1 << 23,  // Only set if item is active (default to both)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_                = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
+
+    // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_             = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_            = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_                 = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_                   = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_              = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_           = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed     = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked   = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut         = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner      = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner  = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_,
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Clipper support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Note that Max is exclusive, so perhaps should be using a Begin/End convention.
+struct ImGuiListClipperRange
+{
+    int     Min;
+    int     Max;
+    bool    PosToIndexConvert;      // Begin/End are absolute position (will be converted to indices later)
+    ImS8    PosToIndexOffsetMin;    // Add to Min after converting to indices
+    ImS8    PosToIndexOffsetMax;    // Add to Min after converting to indices
+
+    static ImGuiListClipperRange    FromIndices(int min, int max)                               { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { min, max, false, 0, 0 }; return r; }
+    static ImGuiListClipperRange    FromPositions(float y1, float y2, int off_min, int off_max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { (int)y1, (int)y2, true, (ImS8)off_min, (ImS8)off_max }; return r; }
+};
+
+// Temporary clipper data, buffers shared/reused between instances
+struct ImGuiListClipperData
+{
+    ImGuiListClipper*               ListClipper;
+    float                           LossynessOffset;
+    int                             StepNo;
+    int                             ItemsFrozen;
+    ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange> Ranges;
+
+    ImGuiListClipperData()          { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void                            Reset(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ListClipper = clipper; StepNo = ItemsFrozen = 0; Ranges.resize(0); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Navigation support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImGuiActivateFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_None                 = 0,
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput          = 1 << 0,       // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key.
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak          = 1 << 1,       // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used.
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState   = 1 << 2,       // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection)
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing          = 1 << 3,       // Activation requested by a tabbing request
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut         = 1 << 4,       // Activation requested by an item shortcut via SetNextItemShortcut() function.
+};
+
+// Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem()
+enum ImGuiScrollFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_None                   = 0,
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX       = 1 << 0,       // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on X axis to bring item back into view [default for X axis]
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY       = 1 << 1,       // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on Y axis to bring item back into view [default for Y axis for windows that are already visible]
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX     = 1 << 2,       // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on X axis [rarely used]
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY     = 1 << 3,       // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on Y axis
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX          = 1 << 4,       // Always center the result item on X axis [rarely used]
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY          = 1 << 5,       // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window)
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent         = 1 << 6,       // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to).
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_                 = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX,
+    ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_                 = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY,
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None             = 0,
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact          = 1 << 1,       // Compact highlight, no padding
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw       = 1 << 2,       // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse.
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding       = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None                  = 0,
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX                 = 1 << 0,   // On failed request, restart from opposite side
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY                 = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX                 = 1 << 2,   // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left)
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY                 = 1 << 3,   // This is not super useful but provided for completeness
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_             = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY,
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId     = 1 << 4,   // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place)
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet   = 1 << 5,   // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown)
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY         = 1 << 6,   // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded             = 1 << 7,
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult         = 1 << 8,   // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi              = 1 << 9,   // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details)
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing             = 1 << 10,  // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove            = 1 << 11,  // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request.
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate              = 1 << 12,  // Activate/select target item.
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect              = 1 << 13,  // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight     = 1 << 14,  // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId       = 1 << 15,  // (Experimental) Do not clear active id when applying move result
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNavLayer
+{
+    ImGuiNavLayer_Main  = 0,    // Main scrolling layer
+    ImGuiNavLayer_Menu  = 1,    // Menu layer (access with Alt)
+    ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT
+};
+
+// Storage for navigation query/results
+struct ImGuiNavItemData
+{
+    ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Init,Move    // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window)
+    ImGuiID             ID;             // Init,Move    // Best candidate item ID
+    ImGuiID             FocusScopeId;   // Init,Move    // Best candidate focus scope ID
+    ImRect              RectRel;        // Init,Move    // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
+    ImGuiItemFlags      InFlags;        // ????,Move    // Best candidate item flags
+    float               DistBox;        //      Move    // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
+    float               DistCenter;     //      Move    // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
+    float               DistAxial;      //      Move    // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId
+    ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov    // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value. Valid if (InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
+
+    ImGuiNavItemData()  { Clear(); }
+    void Clear()        { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; }
+};
+
+// Storage for PushFocusScope()
+struct ImGuiFocusScopeData
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;
+    ImGuiID             WindowID;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Typing-select support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Flags for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None                 = 0,
+    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace       = 1 << 0,   // Backspace to delete character inputs. If using: ensure GetTypingSelectRequest() is not called more than once per frame (filter by e.g. focus state)
+    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode  = 1 << 1,   // Allow "single char" search mode which is activated when pressing the same character multiple times.
+};
+
+// Returned by GetTypingSelectRequest(), designed to eventually be public.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest
+{
+    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags  Flags;              // Flags passed to GetTypingSelectRequest()
+    int                     SearchBufferLen;
+    const char*             SearchBuffer;       // Search buffer contents (use full string. unless SingleCharMode is set, in which case use SingleCharSize).
+    bool                    SelectRequest;      // Set when buffer was modified this frame, requesting a selection.
+    bool                    SingleCharMode;     // Notify when buffer contains same character repeated, to implement special mode. In this situation it preferred to not display any on-screen search indication.
+    ImS8                    SingleCharSize;     // Length in bytes of first letter codepoint (1 for ascii, 2-4 for UTF-8). If (SearchBufferLen==RepeatCharSize) only 1 letter has been input.
+};
+
+// Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectState
+{
+    ImGuiTypingSelectRequest Request;           // User-facing data
+    char            SearchBuffer[64];           // Search buffer: no need to make dynamic as this search is very transient.
+    ImGuiID         FocusScope;
+    int             LastRequestFrame = 0;
+    float           LastRequestTime = 0.0f;
+    bool            SingleCharModeLock = false; // After a certain single char repeat count we lock into SingleCharMode. Two benefits: 1) buffer never fill, 2) we can provide an immediate SingleChar mode without timer elapsing.
+
+    ImGuiTypingSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void            Clear()  { SearchBuffer[0] = 0; SingleCharModeLock = false; } // We preserve remaining data for easier debugging
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Columns support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). This is an obsolete API. Prefer using BeginTable() nowadays!
+enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder                = 1 << 0,   // Disable column dividers
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize                = 1 << 1,   // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths        = 1 << 2,   // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow     = 1 << 3,   // Disable forcing columns to fit within window
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize  = 1 << 4,   // Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove.
+
+    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_None                    = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder                = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize                = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths        = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow     = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow,
+    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize  = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize,
+#endif
+};
+
+struct ImGuiOldColumnData
+{
+    float               OffsetNorm;             // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
+    float               OffsetNormBeforeResize;
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;                  // Not exposed
+    ImRect              ClipRect;
+
+    ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+struct ImGuiOldColumns
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;
+    bool                IsFirstFrame;
+    bool                IsBeingResized;
+    int                 Current;
+    int                 Count;
+    float               OffMinX, OffMaxX;       // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x
+    float               LineMinY, LineMaxY;
+    float               HostCursorPosY;         // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns()
+    float               HostCursorMaxPosX;      // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns()
+    ImRect              HostInitialClipRect;    // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns()
+    ImRect              HostBackupClipRect;     // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground()
+    ImRect              HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns()
+    ImVector<ImGuiOldColumnData> Columns;
+    ImDrawListSplitter  Splitter;
+
+    ImGuiOldColumns()   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Multi-select support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers)
+#define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid        ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1)
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT
+// <this is filled in 'range_select' branch>
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Docking support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+// <this is filled in 'docking' branch>
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Viewport support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!)
+// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP.
+struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport
+{
+    int                 BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used
+    ImDrawList*         BgFgDrawLists[2];       // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays.
+    ImDrawData          DrawDataP;
+    ImDrawDataBuilder   DrawDataBuilder;        // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData
+    ImVec2              WorkOffsetMin;          // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!)
+    ImVec2              WorkOffsetMax;          // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height).
+    ImVec2              BuildWorkOffsetMin;     // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f.
+    ImVec2              BuildWorkOffsetMax;     // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f.
+
+    ImGuiViewportP()    { BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; }
+    ~ImGuiViewportP()   { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[1]); }
+
+    // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect)
+    ImVec2  CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const                            { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); }
+    ImVec2  CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const    { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); }
+    void    UpdateWorkRect()            { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields
+
+    // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry)
+    ImRect  GetMainRect() const         { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
+    ImRect  GetWorkRect() const         { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); }
+    ImRect  GetBuildWorkRect() const    { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Settings support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file
+// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily.
+// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure)
+struct ImGuiWindowSettings
+{
     ImGuiID     ID;
-    ImVec2      Pos;
-    ImVec2      Size;
+    ImVec2ih    Pos;
+    ImVec2ih    Size;
     bool        Collapsed;
+    bool        IsChild;
+    bool        WantApply;      // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)
+    bool        WantDelete;     // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry
+
+    ImGuiWindowSettings()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    char* GetName()             { return (char*)(this + 1); }
+};
+
+struct ImGuiSettingsHandler
+{
+    const char* TypeName;       // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
+    ImGuiID     TypeHash;       // == ImHashStr(TypeName)
+    void        (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Clear all settings data
+    void        (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Read: Called before reading (in registration order)
+    void*       (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name);              // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]"
+    void        (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry
+    void        (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Read: Called after reading (in registration order)
+    void        (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf);      // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf'
+    void*       UserData;
+
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Localization support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack.
+enum ImGuiLocKey : int
+{
+    ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr,
+    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne,
+    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit,
+    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault,
+    ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder,
+    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar,
+    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup,
+    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled,
+    ImGuiLocKey_COUNT
+};
+
+struct ImGuiLocEntry
+{
+    ImGuiLocKey     Key;
+    const char*     Text;
+};
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_
+{
+    // Event types
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None                 = 0,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId        = 1 << 0,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus           = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup           = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav             = 1 << 3,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper         = 1 << 4,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection       = 1 << 5,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO              = 1 << 6,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting    = 1 << 7,
+
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_           = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId  | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting,
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY          = 1 << 20,  // Also send output to TTY
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine   = 1 << 21,  // Also send output to Test Engine
 };
 
-// Mouse cursor data (used when io.MouseDrawCursor is set)
-struct ImGuiMouseCursorData
+struct ImGuiDebugAllocEntry
 {
-    ImGuiMouseCursor    Type;
-    ImVec2              HotOffset;
-    ImVec2              Size;
-    ImVec2              TexUvMin[2];
-    ImVec2              TexUvMax[2];
+    int         FrameCount;
+    ImS16       AllocCount;
+    ImS16       FreeCount;
 };
 
-// Storage for current popup stack
-struct ImGuiPopupRef
+struct ImGuiDebugAllocInfo
 {
-    ImGuiID         PopupID;        // Set on OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiWindow*    Window;         // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiWindow*    ParentWindow;   // Set on OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiID         ParentMenuSet;  // Set on OpenPopup()
-    ImVec2          MousePosOnOpen; // Copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup
+    int         TotalAllocCount;            // Number of call to MemAlloc().
+    int         TotalFreeCount;
+    ImS16       LastEntriesIdx;             // Current index in buffer
+    ImGuiDebugAllocEntry LastEntriesBuf[6]; // Track last 6 frames that had allocations
 
-    ImGuiPopupRef(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* parent_window, ImGuiID parent_menu_set, const ImVec2& mouse_pos) { PopupID = id; Window = NULL; ParentWindow = parent_window; ParentMenuSet = parent_menu_set; MousePosOnOpen = mouse_pos; }
+    ImGuiDebugAllocInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
-// Main state for ImGui
+struct ImGuiMetricsConfig
+{
+    bool        ShowDebugLog = false;
+    bool        ShowIDStackTool = false;
+    bool        ShowWindowsRects = false;
+    bool        ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false;
+    bool        ShowTablesRects = false;
+    bool        ShowDrawCmdMesh = true;
+    bool        ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true;
+    bool        ShowTextEncodingViewer = false;
+    bool        ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false;
+    int         ShowWindowsRectsType = -1;
+    int         ShowTablesRectsType = -1;
+    int         HighlightMonitorIdx = -1;
+    ImGuiID     HighlightViewportID = 0;
+};
+
+struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo
+{
+    ImGuiID                 ID;
+    ImS8                    QueryFrameCount;            // >= 1: Query in progress
+    bool                    QuerySuccess;               // Obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo()
+    ImGuiDataType           DataType : 8;
+    char                    Desc[57];                   // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) FIXME: Now that we added CTRL+C this should be fixed.
+
+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo()   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// State for ID Stack tool queries
+struct ImGuiIDStackTool
+{
+    int                     LastActiveFrame;
+    int                     StackLevel;                 // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level
+    ImGuiID                 QueryId;                    // ID to query details for
+    ImVector<ImGuiStackLevelInfo> Results;
+    bool                    CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC;
+    float                   CopyToClipboardLastTime;
+
+    ImGuiIDStackTool()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook);
+enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ };
+
+struct ImGuiContextHook
+{
+    ImGuiID                     HookId;     // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook()
+    ImGuiContextHookType        Type;
+    ImGuiID                     Owner;
+    ImGuiContextHookCallback    Callback;
+    void*                       UserData;
+
+    ImGuiContextHook()          { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImGuiContext
 {
     bool                    Initialized;
+    bool                    FontAtlasOwnedByContext;            // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it.
     ImGuiIO                 IO;
     ImGuiStyle              Style;
     ImFont*                 Font;                               // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back()
-    float                   FontSize;                           // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize()
-    float                   FontBaseSize;                       // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Size of characters.
-    ImVec2                  FontTexUvWhitePixel;                // (Shortcut) == Font->TexUvWhitePixel
-
-    float                   Time;
+    float                   FontSize;                           // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window.
+    float                   FontBaseSize;                       // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height.
+    float                   CurrentDpiScale;                    // Current window/viewport DpiScale
+    ImDrawListSharedData    DrawListSharedData;
+    double                  Time;
     int                     FrameCount;
     int                     FrameCountEnded;
     int                     FrameCountRendered;
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  Windows;
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsSortBuffer;
-    ImGuiWindow*            CurrentWindow;                      // Being drawn into
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  CurrentWindowStack;
-    ImGuiWindow*            FocusedWindow;                      // Will catch keyboard inputs
-    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindow;                      // Will catch mouse inputs
-    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredRootWindow;                  // Will catch mouse inputs (for focus/move only)
-    ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget
-    bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
+    bool                    WithinFrameScope;                   // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame()
+    bool                    WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed
+    bool                    WithinEndChild;                     // Set within EndChild()
+    bool                    GcCompactAll;                       // Request full GC
+    bool                    TestEngineHookItems;                // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log()
+    void*                   TestEngine;                         // Test engine user data
+    char                    ContextName[16];                    // Storage for a context name (to facilitate debugging multi-context setups)
+
+    // Inputs
+    ImVector<ImGuiInputEvent> InputEventsQueue;                 // Input events which will be trickled/written into IO structure.
+    ImVector<ImGuiInputEvent> InputEventsTrail;                 // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail.
+    ImGuiMouseSource        InputEventsNextMouseSource;
+    ImU32                   InputEventsNextEventId;
+
+    // Windows state
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  Windows;                            // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsFocusOrder;                  // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front.
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsTempSortBuffer;              // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindowStackData> CurrentWindowStack;
+    ImGuiStorage            WindowsById;                        // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
+    int                     WindowsActiveCount;                 // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
+    ImVec2                  WindowsHoverPadding;                // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING).
+    ImGuiID                 DebugBreakInWindow;                 // Set to break in Begin() call.
+    ImGuiWindow*            CurrentWindow;                      // Window being drawn into
+    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindow;                      // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs.
+    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;     // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set.
+    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindowBeforeClear;           // Window the mouse is hovering. Filled even with _NoMouse. This is currently useful for multi-context compositors.
+    ImGuiWindow*            MovingWindow;                       // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow.
+    ImGuiWindow*            WheelingWindow;                     // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window.
+    ImVec2                  WheelingWindowRefMousePos;
+    int                     WheelingWindowStartFrame;           // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL
+    int                     WheelingWindowScrolledFrame;
+    float                   WheelingWindowReleaseTimer;
+    ImVec2                  WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;
+    ImVec2                  WheelingAxisAvg;
+
+    // Item/widgets state and tracking information
+    ImGuiID                 DebugHookIdInfo;                    // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line]
+    ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
     ImGuiID                 HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+    float                   HoveredIdTimer;                     // Measure contiguous hovering time
+    float                   HoveredIdNotActiveTimer;            // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
+    bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
+    bool                    HoveredIdIsDisabled;                // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
+    bool                    ItemUnclipByLog;                    // Disable ItemAdd() clipping, essentially a memory-locality friendly copy of LogEnabled
     ImGuiID                 ActiveId;                           // Active widget
-    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
-    bool                    ActiveIdIsAlive;
+    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdIsAlive;                    // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame)
+    float                   ActiveIdTimer;
     bool                    ActiveIdIsJustActivated;            // Set at the time of activation for one frame
-    bool                    ActiveIdAllowOverlap;               // Set only by active widget
+    bool                    ActiveIdAllowOverlap;               // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always)
+    bool                    ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss;         // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused.
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore;       // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch.
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;        // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state.
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
+    bool                    ActiveIdFromShortcut;
+    int                     ActiveIdMouseButton : 8;
     ImVec2                  ActiveIdClickOffset;                // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior)
     ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdWindow;
-    ImGuiWindow*            MovedWindow;                        // Track the child window we clicked on to move a window.
-    ImGuiID                 MovedWindowMoveId;                  // == MovedWindow->RootWindow->MoveId
-    ImVector<ImGuiIniData>  Settings;                           // .ini Settings
-    float                   SettingsDirtyTimer;                 // Save .ini Settings on disk when time reaches zero
-    ImVector<ImGuiColMod>   ColorModifiers;                     // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor()
-    ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod> StyleModifiers;                     // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar()
-    ImVector<ImFont*>       FontStack;                          // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont()
-    ImVector<ImGuiPopupRef> OpenPopupStack;                     // Which popups are open (persistent)
-    ImVector<ImGuiPopupRef> CurrentPopupStack;                  // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
-
-    // Storage for SetNexWindow** and SetNextTreeNode*** functions
-    ImVec2                  SetNextWindowPosVal;
-    ImVec2                  SetNextWindowSizeVal;
-    ImVec2                  SetNextWindowContentSizeVal;
-    bool                    SetNextWindowCollapsedVal;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextWindowPosCond;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextWindowSizeCond;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextWindowContentSizeCond;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextWindowCollapsedCond;
-    ImRect                  SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect;           // Valid if 'SetNextWindowSizeConstraint' is true
-    ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback;
-    void*                       SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData;
-    bool                    SetNextWindowSizeConstraint;
-    bool                    SetNextWindowFocus;
-    bool                    SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal;
-    ImGuiSetCond            SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond;
+    ImGuiInputSource        ActiveIdSource;                     // Activating source: ImGuiInputSource_Mouse OR ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard OR ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad
+    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+    bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore;
+    ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow;
+    ImGuiID                 LastActiveId;                       // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation.
+    float                   LastActiveIdTimer;                  // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation.
+
+    // Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system
+    // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner.
+    // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
+    // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame().
+    double                  LastKeyModsChangeTime;              // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
+    double                  LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime;      // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
+    double                  LastKeyboardKeyPressTime;           // Record the last time a keyboard key (ignore mouse/gamepad ones) was pressed.
+    ImBitArrayForNamedKeys  KeysMayBeCharInput;                 // Lookup to tell if a key can emit char input, see IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(). sizeof() = 20 bytes
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData       KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT];
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable    KeysRoutingTable;
+    ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask;            // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it)
+    bool                    ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys;       // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency)
+    ImGuiKeyChord           DebugBreakInShortcutRouting;        // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask;          // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);'
+#endif
+
+    // Next window/item data
+    ImGuiID                 CurrentFocusScopeId;                // Value for currently appending items == g.FocusScopeStack.back(). Not to be mistaken with g.NavFocusScopeId.
+    ImGuiItemFlags          CurrentItemFlags;                   // Value for currently appending items == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
+    ImGuiID                 DebugLocateId;                      // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location
+    ImGuiNextItemData       NextItemData;                       // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
+    ImGuiLastItemData       LastItemData;                       // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd)
+    ImGuiNextWindowData     NextWindowData;                     // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
+    bool                    DebugShowGroupRects;
+
+    // Shared stacks
+    ImGuiCol                        DebugFlashStyleColorIdx;    // (Keep close to ColorStack to share cache line)
+    ImVector<ImGuiColorMod>         ColorStack;                 // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod>         StyleVarStack;              // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImFont*>               FontStack;                  // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData>   FocusScopeStack;            // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiItemFlags>        ItemFlagsStack;             // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiGroupData>        GroupStack;                 // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin()
+    ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>        OpenPopupStack;             // Which popups are open (persistent)
+    ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>        BeginPopupStack;            // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
+    ImVector<ImGuiNavTreeNodeData>  NavTreeNodeStack;           // Stack for TreeNode() when a NavLeft requested is emitted.
+
+    // Viewports
+    ImVector<ImGuiViewportP*> Viewports;                        // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData.
+
+    // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindow;                          // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow'
+    ImGuiID                 NavId;                              // Focused item for navigation
+    ImGuiID                 NavFocusScopeId;                    // Focused focus scope (e.g. selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the same scope)
+    ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayer;                           // Focused layer (main scrolling layer, or menu/title bar layer)
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivateId;                      // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem()
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivateDownId;                  // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivatePressedId;               // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat)
+    ImGuiActivateFlags      NavActivateFlags;
+    ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> NavFocusRoute;                // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
+    ImGuiID                 NavHighlightActivatedId;
+    float                   NavHighlightActivatedTimer;
+    ImGuiID                 NavNextActivateId;                  // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame.
+    ImGuiActivateFlags      NavNextActivateFlags;
+    ImGuiInputSource        NavInputSource;                     // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS CAN ONLY BE ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard or ImGuiInputSource_Mouse
+    ImGuiSelectionUserData  NavLastValidSelectionUserData;      // Last valid data passed to SetNextItemSelectionUser(), or -1. For current window. Not reset when focusing an item that doesn't have selection data.
+    bool                    NavIdIsAlive;                       // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid
+    bool                    NavMousePosDirty;                   // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default)
+    bool                    NavDisableHighlight;                // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover)
+    bool                    NavDisableMouseHover;               // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again.
+
+    // Navigation: Init & Move Requests
+    bool                    NavAnyRequest;                      // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd()
+    bool                    NavInitRequest;                     // Init request for appearing window to select first item
+    bool                    NavInitRequestFromMove;
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavInitResult;                      // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called)
+    bool                    NavMoveSubmitted;                   // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame()
+    bool                    NavMoveScoringItems;                // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items
+    bool                    NavMoveForwardToNextFrame;
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags       NavMoveFlags;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags        NavMoveScrollFlags;
+    ImGuiKeyChord           NavMoveKeyMods;
+    ImGuiDir                NavMoveDir;                         // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down)
+    ImGuiDir                NavMoveDirForDebug;
+    ImGuiDir                NavMoveClipDir;                     // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename?
+    ImRect                  NavScoringRect;                     // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring.
+    ImRect                  NavScoringNoClipRect;               // Some nav operations (such as PageUp/PageDown) enforce a region which clipper will attempt to always keep submitted
+    int                     NavScoringDebugCount;               // Metrics for debugging
+    int                     NavTabbingDir;                      // Generally -1 or +1, 0 when tabbing without a nav id
+    int                     NavTabbingCounter;                  // >0 when counting items for tabbing
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultLocal;                 // Best move request candidate within NavWindow
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultLocalVisible;          // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag)
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultOther;                 // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag)
+    ImGuiNavItemData        NavTabbingResultFirst;              // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy
+
+    // Navigation: record of last move request
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId;       // Just navigated from this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId;         // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiKeyChord           NavJustMovedToKeyMods;
+    bool                    NavJustMovedToIsTabbing;            // Copy of ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing. Maybe we should store whole flags.
+    bool                    NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData;     // Copy of move result's InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData). Maybe we should just store ImGuiNavItemData.
+
+    // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize)
+    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X). For reconfiguration (see #4828)
+    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X)
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTarget;                 // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most!
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTargetAnim;             // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it.
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingListWindow;             // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents
+    float                   NavWindowingTimer;
+    float                   NavWindowingHighlightAlpha;
+    bool                    NavWindowingToggleLayer;
+    ImGuiKey                NavWindowingToggleKey;
+    ImVec2                  NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos;
+    ImVec2                  NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize;
 
     // Render
-    ImDrawData              RenderDrawData;                     // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user
-    ImVector<ImDrawList*>   RenderDrawLists[3];
-    float                   ModalWindowDarkeningRatio;
-    ImDrawList              OverlayDrawList;                    // Optional software render of mouse cursors, if io.MouseDrawCursor is set + a few debug overlays
+    float                   DimBgRatio;                         // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list)
+
+    // Drag and Drop
+    bool                    DragDropActive;
+    bool                    DragDropWithinSource;               // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag source.
+    bool                    DragDropWithinTarget;               // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag target.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropSourceFlags;
+    int                     DragDropSourceFrameCount;
+    int                     DragDropMouseButton;
+    ImGuiPayload            DragDropPayload;
+    ImRect                  DragDropTargetRect;                 // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping)
+    ImRect                  DragDropTargetClipRect;             // Store ClipRect at the time of item's drawing
+    ImGuiID                 DragDropTargetId;
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropAcceptFlags;
+    float                   DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface;    // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface)
+    ImGuiID                 DragDropAcceptIdCurr;               // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload)
+    ImGuiID                 DragDropAcceptIdPrev;               // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets)
+    int                     DragDropAcceptFrameCount;           // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source
+    ImGuiID                 DragDropHoldJustPressedId;          // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press.
+    ImVector<unsigned char> DragDropPayloadBufHeap;             // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size
+    unsigned char           DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16];        // Local buffer for small payloads
+
+    // Clipper
+    int                             ClipperTempDataStacked;
+    ImVector<ImGuiListClipperData>  ClipperTempData;
+
+    // Tables
+    ImGuiTable*                     CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiID                         DebugBreakInTable;          // Set to break in BeginTable() call.
+    int                             TablesTempDataStacked;      // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size)
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableTempData>    TablesTempData;             // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting)
+    ImPool<ImGuiTable>              Tables;                     // Persistent table data
+    ImVector<float>                 TablesLastTimeActive;       // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC)
+    ImVector<ImDrawChannel>         DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer;
+
+    // Tab bars
+    ImGuiTabBar*                    CurrentTabBar;
+    ImPool<ImGuiTabBar>             TabBars;
+    ImVector<ImGuiPtrOrIndex>       CurrentTabBarStack;
+    ImVector<ImGuiShrinkWidthItem>  ShrinkWidthBuffer;
+
+    // Hover Delay system
+    ImGuiID                 HoverItemDelayId;
+    ImGuiID                 HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame;
+    float                   HoverItemDelayTimer;                // Currently used by IsItemHovered()
+    float                   HoverItemDelayClearTimer;           // Currently used by IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared.
+    ImGuiID                 HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId;      // Mouse has once been stationary on this item. Only reset after departing the item.
+    ImGuiID                 HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId;    // Mouse has once been stationary on this window. Only reset after departing the window.
+
+    // Mouse state
     ImGuiMouseCursor        MouseCursor;
-    ImGuiMouseCursorData    MouseCursorData[ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_];
+    float                   MouseStationaryTimer;               // Time the mouse has been stationary (with some loose heuristic)
+    ImVec2                  MouseLastValidPos;
 
     // Widget state
-    ImGuiTextEditState      InputTextState;
+    ImGuiInputTextState     InputTextState;
+    ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState;
     ImFont                  InputTextPasswordFont;
-    ImGuiID                 ScalarAsInputTextId;                // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
-    ImGuiStorage            ColorEditModeStorage;               // Store user selection of color edit mode
-    float                   DragCurrentValue;                   // Currently dragged value, always float, not rounded by end-user precision settings
-    ImVec2                  DragLastMouseDelta;
+    ImGuiID                 TempInputId;                        // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage    DataTypeZeroValue;                  // 0 for all data types
+    int                     BeginMenuDepth;
+    int                     BeginComboDepth;
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags     ColorEditOptions;                   // Store user options for color edit widgets
+    ImGuiID                 ColorEditCurrentID;                 // Set temporarily while inside of the parent-most ColorEdit4/ColorPicker4 (because they call each others).
+    ImGuiID                 ColorEditSavedID;                   // ID we are saving/restoring HS for
+    float                   ColorEditSavedHue;                  // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    float                   ColorEditSavedSat;                  // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    ImU32                   ColorEditSavedColor;                // RGB value with alpha set to 0.
+    ImVec4                  ColorPickerRef;                     // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker.
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData   ComboPreviewData;
+    ImRect                  WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect;     // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving
+    bool                    WindowResizeRelativeMode;
+    short                   ScrollbarSeekMode;                  // 0: relative, -1/+1: prev/next page.
+    float                   ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
+    float                   SliderGrabClickOffset;
+    float                   SliderCurrentAccum;                 // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls.
+    bool                    SliderCurrentAccumDirty;            // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it?
+    bool                    DragCurrentAccumDirty;
+    float                   DragCurrentAccum;                   // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings
     float                   DragSpeedDefaultRatio;              // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
-    float                   DragSpeedScaleSlow;
-    float                   DragSpeedScaleFast;
-    ImVec2                  ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
-    char                    Tooltip[1024];
-    char*                   PrivateClipboard;                   // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
-    ImVec2                  OsImePosRequest, OsImePosSet;       // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor
-
-    // Logging
-    bool                    LogEnabled;
-    FILE*                   LogFile;                            // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
-    ImGuiTextBuffer*        LogClipboard;                       // Else log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
-    int                     LogStartDepth;
-    int                     LogAutoExpandMaxDepth;
+    float                   DisabledAlphaBackup;                // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled()
+    short                   DisabledStackSize;
+    short                   LockMarkEdited;
+    short                   TooltipOverrideCount;
+    ImVector<char>          ClipboardHandlerData;               // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
+    ImVector<ImGuiID>       MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame;          // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once
+    ImGuiTypingSelectState  TypingSelectState;                  // State for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+
+    // Platform support
+    ImGuiPlatformImeData    PlatformImeData;                    // Data updated by current frame
+    ImGuiPlatformImeData    PlatformImeDataPrev;                // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn
+
+    // Settings
+    bool                    SettingsLoaded;
+    float                   SettingsDirtyTimer;                 // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero
+    ImGuiTextBuffer         SettingsIniData;                    // In memory .ini settings
+    ImVector<ImGuiSettingsHandler>      SettingsHandlers;       // List of .ini settings handlers
+    ImChunkStream<ImGuiWindowSettings>  SettingsWindows;        // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries
+    ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings>   SettingsTables;         // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries
+    ImVector<ImGuiContextHook>          Hooks;                  // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine)
+    ImGuiID                             HookIdNext;             // Next available HookId
+
+    // Localization
+    const char*             LocalizationTable[ImGuiLocKey_COUNT];
+
+    // Capture/Logging
+    bool                    LogEnabled;                         // Currently capturing
+    ImGuiLogType            LogType;                            // Capture target
+    ImFileHandle            LogFile;                            // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
+    ImGuiTextBuffer         LogBuffer;                          // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
+    const char*             LogNextPrefix;
+    const char*             LogNextSuffix;
+    float                   LogLinePosY;
+    bool                    LogLineFirstItem;
+    int                     LogDepthRef;
+    int                     LogDepthToExpand;
+    int                     LogDepthToExpandDefault;            // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call.
+
+    // Debug Tools
+    // (some of the highly frequently used data are interleaved in other structures above: DebugBreakXXX fields, DebugHookIdInfo, DebugLocateId etc.)
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags      DebugLogFlags;
+    ImGuiTextBuffer         DebugLogBuf;
+    ImGuiTextIndex          DebugLogIndex;
+    ImGuiDebugLogFlags      DebugLogAutoDisableFlags;
+    ImU8                    DebugLogAutoDisableFrames;
+    ImU8                    DebugLocateFrames;                  // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above.
+    bool                    DebugBreakInLocateId;               // Debug break in ItemAdd() call for g.DebugLocateId.
+    ImGuiKeyChord           DebugBreakKeyChord;                 // = ImGuiKey_Pause
+    ImS8                    DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth;     // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around.
+    bool                    DebugItemPickerActive;              // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker())
+    ImU8                    DebugItemPickerMouseButton;
+    ImGuiID                 DebugItemPickerBreakId;             // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID
+    float                   DebugFlashStyleColorTime;
+    ImVec4                  DebugFlashStyleColorBackup;
+    ImGuiMetricsConfig      DebugMetricsConfig;
+    ImGuiIDStackTool        DebugIDStackTool;
+    ImGuiDebugAllocInfo     DebugAllocInfo;
 
     // Misc
-    float                   FramerateSecPerFrame[120];          // calculate estimate of framerate for user
+    float                   FramerateSecPerFrame[60];           // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames..
     int                     FramerateSecPerFrameIdx;
+    int                     FramerateSecPerFrameCount;
     float                   FramerateSecPerFrameAccum;
-    int                     CaptureMouseNextFrame;              // explicit capture via CaptureInputs() sets those flags
-    int                     CaptureKeyboardNextFrame;
-    char                    TempBuffer[1024*3+1];               // temporary text buffer
+    int                     WantCaptureMouseNextFrame;          // Explicit capture override via SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()/SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(). Default to -1.
+    int                     WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame;       // "
+    int                     WantTextInputNextFrame;
+    ImVector<char>          TempBuffer;                         // Temporary text buffer
+    char                    TempKeychordName[64];
 
-    ImGuiContext()
+    ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
     {
+        IO.Ctx = this;
+        InputTextState.Ctx = this;
+
         Initialized = false;
+        FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true;
         Font = NULL;
-        FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f;
-        FontTexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-
+        FontSize = FontBaseSize = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f;
+        IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)();
         Time = 0.0f;
         FrameCount = 0;
         FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1;
+        WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false;
+        GcCompactAll = false;
+        TestEngineHookItems = false;
+        TestEngine = NULL;
+        memset(ContextName, 0, sizeof(ContextName));
+
+        InputEventsNextMouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
+        InputEventsNextEventId = 1;
+
+        WindowsActiveCount = 0;
         CurrentWindow = NULL;
-        FocusedWindow = NULL;
         HoveredWindow = NULL;
-        HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
-        HoveredId = 0;
+        HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
+        HoveredWindowBeforeClear = NULL;
+        MovingWindow = NULL;
+        WheelingWindow = NULL;
+        WheelingWindowStartFrame = WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = -1;
+        WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
+
+        DebugHookIdInfo = 0;
+        HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
         HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
-        HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
+        HoveredIdIsDisabled = false;
+        HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+        ItemUnclipByLog = false;
         ActiveId = 0;
-        ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
-        ActiveIdIsAlive = false;
+        ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
+        ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
         ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
         ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
-        ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1);
+        ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+        ActiveIdFromShortcut = false;
+        ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1);
         ActiveIdWindow = NULL;
-        MovedWindow = NULL;
-        MovedWindowMoveId = 0;
-        SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+        ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
+        ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
+        LastActiveId = 0;
+        LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+
+        LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = LastKeyModsChangeTime = LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = -1.0;
+
+        ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+        ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+        ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+#endif
+
+        CurrentFocusScopeId = 0;
+        CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
+        DebugShowGroupRects = false;
+
+        NavWindow = NULL;
+        NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = 0;
+        NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        NavNextActivateId = 0;
+        NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+        NavHighlightActivatedId = 0;
+        NavHighlightActivatedTimer = 0.0f;
+        NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+        NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+        NavIdIsAlive = false;
+        NavMousePosDirty = false;
+        NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+
+        NavAnyRequest = false;
+        NavInitRequest = false;
+        NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+        NavMoveSubmitted = false;
+        NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+        NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
+        NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
+        NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;
+        NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
+        NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None;
+        NavScoringDebugCount = 0;
+        NavTabbingDir = 0;
+        NavTabbingCounter = 0;
+
+        NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0;
+        NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
+        NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false;
+        NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = false;
+
+        // All platforms use Ctrl+Tab but Ctrl<>Super are swapped on Mac...
+        // FIXME: Because this value is stored, it annoyingly interfere with toggling io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors updating this..
+        ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab);
+        ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab);
+        NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL;
+        NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
+        NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+        NavWindowingToggleKey = ImGuiKey_None;
+
+        DimBgRatio = 0.0f;
+
+        DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false;
+        DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
+        DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1;
+        DragDropMouseButton = -1;
+        DragDropTargetId = 0;
+        DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
+        DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f;
+        DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
+        DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
+        DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
+        memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
+
+        ClipperTempDataStacked = 0;
+
+        CurrentTable = NULL;
+        TablesTempDataStacked = 0;
+        CurrentTabBar = NULL;
+
+        HoverItemDelayId = HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
+        HoverItemDelayTimer = HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f;
 
-        SetNextWindowPosVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        SetNextWindowSizeVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        SetNextWindowCollapsedVal = false;
-        SetNextWindowPosCond = 0;
-        SetNextWindowSizeCond = 0;
-        SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = 0;
-        SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0;
-        SetNextWindowFocus = false;
-        SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback = NULL;
-        SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData = NULL;
-        SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal = false;
-        SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0;
-
-        ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
-        DragCurrentValue = 0.0f;
-        DragLastMouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 0.01f;
-        DragSpeedScaleSlow = 0.01f;
-        DragSpeedScaleFast = 10.0f;
-        ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        memset(Tooltip, 0, sizeof(Tooltip));
-        PrivateClipboard = NULL;
-        OsImePosRequest = OsImePosSet = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
-
-        ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f;
-        OverlayDrawList._OwnerName = "##Overlay"; // Give it a name for debugging
         MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
-        memset(MouseCursorData, 0, sizeof(MouseCursorData));
+        MouseStationaryTimer = 0.0f;
+
+        TempInputId = 0;
+        memset(&DataTypeZeroValue, 0, sizeof(DataTypeZeroValue));
+        BeginMenuDepth = BeginComboDepth = 0;
+        ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_;
+        ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0;
+        ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f;
+        ColorEditSavedColor = 0;
+        WindowResizeRelativeMode = false;
+        ScrollbarSeekMode = 0;
+        ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
+        SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f;
+        SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
+        SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+        DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+        DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
+        DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
+        DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f;
+        DisabledStackSize = 0;
+        LockMarkEdited = 0;
+        TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+
+        PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission
+
+        SettingsLoaded = false;
+        SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+        HookIdNext = 0;
+
+        memset(LocalizationTable, 0, sizeof(LocalizationTable));
 
         LogEnabled = false;
+        LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
+        LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL;
         LogFile = NULL;
-        LogClipboard = NULL;
-        LogStartDepth = 0;
-        LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = 2;
+        LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+        LogLineFirstItem = false;
+        LogDepthRef = 0;
+        LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2;
+
+        DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY;
+        DebugLocateId = 0;
+        DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None;
+        DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 0;
+        DebugLocateFrames = 0;
+        DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1;
+        DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+        DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
+        DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
+        DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.0f;
+        DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT;
+
+        // Same as DebugBreakClearData(). Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations
+        DebugBreakInWindow = 0;
+        DebugBreakInTable = 0;
+        DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
+        DebugBreakKeyChord = ImGuiKey_Pause;
+        DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None;
 
         memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame));
-        FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0;
+        FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0;
         FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f;
-        CaptureMouseNextFrame = CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = -1;
-        memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer));
+        WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
+        memset(TempKeychordName, 0, sizeof(TempKeychordName));
     }
 };
 
-// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame
-// FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiDrawContext is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered.
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDrawContext
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow.
+// (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..)
+// (This doesn't need a constructor because we zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin)
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
 {
-    ImVec2                  CursorPos;
+    // Layout
+    ImVec2                  CursorPos;              // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates.
     ImVec2                  CursorPosPrevLine;
-    ImVec2                  CursorStartPos;
-    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always extending. Saved into window->SizeContents at the end of the frame
-    float                   CurrentLineHeight;
-    float                   CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    float                   PrevLineHeight;
+    ImVec2                  CursorStartPos;         // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding.
+    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame.
+    ImVec2                  IdealMaxPos;            // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame.
+    ImVec2                  CurrLineSize;
+    ImVec2                  PrevLineSize;
+    float                   CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added).
     float                   PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
-    float                   LogLinePosY;
-    int                     TreeDepth;
-    ImGuiID                 LastItemID;
-    ImRect                  LastItemRect;
-    bool                    LastItemHoveredAndUsable;  // Item rectangle is hovered, and its window is currently interactable with (not blocked by a popup preventing access to the window)
-    bool                    LastItemHoveredRect;       // Item rectangle is hovered, but its window may or not be currently interactable with (might be blocked by a popup preventing access to the window)
-    bool                    MenuBarAppending;
-    float                   MenuBarOffsetX;
+    bool                    IsSameLine;
+    bool                    IsSetPos;
+    ImVec1                  Indent;                 // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
+    ImVec1                  ColumnsOffset;          // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
+    ImVec1                  GroupOffset;
+    ImVec2                  CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area.
+
+    // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation
+    ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayerCurrent;        // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1)
+    short                   NavLayersActiveMask;    // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame)
+    short                   NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame)
+    bool                    NavIsScrollPushableX;   // Set when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. This is generally always true UNLESS within a column.
+    bool                    NavHideHighlightOneFrame;
+    bool                    NavWindowHasScrollY;    // Set per window when scrolling can be used (== ScrollMax.y > 0.0f)
+
+    // Miscellaneous
+    bool                    MenuBarAppending;       // FIXME: Remove this
+    ImVec2                  MenuBarOffset;          // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs.
+    ImGuiMenuColumns        MenuColumns;            // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement
+    int                     TreeDepth;              // Current tree depth.
+    ImU32                   TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary.
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  ChildWindows;
-    ImGuiStorage*           StateStorage;
+    ImGuiStorage*           StateStorage;           // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state)
+    ImGuiOldColumns*        CurrentColumns;         // Current columns set
+    int                     CurrentTableIdx;        // Current table index (into g.Tables)
     ImGuiLayoutType         LayoutType;
+    ImGuiLayoutType         ParentLayoutType;       // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin()
+    ImU32                   ModalDimBgColor;
 
+    // Local parameters stacks
     // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings.
-    float                   ItemWidth;              // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window
-    float                   TextWrapPos;            // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f]
-    bool                    AllowKeyboardFocus;     // == AllowKeyboardFocusStack.back() [empty == true]
-    bool                    ButtonRepeat;           // == ButtonRepeatStack.back() [empty == false]
-    ImVector<float>         ItemWidthStack;
-    ImVector<float>         TextWrapPosStack;
-    ImVector<bool>          AllowKeyboardFocusStack;
-    ImVector<bool>          ButtonRepeatStack;
-    ImVector<ImGuiGroupData>GroupStack;
-    ImGuiColorEditMode      ColorEditMode;
-    int                     StackSizesBackup[6];    // Store size of various stacks for asserting
-
-    float                   IndentX;                // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
-    float                   ColumnsOffsetX;         // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
-    int                     ColumnsCurrent;
-    int                     ColumnsCount;
-    float                   ColumnsMinX;
-    float                   ColumnsMaxX;
-    float                   ColumnsStartPosY;
-    float                   ColumnsCellMinY;
-    float                   ColumnsCellMaxY;
-    bool                    ColumnsShowBorders;
-    ImGuiID                 ColumnsSetID;
-    ImVector<ImGuiColumnData> ColumnsData;
-
-    ImGuiDrawContext()
-    {
-        CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        CurrentLineHeight = PrevLineHeight = 0.0f;
-        CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-        LogLinePosY = -1.0f;
-        TreeDepth = 0;
-        LastItemID = 0;
-        LastItemRect = ImRect(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f);
-        LastItemHoveredAndUsable = LastItemHoveredRect = false;
-        MenuBarAppending = false;
-        MenuBarOffsetX = 0.0f;
-        StateStorage = NULL;
-        LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-        ItemWidth = 0.0f;
-        ButtonRepeat = false;
-        AllowKeyboardFocus = true;
-        TextWrapPos = -1.0f;
-        ColorEditMode = ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB;
-        memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup));
-
-        IndentX = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsCurrent = 0;
-        ColumnsCount = 1;
-        ColumnsMinX = ColumnsMaxX = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsStartPosY = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsCellMinY = ColumnsCellMaxY = 0.0f;
-        ColumnsShowBorders = true;
-        ColumnsSetID = 0;
-    }
+    float                   ItemWidth;              // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window).
+    float                   TextWrapPos;            // Current text wrap pos.
+    ImVector<float>         ItemWidthStack;         // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth)
+    ImVector<float>         TextWrapPosStack;       // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos)
 };
 
-// Windows data
+// Storage for one window
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
 {
-    char*                   Name;
-    ImGuiID                 ID;                                 // == ImHash(Name)
+    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                                // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
+    char*                   Name;                               // Window name, owned by the window.
+    ImGuiID                 ID;                                 // == ImHashStr(Name)
     ImGuiWindowFlags        Flags;                              // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
-    int                     IndexWithinParent;                  // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
-    ImVec2                  PosFloat;
-    ImVec2                  Pos;                                // Position rounded-up to nearest pixel
+    ImGuiChildFlags         ChildFlags;                         // Set when window is a child window. See enum ImGuiChildFlags_
+    ImGuiViewportP*         Viewport;                           // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded.
+    ImVec2                  Pos;                                // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel)
     ImVec2                  Size;                               // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size)
     ImVec2                  SizeFull;                           // Size when non collapsed
-    ImVec2                  SizeContents;                       // Size of contents (== extents reach of the drawing cursor) from previous frame
-    ImVec2                  SizeContentsExplicit;               // Size of contents explicitly set by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize()
-    ImRect                  ContentsRegionRect;                 // Maximum visible content position in window coordinates. ~~ (SizeContentsExplicit ? SizeContentsExplicit : Size - ScrollbarSizes) - CursorStartPos, per axis
-    ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of begin. We need to lock it, in particular manipulation of the ShowBorder would have an effect
-    ImGuiID                 MoveID;                             // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
+    ImVec2                  ContentSize;                        // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding.
+    ImVec2                  ContentSizeIdeal;
+    ImVec2                  ContentSizeExplicit;                // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize().
+    ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of Begin().
+    float                   WindowRounding;                     // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc.
+    float                   WindowBorderSize;                   // Window border size at the time of Begin().
+    float                   TitleBarHeight, MenuBarHeight;
+    float                   DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1;   // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin().
+    float                   DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2;   // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y).
+    float                   DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1;   // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes).
+    int                     NameBufLen;                         // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)!
+    ImGuiID                 MoveId;                             // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
+    ImGuiID                 ChildId;                            // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window)
+    ImGuiID                 PopupId;                            // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
     ImVec2                  Scroll;
+    ImVec2                  ScrollMax;
     ImVec2                  ScrollTarget;                       // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change)
     ImVec2                  ScrollTargetCenterRatio;            // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered
-    bool                    ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY;
-    ImVec2                  ScrollbarSizes;
-    float                   BorderSize;
-    bool                    Active;                             // Set to true on Begin()
+    ImVec2                  ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist;           // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold
+    ImVec2                  ScrollbarSizes;                     // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar.
+    bool                    ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY;             // Are scrollbars visible?
+    bool                    Active;                             // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed
     bool                    WasActive;
-    bool                    Accessed;                           // Set to true when any widget access the current window
+    bool                    WriteAccessed;                      // Set to true when any widget access the current window
     bool                    Collapsed;                          // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar
-    bool                    SkipItems;                          // == Visible && !Collapsed
-    int                     BeginCount;                         // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
-    ImGuiID                 PopupID;                            // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
-    int                     AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
+    bool                    WantCollapseToggle;
+    bool                    SkipItems;                          // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed)
+    bool                    SkipRefresh;                        // [EXPERIMENTAL] Reuse previous frame drawn contents, Begin() returns false.
+    bool                    Appearing;                          // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing)
+    bool                    Hidden;                             // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0)
+    bool                    IsFallbackWindow;                   // Set on the "Debug##Default" window.
+    bool                    IsExplicitChild;                    // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked()
+    bool                    HasCloseButton;                     // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL)
+    signed char             ResizeBorderHovered;                // Current border being hovered for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
+    signed char             ResizeBorderHeld;                   // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
+    short                   BeginCount;                         // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
+    short                   BeginCountPreviousFrame;            // Number of Begin() during the previous frame
+    short                   BeginOrderWithinParent;             // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
+    short                   BeginOrderWithinContext;            // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
+    short                   FocusOrder;                         // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused.
+    ImS8                    AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
     bool                    AutoFitOnlyGrows;
-    int                     AutoPosLastDirection;
-    int                     HiddenFrames;
-    int                     SetWindowPosAllowFlags;             // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowPos() call will succeed with this particular flag.
-    int                     SetWindowSizeAllowFlags;            // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowSize() call will succeed with this particular flag.
-    int                     SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags;       // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowCollapsed() call will succeed with this particular flag.
-    bool                    SetWindowPosCenterWanted;
-
-    ImGuiDrawContext        DC;                                 // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame
-    ImVector<ImGuiID>       IDStack;                            // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack
-    ImRect                  ClipRect;                           // = DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). Scissoring / clipping rectangle. x1, y1, x2, y2.
-    ImRect                  WindowRectClipped;                  // = WindowRect just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window.
-    int                     LastFrameActive;
+    ImGuiDir                AutoPosLastDirection;
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesCanSkipItems;           // Hide the window for N frames
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems;        // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesForRenderOnly;          // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only
+    ImS8                    DisableInputsFrames;                // Disable window interactions for N frames
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8;         // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use.
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8;        // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use.
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8;   // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use.
+    ImVec2                  SetWindowPosVal;                    // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size)
+    ImVec2                  SetWindowPosPivot;                  // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right.
+
+    ImVector<ImGuiID>       IDStack;                            // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure)
+    ImGuiWindowTempData     DC;                                 // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name.
+
+    // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles' viewer.
+    // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect().
+    ImRect                  OuterRectClipped;                   // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window.
+    ImRect                  InnerRect;                          // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar)
+    ImRect                  InnerClipRect;                      // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect.
+    ImRect                  WorkRect;                           // Initially covers the whole scrolling region. Reduced by containers e.g columns/tables when active. Shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward).
+    ImRect                  ParentWorkRect;                     // Backup of WorkRect before entering a container such as columns/tables. Used by e.g. SpanAllColumns functions to easily access. Stacked containers are responsible for maintaining this. // FIXME-WORKRECT: Could be a stack?
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;                           // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back().
+    ImRect                  ContentRegionRect;                  // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on.
+    ImVec2ih                HitTestHoleSize;                    // Define an optional rectangular hole where mouse will pass-through the window.
+    ImVec2ih                HitTestHoleOffset;
+
+    int                     LastFrameActive;                    // Last frame number the window was Active.
+    float                   LastTimeActive;                     // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there)
     float                   ItemWidthDefault;
-    ImGuiSimpleColumns      MenuColumns;                        // Simplified columns storage for menu items
     ImGuiStorage            StateStorage;
-    float                   FontWindowScale;                    // Scale multiplier per-window
-    ImDrawList*             DrawList;
-    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindow;                         // If we are a child window, this is pointing to the first non-child parent window. Else point to ourself.
-    ImGuiWindow*            RootNonPopupWindow;                 // If we are a child window, this is pointing to the first non-child non-popup parent window. Else point to ourself.
-    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindow;                       // If we are a child window, this is pointing to our parent window. Else point to NULL.
-
-    // Focus
-    int                     FocusIdxAllCounter;                 // Start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusItemRegister()
-    int                     FocusIdxTabCounter;                 // (same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through)
-    int                     FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent;          // Item being requested for focus
-    int                     FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent;          // Tab-able item being requested for focus
-    int                     FocusIdxAllRequestNext;             // Item being requested for focus, for next update (relies on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame)
-    int                     FocusIdxTabRequestNext;             // "
+    ImVector<ImGuiOldColumns> ColumnsStorage;
+    float                   FontWindowScale;                    // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale()
+    int                     SettingsOffset;                     // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back)
+
+    ImDrawList*             DrawList;                           // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer)
+    ImDrawList              DrawListInst;
+    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindow;                       // If we are a child _or_ popup _or_ docked window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL.
+    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindowInBeginStack;
+    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindow;                         // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through popups/dock nodes.
+    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowPopupTree;                // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through popups parent<>child.
+    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;     // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active.
+    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowForNav;                   // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag.
+    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindowForFocusRoute;          // Set to manual link a window to its logical parent so that Shortcut() chain are honoerd (e.g. Tool linked to Document)
+
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavLastChildNavWindow;              // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.)
+    ImGuiID                 NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT];    // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1)
+    ImRect                  NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT];    // Reference rectangle, in window relative space
+    ImVec2                  NavPreferredScoringPosRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Preferred X/Y position updated when moving on a given axis, reset to FLT_MAX.
+    ImGuiID                 NavRootFocusScopeId;                // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin()
+
+    int                     MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity;          // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy
+    int                     MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity;
+    bool                    MemoryCompacted;                    // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected
 
 public:
-    ImGuiWindow(const char* name);
+    ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name);
     ~ImGuiWindow();
 
     ImGuiID     GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
     ImGuiID     GetID(const void* ptr);
+    ImGuiID     GetID(int n);
+    ImGuiID     GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs);
+
+    // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow.
+    ImRect      Rect() const            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
+    float       CalcFontSize() const    { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; }
+    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight)); }
+    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight; return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_
+enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode                   = 1 << 20,  // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around]
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused                  = 1 << 21,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings               = 1 << 22,  // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_
+enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_              = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing,
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton             = 1 << 20,  // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout)
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button                    = 1 << 21,  // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button
+};
+
+// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 40 bytes)
+struct ImGuiTabItem
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags   Flags;
+    int                 LastFrameVisible;
+    int                 LastFrameSelected;      // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance
+    float               Offset;                 // Position relative to beginning of tab
+    float               Width;                  // Width currently displayed
+    float               ContentWidth;           // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call
+    float               RequestedWidth;         // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused
+    ImS32               NameOffset;             // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
+    ImS16               BeginOrder;             // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable
+    ImS16               IndexDuringLayout;      // Index only used during TabBarLayout(). Tabs gets reordered so 'Tabs[n].IndexDuringLayout == n' but may mismatch during additions.
+    bool                WantClose;              // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed()
+
+    ImGuiTabItem()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; }
+};
+
+// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes)
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar
+{
+    ImVector<ImGuiTabItem> Tabs;
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags    Flags;
+    ImGuiID             ID;                     // Zero for tab-bars used by docking
+    ImGuiID             SelectedTabId;          // Selected tab/window
+    ImGuiID             NextSelectedTabId;      // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation
+    ImGuiID             VisibleTabId;           // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview)
+    int                 CurrFrameVisible;
+    int                 PrevFrameVisible;
+    ImRect              BarRect;
+    float               CurrTabsContentsHeight;
+    float               PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar
+    float               WidthAllTabs;           // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout)
+    float               WidthAllTabsIdeal;      // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped
+    float               ScrollingAnim;
+    float               ScrollingTarget;
+    float               ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility;
+    float               ScrollingSpeed;
+    float               ScrollingRectMinX;
+    float               ScrollingRectMaxX;
+    float               SeparatorMinX;
+    float               SeparatorMaxX;
+    ImGuiID             ReorderRequestTabId;
+    ImS16               ReorderRequestOffset;
+    ImS8                BeginCount;
+    bool                WantLayout;
+    bool                VisibleTabWasSubmitted;
+    bool                TabsAddedNew;           // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame
+    ImS16               TabsActiveCount;        // Number of tabs submitted this frame.
+    ImS16               LastTabItemIdx;         // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem()
+    float               ItemSpacingY;
+    ImVec2              FramePadding;           // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar()
+    ImVec2              BackupCursorPos;
+    ImGuiTextBuffer     TabsNames;              // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer.
+
+    ImGuiTabBar();
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Table support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define IM_COL32_DISABLE                IM_COL32(0,0,0,1)   // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color.
+#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS         512                 // May be further lifted
+
+// Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future.
+typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx;
+typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx;
+
+// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 112
+// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api.
+// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping.
+// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped".
+struct ImGuiTableColumn
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags   Flags;                          // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
+    float                   WidthGiven;                     // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space.
+    float                   MinX;                           // Absolute positions
+    float                   MaxX;
+    float                   WidthRequest;                   // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout()
+    float                   WidthAuto;                      // Automatic width
+    float                   StretchWeight;                  // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially.
+    float                   InitStretchWeightOrWidth;       // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_).
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;                       // Clipping rectangle for the column
+    ImGuiID                 UserID;                         // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn()
+    float                   WorkMinX;                       // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column
+    float                   WorkMaxX;                       // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2)
+    float                   ItemWidth;                      // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows
+    float                   ContentMaxXFrozen;              // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width.
+    float                   ContentMaxXUnfrozen;
+    float                   ContentMaxXHeadersUsed;         // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls
+    float                   ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal;
+    ImS16                   NameOffset;                     // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[]
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DisplayOrder;                   // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     IndexWithinEnabledSet;          // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     PrevEnabledColumn;              // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     NextEnabledColumn;              // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;                      // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent;            // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen;             // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers)
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen;           // Draw channels for unfrozen rows
+    bool                    IsEnabled;                      // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0
+    bool                    IsUserEnabled;                  // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling).
+    bool                    IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
+    bool                    IsVisibleX;                     // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled).
+    bool                    IsVisibleY;
+    bool                    IsRequestOutput;                // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not.
+    bool                    IsSkipItems;                    // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen).
+    bool                    IsPreserveWidthAuto;
+    ImS8                    NavLayerCurrent;                // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte
+    ImU8                    AutoFitQueue;                   // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit
+    ImU8                    CannotSkipItemsQueue;           // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem
+    ImU8                    SortDirection : 2;              // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2;   // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3)
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4;    // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each)
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailList;        // Ordered list of available sort directions (2-bits each, total 8-bits)
+
+    ImGuiTableColumn()
+    {
+        memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+        StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f;
+        NameOffset = -1;
+        DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1;
+        PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1;
+        SortOrder = -1;
+        SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+        DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1;
+    }
+};
+
+// Transient cell data stored per row.
+// sizeof() ~ 6 bytes
+struct ImGuiTableCellData
+{
+    ImU32                       BgColor;    // Actual color
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Column;     // Column number
+};
+
+// Parameters for TableAngledHeadersRowEx()
+// This may end up being refactored for more general purpose.
+// sizeof() ~ 12 bytes
+struct ImGuiTableHeaderData
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Index;      // Column index
+    ImU32                       TextColor;
+    ImU32                       BgColor0;
+    ImU32                       BgColor1;
+};
+
+// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?)
+// sizeof() ~ 24 bytes
+struct ImGuiTableInstanceData
+{
+    ImGuiID                     TableInstanceID;
+    float                       LastOuterHeight;            // Outer height from last frame
+    float                       LastTopHeadersRowHeight;    // Height of first consecutive header rows from last frame (FIXME: this is used assuming consecutive headers are in same frozen set)
+    float                       LastFrozenHeight;           // Height of frozen section from last frame
+    int                         HoveredRowLast;             // Index of row which was hovered last frame.
+    int                         HoveredRowNext;             // Index of row hovered this frame, set after encountering it.
+
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData()    { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; }
+};
+
+// sizeof() ~ 592 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
+{
+    ImGuiID                     ID;
+    ImGuiTableFlags             Flags;
+    void*                       RawData;                    // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[]
+    ImGuiTableTempData*         TempData;                   // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[]
+    ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn>    Columns;                    // Point within RawData[]
+    ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumnIdx> DisplayOrderToIndex;        // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1)
+    ImSpan<ImGuiTableCellData>  RowCellData;                // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row.
+    ImBitArrayPtr               EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder;  // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map
+    ImBitArrayPtr               EnabledMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data
+    ImBitArrayPtr               VisibleMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect)
+    ImGuiTableFlags             SettingsLoadedFlags;        // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order)
+    int                         SettingsOffset;             // Offset in g.SettingsTables
+    int                         LastFrameActive;
+    int                         ColumnsCount;               // Number of columns declared in BeginTable()
+    int                         CurrentRow;
+    int                         CurrentColumn;
+    ImS16                       InstanceCurrent;            // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched.
+    ImS16                       InstanceInteracted;         // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with
+    float                       RowPosY1;
+    float                       RowPosY2;
+    float                       RowMinHeight;               // Height submitted to TableNextRow()
+    float                       RowCellPaddingY;            // Top and bottom padding. Reloaded during row change.
+    float                       RowTextBaseline;
+    float                       RowIndentOffsetX;
+    ImGuiTableRowFlags          RowFlags : 16;              // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_
+    ImGuiTableRowFlags          LastRowFlags : 16;
+    int                         RowBgColorCounter;          // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this.
+    ImU32                       RowBgColor[2];              // Background color override for current row.
+    ImU32                       BorderColorStrong;
+    ImU32                       BorderColorLight;
+    float                       BorderX1;
+    float                       BorderX2;
+    float                       HostIndentX;
+    float                       MinColumnWidth;
+    float                       OuterPaddingX;
+    float                       CellPaddingX;               // Padding from each borders. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout.
+    float                       CellSpacingX1;              // Spacing between non-bordered cells. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout.
+    float                       CellSpacingX2;
+    float                       InnerWidth;                 // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details.
+    float                       ColumnsGivenWidth;          // Sum of current column width
+    float                       ColumnsAutoFitWidth;        // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window
+    float                       ColumnsStretchSumWeights;   // Sum of weight of all enabled stretching columns
+    float                       ResizedColumnNextWidth;
+    float                       ResizeLockMinContentsX2;    // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table.
+    float                       RefScale;                   // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
+    float                       AngledHeadersHeight;        // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout()
+    float                       AngledHeadersSlope;         // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout()
+    ImRect                      OuterRect;                  // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable().
+    ImRect                      InnerRect;                  // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is
+    ImRect                      WorkRect;
+    ImRect                      InnerClipRect;
+    ImRect                      BgClipRect;                 // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill, evolve during the frame as we cross frozen rows boundaries
+    ImRect                      Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd;      // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped
+    ImRect                      Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd;      // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect.
+    ImRect                      HostClipRect;               // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window.
+    ImRect                      HostBackupInnerClipRect;    // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground()
+    ImGuiWindow*                OuterWindow;                // Parent window for the table
+    ImGuiWindow*                InnerWindow;                // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window)
+    ImGuiTextBuffer             ColumnsNames;               // Contiguous buffer holding columns names
+    ImDrawListSplitter*         DrawSplitter;               // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData      InstanceDataFirst;
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableInstanceData>    InstanceDataExtra;  // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs   SortSpecsSingle;
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti;     // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
+    ImGuiTableSortSpecs         SortSpecs;                  // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs()
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         SortSpecsCount;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledCount;        // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledFixedCount;   // Number of enabled columns using fixed width (<= ColumnsCount)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         DeclColumnsCount;           // Count calls to TableSetupColumn()
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         AngledHeadersCount;         // Count columns with angled headers
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBody;          // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column!
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBorder;        // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing).
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HighlightColumnHeader;      // Index of column which should be highlighted.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         AutoFitSingleColumn;        // Index of single column requesting auto-fit.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ResizedColumn;              // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LastResizedColumn;          // Index of column being resized from previous frame.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HeldHeaderColumn;           // Index of column header being held.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ReorderColumn;              // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ReorderColumnDir;           // -1 or +1
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LeftMostEnabledColumn;      // Index of left-most non-hidden column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RightMostEnabledColumn;     // Index of right-most non-hidden column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LeftMostStretchedColumn;    // Index of left-most stretched column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RightMostStretchedColumn;   // Index of right-most stretched column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ContextPopupColumn;         // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeRowsRequest;          // Requested frozen rows count
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeRowsCount;            // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeColumnsRequest;       // Requested frozen columns count
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeColumnsCount;         // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RowCellDataCurrent;         // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    DummyDrawChannel;           // Redirect non-visible columns here.
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    Bg2DrawChannelCurrent;      // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+    bool                        IsLayoutLocked;             // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row.
+    bool                        IsInsideRow;                // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow().
+    bool                        IsInitializing;
+    bool                        IsSortSpecsDirty;
+    bool                        IsUsingHeaders;             // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag.
+    bool                        IsContextPopupOpen;         // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted).
+    bool                        DisableDefaultContextMenu;  // Disable default context menu contents. You may submit your own using TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/EndPopup()
+    bool                        IsSettingsRequestLoad;
+    bool                        IsSettingsDirty;            // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data.
+    bool                        IsDefaultDisplayOrder;      // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1)
+    bool                        IsResetAllRequest;
+    bool                        IsResetDisplayOrderRequest;
+    bool                        IsUnfrozenRows;             // Set when we got past the frozen row.
+    bool                        IsDefaultSizingPolicy;      // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable()
+    bool                        IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable;
+    bool                        IsActiveIdInTable;
+    bool                        HasScrollbarYCurr;          // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame.
+    bool                        HasScrollbarYPrev;          // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous.
+    bool                        MemoryCompacted;
+    bool                        HostSkipItems;              // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis
+
+    ImGuiTable()                { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; }
+    ~ImGuiTable()               { IM_FREE(RawData); }
+};
+
+// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table).
+// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure.
+// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics.
+// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs.
+// sizeof() ~ 136 bytes.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData
+{
+    int                         TableIndex;                 // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool
+    float                       LastTimeActive;             // Last timestamp this structure was used
+    float                       AngledHeadersExtraWidth;    // Used in EndTable()
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableHeaderData> AngledHeadersRequests;   // Used in TableAngledHeadersRow()
+
+    ImVec2                      UserOuterSize;              // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
+    ImDrawListSplitter          DrawSplitter;
+
+    ImRect                      HostBackupWorkRect;         // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImRect                      HostBackupParentWorkRect;   // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec2                      HostBackupPrevLineSize;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec2                      HostBackupCurrLineSize;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec2                      HostBackupCursorMaxPos;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec1                      HostBackupColumnsOffset;    // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable()
+    float                       HostBackupItemWidth;        // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable()
+    int                         HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable()
+
+    ImGuiTableTempData()        { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; }
+};
+
+// sizeof() ~ 12
+struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings
+{
+    float                   WidthOrWeight;
+    ImGuiID                 UserID;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     Index;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DisplayOrder;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;
+    ImU8                    SortDirection : 2;
+    ImU8                    IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file
+    ImU8                    IsStretch : 1;
+
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings()
+    {
+        WidthOrWeight = 0.0f;
+        UserID = 0;
+        Index = -1;
+        DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1;
+        SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+        IsEnabled = 1;
+        IsStretch = 0;
+    }
+};
 
-    ImRect      Rect() const                            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); }
-    float       CalcFontSize() const                    { return GImGui->FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; }
-    float       TitleBarHeight() const                  { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
-    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const                    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
-    float       MenuBarHeight() const                   { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
-    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const                     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
+// This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.)
+struct ImGuiTableSettings
+{
+    ImGuiID                     ID;                     // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting
+    ImGuiTableFlags             SaveFlags;              // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..)
+    float                       RefScale;               // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsCount;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsCountMax;        // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher
+    bool                        WantApply;              // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)
+
+    ImGuiTableSettings()        { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings*   GetColumnSettings()     { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Internal API
-// No guarantee of forward compatibility here.
+// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
+// No guarantee of forward compatibility here!
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 namespace ImGui
 {
+    // Windows
     // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window)
-    // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either
+    // If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either:
     // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal.
-    // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
+    // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
     inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindowRead()      { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; }
-    inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindow()          { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->Accessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; }
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetParentWindow();
+    inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindow()          { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; }
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByName(const char* name);
-    IMGUI_API void          FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-
-    IMGUI_API void          EndFrame();                 // Ends the ImGui frame. Automatically called by Render()! you most likely don't need to ever call that yourself directly. If you don't need to render you can call EndFrame() but you'll have wasted CPU already. If you don't need to render, don't create any windows instead!
-
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window);
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    inline void             SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = parent_window; }
+    inline ImRect           WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); }
+    inline ImRect           WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); }
+    inline ImVec2           WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p)  { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); }
+
+    // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order
+    IMGUI_API void          FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* above_window);
+    IMGUI_API int           FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+    // Windows: Idle, Refresh Policies [EXPERIMENTAL]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags);
+
+    // Fonts, drawing
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
+    inline ImFont*          GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; }
+    inline ImDrawList*      GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport);                     // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport);                     // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
+    IMGUI_API void          AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
+
+    // Init
+    IMGUI_API void          Initialize();
+    IMGUI_API void          Shutdown();    // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext().
+
+    // NewFrame
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs);
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
+    IMGUI_API void          FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window);
+    IMGUI_API void          StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
+
+    // Generic context hooks
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook);
+    IMGUI_API void          RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove);
+    IMGUI_API void          CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type);
+
+    // Viewports
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
+
+    // Settings
+    IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+    IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void                  ClearIniSettings();
+    IMGUI_API void                  AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);
+    IMGUI_API void                  RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
+
+    // Settings - Windows
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void                  ClearWindowSettings(const char* name);
+
+    // Localization
+    IMGUI_API void          LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count);
+    inline const char*      LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; }
+
+    // Scrolling
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio);
+
+    // Early work-in-progress API (ScrollToItem() will become public)
+    IMGUI_API void          ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
+//#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    inline void             ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) { ScrollToRect(window, rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY); }
+//#endif
+
+    // Basic Accessors
+    inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; }
+    inline ImGuiItemFlags   GetItemFlags()  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; }
+    inline ImGuiID          GetActiveID()   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; }
+    inline ImGuiID          GetFocusID()    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; }
     IMGUI_API void          SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClearActiveID();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetHoveredID();
     IMGUI_API void          SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API void          KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id);
-
-    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id);
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id, bool clip_even_when_logged);
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs = false);
-    IMGUI_API bool          FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, bool is_active, bool tab_stop = true);      // Return true if focus is requested
-    IMGUI_API void          FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y);
+    IMGUI_API void          MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id);     // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);     // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed);
+
+    // Basic Helpers for widget code
+    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
+    inline void             ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min.
+    IMGUI_API bool          ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h);
     IMGUI_API float         CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemToggledSelection();                                   // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
+    IMGUI_API void          ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess);
+
+    // Parameter stacks (shared)
+    IMGUI_API void          PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
+    IMGUI_API void          PopItemFlag();
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx);
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginDisabledOverrideReenable();
+    IMGUI_API void          EndDisabledOverrideReenable();
+
+    // Logging/Capture
+    IMGUI_API void          LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth);           // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name.
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1);                      // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer
+    IMGUI_API void          LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix);
+
+    // Childs
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
+
+    // Popups, Modals
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsExceptModals();
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImRect        GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostPopupModal();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy);
+
+    // Tooltips
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltipHidden();
+
+    // Menus
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true);
+    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);
+
+    // Combos
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginComboPreview();
+    IMGUI_API void          EndComboPreview();
+
+    // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation
+    IMGUI_API void          NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavInitRequestApplyResult();
+    IMGUI_API bool          NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet();
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestCancel();
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestApplyResult();
+    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API void          NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    IMGUI_API void          NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id);
+
+    // Focus/Activation
+    // This should be part of a larger set of API: FocusItem(offset = -1), FocusItemByID(id), ActivateItem(offset = -1), ActivateItemByID(id) etc. which are
+    // much harder to design and implement than expected. I have a couple of private branches on this matter but it's not simple. For now implementing the easy ones.
+    IMGUI_API void          FocusItem();                    // Focus last item (no selection/activation).
+    IMGUI_API void          ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id);   // Activate an item by ID (button, checkbox, tree node etc.). Activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again.
+
+    // Inputs
+    // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
+    inline bool             IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; }
+    inline bool             IsNamedKeyOrMod(ImGuiKey key)               { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; }
+    inline bool             IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key)                   { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; }
+    inline bool             IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key)                 { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; }
+    inline bool             IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key)                  { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; }
+    inline bool             IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; }
+    inline bool             IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; }
+    inline bool             IsModKey(ImGuiKey key)                      { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
+    ImGuiKeyChord           FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
+    inline ImGuiKey         ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key)
+    {
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl;
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift;
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt;
+        if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper;
+        return key;
+    }
 
-    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupEx(const char* str_id, bool reopen_existing);
-
-    inline IMGUI_API ImU32  GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)  { ImVec4 c = GImGui->Style.Colors[idx]; c.w *= GImGui->Style.Alpha * alpha_mul; return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); }
-    inline IMGUI_API ImU32  GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)              { ImVec4 c = col; c.w *= GImGui->Style.Alpha; return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); }
-
-    // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (not window coordinates)
-    // FIXME: All those functions are a mess and needs to be refactored into something decent. Avoid use outside of imgui.cpp!
-    // We need: a sort of symbol library, preferably baked into font atlas when possible + decent text rendering helpers.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key);
+    inline ImGuiKeyData*    GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key)                                    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return GetKeyData(&g, key); }
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
+    inline ImGuiKey         MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button)                   { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); }
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API int           CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate);
+    IMGUI_API void          GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate);
+    IMGUI_API void          TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
+    inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir)                         { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; }
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership
+    // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id.
+    // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead).
+    // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
+    // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0).
+    // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore:
+    //   - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case).
+    //   - for ownership registration happening ahead of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call needs to be made every frame (happens if e.g. claiming ownership on hover).
+    // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state.
+    // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step.
+    //   Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);   // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);               // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id'
+    inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)          { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; }
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership
+    // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag.
+    // - Expected to be later promoted to public API, the prototypes are designed to replace existing ones (since owner_id can default to Any == 0)
+    // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'.
+    //   Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
+    // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);    // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+
+    // Shortcut Testing & Routing
+    // - Set Shortcut() and SetNextItemShortcut() in imgui.h
+    // - When a policy (except for ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(),
+    //   allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls.
+    //   (* using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key) and bypassing route registration and check)
+    // - When using one of the routing option:
+    //   - The default route is ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.)
+    //   - Routes are requested given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy.
+    //   - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame.
+    //   - Each route may be granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route (e.g. deep most window).
+    //   - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id can all access the granted route.
+    //   - When owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a owner ID in order to identify our location.
+    // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute()
+    //   e.g. if you have a tool window associated to a document, and you want document shortcuts to run when the tool is focused.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0
+    IMGUI_API bool          TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope
+    // This is generally used to identify a unique input location (for e.g. a selection set)
+    // There is one per window (automatically set in Begin), but:
+    // - Selection patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear a selection) when landing on one item of the set.
+    //   So in order to identify a set multiple lists in same window may each need a focus scope.
+    //   If you imagine an hypothetical BeginSelectionGroup()/EndSelectionGroup() api, it would likely call PushFocusScope()/EndFocusScope()
+    // - Shortcut routing also use focus scope as a default location identifier if an owner is not provided.
+    // We don't use the ID Stack for this as it is common to want them separate.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          PopFocusScope();
+    inline ImGuiID          GetCurrentFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentFocusScopeId; }   // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope()
+
+    // Drag and Drop
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsDragDropActive();
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClearDragDrop();
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted();
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect);
+
+    // Typing-Select API
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags = ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None);
+    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx);
+    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx);
+    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data);
+
+    // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API)
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect);
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns().
+    IMGUI_API void          EndColumns();                                                               // close columns
+    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnClipRect(int column_index);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnsBackground();
+    IMGUI_API void          PopColumnsBackground();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset);
+
+    // Tables: Candidates for public API
+    IMGUI_API void          TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs);
+    IMGUI_API int           TableGetHoveredRow();       // Retrieve *PREVIOUS FRAME* hovered row. This difference with TableGetHoveredColumn() is the reason why this is not public yet.
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetHeaderRowHeight();
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth();
+    IMGUI_API void          TablePushBackgroundChannel();
+    IMGUI_API void          TablePopBackgroundChannel();
+    IMGUI_API void          TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count);
+
+    // Tables: Internals
+    inline    ImGuiTable*   GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; }
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTable*   TableFindByID(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
+    inline ImGuiTableInstanceData*  TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; }
+    inline ImGuiID                  TableGetInstanceID(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no)   { return TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no)->TableInstanceID; }
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API ImRect        TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API const char*   TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0);
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactSettings();
+
+    // Tables: Settings
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id);
+
+    // Tab Bars
+    inline    ImGuiTabBar*  GetCurrentTabBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTabBar; }
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    inline int              TabBarGetTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { return tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
+    IMGUI_API const char*   TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped);
+
+    // Render helpers
+    // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT.
+    // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally)
     IMGUI_API void          RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, ImGuiAlign align = ImGuiAlign_Default, const ImVec2* clip_min = NULL, const ImVec2* clip_max = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 pos, bool is_open, float scale = 1.0f, bool shadow = false);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None); // Navigation highlight
     IMGUI_API const char*   FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text.
-
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow);
+
+    // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!)
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding);
+
+    // Widgets
+    IMGUI_API void          TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value);
+
+    // Widgets: Window Decorations
+    IMGUI_API bool          CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
+    IMGUI_API void          Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 avail_v, ImS64 contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImRect        GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir);
+
+    // Widgets low-level behaviors
     IMGUI_API bool          ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    //IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags);   // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data);
+
+    // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types.
+    // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036).
+    // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT<float, float>(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); "
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size);
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API T     ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size);
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
+    template<typename T>                                        IMGUI_API T     RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v);
+    template<typename T>                                        IMGUI_API bool  CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value);
+
+    // Data type helpers
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo*  DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type);
+    IMGUI_API int           DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format);
+    IMGUI_API void          DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API int           DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max);
+
+    // InputText
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL);
+    inline bool             TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id)       { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); }
+    inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id)   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data);
+
+    // Color
+    IMGUI_API void          ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
+
+    // Plot
+    IMGUI_API int           PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg);
+
+    // Shade functions (write over already created vertices)
+    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1);
+    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp);
+    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out);
+
+    // Garbage collection
+    IMGUI_API void          GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
+    IMGUI_API void          GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+    // Debug Log
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free
+
+    // Debug Tools
+    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id);                     // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time!
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id);              // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time!
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugBreakClearData();
+    IMGUI_API bool          DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location);
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* state);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb);
+
+    // Obsolete functions
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    inline void     SetItemUsingMouseWheel()                                            { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); }      // Changed in 1.89
+    inline bool     TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0)    { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); }   // Renamed in 1.89
+
+    //inline bool   IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true)                   { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity!
+
+    // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets which used FocusableItemRegister():
+    //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM  < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)'                              and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)'
+    //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)'  and 'bool tab_focused = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
+    //  (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)'     and 'bool tab_focused = (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))'
+    //inline bool   FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)              // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd()
+    //inline void   FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)                        // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
+#endif
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0, bool render_bg = false);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format);
+} // namespace ImGui
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, int decimal_precision, float power);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format);
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarEx(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, void* step_ptr, void* step_fast_ptr, const char* scalar_format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& aabb, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, ImGuiID id, int decimal_precision);
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);                     // Consume previous SetNextTreeNodeOpened() data, if any. May return true when logging
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id);
+// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates
+struct ImFontBuilderIO
+{
+    bool    (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+};
+
+// Helper for font builder
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
+#endif
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor);
+IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride);
 
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size);
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    IMGUI_API int           ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_value);
-    IMGUI_API float         RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision);
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiLastItemData* item_data);           // item_data may be NULL
+extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags);
+extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...);
+extern const char*  ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id);
+
+// In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18934: changed IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb,id) to IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id,bb,item_data);
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _ID, _BB, _ITEM_DATA)    // Register item bounding box
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)    // Register item label and status flags (optional)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...)                     if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__)           // Custom log entry from user land into test log
+#else
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID)                 ((void)0)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      ((void)g)
+#endif
 
-} // namespace ImGui
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (pop)
 #endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc69f94620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4448 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
+// (tables and columns code)
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Commentary
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+// [SECTION] Tables: Main code
+// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors
+// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management
+// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing
+// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting
+// [SECTION] Tables: Headers
+// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu
+// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data)
+// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection
+// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging
+// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+
+*/
+
+// Navigating this file:
+// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Commentary
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Typical tables call flow: (root level is generally public API):
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTable()                               user begin into a table
+//    | BeginChild()                            - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set)
+//    | TableBeginInitMemory()                  - first time table is used
+//    | TableResetSettings()                    - on settings reset
+//    | TableLoadSettings()                     - on settings load
+//    | TableBeginApplyRequests()               - apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+//    | - TableSetColumnWidth()                 - apply resizing width (for mouse resize, often requested by previous frame)
+//    |    - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth()- recompute columns weights (of stretch columns) from their respective width
+// - TableSetupColumn()                         user submit columns details (optional)
+// - TableSetupScrollFreeze()                   user submit scroll freeze information (optional)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal]             followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow().
+//    | TableSetupDrawChannels()                - setup ImDrawList channels
+//    | TableUpdateBorders()                    - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission
+//    | TableBeginContextMenuPopup()
+//    | - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu()         - draw right-click context menu contents
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader()         user submit a headers row (optional)
+//    | TableSortSpecsClickColumn()             - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction
+//    | TableOpenContextMenu()                  - when right-clicked: trigger opening of the default context menu
+// - TableGetSortSpecs()                        user queries updated sort specs (optional, generally after submitting headers)
+// - TableNextRow()                             user begin into a new row (also automatically called by TableHeadersRow())
+//    | TableEndRow()                           - finish existing row
+//    | TableBeginRow()                         - add a new row
+// - TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn()  user begin into a cell
+//    | TableEndCell()                          - close existing column/cell
+//    | TableBeginCell()                        - enter into current column/cell
+// - [...]                                      user emit contents
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - EndTable()                                 user ends the table
+//    | TableDrawBorders()                      - draw outer borders, inner vertical borders
+//    | TableMergeDrawChannels()                - merge draw channels if clipping isn't required
+//    | EndChild()                              - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TABLE SIZING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// (Read carefully because this is subtle but it does make sense!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About 'outer_size':
+// Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending on if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags.
+// Default value is ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f).
+//   X
+//   - outer_size.x <= 0.0f  ->  Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge.
+//   - outer_size.x  > 0.0f  ->  Set Fixed width.
+//   Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window
+//   - outer_size.y  < 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll.
+//   - outer_size.y  = 0.0f  ->  No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set)
+//   - outer_size.y  > 0.0f  ->  Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set)
+//   Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling
+//   - outer_size.y  < 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align. Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll.
+//   - outer_size.y  = 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window.
+//   - outer_size.y  > 0.0f  ->  Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags.
+// Important to note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors!
+//   - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
+//   - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
+// In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height.
+// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not useful and not easily noticeable).
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About 'inner_width':
+//   With ScrollX disabled:
+//   - inner_width          ->  *ignored*
+//   With ScrollX enabled:
+//   - inner_width  < 0.0f  ->  *illegal* fit in known width (right align from outer_size.x) <-- weird
+//   - inner_width  = 0.0f  ->  fit in outer_width: Fixed size columns will take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns becomes Fixed columns.
+//   - inner_width  > 0.0f  ->  override scrolling width, generally to be larger than outer_size.x. Fixed column take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns share remaining space!
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Details:
+// - If you want to use Stretch columns with ScrollX, you generally need to specify 'inner_width' otherwise the concept
+//   of "available space" doesn't make sense.
+// - Even if not really useful, we allow 'inner_width < outer_size.x' for consistency and to facilitate understanding
+//   of what the value does.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES
+// (Reference: ImGuiTableFlags_SizingXXX flags and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXX flags)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn():
+// We use a default parameter of -1 for 'init_width'/'init_weight'.
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,    init_width  <= 0 (default)  --> width is automatic
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,    init_width  >  0 (explicit) --> width is custom
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch,  init_weight <= 0 (default)  --> weight is 1.0f
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch,  init_weight >  0 (explicit) --> weight is custom
+// Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f)
+// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with padding honored.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag)
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit      --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame     --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame   --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents
+// Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn().
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together:
+//   - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
+//   - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place!
+//     that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in.
+//   - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents.
+//   - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weights/widths.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About using column width:
+// If a column is manually resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn():
+//   - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column.
+//   - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width.
+// If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn():
+//   - its width will be automatic and be set to the max of items submitted.
+//   - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
+//   - but if the column has one or more items of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables:
+// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to submit only visible rows.
+//   ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height.
+//   See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper.
+// - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper.
+//   By default a table with _ScrollX but without _Resizable will have column auto-resize.
+//   So, if you want to use the clipper, make sure to either enable _Resizable, either setup columns width explicitly with _WidthFixed.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of Columns in Tables:
+// - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing
+//   width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know
+//   it is not going to contribute to row height.
+//   In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every column but one (e.g. the first one).
+// - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case).
+// - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output.
+// - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.).
+//
+//                        [A]         [B]          [C]
+//  TableNextColumn():    true        false        false       -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() returns false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height.
+//          SkipItems:    false       false        true        -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output.
+//           ClipRect:    normal      zero-width   zero-width  -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way.
+//  ImDrawList output:    normal      dummy        dummy       -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway).
+//
+// - We need to distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row.
+//   However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of whole Tables:
+// - Scrolling tables with a known outer size can be clipped earlier as BeginTable() will return false.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+// System includes
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion"           // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_')
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"                // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Main code
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableFixFlags() [Internal]
+// - TableFindByID() [Internal]
+// - BeginTable()
+// - BeginTableEx() [Internal]
+// - TableBeginInitMemory() [Internal]
+// - TableBeginApplyRequests() [Internal]
+// - TableSetupColumnFlags() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateBorders() [Internal]
+// - EndTable()
+// - TableSetupColumn()
+// - TableSetupScrollFreeze()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Configuration
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0;
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN = 1;
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP = 2;                     // When using ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip (this becomes the last visible channel)
+static const float TABLE_BORDER_SIZE                     = 1.0f;    // FIXME-TABLE: Currently hard-coded because of clipping assumptions with outer borders rendering.
+static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;    // Extend outside inner borders.
+static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.06f;   // Delay/timer before making the hover feedback (color+cursor) visible because tables/columns tends to be more cramped.
+
+// Helper
+inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_window)
+{
+    // Adjust flags: set default sizing policy
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) || (outer_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit : ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame;
+
+    // Adjust flags: enable NoKeepColumnsVisible when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible;
+
+    // Adjust flags: enforce borders when resizable
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV;
+
+    // Adjust flags: disable NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY if we have any scrolling going on
+    if (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY))
+        flags &= ~(ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY);
+
+    // Adjust flags: NoBordersInBodyUntilResize takes priority over NoBordersInBody
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)
+        flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody;
+
+    // Adjust flags: disable saved settings if there's nothing to save
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set)
+    if (outer_window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    return flags;
+}
+
+ImGuiTable* ImGui::TableFindByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Tables.GetByKey(id);
+}
+
+// Read about "TABLE SIZING" at the top of this file.
+bool    ImGui::BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = GetID(str_id);
+    return BeginTableEx(str_id, id, columns_count, flags, outer_size, inner_width);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* outer_window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (outer_window->SkipItems) // Consistent with other tables + beneficial side effect that assert on miscalling EndTable() will be more visible.
+        return false;
+
+    // Sanity checks
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS);
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+        IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f);
+
+    // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve.
+    // FIXME: coarse clipping because access to table data causes two issues:
+    // - instance numbers varying/unstable. may not be a direct problem for users, but could make outside access broken or confusing, e.g. TestEngine.
+    // - can't implement support for ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY as we need to somehow pull the height data from somewhere. this also needs stable instance numbers.
+    // The side-effects of accessing table data on coarse clip would be:
+    // - always reserving the pooled ImGuiTable data ahead for a fully clipped table (minor IMHO). Also the 'outer_window_is_measuring_size' criteria may already be defeating this in some situations.
+    // - always performing the GetOrAddByKey() O(log N) query in g.Tables.Map[].
+    const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail();
+    const ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f);
+    const ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size);
+    const bool outer_window_is_measuring_size = (outer_window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (outer_window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); // Doesn't apply to AlwaysAutoResize windows!
+    if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0) && !outer_window_is_measuring_size)
+    {
+        ItemSize(outer_rect);
+        ItemAdd(outer_rect, id);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
+    if (g.DebugBreakInTable == id)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
+
+    // Acquire storage for the table
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id);
+
+    // Acquire temporary buffers
+    const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
+    if (++g.TablesTempDataStacked > g.TablesTempData.Size)
+        g.TablesTempData.resize(g.TablesTempDataStacked, ImGuiTableTempData());
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1];
+    temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx;
+    table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter;
+    table->DrawSplitter->Clear();
+
+    // Fix flags
+    table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0;
+    flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window);
+
+    // Initialize
+    const int previous_frame_active = table->LastFrameActive;
+    const int instance_no = (previous_frame_active != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1;
+    const ImGuiTableFlags previous_flags = table->Flags;
+    table->ID = id;
+    table->Flags = flags;
+    table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
+    table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window;
+    table->ColumnsCount = columns_count;
+    table->IsLayoutLocked = false;
+    table->InnerWidth = inner_width;
+    temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size;
+
+    // Instance data (for instance 0, TableID == TableInstanceID)
+    ImGuiID instance_id;
+    table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no;
+    if (instance_no > 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID");
+        if (table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no)
+            table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData());
+        instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instances" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        instance_id = id;
+    }
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    table_instance->TableInstanceID = instance_id;
+
+    // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents.
+    if (use_child_window)
+    {
+        // Ensure no vertical scrollbar appears if we only want horizontal one, to make flag consistent
+        // (we have no other way to disable vertical scrollbar of a window while keeping the horizontal one showing)
+        ImVec2 override_content_size(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && !(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY))
+            override_content_size.y = FLT_MIN;
+
+        // Ensure specified width (when not specified, Stretched columns will act as if the width == OuterWidth and
+        // never lead to any scrolling). We don't handle inner_width < 0.0f, we could potentially use it to right-align
+        // based on the right side of the child window work rect, which would require knowing ahead if we are going to
+        // have decoration taking horizontal spaces (typically a vertical scrollbar).
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && inner_width > 0.0f)
+            override_content_size.x = inner_width;
+
+        if (override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX || override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX)
+            SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f));
+
+        // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it
+        if ((previous_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0)
+            SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+        // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding)
+        ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None;
+        BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags);
+        table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow;
+        table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect;
+        table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect();
+        table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect;
+        IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f);
+
+        // Allow submitting when host is measuring
+        if (table->InnerWindow->SkipItems && outer_window_is_measuring_size)
+            table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false;
+
+        // When using multiple instances, ensure they have the same amount of horizontal decorations (aka vertical scrollbar) so stretched columns can be aligned)
+        if (instance_no == 0)
+        {
+            table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr;
+            table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false;
+        }
+        table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect.
+        // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable().
+        table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect;
+        table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false;
+    }
+
+    // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables
+    PushOverrideID(id);
+    if (instance_no > 0)
+        PushOverrideID(instance_id); // FIXME: Somehow this is not resolved by stack-tool, even tho GetIDWithSeed() submitted the symbol.
+
+    // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x;
+    table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect;
+    table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems;
+    temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect;
+    temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect;
+    temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset;
+    temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize;
+    temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize;
+    temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth;
+    temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size;
+    inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // Make left and top borders not overlap our contents by offsetting HostClipRect (#6765)
+    // (we normally shouldn't alter HostClipRect as we rely on TableMergeDrawChannels() expanding non-clipped column toward the
+    // limits of that rectangle, in order for ImDrawListSplitter::Merge() to merge the draw commands. However since the overlap
+    // problem only affect scrolling tables in this case we can get away with doing it without extra cost).
+    if (inner_window != outer_window)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV)
+            table->HostClipRect.Min.x = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.x + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.x);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH)
+            table->HostClipRect.Min.y = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.y + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.y);
+    }
+
+    // Padding and Spacing
+    // - None               ........Content..... Pad .....Content........
+    // - PadOuter           | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad |
+    // - PadInner           ........Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content........
+    // - PadOuter+PadInner  | Pad ..Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content.. Pad |
+    const bool pad_outer_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX) ? false : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX) ? true : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) != 0;
+    const bool pad_inner_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX) ? false : true;
+    const float inner_spacing_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+    const float inner_spacing_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) == 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    const float inner_padding_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) != 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border;
+    table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit;
+    table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit;
+
+    const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+    const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    table->OuterPaddingX = (outer_padding_for_border + outer_padding_explicit) - table->CellPaddingX;
+
+    table->CurrentColumn = -1;
+    table->CurrentRow = -1;
+    table->RowBgColorCounter = 0;
+    table->LastRowFlags = ImGuiTableRowFlags_None;
+    table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect;
+    table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect);     // We need this to honor inner_width
+    table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect);
+    table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y;
+
+    table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow
+    table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow()
+    table->RowCellPaddingY = 0.0f;
+    table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any
+    table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0;
+    table->IsUnfrozenRows = true;
+    table->DeclColumnsCount = table->AngledHeadersCount = 0;
+    if (previous_frame_active + 1 < g.FrameCount)
+        table->IsActiveIdInTable = false;
+    table->AngledHeadersHeight = 0.0f;
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = 0.0f;
+
+    // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping lines of the grid, otherwise we'd need to improve TableDrawBorders()
+    table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong);
+    table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight);
+
+    // Make table current
+    g.CurrentTable = table;
+    outer_window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+    outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
+    if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly.
+        inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
+
+    if ((previous_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
+        table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true;
+
+    // Mark as used to avoid GC
+    if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size)
+        g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f);
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time;
+    temp_data->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
+    table->MemoryCompacted = false;
+
+    // Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed)
+    ImGuiTableColumn* old_columns_to_preserve = NULL;
+    void* old_columns_raw_data = NULL;
+    const int old_columns_count = table->Columns.size();
+    if (old_columns_count != 0 && old_columns_count != columns_count)
+    {
+        // Attempt to preserve width on column count change (#4046)
+        old_columns_to_preserve = table->Columns.Data;
+        old_columns_raw_data = table->RawData;
+        table->RawData = NULL;
+    }
+    if (table->RawData == NULL)
+    {
+        TableBeginInitMemory(table, columns_count);
+        table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true;
+    }
+    if (table->IsResetAllRequest)
+        TableResetSettings(table);
+    if (table->IsInitializing)
+    {
+        // Initialize
+        table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = -1;
+        table->ContextPopupColumn = -1;
+        table->ReorderColumn = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1;
+        table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1;
+        table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1;
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n];
+            if (old_columns_to_preserve && n < old_columns_count)
+            {
+                // FIXME: We don't attempt to preserve column order in this path.
+                *column = old_columns_to_preserve[n];
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                float width_auto = column->WidthAuto;
+                *column = ImGuiTableColumn();
+                column->WidthAuto = width_auto;
+                column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker
+                column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true;
+            }
+            column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        }
+    }
+    if (old_columns_raw_data)
+        IM_FREE(old_columns_raw_data);
+
+    // Load settings
+    if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad)
+        TableLoadSettings(table);
+
+    // Handle DPI/font resize
+    // This is designed to facilitate DPI changes with the assumption that e.g. style.CellPadding has been scaled as well.
+    // It will also react to changing fonts with mixed results. It doesn't need to be perfect but merely provide a decent transition.
+    // FIXME-DPI: Provide consistent standards for reference size. Perhaps using g.CurrentDpiScale would be more self explanatory.
+    // This is will lead us to non-rounded WidthRequest in columns, which should work but is a poorly tested path.
+    const float new_ref_scale_unit = g.FontSize; // g.Font->GetCharAdvance('A') ?
+    if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit)
+    {
+        const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale;
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor);
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+            table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor;
+    }
+    table->RefScale = new_ref_scale_unit;
+
+    // Disable output until user calls TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn() leading to the TableUpdateLayout() call..
+    // This is not strictly necessary but will reduce cases were "out of table" output will be misleading to the user.
+    // Because we cannot safely assert in EndTable() when no rows have been created, this seems like our best option.
+    inner_window->SkipItems = true;
+
+    // Clear names
+    // At this point the ->NameOffset field of each column will be invalid until TableUpdateLayout() or the first call to TableSetupColumn()
+    if (table->ColumnsNames.Buf.Size > 0)
+        table->ColumnsNames.Buf.resize(0);
+
+    // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+    TableBeginApplyRequests(table);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is:
+// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables[])
+// + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below)
+// + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used)
+// Shared allocations for the maximum number of simultaneously nested tables (generally a very small number)
+// + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels)
+// + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels)
+// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or == columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details.
+// Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations.
+void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count)
+{
+    // Allocate single buffer for our arrays
+    const int columns_bit_array_size = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(columns_count);
+    ImSpanAllocator<6> span_allocator;
+    span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn));
+    span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx));
+    span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4);
+    for (int n = 3; n < 6; n++)
+        span_allocator.Reserve(n, columns_bit_array_size);
+    table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
+    memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
+    span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData);
+    table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(3);
+    table->EnabledMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(4);
+    table->VisibleMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(5);
+}
+
+// Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    // Handle resizing request
+    // (We process this in the TableBegin() of the first instance of each table)
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling?
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+    {
+        if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumnNextWidth != FLT_MAX)
+            TableSetColumnWidth(table->ResizedColumn, table->ResizedColumnNextWidth);
+        table->LastResizedColumn = table->ResizedColumn;
+        table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = FLT_MAX;
+        table->ResizedColumn = -1;
+
+        // Process auto-fit for single column, which is a special case for stretch columns and fixed columns with FixedSame policy.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Would be nice to redistribute available stretch space accordingly to other weights, instead of giving it all to siblings.
+        if (table->AutoFitSingleColumn != -1)
+        {
+            TableSetColumnWidth(table->AutoFitSingleColumn, table->Columns[table->AutoFitSingleColumn].WidthAuto);
+            table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Handle reordering request
+    // Note: we don't clear ReorderColumn after handling the request.
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+    {
+        if (table->HeldHeaderColumn == -1 && table->ReorderColumn != -1)
+            table->ReorderColumn = -1;
+        table->HeldHeaderColumn = -1;
+        if (table->ReorderColumn != -1 && table->ReorderColumnDir != 0)
+        {
+            // We need to handle reordering across hidden columns.
+            // In the configuration below, moving C to the right of E will lead to:
+            //    ... C [D] E  --->  ... [D] E  C   (Column name/index)
+            //    ... 2  3  4        ...  2  3  4   (Display order)
+            const int reorder_dir = table->ReorderColumnDir;
+            IM_ASSERT(reorder_dir == -1 || reorder_dir == +1);
+            IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable);
+            ImGuiTableColumn* src_column = &table->Columns[table->ReorderColumn];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* dst_column = &table->Columns[(reorder_dir == -1) ? src_column->PrevEnabledColumn : src_column->NextEnabledColumn];
+            IM_UNUSED(dst_column);
+            const int src_order = src_column->DisplayOrder;
+            const int dst_order = dst_column->DisplayOrder;
+            src_column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order;
+            for (int order_n = src_order + reorder_dir; order_n != dst_order + reorder_dir; order_n += reorder_dir)
+                table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir;
+            IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir);
+
+            // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[]. Rebuild later from the former.
+            for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            table->ReorderColumnDir = 0;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Handle display order reset request
+    if (table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest)
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+            table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = false;
+        table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    }
+}
+
+// Adjust flags: default width mode + stretch columns are not allowed when auto extending
+static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags_in)
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = flags_in;
+
+    // Sizing Policy
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0)
+    {
+        const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_);
+        if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed;
+        else
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used.
+    }
+
+    // Resize
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize;
+
+    // Sorting
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending))
+        flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort;
+
+    // Indentation
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= (table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column) == 0) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable;
+
+    // Alignment
+    //if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_) == 0)
+    //    flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter;
+    //IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used.
+
+    // Preserve status flags
+    column->Flags = flags | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_);
+
+    // Build an ordered list of available sort directions
+    column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = column->SortDirectionsAvailList = 0;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)
+    {
+        int count = 0, mask = 0, list = 0;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending)  != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending)  == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending;  list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending  << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending)  == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending)  == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending;  list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending  << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate) || count == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_None; count++; }
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailList = (ImU8)list;
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = (ImU8)mask;
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = (ImU8)count;
+        ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, column);
+    }
+}
+
+// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable() and this is our largest function.
+// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() and other TableSetupXXXXX() functions to be called first.
+// FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns.
+// Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns?
+void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false);
+
+    const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_);
+    table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true;
+    table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0;
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, table->ColumnsCount);
+    table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1;
+    table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE
+
+    // [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns.
+    // Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices.
+    int count_fixed = 0;                // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies
+    int count_stretch = 0;              // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies
+    int prev_visible_column_idx = -1;
+    bool has_auto_fit_request = false;
+    bool has_resizable = false;
+    float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f;
+    float fixed_max_width_auto = 0.0f;
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        if (column_n != order_n)
+            table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = false;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        // Clear column setup if not submitted by user. Currently we make it mandatory to call TableSetupColumn() every frame.
+        // It would easily work without but we're not ready to guarantee it since e.g. names need resubmission anyway.
+        // We take a slight shortcut but in theory we could be calling TableSetupColumn() here with dummy values, it should yield the same effect.
+        if (table->DeclColumnsCount <= column_n)
+        {
+            TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
+            column->NameOffset = -1;
+            column->UserID = 0;
+            column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f;
+        }
+
+        // Update Enabled state, mark settings and sort specs dirty
+        if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide))
+            column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true;
+        if (column->IsUserEnabled != column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame)
+        {
+            column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        }
+        column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0;
+
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled)
+            table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+        if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti))
+            table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+
+        // Auto-fit unsized columns
+        const bool start_auto_fit = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f) : (column->StretchWeight < 0.0f);
+        if (start_auto_fit)
+            column->AutoFitQueue = column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Fit for three frames
+
+        if (!column->IsEnabled)
+        {
+            column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column
+        column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx;
+        column->NextEnabledColumn = -1;
+        if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1)
+            table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        else
+            table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++;
+        ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n);
+        ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, column->DisplayOrder);
+        prev_visible_column_idx = column_n;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder);
+
+        // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping)
+        // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to.
+        if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+            column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column);
+
+        // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+        const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0;
+        if (column_is_resizable)
+            has_resizable = true;
+        if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f && !column_is_resizable)
+            column->WidthAuto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+
+        if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00)
+            has_auto_fit_request = true;
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        {
+            stretch_sum_width_auto += column->WidthAuto;
+            count_stretch++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            fixed_max_width_auto = ImMax(fixed_max_width_auto, column->WidthAuto);
+            count_fixed++;
+        }
+    }
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+    table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0);
+
+    // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible to avoid
+    // the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). Also see #6510.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time.
+    if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow)
+        table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false;
+    if (has_auto_fit_request)
+        table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+
+    // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information.
+    float sum_width_requests = 0.0f;    // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding.
+    float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f;   // Sum of all weights for stretch columns.
+    table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0;
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+        {
+            // Apply same widths policy
+            float width_auto = column->WidthAuto;
+            if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame && (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || !column_is_resizable))
+                width_auto = fixed_max_width_auto;
+
+            // Apply automatic width
+            // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!)
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00)
+                column->WidthRequest = width_auto;
+            else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && column->IsRequestOutput)
+                column->WidthRequest = width_auto;
+
+            // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets
+            // (e.g. TextWrapped) too much. Otherwise what tends to happen is that TextWrapped would output a very
+            // large height (= first frame scrollbar display very off + clipper would skip lots of items).
+            // This is merely making the side-effect less extreme, but doesn't properly fixes it.
+            // FIXME: Move this to ->WidthGiven to avoid temporary lossyless?
+            // FIXME: This break IsPreserveWidthAuto from not flickering if the stored WidthAuto was smaller.
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue > 0x01 && table->IsInitializing && !column->IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+                column->WidthRequest = ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth * 4.0f); // FIXME-TABLE: Another constant/scale?
+            sum_width_requests += column->WidthRequest;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Initialize stretch weight
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || column->StretchWeight < 0.0f || !column_is_resizable)
+            {
+                if (column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f)
+                    column->StretchWeight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+                else if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp)
+                    column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthAuto / stretch_sum_width_auto) * count_stretch;
+                else
+                    column->StretchWeight = 1.0f;
+            }
+
+            stretch_sum_weights += column->StretchWeight;
+            if (table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder > column->DisplayOrder)
+                table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->RightMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder < column->DisplayOrder)
+                table->RightMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        }
+        column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = false;
+        sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+    }
+    table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed;
+    table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights = stretch_sum_weights;
+
+    // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths
+    const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect;
+    const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1);
+    const float width_removed = (table->HasScrollbarYPrev && !table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY) ? g.Style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; // To synchronize decoration width of synched tables with mismatching scrollbar state (#5920)
+    const float width_avail = ImMax(1.0f, (((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth()) - width_removed);
+    const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests;
+    float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns;
+    table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        // Allocate width for stretched/weighted columns (StretchWeight gets converted into WidthRequest)
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        {
+            float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights;
+            column->WidthRequest = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f);
+            width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest;
+        }
+
+        // [Resize Rule 1] The right-most Visible column is not resizable if there is at least one Stretch column
+        // See additional comments in TableSetColumnWidth().
+        if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_;
+
+        // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink
+        column->WidthGiven = ImTrunc(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth));
+        table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven;
+    }
+
+    // [Part 5] Redistribute stretch remainder width due to rounding (remainder width is < 1.0f * number of Stretch column).
+    // Using right-to-left distribution (more likely to match resizing cursor).
+    if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths))
+        for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--)
+        {
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+                continue;
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]];
+            if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+                continue;
+            column->WidthRequest += 1.0f;
+            column->WidthGiven += 1.0f;
+            width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f;
+        }
+
+    // Determine if table is hovered which will be used to flag columns as hovered.
+    // - In principle we'd like to use the equivalent of IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
+    //   but because our item is partially submitted at this point we use ItemHoverable() and a workaround (temporarily
+    //   clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem).
+    // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop.
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    table_instance->HoveredRowLast = table_instance->HoveredRowNext;
+    table_instance->HoveredRowNext = -1;
+    table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1;
+    const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight));
+    const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId;
+    g.ActiveId = 0;
+    const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0, ImGuiItemFlags_None);
+    g.ActiveId = backup_active_id;
+
+    // Determine skewed MousePos.x to support angled headers.
+    float mouse_skewed_x = g.IO.MousePos.x;
+    if (table->AngledHeadersHeight > 0.0f)
+        if (g.IO.MousePos.y >= table->OuterRect.Min.y && g.IO.MousePos.y <= table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight)
+            mouse_skewed_x += ImTrunc((table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight - g.IO.MousePos.y) * table->AngledHeadersSlope);
+
+    // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column
+    // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping.
+    int visible_n = 0;
+    bool has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = false;
+    bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0);
+    float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1;
+    ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect;
+    //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2;
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount);
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)(table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); // Use Count NOT request so Header line changes layer when frozen
+
+        if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == visible_n)
+        {
+            offset_x += work_rect.Min.x - table->OuterRect.Min.x;
+            offset_x_frozen = false;
+        }
+
+        // Clear status flags
+        column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_;
+
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+        {
+            // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function.
+            // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper.
+            column->MinX = column->MaxX = column->WorkMinX = column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->ClipRect.Max.x = offset_x;
+            column->WidthGiven = 0.0f;
+            column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y;
+            column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX;
+            column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect);
+            column->IsVisibleX = column->IsVisibleY = column->IsRequestOutput = false;
+            column->IsSkipItems = true;
+            column->ItemWidth = 1.0f;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // Detect hovered column
+        if (is_hovering_table && mouse_skewed_x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && mouse_skewed_x < column->ClipRect.Max.x)
+            table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+
+        // Lock start position
+        column->MinX = offset_x;
+
+        // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position
+        float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n);
+        column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width);
+        column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth));
+        column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+
+        // Lock other positions
+        // - ClipRect.Min.x: Because merging draw commands doesn't compare min boundaries, we make ClipRect.Min.x match left bounds to be consistent regardless of merging.
+        // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column.
+        // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow.
+        // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter.
+        const float previous_instance_work_min_x = column->WorkMinX;
+        column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1;
+        column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max
+        column->ItemWidth = ImTrunc(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f);
+        column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX;
+        column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y;
+        column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX;
+        column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX;
+        column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect);
+
+        // Mark column as Clipped (not in sight)
+        // Note that scrolling tables (where inner_window != outer_window) handle Y clipped earlier in BeginTable() so IsVisibleY really only applies to non-scrolling tables.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Because InnerClipRect.Max.y is conservatively ==outer_window->ClipRect.Max.y, we never can mark columns _Above_ the scroll line as not IsVisibleY.
+        // Taking advantage of LastOuterHeight would yield good results there...
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Y clipping is disabled because it effectively means not submitting will reduce contents width which is fed to outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x,
+        // and this may be used (e.g. typically by outer_window using AlwaysAutoResize or outer_window's horizontal scrollbar, but could be something else).
+        // Possible solution to preserve last known content width for clipped column. Test 'table_reported_size' fails when enabling Y clipping and window is resized small.
+        column->IsVisibleX = (column->ClipRect.Max.x > column->ClipRect.Min.x);
+        column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y);
+        const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY;
+        if (is_visible)
+            ImBitArraySetBit(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n);
+
+        // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output.
+        column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0;
+
+        // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout)
+        // (table->HostSkipItems is a copy of inner_window->SkipItems before we cleared it above in Part 2)
+        column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems;
+        if (column->IsSkipItems)
+            IM_ASSERT(!is_visible);
+        if (column->IsRequestOutput && !column->IsSkipItems)
+            has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = true;
+
+        // Update status flags
+        column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled;
+        if (is_visible)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible;
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted;
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered;
+
+        // Alignment
+        // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in
+        // many cases (to be able to honor this we might be able to store a log of cells width, per row, for
+        // visible rows, but nav/programmatic scroll would have visible artifacts.)
+        //if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignRight)
+        //    column->WorkMinX = ImMax(column->WorkMinX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen);
+        //else if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter)
+        //    column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f);
+
+        // Reset content width variables
+        if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+        {
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // As we store an absolute value to make per-cell updates faster, we need to offset values used for width computation.
+            const float offset_from_previous_instance = column->WorkMinX - previous_instance_work_min_x;
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal += offset_from_previous_instance;
+        }
+
+        // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items
+        if (table->HostSkipItems == false)
+        {
+            column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1;
+            column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1;
+        }
+
+        if (visible_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount)
+            host_clip_rect.Min.x = ImClamp(column->MaxX + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, host_clip_rect.Min.x, host_clip_rect.Max.x);
+
+        offset_x += column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        visible_n++;
+    }
+
+    // In case the table is visible (e.g. decorations) but all columns clipped, we keep a column visible.
+    // Else if give no chance to a clipper-savy user to submit rows and therefore total contents height used by scrollbar.
+    if (has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output == false)
+    {
+        table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsRequestOutput = true;
+        table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsSkipItems = false;
+    }
+
+    // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it)
+    // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either
+    // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu.
+    const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x);
+    if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1)
+        if (mouse_skewed_x >= unused_x1)
+            table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount;
+    if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))
+        table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable;
+
+    table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0);
+
+    // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position.
+    // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need.
+    // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point.
+    if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1)
+        table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)
+    {
+        table->OuterRect.Max.x = table->WorkRect.Max.x = unused_x1;
+        table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1);
+    }
+    table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect;
+    table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;
+    table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;
+
+    // Setup window's WorkRect.Max.y for GetContentRegionAvail(). Other values will be updated in each TableBeginCell() call.
+    float window_content_max_y;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)
+        window_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Max.y;
+    else
+        window_content_max_y = ImMax(table->InnerWindow->ContentRegionRect.Max.y, (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? 0.0f : table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+    table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y = ImClamp(window_content_max_y - g.Style.CellPadding.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Min.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y);
+
+    // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect
+    TableSetupDrawChannels(table);
+
+    // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        TableUpdateBorders(table);
+    table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight = 0.0f;
+    table->IsLayoutLocked = true;
+    table->IsUsingHeaders = false;
+
+    // Highlight header
+    table->HighlightColumnHeader = -1;
+    if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn != -1 && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent)
+        table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->ContextPopupColumn;
+    else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn) && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != table->ColumnsCount && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1)
+        if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive))
+            table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->HoveredColumnBody;
+
+    // [Part 11] Default context menu
+    // - To append to this menu: you can call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup().
+    // - To modify or replace this: set table->IsContextPopupNoDefaultContents = true, then call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup().
+    // - You may call TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() with selected flags to display specific sections of the default menu,
+    //   e.g. TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) will display everything EXCEPT columns visibility options.
+    if (table->DisableDefaultContextMenu == false && TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table))
+    {
+        TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags);
+        EndPopup();
+    }
+
+    // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a chance to use them for display.
+    // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change)
+    if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable))
+        TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
+
+    // [Part 13] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns)
+    if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0)
+        table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeX1 = table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1]].MaxX - table->OuterRect.Min.x;
+    if (table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0)
+        table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeY1 = table_instance->LastFrozenHeight;
+    table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f;
+
+    // Initial state
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+    else
+        inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false);
+}
+
+// Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable()
+// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce visual feedback noise.
+void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+
+    // At this point OuterRect height may be zero or under actual final height, so we rely on temporal coherency and
+    // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not
+    // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height).
+    // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected.
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    const float hit_half_width = ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale);
+    const float hit_y1 = (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->OuterRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight;
+    const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight - table->AngledHeadersHeight);
+    const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight;
+
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+            continue;
+
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_))
+            continue;
+
+        // ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize will be honored in TableDrawBorders()
+        const float border_y2_hit = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) ? hit_y2_head : hit_y2_body;
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false)
+            continue;
+
+        if (!column->IsVisibleX && table->LastResizedColumn != column_n)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent);
+        ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit);
+        ItemAdd(hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100));
+
+        bool hovered = false, held = false;
+        bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0))
+        {
+            TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n);
+            ClearActiveID();
+            held = false;
+        }
+        if (held)
+        {
+            if (table->LastResizedColumn == -1)
+                table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2 = table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1 ? table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX : -FLT_MAX;
+            table->ResizedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+        }
+        if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)
+        {
+            table->HoveredColumnBorder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTable()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!");
+
+    // This assert would be very useful to catch a common error... unfortunately it would probably trigger in some
+    // cases, and for consistency user may sometimes output empty tables (and still benefit from e.g. outer border)
+    //IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked && "Table unused: never called TableNextRow(), is that the intent?");
+
+    // If the user never got to call TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn(), we call layout ourselves to ensure all our
+    // code paths are consistent (instead of just hoping that TableBegin/TableEnd will work), get borders drawn, etc.
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags;
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow;
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow);
+    IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow);
+
+    if (table->IsInsideRow)
+        TableEndRow(table);
+
+    // Context menu in columns body
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && !IsAnyItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
+            TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody);
+
+    // Finalize table height
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize;
+    inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize;
+    inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos;
+    const float inner_content_max_y = table->RowPosY2;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    if (inner_window != outer_window)
+        inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = inner_content_max_y;
+    else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY))
+        table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height
+    table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+    table_instance->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight();
+
+    // Setup inner scrolling range
+    // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y,
+    // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axises together.
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+    {
+        const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+        float max_pos_x = table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+        if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1)
+            max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border);
+        if (table->ResizedColumn != -1)
+            max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2);
+        table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth;
+    }
+
+    // Pop clipping rect
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip))
+        inner_window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    inner_window->ClipRect = inner_window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+
+    // Draw borders
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Borders) != 0)
+        TableDrawBorders(table);
+
+#if 0
+    // Strip out dummy channel draw calls
+    // We have no way to prevent user submitting direct ImDrawList calls into a hidden column (but ImGui:: calls will be clipped out)
+    // Pros: remove draw calls which will have no effect. since they'll have zero-size cliprect they may be early out anyway.
+    // Cons: making it harder for users watching metrics/debugger to spot the wasted vertices.
+    if (table->DummyDrawChannel != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel* dummy_channel = &table->DrawSplitter._Channels[table->DummyDrawChannel];
+        dummy_channel->_CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+        dummy_channel->_IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Flatten channels and merge draw calls
+    ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter;
+    splitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0);
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0)
+        TableMergeDrawChannels(table);
+    splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList);
+
+    // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable()
+    float auto_fit_width_for_fixed = 0.0f;
+    float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f;
+    float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column);
+            if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+                auto_fit_width_for_fixed += column_width_request;
+            else
+                auto_fit_width_for_stretched += column_width_request;
+            if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) != 0)
+                auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min, column_width_request / (column->StretchWeight / table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights));
+        }
+    const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1);
+    table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount + auto_fit_width_for_fixed + ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched, auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min);
+
+    // Update scroll
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window)
+    {
+        inner_window->Scroll.x = 0.0f;
+    }
+    else if (table->LastResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumn == -1 && inner_window->ScrollbarX && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent)
+    {
+        // When releasing a column being resized, scroll to keep the resulting column in sight
+        const float neighbor_width_to_keep_visible = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->LastResizedColumn];
+        if (column->MaxX < table->InnerClipRect.Min.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x - neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f);
+        else if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x + neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Apply resizing/dragging at the end of the frame
+    if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn];
+        const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale));
+        const float new_width = ImTrunc(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f);
+        table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width;
+    }
+
+    table->IsActiveIdInTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0 && table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable == false);
+
+    // Pop from id stack
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table_instance->TableInstanceID, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!");
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!");
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0)
+        PopID();
+    PopID();
+
+    // Restore window data that we modified
+    const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    inner_window->WorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect;
+    inner_window->ParentWorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect;
+    inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems;
+    outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min;
+    outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth;
+    outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;
+    outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset;
+
+    // Layout in outer window
+    // (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding
+    // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414)
+    if (inner_window != outer_window)
+    {
+        short backup_nav_layers_active_mask = inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask;
+        inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; // So empty table don't appear to navigate differently.
+        EndChild();
+        inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = backup_nav_layers_active_mask;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize());
+        ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0);
+    }
+
+    // Override declared contents width/height to enable auto-resize while not needlessly adding a scrollbar
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)
+    {
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Could we remove this section?
+        // ColumnsAutoFitWidth may be one frame ahead here since for Fixed+NoResize is calculated from latest contents
+        IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth);
+    }
+    else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f)
+    {
+        // Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block
+        // - Checking for ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX/ScrollY flag makes us a frame ahead when disabling those flags.
+        // - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback.
+        const float inner_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Slightly misleading name but used for code symmetry with inner_content_max_y
+        const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f);
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x);
+    }
+    if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // OuterRect.Max.y may already have been pushed downward from the initial value (unless ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY is set)
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+    }
+
+    // Save settings
+    if (table->IsSettingsDirty)
+        TableSaveSettings(table);
+    table->IsInitializing = false;
+
+    // Clear or restore current table, if any
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0);
+    temp_data = (--g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL;
+    g.CurrentTable = temp_data ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL;
+    if (g.CurrentTable)
+    {
+        g.CurrentTable->TempData = temp_data;
+        g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter;
+    }
+    outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1;
+    NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+}
+
+// See "COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file
+// If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored
+void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call call TableSetupColumn() before first row!");
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()");
+    if (table->DeclColumnsCount >= table->ColumnsCount)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "Called TableSetupColumn() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DeclColumnsCount];
+    table->DeclColumnsCount++;
+
+    // Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa.
+    // Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX.
+    if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column.");
+
+    // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy
+    // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable)
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed;
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader)
+    {
+        flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel;
+        table->AngledHeadersCount++;
+    }
+
+    TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags);
+    column->UserID = user_id;
+    flags = column->Flags;
+
+    // Initialize defaults
+    column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight;
+    if (table->IsInitializing)
+    {
+        // Init width or weight
+        if (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f && column->StretchWeight < 0.0f)
+        {
+            if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+                column->WidthRequest = init_width_or_weight;
+            if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+                column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f;
+
+            // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified
+            if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+                column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00;
+        }
+
+        // Init default visibility/sort state
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0)
+            column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = false;
+        if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0)
+        {
+            column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs.
+            column->SortDirection = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer)
+    // FIXME: If we recorded the number of \n in names we could compute header row height
+    column->NameOffset = -1;
+    if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0)
+    {
+        column->NameOffset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size();
+        table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+// [Public]
+void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() before first row!");
+    IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS);
+    IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit
+
+    table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)ImMin(columns, table->ColumnsCount) : 0;
+    table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0;
+    table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0;
+    table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0;
+    table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b
+
+    // Ensure frozen columns are ordered in their section. We still allow multiple frozen columns to be reordered.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: This work for preserving 2143 into 21|43. How about 4321 turning into 21|43? (preserve relative order in each section)
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest; column_n++)
+    {
+        int order_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n];
+        if (order_n != column_n && order_n >= table->FreezeColumnsRequest)
+        {
+            ImSwap(table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder, table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]].DisplayOrder);
+            ImSwap(table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n], table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetColumnCount()
+// - TableGetColumnName()
+// - TableGetColumnName() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnEnabled()
+// - TableGetColumnFlags()
+// - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal]
+// - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal]
+// - TableGetHoveredRow() [Internal]
+// - TableSetBgColor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    return table ? table->ColumnsCount : 0;
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return NULL;
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    return TableGetColumnName(table, column_n);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    if (table->IsLayoutLocked == false && column_n >= table->DeclColumnsCount)
+        return ""; // NameOffset is invalid at this point
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    if (column->NameOffset == -1)
+        return "";
+    return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset];
+}
+
+// Change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view)
+// Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+// - Require table to have the ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable flag because we are manipulating user accessible state.
+// - Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable().
+// - For the getter you can test (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) != 0.
+// - Alternative: the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled is an overriding/master disable flag which will also hide the column from context menu.
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL);
+    if (!table)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); // See comments above
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = enabled;
+}
+
+// We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section
+ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None;
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount)
+        return (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None;
+    return table->Columns[column_n].Flags;
+}
+
+// Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height.
+// - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations.
+//   The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it, or in TableEndRow() when we locked that height.
+// - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right
+//   columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border.
+//   FIXME: But the rendering code in TableEndRow() nullifies that with clamping required for scrolling.
+ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float x1 = column->MinX;
+    float x2 = column->MaxX;
+    //if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1)
+    //    x1 -= table->OuterPaddingX;
+    //if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1)
+    //    x2 += table->OuterPaddingX;
+    x1 = ImMax(x1, table->WorkRect.Min.x);
+    x2 = ImMin(x2, table->WorkRect.Max.x);
+    return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2);
+}
+
+// Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column.
+ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiID instance_id = TableGetInstanceID(table, instance_no);
+    return instance_id + 1 + column_n; // FIXME: #6140: still not ideal
+}
+
+// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if hovering the unused space at the right of the right-most visible column.
+int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return -1;
+    return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody;
+}
+
+// Return -1 when table is not hovered. Return maxrow+1 if in table but below last submitted row.
+// *IMPORTANT* Unlike TableGetHoveredColumn(), this has a one frame latency in updating the value.
+// This difference with is the reason why this is not public yet.
+int ImGui::TableGetHoveredRow()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return -1;
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    return (int)table_instance->HoveredRowLast;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(target != ImGuiTableBgTarget_None);
+
+    if (color == IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+        color = 0;
+
+    // We cannot draw neither the cell or row background immediately as we don't know the row height at this point in time.
+    switch (target)
+    {
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg:
+    {
+        if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard
+            return;
+        if (column_n == -1)
+            column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            return;
+        if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n)
+            table->RowCellDataCurrent++;
+        ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent];
+        cell_data->BgColor = color;
+        cell_data->Column = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        break;
+    }
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0:
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1:
+    {
+        if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard
+            return;
+        IM_ASSERT(column_n == -1);
+        int bg_idx = (target == ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1) ? 1 : 0;
+        table->RowBgColor[bg_idx] = color;
+        break;
+    }
+    default:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetRowIndex()
+// - TableNextRow()
+// - TableBeginRow() [Internal]
+// - TableEndRow() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Public] Note: for row coloring we use ->RowBgColorCounter which is the same value without counting header rows
+int ImGui::TableGetRowIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return 0;
+    return table->CurrentRow;
+}
+
+// [Public] Starts into the first cell of a new row
+void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+    if (table->IsInsideRow)
+        TableEndRow(table);
+
+    table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags;
+    table->RowFlags = row_flags;
+    table->RowCellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y;
+    table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height;
+    TableBeginRow(table);
+
+    // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height,
+    // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell.
+    table->RowPosY2 += table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f;
+    table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height);
+
+    // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn()
+    table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true;
+}
+
+// [Internal] Only called by TableNextRow()
+void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(!table->IsInsideRow);
+
+    // New row
+    table->CurrentRow++;
+    table->CurrentColumn = -1;
+    table->RowBgColor[0] = table->RowBgColor[1] = IM_COL32_DISABLE;
+    table->RowCellDataCurrent = -1;
+    table->IsInsideRow = true;
+
+    // Begin frozen rows
+    float next_y1 = table->RowPosY2;
+    if (table->CurrentRow == 0 && table->FreezeRowsCount > 0)
+        next_y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+
+    table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1;
+    table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f;
+    table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent
+
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns.
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns, and to call it from first column too.
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1;
+
+    // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging.
+    if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)
+    {
+        TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg));
+        if (table->CurrentRow == 0)
+            table->IsUsingHeaders = true;
+    }
+}
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()
+void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == table->InnerWindow);
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsInsideRow);
+
+    if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+        TableEndCell(table);
+
+    // Logging
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(NULL, "|");
+
+    // Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is
+    // likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding.
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2;
+
+    // Row background fill
+    const float bg_y1 = table->RowPosY1;
+    const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2;
+    const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount);
+    const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest);
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) && (table->CurrentRow == 0 || (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)))
+        table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight += bg_y2 - bg_y1;
+
+    const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y);
+    if (is_visible)
+    {
+        // Update data for TableGetHoveredRow()
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2 && table_instance->HoveredRowNext < 0)
+            table_instance->HoveredRowNext = table->CurrentRow;
+
+        // Decide of background color for the row
+        ImU32 bg_col0 = 0;
+        ImU32 bg_col1 = 0;
+        if (table->RowBgColor[0] != IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+            bg_col0 = table->RowBgColor[0];
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg)
+            bg_col0 = GetColorU32((table->RowBgColorCounter & 1) ? ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt : ImGuiCol_TableRowBg);
+        if (table->RowBgColor[1] != IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+            bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1];
+
+        // Decide of top border color
+        ImU32 top_border_col = 0;
+        const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE;
+        if (table->CurrentRow > 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH))
+            top_border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight;
+
+        const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0;
+        const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual;
+        if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | top_border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color)
+        {
+            // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is
+            // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here.
+            if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0)
+                window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4();
+            table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
+        }
+
+        // Draw row background
+        // We soft/cpu clip this so all backgrounds and borders can share the same clipping rectangle
+        if (bg_col0 || bg_col1)
+        {
+            ImRect row_rect(table->WorkRect.Min.x, bg_y1, table->WorkRect.Max.x, bg_y2);
+            row_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect);
+            if (bg_col0 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col0);
+            if (bg_col1 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col1);
+        }
+
+        // Draw cell background color
+        if (draw_cell_bg_color)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent];
+            for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++)
+            {
+                // As we render the BG here we need to clip things (for layout we would not)
+                // FIXME: This cancels the OuterPadding addition done by TableGetCellBgRect(), need to keep it while rendering correctly while scrolling.
+                const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column];
+                ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column);
+                cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect);
+                cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x);     // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling
+                cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX);
+                if (cell_bg_rect.Min.y < cell_bg_rect.Max.y)
+                    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Draw top border
+        if (top_border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), top_border_col, border_size);
+
+        // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong)
+        if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y2), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y2), table->BorderColorStrong, border_size);
+    }
+
+    // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle)
+    // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and
+    // get the new cursor position.
+    if (unfreeze_rows_request)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+            table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    if (unfreeze_rows_actual)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false);
+        const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y);
+        table->IsUnfrozenRows = true;
+        table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+
+        // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect
+        table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y);
+        table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y;
+        table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+        IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y);
+
+        float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1;
+        table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+        table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height;
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+            column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y;
+        }
+
+        // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y
+        SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect);
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent);
+    }
+
+    if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers))
+        table->RowBgColorCounter++;
+    table->IsInsideRow = false;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetColumnIndex()
+// - TableSetColumnIndex()
+// - TableNextColumn()
+// - TableBeginCell() [Internal]
+// - TableEndCell() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return 0;
+    return table->CurrentColumn;
+}
+
+// [Public] Append into a specific column
+bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return false;
+
+    if (table->CurrentColumn != column_n)
+    {
+        if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+            TableEndCell(table);
+        IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && table->ColumnsCount);
+        TableBeginCell(table, column_n);
+    }
+
+    // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value,
+    // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height.
+    return table->Columns[column_n].IsRequestOutput;
+}
+
+// [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column
+bool ImGui::TableNextColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return false;
+
+    if (table->IsInsideRow && table->CurrentColumn + 1 < table->ColumnsCount)
+    {
+        if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+            TableEndCell(table);
+        TableBeginCell(table, table->CurrentColumn + 1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        TableNextRow();
+        TableBeginCell(table, 0);
+    }
+
+    // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value,
+    // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height.
+    return table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].IsRequestOutput;
+}
+
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn()
+// This is called very frequently, so we need to be mindful of unnecessary overhead.
+// FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns.
+void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+    table->CurrentColumn = column_n;
+
+    // Start position is roughly ~~ CellRect.Min + CellPadding + Indent
+    float start_x = column->WorkMinX;
+    if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable)
+        start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row.
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->RowCellPaddingY;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; // PrevLine.y is preserved. This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns.
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent;
+
+    // Note how WorkRect.Max.y is only set once during layout
+    window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX;
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX;
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth;
+
+    window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems;
+    if (column->IsSkipItems)
+    {
+        g.LastItemData.ID = 0;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
+    {
+        // FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed.
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+        //IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel?
+        SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect);
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
+    }
+
+    // Logging
+    if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems)
+    {
+        LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|");
+        g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+    }
+}
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()/TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn()
+void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+
+    if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
+        ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
+
+    // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column.
+    float* p_max_pos_x;
+    if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)
+        p_max_pos_x = &column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed;  // Useful in case user submit contents in header row that is not a TableHeader() call
+    else
+        p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen;
+    *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x);
+    if (column->IsEnabled)
+        table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY);
+    column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+
+    // Propagate text baseline for the entire row
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Here we propagate text baseline from the last line of the cell.. instead of the first one.
+    table->RowTextBaseline = ImMax(table->RowTextBaseline, window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetMaxColumnWidth() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnWidthAuto() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnWidth()
+// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note that actual columns widths are computed in TableUpdateLayout().
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis.
+float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float max_width = FLT_MAX;
+    const float min_column_distance = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+    {
+        // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break.
+        // (we use DisplayOrder as within a set of multiple frozen column reordering is possible)
+        if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)
+        {
+            max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX;
+            max_width = max_width - table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2;
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible) == 0)
+    {
+        // If horizontal scrolling if disabled, we apply a final lossless shrinking of columns in order to make
+        // sure they are all visible. Because of this we also know that all of the columns will always fit in
+        // table->WorkRect and therefore in table->InnerRect (because ScrollX is off)
+        // FIXME-TABLE: This is solved incorrectly but also quite a difficult problem to fix as we also want ClipRect width to match.
+        // See "table_width_distrib" and "table_width_keep_visible" tests
+        max_width = table->WorkRect.Max.x - (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - column->IndexWithinEnabledSet - 1) * min_column_distance - column->MinX;
+        //max_width -= table->CellSpacingX1;
+        max_width -= table->CellSpacingX2;
+        max_width -= table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        max_width -= table->OuterPaddingX;
+    }
+    return max_width;
+}
+
+// Note this is meant to be stored in column->WidthAuto, please generally use the WidthAuto field
+float ImGui::TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    const float content_width_body = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen) - column->WorkMinX;
+    const float content_width_headers = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX;
+    float width_auto = content_width_body;
+    if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth))
+        width_auto = ImMax(width_auto, content_width_headers);
+
+    // Non-resizable fixed columns preserve their requested width
+    if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f)
+        if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize))
+            width_auto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+
+    return ImMax(width_auto, table->MinColumnWidth);
+}
+
+// 'width' = inner column width, without padding
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && table->IsLayoutLocked == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column_0 = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float column_0_width = width;
+
+    // Apply constraints early
+    // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded)
+    IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f);
+    const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth;
+    const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n));
+    column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width);
+    if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width)
+        return;
+
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL;
+
+    // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns.
+    // - All fixed: easy.
+    // - All stretch: easy.
+    // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy.
+    // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky.
+    // Qt when manual resize is enabled only supports a single _trailing_ stretch column, we support more cases here.
+
+    // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user.
+    // Scenarios:
+    // - F1 F2 F3  resize from F1| or F2|   --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. Subsequent columns will be offset.
+    // - F1 F2 F3  resize from F3|          --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered.
+    // - F1 F2 W3  resize from F1| or F2|   --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered, but it doesn't make much sense as the Stretch column will always be minimal size.
+    // - F1 F2 W3  resize from W3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize from W1| or W2|   --> ok
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize from W3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from F3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 F2     resize from F2|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 W2 F3  resize from W1| or W2|   --> ok
+    // - W1 F2 W3  resize from W1| or F2|   --> ok
+    // - F1 W2 F3  resize from W2|          --> ok
+    // - F1 W3 F2  resize from W3|          --> ok
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from W1|          --> ok: equivalent to resizing |F2. F3 will not move.
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from F2|          --> ok
+    // All resizes from a Wx columns are locking other columns.
+
+    // Possible improvements:
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize W1|               --> to not be stuck, both W2 and W3 would stretch down. Seems possible to fix. Would be most beneficial to simplify resize of all-weighted columns.
+    // - W3 F1 F2  resize W3|               --> to not be stuck past F1|, both F1 and F2 would need to stretch down, which would be lossy or ambiguous. Seems hard to fix.
+
+    // [Resize Rule 1] Can't resize from right of right-most visible column if there is any Stretch column. Implemented in TableUpdateLayout().
+
+    // If we have all Fixed columns OR resizing a Fixed column that doesn't come after a Stretch one, we can do an offsetting resize.
+    // This is the preferred resize path
+    if (column_0->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+        if (!column_1 || table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder >= column_0->DisplayOrder)
+        {
+            column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+            return;
+        }
+
+    // We can also use previous column if there's no next one (this is used when doing an auto-fit on the right-most stretch column)
+    if (column_1 == NULL)
+        column_1 = (column_0->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL;
+    if (column_1 == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    // Resizing from right-side of a Stretch column before a Fixed column forward sizing to left-side of fixed column.
+    // (old_a + old_b == new_a + new_b) --> (new_a == old_a + old_b - new_b)
+    float column_1_width = ImMax(column_1->WidthRequest - (column_0_width - column_0->WidthRequest), min_width);
+    column_0_width = column_0->WidthRequest + column_1->WidthRequest - column_1_width;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_0_width > 0.0f && column_1_width > 0.0f);
+    column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width;
+    column_1->WidthRequest = column_1_width;
+    if ((column_0->Flags | column_1->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(table);
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+}
+
+// Disable clipping then auto-fit, will take 2 frames
+// (we don't take a shortcut for unclipped columns to reduce inconsistencies when e.g. resizing multiple columns)
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    // Single auto width uses auto-fit
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    if (!column->IsEnabled)
+        return;
+    column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0);
+    table->AutoFitSingleColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) // Cannot reset weight of hidden stretch column
+            continue;
+        column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0);
+        column->AutoFitQueue = (1 << 1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1);
+
+    // Measure existing quantities
+    float visible_weight = 0.0f;
+    float visible_width = 0.0f;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+            continue;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f);
+        visible_weight += column->StretchWeight;
+        visible_width += column->WidthRequest;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(visible_weight > 0.0f && visible_width > 0.0f);
+
+    // Apply new weights
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+            continue;
+        column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthRequest / visible_width) * visible_weight;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TablePushBackgroundChannel() [Internal]
+// - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal]
+// - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal]
+// - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnBorderCol() [Internal]
+// - TableDrawBorders() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Bg2 is used by Selectable (and possibly other widgets) to render to the background.
+// Unlike our Bg0/1 channel which we uses for RowBg/CellBg/Borders and where we guarantee all shapes to be CPU-clipped, the Bg2 channel being widgets-facing will rely on regular ClipRect.
+void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd);
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn];
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel()
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect);
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
+}
+
+// Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout()
+// - We allocate them following storage order instead of display order so reordering columns won't needlessly
+//   increase overall dormant memory cost.
+// - We isolate headers draw commands in their own channels instead of just altering clip rects.
+//   This is in order to facilitate merging of draw commands.
+// - After crossing FreezeRowsCount, all columns see their current draw channel changed to a second set of channels.
+// - We only use the dummy draw channel so we can push a null clipping rectangle into it without affecting other
+//   channels, while simplifying per-row/per-cell overhead. It will be empty and discarded when merged.
+// - We allocate 1 or 2 background draw channels. This is because we know TablePushBackgroundChannel() is only used for
+//   horizontal spanning. If we allowed vertical spanning we'd need one background draw channel per merge group (1-4).
+// Draw channel allocation (before merging):
+// - NoClip                       --> 2+D+1 channels: bg0/1 + bg2 + foreground (same clip rect == always 1 draw call)
+// - Clip                         --> 2+D+N channels
+// - FreezeRows                   --> 2+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero)
+// - FreezeRows || FreezeColunns  --> 3+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero)
+// Where D is 1 if any column is clipped or hidden (dummy channel) otherwise 0.
+void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1;
+    const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount;
+    const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier;
+    const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || (memcmp(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->EnabledMaskByIndex, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(table->ColumnsCount)) != 0)) ? +1 : 0;
+    const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy;
+    table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total);
+    table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1);
+    table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN;
+    table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
+
+    int draw_channel_current = 2;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->IsVisibleX && column->IsVisibleY)
+        {
+            column->DrawChannelFrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current);
+            column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current + (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? channels_for_row + 1 : 0));
+            if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip))
+                draw_channel_current++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            column->DrawChannelFrozen = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = table->DummyDrawChannel;
+        }
+        column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelFrozen;
+    }
+
+    // Initial draw cmd starts with a BgClipRect that matches the one of its host, to facilitate merge draw commands by default.
+    // All our cell highlight are manually clipped with BgClipRect. When unfreezing it will be made smaller to fit scrolling rect.
+    // (This technically isn't part of setting up draw channels, but is reasonably related to be done here)
+    table->BgClipRect = table->InnerClipRect;
+    table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->OuterWindow->ClipRect;
+    table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->HostClipRect;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->BgClipRect.Min.y <= table->BgClipRect.Max.y);
+}
+
+// This function reorder draw channels based on matching clip rectangle, to facilitate merging them. Called by EndTable().
+// For simplicity we call it TableMergeDrawChannels() but in fact it only reorder channels + overwrite ClipRect,
+// actual merging is done by table->DrawSplitter.Merge() which is called right after TableMergeDrawChannels().
+//
+// Columns where the contents didn't stray off their local clip rectangle can be merged. To achieve
+// this we merge their clip rect and make them contiguous in the channel list, so they can be merged
+// by the call to DrawSplitter.Merge() following to the call to this function.
+// We reorder draw commands by arranging them into a maximum of 4 distinct groups:
+//
+//   1 group:               2 groups:              2 groups:              4 groups:
+//   [ 0. ] no freeze       [ 0. ] row freeze      [ 01 ] col freeze      [ 01 ] row+col freeze
+//   [ .. ]  or no scroll   [ 2. ]  and v-scroll   [ .. ]  and h-scroll   [ 23 ]  and v+h-scroll
+//
+// Each column itself can use 1 channel (row freeze disabled) or 2 channels (row freeze enabled).
+// When the contents of a column didn't stray off its limit, we move its channels into the corresponding group
+// based on its position (within frozen rows/columns groups or not).
+// At the end of the operation our 1-4 groups will each have a ImDrawCmd using the same ClipRect.
+// This function assume that each column are pointing to a distinct draw channel,
+// otherwise merge_group->ChannelsCount will not match set bit count of merge_group->ChannelsMask.
+//
+// Column channels will not be merged into one of the 1-4 groups in the following cases:
+// - The contents stray off its clipping rectangle (we only compare the MaxX value, not the MinX value).
+//   Direct ImDrawList calls won't be taken into account by default, if you use them make sure the ImGui:: bounds
+//   matches, by e.g. calling SetCursorScreenPos().
+// - The channel uses more than one draw command itself. We drop all our attempt at merging stuff here..
+//   we could do better but it's going to be rare and probably not worth the hassle.
+// Columns for which the draw channel(s) haven't been merged with other will use their own ImDrawCmd.
+//
+// This function is particularly tricky to understand.. take a breath.
+void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter;
+    const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0);
+    const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0);
+
+    // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group.
+    struct MergeGroup
+    {
+        ImRect          ClipRect;
+        int             ChannelsCount = 0;
+        ImBitArrayPtr   ChannelsMask = NULL;
+    };
+    int merge_group_mask = 0x00;
+    MergeGroup merge_groups[4];
+
+    // Use a reusable temp buffer for the merge masks as they are dynamically sized.
+    const int max_draw_channels = (4 + table->ColumnsCount * 2);
+    const int size_for_masks_bitarrays_one = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(max_draw_channels);
+    g.TempBuffer.reserve(size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5);
+    memset(g.TempBuffer.Data, 0, size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5);
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); n++)
+        merge_groups[n].ChannelsMask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * n));
+    ImBitArrayPtr remaining_mask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 4));
+
+    // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        const int merge_group_sub_count = has_freeze_v ? 2 : 1;
+        for (int merge_group_sub_n = 0; merge_group_sub_n < merge_group_sub_count; merge_group_sub_n++)
+        {
+            const int channel_no = (merge_group_sub_n == 0) ? column->DrawChannelFrozen : column->DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+
+            // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column
+            ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no];
+            if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+                src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+            if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1)
+                continue;
+
+            // Find out the width of this merge group and check if it will fit in our column
+            // (note that we assume that rendering didn't stray on the left direction. we should need a CursorMinPos to detect it)
+            if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip))
+            {
+                float content_max_x;
+                if (!has_freeze_v)
+                    content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // No row freeze
+                else if (merge_group_sub_n == 0)
+                    content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed);   // Row freeze: use width before freeze
+                else
+                    content_max_x = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen;                                        // Row freeze: use width after freeze
+                if (content_max_x > column->ClipRect.Max.x)
+                    continue;
+            }
+
+            const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2);
+            IM_ASSERT(channel_no < max_draw_channels);
+            MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+            if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0)
+                merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+            ImBitArraySetBit(merge_group->ChannelsMask, channel_no);
+            merge_group->ChannelsCount++;
+            merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect);
+            merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n);
+        }
+
+        // Invalidate current draw channel
+        // (we don't clear DrawChannelFrozen/DrawChannelUnfrozen solely to facilitate debugging/later inspection of data)
+        column->DrawChannelCurrent = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)-1;
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG] Display merge groups
+#if 0
+    if (g.IO.KeyShift)
+        for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++)
+        {
+            MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+            if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0)
+                continue;
+            char buf[32];
+            ImFormatString(buf, 32, "MG%d:%d", merge_group_n, merge_group->ChannelsCount);
+            ImVec2 text_pos = merge_group->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(4, 4);
+            ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(buf, NULL);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(text_pos, text_pos + text_size, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255));
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), buf, NULL);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        }
+#endif
+
+    // 2. Rewrite channel list in our preferred order
+    if (merge_group_mask != 0)
+    {
+        // We skip channel 0 (Bg0/Bg1) and 1 (Bg2 frozen) from the shuffling since they won't move - see channels allocation in TableSetupDrawChannels().
+        const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2;
+        g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized
+        ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data;
+        ImBitArraySetBitRange(remaining_mask, LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count);
+        ImBitArrayClearBit(remaining_mask, table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen);
+        IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
+        int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS);
+        //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect;
+        ImRect host_rect = table->HostClipRect;
+        for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++)
+        {
+            if (int merge_channels_count = merge_groups[merge_group_n].ChannelsCount)
+            {
+                MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+                ImRect merge_clip_rect = merge_group->ClipRect;
+
+                // Extend outer-most clip limits to match those of host, so draw calls can be merged even if
+                // outer-most columns have some outer padding offsetting them from their parent ClipRect.
+                // The principal cases this is dealing with are:
+                // - On a same-window table (not scrolling = single group), all fitting columns ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge
+                // - Columns can use padding and have left-most ClipRect.Min.x and right-most ClipRect.Max.x != from host ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge
+                // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-WORKRECT: We are wasting a merge opportunity on tables without scrolling if column doesn't fit
+                // within host clip rect, solely because of the half-padding difference between window->WorkRect and window->InnerClipRect.
+                if ((merge_group_n & 1) == 0 || !has_freeze_h)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Min.x = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.x, host_rect.Min.x);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 2) == 0 || !has_freeze_v)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Min.y = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.y, host_rect.Min.y);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 1) != 0)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y);
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); // [DEBUG]
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
+                remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount;
+                for (int n = 0; n < (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one >> 2); n++)
+                    remaining_mask[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask[n];
+                for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++)
+                {
+                    // Copy + overwrite new clip rect
+                    if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n))
+                        continue;
+                    IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n);
+                    merge_channels_count--;
+
+                    ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n];
+                    IM_ASSERT(channel->_CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && merge_clip_rect.Contains(ImRect(channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect)));
+                    channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect = merge_clip_rect.ToVec4();
+                    memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Make sure Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen appears in the middle of our groups (whereas Bg0/Bg1 and Bg2 frozen are fixed to 0 and 1)
+            if (merge_group_n == 1 && has_freeze_v)
+                memcpy(dst_tmp++, &splitter->_Channels[table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen], sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+        }
+
+        // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list
+        for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++)
+        {
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(remaining_mask, n))
+                continue;
+            ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n];
+            memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+            remaining_count--;
+        }
+        IM_ASSERT(dst_tmp == g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Size);
+        memcpy(splitter->_Channels.Data + LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data, (splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS) * sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+    }
+}
+
+static ImU32 TableGetColumnBorderCol(ImGuiTable* table, int order_n, int column_n)
+{
+    const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n);
+    const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent);
+    const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1);
+    if (is_resized || is_hovered)
+        return ImGui::GetColorU32(is_resized ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered);
+    if (is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)))
+        return table->BorderColorStrong;
+    return table->BorderColorLight;
+}
+
+// FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow)
+void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    if (!table->OuterWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(table->OuterRect))
+        return;
+
+    ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList;
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
+    inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false);
+
+    // Draw inner border and resizing feedback
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE;
+    const float draw_y1 = ImMax(table->InnerRect.Min.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
+    const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y;
+    const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight) : draw_y1;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)
+    {
+        for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+        {
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+                continue;
+
+            const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n);
+            const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent);
+            const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0;
+            const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1);
+            if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized)
+                continue;
+
+            // Decide whether right-most column is visible
+            if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && !is_resizable)
+                if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX))
+                    continue;
+            if (column->MaxX <= column->ClipRect.Min.x) // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-STYLE: Assume BorderSize==1, this is problematic if we want to increase the border size..
+                continue;
+
+            // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped
+            // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling.
+            float draw_y2 = (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) == 0) ? draw_y2_body : draw_y2_head;
+            if (draw_y2 > draw_y1)
+                inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n), border_size);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Draw outer border
+    // FIXME: could use AddRect or explicit VLine/HLine helper?
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)
+    {
+        // Display outer border offset by 1 which is a simple way to display it without adding an extra draw call
+        // (Without the offset, in outer_window it would be rendered behind cells, because child windows are above their
+        // parent. In inner_window, it won't reach out over scrollbars. Another weird solution would be to display part
+        // of it in inner window, and the part that's over scrollbars in the outer window..)
+        // Either solution currently won't allow us to use a larger border size: the border would clipped.
+        const ImRect outer_border = table->OuterRect;
+        const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong;
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size);
+        }
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size);
+        }
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size);
+        }
+    }
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y)
+    {
+        // Draw bottom-most row border between it is above outer border.
+        const float border_y = table->RowPosY2;
+        if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size);
+    }
+
+    inner_drawlist->PopClipRect();
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetSortSpecs()
+// - TableFixColumnSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnNextSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableSortSpecsSanitize() [Internal]
+// - TableSortSpecsBuild() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set)
+// When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have
+// changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting,
+// else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
+// Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()!
+ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL);
+
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable))
+        return NULL;
+
+    // Require layout (in case TableHeadersRow() hasn't been called) as it may alter IsSortSpecsDirty in some paths.
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
+    return &table->SortSpecs;
+}
+
+static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount);
+    return (ImGuiSortDirection)((column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03);
+}
+
+// Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending)
+void ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    if (column->SortOrder == -1 || (column->SortDirectionsAvailMask & (1 << column->SortDirection)) != 0)
+        return;
+    column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+}
+
+// Calculate next sort direction that would be set after clicking the column
+// - If the PreferSortDescending flag is set, we will default to a Descending direction on the first click.
+// - Note that the PreferSortAscending flag is never checked, it is essentially the default and therefore a no-op.
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiSortDirection_None == 0 && ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending == 1 && ImGuiSortDirection_Descending == 2);
+ImGuiSortDirection ImGui::TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(column->SortDirectionsAvailCount > 0);
+    if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+        return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+    for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
+        if (column->SortDirection == TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, n))
+            return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, (n + 1) % column->SortDirectionsAvailCount);
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+}
+
+// Note that the NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending flags are processed in TableSortSpecsSanitize(), and they may change/revert
+// the value of SortDirection. We could technically also do it here but it would be unnecessary and duplicate code.
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti))
+        append_to_sort_specs = false;
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        IM_ASSERT(sort_direction != ImGuiSortDirection_None);
+
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx sort_order_max = 0;
+    if (append_to_sort_specs)
+        for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+            sort_order_max = ImMax(sort_order_max, table->Columns[other_column_n].SortOrder);
+
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    column->SortDirection = (ImU8)sort_direction;
+    if (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_None)
+        column->SortOrder = -1;
+    else if (column->SortOrder == -1 || !append_to_sort_specs)
+        column->SortOrder = append_to_sort_specs ? sort_order_max + 1 : 0;
+
+    for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n];
+        if (other_column != column && !append_to_sort_specs)
+            other_column->SortOrder = -1;
+        TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, other_column);
+    }
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable);
+
+    // Clear SortOrder from hidden column and verify that there's no gap or duplicate.
+    int sort_order_count = 0;
+    ImU64 sort_order_mask = 0x00;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled)
+            column->SortOrder = -1;
+        if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+            continue;
+        sort_order_count++;
+        sort_order_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column->SortOrder);
+        IM_ASSERT(sort_order_count < (int)sizeof(sort_order_mask) * 8);
+    }
+
+    const bool need_fix_linearize = ((ImU64)1 << sort_order_count) != (sort_order_mask + 1);
+    const bool need_fix_single_sort_order = (sort_order_count > 1) && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti);
+    if (need_fix_linearize || need_fix_single_sort_order)
+    {
+        ImU64 fixed_mask = 0x00;
+        for (int sort_n = 0; sort_n < sort_order_count; sort_n++)
+        {
+            // Fix: Rewrite sort order fields if needed so they have no gap or duplicate.
+            // (e.g. SortOrder 0 disappeared, SortOrder 1..2 exists --> rewrite then as SortOrder 0..1)
+            int column_with_smallest_sort_order = -1;
+            for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                if ((fixed_mask & ((ImU64)1 << (ImU64)column_n)) == 0 && table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder != -1)
+                    if (column_with_smallest_sort_order == -1 || table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder < table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder)
+                        column_with_smallest_sort_order = column_n;
+            IM_ASSERT(column_with_smallest_sort_order != -1);
+            fixed_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column_with_smallest_sort_order);
+            table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_n;
+
+            // Fix: Make sure only one column has a SortOrder if ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is not set.
+            if (need_fix_single_sort_order)
+            {
+                sort_order_count = 1;
+                for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                    if (column_n != column_with_smallest_sort_order)
+                        table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder = -1;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Fallback default sort order (if no column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag)
+    if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if (column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+            {
+                sort_order_count = 1;
+                column->SortOrder = 0;
+                column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+    table->SortSpecsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_order_count;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    bool dirty = table->IsSortSpecsDirty;
+    if (dirty)
+    {
+        TableSortSpecsSanitize(table);
+        table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount);
+        table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us
+    }
+
+    // Write output
+    // May be able to move all SortSpecs data from table (48 bytes) to ImGuiTableTempData if we decide to write it back on every BeginTable()
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
+    if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+                continue;
+            IM_ASSERT(column->SortOrder < table->SortSpecsCount);
+            ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &sort_specs[column->SortOrder];
+            sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID;
+            sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder;
+            sort_spec->SortDirection = (ImGuiSortDirection)column->SortDirection;
+        }
+
+    table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs;
+    table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Headers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal]
+// - TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() [Internal]
+// - TableHeadersRow()
+// - TableHeader()
+// - TableAngledHeadersRow()
+// - TableAngledHeadersRowEx() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight()
+{
+    // Caring for a minor edge case:
+    // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others.
+    // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height.
+    // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height...
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    float row_height = g.FontSize;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            if ((table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) == 0)
+                row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n)).y);
+    return row_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f;
+}
+
+float ImGui::TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    float width = 0.0f;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
+            if (table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader)
+                width = ImMax(width, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n), NULL, true).x);
+    return width + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; // Swap padding
+}
+
+// [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn().
+// The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper
+// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets.
+// See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this.
+// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy.
+// FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public.
+void ImGui::TableHeadersRow()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!");
+
+    // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout)
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    // Open row
+    const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight();
+    TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height);
+    const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y;
+    if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code.
+        return;
+
+    const int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount();
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n))
+            continue;
+
+        // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them)
+        // In your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide.
+        const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n);
+        PushID(column_n);
+        TableHeader(name);
+        PopID();
+    }
+
+    // Allow opening popup from the right-most section after the last column.
+    ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos();
+    if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count)
+        if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height)
+            TableOpenContextMenu(columns_count); // Will open a non-column-specific popup.
+}
+
+// Emit a column header (text + optional sort order)
+// We cpu-clip text here so that all columns headers can be merged into a same draw call.
+// Note that because of how we cpu-clip and display sorting indicators, you _cannot_ use SameLine() after a TableHeader()
+void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeader() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentColumn != -1);
+    const int column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+    // Label
+    if (label == NULL)
+        label = "";
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true);
+    ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+
+    // If we already got a row height, there's use that.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect?
+    ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n);
+    float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f);
+
+    // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow
+    float w_arrow = 0.0f;
+    float w_sort_text = 0.0f;
+    bool sort_arrow = false;
+    char sort_order_suf[4] = "";
+    const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f;
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+    {
+        w_arrow = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x);
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+            sort_arrow = true;
+        if (column->SortOrder > 0)
+        {
+            ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1);
+            w_sort_text = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + CalcTextSize(sort_order_suf).x;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considered for merging.
+    float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow;
+    column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, sort_arrow ? cell_r.Max.x : ImMin(max_pos_x, cell_r.Max.x));
+    column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x);
+
+    // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open.
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return;
+
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+
+    // Using AllowOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items.
+    const bool highlight = (table->HighlightColumnHeader == column_n);
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap);
+    if (held || hovered || highlight)
+    {
+        const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+        TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Submit single cell bg color in the case we didn't submit a full header row
+        if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0)
+            TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
+    if (held)
+        table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f;
+
+    // Drag and drop to re-order columns.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Scroll request while reordering a column and it lands out of the scrolling zone.
+    if (held && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && IsMouseDragging(0) && !g.DragDropActive)
+    {
+        // While moving a column it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x
+        table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+
+        // We don't reorder: through the frozen<>unfrozen line, or through a column that is marked with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder.
+        if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < cell_r.Min.x)
+            if (ImGuiTableColumn* prev_column = (column->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL)
+                if (!((column->Flags | prev_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder))
+                    if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (prev_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest))
+                        table->ReorderColumnDir = -1;
+        if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > cell_r.Max.x)
+            if (ImGuiTableColumn* next_column = (column->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL)
+                if (!((column->Flags | next_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder))
+                    if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (next_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest))
+                        table->ReorderColumnDir = +1;
+    }
+
+    // Sort order arrow
+    const float ellipsis_max = ImMax(cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text, label_pos.x);
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+    {
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+        {
+            float x = ImMax(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text);
+            float y = label_pos.y;
+            if (column->SortOrder > 0)
+            {
+                PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, 0.70f));
+                RenderText(ImVec2(x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, y), sort_order_suf);
+                PopStyleColor();
+                x += w_sort_text;
+            }
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(x, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ARROW_SCALE);
+        }
+
+        // Handle clicking on column header to adjust Sort Order
+        if (pressed && table->ReorderColumn != column_n)
+        {
+            ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction = TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(column);
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(column_n, sort_direction, g.IO.KeyShift);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Render clipped label. Clipping here ensure that in the majority of situations, all our header cells will
+    // be merged into a single draw call.
+    //window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y), 40, IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+
+    const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x);
+    if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0)
+        SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label);
+
+    // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden
+    if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered())
+        TableOpenContextMenu(column_n);
+}
+
+// Unlike TableHeadersRow() it is not expected that you can reimplement or customize this with custom widgets.
+// FIXME: No hit-testing/button on the angled header.
+void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.resize(0);
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.reserve(table->ColumnsEnabledCount);
+
+    // Which column needs highlight?
+    const ImGuiID row_id = GetID("##AngledHeaders");
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    int highlight_column_n = table->HighlightColumnHeader;
+    if (highlight_column_n == -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1)
+        if (table_instance->HoveredRowLast == 0 && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == row_id || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive)))
+            highlight_column_n = table->HoveredColumnBody;
+
+    // Build up request
+    ImU32 col_header_bg = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg);
+    ImU32 col_text = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+        {
+            const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) == 0) // Note: can't rely on ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible test here.
+                continue;
+            ImGuiTableHeaderData request = { (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n, col_text, col_header_bg, (column_n == highlight_column_n) ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header) : 0 };
+            temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.push_back(request);
+        }
+
+    // Render row
+    TableAngledHeadersRowEx(row_id, g.Style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, 0.0f, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Data, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Size);
+}
+
+// Important: data must be fed left to right
+void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentRow == -1 && "Must be first row");
+
+    if (max_label_width == 0.0f)
+        max_label_width = TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth();
+
+    // Angle argument expressed in (-IM_PI/2 .. +IM_PI/2) as it is easier to think about for user.
+    const bool flip_label = (angle < 0.0f);
+    angle -= IM_PI * 0.5f;
+    const float cos_a = ImCos(angle);
+    const float sin_a = ImSin(angle);
+    const float label_cos_a = flip_label ? ImCos(angle + IM_PI) : cos_a;
+    const float label_sin_a = flip_label ? ImSin(angle + IM_PI) : sin_a;
+    const ImVec2 unit_right = ImVec2(cos_a, sin_a);
+
+    // Calculate our base metrics and set angled headers data _before_ the first call to TableNextRow()
+    // FIXME-STYLE: Would it be better for user to submit 'max_label_width' or 'row_height' ? One can be derived from the other.
+    const float header_height = g.FontSize + g.Style.CellPadding.x * 2.0f;
+    const float row_height = ImTrunc(ImFabs(ImRotate(ImVec2(max_label_width, flip_label ? +header_height : -header_height), cos_a, sin_a).y));
+    table->AngledHeadersHeight = row_height;
+    table->AngledHeadersSlope = (sin_a != 0.0f) ? (cos_a / sin_a) : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 header_angled_vector = unit_right * (row_height / -sin_a); // vector from bottom-left to top-left, and from bottom-right to top-right
+
+    // Declare row, override and draw our own background
+    TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height);
+    TableNextColumn();
+    const ImRect row_r(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y, table->WorkRect.Max.x, table->RowPosY2);
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
+    float clip_rect_min_x = table->BgClipRect.Min.x;
+    if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0)
+        clip_rect_min_x = ImMax(clip_rect_min_x, table->Columns[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1].MaxX);
+    TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, 0); // Cancel
+    PushClipRect(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, false); // Span all columns
+    draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Min.x, row_r.Min.y), ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Max.x, row_r.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, 0.25f)); // FIXME-STYLE: Change row background with an arbitrary color.
+    PushClipRect(ImVec2(clip_rect_min_x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y), table->BgClipRect.Max, true); // Span all columns
+
+    ButtonBehavior(row_r, row_id, NULL, NULL);
+    KeepAliveID(row_id);
+
+    const float ascent_scaled = g.Font->Ascent * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); // FIXME: Standardize those scaling factors better
+    const float line_off_for_ascent_x = (ImMax((g.FontSize - ascent_scaled) * 0.5f, 0.0f) / -sin_a) * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f);
+    const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.CellPadding; // We will always use swapped component
+    const ImVec2 align = g.Style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;
+
+    // Draw background and labels in first pass, then all borders.
+    float max_x = 0.0f;
+    for (int pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++)
+        for (int order_n = 0; order_n < data_count; order_n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiTableHeaderData* request = &data[order_n];
+            const int column_n = request->Index;
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+            ImVec2 bg_shape[4];
+            bg_shape[0] = ImVec2(column->MaxX, row_r.Max.y);
+            bg_shape[1] = ImVec2(column->MinX, row_r.Max.y);
+            bg_shape[2] = bg_shape[1] + header_angled_vector;
+            bg_shape[3] = bg_shape[0] + header_angled_vector;
+            if (pass == 0)
+            {
+                // Draw shape
+                draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor0);
+                draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor1); // Optional highlight
+                max_x = ImMax(max_x, bg_shape[3].x);
+
+                // Draw label
+                // - First draw at an offset where RenderTextXXX() function won't meddle with applying current ClipRect, then transform to final offset.
+                // - Handle multiple lines manually, as we want each lines to follow on the horizontal border, rather than see a whole block rotated.
+                const char* label_name = TableGetColumnName(table, column_n);
+                const char* label_name_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label_name);
+                const float line_off_step_x = (g.FontSize / -sin_a);
+                const int label_lines = ImTextCountLines(label_name, label_name_end);
+
+                // Left<>Right alignment
+                float line_off_curr_x = flip_label ? (label_lines - 1) * line_off_step_x : 0.0f;
+                float line_off_for_align_x = ImMax((((column->MaxX - column->MinX) - padding.x * 2.0f) - (label_lines * line_off_step_x)), 0.0f) * align.x;
+                line_off_curr_x += line_off_for_align_x - line_off_for_ascent_x;
+
+                // Register header width
+                column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX + ImCeil(label_lines * line_off_step_x - line_off_for_align_x);
+
+                while (label_name < label_name_end)
+                {
+                    const char* label_name_eol = strchr(label_name, '\n');
+                    if (label_name_eol == NULL)
+                        label_name_eol = label_name_end;
+
+                    // FIXME: Individual line clipping for right-most column is broken for negative angles.
+                    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, label_name_eol);
+                    float clip_width = max_label_width - padding.y; // Using padding.y*2.0f would be symmetrical but hide more text.
+                    float clip_height = ImMin(label_size.y, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->WorkMinX - line_off_curr_x);
+                    ImRect clip_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width, clip_height));
+                    int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+                    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, request->TextColor);
+                    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, clip_r.Max.x, clip_r.Max.x, label_name, label_name_eol, &label_size);
+                    PopStyleColor();
+                    int vtx_idx_end = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+
+                    // Up<>Down alignment
+                    const float available_space = ImMax(clip_width - label_size.x + ImAbs(padding.x * cos_a) * 2.0f - ImAbs(padding.y * sin_a) * 2.0f, 0.0f);
+                    const float vertical_offset = available_space * align.y * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f);
+
+                    // Rotate and offset label
+                    ImVec2 pivot_in = ImVec2(window->ClipRect.Min.x - vertical_offset, window->ClipRect.Min.y + label_size.y);
+                    ImVec2 pivot_out = ImVec2(column->WorkMinX, row_r.Max.y);
+                    line_off_curr_x += flip_label ? -line_off_step_x : line_off_step_x;
+                    pivot_out += unit_right * padding.y;
+                    if (flip_label)
+                        pivot_out += unit_right * (clip_width - ImMax(0.0f, clip_width - label_size.x));
+                    pivot_out.x += flip_label ? line_off_curr_x + line_off_step_x : line_off_curr_x;
+                    ShadeVertsTransformPos(draw_list, vtx_idx_begin, vtx_idx_end, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); // Rotate and offset
+                    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) { ImDrawList* fg_dl = GetForegroundDrawList(); vtx_idx_begin = fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx; fg_dl->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); ShadeVertsTransformPos(fg_dl, vtx_idx_begin, fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); }
+
+                    label_name = label_name_eol + 1;
+                }
+            }
+            if (pass == 1)
+            {
+                // Draw border
+                draw_list->AddLine(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[3], TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n));
+            }
+        }
+    PopClipRect();
+    PopClipRect();
+    table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = ImMax(0.0f, max_x - table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal]
+// - TableBeginContextMenuPopup() [Internal]
+// - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column.
+void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (column_n == -1 && table->CurrentColumn != -1)   // When called within a column automatically use this one (for consistency)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount)                // To facilitate using with TableGetHoveredColumn()
+        column_n = -1;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= -1 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    if (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
+    {
+        table->IsContextPopupOpen = true;
+        table->ContextPopupColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+        const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID);
+        OpenPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    if (!table->IsContextPopupOpen || table->InstanceCurrent != table->InstanceInteracted)
+        return false;
+    const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID);
+    if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        return true;
+    table->IsContextPopupOpen = false;
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Output context menu into current window (generally a popup)
+// FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data?
+// Sections to display are pulled from 'flags_for_section_to_display', which is typically == table->Flags.
+// - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable   -> display Sizing menu items
+// - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable -> display "Reset Order"
+////- ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable   -> display sorting options (disabled)
+// - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable    -> display columns visibility menu items
+// It means if you have a custom context menus you can call this section and omit some sections, and add your own.
+void ImGui::TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    bool want_separator = false;
+    const int column_n = (table->ContextPopupColumn >= 0 && table->ContextPopupColumn < table->ColumnsCount) ? table->ContextPopupColumn : -1;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL;
+
+    // Sizing
+    if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+    {
+        if (column != NULL)
+        {
+            const bool can_resize = !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && column->IsEnabled;
+            if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne), NULL, false, can_resize)) // "###SizeOne"
+                TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n);
+        }
+
+        const char* size_all_desc;
+        if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit);        // "###SizeAll" All fixed
+        else
+            size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault);    // "###SizeAll" All stretch or mixed
+        if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL))
+            TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table);
+        want_separator = true;
+    }
+
+    // Ordering
+    if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable)
+    {
+        if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder))
+            table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true;
+        want_separator = true;
+    }
+
+    // Reset all (should work but seems unnecessary/noisy to expose?)
+    //if (MenuItem("Reset all"))
+    //    table->IsResetAllRequest = true;
+
+    // Sorting
+    // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this)
+#if 0
+    if ((flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0)
+    {
+        if (want_separator)
+            Separator();
+        want_separator = true;
+
+        bool append_to_sort_specs = g.IO.KeyShift;
+        if (MenuItem("Sort in Ascending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0))
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, append_to_sort_specs);
+        if (MenuItem("Sort in Descending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0))
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, append_to_sort_specs);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Hiding / Visibility
+    if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)
+    {
+        if (want_separator)
+            Separator();
+        want_separator = true;
+
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true);
+        for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n];
+            if (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled)
+                continue;
+
+            const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n);
+            if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0)
+                name = "<Unknown>";
+
+            // Make sure we can't hide the last active column
+            bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true;
+            if (other_column->IsUserEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1)
+                menu_item_active = false;
+            if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsUserEnabled, menu_item_active))
+                other_column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsUserEnabled;
+        }
+        PopItemFlag();
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: The binding/finding/creating flow are too confusing.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableSettingsInit() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsCalcChunkSize() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsCreate() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsFindByID() [Internal]
+// - TableGetBoundSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableResetSettings()
+// - TableSaveSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableLoadSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsInstallHandler() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [Init] 1: TableSettingsHandler_ReadXXXX()   Load and parse .ini file into TableSettings.
+// [Main] 2: TableLoadSettings()               When table is created, bind Table to TableSettings, serialize TableSettings data into Table.
+// [Main] 3: TableSaveSettings()               When table properties are modified, serialize Table data into bound or new TableSettings, mark .ini as dirty.
+// [Main] 4: TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll()   When .ini file is dirty (which can come from other source), save TableSettings into .ini file.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Clear and initialize empty settings instance
+static void TableSettingsInit(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, int columns_count_max)
+{
+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiTableSettings();
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* settings_column = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+    for (int n = 0; n < columns_count_max; n++, settings_column++)
+        IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings_column) ImGuiTableColumnSettings();
+    settings->ID = id;
+    settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count;
+    settings->ColumnsCountMax = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count_max;
+    settings->WantApply = true;
+}
+
+static size_t TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(int columns_count)
+{
+    return sizeof(ImGuiTableSettings) + (size_t)columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnSettings);
+}
+
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(columns_count));
+    TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, columns_count);
+    return settings;
+}
+
+// Find existing settings
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT: Might want to store a lookup map for this?
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID == id)
+            return settings;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Get settings for a given table, NULL if none
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    if (table->SettingsOffset != -1)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.ptr_from_offset(table->SettingsOffset);
+        IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID);
+        if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= table->ColumnsCount)
+            return settings; // OK
+        settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Restore initial state of table (with or without saved settings)
+void ImGui::TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    table->IsResetAllRequest = false;
+    table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false;                   // Don't reload from ini
+    table->SettingsLoadedFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None;      // Mark as nothing loaded so our initialized data becomes authoritative
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = false;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        return;
+
+    // Bind or create settings data
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table);
+    if (settings == NULL)
+    {
+        settings = TableSettingsCreate(table->ID, table->ColumnsCount);
+        table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+    }
+    settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount;
+
+    // Serialize ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn into ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings
+    IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID);
+    IM_ASSERT(settings->ColumnsCount == table->ColumnsCount && settings->ColumnsCountMax >= settings->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = table->Columns.Data;
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+
+    bool save_ref_scale = false;
+    settings->SaveFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++, column++, column_settings++)
+    {
+        const float width_or_weight = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? column->StretchWeight : column->WidthRequest;
+        column_settings->WidthOrWeight = width_or_weight;
+        column_settings->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder;
+        column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder;
+        column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection;
+        column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled;
+        column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0;
+        if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0)
+            save_ref_scale = true;
+
+        // We skip saving some data in the .ini file when they are unnecessary to restore our state.
+        // Note that fixed width where initial width was derived from auto-fit will always be saved as InitStretchWeightOrWidth will be 0.0f.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: We don't have logic to easily compare SortOrder to DefaultSortOrder yet so it's always saved when present.
+        if (width_or_weight != column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable;
+        if (column->DisplayOrder != n)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable;
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable;
+        if (column->IsUserEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0))
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
+    }
+    settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags;
+    settings->RefScale = save_ref_scale ? table->RefScale : 0.0f;
+
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        return;
+
+    // Bind settings
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings;
+    if (table->SettingsOffset == -1)
+    {
+        settings = TableSettingsFindByID(table->ID);
+        if (settings == NULL)
+            return;
+        if (settings->ColumnsCount != table->ColumnsCount) // Allow settings if columns count changed. We could otherwise decide to return...
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table);
+    }
+
+    table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags;
+    table->RefScale = settings->RefScale;
+
+    // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+    ImU64 display_order_mask = 0;
+    for (int data_n = 0; data_n < settings->ColumnsCount; data_n++, column_settings++)
+    {
+        int column_n = column_settings->Index;
+        if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= table->ColumnsCount)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        {
+            if (column_settings->IsStretch)
+                column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight;
+            else
+                column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight;
+            column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00;
+        }
+        if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable)
+            column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder;
+        else
+            column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder;
+        column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled;
+        column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder;
+        column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection;
+    }
+
+    // Validate and fix invalid display order data
+    const ImU64 expected_display_order_mask = (settings->ColumnsCount == 64) ? ~0 : ((ImU64)1 << settings->ColumnsCount) - 1;
+    if (display_order_mask != expected_display_order_mask)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+            table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+
+    // Rebuild index
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i))
+            table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+    g.SettingsTables.clear();
+}
+
+// Apply to existing windows (if any)
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i))
+        {
+            table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true;
+            table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+        }
+}
+
+static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = 0;
+    int columns_count = 0;
+    if (sscanf(name, "0x%08X,%d", &id, &columns_count) < 2)
+        return NULL;
+
+    if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(id))
+    {
+        if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= columns_count)
+        {
+            TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, settings->ColumnsCountMax); // Recycle
+            return settings;
+        }
+        settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change
+    }
+    return ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(id, columns_count);
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
+{
+    // "Column 0  UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v"
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = (ImGuiTableSettings*)entry;
+    float f = 0.0f;
+    int column_n = 0, r = 0, n = 0;
+
+    if (sscanf(line, "RefScale=%f", &f) == 1) { settings->RefScale = f; return; }
+
+    if (sscanf(line, "Column %d%n", &column_n, &r) == 1)
+    {
+        if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= settings->ColumnsCount)
+            return;
+        line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r);
+        char c = 0;
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings() + column_n;
+        column->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        if (sscanf(line, "UserID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r)==1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->UserID = (ImGuiID)n; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Width=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)            { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = (float)n; column->IsStretch = 0; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Weight=%f%n", &f, &r) == 1)           { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = f; column->IsStretch = 1; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Visible=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)          { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->IsEnabled = (ImU8)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Order=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)            { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Sort=%d%c%n", &n, &c, &r) == 2)       { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; column->SortDirection = (c == '^') ? ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; }
+    }
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+    {
+        if (settings->ID == 0) // Skip ditched settings
+            continue;
+
+        // TableSaveSettings() may clear some of those flags when we establish that the data can be stripped
+        // (e.g. Order was unchanged)
+        const bool save_size    = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) != 0;
+        const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0;
+        const bool save_order   = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0;
+        const bool save_sort    = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0;
+        if (!save_size && !save_visible && !save_order && !save_sort)
+            continue;
+
+        buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve
+        buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount);
+        if (settings->RefScale != 0.0f)
+            buf->appendf("RefScale=%g\n", settings->RefScale);
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++)
+        {
+            // "Column 0  UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v"
+            bool save_column = column->UserID != 0 || save_size || save_visible || save_order || (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1);
+            if (!save_column)
+                continue;
+            buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n);
+            if (column->UserID != 0)                    { buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); }
+            if (save_size && column->IsStretch)         { buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); }
+            if (save_size && !column->IsStretch)        { buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); }
+            if (save_visible)                           { buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); }
+            if (save_order)                             { buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); }
+            if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1)   { buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); }
+            buf->append("\n");
+        }
+        buf->append("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler()
+{
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+    ini_handler.TypeName = "Table";
+    ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table");
+    ini_handler.ClearAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
+    ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+    ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+    ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
+    ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+    AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableRemove() [Internal]
+// - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() [Internal]
+// - TableGcCompactSettings() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine)
+void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
+    //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes());
+    //memset(table, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTable));
+    g.Tables.Remove(table->ID, table);
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = -1.0f;
+}
+
+// Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false);
+    table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL;
+    table->SortSpecsMulti.clear();
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: In theory shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort on resume.
+    table->ColumnsNames.clear();
+    table->MemoryCompacted = true;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+        table->Columns[n].NameOffset = -1;
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data)
+{
+    temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory();
+    temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
+}
+
+// Compact and remove unused settings data (currently only used by TestEngine)
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int required_memory = 0;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID != 0)
+            required_memory += (int)TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount);
+    if (required_memory == g.SettingsTables.Buf.Size)
+        return;
+    ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings> new_chunk_stream;
+    new_chunk_stream.Buf.reserve(required_memory);
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID != 0)
+            memcpy(new_chunk_stream.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)), settings, TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount));
+    g.SettingsTables.swap(new_chunk_stream);
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DebugNodeTable() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
+static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy)
+{
+    sizing_policy &= ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_;
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)    { return "FixedFit"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)   { return "FixedSame"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) { return "StretchProp"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame) { return "StretchSame"; }
+    return "N/A";
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= g.FrameCount - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here.
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    bool open = TreeNode(table, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (IsItemHovered())
+        GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (IsItemVisible() && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1)
+        GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!open)
+        return;
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0)
+        Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1);
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)
+    {
+        if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in BeginTable()"))
+            g.DebugBreakInTable = table->ID;
+        SameLine();
+    }
+
+    bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings");
+    BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags));
+    BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : "");
+    BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX);
+    BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder);
+    BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn);
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->InstanceCurrent + 1; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, n);
+        BulletText("Instance %d: HoveredRow: %d, LastOuterHeight: %.2f", n, table_instance->HoveredRowLast, table_instance->LastOuterHeight);
+    }
+    //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen);
+    float sum_weights = 0.0f;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+        if (table->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+            sum_weights += table->Columns[n].StretchWeight;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n];
+        const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n);
+        char buf[512];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf),
+            "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n"
+            "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n"
+            "WidthGiven: %.1f, Request/Auto: %.1f/%.1f, StretchWeight: %.3f (%.1f%%)\n"
+            "MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f (%+.1f), ClipRect: %.1f to %.1f (+%.1f)\n"
+            "ContentWidth: %.1f,%.1f, HeadersUsed/Ideal %.1f/%.1f\n"
+            "Sort: %d%s, UserID: 0x%08X, Flags: 0x%04X: %s%s%s..",
+            n, column->DisplayOrder, name, column->MinX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, column->MaxX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, (n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? " (Frozen)" : "",
+            column->IsEnabled, column->IsVisibleX, column->IsVisibleY, column->IsRequestOutput, column->IsSkipItems, column->DrawChannelFrozen, column->DrawChannelUnfrozen,
+            column->WidthGiven, column->WidthRequest, column->WidthAuto, column->StretchWeight, column->StretchWeight > 0.0f ? (column->StretchWeight / sum_weights) * 100.0f : 0.0f,
+            column->MinX, column->MaxX, column->MaxX - column->MinX, column->ClipRect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->ClipRect.Min.x,
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX,
+            column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? " (Asc)" : (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? " (Des)" : "", column->UserID, column->Flags,
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? "WidthStretch " : "",
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? "WidthFixed " : "",
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) ? "NoResize " : "");
+        Bullet();
+        Selectable(buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered())
+        {
+            ImRect r(column->MinX, table->OuterRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        }
+    }
+    if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table))
+        DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);
+    if (clear_settings)
+        table->IsResetAllRequest = true;
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings)
+{
+    if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)settings->ID, "Settings 0x%08X (%d columns)", settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount))
+        return;
+    BulletText("SaveFlags: 0x%08X", settings->SaveFlags);
+    BulletText("ColumnsCount: %d (max %d)", settings->ColumnsCount, settings->ColumnsCountMax);
+    for (int n = 0; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = &settings->GetColumnSettings()[n];
+        ImGuiSortDirection sort_dir = (column_settings->SortOrder != -1) ? (ImGuiSortDirection)column_settings->SortDirection : ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+        BulletText("Column %d Order %d SortOrder %d %s Vis %d %s %7.3f UserID 0x%08X",
+            n, column_settings->DisplayOrder, column_settings->SortOrder,
+            (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? "Asc" : (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? "Des" : "---",
+            column_settings->IsEnabled, column_settings->IsStretch ? "Weight" : "Width ", column_settings->WidthOrWeight, column_settings->UserID);
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {}
+
+#endif
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+// (This is a legacy API, prefer using BeginTable/EndTable!)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: sizing is lossy when columns width is very small (default width may turn negative etc.)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal]
+// - GetColumnIndex()
+// - GetColumnsCount()
+// - GetColumnOffset()
+// - GetColumnWidth()
+// - SetColumnOffset()
+// - SetColumnWidth()
+// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal]
+// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal]
+// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal]
+// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal]
+// - GetColumnsID() [Internal]
+// - BeginColumns()
+// - NextColumn()
+// - EndColumns()
+// - Columns()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences,
+// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd.
+// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let
+// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once.
+void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect)
+{
+    ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4();
+    window->ClipRect = clip_rect;
+    window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4;
+    window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm)
+{
+    return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset)
+{
+    return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
+}
+
+static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;
+
+static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index)
+{
+    // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
+    // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index));
+
+    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale) - window->Pos.x;
+    x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+    if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths))
+        x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+
+    return x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns == NULL)
+        return 0.0f;
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+    const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+    const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t);
+    return x_offset;
+}
+
+static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false)
+{
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+
+    float offset_norm;
+    if (before_resize)
+        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize;
+    else
+        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+    return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns == NULL)
+        return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+    const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1);
+    const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f;
+
+    if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow))
+        offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index));
+    columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX);
+
+    if (preserve_width)
+        SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width));
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+
+    ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index];
+    PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false);
+}
+
+// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns)
+void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel()
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1);
+}
+
+ImGuiOldColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup.
+    for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
+        if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id)
+            return &window->ColumnsStorage[n];
+
+    window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiOldColumns());
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back();
+    columns->ID = id;
+    return columns;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
+    // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
+    PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count));
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns");
+    PopID();
+
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);   // Nested columns are currently not supported
+
+    // Acquire storage for the columns set
+    ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count);
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id);
+    IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id);
+    columns->Current = 0;
+    columns->Count = columns_count;
+    columns->Flags = flags;
+    window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns;
+    window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+
+    columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+    columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect;
+    window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
+
+    // Set state for first column
+    // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect
+    const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    const float half_clip_extend_x = ImTrunc(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize));
+    const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x;
+    columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f);
+    columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+
+    // Clear data if columns count changed
+    if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1)
+        columns->Columns.resize(0);
+
+    // Initialize default widths
+    columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0);
+    if (columns->Columns.Size == 0)
+    {
+        columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1);
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiOldColumnData column;
+            column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count;
+            columns->Columns.push_back(column);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+    {
+        // Compute clipping rectangle
+        ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+        float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n));
+        float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f);
+        column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX);
+        column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect);
+    }
+
+    if (columns->Count > 1)
+    {
+        columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count);
+        columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1);
+        PushColumnClipRect(0);
+    }
+
+    // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user.
+    float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current);
+    float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1);
+    float width = offset_1 - offset_0;
+    PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f);
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding;
+    window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NextColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+        IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Next column
+    if (++columns->Current == columns->Count)
+        columns->Current = 0;
+
+    PopItemWidth();
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them),
+    ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current];
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1);
+
+    const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    if (columns->Current > 0)
+    {
+        // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out)
+        // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked?
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX.
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+        window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+        columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY;
+    }
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+
+    // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup.
+    float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current);
+    float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1);
+    float width = offset_1 - offset_0;
+    PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f);
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndColumns()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    PopItemWidth();
+    if (columns->Count > 1)
+    {
+        PopClipRect();
+        columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList);
+    }
+
+    const ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = columns->Flags;
+    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize))
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX;  // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent
+
+    // Draw columns borders and handle resize
+    // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy
+    bool is_being_resized = false;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems)
+    {
+        // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers.
+        const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y);
+        const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y);
+        int dragging_column = -1;
+        for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+            float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n);
+            const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n);
+            const float column_hit_hw = ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale);
+            const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2));
+            if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
+                continue;
+
+            bool hovered = false, held = false;
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize))
+            {
+                ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held);
+                if (hovered || held)
+                    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
+                if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize))
+                    dragging_column = n;
+            }
+
+            // Draw column
+            const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+            const float xi = IM_TRUNC(x);
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col);
+        }
+
+        // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame.
+        if (dragging_column != -1)
+        {
+            if (!columns->IsBeingResized)
+                for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++)
+                    columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm;
+            columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true;
+            float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column);
+            SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x);
+        }
+    }
+    columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized;
+
+    window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect;
+    window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect;
+    window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
+}
+
+void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder);
+    //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags)
+        return;
+
+    if (columns != NULL)
+        EndColumns();
+
+    if (columns_count != 1)
+        BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d261ba8ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,9055 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9
+// (widgets code)
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Main (Button, Image, Checkbox, RadioButton, ProgressBar, Bullet, etc.)
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers (Spacing, Dummy, NewLine, Separator, etc.)
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox
+// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers
+// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox
+// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers
+// [SECTION] Widgets: MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+
+*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+// System includes
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Warnings
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion"           // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_')
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"                // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"  // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Data
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Widgets
+static const float          DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER = 0.70f;    // Time for drag-hold to activate items accepting the ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold button behavior.
+static const float          DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR = 0.50f;    // Multiplier for the default value of io.MouseDragThreshold to make DragFloat/DragInt react faster to mouse drags.
+
+// Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them
+static const signed char    IM_S8_MIN  = -128;
+static const signed char    IM_S8_MAX  = 127;
+static const unsigned char  IM_U8_MIN  = 0;
+static const unsigned char  IM_U8_MAX  = 0xFF;
+static const signed short   IM_S16_MIN = -32768;
+static const signed short   IM_S16_MAX = 32767;
+static const unsigned short IM_U16_MIN = 0;
+static const unsigned short IM_U16_MAX = 0xFFFF;
+static const ImS32          IM_S32_MIN = INT_MIN;    // (-2147483647 - 1), (0x80000000);
+static const ImS32          IM_S32_MAX = INT_MAX;    // (2147483647), (0x7FFFFFFF)
+static const ImU32          IM_U32_MIN = 0;
+static const ImU32          IM_U32_MAX = UINT_MAX;   // (0xFFFFFFFF)
+#ifdef LLONG_MIN
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MIN = LLONG_MIN;  // (-9223372036854775807ll - 1ll);
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MAX = LLONG_MAX;  // (9223372036854775807ll);
+#else
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1;
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL;
+#endif
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MIN = 0;
+#ifdef ULLONG_MAX
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = ULLONG_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull);
+#else
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// For InputTextEx()
+static bool     InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard = false);
+static int      InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
+static ImVec2   InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TextEx() [Internal]
+// - TextUnformatted()
+// - Text()
+// - TextV()
+// - TextColored()
+// - TextColoredV()
+// - TextDisabled()
+// - TextDisabledV()
+// - TextWrapped()
+// - TextWrappedV()
+// - LabelText()
+// - LabelTextV()
+// - BulletText()
+// - BulletTextV()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Accept null ranges
+    if (text == text_end)
+        text = text_end = "";
+
+    // Calculate length
+    const char* text_begin = text;
+    if (text_end == NULL)
+        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+
+    const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+    const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos;
+    const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f);
+    if (text_end - text <= 2000 || wrap_enabled)
+    {
+        // Common case
+        const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f;
+        const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width);
+
+        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+        ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f);
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+            return;
+
+        // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function)
+        RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Long text!
+        // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text
+        // - From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled.
+        // - We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line.
+        // - We use memchr(), pay attention that well optimized versions of those str/mem functions are much faster than a casually written loop.
+        const char* line = text;
+        const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight();
+        ImVec2 text_size(0, 0);
+
+        // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
+        ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
+        if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        {
+            int lines_skippable = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
+            if (lines_skippable > 0)
+            {
+                int lines_skipped = 0;
+                while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
+                {
+                    const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                    if (!line_end)
+                        line_end = text_end;
+                    if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0)
+                        text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                    line = line_end + 1;
+                    lines_skipped++;
+                }
+                pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Lines to render
+        if (line < text_end)
+        {
+            ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height));
+            while (line < text_end)
+            {
+                if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0))
+                    break;
+
+                const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                if (!line_end)
+                    line_end = text_end;
+                text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
+                line = line_end + 1;
+                line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
+                line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
+                pos.y += line_height;
+            }
+
+            // Count remaining lines
+            int lines_skipped = 0;
+            while (line < text_end)
+            {
+                const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                if (!line_end)
+                    line_end = text_end;
+                if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0)
+                    text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                line = line_end + 1;
+                lines_skipped++;
+            }
+            pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+        }
+        text_size.y = (pos - text_pos).y;
+
+        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+        ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f);
+        ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    const char* text, *text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args);
+    TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextColoredV(col, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextDisabledV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextWrappedV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f);  // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set
+    if (need_backup)
+        PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    if (need_backup)
+        PopTextWrapPos();
+}
+
+void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    LabelTextV(label, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets
+void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const char* value_text_begin, *value_text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&value_text_begin, &value_text_end, fmt, args);
+    const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect value_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w, value_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2));
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), ImMax(value_size.y, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, &value_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    BulletTextV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node.
+void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const char* text_begin, *text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text_begin, &text_end, fmt, args);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y);  // Empty text doesn't add padding
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ItemSize(total_size, 0.0f);
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + total_size);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+    RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), text_begin, text_end, false);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Main
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ButtonBehavior() [Internal]
+// - Button()
+// - SmallButton()
+// - InvisibleButton()
+// - ArrowButton()
+// - CloseButton() [Internal]
+// - CollapseButton() [Internal]
+// - GetWindowScrollbarID() [Internal]
+// - GetWindowScrollbarRect() [Internal]
+// - Scrollbar() [Internal]
+// - ScrollbarEx() [Internal]
+// - Image()
+// - ImageButton()
+// - Checkbox()
+// - CheckboxFlagsT() [Internal]
+// - CheckboxFlags()
+// - RadioButton()
+// - ProgressBar()
+// - Bullet()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets.
+// Because we handle so many cases (keyboard/gamepad navigation, drag and drop) and many specific behavior (via ImGuiButtonFlags_),
+// this code is a little complex.
+// By far the most common path is interacting with the Mouse using the default ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease button behavior.
+// See the series of events below and the corresponding state reported by dear imgui:
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnClickRelease:             return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse is outside bb)        -             -                -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+1 (mouse moves inside bb)      -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+4 (mouse moves outside bb)     -             -                true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+5 (mouse moves inside bb)      -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   true          true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+8 (mouse moves outside bb)     -             -                -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnClick:                    return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       true          true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnRelease:                  return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   true          true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnDoubleClick:              return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    true
+//   Frame N+1 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+4 (mouse button is down)       true          true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+5 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note that some combinations are supported,
+// - PressedOnDragDropHold can generally be associated with any flag.
+// - PressedOnDoubleClick can be associated by PressedOnClickRelease/PressedOnRelease, in which case the second release event won't be reported.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// The behavior of the return-value changes when ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat is set:
+//                                         Repeat+                  Repeat+           Repeat+             Repeat+
+//                                         PressedOnClickRelease    PressedOnClick    PressedOnRelease    PressedOnDoubleClick
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse button is down)       -                        true              -                   true
+//   ...                                    -                        -                 -                   -
+//   Frame N + RepeatDelay                  true                     true              -                   true
+//   ...                                    -                        -                 -                   -
+//   Frame N + RepeatDelay + RepeatRate*N   true                     true              -                   true
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// FIXME: For refactor we could output flags, incl mouse hovered vs nav keyboard vs nav triggered etc.
+// And better standardize how widgets use 'GetColor32((held && hovered) ? ... : hovered ? ...)' vs 'GetColor32(held ? ... : hovered ? ...);'
+// For mouse feedback we typically prefer the 'held && hovered' test, but for nav feedback not always. Outputting hovered=true on Activation may be misleading.
+bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    // Default only reacts to left mouse button
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft;
+
+    // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_;
+
+    // Default behavior inherited from item flags
+    // Note that _both_ ButtonFlags and ItemFlags are valid sources, so copy one into the item_flags and only check that.
+    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap)
+        item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap;
+    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)
+        item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow;
+    const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow == window;
+    if (flatten_hovered_children)
+        g.HoveredWindow = window;
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    // Alternate registration spot, for when caller didn't use ItemAdd()
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID != id)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, bb, NULL);
+#endif
+
+    bool pressed = false;
+    bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, item_flags);
+
+    // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button
+    if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers))
+        if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+        {
+            hovered = true;
+            SetHoveredID(id);
+            if (g.HoveredIdTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime <= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER && g.HoveredIdTimer >= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER)
+            {
+                pressed = true;
+                g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id;
+                FocusWindow(window);
+            }
+        }
+
+    if (flatten_hovered_children)
+        g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window;
+
+    // Mouse handling
+    const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id;
+    if (hovered)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // Lazily check inside rare path.
+
+        // Poll mouse buttons
+        // - 'mouse_button_clicked' is generally carried into ActiveIdMouseButton when setting ActiveId.
+        // - Technically we only need some values in one code path, but since this is gated by hovered test this is fine.
+        int mouse_button_clicked = -1;
+        int mouse_button_released = -1;
+        for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++)
+            if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft << button)) // Handle ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight and ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle here.
+            {
+                if (IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiInputFlags_None, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; }
+                if (IsMouseReleased(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_released == -1) { mouse_button_released = button; }
+            }
+
+        // Process initial action
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt))
+        {
+            if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id)
+            {
+                if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner))
+                    SetKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button_clicked), id);
+                if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere))
+                {
+                    SetActiveID(id, window);
+                    g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked;
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    FocusWindow(window);
+                }
+                if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2))
+                {
+                    pressed = true;
+                    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId)
+                        ClearActiveID();
+                    else
+                        SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked;
+                    FocusWindow(window);
+                }
+            }
+            if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease)
+            {
+                if (mouse_button_released != -1)
+                {
+                    const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior
+                    if (!has_repeated_at_least_once)
+                        pressed = true;
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    ClearActiveID();
+                }
+            }
+
+            // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above).
+            // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
+            if (g.ActiveId == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat))
+                if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, test_owner_id))
+                    pressed = true;
+        }
+
+        if (pressed)
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    }
+
+    // Gamepad/Keyboard handling
+    // We report navigated and navigation-activated items as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse.
+    if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus))
+            hovered = true;
+    if (g.NavActivateDownId == id)
+    {
+        bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id);
+        bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id);
+        if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat))
+        {
+            // Avoid pressing multiple keys from triggering excessive amount of repeat events
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space);
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Enter);
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key3 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate);
+            const float t1 = ImMax(ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration), key3->DownDuration);
+            nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0;
+        }
+        if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs)
+        {
+            // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button.
+            pressed = true;
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource;
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus) && !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut))
+                SetFocusID(id, window);
+            if (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut)
+                g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Process while held
+    bool held = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
+        {
+            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+                g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min;
+
+            const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
+            if (mouse_button == -1)
+            {
+                // Fallback for the rare situation were g.ActiveId was set programmatically or from another widget (e.g. #6304).
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            else if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id))
+            {
+                held = true;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bool release_in = hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) != 0;
+                bool release_anywhere = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere) != 0;
+                if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive)
+                {
+                    // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path)
+                    bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2;
+                    bool is_repeating_already = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
+                    bool is_button_avail_or_owned = TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button), test_owner_id);
+                    if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already && is_button_avail_or_owned)
+                        pressed = true;
+                }
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        }
+        else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+        {
+            // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released
+            if (g.NavActivateDownId == id)
+                held = true; // hovered == true not true as we are already likely hovered on direct activation.
+            else
+                ClearActiveID();
+        }
+        if (pressed)
+            g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true;
+    }
+
+    // Activation highlight (this may be a remote activation)
+    if (g.NavHighlightActivatedId == id)
+        hovered = true;
+
+    if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered;
+    if (out_held) *out_held = held;
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag)
+        pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]");
+    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
+
+    // Automatically close popups
+    //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+    //    CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+}
+
+// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing.
+bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+    g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f;
+    bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine);
+    g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y;
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack.
+// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id)
+bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    // Cannot use zero-size for InvisibleButton(). Unlike Button() there is not way to fallback using the label size.
+    IM_ASSERT(size_arg.x != 0.0f && size_arg.y != 0.0f);
+
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(size);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    const float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
+    ItemSize(size, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : -1.0f);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+    RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir)
+{
+    float sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+}
+
+// Button to close a window
+bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825)
+    // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible?
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize));
+    ImRect bb_interact = bb;
+    const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea();
+    if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f)
+        bb_interact.Expand(ImTrunc(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f));
+
+    // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window.
+    // (this isn't the common behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user because navigation tends to keep items visible in scrolling layer).
+    bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id);
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (is_clipped)
+        return pressed;
+
+    // Render
+    // FIXME: Clarify this mess
+    ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered);
+    ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
+    if (hovered)
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col);
+
+    float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f;
+    ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize));
+    bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id);
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+    if (is_clipped)
+        return pressed;
+
+    // Render
+    ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    if (hovered || held)
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col);
+    RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+
+    // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold
+    if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0))
+        StartMouseMovingWindow(window);
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    return window->GetID(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
+}
+
+// Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set.
+ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
+    const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect;
+    const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar)
+    IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f);
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+        return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x - border_size, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size);
+    else
+        return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size, inner_rect.Max.y - border_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis);
+
+    // Calculate scrollbar bounding box
+    ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis);
+    ImDrawFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+    {
+        rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft;
+        if (!window->ScrollbarY)
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight;
+        if (!window->ScrollbarX)
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
+    }
+    float size_visible = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis];
+    float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f;
+    ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis];
+    ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_visible, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners);
+    window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll;
+}
+
+// Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar
+// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
+// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
+// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
+// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
+// Still, the code should probably be made simpler..
+bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_visible_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth();
+    const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight();
+    if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f)
+        return false;
+
+    // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the window resize grab)
+    float alpha = 1.0f;
+    if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)
+        alpha = ImSaturate((bb_frame_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    if (alpha <= 0.0f)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f);
+
+    ImRect bb = bb_frame;
+    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
+
+    // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar)
+    const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
+
+    // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
+    // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
+    IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
+    const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v), (ImS64)1);
+    const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_visible_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
+    const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+    // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
+    bool held = false;
+    bool hovered = false;
+    ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+    ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+
+    const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_visible_v);
+    float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
+    float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space
+    if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
+    {
+        const float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis];
+        const float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis];
+
+        // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
+        const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
+
+        const int held_dir = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm) ? -1 : (clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) ? +1 : 0;
+        if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+        {
+            // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
+            g.ScrollbarSeekMode = (short)held_dir;
+            g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0.0f) ? clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f : 0.0f;
+        }
+
+        // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll)
+        // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position
+        if (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0)
+        {
+            // Absolute seeking
+            const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
+            *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Page by page
+            if (IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && held_dir == g.ScrollbarSeekMode)
+            {
+                float page_dir = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f;
+                *p_scroll_v = ImClamp(*p_scroll_v + (ImS64)(page_dir * size_visible_v), (ImS64)0, scroll_max);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Update values for rendering
+        scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
+        grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+        // Update distance to grab now that we have seek'ed and saturated
+        //if (seek_absolute)
+        //    g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
+    }
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg);
+    const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, flags);
+    ImRect grab_rect;
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+        grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y);
+    else
+        grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+
+    return held;
+}
+
+// - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
+// - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above.
+void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    const float border_size = (border_col.w > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 padding(border_size, border_size);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f);
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    if (border_size > 0.0f)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size);
+    window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+}
+
+// ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390)
+// We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API.
+bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding;
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f);
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, g.Style.FrameRounding));
+    if (bg_col.w > 0.0f)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, GetColorU32(bg_col));
+    window->DrawList->AddImage(texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// Note that ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. This is in order to facilitate fitting an image in a button.
+bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, image_size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col);
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+// Legacy API obsoleted in 1.89. Two differences with new ImageButton()
+// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id'    Old ImageButton() used opaque imTextureId (created issue with: multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID)
+// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding                Old ImageButton() had an override argument.
+// If you need to change padding with new ImageButton() you can use PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, value), consistent with other Button functions.
+bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes.
+    PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id);
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image");
+    PopID();
+
+    if (frame_padding >= 0)
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding));
+    bool ret = ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col);
+    if (frame_padding >= 0)
+        PopStyleVar();
+    return ret;
+}
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    const bool is_visible = ItemAdd(total_bb, id);
+    if (!is_visible)
+    {
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (pressed)
+    {
+        *v = !(*v);
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+    }
+
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
+    const bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0;
+    if (is_visible)
+    {
+        RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
+        RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+        ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark);
+        if (mixed_value)
+        {
+            // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644)
+            // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox)
+            ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f)));
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding);
+        }
+        else if (*v)
+        {
+            const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f));
+            RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f);
+        }
+    }
+    const ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
+    if (is_visible && label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value)
+{
+    bool all_on = (*flags & flags_value) == flags_value;
+    bool any_on = (*flags & flags_value) != 0;
+    bool pressed;
+    if (!all_on && any_on)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue;
+        pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on);
+
+    }
+    if (pressed)
+    {
+        if (all_on)
+            *flags |= flags_value;
+        else
+            *flags &= ~flags_value;
+    }
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
+    center.x = IM_ROUND(center.x);
+    center.y = IM_ROUND(center.y);
+    const float radius = (square_sz - 1.0f) * 0.5f;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (pressed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
+    const int num_segment = window->DrawList->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), num_segment);
+    if (active)
+    {
+        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f));
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark));
+    }
+
+    if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize);
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&label_pos, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// FIXME: This would work nicely if it was a public template, e.g. 'template<T> RadioButton(const char* label, T* v, T v_button)', but I'm not sure how we would expose it..
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button)
+{
+    const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button);
+    if (pressed)
+        *v = v_button;
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size
+void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Fraction < 0.0f will display an indeterminate progress bar animation
+    // The value must be animated along with time, so e.g. passing '-1.0f * ImGui::GetTime()' as fraction works.
+    const bool is_indeterminate = (fraction < 0.0f);
+    if (!is_indeterminate)
+        fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
+
+    // Out of courtesy we accept a NaN fraction without crashing
+    float fill_n0 = 0.0f;
+    float fill_n1 = (fraction == fraction) ? fraction : 0.0f;
+
+    if (is_indeterminate)
+    {
+        const float fill_width_n = 0.2f;
+        fill_n0 = ImFmod(-fraction, 1.0f) * (1.0f + fill_width_n) - fill_width_n;
+        fill_n1 = ImSaturate(fill_n0 + fill_width_n);
+        fill_n0 = ImSaturate(fill_n0);
+    }
+
+    // Render
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize));
+    RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), fill_n0, fill_n1, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
+    // Don't display text for indeterminate bars by default
+    char overlay_buf[32];
+    if (!is_indeterminate || overlay != NULL)
+    {
+        if (!overlay)
+        {
+            ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f);
+            overlay = overlay_buf;
+        }
+
+        ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
+        if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
+        {
+            float text_x = is_indeterminate ? (bb.Min.x + bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x) * 0.5f : ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fill_n1) + style.ItemSpacing.x;
+            RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(text_x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::Bullet()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height));
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+    {
+        SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Render and stay on same line
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, line_height * 0.5f), text_col);
+    SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Spacing()
+// - Dummy()
+// - NewLine()
+// - AlignTextToFramePadding()
+// - SeparatorEx() [Internal]
+// - Separator()
+// - SplitterBehavior() [Internal]
+// - ShrinkWidths() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::Spacing()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(size);
+    ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+}
+
+void ImGui::NewLine()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f)     // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height.
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0));
+    else
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize));
+    window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type;
+}
+
+void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+}
+
+// Horizontal/vertical separating line
+// FIXME: Surprisingly, this seemingly trivial widget is a victim of many different legacy/tricky layout issues.
+// Note how thickness == 1.0f is handled specifically as not moving CursorPos by 'thickness', but other values are.
+void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)));   // Check that only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(thickness > 0.0f);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)
+    {
+        // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height).
+        float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y;
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness, y2));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness, 0.0f));
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+            return;
+
+        // Draw
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogText(" |");
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Horizontal Separator
+        float x1 = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+        float x2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+
+        // Preserve legacy behavior inside Columns()
+        // Before Tables API happened, we relied on Separator() to span all columns of a Columns() set.
+        // We currently don't need to provide the same feature for tables because tables naturally have border features.
+        ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL;
+        if (columns)
+        {
+            x1 = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x; // Used to be Pos.x before 2023/10/03
+            x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
+            PushColumnsBackground();
+        }
+
+        // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit
+        // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell)
+        const float thickness_for_layout = (thickness == 1.0f) ? 0.0f : thickness; // FIXME: See 1.70/1.71 Separator() change: makes legacy 1-px separator not affect layout yet. Should change.
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_for_layout));
+
+        if (ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        {
+            // Draw
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+            if (g.LogEnabled)
+                LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n");
+
+        }
+        if (columns)
+        {
+            PopColumnsBackground();
+            columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::Separator()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    // Those flags should eventually be configurable by the user
+    // FIXME: We cannot g.Style.SeparatorTextBorderSize for thickness as it relates to SeparatorText() which is a decorated separator, not defaulting to 1.0f.
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal;
+
+    // Only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot.
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns;
+
+    SeparatorEx(flags, 1.0f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_w)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImVec2 padding = style.SeparatorTextPadding;
+
+    const float separator_thickness = style.SeparatorTextBorderSize;
+    const ImVec2 min_size(label_size.x + extra_w + padding.x * 2.0f, ImMax(label_size.y + padding.y * 2.0f, separator_thickness));
+    const ImRect bb(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + min_size.y));
+    const float text_baseline_y = ImTrunc((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImFloor((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f));
+    ItemSize(min_size, text_baseline_y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return;
+
+    const float sep1_x1 = pos.x;
+    const float sep2_x2 = bb.Max.x;
+    const float seps_y = ImTrunc((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f);
+
+    const float label_avail_w = ImMax(0.0f, sep2_x2 - sep1_x1 - padding.x * 2.0f);
+    const ImVec2 label_pos(pos.x + padding.x + ImMax(0.0f, (label_avail_w - label_size.x - extra_w) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.x), pos.y + text_baseline_y); // FIXME-ALIGN
+
+    // This allows using SameLine() to position something in the 'extra_w'
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = label_pos.x + label_size.x;
+
+    const ImU32 separator_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator);
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float sep1_x2 = label_pos.x - style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        const float sep2_x1 = label_pos.x + label_size.x + extra_w + style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        if (sep1_x2 > sep1_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep1_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+        if (sep2_x2 > sep2_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep2_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("---", NULL);
+        RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Max.y + style.ItemSpacing.y), bb.Max.x, bb.Max.x, label, label_end, &label_size);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogText("---");
+        if (separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SeparatorText(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    // The SeparatorText() vs SeparatorTextEx() distinction is designed to be considerate that we may want:
+    // - allow separator-text to be draggable items (would require a stable ID + a noticeable highlight)
+    // - this high-level entry point to allow formatting? (which in turns may require ID separate from formatted string)
+    // - because of this we probably can't turn 'const char* label' into 'const char* fmt, ...'
+    // Otherwise, we can decide that users wanting to drag this would layout a dedicated drag-item,
+    // and then we can turn this into a format function.
+    SeparatorTextEx(0, label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label), 0.0f);
+}
+
+// Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise.
+bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay, ImU32 bg_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
+        return false;
+
+    // FIXME: AFAIK the only leftover reason for passing ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap here is
+    // to allow caller of SplitterBehavior() to call SetItemAllowOverlap() after the item.
+    // Nowadays we would instead want to use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before the item.
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap;
+#endif
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    ImRect bb_interact = bb;
+    bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f));
+    ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    if (hovered)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb
+
+    if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay))
+        SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW);
+
+    ImRect bb_render = bb;
+    if (held)
+    {
+        float mouse_delta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min)[axis];
+
+        // Minimum pane size
+        float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1);
+        float size_2_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size2 - min_size2);
+        if (mouse_delta < -size_1_maximum_delta)
+            mouse_delta = -size_1_maximum_delta;
+        if (mouse_delta > size_2_maximum_delta)
+            mouse_delta = size_2_maximum_delta;
+
+        // Apply resize
+        if (mouse_delta != 0.0f)
+        {
+            *size1 = ImMax(*size1 + mouse_delta, min_size1);
+            *size2 = ImMax(*size2 - mouse_delta, min_size2);
+            bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta));
+            MarkItemEdited(id);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Render at new position
+    if (bg_col & IM_COL32_A_MASK)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, bg_col, 0.0f);
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, 0.0f);
+
+    return held;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* a = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* b = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)rhs;
+    if (int d = (int)(b->Width - a->Width))
+        return d;
+    return (b->Index - a->Index);
+}
+
+// Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first.
+// Set items Width to -1.0f to disable shrinking this item.
+void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess)
+{
+    if (count == 1)
+    {
+        if (items[0].Width >= 0.0f)
+            items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f);
+        return;
+    }
+    ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer);
+    int count_same_width = 1;
+    while (width_excess > 0.0f && count_same_width < count)
+    {
+        while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width)
+            count_same_width++;
+        float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count && items[count_same_width].Width >= 0.0f) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f);
+        if (max_width_to_remove_per_item <= 0.0f)
+            break;
+        float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item);
+        for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++)
+            items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item;
+        width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width;
+    }
+
+    // Round width and redistribute remainder
+    // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator.
+    width_excess = 0.0f;
+    for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
+    {
+        float width_rounded = ImTrunc(items[n].Width);
+        width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded;
+        items[n].Width = width_rounded;
+    }
+    while (width_excess > 0.0f)
+        for (int n = 0; n < count && width_excess > 0.0f; n++)
+        {
+            float width_to_add = ImMin(items[n].InitialWidth - items[n].Width, 1.0f);
+            items[n].Width += width_to_add;
+            width_excess -= width_to_add;
+        }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount() [Internal]
+// - BeginCombo()
+// - BeginComboPopup() [Internal]
+// - EndCombo()
+// - BeginComboPreview() [Internal]
+// - EndComboPreview() [Internal]
+// - Combo()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (items_count <= 0)
+        return FLT_MAX;
+    return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags backup_next_window_data_flags = g.NextWindowData.Flags;
+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together
+    if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview)
+        IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | (ImGuiComboFlags)ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)) == 0);
+
+    const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const float preview_width = ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) && (preview_value != NULL)) ? CalcTextSize(preview_value, NULL, true).x : 0.0f;
+    const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) ? (arrow_size + preview_width + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : CalcItemWidth());
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &bb))
+        return false;
+
+    // Open on click
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    const ImGuiID popup_id = ImHashStr("##ComboPopup", 0, id);
+    bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    if (pressed && !popup_open)
+    {
+        OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+        popup_open = true;
+    }
+
+    // Render shape
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    const float value_x2 = ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - arrow_size);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
+    {
+        ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+        ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Min.y), bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight);
+        if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= bb.Max.x)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+    }
+    RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Custom preview
+    if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)
+    {
+        g.ComboPreviewData.PreviewRect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, value_x2, bb.Max.y);
+        IM_ASSERT(preview_value == NULL || preview_value[0] == 0);
+        preview_value = NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Render preview and label
+    if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+        RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+    if (label_size.x > 0)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    if (!popup_open)
+        return false;
+
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags = backup_next_window_data_flags;
+    return BeginComboPopup(popup_id, bb, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Set popup size
+    float w = bb.GetWidth();
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0)
+            flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular;
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one
+        int popup_max_height_in_items = -1;
+        if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)     popup_max_height_in_items = 8;
+        else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)  popup_max_height_in_items = 4;
+        else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge)  popup_max_height_in_items = 20;
+        ImVec2 constraint_min(0.0f, 0.0f), constraint_max(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x <= 0.0f) // Don't apply constraints if user specified a size
+            constraint_min.x = w;
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y <= 0.0f)
+            constraint_max.y = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items);
+        SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(constraint_min, constraint_max);
+    }
+
+    // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx()
+    char name[16];
+    ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginComboDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth
+
+    // Set position given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it)
+    // FIXME: This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function?
+    // FIXME: This might be moved to Begin() or at least around the same spot where Tooltips and other Popups are calling FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx()?
+    if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        if (popup_window->WasActive)
+        {
+            // Always override 'AutoPosLastDirection' to not leave a chance for a past value to affect us.
+            ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(popup_window);
+            popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Down; // Left = "Below, Toward Left", Down = "Below, Toward Right (default)"
+            ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(popup_window);
+            ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox);
+            SetNextWindowPos(pos);
+        }
+
+    // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.FramePadding.x, g.Style.WindowPadding.y)); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text
+    bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
+    PopStyleVar();
+    if (!ret)
+    {
+        EndPopup();
+        IM_ASSERT(0);   // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above
+        return false;
+    }
+    g.BeginComboDepth++;
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndCombo()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    EndPopup();
+    g.BeginComboDepth--;
+}
+
+// Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements
+// (Experimental, see GitHub issues: #1658, #4168)
+bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData;
+
+    if (window->SkipItems || !(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible))
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag?
+    if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional)
+        return false;
+
+    // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api
+    preview_data->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine;
+    preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    preview_data->BackupLayout = window->DC.LayoutType;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->PreviewRect.Min + g.Style.FramePadding;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    PushClipRect(preview_data->PreviewRect.Min, preview_data->PreviewRect.Max, true);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndComboPreview()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData;
+
+    // FIXME: Using CursorMaxPos approximation instead of correct AABB which we will store in ImDrawCmd in the future
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    if (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.x && window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.y)
+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 1) // Unlikely case that the PushClipRect() didn't create a command
+        {
+            draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 2].ClipRect;
+            draw_list->_TryMergeDrawCmds();
+        }
+    PopClipRect();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->BackupCursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos);
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = preview_data->BackupLayout;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    preview_data->PreviewRect = ImRect();
+}
+
+// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[]
+static const char* Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+    const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data;
+    return items[idx];
+}
+
+// Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0"
+static const char* Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+    const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        if (idx == items_count)
+            break;
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    return *p ? p : NULL;
+}
+
+// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo()
+    const char* preview_value = NULL;
+    if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
+        preview_value = getter(user_data, *current_item);
+
+    // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here.
+    if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint))
+        SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
+
+    if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None))
+        return false;
+
+    // Display items
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+    clipper.Begin(items_count);
+    clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item);
+    while (clipper.Step())
+        for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+        {
+            const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i);
+            if (item_text == NULL)
+                item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+
+            PushID(i);
+            const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+            if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i)
+            {
+                value_changed = true;
+                *current_item = i;
+            }
+            if (item_selected)
+                SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            PopID();
+        }
+
+    EndCombo();
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0"
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items)
+{
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;       // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+struct ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData { void* UserData; bool (*OldCallback)(void*, int, const char**); };
+static const char* ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback(void* user_data, int idx)
+{
+    ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData* data = (ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData*)user_data;
+    const char* s = NULL;
+    data->OldCallback(data->UserData, idx, &s);
+    return s;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter };
+    return ListBox(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, height_in_items);
+}
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter };
+    return Combo(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, popup_max_height_in_items);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DataTypeGetInfo()
+// - DataTypeFormatString()
+// - DataTypeApplyOp()
+// - DataTypeApplyFromText()
+// - DataTypeCompare()
+// - DataTypeClamp()
+// - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision
+// - RoundScalarWithFormat<>()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] =
+{
+    { sizeof(char),             "S8",   "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S8
+    { sizeof(unsigned char),    "U8",   "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(short),            "S16",  "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S16
+    { sizeof(unsigned short),   "U16",  "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(int),              "S32",  "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S32
+    { sizeof(unsigned int),     "U32",  "%u",   "%u"    },
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    { sizeof(ImS64),            "S64",  "%I64d","%I64d" },  // ImGuiDataType_S64
+    { sizeof(ImU64),            "U64",  "%I64u","%I64u" },
+#else
+    { sizeof(ImS64),            "S64",  "%lld", "%lld"  },  // ImGuiDataType_S64
+    { sizeof(ImU64),            "U64",  "%llu", "%llu"  },
+#endif
+    { sizeof(float),            "float", "%.3f","%f"    },  // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg)
+    { sizeof(double),           "double","%f",  "%lf"   },  // ImGuiDataType_Double
+};
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+
+const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+    return &GDataTypeInfo[data_type];
+}
+
+int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format)
+{
+    // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing integer arguments
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS8*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU8*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS16*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU16*)p_data);
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg1, const void* arg2)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-');
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+        case ImGuiDataType_S8:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS8*)output  = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1,  *(const ImS8*)arg2,  IM_S8_MIN,  IM_S8_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS8*)output  = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1,  *(const ImS8*)arg2,  IM_S8_MIN,  IM_S8_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U8:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU8*)output  = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1,  *(const ImU8*)arg2,  IM_U8_MIN,  IM_U8_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU8*)output  = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1,  *(const ImU8*)arg2,  IM_U8_MIN,  IM_U8_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S16:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U16:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U32:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S64:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U64:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_Float:
+            if (op == '+') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2; }
+            if (op == '-') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2; }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_Double:
+            if (op == '+') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2; }
+            if (op == '-') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2; }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+}
+
+// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
+// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess..
+bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty)
+{
+    // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
+    const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup;
+    memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size);
+
+    while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf))
+        buf++;
+    if (!buf[0])
+    {
+        if (p_data_when_empty != NULL)
+        {
+            memcpy(p_data, p_data_when_empty, type_info->Size);
+            return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Sanitize format
+    // - For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf
+    // - In theory could treat empty format as using default, but this would only cover rare/bizarre case of using InputScalar() + integer + format string without %.
+    char format_sanitized[32];
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+        format = type_info->ScanFmt;
+    else
+        format = ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(format, format_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format_sanitized));
+
+    // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf()
+    int v32 = 0;
+    if (sscanf(buf, format, type_info->Size >= 4 ? p_data : &v32) < 1)
+        return false;
+    if (type_info->Size < 4)
+    {
+        if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8)
+            *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8)
+            *(ImU8*)p_data = (ImU8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U8_MIN, (int)IM_U8_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16)
+            *(ImS16*)p_data = (ImS16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S16_MIN, (int)IM_S16_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16)
+            *(ImU16*)p_data = (ImU16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U16_MIN, (int)IM_U16_MAX);
+        else
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+
+    return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+static int DataTypeCompareT(const T* lhs, const T* rhs)
+{
+    if (*lhs < *rhs) return -1;
+    if (*lhs > *rhs) return +1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2)
+{
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     return DataTypeCompareT<ImS8  >((const ImS8*  )arg_1, (const ImS8*  )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     return DataTypeCompareT<ImU8  >((const ImU8*  )arg_1, (const ImU8*  )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS16 >((const ImS16* )arg_1, (const ImS16* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU16 >((const ImU16* )arg_1, (const ImU16* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS32 >((const ImS32* )arg_1, (const ImS32* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU32 >((const ImU32* )arg_1, (const ImU32* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS64 >((const ImS64* )arg_1, (const ImS64* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU64 >((const ImU64* )arg_1, (const ImU64* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DataTypeCompareT<float >((const float* )arg_1, (const float* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeCompareT<double>((const double*)arg_1, (const double*)arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+static bool DataTypeClampT(T* v, const T* v_min, const T* v_max)
+{
+    // Clamp, both sides are optional, return true if modified
+    if (v_min && *v < *v_min) { *v = *v_min; return true; }
+    if (v_max && *v > *v_max) { *v = *v_max; return true; }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max)
+{
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     return DataTypeClampT<ImS8  >((ImS8*  )p_data, (const ImS8*  )p_min, (const ImS8*  )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     return DataTypeClampT<ImU8  >((ImU8*  )p_data, (const ImU8*  )p_min, (const ImU8*  )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS16 >((ImS16* )p_data, (const ImS16* )p_min, (const ImS16* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU16 >((ImU16* )p_data, (const ImU16* )p_min, (const ImU16* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS32 >((ImS32* )p_data, (const ImS32* )p_min, (const ImS32* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU32 >((ImU32* )p_data, (const ImU32* )p_min, (const ImU32* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS64 >((ImS64* )p_data, (const ImS64* )p_min, (const ImS64* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU64 >((ImU64* )p_data, (const ImU64* )p_min, (const ImU64* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DataTypeClampT<float >((float* )p_data, (const float* )p_min, (const float* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeClampT<double>((double*)p_data, (const double*)p_min, (const double*)p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision)
+{
+    static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
+    if (decimal_precision < 0)
+        return FLT_MIN;
+    return (decimal_precision < IM_ARRAYSIZE(min_steps)) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE>
+TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(data_type);
+    IM_ASSERT(data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+    const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format);
+    if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string
+        return v;
+
+    // Sanitize format
+    char fmt_sanitized[32];
+    ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized));
+    fmt_start = fmt_sanitized;
+
+    // Format value with our rounding, and read back
+    char v_str[64];
+    ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v);
+    const char* p = v_str;
+    while (*p == ' ')
+        p++;
+    v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p);
+
+    return v;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DragBehaviorT<>() [Internal]
+// - DragBehavior() [Internal]
+// - DragScalar()
+// - DragScalarN()
+// - DragFloat()
+// - DragFloat2()
+// - DragFloat3()
+// - DragFloat4()
+// - DragFloatRange2()
+// - DragInt()
+// - DragInt2()
+// - DragInt3()
+// - DragInt4()
+// - DragIntRange2()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    const bool is_bounded = (v_min < v_max);
+    const bool is_wrapped = is_bounded && (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround);
+    const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0;
+    const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+
+    // Default tweak speed
+    if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_bounded && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX))
+        v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio);
+
+    // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings
+    float adjust_delta = 0.0f;
+    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR))
+    {
+        adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis];
+        if (g.IO.KeyAlt)
+            adjust_delta *= 1.0f / 100.0f;
+        if (g.IO.KeyShift)
+            adjust_delta *= 10.0f;
+    }
+    else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+    {
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
+        const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow);
+        const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast);
+        const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 10.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
+        adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor;
+        v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision));
+    }
+    adjust_delta *= v_speed;
+
+    // For vertical drag we currently assume that Up=higher value (like we do with vertical sliders). This may become a parameter.
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+        adjust_delta = -adjust_delta;
+
+    // For logarithmic use our range is effectively 0..1 so scale the delta into that range
+    if (is_logarithmic && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX) && ((v_max - v_min) > 0.000001f)) // Epsilon to avoid /0
+        adjust_delta /= (float)(v_max - v_min);
+
+    // Clear current value on activation
+    // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300.
+    const bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated;
+    const bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_bounded && !is_wrapped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f));
+    if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward)
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
+        g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+    }
+    else if (adjust_delta != 0.0f)
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum += adjust_delta;
+        g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = true;
+    }
+
+    if (!g.DragCurrentAccumDirty)
+        return false;
+
+    TYPE v_cur = *v;
+    FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f;
+
+    float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    const float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Drag widgets have no deadzone (as it doesn't make sense)
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound.
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1;
+        logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision);
+
+        // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back
+        float v_old_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        float v_new_parametric = v_old_parametric + g.DragCurrentAccum;
+        v_cur = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_new_parametric, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_parametric;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        v_cur += (SIGNEDTYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum;
+    }
+
+    // Round to user desired precision based on format string
+    if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+        v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_cur);
+
+    // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values.
+    g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back
+        float v_new_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_new_parametric - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_cur - (SIGNEDTYPE)*v);
+    }
+
+    // Lose zero sign for float/double
+    if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0)
+        v_cur = (TYPE)0;
+
+    if (*v != v_cur && is_bounded)
+    {
+        if (is_wrapped)
+        {
+            // Wrap values
+            if (v_cur < v_min)
+                v_cur += v_max - v_min + (is_floating_point ? 0 : 1);
+            if (v_cur > v_max)
+                v_cur -= v_max - v_min + (is_floating_point ? 0 : 1);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Clamp values + handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types.
+            if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point))
+                v_cur = v_min;
+            if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point))
+                v_cur = v_max;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Apply result
+    if (*v == v_cur)
+        return false;
+    *v = v_cur;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert.
+    IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the legacy 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead.");
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation.
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+            ClearActiveID();
+        else if ((g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            ClearActiveID();
+    }
+    if (g.ActiveId != id)
+        return false;
+    if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
+        return false;
+
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v;  bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN,  p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max  : IM_S8_MAX,  format, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v;  bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN,  p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max  : IM_U8_MAX,  format, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DragBehaviorT<float, float, float >(data_type, (float*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX,   p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX,    format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT<double,double,double>(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX,   p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX,    format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a Drag widget, p_min and p_max are optional.
+// Read code of e.g. DragFloat(), DragInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0;
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+    bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id);
+    if (!temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText
+        const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
+        const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id));
+        const bool make_active = (clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
+        if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked))
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
+        if (make_active && temp_input_allowed)
+            if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput)))
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+
+        // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText
+        if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active)
+            if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR))
+            {
+                g.NavActivateId = id;
+                g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+            }
+
+        if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active)
+        {
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            SetFocusID(id, window);
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set
+        const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0);
+        return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Drag behavior
+    const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0));
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this.
+bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushID(label);
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth());
+
+    float min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min;
+    float min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max);
+    ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    bool value_changed = DragScalar("##min", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_min, v_speed, &min_min, &min_max, format, min_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    float max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min);
+    float max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max;
+    ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    value_changed |= DragScalar("##max", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_max, v_speed, &max_min, &max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    EndGroup();
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision
+bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this.
+bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushID(label);
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth());
+
+    int min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min;
+    int min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max);
+    ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, min_min, min_max, format, min_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    int max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min);
+    int max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max;
+    ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, max_min, max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    EndGroup();
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ScaleRatioFromValueT<> [Internal]
+// - ScaleValueFromRatioT<> [Internal]
+// - SliderBehaviorT<>() [Internal]
+// - SliderBehavior() [Internal]
+// - SliderScalar()
+// - SliderScalarN()
+// - SliderFloat()
+// - SliderFloat2()
+// - SliderFloat3()
+// - SliderFloat4()
+// - SliderAngle()
+// - SliderInt()
+// - SliderInt2()
+// - SliderInt3()
+// - SliderInt4()
+// - VSliderScalar()
+// - VSliderFloat()
+// - VSliderInt()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Convert a value v in the output space of a slider into a parametric position on the slider itself (the logical opposite of ScaleValueFromRatioT)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize)
+{
+    if (v_min == v_max)
+        return 0.0f;
+    IM_UNUSED(data_type);
+
+    const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min);
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        bool flipped = v_max < v_min;
+
+        if (flipped) // Handle the case where the range is backwards
+            ImSwap(v_min, v_max);
+
+        // Fudge min/max to avoid getting close to log(0)
+        FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min;
+        FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max;
+
+        // Awkward special cases - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon)
+        if ((v_min == 0.0f) && (v_max < 0.0f))
+            v_min_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+        else if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f))
+            v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+
+        float result;
+        if (v_clamped <= v_min_fudged)
+            result = 0.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but below our fudge
+        else if (v_clamped >= v_max_fudged)
+            result = 1.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but above our fudge
+        else if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so split into two portions
+        {
+            float zero_point_center = (-(float)v_min) / ((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space.  There's an argument we should take the logarithmic nature into account when calculating this, but for now this should do (and the most common case of a symmetrical range works fine)
+            float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            if (v == 0.0f)
+                result = zero_point_center; // Special case for exactly zero
+            else if (v < 0.0f)
+                result = (1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon))) * zero_point_snap_L;
+            else
+                result = zero_point_snap_R + ((float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon)) * (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R));
+        }
+        else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider
+            result = 1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / -v_max_fudged) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged));
+        else
+            result = (float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / v_min_fudged) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged));
+
+        return flipped ? (1.0f - result) : result;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Linear slider
+        return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min));
+    }
+}
+
+// Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize)
+{
+    // We special-case the extents because otherwise our logarithmic fudging can lead to "mathematically correct"
+    // but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value. Also generally simpler.
+    if (t <= 0.0f || v_min == v_max)
+        return v_min;
+    if (t >= 1.0f)
+        return v_max;
+
+    TYPE result = (TYPE)0;
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero
+        FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min;
+        FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max;
+
+        const bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards"
+        if (flipped)
+            ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged);
+
+        // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon)
+        if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f))
+            v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+
+        float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range
+
+        if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts
+        {
+            float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space
+            float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R)
+                result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise)
+            else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center)
+                result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L))));
+            else
+                result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R))));
+        }
+        else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider
+            result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip)));
+        else
+            result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Linear slider
+        const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+        if (is_floating_point)
+        {
+            result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t);
+        }
+        else if (t < 1.0)
+        {
+            // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above
+            //   This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property..
+            // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64
+            //   range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits.
+            FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t;
+            result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5)));
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Try to move more of the code into shared SliderBehavior()
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0;
+    const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+    const float v_range_f = (float)(v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); // We don't need high precision for what we do with it.
+
+    // Calculate bounds
+    const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style.
+    const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f;
+    float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize;
+    if (!is_floating_point && v_range_f >= 0.0f)                         // v_range_f < 0 may happen on integer overflows
+        grab_sz = ImMax(slider_sz / (v_range_f + 1), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
+    grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz);
+    const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_max = bb.Max[axis] - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f;
+
+    float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound.
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1;
+        logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision);
+        zero_deadzone_halfsize = (style.LogSliderDeadzone * 0.5f) / ImMax(slider_usable_sz, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Process interacting with the slider
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        bool set_new_value = false;
+        float clicked_t = 0.0f;
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
+        {
+            if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+            {
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis];
+                if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+                {
+                    float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+                    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+                        grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+                    const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+                    const bool clicked_around_grab = (mouse_abs_pos >= grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f - 1.0f) && (mouse_abs_pos <= grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f + 1.0f); // No harm being extra generous here.
+                    g.SliderGrabClickOffset = (clicked_around_grab && is_floating_point) ? mouse_abs_pos - grab_pos : 0.0f;
+                }
+                if (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f)
+                    clicked_t = ImSaturate((mouse_abs_pos - g.SliderGrabClickOffset - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz);
+                if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+                    clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t;
+                set_new_value = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+        {
+            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            {
+                g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // Reset any stored nav delta upon activation
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+            }
+
+            float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) : -GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis);
+            if (input_delta != 0.0f)
+            {
+                const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow);
+                const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast);
+                const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
+                if (decimal_precision > 0)
+                {
+                    input_delta /= 100.0f;    // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds
+                    if (tweak_slow)
+                        input_delta /= 10.0f;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ((v_range_f >= -100.0f && v_range_f <= 100.0f && v_range_f != 0.0f) || tweak_slow)
+                        input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / v_range_f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps
+                    else
+                        input_delta /= 100.0f;
+                }
+                if (tweak_fast)
+                    input_delta *= 10.0f;
+
+                g.SliderCurrentAccum += input_delta;
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = true;
+            }
+
+            float delta = g.SliderCurrentAccum;
+            if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            {
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            else if (g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty)
+            {
+                clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+                if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits
+                {
+                    set_new_value = false;
+                    g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // If pushing up against the limits, don't continue to accumulate
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    set_new_value = true;
+                    float old_clicked_t = clicked_t;
+                    clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta);
+
+                    // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator
+                    TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+                    if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+                        v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_new);
+                    float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+                    if (delta > 0)
+                        g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMin(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta);
+                    else
+                        g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMax(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta);
+                }
+
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (set_new_value)
+            if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
+                set_new_value = false;
+
+        if (set_new_value)
+        {
+            TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+            // Round to user desired precision based on format string
+            if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+                v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_new);
+
+            // Apply result
+            if (*v != v_new)
+            {
+                *v = v_new;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (slider_sz < 1.0f)
+    {
+        *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min, bb.Min);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller
+        float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+            grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+        const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+        if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+            *out_grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding);
+        else
+            *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f);
+    }
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// For 32-bit and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range.
+// So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok.
+// It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders.
+bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb)
+{
+    // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert.
+    IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the legacy 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead.");
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround) == 0); // Not supported by SliderXXX(), only by DragXXX()
+
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:  { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v;  bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min,  *(const ImS8*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v  = (ImS8)v32;  return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:  { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v;  bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min,  *(const ImU8*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v  = (ImU8)v32;  return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v,  *(const ImS32*)p_min,  *(const ImS32*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v,  *(const ImU32*)p_min,  *(const ImU32*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v,  *(const ImS64*)p_min,  *(const ImS64*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v,  *(const ImU64*)p_min,  *(const ImU64*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX / 2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX / 2.0f);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<float, float, float >(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v,  *(const float*)p_min,  *(const float*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX / 2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX / 2.0f);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<double, double, double>(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a slider, they are all required.
+// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0;
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+    bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id);
+    if (!temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
+        const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
+        const bool make_active = (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
+        if (make_active && clicked)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
+        if (make_active && temp_input_allowed)
+            if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput)))
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+
+        if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active)
+        {
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            SetFocusID(id, window);
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set
+        const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0;
+        return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Slider behavior
+    ImRect grab_bb;
+    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags, &grab_bb);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Render grab
+    if (grab_bb.Max.x > grab_bb.Min.x)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0));
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components
+bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = "%.0f deg";
+    float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2 * IM_PI);
+    bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, flags);
+    *v_rad = v_deg * (2 * IM_PI) / 360.0f;
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+    const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
+    if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id)
+    {
+        if (clicked)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
+        SetActiveID(id, window);
+        SetFocusID(id, window);
+        FocusWindow(window);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Slider behavior
+    ImRect grab_bb;
+    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags | ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Render grab
+    if (grab_bb.Max.y > grab_bb.Min.y)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f));
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal]
+// - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal]
+// - InputScalar()
+// - InputScalarN()
+// - InputFloat()
+// - InputFloat2()
+// - InputFloat3()
+// - InputFloat4()
+// - InputInt()
+// - InputInt2()
+// - InputInt3()
+// - InputInt4()
+// - InputDouble()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// We don't use strchr() because our strings are usually very short and often start with '%'
+const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* fmt)
+{
+    while (char c = fmt[0])
+    {
+        if (c == '%' && fmt[1] != '%')
+            return fmt;
+        else if (c == '%')
+            fmt++;
+        fmt++;
+    }
+    return fmt;
+}
+
+const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt)
+{
+    // Printf/scanf types modifiers: I/L/h/j/l/t/w/z. Other uppercase letters qualify as types aka end of the format.
+    if (fmt[0] != '%')
+        return fmt;
+    const unsigned int ignored_uppercase_mask = (1 << ('I'-'A')) | (1 << ('L'-'A'));
+    const unsigned int ignored_lowercase_mask = (1 << ('h'-'a')) | (1 << ('j'-'a')) | (1 << ('l'-'a')) | (1 << ('t'-'a')) | (1 << ('w'-'a')) | (1 << ('z'-'a'));
+    for (char c; (c = *fmt) != 0; fmt++)
+    {
+        if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' && ((1 << (c - 'A')) & ignored_uppercase_mask) == 0)
+            return fmt + 1;
+        if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' && ((1 << (c - 'a')) & ignored_lowercase_mask) == 0)
+            return fmt + 1;
+    }
+    return fmt;
+}
+
+// Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations
+//  fmt = "blah blah"  -> return ""
+//  fmt = "%.3f"       -> return fmt
+//  fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6
+//  fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f"
+const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
+    if (fmt_start[0] != '%')
+        return "";
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start);
+    if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data.
+        return fmt_start;
+    ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_start) + 1, buf_size));
+    return buf;
+}
+
+// Sanitize format
+// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi
+// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi.
+void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in);
+    IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size);
+    IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you!
+    while (fmt_in < fmt_end)
+    {
+        char c = *fmt_in++;
+        if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '.
+            *(fmt_out++) = c;
+    }
+    *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate
+}
+
+// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields and flags "%+3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d"
+const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in);
+    const char* fmt_out_begin = fmt_out;
+    IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size);
+    IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you!
+    bool has_type = false;
+    while (fmt_in < fmt_end)
+    {
+        char c = *fmt_in++;
+        if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.' || c == '+' || c == '#'))
+            continue;
+        has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits
+        if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '.
+            *(fmt_out++) = c;
+    }
+    *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate
+    return fmt_out_begin;
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE>
+static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output)
+{
+    int negative = 0;
+    if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; }
+    if (*src == '+') { src++; }
+    TYPE v = 0;
+    while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9')
+        v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0');
+    *output = negative ? -v : v;
+    return src;
+}
+
+// Parse display precision back from the display format string
+// FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed.
+int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+{
+    fmt = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
+    if (fmt[0] != '%')
+        return default_precision;
+    fmt++;
+    while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
+        fmt++;
+    int precision = INT_MAX;
+    if (*fmt == '.')
+    {
+        fmt = ImAtoi<int>(fmt + 1, &precision);
+        if (precision < 0 || precision > 99)
+            precision = default_precision;
+    }
+    if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation
+        precision = -1;
+    if ((*fmt == 'g' || *fmt == 'G') && precision == INT_MAX)
+        precision = -1;
+    return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision;
+}
+
+// Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets)
+// FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations.
+bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id.
+    // We clear ActiveID on the first frame to allow the InputText() taking it back.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool init = (g.TempInputId != id);
+    if (init)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min;
+    bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem);
+    if (init)
+    {
+        // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id.
+        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);
+        g.TempInputId = g.ActiveId;
+    }
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set!
+// This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility.
+// However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values.
+bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max)
+{
+    // FIXME: May need to clarify display behavior if format doesn't contain %.
+    // "%d" -> "%d" / "There are %d items" -> "%d" / "items" -> "%d" (fallback). Also see #6405
+    const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
+    char fmt_buf[32];
+    char data_buf[32];
+    format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf));
+    if (format[0] == 0)
+        format = type_info->PrintFmt;
+    DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf);
+
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint;
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags))
+    {
+        // Backup old value
+        size_t data_type_size = type_info->Size;
+        ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup;
+        memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size);
+
+        // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp
+        DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format, NULL);
+        if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max)
+        {
+            if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0)
+                ImSwap(p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max);
+            DataTypeClamp(data_type, p_data, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max);
+        }
+
+        // Only mark as edited if new value is different
+        value_changed = memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size) != 0;
+        if (value_changed)
+            MarkItemEdited(id);
+    }
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal;
+    memcpy(&g.NextItemData.RefVal, p_data, DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size);
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional.
+// Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    void* p_data_default = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal) ? &g.NextItemData.RefVal : &g.DataTypeZeroValue;
+
+    char buf[64];
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal) && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_data, p_data_default) == 0)
+        buf[0] = 0;
+    else
+        DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string.
+    flags |= (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint;
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (p_step == NULL)
+    {
+        if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags))
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const float button_size = GetFrameHeight();
+
+        BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive()
+        PushID(label);
+        SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
+        if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL);
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable);
+
+        // Step buttons
+        const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding;
+        style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y;
+        ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups;
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+            BeginDisabled();
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
+        {
+            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
+        {
+            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+            EndDisabled();
+
+        const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+        if (label != label_end)
+        {
+            SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            TextEx(label, label_end);
+        }
+        style.FramePadding = backup_frame_padding;
+
+        PopID();
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= InputScalar("", data_type, p_data, p_step, p_step_fast, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0.0f, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes.
+    const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline, InputTextWithHint
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - InputText()
+// - InputTextWithHint()
+// - InputTextMultiline()
+// - InputTextGetCharInfo() [Internal]
+// - InputTextReindexLines() [Internal]
+// - InputTextReindexLinesRange() [Internal]
+// - InputTextEx() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
+    return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() or  InputTextEx() manually if you need multi-line + hint.
+    return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end)
+{
+    int line_count = 0;
+    const char* s = text_begin;
+    while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding
+        if (c == '\n')
+            line_count++;
+    s--;
+    if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r')
+        line_count++;
+    *out_text_end = s;
+    return line_count;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImFont* font = g.Font;
+    const float line_height = g.FontSize;
+    const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
+
+    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0);
+    float line_width = 0.0f;
+
+    const ImWchar* s = text_begin;
+    while (s < text_end)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++);
+        if (c == '\n')
+        {
+            text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
+            text_size.y += line_height;
+            line_width = 0.0f;
+            if (stop_on_new_line)
+                break;
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (c == '\r')
+            continue;
+
+        const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * scale;
+        line_width += char_width;
+    }
+
+    if (text_size.x < line_width)
+        text_size.x = line_width;
+
+    if (out_offset)
+        *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height);  // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n
+
+    if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f)                        // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n
+        text_size.y += line_height;
+
+    if (remaining)
+        *remaining = s;
+
+    return text_size;
+}
+
+// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar)
+namespace ImStb
+{
+
+static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj)                             { return obj->CurLenW; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)                      { IM_ASSERT(idx <= obj->CurLenW); return obj->TextW[idx]; }
+static float   STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx)  { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); }
+static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key)                                                    { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n';
+static void    STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx)
+{
+    const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data;
+    const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL;
+    const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(obj->Ctx, text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true);
+    r->x0 = 0.0f;
+    r->x1 = size.x;
+    r->baseline_y_delta = size.y;
+    r->ymin = 0.0f;
+    r->ymax = size.y;
+    r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx));
+}
+
+static bool is_separator(unsigned int c)
+{
+    return c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='.' || c=='!';
+}
+
+static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)
+{
+    // When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators.
+    if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx - 1]);
+    bool prev_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]);
+    bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx]);
+    bool curr_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]);
+    return ((prev_white || prev_separ) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ);
+}
+static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)
+{
+    if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx]);
+    bool prev_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]);
+    bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(obj->TextW[idx - 1]);
+    bool curr_separ = is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]);
+    return ((prev_white) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ);
+}
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)  { ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); }
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT   STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL  // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL
+
+static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n)
+{
+    ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos;
+
+    // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats
+    obj->Edited = true;
+    obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n);
+    obj->CurLenW -= n;
+
+    // Offset remaining text (FIXME-OPT: Use memmove)
+    const ImWchar* src = obj->TextW.Data + pos + n;
+    while (ImWchar c = *src++)
+        *dst++ = c;
+    *dst = '\0';
+}
+
+static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len)
+{
+    const bool is_resizable = (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    const int text_len = obj->CurLenW;
+    IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len);
+
+    const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len);
+    if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA))
+        return false;
+
+    // Grow internal buffer if needed
+    if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextW.Size)
+    {
+        if (!is_resizable)
+            return false;
+        IM_ASSERT(text_len < obj->TextW.Size);
+        obj->TextW.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1);
+    }
+
+    ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data;
+    if (pos != text_len)
+        memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+    memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar));
+
+    obj->Edited = true;
+    obj->CurLenW += new_text_len;
+    obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8;
+    obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0';
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols)
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT         0x200000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT        0x200001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP           0x200002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN         0x200003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART    0x200004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND      0x200005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART    0x200006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND      0x200007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE       0x200008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE    0x200009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO         0x20000A // keyboard input to perform undo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO         0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT     0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT    0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP         0x20000E // keyboard input to move cursor up a page
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN       0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT        0x400000
+
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove
+#include "imstb_textedit.h"
+
+// stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling
+// the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?)
+static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len)
+{
+    stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len);
+    ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW);
+    state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0;
+    if (text_len <= 0)
+        return;
+    if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len))
+    {
+        state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = text_len;
+        state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0); // Failed to insert character, normally shouldn't happen because of how we currently use stb_textedit_replace()
+}
+
+} // namespace ImStb
+
+void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key)
+{
+    stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key);
+    CursorFollow = true;
+    CursorAnimReset();
+}
+
+ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ImGuiInputTextCallbackData()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+}
+
+// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text
+// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar)
+// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance.
+void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen);
+    char* dst = Buf + pos;
+    const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count;
+    while (char c = *src++)
+        *dst++ = c;
+    *dst = '\0';
+
+    if (CursorPos >= pos + bytes_count)
+        CursorPos -= bytes_count;
+    else if (CursorPos >= pos)
+        CursorPos = pos;
+    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+    BufDirty = true;
+    BufTextLen -= bytes_count;
+}
+
+void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end)
+{
+    // Accept null ranges
+    if (new_text == new_text_end)
+        return;
+
+    const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text);
+    if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize)
+    {
+        if (!is_resizable)
+            return;
+
+        // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!)
+        ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
+        ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState;
+        IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID);
+        IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data);
+        int new_buf_size = BufTextLen + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1;
+        edit_state->TextA.reserve(new_buf_size + 1);
+        Buf = edit_state->TextA.Data;
+        BufSize = edit_state->BufCapacityA = new_buf_size;
+    }
+
+    if (BufTextLen != pos)
+        memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos));
+    memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char));
+    Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0';
+
+    if (CursorPos >= pos)
+        CursorPos += new_text_len;
+    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+    BufDirty = true;
+    BufTextLen += new_text_len;
+}
+
+// Return false to discard a character.
+static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard)
+{
+    unsigned int c = *p_char;
+
+    // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467)
+    bool apply_named_filters = true;
+    if (c < 0x20)
+    {
+        bool pass = false;
+        pass |= (c == '\n') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code)
+        pass |= (c == '\t') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) != 0;
+        if (!pass)
+            return false;
+        apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted.
+    }
+
+    if (input_source_is_clipboard == false)
+    {
+        // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817)
+        if (c == 127)
+            return false;
+
+        // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME)
+        if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build
+    if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)
+        return false;
+
+    // Generic named filters
+    if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint)))
+    {
+        // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'.
+        // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'.
+        // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point.
+        // Change the default decimal_point with:
+        //   ImGui::GetIO()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point;
+        // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions.
+        ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+        const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.IO.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint;
+        if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint))
+            if (c == '.' || c == ',')
+                c = c_decimal_point;
+
+        // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block)
+        // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may
+        // scratch their head as to why it works in numerical fields vs in generic text fields it would require support in the font.
+        if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal))
+            if (c >= 0xFF01 && c <= 0xFF5E)
+                c = c - 0xFF01 + 0x21;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 . - + * /
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 . - + * / e E
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 a-F A-F
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Turn a-z into A-Z
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)
+            if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+                c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a');
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank)
+            if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
+                return false;
+
+        *p_char = c;
+    }
+
+    // Custom callback filter
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+        callback_data.Ctx = &g;
+        callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
+        callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
+        callback_data.Flags = flags;
+        callback_data.UserData = user_data;
+        if (callback(&callback_data) != 0)
+            return false;
+        *p_char = callback_data.EventChar;
+        if (!callback_data.EventChar)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Find the shortest single replacement we can make to get the new text from the old text.
+// Important: needs to be run before TextW is rewritten with the new characters because calling STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR() at the end.
+// FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly.
+static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data;
+    const int old_length = state->CurLenW;
+    const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a);
+    g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+    ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data;
+    ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a);
+
+    const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length);
+    int first_diff;
+    for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++)
+        if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff])
+            break;
+    if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length)
+        return;
+
+    int old_last_diff = old_length - 1;
+    int new_last_diff = new_length - 1;
+    for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--)
+        if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff])
+            break;
+
+    const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1;
+    const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1;
+    if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0)
+        if (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len))
+            for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++)
+                p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i);
+}
+
+// As InputText() retain textual data and we currently provide a path for user to not retain it (via local variables)
+// we need some form of hook to reapply data back to user buffer on deactivation frame. (#4714)
+// It would be more desirable that we discourage users from taking advantage of the "user not retaining data" trick,
+// but that more likely be attractive when we do have _NoLiveEdit flag available.
+void ImGui::InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiInputTextState* state = &g.InputTextState;
+    if (id == 0 || state->ID != id)
+        return;
+    g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = state->ID;
+    if (state->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+    {
+        g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(0); // In theory this data won't be used, but clear to be neat.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state->TextA.Data != 0);
+        g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(state->CurLenA + 1);
+        memcpy(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, state->TextA.Data, state->CurLenA + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+// Edit a string of text
+// - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!".
+//   This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match
+//   Note that in std::string world, capacity() would omit 1 byte used by the zero-terminator.
+// - When active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while the InputText is active has no effect.
+// - If you want to use ImGui::InputText() with std::string, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h
+// (FIXME: Rather confusing and messy function, among the worse part of our codebase, expecting to rewrite a V2 at some point.. Partly because we are
+//  doing UTF8 > U16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to easily interface with stb_textedit. Ideally should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
+bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* callback_user_data)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(buf != NULL && buf_size >= 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)));        // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys)
+    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key)
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false;
+    const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0;
+
+    if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar)
+        BeginGroup();
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
+    const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y);
+
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Min + total_size);
+
+    ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
+    ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size;
+    ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup;
+    if (is_multiline)
+    {
+        ImVec2 backup_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))
+        {
+            EndGroup();
+            return false;
+        }
+        item_data_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos;
+
+        // Prevent NavActivation from Tabbing when our widget accepts Tab inputs: this allows cycling through widgets without stopping.
+        if (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))
+            g.NavActivateId = 0;
+
+        // Prevent NavActivate reactivating in BeginChild() when we are already active.
+        const ImGuiID backup_activate_id = g.NavActivateId;
+        if (g.ActiveId == id) // Prevent reactivation
+            g.NavActivateId = 0;
+
+        // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug.
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges
+        bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
+        g.NavActivateId = backup_activate_id;
+        PopStyleVar(3);
+        PopStyleColor();
+        if (!child_visible)
+        {
+            EndChild();
+            EndGroup();
+            return false;
+        }
+        draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window
+        draw_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it.
+        draw_window->DC.CursorPos += style.FramePadding;
+        inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Support for internal ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem flag, which could be redesigned as an ItemFlags if needed (with test performed in ItemAdd)
+        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem))
+            if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))
+                return false;
+    }
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+    if (hovered)
+        g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput;
+
+    // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget.
+    ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id);
+
+    if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly;
+    const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0;
+    const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0;
+    const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0;
+    const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    if (is_resizable)
+        IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag!
+
+    const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateId == id) && ((g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) || (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)));
+
+    const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
+    const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    bool clear_active_id = false;
+    bool select_all = false;
+
+    float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX;
+
+    const bool init_reload_from_user_buf = (state != NULL && state->ReloadUserBuf);
+    const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); // state != NULL means its our state.
+    const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav);
+    const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active);
+    if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs || init_reload_from_user_buf)
+    {
+        // Access state even if we don't own it yet.
+        state = &g.InputTextState;
+        state->CursorAnimReset();
+        state->ReloadUserBuf = false;
+
+        // Backup state of deactivating item so they'll have a chance to do a write to output buffer on the same frame they report IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit (#4714)
+        InputTextDeactivateHook(state->ID);
+
+        // From the moment we focused we are normally ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
+        const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf);
+        if (!init_reload_from_user_buf)
+        {
+            // Take a copy of the initial buffer value.
+            state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1);    // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string.
+            memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1);
+        }
+
+        // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
+        // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differentiate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate?
+        bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs && !init_reload_from_user_buf);
+        if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0)))
+            recycle_state = false;
+
+        // Start edition
+        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        state->ID = id;
+        state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1);          // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string.
+        state->TextA.resize(0);
+        state->TextAIsValid = false;                // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then)
+        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+        state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);      // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
+
+        if (recycle_state)
+        {
+            // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
+            // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
+            state->CursorClamp();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            state->ScrollX = 0.0f;
+            stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline);
+        }
+
+        if (init_reload_from_user_buf)
+        {
+            state->Stb.select_start = state->ReloadSelectionStart;
+            state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end = state->ReloadSelectionEnd;
+            state->CursorClamp();
+        }
+        else if (!is_multiline)
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll)
+                select_all = true;
+            if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState)))
+                select_all = true;
+            if (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)
+                select_all = true;
+        }
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite)
+            state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863)
+    }
+
+    const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
+    if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id);
+        SetActiveID(id, window);
+        SetFocusID(id, window);
+        FocusWindow(window);
+    }
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        // Declare some inputs, the other are registered and polled via Shortcut() routing system.
+        if (user_clicked)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory))
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Enter, id);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, id);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Home, id);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_End, id);
+        if (is_multiline)
+        {
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id);
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id);
+        }
+        // FIXME: May be a problem to always steal Alt on OSX, would ideally still allow an uninterrupted Alt down-up to toggle menu
+        if (is_osx)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, id);
+    }
+
+    // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function)
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && state == NULL)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Release focus when we click outside
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && io.MouseClicked[0] && !init_state && !init_make_active) //-V560
+        clear_active_id = true;
+
+    // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection
+    bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active);
+    bool render_selection = state && (state->HasSelection() || select_all) && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor);
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    bool validated = false;
+
+    // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
+    // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :(
+    if (is_readonly && state != NULL && (render_cursor || render_selection))
+    {
+        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1);
+        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+        state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
+        state->CursorClamp();
+        render_selection &= state->HasSelection();
+    }
+
+    // Select the buffer to render.
+    const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state && state->TextAIsValid;
+    const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0);
+
+    // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
+    if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
+    {
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
+        ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
+        password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
+        password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
+        password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
+        password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
+        password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+        password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
+        password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX;
+        IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
+        PushFont(password_font);
+    }
+
+    // Process mouse inputs and character inputs
+    int backup_current_text_length = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA;
+        state->Edited = false;
+        state->BufCapacityA = buf_size;
+        state->Flags = flags;
+
+        // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
+        // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active.
+        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0];
+
+        // Edit in progress
+        const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX;
+        const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f));
+
+        if (select_all)
+        {
+            state->SelectAll();
+            state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
+        }
+        else if (hovered && io.MouseClickedCount[0] >= 2 && !io.KeyShift)
+        {
+            stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+            const int multiclick_count = (io.MouseClickedCount[0] - 2);
+            if ((multiclick_count % 2) == 0)
+            {
+                // Double-click: Select word
+                // We always use the "Mac" word advance for double-click select vs CTRL+Right which use the platform dependent variant:
+                // FIXME: There are likely many ways to improve this behavior, but there's no "right" behavior (depends on use-case, software, OS)
+                const bool is_bol = (state->Stb.cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor - 1) == '\n';
+                if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb) || !is_bol)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT);
+                //state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb))
+                    ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(&state->Stb);
+                state->Stb.cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb.cursor);
+                state->Stb.select_end = state->Stb.cursor;
+                ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, &state->Stb);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Triple-click: Select line
+                const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor) == '\n';
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART);
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                if (!is_eol && is_multiline)
+                {
+                    ImSwap(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+                    state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end;
+                }
+                state->CursorFollow = false;
+            }
+            state->CursorAnimReset();
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock)
+        {
+            if (hovered)
+            {
+                if (io.KeyShift)
+                    stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+                else
+                    stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+                state->CursorAnimReset();
+            }
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
+        {
+            stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+            state->CursorAnimReset();
+            state->CursorFollow = true;
+        }
+        if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
+            state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+
+        // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336)
+        // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes)
+        if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id))
+            {
+                unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
+                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
+                    state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+            }
+            // FIXME: Implement Shift+Tab
+            /*
+            if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab | ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id))
+            {
+            }
+            */
+        }
+
+        // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
+        // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
+        const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl);
+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0)
+        {
+            if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav)
+                for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++)
+                {
+                    // Insert character if they pass filtering
+                    unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n];
+                    if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above.
+                        continue;
+                    if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
+                        state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+                }
+
+            // Consume characters
+            io.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Process other shortcuts/key-presses
+    bool revert_edit = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+
+        const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1);
+        state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page;
+
+        const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
+        const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl;                     // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
+        const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt;  // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
+
+        // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText)
+        // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active.
+        const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
+        const bool is_cut   = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_X, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_copy  = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, 0,        id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl  | ImGuiKey_Insert, 0,        id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_V, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly;
+        const bool is_undo  = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
+        const bool is_redo =  (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Y, f_repeat, id) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
+        const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A, 0, id);
+
+        // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful.
+        const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+        const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true);
+        const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false));
+        const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, f_repeat, id) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, f_repeat, id));
+
+        // FIXME: Should use more Shortcut() and reduce IsKeyPressed()+SetKeyOwner(), but requires modifiers combination to be taken account of.
+        // FIXME-OSX: Missing support for Alt(option)+Right/Left = go to end of line, or next line if already in end of line.
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow))                        { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow))                  { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline)     { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline)   { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline)      { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline)    { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home))                        { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End))                         { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut)
+        {
+            if (!state->HasSelection())
+            {
+                // OSX doesn't seem to have Super+Delete to delete until end-of-line, so we don't emulate that (as opposed to Super+Backspace)
+                if (is_wordmove_key_down)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+            }
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask);
+        }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            if (!state->HasSelection())
+            {
+                if (is_wordmove_key_down)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                else if (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+            }
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask);
+        }
+        else if (is_enter_pressed || is_gamepad_validate)
+        {
+            // Determine if we turn Enter into a \n character
+            bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0;
+            if (!is_multiline || is_gamepad_validate || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl))
+            {
+                validated = true;
+                if (io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive && !is_multiline)
+                    state->SelectAll(); // No need to scroll
+                else
+                    clear_active_id = true;
+            }
+            else if (!is_readonly)
+            {
+                unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
+                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
+                    state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (is_cancel)
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll)
+            {
+                if (buf[0] != 0)
+                {
+                    revert_edit = true;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    render_cursor = render_selection = false;
+                    clear_active_id = true;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                clear_active_id = revert_edit = true;
+                render_cursor = render_selection = false;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (is_undo || is_redo)
+        {
+            state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO);
+            state->ClearSelection();
+        }
+        else if (is_select_all)
+        {
+            state->SelectAll();
+            state->CursorFollow = true;
+        }
+        else if (is_cut || is_copy)
+        {
+            // Cut, Copy
+            if (io.SetClipboardTextFn)
+            {
+                const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : 0;
+                const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : state->CurLenW;
+                const int clipboard_data_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie) + 1;
+                char* clipboard_data = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_data_len * sizeof(char));
+                ImTextStrToUtf8(clipboard_data, clipboard_data_len, state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie);
+                SetClipboardText(clipboard_data);
+                MemFree(clipboard_data);
+            }
+            if (is_cut)
+            {
+                if (!state->HasSelection())
+                    state->SelectAll();
+                state->CursorFollow = true;
+                stb_textedit_cut(state, &state->Stb);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (is_paste)
+        {
+            if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText())
+            {
+                // Filter pasted buffer
+                const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
+                ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+                int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
+                for (const char* s = clipboard; *s != 0; )
+                {
+                    unsigned int c;
+                    s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
+                    if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, true))
+                        continue;
+                    clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
+                }
+                clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0;
+                if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation
+                {
+                    stb_textedit_paste(state, &state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
+                    state->CursorFollow = true;
+                }
+                MemFree(clipboard_filtered);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Update render selection flag after events have been handled, so selection highlight can be displayed during the same frame.
+        render_selection |= state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor);
+    }
+
+    // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer.
+    const char* apply_new_text = NULL;
+    int apply_new_text_length = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        if (revert_edit && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll)
+            {
+                // Clear input
+                IM_ASSERT(buf[0] != 0);
+                apply_new_text = "";
+                apply_new_text_length = 0;
+                value_changed = true;
+                IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string;
+                stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0);
+            }
+            else if (strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0)
+            {
+                // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents.
+                // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself
+                apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data;
+                apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1;
+                value_changed = true;
+                ImVector<ImWchar> w_text;
+                if (apply_new_text_length > 0)
+                {
+                    w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1);
+                    ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length);
+                }
+                stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Apply ASCII value
+        if (!is_readonly)
+        {
+            state->TextAIsValid = true;
+            state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1);
+            ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL);
+        }
+
+        // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer
+        // before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame.
+        // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail.
+        // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage
+        // (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object
+        // unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize).
+        const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0);
+        if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer)
+        {
+            // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back
+            // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer
+            // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect.
+            // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks.
+
+            // User callback
+            if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0)
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
+
+                // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
+                ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
+                ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None;
+                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, 0, id))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) && state->Edited)
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit;
+                }
+                else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways;
+                }
+
+                if (event_flag)
+                {
+                    ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+                    callback_data.Ctx = &g;
+                    callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag;
+                    callback_data.Flags = flags;
+                    callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data;
+
+                    char* callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data;
+                    callback_data.EventKey = event_key;
+                    callback_data.Buf = callback_buf;
+                    callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA;
+                    callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA;
+                    callback_data.BufDirty = false;
+
+                    // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
+                    ImWchar* text = state->TextW.Data;
+                    const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.cursor);
+                    const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_start);
+                    const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_end);
+
+                    // Call user code
+                    callback(&callback_data);
+
+                    // Read back what user may have modified
+                    callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; // Pointer may have been invalidated by a resize callback
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == callback_buf);         // Invalid to modify those fields
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA);
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags);
+                    const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty;
+                    if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty)            { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; }
+                    if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty)  { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); }
+                    if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty)      { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); }
+                    if (buf_dirty)
+                    {
+                        IM_ASSERT(!is_readonly);
+                        IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text!
+                        InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ?
+                        if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable)
+                            state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize
+                        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL);
+                        state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen;  // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen()
+                        state->CursorAnimReset();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Will copy result string if modified
+            if (!is_readonly && strcmp(state->TextA.Data, buf) != 0)
+            {
+                apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data;
+                apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Handle reapplying final data on deactivation (see InputTextDeactivateHook() for details)
+    if (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id)
+    {
+        if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly && strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0)
+        {
+            apply_new_text = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data;
+            apply_new_text_length = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Size - 1;
+            value_changed = true;
+            //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(): apply Deactivated data for 0x%08X: \"%.*s\".\n", id, apply_new_text_length, apply_new_text);
+        }
+        g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id)
+    if (apply_new_text != NULL)
+    {
+        // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size
+        // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used
+        // without any storage on user's side.
+        IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0);
+        if (is_resizable)
+        {
+            ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+            callback_data.Ctx = &g;
+            callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize;
+            callback_data.Flags = flags;
+            callback_data.Buf = buf;
+            callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length;
+            callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1);
+            callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data;
+            callback(&callback_data);
+            buf = callback_data.Buf;
+            buf_size = callback_data.BufSize;
+            apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1);
+            IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size);
+        }
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length);
+
+        // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size.
+        ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size));
+    }
+
+    // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value)
+    // Otherwise request text input ahead for next frame.
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && clear_active_id)
+        ClearActiveID();
+    else if (g.ActiveId == id)
+        g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1;
+
+    // Render frame
+    if (!is_multiline)
+    {
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    }
+
+    const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + inner_size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + inner_size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size
+    ImVec2 draw_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
+    ImVec2 text_size(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // Set upper limit of single-line InputTextEx() at 2 million characters strings. The current pathological worst case is a long line
+    // without any carriage return, which would makes ImFont::RenderText() reserve too many vertices and probably crash. Avoid it altogether.
+    // Note that we only use this limit on single-line InputText(), so a pathologically large line on a InputTextMultiline() would still crash.
+    const int buf_display_max_length = 2 * 1024 * 1024;
+    const char* buf_display = buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf; //-V595
+    const char* buf_display_end = NULL; // We have specialized paths below for setting the length
+    if (is_displaying_hint)
+    {
+        buf_display = hint;
+        buf_display_end = hint + strlen(hint);
+    }
+
+    // Render text. We currently only render selection when the widget is active or while scrolling.
+    // FIXME: We could remove the '&& render_cursor' to keep rendering selection when inactive.
+    if (render_cursor || render_selection)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        if (!is_displaying_hint)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA;
+
+        // Render text (with cursor and selection)
+        // This is going to be messy. We need to:
+        // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped)
+        // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation)
+        // - Measure text height (for scrollbar)
+        // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort)
+        // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8.
+        const ImWchar* text_begin = state->TextW.Data;
+        ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset;
+
+        {
+            // Find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' (slot 0) and 'select_start' (slot 1) positions.
+            const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+            int searches_result_line_no[2] = { -1000, -1000 };
+            int searches_remaining = 0;
+            if (render_cursor)
+            {
+                searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + state->Stb.cursor;
+                searches_result_line_no[0] = -1;
+                searches_remaining++;
+            }
+            if (render_selection)
+            {
+                searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+                searches_result_line_no[1] = -1;
+                searches_remaining++;
+            }
+
+            // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers
+            // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter.
+            searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0;
+            int line_count = 0;
+            //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++)  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+            for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++)
+                if (*s == '\n')
+                {
+                    line_count++;
+                    if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+                    if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+                }
+            line_count++;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1)
+                searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1)
+                searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count;
+
+            // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance
+            cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x;
+            cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0)
+            {
+                select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x;
+                select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize;
+            }
+
+            // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224)
+            if (is_multiline)
+                text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
+        }
+
+        // Scroll
+        if (render_cursor && state->CursorFollow)
+        {
+            // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll))
+            {
+                const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f;
+                const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x;
+                if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX)
+                    state->ScrollX = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x));
+                else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX)
+                    state->ScrollX = IM_TRUNC(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                state->ScrollX = 0.0f;
+            }
+
+            // Vertical scroll
+            if (is_multiline)
+            {
+                // Test if cursor is vertically visible
+                if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y)
+                    scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize);
+                else if (cursor_offset.y - (inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) >= scroll_y)
+                    scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
+                const float scroll_max_y = ImMax((text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - inner_size.y, 0.0f);
+                scroll_y = ImClamp(scroll_y, 0.0f, scroll_max_y);
+                draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y);   // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag
+                draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y;
+            }
+
+            state->CursorFollow = false;
+        }
+
+        // Draw selection
+        const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->ScrollX, 0.0f);
+        if (render_selection)
+        {
+            const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+            const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+
+            ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, render_cursor ? 1.0f : 0.6f); // FIXME: current code flow mandate that render_cursor is always true here, we are leaving the transparent one for tests.
+            float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f;    // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection.
+            float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f;
+            ImVec2 rect_pos = draw_pos + select_start_offset - draw_scroll;
+            for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; )
+            {
+                if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize)
+                    break;
+                if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y)
+                {
+                    //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+                    //p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end;
+                    while (p < text_selected_end)
+                        if (*p++ == '\n')
+                            break;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true);
+                    if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_TRUNC(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
+                    ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn));
+                    rect.ClipWith(clip_rect);
+                    if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+                        draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color);
+                }
+                rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x;
+                rect_pos.y += g.FontSize;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // We test for 'buf_display_max_length' as a way to avoid some pathological cases (e.g. single-line 1 MB string) which would make ImDrawList crash.
+        if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
+        {
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text);
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos - draw_scroll, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        }
+
+        // Draw blinking cursor
+        if (render_cursor)
+        {
+            state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime;
+            bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
+            ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImTrunc(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll);
+            ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f);
+            if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+                draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+
+            // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
+            if (!is_readonly)
+            {
+                g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = true;
+                g.PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
+                g.PlatformImeData.InputLineHeight = g.FontSize;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Render text only (no selection, no cursor)
+        if (is_multiline)
+            text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_display_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
+        else if (!is_displaying_hint && g.ActiveId == id)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA;
+        else if (!is_displaying_hint)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display);
+
+        if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
+        {
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text);
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
+        PopFont();
+
+    if (is_multiline)
+    {
+        // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)...
+        Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y));
+        g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop;
+        EndChild();
+        item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow);
+
+        // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active...
+        // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window.
+        EndGroup();
+        if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0)
+        {
+            g.LastItemData.ID = id;
+            g.LastItemData.InFlags = item_data_backup.InFlags;
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_data_backup.StatusFlags;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Log as text
+    if (g.LogEnabled && (!is_password || is_displaying_hint))
+    {
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+        LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end);
+    }
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited))
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
+        return validated;
+    else
+        return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state)
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb;
+    ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate;
+    Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId);
+    DebugLocateItemOnHover(state->ID);
+    Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenW, state->CurLenA, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end);
+    Text("has_preferred_x: %d (%.2f)", stb_state->has_preferred_x, stb_state->preferred_x);
+    Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point);
+    if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 10), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) // Visualize undo state
+    {
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
+        for (int n = 0; n < IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++)
+        {
+            ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n];
+            const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' ';
+            if (undo_rec_type == ' ')
+                BeginDisabled();
+            char buf[64] = "";
+            if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1)
+                ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length);
+            Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"",
+                undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf);
+            if (undo_rec_type == ' ')
+                EndDisabled();
+        }
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    EndChild();
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(state);
+#endif
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ColorEdit3()
+// - ColorEdit4()
+// - ColorPicker3()
+// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() [Internal]
+// - ColorPicker4()
+// - ColorButton()
+// - SetColorEditOptions()
+// - ColorTooltip() [Internal]
+// - ColorEditOptionsPopup() [Internal]
+// - ColorPickerOptionsPopup() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+}
+
+static void ColorEditRestoreH(const float* col, float* H)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0);
+    if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
+        return;
+    *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue;
+}
+
+// ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation.
+// Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting.
+static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0);
+    if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
+        return;
+
+    // When S == 0, H is undefined.
+    // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0.
+    if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditSavedHue == 1))
+        *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue;
+
+    // When V == 0, S is undefined.
+    if (*V == 0.0f)
+        *S = g.ColorEditSavedSat;
+}
+
+// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range).
+// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item.
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    float w_full = CalcItemWidth();
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0);
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back();
+
+    // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions
+    const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags;
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)
+        flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions;
+
+    // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied)
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags);
+
+    // Read stored options
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_);
+    flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));   // Check that only 1 is selected
+
+    const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0;
+    const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0;
+    const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3;
+    const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+    const float w_inputs = ImMax(w_full - w_button, 1.0f);
+    w_full = w_inputs + w_button;
+
+    // Convert to the formats we need
+    float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f };
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV))
+    {
+        // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+        ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]);
+    }
+    int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) };
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    bool value_changed_as_float = false;
+
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const float inputs_offset_x = (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) ? w_button : 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + inputs_offset_x;
+
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders
+        const float w_items = w_inputs - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1);
+
+        const bool hide_prefix = (IM_TRUNC(w_items / components) <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x);
+        static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
+        static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] =
+        {
+            {   "%3d",   "%3d",   "%3d",   "%3d" }, // Short display
+            { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA
+            { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" }  // Long display for HSVA
+        };
+        static const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] =
+        {
+            {   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f" }, // Short display
+            { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA
+            { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }  // Long display for HSVA
+        };
+        const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1;
+
+        float prev_split = 0.0f;
+        for (int n = 0; n < components; n++)
+        {
+            if (n > 0)
+                SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * (n + 1) / components);
+            SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(next_split - prev_split, 1.0f));
+            prev_split = next_split;
+
+            // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0.
+            if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float)
+            {
+                value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f / 255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]);
+                value_changed_as_float |= value_changed;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]);
+            }
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+                OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        // RGB Hexadecimal Input
+        char buf[64];
+        if (alpha)
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[3], 0, 255));
+        else
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255));
+        SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs);
+        if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase))
+        {
+            value_changed = true;
+            char* p = buf;
+            while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p))
+                p++;
+            i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = 0;
+            i[3] = 0xFF; // alpha default to 255 is not parsed by scanf (e.g. inputting #FFFFFF omitting alpha)
+            int r;
+            if (alpha)
+                r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned)
+            else
+                r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]);
+            IM_UNUSED(r); // Fixes C6031: Return value ignored: 'sscanf'.
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview))
+    {
+        const float button_offset_x = ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) || (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)) ? 0.0f : w_inputs + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + button_offset_x, pos.y);
+
+        const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f);
+        if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags))
+        {
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker))
+            {
+                // Store current color and open a picker
+                g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4;
+                OpenPopup("picker");
+                SetNextWindowPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+            }
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+
+        if (BeginPopup("picker"))
+        {
+            if (g.CurrentWindow->BeginCount == 1)
+            {
+                picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+                if (label != label_display_end)
+                {
+                    TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+                    Spacing();
+                }
+                ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+                ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+                SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes?
+                value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x);
+            }
+            EndPopup();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+    {
+        // Position not necessarily next to last submitted button (e.g. if style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left),
+        // but we need to use SameLine() to setup baseline correctly. Might want to refactor SameLine() to simplify this.
+        SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+    }
+
+    // Convert back
+    if (value_changed && picker_active_window == NULL)
+    {
+        if (!value_changed_as_float)
+            for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
+                f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
+        {
+            g.ColorEditSavedHue = f[0];
+            g.ColorEditSavedSat = f[1];
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+            g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID;
+            g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0));
+        }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+
+        col[0] = f[0];
+        col[1] = f[1];
+        col[2] = f[2];
+        if (alpha)
+            col[3] = f[3];
+    }
+
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0;
+    PopID();
+    EndGroup();
+
+    // Drag and Drop Target
+    // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test.
+    if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget())
+    {
+        bool accepted_drag_drop = false;
+        if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
+        {
+            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 //-V1086
+            value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true;
+        }
+        if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
+        {
+            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components);
+            value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true;
+        }
+
+        // Drag-drop payloads are always RGB
+        if (accepted_drag_drop && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        EndDragDropTarget();
+    }
+
+    // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4().
+    if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
+
+    if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f };
+    if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha))
+        return false;
+    col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2];
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Helper for ColorPicker4()
+static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w, float alpha)
+{
+    ImU32 alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha);
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1,         pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x,             pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x,     pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8));
+}
+
+// Note: ColorPicker4() only accesses 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// (In C++ the 'float col[4]' notation for a function argument is equivalent to 'float* col', we only specify a size to facilitate understanding of the code.)
+// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..)
+// FIXME: this is trying to be aware of style.Alpha but not fully correct. Also, the color wheel will have overlapping glitches with (style.Alpha < 1.0)
+bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    const float width = CalcItemWidth();
+    const bool is_readonly = ((g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | g.CurrentItemFlags) & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) != 0;
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    PushID(label);
+    const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0);
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back();
+    BeginGroup();
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview;
+
+    // Context menu: display and store options.
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags);
+
+    // Read stored options
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));  // Check that only 1 is selected
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+
+    // Setup
+    int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4;
+    bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+    ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars
+    float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box
+    float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_TRUNC(bars_width * 0.20f);
+
+    float backup_initial_col[4];
+    memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float));
+
+    float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f;
+    float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f;
+    float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness;
+    ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size * 0.5f);
+
+    // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic.
+    float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f);
+    ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point.
+    ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point.
+    ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point.
+
+    float H = col[0], S = col[1], V = col[2];
+    float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2];
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+    {
+        // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
+        ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+    {
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B);
+    }
+
+    bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false;
+
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, true);
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
+    {
+        // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic
+        InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center;
+            ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center;
+            float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off);
+            if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner - 1) * (wheel_r_inner - 1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer + 1) * (wheel_r_outer + 1))
+            {
+                // Interactive with Hue wheel
+                H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI * 0.5f;
+                if (H < 0.0f)
+                    H += 1.0f;
+                value_changed = value_changed_h = true;
+            }
+            float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+            float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+            if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle)))
+            {
+                // Interacting with SV triangle
+                ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+                if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated))
+                    current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated);
+                float uu, vv, ww;
+                ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww);
+                V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f);
+                S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f);
+                value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
+            }
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
+    {
+        // SV rectangle logic
+        InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            ColorEditRestoreH(col, &H); // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square.
+            value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+
+        // Hue bar logic
+        SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y));
+        InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            value_changed = value_changed_h = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Alpha bar logic
+    if (alpha_bar)
+    {
+        SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y));
+        InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive())
+        {
+            col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+    }
+    PopItemFlag(); // ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+    {
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        BeginGroup();
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+    {
+        const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+        if (label != label_display_end)
+        {
+            if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+                SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+    {
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true);
+        ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+            Text("Current");
+
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip;
+        ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2));
+        if (ref_col != NULL)
+        {
+            Text("Original");
+            ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]);
+            if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)))
+            {
+                memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float));
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+        PopItemFlag();
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+
+    // Convert back color to RGB
+    if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+        {
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+            g.ColorEditSavedHue = H;
+            g.ColorEditSavedSat = S;
+            g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID;
+            g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0));
+        }
+        else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        {
+            col[0] = H;
+            col[1] = S;
+            col[2] = V;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor
+    bool value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = false;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x);
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker;
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
+            {
+                // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget.
+                // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050)
+                value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap);
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV);
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex);
+        PopItemWidth();
+    }
+
+    // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit4 call), if any
+    if (value_changed_fix_hue_wrap && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
+    {
+        float new_H, new_S, new_V;
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V);
+        if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0)
+        {
+            if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V)
+                ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+            else if (new_S <= 0)
+                ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (value_changed)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+        {
+            R = col[0];
+            G = col[1];
+            B = col[2];
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
+            ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V);   // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately.
+        }
+        else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        {
+            H = col[0];
+            S = col[1];
+            V = col[2];
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B);
+        }
+    }
+
+    const int style_alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(style.Alpha);
+    const ImU32 col_black = IM_COL32(0,0,0,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_white = IM_COL32(255,255,255,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_midgrey = IM_COL32(128,128,128,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_hues[6 + 1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8) };
+
+    ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, style.Alpha); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z);
+    ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f);
+    ImU32 user_col32_striped_of_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(R, G, B, style.Alpha)); // Important: this is still including the main rendering/style alpha!!
+
+    ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos;
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
+    {
+        // Render Hue Wheel
+        const float aeps = 0.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out).
+        const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12);
+        for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++)
+        {
+            const float a0 = (n)     /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps;
+            const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps;
+            const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc);
+            draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, 0, wheel_thickness);
+            const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+
+            // Paint colors over existing vertices
+            ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner);
+            ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner);
+            ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n + 1]);
+        }
+
+        // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel
+        float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+        float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+        ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f);
+        float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f;
+        int hue_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(hue_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others.
+        draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments);
+        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments);
+        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments);
+
+        // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue)
+        ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();
+        draw_list->PrimReserve(3, 3);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white);
+        draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f);
+        sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V));
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
+    {
+        // Render SV Square
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), col_white, hue_color32, hue_color32, col_white);
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0, 0, col_black, col_black);
+        RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+        sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S)     * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much
+        sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2);
+
+        // Render Hue Bar
+        for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), col_hues[i], col_hues[i], col_hues[i + 1], col_hues[i + 1]);
+        float bar0_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size);
+        RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha);
+    }
+
+    // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range)
+    float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? wheel_thickness * 0.55f : wheel_thickness * 0.40f;
+    int sv_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(sv_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others.
+    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, sv_cursor_segments);
+    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, sv_cursor_segments);
+    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, sv_cursor_segments);
+
+    // Render alpha bar
+    if (alpha_bar)
+    {
+        float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]);
+        ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size);
+        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(draw_list, bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0, bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+        float bar1_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size);
+        RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f);
+        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+
+    if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0)
+        value_changed = false;
+    if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0;
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// A little color square. Return true when clicked.
+// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip.
+// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip.
+// Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set.
+bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id);
+    const float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 size(size_arg.x == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.x, size_arg.y == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.y);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+        flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf);
+
+    ImVec4 col_rgb = col;
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z);
+
+    ImVec4 col_rgb_without_alpha(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, 1.0f);
+    float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f;
+    float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f);
+    ImRect bb_inner = bb;
+    float off = 0.0f;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0)
+    {
+        off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts.
+        bb_inner.Expand(off);
+    }
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f)
+    {
+        float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f);
+        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha
+        ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col_rgb : col_rgb_without_alpha;
+        if (col_source.w < 1.0f)
+            RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding);
+        else
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0)
+    {
+        if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
+            RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding);
+        else
+            window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border
+    }
+
+    // Drag and Drop Source
+    // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test.
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource())
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        else
+            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags);
+        SameLine();
+        TextEx("Color");
+        EndDragDropSource();
+    }
+
+    // Tooltip
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
+        ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf));
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// Initialize/override default color options
+void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_));    // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_));   // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_));     // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));      // Check only 1 option is selected
+    g.ColorEditOptions = flags;
+}
+
+// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None))
+        return;
+    const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text;
+    if (text_end > text)
+    {
+        TextEx(text, text_end);
+        Separator();
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+    int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+    ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz);
+    SameLine();
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        else
+            Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        else
+            Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f, A: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    }
+    EndTooltip();
+}
+
+void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_);
+    bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_);
+    if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context"))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LockMarkEdited++;
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions;
+    if (allow_opt_inputs)
+    {
+        if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB;
+        if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
+        if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
+    }
+    if (allow_opt_datatype)
+    {
+        if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator();
+        if (RadioButton("0..255",     (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8;
+        if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float;
+    }
+
+    if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype)
+        Separator();
+    if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1, 0)))
+        OpenPopup("Copy");
+    if (BeginPopup("Copy"))
+    {
+        int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+        char buf[64];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha))
+        {
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+            if (Selectable(buf))
+                SetClipboardText(buf);
+        }
+        EndPopup();
+    }
+
+    g.ColorEditOptions = opts;
+    EndPopup();
+    g.LockMarkEdited--;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+    bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+    if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context"))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LockMarkEdited++;
+    if (allow_opt_picker)
+    {
+        ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function
+        PushItemWidth(picker_size.x);
+        for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++)
+        {
+            // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection)
+            if (picker_type > 0) Separator();
+            PushID(picker_type);
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+            if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
+            if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
+            ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
+            if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup
+                g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+            SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos);
+            ImVec4 previewing_ref_col;
+            memcpy(&previewing_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4));
+            ColorPicker4("##previewing_picker", &previewing_ref_col.x, picker_flags);
+            PopID();
+        }
+        PopItemWidth();
+    }
+    if (allow_opt_alpha_bar)
+    {
+        if (allow_opt_picker) Separator();
+        CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+    }
+    EndPopup();
+    g.LockMarkEdited--;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TreeNode()
+// - TreeNodeV()
+// - TreeNodeEx()
+// - TreeNodeExV()
+// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal]
+// - TreePush()
+// - TreePop()
+// - GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+// - SetNextItemOpen()
+// - CollapsingHeader()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const char* label, *label_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args);
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const char* label, *label_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args);
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage;
+    storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)
+        return true;
+
+    // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage;
+
+    bool is_open;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen)
+    {
+        if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always)
+        {
+            is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal;
+            TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently.
+            const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1);
+            if (stored_value == -1)
+            {
+                is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal;
+                TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                is_open = stored_value != 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0;
+    }
+
+    // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior).
+    // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged.
+    if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef) < g.LogDepthToExpand)
+        is_open = true;
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, style.FramePadding.y));
+
+    if (!label_end)
+        label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+
+    const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2);   // Collapsing arrow width + Spacing
+    const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);            // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+    const float text_width = g.FontSize + label_size.x + padding.x * 2;                         // Include collapsing arrow
+
+    // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
+    const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2);
+    const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0 && (g.CurrentTable != NULL);
+    ImRect frame_bb;
+    frame_bb.Min.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    frame_bb.Max.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth) ? window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_width + padding.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height;
+    if (display_frame)
+    {
+        // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect
+        // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f)
+        frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f);
+        frame_bb.Max.x += IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y);
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y);
+
+    // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
+    ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb;
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns)) == 0)
+        interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f : 0.0f);
+
+    // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable..
+    const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x;
+    const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x;
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x;
+    }
+
+    // Compute open and multi-select states before ItemAdd() as it clear NextItem data.
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags);
+    bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id);
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect;
+    g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb;
+
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x;
+    }
+
+    // If a NavLeft request is happening and ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere enabled:
+    // Store data for the current depth to allow returning to this node from any child item.
+    // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop().
+    // It will become tempting to enable ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere by default or move it to ImGuiStyle.
+    // Currently only supports 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero, easy to increase.
+    if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+        if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
+        {
+            g.NavTreeNodeStack.resize(g.NavTreeNodeStack.Size + 1);
+            ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back();
+            nav_tree_node_data->ID = id;
+            nav_tree_node_data->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
+            nav_tree_node_data->NavRect = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
+            window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+        }
+
+    const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0;
+    if (!item_add)
+    {
+        if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+            TreePushOverrideID(id);
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+        return is_open;
+    }
+
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        TablePushBackgroundChannel();
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect;
+        g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap))
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap;
+    if (!is_leaf)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+
+    // We allow clicking on the arrow section with keyboard modifiers held, in order to easily
+    // allow browsing a tree while preserving selection with code implementing multi-selection patterns.
+    // When clicking on the rest of the tree node we always disallow keyboard modifiers.
+    const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x;
+    const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x;
+    const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2);
+    if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers;
+
+    // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags.
+    // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support.
+    // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default, when _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=1)
+    // - Double-click on label = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1)
+    // - Double-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1 and _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up.
+    // We set ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease on OpenOnDoubleClick because we want the item to be active on the initial MouseDown in order for drag and drop to work.
+    if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick;
+    else if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick;
+    else
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease;
+
+    bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0;
+    const bool was_selected = selected;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    bool toggled = false;
+    if (!is_leaf)
+    {
+        if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id)
+        {
+            if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id))
+                toggled = true;
+            if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)
+                toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job
+            if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2)
+                toggled = true;
+        }
+        else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold);
+            if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again.
+                toggled = true;
+        }
+
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open)
+        {
+            toggled = true;
+            NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority?
+        {
+            toggled = true;
+            NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+
+        if (toggled)
+        {
+            is_open = !is_open;
+            window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
+    if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact;
+    if (display_frame)
+    {
+        // Framed type
+        const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+        else if (!is_leaf)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f);
+        else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text
+            text_pos.x -= text_offset_x -padding.x;
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton)
+            frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x;
+
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Unframed typed for tree nodes
+        if (hovered || selected)
+        {
+            const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+            RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false);
+        }
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+        else if (!is_leaf)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (span_all_columns)
+        TablePopBackgroundChannel();
+
+    // Label
+    if (display_frame)
+        RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+    else
+        RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
+
+    if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+        TreePushOverrideID(id);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushID(str_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushID(ptr_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushOverrideID(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePop()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    Unindent();
+
+    window->DC.TreeDepth--;
+    ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+
+    // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled)
+    if (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask) // Only set during request
+    {
+        ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back();
+        IM_ASSERT(nav_tree_node_data->ID == window->IDStack.back());
+        if (g.NavIdIsAlive && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(&g.NavMoveResultLocal, nav_tree_node_data);
+        g.NavTreeNodeStack.pop_back();
+    }
+    window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much.
+    PopID();
+}
+
+// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet()
+float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+}
+
+// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenCond = (ImU8)(cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always);
+}
+
+// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
+// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode().
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label);
+}
+
+// p_visible == NULL                        : regular collapsing header
+// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == true  : show a small close button on the corner of the header, clicking the button will set *p_visible = false
+// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == false : do not show the header at all
+// Do not mistake this with the Open state of the header itself, which you can adjust with SetNextItemOpen() or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen.
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    if (p_visible && !*p_visible)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader;
+    if (p_visible)
+        flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap | (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags)ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton;
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label);
+    if (p_visible != NULL)
+    {
+        // Create a small overlapping close button
+        // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
+        // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow.
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        float button_size = g.FontSize;
+        float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_size);
+        float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+        ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id);
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y)))
+            *p_visible = false;
+        g.LastItemData = last_item_backup;
+    }
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Selectable()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
+// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id.
+// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap are also frequently used flags.
+// FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported.
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle.
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ItemSize(size, 0.0f);
+
+    // Fill horizontal space
+    // We don't support (size < 0.0f) in Selectable() because the ItemSpacing extension would make explicitly right-aligned sizes not visibly match other widgets.
+    const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0;
+    const float min_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x;
+    const float max_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth))
+        size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x);
+
+    // Text stays at the submission position, but bounding box may be extended on both sides
+    const ImVec2 text_min = pos;
+    const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y);
+
+    // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable.
+    ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0)
+    {
+        const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y;
+        const float spacing_L = IM_TRUNC(spacing_x * 0.50f);
+        const float spacing_U = IM_TRUNC(spacing_y * 0.50f);
+        bb.Min.x -= spacing_L;
+        bb.Min.y -= spacing_U;
+        bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L);
+        bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U);
+    }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); }
+
+    // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable..
+    const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x;
+    const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x;
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x;
+    }
+
+    const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None);
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x;
+    }
+
+    if (!item_add)
+        return false;
+
+    const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization
+        BeginDisabled();
+
+    // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only,
+    // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected.
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        if (g.CurrentTable)
+            TablePushBackgroundChannel();
+        else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+            PushColumnsBackground();
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect;
+        g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    }
+
+    // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner)     { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick)     { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease)   { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; }
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; }
+
+    const bool was_selected = selected;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+
+    // Auto-select when moved into
+    // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch
+    // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control
+    // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons
+    //   - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope())
+    //   - (2) usage will fail with clipped items
+    //   The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
+        if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id)
+            selected = pressed = true;
+
+    // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard
+    if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover)))
+    {
+        if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        {
+            SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, g.CurrentFocusScopeId, WindowRectAbsToRel(window, bb)); // (bb == NavRect)
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        }
+    }
+    if (pressed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
+    if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+
+    // Render
+    if (hovered || selected)
+    {
+        const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+    }
+    if (g.NavId == id)
+        RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
+
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        if (g.CurrentTable)
+            TablePopBackgroundChannel();
+        else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+            PopColumnsBackground();
+    }
+
+    RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb);
+
+    // Automatically close popups
+    if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup))
+        CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+    if (disabled_item && !disabled_global)
+        EndDisabled();
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed; //-V1020
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg))
+    {
+        *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Experimental] Currently not exposed in public API.
+// Consume character inputs and return search request, if any.
+// This would typically only be called on the focused window or location you want to grab inputs for, e.g.
+//   if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused(...))
+//       if (ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req = ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest())
+//           focus_idx = ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(req, my_items.size(), [](void*, int n) { return my_items[n]->Name; }, &my_items, -1);
+// However the code is written in a way where calling it from multiple locations is safe (e.g. to obtain buffer).
+ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTypingSelectState* data = &g.TypingSelectState;
+    ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* out_request = &data->Request;
+
+    // Clear buffer
+    const float TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER = 1.80f;          // FIXME: Potentially move to IO config.
+    const int TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK = 4; // Lock single char matching when repeating same char 4 times
+    if (data->SearchBuffer[0] != 0)
+    {
+        bool clear_buffer = false;
+        clear_buffer |= (g.NavFocusScopeId != data->FocusScope);
+        clear_buffer |= (data->LastRequestTime + TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER < g.Time);
+        clear_buffer |= g.NavAnyRequest;
+        clear_buffer |= g.ActiveId != 0 && g.NavActivateId == 0; // Allow temporary SPACE activation to not interfere
+        clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter);
+        clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) == 0;
+        //if (clear_buffer) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("GetTypingSelectRequest(): Clear SearchBuffer.\n"); }
+        if (clear_buffer)
+            data->Clear();
+    }
+
+    // Append to buffer
+    const int buffer_max_len = IM_ARRAYSIZE(data->SearchBuffer) - 1;
+    int buffer_len = (int)strlen(data->SearchBuffer);
+    bool select_request = false;
+    for (ImWchar w : g.IO.InputQueueCharacters)
+    {
+        const int w_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(&w, &w + 1);
+        if (w < 32 || (buffer_len == 0 && ImCharIsBlankW(w)) || (buffer_len + w_len > buffer_max_len)) // Ignore leading blanks
+            continue;
+        char w_buf[5];
+        ImTextCharToUtf8(w_buf, (unsigned int)w);
+        if (data->SingleCharModeLock && w_len == out_request->SingleCharSize && memcmp(w_buf, data->SearchBuffer, w_len) == 0)
+        {
+            select_request = true; // Same character: don't need to append to buffer.
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (data->SingleCharModeLock)
+        {
+            data->Clear(); // Different character: clear
+            buffer_len = 0;
+        }
+        memcpy(data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len, w_buf, w_len + 1); // Append
+        buffer_len += w_len;
+        select_request = true;
+    }
+    g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+
+    // Handle backspace
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
+    {
+        char* p = (char*)(void*)ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(data->SearchBuffer, data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len);
+        *p = 0;
+        buffer_len = (int)(p - data->SearchBuffer);
+    }
+
+    // Return request if any
+    if (buffer_len == 0)
+        return NULL;
+    if (select_request)
+    {
+        data->FocusScope = g.NavFocusScopeId;
+        data->LastRequestFrame = g.FrameCount;
+        data->LastRequestTime = (float)g.Time;
+    }
+    out_request->Flags = flags;
+    out_request->SearchBufferLen = buffer_len;
+    out_request->SearchBuffer = data->SearchBuffer;
+    out_request->SelectRequest = (data->LastRequestFrame == g.FrameCount);
+    out_request->SingleCharMode = false;
+    out_request->SingleCharSize = 0;
+
+    // Calculate if buffer contains the same character repeated.
+    // - This can be used to implement a special search mode on first character.
+    // - Performed on UTF-8 codepoint for correctness.
+    // - SingleCharMode is always set for first input character, because it usually leads to a "next".
+    if (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode)
+    {
+        const char* buf_begin = out_request->SearchBuffer;
+        const char* buf_end = out_request->SearchBuffer + out_request->SearchBufferLen;
+        const int c0_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(buf_begin, buf_end);
+        const char* p = buf_begin + c0_len;
+        for (; p < buf_end; p += c0_len)
+            if (memcmp(buf_begin, p, (size_t)c0_len) != 0)
+                break;
+        const int single_char_count = (p == buf_end) ? (out_request->SearchBufferLen / c0_len) : 0;
+        out_request->SingleCharMode = (single_char_count > 0 || data->SingleCharModeLock);
+        out_request->SingleCharSize = (ImS8)c0_len;
+        data->SingleCharModeLock |= (single_char_count >= TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK); // From now on we stop search matching to lock to single char mode.
+    }
+
+    return out_request;
+}
+
+static int ImStrimatchlen(const char* s1, const char* s1_end, const char* s2)
+{
+    int match_len = 0;
+    while (s1 < s1_end && ImToUpper(*s1++) == ImToUpper(*s2++))
+        match_len++;
+    return match_len;
+}
+
+// Default handler for finding a result for typing-select. You may implement your own.
+// You might want to display a tooltip to visualize the current request SearchBuffer
+// When SingleCharMode is set:
+// - it is better to NOT display a tooltip of other on-screen display indicator.
+// - the index of the currently focused item is required.
+//   if your SetNextItemSelectionData() values are indices, you can obtain it from ImGuiMultiSelectIO::NavIdItem, otherwise from g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData.
+int ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx)
+{
+    if (req == NULL || req->SelectRequest == false) // Support NULL parameter so both calls can be done from same spot.
+        return -1;
+    int idx = -1;
+    if (req->SingleCharMode && (req->Flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode))
+        idx = TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data, nav_item_idx);
+    else
+        idx = TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data);
+    if (idx != -1)
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    return idx;
+}
+
+// Special handling when a single character is repeated: perform search on a single letter and goes to next.
+int ImGui::TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx)
+{
+    // FIXME: Assume selection user data is index. Would be extremely practical.
+    //if (nav_item_idx == -1)
+    //    nav_item_idx = (int)g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData;
+
+    int first_match_idx = -1;
+    bool return_next_match = false;
+    for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++)
+    {
+        const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx);
+        if (ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SingleCharSize, item_name) < req->SingleCharSize)
+            continue;
+        if (return_next_match)                           // Return next matching item after current item.
+            return idx;
+        if (first_match_idx == -1 && nav_item_idx == -1) // Return first match immediately if we don't have a nav_item_idx value.
+            return idx;
+        if (first_match_idx == -1)                       // Record first match for wrapping.
+            first_match_idx = idx;
+        if (nav_item_idx == idx)                         // Record that we encountering nav_item so we can return next match.
+            return_next_match = true;
+    }
+    return first_match_idx; // First result
+}
+
+int ImGui::TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data)
+{
+    int longest_match_idx = -1;
+    int longest_match_len = 0;
+    for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++)
+    {
+        const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx);
+        const int match_len = ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SearchBufferLen, item_name);
+        if (match_len <= longest_match_len)
+            continue;
+        longest_match_idx = idx;
+        longest_match_len = match_len;
+        if (match_len == req->SearchBufferLen)
+            break;
+    }
+    return longest_match_idx;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* data)
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    Text("SearchBuffer = \"%s\"", data->SearchBuffer);
+    Text("SingleCharMode = %d, Size = %d, Lock = %d", data->Request.SingleCharMode, data->Request.SingleCharSize, data->SingleCharModeLock);
+    Text("LastRequest = time: %.2f, frame: %d", data->LastRequestTime, data->LastRequestFrame);
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(data);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data)
+{
+    // Note that flags will be cleared by ItemAdd(), so it's only useful for Navigation code!
+    // This designed so widgets can also cheaply set this before calling ItemAdd(), so we are not tied to MultiSelect api.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData;
+    g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData = selection_user_data;
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginListBox()
+// - EndListBox()
+// - ListBox()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label.
+// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty"
+// Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height).
+bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    // Size default to hold ~7.25 items.
+    // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
+    ImVec2 size = ImTrunc(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y));
+    ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+    {
+        ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+        ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb);
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x == 0.0f but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well.
+    BeginGroup();
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+    {
+        ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size);
+        AlignTextToFramePadding();
+    }
+
+    BeginChild(id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndListBox()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?");
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+
+    EndChild();
+    EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items)
+{
+    const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox().
+// Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently.
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Calculate size from "height_in_items"
+    if (height_in_items < 0)
+        height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7);
+    float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f;
+    ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImTrunc(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+
+    if (!BeginListBox(label, size))
+        return false;
+
+    // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different height,
+    // you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper.
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+    clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to.
+    clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item);
+    while (clipper.Step())
+        for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+        {
+            const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i);
+            if (item_text == NULL)
+                item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+
+            PushID(i);
+            const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+            if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+            {
+                *current_item = i;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+            if (item_selected)
+                SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            PopID();
+        }
+    EndListBox();
+
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - PlotEx() [Internal]
+// - PlotLines()
+// - PlotHistogram()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plot/Graph widgets are not very good.
+// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see:
+// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot
+// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return -1;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb))
+        return -1;
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
+
+    // Determine scale from values if not specified
+    if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        float v_min = FLT_MAX;
+        float v_max = -FLT_MAX;
+        for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++)
+        {
+            const float v = values_getter(data, i);
+            if (v != v) // Ignore NaN values
+                continue;
+            v_min = ImMin(v_min, v);
+            v_max = ImMax(v_max, v);
+        }
+        if (scale_min == FLT_MAX)
+            scale_min = v_min;
+        if (scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+            scale_max = v_max;
+    }
+
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    const int values_count_min = (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? 2 : 1;
+    int idx_hovered = -1;
+    if (values_count >= values_count_min)
+    {
+        int res_w = ImMin((int)frame_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+        int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+
+        // Tooltip on hover
+        if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
+        {
+            const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
+            const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
+            IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count);
+
+            const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count);
+            const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count);
+            if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+                SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx + 1, v1);
+            else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+                SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0);
+            idx_hovered = v_idx;
+        }
+
+        const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w;
+        const float inv_scale = (scale_min == scale_max) ? 0.0f : (1.0f / (scale_max - scale_min));
+
+        float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count);
+        float t0 = 0.0f;
+        ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) );                       // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle
+        float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (1 + scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f);   // Where does the zero line stands
+
+        const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram);
+        const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered);
+
+        for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++)
+        {
+            const float t1 = t0 + t_step;
+            const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f);
+            IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count);
+            const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count);
+            const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) * inv_scale) );
+
+            // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU.
+            ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0);
+            ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t));
+            if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+            {
+                window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            }
+            else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+            {
+                if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f)
+                    pos1.x -= 1.0f;
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            }
+
+            t0 = t1;
+            tp0 = tp1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Text overlay
+    if (overlay_text)
+        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+
+    // Return hovered index or -1 if none are hovered.
+    // This is currently not exposed in the public API because we need a larger redesign of the whole thing, but in the short-term we are making it available in PlotEx().
+    return idx_hovered;
+}
+
+struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData
+{
+    const float* Values;
+    int Stride;
+
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; }
+};
+
+static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data;
+    const float v = *(const float*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride);
+    return v;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers
+// Those is not very useful, legacy API.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Value()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b)
+{
+    Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false"));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v)
+{
+    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
+{
+    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
+{
+    if (float_format)
+    {
+        char fmt[64];
+        ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format);
+        Text(fmt, prefix, v);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImGuiMenuColumns [Internal]
+// - BeginMenuBar()
+// - EndMenuBar()
+// - BeginMainMenuBar()
+// - EndMainMenuBar()
+// - BeginMenu()
+// - EndMenu()
+// - MenuItemEx() [Internal]
+// - MenuItem()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helpers for internal use
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing)
+{
+    if (window_reappearing)
+        memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths));
+    Spacing = (ImU16)spacing;
+    CalcNextTotalWidth(true);
+    memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths));
+    TotalWidth = NextTotalWidth;
+    NextTotalWidth = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets)
+{
+    ImU16 offset = 0;
+    bool want_spacing = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Widths); i++)
+    {
+        ImU16 width = Widths[i];
+        if (want_spacing && width > 0)
+            offset += Spacing;
+        want_spacing |= (width > 0);
+        if (update_offsets)
+        {
+            if (i == 1) { OffsetLabel = offset; }
+            if (i == 2) { OffsetShortcut = offset; }
+            if (i == 3) { OffsetMark = offset; }
+        }
+        offset += width;
+    }
+    NextTotalWidth = offset;
+}
+
+float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark)
+{
+    Widths[0] = ImMax(Widths[0], (ImU16)w_icon);
+    Widths[1] = ImMax(Widths[1], (ImU16)w_label);
+    Widths[2] = ImMax(Widths[2], (ImU16)w_shortcut);
+    Widths[3] = ImMax(Widths[3], (ImU16)w_mark);
+    CalcNextTotalWidth(false);
+    return (float)ImMax(TotalWidth, NextTotalWidth);
+}
+
+// FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere..
+// Currently the main responsibility of this function being to setup clip-rect + horizontal layout + menu navigation layer.
+// Ideally we also want this to be responsible for claiming space out of the main window scrolling rectangle, in which case ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar will become unnecessary.
+// Then later the same system could be used for multiple menu-bars, scrollbars, side-bars.
+bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+    BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore
+    PushID("##menubar");
+
+    // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect.
+    // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy.
+    ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+    ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y));
+    clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped);
+    PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false);
+
+    // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags).
+    window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y);
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true;
+    AlignTextToFramePadding();
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings.
+    if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    {
+        // Try to find out if the request is for one of our child menu
+        ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow;
+        while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow;
+        if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
+        {
+            // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame.
+            // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth bothering)
+            const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+            IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check (FIXME: Seems unnecessary)
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection.
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+            NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); // Repeat
+        }
+    }
+
+    IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+    PopClipRect();
+    PopID();
+    window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos.
+
+    // FIXME: Extremely confusing, cleanup by (a) working on WorkRect stack system (b) not using a Group confusingly here.
+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
+    group_data.EmitItem = false;
+    ImVec2 restore_cursor_max_pos = group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos;
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Scroll.x); // Convert ideal extents for scrolling layer equivalent.
+    EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = restore_cursor_max_pos;
+}
+
+// Important: calling order matters!
+// FIXME: Somehow overlapping with docking tech.
+// FIXME: The "rect-cut" aspect of this could be formalized into a lower-level helper (rect-cut: https://halt.software/dead-simple-layouts)
+bool ImGui::BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport_p, ImGuiDir dir, float axis_size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(dir != ImGuiDir_None);
+
+    ImGuiWindow* bar_window = FindWindowByName(name);
+    if (bar_window == NULL || bar_window->BeginCount == 0)
+    {
+        // Calculate and set window size/position
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)(viewport_p ? viewport_p : GetMainViewport());
+        ImRect avail_rect = viewport->GetBuildWorkRect();
+        ImGuiAxis axis = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+        ImVec2 pos = avail_rect.Min;
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+            pos[axis] = avail_rect.Max[axis] - axis_size;
+        ImVec2 size = avail_rect.GetSize();
+        size[axis] = axis_size;
+        SetNextWindowPos(pos);
+        SetNextWindowSize(size);
+
+        // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Left)
+            viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin[axis] += axis_size;
+        else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+            viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax[axis] -= axis_size;
+    }
+
+    window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Lift normal size constraint
+    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
+    PopStyleVar(2);
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();
+
+    // For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set.
+    // FIXME: This could be generalized as an opt-in way to clamp window->DC.CursorStartPos to avoid SafeArea?
+    // FIXME: Consider removing support for safe area down the line... it's messy. Nowadays consoles have support for TV calibration in OS settings.
+    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f));
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+    float height = GetFrameHeight();
+    bool is_open = BeginViewportSideBar("##MainMenuBar", viewport, ImGuiDir_Up, height, window_flags);
+    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    if (is_open)
+        BeginMenuBar();
+    else
+        End();
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
+{
+    EndMenuBar();
+
+    // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window
+    // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest)
+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
+
+    End();
+}
+
+static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if ((g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+        return false;
+
+    // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others
+    // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID.
+    // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PushID() user code submitting menus.
+    // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag,
+    // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects.
+    // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup
+    // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu.
+    // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer.
+    // This fixes the most common case of menu opening on hover when moving between window content and menu bar. Multiple different menu sets in same nav layer would still
+    // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart
+    // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into.
+    const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+    if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent != upper_popup->ParentNavLayer)
+        return false;
+    return upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) && ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(upper_popup->Window, window, true);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+
+    // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu)
+    // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get across (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+
+    // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin().
+    // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame.
+    // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. ImGuiStorage mapping key to last frame used.
+    if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id))
+    {
+        if (menu_is_open)
+            menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        else
+            g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();          // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return menu_is_open;
+    }
+
+    // Tag menu as used. Next time BeginMenu() with same ID is called it will append to existing menu
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id);
+
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent without always being a Child window)
+    // This is only done for items for the menu set and not the full parent window.
+    const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet();
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true);
+
+    // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu,
+    // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup().
+    // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering.
+    ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    PushID(label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+    const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
+    bool pressed;
+
+    // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another.
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar
+        // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction.
+        // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin()
+        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+        float w = label_size.x;
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, label_size.y));
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        PopStyleVar();
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu inside a regular/vertical menu
+        // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f.
+        //  Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system.
+        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
+        float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
+        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame
+        float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y));
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        if (icon_w > 0.0f)
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
+        RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ImGuiDir_Right);
+    }
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+
+    const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavDisableMouseHover;
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        PopItemFlag();
+
+    bool want_open = false;
+    bool want_open_nav_init = false;
+    bool want_close = false;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    {
+        // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu
+        // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive.
+        bool moving_toward_child_menu = false;
+        ImGuiPopupData* child_popup = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) ? &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size] : NULL; // Popup candidate (testing below)
+        ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL;
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL)
+        {
+            const float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI
+            const float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f;
+            const ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect();
+            ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta);
+            ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
+            ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
+            const float pad_farmost_h = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // Add a bit of extra slack.
+            ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f;
+            tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit;
+            tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit;
+            tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // Triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus
+            tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f);
+            moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos);
+            //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG]
+        }
+
+        // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not)
+        // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon.
+        // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.)
+        if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.ActiveId == 0)
+            want_close = true;
+
+        // Open
+        // (note: at this point 'hovered' actually includes the NavDisableMouseHover == false test)
+        if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open
+            want_open = true;
+        else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open
+            want_open = true;
+        else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= 0.30f && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 0.30f) // Hover to open (timer fallback)
+            want_open = true;
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open
+        {
+            want_open = want_open_nav_init = true;
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu bar
+        if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it
+        {
+            want_close = true;
+            want_open = menu_is_open = false;
+        }
+        else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others
+        {
+            want_open = true;
+        }
+        else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open
+        {
+            want_open = true;
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }'
+        want_close = true;
+    if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    PopID();
+
+    if (want_open && !menu_is_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size)
+    {
+        // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame if it is a different menu ID, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
+        OpenPopup(label);
+    }
+    else if (want_open)
+    {
+        menu_is_open = true;
+        OpenPopup(label, ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen);// | (want_open_nav_init ? ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit : 0));
+    }
+
+    if (menu_is_open)
+    {
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_in_parent = g.LastItemData;
+        SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always);                  // Note: misleading: the value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos.
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.PopupRounding); // First level will use _PopupRounding, subsequent will use _ChildRounding
+        menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags);                  // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        PopStyleVar();
+        if (menu_is_open)
+        {
+            // Implement what ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit would do:
+            // Perform an init request in the case the popup was already open (via a previous mouse hover)
+            if (want_open && want_open_nav_init && !g.NavInitRequest)
+            {
+                FocusWindow(g.CurrentWindow, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
+                NavInitWindow(g.CurrentWindow, false);
+            }
+
+            // Restore LastItemData so IsItemXXXX functions can work after BeginMenu()/EndMenu()
+            // (This fixes using IsItemClicked() and IsItemHovered(), but IsItemHovered() also relies on its support for ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck)
+            g.LastItemData = last_item_in_parent;
+            if (g.HoveredWindow == window)
+                g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+    }
+
+    return menu_is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
+{
+    return BeginMenuEx(label, NULL, enabled);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenu()
+{
+    // Nav: When a left move request our menu failed, close ourselves.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginMenu()/EndMenu() calls
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow;  // Should always be != NULL is we passed assert.
+    if (window->BeginCount == window->BeginCountPreviousFrame)
+        if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
+            if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window) && parent_window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical)
+            {
+                ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, true);
+                NavMoveRequestCancel();
+            }
+
+    EndPopup();
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    // See BeginMenuEx() for comments about this.
+    const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet();
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true);
+
+    // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73),
+    // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only.
+    bool pressed;
+    PushID(label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+
+    // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another.
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover;
+    const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful
+        // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark.
+        float w = label_size.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+        pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+        PopStyleVar();
+        if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)
+            RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu item inside a vertical menu
+        // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f.
+        //  Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system.
+        float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
+        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame
+        float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
+        pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y));
+        if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)
+        {
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label);
+            if (icon_w > 0.0f)
+                RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
+            if (shortcut_w > 0.0f)
+            {
+                PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+                RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
+                PopStyleColor();
+            }
+            if (selected)
+                RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f);
+        }
+    }
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+    PopID();
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        PopItemFlag();
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    return MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, selected, enabled);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    if (MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
+    {
+        if (p_selected)
+            *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTabBar()
+// - BeginTabBarEx() [Internal]
+// - EndTabBar()
+// - TabBarLayout() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal]
+// - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal]
+// - TabBarFindTabByOrder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarGetCurrentTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarGetTabName() [Internal]
+// - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarQueueFocus() [Internal]
+// - TabBarQueueReorder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarProcessReorderFromMousePos() [Internal]
+// - TabBarProcessReorder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal]
+// - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImGuiTabBarSection
+{
+    int                 TabCount;               // Number of tabs in this section.
+    float               Width;                  // Sum of width of tabs in this section (after shrinking down)
+    float               Spacing;                // Horizontal spacing at the end of the section.
+
+    ImGuiTabBarSection() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    static void             TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImU32            TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window);
+    static float            TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth();
+    static float            TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling);
+    static void             TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+}
+
+ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1;
+    LastTabItemIdx = -1;
+}
+
+static inline int TabItemGetSectionIdx(const ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    return (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerBySection(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs;
+    const int a_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(a);
+    const int b_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(b);
+    if (a_section != b_section)
+        return a_section - b_section;
+    return (int)(a->IndexDuringLayout - b->IndexDuringLayout);
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs;
+    return (int)(a->BeginOrder - b->BeginOrder);
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return ref.Ptr ? (ImGuiTabBar*)ref.Ptr : g.TabBars.GetByIndex(ref.Index);
+}
+
+static ImGuiPtrOrIndex GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.TabBars.Contains(tab_bar))
+        return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(g.TabBars.GetIndex(tab_bar));
+    return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(tab_bar);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id);
+    ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    tab_bar->ID = id;
+    tab_bar->SeparatorMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+    tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+    //if (g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, window, false, false))
+    flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused;
+    return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ID != 0);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID);
+
+    // Add to stack
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar));
+    g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar;
+
+    // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs.
+    tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount)
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY);
+        tab_bar->BeginCount++;
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // Ensure correct ordering when toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag, or when a new tab was added while being not reorderable
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) != (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (tab_bar->TabsAddedNew && !(flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)))
+        ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder);
+    tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = false;
+
+    // Flags
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
+
+    tab_bar->Flags = flags;
+    tab_bar->BarRect = tab_bar_bb;
+    tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab()
+    tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible;
+    tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight = tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight;
+    tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = 0.0f;
+    tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+    tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding;
+    tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0;
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1;
+    tab_bar->BeginCount = 1;
+
+    // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY);
+
+    // Draw separator
+    // (it would be misleading to draw this in EndTabBar() suggesting that it may be drawn over tabs, as tab bar are appendable)
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected);
+    if (g.Style.TabBarBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y;
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMinX, y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize), ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX, y), col);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTabBar()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Fallback in case no TabItem have been submitted
+    if (tab_bar->WantLayout)
+        TabBarLayout(tab_bar);
+
+    // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed().
+    const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing)
+    {
+        tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1)
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos;
+
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1;
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        PopID();
+
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back());
+}
+
+// Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling)
+static float TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections)
+{
+    return tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing;
+}
+
+// This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab()
+// The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions.
+static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    tab_bar->WantLayout = false;
+
+    // Garbage collect by compacting list
+    // Detect if we need to sort out tab list (e.g. in rare case where a tab changed section)
+    int tab_dst_n = 0;
+    bool need_sort_by_section = false;
+    ImGuiTabBarSection sections[3]; // Layout sections: Leading, Central, Trailing
+    for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n];
+        if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible || tab->WantClose)
+        {
+            // Remove tab
+            if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; }
+            if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; }
+            if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; }
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n)
+            tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n];
+
+        tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n];
+        tab->IndexDuringLayout = (ImS16)tab_dst_n;
+
+        // We will need sorting if tabs have changed section (e.g. moved from one of Leading/Central/Trailing to another)
+        int curr_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+        if (tab_dst_n > 0)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* prev_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n - 1];
+            int prev_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(prev_tab);
+            if (curr_tab_section_n == 0 && prev_tab_section_n != 0)
+                need_sort_by_section = true;
+            if (prev_tab_section_n == 2 && curr_tab_section_n != 2)
+                need_sort_by_section = true;
+        }
+
+        sections[curr_tab_section_n].TabCount++;
+        tab_dst_n++;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n)
+        tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n);
+
+    if (need_sort_by_section)
+        ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerBySection);
+
+    // Calculate spacing between sections
+    sections[0].Spacing = sections[0].TabCount > 0 && (sections[1].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount) > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f;
+    sections[1].Spacing = sections[1].TabCount > 0 && sections[2].TabCount > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f;
+
+    // Setup next selected tab
+    ImGuiID scroll_to_tab_id = 0;
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId)
+    {
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId;
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0;
+        scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    }
+
+    // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot).
+    if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0)
+    {
+        if (TabBarProcessReorder(tab_bar))
+            if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+                scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId;
+        tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!)
+    const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0;
+    if (tab_list_popup_button)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Min.x!
+            scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID;
+
+    // Leading/Trailing tabs will be shrink only if central one aren't visible anymore, so layout the shrink data as: leading, trailing, central
+    // (whereas our tabs are stored as: leading, central, trailing)
+    int shrink_buffer_indexes[3] = { 0, sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount, sections[0].TabCount };
+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size);
+
+    // Compute ideal tabs widths + store them into shrink buffer
+    ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL;
+    int curr_section_n = -1;
+    bool found_selected_tab_id = false;
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible);
+
+        if ((most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button))
+            most_recently_selected_tab = tab;
+        if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+            found_selected_tab_id = true;
+        if (scroll_to_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID)
+            scroll_to_tab_id = tab->ID;
+
+        // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar.
+        // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet,
+        // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window.
+        const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab);
+        const bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0 || (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument);
+        tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker).x;
+
+        int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+        ImGuiTabBarSection* section = &sections[section_n];
+        section->Width += tab->ContentWidth + (section_n == curr_section_n ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f);
+        curr_section_n = section_n;
+
+        // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6385);
+        ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* shrink_width_item = &g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++];
+        shrink_width_item->Index = tab_n;
+        shrink_width_item->Width = shrink_width_item->InitialWidth = tab->ContentWidth;
+        tab->Width = ImMax(tab->ContentWidth, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window)
+    tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal = 0.0f;
+    for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++)
+        tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal += sections[section_n].Width + sections[section_n].Spacing;
+
+    // Horizontal scrolling buttons
+    // (note that TabBarScrollButtons() will alter BarRect.Max.x)
+    if ((tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll))
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_and_select_tab = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar))
+        {
+            scroll_to_tab_id = scroll_and_select_tab->ID;
+            if ((scroll_and_select_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0)
+                tab_bar->SelectedTabId = scroll_to_tab_id;
+        }
+
+    // Shrink widths if full tabs don't fit in their allocated space
+    float section_0_w = sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing;
+    float section_1_w = sections[1].Width + sections[1].Spacing;
+    float section_2_w = sections[2].Width + sections[2].Spacing;
+    bool central_section_is_visible = (section_0_w + section_2_w) < tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth();
+    float width_excess;
+    if (central_section_is_visible)
+        width_excess = ImMax(section_1_w - (tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section_0_w - section_2_w), 0.0f); // Excess used to shrink central section
+    else
+        width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section
+
+    // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore
+    if (width_excess >= 1.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible))
+    {
+        int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount);
+        int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0);
+        ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data + shrink_data_offset, shrink_data_count, width_excess);
+
+        // Apply shrunk values into tabs and sections
+        for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index];
+            float shrinked_width = IM_TRUNC(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width);
+            if (shrinked_width < 0.0f)
+                continue;
+
+            shrinked_width = ImMax(1.0f, shrinked_width);
+            int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+            sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width);
+            tab->Width = shrinked_width;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Layout all active tabs
+    int section_tab_index = 0;
+    float tab_offset = 0.0f;
+    tab_bar->WidthAllTabs = 0.0f;
+    for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBarSection* section = &sections[section_n];
+        if (section_n == 2)
+            tab_offset = ImMin(ImMax(0.0f, tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section->Width), tab_offset);
+
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < section->TabCount; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n];
+            tab->Offset = tab_offset;
+            tab->NameOffset = -1;
+            tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f);
+        }
+        tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f);
+        tab_offset += section->Spacing;
+        section_tab_index += section->TabCount;
+    }
+
+    // Clear name buffers
+    tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0);
+
+    // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one
+    if (found_selected_tab_id == false)
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0;
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL)
+        scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID;
+
+    // Lock in visible tab
+    tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false;
+
+    // Apply request requests
+    if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0)
+        TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections);
+    else if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) && IsMouseHoveringRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, true) && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.CurrentWindow))
+    {
+        const float wheel = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? g.IO.MouseWheel : g.IO.MouseWheelH;
+        const ImGuiKey wheel_key = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY : ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX;
+        if (TestKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID) && wheel != 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float scroll_step = wheel * TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections) / 3.0f;
+            tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f;
+            tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - scroll_step);
+        }
+        SetKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID);
+    }
+
+    // Update scrolling
+    tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget);
+    if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget)
+    {
+        // Scrolling speed adjust itself so we can always reach our target in 1/3 seconds.
+        // Teleport if we are aiming far off the visible line
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, 70.0f * g.FontSize);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, ImFabs(tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim) / 0.3f);
+        const bool teleport = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount) || (tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility > 10.0f * g.FontSize);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = teleport ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : ImLinearSweep(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget, g.IO.DeltaTime * tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f;
+    }
+    tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing;
+    tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing;
+
+    // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame)
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min;
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->WidthAllTabs, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal);
+}
+
+// Dockable windows uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack.
+static ImU32   ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(docked_window == NULL); // master branch only
+    IM_UNUSED(docked_window);
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode)
+    {
+        ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(label);
+        KeepAliveID(id);
+        return id;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+        return window->GetID(label);
+    }
+}
+
+static float ImGui::TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize * 20.0f;
+}
+
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
+{
+    if (tab_id != 0)
+        for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++)
+            if (tab_bar->Tabs[n].ID == tab_id)
+                return &tab_bar->Tabs[n];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Order = visible order, not submission order! (which is tab->BeginOrder)
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order)
+{
+    if (order < 0 || order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    return &tab_bar->Tabs[order];
+}
+
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx < 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    return &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    if (tab->NameOffset == -1)
+        return "N/A";
+    IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset < tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Size);
+    return tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset;
+}
+
+// The *TabId fields are already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless.
+void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
+{
+    if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id))
+        tab_bar->Tabs.erase(tab);
+    if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab_id)      { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; }
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab_id)     { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; }
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; }
+}
+
+// Called on manual closure attempt
+void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+        return; // A button appended with TabItemButton().
+
+    if ((tab->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure)) == 0)
+    {
+        // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure.
+        // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure
+        tab->WantClose = true;
+        if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID)
+        {
+            tab->LastFrameVisible = -1;
+            tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup)
+        if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID)
+            TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
+    }
+}
+
+static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling)
+{
+    scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->WidthAllTabs - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth());
+    return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f);
+}
+
+// Note: we may scroll to tab that are not selected! e.g. using keyboard arrow keys
+static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections)
+{
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id);
+    if (tab == NULL)
+        return;
+    if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar)
+    int order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab);
+
+    // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling)
+    float scrollable_width = TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections);
+
+    // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler
+    float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f);
+    float tab_x2 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size - sections[2].TabCount ? margin : 1.0f);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f;
+    if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= scrollable_width))
+    {
+        // Scroll to the left
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1;
+    }
+    else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - scrollable_width)
+    {
+        // Scroll to the right
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - scrollable_width) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - scrollable_width;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(offset != 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
+    tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = tab->ID;
+    tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const bool is_central_section = (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0;
+    const float bar_offset = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - (is_central_section ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : 0);
+
+    // Count number of contiguous tabs we are crossing over
+    const int dir = (bar_offset + src_tab->Offset) > mouse_pos.x ? -1 : +1;
+    const int src_idx = tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(src_tab);
+    int dst_idx = src_idx;
+    for (int i = src_idx; i >= 0 && i < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; i += dir)
+    {
+        // Reordered tabs must share the same section
+        const ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[i];
+        if (dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)
+            break;
+        if ((dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_))
+            break;
+        dst_idx = i;
+
+        // Include spacing after tab, so when mouse cursor is between tabs we would not continue checking further tabs that are not hovered.
+        const float x1 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        const float x2 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset + dst_tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(ImVec2(x1, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(x2, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+        if ((dir < 0 && mouse_pos.x > x1) || (dir > 0 && mouse_pos.x < x2))
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if (dst_idx != src_idx)
+        TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, src_tab, dst_idx - src_idx);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId);
+    if (tab1 == NULL || (tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder))
+        return false;
+
+    //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools
+    int tab2_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset;
+    if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return false;
+
+    // Reordered tabs must share the same section
+    // (Note: TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos() also has a similar test but since we allow direct calls to TabBarQueueReorder() we do it here too)
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order];
+    if (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)
+        return false;
+    if ((tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_))
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1;
+    ImGuiTabItem* src_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 + 1 : tab2;
+    ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 : tab2 + 1;
+    const int move_count = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset : -tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset;
+    memmove(dst_tab, src_tab, move_count * sizeof(ImGuiTabItem));
+    *tab2 = item_tmp;
+
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+    return true;
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    const ImVec2 arrow_button_size(g.FontSize - 2.0f, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    const float scrolling_buttons_width = arrow_button_size.x * 2.0f;
+
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+
+    int select_dir = 0;
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    const float backup_repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay;
+    const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f;
+    float x = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width);
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        select_dir = -1;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        select_dir = +1;
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay;
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_scroll_to = NULL;
+    if (select_dir != 0)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
+        {
+            int selected_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab_item);
+            int target_order = selected_order + select_dir;
+
+            // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached
+            while (tab_to_scroll_to == NULL)
+            {
+                // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible
+                tab_to_scroll_to = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order];
+
+                // Cross through buttons
+                // (even if first/last item is a button, return it so we can update the scroll)
+                if (tab_to_scroll_to->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+                {
+                    target_order += select_dir;
+                    selected_order += select_dir;
+                    tab_to_scroll_to = (target_order < 0 || target_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? tab_to_scroll_to : NULL;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f;
+
+    return tab_to_scroll_to;
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // We use g.Style.FramePadding.y to match the square ArrowButton size
+    const float tab_list_popup_button_width = g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - g.Style.FramePadding.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x += tab_list_popup_button_width;
+
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest);
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL;
+    if (open)
+    {
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+                continue;
+
+            const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab);
+            if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID))
+                tab_to_select = tab;
+        }
+        EndCombo();
+    }
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    return tab_to_select;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTabItem()
+// - EndTabItem()
+// - TabItemButton()
+// - TabItemEx() [Internal]
+// - SetTabItemClosed()
+// - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal]
+// - TabItemBackground() [Internal]
+// - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return false;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); // BeginTabItem() Can't be used with button flags, use TabItemButton() instead!
+
+    bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags, NULL);
+    if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId))
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+        PushOverrideID(tab->ID); // We already hashed 'label' so push into the ID stack directly instead of doing another hash through PushID(label)
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTabItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0);
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+    if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId))
+        PopID();
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return false;
+    }
+    return TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, NULL, flags | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder, NULL);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window)
+{
+    // Layout whole tab bar if not already done
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (tab_bar->WantLayout)
+    {
+        ImGuiNextItemData backup_next_item_data = g.NextItemData;
+        TabBarLayout(tab_bar);
+        g.NextItemData = backup_next_item_data;
+    }
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label, docked_window);
+
+    // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render.
+    // We make a call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID.
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    if (p_open && !*p_open)
+    {
+        ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!p_open || !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button));
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) != (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)); // Can't use both Leading and Trailing
+
+    // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented)
+    if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton)
+        p_open = NULL;
+    else if (p_open == NULL)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton;
+
+    // Acquire tab data
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id);
+    bool tab_is_new = false;
+    if (tab == NULL)
+    {
+        tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem());
+        tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back();
+        tab->ID = id;
+        tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = tab_is_new = true;
+    }
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab);
+
+    // Calculate tab contents size
+    ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, (p_open != NULL) || (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument));
+    tab->RequestedWidth = -1.0f;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
+        size.x = tab->RequestedWidth = g.NextItemData.Width;
+    if (tab_is_new)
+        tab->Width = ImMax(1.0f, size.x);
+    tab->ContentWidth = size.x;
+    tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++;
+
+    const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0;
+    const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    const bool tab_just_unsaved = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument);
+    const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0;
+    tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab->Flags = flags;
+
+    // Append name _WITH_ the zero-terminator
+    if (docked_window != NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(docked_window == NULL); // master branch only
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tab->NameOffset = (ImS32)tab_bar->TabsNames.size();
+        tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1);
+    }
+
+    // Update selected tab
+    if (!is_tab_button)
+    {
+        if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0)
+            if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0)
+                TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // New tabs gets activated
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar
+            TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
+    }
+
+    // Lock visibility
+    // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!)
+    bool tab_contents_visible = (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == id);
+    if (tab_contents_visible)
+        tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = true;
+
+    // On the very first frame of a tab bar we let first tab contents be visible to minimize appearing glitches
+    if (!tab_contents_visible && tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar_appearing)
+        if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1 && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs))
+            tab_contents_visible = true;
+
+    // Note that tab_is_new is not necessarily the same as tab_appearing! When a tab bar stops being submitted
+    // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'.
+    if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new))
+    {
+        ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
+        if (is_tab_button)
+            return false;
+        return tab_contents_visible;
+    }
+
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == id)
+        tab->LastFrameSelected = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Backup current layout position
+    const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+
+    // Layout
+    const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0;
+    size.x = tab->Width;
+    if (is_central_section)
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_TRUNC(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f);
+    else
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+
+    // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation)
+    const bool want_clip_rect = is_central_section && (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX || bb.Max.x > tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX);
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true);
+
+    ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = backup_cursor_max_pos;
+
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+    {
+        if (want_clip_rect)
+            PopClipRect();
+        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
+        return tab_contents_visible;
+    }
+
+    // Click to Select a tab
+    // Allow the close button to overlap
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap);
+    if (g.DragDropActive)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    if (pressed && !is_tab_button)
+        TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
+
+    // Drag and drop: re-order tabs
+    if (held && !tab_appearing && IsMouseDragging(0))
+    {
+        if (!g.DragDropActive && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))
+        {
+            // While moving a tab it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x
+            if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x)
+            {
+                TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos);
+            }
+            else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x)
+            {
+                TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth)
+    {
+        // Enlarge tab display when hovering
+        bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_TRUNC(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f)));
+        display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+        TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive));
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Render tab shape
+    ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabDimmed));
+    TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col);
+    if (tab_contents_visible && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline))
+    {
+        float x_offset = IM_TRUNC(0.4f * style.TabRounding);
+        if (x_offset < 2.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale)
+            x_offset = 0.0f;
+        float y_offset = 1.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale;
+        display_draw_list->AddLine(bb.GetTL() + ImVec2(x_offset, y_offset), bb.GetTR() + ImVec2(-x_offset, y_offset), GetColorU32(tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline), 2.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+
+    // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget.
+    const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup);
+    if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)) && !is_tab_button)
+        TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
+
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;
+
+    // Render tab label, process close button
+    const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id) : 0;
+    bool just_closed;
+    bool text_clipped;
+    TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, tab_just_unsaved ? (flags & ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) : flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped);
+    if (just_closed && p_open != NULL)
+    {
+        *p_open = false;
+        TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab);
+    }
+
+    // Restore main window position so user can draw there
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PopClipRect();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
+
+    // Tooltip
+    // (Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer-> seems ok)
+    // (We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar, which g.HoveredId ignores)
+    // FIXME: This is a mess.
+    // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip?
+    if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held)
+        if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip))
+            SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label);
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected
+    if (is_tab_button)
+        return pressed;
+    return tab_contents_visible;
+}
+
+// [Public] This is call is 100% optional but it allows to remove some one-frame glitches when a tab has been unexpectedly removed.
+// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar().
+// Tabs closed by the close button will automatically be flagged to avoid this issue.
+void    ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool is_within_manual_tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar && !(g.CurrentTabBar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode);
+    if (is_within_manual_tab_bar)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+        ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label, NULL);
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id))
+            tab->WantClose = true; // Will be processed by next call to TabBarLayout()
+    }
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    if (has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker)
+        size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle.
+    else
+        size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f;
+    return ImVec2(ImMin(size.x, TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()), size.y);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow*)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(0); // This function exists to facilitate merge with 'docking' branch.
+    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col)
+{
+    // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const float width = bb.GetWidth();
+    IM_UNUSED(flags);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f);
+    const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f));
+    const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f;
+    const float y2 = bb.Max.y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize;
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2));
+    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9);
+    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12);
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2));
+    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+    if (g.Style.TabBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9);
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12);
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0, g.Style.TabBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
+// Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic
+// We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter.
+void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    if (out_just_closed)
+        *out_just_closed = false;
+    if (out_text_clipped)
+        *out_text_clipped = false;
+
+    if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f)
+        return;
+
+    // In Style V2 we'll have full override of all colors per state (e.g. focused, selected)
+    // But right now if you want to alter text color of tabs this is what you need to do.
+#if 0
+    const float backup_alpha = g.Style.Alpha;
+    if (!is_contents_visible)
+        g.Style.Alpha *= 0.7f;
+#endif
+
+    // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker
+    ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y);
+    ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb;
+
+    // Return clipped state ignoring the close button
+    if (out_text_clipped)
+    {
+        *out_text_clipped = (text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min.x + label_size.x) > text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x;
+        //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    }
+
+    const float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+    const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x - button_sz), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y);
+
+    // Close Button & Unsaved Marker
+    // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap()
+    //  'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button
+    //  'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button
+    //  'g.ActiveId==close_button_id' will be true when we are holding on the close button, in which case both hovered booleans are false
+    bool close_button_pressed = false;
+    bool close_button_visible = false;
+    if (close_button_id != 0)
+        if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton))
+            if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id)
+                close_button_visible = true;
+    bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x);
+
+    if (close_button_visible)
+    {
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos))
+            close_button_pressed = true;
+        g.LastItemData = last_item_backup;
+
+        // Close with middle mouse button
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2))
+            close_button_pressed = true;
+    }
+    else if (unsaved_marker_visible)
+    {
+        const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz));
+        RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+    }
+
+    // This is all rather complicated
+    // (the main idea is that because the close button only appears on hover, we don't want it to alter the ellipsis position)
+    // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist..
+    float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f;
+    if (close_button_visible || unsaved_marker_visible)
+    {
+        text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_visible ? (button_sz) : (button_sz * 0.80f);
+        text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max.x -= unsaved_marker_visible ? (button_sz * 0.80f) : 0.0f;
+        ellipsis_max_x = text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x;
+    }
+    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size);
+
+#if 0
+    if (!is_contents_visible)
+        g.Style.Alpha = backup_alpha;
+#endif
+
+    if (out_just_closed)
+        *out_just_closed = close_button_pressed;
+}
+
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h b/third-party/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
similarity index 75%
rename from third-party/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h
rename to third-party/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
index fafd889716..f6917e7a6e 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
@@ -1,9 +1,19 @@
-// stb_rect_pack.h - v0.08 - public domain - rectangle packing
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.01.
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+// 
+// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.01 - public domain - rectangle packing
 // Sean Barrett 2014
 //
 // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas.
 // Does not do rotation.
 //
+// Before #including,
+//
+//    #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+//
+// in the file that you want to have the implementation.
+//
 // Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than
 // the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what
 // this is meant to replace).
@@ -27,11 +37,20 @@
 //    Sean Barrett
 //  Minor features
 //    Martins Mozeiko
+//    github:IntellectualKitty
+//
 //  Bugfixes / warning fixes
 //    Jeremy Jaussaud
+//    Fabian Giesen
 //
 // Version history:
 //
+//     1.01  (2021-07-11)  always use large rect mode, expose STBRP__MAXVAL in public section
+//     1.00  (2019-02-25)  avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles
+//     0.99  (2019-02-07)  warning fixes
+//     0.11  (2017-03-03)  return packing success/fail result
+//     0.10  (2016-10-25)  remove cast-away-const to avoid warnings
+//     0.09  (2016-08-27)  fix compiler warnings
 //     0.08  (2015-09-13)  really fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0)
 //     0.07  (2015-09-13)  fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0)
 //     0.06  (2015-04-15)  added STBRP_SORT to allow replacing qsort
@@ -41,9 +60,7 @@
 //
 // LICENSE
 //
-//   This software is in the public domain. Where that dedication is not
-//   recognized, you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy,
-//   distribute, and modify this file as you see fit.
+//   See end of file for license information.
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
@@ -69,13 +86,12 @@ typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context;
 typedef struct stbrp_node    stbrp_node;
 typedef struct stbrp_rect    stbrp_rect;
 
-#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
 typedef int            stbrp_coord;
-#else
-typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord;
-#endif
 
-STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects);
+#define STBRP__MAXVAL  0x7fffffff
+// Mostly for internal use, but this is the maximum supported coordinate value.
+
+STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects);
 // Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type
 // 'stbrp_rect' defined below, stored in the array 'rects', and there
 // are 'num_rects' many of them.
@@ -96,6 +112,9 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int
 // arrays will probably produce worse packing results than calling it
 // a single time with the full rectangle array, but the option is
 // available.
+//
+// The function returns 1 if all of the rectangles were successfully
+// packed and 0 otherwise.
 
 struct stbrp_rect
 {
@@ -198,6 +217,14 @@ struct stbrp_context
 #define STBRP_ASSERT assert
 #endif
 
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define STBRP__NOTUSED(v)  (void)(v)
+#define STBRP__CDECL       __cdecl
+#else
+#define STBRP__NOTUSED(v)  (void)sizeof(v)
+#define STBRP__CDECL
+#endif
+
 enum
 {
    STBRP__INIT_skyline = 1
@@ -238,9 +265,6 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_ou
 STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes)
 {
    int i;
-#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
-   STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff);
-#endif
 
    for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i)
       nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1];
@@ -259,21 +283,19 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height,
    context->extra[0].y = 0;
    context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1];
    context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width;
-#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
    context->extra[1].y = (1<<30);
-#else
-   context->extra[1].y = 65535;
-#endif
    context->extra[1].next = NULL;
 }
 
 // find minimum y position if it starts at x1
-static int stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(stbrp_context *, stbrp_node *first, int x0, int width, int *pwaste)
+static int stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(stbrp_context *c, stbrp_node *first, int x0, int width, int *pwaste)
 {
-   //(void)c;
    stbrp_node *node = first;
    int x1 = x0 + width;
    int min_y, visited_width, waste_area;
+
+   STBRP__NOTUSED(c);
+
    STBRP_ASSERT(first->x <= x0);
 
    #if 0
@@ -333,6 +355,13 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
    width -= width % c->align;
    STBRP_ASSERT(width % c->align == 0);
 
+   // if it can't possibly fit, bail immediately
+   if (width > c->width || height > c->height) {
+      fr.prev_link = NULL;
+      fr.x = fr.y = 0;
+      return fr;
+   }
+
    node = c->active_head;
    prev = &c->active_head;
    while (node->x + width <= c->width) {
@@ -396,11 +425,11 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
          }
          STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > xpos && node->x <= xpos);
          y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, xpos, width, &waste);
-         if (y + height < c->height) {
+         if (y + height <= c->height) {
             if (y <= best_y) {
                if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) {
                   best_x = xpos;
-                  STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y);
+                  //STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); [DEAR IMGUI]
                   best_y = y;
                   best_waste = waste;
                   best = prev;
@@ -408,7 +437,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
             }
          }
          tail = tail->next;
-      }         
+      }
    }
 
    fr.prev_link = best;
@@ -478,17 +507,14 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i
    STBRP_ASSERT(cur->next == NULL);
 
    {
-      stbrp_node *L1 = NULL, *L2 = NULL;
       int count=0;
       cur = context->active_head;
       while (cur) {
-         L1 = cur;
          cur = cur->next;
          ++count;
       }
       cur = context->free_head;
       while (cur) {
-         L2 = cur;
          cur = cur->next;
          ++count;
       }
@@ -499,10 +525,10 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i
    return res;
 }
 
-static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
+static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
-   stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
-   stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
+   const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a;
+   const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b;
    if (p->h > q->h)
       return -1;
    if (p->h < q->h)
@@ -510,40 +536,20 @@ static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w);
 }
 
-static int rect_width_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
-{
-   stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
-   stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
-   if (p->w > q->w)
-      return -1;
-   if (p->w < q->w)
-      return  1;
-   return (p->h > q->h) ? -1 : (p->h < q->h);
-}
-
-static int rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b)
+static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
-   stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
-   stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
+   const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a;
+   const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b;
    return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed);
 }
 
-#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
-#define STBRP__MAXVAL  0xffffffff
-#else
-#define STBRP__MAXVAL  0xffff
-#endif
-
-STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
+STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
 {
-   int i;
+   int i, all_rects_packed = 1;
 
    // we use the 'was_packed' field internally to allow sorting/unsorting
    for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) {
       rects[i].was_packed = i;
-      #ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
-      STBRP_ASSERT(rects[i].w <= 0xffff && rects[i].h <= 0xffff);
-      #endif
    }
 
    // sort according to heuristic
@@ -566,8 +572,56 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int n
    // unsort
    STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_original_order);
 
-   // set was_packed flags
-   for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i)
+   // set was_packed flags and all_rects_packed status
+   for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) {
       rects[i].was_packed = !(rects[i].x == STBRP__MAXVAL && rects[i].y == STBRP__MAXVAL);
+      if (!rects[i].was_packed)
+         all_rects_packed = 0;
+   }
+
+   // return the all_rects_packed status
+   return all_rects_packed;
 }
 #endif
+
+/*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
+Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
+This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
+commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
+this software under copyright law.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/stb_textedit.h b/third-party/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
similarity index 70%
rename from third-party/imgui/stb_textedit.h
rename to third-party/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
index 3c3003252a..783054ab95 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/stb_textedit.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
-// [ImGui] this is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.8
-// [ImGui] - fixed some minor warnings
-// [ImGui] - added STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT/STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT custom handler (#473)
-
-// stb_textedit.h - v1.8  - public domain - Sean Barrett
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14.
+// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb:
+// - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321)
+// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000 + #6783)
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+// - Also renamed macros used or defined outside of IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION block from STB_TEXTEDIT_* to IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_*
+
+// stb_textedit.h - v1.14  - public domain - Sean Barrett
 // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools
 //
 // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing
@@ -17,24 +21,28 @@
 // texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo).
 //
 // Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls.
-// 
+//
 //
 // LICENSE
 //
-//   This software is dual-licensed to the public domain and under the following
-//   license: you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, modify,
-//   publish, and distribute this file as you see fit.
+// See end of file for license information.
 //
 //
 // DEPENDENCIES
 //
 // Uses the C runtime function 'memmove', which you can override
-// by defining STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation.
+// by defining IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation.
 // Uses no other functions. Performs no runtime allocations.
 //
 //
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.14 (2021-07-11) page up/down, various fixes
+//   1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management
+//   1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash
+//   1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield
+//   1.10 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
+//   1.9  (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word
 //   1.8  (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down
 //   1.7  (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0
 //   1.6  (2015-04-15) allow STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove
@@ -52,12 +60,14 @@
 //
 //   Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1
 //   Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5
-//   Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove
+//   Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove in 1.6
+//   Louis Schnellbach: page up/down in 1.14
 //
 //   Bugfixes:
 //      Scott Graham
 //      Daniel Keller
 //      Omar Cornut
+//      Dan Thompson
 //
 // USAGE
 //
@@ -87,8 +97,8 @@
 //   moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so
 //   it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes):
 //
-//        [4 + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT
-//      +      sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)      * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT
+//        [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT
+//      +          sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)      * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT
 //
 //
 // Implementation mode:
@@ -111,7 +121,7 @@
 // Symbols that must be the same in header-file and implementation mode:
 //
 //     STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE             the character type
-//     STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE         small type that a valid cursor position
+//     STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE         small type that is a valid cursor position
 //     STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT       the number of undo states to allow
 //     STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT        the number of characters to store in the undo buffer
 //
@@ -142,6 +152,8 @@
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT       keyboard input to move cursor right
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP          keyboard input to move cursor up
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN        keyboard input to move cursor down
+//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP        keyboard input to move cursor up a page
+//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN      keyboard input to move cursor down a page
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART   keyboard input to move cursor to start of line  // e.g. HOME
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND     keyboard input to move cursor to end of line    // e.g. END
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART   keyboard input to move cursor to start of text  // e.g. ctrl-HOME
@@ -164,14 +176,10 @@
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2          secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
 //    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2            secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
 //
-// Todo:
-//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP        keyboard input to move cursor up a page
-//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN      keyboard input to move cursor down a page
-//
 // Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code
 // and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must
 // be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection,
-// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow.
+// i.e. (STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow.
 //
 // You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and
 // then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example,
@@ -200,7 +208,7 @@
 //    void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
 //    int  stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 //    int  stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len)
-//    void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key)
+//    void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXEDIT_KEYTYPE key)
 //
 //    Each of these functions potentially updates the string and updates the
 //    state.
@@ -213,20 +221,20 @@
 //          call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor
 //          and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must
 //          be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left.
-//     
+//
 //      drag:
 //          call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the
 //          cursor and the selection end point
-//     
+//
 //      cut:
 //          call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was
 //          one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer.
 //          (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.)
-//     
+//
 //      paste:
 //          call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current
 //          selection if there is one.
-//     
+//
 //      key:
 //          call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it
 //          for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to
@@ -234,8 +242,10 @@
 //          inputs, set a high bit to distinguish the two; then you can define the
 //          various definitions like STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT have the is-key-event bit
 //          set, and make STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOCHAR check that the is-key-event bit is
-//          clear.
-//     
+//          clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to
+//          anything other type you wante before including.
+//
+//
 //   When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from
 //   the STB_TexteditState.
 //
@@ -265,8 +275,8 @@
 ////
 ////
 
-#ifndef INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
-#define INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
+#ifndef INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H
+#define INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
@@ -277,35 +287,35 @@
 // and undo state.
 //
 
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT   99
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT   99
 #endif
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT   999
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT   999
 #endif
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE        int
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE        int
 #endif
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE    int
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE    int
 #endif
 
 typedef struct
 {
    // private data
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE  where;
-   short           insert_length;
-   short           delete_length;
-   short           char_storage;
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE  where;
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE  insert_length;
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE  delete_length;
+   int                        char_storage;
 } StbUndoRecord;
 
 typedef struct
 {
    // private data
-   StbUndoRecord          undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT];
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE  undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT];
+   StbUndoRecord          undo_rec [IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT];
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE  undo_char[IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT];
    short undo_point, redo_point;
-   short undo_char_point, redo_char_point;
+   int undo_char_point, redo_char_point;
 } StbUndoState;
 
 typedef struct
@@ -329,6 +339,10 @@ typedef struct
    // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide
    // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state
 
+   int row_count_per_page;
+   // page size in number of row.
+   // this value MUST be set to >0 for pageup or pagedown in multilines documents.
+
    /////////////////////
    //
    // private data
@@ -358,7 +372,7 @@ typedef struct
    float ymin,ymax;         // height of row above and below baseline
    int num_chars;
 } StbTexteditRow;
-#endif //INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
+#endif //INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H
 
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -371,11 +385,11 @@ typedef struct
 
 // implementation isn't include-guarded, since it might have indirectly
 // included just the "header" portion
-#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+#ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
 
-#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove
+#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove
 #include <string.h>
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove
+#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove
 #endif
 
 
@@ -385,7 +399,7 @@ typedef struct
 //
 
 // traverse the layout to locate the nearest character to a display position
-static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
+static int stb_text_locate_coord(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
 {
    StbTexteditRow r;
    int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
@@ -423,10 +437,9 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
    // check if it's before the end of the line
    if (x < r.x1) {
       // search characters in row for one that straddles 'x'
-      k = i;
       prev_x = r.x0;
-      for (i=0; i < r.num_chars; ++i) {
-         float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, k, i);
+      for (k=0; k < r.num_chars; ++k) {
+         float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, i, k);
          if (x < prev_x+w) {
             if (x < prev_x+w/2)
                return k+i;
@@ -446,8 +459,17 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
 }
 
 // API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection
-static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
+static void stb_textedit_click(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
 {
+   // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse
+   // goes off the top or bottom of the text
+   if( state->single_line )
+   {
+      StbTexteditRow r;
+      STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
+      y = r.ymin;
+   }
+
    state->cursor = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y);
    state->select_start = state->cursor;
    state->select_end = state->cursor;
@@ -455,11 +477,23 @@ static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat
 }
 
 // API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location
-static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
+static void stb_textedit_drag(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
 {
-   int p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y);
+   int p = 0;
+
+   // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse
+   // goes off the top or bottom of the text
+   if( state->single_line )
+   {
+      StbTexteditRow r;
+      STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
+      y = r.ymin;
+   }
+
    if (state->select_start == state->select_end)
       state->select_start = state->cursor;
+
+   p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y);
    state->cursor = state->select_end = p;
 }
 
@@ -469,11 +503,11 @@ static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state
 //
 
 // forward declarations
-static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
-static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
-static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length);
+static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
+static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
+static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length);
 static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length);
-static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length);
+static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length);
 
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -485,36 +519,21 @@ typedef struct
 
 // find the x/y location of a character, and remember info about the previous row in
 // case we get a move-up event (for page up, we'll have to rescan)
-static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line)
+static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line)
 {
    StbTexteditRow r;
    int prev_start = 0;
    int z = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
    int i=0, first;
 
-   if (n == z) {
-      // if it's at the end, then find the last line -- simpler than trying to
-      // explicitly handle this case in the regular code
-      if (single_line) {
-         STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
-         find->y = 0;
-         find->first_char = 0;
-         find->length = z;
-         find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin;
-         find->x = r.x1;
-      } else {
-         find->y = 0;
-         find->x = 0;
-         find->height = 1;
-         while (i < z) {
-            STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i);
-            prev_start = i;
-            i += r.num_chars;
-         }
-         find->first_char = i;
-         find->length = 0;
-         find->prev_first = prev_start;
-      }
+   if (n == z && single_line) {
+      // special case if it's at the end (may not be needed?)
+      STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
+      find->y = 0;
+      find->first_char = 0;
+      find->length = z;
+      find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin;
+      find->x = r.x1;
       return;
    }
 
@@ -525,9 +544,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s
       STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i);
       if (n < i + r.num_chars)
          break;
+      if (i + r.num_chars == z && z > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, z - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)  // [DEAR IMGUI] special handling for last line
+         break;   // [DEAR IMGUI]
       prev_start = i;
       i += r.num_chars;
       find->y += r.baseline_y_delta;
+      if (i == z) // [DEAR IMGUI]
+      {
+         r.num_chars = 0; // [DEAR IMGUI]
+         break;   // [DEAR IMGUI]
+      }
    }
 
    find->first_char = first = i;
@@ -537,7 +563,6 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s
 
    // now scan to find xpos
    find->x = r.x0;
-   i = 0;
    for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i)
       find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i);
 }
@@ -545,7 +570,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s
 #define STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(s)   ((s)->select_start != (s)->select_end)
 
 // make the selection/cursor state valid if client altered the string
-static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_textedit_clamp(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
@@ -559,7 +584,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat
 }
 
 // delete characters while updating undo
-static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len)
+static void stb_textedit_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len)
 {
    stb_text_makeundo_delete(str, state, where, len);
    STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, where, len);
@@ -567,7 +592,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *sta
 }
 
 // delete the section
-static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
@@ -604,7 +629,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_first(STB_TexteditState *state)
 }
 
 // move cursor to last character of selection
-static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
       stb_textedit_sortselection(state);
@@ -616,15 +641,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditStat
 }
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE
-static int is_word_boundary( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int _idx )
+static int is_word_boundary( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx )
 {
-   return _idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(_str,_idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(_str, _idx) ) ) : 1;
+   return idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str,idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, idx) ) ) : 1;
 }
 
 #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT
-static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int c )
+static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c )
 {
-   while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( _str, c ) )
+   --c; // always move at least one character
+   while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) )
       --c;
 
    if( c < 0 )
@@ -636,10 +662,11 @@ static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int c
 #endif
 
 #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT
-static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int c )
+static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c )
 {
-   const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(_str);
-   while( c < len && !is_word_boundary( _str, c ) )
+   const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
+   ++c; // always move at least one character
+   while( c < len && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) )
       ++c;
 
    if( c > len )
@@ -662,10 +689,10 @@ static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state)
 }
 
 // API cut: delete selection
-static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static int stb_textedit_cut(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
-      stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+      stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps
       state->has_preferred_x = 0;
       return 1;
    }
@@ -673,9 +700,8 @@ static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 }
 
 // API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text
-static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len)
+static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len)
 {
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext;
    // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it
    stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
    stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state);
@@ -686,21 +712,23 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state
       state->has_preferred_x = 0;
       return 1;
    }
-   // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters
-   if (state->undostate.undo_point)
-      --state->undostate.undo_point;
+   // note: paste failure will leave deleted selection, may be restored with an undo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/734 for details)
    return 0;
 }
 
+#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE int
+#endif
+
 // API key: process a keyboard input
-static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key)
+static void stb_textedit_key(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key)
 {
 retry:
    switch (key) {
       default: {
          int c = STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(key);
          if (c > 0) {
-            STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c;
+            IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c;
 
             // can't add newline in single-line mode
             if (c == '\n' && state->single_line)
@@ -714,7 +742,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
                   state->has_preferred_x = 0;
                }
             } else {
-               stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+               stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps
                if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) {
                   stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1);
                   ++state->cursor;
@@ -730,7 +758,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode;
          break;
 #endif
-         
+
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO:
          stb_text_undo(str, state);
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
@@ -745,7 +773,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection
          if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
             stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
-         else 
+         else
             if (state->cursor > 0)
                --state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
@@ -776,7 +804,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
             stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
          else {
-            state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor-1);
+            state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor);
             stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
          }
          break;
@@ -785,7 +813,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) )
             stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
 
-         state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor-1);
+         state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor);
          state->select_end = state->cursor;
 
          stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
@@ -794,10 +822,10 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT:
-         if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) 
+         if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
             stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state);
          else {
-            state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor+1);
+            state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor);
             stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
          }
          break;
@@ -806,7 +834,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) )
             stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
 
-         state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor+1);
+         state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor);
          state->select_end = state->cursor;
 
          stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
@@ -823,12 +851,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          break;
 
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN:
-      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN:
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
          StbFindState find;
          StbTexteditRow row;
-         int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+         int i, j, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+         int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN;
+         int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1;
 
-         if (state->single_line) {
+         if (!is_page && state->single_line) {
             // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right
             key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
             goto retry;
@@ -837,24 +869,32 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          if (sel)
             stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
          else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
-            stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state);
+            stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state);
 
          // compute current position of cursor point
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
 
-         // now find character position down a row
-         if (find.length) {
-            float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
-            float x;
+         for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) {
+            float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
             int start = find.first_char + find.length;
+
+            if (find.length == 0)
+               break;
+
+            // [DEAR IMGUI]
+            // going down while being on the last line shouldn't bring us to that line end
+            if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, find.first_char + find.length - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+               break;
+
+            // now find character position down a row
             state->cursor = start;
             STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor);
             x = row.x0;
             for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) {
                float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, start, i);
-               #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
-               if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
+               #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
+               if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
                   break;
                #endif
                x += dx;
@@ -869,17 +909,25 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 
             if (sel)
                state->select_end = state->cursor;
+
+            // go to next line
+            find.first_char = find.first_char + find.length;
+            find.length = row.num_chars;
          }
          break;
       }
-         
+
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP:
-      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP:
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
          StbFindState find;
          StbTexteditRow row;
-         int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+         int i, j, prev_scan, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+         int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP;
+         int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1;
 
-         if (state->single_line) {
+         if (!is_page && state->single_line) {
             // on windows, up&down become left&right
             key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
             goto retry;
@@ -894,18 +942,21 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
 
-         // can only go up if there's a previous row
-         if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) {
+         for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) {
+            float  x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
+
+            // can only go up if there's a previous row
+            if (find.prev_first == find.first_char)
+               break;
+
             // now find character position up a row
-            float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
-            float x;
             state->cursor = find.prev_first;
             STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor);
             x = row.x0;
             for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) {
                float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, find.prev_first, i);
-               #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
-               if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
+               #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
+               if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
                   break;
                #endif
                x += dx;
@@ -920,6 +971,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 
             if (sel)
                state->select_end = state->cursor;
+
+            // go to previous line
+            // (we need to scan previous line the hard way. maybe we could expose this as a new API function?)
+            prev_scan = find.prev_first > 0 ? find.prev_first - 1 : 0;
+            while (prev_scan > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, prev_scan - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+               --prev_scan;
+            find.first_char = find.prev_first;
+            find.prev_first = prev_scan;
          }
          break;
       }
@@ -949,7 +1008,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          }
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-         
+
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2:
 #endif
@@ -966,7 +1025,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
          state->select_start = state->select_end = 0;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-        
+
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
 #endif
@@ -989,64 +1048,60 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2:
 #endif
-      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART: {
-         StbFindState find;
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART:
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
-         stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
-         state->cursor = find.first_char;
+         if (state->single_line)
+            state->cursor = 0;
+         else while (state->cursor > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+            --state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-      }
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2:
 #endif
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND: {
-         StbFindState find;
+         int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
-         stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
-
+         if (state->single_line)
+             state->cursor = n;
+         else while (state->cursor < n && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+             ++state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
-         state->cursor = find.first_char + find.length;
-         if (find.length > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
-            --state->cursor;
          break;
       }
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
 #endif
-      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
-         StbFindState find;
+      case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
-         stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
-         state->cursor = state->select_end = find.first_char;
+         if (state->single_line)
+            state->cursor = 0;
+         else while (state->cursor > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+            --state->cursor;
+         state->select_end = state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-      }
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
 #endif
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
-         StbFindState find;
+         int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
          stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
          stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
-         stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
-         state->has_preferred_x = 0;
-         state->cursor = find.first_char + find.length;
-         if (find.length > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
-            --state->cursor;
+         if (state->single_line)
+             state->cursor = n;
+         else while (state->cursor < n && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+            ++state->cursor;
          state->select_end = state->cursor;
+         state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
       }
-
-// @TODO:
-//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP      - move cursor up a page
-//    STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN    - move cursor down a page
    }
 }
 
@@ -1058,8 +1113,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state,
 
 static void stb_textedit_flush_redo(StbUndoState *state)
 {
-   state->redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
-   state->redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
+   state->redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
+   state->redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
 }
 
 // discard the oldest entry in the undo list
@@ -1070,14 +1125,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state)
       if (state->undo_rec[0].char_storage >= 0) {
          int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i;
          // delete n characters from all other records
-         state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point - (short) n;  // vsnet05
-         STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
+         state->undo_char_point -= n;
+         IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
          for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i)
             if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0)
-               state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage - (short) n; // vsnet05 // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it
+               state->undo_rec[i].char_storage -= n; // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it
       }
       --state->undo_point;
-      STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
+      IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
    }
 }
 
@@ -1087,21 +1142,31 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state)
 // fill up even though the undo buffer didn't
 static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state)
 {
-   int k = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1;
+   int k = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1;
 
    if (state->redo_point <= k) {
       // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up
       if (state->undo_rec[k].char_storage >= 0) {
          int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i;
-         // delete n characters from all other records
-         state->redo_char_point = state->redo_char_point + (short) n; // vsnet05
-         STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
+         // move the remaining redo character data to the end of the buffer
+         state->redo_char_point += n;
+         IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
+         // adjust the position of all the other records to account for above memmove
          for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i)
             if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0)
-               state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage + (short) n; // vsnet05
+               state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n;
       }
+      // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point'
+      // [DEAR IMGUI]
+      size_t move_size = (size_t)((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]));
+      const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin;
+      const char* buf_end   = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end;
+      IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin);
+      IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end);
+      IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size);
+
+      // now move redo_point to point to the new one
       ++state->redo_point;
-      STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point-1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point)*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
    }
 }
 
@@ -1112,44 +1177,44 @@ static StbUndoRecord *stb_text_create_undo_record(StbUndoState *state, int numch
 
    // if we have no free records, we have to make room, by sliding the
    // existing records down
-   if (state->undo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+   if (state->undo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
       stb_textedit_discard_undo(state);
 
    // if the characters to store won't possibly fit in the buffer, we can't undo
-   if (numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
+   if (numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
       state->undo_point = 0;
       state->undo_char_point = 0;
       return NULL;
    }
 
    // if we don't have enough free characters in the buffer, we have to make room
-   while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT)
+   while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT)
       stb_textedit_discard_undo(state);
 
    return &state->undo_rec[state->undo_point++];
 }
 
-static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len)
+static IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len)
 {
    StbUndoRecord *r = stb_text_create_undo_record(state, insert_len);
    if (r == NULL)
       return NULL;
 
    r->where = pos;
-   r->insert_length = (short) insert_len;
-   r->delete_length = (short) delete_len;
+   r->insert_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len;
+   r->delete_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len;
 
    if (insert_len == 0) {
       r->char_storage = -1;
       return NULL;
    } else {
       r->char_storage = state->undo_char_point;
-      state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point + (short) insert_len;
+      state->undo_char_point += insert_len;
       return &state->undo_char[r->char_storage];
    }
 }
 
-static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate;
    StbUndoRecord u, *r;
@@ -1176,7 +1241,7 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
       //    characters stored for *undoing* don't leave room for redo
       // if the last is true, we have to bail
 
-      if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
+      if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
          // the undo records take up too much character space; there's no space to store the redo characters
          r->insert_length = 0;
       } else {
@@ -1184,16 +1249,16 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 
          // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually
          while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) {
-            // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record
-            stb_textedit_discard_redo(s);
             // should never happen:
-            if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+            if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
                return;
+            // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record
+            stb_textedit_discard_redo(s);
          }
          r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1];
 
          r->char_storage = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length;
-         s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - (short) u.delete_length;
+         s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length;
 
          // now save the characters
          for (i=0; i < u.delete_length; ++i)
@@ -1217,11 +1282,11 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
    s->redo_point--;
 }
 
-static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate;
    StbUndoRecord *u, r;
-   if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+   if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
       return;
 
    // we need to do two things: apply the redo record, and create an undo record
@@ -1259,6 +1324,7 @@ static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
    if (r.insert_length) {
       // easy case: need to insert n characters
       STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, r.where, &s->undo_char[r.char_storage], r.insert_length);
+      s->redo_char_point += r.insert_length;
    }
 
    state->cursor = r.where + r.insert_length;
@@ -1272,20 +1338,20 @@ static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int le
    stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, 0, length);
 }
 
-static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length)
+static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length)
 {
    int i;
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0);
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0);
    if (p) {
       for (i=0; i < length; ++i)
          p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i);
    }
 }
 
-static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length)
+static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length)
 {
    int i;
-   STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length);
+   IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length);
    if (p) {
       for (i=0; i < old_length; ++i)
          p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i);
@@ -1297,8 +1363,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin
 {
    state->undostate.undo_point = 0;
    state->undostate.undo_char_point = 0;
-   state->undostate.redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
-   state->undostate.redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
+   state->undostate.redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
+   state->undostate.redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
    state->select_end = state->select_start = 0;
    state->cursor = 0;
    state->has_preferred_x = 0;
@@ -1307,6 +1373,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin
    state->initialized = 1;
    state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line;
    state->insert_mode = 0;
+   state->row_count_per_page = 0;
 }
 
 // API initialize
@@ -1314,4 +1381,61 @@ static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_singl
 {
    stb_textedit_clear_state(state, is_single_line);
 }
-#endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"
+#endif
+
+static int stb_textedit_paste(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len)
+{
+   return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len);
+}
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#endif//IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+/*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
+Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
+This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
+commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
+this software under copyright law.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/stb_truetype.h b/third-party/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
similarity index 59%
rename from third-party/imgui/stb_truetype.h
rename to third-party/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
index e7bdc0ed2c..976f09cb92 100644
--- a/third-party/imgui/stb_truetype.h
+++ b/third-party/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
@@ -1,11 +1,26 @@
-// stb_truetype.h - v1.10 - public domain
-// authored from 2009-2015 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.26.
+// Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings.
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+
+// stb_truetype.h - v1.26 - public domain
+// authored from 2009-2021 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools
+//
+// =======================================================================
+//
+//    NO SECURITY GUARANTEE -- DO NOT USE THIS ON UNTRUSTED FONT FILES
+//
+// This library does no range checking of the offsets found in the file,
+// meaning an attacker can use it to read arbitrary memory.
+//
+// =======================================================================
 //
 //   This library processes TrueType files:
 //        parse files
 //        extract glyph metrics
 //        extract glyph shapes
 //        render glyphs to one-channel bitmaps with antialiasing (box filter)
+//        render glyphs to one-channel SDF bitmaps (signed-distance field/function)
 //
 //   Todo:
 //        non-MS cmaps
@@ -20,37 +35,50 @@
 //
 //   Mikko Mononen: compound shape support, more cmap formats
 //   Tor Andersson: kerning, subpixel rendering
+//   Dougall Johnson: OpenType / Type 2 font handling
+//   Daniel Ribeiro Maciel: basic GPOS-based kerning
 //
 //   Misc other:
 //       Ryan Gordon
 //       Simon Glass
+//       github:IntellectualKitty
+//       Imanol Celaya
+//       Daniel Ribeiro Maciel
 //
 //   Bug/warning reports/fixes:
-//       "Zer" on mollyrocket (with fix)
-//       Cass Everitt
-//       stoiko (Haemimont Games)
-//       Brian Hook 
-//       Walter van Niftrik
-//       David Gow
-//       David Given
-//       Ivan-Assen Ivanov
-//       Anthony Pesch
-//       Johan Duparc
-//       Hou Qiming
-//       Fabian "ryg" Giesen
-//       Martins Mozeiko
-//       Cap Petschulat
-//       Omar Cornut
-//       github:aloucks
-//       Peter LaValle
-//       Sergey Popov
-//       Giumo X. Clanjor
-//       Higor Euripedes
-//       Thomas Fields
-//       Derek Vinyard
+//       "Zer" on mollyrocket       Fabian "ryg" Giesen   github:NiLuJe
+//       Cass Everitt               Martins Mozeiko       github:aloucks
+//       stoiko (Haemimont Games)   Cap Petschulat        github:oyvindjam
+//       Brian Hook                 Omar Cornut           github:vassvik
+//       Walter van Niftrik         Ryan Griege
+//       David Gow                  Peter LaValle
+//       David Given                Sergey Popov
+//       Ivan-Assen Ivanov          Giumo X. Clanjor
+//       Anthony Pesch              Higor Euripedes
+//       Johan Duparc               Thomas Fields
+//       Hou Qiming                 Derek Vinyard
+//       Rob Loach                  Cort Stratton
+//       Kenney Phillis Jr.         Brian Costabile
+//       Ken Voskuil (kaesve)
 //
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.26 (2021-08-28) fix broken rasterizer
+//   1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes
+//   1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning
+//   1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS)
+//   1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined
+//   1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning
+//   1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics()
+//   1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod
+//   1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function
+//   1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix
+//   1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support
+//   1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const
+//   1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function
+//   1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts
+//   1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
+//   1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning
 //   1.10 (2016-04-02) user-defined fabs(); rare memory leak; remove duplicate typedef
 //   1.09 (2016-01-16) warning fix; avoid crash on outofmem; use allocation userdata properly
 //   1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges
@@ -59,24 +87,16 @@
 //                     fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?);
 //                     fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer
 //                     replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer
-//   1.06 (2015-07-14) performance improvements (~35% faster on x86 and x64 on test machine)
-//                     also more precise AA rasterizer, except if shapes overlap
-//                     remove need for STBTT_sort
-//   1.05 (2015-04-15) fix misplaced definitions for STBTT_STATIC
-//   1.04 (2015-04-15) typo in example
-//   1.03 (2015-04-12) STBTT_STATIC, fix memory leak in new packing, various fixes
 //
 //   Full history can be found at the end of this file.
 //
 // LICENSE
 //
-//   This software is dual-licensed to the public domain and under the following
-//   license: you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, modify,
-//   publish, and distribute this file as you see fit.
+//   See end of file for license information.
 //
 // USAGE
 //
-//   Include this file in whatever places neeed to refer to it. In ONE C/C++
+//   Include this file in whatever places need to refer to it. In ONE C/C++
 //   file, write:
 //      #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 //   before the #include of this file. This expands out the actual
@@ -92,14 +112,15 @@
 //   Improved 3D API (more shippable):
 //           #include "stb_rect_pack.h"           -- optional, but you really want it
 //           stbtt_PackBegin()
-//           stbtt_PackSetOversample()            -- for improved quality on small fonts
+//           stbtt_PackSetOversampling()          -- for improved quality on small fonts
 //           stbtt_PackFontRanges()               -- pack and renders
 //           stbtt_PackEnd()
 //           stbtt_GetPackedQuad()
 //
 //   "Load" a font file from a memory buffer (you have to keep the buffer loaded)
 //           stbtt_InitFont()
-//           stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex()        -- use for TTC font collections
+//           stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex()        -- indexing for TTC font collections
+//           stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts()             -- number of fonts for TTC font collections
 //
 //   Render a unicode codepoint to a bitmap
 //           stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap()           -- allocates and returns a bitmap
@@ -109,6 +130,7 @@
 //   Character advance/positioning
 //           stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics()
 //           stbtt_GetFontVMetrics()
+//           stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2()
 //           stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance()
 //
 //   Starting with version 1.06, the rasterizer was replaced with a new,
@@ -164,7 +186,7 @@
 //         measurement for describing font size, defined as 72 points per inch.
 //         stb_truetype provides a point API for compatibility. However, true
 //         "per inch" conventions don't make much sense on computer displays
-//         since they different monitors have different number of pixels per
+//         since different monitors have different number of pixels per
 //         inch. For example, Windows traditionally uses a convention that
 //         there are 96 pixels per inch, thus making 'inch' measurements have
 //         nothing to do with inches, and thus effectively defining a point to
@@ -174,6 +196,39 @@
 //         for non-commercial fonts, thus making fonts scaled in points
 //         according to the TrueType spec incoherently sized in practice.
 //
+// DETAILED USAGE:
+//
+//  Scale:
+//    Select how high you want the font to be, in points or pixels.
+//    Call ScaleForPixelHeight or ScaleForMappingEmToPixels to compute
+//    a scale factor SF that will be used by all other functions.
+//
+//  Baseline:
+//    You need to select a y-coordinate that is the baseline of where
+//    your text will appear. Call GetFontBoundingBox to get the baseline-relative
+//    bounding box for all characters. SF*-y0 will be the distance in pixels
+//    that the worst-case character could extend above the baseline, so if
+//    you want the top edge of characters to appear at the top of the
+//    screen where y=0, then you would set the baseline to SF*-y0.
+//
+//  Current point:
+//    Set the current point where the first character will appear. The
+//    first character could extend left of the current point; this is font
+//    dependent. You can either choose a current point that is the leftmost
+//    point and hope, or add some padding, or check the bounding box or
+//    left-side-bearing of the first character to be displayed and set
+//    the current point based on that.
+//
+//  Displaying a character:
+//    Compute the bounding box of the character. It will contain signed values
+//    relative to <current_point, baseline>. I.e. if it returns x0,y0,x1,y1,
+//    then the character should be displayed in the rectangle from
+//    <current_point+SF*x0, baseline+SF*y0> to <current_point+SF*x1,baseline+SF*y1).
+//
+//  Advancing for the next character:
+//    Call GlyphHMetrics, and compute 'current_point += SF * advance'.
+//
+//
 // ADVANCED USAGE
 //
 //   Quality:
@@ -208,19 +263,6 @@
 //   recommend it.
 //
 //
-// SOURCE STATISTICS (based on v0.6c, 2050 LOC)
-//
-//   Documentation & header file        520 LOC  \___ 660 LOC documentation
-//   Sample code                        140 LOC  /
-//   Truetype parsing                   620 LOC  ---- 620 LOC TrueType
-//   Software rasterization             240 LOC  \                           .
-//   Curve tesselation                  120 LOC   \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation
-//   Bitmap management                  100 LOC   /
-//   Baked bitmap interface              70 LOC  /
-//   Font name matching & access        150 LOC  ---- 150 
-//   C runtime library abstraction       60 LOC  ----  60
-//
-//
 // PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR 1.06:
 //
 //                      32-bit     64-bit
@@ -235,8 +277,8 @@
 ////  SAMPLE PROGRAMS
 ////
 //
-//  Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless
-//
+//  Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless.
+//  See "tests/truetype_demo_win32.c" for a complete version.
 #if 0
 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION  // force following include to generate implementation
 #include "stb_truetype.h"
@@ -262,6 +304,8 @@ void my_stbtt_initfont(void)
 void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text)
 {
    // assume orthographic projection with units = screen pixels, origin at top left
+   glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+   glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ftex);
    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
@@ -269,10 +313,10 @@ void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text)
       if (*text >= 32 && *text < 128) {
          stbtt_aligned_quad q;
          stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9
-         glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0);
-         glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0);
-         glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1);
-         glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1);
+         glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0);
+         glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0);
+         glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1);
+         glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1);
       }
       ++text;
    }
@@ -310,7 +354,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
    }
    return 0;
 }
-#endif 
+#endif
 //
 // Output:
 //
@@ -324,9 +368,9 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 //  :@@.  M@M
 //   @@@o@@@@
 //   :M@@V:@@.
-//  
+//
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// 
+//
 // Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs
 //
 #if 0
@@ -380,7 +424,8 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
 ////   INTEGRATION WITH YOUR CODEBASE
 ////
 ////   The following sections allow you to supply alternate definitions
-////   of C library functions used by stb_truetype.
+////   of C library functions used by stb_truetype, e.g. if you don't
+////   link with the C runtime library.
 
 #ifdef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
    // #define your own (u)stbtt_int8/16/32 before including to override this
@@ -396,7 +441,7 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
    typedef char stbtt__check_size32[sizeof(stbtt_int32)==4 ? 1 : -1];
    typedef char stbtt__check_size16[sizeof(stbtt_int16)==2 ? 1 : -1];
 
-   // #define your own STBTT_ifloor/STBTT_iceil() to avoid math.h
+   // e.g. #define your own STBTT_ifloor/STBTT_iceil() to avoid math.h
    #ifndef STBTT_ifloor
    #include <math.h>
    #define STBTT_ifloor(x)   ((int) floor(x))
@@ -406,6 +451,18 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
    #ifndef STBTT_sqrt
    #include <math.h>
    #define STBTT_sqrt(x)      sqrt(x)
+   #define STBTT_pow(x,y)     pow(x,y)
+   #endif
+
+   #ifndef STBTT_fmod
+   #include <math.h>
+   #define STBTT_fmod(x,y)    fmod(x,y)
+   #endif
+
+   #ifndef STBTT_cos
+   #include <math.h>
+   #define STBTT_cos(x)       cos(x)
+   #define STBTT_acos(x)      acos(x)
    #endif
 
    #ifndef STBTT_fabs
@@ -431,7 +488,7 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
    #endif
 
    #ifndef STBTT_memcpy
-   #include <memory.h>
+   #include <string.h>
    #define STBTT_memcpy       memcpy
    #define STBTT_memset       memset
    #endif
@@ -457,6 +514,14 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
+// private structure
+typedef struct
+{
+   unsigned char *data;
+   int cursor;
+   int size;
+} stbtt__buf;
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // TEXTURE BAKING API
@@ -486,7 +551,7 @@ typedef struct
    float x1,y1,s1,t1; // bottom-right
 } stbtt_aligned_quad;
 
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
                                int char_index,             // character to display
                                float *xpos, float *ypos,   // pointers to current position in screen pixel space
                                stbtt_aligned_quad *q,      // output: quad to draw
@@ -501,6 +566,8 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  //
 //
 // It's inefficient; you might want to c&p it and optimize it.
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap);
+// Query the font vertical metrics without having to create a font first.
 
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -526,7 +593,7 @@ typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect;
 STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int width, int height, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context);
 // Initializes a packing context stored in the passed-in stbtt_pack_context.
 // Future calls using this context will pack characters into the bitmap passed
-// in here: a 1-channel bitmap that is weight x height. stride_in_bytes is
+// in here: a 1-channel bitmap that is width * height. stride_in_bytes is
 // the distance from one row to the next (or 0 to mean they are packed tightly
 // together). "padding" is the amount of padding to leave between each
 // character (normally you want '1' for bitmaps you'll use as textures with
@@ -539,7 +606,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd  (stbtt_pack_context *spc);
 
 #define STBTT_POINT_SIZE(x)   (-(x))
 
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
                                 int first_unicode_char_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range);
 // Creates character bitmaps from the font_index'th font found in fontdata (use
 // font_index=0 if you don't know what that is). It creates num_chars_in_range
@@ -564,7 +631,7 @@ typedef struct
    unsigned char h_oversample, v_oversample; // don't set these, they're used internally
 } stbtt_pack_range;
 
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges);
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges);
 // Creates character bitmaps from multiple ranges of characters stored in
 // ranges. This will usually create a better-packed bitmap than multiple
 // calls to stbtt_PackFontRange. Note that you can call this multiple
@@ -586,19 +653,25 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
 // To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls
 // call to PackFontRangesGatherRects.
 
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip);
+// If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which
+// there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then
+// codepoints without a glyph received the font's "missing character" glyph,
+// typically an empty box by convention.
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
                                int char_index,             // character to display
                                float *xpos, float *ypos,   // pointers to current position in screen pixel space
                                stbtt_aligned_quad *q,      // output: quad to draw
                                int align_to_integer);
 
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects);
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
 // Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling
 // stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple
 // fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look
-// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version 
+// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version
 // using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times,
 // building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once,
 // then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a
@@ -614,6 +687,7 @@ struct stbtt_pack_context {
    int   height;
    int   stride_in_bytes;
    int   padding;
+   int   skip_missing;
    unsigned int   h_oversample, v_oversample;
    unsigned char *pixels;
    void  *nodes;
@@ -625,16 +699,21 @@ struct stbtt_pack_context {
 //
 //
 
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data);
+// This function will determine the number of fonts in a font file.  TrueType
+// collection (.ttc) files may contain multiple fonts, while TrueType font
+// (.ttf) files only contain one font. The number of fonts can be used for
+// indexing with the previous function where the index is between zero and one
+// less than the total fonts. If an error occurs, -1 is returned.
+
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index);
 // Each .ttf/.ttc file may have more than one font. Each font has a sequential
 // index number starting from 0. Call this function to get the font offset for
 // a given index; it returns -1 if the index is out of range. A regular .ttf
 // file will only define one font and it always be at offset 0, so it will
-// return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices. You can just skip
-// this step if you know it's that kind of font.
+// return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices.
 
-
-// The following structure is defined publically so you can declare one on
+// The following structure is defined publicly so you can declare one on
 // the stack or as a global or etc, but you should treat it as opaque.
 struct stbtt_fontinfo
 {
@@ -644,9 +723,16 @@ struct stbtt_fontinfo
 
    int numGlyphs;                     // number of glyphs, needed for range checking
 
-   int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf
+   int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos,svg; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf
    int index_map;                     // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding
    int indexToLocFormat;              // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph
+
+   stbtt__buf cff;                    // cff font data
+   stbtt__buf charstrings;            // the charstring index
+   stbtt__buf gsubrs;                 // global charstring subroutines index
+   stbtt__buf subrs;                  // private charstring subroutines index
+   stbtt__buf fontdicts;              // array of font dicts
+   stbtt__buf fdselect;               // map from glyph to fontdict
 };
 
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset);
@@ -666,6 +752,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep
 // and you want a speed-up, call this function with the character you're
 // going to process, then use glyph-based functions instead of the
 // codepoint-based functions.
+// Returns 0 if the character codepoint is not defined in the font.
 
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -694,6 +781,12 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, in
 //   these are expressed in unscaled coordinates, so you must multiply by
 //   the scale factor for a given size
 
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap);
+// analogous to GetFontVMetrics, but returns the "typographic" values from the OS/2
+// table (specific to MS/Windows TTF files).
+//
+// Returns 1 on success (table present), 0 on failure.
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1);
 // the bounding box around all possible characters
 
@@ -713,6 +806,18 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1,
 STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1);
 // as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency
 
+typedef struct stbtt_kerningentry
+{
+   int glyph1; // use stbtt_FindGlyphIndex
+   int glyph2;
+   int advance;
+} stbtt_kerningentry;
+
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info);
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length);
+// Retrieves a complete list of all of the kerning pairs provided by the font
+// stbtt_GetKerningTable never writes more than table_length entries and returns how many entries it did write.
+// The table will be sorted by (a.glyph1 == b.glyph1)?(a.glyph2 < b.glyph2):(a.glyph1 < b.glyph1)
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
@@ -724,7 +829,8 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, in
    enum {
       STBTT_vmove=1,
       STBTT_vline,
-      STBTT_vcurve
+      STBTT_vcurve,
+      STBTT_vcubic
    };
 #endif
 
@@ -733,7 +839,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, in
    #define stbtt_vertex_type short // can't use stbtt_int16 because that's not visible in the header file
    typedef struct
    {
-      stbtt_vertex_type x,y,cx,cy;
+      stbtt_vertex_type x,y,cx,cy,cx1,cy1;
       unsigned char type,padding;
    } stbtt_vertex;
 #endif
@@ -746,7 +852,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
 // returns # of vertices and fills *vertices with the pointer to them
 //   these are expressed in "unscaled" coordinates
 //
-// The shape is a series of countours. Each one starts with
+// The shape is a series of contours. Each one starts with
 // a STBTT_moveto, then consists of a series of mixed
 // STBTT_lineto and STBTT_curveto segments. A lineto
 // draws a line from previous endpoint to its x,y; a curveto
@@ -756,6 +862,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices);
 // frees the data allocated above
 
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl);
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg);
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg);
+// fills svg with the character's SVG data.
+// returns data size or 0 if SVG not found.
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // BITMAP RENDERING
@@ -787,6 +899,10 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns
 // same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel
 // shift for the character
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint);
+// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel, but prefiltering
+// is performed (see stbtt_PackSetOversampling)
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1);
 // get the bbox of the bitmap centered around the glyph origin; so the
 // bitmap width is ix1-ix0, height is iy1-iy0, and location to place
@@ -804,6 +920,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph);
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1);
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1);
 
@@ -826,6 +943,64 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result,        // 1-channel bitmap
                                int invert,                   // if non-zero, vertically flip shape
                                void *userdata);              // context for to STBTT_MALLOC
 
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Signed Distance Function (or Field) rendering
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata);
+// frees the SDF bitmap allocated below
+
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff);
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff);
+// These functions compute a discretized SDF field for a single character, suitable for storing
+// in a single-channel texture, sampling with bilinear filtering, and testing against
+// larger than some threshold to produce scalable fonts.
+//        info              --  the font
+//        scale             --  controls the size of the resulting SDF bitmap, same as it would be creating a regular bitmap
+//        glyph/codepoint   --  the character to generate the SDF for
+//        padding           --  extra "pixels" around the character which are filled with the distance to the character (not 0),
+//                                 which allows effects like bit outlines
+//        onedge_value      --  value 0-255 to test the SDF against to reconstruct the character (i.e. the isocontour of the character)
+//        pixel_dist_scale  --  what value the SDF should increase by when moving one SDF "pixel" away from the edge (on the 0..255 scale)
+//                                 if positive, > onedge_value is inside; if negative, < onedge_value is inside
+//        width,height      --  output height & width of the SDF bitmap (including padding)
+//        xoff,yoff         --  output origin of the character
+//        return value      --  a 2D array of bytes 0..255, width*height in size
+//
+// pixel_dist_scale & onedge_value are a scale & bias that allows you to make
+// optimal use of the limited 0..255 for your application, trading off precision
+// and special effects. SDF values outside the range 0..255 are clamped to 0..255.
+//
+// Example:
+//      scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(22)
+//      padding = 5
+//      onedge_value = 180
+//      pixel_dist_scale = 180/5.0 = 36.0
+//
+//      This will create an SDF bitmap in which the character is about 22 pixels
+//      high but the whole bitmap is about 22+5+5=32 pixels high. To produce a filled
+//      shape, sample the SDF at each pixel and fill the pixel if the SDF value
+//      is greater than or equal to 180/255. (You'll actually want to antialias,
+//      which is beyond the scope of this example.) Additionally, you can compute
+//      offset outlines (e.g. to stroke the character border inside & outside,
+//      or only outside). For example, to fill outside the character up to 3 SDF
+//      pixels, you would compare against (180-36.0*3)/255 = 72/255. The above
+//      choice of variables maps a range from 5 pixels outside the shape to
+//      2 pixels inside the shape to 0..255; this is intended primarily for apply
+//      outside effects only (the interior range is needed to allow proper
+//      antialiasing of the font at *smaller* sizes)
+//
+// The function computes the SDF analytically at each SDF pixel, not by e.g.
+// building a higher-res bitmap and approximating it. In theory the quality
+// should be as high as possible for an SDF of this size & representation, but
+// unclear if this is true in practice (perhaps building a higher-res bitmap
+// and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention).
+//
+// The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow
+// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes.
+
+
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // Finding the right font...
@@ -949,6 +1124,158 @@ typedef int stbtt__test_oversample_pow2[(STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE & (STBTT_MAX_OVERS
 #define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 2
 #endif
 
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v)  (void)(v)
+#else
+#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v)  (void)sizeof(v)
+#endif
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// stbtt__buf helpers to parse data from file
+//
+
+static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_get8(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   if (b->cursor >= b->size)
+      return 0;
+   return b->data[b->cursor++];
+}
+
+static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_peek8(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   if (b->cursor >= b->size)
+      return 0;
+   return b->data[b->cursor];
+}
+
+static void stbtt__buf_seek(stbtt__buf *b, int o)
+{
+   STBTT_assert(!(o > b->size || o < 0));
+   b->cursor = (o > b->size || o < 0) ? b->size : o;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__buf_skip(stbtt__buf *b, int o)
+{
+   stbtt__buf_seek(b, b->cursor + o);
+}
+
+static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__buf_get(stbtt__buf *b, int n)
+{
+   stbtt_uint32 v = 0;
+   int i;
+   STBTT_assert(n >= 1 && n <= 4);
+   for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      v = (v << 8) | stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+   return v;
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__new_buf(const void *p, size_t size)
+{
+   stbtt__buf r;
+   STBTT_assert(size < 0x40000000);
+   r.data = (stbtt_uint8*) p;
+   r.size = (int) size;
+   r.cursor = 0;
+   return r;
+}
+
+#define stbtt__buf_get16(b)  stbtt__buf_get((b), 2)
+#define stbtt__buf_get32(b)  stbtt__buf_get((b), 4)
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__buf_range(const stbtt__buf *b, int o, int s)
+{
+   stbtt__buf r = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+   if (o < 0 || s < 0 || o > b->size || s > b->size - o) return r;
+   r.data = b->data + o;
+   r.size = s;
+   return r;
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_get_index(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   int count, start, offsize;
+   start = b->cursor;
+   count = stbtt__buf_get16(b);
+   if (count) {
+      offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+      STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4);
+      stbtt__buf_skip(b, offsize * count);
+      stbtt__buf_skip(b, stbtt__buf_get(b, offsize) - 1);
+   }
+   return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, b->cursor - start);
+}
+
+static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__cff_int(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   int b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+   if (b0 >= 32 && b0 <= 246)       return b0 - 139;
+   else if (b0 >= 247 && b0 <= 250) return (b0 - 247)*256 + stbtt__buf_get8(b) + 108;
+   else if (b0 >= 251 && b0 <= 254) return -(b0 - 251)*256 - stbtt__buf_get8(b) - 108;
+   else if (b0 == 28)               return stbtt__buf_get16(b);
+   else if (b0 == 29)               return stbtt__buf_get32(b);
+   STBTT_assert(0);
+   return 0;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__cff_skip_operand(stbtt__buf *b) {
+   int v, b0 = stbtt__buf_peek8(b);
+   STBTT_assert(b0 >= 28);
+   if (b0 == 30) {
+      stbtt__buf_skip(b, 1);
+      while (b->cursor < b->size) {
+         v = stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+         if ((v & 0xF) == 0xF || (v >> 4) == 0xF)
+            break;
+      }
+   } else {
+      stbtt__cff_int(b);
+   }
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__dict_get(stbtt__buf *b, int key)
+{
+   stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0);
+   while (b->cursor < b->size) {
+      int start = b->cursor, end, op;
+      while (stbtt__buf_peek8(b) >= 28)
+         stbtt__cff_skip_operand(b);
+      end = b->cursor;
+      op = stbtt__buf_get8(b);
+      if (op == 12)  op = stbtt__buf_get8(b) | 0x100;
+      if (op == key) return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, end-start);
+   }
+   return stbtt__buf_range(b, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void stbtt__dict_get_ints(stbtt__buf *b, int key, int outcount, stbtt_uint32 *out)
+{
+   int i;
+   stbtt__buf operands = stbtt__dict_get(b, key);
+   for (i = 0; i < outcount && operands.cursor < operands.size; i++)
+      out[i] = stbtt__cff_int(&operands);
+}
+
+static int stbtt__cff_index_count(stbtt__buf *b)
+{
+   stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0);
+   return stbtt__buf_get16(b);
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_index_get(stbtt__buf b, int i)
+{
+   int count, offsize, start, end;
+   stbtt__buf_seek(&b, 0);
+   count = stbtt__buf_get16(&b);
+   offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(&b);
+   STBTT_assert(i >= 0 && i < count);
+   STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4);
+   stbtt__buf_skip(&b, i*offsize);
+   start = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize);
+   end = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize);
+   return stbtt__buf_range(&b, 2+(count+1)*offsize+start, end - start);
+}
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // accessors to parse data from file
@@ -961,32 +1288,22 @@ typedef int stbtt__test_oversample_pow2[(STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE & (STBTT_MAX_OVERS
 #define ttCHAR(p)     (* (stbtt_int8 *) (p))
 #define ttFixed(p)    ttLONG(p)
 
-#if defined(STB_TRUETYPE_BIGENDIAN) && !defined(ALLOW_UNALIGNED_TRUETYPE)
-
-   #define ttUSHORT(p)   (* (stbtt_uint16 *) (p))
-   #define ttSHORT(p)    (* (stbtt_int16 *) (p))
-   #define ttULONG(p)    (* (stbtt_uint32 *) (p))
-   #define ttLONG(p)     (* (stbtt_int32 *) (p))
-
-#else
-
-   static stbtt_uint16 ttUSHORT(const stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; }
-   static stbtt_int16 ttSHORT(const stbtt_uint8 *p)   { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; }
-   static stbtt_uint32 ttULONG(const stbtt_uint8 *p)  { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; }
-   static stbtt_int32 ttLONG(const stbtt_uint8 *p)    { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; }
-
-#endif
+static stbtt_uint16 ttUSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; }
+static stbtt_int16 ttSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p)   { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; }
+static stbtt_uint32 ttULONG(stbtt_uint8 *p)  { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; }
+static stbtt_int32 ttLONG(stbtt_uint8 *p)    { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; }
 
 #define stbtt_tag4(p,c0,c1,c2,c3) ((p)[0] == (c0) && (p)[1] == (c1) && (p)[2] == (c2) && (p)[3] == (c3))
 #define stbtt_tag(p,str)           stbtt_tag4(p,str[0],str[1],str[2],str[3])
 
-static int stbtt__isfont(const stbtt_uint8 *font)
+static int stbtt__isfont(stbtt_uint8 *font)
 {
    // check the version number
    if (stbtt_tag4(font, '1',0,0,0))  return 1; // TrueType 1
    if (stbtt_tag(font, "typ1"))   return 1; // TrueType with type 1 font -- we don't support this!
    if (stbtt_tag(font, "OTTO"))   return 1; // OpenType with CFF
    if (stbtt_tag4(font, 0,1,0,0)) return 1; // OpenType 1.0
+   if (stbtt_tag(font, "true"))   return 1; // Apple specification for TrueType fonts
    return 0;
 }
 
@@ -1004,7 +1321,7 @@ static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__find_table(stbtt_uint8 *data, stbtt_uint32 fontstart,
    return 0;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *font_collection, int index)
+static int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, int index)
 {
    // if it's just a font, there's only one valid index
    if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection))
@@ -1023,14 +1340,59 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *font_collection,
    return -1;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data2, int fontstart)
+static int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal(unsigned char *font_collection)
+{
+   // if it's just a font, there's only one valid font
+   if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection))
+      return 1;
+
+   // check if it's a TTC
+   if (stbtt_tag(font_collection, "ttcf")) {
+      // version 1?
+      if (ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00010000 || ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00020000) {
+         return ttLONG(font_collection+8);
+      }
+   }
+   return 0;
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subrs(stbtt__buf cff, stbtt__buf fontdict)
+{
+   stbtt_uint32 subrsoff = 0, private_loc[2] = { 0, 0 };
+   stbtt__buf pdict;
+   stbtt__dict_get_ints(&fontdict, 18, 2, private_loc);
+   if (!private_loc[1] || !private_loc[0]) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+   pdict = stbtt__buf_range(&cff, private_loc[1], private_loc[0]);
+   stbtt__dict_get_ints(&pdict, 19, 1, &subrsoff);
+   if (!subrsoff) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+   stbtt__buf_seek(&cff, private_loc[1]+subrsoff);
+   return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff);
+}
+
+// since most people won't use this, find this table the first time it's needed
+static int stbtt__get_svg(stbtt_fontinfo *info)
+{
+   stbtt_uint32 t;
+   if (info->svg < 0) {
+      t = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "SVG ");
+      if (t) {
+         stbtt_uint32 offset = ttULONG(info->data + t + 2);
+         info->svg = t + offset;
+      } else {
+         info->svg = 0;
+      }
+   }
+   return info->svg;
+}
+
+static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart)
 {
-   stbtt_uint8 *data = (stbtt_uint8 *) data2;
    stbtt_uint32 cmap, t;
    stbtt_int32 i,numTables;
 
    info->data = data;
    info->fontstart = fontstart;
+   info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
 
    cmap = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "cmap");       // required
    info->loca = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "loca"); // required
@@ -1039,8 +1401,62 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data2, i
    info->hhea = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hhea"); // required
    info->hmtx = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hmtx"); // required
    info->kern = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "kern"); // not required
-   if (!cmap || !info->loca || !info->head || !info->glyf || !info->hhea || !info->hmtx)
+   info->gpos = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "GPOS"); // not required
+
+   if (!cmap || !info->head || !info->hhea || !info->hmtx)
       return 0;
+   if (info->glyf) {
+      // required for truetype
+      if (!info->loca) return 0;
+   } else {
+      // initialization for CFF / Type2 fonts (OTF)
+      stbtt__buf b, topdict, topdictidx;
+      stbtt_uint32 cstype = 2, charstrings = 0, fdarrayoff = 0, fdselectoff = 0;
+      stbtt_uint32 cff;
+
+      cff = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "CFF ");
+      if (!cff) return 0;
+
+      info->fontdicts = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+      info->fdselect = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+
+      // @TODO this should use size from table (not 512MB)
+      info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(data+cff, 512*1024*1024);
+      b = info->cff;
+
+      // read the header
+      stbtt__buf_skip(&b, 2);
+      stbtt__buf_seek(&b, stbtt__buf_get8(&b)); // hdrsize
+
+      // @TODO the name INDEX could list multiple fonts,
+      // but we just use the first one.
+      stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);  // name INDEX
+      topdictidx = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);
+      topdict = stbtt__cff_index_get(topdictidx, 0);
+      stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);  // string INDEX
+      info->gsubrs = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);
+
+      stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 17, 1, &charstrings);
+      stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 6, 1, &cstype);
+      stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 36, 1, &fdarrayoff);
+      stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 37, 1, &fdselectoff);
+      info->subrs = stbtt__get_subrs(b, topdict);
+
+      // we only support Type 2 charstrings
+      if (cstype != 2) return 0;
+      if (charstrings == 0) return 0;
+
+      if (fdarrayoff) {
+         // looks like a CID font
+         if (!fdselectoff) return 0;
+         stbtt__buf_seek(&b, fdarrayoff);
+         info->fontdicts = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);
+         info->fdselect = stbtt__buf_range(&b, fdselectoff, b.size-fdselectoff);
+      }
+
+      stbtt__buf_seek(&b, charstrings);
+      info->charstrings = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b);
+   }
 
    t = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "maxp");
    if (t)
@@ -1048,6 +1464,8 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data2, i
    else
       info->numGlyphs = 0xffff;
 
+   info->svg = -1;
+
    // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching
    // later. (todo: could make this installable)
    // the same regardless of glyph.
@@ -1131,12 +1549,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep
       search += 2;
 
       {
-         stbtt_uint16 offset, start;
+         stbtt_uint16 offset, start, last;
          stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1);
 
-         STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item));
          start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item);
-         if (unicode_codepoint < start)
+         last = ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item);
+         if (unicode_codepoint < start || unicode_codepoint > last)
             return 0;
 
          offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item);
@@ -1191,6 +1609,8 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index)
 {
    int g1,g2;
 
+   STBTT_assert(!info->cff.size);
+
    if (glyph_index >= info->numGlyphs) return -1; // glyph index out of range
    if (info->indexToLocFormat >= 2)    return -1; // unknown index->glyph map format
 
@@ -1205,15 +1625,21 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index)
    return g1==g2 ? -1 : g1; // if length is 0, return -1
 }
 
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1);
+
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1)
 {
-   int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index);
-   if (g < 0) return 0;
+   if (info->cff.size) {
+      stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, x0, y0, x1, y1);
+   } else {
+      int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index);
+      if (g < 0) return 0;
 
-   if (x0) *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 2);
-   if (y0) *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 4);
-   if (x1) *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 6);
-   if (y1) *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 8);
+      if (x0) *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 2);
+      if (y0) *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 4);
+      if (x1) *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 6);
+      if (y1) *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 8);
+   }
    return 1;
 }
 
@@ -1225,7 +1651,10 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, i
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index)
 {
    stbtt_int16 numberOfContours;
-   int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index);
+   int g;
+   if (info->cff.size)
+      return stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0;
+   g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index);
    if (g < 0) return 1;
    numberOfContours = ttSHORT(info->data + g);
    return numberOfContours == 0;
@@ -1247,7 +1676,7 @@ static int stbtt__close_shape(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_vertices, int was_
    return num_vertices;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices)
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices)
 {
    stbtt_int16 numberOfContours;
    stbtt_uint8 *endPtsOfContours;
@@ -1343,7 +1772,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
             if (i != 0)
                num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy);
 
-            // now start the new one               
+            // now start the new one
             start_off = !(flags & 1);
             if (start_off) {
                // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve
@@ -1385,7 +1814,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
          }
       }
       num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy);
-   } else if (numberOfContours == -1) {
+   } else if (numberOfContours < 0) {
       // Compound shapes.
       int more = 1;
       stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10;
@@ -1396,7 +1825,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
          int comp_num_verts = 0, i;
          stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0;
          float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n;
-         
+
          flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2;
          gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2;
 
@@ -1426,7 +1855,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
             mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2;
             mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2;
          }
-         
+
          // Find transformation scales.
          m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]);
          n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]);
@@ -1452,7 +1881,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
                if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata);
                return 0;
             }
-            if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
+            if (num_vertices > 0 && vertices) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
             STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
             if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata);
             vertices = tmp;
@@ -1462,9 +1891,6 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
          // More components ?
          more = flags & (1<<5);
       }
-   } else if (numberOfContours < 0) {
-      // @TODO other compound variations?
-      STBTT_assert(0);
    } else {
       // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing
    }
@@ -1473,6 +1899,414 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
    return num_vertices;
 }
 
+typedef struct
+{
+   int bounds;
+   int started;
+   float first_x, first_y;
+   float x, y;
+   stbtt_int32 min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y;
+
+   stbtt_vertex *pvertices;
+   int num_vertices;
+} stbtt__csctx;
+
+#define STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(bounds) {bounds,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,0,0, NULL, 0}
+
+static void stbtt__track_vertex(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y)
+{
+   if (x > c->max_x || !c->started) c->max_x = x;
+   if (y > c->max_y || !c->started) c->max_y = y;
+   if (x < c->min_x || !c->started) c->min_x = x;
+   if (y < c->min_y || !c->started) c->min_y = y;
+   c->started = 1;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_v(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_uint8 type, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy, stbtt_int32 cx1, stbtt_int32 cy1)
+{
+   if (c->bounds) {
+      stbtt__track_vertex(c, x, y);
+      if (type == STBTT_vcubic) {
+         stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx, cy);
+         stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx1, cy1);
+      }
+   } else {
+      stbtt_setvertex(&c->pvertices[c->num_vertices], type, x, y, cx, cy);
+      c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cx1 = (stbtt_int16) cx1;
+      c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cy1 = (stbtt_int16) cy1;
+   }
+   c->num_vertices++;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_close_shape(stbtt__csctx *ctx)
+{
+   if (ctx->first_x != ctx->x || ctx->first_y != ctx->y)
+      stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->first_x, (int)ctx->first_y, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy)
+{
+   stbtt__csctx_close_shape(ctx);
+   ctx->first_x = ctx->x = ctx->x + dx;
+   ctx->first_y = ctx->y = ctx->y + dy;
+   stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vmove, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_rline_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy)
+{
+   ctx->x += dx;
+   ctx->y += dy;
+   stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx1, float dy1, float dx2, float dy2, float dx3, float dy3)
+{
+   float cx1 = ctx->x + dx1;
+   float cy1 = ctx->y + dy1;
+   float cx2 = cx1 + dx2;
+   float cy2 = cy1 + dy2;
+   ctx->x = cx2 + dx3;
+   ctx->y = cy2 + dy3;
+   stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vcubic, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, (int)cx1, (int)cy1, (int)cx2, (int)cy2);
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subr(stbtt__buf idx, int n)
+{
+   int count = stbtt__cff_index_count(&idx);
+   int bias = 107;
+   if (count >= 33900)
+      bias = 32768;
+   else if (count >= 1240)
+      bias = 1131;
+   n += bias;
+   if (n < 0 || n >= count)
+      return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0);
+   return stbtt__cff_index_get(idx, n);
+}
+
+static stbtt__buf stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index)
+{
+   stbtt__buf fdselect = info->fdselect;
+   int nranges, start, end, v, fmt, fdselector = -1, i;
+
+   stbtt__buf_seek(&fdselect, 0);
+   fmt = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect);
+   if (fmt == 0) {
+      // untested
+      stbtt__buf_skip(&fdselect, glyph_index);
+      fdselector = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect);
+   } else if (fmt == 3) {
+      nranges = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect);
+      start = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect);
+      for (i = 0; i < nranges; i++) {
+         v = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect);
+         end = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect);
+         if (glyph_index >= start && glyph_index < end) {
+            fdselector = v;
+            break;
+         }
+         start = end;
+      }
+   }
+   if (fdselector == -1) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); // [DEAR IMGUI] fixed, see #6007 and nothings/stb#1422
+   return stbtt__get_subrs(info->cff, stbtt__cff_index_get(info->fontdicts, fdselector));
+}
+
+static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt__csctx *c)
+{
+   int in_header = 1, maskbits = 0, subr_stack_height = 0, sp = 0, v, i, b0;
+   int has_subrs = 0, clear_stack;
+   float s[48];
+   stbtt__buf subr_stack[10], subrs = info->subrs, b;
+   float f;
+
+#define STBTT__CSERR(s) (0)
+
+   // this currently ignores the initial width value, which isn't needed if we have hmtx
+   b = stbtt__cff_index_get(info->charstrings, glyph_index);
+   while (b.cursor < b.size) {
+      i = 0;
+      clear_stack = 1;
+      b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b);
+      switch (b0) {
+      // @TODO implement hinting
+      case 0x13: // hintmask
+      case 0x14: // cntrmask
+         if (in_header)
+            maskbits += (sp / 2); // implicit "vstem"
+         in_header = 0;
+         stbtt__buf_skip(&b, (maskbits + 7) / 8);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x01: // hstem
+      case 0x03: // vstem
+      case 0x12: // hstemhm
+      case 0x17: // vstemhm
+         maskbits += (sp / 2);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x15: // rmoveto
+         in_header = 0;
+         if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rmoveto stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-2], s[sp-1]);
+         break;
+      case 0x04: // vmoveto
+         in_header = 0;
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vmoveto stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, 0, s[sp-1]);
+         break;
+      case 0x16: // hmoveto
+         in_header = 0;
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hmoveto stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-1], 0);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x05: // rlineto
+         if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rlineto stack");
+         for (; i + 1 < sp; i += 2)
+            stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]);
+         break;
+
+      // hlineto/vlineto and vhcurveto/hvcurveto alternate horizontal and vertical
+      // starting from a different place.
+
+      case 0x07: // vlineto
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vlineto stack");
+         goto vlineto;
+      case 0x06: // hlineto
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hlineto stack");
+         for (;;) {
+            if (i >= sp) break;
+            stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], 0);
+            i++;
+      vlineto:
+            if (i >= sp) break;
+            stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, 0, s[i]);
+            i++;
+         }
+         break;
+
+      case 0x1F: // hvcurveto
+         if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("hvcurveto stack");
+         goto hvcurveto;
+      case 0x1E: // vhcurveto
+         if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("vhcurveto stack");
+         for (;;) {
+            if (i + 3 >= sp) break;
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, 0, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i + 4] : 0.0f);
+            i += 4;
+      hvcurveto:
+            if (i + 3 >= sp) break;
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], 0, s[i+1], s[i+2], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i+4] : 0.0f, s[i+3]);
+            i += 4;
+         }
+         break;
+
+      case 0x08: // rrcurveto
+         if (sp < 6) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack");
+         for (; i + 5 < sp; i += 6)
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x18: // rcurveline
+         if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack");
+         for (; i + 5 < sp - 2; i += 6)
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]);
+         if (i + 1 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x19: // rlinecurve
+         if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack");
+         for (; i + 1 < sp - 6; i += 2)
+            stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]);
+         if (i + 5 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack");
+         stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]);
+         break;
+
+      case 0x1A: // vvcurveto
+      case 0x1B: // hhcurveto
+         if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("(vv|hh)curveto stack");
+         f = 0.0;
+         if (sp & 1) { f = s[i]; i++; }
+         for (; i + 3 < sp; i += 4) {
+            if (b0 == 0x1B)
+               stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], f, s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], 0.0);
+            else
+               stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, f, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], 0.0, s[i+3]);
+            f = 0.0;
+         }
+         break;
+
+      case 0x0A: // callsubr
+         if (!has_subrs) {
+            if (info->fdselect.size)
+               subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index);
+            has_subrs = 1;
+         }
+         // FALLTHROUGH
+      case 0x1D: // callgsubr
+         if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack");
+         v = (int) s[--sp];
+         if (subr_stack_height >= 10) return STBTT__CSERR("recursion limit");
+         subr_stack[subr_stack_height++] = b;
+         b = stbtt__get_subr(b0 == 0x0A ? subrs : info->gsubrs, v);
+         if (b.size == 0) return STBTT__CSERR("subr not found");
+         b.cursor = 0;
+         clear_stack = 0;
+         break;
+
+      case 0x0B: // return
+         if (subr_stack_height <= 0) return STBTT__CSERR("return outside subr");
+         b = subr_stack[--subr_stack_height];
+         clear_stack = 0;
+         break;
+
+      case 0x0E: // endchar
+         stbtt__csctx_close_shape(c);
+         return 1;
+
+      case 0x0C: { // two-byte escape
+         float dx1, dx2, dx3, dx4, dx5, dx6, dy1, dy2, dy3, dy4, dy5, dy6;
+         float dx, dy;
+         int b1 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b);
+         switch (b1) {
+         // @TODO These "flex" implementations ignore the flex-depth and resolution,
+         // and always draw beziers.
+         case 0x22: // hflex
+            if (sp < 7) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex stack");
+            dx1 = s[0];
+            dx2 = s[1];
+            dy2 = s[2];
+            dx3 = s[3];
+            dx4 = s[4];
+            dx5 = s[5];
+            dx6 = s[6];
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, 0, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0);
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, -dy2, dx6, 0);
+            break;
+
+         case 0x23: // flex
+            if (sp < 13) return STBTT__CSERR("flex stack");
+            dx1 = s[0];
+            dy1 = s[1];
+            dx2 = s[2];
+            dy2 = s[3];
+            dx3 = s[4];
+            dy3 = s[5];
+            dx4 = s[6];
+            dy4 = s[7];
+            dx5 = s[8];
+            dy5 = s[9];
+            dx6 = s[10];
+            dy6 = s[11];
+            //fd is s[12]
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3);
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6);
+            break;
+
+         case 0x24: // hflex1
+            if (sp < 9) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex1 stack");
+            dx1 = s[0];
+            dy1 = s[1];
+            dx2 = s[2];
+            dy2 = s[3];
+            dx3 = s[4];
+            dx4 = s[5];
+            dx5 = s[6];
+            dy5 = s[7];
+            dx6 = s[8];
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0);
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, dy5, dx6, -(dy1+dy2+dy5));
+            break;
+
+         case 0x25: // flex1
+            if (sp < 11) return STBTT__CSERR("flex1 stack");
+            dx1 = s[0];
+            dy1 = s[1];
+            dx2 = s[2];
+            dy2 = s[3];
+            dx3 = s[4];
+            dy3 = s[5];
+            dx4 = s[6];
+            dy4 = s[7];
+            dx5 = s[8];
+            dy5 = s[9];
+            dx6 = dy6 = s[10];
+            dx = dx1+dx2+dx3+dx4+dx5;
+            dy = dy1+dy2+dy3+dy4+dy5;
+            if (STBTT_fabs(dx) > STBTT_fabs(dy))
+               dy6 = -dy;
+            else
+               dx6 = -dx;
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3);
+            stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6);
+            break;
+
+         default:
+            return STBTT__CSERR("unimplemented");
+         }
+      } break;
+
+      default:
+         if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && b0 < 32)
+            return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator");
+
+         // push immediate
+         if (b0 == 255) {
+            f = (float)(stbtt_int32)stbtt__buf_get32(&b) / 0x10000;
+         } else {
+            stbtt__buf_skip(&b, -1);
+            f = (float)(stbtt_int16)stbtt__cff_int(&b);
+         }
+         if (sp >= 48) return STBTT__CSERR("push stack overflow");
+         s[sp++] = f;
+         clear_stack = 0;
+         break;
+      }
+      if (clear_stack) sp = 0;
+   }
+   return STBTT__CSERR("no endchar");
+
+#undef STBTT__CSERR
+}
+
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices)
+{
+   // runs the charstring twice, once to count and once to output (to avoid realloc)
+   stbtt__csctx count_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1);
+   stbtt__csctx output_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(0);
+   if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &count_ctx)) {
+      *pvertices = (stbtt_vertex*)STBTT_malloc(count_ctx.num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex), info->userdata);
+      output_ctx.pvertices = *pvertices;
+      if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &output_ctx)) {
+         STBTT_assert(output_ctx.num_vertices == count_ctx.num_vertices);
+         return output_ctx.num_vertices;
+      }
+   }
+   *pvertices = NULL;
+   return 0;
+}
+
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1)
+{
+   stbtt__csctx c = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1);
+   int r = stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &c);
+   if (x0)  *x0 = r ? c.min_x : 0;
+   if (y0)  *y0 = r ? c.min_y : 0;
+   if (x1)  *x1 = r ? c.max_x : 0;
+   if (y1)  *y1 = r ? c.max_y : 0;
+   return r ? c.num_vertices : 0;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices)
+{
+   if (!info->cff.size)
+      return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(info, glyph_index, pvertices);
+   else
+      return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(info, glyph_index, pvertices);
+}
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing)
 {
    stbtt_uint16 numOfLongHorMetrics = ttUSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 34);
@@ -1485,7 +2319,49 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_inde
    }
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2)
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info)
+{
+   stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern;
+
+   // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0.
+   if (!info->kern)
+      return 0;
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1
+      return 0;
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format
+      return 0;
+
+   return ttUSHORT(data+10);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length)
+{
+   stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern;
+   int k, length;
+
+   // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0.
+   if (!info->kern)
+      return 0;
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1
+      return 0;
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format
+      return 0;
+
+   length = ttUSHORT(data+10);
+   if (table_length < length)
+      length = table_length;
+
+   for (k = 0; k < length; k++)
+   {
+      table[k].glyph1 = ttUSHORT(data+18+(k*6));
+      table[k].glyph2 = ttUSHORT(data+20+(k*6));
+      table[k].advance = ttSHORT(data+22+(k*6));
+   }
+
+   return length;
+}
+
+static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2)
 {
    stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern;
    stbtt_uint32 needle, straw;
@@ -1515,9 +2391,242 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1,
    return 0;
 }
 
+static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph)
+{
+   stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable);
+   switch (coverageFormat) {
+      case 1: {
+         stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2);
+
+         // Binary search.
+         stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m;
+         int straw, needle=glyph;
+         while (l <= r) {
+            stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4;
+            stbtt_uint16 glyphID;
+            m = (l + r) >> 1;
+            glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m);
+            straw = glyphID;
+            if (needle < straw)
+               r = m - 1;
+            else if (needle > straw)
+               l = m + 1;
+            else {
+               return m;
+            }
+         }
+         break;
+      }
+
+      case 2: {
+         stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2);
+         stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4;
+
+         // Binary search.
+         stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m;
+         int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph;
+         while (l <= r) {
+            stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord;
+            m = (l + r) >> 1;
+            rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m;
+            strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord);
+            strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2);
+            if (needle < strawStart)
+               r = m - 1;
+            else if (needle > strawEnd)
+               l = m + 1;
+            else {
+               stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4);
+               return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart;
+            }
+         }
+         break;
+      }
+
+      default: return -1; // unsupported
+   }
+
+   return -1;
+}
+
+static stbtt_int32  stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph)
+{
+   stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable);
+   switch (classDefFormat)
+   {
+      case 1: {
+         stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2);
+         stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4);
+         stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6;
+
+         if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount)
+            return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID));
+         break;
+      }
+
+      case 2: {
+         stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2);
+         stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4;
+
+         // Binary search.
+         stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m;
+         int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph;
+         while (l <= r) {
+            stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord;
+            m = (l + r) >> 1;
+            classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m;
+            strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord);
+            strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2);
+            if (needle < strawStart)
+               r = m - 1;
+            else if (needle > strawEnd)
+               l = m + 1;
+            else
+               return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4);
+         }
+         break;
+      }
+
+      default:
+         return -1; // Unsupported definition type, return an error.
+   }
+
+   // "All glyphs not assigned to a class fall into class 0". (OpenType spec)
+   return 0;
+}
+
+// Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats.
+#define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x)
+
+static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2)
+{
+   stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset;
+   stbtt_uint8 *lookupList;
+   stbtt_uint16 lookupCount;
+   stbtt_uint8 *data;
+   stbtt_int32 i, sti;
+
+   if (!info->gpos) return 0;
+
+   data = info->data + info->gpos;
+
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1
+   if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0
+
+   lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8);
+   lookupList = data + lookupListOffset;
+   lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList);
+
+   for (i=0; i<lookupCount; ++i) {
+      stbtt_uint16 lookupOffset = ttUSHORT(lookupList + 2 + 2 * i);
+      stbtt_uint8 *lookupTable = lookupList + lookupOffset;
+
+      stbtt_uint16 lookupType = ttUSHORT(lookupTable);
+      stbtt_uint16 subTableCount = ttUSHORT(lookupTable + 4);
+      stbtt_uint8 *subTableOffsets = lookupTable + 6;
+      if (lookupType != 2) // Pair Adjustment Positioning Subtable
+         continue;
+
+      for (sti=0; sti<subTableCount; sti++) {
+         stbtt_uint16 subtableOffset = ttUSHORT(subTableOffsets + 2 * sti);
+         stbtt_uint8 *table = lookupTable + subtableOffset;
+         stbtt_uint16 posFormat = ttUSHORT(table);
+         stbtt_uint16 coverageOffset = ttUSHORT(table + 2);
+         stbtt_int32 coverageIndex = stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(table + coverageOffset, glyph1);
+         if (coverageIndex == -1) continue;
+
+         switch (posFormat) {
+            case 1: {
+               stbtt_int32 l, r, m;
+               int straw, needle;
+               stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4);
+               stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6);
+               if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats?
+                  stbtt_int32 valueRecordPairSizeInBytes = 2;
+                  stbtt_uint16 pairSetCount = ttUSHORT(table + 8);
+                  stbtt_uint16 pairPosOffset = ttUSHORT(table + 10 + 2 * coverageIndex);
+                  stbtt_uint8 *pairValueTable = table + pairPosOffset;
+                  stbtt_uint16 pairValueCount = ttUSHORT(pairValueTable);
+                  stbtt_uint8 *pairValueArray = pairValueTable + 2;
+
+                  if (coverageIndex >= pairSetCount) return 0;
+
+                  needle=glyph2;
+                  r=pairValueCount-1;
+                  l=0;
+
+                  // Binary search.
+                  while (l <= r) {
+                     stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph;
+                     stbtt_uint8 *pairValue;
+                     m = (l + r) >> 1;
+                     pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m;
+                     secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue);
+                     straw = secondGlyph;
+                     if (needle < straw)
+                        r = m - 1;
+                     else if (needle > straw)
+                        l = m + 1;
+                     else {
+                        stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2);
+                        return xAdvance;
+                     }
+                  }
+               } else
+                  return 0;
+               break;
+            }
+
+            case 2: {
+               stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4);
+               stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6);
+               if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats?
+                  stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8);
+                  stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10);
+                  int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1);
+                  int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2);
+
+                  stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12);
+                  stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14);
+                  stbtt_uint8 *class1Records, *class2Records;
+                  stbtt_int16 xAdvance;
+
+                  if (glyph1class < 0 || glyph1class >= class1Count) return 0; // malformed
+                  if (glyph2class < 0 || glyph2class >= class2Count) return 0; // malformed
+
+                  class1Records = table + 16;
+                  class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count);
+                  xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class);
+                  return xAdvance;
+               } else
+                  return 0;
+               break;
+            }
+
+            default:
+               return 0; // Unsupported position format
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+   return 0;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2)
+{
+   int xAdvance = 0;
+
+   if (info->gpos)
+      xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2);
+   else if (info->kern)
+      xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2);
+
+   return xAdvance;
+}
+
 STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2)
 {
-   if (!info->kern) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs
+   if (!info->kern && !info->gpos) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs
       return 0;
    return stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch1), stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch2));
 }
@@ -1534,6 +2643,17 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, in
    if (lineGap) *lineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 8);
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap)
+{
+   int tab = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "OS/2");
+   if (!tab)
+      return 0;
+   if (typoAscent ) *typoAscent  = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 68);
+   if (typoDescent) *typoDescent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 70);
+   if (typoLineGap) *typoLineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 72);
+   return 1;
+}
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1)
 {
    *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 36);
@@ -1559,6 +2679,45 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *v)
    STBTT_free(v, info->userdata);
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF stbtt_uint8 *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl)
+{
+   int i;
+   stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data;
+   stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc_list = data + stbtt__get_svg((stbtt_fontinfo *) info);
+
+   int numEntries = ttUSHORT(svg_doc_list);
+   stbtt_uint8 *svg_docs = svg_doc_list + 2;
+
+   for(i=0; i<numEntries; i++) {
+      stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc = svg_docs + (12 * i);
+      if ((gl >= ttUSHORT(svg_doc)) && (gl <= ttUSHORT(svg_doc + 2)))
+         return svg_doc;
+   }
+   return 0;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg)
+{
+   stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data;
+   stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc;
+
+   if (info->svg == 0)
+      return 0;
+
+   svg_doc = stbtt_FindSVGDoc(info, gl);
+   if (svg_doc != NULL) {
+      *svg = (char *) data + info->svg + ttULONG(svg_doc + 4);
+      return ttULONG(svg_doc + 8);
+   } else {
+      return 0;
+   }
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg)
+{
+   return stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), svg);
+}
+
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // antialiasing software rasterizer
@@ -1630,7 +2789,7 @@ static void *stbtt__hheap_alloc(stbtt__hheap *hh, size_t size, void *userdata)
          hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk = count;
       }
       --hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
-      return (char *) (hh->head) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
+      return (char *) (hh->head) + sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
    }
 }
 
@@ -1684,7 +2843,7 @@ static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, i
    float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
    STBTT_assert(z != NULL);
    if (!z) return z;
-   
+
    // round dx down to avoid overshooting
    if (dxdy < 0)
       z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy);
@@ -1762,7 +2921,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__ac
             }
          }
       }
-      
+
       e = e->next;
    }
 }
@@ -1908,6 +3067,23 @@ static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edg
    }
 }
 
+static float stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(float height, float top_width, float bottom_width)
+{
+   STBTT_assert(top_width >= 0);
+   STBTT_assert(bottom_width >= 0);
+   return (top_width + bottom_width) / 2.0f * height;
+}
+
+static float stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(float height, float tx0, float tx1, float bx0, float bx1)
+{
+   return stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(height, tx1 - tx0, bx1 - bx0);
+}
+
+static float stbtt__sized_triangle_area(float height, float width)
+{
+   return height * width / 2;
+}
+
 static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top)
 {
    float y_bottom = y_top+1;
@@ -1916,7 +3092,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
       // brute force every pixel
 
       // compute intersection points with top & bottom
-      //STBTT_assert(e->ey >= y_top);
+      STBTT_assert(e->ey >= y_top);
 
       if (e->fdx == 0) {
          float x0 = e->fx;
@@ -1935,7 +3111,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
          float x_top, x_bottom;
          float sy0,sy1;
          float dy = e->fdy;
-         //STBTT_assert(e->sy <= y_bottom && e->ey >= y_top);
+         STBTT_assert(e->sy <= y_bottom && e->ey >= y_top);
 
          // compute endpoints of line segment clipped to this scanline (if the
          // line segment starts on this scanline. x0 is the intersection of the
@@ -1962,13 +3138,13 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
                float height;
                // simple case, only spans one pixel
                int x = (int) x_top;
-               height = sy1 - sy0;
+               height = (sy1 - sy0) * e->direction;
                STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len);
-               scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2)  * height;
-               scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled
+               scanline[x]      += stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(height, x_top, x+1.0f, x_bottom, x+1.0f);
+               scanline_fill[x] += height; // everything right of this pixel is filled
             } else {
                int x,x1,x2;
-               float y_crossing, step, sign, area;
+               float y_crossing, y_final, step, sign, area;
                // covers 2+ pixels
                if (x_top > x_bottom) {
                   // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same
@@ -1981,29 +3157,82 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
                   dy = -dy;
                   t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t;
                }
+               STBTT_assert(dy >= 0);
+               STBTT_assert(dx >= 0);
 
                x1 = (int) x_top;
                x2 = (int) x_bottom;
                // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1
-               y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top;
+               y_crossing = y_top + dy * (x1+1 - x0);
+
+               // compute intersection with y axis at x2
+               y_final = y_top + dy * (x2 - x0);
+
+               //           x1    x_top                            x2    x_bottom
+               //     y_top  +------|-----+------------+------------+--------|---+------------+
+               //            |            |            |            |            |            |
+               //            |            |            |            |            |            |
+               //       sy0  |      Txxxxx|............|............|............|............|
+               // y_crossing |            *xxxxx.......|............|............|............|
+               //            |            |     xxxxx..|............|............|............|
+               //            |            |     /-   xx*xxxx........|............|............|
+               //            |            | dy <       |    xxxxxx..|............|............|
+               //   y_final  |            |     \-     |          xx*xxx.........|............|
+               //       sy1  |            |            |            |   xxxxxB...|............|
+               //            |            |            |            |            |            |
+               //            |            |            |            |            |            |
+               //  y_bottom  +------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+
+               //
+               // goal is to measure the area covered by '.' in each pixel
+
+               // if x2 is right at the right edge of x1, y_crossing can blow up, github #1057
+               // @TODO: maybe test against sy1 rather than y_bottom?
+               if (y_crossing > y_bottom)
+                  y_crossing = y_bottom;
 
                sign = e->direction;
-               // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing
+
+               // area of the rectangle covered from sy0..y_crossing
                area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0);
-               // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing)
-               scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2);
 
-               step = sign * dy;
+               // area of the triangle (x_top,sy0), (x1+1,sy0), (x1+1,y_crossing)
+               scanline[x1] += stbtt__sized_triangle_area(area, x1+1 - x_top);
+
+               // check if final y_crossing is blown up; no test case for this
+               if (y_final > y_bottom) {
+                  int denom = (x2 - (x1+1));
+                  y_final = y_bottom;
+                  if (denom != 0) { // [DEAR IMGUI] Avoid div by zero (https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/1316)
+                     dy = (y_final - y_crossing ) / denom; // if denom=0, y_final = y_crossing, so y_final <= y_bottom
+                  }
+               }
+
+               // in second pixel, area covered by line segment found in first pixel
+               // is always a rectangle 1 wide * the height of that line segment; this
+               // is exactly what the variable 'area' stores. it also gets a contribution
+               // from the line segment within it. the THIRD pixel will get the first
+               // pixel's rectangle contribution, the second pixel's rectangle contribution,
+               // and its own contribution. the 'own contribution' is the same in every pixel except
+               // the leftmost and rightmost, a trapezoid that slides down in each pixel.
+               // the second pixel's contribution to the third pixel will be the
+               // rectangle 1 wide times the height change in the second pixel, which is dy.
+
+               step = sign * dy * 1; // dy is dy/dx, change in y for every 1 change in x,
+               // which multiplied by 1-pixel-width is how much pixel area changes for each step in x
+               // so the area advances by 'step' every time
+
                for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) {
-                  scanline[x] += area + step/2;
+                  scanline[x] += area + step/2; // area of trapezoid is 1*step/2
                   area += step;
                }
-               y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1));
-
-               STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f);
+               STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); // accumulated error from area += step unless we round step down
+               STBTT_assert(sy1 > y_final-0.01f);
 
-               scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing);
+               // area covered in the last pixel is the rectangle from all the pixels to the left,
+               // plus the trapezoid filled by the line segment in this pixel all the way to the right edge
+               scanline[x2] += area + sign * stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(sy1-y_final, (float) x2, x2+1.0f, x_bottom, x2+1.0f);
 
+               // the rest of the line is filled based on the total height of the line segment in this pixel
                scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0);
             }
          } else {
@@ -2011,6 +3240,9 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
             // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use
             // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute
             // force implementation
+            // note though that this does happen some of the time because
+            // x_top and x_bottom can be extrapolated at the top & bottom of
+            // the shape and actually lie outside the bounding box
             int x;
             for (x=0; x < len; ++x) {
                // cases:
@@ -2026,19 +3258,18 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
                // from the other y segment, and it might ignored as an empty segment. to avoid
                // that, we need to explicitly produce segments based on x positions.
 
-               // rename variables to clear pairs
+               // rename variables to clearly-defined pairs
                float y0 = y_top;
                float x1 = (float) (x);
                float x2 = (float) (x+1);
                float x3 = xb;
                float y3 = y_bottom;
-               float y1,y2;
 
                // x = e->x + e->dx * (y-y_top)
                // (y-y_top) = (x - e->x) / e->dx
                // y = (x - e->x) / e->dx + y_top
-               y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top;
-               y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top;
+               float y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top;
+               float y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top;
 
                if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x2) {         // three segments descending down-right
                   stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1);
@@ -2073,12 +3304,13 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
 // directly AA rasterize edges w/o supersampling
 static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata)
 {
-   (void)vsubsample;
    stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 };
    stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL;
    int y,j=0, i;
    float scanline_data[129], *scanline, *scanline2;
 
+   STBTT__NOTUSED(vsubsample);
+
    if (result->w > 64)
       scanline = (float *) STBTT_malloc((result->w*2+1) * sizeof(float), userdata);
    else
@@ -2117,7 +3349,13 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e,
          if (e->y0 != e->y1) {
             stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata);
             if (z != NULL) {
-               //STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top);
+               if (j == 0 && off_y != 0) {
+                  if (z->ey < scan_y_top) {
+                     // this can happen due to subpixel positioning and some kind of fp rounding error i think
+                     z->ey = scan_y_top;
+                  }
+               }
+               STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); // if we get really unlucky a tiny bit of an edge can be out of bounds
                // insert at front
                z->next = active;
                active = z;
@@ -2186,7 +3424,7 @@ static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
 
 static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
 {
-   /* threshhold for transitioning to insertion sort */
+   /* threshold for transitioning to insertion sort */
    while (n > 12) {
       stbtt__edge t;
       int c01,c12,c,m,i,j;
@@ -2321,7 +3559,7 @@ static void stbtt__add_point(stbtt__point *points, int n, float x, float y)
    points[n].y = y;
 }
 
-// tesselate until threshhold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching
+// tessellate until threshold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching
 static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n)
 {
    // midpoint
@@ -2342,6 +3580,48 @@ static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x
    return 1;
 }
 
+static void stbtt__tesselate_cubic(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n)
+{
+   // @TODO this "flatness" calculation is just made-up nonsense that seems to work well enough
+   float dx0 = x1-x0;
+   float dy0 = y1-y0;
+   float dx1 = x2-x1;
+   float dy1 = y2-y1;
+   float dx2 = x3-x2;
+   float dy2 = y3-y2;
+   float dx = x3-x0;
+   float dy = y3-y0;
+   float longlen = (float) (STBTT_sqrt(dx0*dx0+dy0*dy0)+STBTT_sqrt(dx1*dx1+dy1*dy1)+STBTT_sqrt(dx2*dx2+dy2*dy2));
+   float shortlen = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+   float flatness_squared = longlen*longlen-shortlen*shortlen;
+
+   if (n > 16) // 65536 segments on one curve better be enough!
+      return;
+
+   if (flatness_squared > objspace_flatness_squared) {
+      float x01 = (x0+x1)/2;
+      float y01 = (y0+y1)/2;
+      float x12 = (x1+x2)/2;
+      float y12 = (y1+y2)/2;
+      float x23 = (x2+x3)/2;
+      float y23 = (y2+y3)/2;
+
+      float xa = (x01+x12)/2;
+      float ya = (y01+y12)/2;
+      float xb = (x12+x23)/2;
+      float yb = (y12+y23)/2;
+
+      float mx = (xa+xb)/2;
+      float my = (ya+yb)/2;
+
+      stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, x0,y0, x01,y01, xa,ya, mx,my, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1);
+      stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, mx,my, xb,yb, x23,y23, x3,y3, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1);
+   } else {
+      stbtt__add_point(points, *num_points,x3,y3);
+      *num_points = *num_points+1;
+   }
+}
+
 // returns number of contours
 static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float objspace_flatness, int **contour_lengths, int *num_contours, void *userdata)
 {
@@ -2398,6 +3678,14 @@ static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts,
                                         objspace_flatness_squared, 0);
                x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y;
                break;
+            case STBTT_vcubic:
+               stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, &num_points, x,y,
+                                        vertices[i].cx, vertices[i].cy,
+                                        vertices[i].cx1, vertices[i].cy1,
+                                        vertices[i].x,  vertices[i].y,
+                                        objspace_flatness_squared, 0);
+               x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y;
+               break;
          }
       }
       (*contour_lengths)[n] = num_points - start;
@@ -2414,8 +3702,9 @@ static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts,
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, float flatness_in_pixels, stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int x_off, int y_off, int invert, void *userdata)
 {
-   float scale = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x;
-   int winding_count, *winding_lengths;
+   float scale            = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x;
+   int winding_count      = 0;
+   int *winding_lengths   = NULL;
    stbtt__point *windings = stbtt_FlattenCurves(vertices, num_verts, flatness_in_pixels / scale, &winding_lengths, &winding_count, userdata);
    if (windings) {
       stbtt__rasterize(result, windings, winding_lengths, winding_count, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, x_off, y_off, invert, userdata);
@@ -2433,7 +3722,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
 {
    int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1;
    stbtt__bitmap gbm;
-   stbtt_vertex *vertices;   
+   stbtt_vertex *vertices;
    int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices);
 
    if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y;
@@ -2456,7 +3745,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
    if (height) *height = gbm.h;
    if (xoff  ) *xoff   = ix0;
    if (yoff  ) *yoff   = iy0;
-   
+
    if (gbm.w && gbm.h) {
       gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata);
       if (gbm.pixels) {
@@ -2467,7 +3756,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
    }
    STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata);
    return gbm.pixels;
-}   
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
@@ -2479,7 +3768,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigne
    int ix0,iy0;
    stbtt_vertex *vertices;
    int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices);
-   stbtt__bitmap gbm;   
+   stbtt__bitmap gbm;
 
    stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0);
    gbm.pixels = output;
@@ -2501,7 +3790,12 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
    return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff);
-}   
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint)
+{
+   stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, oversample_x, oversample_y, sub_x, sub_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint));
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint)
 {
@@ -2511,7 +3805,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
    return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff);
-}   
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint)
 {
@@ -2524,7 +3818,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned ch
 //
 // This is SUPER-CRAPPY packing to keep source code small
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset,  // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf)
+static int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal(unsigned char *data, int offset,  // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf)
                                 float pixel_height,                     // height of font in pixels
                                 unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph,  // bitmap to be filled in
                                 int first_char, int num_chars,          // characters to bake
@@ -2570,11 +3864,11 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset,  // fo
    return bottom_y;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule)
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule)
 {
    float d3d_bias = opengl_fillrule ? 0 : -0.5f;
    float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph;
-   stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
+   const stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
    int round_x = STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f);
    int round_y = STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f);
 
@@ -2597,11 +3891,6 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int
 //
 
 #ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v)  (void)(v)
-#else
-#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v)  (void)sizeof(v)
-#endif
 
 typedef int stbrp_coord;
 
@@ -2641,7 +3930,7 @@ static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *no
    con->y = 0;
    con->bottom_y = 0;
    STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes);
-   STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes);   
+   STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes);
 }
 
 static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
@@ -2695,6 +3984,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, in
    spc->stride_in_bytes = stride_in_bytes != 0 ? stride_in_bytes : pw;
    spc->h_oversample = 1;
    spc->v_oversample = 1;
+   spc->skip_missing = 0;
 
    stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes);
 
@@ -2720,6 +4010,11 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
       spc->v_oversample = v_oversample;
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip)
+{
+   spc->skip_missing = skip;
+}
+
 #define STBTT__OVER_MASK  (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1)
 
 static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width)
@@ -2859,9 +4154,10 @@ static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample)
 }
 
 // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
 {
    int i,j,k;
+   int missing_glyph_added = 0;
 
    k=0;
    for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) {
@@ -2873,13 +4169,19 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fon
          int x0,y0,x1,y1;
          int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
          int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint);
-         stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
-                                         scale * spc->h_oversample,
-                                         scale * spc->v_oversample,
-                                         0,0,
-                                         &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
-         rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
-         rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
+         if (glyph == 0 && (spc->skip_missing || missing_glyph_added)) {
+            rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0;
+         } else {
+            stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
+                                            scale * spc->h_oversample,
+                                            scale * spc->v_oversample,
+                                            0,0,
+                                            &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
+            rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
+            rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
+            if (glyph == 0)
+               missing_glyph_added = 1;
+         }
          ++k;
       }
    }
@@ -2887,10 +4189,33 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fon
    return k;
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int prefilter_x, int prefilter_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph)
+{
+   stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info,
+                                 output,
+                                 out_w - (prefilter_x - 1),
+                                 out_h - (prefilter_y - 1),
+                                 out_stride,
+                                 scale_x,
+                                 scale_y,
+                                 shift_x,
+                                 shift_y,
+                                 glyph);
+
+   if (prefilter_x > 1)
+      stbtt__h_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_x);
+
+   if (prefilter_y > 1)
+      stbtt__v_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_y);
+
+   *sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_x);
+   *sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_y);
+}
+
 // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
 {
-   int i,j,k, return_value = 1;
+   int i,j,k, missing_glyph = -1, return_value = 1;
 
    // save current values
    int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample;
@@ -2909,7 +4234,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt
       sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample);
       for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) {
          stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k];
-         if (r->was_packed) {
+         if (r->was_packed && r->w != 0 && r->h != 0) {
             stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j];
             int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1;
             int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
@@ -2955,6 +4280,13 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt
             bc->yoff     =       (float)  y0 * recip_v + sub_y;
             bc->xoff2    =                (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x;
             bc->yoff2    =                (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y;
+
+            if (glyph == 0)
+               missing_glyph = j;
+         } else if (spc->skip_missing) {
+            return_value = 0;
+         } else if (r->was_packed && r->w == 0 && r->h == 0 && missing_glyph >= 0) {
+            ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j] = ranges[i].chardata_for_range[missing_glyph];
          } else {
             return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure
          }
@@ -2975,10 +4307,10 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect
    stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info, rects, num_rects);
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges)
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges)
 {
    stbtt_fontinfo info;
-   int i,j,n, return_value = 1;
+   int i, j, n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1;
    //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info;
    stbrp_rect    *rects;
 
@@ -2993,7 +4325,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontd
    n = 0;
    for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i)
       n += ranges[i].num_chars;
-         
+
    rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context);
    if (rects == NULL)
       return 0;
@@ -3004,14 +4336,14 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontd
    n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects);
 
    stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n);
-  
+
    return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects);
 
    STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context);
    return return_value;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
             int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range)
 {
    stbtt_pack_range range;
@@ -3023,10 +4355,23 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontda
    return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1);
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer)
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap)
+{
+   int i_ascent, i_descent, i_lineGap;
+   float scale;
+   stbtt_fontinfo info;
+   stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata, index));
+   scale = size > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, size) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -size);
+   stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&info, &i_ascent, &i_descent, &i_lineGap);
+   *ascent  = (float) i_ascent  * scale;
+   *descent = (float) i_descent * scale;
+   *lineGap = (float) i_lineGap * scale;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer)
 {
    float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph;
-   stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
+   const stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
 
    if (align_to_integer) {
       float x = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f);
@@ -3050,6 +4395,385 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, i
    *xpos += b->xadvance;
 }
 
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// sdf computation
+//
+
+#define STBTT_min(a,b)  ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define STBTT_max(a,b)  ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+
+static int stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(float orig[2], float ray[2], float q0[2], float q1[2], float q2[2], float hits[2][2])
+{
+   float q0perp = q0[1]*ray[0] - q0[0]*ray[1];
+   float q1perp = q1[1]*ray[0] - q1[0]*ray[1];
+   float q2perp = q2[1]*ray[0] - q2[0]*ray[1];
+   float roperp = orig[1]*ray[0] - orig[0]*ray[1];
+
+   float a = q0perp - 2*q1perp + q2perp;
+   float b = q1perp - q0perp;
+   float c = q0perp - roperp;
+
+   float s0 = 0., s1 = 0.;
+   int num_s = 0;
+
+   if (a != 0.0) {
+      float discr = b*b - a*c;
+      if (discr > 0.0) {
+         float rcpna = -1 / a;
+         float d = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discr);
+         s0 = (b+d) * rcpna;
+         s1 = (b-d) * rcpna;
+         if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0)
+            num_s = 1;
+         if (d > 0.0 && s1 >= 0.0 && s1 <= 1.0) {
+            if (num_s == 0) s0 = s1;
+            ++num_s;
+         }
+      }
+   } else {
+      // 2*b*s + c = 0
+      // s = -c / (2*b)
+      s0 = c / (-2 * b);
+      if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0)
+         num_s = 1;
+   }
+
+   if (num_s == 0)
+      return 0;
+   else {
+      float rcp_len2 = 1 / (ray[0]*ray[0] + ray[1]*ray[1]);
+      float rayn_x = ray[0] * rcp_len2, rayn_y = ray[1] * rcp_len2;
+
+      float q0d =   q0[0]*rayn_x +   q0[1]*rayn_y;
+      float q1d =   q1[0]*rayn_x +   q1[1]*rayn_y;
+      float q2d =   q2[0]*rayn_x +   q2[1]*rayn_y;
+      float rod = orig[0]*rayn_x + orig[1]*rayn_y;
+
+      float q10d = q1d - q0d;
+      float q20d = q2d - q0d;
+      float q0rd = q0d - rod;
+
+      hits[0][0] = q0rd + s0*(2.0f - 2.0f*s0)*q10d + s0*s0*q20d;
+      hits[0][1] = a*s0+b;
+
+      if (num_s > 1) {
+         hits[1][0] = q0rd + s1*(2.0f - 2.0f*s1)*q10d + s1*s1*q20d;
+         hits[1][1] = a*s1+b;
+         return 2;
+      } else {
+         return 1;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+static int equal(float *a, float *b)
+{
+   return (a[0] == b[0] && a[1] == b[1]);
+}
+
+static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex *verts)
+{
+   int i;
+   float orig[2], ray[2] = { 1, 0 };
+   float y_frac;
+   int winding = 0;
+
+   // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape
+   y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f);
+   if (y_frac < 0.01f)
+      y += 0.01f;
+   else if (y_frac > 0.99f)
+      y -= 0.01f;
+
+   orig[0] = x;
+   orig[1] = y;
+
+   // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y)
+   for (i=0; i < nverts; ++i) {
+      if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) {
+         int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x, y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y;
+         int x1 = (int) verts[i  ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i  ].y;
+         if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) {
+            float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0;
+            if (x_inter < x)
+               winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1;
+         }
+      }
+      if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) {
+         int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x , y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y ;
+         int x1 = (int) verts[i  ].cx, y1 = (int) verts[i  ].cy;
+         int x2 = (int) verts[i  ].x , y2 = (int) verts[i  ].y ;
+         int ax = STBTT_min(x0,STBTT_min(x1,x2)), ay = STBTT_min(y0,STBTT_min(y1,y2));
+         int by = STBTT_max(y0,STBTT_max(y1,y2));
+         if (y > ay && y < by && x > ax) {
+            float q0[2],q1[2],q2[2];
+            float hits[2][2];
+            q0[0] = (float)x0;
+            q0[1] = (float)y0;
+            q1[0] = (float)x1;
+            q1[1] = (float)y1;
+            q2[0] = (float)x2;
+            q2[1] = (float)y2;
+            if (equal(q0,q1) || equal(q1,q2)) {
+               x0 = (int)verts[i-1].x;
+               y0 = (int)verts[i-1].y;
+               x1 = (int)verts[i  ].x;
+               y1 = (int)verts[i  ].y;
+               if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) {
+                  float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0;
+                  if (x_inter < x)
+                     winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1;
+               }
+            } else {
+               int num_hits = stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(orig, ray, q0, q1, q2, hits);
+               if (num_hits >= 1)
+                  if (hits[0][0] < 0)
+                     winding += (hits[0][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1);
+               if (num_hits >= 2)
+                  if (hits[1][0] < 0)
+                     winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   return winding;
+}
+
+static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x )
+{
+   if (x<0)
+      return -(float) STBTT_pow(-x,1.0f/3.0f);
+   else
+      return  (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f);
+}
+
+// x^3 + a*x^2 + b*x + c = 0
+static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r)
+{
+   float s = -a / 3;
+   float p = b - a*a / 3;
+   float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c;
+   float p3 = p*p*p;
+   float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27;
+   if (d >= 0) {
+      float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d);
+      float u = (-q + z) / 2;
+      float v = (-q - z) / 2;
+      u = stbtt__cuberoot(u);
+      v = stbtt__cuberoot(v);
+      r[0] = s + u + v;
+      return 1;
+   } else {
+      float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3);
+      float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative
+      float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v);
+      float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f;
+      r[0] = s + u * 2 * m;
+      r[1] = s - u * (m + n);
+      r[2] = s - u * (m - n);
+
+      //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f);  // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe?
+      //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f);
+      //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f);
+      return 3;
+   }
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
+{
+   float scale_x = scale, scale_y = scale;
+   int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1;
+   int w,h;
+   unsigned char *data;
+
+   if (scale == 0) return NULL;
+
+   stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1);
+
+   // if empty, return NULL
+   if (ix0 == ix1 || iy0 == iy1)
+      return NULL;
+
+   ix0 -= padding;
+   iy0 -= padding;
+   ix1 += padding;
+   iy1 += padding;
+
+   w = (ix1 - ix0);
+   h = (iy1 - iy0);
+
+   if (width ) *width  = w;
+   if (height) *height = h;
+   if (xoff  ) *xoff   = ix0;
+   if (yoff  ) *yoff   = iy0;
+
+   // invert for y-downwards bitmaps
+   scale_y = -scale_y;
+
+   {
+      int x,y,i,j;
+      float *precompute;
+      stbtt_vertex *verts;
+      int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &verts);
+      data = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(w * h, info->userdata);
+      precompute = (float *) STBTT_malloc(num_verts * sizeof(float), info->userdata);
+
+      for (i=0,j=num_verts-1; i < num_verts; j=i++) {
+         if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) {
+            float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y;
+            float x1 = verts[j].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[j].y*scale_y;
+            float dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt((x1-x0)*(x1-x0) + (y1-y0)*(y1-y0));
+            precompute[i] = (dist == 0) ? 0.0f : 1.0f / dist;
+         } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) {
+            float x2 = verts[j].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[j].y *scale_y;
+            float x1 = verts[i].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i].cy*scale_y;
+            float x0 = verts[i].x *scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y *scale_y;
+            float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2;
+            float len2 = bx*bx + by*by;
+            if (len2 != 0.0f)
+               precompute[i] = 1.0f / (bx*bx + by*by);
+            else
+               precompute[i] = 0.0f;
+         } else
+            precompute[i] = 0.0f;
+      }
+
+      for (y=iy0; y < iy1; ++y) {
+         for (x=ix0; x < ix1; ++x) {
+            float val;
+            float min_dist = 999999.0f;
+            float sx = (float) x + 0.5f;
+            float sy = (float) y + 0.5f;
+            float x_gspace = (sx / scale_x);
+            float y_gspace = (sy / scale_y);
+
+            int winding = stbtt__compute_crossings_x(x_gspace, y_gspace, num_verts, verts); // @OPTIMIZE: this could just be a rasterization, but needs to be line vs. non-tesselated curves so a new path
+
+            for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) {
+               float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y;
+
+               if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline && precompute[i] != 0.0f) {
+                  float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y;
+
+                  float dist,dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy);
+                  if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist)
+                     min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+
+                  // coarse culling against bbox
+                  //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist &&
+                  //    sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist)
+                  dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i];
+                  STBTT_assert(i != 0);
+                  if (dist < min_dist) {
+                     // check position along line
+                     // x' = x0 + t*(x1-x0), y' = y0 + t*(y1-y0)
+                     // minimize (x'-sx)*(x'-sx)+(y'-sy)*(y'-sy)
+                     float dx = x1-x0, dy = y1-y0;
+                     float px = x0-sx, py = y0-sy;
+                     // minimize (px+t*dx)^2 + (py+t*dy)^2 = px*px + 2*px*dx*t + t^2*dx*dx + py*py + 2*py*dy*t + t^2*dy*dy
+                     // derivative: 2*px*dx + 2*py*dy + (2*dx*dx+2*dy*dy)*t, set to 0 and solve
+                     float t = -(px*dx + py*dy) / (dx*dx + dy*dy);
+                     if (t >= 0.0f && t <= 1.0f)
+                        min_dist = dist;
+                  }
+               } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) {
+                  float x2 = verts[i-1].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[i-1].y *scale_y;
+                  float x1 = verts[i  ].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i  ].cy*scale_y;
+                  float box_x0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(x0,x1),x2);
+                  float box_y0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(y0,y1),y2);
+                  float box_x1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(x0,x1),x2);
+                  float box_y1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(y0,y1),y2);
+                  // coarse culling against bbox to avoid computing cubic unnecessarily
+                  if (sx > box_x0-min_dist && sx < box_x1+min_dist && sy > box_y0-min_dist && sy < box_y1+min_dist) {
+                     int num=0;
+                     float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0;
+                     float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2;
+                     float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy;
+                     float res[3] = {0.f,0.f,0.f};
+                     float px,py,t,it,dist2;
+                     float a_inv = precompute[i];
+                     if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula
+                        float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by);
+                        float b = 2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by);
+                        float c = mx*ax+my*ay;
+                        if (a == 0.0) { // if a is 0, it's linear
+                           if (b != 0.0) {
+                              res[num++] = -c/b;
+                           }
+                        } else {
+                           float discriminant = b*b - 4*a*c;
+                           if (discriminant < 0)
+                              num = 0;
+                           else {
+                              float root = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discriminant);
+                              res[0] = (-b - root)/(2*a);
+                              res[1] = (-b + root)/(2*a);
+                              num = 2; // don't bother distinguishing 1-solution case, as code below will still work
+                           }
+                        }
+                     } else {
+                        float b = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by) * a_inv; // could precompute this as it doesn't depend on sample point
+                        float c = (2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by)) * a_inv;
+                        float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv;
+                        num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res);
+                     }
+                     dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy);
+                     if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist)
+                        min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+
+                     if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) {
+                        t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t;
+                        px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2;
+                        py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2;
+                        dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy);
+                        if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist)
+                           min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+                     }
+                     if (num >= 2 && res[1] >= 0.0f && res[1] <= 1.0f) {
+                        t = res[1], it = 1.0f - t;
+                        px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2;
+                        py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2;
+                        dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy);
+                        if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist)
+                           min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+                     }
+                     if (num >= 3 && res[2] >= 0.0f && res[2] <= 1.0f) {
+                        t = res[2], it = 1.0f - t;
+                        px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2;
+                        py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2;
+                        dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy);
+                        if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist)
+                           min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2);
+                     }
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            if (winding == 0)
+               min_dist = -min_dist;  // if outside the shape, value is negative
+            val = onedge_value + pixel_dist_scale * min_dist;
+            if (val < 0)
+               val = 0;
+            else if (val > 255)
+               val = 255;
+            data[(y-iy0)*w+(x-ix0)] = (unsigned char) val;
+         }
+      }
+      STBTT_free(precompute, info->userdata);
+      STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata);
+   }
+   return data;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
+{
+   return stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(info, scale, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint), padding, onedge_value, pixel_dist_scale, width, height, xoff, yoff);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata)
+{
+   STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata);
+}
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
@@ -3057,7 +4781,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, i
 //
 
 // check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string
-static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(const stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, const stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) 
+static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2)
 {
    stbtt_int32 i=0;
 
@@ -3096,9 +4820,9 @@ static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(const stbtt_uint8
    return i;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2) 
+static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2)
 {
-   return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((const stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (const stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2);
+   return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2);
 }
 
 // returns results in whatever encoding you request... but note that 2-byte encodings
@@ -3154,7 +4878,7 @@ static int stbtt__matchpair(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 nm, stbtt_uint8 *name,
                         return 1;
                   } else if (matchlen < nlen && name[matchlen] == ' ') {
                      ++matchlen;
-                     if (stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian((char*) (name+matchlen), nlen-matchlen, (char*)(fc+stringOffset+off),slen))
+                     if (stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char*) (name+matchlen), nlen-matchlen, (char*)(fc+stringOffset+off),slen))
                         return 1;
                   }
                } else {
@@ -3200,7 +4924,7 @@ static int stbtt__matches(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 offset, stbtt_uint8 *nam
    return 0;
 }
 
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *font_collection, const char *name_utf8, stbtt_int32 flags)
+static int stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, char *name_utf8, stbtt_int32 flags)
 {
    stbtt_int32 i;
    for (i=0;;++i) {
@@ -3211,11 +4935,67 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *font_collection, const
    }
 }
 
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"
+#endif
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset,
+                                float pixel_height, unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph,
+                                int first_char, int num_chars, stbtt_bakedchar *chardata)
+{
+   return stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal((unsigned char *) data, offset, pixel_height, pixels, pw, ph, first_char, num_chars, chardata);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index)
+{
+   return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data)
+{
+   return stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal((unsigned char *) data);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset)
+{
+   return stbtt_InitFont_internal(info, (unsigned char *) data, offset);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *fontdata, const char *name, int flags)
+{
+   return stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal((unsigned char *) fontdata, (char *) name, flags);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2)
+{
+   return stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char *) s1, len1, (char *) s2, len2);
+}
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
 #endif // STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 
 
 // FULL VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes
+//   1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning
+//   1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS)
+//   1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined
+//   1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning
+//   1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics()
+//   1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod
+//   1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function
+//   1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix
+//   1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support
+//   1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const
+//   1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function
+//   1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts
+//   1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
+//   1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning
 //   1.10 (2016-04-02) allow user-defined fabs() replacement
 //                     fix memory leak if fontsize=0.0
 //                     fix warning from duplicate typedef
@@ -3261,3 +5041,45 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *font_collection, const
 //   0.2  (2009-03-11) Fix unsigned/signed char warnings
 //   0.1  (2009-03-09) First public release
 //
+
+/*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
+Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
+This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
+commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
+this software under copyright law.
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp b/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9daa2451a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
+
+
+static void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id);
+
+
+
+bool ImGui::SeekSlider(const char* label, int* v, const char* display_format) {
+    return SliderInt(label, v, 0, 100, display_format, true);
+}
+
+// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + (window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line.
+    SetScrollFromPosY(target_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio);
+}
+static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited.
+    const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        if (idx == items_count)
+            break;
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    if (!*p)
+        return false;
+    if (out_text)
+        *out_text = p;
+    return true;
+}
+static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+    const char** items = (const char**)data;
+    if (out_text)
+        *out_text = items[idx];
+    return true;
+}
+// NB: This is an internal helper. The user-facing IsItemHovered() is using data emitted from ItemAdd(), with a slightly different logic.
+bool ImGui::IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == id || g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == window || (flatten_childs && g.HoveredWindow == window->RootWindow))
+            if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+                if (IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredWindow))
+                    return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/* Provide GUI slider with values according to interval steps */
+bool ImGui::SliderIntWithSteps(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, int v_step, const char* display_format)
+{
+    if (!display_format)
+        display_format = "%d";
+
+    int tmp_val = *v;
+    bool value_changed = ImGui::SliderInt(label, &tmp_val, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+
+    // Round the actual slider value to the cloasest bound interval
+    if (v_step > 1)
+        tmp_val -= (tmp_val - v_min) % v_step;
+    *v = tmp_val;
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Parse display precision back from the display format string
+int ImGui::ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+{
+    int precision = default_precision;
+    while ((fmt = strchr(fmt, '%')) != NULL)
+    {
+        fmt++;
+        if (fmt[0] == '%') { fmt++; continue; } // Ignore "%%"
+        while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
+            fmt++;
+        if (*fmt == '.')
+        {
+            precision = atoi(fmt + 1);
+            if (precision < 0 || precision > 10)
+                precision = default_precision;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    return precision;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, bool render_bg)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const bool is_non_linear = fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.0001f;
+    const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0;
+
+
+    if (!render_bg)
+    {
+        // Draw frame
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    }
+
+
+    const float grab_padding = 2.0f;
+    const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (frame_bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (frame_bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f);
+    float grab_sz;
+    if (decimal_precision > 0)
+        grab_sz = ImMin(style.GrabMinSize, slider_sz);
+    else
+        grab_sz = ImMin(ImMax(1.0f * (slider_sz / (v_max - v_min + 1.0f)), style.GrabMinSize), slider_sz);  // Integer sliders, if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
+    const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Min.x : frame_bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Max.x : frame_bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f;
+
+    // For logarithmic sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the exponential increase to be symmetric around 0.0f
+    float linear_zero_pos = 0.0f;   // 0.0->1.0f
+    if (v_min * v_max < 0.0f)
+    {
+        // Different sign
+        const float linear_dist_min_to_0 = powf(fabsf(0.0f - v_min), 1.0f / power);
+        const float linear_dist_max_to_0 = powf(fabsf(v_max - 0.0f), 1.0f / power);
+        linear_zero_pos = linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Same sign
+        linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+    }
+
+    // Process clicking on the slider
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+        {
+            const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
+            float normalized_pos = ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+            if (!is_horizontal)
+                normalized_pos = 1.0f - normalized_pos;
+
+            float new_value;
+            if (is_non_linear)
+            {
+                // Account for logarithmic scale on both sides of the zero
+                if (normalized_pos < linear_zero_pos)
+                {
+                    // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering
+                    float a = 1.0f - (normalized_pos / linear_zero_pos);
+                    a = powf(a, power);
+                    new_value = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max, 0.0f), v_min, a);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering
+                    float a;
+                    if (fabsf(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f)
+                        a = (normalized_pos - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
+                    else
+                        a = normalized_pos;
+                    a = powf(a, power);
+                    new_value = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min, 0.0f), v_max, a);
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Linear slider
+                new_value = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, normalized_pos);
+            }
+
+            // Round past decimal precision, verify that it remains within min/max range
+            new_value = RoundScalar(new_value, decimal_precision);
+            if (new_value > v_max)  new_value = v_max;
+            if (new_value < v_min)  new_value = v_min;
+
+            if (*v != new_value)
+            {
+                *v = new_value;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+        }
+    }
+
+
+
+    // Calculate slider grab positioning
+    float grab_t;
+    if (is_non_linear)
+    {
+        float v_clamped = ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max);
+        if (v_clamped < 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float f = 1.0f - (v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin(0.0f, v_max) - v_min);
+            grab_t = (1.0f - powf(f, 1.0f / power)) * linear_zero_pos;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const float f = (v_clamped - ImMax(0.0f, v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax(0.0f, v_min));
+            grab_t = linear_zero_pos + powf(f, 1.0f / power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Linear slider
+        grab_t = (ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max) - v_min) / (v_max - v_min);
+    }
+
+    // Draw
+    if (!is_horizontal)
+        grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+    const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+    ImRect grab_bb;
+    if (is_horizontal)
+        grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, frame_bb.Min.y + grab_padding), ImVec2(grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f, frame_bb.Max.y - grab_padding));
+    else
+        grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f));
+
+    if (render_bg)
+    {
+        auto bb = frame_bb;
+        ImRect fill_br = frame_bb;
+        auto slider_height = bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y;
+        auto slider_width = bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x;
+        ImVec2 graber_size = {};
+        float width = (grab_bb.Max.x - grab_bb.Min.x);
+        float height = (grab_bb.Max.y - grab_bb.Min.y);
+        float radius = 1.0;
+        if (is_horizontal)
+        {
+            bb.Min.y = bb.Min.y + (slider_height / 3);
+            bb.Max.y = bb.Max.y - (slider_height / 3);
+            if (bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y < 1.0f)
+            {
+                bb.Min.y -= 0.5;
+                bb.Max.y += 0.5;
+            }
+            float grab_paddingl = 2.0f;
+            //Horizontal fills from left to right
+            fill_br.Min = bb.Min;
+            fill_br.Max = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - grab_paddingl, *v / 100), bb.Max.y);
+            graber_size = { grab_bb.Max.x - (width / 2.0f) , grab_bb.Max.y - (height / 2.0f) };
+            radius = height / 2.5f;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bb.Min.x = bb.Min.x + (slider_width / 3);
+            bb.Max.x = bb.Max.x - (slider_width / 3);
+            if (bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x < 1.0f)
+            {
+                bb.Min.x -= 0.5;
+                bb.Max.x += 0.5;
+            }
+            //Vertical fills from down upwards
+            fill_br.Min = bb.Min;
+            fill_br.Min.y = grab_bb.Min.y;
+            fill_br.Max = bb.Max;
+            graber_size = { grab_bb.Max.x - (width / 2.0f) , grab_bb.Max.y - (height / 2.0f) };
+            radius = width;// / 2.5;
+        }
+        // Draw frame
+        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), false, 10.0f);
+        RenderFrame(fill_br.Min, fill_br.Max, ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32({ 0, 112.f / 255, 197.f / 255, 1 }), false, 10.0f);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(graber_size, radius, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), 16);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+    }
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+float ImGui::RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision)
+{
+    // Round past decimal precision
+    // So when our value is 1.99999 with a precision of 0.001 we'll end up rounding to 2.0
+    // FIXME: Investigate better rounding methods
+    static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
+    float min_step = (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : powf(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+    bool negative = value < 0.0f;
+    value = fabsf(value);
+    float remainder = fmodf(value, min_step);
+    if (remainder <= min_step * 0.5f)
+        value -= remainder;
+    else
+        value += (min_step - remainder);
+    return negative ? -value : value;
+}
+static void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1,true);
+}
+
+// Render a triangle to denote expanded/collapsed state
+void ImGui::RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, bool is_open, float scale, bool shadow)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f;
+    const float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
+    ImVec2 center = ImVec2(h * 0.50f+ p_min.x, h * 0.50f * scale+ p_min.y);
+
+    ImVec2 a, b, c;
+    if (is_open)
+    {
+        center.y -= r * 0.25f;
+        a = ImVec2(0 * r+ center.x, 1 * r+ center.y) ;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.866f * r+ center.x, -0.5f * r+ center.y) ;
+        c = ImVec2(0.866f * r + center.x, -0.5f * r + center.y) ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        a =  ImVec2(1 * r+ center.x, 0 * r+ center.y) ;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.500f*r+ center.x, 0.866f*r+ center.y);
+        c = ImVec2(-0.500f*r+ center.x, -0.866f*r+ center.y);
+    }
+
+    if (shadow && (window->Flags) != 0)
+        window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(2+a.x, 2+a.y), ImVec2(2+b.x, 2+b.y), ImVec2(2+c.x, 2+c.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow));
+    window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(a, b, c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+}
+// Combo box function.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos,  ImVec2(w+ window->DC.CursorPos.x, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f+ window->DC.CursorPos.y));
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min,ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x+label_size.x > frame_bb.Max.x + 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f+ frame_bb.Max.x, 0.0f+ frame_bb.Max.x));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    const float arrow_size = show_arrow_down ? (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : 0;
+    const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
+    bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);
+    bool popup_opened_now = false;
+
+    const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x-arrow_size, frame_bb.Max.y-0.0f));
+    if (show_arrow_down)
+    {
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+        RenderFrame(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(popup_open || hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), true, style.FrameRounding); // FIXME-ROUNDING
+        RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size+ style.FramePadding.x, frame_bb.Min.y+ style.FramePadding.y), true);
+    }
+    if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
+    {
+        const char* item_text;
+        if (items_getter(data, *current_item, &item_text))
+            RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x + style.FramePadding.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), value_bb.Max, item_text, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    if (hovered)
+    {
+        SetHoveredID(id);
+        if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+        {
+            SetActiveID(0,NULL);
+            if (IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel))
+            {
+                ClosePopup(id);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                FocusWindow(window);
+                OpenPopup(label);
+                popup_open = popup_opened_now = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel))
+    {
+        // Size default to hold ~7 items
+        if (height_in_items < 0)
+            height_in_items = 7;
+
+        float popup_height = (label_size.y + style.ItemSpacing.y) * ImMin(items_count, height_in_items) + (style.FramePadding.y * 3);
+        float popup_y1 = frame_bb.Max.y;
+        float popup_y2 = ImClamp(popup_y1 + popup_height, popup_y1, g.IO.DisplaySize.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y);
+        if ((popup_y2 - popup_y1) < ImMin(popup_height, frame_bb.Min.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y))
+        {
+            // Position our combo ABOVE because there's more space to fit! (FIXME: Handle in Begin() or use a shared helper. We have similar code in Begin() for popup placement)
+            popup_y1 = ImClamp(frame_bb.Min.y - popup_height, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y);
+            popup_y2 = frame_bb.Min.y;
+        }
+        ImRect popup_rect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, popup_y1), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x, popup_y2));
+        SetNextWindowPos(popup_rect.Min);
+        SetNextWindowSize(popup_rect.GetSize());
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
+
+        const ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
+        if (BeginPopupEx((ImGuiID)label, flags))
+        {
+            // Display items
+            Spacing();
+            for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
+            {
+                PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
+                const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+                const char* item_text;
+                if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
+                    item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+                if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+                {
+                    ClearActiveID();
+                    value_changed = true;
+                    *current_item = i;
+                }
+                if (item_selected && popup_opened_now)
+                    SetScrollHereY();
+                PopID();
+            }
+            EndPopup();
+        }
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+{
+    const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items,false);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items, bool show_arrow_down)
+{
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;       // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items, show_arrow_down);
+    return value_changed;
+}
diff --git a/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h b/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f63404653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#include<imgui.h>
+#include<imgui_internal.h>
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    class ScopePushFont
+    {
+    public:
+        ScopePushFont(ImFont* font) { PushFont(font); }
+        ~ScopePushFont() { PopFont(); }
+    };
+    class ScopePushStyleColor
+    {
+    public:
+        ScopePushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) { PushStyleColor(idx, col); }
+        ~ScopePushStyleColor() { PopStyleColor(); }
+    };
+    class ScopePushStyleVar
+    {
+    public:
+        ScopePushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { PushStyleVar(idx, val); }
+        ScopePushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { PushStyleVar(idx, val); }
+        ~ScopePushStyleVar() { PopStyleVar(); }
+    };
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, bool is_open, float scale = 1.0f, bool shadow = false);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SeekSlider(const char* label, int* v, const char* display_format = "%.0f%%");
+    /* Implement slider with increments other than 1. The implementation is a variation on https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1183 */
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderIntWithSteps(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, int v_step = 1, const char* display_format = "%.3f");
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs = false);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio);
+    IMGUI_API int           ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision);
+    //IMGUI_API bool          VSliderFloatadd(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power, bool render_bg);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, bool render_bg);
+    IMGUI_API float         RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision);
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);      // separate items with \0, end item-list with \0\0
+    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1, bool show_arrow_down = true);
+}
+#define CONCAT_(x,y) x##y
+#define CONCAT(x,y) CONCAT_(x,y)
+#define ImGui_ScopePushFont(f) ImGui::ScopePushFont CONCAT(scope_push_font, __LINE__) (f)
+#define ImGui_ScopePushStyleColor(idx, col) ImGui::ScopePushStyleColor CONCAT(scope_push_style_color, __LINE__) (idx, col)
+#define ImGui_ScopePushStyleVar(idx, val) ImGui::ScopePushStyleVar CONCAT(scope_push_style_var, __LINE__) (idx, val)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt
index 7add228b9c..48d18687c6 100644
--- a/tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/tools/realsense-viewer/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
     ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
     ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
     ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp
+    ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+    ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp 
+    ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
+    ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
     ../../common/realsense-ui-advanced-mode.h
     ../../common/rendering.h
     ../../common/model-views.h
@@ -182,6 +186,7 @@ if(WIN32)
         ../../third-party/tinyfiledialogs/tinyfiledialogs.h
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp
diff --git a/tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp b/tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp
index f818cba799..da498c41fb 100644
--- a/tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp
+++ b/tools/realsense-viewer/realsense-viewer.cpp
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
                     ImGui::SameLine();
                     //ImGui::SetCursorPosY(ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - 1);
                     ImGui::PushItemWidth(width - ImGui::GetCursorPosX() - 10);
-                    if (ImGui::GetWindowIsFocused() && !ImGui::IsAnyItemActive())
+                    if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused() && !ImGui::IsAnyItemActive())
                     {
                         ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
                     }
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
                     ImGui::PopItemWidth();
                     ImGui::SetCursorPosX(width / 2 - 105);
 
-                    if (ImGui::ButtonEx("OK", { 100.f, 25.f }) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_ENTER) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER))
+                    if (ImGui::ButtonEx("OK", { 100.f, 25.f }) || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_ENTER] || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER])
                     {
                         try
                         {
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
                     }
                     ImGui::SameLine();
                     ImGui::SetCursorPosX(width / 2 + 5);
-                    if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", { 100.f, 25.f }) || ImGui::IsKeyDown(GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE))
+                    if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", { 100.f, 25.f }) || ImGui::GetIO().KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE])
                     {
                         ip_address = "";
                         close_ip_popup = true;
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
                 }
             }
 
-            ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(windows_width);
+            ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth(), ImGui::GetWindowHeight()));
 
             auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
             auto h = ImGui::GetWindowHeight();

From 8da119027c145dc016548ff3fe26ce0c7a409499 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Noy-Zini <noy.zini@intel.com>
Date: Tue, 1 Oct 2024 15:35:41 +0300
Subject: [PATCH 4/4] Tools and examples base update

---
 examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt        | 23 +++++++---------
 examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp | 26 ++++++++++++++-----
 examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt              | 19 +++++---------
 examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp             | 21 +++++++++++----
 examples/align/CMakeLists.txt                 | 18 ++++++-------
 examples/align/rs-align.cpp                   | 20 +++++++++++---
 examples/example-imgui.hpp                    |  4 +--
 examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt                   |  2 +-
 examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp                       | 23 ++++++++++++----
 examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt       |  2 +-
 .../post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp    | 19 +++++++++++---
 examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt       |  2 +-
 .../record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp    | 18 +++++++++++--
 tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt            |  5 ++++
 tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp   |  4 +--
 tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt         |  4 +++
 .../rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp  | 16 +++++++++---
 17 files changed, 155 insertions(+), 71 deletions(-)

diff --git a/examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt
index 7e17b5e6ab..2c875c9f01 100644
--- a/examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/align-advanced/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -2,18 +2,13 @@
 # Copyright(c) 2019-2024 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
 cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 
-project( rs-align-advanced )
-
-if( BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES )
-
-add_executable( ${PROJECT_NAME} rs-align-advanced.cpp
-    ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
-    )
-set_property( TARGET ${PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11 )
-target_link_libraries( ${PROJECT_NAME} ${DEPENDENCIES} )
-include_directories( ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples )
-set_target_properties( ${PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTIES FOLDER Examples )
-using_easyloggingpp( ${PROJECT_NAME} SHARED )
-install( TARGETS ${PROJECT_NAME} RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} )
-
+project(RealsenseExamplesAlignAdvanced)
+
+if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
+    add_executable(rs-align-advanced rs-align-advanced.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp  ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
+    set_property(TARGET rs-align-advanced PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
+    target_link_libraries(rs-align-advanced ${DEPENDENCIES})
+    include_directories(../../common ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples)
+    set_target_properties (rs-align-advanced PROPERTIES FOLDER Examples)
+    install(TARGETS rs-align-advanced RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR})
 endif()
diff --git a/examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp b/examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp
index c8168287f5..bf367bfec9 100644
--- a/examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp
+++ b/examples/align-advanced/rs-align-advanced.cpp
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
 #include <fstream>
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <cstring>
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
 
 void render_slider(rect location, float& clipping_dist);
 void remove_background(rs2::video_frame& other, const rs2::depth_frame& depth_frame, float depth_scale, float clipping_dist);
@@ -24,7 +27,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 
     // Create and initialize GUI related objects
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Align (Advanced) Example"); // Simple window handling
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);      // ImGui library intializition
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
     rs2::colorizer c;                     // Helper to colorize depth images
     texture renderer;                     // Helper for renderig images
 
@@ -109,11 +116,18 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
         renderer.show(pip_stream);
 
         // Using ImGui library to provide a slide controller to select the depth clipping distance
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         render_slider({ 5.f, 0, w, h }, depth_clipping_distance);
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 
     }
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
@@ -158,11 +172,11 @@ void render_slider(rect location, float& clipping_dist)
 
     //Render the vertical slider
     ImGui::Begin("slider", nullptr, flags);
-    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, ImColor(215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255));
-    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, ImColor(215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255));
-    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive, ImColor(215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255));
+    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, ImVec4(0.2f, 0.3f, 0.7f, 1.0f));
+    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, { 215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255,1 });
+    ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive, { 215.f / 255, 215.0f / 255, 215.0f / 255,1 });
     auto slider_size = ImVec2(slider_window_width / 2, location.h - (pixels_to_buttom_of_stream_text * 2) - 20);
-    ImGui::VSliderFloat("", slider_size, &clipping_dist, 0.0f, 6.0f, "", 1.0f, true);
+    ImGui::VSliderFloat("##vslider", slider_size, &clipping_dist, 0.0f, 6.0f," % .2f");
     if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
         ImGui::SetTooltip("Depth Clipping Distance: %.3f", clipping_dist);
     ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
diff --git a/examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt
index 2a0fddb2c7..0b5aee0e3c 100644
--- a/examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/align-gl/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
 # Copyright(c) 2024 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
 cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 
-project( rs-align-gl )
+project(RealsenseExamplesAlignGl )
 
 # Save the command line compile commands in the build output
 set(CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS 1)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES AND NOT APPLE)
-
-add_executable( ${PROJECT_NAME} rs-align-gl.cpp
-    ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
-    )
-set_property( TARGET ${PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11 )
-target_link_libraries( ${PROJECT_NAME} ${DEPENDENCIES} realsense2-gl )
-include_directories( ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples )
-set_target_properties( ${PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTIES FOLDER Examples )
-using_easyloggingpp( ${PROJECT_NAME} SHARED )
-install( TARGETS ${PROJECT_NAME} RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} )
-
+    add_executable(rs-align-gl rs-align-gl.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
+    set_property(TARGET rs-align-gl PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
+    target_link_libraries(rs-align-gl ${DEPENDENCIES} realsense2-gl)
+    include_directories(../../common ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples)
+    set_target_properties (rs-align-gl PROPERTIES FOLDER Examples)
+    install(TARGETS rs-align-gl RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR})
 endif()
diff --git a/examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp b/examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp
index c6e5007c72..0163adfb99 100644
--- a/examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp
+++ b/examples/align-gl/rs-align-gl.cpp
@@ -4,8 +4,9 @@
 #include <librealsense2/rs.hpp>
 #include "example-imgui.hpp"
 #include <librealsense2-gl/rs_processing_gl.hpp> // Include GPU-Processing API
-#include <common/cli.h>
-
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
 
 /*
  This example introduces the concept of spatial stream alignment.
@@ -50,7 +51,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 
     // Create and initialize GUI related objects
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Align Example"); // Simple window handling
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);      // ImGui library intializition
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
     // Once we have a window, initialize GL module
     // Pass our window to enable sharing of textures between processed frames and the window
@@ -124,11 +129,17 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
         glDisable(GL_BLEND);
 
         // Render the UI:
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         render_slider({ 15.f, app.height() - 60, app.width() - 30, app.height() }, &alpha, &dir);
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
     }
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
diff --git a/examples/align/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/align/CMakeLists.txt
index b63f5bd90c..8832f58fd3 100644
--- a/examples/align/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/align/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -2,16 +2,14 @@
 # Copyright(c) 2019-2024 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
 cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 
-project( rs-align )
+project(RealsenseExamplesAlign)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-
-add_executable( ${PROJECT_NAME} rs-align.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
-set_property( TARGET ${PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11 )
-target_link_libraries( ${PROJECT_NAME} ${DEPENDENCIES} )
-include_directories( ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples )
-set_target_properties( ${PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTIES FOLDER Examples )
-using_easyloggingpp( ${PROJECT_NAME} SHARED )
-install(TARGETS ${PROJECT_NAME} RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR})
-
+    add_executable(rs-align rs-align.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+    ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
+    set_property(TARGET rs-align PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
+    target_link_libraries(rs-align ${DEPENDENCIES})
+    include_directories(../../common ../../third-party/imgui ../../examples)
+    set_target_properties (rs-align PROPERTIES FOLDER Examples)
+    install(TARGETS rs-align RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR})
 endif()
diff --git a/examples/align/rs-align.cpp b/examples/align/rs-align.cpp
index 8074aec955..f35b9b4508 100644
--- a/examples/align/rs-align.cpp
+++ b/examples/align/rs-align.cpp
@@ -5,6 +5,10 @@
 #include "example-imgui.hpp"
 #include <common/cli.h>
 
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
+
 /*
  This example introduces the concept of spatial stream alignment.
  For example usecase of alignment, please check out align-advanced and measure demos.
@@ -44,7 +48,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 
     // Create and initialize GUI related objects
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Align Example"); // Simple window handling
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);      // ImGui library intializition
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
     rs2::colorizer c;                     // Helper to colorize depth images
     texture depth_image, color_image;     // Helpers for renderig images
 
@@ -111,11 +119,17 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
         glDisable(GL_BLEND);
 
         // Render the UI:
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         render_slider({ 15.f, app.height() - 60, app.width() - 30, app.height() }, &alpha, &dir);
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
     }
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
diff --git a/examples/example-imgui.hpp b/examples/example-imgui.hpp
index 2083f400e0..ce41ff4c82 100644
--- a/examples/example-imgui.hpp
+++ b/examples/example-imgui.hpp
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class hdr_slider : public slider {
         ImGui::Begin(name_id.c_str(), nullptr, _sliders_flags);
         ImGui::Text("%s",_name);
         bool is_changed =
-            ImGui::SliderFloat("", &_value, _min_value, _max_value, "%.3f", 5.0f, false); //5.0f for logarithmic scale 
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("Slider Label", &_value, _min_value, _max_value, "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); //5.0f for logarithmic scale 
         if (is_changed) {
             _sensor.set_option(RS2_OPTION_SEQUENCE_ID, float(_seq_id));
             _sensor.set_option(_option, _value);
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ class hdr_widgets {
     void render_widgets() {
 
         //start a new frame of ImGui
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
 
         _exposure_slider_seq_2.show();
         _exposure_slider_seq_1.show();
diff --git a/examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt
index 0407b3dc7a..846ed0faf8 100644
--- a/examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/hdr/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 project(RealsenseExamplesHdr)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-    add_executable(rs-hdr rs-hdr.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-hdr rs-hdr.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-hdr PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries( rs-hdr ${DEPENDENCIES} tclap )
     include_directories(../ ../../third-party/imgui ../../third-party/glfw/include)
diff --git a/examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp b/examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp
index f20f6b854b..f5feae61f6 100644
--- a/examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp
+++ b/examples/hdr/rs-hdr.cpp
@@ -5,6 +5,9 @@
 #include "example-imgui.hpp"    // Include short list of convenience functions for rendering
 #include <iostream>
 
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
 
 // HDR Example demonstrates how to use the HDR feature - only for D400 product line devices
 int main() try
@@ -103,8 +106,11 @@ int main() try
     // init view window
     window app(width, height, title.c_str(), tiles_in_row, tiles_in_col);
 
-    // init ImGui with app (window object)
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
     // init hdr_widgets object
     // hdr_widgets holds the sliders, the text boxes and the frames_map
@@ -112,6 +118,7 @@ int main() try
 
     while (app) // application is still alive
     {
+
         data = pipe.wait_for_frames();    // Wait for next set of frames from the camera
 
         auto frame = data.get_depth_frame();
@@ -143,15 +150,21 @@ int main() try
 
         //update frames in frames map in hdr_widgets
         hdr_widgets.update_frames_map(infrared_frame, depth_frame, hdr_frame, hdr_seq_id, hdr_seq_size);
-
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         //render hdr widgets sliders and text boxes
         hdr_widgets.render_widgets();
 
         //the show method, when applied on frame map, break it to frames and upload each frame into its specific tile
         app.show(hdr_widgets.get_frames_map());
-
+        ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
     }
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error& e)
diff --git a/examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt
index 46c405f232..aff5e08518 100644
--- a/examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/post-processing/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 project(RealsenseExamplesPost-Processing)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-    add_executable(rs-post-processing rs-post-processing.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-post-processing rs-post-processing.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-post-processing PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries( rs-post-processing ${DEPENDENCIES} tclap )
     include_directories(../ ../../third-party/imgui)
diff --git a/examples/post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp b/examples/post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp
index 96355e7ef1..da66acb50e 100644
--- a/examples/post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp
+++ b/examples/post-processing/rs-post-processing.cpp
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@
 
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include <realsense_imgui.h>
+
 
 /**
 Helper class for controlling the filter's GUI element
@@ -51,7 +54,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 {
     // Create a simple OpenGL window for rendering:
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Post Processing Example");
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
     // Construct objects to manage view state
     glfw_state original_view_orientation{};
@@ -215,7 +222,10 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
     // (Not the safest way to join a thread, please wrap your threads in some RAII manner)
     stopped = true;
     processing_thread.join();
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
@@ -251,7 +261,9 @@ void render_ui(float w, float h, std::vector<filter_options>& filters)
         | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize
         | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
 
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+    ImGui::NewFrame();
     ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ w, h });
     ImGui::Begin("app", nullptr, flags);
 
@@ -288,6 +300,7 @@ void render_ui(float w, float h, std::vector<filter_options>& filters)
 
     ImGui::End();
     ImGui::Render();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 }
 
 bool filter_slider_ui::render(const float3& location, bool enabled)
diff --git a/examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt b/examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt
index 36865ca426..9fb4ade713 100644
--- a/examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/examples/record-playback/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.8)
 project(RealsenseExamplesRecord-Playback)
 
 if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
-    add_executable(rs-record-playback rs-record-playback.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp)
+    add_executable(rs-record-playback rs-record-playback.cpp ../example.hpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp)
     set_property(TARGET rs-record-playback PROPERTY CXX_STANDARD 11)
     target_link_libraries( rs-record-playback ${DEPENDENCIES} tclap )
     include_directories(../ ../../third-party/imgui)
diff --git a/examples/record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp b/examples/record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp
index 7736fad1ab..314de96e18 100644
--- a/examples/record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp
+++ b/examples/record-playback/rs-record-playback.cpp
@@ -7,6 +7,9 @@
 
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
+#include <imgui_impl_opengl3.h>
+#include<realsense_imgui.h>
 
 // Includes for time display
 #include <sstream>
@@ -23,7 +26,11 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 {
     // Create a simple OpenGL window for rendering:
     window app(1280, 720, "RealSense Record and Playback Example");
-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(app, false);
+    // Setup Dear ImGui context
+    ImGui::CreateContext();
+    // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(app, true);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
     // Create booleans to control GUI (recorded - allow play button, recording - show 'recording to file' text)
     bool recorded = false;
@@ -61,7 +68,9 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
             | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize
             | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
 
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ app.width(), app.height() });
         ImGui::Begin("app", nullptr, flags);
 
@@ -192,10 +201,15 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[]) try
 
         ImGui::End();
         ImGui::Render();
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 
         // Render depth frames from the default configuration, the recorder or the playback
         depth_image.render(depth, { app.width() * 0.25f, app.height() * 0.25f, app.width() * 0.5f, app.height() * 0.75f  });
     }
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
 catch (const rs2::error & e)
diff --git a/tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt
index 82c9678d41..e89a1a1b31 100644
--- a/tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/tools/depth-quality/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -37,6 +37,10 @@ if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
+        ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp 
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
         ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp
         ../../third-party/glad/glad.c
@@ -64,6 +68,7 @@ if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp)
 
diff --git a/tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp b/tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp
index db65524c1b..cbb46ee730 100644
--- a/tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp
+++ b/tools/depth-quality/depth-quality-model.cpp
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ namespace rs2
             // Creating window menus
             // *********************
             ImGui::Begin("Control Panel", nullptr, viewer_ui_traits::imgui_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
-            ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(_viewer_model.panel_width - 26);
+            ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ _viewer_model.panel_width - 26,_viewer_model.panel_y });
 
             if (_device_model.get())
             {
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ namespace rs2
                 {
                     update_configuration();
                 }
-                ImGui::SetContentRegionWidth(windows_width);
+                ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(windows_width, ImGui::GetContentRegionMax().y));
                 auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
 
                 for (auto&& lambda : draw_later)
diff --git a/tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt
index 4532b873e3..9cb831c254 100644
--- a/tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/tools/rosbag-inspector/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ if(BUILD_GRAPHICAL_EXAMPLES)
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
+            ../../third-party/imgui/realsense_imgui.cpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-karla.hpp
             ../../third-party/imgui/imgui-fonts-fontawesome.hpp
             ../../third-party/tinyfiledialogs/tinyfiledialogs.c
diff --git a/tools/rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp b/tools/rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp
index 584bebf97a..0550ebbe78 100644
--- a/tools/rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp
+++ b/tools/rosbag-inspector/rs-rosbag-inspector.cpp
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
 #include <GLFW/glfw3.h>
 #include <imgui.h>
 #include <imgui_impl_glfw.h>
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h"
 #include <imgui_internal.h>
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #ifndef NOMINMAX
@@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ class gui_window
         if (!_first_frame)
         {
             ImGui::Render();
+            ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
             glfwSwapBuffers(_window);
         }
         bool res = !glfwWindowShouldClose(_window);
@@ -67,7 +69,9 @@ class gui_window
         glfwGetWindowSize(_window, &_w, &_h);
         glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
         glLoadIdentity();
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(1);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
         _first_frame = false;
         return res;
     }
@@ -96,7 +100,9 @@ class gui_window
             f->AddFiles(std::vector<std::string>(paths, paths + count));
         });
 
-        ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(_window, true);
+        ImGui::CreateContext();
+        ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(_window, true);
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init();
 
         glfwSetScrollCallback(_window, [](GLFWwindow * w, double xoffset, double yoffset)
         {
@@ -414,7 +420,7 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
         int flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
 
         static bool open = true;
-        ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ float(window.width()), float(window.height()) }, flags | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({ float(window.width()), float(window.height()) }, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
         if (ImGui::Begin("Rosbag Inspector", nullptr, flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
         {
             draw_menu_bar();
@@ -432,8 +438,10 @@ int main(int argc, const char** argv) try
         ImGui::PopStyleColor(10);
         std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::milliseconds(10));
     }
-
+    // Cleanup
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
+    ImGui::DestroyContext();
     glfwTerminate();
     return 0;
 }